Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society"

See other formats 


Tee Ere ey ae ethene of 
ka et ee 4 oon 4 ~ faith ie NIN ere 5 2 ins PNY SP 0 sree 
2 Tears svar archi a PRIN Tee Sal LSE PP dl teailiier nk’ <iipnmacet ape 

raphe otntatin’ << Peet <hrirnnapeenart peat Nantes 


epic Partai (PR Re rT 


cp yphe yeiter 
a ea 


ESAS tebe le eA 
A re toy be RO ENE TEASER E A NLT 


ou ein pa afloat OE TL 
ne Rt HEARTS og 


rene 
phe ARNE ANS ATO 


Sibel kinkiaedliods 


2 eRe AN TE 
bse ctestnnint a7 


: Des edit baths oe vsntbeeyr3 é f Hs sve 


PIONS 


wag Ay'3 sieht et Sa 


ache 
east? aT 
Ot eat atin has 


THE 


- ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 


OF 


CE tama \ ‘ : z ; i 
i y : : Wp ; 
fal y Mi ‘ 4 
) x 
‘ ; ’ 
x { 
f 
* ‘ 
{ i fr : ; Me ! j 
i} AA J ot i 


' 


So. 


fy ‘ea 
PO Aa oe ie) HER 
1 r iy 'Ag 
HT ork i, fh 
' 
yet 
' 
zs 
) 
_ Nee 
" . 
f 
x 
\ 
7 
i 


JOURNAL 


OF THE 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY _ 


ESTABLISHED 
A.D. 1804 


ROYAL CHARTERS 
A.D. 1809, 1860, 1899 


EDITED BY 


F. J. CHITTENDEN, F.L.S. 


YOu, XLIT- 


1Q16—17 


The whole of the Contents of this Volume are Copyright. For 
permission to reproduce any of the Articles application should be made 
to the Cowncil of the Society, 1n whom the Copyright vests. 


spate, HIERN S net 
ie tee: 
, P tea, 

f Y 233 

} ¥ igr A 

‘ We sy a 


LONDON 
SOLD BY 


WILLIAM WESLEY & SON, 28 ESSEX STREET, STRAND, W.C. 2. 


Part I. published November 18, 1916. 
— Paris II. & III. published September 5, 1917. 


Printed for the Royal Porticultural Society 
BY 
SPOTTISWOODE, BALLANTYNE & CO. LTD., LONDON, COLCHESTER AND ETON 


CONTENTS OF VOL, ALL. 


PAGE 
THE Economic STATUS OF WILD Birps. By W.E. Collinge, M.Sc.,F.L.S.... 1 


SomE ESSENTIAL PoINTs OF ORCHID CULTIVATION. By G. Wilson, F.L.S.. 7 
CoNTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FuNGI. By A.S. Horne, D.Sc., F.L.S. 13 
On aN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER. By E. race 


BES iy vawinod acess « te Ee 27 
CENTURY OF eo ercaee oiaee INTRODUCED BY iB, ue Wison, 'Y. M. H. 35 
FLora OF NORTH-WEST YUNNAN. By G. Forrest ........... 39 
REPORT OF WORK IN I9I4 AND I9I5 IN KANSU AND TIBET. “By re mae 
THE ew LUE noe AT Mince MATS Nota se eines aieistatslaies isis siisretors aap lel 
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT Wistew! aoe ‘By Rey EL Curtis; 
MEDICINAL PLANTS. Sy E. M. Te ELS. PAR eens antne mines aces soap SS 
SINGLE Rosts. By G. Bunyard, V.M.H.. MBSE caer ee nn Mares asine wee TE Als 
MavERciTy: DEGREES IN ELORTICULTURE 200.0200 -2c0cc cesses cssctensesercvsesssorces LAG 
TXAMINA TIONS IN-HLIORTICULTURE, IQIO « ...cscccacccccsccnccocceccsccsssecooscscsores L5H 
PPCM MES nacbe tec Ssctte times te dees sce susectceseee tosces secede sae cossenensceaiees LOZ, 450 
RNS NAGE A BEURVACTS "i282 544 525202 sadocsieas oegaes oveecseovavecscacscestmececssmess LOZ, 471 
JOSEPH GURNEY FOWLER.........00 ROPE COC CCOCAONL - SEED E ESAS rise 32010) 
SOME ASPECTS OF erences AGAINST © PESTS, By Ae; ees so Meat eicckesa 283 
DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS. By Rev. Joseph Jacob . 229 
UsEs oF LIME IN AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE. By cE E. p eset 


THE enact By i. inidéon, ‘VM. Bed selene rckaieddactae cis tied visto ne auicte vectstacenets 245 
COOKING OF VEGETABLES, Fruits, &c. By C. Herman a CGN, 


BoReEL.S: neenee 6 ; 25s 
HIsTORY AND ‘Dis deue eG OF THE RED CummeT. By E. Ae Bunyard 

HE Sat sinaisintie sls wcsc.s wie Wie ssstsssewsaences 200 
A Sussex ROcK- angen By F. a Hanbury, ie oe daseins Caeteransipeny 2/75 
BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. By Thos. Stevenson, PRA. S, Valsts aim aleee an ZO2 
SOME FALLACIES REGARDING THE CLEMATIS. By A. G. ie FRU. S. 292 
(CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING IN THE BRITISH ISLES ....... Bee 200 
DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN1I789. ByC.H. Payne ER. H. S. . 305 
MEONOMICAVLYCOLOGY. By Prof. M. C.. Potter, Sc.D. .........; ets 947, 
EXPERIMENTS WITH BACTERIZED PEAT. By F. J. Civeerdes eS see. 4O 
NEW OR NOTEWORTHY PLANTS AT WISLEY . ea RS NARS Cas) 
ECONOMIC VALUE OF VEGETABLES. By F., Soler MB., FRCS. M355 
REPORT OF CHEMIST. By Dr. J. A. Voelcker, M.A., Prete ee, 358 
LAME DIsSE APPLE STOCKS... by Ix. Giollatton, MiAe ..yiccccccsseedencses dee essere GOL 
SERINGICMBHAGES Am WWISLEV, | TODO’. oak 5 ol pip. gecilesccocdsedsectecsocsteacsessessse 4OO 
SEU Mor Al NV ISLE 47 LOT O) Mumeen sty. oth achb dace eee of tine ovis colons sah geese dele woneee, 4O7, 
ee NO AE WS EVs) TOT Oras «ate teens an ci chicos ate “Mo rtocters nei ecviaveteeuetiinerssses, 4X2 
OOPS A VNISUEY 1 BORO 7 UKs. Batches - ides esin ce Mh Cole aheicuiton sped inwes ses cveses 4I4 
MENG EANIKCS AVES WVISDI TODOS boc che oye vfs oles Ye onde Lie licgeinds Seddeserinenceraee Gl 
PREGCR WO RGWAE NWNISE EY) UOMO Lie 8.8 «Resa cn tetiedaieae tid. aed beb wale ed idacsal feeds scones AZO 
Pee ON Ma EAT VW ESI SANT ORO. hae no cree dessa ede Qeeeee se kb eee ete tee deceesses GOT 


EN OALSUNELOWERSIAD WWISLEW, TOTO “04 0c. cssielladgMececcnussresteses tvcssoseses 424 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 
COMMONPLACE INOTES i focie sjesis'ssasesees'oesine onc orcuiguw else) aools toes asecueluantet te neste mena 


LONDON \CHILDREN’S (GARDENS «© .0..00 002 cojosccescnccumecsseehte'nss ccnieacecs Sah pee ns 
DONORS OF PLANTS &C.. TO WISLEY, TOIGO...s..dscecenes stencidOt sss ans cae ee 
ADDITIONS!) TO, LABRARY, TO16 sicess ocaecceosesscnene ste sale pes. oth sion te eae eee eee ames 
EXTRACTS FROM THE PROCEEDINGS : 
GENERAL MEETINGS ii ou. cc. esecee sae den saelned ove vee cen scpiccademabe dee aca ais 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (00; csscecensecessesc suns suuinebecotase Senne ame mat 
UREPORT ‘FOR (TOT 5: 6. 20+.0cieoeisee sais sa'srsaels sn van eslala sle,ooe'nediso aka ene eee an 
BALANCE (SHEET, TOU 5 cecsccche scenes «deisetddue sunsldivys seis dp nsaiok toe omni aeemae ean mame 
SPRING SHOW. OF FORCED BULBS «00 is scccsecs seduces vslede sss nabs seaeeathe ans masa 
DDAFRODIL SHOW. | 5 ésccesilnesns boost nls dsebesisewiitelede Gee cbeabe dees cd OER aeen elena maar 
SCIENTIFIC COMMITIEE MEETINGS «.cccseccse csc sconces cocterpsctsstusct RDG eoemt 
FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE MEETINGS ........c.sceeceeeeeee XVI, CxIiii 
PLORAL COMMITTEE MEETINGS « «cos ces cnet sivas ccd oasis ctnisse sachae phatase man oi 
ORCHID COMMITTEE MEETINGS 20. cccecccescecadcencscccccstoctevesstanshi iNt,) Chinmemc eer 
NOTICES. TO FELLOWS | occ oacoe obi sacieecenjece eos ob e's s/n ole cies nit ae cece can tian nnn 
CHELSEA SHOW, REPORT csees0sis noe one cneornsoenseonmnesnes nsnldneinesseae ame aae arm 
HiGELAND HOUSE SHOW REPORT... eveese snssen site sce ceces sonccced¥ seh pnaneeae a maaan 
BRITISH-GROWN, BULB SHOW REPORT 4. 2 ousisesiesscomesr as canessnae spe uar nee eesy eee 
COMPETITION FOR THE CORY CUP FOR DDAAETAS © 6 .0.é..0ccosespaucenesee eae mee 
VEGETABLE SHOW ....... wateitoehSniee ate bin doin watslod ative nee semuenes «0.0 aioe oi sient aatle aa aie 
RES. FRUIT - SHOW, -FOQLGOs, iscecsees asmees tieanceae teutdnenanba nessa ane Obs cee 
NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE .MEETINGS. 0 i.¢ .052sssssienssboispsaauaueein cxcix 
CERTIFICATES FOR DILIGENT INTEREST IN PLANTS, I916 .....sceeeseeeeeee CCIV 
AWARDS TO SUNDRIES 2.0 00s 00a suususioesiaseieds casinos sive'sis tins svisinne on eiesiah keen eet enenS 
GENERAL: INDEX....000000cccneeescveecetesitne neuionsenseen/ols cmon «omisceaee tie eeien atanae: malar 


DIRECTIONS TO BINDER. 


Vol. XLII. has been issued in two parts, each containing the “A Journal” 
proper, paged with Arabic figures, and “ Extracts from the Proceedings,’’ paged with 
Roman numerals. This title and contents sheet should be placed first and be followed 
by pages 1 to 208, then by pages 209 to 528. After that should come the ‘‘ Extracts 
from the Proceedings,” pages i to \xxx, 1xxxi fo ccxvi, concluding with the General 


Index. 


JOURNAL 


OF THE 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


VoL. XLII. 1916. 


Part I. 


THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF WILD BIRDS. 


By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Hon. F.R.HS., 
The University, St. Andrews. 


[Read January 25, 1916; E. A. Bow Es, M.A., in the Chair.] 


FoR some years past there has been evidence of an awakening in the 
public mind to the importance of the subject of Economic Ornithology, 
or the status of wild birds in relation to agriculture, horticulture, 
forestry, and fisheries. This is reflected in the annual newspaper cor- 
respondence on the injuries inflicted on farm crops, fruit orchards, 
&c., by various species of wild birds; in the numerous writings in 
the agricultural and horticultural Press; and the recent suggestion 
that our Board of Agriculture should “ establish a Bureau of Ornitho- 
logy, such as has long been at work both on the Continent and 
in the United States.’’ (Nature, Oct. 15,1915, p. 177.) Further, the 
subject is one of such great importance to all who are interested in 
the products of the land that I need offer no apology for introducing 
it before the members of this Society. 

As one who has devoted considerable time and means to the 
subject during the past twelve years, I claim your attention to a 
rapid survey of the many problems it presents, and its very important 
bearings to mankind. 

The problem is no easy one, and the longer one works at the subject 
- the more complicated does it seem to be, so that we can quite under- 


stand Professor THEOBALD stating that it “is one that~ean—be_ 


VOL. XLII, o- B 


ry Ve 
Y >” 
Ris: 
; << 
fae Ff 
a fel HH 
{ j 


* 
~~ 


Si 


a 


2 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


approached in so many different ways that it is almost impossible to 
formulate any satisfactory plan of treating this important matter.”’ 

On the one hand there are those who would destroy almost every 
species of wild bird we possess, whilst, on the other hand, the 
enthusiastic bird-lover would take equally stringent measures to 
preserve them, exclaiming “ We do not protect birds solely because 
they are useful, but chiefly from ethical and esthetical reasons, as 
birds give beauty and animation to Nature. We also wish to preserve 
their species, and hence the protection of birds signifies the preservation 
of the monuments of Nature.”’ 

As I have elsewhere stated, “the wholesale destruction of birds 
for the purpose of protecting crops and orchards is, economically, 
an unsound policy,’’ but the bird-lover is equally wrong in his or her 
sentimental enthusiasm, and the argument quoted above might quite 
logically be advanced for the rat, the mosquito, and numerous other 
obnoxious animals. 

In any investigation upon such a subject as this, if the results 
are to be of any value, we must place on one side all sentimental 
considerations and be guided alone by the conclusions obtained by 
careful and detailed work extending over a considerable period of 
time. ; 

Much of the earlier work carried out in this country is very crude ; 
further, many opinions are annually expressed in the Press founded 
upon insufficient knowledge. The economic status of any particular 
species of bird can only be ascertained after prolonged and careful 
investigation by trained and experienced investigators. The setting of 
senior students in our agricultural colleges and universities to under- 
take such investigations is hardly likely to further our knowledge ; 
on the other hand, with the semblance of authority, it is very likely 
to prove misleading. 

Bearing in mind the many difficulties that confront the investi- 
gator, experience has shown that a very accurate knowledge may be 
gained of a bird’s feeding habits and the nature of its food by the 
employment of the following methods :— 

Firstly, it is necessary to examine the food contents found in 
the whole of the intestinal tract frequently, during the different 
seasons of the year. The nature of these and their bulk must be 
accurately identified. The nature of the food brought to the nest 
by the parents during the breeding season must also be taken into 
account. ‘‘ Any investigation on the economic status of most species 
of wild birds is incomplete, and to a large extent misleading, that 
does not deal’’ with this important matter, ‘‘ for during the nesting 
period the food of the parent birds consists largely of insects, slugs, 
spiders, and worms, and that of the young almost entirely so, and the 
amount of the food consumed is greater than at any other season 
of the year.” 

Secondly, the nature of the feces, and also of the fecal matter 
extruded from the nest, must receive attention. 


THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF WILD BIRDS. 3 


Thirdly, the rate of digestion of different kinds of food and in 
different species of birds is another important factor. 

Finally, it is all-important that we should have careful observations 
made in the field. 

If the collection of this information extends over the whole of 
the months of the year and for successive years, and the birds 
examined are received from many localities in a given district or 
series of districts, and provided that sufficient care is exercised in 
the identification of the food materials and their percentages, then 
I believe that it is possible to arrive at a fairly correct answer to the 
question “ Is this or that particular species of bird beneficial, neutral, 
or injurious ? ” 

With regard to these methods I should like to add a few comments. 
The examination of the food contents of the intestinal tract is 
frequently misleading if it covers only a portion of the year or any 
particular season, for there are species that would appear to be 
distinctly injurious if the verdict has to be pronounced upon the 
food consumed by them during the months of July, August, and 
September, but when the nature of the food for the remaining nine 
months of the year is also considered a very different result is obtained. 

Hitherto it has been the custom to examine the contents of the 
crop (where present) and stomach, but this is not enough, for in many 
species of birds weed seeds and other matter of an indigestible nature 
pass into the intestine and are not accounted for unless the whole 
of the intestinal tract is opened and the contents washed out and 
examined. 

In a like manner very valuable results are obtainable from a 
proper examination of the feces. 

Respecting the rate of digestion, from what little we know by 
actual experimentation, it is fairly safe to conclude that the majority 
of birds consume daily a bulk of food equal to 34-4 times the capacity 
of the stomach. 

Finally let me, as the result of many years’ practical experience, 
utter a word of caution with regard to field observations. Over and 
over again have I seen, or read of, hasty conclusions formed, due to 
lack of experience or knowledge or imperfect observation. 

The question of the economic status of any particular species of 
bird may, at first sight, appear to be one of only secondary importance, 
and it is not until we realize the magnitude of the industries connected 
with the land and the fisheries that we appreciate how important 
all economic factors are that bear upon either or both of them. 

According to a recent authority the fishing industry in Great 
Britain employs upwards of 27,000 vessels, manned by more than 
90,000 seamen, who land annually nearly a million tons of fish, valued 
at some {10,000,000. Excepting that portion destined for curing, 
the whole of this huge mass of food has to be rapidly distributed over 
the country, and daily the process is repeated, so that in addition to 
the actual fishermen we have a small army of packers, coopers, 

B2 


4 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


salesmen, hawkers, &c., and to these we may add the large number 
of railway employees engaged in the transfer. 

On all hands we are told that our fish supply could be increased 
if the fisheries were worked on more scientific principles; in short, 
if we knew more of the numerous scientific problems affecting them. 

With respect to the importance of agriculture little need be said. 
‘“T have always regarded agriculture (in its widest sense),” says the 
Right Hon. JEssE CoLiines,* ‘‘as the chief national concern, and as 
the only basis on which the real welfare of a country can be securely 
established. If we have purchased commercial supremacy, at the 
cost of a permanent decay of that great industry, we have bought 
it at a ruinous price.’ 

The probable extension of cereal cultivation in the near future 
and also that of fruit cultivation, in addition to a large increase in 
small farms and small holdings, will increase our rural population 
greatly, so that once again we shall see agriculture taking its proper 
place amongst the industries of this country, and any factor that 
makes it difficult to cultivate this or that crop at a profit will have 
to be more carefully inquired into than in the past. 

We are already told that economic forces will compel thousands 
of women to enter the fields of agriculture and horticulture at no 
distant date, and anything that handicaps the large grower will tell 
with double force against those in a smaller way, and, in most cases, 
with but small capital. 

The question therefore arises, ‘‘ How does the subject of the feeding 
habits of wild birds affect these great national industries?” It 
affects them in three ways, viz. :— : 

1. In that many species are protected which are distinctly injurious, 
and as a consequence hundreds of thousands of pounds’ worth of food 
is destroyed by them annually. 

2. That many species which are beneficial are destroyed, and so 
vermin, upon which they largely subsist, exact an enormous toll upon 
the produce of the land. 

3. There are a number of species with reference to which we yet 
require much more detailed information before it can be decided to 
which class they belong. 

With reference to the first class, there is now a considerable mass 
of evidence, much of which is founded upon careful scientific investi- 
gation. Take, for instance, the case of the rook and the starling. 
GILMOUR in 1896 examined the stomach contents of 355 rooks ; THRING 
in IQI0, 141 ; FLORENCE in 1912, 162 ; and the writer 689. Here we 
have a total, from all parts of the country, of 1,347, the cumulative 
evidence from which goes to show that of recent years there has been 
a large increase in the numbers of this bird, and with the present large 
number a grain diet is preferred. 

Respecting the starling, we have witnessed an enormous increase 
during the past twelve or thirteen years, due partly to migration 
and partly to the protection afforded it. As the result of an extended 

* Land Reform, London, 1906, p. x. 


THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF WILD BIRDS. 5 


inquiry in which the stomach contents of 328 adult birds and 94 
nestlings were examined, numerous field observations made, and a 
careful examination of the feces, I have no hesitation in stating that 
for some years to come this species annually requires drastically 
reducing in numbers, and that at present it is a source of considerable 
financial loss to the farmers of this country. 

That gamekeepers, farmers, and others annually destroy large 
numbers of birds whose food consists largely of voles, mice, rats, 
and insect larve, is common knowledge. Such birds as the kestrel 
and all the species of owls are far too precious to the farmer to permit 
the ignorance of a gamekeeper to continue to destroy them wantonly. 
When we consider that the brown rat alone is annually exacting 
food to the value of some millions of pounds sterling, it is surely time 
that such offences as mentioned above were made punishable by 
more severé sentences. Another striking instance is the lapwing. The 
value of this bird to the farmer is universally admitted and cannot 
be over-estimated, and yet the apathy displayed by agriculturists 
in reference to it is pitiful. ‘“‘ Long ago the bird and its eggs should 
have been more strictly protected than game or any other birds. It 
is the farmer’s best friend, and whilst his crops annually suffer more 
and more from wireworms and surface larve he stands and watches 
its gradual reduction with indifference.” 

With reference to the majority of species of birds we do not 
possess any accurate or detailed knowledge as to the nature of their 
food, and of quite a large number of common species our knowledge 
is imperfect. . 

The need of continued investigation upon a subject so intimately 
related to our food supply must be patent to even the most casual 
inquirer, for without a thoroughly reliable and extensive knowledge 
of the subject it is impossible to frame wise and beneficial laws relating 
thereto. 

In this country we have five Acts of Parliament affording protection 
to wild birds or relating thereto. One presumes that the main object 
of these Acts, and the intentions of their framers, was to protect all 
species that were non-injurious and also those that were rare. If 
this were so, then they have failed hopelessly, for many of our non- 
injurious species are rarer to-day than in 1880, whilst many other 
species have become so numerous as almost to constitute a plague 
to the agriculturist. 

These Acts may have been framed with the best of intentions, 
but there is no evidence to show that those who framed them ever 
took into serious consideration what would probably be the ultimate 
effect of such legislation. The farmers, fruit-growers, and probably 
the fishermen of this country are now suffering, and have done so for 
some years past, from their effects. 

After reviewing these Acts at some length, a recent writer states 
‘that they were all passed, not in the interests of agriculturists of 
any class, but to satisfy the outcry against bird destruction raised 
by the bird-loving public at large.” 


6 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


* 


Most people are familiar to a certain extent with the huge flocks 
of sea-birds that frequent our coasts, but how few have any idea as 
to what they feed upon! Some are mere scavengers of the shore, 
devouring anything left by the tide; others travel inland and feed 
upon different kinds of insect larva; some cause considerable damage 
on game preserves, but the diet of the majority is marine organisms, 
the bulk of which consists of fish. Very few systematic investiga- 
tions have been made upon the food of these birds, in consequence 
of which our information is meagre and often misleading. 

In a recent report of an investigation made on the Suffolk and 
Essex coasts, the committee conclude by stating “‘ that it would be 
manifestly unfair to draw any definite conclusions from it as to the 
feeding habits of gulls in general. But since gulls have taken to 
feeding on grain the balance would appear to be against the gull ; 
and from an economic point of view we consider an exhaustive inquiry 

—is indicated in consequence of the enormous rate at which these birds 
are increasing throughout the land.”’ 

Without thorough and exhaustive inquiry any legislation affecting 
our sea-birds, or even any wild birds, is both unscientific and likely 
to prove highly mischievous, and the longer such inquiry is deferred 
the country is the poorer by hundreds of thousands of pounds through 
its ignorance. Such an inquiry would at least indicate where our 
present course of conduct is wrong, and would possibly lead to new 
and more beneficial legislation in the future. 

The subject is one that demands constant study and inquiry, for 
a species of bird that at one period is distinctly beneficial may in a 
very few years become equally injurious. There are many cases on 
record of the change in feeding habits due in some cases to a great 
increase in the number of a particular species and a consequent scarcity 
of food. In other cases there is an abundance of a particular kind 
of food, due to artificial cultivation, and the birds have not been 
slow to avail themselves of the changed condition. Such points as 
these require very careful consideration in any attempt to rightly 
estimate the value of any particular species. 

Unfortunately, in this country we have no continued systematic 
study on a large scale in operation. Hitherto the matter has been 
left to the private individual, but what is now required is continuous 
work, judiciously planned, and carried out with every care. Such 
investigations are beyond the means of most: the labour alone of 
recording and tabulating the results obtained is no mean task. 
Government action, at the present time, scarcely seems likely, but 
it might possibly be within the range of practical politics, with some 
financial assistance from the Development Fund, to found a Chair 
of Economic Ornithology, in connexion with one of our universities, 
where such work might be carried out. Of one thing I am sure, viz., 
that it would prove of great scientific interest and of inestimable 
value to that all-important and increasing community, the food 
providers of this country. 


SOME ESSENTIAL POINTS OF ORCHID CULTIVATION, 7 


SOME ESSENTIAL POINTS OF ORCHID CULTIVATION. 
By GuRNEY WILSON, F.L.S. 
[Read February 22, 1916; Dr. F. W. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair.] 


BEFORE one can achieve fame as an expert cultivator of Orchids 
it is necessary for him to obtain as complete a knowledge as possible 
of the conditions under which these plants exist in their native 
home, and even if an amateur desires merely to grow them with 
only moderate success it is important that the essential points of 
cultivation be clearly understood. Too often one sees a green- 
house devoted to Orchids belonging to several distinct classes, each 
accustomed to widely different atmospheric conditions, yet all expected 
by the owner to thrive with the same success as his Roses or herbaceous 
borders. As Orchids are found in practically all parts of the world 
where vegetation exists, they are subject to an extremely wide 
range of temperature and moisture; some species will withstand a 
few degrees of frost, while others require constant tropical heat ; nota 
few are quite happy in parched desert air, while some fail to grow 
unless the atmosphere is almost at saturation point. How, then, is 
it possible for one glass structure to accommodate successfully a 
collection of plants having such varied requirements ? 

The eagerness with which an amateur attempts to make his 
collection representative of the family is the real reason why he so 
often fails in the matter of cultivation. The surest and quickest way 
to success is to decide what kind of atmosphere can be most easily 
maintained, and then to select plants accustomed to these con- 
ditions. Extensive collections demand a whole range of houses, in 
each of which a definite temperature and state of moisture are main- 
tained ; it is then possible to cultivate a very varied collection, for 
there is every facility for providing conditions corresponding to those 
in which the plants have existed for countless years. 

The first essential point is that Orchids, although growing in a 
variety of situations in their native homes, may be separated into 
two important divisions. The first, the Terrestrial, includes those 
found growing in the soil, just like ordinary plants; the second, 
the Epiphytal, embraces a larger number which secure themselves 
to the trunks of trees, or other suitable places, at different heights 
from the ground. It will perhaps be advisable to state that the 
remarks in this lecture apply more particularly to Orchids usually 
seen under cultivation, and not so much to the less conspicuous ones 
commonly known as “ Botanical Orchids,’ many of which require 


8 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


special treatment quite outside the sphere of an ordinary garden 
collection. 

Terrestrial Orchids.—Of all the terrestrial Orchids, Cypripediums 
are the most popular. In many gardens they form the only repre- 
sentatives of the family, and although their cultivation requires a 
minimum of skill and attention they cannot be entirely omitted 
from our consideration. Cypripediums in their native home enjoy 
a remarkable uniformity of temperature, an almost continually moist 
condition of the soil, and a high degree of atmospheric humidity 
throughout the year ; under these conditions they continue to grow, 
practically without interruption. With such surroundings as these, 
ever in the most favourable condition for the existence of the plant, 
there is no need whatever for the pseudo-bulbs so necessary in the 
case of Orchids requiring reserve material to carry them through 
periods of drought. 

Briefly, the essential points of cultivation are a fibrous, loamy 
gompost, continual moisture at the roots as well as in the atmosphere, 
and judicious shading whenever bright sunshine is likely to scorch 
the foliage. Although the best results are obtained with a minimum 
night temperature of 55-60° F., there are many elegant hybrids, 
chiefly of C. insigne, that will withstand without harm a temperature 
of 45° F. Even with the Cypripediums requiring considerable warmth 
but little harm will accrue if on cold wintery nights the thermometer 
drops to 45° F., provided that the amount of moisture is considerably 
reduced. 

Nothing is so detrimental to these plants as a dry compost, a 
sunny situation, or an airy and dry atmosphere. Speaking generally, 
Cypripediums succeed well in warm houses where ferns and other 
shade-loving plants are cultivated with success. An examination 
of the roots of a Cypripedium will show that they are abundantly 
supplied with root-hairs for the purpose of more readily collecting 
the nutritive material from the surrounding soil. 

Epiphytic Orchids.—Having somewhat briefly dwelt upon the 
nature of the terrestrial section, we will pass on to the epiphytic 
Orchids, which embrace by far the largest number of plants seen in 
collections, while their extreme beauty renders them of first-class 
importance. 

To many admirers of these wonderful flowers the term epiphytic 
does not signify much more than a condition of “‘ living on the air.” 
Many illustrations of the past depicted these plants clinging to the 
trunks or branches of trees, and gained from them the name of “ air 
plants.” 

In order to understand clearly the nature of an Epiphytic Orchid 
it may assist to examine three distinct methods by which plants “ live 
upon others.” 

(1) Parasites.—These plants, of which the Mistletoe is a well- 
known example, obtain the greater part, if not all, of their nutritive 
requirements from the plant upon which they dwell; they, in fact, 


SOME ESSENTIAL POINTS OF ORCHID CULTIVATION. 9 


steal their food from the supply existing 7m the living organism upon 
which they are situated. 

(2) Saprophytes.—Not a few plants nourish themselves by living 
upon decaying remains of animals and plants and other organic 
substances. 

(3) Epiphytes.—These plants, although often found growing on 
other plants, neither steal their nourishment from the living nor the 
dead. They have an independent existence, and it matters but little 
whether they are situated on trees or rocks, or cultivated in baskets 
or pots. 

How, then, do epiphytic Orchids obtain their requisite nutriment ? 
Soon after the commencement of the new growth the root system 
becomes active in order to procure the nutriment necessary for sus- 
taining the plant in a vigorous condition. If the roots fail to find the 
requisite food the plant will soon exhaust itself and the bulbs assume 
a shrivelled appearance. An examination of the roots of epiphytic 


Orchids will show that in the majority of cases they are covered with .- 


a sponge-like material, known as the velamen, which has the power 
of absorbing atmospheric moisture as well as liquid nutriment, and 
by this means supplies the bulbous stems of the plant with food and 
water. Where long periods of drought are experienced, Nature has 
provided the plants with correspondingly larger bulbs, so that a greater 
amount of food material may be preserved. 

It has already been pointed out that epiphytic Orchids exist 
chiefly on the trunks and branches of trees and on other exposed 
positions. The small amount of nutriment existing in these places 
would very soon be utilized by the plant, were it not for the further 
supplies continually being washed down from adjoining positions by 
every shower of rain. These additional supplies are obtained from 
partly decomposed vegetable fibre, leaves, and moss which have 
accumulated in hollow places on the trunks and branches of trees, 
or in crevices of the rock-like soil. Thus we can see how it was that 
cultivators of bygone days who fastened their Orchids to blocks of 
wood rarely reaped success for more than a single season ; the plant 
quickly absorbed the small quantity of food material on the dead 
block, and, having used up all its reserve, died for want of further 
supplies. 

Many cultivators may here say with truth that the system of 
securing Orchids to blocks of wood has long since been discarded. 
But is the present method employed by many amateurs much better ? 
Instead of a block of wood they use a basket, pot, or pan filled with 
fibrous material, which may answer very well for one season, but the 
nutriment is then, if not before, practically exhausted ; yet the culti- 
vator rarely thinks of replenishing the supply of food, which, in the 
plant’s natural home would be brought to it by every shower of rain 
or by the roots continually extending themselves to pastures new. 
The fibrous material usually remains firm long after its nutritive 
properties are exhausted, but it is then as useless to the plant as the 


Io JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


dead block of wood. Although we may fix our Orchids to blocks of 
wood, or secure them in baskets, pots, and pans by means of suitable 
fibrous material, all these means soon become mere mechanical devices 
for keeping the plants in any desired position. The essential point 
always to be borne in mind is never to let the plant suffer through an 
insufficient supply of food material. 

The Supply of Nutriment.—In supplying nutriment to the plant 
care must be taken that it is not carried to excess. Some cultivators 
use far too large a pot with an unnecessary amount of compost, fully 
believing that by so doing the plant will benefit accordingly. Any- 
one who has had experience in the feeding of animals knows how 
injurious is an over-abundant supply of food, and with plants there 
is little difference. Too large a supply of compost turns sour long 
before its constituent nutriment is required by the plant, and thus 
it becomes a source of danger by preventing the extension of the 
roots, and even causing rapid decay. Considering the many sizes of 
pots and pans used in a collection, it is almost impossible to lay down 
any definite rules, but a little practical experience will soon show 
when the plant is in need of food, and then the cultivator must decide 
whether something in the way of top-dressing or inserting fresh 
compost in needful places may be effected. This may be required 
every two or three months in the case of small plants, and less 
frequently with large ones. Speaking generally, all Orchids require 
a thorough re-potting once every year. There is an old saying, “‘ It 
is the master’s eye that fattens the cattle,’ and this may be applied 
with equal truth to Orchid cultivation, for it is the practised eye of 
the cultivator that decides just when a plant requires a fresh supply 
of food. 

Almost all Orchids are shade-loving plants. Their habit of dwelling 
on trees or on the ground below is a guide to the way we should treat 
them when under artificial conditions. During the summer season, 
when growth is vigorous, the foliage of the forest protects them from 
the burning rays of the sun, while the fall of the leaf in autumn 
allows the diminished power of the sun to ripen up the bulbs and 
prepare them for their winter rest. Thus it will be seen how much 
depends on the correct application of artificial shading. It must 
always be in accordance with the requirements of the plants beneath. 
Where the cultivation of Orchids from various climates is attempted 
in one small house considerable difficulties and disappointments are 
sure to arise, hence one cannot too strongly urge the commencing 
amateur to decide upon the maintenance of some definite climate 
and then to select plants suitable to it ; by this means will success be 
best achieved. Odontoglossums are well-known examples requiring 
a cool, moist, and shady atmosphere ; Cattleyas may be selected for 
a warmer and lighter house ; Mexican Laelias require considerable 
light, as well as ventilation, only a slight shade during the middle 
part of the summer days being necessary ; and there are a few genera 
which can be cultivated successfully only in high temperatures with 
an abundance of atmospheric moisture. 


“ 


SOME ESSENTIAL POINTS OF ORCHID CULTIVATION. II 


Notwithstanding this wide diversity of essential conditions, the 
majority of Orchids, when placed in a suitable atmosphere, are far 
easier to grow than many other plants; in fact, a little practical 
assistance obtained through a kind friend will enable any amateur 
to achieve the most unexpected pleasure and success, and his green- 
houses will ever afterwards be the envy of his neighbours and a never- 
failing interest to one and all concerned. 

_ An essential point to bear in mind in cultivating old plants is that 
too many bulbs may act as a hindrance to the development of the new 
one. By carefully shaking a plant out of the compost it will generally 
be noticed that the live roots are attached to the newer portion of 
the rhizome; therefore the older portion of the plant, usually 
without any roots whatever, must be sustained at the expense of 
the new bulb. This can easily be proved by selecting a suitable 
plant and running a knife through the rhizome at a point three or 
four bulbs back from the newest growth ; all the bulbs further back 
from this cutting will soon commence to shrivel, thus proving that 
they formerly derived their food supply through this source. By 
carrying out this treatment all the energy of the root system is directed 
to the newest portion, and improved results are readily obtained. 
Although these remarks refer principally to imported Cattleyas and 
similar kinds, they will be found equally applicable to garden-raised 
hybrids that have been in cultivation for at least five years. These 
back portions, instead of being a probable hindrance to the develop- 
ment of the plant, may be turned to profitable account if preserved 
until they commence active growth on their own account, which in 
the majority of cases they will do, when they may be placed in separate 
pots. 

While the majority of warmth-loving Epiphytic Orchids make 
their growth or form the new bulb during the summer months, many 
of the cool-growing section, such as Odontoglossums, commence 
activity in the autumn months and continue through the winter. 
But in practically all cases this period of activity is followed by one 
of rest, during which the amount of heat and water should be lessened. 
In this matter many untrained amateurs frequently bring about 
trouble by being too severe, and unnecessarily lowering the vitality 
of the plant. The main point to remember is that the plant, when 
at rest, requires just sufficient water to prevent it from visibly 
shrivelling, and, at the same time, a slightly lower temperature. 

Rain-water is by far the best water to use, and it should be stored 
inside the house, so that it may be kept about the same temperature. 
Manure in all forms should be avoided ; only in the most experienced 
hands does it yield beneficial results, and then only in the case of 
large specimen terrestrial plants, such as pot-bound Cypripediums 
and Cymbidiums. 

In their native home the roots of epiphytic Orchids are more or 
less exposed to the atmosphere, and any material they enter is usually 
of a porous nature. These conditions must be followed as closely as 
circumstances permit, and amateurs cannot exercise too much care 


12 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


in the selection of a suitable compost. Clean fibre, either Osmunda, 
A.I., or first-class peat, kept moist by the addition of a small quantity 
of living Sphagnum, forms the best material. A few clean oak- 
leaves roughly chopped up or rubbed through a riddle may with 
advantage be added to the compost intended for small pots, but with 
large plants, requiring re-potting less frequently, the leaves are best 
omitted, as they are likely to cause a sodden condition by holding too 
much water. The smaller the pot and amount of compost so much 
the quicker does it become dry, hence it is advisable to include 
a larger proportion of Sphagnum, especially near the surface; 
medium-sized pots answer well when the moss is placed only in the 
upper portion of the compost, while many of the plants in the largest 
pots thrive well in only fibrous material. But in this matter nothing 
definite can be said, so much depends on the amount of atmospheric 
moisture, the structure of the house, and the actual means adopted 
by the one in charge of the collection. 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. I3 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI 
IN GREAT BRITAIN. 


By A. S. Horne, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.GS. 
[Read March 7, 1916; Sir J. T. D. LLEwE yn, V.M.H., in the Chair.] 


Owing to the activities manifested by foreign Powers in the establish- 
ment of phytopathological services prior to the outbreak of war, and 
in view of future relations with other countries and particularly our 
great Dependencies and present Allies, the question of controlling 
the diseases of plants due to fungi is of first importance to 
horticulturists. It deserves and needs very serious attention, but 
before the problem of control can be solved, whether by the in- 
dividual or the State, it is imperative to obtain a thorough know- 
ledge of these diseases. 

The steady progress of mycological work in India during the last 
few years must be attributed to the fact that the tangle of factors 
contributory to first one and then another of the chief plant maladies 
of India was first skilfully unravelled, and then, after a careful survey 
of the position, a practical method of control was speedily devised. 
Nowhere is this more evident than in BUTLER’s study of the bud-rot 
of Palms. Here the method and rate of spread of the trouble, the 
relation to rainfall and the monsoons &c., the symptoms of the disease 
and habits of the parasite (Pythium palmivorum) are thoroughly 
considered, and as a result suggestions for an organized attempt to 
stamp out the disease in the infected area were made to the Govern- 
ment of Madras in 1906, and the sum of 5,000 rupees was provided 
for a trial in a limited area ; larger proposals were given effect to in 
the following year, and led to a great campaign which dealt 
systematically with every part of the whole infected area. Again, 
BUTLER and HaFiz in 1913, by discovering infection in apparently 
sound setts, were able to show in red rot of the sugar-cane why sett 
selection, the most hopeful method of checking the disease, had 
hitherto failed. 

In these Indian studies it proved essential to understand the 
parasite and its habits in both active and passive forms, its methods 
of sporulation, and distributive and infective powers. I will now give 
some additional examples to show how mere cultural work with fung! 
may elucidate points of practical importance. Everyone knows the 
common fruit-rot fungus, Moma fructigena, but it is from Norton 
we learn that this fungus is an ascomycete: the ascigerous stage, 
Sclerotinia, according to WHETZEL, can bring about a shot-hole effect 
in leaves of the Cherry and Peach. Again, Sphaeropsis Malorum 


14 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Berk., the cause of the so-called ‘“‘New York’’ canker * of apple 
twigs, leaf-spot, and rotting of apples in America, according to HESLER, 
proves but the pycnidial condition of another ascomycete, Physalo- 
spora Cydoniae, which in the ascigerous stage can exist upon 
both the Quince and Hamamelis. The fungus Gloeosporium rufo- 
maculans, a conidial form described by BERKELEY as a Septoria, 
the cause of another apple-rot, according to the work of CLINTON, 
and of SPAULDING and VON SCHRENK, also possesses an ascigerous 
Glomerella stage. Much has been done by the method of inoculation 
to ascertain the relation existing between the many Gloeosporia which 
have received different specific names according to their hosts: thus 
grapes have been inoculated successfully with the apple Gloeosporium 
and the reciprocal operation performed by SOUTHWORTH ; the apple 
with the Quince form by STONEMAN; whilst conidial forms from the 
grape (G. rufomaculans), apple (G. fructigenum), fig (G. Elasticae), 
and species from the Cranberry, Gleditschia, Ginkgo, and bean (Colleto- 
tvichum Lindemuthianum) have yielded the same ascigerous stage 
in pure culture (SHEAR and Woop). This list has been extended by 
J. J. TAUBENHAUS, of the Delaware Station, to include anthracnose 
of the Sweet Pea. In absence of knowledge of this kind it is easy 
to see how difficult it is to control fungi. We fail to avert apple- 
rot because the fungus passes its existence in another form in the 
quince, or we fail to dislodge a Sweet Pea parasite because the same 
fungus abides in several hosts. 

During the last quarter of a century there has been a great 
awakening in the United States of America ; we have witnessed the 
growth of a world-eminent school of bacteriology founded by ERwin 
SMITH, whose great achievement in isolating bacteria causing tumours 
in plants will be within your recollection. A Phytopathological 
Society and Journal (“‘ Phytopathology ’’) have arisen within the 
last few years, and great practical campaigns have been instituted 
and are being carried out against fungal pests of crops and orchards. 
Can we in Britain chronicle progress at all comparable with that 
in other countries and worthy of our position as the centre of this 
great Empire? For example, have we pursued the problem of potato 
disease with sufficient vigour? We do not yet know the source,t 
nor can we prophesy the course, of the Phytophthora outbreak through- 
out the country. It is not enough to obtain records of the distribu- 
tion of such pests, invaluable as the records are; we must know the 
conditions governing their occurrence and intensity, and be prepared 
to chart the course of an epidemic in relation to climatic and natural 
features somewhat on the lines adopted by Gy. DE ISTVANFFI, GY. 


* E.S. SALMON announced the occurrence of ‘“‘ New York’”’ cankerin England 
in the Gardeners’ Chronicle No. 3617, April 1910, p. 258, being apparently unaware 
that the fungus responsible, Sphaeropsis Malorum Berk., was discovered in 
England by Berkeley on apples at King’s Cliffe in 1836. 

+ I. E. MELuus states that Phytophthora can remain forty-five days latent in 
tubers after planting, that it can spread and reach the sprout, and that it can 
extend into dwarfed shoots in the field. 


- ‘THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. 15 


PALINKAS, and F. SAVOLY in Hungary in connexion with vine mildew ; 
we must study the behaviour of the fungi causing epidemics, the 
growth of mycelium, the germination of spores, perithecia, &c., in 
relation to temperature, humidity, and other environmental influ- 
ences, following the example of MENGEL, RaAvaz, VERGE, and other 
investigators in France. 

Clearly we have not yet sufficiently applied our scientific knowledge, 
whether of fungi, of physical conditions, or of chemical reactions. 
Let us take care, however, that the application is aptly made, bearing 
always in mind MARSHALL WARD’S review of the great chemist LIEBIG’s 
influence on biological science. ‘“‘ That Liebig was indispensable in 
1811-1850 is one thing ; but that his influence should extend to the 
present day is quite another, and his inevitable mistakes were almost 
as powerful for future evil as his clear exposition of the chemistry of 
his day was productive of immediate good.” 

Some examples of the kind of pitfall awaiting the botanist or 
mycologist who attempts to deal with practical problems without 
sufficient field experience may be taken from the writings of the 
brilliant author of “ Disease in Plants” himself. Writing of potato 
disease and the symptoms presented in the foliage, in ‘‘ Diseases of 
Plants’? MARSHALL WARD explains that Phytophthora passes down 
the haulm of the plant and reaches the growing tubers. Forthwith 
attention became fixed on the haulm as the carrier of infective 
mycelium, and the idea once rooted became firmly established, and 
on this basis spraying efforts were devised to prevent the infection of 
tubers, but often foredoomed to failure, as I shall presently show. 
Now, as a matter of fact, the course of the fungus down the haulm 
had not been demonstrated to occur, or at all events to any extent, 
under field conditions, and recently DASTUR has shown that the castor 
oil Phytophthora, P. parasitica, shows no propensity to travel either 
upwards or downwards from a stem inoculation. Neither is there 
any weight of field evidence to support this view. In the 1915 epi- 
demic, which threatened at one time a potato failure of serious 
dimensions, the attack took place by way of the “eye”’ and skin, a 
fact clearly demonstrable at the Daily Mail show held at Vincent 
Square, in a number of exhibits derived from all parts of the 
country. Again, with regard to direct infection of growing tubers 
by the zoospores of Phytophthora, we are told that infection can 
only succeed as a rule when the tubers are still young, since the 
coat of the older potatos, being thick and corky, resists the inroads 
of the fungus. Here the lenticels, skin affections, or abrasions due 
to soil and weather conditions, as providing means of ingress, are 
presumably ignored. Again, the power of dormancy was ascribed 
to Phytophthora; it could be assumed that Phytophthora is present 
in healthy tubers, and some authorities held even that tubers are 
rarely free from it. But this is certainly not the case ; the mycelium 
can winter only in the diseased tissue of diseased tubers. The view 
arises apparently from a false comparison with certain rust fungi 


16 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


which hibernate in their respective hosts. Again, in the case of the 
finger-and-toe organism (Plasmodiophora Brassicae) MARSHALL WARD 
states that the plasmodium is able to pass slowly from one cell to 
another, devouring their contents. We find a similar view obtaining 
later to explain the extensive infection of potato tubers by Spongospora 
Solant, a parasite closely related to Plasmodiophora. Here, although 
the plasmodia of the non-parasitic Myxomycetes are capable of move- 
ment, it does not at all follow that those of the intracellular parasitic 
species can migrate from cell to cell and tissue to tissue, and in fact 
they do not behave in this way. Thus time after time the descriptive 
matter of ‘‘ Diseases of Plants’’ covers a subtle passing from fact 
to theory, presenting pictures more imaginative than derived from 
actual experiences. 

A short time ago, in the Gardeners’ Chronicle,* a correspondent 
complained that mycologists could not yet distinguish between bitter 
pit and fruit-spot of apple. This is unfortunately true of more than 
one disease. Incomplete knowledge of the habits of fungi leads to 
confusion of symptoms. As an example we may take the case of 
brown rot in potato tubers; much brown rot was of course known 
to be Phytophthora rot, but there were cases sometimes attributed to 
Phytophthora, sometimes to Fusarium, sometimes to no organism at 
all. After devoting some time to this matter I was able to show that 
in Phytophthora rot, or a rot due to a combined incursion of Phyio- 
phthora and bacteria, the tubers show pronounced external symptoms, 
and the fungus, or traces of its existence, can be detected in the air 
spaces ; in blotch and streak, where a bacterial factor is suspected, 
external symptoms are rarely presented, but the flesh is peculiarly 
marked; in both these types wound cork is formed, whereas in 
“ bruise,’ often wrongly held to be an after-effect of Phytophthora 
attack, wound cambium does not arise. In the last case the diseased 
areas possess a grey or black coloration and the cells appear to be 
progressively poisoned. Many other so-called diseases also need 
analysis ; for example, in fig disease what is the relation between shoot 
die-back, cankered branches, and the strangely mottled leaves, or in 
peach what connexion is there, if any, between the shoot die-back 
and curl? 

There are several problems under investigation in other countries 
that need study here in special relation to the conditions obtaining 
in this country. Amongst these a disfigurement of apples, especially 
of dessert varieties—the apple fruit-spot to which I have just referred 
—claims serious attention. This spot or blotch has exercised 
mycologists in the United States for many years, and several bulletins 
have been issued both from the Bureau of Plant Industry and the 
Experimental Stations of the chief States in the Union. In several 
cases the trouble has been attributed to fungi such as Sphaeropsis 
Malorum Berk., species of Alternarta, Phoma Pomi Passer. (=Cylindro- 


* See Gardeners’ Chronicle, November 28, 1914. 


‘OI “fF 20V{f OL] 


‘NOILIGGV NI WOIIHOAW ALIHM 
HAILGNUA (Z) GNV ‘AUNLVN IVIGINOAd GNV IVILONAIOS V AO SHIdOd IVONNA 
ONINVAT VANV GALLOdS IVNIDINO AHL (1) DNIMOHS ‘ADVIS ALV] ‘Addy AO LOds-LINUJ—'T “OI 


Fic. 2.—PoTTER’s ODONTOGLOssUM SPOT ON (A) ODONTIODA X ‘ EUTERPE,’ 
AND (B) ONCIDIODA X COOKSONIAE. 


[Note: These figures represent negative images. | 


‘"WASNANOOD WOAIDSNVYOdSONWAS) AO VICIOAV AO 
SdNOYD ONIMOHS (CHDUVINA) AVAT AONINGQ—'p ‘OIG 


‘'AVNIGVS WOIDNVYOdSONWAY 
HO VIGINOAG ONINVAE AVAT YVAG—'E ‘DIY 


1 2 
Fic. 5.—GoosEBERRY, (1) SHOWING MILDEW KILLED AFTER SPRAYING 
WITH LIVER OF SULPHUR AS USED AT WISLEY, 


AND (2) FROM AN UNSPRAYED BUSH. 
[To face p. 17. 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. I7 


sportum Pom Brooks),* Contothyrium Fuckelu, Phoma Mal &c. ; 
in other cases the trouble has been regarded as of a physiological 
character (ScoTt—Jonathan apples), whilst NoRTON claims to have 
imitated some types of spotting by the action of certain gases. 
This fruit-spot is certainly on the increase in Britain. Every- 
one will agree that it is as important for us as for the United 
States to keep fruit clean both in the orchard and the store, whether 
offered for sale or grown for exhibition. But first we must be able 
to diagnose the symptoms and distinguish them from bitter-pit 
characters and to distinguish fungal from non-fungal spotting. If 
the spotting is of a fungal character, it is important to discover what 
fungi are implicated, their degree of parasitism and their hosts, for 
it does not at all follow that the fungi found here will be the same as 
those isolated in the United States or elsewhere.t (Fig. 1.) The 
success of practical schemes we may devise for combating this 
trouble will depend on our knowledge of these things. 

Again, there is a blemish so vexing to orchidists that appears in 
the form of spots, blotches, or mottlings in the leaves of some favourite 
or valuable Orchid. (Fig. 2.) This trouble has caused much contro- 
versy ; some argue, and on occasion quite rightly, that cultural condi- 
tions alone are to blame, whilst others maintain that fungi or bacteria 
are the cause. For a time the fungus Gloeosportum was thought to be 
the culprit, and species were described as causing spot on Oncidium 
(G. Oncidit Oud.—Amsterdam), Odontoglossum (G. Brdgoodit Cooke— 
England), Cattleya (Gloeosportum sp.—Paris), and other Orchids (G. 
cinctum B. and C.3; G. pallidum Karst. 3 G. orchidearum, Karst., on 
Mexican Orchids), whilst a species as yet unnamed was found at Wisley 
inIg15. But the evidence in most cases is merely that of association. 
We do not know at all to what extent these fungi are able to cause 
disease in Orchids. To obtain this information one must cultivate the 
fungi and understand their behaviour. More recently several instances 
of spotting due to bacteria have been recorded. PAVARINI has 
described no less than four new species—Bactertum Cattleyae, Bacillus 
Polacu, Bacterium Krameriant, and Bacillus Farnetianus, which he 
has isolated from and reproduced spotting by inoculation in Catileya 
Harrisoniae, Odontoglossum citrosum, Oncidium Kramerianum, and 
Oncidium ornithorhynchum respectively ; in Japan, Hori has obtained 
a bacillus causing brown rot in Cypripedium—Bacillus Cypripedis. 

* Brooks first described his fungus as Cylindrosporium Pomi in Bull. Torr. 
Club 35, 423-456 (1908) but later, on incomplete evidence, transferred it to 
Passerini’s Phoma—Phoma Pomi, for which see CHARLES Brooks and CAROLINE 
A. Brack in Phyt. il. (1912), pp. 63- 72. Thesupposed Cylindrosporium fructifica- 
tion is therein regarded as a Cylindrosporium stage in the life-cycle of the Phoma, 
but this organ is very unlike the characteristic acervulus of a Cylindrosporium 
which in the case of C. Padi has been clearly described by B. B. HicGIns in 
Amer. Jour. Bot., vol. i. No. 4, pp. 145-173 (April 1914). 

t I have succeeded in isolating several fungi in pure culture at the Patho- 
logical Laboratories of the Imperial College of Science, including species of 
Stemphylium Alternaria arid Pleospora from spotted areas in certain varieties 


a British apples; see ‘“‘ Rept. Sci. Com. Roy. Hort. Soc.” Journal R.H.S. 
xli. p. cv. 


VOL. XLII. Cc 


18 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


In each case the organism was isolated in pure culture and the disease 
was subsequently reproduced artificially upon inoculation. To what 
extent is spotting in British collections due to bacteria? In one 
particular spot of Odontoglossum first but incompletely described 
in the Gardeners’ Chronicle *—a pellucid spot with a dark centre— 
the agency of bacteria is already suspected. First recorded only on 
Odontoglossum Uro-Skinnert, it is now found on several Odonto- 
glossum species and hybrids, including Odontoglossum crispum, 
O. xX Loochristiense, O. X Thwaitesi1, O. eximium, and in the hybrid 
genus Odontioda, for example Odontioda x “Euterpe” (= Odonto- 
glossum Uro-Skinnert X Cochltoda Noezlana), also in species of 
Oncidium, the hybrid genus Oncidioda, and in Cattleyas. It is surely 
important for Orchidists to know definitely whether this spotting is 
of bacterial origin or not ; if the latter, attention to cultural conditions 
alone will eliminate the trouble, and there would be no need for anti- 
septic treatment; if the former, precautions should be taken to 
prevent the spread of the spot from one plant to another and from 
one collection to another. 

Amongst the diseases which have remained practically unstudied 
is a wilt of Clematis; the leaves first droop and wither and then the 
stem dies ; the roots are frequently affected with a black rot, apparently 
of a bacterial nature. Here it is important to know whether the 
wilt and root-rot are due to the same cause, and upon this, I am told, 
depends the issue as to whether the use of a favourite Clematis stock 
shall or shall not be discontinued. 

In attempting to avert or mitigate maladies of plants, one must, 
as in human diseases, direct special attention to the needs of the 
body and the conditions under which health is best maintained ; in 
plants, unsuitable climate, inclement weather, insanitary surroundings, 
undue competition with surrounding plants, improper, injudicious, 
or unsuitable grafting or budding, planting, tending or feeding render — 
the organism more or less susceptible to ailments, trivial or serious. 
Perhaps one could check many diseases if it were only known exactly 
what factor is wrong and if one possessed the means to set it right ; 
but there are certainly many that cultural skill alone cannot subdue. 
The horticulturist may be to a certain extent the victim of his 
environment, which perhaps favours outbreaks of disease. His soil 
perchance shelters the potato tumour (Chrysophlyctis endobiotica) or 
canker(Spongospora Solant)or finger-and-toe(Plasmodiophora Brassicae) 
organisms; or he may be the victim of his own habits or design ; 
he may, by cutting back hard when removing rose blooms, and 
incidentally foliage, weaken the plant and render it more susceptible 
to mildew, or by excessive removal of Chrysanthemum foliage pre- 
dispose the plant to rust, or by disbudding Peaches leave wounds open 
to the ingress of a parasite, or by removing immature figs { provide 


* “ Leaf-spot of Odontoglossum Uro-Skinnert,’’ Gard. Chron. March 6, 1909, 
Pp. 145. 
+ Several instances of canker at Wisley could be traced to the scars left 
on the branches by the removal of figs. 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. IQ 


sites for incipient canker that will ultimately involve the death 
of the branch, if not that of the whole tree. 

The appearance of disease of some kind or other being almost 
inevitable under present conditions, however careful the cultivator, it 
is important to record the presence of a malady the instant it appears 
in a nursery or house. Quite recently I was able to bring to the 
notice of the Scientific Committee * a case of the introduction of 
black spot into a garden on the ‘ Lyon’ Rose, where neglect to deal 
with the trouble at once led to its appearance on more than a dozen 
varieties in the second season. An outbreak of Carnation rust was 
averted at Wisley in 1915 by removing an infected plant which had 
been recently added to the collection from the Carnation house and 
placing it in quarantine. After suitable treatment the plant and six 
cuttings taken from it were restored to the house and proved 
absolutely rust-free. Both rust and black spot are caused by parasitic 
fungi, and needless to say much trouble would have been saved if 
they had not been introduced. The greater the precaution taken on the 
part of the consignor and consignee the less the chances of undesirable 
intrusions of this kind. One of the chief difficulties hes in the lack 
of trained observers to detect fungal pests in their different forms 
at an early enough time. Action is almost universally delayed until 
the symptoms are plainly manifest. In the case of the American 
Gooseberry mildew, an outbreak was detected at Wisley by a trained 
observer within a few days of the initial infection, but imperfectly 
trained observers did not detect the outbreak for at least another 
week after the first observation. Now the control of the whole 
epidemic might depend on the treatment of the mildew within this 
single week. ; 

An outbreak of disease in a garden is of course not necessarily due 
to the actual introduction of a pest in imported plants. The germs 
of disease may lurk among samples of seed—in this way the winter 
fruits of the Delphinium mildew {+ may be distributed if the seed be 
collected from mildewed plants and sent out contaminated—in packing 
material, sacking, boxes, straw, &c., wherever the winter or resting 
forms of fungi (sclerotia, sclerotial mycelium, resistant spores, &c.) can 
remain concealed. Cases and receptacles used for collecting apples, 
pears, &c., would be especially liable, and soil from infected areas 
containing the spores of Plasmodtophora, the spore-balls of Spongo- 
spora, or the sporangia of Chrysophlyctts. Special attention to 
cleanliness will meet these cases—clean stock, clean handling, and 
clean packing. | 

A source of disease frequently overlooked is the infection of a 
cultivated variety from its wild congener. A notable example is the 
occurrence of finger-and-toe in common hedge crucifers. The incidence 

* See ‘‘ Proc. Sci. Com. Roy. Hort. Soc.” in Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. xli. p. cxcviii. 

_ f The winter fruits (perithecia) are frequently formed in very large quantities 
on the stems, leaves, flowers, and fruit of susceptible varieties, and it is difficult 
to collect the seed without obtaining the small black perithecia as well unless 


special precautions are taken, 
BO i12 


20 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


of Rose mildew in a collection may be due to the presence of infective 
briars in a neighbouring hedge; it may also be introduced by the 
use of susceptible briar stocks ; in such cases suckers * which appear 
early in the season and are not removed may become mildewed and 
provide the fungus with a first hold in the garden.t Black spot of 
Roses, which is frequently stated to have been introduced on the 
Austrian briars, also occurs on our hedge Roses, and I have also found 
it on certain stocks at present in commerce. These evils may be 
ameliorated to a certain extent by careful choice of sites for a rosary 
where there is any latitude for choice, by judicious grouping of varieties, 
and by selecting disease-free and if possible immune stocks for grafting 
purposes. 

Some pests are difficult to control from their habit of passing 
phases of existence in more than one host. I will give as an example 
a case sent to Wisley for diagnosis last year that will prove of excep- 
tional interest, for the self-same disease was under discussion before 
this Society just over a century ago. The fungus concerned, which 
belongs to the rusts, was known in those days as Lycoperdon can- 
cellatum, and was recorded from Downton and localities in the vicinity 
of London by THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT as destroying the leaves and 
branches of the Pear tree. Pear leaves with this Lycoperdon, now 
styled Gymnosporangium, which bore the pycnidia of one species— 
G. Sabinae, (fig. 3)—and leaves of the Quince from the same source 
were infected with the aecidia of a second and rarer species— 
G. confusum (fig. 4). Both fungi pass the winter on the Juniper, and 
the Pear and Quince are liable to re-infection each season from this 
tree. 

Within the last decade we have been led to hope, especially from 
the brilliant work of BiFFIn, that our destiny with regard to the 
control of fungal disease rests with the breeders of new forms of 
plants, for much has been accomplished towards raising disease- 
resistant races of our most valued economic species of wheat, cotton, 
sugar, &c. It is an effort that should spread far, and it could not 
obtain happier application than when designed to produce immune 
or semi-immune races of plants resistant to the annual visitation of 
mildew. Considering Roses, we should picture a Utopian landscape 
where the flowers retain the properties we cherish—those subtle 
perfumes, those blended colours of sunset or sunrise, their exquisite 
form—invested with the mantle of immunity; for even though we 
may not enter the promised garden the foundations may be laid of 
future creations leading to successes that will excel the hard-won 
triumphs of to-day. 

Now, mildew in Roses is of multiple origin. Undoubtedly two 
sources of influx and spread are through the Hybrid Perpetual Roses 


* This actually occurred in a garden in Surrey in 1915; the mildew appeared 
on a sucker from a standard stock in April. 

¢ With regard to Roses under glass, there seems no insuperable difficulty in. 
keeping them free if we could start with a mildew-free house. 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. 21 


on the one hand and on the other from the ‘ Crimson Rambler,’ derived 
from Rosa multiflora Thunb., a bad mildewer, introduced originally 
from Japan. A number of varieties known or suspected to be of 
‘Crimson Rambler’ parentage are highly susceptible to mildew, such 
as ‘ Purple East ’and ‘ The Lion,’ derived from ‘Crimson Rambler’ 
and ‘ Beauté Inconstante’} and ‘ Leuchtstern’ and ‘ Flower of Fair- 
field,’ in which ‘Crimson Rambler’ blood is suspected. There is, 
on the other hand, an important class of Roses having as a parent 
R. Wichuraiana, an immune Japanese single Rose and possessing a 
higher degree of immunity than the R. multiflora derivatives. Can 
we not aim then at obtaining all the characters we value in the multi- 
flora group from the less susceptible Wichuraianas? Again, the 
Hybrid Perpetuals, derived largely from the susceptible Damask 
and Gallica Roses, are paralleled by a relatively less susceptible 
series—the Hybrid Teas—descended from forms exhibiting strong 
likeness to the more immune China Roses. Can we not raise from 
Hybrid Tea parentage forms equal to the finest among Hybrid 
Perpetuals ? 

Some of the difficulties * to be met with in the attainment of our 
ideal may be gathered from the case of Peaches and Nectarines. 
Here the question of immunity from disease is exceedingly complicated, 
not only because we cannot yet distinguish all the symptoms due to 
Exoascus deformans from other troubles to which these trees are 
liable, but Exoascus itself varies in virulence to a remarkable extent 
according to weather, soil, and cultural conditions. It is not so easy 
to distinguish such distinct types as exemplified by the multiflora 
and Wichuraiana Roses. Some varieties appear to attain an almost 
cosmopolitan susceptibility, such as, for example, the variety ‘ Elberta,’ 
which is recorded susceptible for the United States, Britain, and 
Australia, although, curiously enough, the variety ‘ Kia-Ora,’ a seedling 
raised from ‘Elberta’ (on a Peach stock) in New South Wales, is 
recorded as free from disease. For other varieties the record varies ; 
thus ‘ Briggs’ Red May’ is resistant in Australia, susceptible in the 
United States and Tiflis. A short time ago, by the courtesy of the 
Imperial Bureau of Entomology, I received some valuable information 
from Professor JACHEWSKY on the subject of varieties immune to 
Exoascus in Asiatic Russia. Professor JACHEWSKY writes that the 
‘Early Alexander’ and the American varieties, such as ‘ Amsden’ 
(susceptible at Tiflis), are recorded immune by BANDARTJEV for the 
Black Sea district, where Exoascus is a veritable scourge ; the variety 
‘ Markwallia gauri’ is recorded immune in the government of Kutais 
by KwaraTSCHCHA ; the varieties ‘ Daghestan’ and ‘ Queen of the 
Gardens’ were noticed to be immune by NEMADOwWSKI inthe botanical 
garden of Tiflis, whilst the European varieties obtained from seeds 
are reported immune in Kachetia, where the local species are badly 
attacked. 


* See also difficulties of another kind experienced in the case of the sugar- 
cane described by BARBER in Ann. Appl. Biol. i. Jan. 1915. 


Ze JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


In some cases we have an unexplained reversal of symptoms in 
a given locality. Thus certain varieties of Aster, notably dumosus, 
were recorded badly mildewed at Wisley in 1911, but in 1914 and 
1915 these were practically unaffected, whilst salicifolia, slightly affected 
in I9g1I, was mildewed very much in 1914 and much in 1915. 


INCIDENCE OF MILDEW (Erysiphe Cichoriacearum) ON ASTERS (Michaelmas 
Daisies) AT WISLEY. 


Variety. Degree of Mildew. 

IgII. 1914. IgI5. 
Pink Daisy F 5 : v. bad some little 
Porcelain . ; : slight much some 
Moonstone : A : slight much little 
Snowdrift. ; , d little much some 
Daisy: Peters: vic: i : v. bad little some 
White of the Dwarfs : v. bad little some 
salicifolia : : : slight v. much much 
Janus 5 : ; ; slight much slight 
frees : 5 5 slight much slight 
dumosus . : . : bad none none 
Grace s ‘ ; , unrecorded none much 
Ariadne . . : : v. bad v. much some 
A POHO® i". : ‘ 3 bad v. much much 
Berenice . ; ; ; v. bad much some 
canus ; : : : v. bad v. much much 


A similar happening was observed amongst Pears affected with 
scab caused by Venturia pirina from observations made at Wisley in 
t9g14andi1g915. The significance of phenomena akin to these occurring 
among plants propagated vegetatively, such as the sugar-cane, has 
been ably discussed by BARBER and by BUTLER in India, and by 
HARRISON, STOCKDALE, and WARD in the West Indies. 

There seems no prospect that the use of preventive and curative 
remedies can be to any extent abandoned, and especially since 
susceptible varieties of fruit, vegetables, &c., are commercially prized 
through possessing some favourite quality of colour, flavour, fragrance, 
and form. We can, however, abandon their improper use and direct 
our efforts to improve their utility. Some discredit has been thrown 
on the practice of spraying and the use of bouillies, owing to the 
conflicting results obtained ; such results will inevitably accrue from 
an insufficient knowledge of the nature and origin of the diseases or 
epidemics treated, and furnish another cogent argument for increased 
investigational activity. I will give a case from past experience which 
exemplifies the kind of misconception responsible for error in many 
more widely planned experiments. Several rows of potatos in 
a large potato field in England were sprayed with the object of 
impressing the farmer with the beneficial effect of spraying against 
potato blight (Phytophthora infestans). At the time of lifting, how- 
ever, it was found that although the foliage was healthy the tubers 
formed by the sprayed plants were badly diseased, and to the same 
extent as those of the unsprayed plants (foliage also healthy). The 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. 23 


agricultural expert attributed his failure to spraying somewhat late in 
the season. According to him, the spray was not applied in time to 
prevent the fungus passing down the haulm. The farmer was con- 
vinced that spraying was useless to prevent disease, and in this case 
he was right, for no Phytophthora had appeared in the foliage of the 
sprayed plants and none was observed in the foliage of the unsprayed 
rows; the infection came from the soil, but whence it came and how 
it reached the soil we do not know. None of these things had been 
anticipated or considered at all. Much labour could be saved in 
experimental spraying against mildew, whether using a fluid or a 
powder, by a few hours’ study of the effect of the remedy on the fungus 
inthe open. Is the fungus killed? If so, to what extent and by what 
strength and under what conditions? It would not be surprising 
to find that some recorded successes were really due to physical 
influences—the epidemic may have received a natural check; on 
the other hand, failure may be due, amongst other things, to using a 
spray at an unsuitable time, an experience more than once recorded 
in the Bulletins of various Experimental Stations in the United 
States. 

A great many compounds are noxious to cryptogamic life, of 
which some are noxious to all plant life in strengths suitable for use 
against Cryptogams; in general many are of mediocre value and a 
few invaluable ; the latter we must harness to suit our needs. Copper 
sulphate and the polysulphides of potassium are amongst the few 
compounds that have proved of great value in the past, and it seems 
very probable that perseverance with these may produce better 
results than trials with other newer and perhaps relatively more 
expensive remedies. 

It needs little thought to decide on what lines improvements must 
trend. When the text-book formula for applying liver of sulphur is 
used, we have a watery liquid which possesses poor wetting power ; 
it either rolls off the leaves or collects in globules, often failing to 
reach or cover the mildew ; new mixtures can be devised and are in 
use at Wisley that confer the power of adhesion on the liver of sulphur 
fluid ; moreover, the strength of the chemical can be much reduced 
in these bouillies without sacrificing efficiency. 

The cost of the chemicals used in spraying the Roses at Wisley 
against mildew in 1914 worked out at about four shillings a 
thousand Roses, of which Io per cent. are climbers and ramblers ; 
the chief sprayings were made on August 4 and August 20 respectively, 
and a minor operation on August 12, and as a result two-thirds of the 
amount of mildew present was absolutely destroyed. If the old 
method had been adopted, using liver of sulphur as the sole ingredient 
dissolved in water, the cost would have been halved with the same 
expenditure of time and labour, but without attaining any definite 
result. In 1915, by modifying the composition of the mixture 
used in 1914 and by adopting a different plan of action, not only 
was the cost of the ingredients used reduced to about one shilling 


24 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


a thousand Roses, but a saving in time and labour was effected as 
well.* 

Again, with regard to Aster mildew, adopting the same method, 
two ounces of liver of sulphur sufficed in 1915 for the Wisley collection 
of Asters, which comprises 130 plants, a very considerable reduction 
on the quantity used in 1914. This effective use of liver of sulphur 
when employed much more dilute than usually recommended is 
important, for it renders a great range of varieties, whether of Roses, 
Gooseberries, Asters, &c., amenable to treatment without risk of damage 
to the foliage by the fluid. (Fig. 5.) 

Burgundy mixture, consisting of sulphate of copper and sodium 
carbonate, which possesses, when properly mixed, remarkable natural 
adhesive features, is as invaluable for preventive as liver of sulphur 
mixtures are indispensable for curative purposes. One application 
of Burgundy mixture without any additional ingredient was sufficient 
to prevent almost entirely the occurrence of Exoascus leaf blister in 
Peaches and Nectarines at Wisley in 1915, and a still more remarkable 
case occurred at Brentford in a garden where a score of Peach trees, 
including both young and old neglected specimens, which had every 
leaf blistered and produced no fruit in 1914, were completely free 
and bore fruit in 1915 after receiving similar treatment. Burgundy 
mixture was also successfully used by squirting down the haulm to 
check the potato collar-rot fungus, Hypochnus Solani, and against 
Septoria Petroselint var. Apu, the cause of celery leaf-spot. In some 
cases the plant we desire to treat possesses some peculiarities: it 
may be coated with hairs, a waxy film, &c. The mixture has then 
to be adapted to the special conditions. Thus Burgundy mixture 
rolls off the foliage of Carnations in droplets} here a modification 
has been devised to bring the Burgundy to adhere to the plant’s waxy 
surface, and by coating the whole Carnation plant with an exceedingly 
fine film of the preparation it can be effectively protected from infec- 
tion by Carnation rust (Uromyces Caryophyllinus). This modified 
Burgundy was employed on Delphiniums against Delphinium mildew 
(Evisyphe Polygont) in greatly reduced strength without losing 
efficiency ; and here again, owing to the degree of dilution, the whole 
collection could be treated without damage to the foliage. 

Among newer remedies, formalin is sometimes advocated as a 
cure for mildew. Using the strength generally recommended for Rose 
mildew, on Gooseberries at Wisley, it proved of little value. Recently 
M. A. BLAKE and C. H. Connors f find that strengths really noxious 
to Rose mildew are harmful to certain varieties of Roses—for example, 


* The following is the formula of the wash used successfully in 1915 :— 


Liver of sulphur . ; ¢ 4 oz! 
Soap auld ‘ : A I OZ. 
Water . : 5 1 gallon. 


t M. A. BLAKE A C. Hi. ees in New Jersey Sin. Rep. 1914, pp. 38, 
39. These authors used strengths varying from 1/100-1/ 300 on ‘American Beauty’ 
Saceeeernlly, but found 1/250 disastrous to ‘ Killarney.’ 


THE CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES DUE TO FUNGI. 25 


the variety ‘ Killarney.’ Formalin may, of course, have other valuable 
uses, for instance as a fumigant or sterilizing agent. Another 
compound, hycol, proved by Miss DoIpDGE to be virulently poisonous 
to the germ causing Mango disease in South Africa, failed in 
practice to control the malady. Miss DorpGE states that hycol 
possesses about one-tenth the poisoning power of mercuric chloride 
with respect to the Mango bacterium; formalin and cyllin approach 
it closely in poisonous effect, whilst lysol is less effective. Tetrachlor- 
ethylene may be found helpful as an ingredient of spraying mixtures, 
but this and other suggested chemicals need careful trial to discover 
their most useful application. 

Trichlorethylene may prove a valuable agent in the aseptic 
treatment of leaves apart from the cleansing effect obtained, for I 
find that weak strengths of certain commercial products which 
contain this chemical can be used on Odontoglossum leaves without 
causing the slightest injury. Spraying and washing are, of course, 
not the only operations that need activity towards improvement. 
Devices are needed in connexion with freeing soil from pathogenic 
fungi in their various forms ; cleaning seed from fungal contamination ; 
aseptic pruning against canker &c.; prevention of the spread of 
incipient rot in Melons &c., and sterilization of the fruit-room or 
store. 


LITERATURE QUOTED. 


BLAKE, M. A., and C. H. Connors, in U.S. Exp. Sin., New Jersey, Rep. 1914, 
pp. 38, 39. 

BuTLer, E. J., in Mem. Dep. Agric. Indié@, Bot. ser. iii., Sept. 1910. 

and A. Hariz KHAN, l/.c., ser. vi., Oct. 1913. 

CLINTON, G. P., in U.S. Exp. Sin., Conn., Rep. 1909-10, p. 723, and Ill: Bulls 
69, 1902. 

Cook, M. T., and G. W. Martin, in Phytopathology, iii. p. 119, 120. 

CooKE, M: C., “‘ Fungoid Pests of Cultivated Plants,’’ 1906. 

DorpcGE, “ Bacterial Disease of the Mango,” in Ann. Appl. Biol. ii. p. 38, May 
1915. 

HEsLeER, L. R., in Phytopathology, iii. 5, p. 290, Oct. 1913. 

Hort, S., “‘ A Bacterial Leaf Disease of Tropical Orchids,” in Ceniralb. f. Bakt., 
Abt. 1i. (1911), Band xxxi. pp. 85-92. 

Horne, A. S., “‘ Potato Diseases,” Ann. Appl. Biol. i. p. 183, 1914. 

‘On Tumour and Canker in Potato,” in Journal R.H.S. xxxvii. p. 362, 

1912. 

—— “Some Troublesome Diseases of the Potato Tuber,” in Rep. Brit. Assoc. 
Adv. Sct., Sheffield, rg10. 

“Symptoms of Internal Disease and Sprain in Potato,” in Journ. Agr. Sct. 

ill. p. 322, IQIO. 

“ Blotch and Streak in Potatos,” in Journal R.H.S. xxxix. (1914), p. 607. 

—— “ Bruise in Potato,’ Journal R.H.S. xxxviii. (1913), p. 40. 

“ On Control of Peach Leaf Curl,’”’ Journal R.H.S. xli. (1915), p. 110. 

Jounson, T., in Sct. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. xii. (n.s.) (1909), p. 171. 

_ Kyieut, T. A., “ On the Mode of Propagation of the Lycoperdon cancellatum, a 
species of Fungus which destroys the leaves and branches of the Pear Tree,”’ 
in Tvans. Hort. Soc. ii. p. 178 (read Dec. 5, 1815). 

Lewis, C. E., U.S. Exp. Sin., Maine, Rep. 1909 (pub. 1910). 

MassEE, G., in Jour. Bd. Agr. xv. (1908), p. 592. 

MAUBLANC et Lasnier, in Bull. Soc. Myc. France, xx. (1903). 

Metuus, I. E., Jour. Agr. Research, v. pp. 71-102 (1915). 

Norton, J. B. S., Phytopathology, iii. p. 99. 

— Trans: Acad. Sct St: L: 12, 1602: 


26 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


O’Gary, P. J., in Phytopathology, i. p. 100. 

PAVARINI, L., ‘‘ Malattie causate de’ bacteri nelle Orchidee,’”’ in Rend. d. R. Ac. d. 
Lincet, Classe Scienze, xx. (1911), pp. 233-237. Abs. in Rivista di Patologia 
vegetale, v., IQ1I-1912 (1913), 154-155. 

—— “ Alcune Malattie delle Orchidee causate da Bacteri,’’ in Aitt dell’ Ist. 
Bot. d. R. Universita di Pavia, ser. ii. vol. xv. (1911), 81-88. Abs. in Rivista 
di Patologia vegetale, v. 1911-1912 (1913), 201. 

Scott, W. M., in Phytopathology, i. (1911), pp. 32-34. 

and J. W. RosBerts, in U.S. Dep. Agy., Bur. Pl. Ind., Circ. 112, Feb. 8, 

1913. 

SHEAR, C. L., and A. K. Woop, in Bot. Gaz. 43, 1907: 

SOUTHWORTH, E. A:, in Journal Myc. 6. 

STONEMAN, B., in Bot. Gaz. 26: 

TAUBENHAUS, J. J., in Phytopathology, i: p: 196, 1911. 

WARD, H. M., in Disease in Plants, 1901. 

—— Diseases of Plants. 


ON AN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER. 27 


ON AN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER 
(CHEIRA NTHUS CHEIRI). 


By EpitH R. SAuNDERS, Lecturer, late Fellow, Newnham College, 
Cambridge. 


In the course of an account dealing in the earlier part with the history 
of the double Stock (Matthiola incana),* I gave a list, arranged in 
chronological order, of certain botanical works which appeared between 
1530 and 1600, for the purpose of showing at what dates we find 
mention of the double form in this genus, and also in two other plants 
—the Wallflower (Cheivanthus) and the Violet (Viola), both of which 
in early times were grouped with the Stock under the common name 
of Leucoium or Viola owing to their common characteristic of possess- 
ing a sweet scent. In this list the earliest date at which mention 
appears of the double Stock and the double Wallflower is 1568, the 
work in which both references occur being one by the Belgian botanist 
Dodoens entitled ‘‘ Florum et coronariarum odoratarumque non- 
nullarum herbarum historia.”’ 

Since the appearance of the account referred to above I have received 
a letter from Dr. TRABUT, Director of the Service botanique of Algeria, 
bringing to my notice the following sentence from a French trans- 
lation f of ‘‘ The Book of Agriculture ”’ written in Arabic by IBN AL 
Awam in the latter half of the twelfth century: ‘“ La giroflée jaune 
est plus double que les autres, etl’on dit qu elle ne donne point de graine”’ 
(the yellow givoflée is more double than the others, and is said not 
to yield seed). 

This extract from CLEMENT-MULLET’S translation leads to the 
extremely interesting supposition that the double Wallflower was 
known and cultivated at least four, and, as we shall see later, perhaps 
five centuries before the date given in my list (1568). It further 
raises at once the question, “‘ What is intended by ‘the others’ 
(les autres)? ’’ Does this expression cover merely forms of the Wall- 
flower (Chetranthus) other than the yellow, or are Stocks (Matthiola) 
included under it as well? The French term givoflée, by which the 
Arabic is rendered, as we know, is used to-day in French horticulture 
to include both genera. Were both intended by IBN aL AwAm? 
The result of my endeavour to verify the first point and to answer 
the second gives occasion for the present note. 


* See vol. xl., p. 450, of this Journal. 
t Presumably that by J. J. Clément-Mullet, Paris, 1864-67. An earlier 
translation into Spanish by J. A. Banqueri appeared in 1802. 


28 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


I have examined various other passages in CLEMENT-MULLET’S 
book which contain references to the givoflée, both those noted by 
Dr. TRABuT, to whom I am much indebted for calling my attention 
to this work, and others, and have compared them with the 
corresponding passages in the earlier Spanish translation by BAn- 
QUERI, who prints the Arabic text side by side with the Spanish 
rendering.* Those of interest in regard to the present inquiry occur 
in chapters xv. and xxvii. The sentence relating to doubleness 
quoted above appears in the course of the later chapter (T. II. p. 
257), and is rendered somewhat differently in the Spanish (P. II. 
p. 267), which states that the yellow form is very weak, and that 
[? in consequence] some, so they say, do not set fruit. (‘ El amarillo 
es muy endeble; y segun se dice, alguno no fructifica.’’) The first 
statement, however, scarcely appears consistent with the facts or 
with later portions of the text. In the article, e.g., which deals 
with the violet (as to the rendering of which both translators agree) 
we find the following statement: ‘“‘ There is an analogy between the 
girofiée (Sp. alhelt) and the violet as regards treatment and method 
of cultivation, with this difference, however, that the giroflée t is 
more vigorous and better able to survive any accidents which may 
befall it.” Then follow the remark that the yellow g7roflée is a triennial, 
and a reiteration of the statement that every proceeding followed 
in the case of the violet is applicable also to the giroflée (Fr. tr. p. 259; 
Sp. tr. p. 269). If, however, the usual duration of the life of the 
yellow giroflée were three years, one would hardly expect to find it 
described as ‘‘ very weak.’ Moreover, as the givoflées in general are 
here mentioned as being particularly vigorous, and the yellow form is 
individually referred to in the sentence immediately following, it 
is hardly likely that no reference would have been made to its being 
an exception to the general statement regarding vigour if this were 
actually the case. Furthermore, the statement that it is said to 
yield no seed is precisely the comment which we should expect if 
CLEMENT-MULLET’S view, that the characteristic to which IBN AL AWAM 
here alludes is really doubleness, is correct. In the works of the 
medieval writers who make mention of the double form of the 
Wallflower it is usual to find superadded the remark that this form 
is so double that it produces no seed. (See Dodoens, Dalechamps, 
J. Camerarius jun., Tabernaemontanus, Parkinson, J. Bauhin, and 
others.) To these early writers this fact evidently appeared some- 
what out of the common and one which called for some remark ; and 
the Arab authority quoted by Inn at AwaM, having heard of this 
double form—it would appear that he had not himself seen it—may 
well have had the same feeling regarding such an anomaly, and have 


* The only known manuscript copies of the original Arabic work appear 
to be the one in the Library of the Escurial, the one at Leyden, and one, of the 
first part only, in the National Library in Paris. (See the preface to Clément- 
Mullet’s work, p. 18,) 

¢ To avoid unnecessary repetition I give the name in one language only, 
using the French word as being more familiar. 


ON AN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER. 29 


wished to bring it to the notice of his readers. As between the French 
and Spanish rendering, therefore, there is no doubt that, so far as the 
nature of the characteristic referred to is concerned, CLEMENT-MULLET’S 
view is more consonant with the facts and with other passages in 
the original than that of BANQUERI. We may then fairly confidently 
carry our date for the double Wallflower back as far as the latter 
half of the twelfth century, and perhaps even a century earlier still.* 
For there is a general consensus of opinion that the plant referred 
to here and elsewhere in Arabic writings as al Khetri ¢ is the plant 
named by Linnaeus Chetranthus Cheiri—our Wallflower. So far 
we may feel on safe ground. We now come to the question as to 
whether IBN AL AWAM’s statement also has reference to the Stock. 
The Spanish rendering makes a definite assertion concerning the 
Wallflower and the Wallflower alone (‘‘ El amarillo es muy endeble’’—the 
yellow kind is very weak), without making or implying a comparison 
with any other form. For although the word used in the title of 
the article and understood after the word amarillo, viz. alheli, like 
the French giroflée, covers both Wallflower and Stock, the intro- 
duction of the descriptive term amarillo (yellow) in the present context 
definitely excludes the Stock in this case. CLEMENT-MULLET, on the 
other hand, renders the Arabic word translated by him as “ double ”’ 
in the comparative (‘‘ plus double que les autres ’’—more double than the 
others). Wemay put the position briefly thus :—If the author intended 
a statement in the absolute form as BANQUERI has it, then we have 
no case for the double Stock; but if the French version is correct 
the case for the Stock needs further investigation. It will therefore 
be well to see what else IBN AL AWAm has to say about al Khetrt. 
We find a passing reference to the plant in an earlier chapter 
(chap. xv.) devoted to the consideration of some curious practices, 
among which is included a method for obtaining variegated flowers. 
Under the heading ‘ Process applicable to the gtroflée according 
to the book of properties of Madainy’”’ (Sp. Madianita) appears the 
following instruction: When one wishes the flowers of the giroflée 
to be variegated one takes a slender shoot of the red givoflée, another 
like it of the white gzvoflée, or two young shoots of both colours ; one 
twists them as one would astring, one plants and waters with care, and 
the flowers which result come variegated, very beautiful and pleasing 
in appearance (Fr. tr. T. I. p. 615, Sp. tr. P. I. p. 655). CLiMENT- 
MULLET evidently takes the view that this article has reference solely 
to the Wallflower, and to leave no doubt on the point he adds in 
brackets the Linnean name Cheiranthus Chari. But the mention 
of white as one of the two colours to be selected in the operation 
described presents a certain difficulty in the way of accepting this 
interpretation. The mention of red, if Wallflowers were intended, 
would cause us no surprise, for red or “ bloody ” is commonly given 
by English writers as one of the colours characteristic of the Wall- 


* See later, p. 33. 
¢ Also spelt Kheynt and fea 


30 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


flower (see, e.g., William Hanbury 1770,* John Rea, 1665.t) Roprnson t¢ 
describes a dark crimson as an old form with flowers nearly black 
which has now become almost extinct. But a pure white form, as 
distinct from cream or pale yellow, is not known in Chetranthus to-day. 
It is true that the mention of a white form occurs persistently in the 
writings of various botanists from CAMERARIUS § (1588) onwards.|| 
Even as late as 1824 GREEN 4 mentions a white type in the list of 
principal varieties of Cheiranthus Cheiri, all of which he says occur 
both as singles and doubles. But it is to be noted that nearly all 
these authors emphasize the greenness of the leaves of this white- 
flowered plant, and notwithstanding the statement of REA that there 
is a true white Wallflower as well as a white Stock-Gilliflower and 
that the two can be distinguished by their scent, we are led to infer 
that this white plant to which reference is so frequently made was 
in fact a Stock. The evidence of REA himself that the leaves of this 
plant are as green or greener than those of the yellow Wallflower, 
and of C. BAuHIN that the leaves are glabrous, shining, and thick, 
point almost certainly to this conclusion—a view which is confirmed 
by the further statement of the last-named author that the smell 
is somewhat sweet in the evening. We may, I think, safely regard 
these statements as all having reference to a white-flowered Stock of 
the wallflower-leaved class.** The wallflower-leaved form is generally 
believed to have been introduced into Western Europe from the 
Grecian Archipelago, though at what date is unknown. On this 
view we atrive at the further conclusion that there being no clear 
evidence as to the existence, either now or in the past, of a pure white 
Wallflower, the plants referred to by IBN AL AwaAm in the article in 
question are probably neither of them Wallflowers, as supposed by 
CLEMENT-MULLET, but Stocks,ff since we are told of no difference 

* A Complete Body of Planting and Gardening, vol. i. 

+ Flora, Ceres, et Pomona. 

t The English Flower Garden, 3rd edition, 1893. 

§ Hovius Medicus in which is mentioned another (kind) more rare with 
leaf quite green, flowers white, somewhat fragrant, &c. 

|| See C. Bauhin (Phytopinax, 1598), who says that he is led to place this 
form which smells at night with the Wallflower rather than with the Stock 
on account of the greenness of the leaves ; Parkinson, Paradisus terrestvis, 1629, 
who mentions a sort with flowers of a very white colour, having a faint or weak 
scent; Gerarde (The Herball, 2nd edit. 1636), who speaks of a kind with very 
green leaves and pure white well-smelling flowers; J. Bauhin (Historia Plan- 
tarum, 1651), who quotes from Camerarius and adds that the leaves are of a 
shining green; John Rea, Flora, Ceres, et Pomona, 1665, who lists both single 
and double white Wallflowers, the leaves of which are as green or greener than 
those of the yellow form, and the flowers of a fair white colour; he adds that 
there is also a sort of double white Stock-Gilliflower raised from seeds which 
on account of its green leaves is called by some the white Wallflower, but that 
any who are familiar with the different scents of the Wall- and Stock-Gilliflower 
will be able thereby to distinguish the one from the other. 

See also Ray, Historia Plantarum, 1686, loc. cit. p. 781: Hanbury, loc. cit. 
Pp. 437: Miller, Gardening Dictionary, vol. i. 1797. 

q The Universal Herbal, 2nd edition. 

** The whole plant in this case is glabrous, and the leaves of a bright shining 
green (hence the name) instead of greyish white as in the hoary type. ; 

+t Itneeds scarcely to be mentioned that variegation is a common phenomenon 
among Stocks normally self-coloured, even if the plants are not subjected to 


any such treatment as that recommended by the writer quoted by Ibn al Awam. 
Its occurrence, which with us is most common at the beginning and end of 


ON AN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER. 31 


between them except that of colour. But if the reference here is to 
Stocks it may be that the statements to be found in other parts of the 
“Book of Agriculture’ in regard to the khev7i were intended to apply 
to the Stock as well as the Wallflower. 

We find a good deal of further information in chapter xxvii., the 
subject of which is ‘The Culture of Aromatic and Sweet-smelling 
Plants, such as the Kheirz, the Lily, the Water-lily, the Buphthalmum, 
the Narcissus, the Chrysanthemum or Matricaria, the Althaea,* the 
Sweet Basil, and other plants of the kind.” Article 1 deals with the 
culture of the kheim (Fr. tr. T. Il. p. 256, Sp. tr. P. II. p. 266). 
Clément-Mullet appends a note here to the effect that the Arabic 
name kheiri is synonymous with Cheiranthus in general,f i.e. giroflée 
in all its colours. He then proceeds to ask the question—‘‘ Are we 
to take it that givoflées are intended by the Leucoion of DioscoRIDES 
(lib. 3, cap. 138), the Viola of PLiny (xxl. 14), and the Jon of the 
Geoponics (xi. 22)? ’’—and answers it with the remark that M. FEE 
doubts it, and that he himself shares that view. Inmy earlier account 
I ventured to express the contrary opinion that both the Wallflower 
and the Stock are intended by DioscorRIDEs in his description of 
Leucoion.t This question, however, is not vital to our present purpose, 

The above-mentioned article on the fheiri proceeds to state 
that according to a certain Arab writer, ABou’L Kuair, there are 
eight kinds in cultivation, viz.: 


(x) The kheivt of gardens, which is well known, the flower of which 
is purple (Fr. tr. purpurine, Sp. tr. purpureo). 

(2) The khetrt of gardens with flowers white. 

(3) The khewv1 with yellow flowers. 

(4) The khetvt with flowers variegated red and white. 

(5) The kheivt with flowers of a violet (? = purple) tint (Fr. tr. 
violacée, Sp. tr. turquesada). 

(6) The khetys with flowers of a very deep red. 

(7) The kheivi with flowers dingy (tawny) yellow. 

(8) The kheivi with sky-blue flowers. 

In addition to these sight forms there is, he adds, a wild kheiri 
the flower of which is purplish and small, and also the one known 
more particularly under the name of the water kheivi with purple 


the flowering season, is usually attributed to unfavourable conditions such as 
damp and cold, conditions less prevalent in the Mediterranean region, where 
possibly the greater rarity of the phenomenon may have been the reason 
why efforts were made to induce it artificially. 

* I have rendered the vose de Chine of Clément-Mullet (vosa chinesca of 
Banqueri) simply by the genus. As to the species here intended see discussion 
of the subject in another work by Clément-Mullet, ‘‘ Etudes sur les noms Arabes 
de diverses familles de végétaux.”—Journal Asiatique, 1870, p. 45. 

+ It may be mentioned in passing that Stocks and Wallflowers were in- 
cluded together under the Linnean name Chetvanthus until as late as 1812, when 
Robert Brown divided the genus and gave the name of Matthiola to the Stock. 
In Linneus’ Species Plantarum the garden Stock appears as Chetvanthus incanus. 

t The work of Dioscorides here referred to is his Materia Medica, supposed 
to have been written in the first century of the Christian era, a manuscript copy 
of which is preserved at Vienna. A facsimile reproduction of this manuscript, 
which is illustrated by drawings, published in 1906, now renders this work 
more accessible. 


32 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


flowers. The method of cultivation, he remarks, is the same for all. 
There follow instructions quoted from two other writers, IBN HEDJADJ 
and IBN AL FacEL (referred to by BANQUERI under his other name, 
ABU ABDALAH), as to the time of year at which the seeds of the 
different forms should be sown, and then the remark, also on the 
authority of [pn AL FAG¢EL, which has been differently rendered by 
Inn AL AwAm’s two translators, and which forms the subject of 
the present discussion. In the preface to his work (p. 77) CLEMENT- 
MULLET mentions that we have no precise information as to the time 
at which [pn av FACEL lived, but that Ern. MEYER (‘‘ Geschichte 
der Botanik’’) concludes that he must have lived before the year 1074, 
since Ibn Hedjadj, by whom he is quoted, lived about this period and 
composed his work on Agriculture in the year 1073 or 1074. Further 
on (Fr. tr. p. 258, Sp. tr. p. 268) Inn aL Awam quotes from another 
writer, the Greek KASTOS, who mentions seven different kinds of 
Rheivt, of which six, he says, are well known, but the seventh, of 
foreign origin, is little known. Of this seventh form Kastos remarks 
that it is like the others, though it differs from them in colour and 
perfume. It is black (very deep red) in that half of the petals which is 
exposed to view ; the other half, which ends in the claw, is white. It 
is overspread with a yellow tint. Its scent has a strong and more 
agreeable aroma than that of the other kinds except the red kheivz. It 
is indeed more perfumed and more vigorous, supporting better want 
of water and other accidents which may attend it. Oil is obtained 
from this form. On the next page we find the statement that the 
kheirt lends itself to being grafted, and the flower is then at once 
affected by the colour and the nature of the form grafted. But, adds 
Inn AL AwA\, this graft is difficult and the operation demands great 
skill. He makes the further interesting comment that the five kinds 
which are not yellow can be grafted on the yellow form. The graft 
shoots and one obtains a hybrid. That Wallflowers of different 
colours are referred to by each of these writers under the name kheir1 
seems certain. All mention one or more forms as being yellow in 
colour, and we have the further evidence of Kastos in regard to the 
preparation of an oil.* The point which remains in doubt is whether 
there is ground for supposing that Stocks are also referred to here. 

As regards the list of different coloured forms quoted from ABovu’L 
Kunair, we may clearly leave out of account No. 8, described as sky- 
blue. Many of the early writers included under the name Leucoion 
(Viola) a bulbous Monocotyledon which is presumed to have been 
Leucojum aestivum. This is perhaps the plant referred to here. 
No. 3 is undoubtedly a Wallflower, and very probably Nos. 6 and 7 
arealso. For although as regards No. 6 the colour (red) might indicate 


*In this connexion see GERARDE (The Herball, p. 371 (1597)), who, quoting 
from Dioscorides’ account of Leucoion, says of the Wallflower that the juice was 
used ‘‘ mixed with some unctious or oilie thing, and boiled to the forme of a lyni- 
ment.’ Parkinson (/oc. cit.) also notes that the plant is generally called Kheiri 
or Cheiri by apothecaries because they make therefrom an oil—cheirinum. 


FIG. 6,—ONE OF THE LATERAL GORGES ON THE EAST FLANK OF THE TALI RANGE, 


LOOKING WEST AT AN ALTITUDE OF 9,000 FEET. 


THE BACKBONE OF THE RANGE 


IN THE BACKGROUND Is 14,000 FEET. 


[To face p. 32. 


Fic. 7.—PLEIONE DELAVAYI Rolfe. 


Fic. 8.—BUDDLEIA FORRESTII! Diels. 


"ced aovf OL) 


"UIIUIS “MA ‘M SHHdHULOANO NONGNAGOGOHY—'6 ‘DIY 


AN EARLY MENTION OF THE DOUBLE WALLFLOWER. 33 


either a Wallflower or a Stock (see the article in chap. xv. discussed 
above), the description ‘“‘ very deep red”’ (Fr. tr. rouge foncée, Sp. 
tr. bermejo muy subido) points rather to the old blood-red strain of 
Wallflower (see above, p. 30). Nos. 1, 2, and 4, one may well believe, 
refer to the purple, white, and red varieties of Matthiola incana. In 
both coloured forms we are familiar with the phenomenon of fleurs 
panachées—flowers variegated owing to the appearance of white 
streaks or patches. No. 5 is perhaps another shade of purple Stock, 
as several are known to-day among the garden strains. If then 
we accept the view, and we can hardly do otherwise, that Stocks 
as well as Wallflowers are included in ABou’L KuHair’s list, and hence 
that the statement of IBN AL AWAm in regard to grafting the non- 
yellow on the yellow form possibly indicates that attempts were made 
to graft one genus on the other, we can well understand the state- 
ment of the latter author that the operation was a difficult one to 
carry out successfully. 

As to grafting, we have evidence that the operation was practised 
in very early times. IpN AL AWAm devotes a whole chapter (chap. viii.) 
to this subject. Grafting of Stocks appears to have been a common 
custom until comparatively recently. BLAKE,* for example, writing 
of Stock-Gilliflowers [i.e. Matthiola incana] says ‘‘ there are subtle 
wayes of grafting them, the effect of it is to have two severall colours 
of one stock [i.e. stem], it is done in manner as I told you of the 
Cornation-Gilliflowers [i.e. Carnations], so of these, and with a great 
deal more ease you may obtain your desire.’’ Wesee the same motive . 
at this later date as in the time of Isn aL AwAm—the desire to produce 
a curiosity. But in none of the statements of these Arabic writers 
concerning grafting and the number of different colour forms do 
we find any remark which sheds further light on the question at issue, 
viz. whether the double Stock as well as the double Wallflower was 
known and in cultivation at this early date. It only remains, there- 
fore, to summarize the conclusions to be drawn from the arguments 
here set forth. 

Conclusions :— 

1. It seems fairly clear that, as was the case up to little more than 
a century ago, Stocks and Wallflowers were not distinguished from 
one another in the Arab writings under consideration, but were both 
grouped together under a common name (khez712). 

2. Our view as to whether the double form of either genus is 
referred to in the “ Book of Agriculture,’”’ a work in Arabic written 
by Ibn al Awam in the twelfth century, depends upon the view which 
we take of a particular passage which has been rendered differently 
by the two writers J. C. Banqueri and J. J. Clément-Mullet, who 
have translated the Arabic into Spanish and French respectively. 

3. It appears beyond doubt that the statement contained in 
the passage in question has reference to the yellow Wallflower (Cheir- 
anthus Chetrt). 


* The Compleat Gardener's Practice, p. 64, 1664. 
VOL. XLII. D 


34 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


6 


4. Banqueri’s rendering describes the yellow kheiri as “ very 
weak.’’ Clément-Mullet’s version is that it is “‘more double than 
the others.”’ There is thus a difference of opinion on two points: 
(I) whether the character alluded to in the original is weakness or 
doubleness, and (2) whether the form of the statement in regard to 
this character implies a comparison of one plant with another. Both 
writers interpret the concluding half of the sentence as stating that 
(owing presumably to the condition described) seed is said not to be set. 

5. With regard to the first point of difference mentioned under (4), 
Banqueri’s view that the allusion here is to “‘ weakness’’ accords 
ill both with our knowledge of the character of the Wallflower as we 
are familiar with it to-day, and also with various other statements 
occurring later in the book. 

6. Clément-Mullet’s interpretation of the passage as having refer 
ence to “‘ doubleness,’’ not ‘‘ weakness,’’ on the other hand, receives 
great support from the fact that the original old-fashioned double 
Wallflower was so fully double as to be incapable of producing seed, 
and the succeeding comment of the writer in regard to seedlessness is 
therefore entirely in accord with the facts, and is precisely the state- 
ment which we might expect to follow any reference to this form. 
This very remark appears repeatedly in the descriptions of the double 
Wallflower in sixteenth and seventeenth century Herbals. 

7, We may then conclude with some certainty that the double 
Wallflower was known and in cultivation not only as far back as the 
twelfth century, which is the date assigned to Ibn al Awam’s work, 
but even before the end of the eleventh century, since the statements 
in Ibn al Awam’s book on which our evidence rests are based on the 
authority of another writer whose work is supposed to have been 
written about 1073. 

8. There is only very questionable ground for supposing that 
we also have here a reference to the double Stock. If in regard to 
the form though not the substance of the passage under discussion 
Banqueri’s version is correct, then clearly we have no evidence for 
the existence of the double Stock at this date. Furthermore, even 
if Clément-Mullet’s rendering is accepted both in form and substance, 
there is still the uncertainty whether a comparison is intended between 
one form of double Wallflower and another, or between the double 
Wallflower and the double Stock, since both genera are included 
under the same name, and more than one form, if our identifications 
are correct, is mentioned in each case. The original text, on any 
interpretation therefore, leaves us without decisive evidence on this 
point. ’ 

g. On the view here advanced we have a reference to the double 
Wallflower earlier by some five hundred years than that quoted in 
my previous paper. We therefore need to reverse the chronological 
order in which the double Wallflower and the double Violet stand in 
the list there given, and thus give first place to the double Wall- 
flower. 


A CENTURY OF PLANTS INTRODUCED FROM CHINA. 35 


A CENTURY OF CERTIFICATED PLANTS INTRODUCED 
FROM CHINA BY ERNEST H. WILSON, V.M.H. 


[THE following list of one hundred plants which have received certi- 
ficates, with the corrections of the names which research has shown 
to be necessary, has been compiled by Mr. E. H. Witson, V.M.H., now 
of the Arnold Arboretum, Boston, U.S.A., through whom they were 
introduced to cultivation. It reflects credit alike upon the enter- 
prise and prescience of those who organized the expeditions and upon 
the energy and perspicacity of the collector.—ED.] 


Date. Name exhibited under. Award. | Authentic Name. 
Oct. 18, 1904 | Aconitum Wilsonst A.M. Aconitum Wilsontw Stapf 
May 28, 1907 | Actinidia chinensis A.M. A ctinidia chinensis Planch. 
Aug. 5, 1902 | Asittlbe chinensis var. F.C.C. | Astilbe Davidit Henry 
Davidit 
July 18, 1905 | Astilbe grandis A.M. Astilbe grandis Stapf 
Sept. 23, 1913, Berberis aggregata A.M. Berberis aggregata Schneid. 
Aug. 31, 1915| Berberis Sargentiana A.M. Berberis Sargentiana Sch. 
Oct. 8, 1912 | Berberis Stapfiana A.M. Berberis Stapfiana Schneid. 
Oct. 24, 1911 | Berberis verruculosa A.M. Berberts verruculosa Hemsl. 
and Wils. 
Oct. 15, 1907 | Bervberis Wilsonae F.C.C. | Berberis Wilsonae Hemsl. 
Jan. 23, 1906 | Buddleia asiatica F.C.C. | Buddleta astatica Lour. 
Dec. 19, 1911 | Buddleta officinalis A.M. Buddleta officinalis Maxim. 
Aug. 30, 1910| Buddleta variabilis A.M. Buddleia Davidii var. 
gigantea gigantea Wils. 
Aug. 15, 1905| Buddleia  variabilis F.C.C. | Buddleia Davidii var. 
var. magnifica : magnifica Rehd. and 
Wils. 
Aug. 19, 1902) Buddleia variabilis ; F.C.C. | Buddleia Davidit var. 
var. Vettchiana Veitchtiana Rehd. and 
Wils. 
April 2, 1912 4 Camellia cuspidata A.M. Thea cuspidata Kochs 
April 7, 1914'| Clematis Armandi$* F.C.C. | Clematis Armandt Franch. 
May 23, 19053 Clematis montana var.| F.C.C. Clematis montana var. 
yvubens yubens Wils. 
Oct. 24, 1911 | Clevodendvon Fargesii | A.M. Clevodendyon trichotomum | 
var. Fargesit Rehder 
Aug. I, 1911 | Cornus paucinervis A.M. Cornus paucinervis Hance 
Mar. 5, 1912 | Corylopsis warleyensis | A.M. Corylopsis Willmottiae 
Rehd. and Wils. 
Mar. 19, 1912 | Corylopsis Vettchiana A.M. Corylopsis Vettchiana Bean 
June 10, 1902| Corydalis thalictrifolia| F.C.C. | Corydalis thalictrifolia 
. Franch. 
April 11, 1905| Corydalis Wilsonti A.M. Corydalis Wilsonit N.E.Br. 
Oct. 1, 1907 | Cotoneaster applanata | A.M. Cotoneaster Dielsiana 
Pritzel 
Oct. 8, 1912 | Cotoneaster bullata A.M. Cotoneaster bullata var. 
var. macrophylla Rehd. and 
| Wils. 


36 


Date. 


| Jan. 12, 1916 
Jan. 24, 1905 
Oct. 8, 1912 


Oct. 8, 1912 
Aug. 31, 1915 


May 28, 1907 
May 23, IQII 


Apr. 30, 1912 
May 22, 1912 


June 9, 1908 
Aug. 31, 1909 


May 22, 1912 


Sept. 1, 1908 
June 3, 1914 
Aug. I, IQII 
Mar. 10, 1903 


Aug. 5, 1902 


Oct. II, 1910 


Aug. 29, 1905 
May 22, 1912 
July 6, 1915 
July 18, 1905 
July 2, 1912 
June 11, 1907 


Oct. 24, I9II 
Apr. 5, 1910 
May 20, 1913 


July 30, 1912 
Aug. 12, 1913 


July 1, 1913 
Apr. 25, 1905 


May 9, 1905 
June 8, 1915 
Oct. 7, 1913 
Sept. 22,1914 


Sept. 15, 1908 
Apr. 16, 1907 


May 9, 1905 


May 9, 1905 
May 23, 1905 


| Aug. 27, 1912 


Sept. 23, 1902 


Name exhibited under. 


Cotoneaster divaricata 


Cotoneaster horizontalis 
var. perpusilla 
Cotoneaster pannosa 


Cotoneaster salicifolia 
var. vugosa 

Cotoneaster Zabelit 

Cydonia Mallard 


Cypripedium tbeticum 
Davidia involucrata 


Deuizia longifolia 
Deutzia Vettchit 


Deutzia Wilsonit 
Gentiana ornata 


Hydrangea Sargentii 


Ilex Pernyti 

Ivis chrysographes 

Itea tlicifolia 
Jasminum primulinum 


Libocedrus macrolepis 


Ligustrum Henryt 

Lilium Browntt var. 
chloraster 

Lilium leucanithum 

Lilium myriophyllum 

Lilium regale 

Lilium sutchuenense 

Lilium warleyense 

Lonicera Maackit 


Lonicera nitida 
Lonicera pileata 
Lonicera tragophylla 


Lysimachia Henryi 
Lystonotus warleyensis 


Magnolia Delavays 
Meconopsts integrifolia 


Meconopsis punicea 
Micromeles Folgneri 
Paulownia tomentosa 
var. lanata 
Pilostegia viburnoides 


Populus lasiocarpa 
Primula Cockburniana 


Primula japonica var. 
pulverulenta 

Primula Vettchit 

Primula vittata 


Award. 


F.C.C. 
A.M. 
A.M. 
A.M. 


A.M. 
A.M. 


F.C.C. 


& = 


appa > 
= 


a 
oe 
ra 


— 


B 
= 


>>> p> 
Qna- 
BoRoe 


e 


Bee 


Se 


1 >> PPD p> 


seh se 
See 
Qa aa 


SS 


oe o's 


ee es 


>> > Pa Db Db 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Authentic Name. 


Cotoneaster divaricata 
Rehd. and Wils. 

Cotoneaster horizontalis 
var. perpustilla Schneid. 

Cotoneaster Harroviana 
Wils. 

Cotoneaster salicifolia var. 
vugosa Rehd. and Wils. 
Cotoneaster Zabelit Schneid. 
Chaenomeles lagenaria var. 

Wilsonit Rehd. 
Cypripedium tibeticum King 


Davidiainvolucrata var. Vil- 
moriniana Hemsl. 

Deuizia longifolia Franch. 

Deutzia longifolia var. 
Veitchi Rehd. 

Deutzia Wilsoniit Duthie 

Gentiana Veitchiorum 
Hemsl. 

Hydrangea Sargentiana 
Rehd. 

Ilex Pernyi Franch. 

Ivis chrysographes Dykes 

Itea tlhictfolia Oliver 

Jasminum = primulinum 
Hemsl. 

Libocedrus 
Benth. 

Ligustrum Henryit Hemsl. 

Lilium chlovaster Wils. 


macrolepis 


Lilium Sargentiae Wils. 

Lilium vregale Wils. 

Lilium regale Wils. 

Lilium Thayerae Wils. 

Lilium sutchuenense Franch. 

Lonicera Maacku var. podo- 
carpa Franch. 

Loniceva nitida Wils. 

Lonicera pileata Oliver 


Lonicera  tragophylla 
Hemsl. 

Lysimachia Henryi Hemsl. 

Lystonotus pauctflorus 
Maxim. 

Magnolia Delavayt Franch. 

Meconopsis integrifolia 
Franch. 


Meconopsis punicea Maxim. 
Sorbus Folgnevs Rehder 
Paulownia tomentosa var. 
lanata Schneid. 
Pilostegia viburnotdes 
Hook. f. and Thoms. 
Populus lasiocarpa Oliver 
Primula -Cockburniana 
Hemsl. 
Primula pulverulenta Duthie 


Primula Veitchii Duthie 
Primula vittata Bur. and 
Franch. 


A CENTURY OF PLANTS INTRODUCED FROM CHINA. 37 
Date. Name exhibited under. Award Authentic Name. 
Apr. 2, 1912 | Primula warleyensis A.M. Primula warleyensis 
Willmott 
Jan. 5, 1915 | Pyvacantha crenulata A.M. Pyvacantha crenulata 
Roemer 
Oct. 8, 1912 Pyrus Veitchiana A.M. Malus yunnanensis 
Schneid. 
Apr. 21, 1903 | Rehmannia angulata A.M. Rehmannia angulata 
Hemsl. 
Feb. 10, 1914 | Rhododendron moupin-| A.M. Rhododendron moupin- 
ense ense Franch. 
Apr. 3, 1907 | Rhododendron intrica- | F.C.C Rhododendron intricatum 
tum Franch. 
Mar. 22, 1910 | Rhododendron primu- A.M. Rhododendron flavidum 
linum Franch. 
May 18, 1909 | Rhododendron Souliet F.C.C. | Rhododendron Souliet 
Franch. 
Feb. 20, 1912 | Ribes laurifolium A.M. Ribes laurifolium Jancz. 


June 20, 1905 
June 9, 1908 


Oct. 15, 1915 
June 3, 1913 
Aug. 19, 1902 
July 18, 1905 


Sept. 15, 1903 
July 29, 1913 


June 17, 1913 
July 20, 1909 


Rodgersia pinnata alba 
Rosa Moyesi 


Rubus Veitchir 

Salix magnifica 

Senecio clivorum 

Senecio Ligularia var. 
speciosa 

Senecio tanguticus 

Sorbaria arborea var. 
grandis 

Spiraea Sargentiana 

Spiraea Veitchis 


= 


S255 


== 


Rodgersia pinnata var. alba 
Duthie 

Rosa Moyesti Hemsl. and 
Wils. 

Rubus thibetanus Franch. 

Salix magnifica Hemsl. 

Senecio clivorum Maxim. 

Senecio Veitchitanus Hemsl. 


Senecio tanguticus Maxim. 

Sorbaria arborea var. sub- 
tomentosa Rehd. 

Spiraea Sargentiana Rehd. 

Spiraea Veiichit Hemsl. 


May 20, 1913 | Styrax Wilsonit Styvax Wilsonii Rehd. 

May 5, 1914 | Syringa reflexa Syringa veflexa Schneid. 

Aug. 18, 1908| Thalictrum diptero- Thalictrum dipterocarpum 
carpum Franch. 

Mar. 26, 1912| Viburnum Davidit Viburnum Davidii Franch. 


Sept. 27, 1910 
Sept. 17, 1907 


Viburnum Henryt 
Viburnum rhytido- 
phyllum 


PP > > PP AS> PPP PP PP PPP > Pb > 
eon BEEEE 


Viburnum Henryi Hemsl. 
Viburnum rhytdophyllum 
Hemsl. 


Sept. 1, 1903 | Vitis armata M. ! Vitis Davidii Foéx 

Oct. 23, 1906 | Vitis armata Vettchit .M. Vitis Davidit var. cyano- 
carpa Sargent 

Sept. I, 1903 | Vitis flexuosa Wilsonii M. Vitis flexuosa var. parvi- 
folia Gagn. 

May 29, 1906 | Vitis Henryana -M. Parthenocissus Henryana 
Diels and Gilg. 

Oct. 1, 1907 | Vitis leeoides M. Ampelopsis Watsoniana 
Wils. 

Sept. I, 1903 | Vitis megalophylla M. Ambelopsis megalophylla 


Diels and Gilg. 


Sept. I, 1903 | Vitis sinensis A.M. Vitis Piasezkit Maxim. 
Sept. 1, 1903 | Vitis Thomsonit F.C.C. | Parthenocissus Thomsonit 
Planch. 
Vitis Wilsonae A.M. Vitis reticulata Gagn. 


Sept. 28, 1909 


A brief analysis of this list may be of interest. 


It shows that 


fifty-three genera belonging to twenty-nine families are represented, 
and that they include herbs, shrubs, climbers, and trees of value for 
their flowers, their ornamental fruits, or for their foliage. All are 
hardy in some part or other of the British Isles, and the great majority 
are perfectly hardy everywhere in Great Britain and Ireland. There 


38 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


are twenty-seven herbs, of which six are best treated as biennials. 
Of the woody plants forty-six are deciduous and twenty-seven are 
evergreen, and of these fifty-two’ are shrubs, fourteen are climbers, 
andsevenaretrees. All the plants exhibited were raised from material 
which I collected in China, but it is known that eleven of them were 
or had been introduced to cultivation independently. The percentage 
of one F.C.C. to three A.M. is a high average, and it will readily be 
conceded that with scarcely an exception the plants are of permanent 
value to our gardens. In addition to those enumerated several other 
plants have been awarded the B.C., and in the hands of the hybridist 
the Astilbes and Primulas have yielded results which have received 
awards. 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTH-WESTERN YUNNAN. 39 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTH-WESTERN 
YUNNAN. 


By GEORGE FORREST. 


Tue flora of North-west Yunnan is so rich and varied, the area so 
extensive, the mountain and river systems so complicated, that it 
is a matter of no small difficulty to select one portion in illustration 
of the whole. The region includes the watersheds of the mid-Salwin, 
Mekong, and Yangtze ; those watersheds are broken into an indescrib- 
able chaos of subsidiary ranges and spurs, many of them bearing 
species which are purely local. Much of the area is still unknown, 
or at least unmapped. 

It is a marvellous country, planned on Nature’s grandest scale, 
prodigal in flora and fauna, rich in minerals; for gold, silver, galena, 
copper, iron, and coal are found on every side. Numerous tribes, 
nearly all of Tibetan origin, people it, settled in the valleys and on 
the ridges as far south as lat. 25° N., the diversity of whose customs, 
languages, and religions is truly remarkable. Like the slopes of the 
Caucasus, the region might be called the country of the hundred 
nations, and is worthy of the most thorough exploration by competent 
ethnologists. 

All of the principal ranges, which fall away from the Tibetan plateau 
and enclose those three great rivers, run due south as far as mid- 
Yunnan, at which point the divergence eastwards of the Yangtze 
causes a break in the regular contour of the country. 

As is now generally known, the formation of those ranges is purely 
limestone, a hard grey magnesian limestone, and that possibly accounts 
in great measure for the exceptional richness and high development 
of the vegetation. Only in the principal and deepest valleys—the 
Salwin, Mekong, and Yangtze—are other strata exposed in places, 
and in descending to those one immediately leaves the most interesting 
flora behind. 

In the higher valleys, above 6,000 feet, and the still higher plateaux, 
the soils consist of heavy reddish clay marls, gritty limy clays and 
loams, and lime silts and cements. Quite a number of those valleys, 
even at an altitude of 9,000 feet, show signs of having been at some 
period the sites of extensive lakes; evidence, in the shape of deep, 
extremely durable, and barren lacustrine deposits, being abundant, 

On the rolling downs, which are characteristic of the country in 
the centre, east, and south-east of the province, the clay marls and 
heavy loams are general ; in the opposite direction, north-westwards, 
the farther one travels the more evident is the limestone, till, north 
of lat. 26°, it becomes dominant. 


40 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


From the Burmese frontier in the south-west, and running across 
the province in a north-easterly direction into Szechwan, is a narrow 
volcanic belt, easily defined by numerous boiling springs and local 
seismic disturbances. The water of the springs is heavily charged 
with sulphur and other minerals, has certain medicinal properties, 
and is largely utilized by the local Chinese in the cure of many ail- 
ments. This volcanic belt can also be traced by many species peculiar 
to it, such as Ilex Pernyt, Evemurus chinensis, forms of Lilium Brownit, 
giant Lobelias, Primula malacoides, and many lovely species of the 
families Liliaceae, Scitamineae, and Orchidaceae. 

The Tali range, in the Mekong basin and within this volcanic 
area, is one of the most prolific of the west. For forty miles it forms 
the western bulwark of the Tali valley, enclosing the beautiful lake 
called Erh-hai. Owing to its great bulk acting as a rain-screen, the 
rainfall on the western flank is greatly in excess of that on the eastern 
side. Asa result the vegetation on the west is much more luxuriant 
and of quite a different character. Though on both flanks there is 
a decided pine belt from about 10,000 to 12,000 feet, the spurs and 
ridges on. the east, from their bases to the higher alps, are mostly of 
a pastoral character, with the arborescent vegetation confined to the 
gullies and lateral valleys (fig. 6). On the west the vegetation is prin- 
cipally arborescent, so dense in places as to be almost impenetrable ; it 
attains a much greater altitude, and is carried right to the base. That 
part of the range has never been explored to any extent, and, judging by 
the results of two short and hasty journeys in 1906, and one in recent 
years, the collections of which are so far undetermined, it carries many 
interesting and new species. During these journeys were found the 
following : Buddleia myriantha, a shrub of ro feet, allied to B. variabths, 
but with deeper-coloured blooms; a new Berberis, named B. cents- 
folva, an excellent rock shrub of 2-5 feet, with charming yellow blooms, 
and an interesting new species of Diapensia, D. Bulleyana, also a rock 
shrub, and peculiar in having bright yellow flowers instead of the 
normal purple-red. Leptodermis glauca, a dwarf shrub 2 feet in height 
with beautiful lavender flowers, was also rediscovered. There also, 
in moist open situations amongst scrub, was found the beautiful 
Pieris Forrest with its pure waxy-white fragrant blooms. On the 
cliffs the dominant shrub was Rhododendron crassum, its large white 
fragrant blossoms showing most freely. Many fine herbaceous plants 
were secured ; in the shady gorges the damp moss-covered boulders 
and cliffs bore many terrestrial Orchids, such as Pleione Delavayt 
(fig. 7), with purplish-rose flowers marked a deep crimson ; P. grandi- 
flora, with snow-white blooms blotched a deep crimson-lake ; and 
a remarkably fine new species, P. Forrestii, having orange-yellow 
blooms laced and marked deep brown. The colouring of the 
last is unique, the precocious flowers arising from the deep green 
moss having all the appearance of our yellow Crocus at first sight. 
A new genus of Orchidaceae was also discovered, typified by Bulleyia 
yunnanensts. 


Fic. 10.—RHODODENDRON TALIENSE Fr, 


{To face Pp. 40. 


F1G. 11.—RHODODENDRON FICTO-LACTEUM Balf. fils. 
45 feet in height. 


Fic. 12.—HEMEROCALLIS NANA sp. nov. W. W. Smith et G. Forrest. 


3-6 in. Flowers, interior deep orange, exterior brown orange. 
Moist pastures, 13,000 ft. 


‘Ip ‘fF aovf OL) 
"ILA QO0O'ZI OL OOO'IIT LV IANOLYOY NOWGNAGOGOHY AO SWAOA HLIM LSAXOY AAAINOD NAMO—'ET ‘D1 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTH-WESTERN YUNNAN. 41 


On both flanks of the range, in common with all the mountains 
of north-west Yunnan, above the pine belt there is a distinct zone 
of Rhododendron forest, commencing first as isolated specimens 
among the outlying groups of conifers, and then as dense thickets 
20 to 40 feet in height, composed of such species as Rhododendron 
taliense (fig. 10), R. ficto-lacteum (fig.11),R.anthosphaerum, R. Beesianum, 
R. rubiginosum, R. irroratum, and the true R. lacteum, with its huge 
trusses of beautiful canary-yellow blooms. Again this belt gradually 
gives way to dwarf species and forms of the R. tntricatum group 
which carpet the upland pasture with their fragrant foliage and 
purple flowers, dominating large stretches of the alps to the exclusion 
of all other vegetation. 

Most species of Rhododendron are in greatest luxuriance and 
perfection of bloom in April and May, and are seen to best advantage 
in some of the lower and more sheltered passes ; one such col, named 
the Sungkwei Pass, is on the divide between the Lang-kong and Hoching 
valleys, three days’ journey north of Tali-fu. Of11,000 to 12,000 feet 
altitude, it is a comparatively shallow depression, a broad cleft running 
almost east and west on the summit of the divide, two miles in extent 
by half a mile in breadth. The centre is occupied by a small lake, 
with open pasture on both sides for a short distance up the slopes. 
From the margins of this pasture to the tops of the low hills, about 
1,000 feet higher, which enclose the pass on the south, is Rhododen- 
dron forest. The foreground is occupied extensively by matted 
masses of innumerable colour forms of R. intricatum, in habit re- 
sembling the Calluna of our own moors. Behind are thickets of 
R. chariophyllum, in a variety of shades, forming a colour belt from 
deepest lavender to almost white. From there to the verge of the 
pasture on the summit of the pass is an impenetrable forest of tree 
Rhododendrons, 20 to 45 feet in height, of such species as R. lacteum, 
R. Bureavir, R. irroratum, R. vernicosum, R. ficto-lacteum &c., with 
a dense undergrowth of dwarf bamboo. On the hills forming the 
northern side of the pass is open forest of lichen-clad evergreen oak 
trees 50 to go feet in height, and, interspersed with them, numerous 
superb specimens of R. ficto-lacteum and others. Some measured 
were found to be almost 50 feet high. 

As one travels north of Tali the scenery increases in grandeur, 
many peaks of the higher ranges being capped with perpetual snow, 
especially those of the Lichiang system. This range, north of the 
Yangtze, is more contracted and rugged, forming the eastern boundary 
of the Chungtien plateau. The peak of Lichiang is some 20,000 feet 
in height, but in the Haba range, the name of the extension north 
of the Yangtze, there are peaks exceeding that, flanked by enormous 
glaciers. In 1913-14 I collected there, and amongst other things 
secured fully forty new species and forms of Rhododendron, the 
majority rock and cliff shrubs of dwarf form. 

The contour of the Lichiang peak is, however, quite distinct from 
all others in the region. Rising gradually from a southern base of 


42 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


8,500 feet, at the foot of which is a large lake called Lake La-hsi, in an 
air-line of some twenty miles is the summit. This is formed by a 
series of jagged-edged peaks several miles in extent, trending north- 
westwards. Just south of the highest point the range is cleft in two 
for fully half its breadth by a stupendous gorge,the upper end of which 
is formed by a series of precipices falling from the extreme height of 
the main peak to 10,000 or 11,000 feet. The entrance to the gorge, 
about a mile and a half in breadth, is flanked by cliffs 3,000 to 
4,000 feet sheer, gradually rising towards the upper end. In length 
it is about six miles. From the main peaks several glaciers fall into 
it, huge moraines almost dam it at several points, and along the base 
of the flanking cliffs are continuous and extensive screes fed by the 
débris from the limestone cliffs above. The centre of the gorge is 
occupied by a snow-fed torrent, of milky whiteness from the lime 
carried in solution. The floor of the valley is clothed by forests of 
Conifers, principally Picea yunnanensts and others of the same genus, 
and Tsuga yunnanensis, whilst higher up the cliffs, wherever a suffi- 
ciently broad ledge gives footing, are clumps and solitary specimens 
of Abies Delavayt. Much of this forest is gradually being engulfed by 
the scree débris ; in some places I noted quite an appreciable difference 
jn three years. 

In the forest and by the stream are a multitude of fine shrubs. 
Of Lonicera one fine new species was found, L. xerocalyx ; others were 
L. Maackii f. podocarpa, L. Henryi, and the beautiful dwarf form of 
L. ligustrina, named yunnanensis. The last is not an imposing shrub 
in flower, but produces, in abundance, beautiful purple-blue fruits, 
and the small Buxus-like foliage has a charming appearance and is 
persistent. The best form of Rosa sericea, viz. pteracantha, is plentiful, 
_ striking alike in its large crimson armature and orange and red fruits. 
Of Tilia, Acer, Prunus, Pyrus, and Sorbus there are many species, 
Sorbus Wilsoniana and Pyrus yunnanensis being two of the finest. 
The latter forms a shapely tree or shrub of 20 to 50 feet, handsome 
in flower and fruit, and showing wonderful coloration in the foliage 
as autumn approaches. Following the first frosts, I know of nothing to 
equal the tints seen in the foliage of Sorbus Wilsomana. Each tree 
stands out like a crimson plume, visible at quite a distance against 
the dark background of pines. It is a most graceful shrub, 20 to 40 
feet high, with delicately-cut foliage and pinkish-white fruits. Another 
excellent shrub with even finer foliage and larger pure white fruits, 
but of stiffer and more inelegant form, is Sorbus Vilmorinu. Ligustrum 
ionandrum is another new species of fine compact form and small, 
slightly coriaceous foliage. Of Berberis there are many species, and 
the same of such genera as Deutzia, Cotoneaster, Philadelphus, 
Hydrangea, Helwingia, Lespedeza, Leptodermis (L. Forrestii is a new 
species with beautiful lavender flowers, very large for the genus) 
and many Gaultherias and Vacciniums. The dwarf Vaccinium fragile 
is in abundance on the forest margins, its beautiful foliage and pink 
flowers showing to great advantage. It fruits freely, and the purple- 


———— 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTH-WESTERN YUNNAN. 43 


black berries are the principal food, during the season, of the common 
pheasant of Yunnan, Phagianus elegans. 

Caragana Franchetiana is also plentiful, especially by the stream- 
side, where it blooms most profusely and forms quite a handsome 
shrub. Another new species worthy of mention is Euonymus 
porphyrea, with graceful foliage, dark maroon flowers, and brilliant 
scarlet fruits. It attains a height of 20 feet and is a shade plant. In 
contrast to it, another handsome species, Meliosma cunezfolia, revels 
in the sunshine and is one of the freest-flowering shrubs of the region. 
Normal specimens are fully 20 feet in height. 

Curiously enough, though on all other parts of the range Rhodo- 
dendrons are very numerous, few are to be found in that gorge; only 
a few stunted specimens of a form of R. Fortune: (fig. 13) and R. 
vernicosum are seen, whilst on the cliffs are forms of R. intricatum. 

The screes proved exceptionally rich: many fine species of 
Delphinium, as D. yunnanense, D. ceratophorum, D. mosoynense, D. 
likiangense, and two fine new species, D. Beestanum and D. calcicolum. 
The last three are dwarfs, D. likiangense the finest. It is a beautiful 
plant of ro to 16 inches, with stout scapes arising from a cluster of 
finely cut foliage, each bearing from two to five extremely large flowers 
of a fine shade of deep purplish-blue, whilst, to add to its attractiveness, 
the blooms are sweetly fragrant. 

Several species of Meconopsis are there, notably M. Delavayi, M. 
Forrestit, and M. rudis (fig. 14), the last the most abundant, with flowers 
of every conceivable shade of purplish-blue. Other scree plants of 
note are Dipoma tberideum, a semi-prostrate crucifer of 6 to 9 inches, 
with white fragrant flowers and ruddy foliage ; Dracocephalum bullatum, 
with deep purple flowers ; Codonopsis Bulleyana, with pale blue blooms 
marbled milky-white ; and C. Meleagris, which has large dull yellow 
corollas netted maroon. Campanula Delavayt, also a scree plant, of 
g to 15 inches, has large pale blue flowers. Several splendid species 
of Corydalis are in abundance; Saussureas are everywhere, their 
brilliant tints classing not a few of them as worthy of cultivation. 
On the screes several dwarf species of Caragana have their home. 
Their large yellow or cream-coloured flowers, flushed brown or rose, 
their bright foliage and neat habit, commend them as subjects for the 
rock garden. C. tbetica is one; two others are as yet unnamed. 

On the cliffs above the screes are many fine rock plants, most of 
the best growing in shady northern exposures. Of those Isopyrum 
grandifiorum (fig. 15) takes first place, seen growing to perfection there. 
It is the ideal cushion rock plant, and, as with most of the others, in the 
tints of its foliage shows the character of its surroundings. Saxifrages 
abound, many of them new, the finest being S. pulchra, with fleshy, 
silvery-grey foliage and rose-pink flowers. Androsace alchemilloides, 
with its clear white blooms, and many forms of A. Chamaejasme and 
A. mucronifolia, with flowers of every shade of rose and pink, adorn 
each ledge; whilst in moister situations are seen huge compact 
cushions of the beautiful Androsace Delavayi, with large sessile blooms, 


44 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ranging in colour from the deepest rose to the purest white. Yet 
another species deserving of mention is Parrya Forresit1, a fine crucifer 
having the foliage of a Cheiranihus and spikes of brilliant orange 
blooms. 

Daphne aurantiaca, in sheets of orange bloom, and a fine dwarf 
procumbent form of Buxus, also occupied the ledges. 

On the higher alpine meadows, from the summits of the cliffs to 
the verge of the snows, is an indescribable wealth of bloom, the colour 
scheme changing from month to month as the seasons advance. Most 
of the species being gregarious, absolute sheets and carpets of colour 
are the result. Tvollius, Anemone, Primula, Gentiana, Cremanthodium, 
Cyananthus, blue and yellow, Corydalis, Meconopsis, Pediculans, 
Phlomis, Aster, Parnassia, Saxifraga, Orchis, Roscoea, Delbhimum, 
Oxygraphis, Plectranthus, Salvia, Cerastium, Incarvillea, Morina—these 
are only a few of the many genera represented. Two of the finest, 
seeds of which were secured in 1913, are the magnificent Dvraco- 
cephalum Isabellae and the equally beautiful Anemone glauctfolia. 
The former is a new species, 14 to 18 inches high, with foliage resembling 
that of D. tanguticum, but with very much larger blooms. Those 
are 24 inches in length, of a rich shade of velvety bluish-purple, and 
freely produced. Anemone glaucifolia is a plant of 18 to 24 or 
even 30 inches, and was first collected by DELAVAY many years ago 
and described by FRANCHET. The leaves, which are pinnate, form a 
dense basal rosette, and, as with all other parts of the plant, are 
densely coated with a silvery down. The flowers are 2 to 24 inches in 
diameter, and range in colour from the clearest blue to shades of 
purple. It is a glorious plant ! 

But even to enumerate the best of the species seen would require 
much time. Of Primulas alone over forty find their homes there ! 
In two seasons I collected seeds of fully eighty species on that and 
the neighbouring ranges. Any attempt at more than a mere super- 
ficial description of the beauty of the scene must necessarily fail. 
Even the photographs, characteristic as they may be, lacking the 
charm of colour, come far short of the reality. 

As already mentioned, the Haba Mountains, farther north-west, 
attain even a greater altitude, and form part of the system culminating 
in the north of the Chungtien plateau. On the way to Atuntze those 
mountains are crossed by one of the highest passes in the province, 
called the Bei-ma-shan, fully 16,000 feet high. For eight months of 
the year, from October to May, it is closed by snow. The summer 
is therefore very short, but, despite that, the flora is wonderfully rich 
and quite distinct. It was explored by me to some extent in 1913, and 
again in 1914, with excellent results, but as yet only a few of the 
new species have been dealt with. On that range Rhododendron Wardi1, 
a grand species 14 to 20 feet in height, with bright yellow flowers, was 
first found in July 1913, as well as many others equally beautiful, such as 
R. uvarifolium, R. Roxieana, with rose-pink blooms, and R. Clementinae, 
with white and rose flowers. Several new Buddleias were added 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTH-WESTERN YUNNAN. 45 


notably B. caryopteridtfolia, two species of Betula, and the interesting 
little Vaccinium modestum, a pretty dwarf species with the habit of 
a Pyrola. Another fine shrub is Euonymus ilicifolius, an evergreen 
with broad, dark-green, prickly foliage, identical with that of an ordinary 
holly, with inconspicuous flowers, but striking white and red fruits. 
One especially fine new species secured is Ostryopsis nobilis, a shrub 
of 6 to 12 feet, a most interesting addition to a genus hitherto mono- 
typic. Asa foliage plant it should take first rank amongst cultivated 
shrubs. It is of compact habit, the leaves are large, very broadly 
ovoid with base cordate, deeply bullate, dark glossy green above, the 
under surface heavily felted with a dark cinnamon-brown tomentum, 
with which the petioles and young shoots are also clothed. Several 
other new species of Berberis were collected, the three principal being 
B. leptoclada, a densely foliate rock species, of compact habit, 2 to 4 feet 
high, with pretty glaucous leaves, pale yellow flowers, and coralline 
fruits. B. leucocarpa is taller, 5 to 8 feet, but of good habit and a 
free flowerer, and distinguished by having pure waxy-white fruits. 
B. Jamesiana is of somewhat similar habit and has red fruits. 

Herbaceous plants were legion, many old friends being seen, 
and a large number of novelties added. As on other ranges, Primulas 
rank first in numbers and beauty, such lovely plants as P. szechuanica, 
with yellow flowers, P. Wardit, with blooms in many shades of rose- 
lavender, and P. Franchetiana, with its large trumpet-shaped purple 
and yellow corollas, forming masses on every moist meadow. The 
well-known P. Potssontt, common to every range in the province, 
I never saw in such perfect beauty as there. Of new species were 
secured :—P. aemula, a fine plant with stout scapes of 2 to 2} feet, 
bearing many whorls of bright yellow blooms. The corollas have reflexed 
lobes, are fleshy, with an enamelled sheen on the exterior. P. chion- 
antha, a noble species of the Nivales section, with fleshy foliage, 
numerous scapes 14 to 30 inches high, producing many whorls of 
large, pure white, fragrant flowers. P. florida, a charming small species 
of 6 to 14 inches, with blue or rose flowers, dark green, finely-cut 
leaves, the under surface of which as well as other parts of the plant 
are densely coated with silvery farina; a beautiful species of the 
capitate class, P. sphaerocephala ; and others as yet unpublished. 

Several new Meconopsis were also found: M. concinna, M. venusta, 
M. speciosa, M. impedita, and M. eximia. 

The lovely Lilium apertum var. tibetica, with deep maroon-coloured, 
fragrant, pendulous blooms, and the equally beautiful Nomocharts 
pardanthina, with widely-spread, satiny-white, purple-spotted peri- 
anths, are there on every meadow; by the side of every stream and 
marsh Pedicularis, of the Siphonantha section, with their long tubular 
corollas of brilliant red and orange-yellow, form masses of the richest 
colouring. Every step one takes treads a beautiful or interesting 
plant to earth! On the stony meadows and screes are innumerable 
species of Saussurea, many of them real gems, close cushion plants with 
silvery-coated foliage and flowers of the most lovely shades of rose, 


46 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


purple-blue, and magenta. Gentians bulk largely in the autumn 
flora, the finest of all Gentiana heptaphylla. 

This huge range acts as a rain-screen, consequently the ranges 
eastwards towards Mili are more or less barren in comparison. 

Again, far to the west is another wonderfully prolific region, the 
Mekong-Salwin divide south of Dokerla, one in which I spent some 
time in 1905, and which I hope yet to explore more thoroughly. All 
the collections of that year were lost completely through the upheaval 
caused by a local rebellion of the lamas of the Upper Mekong. From 
what I saw then and collected, I should say it is by far the richest 
area of any yet known. Specimens of a few new species were saved 
from the wreck, such as Rhododendron gymnanthum, R. Stewartianum, 
R. chasmanthum, and the beautiful and curious R. Forrestw. This 
last is a most interesting shrub, with large fleshy flowers of a deep 
blood-crimson shade. It has the habit of ivy; attached by roots on 
the under surface of its stems it covers almost perpendicular cliffs 
and boulders with its bullate glossy foliage. The leaves are very 
small, broadly ovate and highly coloured; the blooms pendulous, 
produced singly in the axils. On those mountains was first discovered 
Meconopsts speciosa, one of the finest of the genus. Somewhere north- 
west of there, north of lat. 29° and west of long. 98°, will probably be 
found the greatest concentration of the genus Rhododendron, and 
possibly the same might be said of Primula, for my experience during 
eight years spent in the region is that as one goes farther north-west 
the number of species is continually added to. 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1914 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 47 


REPORT OF WORK IN to014 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 
By REGINALD FARRER. 


[The following notes were written by Mr. FARRER in China in 1914, but did 
not reach us until April 1916; hence this somewhat belated appearance. Mr. 
FARRER has added a few comments to his original notes and these are inserted 
in square brackets in the body of the report. We are greatly indebted to 
Prof. I. BAYLEY Batrour for looking through the proofs and revising the 
nomenclature so far as is possible at present.—ED.] 


In spite of all the perils and tragedies with which the Kansu-Tibet 
border seethed in the earlier part of 1914, neither the “‘ White Wolf ”’ 
nor local insurrections succeeded in frustrating the Expedition. It 
now becomes necessary to give its course in detail. On April 13 we 
left Tsin Chow, a bygone imperial city of S. Kansu, and struck 
almost due south for Kiai Chow. The way ran through loess country, 
largely cultivated, and over high open downs. The two most im- 
portant finds were Farreria sp. (novum genus) Balf. fil. twice occurring 
on the barren fells, and—yet more important if possible—the first 
(as I believe) record of Viburnum fragrans as a wild plant, scantily 
appearing in the hilly copses south of Shi-ho. At Kiai Chow we 
entered upon the arid country of the Hei Shui Jang, or Blackwater 
River, a justly-named voluminous tide of filth, which, in all its course 
between Siku and Bi-gt, where it joins the Whitewater (the Pei 
Shui Jang), runs through a series of loess and sandstone ravines, 
hedged in on both sides by vast arid and Saharan crags of loess. 
The climate here is African in heat and drought. I have made a 
point of sending samples of all good seeds from this region to Professor 
BERGER, secure that at least at Mortola they will do well, whatever 
be their fate in the damps of England. Kiai Chow, during our short 
stay, yielded only the lovely little I7is Henryi and Paeonta Moutan. 

Leaving Kiai Chow (pronounced in every province differently, but 
usually Jié-Jo*) on April 25, we continued southward down the grilling 
ravines of the Blackwater towards Wen Hsien, crossing the Feng S’an 
Ling Pass the day before our arrival, and there making acquaintance 
with two treasures in Pletone F 4 and Primula F 300. This pass 
separates the Blackwater from the Whitewater, which flows beneath 
the acacia’d walls of sunny Wen Hsien in unsullied purity, to join the 
Blackwater a little further east, at Bi-gi. On May 3 we rode out of 
Wen Hsien, striking due westwards up towards Tibet. Ere long 
the Whitewater deserted us, and our way continued up the East 


* LToften diverge from the official Romanized spelling of Chinese names, 
which in all cases seems nicely calculated to give them as they are not 
pronounced. 


48 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL’ SOCIETY. - 


Road River to Di-er-Kan, the first Tibetan village. Hence, on 
May 6, we turned sharp to the right, and up over the huge forested 
and grassy flank of Chago-ling, the pass over the great limestone 
range that had now for two days past been peering at us above the 
bare loess hills on our right. Here, of course, the climate is cool and 
alpine, and enormous virgin woodlands clothe the mountains—a strange 
sight, after many weeks of naked arid loess. This range is one of 
the enormous ripples in which the Kwun Liin dies away eastwards 
into China. It runs roughly parallel to the Min S’an further north, 
and between them intervenes a ridge of some 10,000 feet, cutting 
off the Blackwater from the Satanee River. From the heights of the 
pass at last the great snows came into sight, the Satanee range, on 
whose final vertebre we stood, towering away to the left in magnificent 
peaks and wildernesses of white, while in front, over the intervening 
mountains, rose the overwhelming mass of Thundercrown, sheer above 
Siku, last outbreak of the Min S’an splendours which, to match those 
of the Satanee, unfolded themselves westward in ever-increasing 
magnitude far away into the wild heart of Tibet. 

All this gorgeous country, being alpine, is despised by the practical- 
minded Chinese, who abandon it wholly to the savagery of unkempt 
Border-tribes. We had trouble accordingly at Chago, left it hurriedly. 
on May 8, and by May 13 were ensconced comfortably in a small 
temple at Satanee, in a friendly village under Chinese sway. From 
this, however, when we had just begun to get our teeth into the riches 
of the snowy range, now just opposite, we were driven by a general 
Jehad organized from Chago by the monks, under the conviction that 
our investigations were annoying the mountain spirits. The White 
Wolf was now raging in Kansu, and our position was critical. How- 
ever, we decided on the least of the many threatened evils, and made 
straight over the intervening range to Siku, on chance of finding the 
rumour false that declared the Wolf in full possession and the town 
sacked. 

On May 22 we entered the storm-tossed little city of Siku, sitting 
so snug beside the Blackwater, embosomed in groves of willow and 
Persimmon, with gaunt and sunburnt hills of loess all around, and 
behind, overhead, the colossal impending mass of Thundercrown and 
the huge ridge in which, after Thundercrown, the Min S’an dies away 
eastwards as the Satanee range dies away eastwards from Chagola. 
Reference to the map will show that we were now once more quite 
near Kiai Chow, having rejoined the Blackwater a little further 
north-west, and thus described a long and irregular narrow rectangle 
down through the last descending tip of Kansu. BEREZOWSKI, it will 
be remembered, had visited both the Siku and Satanee districts in 
1886, spending the winter zodlogizing at Satanee, while at Siku they 
vividly remember him to this day as having stolen a moon of theirs 
that lived in a stone and was never seen after his departure. Even 
the Herbarium yield, however, of the Potanin Expeditions is still 
for the most part a vudis indigestaque moles. These districts have 


Fig. 14.—MECONOPSIS RUDIS Prain. 


{To face p. 48. 


r 


Fic. 15.—ISOPYRUM GRANDIFLORUM: Fisch. 


Fic. 16.—PRIMULA SECUNDIFLORA Fr. 
A single plant 20 to 24 inches in height. 


v4 
* 


Fic. 17.— CHINESE CHAIN SUSPENSION-BRIDGE ON THE MEKONG. 


SPAN 75 YARDS. LOW WATER (SPRING) LEVEL. 
[To face pb. 49. 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1914 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 49 


proved very fertile of interesting and beautiful plants, many of which 
are probably new to Herbaria, and yet more of them to cultivation. 

Siku, Shi-ho, and Wen Hsien were the only three towns of south 
Kansu left untouched and unvisited by the White Wolf. All the 
early summer Siku sat in utter isolation, cut off from all intercourse 
with the ravaged outside world, and sufficiently occupied on its own 
account with repelling invasions from wild Tibetans, who seized 
the chance of the general anarchy to come up against it from the 
mountains a few miles west, which, though (like all this Border) called 
“China ” and ‘‘ Szechwan ”’ on maps, are in reality pure Tibet, owing 
allegiance only to uncontrolled Tibetan princelings, or to the august 
remoteness of Lhasa. In the intervals of repelling these alarms then, 
we were able to spend a happy six weeks exploring the fastnesses of 
Thundercrown and the great Ridge. Thundercrown runs up to some 
15,000 feet, and the Ridge is little more than a thousand feet lower. 
Though the conditions are alpine here, and every cloudless day for 
weeks in succession breeds a thunderstorm in the afternoon (hence 
the name Lei-Go-S’an—Thundercrown), yet the high alps feel the 
influence of the loess barrens far below, and the Ridge is dry for its 
altitude—much drier than corresponding elevations in the Satanee 
range to the south, or the main Min S’an to the north-west, towering 
as they do over cool woodlands and quite uncultivated alpine valleys- 
On the Siku ridge woodland and luxuriance are only found in the huge 
ravines that disembowel the flanks of the mountain, and finally 
debouch all together in the wide shingle-flat of dead rivers that sweepS 
down to Siku, where the lost waters of the range all come bubbling 
up again in springs like diamonds, amid the dappled shade of willow 
and poplar. 

On July 6 we left Siku, rode east some 20 miles down the Black- 
water, and then struck straight away north, up through the gorges 
of the South River (the Nan Ho), which here joins the Hei Shui Jang, 
cutting itself a way down through the last fading battlements of the 
Min S’an Ridge overhead. 

On July 10 we reached Minchow, on the northern side of the 
Min S’an barrier, in a country now quite changed—of vast and rolling 
green dish-covery grass downs, with a curious feeling of being in a 
saucer on the roof of the world. Whereas Siku, home of fig and palm 
and pomegranate and Persimmon, sits sunning itself at 4,500, Minchow 
stands 2,000 feet higher, in a cold, damper, and less kindly climate, 
where palm and pomegranate are strangers. So now we moved 
westwards, along the Tao River, up to the dilapidated little Tibetan 
city of Jé-ni, where for some time we fixed, exploring the foothills of 
the main Min S’an mass, which lies across the river, some 60 miles 
south, approachable only by long, open, wooded valleys, river-channels 
from the endless undulatory downs of lush hay above on either hand. 
Here the moist, chill summer is much the same as our own, but the 
winter, of course, is of a far more adamantine hardness. Loess still 


lingers on either side of the Tao, but is no longer in evidence in the 
VOL, XLII, E 


50 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


landscape, which is here, more especially in its upper reaches, of a 
quite special character, owing to grass growing only on the south side 
of the folded downs, and forest only on the northern, with a perfectly 
definite line of cleavage, diversifying the emerald sea of waves, from 
one aspect, with stripes and rims of darkness, while from another a 
dark world of forest alone appears. 

On August 21 I returned alone to Siku for the seed harvest 
while PurDoM worked in the Tibetan valleys-and highlands. He 
rejoined me at last on September 16, and after our headman had 
successfully returned from Wen Hsien with Primula and Pleione, we 
all adventured back again over the hills to Gahoba and Satanee, 
pleasantly and placidly exploring the Satanee Alps till at last the 
alpine winter came crashing finally down on October 18, and the 
snow-fall drove us back again to sunny, torrid Siku, the change being 
equivalent to that of Torbole or Garda from the Stelvio. From 
Siku we made our final ascent of Thundercrown in quest of Delpbhinium 
tanguticum, and then PurDom hurried north again for odd jobs in 
the Tibetan Alps, while I remained to finish a few final collections 
at Siku. On October 30 I also bade a last sad farewell to this delicious 
little corner of sunshine, and rode northward to join PurDom at a 
small village nearly opposite Jé-ni, whence on November 13, the 
country and the green hills being now all gone brown and sere and 
dead in winter, we all moved up northward over Lotus Mountain 
towards Lanchow, there to spend the dead months, after a well- 
rounded season, in which, after all its storms and stresses, there have 
been only two downright failures to regret—Iv1s Henryt and Farreria 
sp., neither of which was it possible to attempt. 

The following list is intended to give notice of all the plants of 
which seed has been sent home and distributed. It will include a 
few specially interesting subjects which have not been sent, as well 
as some others which, though sent, have not yet been distributed. 
It is my intention, of course, that all such should in time be shared 
in due proportion ; I had originally hoped that this could have been 
done immediately with all things collected. However, I now find 
that matters often are not so simple as they seem in England. For 
one thing, seed-collecting is an exceedingly gambling game, and often 
a week’s hard journey will only yield you perhaps half a dozen seeds 
of some quite common treasure, by the hazard of men or beasts or 
weather-gods scattered already or destroyed. In such cases it is 
obviously best that one practised raiser should deal with these two 
or three priceless vegetable diamonds, and then in due course dis- 
tribute their propagated offspring. Otherwise my friends might 
each have to receive a fraction of a seed! There are other cases in 
which I am so far reluctant to send out shares of my harvest. For 
in that harvest are bound to be stray, odd, or uncertain things, such 
as I do not wish to burden people with, until myself reassured as to 
their value and distinctness. In especial, late autumn is a season 
for grabbing all one sees ; in such a gleaning there are bound to be 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1914 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 51 


dulnesses, repetitions, and obscurities—to say nothing of the mis- 
cellaneous collections made by one’s retainers, and ultimately un- 
decipherable. Now Chinese collecting has suffered in the past from 
an over-catholicity which flooded the grounds of the enthusiastic 
with weeds so dowdy and invasive that their luckless victims soon 
ceased to be enthusiastic at all. This indiscriminate zeal I am anxious 
to avoid; and therefore, in the case of a plant suspected to be worth- 
less or indistinct, I prefer to pause awhile until it has justified its 
importation, before helping it claim a general welcome that it may 
not prove to deserve. With regard to things that I know to be good, 
these, whenever possible, have been at once issued; in the cases 
where this has not been possible, they will duly be issued as soon as 
the quantity is sufficient. 

_ As I have said, the main mass of uncertain or indistinct plants 
results from late autumn collecting, when no adequate diagnosis can 
be made. The bulk of numbers after F 280 are of this nature ; andas 
I cannot guarantee their bearers I cannot, obviously, describe them 
fully. I recommend, moreover, that even such names as I can give 
should be accepted as makeshifts, not as final certainties. Without 
a whole library to assist examination, it is not always possible to be 
scientifically certain that even apparent Kerria japonica or Meconopsis 
quintuplinervia may not be in reality different species, however over- 
whelming the probability that they are not. Where I believe a name 
to be sound, I shall duly give it, but without dogmatic insistence 
on its validity. Generics, as a rule, are pretty safe, when given ; 
specifics I only venture on with the above caution, and where I give 
names of my own to certain finds (e.g. in Ivis and Primula) such names, 
I need hardly say, imply no sort of claim for specific rank in their 
bearers, but are merely labels of convenience applied to certain 
specialities so charming that I should feel it frigid to think of them 
only as numbers. Professor BALFOUR* meanwhile will, I hope ere 
this, have received specimens of all my last finds, and to him may 
safely be left the task of unravelling their uncertainties, and separating 
the white sheep of new species from the goats of old ones already 
collected by PoTANIN. I give here no diagnosis of even such treasures 
as I believe to be genuine novelties ; the aim of these notes is merely 
to offer my friends, now that the season is done, a convenient and 
compendious running account of what they may expect from its 
results, with cultural suggestions, and such other hints as may occur. 
Much already has been said on all these matters, in occasional articles 
in the Gardeners’ Chronicle; I hope a certain amount of inevitable 
repetition may be found pardonable, in view of the great advantage 
that a connected account must always have over disjointed fragments 
of journalism, or occasional MS. notes accompanying each lot of seeds 


* Since this paragraph was written (in January 1915) Professor BALrour, 
with his usual untiring kindness, has completely revised the list of names and 
species, which now, therefore, has the authority and value that it necessarily 
lacked when I wrote. 


E 2 


52 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


as it was despatched. It may occasionally happen, too, that I may 
include as distributed a plant or seed which my friends will find they 
have not yet received. This will merely mean that the tubers or the 
seed-envelopes have arrived in such a state that my manager has 
found it impossible to send out the rotted tuber, or imprudent to 
distribute seed which may have leaked out and got mixed with that 
of other plants beyond present possibility of sifting or deciphering. 

As for such cultural hints as I give, these, of course, are purely 
conjectural, and based on my local observations. The foregoing 
itinerary is meant to suggest the various climates of the districts I 
have this year explored, and the stations given for various plants 
will serve to identify each with its own conditions. Generally 
speaking, these northerly ranges should give no such legacy of tender- 
ness as is bequeathed by the warm, wet atmospheres of Yunnan and 
Szechwan that have bred us so many disappointments. The Satanee 
range has a climate close akin to our own north country conditions, 
with a very hard winter. Yet harder is the winter and damper the 
conditions in the vast grass-lands of the Min S’an Alps. Between the 
two lies the hot loess region of Siku, and it is from there alone that 
we may expect its plants to want favouring circumstances of drought, 
heat, sunshine, and a hard, stony soil. The Thundercrown Ridge, 
however, with its daily shower, stands far above the circumstances 
of the hot loess at its feet ; and its children will take the culture of 
the general high-alpine flora of the Min S’an, to which indeed they 
belong, though cut off from their kindred upon a remote and insulated 
mass of limestone. And this last word reminds me of a last caution. 

For whatever the information may be worth, both the Min S’an and 
the Satanee ranges are essentially calcareous, so that, except where 
a special caution is entered, it may be taken that all the following 
plants are calcicole in Nature. 


Mr. FARRER’S 1914 JOURNEY. 


e 
Ning Yuan 


« 
4 
\ 4 "hy 
Ves 'y 
a hi KGatone® AW" tea 
ue 
ay | Be FJ 
/ SH? 
% x A 
yee ey 
Shs, 
AWS an we 
Soa Ls 
é NS ities Chow 
al z 
2. N 
& eo 
Sketch Map of A uc Soe 
J ty 
{914 Journey rr * 
: ( 
fee a , 
fo 0! 43 


Fic. 18.—SKETCH MAP OF THE KANSU-TIBET BORDER, SHOWING ROUGHLY 


THE DISTRICT EXPLORED, THE MAIN ROUTE BEING MARKED BY LINES 
AND CROSSES. 


(To face ~. 52. 


o 


=a 


ee 


COLLECTIONS OF 1orq. 53 


COLLECTIONS OF 1ro14. 


Abelia biflora (F 101).*—A pretty slight shrubling with pinky tubes 
of blossom, only seen in the subalpine coppice above M6-Ping, 
and not generally distributed yet, as the seed was of untrust- 
worthy quality, and Abelias are so notoriously troublesome 
about germination. 

Acanthopanax quinquefolia (F 394) and A. ¢rifolia (F 395), two 
handsome, thorny-stemmed, Virginia-creeper-leaved Aralias, of 
some 6-8 feet, live in the subalpine coppice of the Satanee range. 
The former is the handsomer, with five folioles and very noble 
glistering dome-clusters of black berries. The latter is not quite 
so tall, as a rule, with only three folioles and poorer clusters of 
fruit. F 394 really makes a superb effect of glossy black amid 
the dying coppice in October, so exactly like the dying coppice 
of an English pheasant-drive on some sad and silent day of 
autumn, filled with the quiet haunting smell of the year’s decay. 

Acer sp. (F 349).—A gloriously-coloured small straggling tree with 
five-lobed leaves, met on the very crest of the M6-Ping pass 
over the intervening ridge between the Satanee River and the 
Blackwater, at some 10,000 feet. 

Acer sp. (F 348).—A smaller tree of larger leaf and lobing, about 
12 feet high, neat and rounded, and of gorgeous scarlet. Foothills 
of the Satanee Alps. 

Acer sp. (F 351).—Seed collected from a cut-back bush of Io feet ; 
will probably be a tree of 18-20 feet. Large and almost entire 
foliage of richly suffused amber-vermilion. Same region as 
the last. 

Actinidia? sp. (F 351).—A very rank and voluminous frightful 
ramper from subalpine coppice and hedgerows, which redeems 
itself a little in autumn with profuse clusters of golden berries 
that open to reveal transparent scarlet pulp. (? Celastrus 
articulatus.) 

Adenophora.—These beautiful Campanulas take the place of their 
august cousins in the alpine grass-lands of Tibet, having all, 
more or less, the habit of Campanula rhomboidalis, though with 
longer and stiffer displays of bells. One common species has 
showers of poor little, almost globular flowers, with far-protruding 
style ; a second is an improvement, leading on to F 235 (?° A. 
Potaninit), a really lovely thing which should be of the easiest 


* The number in parentheses, e:g. (F 74), is that under which the plant was 
collected, and sent home by Mr. Farrer. 


34 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


cultivation in any healthy, open place. It has crisped, deeply 
dentate, incanescent foliage, and noble branching panicles of 
big blue bells, far better furnished and more elegant than in 
C. rhomboidalis. It abounds in the grass-lands of the Tao-River 
district, colouring the hillsides in August. F 354 is very 
similar, but appears shorter and stiffer in the spike. It hails 
from a different district, from the alpine herbage in the valley 
opposite to Satanee, and I have not seen it in flower. Finally, 
F 492 will probably not yet be distributed, as I think it may 
prove identical with F 235, being from the same region, a pinch 
of winter seed collected from the dried capsules on the crest of 
Monk Mountain. 


Allium.—In no race are the Alps of Kansu and Tibet more prolific. 


Of the commoner and cruder sorts I have taken little note, and, 
even among such as I have considered beautiful, the seed may 
sometimes yield confusion. F 165 is a narrow-leaved species 
with spraying heads of pink stars on stems of about 5 inches in 
high summer. It abounds in South Kansu, and in the sub- 
alpine turf above Siku, though it is possible that two Species are 
concealed under one number here. Still more possible is it 
that even more species may be concealed under F 222, the 
most important of the lot. 


Allium cyaneum macrostemon.—l greatly suspect that this name 


embraces several of the lovely bluebell-blue Garlics that so abound 
all over the Alps of South Kansu and Tibet, dotted freely in the 
hot alpine herbage (with close heads of colour), or forming mats on 
the ledges of cool limestone cliffs (with spraying heads of celestial 
stars), but always and everywhere, even on the highest ridges to 
which they ascend, objects.of greatest charm and elegance and 
delight in August. It should not be easy to fail at home with 
A. cyaneum, already introduced by POTANIN through Petrograd, 
but never yet fully realized in English gardens. F 258 occurs 
rather higher than typical A. cyaneum, in the alpine turf of 
the Min S’an. It is not a match for its blue rival, being a Garlic 
of 5 or 6 inches, with a tight round head of yellow blossoms in 
July and August. F 304 is not yet capable of distribution ; 


a bulb or two were sent home, but this pretty thing blooms so — 


late in October that I was not able to get more than two or three 
doubtfully ripe seeds. It is a delightful little species, making a 
pair to the cliff-haunting form of A. cyaneum ; for it grows only 
on cool shady ledges of the limestone, where it forms mats, and 
sends up numbers of 3- or 4-inch stems, each carrying a loose, 
radiant head of a few soft pink stars. This is found about Siku, 


and about Siku too, the last, and perhaps the best, of this year’s. 


Garlics. F 305 is a high-alpine, only seen at some 12,000—-12,500 
feet, growing in the upper slopes of the great limestone screes on 
Thundercrown, in very hard caky loam, overlaid with small 
chips. It may prove only a development of A. cyaneum [but 


COLLECTIONS OF 1or4. 55 


I am now (1916) quite resolved that it is a distinct species]. It 
grows in tight little colonies, has long, reddish, deep-set bulbs, and 
rather nodding heads of the loveliest Puschkinia-blue blossoms 
on stems of 4 inches in mid-August, of colour much paler and 
softer than in any form of A. cyaneum (unless it was a frost which 
had bitten them into that beauteous pallor). And the last of our 
blue Garlics is A. Purdomit, F 321—a most dainty little grassy 
thing of 4 inches, the whole tuft breaking into a shower of rather 
dark-blue heads. This was collected by PurRpDom from shallow 
shelves of soil in the limestone rocks of Lotus Mountain ; blooming 
in August-September no seed could be got, but its discoverer, 
ascending the mountain in the snows of February, hacked out 
three or four tufts from 3 feet of ice, so that it cannot be as yet 
distributed. 

Amphiraphis albescens (F 146).—This well-known thing, which I 
consider rather ugly, I have only sent for fear its friends might 
otherwise complain of its omission. It is very general in the 
limestone river-shingles of South Kansu and Tibet, at subalpine 
elevations. 3 

Antennaria sp.—A universal moorland wayside weed all over Kansu, 
with umbels of white everlastings on 8-inch stems, only really 
silvery and attractive when the seed-fluffs are gone, leaving the 
naked receptacle a glistering flat star. I feel it too much a 
rubbish to be yet distributed. 

Androsace longifolia (F 94).—I give this wonderful plant a very 
exalted rank among my possibilities of this last year. In appear- 

ance the most delicate and glorious of high-alpines, it is so far 
from being alpine at all that it is only found at low elevations in 
the loess district, affecting particularly steep and torrid banks 
of iron-hard loam, or loamy shingle, where it forms wide carpets 
of splayed-out dark-green rosettes, snowed under in early May 
with a profusion of stemless big white flowers that give it the 
look of an albino A. alpina glorified beyond recognition. It is 
always found by itself, on cliffs and scarps and banks uninhabit- 
able to most other plants, and it never ascends much above 6,000 
feet, luxuriating on the burning slopes about the Blackwater 
round Siku at 4,500. A. longifolia gave hope, in fact, of being 
a high-alpine-looking Androsace of the very best, but easily 
attainable by any sunny garden that can give it a hard, hot, 
and stony slope. It is of extraordinary beauty, and though 
technically a Chamaejasme, because it sometimes has two flowers 
or more to its microscopic stems, usually has much more the 
effect of an Aretia, specially lavish in its carpets of flat snow. 
[Alas, it is not easy, seeming to be as exacting in the way of hot, 
dry treatment as its kindred are in the way of alpine (1916).] 

Androsace mucronifolia (F 319) returns to the tradition of the 
family, and is a very-high-alpine, never found except in the last 
fine turf on the crests and ridges at 13,000-14,000 feet, along the 


56 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Min S’an. Here it makes fine clumpy masses of wee rosette- 
balls, from almost every one of which in August springs a half- 
inch scape unfolding a domed round head of some three to four 
milk-white flowers with a golden eye, piling each mound of 
rosettes with snow, and showing the wild sheep of Tibet exactly 
how hawthorn smells in England. Now that A. longifolia has 
preferred so successful a claim to queen it in gardens over all 
the Aretias, a place is left vacant for A. mucronifolia to take 
sovereignty over all the villosa-Chamaejasme group. For indeed 
it is a supreme loveliness, wholly different in effect from the 
last. It bloomed unfortunately too late for seed to be got, anda 
pinch of last year’s germs collected on Thundercrown in June 
were too untrustworthy and few to be distributed ; our hopes 
at present rest on dormant masses sent home in the winter. 

Androsace tibetica (F 246).—This only doubtfully occurred to me 
in the Siku district, but becomes abundant as soon as you get 
north, and up the valley of the Tao River—a lowland species 
like A. longifolia, never ascending but delighting to grow on 
the precipitous lip of loam-banks along the waysides. It is 
always happy, but does not affect shady aspects, while in the 
sunny ones that it prefers it likes best to flop in a cushion from 
the overhanging loam-cliff, while above it sprout forth a few 
fine sprays of Aster or Artemisia that keep off the full fury of 
the sun. I was too late to see it in flower, but it appears to 
vary between white and pink by all accounts (possibly containing 
two forms or species). From its clumpy, hearty habit of pointed- 
leaved rosettelets, and their generous profusion of well-furnished 
3-inch scapes, as glorious a future in gardens might be foretold 
for A. tibetica as for A. longifolia, from exactly the same ordinary 
and commonplace conditions (and so far suggesting a flattened- 
out mass of A. tbetica as almost to justify its ancient name of 
A. sempervivoides tibetica exscapa). Figured English specimens 
seem to me to give no idea of the real beauty and elegance 
of A. tbetica—at least it was long before I could believe that 
they represented the same species, as I saw it abounding in 
Ig14, neat and graceful in habit, and presumably brilliant as its 
cousins in flower [and in 1915 over all the flat lowland lawns of 
the Da-Tung Alps]. | 

Androsace sp. (F 328).—May be only a form of the last (A ébetica). 
It was found growing beneath the cliff of F 143, in a huge 
coppiced slope of lime and gravel and limestone débris. It has 
all the habit and inflorescence (apparently) of A. tbetica, but 
as I never saw its flower I cannot say more, and, as Ionly got 
some three seeds, all I should say would as yet be unprofitable. 

Androsace Chamaejasme (F 142).—A tiny high-alpine form, from 
the topmost grassy ridges along the Min S’an. It is a thing 
so fragile and microscopic that neither plants nor seeds have 
been collected. It isa very old friend. 


COLLECTIONS OF trorgq. 57 


Androsace sp. (F 143).—This is a puzzling problem. Only two 
specimens have I ever seen, growing, the one on a quite, the 
other on a nearly impregnable cliff, high up in a sunny aspect of 
the biggest gorge behind Siku. Here they seemed to be running 
about in dust-dry soil, held together by springy mats of a dried- 
up Selaginella. They suggested small, poor, white-flowered 
Sarmentosas, but really have a more ébetica-habit, but with 
looser masses of larger, more oval-leaved, incanescent, irregular 
rosettes, from which sprang scapes of 4 inches or so, with lax 
heads of white in June. I succeeded at last in securing seven 
seeds, which may perhaps some day help us all to know whether 
this is a distinct Androsace, or merely A. tibetica magnified 
and relaxed by its conditions—which, however, were almost 
precisely those of A. tibetica-type further north, while at its 
feet, in the shingle-slope, another Androsace was growing that 
almost exactly copied A. tibetica—if, indeed, it was anything 
else (F 328). 

Androsace Tapete (F 128).—Has not yet been collected, as it so 
exactly mimics A. helvetica that no one would be thankful for 
yet another wool-dowered miff of the Aretia group. A. Tapete, 
however, grows into far larger masses than A. helvetica, and is 
so closely clad in silver grey as almost to have the argent hoar of 
A. Murtella. It is universal in the high limestones above 12,000 
feet, hugging the sheer precipices and flawed rock-walls exactly 
after the style of A. helvetica. 

Anemone narcissiflora (F g1).—This is a most magnificent Anemone, 
but perhaps a mere development of A. narcissiflora. It is, how 
ever, a far grander plant, forming many-yard-wide masses on the 
open ledges of the bare limestone cliffs at 9,000-11,000 feet, always 
out of reach, and often impregnable. Here, amid colonies of 
soft leaves, it emits 8 inch stems, carrying sometimes only one 
flower (in this case as large as in A. sylvestvis), but usually three 
or four. These are of a clear snow-white, shining from afar like 
arrested flakes of snow, all up and down the enormous precipices 
of Thundercrown. It is, as I say, no joke to get at, and it seems 
to have an eccentric way of dropping its carpels green ; in any 
case, despite many efforts, the store of its seed has not proved 
large enough yet to be freely distributed. F g1 I have only 
noted on Thundercrown ; it is purely (and very oddly, for its size 
and lush, soft habit) a high-alpine of the exposed cliffs, ascending 
in wizen form to the topmost crests, but never coming lower than 
some 8,500 feet. Its full glory is from the end of May to the end 
of June. 

Anemone japonica var. (F 436).—It is a fashion nowadays to give 
specific names (such as hupehensis, moupinensis, &c.) to all these 
local developments of universal A. japonica. For the typical 
form of Kansu-Tibet I will as yet make no such claim. It is 
a tall-growing and very luxuriant plant, with a profuse display 


58 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


of rather fat-faced flowers of pale pink, abounding in all hard, 
hot, and stony places at low elevations throughout South Kansu 
and up the Tibetan border. It loves river-shingles and sun- 
baked stony fields, but never affects the woodland. 

Anemone sp. (F 481).—This is sent on the chance of its being a 
Narcissiflora-Anemone which was seen in abundance, just emerging 
on the southern face of Chago-ling on May 6, in the alpine turf 
of the pass, near its crest. This seed was collected from specimens 
of evidently kindred blood, in similar situations high up in the 
Alps of the Min S’an; the only lingering flower, however, in 
August, looked poor and ugly. But this may merely have been 
that it had hung on for so long, declining to drop. 

Aquilegia sp. (F 280).—Quite different from A. ecalcarata as we 
grow it from Japanese seed, this should be no other species. 
It abounds in the subalpine river-shingles and coppice of the 
Kansu-Tibet mountain regions—a dim little quaint dangler of 
rarest and most elfin charm, with showers of small plum-coloured 
Columbines in June. 

Artsaema.—Of these great Aroids, two abound in the rich or stony 
woodland places of the Siku-Satanee Alps. F 283 has three big 
leaflets, and makes an impressive sight in deep and sheltered 
woodland places, while F 420 has a more elaborate leaf-frill, and 
the spathe of scarlet fruit is dazzling in the October woodland. 
Neither, of course, is really choice or specially attractive, but 
impressive in the right place. : 

Aruncus sp. (F 386).—This is a superb thing, precisely replacing 
Spiraea Aruncus in the alpine copse-fringes, dingles, and hedge- 
rows in the Satanee Alps. It is, however, of much slenderer 
growth, developing only two or three stems from the crown, and 
the blossom panicles, opulent and arching, leave all efforts of 
S. Aruncus far behind, attaining often to a generous yard in 
length and even more. 

Asparagus.—There is a little thorny, starry mass from the hot, dry 
hills about Siku &c.; and there is another, like small sprigs of 
A. officinalis stuck into the ground. Only the former can as 
yet be distributed, and neither is important; the latter I only 
once saw, understudding the scant coppice on the rough banks 
above the South River (the Nan Ho). 

ster kansuensis (F 131).—A small single-flowered high-alpine Aster, 
which runs happily about in the topmost screes of Thundercrown, 
with stems of 2-3 inches and gold-eyed purple daisies. The 
first lot sent under this number covers the far more beautiful and 
important F 226—a treasure of the same habits and tastes, 
but with much larger blossoms, occurring on the highest shingle- 
crests of the main Min S’an. 

Aster oreophilus (F 156) occurs on level and very stony lawns of 
scant turf just above Siku, in the débouchure of the gorges 
(and ascending to about 8,000 feet in crevices of hot rock-slopes). 


COLLECTIONS OF to14. 59 


It forms carpets of smooth-looking, almost glaucous foliage in 
rosettes, from which spring 6-inch stems in June, carrying a 
scattered flight of some four to five large flowers of a very 
tender pale lavender, so faint as to be almost of a soft grey in 
effect, as the flowers sheet the distance. In the rock-garden it 
would make the most delightful association with Papaver 
rhaeticum across a hot moraine [but proves none too generally 
hardy yet (1915) ]. 

Aster limitaneus (F 173) exactly copies A. diplostephiotdes, but 
differs in having its 7—8-inch stems beset more liberally with 
quite narrow pointed leaflets inclining to expand at the base. 
The large marguerites of rich lavender unfold in July—August, 
and the upper grass-ridges of Tibet, imperialized in a rippling 
ocean of these glorious, golden-twinkling Asters, while among 
them flare the furious flopping scarlet flags of Meconopsis punicea, 
offer a sight that not even the Coi de Lautaret can easily efface. 
F 173 is general on the high grassy lands of the Tibetan 
border, between 8,500—11,000 feet, stuntifying into a very concise, 
neat, large-Astered form on the uppermost turfy summits, 

_ where it has a far-off look of A. alpinus on far-off hills. 

Aster Farrert sp.n. (F 174) is more local than the last ; I have seen it 
rarely in the Tibetan valley of Mirgo, here and there among the 
grass ; and very abundant in the alpine hay of the Bao-u-go Valley, 
at some 10,500 feet [and as universal in the lower Alps of the Da- 
Tung chain far up in the north (1915)], never seeming to ascend to 
the wind-ruffled heights of the great ridges above, where F 173 
is no less happy. It is a superb beauty, recalling A. Falconert 
in the profusion of its especially long and narrow rays of deeper 
violet-blue than in the broad-rayed lavender face of F 173. The 
leaves are rather long and narrow, too—soft, and rather pointed ; 
leaflets sit alternately up the stout 12-15-inch stem, and the whole 
plant is green and hairy. The single flower is enormous, with an 
eye of intense vermilion-orange, clouded round by a Saturn’s ring 
of chaffy fluff. Its fringy ragged grace is after a very different 
carelessly regal style of magnificence from the rather smug and 
fat-faced complacency of lovely F 173. 

Aster sp. (F 131), a sufficiently dear and dainty little alpine Aster, 
occupies the upper screes of Thundercrown, but further north- 
west, in the heart of the range, its place is taken by A. limitaneus 
F 226, a jewel pre-eminent among the best, with much larger 
golden-eyed purple Marguerites piercing everywhere on their 
3-inch stems, from the gaunt shingle-slopes of the upmost Min 
S’an. This little plant is hairier (especially at the base) with a grey 
pubescence, and the basal leaves in F 131 are usually more 
spathulate and clearly-stalked. None the less, and allowing for 
the floral supereminence of F 226, I fancy that they might both 
prove forms or developments of one species. Standing to each 
other as I once thought Primula No. 22, from the main range, did 


60 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


to Primula No. ro, an outlying type from the isolated and outlying 
mass of Thundercrown, which has also bred Aster kansuensts. 
[Note that seed distributed about the New Year under the No. 
F 131 in reality consists of, or includes, F 226—I at first having 
been sceptical as to the distinctness of the two spp. until I again 
compared the dried specimens, when the distinct and glorious 
supremacy of F 226 leapt clearly to view.] 


Aster Thunbergi (F 246).—We now move into the group of A. acris. 


All the warm bare loess banks, hedge-cliffs, and city embankments 
from Choni away down the South River Valley (not extending 
to Siku) are coloured in early July with this Aster, which forms 
a tight, neat, domed bush of many stiff and sturdy stems about 
a foot or 18 inches high and twice as much across, solid all over 
with domed heads of little lilac-lavender stars, making a rare 
effect of rich colour and concise, almost artificial tidiness. For 
hot dry slopes of the garden this charming pudding-bowl bushlet 
of blossom should have especial value. [Alas, it hardly seems 
hardy. I915.] 


Aster hispidus (F 200) abounds on the hottest, barest loess hills 


and stony, torrid slopes about Siku. It is woody at the base, 
intricate and very fine and wiry in leaf and habit, forming low, 
filmy, heath-like masses, beset with little lavender Asters of great 
charm in August and September. Whether F 200 includes 
two spp. or not I cannot be certain, as the plant’s true character 
is hard to decipher, owing to its always being so pitilessly cropped 
by goats on those Saharan hills. It is not, as thus seen, brilliant, 
but may prove much more so in goatless gardens, and anyhow, 
even at its most hard-bitten, has the fine and feathery charm 
of Felicia abyssinica. Seed has been collected from the best 
forms only. [It is clearly not hardy (1915).] 


Aster sp. (F 455).—Seems like a much glorified version of the last, 


from similar hot situations further down the Blackwater. It 
is probably nearer, however, to A. turbinellus, forming low, 
wiry, half-decumbent masses, with profusion of large and brilliant 
flowers in October, on very long, stiff pedicels. Seed from the 
finest forms only. 


Aster stkuensis sp. n. (F 456) replaces F 246 in the Siku district, 


blooming six weeks later, at the beginning of September, It is 
notably Galatelloid, with fewer stems than in F 246, forming ~ 
no bush, and set with broader foliage of glaucescent tore. The 
flower-heads are lax; the flowers comely and of a thick and 
chalky lavender. Its height is from 6 to 8 inches, and its beauty 
conspicuous and serene. Treatment &c. as for F 246. 


Aster sp. (F 458).—A rather weedy wayside Aster about Gahoba, 


whose very brilliant flowers, however, may look much better 
when the mass grows, under good cultivation, to a thick clump of 
soft greyish stems of 10-14 inches. I find some of these “ back- 
end ’’ Chinese Asters intensely puzzling ; each district seems to 


COLLECTIONS OF 10914, 61 


have its own form of what is, probably, one pervasive species. 
There is a straggling Michaelmas Daisy with the habit of a poor 
A. Thomson, from cool, damp groves and rill-sides about Siku, 
which may have affinities with F 458, as indeed may also 
F 455; though this is less likely, as the affinities of F 455 are 
rather with F 290. 


Chinese Asters of 1914 :— 


F F 
Alpine group ie ee Acris group tr oe 
Diplostephioid group = A Turbinelloid group | = ae 


Astilbe sp. (F 385) is possibly only A. Davidi. It was abundant in 
a small limit in the cool stony bottom of the great Siku gorge. 
The only flower-spike, however, that I saw opening (and a 
mutilated one at that) seemed to be of a pale, soft pink. F 384 
abounded in the alpine open turf above the Da-hai-go in the 
Satanee range, and is perhaps the same, though its habit seemed 
a trifle larger, and its spike (all I saw of it) longer and heavier. 

Atvagene sp. (F 315) (or Clematis sp.), a handsome blue-flowered 
slight trailer, occurring very rarely in the Minchow district, by 
me neither collected nor seen, and the seed so scant and imperfect 
as not to have seemed distributable when first sent. (Coll. W. 
PURDOM.) 

Bauhinia Fabert (F 134) lives on very hot rocky slopes about 
the Blackwater round about Siku. It is a low flopping shrub, 
with very pretty, graceful foliage, tiny white flowers (not at all 
papilionaceous-looking), and very large rusty-coloured pods in 
autumn. 

Berberts sp. (F 80).—A big bush of 8-10 feet, its stately boughs 
well set with close pendent tails of pale-yellow blossom, with 
the heavy scent of Lilium auratum, and a succession of scarlet 
berries in drooping racemes. Subalpine coppice about Satanee. 

Berberts sp. (F 355).—A small-growing plant, abundant in the open 
upper alpine turf of the Siku-Satanee ranges, where it forms a 
densely spinous jungle about 12-24 inches high, and every spray 
becomes in autumn a voluminous unbroken spout of pure blood- 
scarlet with its tight-bunched berries. It is a marvellous sight 
in fruit, and eminent as affecting the rather hotter, drier region 
of the Alps, about Siku. For open sun-baked downs it should 
make admirable covert. 

Berberis sp. (F 356) is the one Barberry of Jow and hot places. 
I know it only in the Siku district, occurring here and there in 
the torrid pebbly slopes and grilling little graveyards about the 
Blackwater. It is a gracious bush of small, holly-like foliage, 
about 5-6 feet high, each spray being bowed beneath a burden 
of close-clustered oval berries of luscious bloomy vernfilion, 
glowing like living lamps of colour. (? B. Potanint.) 


* 


62 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Berberis sp. (F 357) is near the last, and, being a late autumn 
find, en route, I cannot yet say more about it, especially as I 
myself have never seen it. (Coll. W. PuRDom.) 

Berberts sp. (F 358).—A rather gawky, angular, and mangy bush 
of 3-4 feet, occurring in the higher alpine coppice of Thunder- 
crown, with clustered oval berries. 

Berberis sp. (F 359).—Possibly a form of the last; from Yang-sa. 
(Coll. W. PuURDOM.) 

Berberis sp. (F 360).—A beautiful, elegant, and aspiring slight bush 
of 5-6 feet, with its tall élancé arches copiously set with ‘‘ dropping 
wells ’’ of blood and fire. From the alpine coppice ascending to 
Lotus Mountain. 

Berberis sp. (F 361).—Another alpine ugliness from Thundercrown, 
about 2-3 feet high, leggy and sparse and stiff, with paired fruits, 
and long pale thorns of a quite especial vindictiveness and venom, 

Betula Bhojpatira, if F 298 be B. Bhojpaitra indeed, is a most noble 
forest tree, rigidly confined to an 8,o00-9,000-feet limit in the cool 
alpine woods of the great mountain ranges, where it constitutes, 
in its clearly-marked zone, the chief of the timber. It is of 
stiff, gnarled habit, growing into a wide, dome-headed tree of 
30-40 feet, with the bark all ravelling away in tabs of dull 
diaphanous scarlet, till in spring its forests are a haze of lilac and 
rose before the young emerald of the foliage breaks, and never 
again loses its first, fine, careless rapture of spring green until 
the latest winds of autumn have swept it whirling. Yet, even 
so, this wonderful tree is almost more beautiful still in its wintry 
nakedness, when it is all a bloomy mist of lavender-blueness 
faintly shot with rose, making a unique effect of arrested fog 
amid the sombre columns of the spruces. B. Bhojpattva appears 
to insist on damp and cool air; on the desiccated ridge above 
Siku it lingers only here and there on the flanks of the gorges, 
but in all the big main ranges of E. Tibet it abounds, and its 
boughs provide the peasants with cartwheels, while its folios of 
torn red bark come in for water-buckets, hats, and butter- 
wrappings. It should be a superb acquisition for Northern 
England and Scotland, though perhaps too insistent on alpine 
coolness of conditions for the drier South. 


Betula sp. (F 333) is probably only B. alba. It is common in lower — 


alpine woods, not competing with B. Bhojpatira. There is also 
F 470, another kindred Birch, not yet differentiated. (Coll. 
Chinese headman.) 

Bosa hygrometrica (F 261) is very general throughout the hotter, lower 
loess region of South Kansu, haunting the cooler vertical faces of 
black primary rock (or hollows round the feet of boulders) all 
up the course of the Blackwater, always in a strictly horizontal 
position, and there making a precise copy of Jankaea Heldreichit 
in the flat and shaggy silver-haired rosette, until in July up spring 
a number of naked 4-inch scapes, each expanding into a loose 


ee eee ee ee ee ee 


COLLECTIONS OF tror4. 63 


flight of pendent little narrow Streptocarpus-flowers, of Strepto- 
carpus lavender, most beautifully contrasting with the shining 
silver rosette below. It is a thing of the greatest charm and 
daintiness, and ought to prove a treasure for our gardens in 
typical Ramondia-places and attitudes, in the cooler walls of 
the rock-garden, not exposed to excessive rain, and apparently 
preferring non-calcareous rock. There is a wee relation of this, 
not collected, with rare scapes of an inch from rosettes of an 
inch wide, which I have only once seen, forming enormous flat 
masses and curtains on certain cliffs just beyond Wen Hsien 
above the Whitewater, where it grows all curled and wizzled 
with the drought. 

Buddleva Farreri sp. nov. (F 44).—This is a luxuriant bush of 4-5 feet, 

confined to the very hottest and driest cliffs and walls and banks 

of the hot dry Blackwater region. In March unfold on the still 
naked stems, beset with white wool, great compound panicles of 
lilac, scented deliciously of raspberry ice, and making the bush like 

a glorified Veronica Hulkeana. Subsequently develops the lush 

and voluminous leafage of soft grey flannel, in shoots uprising 

on either side of the submerged seed-spikes. For long I despaired 
either of the plant’s seed or its powers of growing in England, 
so intensely arid and tropical are its inclinations. However, we 
fortunately remembered a strayed outlier, occurring, and seeming 
happy, beside the track above the Satanee river in cool and 
subalpine conditions; PuRDOM undertook the difficult and 
dangerous adventure, and seed was found to be lingering in the 
capsules. This specimen’s acquiescence in so strange a station 
gives me my sole but cherished ground for hoping it may prove 
amenable in England to conditions less roasting than its own. 

At Mortola it should be at home [and even with us much more 

thriving hitherto than I dared hope (1916)]. ‘ 

Buddleia alternifolta (F 100) has much less stringent views on drought. 
It is found occurring down the little tributary which joins the 
Blackwater at Naindzai, ranging sporadically up that district 
as far as Lodanee, and with a big outburst below Tan Ch’ang in 
the Nan Ho Valley ; it prefers steep dry banks and open warm 
places, where it grows like a fine-leaved and very graceful weeping 
willow, either as a bush or a small-trunked tree, until its pendulous 
sprays erupt all along into tight bunches of purple blossom at 
the end of May, so generous that the whole shrub turns into a 
soft and weeping cascade of colour. It ought to do well in 
England, but will probably take time before it shows the full 
elegance and profusion of its lovely character. 

Buddlera Purdomi sp. nov. (F 14) has not been collected. It haunts 
the hottest and steepest cliffs and banks down the Blackwater 
from Kiai Chow to Wen Hsien, not ascending to Siku. It isa 
hoary-grey-leaved little shrub, with wax-pink Verbenoid flowers 
in heads in early April. 


64 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Buddleia variabilis (F 424).—This is usually very poor in these 
parts, where it occupies the river-shingles in special profusion. 
However, about Kwanting, in the Nan Ho Valley, it seems to 
have longer spikes and smaller leaves and better colours than 
elsewhere. Accordingly, on the faint chance of such remaining 
constant, I have collected seed from the biggest-tailed bushes. 
Above Naindzai I saw one specimen which I believe to be a 
hybrid of B. variabilis X B. F 100. But B. variabilis does 
indeed earn its name, growing especially neat and small and 
dainty-leaved and brilliant in pure river silt (it would be well 
worth while to try to preserve such forms by similar cultiva- 
tion at home), and then developing in hedgerows &c. volumes 
of limp and flopping leafage, terminating in wretched drooping 
rat-tails of absurdly disproportionate, small, dull blossoms. In 
all this region it blooms in July—August. 

Callianthemum Farrert sp. nov. (F 73).—This, as collected in May from 
damp, cool ledges in the Satanee Alps, had low outspreading foliage, 
very glaucous and beautiful, with outlying stems of 2-3 inches, 
and very large flowers of a most melting China-blue, suggesting 
a discarnate Anemone blanda. The seed sent out under this 
number was collected from a plant of precisely similar habit, 
abounding in the earthier parts of the big limestone screes on 
Thundercrown ; I have none but a philosophic doubt that they 
should prove identical. Seed is very hard to get; the carpels 
fall while yet green, and you have to quest around each clump 
to detect the green nutlings.Jurking here and there in the chinks 
of the shingle; and then the catching them becomes an agitating 
business, for if not caught at the first pounce they dive deeper 
and deeper among the pebbles every moment, and are soon 
completely buried from view. So hard are these wee nuts, and 
so evident their purpose in dropping prematurely, in order that 
the husk may wilt and rot below ground, and give the nucleus 
full time to sprout, that in the artificial conditions of the garden 
it would be well, I think, cautiously to split open the nut and 
extract the kernel to be sown. 

Caryopterts sp. (F 350).—This is a speciality of the J6-ni district, 
extending down the Nan Ho Valley, but on all the hot bare 
open loess hills about J6-ni making clouds of azure haze in August, 
and even flaunting its blue films from the crumbling walls of 
the dilapidated little city itself. It is a most lovely thing, and, 
as J6-ni stands at 8,000 feet, should be very happy in dry aspects 
in England ; it is always a low flopping mass of some 15 inches 
high, and I can by no means believe it not to be quite distinct 
from C. Mastacanthus, 

Celtis sp. (F 335).—This, I think, is the most beautiful deciduous 
tree I know, when well developed, having the look of a great 
many-trunked, smooth, grey beech, with the bark minutely 
parqueted with cracks and tiny peelings that bring a note of 


COLLECTIONS OF ror4. 65 


russet into the bole’s silver. The foliage is that of a wee elm, 
borne in clouds of lacy filminess most exquisite to see, especially 
in the emerald freshness of spring or the clear amber of autumn. 
It is a well-known beauty in Oriental art, but I rather doubt its 
being wild in South-West Kansu, where I have only noticed it 
in warm grave-coppices, or about little temples or pleasure- 
houses beneath the sunny flanks of the hills, in places rather 
chosen-looking and deliberate. 

Celtis? sp. (F 317) may not be a Celts at all. It has the same 
smooth grey bole as the last, but is a smaller and very scantly 
branching tree, with bay-like foliage and little stalked fruits 
like myrtles. From the grave-coppice outside Kwanting ; not 
yet distributed. 

Cimicifuga sp. (F 445).—This superb thing lives luxuriant in 
the alp-meadows about Jé-ni, and far up into the Tibetan 
highlands, extending south-east to the Thundercrown gorges, 
where it is rare and poorer in the drier circumstances. The 
basal volume of foliage is ample, sumptuous, glossy and splendid ; 
from this arise in August the stately stems of 6—7 feet, deploying 
a great foaming spout of cream-white blossom in a broken panicle, 
suggesting Spiraea Aruncus on a quadrupled scale of glory. 
This will clearly repay the very richest conditions of cultivation 

in a moist but sunny spot. (Can it be C. racemosa ?) 

Clematis sp. (F 211) is a magnificent floppet from the upper reaches 
of the wooded alpine valleys opposite Jé-ni in Tibet, where it 
sprawls upon the bushes, and in August sends up in pairs, on 
very long pedicels, a profusion of enormous snow-white flowers 
of six amply rounded segments, and a general resemblance to 
some small Jackmanni hybrid. 

Clematis aethustfolia (F 301) is a rather uncommon occurrence on 
steep wayside banks of loess in the J6-ni district—a very frail, 
slight weakling of a foot or so, with a quantity of urceolate little 
straw-coloured flowers, so campanuloid in effect that one thinks 
at once of a yellow Campanula Bellardi growing in lax tangle. 

Clematis tangutica obtusiuscula (F 307, 342) unfurls a coil almost 
as long as its name over the river-shingles of all the streams 
about Jé-ni, ascending to about 10,000 feet on the fringes of 
the alpine coppice. In August it is all a dancing carillon of big, 
yellow bells like gay golden Fritillaries, succeeded in November 
by the most voluminous fluffs of soft silver that I know among 
these Clematids. 

Clematis nannophylla (F 321) belongs to the Siku district, and ceases 
north of Tan Ch’ang in the Nan Ho Valley (though reappearing 
far away up country on the downs below Lanchow). It loves very 
hot, steep, bare, and stony places of loess or shingle, over the torrid 

hills about the Blackwater and the Nan Ho. It makes a thick 
stiff-stemmed bush of curled parsley-like foliage, usually about 
18 inches high and 2 feet through, lavishly set in August with 
VOL, XLII, F 


66 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL: HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


a profusion of bright golden Maltese crosses with a darker eye, 
slightly pendulous, widely open, and of the most conspicuous 
charm. When well treated and not nibbled down, it can become 
a mass at least 4 feet through and about 2 feet high. 

Clematis sp. (F 343) is doubtfully distinct, and not distributed. 

Clematis sp. (F 344) 1s perhaps only C. montana, but a fine, large- 
flowered type from hedgerows and coppice in the Gahoba dis- 
trICt. 

Clematis sp. (F 345) is closely akin, if not thesame. Lotus Mountain. 
Not distributed. 

Clematis sp. (F 346) (Coll. W. Purpom), from Lotus Mountain, is 
doubtful and not distributed. 

Clematis sp. (F 347) is also not to be distributed. It is a hideous 
Vitalba thing, typical of so many sent out in recent years. Only 
under protest have I sent home even a little sample, while the 
equally numerous uglinesses near C. orentalis I have wholly 
refused to notice. 

Convolvulus tragacanthoides (F 99).—Such a very lovely little mound of 
silver-grey horns this is, starred in June with inset blossoms of 
the softest, hot, clear pink, perfectly cleanand pure. It is a dense 
hedgehog, usually of about 4 inches high and 8-10 across, but 
where safe from goats occasionally doubling its dimensions and 
developing quite a woody trunk. No Levantine could be lovelier ; 
it lives on the hottest, driest slopes of the hot, dry loess hills 
about the Blackwater, from Naindzai and all round Siku, up 
to Lodanee [and proves a most miserable moribund miff 
accordingly ]. 

Corydalis sp. (F 113).—This is one of the Chinese Corydalids 
much boomed of late years—a lush rank mass of blue adiantoid 
foliage, with tall spikes of pallid yellow flowers and a noxious 
stink. I cannot admire it; it especially affects the slag-dump- 
like avalanches of filth that here and there descend in cataracts 
of unpleasant slimy chaos from the hills about Siku. 

Corydalis curviflora (F 37) is general all up the Border, in beck-shingles 
and alpine turf and scrub-edges. It isa weakly, gracious thing 
of annual look, about 6 inches high, with scant fine leafage, and 
flower-spires of the most dazzling pure azure, occasionally varying 
to straw-colour. Unfortunately, seed of Corydalis is often hard 
to catch on the hop, and I have not yet succeeded in getting any 
of this beauty. 

Corydalis melanochlora Bat. (=C. Purdomt) (F 254) lives only in the 
topmost screes of the great mountains, huddling close with fat and 


lovely leafage of glaucous-blue, emerging from which unfold large 


heads of very large flowers of pure white, but lipped and helmed 
with sky-blue, and with a black eye. It smells most deliciously, 
too, of Lily of the Valley, and its tuffets of sky and snow make a 
wonderful effect as they dot those gaunt arétes of the Min S’an 
in August, amid the hovering velvet butterflies of Delbhinium tan- 


6a or 


ee 


COLLECTIONS OF 1914. 67 


guticum [and extending to the northern chain of the Da-Tung]. 
Seed was unluckily not procurable ; our hope depends on dormant 
tubers sent home in the winter, and erelong to be distributed, 
if all goes well. [Alas! they all died in due course. ] 

Corydalis sp. (F 418) is a version of F 113, living on the loess 
cliffs round Minchow, and differing for the better in having larger 
flowers of a clear decisive yellow. There is not yet enough seed 
to distribute, as almost all the pods were discharged by the time 
I got back to Minchow. (I take no count here of various other 
spp. seen—gawky dull weeds, lush and ephemeral, of no value 
except for the herbarium.) 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 111, 4024) lives in the cliffs about Siku and 
M6-Ping. It is perhaps C. Dielsiana (C. applanata)—a very 
graceful, applanate, sprayed, rounded-leaved shrub, with berries 
of bright opaque scarlet. 

Cotoneaster Dammeri var. radicans (F 148).—This is perhaps the most 
important of all. I have seen it only at one point, in the limestone 
bottom of the great Siku gorge where, growing and resting and re- 
rooting as it goes, in almost pure limestone silt, it ramps perfectly 
tight and flat along the floor, moulding each boulder in its embrace, 
and developing a carpet many yards across, of refulgently glossy 
and apparently evergreen rounded foliage, among which glows 
in September—October a richly scattered profusion of brilliant 
scarlet fruits like holly-berries peppered over a lucent ground- 
willow, with here and there the amber leaves of autumn enhancing 
the sombre gloss of the carpet’s green, and the flashing wealth 
of its bejewelment of berries. These were red and ripe on 
August 28; they were yet larger, redder, and more brilliant 
still at the latest back-end of October. It is certainly new to my 
experience, and should prove a prize of most special preciousness, 
whether for its own beauty, sheeting a slope, or as covert for 
Daffodil and Crocus. 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 4014) is a magnificent tall and rather gawky 
bush of 6-8 feet from the lower alpine coppice about Satanee. 
It looks close to C. bacillaris, but the foliage is not smooth, and 
the glossy ebony berries are looser in their cluster and more 
pendulous on their footstalks. 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 4015) is a rather smaller sal inferior form (?) 
from the pass above M6-Ping. 

- Cotoneaster sp. (F 4026) occurred to me once or twice in the Nan 
Ho Valley, and seemed to me to differ in being a smaller bush of 
much neater habit, with much smaller and more close-set leaves, 
and a much richer profusion of berries. The applanate sprays, 
however, though condensed, remain the same. 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 403) I saw only once—several bushes round 
about a farm on the ascent out of Gahoba towards Satanee. 
This stands near C. multiflora; it is a tall shrub or low tree, 


with long spreading branches abundantly set with lax clusters 
F2 


68 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


of very large and rather oval maroon berries on long pedicels, 
looking like a burden of small purple cherries along the graceful 
sprays in October. 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 404) has exactly the habit and foliage of 
C. congesta, but that the innumerable little fruits are black. It 
occurred on the coppiced pass above M6-Ping. 

Cotoneaster sp. (F 405a) is an obscure species collected by PuRDOoM 
about Chago, and pre-eminent in the remarkable size of its black 
oval fruit. It seemed a stiff and gawky bush of about 8 feet. 
(C. perpusilla abounds all over the lower Alps of Siku, but some- 
how I never arrived at getting any seed of it, it being so universal 
and profuse that one was always putting off collecting it till 
the “‘ next time ’”’ that never comes.) 

Crataegus crenulata (F 329) is a most brilliant addition to the group of 
Cotoneaster angustifolia-Franchett. It makes a very stiff, angular 
bush of 5-6 feet, in foliage and habit exactly recalling Hippophae 
rhamnoides, a resemblance heightened by the stark stiffness with 
which the spur-like thorny laterals stand off from the few main 
shoots. All along the sprays and all along the laterals are borne 
profuse, well-furnished, and well-spaced bunches of the most 
blazing vermilion fruits in late October, far surpassing any effort 
of C. angustifolia, and making a wonderful effect against the 
sombre gloss of the narrow, dark leaves. I first sighted this as 
one solitary stunted specimen above Ban S’an at a field-side 
on the last summit of the loess before one breasts the mass of 
Thundercrown ; but subsequently we came upon it at home at 
one point in the cooler yet still dryish region of the Nan Ho, 
where, between Kwanting and Tan Ch’ang, it rose here and 
there in spouts of scarlet amid the scant scrub that clothes the 
rather arid hills beside the river, just below the great level where 
the stream diffuses in a hundred channels. It was never seen 
again ; nor can I promise much for its flower, seeing that, on 
our summer traverses of the valley, the shrub completely eluded 
our notice. [It also abounds through central S. Kansu and far 
down into Szechwan (1915).] 

Crataegus sp. (F 396) is a hawthorn of stately habit, either a stalwart 
bush, or quite a good straggling tree, with gnarled bark. The 
oxyacanthoid foliage goes of a burning deep blood-crimson in 
autumn, amid which the deeper crimson of the berries is almost 
lost. These, however, hang on very late into the autumn, long 
after the foliage is gone and the tree left naked. It begins in 
the high copses above Mé-Ping, and abounds in fine form in the 
old sacred forest that overhangs Satanee. 

? Cremanthodium sp. (F 10) has pretty little kidney- shaped leaves, 
and single golden Senecio-stars on stems of 4—5 inches in March— 
April. It abounds in all cool and mossy places of the subalpine 
woodland throughout South Kansu, The seed, however, eluded 
our notice. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1or4. 69 


? Cremanthodium sp. (F 212) lives in cool, moist ledges under lime- 
stone cliffs (such as cry aloud for Soldanella) at great elevations 
in the Min S’an. Its glossy foliage is beautifully crenulate, and 
it carried several bell-shaped yellow flowers to a 6-inch stem 
(thereby making its name yet more doubtful) in August. 

? Cremanthodium sp. (F 239) is, I believe, merely the last, repeated 
under a new number—unless it be a different and divergent form 
with more flowers. This cannot yet be distributed. 

Cypripedium sp. (F 58 and 85).—This is the great Red Slipper of 
the subalpine slopes and copses all up the Border, peculiarly 
magnificent near Satanee, on loose soil of a coppice, burnt out 
some two seasons ago. These Slippers in the relationship of 
C. ventricosum-spectosum are still very obscure and tangled ; 
whether this be C. Franchett or C. fasciolatum, or neither, or 
both, I cannot yet pretend to discern. It is a plant of stout and 
leafy stem, from the upper foliage of which escapes the voluminous 
baggy blossom, densely lined in rose-crimson on a dead-white 
ground, and with a pouch of deeper flush. Striking as is this 
bloom, there is a Cypripedium, form or species, occurring rarely 
in the Siku gorges (where the common leafy stalwart does not 
appear), which yet surpasses it—a thing of smaller, shghter growth, 
with few leaves, and those near the base of the 8-inch stem, 
leaving free play to a long and rather woolly peduncle supporting 
an enormous bulge-bagged blossom of very much deeper colour, 
especially in the uniform maroon crimson of the inflated round 
lip (2? C. fasciolatum). This is represented only by specimens 
and a painting; of the others I have sent home pods to an 
Orchidist to raise. [IF 85 is C. tvbeticum.] 

Cypripedium luteum (F 138) is a most glorious plant, precisely, 
copying C. hirsutum (C. spectabile) in all points of stature, 
amplitude, and habit, but that the comely round flowers are 
ofa clear yellow, with a waxen sulphur lip. The segments are 
sometimes mottled with a few fleshy stains, the lip is freckled 
within, and the staminode in some forms, but not all, is, or goes, 
of a rich chocolate which gives Proud Margaret her especial 
look of well-fed intelligence. The Red Slippers haunt the scrub 
and copse edges up to about 8,000 feet, and there begins C. luteum, 
occasionally joining them, but beginning thus at the top of their 
distribution, and ascending for nearly 1,000 feet higher. We 
saw it in bud amid the overblown Red Slippers opposite Satanee 
in the end of May, and peasants, seeing us pick the red ones 
(which are powerful magic), told us also of the yellow ; in the Siku 
gorges the plant occurs handsomely, and PurDoM has a record 
of it from a wood beyond Minchow. It grows behind Siku in 
sudden outbursts, here a great patch or an abundant colony, 
and then no more. Usually it likes a half-shady slope, in and 
out among scant scrub on the edge of a glade; but I have seen 
it magnificent in shallow moss and mould on the top of a boulder 


70 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


in dense fir-tree shade, while one of the finest and yellowest 
drifts of all was growing in hard fibrous loam among coarse turf 
in fullest sun; and in the loose burnt humus opposite Satanee 
it was trying to rival C. californicum in stature. From all this 
it should result that Proud Margaret should easily, in any fair 
conditions, impart an ample share of pride to her possessor, so 
long as he remembers that, for all her resemblance in style to 
C. hirsutum, she is not a bog-plant like the Queen-Slipper, but 
a haunter of light woodland fringes in the cool, well-watered 
alps of China. Dormant crowns of this have been copiously 
sent, and I hope the Sleeping Beauty will erelong satisfactorily 
awake. [She never did, but rotted en route. | 

Cypripedium Bardolphianum sp. nov. (F 139) has not been sent. It 
is a wee running thing, with pairs of leaves, and stems about 
2 inches high, and green-segmented half-open tiny flowers, with a 
lip of brilliant, waxy gold, whelked and warted and bubukled like 
Bardolph’s nose. It careers about occasionally in mossy grass in 
opener places of the mountain woodland, in such close associa- 
tion with C./utewm as often to run in and out among its stems. 
It has not only the exotic look of a wee Catasetum, but a Cata- 
setum’s heavy and cloying exotic scent of aromatics. I noted 
it only once, in the Siku gorges. 

Cypripedium Farrer sp. nov. (F 155) carries us far away, towards the 
section of C. Calceolus. This is a delicate grower, sending up not 
more than two stems from a scantly-fibred root-stock. These 
stems are about 6 inches high, set with only two or perhaps 
three leaves, and carrying each a solitary large flower, with 
the greenish segments pointed and tweaked and twirled as in 
C. Calceolus, and broadly banded with dull maroon. The lip 
is the especial beauty ; it is of dense waxy gloss, and very soft 
buttery cream-colour, through which dimly show the internal 
stripes of maroon ; it is suddenly and strongly pulled in at the 
mouth, and then frills out into a series of brilliantly gleaming 
sharp little vandykes. To crown the attractions of this meek but 
subtle charmer, Cypripedium ‘Sweetlips’ exhales the most intoxi- 
cating and far-reaching fragrance of Lily of the Valley. This, I 
think, is a rare thing ; I have seen it only at one or two points 
high up in the Siku gorges—always growing in the coldest, dankest, 
moistest sides of the moist dark cafions, loving a fine, cool, silty 
mould amid scant herbage, at the foot of enormous sunless lime- 
stone precipices. (It seems especially to love the base of a cool, 
shady, moist limestone rock.) Despite its rarity, crowns have 
duly been sent home, though only their ultimate condition can 
decide whether their quantity be sufficient yet for sien 
distribution. [They shared the fate of C. luteum.] 

Daphne sp. (F 11) (? D. tangutica)—This is abundant all over 
South-West Kansu, from Shi-ho away to Siku, in the lowest 
alpine zone, amid very light scrub, and usually preferring a 


COLLECTIONS OF rors. aI 


slightly shaded cool aspect in soil that may be yellow loam, or 
mould, or turfy peat, or limestone detritus. It ascends to some 
7,500-8,000 feet on the moorland ridges above Gahoba, and above 
Siku is as finely developed among the calcareous débris at the 
débouchure of the gorges as is D. alpina among that about the 
Lago di Loppio. It forms a neat, rounded, low bush, about 
15-24 inches high and rather more across, with the foliage and 
after the style of a small D. indica; and the masses of lilac-pale 
blossom appear in April, filling the air with fragrance, especially 
(as it seemed to me) in the later afternoon, and followed at the end 
of June by a brilliant clustered show of glowing vermilion fruits. 

Daphne sp. (F 271).—This does not grow, like the last, among scrub, 
but all by itself, dotted here and there, in tiny sturdy blots of 
darkness, upon the huge grass-slopes of Tibet. Very small and 
slow of habit, very stiff and dark in foliage, that is all that 
can at present be said of it, the flower not having been as yet 
recorded. 

Daphne sp. (F 378) lives in grassy open places like the last, on the 
hills north-east of Minchow. The last is possibly not distinct, 
but this one we know to have a noble display of fairly sweet 
blossom so densely borne on the shoots that the whole growth 
becomes a solid ball of lilac-pink in May—June, and at other times 
is a perfectly dense dome of very dark leathern foliage, to end 
up with a glowing display of scarlet berries. Coll. W. PuRDom. 
This should be a remarkable treasure ; like all the others, it is 
calcicole. 

Delphinium sp. (F 253).—Referring to ‘‘ The English Rock-Garden,”’ I 
find that D. tanguticum stands closely related to D. caucasicum ; 
and, from the similarity of their styles and sites, I therefore have 
to conclude that F 253 is D. tanguticum and no other. It isa 
noble beauty, confined to the limestone and shalestone screes 
along the upmost gaunt arétes in the Min S’an, extending down 
to Thundercrown. Through the shingle it threads and spreads, 
and over all the grim slope hovers in August a flight, as it seems, 
of enormous violet-purple butterflies, flitting close over the stones, 
with wide-fluttering silken wings, and a black eye, and a body 
furred with white and gold. These single-flowered 2-inch scree 
Delphiniums are none of them known as yet in cultivation; they 
make an absolutely new tradition of beauty in their race, and 
should be at home perennially in the moraine. Of the larger 
species, so abundant up and down the border, I will not here 
speak ; none, I think, offer any really valuable contribution to 
the garden. F 243, however, of which one rather doubtful pad 
was secured on Thundercrown, is another high-alpine species 
of the screes, with some two to three flowers on a low squatting 
stem among the foliage, and, though large, of a rather indeter- 
minate lilac-purple, with a rather dulling downiness of pubescence 
on their parts. 


42, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Deutzia sp. (F 109).—Abounds about M6-Ping, where all the 
coppiced slopes are a surf of snow at the end of May. It extends, 
too, up into the gorges of Thundercrown, and isa slight, graceful 
bush of 4-6 feet, bent down beneath its burden of large and 
brilliantly pure-white flowers. 

Dianthus.—This race is very ill-represented in the Tibetan Alps. 
D. squarrosus, or a species closely akin to it (F 389), abounds 
in the upper grass-lands, while on Lotus Mountain, low down, 
occurs a small red-flowered cluster-head (F 352). Neither is 
yet worth distributing. 

Dicranostigma Francheanum (F 1) is a Great Celandine, abounding 
on precipitous field-banks and walls of the loess right away from 
Honan to the Tibetan border. It makes a very handsome basal 
rosette of richly glaucous-lobed foliage, like a blue Ceterach, from 
which arises a profusion of stems in April, showering forth golden- 
yellow poppies over a long period, in sprays of some 8-12 inches 
high [but not of any trustworthy permanence]. 

Diospyros sp. (F 425).—Not distributed; the lesser Persimmon—a 
graceful voluminous tree, like a gigantic Bay, beset with innu- 
merable little fruits of a warm umber, like stewed Mirabelles. 

Dipelta floribunda (F 18).—This very lovely and graceful shrub 
begins to occur some two to three days south of Shi-ho, and 
thence abounds magnificently westward in all the lower alpine 
coppice of the Chago-ling extremity of the range, not extend- 
ing further into the main mass of the chain about Satanee, 
and dying finally away northward on the Mé-Ping slope of the 
Gahoba Pass between the two great alpine chains. It is usually 
a low bush, but on the slopes below Chago-ling develops into a 
small rounded tree of 12-14 feet; the effect of that woodland 
wall, when every bough is bent beneath its burden of pearl- 
pale Diervillas, with laced lip of golden orange-filigree, is one not 
easily to be imagined, nor ever to be described. Dzpelta (F 18) 
is in its zenith in mid-May; a fact which makes me doubtful 
of identifying it with Potanin’s D. elegans recorded from the 
Mé6-Ping passes on June 27—a date by which the earlier species 
should long have passed out of flower. This curious, capri- 
foliaceous family, so inordinately profuse in flower, has an 
ineradicable parsimony about seeding. PURDOM, in the autumn, 
returned at great peril and in disguise into the Chago district 
and there got a large sackful of seed; that large sackful 
yielded some fifty-six sound germs alone. So that no one must 
wonder if the distribution of this beauty has been but scanty. 
(It should strike well from cuttings from half-ripened wood 
about August.) 

Dipelta elegans (F 157) is yet worse... Of this I got two large sackfuls, 
yet, having husked so many seeds and found them all bad, I 
hardly dare distribute the rest, for fear there may not prove a 
single sound kernel in the lot. It is a taller grower than the 
last, larger and pinker in the flower, much larger in the chaffy 


COLLECTIONS OF ro14. FS 


membranous bracts that enclose the seed. Though lovely, it is 
not nearly so profuse nor so dazzlingly attractive—a big lax bush 
of 8—ro feet, rather lank of habit, with abundance of scattered 
blossoms that have the value of appearing in early-mid-July. 
I know it only as a thing of rare occurrence, here and there on the 
coppiced slopes of the great Siku gorge in its uppermost reaches, 
at some 7,500-8,000 feet. This, rather than F 18, might perhaps 
be PoTANIN’s D. elegans of the M6-Ping ridge. 

Diphylleia sp. (F 284) is probably D. Grayi. It is common in cool 
rich places of the alpine woodland up the Border, and its 2-3 
feet racemes of big, blue-black berries have a great attraction 
above the magnificent peltate foliage in autumn. 

Diphylleia sp. (F 428) is much more doubtful and much more 
interesting. Here the spike is more graceful, and the foliage 
beautifully divided. Its attribution to Diphylleia is doubtful, 
and it has only been seen in one small mountain wood (also 
illustrated by Paeonia Veitchit) above Gahoba, in the last days 
of autumn. 

Disporum pullum (F 60) is a singularly beautiful woodland treasure, 
first seen on the Feng S’an Ling, and thence abounding sporadi- 
cally throughout the lower alpine forests of the Satanee-Gahoba 
district. It has all the branching habit of a Streptopus, and 
grows about 10-12 inches high, hanging out clusters of the 
most exquisite waxy Lapageria-blossoms, with golden anthers. 
These ring out their chimes in mid-May, and the growth after- 
wards develops and expands a little, replacing the flowers with 
bloomy black-blue berries in October. Obviously the treat- 
ment of Streptopus and Polygonatum ought handsomely to 
satisfy a beauty so nearly related, and delighting in the same 
rich, cool woodland conditions. Its effect is, indeed, more that 
of Uvulania. 

Dracocephalum sp. (F 491) is a pretty, feathery-leaved, fine-growing 
species of 12-15 inches high, abounding in the hot loess banks 
about J6-ni, where it sends up graceful furry plumes of dark 
sapphire-blue blossoms, long and narrow, in July-August. 

Euonymus sp. (F 289).—This is an extraordinarily graceful and 
exquisite shrub of 18 inches, running up to 6-8 feet, with stiff and 
very fine long sprays, few in number, and scantily set with very 
narrow dentate leaves—suggesting in effect a starved and stiffened 
Willow, but that from each spray’s end hang, on thread-like 
pedicels of 3-4 inches, huge 5-pointed stars of fruit that open 
in crimson plush, containing at each apex vermilion-glowing 
seeds of startling richness in the crimson star, which long out- 
lives the fall of the seed. This plant occurs sporadically down 
the border, in hedgerows and woodland; the best specimen 
was seen in alpine coppice at Gahoba. 

Euonymus sp. (F 297) is of taller, thicker, bushier habit—in all 
respects a more commonplace bush, though with similar stars 
of fruit. 


7A JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Euonymus sp. (F 307) is an arborescent species, with thin, narrow 
foliage and big scarlet stars. It is probably, like the next, in 
relation to F 289. 

Euonymus sp. (F 308) creeps and straggles in the Jé-ni hedgerows, 
and is otherwise closely related to F 289, with big, 5-rayed 
stars of crimson. 

Euonymus sp. (F 390) has the habit of F 297, but its fruits, in 
scarlet stars, are black. 

Euonymus sp. (F 391) is a large bush, after the style of F 297, 
but the brilliant scarlet fruit-stars have only four rays. 

Euonymus sp. (F 392) is a stiff, leafy shrub, or a round-headed 
graceful tree, so heavily laden with clusters of pink coral waxy 
fruit, filled with vermilion seed, as to look like a Cherry in full 
bloom. It occurs in subalpine coppice all down the border, 
and should either be grown on quickly into a tree or kept very 
hard cut back into a gnarled bush, so that its fruit may have its 
full effect ; as a mere shrub, the shoots are stiff and leafy, and 
leave the coral-clusters rather in the lurch. 

Euonymus sp. (F 447) is another species with black seeds. Perhaps 
the same as F 390. It is not possible to promise which seeds 
of Euonymus will be distributed, as no one can tell beforehand 
in what condition the short-lived and very precarious germs 
will come to hand. 

Exochorda racemosa var. Wilsonit (F 95).—This was only sighted on a 
hot and difficult range of cliffs above Siku, where, amid Pzonies, 
it formed slight bushes of 3-4 feet, brilliant with terminal flights 
of snowy flowers at the endof May. Itis smaller and less dazzling 
than F 6, but this may be owing to the specially torrid aspect 
to which it is here confined on a dry hill. 

Farreria pretiosa (F I9a) (novum genus Balf. fil. et W. W. Sm.) 
is a singularly lovely little ground Daphne, with clusters of 
bright citron-yellow flowers, twice met with on the high bare loess 
downs of South Kansu, April 18, April 20. Unfortunately seed 
could not be got, and roots were unnegotiable. There is another 
species, F 71, brilliantly golden, but of quite inferior merit, which 
abounds in rocks and dry coarse alpine turf on the Siku-Satanee 
ranges, between 7,500 and 9,000 feet ; this also appears so shy in 
seed that none could be found, though occasionally, as on burnt- 
out ribs of rock, its evidence was plain, in small, compact, 
young plants. 

Filix sp. (F 446).—This most lovely fern decorates the woodland 
above Satanee, and strays out, above Da-hai-go, into the open 
alpine turf, where it forms dense colonies many yards across, 
with fronds as fine as Tvichomanes radicans, yet hard and hardy 
and wiry as Asplenium Ruta-muraria. They are about 8-12 
inches high, and in autumn, dying, fade to a clear amber. One 
plant was seen far above Siku, near Ban-S’an, but its greatest 
point of luxuriance was in the lower, lighter woodland of the 


COLLECTIONS OF trorq. 75 


forest above Satanee, in tight and springy, turfy loam, or vegetable 
mould. 

Forsythia sp. (F 388).—No more of this can be given than its name. 
It is a small stocky bush of 3-5 feet, found occurring in seed 
about the M6-Ping in the autumn, though previous traverses 
of the path had not fallen in with its flower. 

Fraxinus sp. (F 314) is sent, as Chinese ashes are at present in 
such a state of confusion and so little known. It is a low tree of 
some 20 feet, very heavy in fruit, but in no other way obviously 
remarkable. | 

Gentiana sp. (F 25) is abundant all over South Kansu and the 
Tibetan Border, ascending to 8,000 feet, and luxuriating in any 
open sunny position, wet or dry, but especially profuse in river- 
shingles and fallow fields. In its second year the seedling forms 
a glossy crown, like that of some stout G. verna, and in the third 
this becomes from March to November an endless display of 
bright azure stars on long tubes. The ovary matures at the tip 
of an exaggeratedly protruded style, as the flower withers; its 
two lips quickly gape, and the seed is gone. This fashion seems 
common among the better Gentians of the border. 

Gentiana hexaphylla (F 217).—This number covers a most beautiful 
Gentian, very abundant in the higher alpine turf of the Min S’an, 
where it literally turns the turf to a sea of blue with the profusion 
of its pale clear water-blue trumpets, most delicately lined with 
darkness on their outside, and poising each singly at the end 
of the whorled-foliaged stems that spring in such masses from 
the crown. The species either varies or the number includes two 
spp. Seed sent as F 217 was for the most part collected on 
Thundercrown ; the Min S’an type is to all intents and purposes 
the same, but differs conspicuously in having a very much larger 
ovary. This last has also been sent as F 332. Seed is borne 
as in the last, and the heyday of the bloom is in August. 

Gentiana sp. (F 220).—This is quite like G. frigida, but taller and in 
every way better developed, growing about 8 inches tall, with 
six or eight large, long, straw-coloured trumpets in August. It is 
general all along the line of the Min S’an, from I1,000—14,000 feet, 
growing for choice in the cool alpine turf, usually on steeper, 
barer banks than those affected by the luxuriant, mossy-looking 
masses of F 217. Seed very doubtful, and not distributed. 

Gentiana sp. (F 267).—Unfortunately blooms too late in September 
for seed to have been got. It grows only on rock towards the 
highest summits, between 12,000 and 15,000 feet, and there forms 
wads of foliage like Melandrium Elizabethae, close on which lie 
stemless the enormous trumpets of lavender-blue. 

Gentiana sp. (F 303) stands close to G. Kurroo. It is, however, rather 
smaller and more leafy, with flowers much more numerous 
along the flopping 6-8-inch stems in September, rather smaller, 
and of an intense rich sapphire velvet. It grows all along by the 


76 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


waysides, in the banks and little level lawns beside the road in 
the J6-ni district, not ascending above 8,oo00 feet, and hugging 
always the flatter places of the loess region, in such hard, dry loam, 
and in such open, sunny places as those preferred by G. Cructata. 

Gentiana sp. (F 332) represents the large-ovaried species from the 
Min S’an, of which the Thundercrown development has been 
sent out as F 217. 

Gentiana sp. (F 442) comes from the Min S’an grass-lands, and was 
harvested by a Chinese collector. No more can be said; it 
is perhaps one of the hideous Cluster-headed Gentians of the 
Macrophylla-mongolica group that so abound in the Chinese 
Alps, and are yearly collected in huge bales for “‘ medicine.”’ 

Gentiana sp. (F 443) is a pretty annual, from the high alpine turf 
all along the Min S’an. From its frail crown it sends out a 
few frail prostrate sprays, supporting at intervals perfectly 
erect, very long-tubed, 5-pointed stars of clear straw-yellow, 
of charming effect among the grass in August. 

Geranium Pylzowianum (F 201).—There are many field-Geraniums up 
and down the grass-lands of Tibet, but none of them likely to be 
of any garden-value—rather weedy herbaceous things for the 
most part, akin to G. sylvaticum. F 201, however, is of quite 
a different kidney—being a high-alpine species, found only in the 
topmost screes of shale or limestone at 13,000—-15,000 feet, where 
it abounds in such masses as to cover the whole vast expanse of 
desolation with the fluttering flights of its innumerable big flowers 
of palest pink in August crowded on footstalks of 2-3 inches, all 
over the concise clump of each plant, making mounds of soft 
pallor all up and down the desolation. In effect it approaches 
nearest to G. argentewm, but is much neater, much more lavishly 
beblossomed, and in colour of an even paler and more evanescent 
pink. It is the only important Min S’an alpine which does not 
seem to extend down to Thundercrown; and its season is so 
awkward that it was only after great difficulty and exertion 
that two seeds were hacked up out of the ice-locked adamant 
of the mountain in autumn. 

Hedysarum multijugum (F 103) occurs in big stretches down the river- 
shingles of the Blackwater, between Kiai Chow and Wen Hsien, 
but its main distribution seems higher up, about Siku, where it 
luxuriates on the hot, hard, bare and shingly hills of loess about ' 
the town, and even wanders north about a day’s journey up the 
Nan Ho. [It abounds also by the mile far away in the North, 
in the shingle-flats of the Da-Tung River.] It is a most beautiful 
plant, forming low masses of glaucescent foliage from a woody 
trunk, from which rise foot-high racemes, very graceful and 
delicate, beset with large blossoms of rose-purple-crimson in a 
long and elegant flight. Its bloom is in May, and the prickly 
rough burrs that hold the seed await the frosts of November 
before they dry up and fall. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1014 i 


Ilex Pernyi (F 16).—This ugly and graceless little dumpy shrub 
belongs to the woodland of the drier ranges—as about the Feng 
S’an Ling, and in the arid scrub of the summit ridges opposite 
Kiai Chow. Not distributed. 

Incarvillea grandiflora (F 34).—With greatest uncertainty do I thus 
name this plant, which stands away from Incarvillea in having 
very minute seeds, wadded up in white fluff in long and very 
narrow pods (? Amphicome sp.). It is a most handsome thing, 
herbaceous from a huge woody stock, with straight 2-foot stems 
set with voluminous glossy foliage, and ending in big flights of 
lovely rose-pink little Allamandas, clear and brilliant, in May. 
This I have only once seen, and only in the hottest of walls and 
stony banks in the hot and parching region about Wen Hsien, 
on the banks and embankments of the Whitewater. 

Incarvillea grandiflora (F 89) lives in the hot limestone ledges of the 
Thundercrown foothills at 7,000-8,o00 feet. It is magnificent 
in flower. Unfortunately, all seed had fallen by the time our 
collecting began. [If the same as the Da-Tung plant it is very 
splendid, but monocarpic. ] 

Incarvillea variabilis var. fumariaefolia (F 97) has weakly branches 
of a foot or so, set with finely-feathered ferny foliage, and 
bearing, from May to November, a steady flight of lovely 
citron-yellow Allamandas. Its home is round Siku, on the very 
walls themselves, and on the hottest and driest and _ barest 
exposures on- the hot, bare, dry loess hills about the town. 
[Also in the Da-Tung region, 1915.] 

Incarvillea sp. (F 268).—This may be the same as F 89, but has 
quite a different taste in habitats, not haunting ledges of rock, 
but open broad patches of soil by the track-side ascending over 
the foothills of Monk Mountain. It is reported a superb rose- 
red I. compacta-cousin, and the seed-scapes are 8-12 inches in 
height. I can say no more; tpse non vidi. Coll. W. PuRDom. 

Indigofera sp. (F 105).—This abounds all over the alpine and sub- 
alpine rocks and coppices of Kansu-Tibet, taking forms so many 

- that specific differences may be suspected. This seed came 
‘from low shrubs haunting the sunless walls in the mouth of the 
great Siku gorge, and there flowering gaily in loose flights of 
lilac-pink in early June. 

Indigofera sp. (F 266) is but doubtfully Indigofera at all. It is a 
perfectly prostrate trailing plant, sending out from its crown 
three or four branching naked-looking sprays of 12-36 inches 
long, hugging the ground, and densely set in late August with 
very brilliant crimson-purple blossoms that suggest a much 
improved and flatly prostrate Cyitsus purpureus. This lovely 
thing occurs in the Nan Ho Valley, and abounds all over the hot 

“loess hills about Siku, on steep banks, and at the edges of stony 
fields, paths, &c. 

Indigofera sp. (F 312) is one of the loveliest. It haunts only the 


78 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


hottest, barest, driest, stoniest slopes of the torrid downs about 
the Blackwater, where it forms neat and very dense, intricate, 
woody bushlets of 6-8 inches high and twice as much through, 
spinous and stiff, lacy with elegant tiny leafage, and hanging 
out pairs of little pea-flowers of brilliant rose-pink in June, along 
the many brief pungent sprays. Goats, despite its spininesses, 
keep it sedulously cut into shape; it especially loves to have 
plenty of stone and shingle in its loam, and luxuriates beneath 
the Akropolis of Siku, where the rude forefathers of the hamlet 
lie for centuries exposed, each in his collapsing coffin of wood, . 
poised among the Indigoferas upon the pebbly slope of the 
hill. 


Indigofera spp. (F 452, 453, 454) have not been distributed. The 


Iris 


distinctness of the last two from each other and from F 105 is 
by no means certain; F 452 has the big habit of F 105, but 
with the fine foliage of F 312 on tall élancé sprays of 5-6 feet. 
It occurs about the Nan Ho, and away to Satanee; like all 
Indigoferas, it keeps its seed unripe until the winter frosts have 
cracked it, and it is therefore hard to secure in a ripe condition. 
Henry: (F 19) is a charming little grassy frailty that runs about 
in the coarse, hot turf, midway on the blazing hills about Kiai 
Chow, and in April decks their gullies with a galaxy of milky- 
white (or sometimes palest blue) Moraea-flowers, giving the 
whole effect of Triteleias, but with a peacock-eye to the fall. 
Unfortunately, even if seed is set, it was not possible this year 


to procure any. 


Iris ensata (F 29) is a type of the ensate Iris, which forms by mats all 


Iris 


over the loess downs and path-sides of China, with thin flowers of 
blue on 4-inch scapes in April. Several of the later numbers 
may refer to this species, or to others closely allied in the same 
group. 

gontocarpa alpina (F 124), if it does not include two distinct 
species, begins first in the rock-ledges of the Feng S’an Ling 
above Wen Hsien, is seen below the town on hot, bare banks 
outside the wall, and again on rock-ledges and in and out among 
scant scrub above Chago—a grassy, lovely Iris, suggesting a 
smaller I. unguicularis, with the brindlings and feline mottlings 
of I. tectorum over its broad and crested lavender falls. But it 
then, if the same, erupts in enormous abundance over the mid- 
alpine turf of Thundercrown, from 10,500 to 12,000 feet, 
enamelling all the sward with its delicate flowers. Abundant as 
it is, however, this plant marks a comparative failure. The 
summer was torrid, the pods were gone before we guessed, and, 
instead of millions of seed, we only acquired a dozen or so, not 
yet distributed. F 270, however, marks an obscure Iris, which 
may or may not be this, collected by Chinese retainers in the 
main Min S’an, where this species, if it exists, was long over 
before we got there. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1914. 79 


Iris goniocarpa var. pratensis (F 90) occurs at lower elevations than 


Iris 


Iris 


Iris 


Iris 


Iris 


Iris 


the last on the same Thundercrown turf, filling the much coarser 
longer grass on the hot dry slopes at 7,000-8,000 feet, often, in 
opener places, developing quite a fan of grassy foliage, with dozens 
of fine 6-inch stems, each balancing a single lovely flower with 
lavender standard-blade and a fall of waxen pure white, heavily 
margined and mottled with richest violet velvet. Even worse 
luck have we so far had with this; arduous and prolonged 
research yielded only three capsules, and in these only two seeds 
still preserved a promise of vitality (May—June). 

sp. (F 177) is a cousin of I. prismatica from the highest grass- 
ridges of Tibet, with rather thin flowers of plum-colour and 
dark blue in August, from its fine, dark, grassy mats of foliage. 
sp. (F 276) lives on the hottest bare banks of loess about Siku, 
and again crops out in the Nan Ho Valley. It is a strange 
Moraeoid species, with fans of broad ¢ectorum-like leafage, and 
tall, very graceful branching stems of 12-24 inches, displaying 
erect flowers, rather small and fugacious, of velvety texture and 
greyish tone, the falls being mottled with hazel-brown on a 
pale background. It blooms in July-August and is soon ripe 
in seed. 

sp. (F 413) is a small species from level loess pans on the 
Akropolis of Siku. It belongs to the type of F 29, but seems 
much Jittler and slighter in every part, with flowers (unknown) 
springing almost stemless from the crown, two or three often on 
one welded scape. | 
Farrert sp. nov. (F 414) is a relation of F 29, abounding on the 
bare loess in the open valley-bottoms of the Tibetan ranges 
opposite J6-ni, at some 9,500—10,000 feet. Its lingering flowers 
in August were blended of blue and white, and offer good hope that 
the plant may prove as valuable as it is certainly floriferous. 

sp. (F 415) was collected by our Chinese headman as being 
the same as F 19, which is no more nor less than I. tectorum 
(abounding in huge masses all over the cool, grassy downs between 
Shi-ho and Foo-er-gai) ; but the fat and purpled pods he brought 
seem to me in many ways so distinct from those of J. tectorum 
that I can but send it out with this caution, though I am unable 
to suggest what else it might be, especially as it was not collected 
in the. tectorwm district. [No! it is quite distinct and shares with 
true teciorum the valleys of S. Kansu.] 

sp. (F 416) is a quite uncertain species from the Tao-chow 
district, possibly in alliance with F 29 and F 414. 


Isopyrum sp. nov. (F 96) is so universally abundant in all 


the cool, high-alpine limestone cliffs as to have been, in the 
end, but too slackly collected this year—especially as its seeds 
are so minute and its capacious capsules so capricious. Such 
seed as is distributed will want most careful raising. The species 
is very beautiful, with cushions of tiny Columbine foliage, and 


80 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


big, golden-hearted flowers that are not blue, as often said, 
but of a dense waxen texture and milk or skim-milk colouring, 
only rarely deepening to any blue tone. Jsopyrum sp. (F 293) 
cannot yet be sent out. It occurs in the Monk Mountain 
district (flower unknown) and differs from F 96 in greener, 
rather large foliage, and in a distinctly bigger, rounder seed. 
Ipse non vidi. Coll. W. PuURDOM. 

Jasminum sp. (F 383) is a small golden-flowered shrub collected by 
PuRDoM (May) in the copse below Chago, and not seen by myself. 
It is remarkably free in flower, but scentless, and rather stiff in 
growth. 

Jasminum floridum (F 433) is a small, neat, stiff bush from the 
same region, with bright green foliage, and berries of brilliant 
glossy black with juice of intense purple. 

Lagotis ramalana (F 125) has not been distributed, as only a very 
few seeds were got. It grows, however, abundantly, in the 
highest earth-pans and earthy screes on the crests of the Min 
S’an and Thundercrown at 13,000-14,000 feet, where in June 
it produces, close to the stones, fluffy, blue wulfenious heads of 
not very startling flower, to be followed by the expansion of 
soft, rounded foliage. 

Leontopodium alpinum, the common type of the European Alps, is 
an abundant wayside weed over all the loess lands of South 
Kansu, but there are at least two subspecies or forms of much 
greater merit from more alpine stations. 

Leontopodium alpinum (F 219) makes very handsome clumps of 
very large long-pointed foliage, perfectly green and glossy, from 
which rise graceful 8-inch stems expending voluminous and 
splendid heads of Edelweiss. This form belongs to the upper 
alpine turf between 10,000 and 13,000 feet, and the seed was 
collected on Thundercrown. (? L. himalayanum ; in any case, a 
noble and stately form, the best Edelweiss by far that I know.) 

Leontopodium alpinum (F 410).—It is quite inferior to the last, 
occurring at much greater elevations, where, not in grass but in 
the finer scree, it forms cushions of blunt and perfectly woolly- 
grey foliage which is the plant’s one beauty—for the flowers, 
as I have always seen them, are few-rayed dumpy stars of a 
dirty, iron-grey tone, borne on stems of 2 inches above the mass. 
[This Edelweiss has been distributed as F 392 ( = F 410).] 

Leptodermis oblonga var. (F 259) makes a neat, stiff little bush, 
not unlike a rigid Privet or Persian Lilac in effect—a suggestion 
completed by the thyrses of pink-mauve flowers that open in 
July, giving quite the idea of long-throated, five-rayed stars of 
Lilac. This species seems special to the Nan Ho Valley between 
Tan Ch’ang and Kwanting, where it sporadically occurs on the 
steepest gravelly banks and scarps amid other light, scant 
scrubs, but does not descend to the much hotter regions haunted 
by the next. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1or4, 81 


Leptodermis virgata (F 260) belongs only to the very hottest and driest 
shingly banks or sheer cliffs away down the Blackwater, from 
all the loess downs about Siku at least as far south as Wen Hsien. 
It is a small shrub of inimitable grace, attaining, when let alone 
by goats, to 3-4 feet, but with its delicate stems bowed down 
beneath the long and lilac-like panicles of blossom that open 
in August, and are yet further enhanced by the microscopically 
fine, myrtle-like foliage in which the dainty cloudy mass is 
invested. It does not go far up the Nan Ho Valley, and will 
hardly be found with the last. 

Ligustrum spp. (F 412) are both perfectly doubtful in their names. 
F 412 has not been distributed, and is a tall 14-feet shrub 
with black fruits in racemes. It occurred about Kwanting in 
the Nan Ho Valley. 

Lilium sp. (F 183) has so far been sent only in a few non- 
distributable bulbs. It abounds all up the Tao-ho district, 
particularly delighting in steep shingly banks of loam amid 
light coppice, where its cold, bone-white Turk’s caps have a 
glacial beauty amid the greenery in August, though dulled in 
detail by their freckling of fine crimson dots along the inner 
margins of the segments. 

Lilium sp. (F 316) is perhaps only L. longiflorwm, but a form of 
such gigantic stature and vigour that I send it on the chance of 
its proving a useful new strain. Two plants were seen, both 
cultivated, in two cottage gardens just outside Siku, each sending 
up three spikes of 4-5 feet, laden with gigantic flowers and 
ultimately each rearing aloft a stiff candelabrum of seed-pods. 
The foliage appeared to be finer and more abundant than in most 
types of L. longifiorum, and approaching more in its whole style 
to that of L. regale. Neither specimen, however, was closely 
examined. (Could it perhaps be L. “ Brown’ kansuense ?) 

Lloydia sp. (F 87) is lovely in all the cold crevices of the higher 
limestone cliffs, swinging out glassy bubble-bells of pearly white 
with dark lines, larger and fuller, and much more beautifully 
borne, than in L. serotina. [L. alpina was sent out in 1916 from 
the Da-Tung Alps. ] 

Lomicera Farrert (F 46).—This is the one Lonicera (not of the Syringan- 
tha group) of which I can vouch for the flower’s being beautiful. 
It is a very small, neat bush, with tiny myrtle-like foliage flattened 
on the sprays, from which depend great quantities of rose-pink 
bugles in May, to be followed by glowing rubies in October. This 
is a subspecies or form closely allied to a larger shrub not un- 
common in the Satanee Alps; of this plant only two certain 
specimens are known, one from above Chago, and another (now 
mossed up at Lanchow) in the deep gorge behind Gahoba. 
Neither of these yielded seed; and I have not dared to send 
out fruit under this number of any shrub of which I am not 
certain. 

VOL, XLII. a8 G 


82 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Lonicera syringantha (F 189) abounds in the hedgerows and copsy 
valley-bottoms in the Tibetan Alps opposite J6-ni between 8,000 
and 10,000 feet—a large, light-foliaged bush, with clustered 
lovely stars of waxy and intensely fragrant pink-lilac blossom 
in early summer, succeeded by dazzling scarlet berries in 
October. . 

Lonicera sp. (F 249).—A stiff and rather graceless bush of 4-5 feet 
from the Tibetan coppices, with black fruits like boot-buttons 
in pairs or fours along the axils of the sprays. 

Lonicera sp. (F 250).—A bush of 5 feet, growing with the last but 
much more graceful, with pendent pinkish trumpets, and then 
richly glowing ruby berries hovering from invisibly fine pedicels. 

Lonicera sp. (F 252) attains 6-8 feet. It has smallish flowers in 
compound sprays along the axils, and twin red berries. 

Lonicera sp. (F 269) is a tall, graceful bush, with orange berries in 
fours along the axils of the flattened bending sprays. 

Lonicera sp. (F 270 or F 224) is only an occasional occurrence in 
the coppiced valley-bottoms opposite J6-ni. It is a bush of 
8-10 feet, not particularly attractive in flower, but remarkable 
for the delicious quality of the black oval-pointed berries that it 
bears along the axils of the flattened sprays. It should not be 
eaten raw ; but in stews, jams, and jellies proves one of the most 
delightful of fruits. The discovery was made (for the Tibetans 
ignore it) by the American missionaries, who call it Blueberry, after 
the Whortleberry that it rather resembles in berry. A most 
important future may be prophesied for this new fruit, which 
can hardly fail to be a treasure for temperate climates. Already 
introduced by PuRDoM into America, it has not been heard of in 
England yet. 

Lonicera sp. (F 277) belongs to the group of L. syringantha, and is 
a most delightful, almost prostrate bushlet, running freely about 
in the higher alpine turf of Thundercrown and the Min S’an at 
some 12,000 feet, its grey-leaved flattened sprays bedecked with 
clusters of large, sweet stars of crystalline lilac-pink flowers, to 
be followed in August-November by bunches of oval fruit, 
dazzling scarlet, bigger and less round than in F 18g. 

Lonicera sp. (F 278) is perfectly prostrate, creeping far and wide in 
mounded flat masses over the highest beck shingles of the Min 
S’an and Thundercrown, with long sprays of greyish foliage, 
and orange berries huddled along them in twins or fours. Flower 
so far unknown. 

Lonicera sp. (F 313) has not yet been distributed. It is the larger, 
much dimmer-flowered and commoner bush already talked of as 
the big original or cousin of F 46. The pretty ruby fruits hang 
on very fine pedicels, but I am not yet sure enough of the plant’s 
distinctness to send it out. : 

Lonicera sp. (F 371).—Collected near Gahoba, and quite obscure— 
perhaps with affinities to F 313. 


COLLECTIONS OF rorq. 83 


Lomicera sp. (F 372).—A stiff little bush of 4 feet, collected in late 
autumn in the coppice above M6-Ping, where it was remarkable 
for the brilliance of its crimson-scarlet berries arranged in twins 
or fours along the rigid sprays. 

Lomcera sp. (F 373) is a dim black-fruited species not distributed. 

Lomcera sp. (F 374) is possibly the same as F 269, which was col- 
lected by PurDom. I got it in the gorges behind Siku—a tall, 
flat-sprayed, elegant bush, with orange berries in fours along 
the axils of the applanate foliage. 

Lonicera sp. (F 375) isa stiff shrub of 5 feet, with pedicelled crimson 
fruits like wee cherries from beside the Mill-house at Da-hai-go 
in the Satanee Alps. 

Lonicera sp. (F 376) is an ugly, graceless bush from Chago. 

Lonicera sp. (F 379) (label a little uncertain) is probably the Lonicera 
from the grave-copses of Kwanting, which is so close to F 372, 
but that this is quite a little round-headed tree of 15-20 feet, 
all aglow with glossy, blood-red berries in the autumn. Perhaps 
the numbers may have to be transposed. 

Lonicera sp. (F 380) is quite uncertain, being seed collected by a 
Chinese in the Tibetan Alps opposite J6-ni. : 

Lychnis sp. (F 265) abounds in hedgerows and waysides down the 
Nan Ho Valley and even across the Blackwater, and up to some 
7,000 feet in the foothills of Thundercrown. It is like a gigantic 
Ragged Robin of 2-5 feet, making a lovely haze of rose amid 
the pale-blue swathes of Adenophora, with Lilium tigrinum 
flashing out in blots of orange fire. 

Meconopsis.—The two following Poppies are both clearly new since 
FEDDE’S monograph in the “ Pflanzenreich,’’ and I cherish hope 
accordingly that one certainly, and both probably, may prove 
to be distinct new species. Both are biennial, both belong to 
the Primulina group, both stand at the Delavayi end of that 
group, and both appear to be of very limited range. 

Meconopsis lepida sp. nov. (F 123) inhabits the upper alpine banks and 
ledges on Thundercrown, markedly preferring the cooler westerly 
aspects. It is not found in the open turf, but often occurs at its 
fringes round the base and up the gullies of little limestone out- 
crops in the huge grassy flanks of the mountain at 12,500 feet, 
not steadily abounding, but appearing in sporadic outbursts. 
It is a most lovely little biennial of some 4-6 inches, with all 
the narrow, rather glaucous foliage at the base, and the naked 
stem carrying from one to six large flowers, made up of some 
six to eleven rhomboidal petals of lavender-purple silk, arranged 
in a whirling Catherine-wheel round the creamy, crowded boss 
of anthers. These flaunt their frail and filmy loveliness in June ; 
unfortunately by the end of August the seed was so unanimously 
fallen that barely enough could be collected for distribution in 
even the smallest quantities. However, it should germinate 


well, and must then be copiously raised again; nothing more 
G2 


84 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


daintily beautiful exists in the race, as you see its great whirling 
heads poised delicately amid the fine grasses, the golden Gageas, 
the Fritillaries, and the innumerable purple Irids that enamel 
the grassy rocky ribs of Thundercrown. [No germinations yet. 
Ig16.] 


Meconopsis Psilonomma (F 255) is a much larger plant, of precisely 


similar habit, but that here the naked stem of 6—8 inches invariably 
carries only one very large flower, made up of some 6—7 broadly 
ovate waved petals of darker lavender-violet, making exactly 
the effect of big blooms of the purple Anemone coronaria. This, 
solider and less fairy-like than the last, has a stately and imposing 
magnificence. It lives in the thick high-alpine hay of one 
mountain slope only (so far as I could find) in the foothills of the 
Min S’an above Ardjeri, beginning about the upper limit of 
M. punicea at 11,000 feet, and ascending to the topmost crests at 
13,000, where, on the peaty ledges and in and out among tiny 
sere clumps of Rhododendron, it meets M. quintuplinervia, and 
reduces that dainty beauty to a wizen and anemic pale cousin, 
with the voluminous flares of its own imperial splendour. It 
blooms in August, and seed was collected in quantity ; it must 
be remembered that this, like the last, is biennial. The seed, 
too, may possibly show a slight admixture of M. quintuplinervia 
and M. punicea, having been harvested by Chinese retainers 
during our own absence in the south. 


Meconopsis integrifolia (F 92) is very magnificent and portly in the 


highest turf of Thundercrown, standing stiffly up in early June 
with its huge lemon-pale globes in sumptuous but rather grace- 
less and gawky candelabra of colour. Here, as I say, it loves 
the long high-alpine hay at some 12,000—13,000 feet, and is found 
in no other situation but over all the great open flanks of the 
grassy slopes, where its bloom is at its height before the herbage 
is well up, while still the alps are sere and brown. No meadow, 
however, is too coarse for it; and at its lower limit, at some 
75,000-80,000 feet, it luxuriates amid the coarsest tangle of tall 
Asters and Berberids—the Asters, in September, enclosing the 
huge upstanding pods of the Poppy in a lush jungle of leafage 
and blossom. 


Meconopsts quintuplinervia (F 118) isindeed a gracious and lovely thing, 


with its single bell-shaped flowers of softest lavender-blue swinging 
high upon their bare stems above the group of pale-haired, greyish 
foliage crowded in the turf below. The supremely important point 
about M. quintuplinerva, however, is that it is undoubtedly 
perennial, and thus forms a grand addition to the garden, where 
there are as yet few certainly perennial Meconopsids except M. 
grandis and M. cambrica. This beautiful treasure inhabits the 
finer (as a rule) alpine turf of the Kansu-Tibet border, between 
9,000 and 13,000 feet. We first met it, still dormant, amid the 
snows on Chago-ling ; on Thundercrown and all up the Min S’an it 


COLLECTIONS OF 1014. 85 


abounds [and in the northerly ranges of the Da-Tung is clearly 
in the very centre of its home, so abundant over the alps in such 
unspeakable beauty that one feels quite sick with the ecstasy 
of the sight]. In the Minchow district it trenches on cultivated 
land, and there, at the edges of culture-patches on the rounded 
green hills, it becomes quite unrecognizably splendid in the steep 
enriched embankments down the slope, waxing into masses of 
foliage a foot across and almost as deep, with forty or fifty great 
swaying vases of lavender all hovering at once, on 2—3-feet stems, 
above the tangle of leaves below—thus making it evident that 
M. quintuplinervia, while it should answer happily to fair alpine 
cultivation, should also be handsomely responsive to specially 
generous treatment. It blooms from June to August ; on Thunder- 
crown there was a notable little rocky grot which in June was 
filled with a rose-scented jungle of rose-pink Peonies, above and 
amid which floated the innumerable expended blue butterflies 
of the Poppy. [Seed of 1914 was shy of germination, but that of 

_ the Da-Tung Alps comes up like cress. 1915.] 

Meconopsis Prattit (F 136).—Seed was distributed under the name 
of M. rudis. In FEDDE’s key to the race, M. rudis has stem- 
leaves up to the middle of the spire, while M. racemosa has 
neither bracts nor stem-leaves at all. Unfortunately, in the 
diagnosis of M. racemosa, a full description is given of the 
stem-leaves already declared to be non-existent! On the whole 
I am driven to the conclusion that my Kansu plant, sent out as 
M. rudis, is probably M. Prattu, and M. Pratt alone. The 
specimens and seedlings will, however, repay investigation, as 
these blue Poppies are not, as yet, of any final and absolute 
distinctness. M. Prati, at least, takes two clearly-marked forms. 
So far as I can judge, from Thundercrown up into the foothills 
of the Min S’an it is a dense and stocky plant forming a close 
8-1o-inch mace of gorgeous dawn-blue blossoms, woven of silk 
and opals. In the highest craggy alps above Ardjeri it takes a 
new character ; the stems are taller, darker, barer, the pedicels 
are very much longer, so that the inflorescence is a loose and 
irregular broken flight of flowers, instead of a solid huddled 
mass. (This may, of course, be merely a later stage of blossom, 
yet had to me the look of a clear varietal, if not specific, difference.) 
All the seed sent belongs to the stocky Thundercrown form ; 
in every variety this Poppy (or Poppies), it must be noted, stands 
apart from all its grass-loving kin, in being always and only 
found in the gaunt screes and stone-slopes and precipices of the 
highest limestone or shaly ridges from 12,000—14,000 feet. In other 
words, it is born and made for the moraine,* and there should be 
sown again and again, that its biennial splendour may annually 
repeat the glory of light with which its dense spires of amassed 
azures illuminate the vast and lifeless stone-slopes on the highest 


* [It much appreciates a fuller diet, though.] 


86 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


crests of Tibet. Every part of the growth is virulently prickly, 
and the fierce hardened thorns of the fruiting stage make its 
sturdy pyramids of capsules an anguish to collect, unless with a 
mailed fist and a pair of tongs. 

Meconopsis punicea (F 175) far surpasses all English description and 
all English effort, as you begin to see it, bloodily flaunting in and 
out of the scantier coppice in the Tibetan valley-bottoms opposite 
J6-ni, first appearing at some 10,000 feet, and thence ascending 
to the great grass ridges, haunting the glade-edges and light 
bushery of the glen, until in the high open hayfields it rages 
furiously over all the hill, between 11,000 and 13,000 feet, dappling 
the distances with blood like any Poppy in an English field, and 
in the little grassy hollows along the crests, hovering in flapping 
flags of vermilion above the rippling sea of golden-eyed purple 
Asters. For in England those dim flags of scarlet flop; on the 
Tibetan Alps they blaze and flap—huge expanded stiff goblets 
or wave-winged butterflies of incandescent blood, that compel 
from me a humble palinode to my previous rather cold description 
of M. punicea as alone I had hitherto known it, showing no 
trace of its own true sinuous and serpentine magnificence. This 
glory of the upland open hayfields, and scant cool coppice of the 
lower region in the cool Tibetan Alps should be sown broad- 
cast at home in moist rich soil amid pleasant neighbours, with 
loose scrub of Pinus montana all about to keep off excessive heat 
and drought ; it is invariably biennial, from a slight weak tap, 
and does not extend out of Tibet into the warmer, drier alps of 
Thundercrown, nor southwards (so far as I could find) into those 
of Satanee, nor northwards above the Hwang-Hor to the Da- 
Tung. 

Morina sp. (F 215).—A doubtful name; in any case it is a pretty 
Morinoid labiate, with glossy spinous-edged foliage, and stems 
of a foot or so, with close heads of cream-coloured blossom in 
August. It haunts the higher grass-lands of the Tibetan Alps 
at some 11,000 feet; and, though not special, has a meek 
attraction. 

Mvyosotis sp. (F 245) is very general all over the drier regions of South 
Kansu and Tibet, the seed having been collected on the walls 
of Jé-ni. It is a small annual-biennial species, forming little 
low tangles of perfectly prostrate sprays, beset from March to 
September with a profusion of light-blue stars of a peculiar soft 
loveliness like that of Omphalodes. Carpeting a sandy patch 
round the foot of a big boulder it looks really beautiful in its 
quiet way, and ought, though not of high importance or startling- 
ness, to give a great deal of modest pleasure in suitable poor 
and gravelly levels, for preference in fullest sun. 

Nitraria Schobert (F 98) is a gracefully arching thing, with white 
stems and narrow privet-like leaves of dark green, which forms 
into a tangled mass 4 feet high and 6 feet through, breaking 


Ono 


COLLECTIONS OF rorq. 87 


in May into a furze of minute white flowers in clusters, to be 
followed in early July by a lavish display of gorgeous and 
refulgent ruby-scarlet berries. It belongs to the stonier places 
in the hot region of the Blackwater, up to Siku, where it even 
grows happily along the hard loess ramp of the city-wall itself. 
[Far up the deserts of northern Asia, Nitraria grows where all 
other vegetation fails, and for the northern peoples its fruits are 
the staple hope of sustenance. | 

sma sp. (F 3) has not been collected. It fills all the torrid banks, 
in the torrid region of the Blackwater and the Nan Ho, with low 
clumped masses of narrow grey foliage, from which, in April, 
unfurl croziers of long pale-blue bugles, very pretty, but not 
large enough, and with the unfortunate notion of attempting a 
copy, at all points, of the supreme and inimitable Lithospermum 
graminifolium. 


Ophiopogon sp. (F 302) (? O. kansuensis) occurs at one point in the 


Nan Ho Valley, on cool ledges of rock, or at the track-side, or 
about the roots of light scant scrub—forming evergreen mats of 
very dark, wiry, grass-fine foliage, from which spring 6-inch 
spikes in July, unfolding a spire of lovely crystalline and waxen 
stars, seeming as if carved out of lavender- or rose-flushed ivory, 
and followed by balls of blue-black fruit in November. I con- 
sidered it a most lovely, dainty thing. [It abounds in Southern 
Central Kansu down into Szechwan. | 


Oreocharis Henryana (F 262) grows in similar sites to Boea, yet not 


Oste 


only likes cool ones as markedly, but is much more partial to damp 
atmosphere, and even to a certain damp in its soil, growing mag- 
nificent on dank, mossy limestone rocks in the depths of the Mo- 
Ping cafion, and often abounding—as in the débouchure of the 
Siku gorge, and at intervals in the lower reaches of the Nan Ho 
Valley—on very steep banks of a stony, rather clammy silt, which 
grows a certain film of earth-moss characteristic of such cloggy, 
cool surfaces—from which it spreads happily in and out of the 
lower fringes of scant scrub and herbage, always preferring an 
aspect steep to the point of being sheer. Here the rosettes are 
dully green and only hairy, resembling exactly that specially 
sinuate form of Ramondia pyrenaica which is called quercifolia. 
The scapes are slightly shorter and stouter than in the last, with 
fewer and much larger flowers—little thimble-shaped inverted 
Gloxinias in a charming blend of shrimp-pink and coppery 
flesh-tones, borne in a flying paniclein August. It ought to prove 
even easier than F 261, and at least as delightful, in similar 
situations ; both continue their mimicry of Ramondia in having 
quite microscopic seed, which should be carefully sown accord- 
ingly on a silty surface and most tenderly watched. 

omeles sp. (F 408) (probably O. anthyllidifolia) abounds all over 
the hottest bare slopes of the hot, dry loess region of the Black- 


- water, seed having been collected from a grave-copse outside 


88 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Nain-dzai on the Blackwater below Siku, where it had been 
allowed to form good 4-6 feet bushes of stiff boughs beset with 
fine Anthylloid foliage, and studded with myrtle-like black 
fruits in November, to replace the long copious sprays of foamy, 
cream-white blossom which in May had made the whole shrub 
wear the look of a well-flowered rigid Hawthorn. 

Pachysandra sp. (2? Pachysandra procumbens) (F 441) is an ugly thing 
with long fat pods, found flopping over one or two cool boulder- 
tops in the deep limestone gorge of M6-Ping, with prostrate 
shoots of evergreen foliage, 6-8 inches in length. 

Paeonia Moutan (F 8) has not been collected, but it is interesting 
to record this most glorious of all flowering shrubs in its most 
gorgeous snow-white form, as a wild plant from the cool copses 
above Foo-er-Gai (between Tsin Chow and Kiai Chow, April 10), 
again on the torrid hill opposite Kiai Chow here and there 
amid the coarse herbage and scant scrub, April 23; and again 
sporadically up the cooler course of the East Road river 
approaching Di-er-kan, on May 5, occasionally waving its huge 
white faces amid the scantier coppice on the slopes. In all these 
stations it is a very thin stiff growth of two to three straight 
stems (5-6 feet high above Foo-er-Gai), each terminating in one 
vast flower; but further up the Blackwater, in the hot regions 
about Lodani in Tibet, PURDOoM reports it as developing into a 
better furnished and more voluminous bush. 

Paeonta sp. (F 67) (? P. Beresowsky1) abounds between 8,000-9,000 
feet on the alps of Thundercrown and Satanee—not a woodland 
plant, but loving grassy, stony dells and glades on the open alp, 
in a way that carries one back to the pink Peonies on Baldo. 
It is in my eyes a species of singular charm and delightful- 
ness; it has voluminous lucent foliage and stems of 12-20 inches, 
carrying several flowers in all sorts of clear and clean tones of 
rosy-pink, light or dark, with a golden eye of stamens and so 
intoxicating a fragrance of roses that all the hill becomes a rose- 
garden as you go by its generous jungles of large and lovely 
blossom in May and June. 

? Paris sp. (F 430) is a woodlander abundant in the alpine forests 
of the Satanee range, and exactly recalling Paris quadrifolia but 
that it grows in single crowns, is rather taller, and has both 
leaf-whorl and flower composed of many more parts and con- 
sequently wildly spidery in effect. The flower, however, has 
no show or merit ; but it is followed by a dense-packed many- 
rayed cluster of vermilion-scarlet berries, much more brilliant 
than in I7vis foetidissima. This alone gives it attraction. 

Pertia sp. (F 340) is a queer little twiggy branching bush from the 
alpine coppice, of which I can say no more than that it grows like 
a bunchy Hazel of 4-5 feet and wears in autumn odd fluffets 
of seed, as if the achenes of a Prenanthes had floated off and 
got stuck on the sprigs of a Corylus. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1o14. 89 


Phaius sp. (F 64) is a handsome Orchid with clumps of voluminous, 
corrugated foliage, which I have found only in the lighter places 
and opener grassy glades of the steep forest up behind Satanee. 
There can thus be no doubt, not only of its perfect hardiness, 
but of its adaptability to cool and moist north-country conditions. 
The scape is some 8-10 inches high, in May, unfolding a loose 
spike of large greenish-yellow flowers with a handsome crumpled 
velvet lip of light umber-brown. Seed of this has been sent to 
an Orchid-grower to raise. 

Philadelphus sp. (F 369) has not been seen in flower. It is a tall, 
stiff, dense bush of 8-10 feet on the M6-Ping pass, and is evi- 
dently extremely profuse of blossom on its rigid sprays. F 370 
is another Philadelphus from Lotus Mountain, which may or may 
not prove specifically distinct. (Coll. W. PurpDom.) 

Physalis Alkekengi (F 429) was sent, I think, by a slip of the pen, 
as P. Franchett. This is the common old Japanese Lantern or 
Winter Cherry, which I only send as a curiosity, having but once 
come upon it, wandering like a Nettle, amid the mossy limestone 
débris and straying Brambles on the cold shady side of the great 
Siku gorge, not far above its mouth. 

Pinus Armandt (F 341) is especially fine and abundant on the smaller 
drier ranges, amid slight scrub of Rose and Bramble &c. It can 
be seen here and there in the lower woodlands of the Siku-Satanee 
ranges, but belongs in finest form to the intermediate chains, 
abounding on the M6-Ping pass, and up the shallow hills of the 
Nan Ho Valley. It is very much cut, and a very quick grower, 
so that old specimens or groups of it are rare ; there is, however, 
a splendid little forest of it on the summit of the ridges opposite 
Gahoba, where the tree at last attains to the splendid emerald 
amplitude of its maturity. 

Pletone Roylet var. (F 4) is an Indian Crocus of extraordinary beauty. 
It was only seen at one point of the Feng S’an Ling, deep down 
in a profound slaty river-gorge, heavily shaded and perfectly 
sheltered, so that I dare not yet assert its hardiness. Here it 
grows in big masses, up and up on the shelving ledges of the dark 
cliff, in, the accumulated leaf-mould fallen from the trees above ; 
on April 28 it was but just opening, yet already, such is its 
prodigality of blossom, the twilight of the cliff was aglow with 
countless bright blots of colour from its clumped blossoms of 
crimson-purple with their great lips crested and ridged with pure 
vermilion. Several bulb-mats of this have been sent home, 
and have, I hope, arrived in such condition as to admit erelong 
of distribution. [No; no such thing. r916.] 

Pleione sp. (F 158) is no less rare, but not so brilliant athing. I have 
only once seen it, growing on the cooler face of an inaccessible 
church-big boulder high up in the mouth of the Siku gorge, 
where, on the ledges of vegetable mould, it grew in little clusters 
of two to three bulbils, rooting along in the surface-carpet of a 


go JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


small, dry Selaginella that here covers all the shelves of the cliffs. 
It has corrugated leaves of bright green, and the flower, so far as 
I could judge from one glimpse of a lingering bloom in early June, 
is pretty and spidery and pink, suggesting a gigantic Bletia, 
carried solitary on a stem of 4 inches—not more than one, it seems 
(and not always that), being produced from each small tuft of 
foliage. A seed-pod has been sent, and also a few pseudo-bulbs, 
collected by a coolie striding barefoot along the face of the 
boulder, as a fly walks lightly along the ceiling. I doubt if it 
will yet be available for distribution. 

Polemonium sp. (F 141) is general up the border, in all characteristic 
Polemonium-places, in river-banks and shingles of the lower 
alpine region, and in and out of the light alpine glades and wood- 
land. It is probably only the tanguticum variety of ubiquitous 
P. coeruleum, but is very much more graceful than the type, with 
loose and scattered showers of blossom on stems of 12-24 inches, 
from early summer onwards. Only a small pinch of seed was 
after all collected, from high in the Siku gorge; so that F 141 
will probably not be distributed till the resulting plants of this 
have next season yielded their abundant crop. 

Polygonatum sp. (F 274) (? P. roseum) is a dear little fine-leaved 
whorled Solomon’s Seal of 4 inches or so, that freely spreads into 
carpets of its larch-like shoots, in the opener alpine places and 
scant turf round the base and ledges of rock-ribs on Thunder- 

‘crown &c., beset with starry flowers of mauve-pink in June, which 
are followed in autumn by berries of brilliant glowing blood-colour. 

Potentilla F 188 is P. davurica with its fruticosa-Veitchi types, of 
which there are now so many in cultivation. The pure white P. 
Vettchu is abundant all over the foothills of the Siku Alps, &c., 
and only towards the highest limit, in the turf at 12,000 feet, does 
it seem to passinto a yellow form. At least, and until closer inves- 
tigation decides differently, I am inclined to assume that all this 
large range of white-golden fruticosa Potentillas belong in reality 
to one species. As you advance into the Tibetan Alps opposite 
J6-ni the type gets better and the bushes larger. The valley- 
bottoms are filled with masses of deep and brilliant gold, while 
a little higher up the white form comes into fuller possession, and 
the grassy folds of the box-pleated upper alps seem as if mounded 
with masses of snow in August in their couloirs, with banked 
dark forest on one side, and the emerald open lawn on the other, 
in which the Potentillas are profusely peppered in bushes of 
2-3 feet, concealed from sight by their biossom. The deep golden 
type passes into the pure white by innumerable gradations of 
cream, amber, citron, and butter-yellow—intermediate colour- 
forms (or hybrids) ; seed sent out embraces all these, having 
been collected not only from the snowy and golden extremities 
of the type, but from a little bank in the Mirgo Valley where 
every link between them was in rich abundance and the loveliest 


COLLECTIONS OF 1or4. gr 


blend of every shade of saffron, sulphur, and cream—it being 
specially noted that the paler forms were perceptibly paler and 
greyer in the seed-husk than the rich brown of the yellower 
forms. All these should make masses of lovely small tight 
bushes, and deserve to be planted in big sweeps amid grass on 
the fringes of woodland and shrubbery, where in August they 
ought to mimic snow and gorse as they do on the cool green 
mountains of Tibet. 

Potenitlla biflora (F 214) is a real gem of a very different kidney. It 
belongs only to the highest-alpine earth-pans and cliffs on the 
crests of the Min S’an and Thundercrown at 14,000-15,000 feet, 
where on the bald bare loam it forms tight massive hassocks, 
often a yard across, of bright lucent-green foliage, so finely divided 
and curled as to make the effect of some hairless glossy small Saxi- 
frage of the Ceratophylla group, amassed into a tight hard dome. 
So the plant grows, from a thick woody trunk ; and in mid-July 
the whole hump is covered with a galaxy of almost stemless 
single little golden stars, in shape and size and colour like those 
of a diminished P. verna, with a blotch of orange at the base of 
each citron-yellow petal. This compact beauty, in fact, makes 
a golden third in a trinity with pink P. mitida and snowy P. 
Clustana, though even tighter and harder in its masses than 
P.nitida. [It germinated with me, but then all miffed off: kept 
too warm and moist probably. | 

Primula.—In this great race 1914 has been delightfully fertile, the 
Nivalis-Maximowiczii group being especially well represented. 
Several most interesting extensions of races or groups have 
been recorded, and I cannot help suspecting that Nos. 1, 6, 5, 
10, 13, 15, 22, 23 may prove to be good new species. So far as 
I can discern, the season has yielded twenty-five species, new or 
old, though perhaps one or two of these may fade into others, and 
certainly there are more than one concealed under No. 19. 

Primula hylophila sp. noy. No. 1 (F 38) should certainly belong to the 
Davidi group, but that it utterly lacks the brown investiture of 
scales, and in all its habit and habits precisely repeats P. acaults, 
with clumps of crisp, crinkly, sharp-toothed leaves, with pale veins, 
a lettuce-like succulency, and a microscopic veneer of green-velvet 
glands. From this rises a scape of 2-4 inches, bearing a loose Poly- 
anthus head of large and lovely rose-mauve flowers in March, with 
a ten-rayed eye of green and white from the pale throat. Not 
only does this plant repeat the tufts of the Primrose, but it also 
occupies the typical Primrose-sites in all the forests from Chago- 
ling to the gorges of Thundercrown, between 7,000 and 8,000 feet, 
growing in the opener places of the woodland, by path-sides, on 
lightly-coppiced banks, or in the wide flat stretches of Anemone 
nemorosa, dappling the ground beneath deciduous trees. It loves 
the clammy, rich loam of the Primrose, too, but especially luxuri- 
ates in rotten timber, forming magnificent crowded colonies in the 


92 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


moss along aged and decayed windfalls in the forest. The calyx, 
with its lobes, pedicels, and scape, lengthen and stouten and 
amplify remarkably in seed. For this, owing to our enforced 
flight, we had to depend on specimens hurriedly dug up in the 
woods of Satanee, carried off in boxes, and grown on to ripen 
in the hot backyard of the Yamén at Siku. On this, accordingly, 
I build no great hope; but plants have been since sent, which I 
trust may be enough to introduce so really first-class a Primula 
into cultivation, where it has all the look of thriving robustly 
and permanently. So far, it is the only general woodland Primula 
exactly taking the place of P. acaulis in its limited region. 
[Specimens of what appears to be this are in the Petrograd 
Herbarium as P. membranzfolia, quite a different thing. There is 
no trace left of either plant or seed now (1916).] 

Primula scopulorum sp. nov. No. 2 (F 39) is very hard to place; it 
is best pictured by imagining a scape of soft-mauve P. lirsuta 
applied close upon a rosette of P. favinosa or P. frondosa. It is 
a charming species, and abounds on cool, mossy rocks and cliffs 
in the woodland zone of the Chago-ling-Satanee Alps, pene- 
trating across to Thundercrown, where it is commonly seen in the 
boulder-crevices from 8,000 feet to the actual gaunt summits of the 
Ridge, and there it is still in bloom at the end of June—long after 
the May-flowering specimens of Satanee have passed into seed- 
It is purely a saxatile plant of cracks and crannies, and dies away 
in autumn to a beautiful fat knop of creamy-white, the same soft 
powder on the reverse of the foliage finely enhancing the blossom 
in spring. It is only at its best, goodly in form and rosette and 
freedom and flower, in the dark chines opposite Satanee ; about 
Chago-ling and throughout its strange distribution over the open 
flanks of Thundercrown it seems to miss the cool and mossy 
dampness of the woodland cliffs, and is universally thin and 
starved in growth, with only two to three blooms to a scape, 
instead of the possible eight that it can attain to in the moist 
and dark sub-alpine river-glens of Satanee. 

Primula riparia sp. nov. No. 3 (F 33). [Specimens of this, in the 
Petrograd Herbarium, are included under P. diantha.] Itisasmall, 
dainty clump, with gracious little scant umbels of mauve-crimson 
blossom ; three tufts were first seen on a steep, grassy rill-bank 
above Chago on May 6, and then a whole bank, cool, and over- 
hung with slight coppice, was seen studded with delicate specimens 
on the descent from Chago to the Satanee River on May 8. It 
proved impossible to get either seeds or plants of this—a failure 
with which I am glad to compound for success with so many 
more brilliant and important species. 

Primula sp. No. 4 (F 40) is interesting, as being almost certainly the 
plant previously recorded from Kansu, with marks of interroga- 
tion, as the Alaskan P. Loczii. In my experience it is confined 
to the district round .Gahoba, where, on the high moorland ridges 


COLLECTIONS OF rorq. 93 


confronting the huge Satanee Alps, it abounds on all the myriad 
little willowed hummocks and dimples of the fell, not only in the 
mossy banks but out upon the fine open turf itself in sheets. 
Above Gahoba it is sporadic on the higher ridge behind, and 

_ its last occurrence was in one big patch just below the crest of 
the M6-Ping pass on the further side. It is a charming pretty 
thing, like a glossy dwarf and perfectly powderless P. farinosa, 
with the curious quality of throwing out a number of rooting 
stolons from the central crown, and so forming rapidly, 
where satisfied, into a thick, wide carpet. It blooms in early 
May, and is a lovely reminder of P. farinosa, in farinosa’s 
pet situations, on the cool, grassy fringes of the woodlands 
and fell coppices about Gahoba. Seed was late and very 
scant; my chief hope lies in dormant crowns despatched in 
December. 

Primula sp. nov. No. 5 (F 61) belongs to the Polyneura group, but is, 
I think, of special interest as bridging the gulf between this 
section and that of P. septemloba and is perhaps the same as 
No. 21. Unless I am wrong, P. sepiemloba lives in the cool 
upper woodland of the Satanee Alps, while across the intervening 
range abounds something very like P. lichiangensis on the 
warmer, drier slopes and boulder edges of Thundercrown. That 
intervening range, with the foothills opposite Satanee, is the 
home of Primula No. 5, a most lovely species, far superior in 
grace and charm (as I think) to P. Vettchw and P. lichiangensis, 
of which it has precisely the soft foliage and lush wocdland habit 
(it is singularly small and frail in the crown), but its beautiful big 
flowers of vinous rose are not flat stars but shallow saucers, 
and instead of being borne in stiffly upstaring umbels are carried 
loosely and gracefully in an almost pendulous and one-sided 
spray, in general effect recalling that notable wide-faced form of 
P. viscosa which yields P. x Farrertiana to P. marginata on the 
Col de la Croix. (Occasionally, but very rarely, a second tier of 
blossom unfolds above the first.) Above Satanee, P. No. 5 occurs 
happily, though rather stunted, in the hot crevices of sunny 

_ primary rocks from which coppice has evidently been cleared ; 
but its real home is in deep cool places and mossy river-banks 
of the woodland, and it is particularly fine and lovely in the 
dense darkness of a little bamboo-brake in the forest zone of 
the Satanee Alps, growing in very rich clammy loam consisting 
almost wholly of decayed vegetation. Here it blooms in early 
May. October seed proved too scanty to distribute as yet, 
but I hope that dormant crowns may also help to increase the 
stock. 

Primula Viola-grandis sp. nov. No. 6 (F 74) is especially beautiful, 
important, and interesting. It is a very far northerly and most 
unexpected extension of the weird Omphalogramma group, with 
solitary flowers like gigantic monstrous violets or Pinguiculas 


94 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


before the full expansion of the leaves.* Hitherto the most 
northern species of the group has been P. Engleri, which is rare 
in the alps of Szechwan, very far to the south; the nearest 
relation to P. Viola-grandis, P. Delavayi, lives yet further to 
the south, on the flanks of Tsang-S’an, and differs, inter alia, 
in having its stems beset with brown membranaceous bracts. 
Thus the whole depth of Szechwan intervenes between the older 
Omphalogrammas of Yunnan and their new cousin of Kansu. 
P. Viola-grandis has already been splendidly figured in the 
Gardeners’ Chronicle, so I need not expatiate on its prognathous 
great blue-purple blossom, with ears laid stiffly back, and lip 
stuck stiffly out (but the bud opens a regular star of intense 
violet, lightening to a more lucent tone as it opens out and the 
segments set to work reflexing and protruding). It only remains 
to describe the enormous subsequent expansion of the foliage, 
which develops heart-shaped blades like those of a fat Viola lurta 
or V. odorata, but densely thick like flannel, of very dark opaque 
dusty green with paler veins, lying flopped about on the black 
soil, too heavy for the elongated fleshy footstalks of glandular 
pinkness. P. Viola-grandis may perhaps prove easier than its 
cousins ; but it has a very rigid choice of habitats. It is never 
found except up cool, westerly-facing, shady exposures of big 
limestone cliffs in the alps of Satanee and Thundercrown, hugging 
the underside of ledge-sods in clammy moist soil of loam or 
vegetable mould, and descending freely into the upper reacheS of 
the Siku gorges, where they go lost at last in sombre inaccessible 
cafions of gloom and dankness. Usually it is found in clumps 
here and there, its piercingly refulgent violet flames hovering like 
blue sparks of electricity in May from the gloomy walls—but in 
one station I know, higher up on the open alps of the Ridge, it 
so abounds in little western couloirs and on a little turfy saddle 
beneath the cliff, so runs riot in loam or red earth or peat-mould, 
and so gaily flickers in and out of the minute 3-inch Rhodo- 
dendron scrub, that those few and limited stations are all a 
shimmering dance of Violets in early summer, and there at least 
the plant gives better hope of a robust and hearty habit. As 
might be imagined from its preposterous flower and length of 
tube, it is a poor scant seeder, hardly five per cent. of the blooms 
(which are not by any means sent up from every crown either) 
resulting in the tall 6-8-inch seed-stem and its round capsule atop. 
I was late upon its final scene too; so that the distribution of 
seed will have been sadly niggardly. However, I felt profoundly 
grateful and fortunate to get what I did, the four or five last 
capsules lingering on the mountain-side, with the seed lying 
loose in its saucer, at the mercy of any moment’s flow of 


* P. Viola-grandis is much the smallest of the group; the others resemble 


fat-throated Gloxinias more than anything else, while this does really recall a 
giant violet, 


COLLECTIONS OF trorq. 95 


wind or dash of hail. In autumn the whole thing dies back 
to a white scaly bud like a wee bulb of Lilium; some of these 
have also been sent, and I hope may arrive alive. [Alas, none 
survive ; nor did the seed germinate. ] 

Primula sp. No. 7 (F 86) is almost certainly no more than P. lichian- 
gensis, and, as such, I have not troubled to collect it for general 
distribution, as it is now so generally grown. I do not very 
greatly love or admire it. Its interest lies in this far-northerly 
extension of its original distribution in the alps of Yunnan. 
It abounds at mid-elevations on Thundercrown, not at all 
avoiding hot dry flanks and exposures, but growing for choice 
in scant sunny scrub, deep woodland, and along the beshrubbed 
brows of cliff or boulder, from which its stiff and starry umbels 
of bright and golden-eyed magenta pink flaunt or flap with fine 
effect in May. In the main Min S’an its place is taken by F 1907. 

Primula Woodwardu No. 8 (F 116) is a most gorgeous species of the 
Nivalis group. PuRDOM originally collected it on the foothills of 
Monk Mountain, and it was shown by VEITCH at the 1913 Con- 
ference under the false name of P. ‘‘ purpurea’’ Royle. It differs 
absolutely and utterly from every form of P. nivalis in being 
completely smooth and glossy and devoid of powder in all 
parts of its growth. It forms a deep, woody stock, sheathed 
in brown membrane, and ending in a few fat white roots; this 
supports a cabbage-like tuft of dark-green foliage, and an 8—12- 
inch stout stem, carrying a great head of deep violet stars in June, 

on pedicels so distinct and slender that the cluster is a rayed wheel 
of blossom, not a piled dome. It grows in the open coarse turf 
of the alps, dotted here and there, between 9,000 and 13,000 feet, 
blazing from afar amid the lavender and gold and citron of the 
other reigning flowers that constellate the grass. Its long stock, 
and the rough herbage and steep slopes that it affects, all indi- 
cate that it may prove to possess a typical Nivalis sensitiveness 
to the least deficiency in drainage or moisture. All turf-Primulas, 
in fact, should, I think, be treated as such in cultivation, their 
coarse enveloping mat of grass and rootage equalizing their 
moisture in summer, and draining it uniformly away ; while in 
winter it dies down upon their dormant crowns like a dry thatch, 
over which springy mattress lies the warm coverlid of the winter’s 
snow. I should, indeed, make an Alpenwiese on a raking but 
well-watered slope for nearly all the Nivalis group, and especially 
for the forms of P. nivalis itself. P.Woodward1t is a joy to collect, 
with stalwart oval pods of hearty brown, standing starkly up from 
the moorland on lengthened scapes of a foot and more; two lots 
have been sent, as IIl6a and 1160, on the chance that the 
Monk Mountain form may perhaps prove in some way different 
from that of Thundercrown. In the main Min S’an I cannot be 
certain that it occurs, though I greatly suspect that this and no 
other was a very stalwart mvalis Primula of the upper grass 


96 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


alps, especially haunting the fringes of light scant scrub (as often 
does P. Woodwardi on Thundercrown) at the edges and crests of 
the little pleated folds of the downs.* 

Primula gemmfera No. 9 (Fig. 121) is a unique occurrence, which 
yielded no seed, and of which I have one sod here in Lanchow, 
which may possibly get no further. We found it only in the little 
mountain track ascending Thundercrown, between 9,000 and 9,500 
feet, where, in clammy, limy loam, it grew in wads and clusters like 
seedling boxes-full of groundsel- (and by no means, in their earlier 
stages, unlike). The majority seemed packed seedlings; only 
here and there arose the delicate 5-inch scapes in June, bearing 
flowers intermediate in appearance between P. longiflora and P. 
farinosa, but much nearer the former, round-faced, purple-tubed 
prettinesses of soft pink, above the minute leathern-grey foliage 
huddled on the ground. Abounding as it does in its limited 
area, it must seed and germinate copiously, but not perhaps 
every season, since in 1914 not the trace of a capsule was 
anywhere discoverable. It is a dainty pleasant thing, with its 
remarkable long-tubed flowers swinging horizontally usually in 
pairs; I suspect it of being very close indeed to F 168, from 
higher up the mountain—and perhaps a mere microform. But 
F 168 is a larger, finer plant in every way, with bigger, rounder 
flowers of milky pink; it does not grow in mats but in isolated 
crowns, and the shorter corolla-tubes are yellow and not purple. 

Primula optatasp. nov. No. 10 (F 122) isa most important and beautiful 
species of the Nivalis group, which, however, instead of a long 
perilous neck with a few roots at the end, breaks straight, in hearty 
crowns, from such a mat of stout red fibres, ramified into such a 
mesh of white rootlets, that you can weed it up in big sods like 
groundsel from the slopes of bare fine silt where it lives, between 
12,000 and 14,000 feet on Thundercrown, occasionally flaunting 
from the cliffs in big aged masses, but usually dotted about all by 
itself, over the otherwise bare earth-pans, beck-shingles, and loamy 
patches of scree beneath the crests, which it illuminates with its 
stout-pedicelled domed (and often two-tiered) heads of big 
lavender-blue stars in June, on stout powder-white scapes of 3—I0 
inches, rapidly lengthening in flower and fruit. Its pods are very 
long, straight, narrow-drain-pipe-shaped, flat-ended and pallid in 
colour, going transparent at the top as in P. Maximowiczir; 
the lovely flowers have a strong scent of an old apple-cupboard 
haunted by mice. It should prove an easy doer in loamy, well- 
watered moraine; and never shares its home with other vegeta- 
tion, nor descends to less gaunt and barren places. It has so 
close a relationship to P. No. 22 from similar heights and 


* [No need to fuss for P, Woodwardii: so far it is one of the kindliest growers 
of the lot, and even more daintily lovely than at home, developing a white eye 
inside the ashen dark one (1916). In the Da-Tung range it differs slightly: 
more vinous in its flower-colouring and occasionally powdered on the scape.] 


COLLECTIONS OF rorq. | 97 


situations in the main Min S’an that I dare not yet quite propose 
it as a separate species, or more than a local development on its 
isolated mountain mass. In P. 22, however, the foliage is taller, 
more advanced with the flower, more upstanding, revolute, 
dark, leathery, opaque and stiff, with more powder in its young 
stage, and a clear white line of powder round the under margin 
of the mature leaf such as is very rare indeed on the much 
more explanate, glossy, succulent, bright-green foliage of Primula 
optata.* 

Primula No. 11 (F 133) is P. cttvina originally described from much 
smaller specimens than are the rule of its best. This gracious 
and glorious canary-yellow-headed beauty, lush and subtropical- 
looking in thin and powdered foliage, has been figured in the 
Gardeners’ Chronicle beyond need of more description. It looks 
as if it had a sturdy constitution, yet in Nature is most rigidly 
restricted to the dry and powdery limy silt on the floors of over- 
hung (and, for preference, sunless) grottos and crevices of the 
limestone cliffs at 9,000-10,000 feet from Thundercrown away up 
all the Border ranges, ascending to 14,000-15,000 in open crevice 
and crannies, where, however, it still markedly prefers the cold and 
overhung aspects, and is anyhow always wizen and compact by 
comparison with its luxuriant development in more comfortable 
cavities lower down. Here, and here only, untouched by sun or 
rain, it grows superb and lax as in the photograph referred to, 
seeding copiously over the fine silty surfaces, cool and powdery, 
of the dusty grotto-beds that are its happiest home, and from 
which it so graciously flaunts its loose citron heads of splendour 
on 5-inch scapes in June. [I believe P. flava to be only a xero- 
morph of P. citvina from the gaunt arid region round the upper 
Hwang-Hor. | 

Primula No. 12 (F 187) is P. conspersa. It was collected first by 
PURDOM in IgII, and has been commented on in the Gardeners’ 
Chromcle. It is not found at all until you reach the Minchow 
district, and ranges westwards thence into the foothills of the 
Min S’an, not mounting or descending from some 8,500 feet, 
where it occupies precisely the situations beloved by P. farinosa, 
on the damper grassy hillsides and in the small marish folds of 
the fells, and in level damp places beside the mountain-streams : 
precisely copying P. farinosa too in its whole effect, except that 
the scapes are usually 9-12 inches high, and carry two or three 
superimposed tiers of blossom. In the Tibetan Alps it blooms 
from early July ; it is not absolutely a biennial, for specially 
stout crowns can be found preparing next year’s leaf-bud at the 
base of the seedling stems; but by far the larger majority of 
seeding plants die in the act, and it is as a biennial that P. 
conspersa had better be grown in England, wherever P. farinosa 


* (The seedlings, too, are so absolutely distinct as to remove these two species 
quite definitely from each other (1916).] 


VOL. XLII. H 


98 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


is happy, with a yearly sowing of seed broadcast over fine 
moist turfy tracts. [In cultivation it becomes perennial and so 
very much larger in growth and flower as to become hardly 
distinguishable from P. gemmzfera.] 

Primula gemmifera No. 13 (F 168) is represented by the original speci- 
mens of P. gemmifera in the Petrograd Herbarium, the sheets of 
which include a poor form of P. Wardu or P. sibirica. The August- 
borne blossoms are very large and comfortable-faced, and fat and 
round, of a melting milky pink with a yellow throat and delicate 
fragrance. This charmer begins in the moister upmost silt-slopes 
of Thundercrown (where it has a strange little offshoot or poor 
cousin, in P. No. 9, 2,000 feet lower down the mountain), but its 
main abundance Is in the Min S’an, very high up, at 12,000—-13,000 
feet, where it loves the open earth-fans of the steep fell-sides, 
densely dotting the fine loam and shingle with its solitary crowns, 
so frail and scant of root; but thence even spreads by myriads 
into the finer alpine turf all round, and sends its seedlings far 
down into the valleys beneath, where their results occur in little 
colonies or bright specklings of colour, along the grassy or shingly 
levels of the beck-bottoms in the gorges and cool glens and 
shady places, very different from the naked exposure of the high- 
alpine heights, where it is at home in the barer moister slopes 
and channels of clammy and stony calcareous loam. [Abundant 
on the Da-Tung Alps also in I915.} 

Primula No. 14 (F 1g9r) is P. Maximowiczi1. This, the hyacinth- 
flowered, many-tiered stalwart, has an enormous range over all 
the grassy alps of Northern Central and Western China. Let it be 
noted that this must surely be both hardy and soundly perennial 
(unless where it may flower itself to death), but that it is a 
typical turf-Primula of mvalis habit, and therefore would be 
best if grown in grass on a cool, well-watered, and perfectly- 
drained slope, kept rigidly dry in winter. Stagnation and 
clogging damp will be its detestation, especially in the over- 
rich soil which it would clearly appreciate in summer. I have 
not yet seen it in flower, but it abounds in the hay of the cooler 
slopes on the Tibetan Alps, not descending to the flat and sedgy 
glen-bottoms like P. Purdomit. [I do not believe there is any 
real difference between this and P. tangutica.]| 

Primula alsophila sp. nov. No. 15 (F 178) is a most charming little 
beauty of the woodland group. It runs freely about with 
light frail runners, in the profound cold moss-banks in the 
highest Tibetan forest, towards the summit of the ridges, 
at some 12,000 feet, covering the deep beds of leaf-mould with 
a carpet of sharp-lobed, bright-green foliage, above which spring 
dainty little scapes of 4-5 inches in July, each usually flourishing, 
on long fine pedicels, a pair or more of charming rose-mauve 
flowers, wide and flat and starry, with a pale eye and darker 
tube. It has a most especial daintiness and charm; and its 


COLLECTIONS OF 1014. 99 


divaricate calyx-lobes make its assignation uncertain. A later lot 
of seed, distributed as F 464, is almost certainly F 178 beyond 
shadow of doubt; but as it was collected by a Chinese collector 
I have thought best to avoid the possibility of a confusion. This 
has a certain look of P. jesoana, but is clearly distinct, if only 
in the much longer and finer pedicels and better blossoms. 

Primula No. 16 (F 193) is doubtful, and distributed only under a 
caution. It is amost precious find of PuRDoM’s—a glaucous-grey 
erect-leaved clumping Primula of the mtvalis group, with the habit 
of the rest, but blossoms of clear yellow. Only seven specimens 
of this were originally seen in IgII, on one high grassy crest of 
Tibet, in company with P. Maximowiczi and P. Purdomit ; on 
PuRDOM’s return to the station in 1914 the flower was over, and 
the two solitary plants discoverable in seed could not therefore 
be positively guaranteed to be this new yellow nivalis, though 
the probabilities in their favour are so large as almost to amount 
to certainty. [Seed sent under the next number has proved to 
contain this in a huge percentage. 1916.} 

Primula No. 17 (F 192) should be the unsurpassable and worthily 
named P. Purdomt. This Queen of the Nivalis group belongs to 
the high grass-lands of the Tibetan Alps opposite J6-ni. Though I 
have not yet been dazzled by the spectacle of its bloom, I have 
been interested to watch its habit (they say it flowers best in 
alternate years) and to note that, while it is a typical turf-species 
of the nivalis cousinhood, like P. Maximowiczit, P. No. 16, P. 
Woodwardi1, yet it has idiosyncrasies not shared by the others. It 
is perceptibly more local, and, though it may often freely be found 
in the folds and slopes of the vast upper hayfields, it has a clear 
liking for more level (that is to say, more moisture-retaining) 
tracts, such as small flat stretches along the descending ridges, 
and especially for the sedgy cool flats in the upper stretches of 
the valleys, beside the cold and brawling ice-green becks of the 
Min S’an. No hay or rushy turf can be too coarse and dense 
for it, it seems; its need is evidently the even distribution of 
damp by the grass roots in summer, and then, in winter, a thatch 
of yet more special depth and dryness under the dry snow than 
that required by all the others. It is a noble and robust grower, 
very different from the small (yet how beautiful!) specimens 
shown at the Conference. I have seen the seed-scapes at least 
two feet high, with some thirty stalwart erect pods. It was 
first collected by PURDOM in Iog1I, and exhibited at the 
Conference of 1913. 

Primula No. 18 (F 194) is P. tangutica, one of the few really frightful 
Primulas—so ugly that only under protest have I sent any seed 
at all, though it abounds with P. gemmtfera in the highest 
earth-fans of the Tibetan Alps, in habit like a small untidy 
P. Maximowticzi, with Maxtmowriczit’s variable flowers reduced 
to wispy starved little ragged stars of dull chocolate and 


H 2 


Ioo JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL ‘SOCIETY. 


brownish black [but I think P. tangutica is P. Maximowiczit and 
no more]. 

Primula No. 19 (F 195) requires very careful watching, as this 
number contains certainly two distinct species, and possibly four. 
The number stands primarily for P. ‘‘cognata,’ which I think 
is undilutedly genuine in the earliest lot of seed sent under the 
name (and already germinated)—a most beautiful species of the 
Auriculate group, with lush flat rosettes of glabrous foliage, in 
the vertical cliffs and shingle-walls of the lower Tibetan region 
about Jé-ni, and short scapes of an inch or two, generously 
furnished with large and deliciously fragrant flowers of rosy- 
lavender. It was first collected by PURDOM in Ig1I, but has 
never yet been shown. Unfortunately, we were too late in the 
Min S’an for its flowering season, and as our reports had a certain 
ambiguity as to the difference between “‘ form ’’ and “ species,”’ 
it was only too tardily that I discovered that at least one supposed 
“form,” from the Lotus Mountain, was in reality an apparently 
perfectly distinct species, of similar stature, but with densely 
white-powdered foliage ; which leaves me suspecting that the 
same may ultimately have to be said of another so-called “‘ form ”’ 
from Monk Mountain. Accordingly I have labelled all sendings 
of P. ‘cognata”’ with the name of their district, and advise 
that all these be kept apart and carefully watched, as my name 
at present is such a chimera. It even, I believe, will be found 
to include a few stray seeds of P. No. 20, from collected crowns 
sent down with the true cognatas, to ripen their pods in Jé-ni. 
In the earliest lots, however, which alone were large enough 
for general distribution, I am certain that P. “‘cognata’’ will 
be found pure, and possibly unalloyed except for the Lotus 
Mountain plant, which undoubtedly comprises the majority, if 
not the whole, of the second sending, received in England 
about December 24.* 

Primula No. 20 (F 196) is blurred with the last, and very scanty in 
supply, even if sent atall. Itneed not be regretted; it is a starvel- 
ing little thing, replacing P. scopuloruwm in the highest cool cliffs 
and grassy rock-ledges of the uppermost Min S’an. It has the 
puny look of P. yunnanensis—a feeble tiny rosette, and a scape 
of an inch, more or less, with two or more flowers. These we 
never saw, unless some rather attractive starry recurving blooms 
of lilac-mauve from the great Ardjeri gorge did indeed represent 
this species in a stout and drawn-up form (for here the scape had 
attained 3-4 inches, and the abundant crowns seemed stronger 


* [P. cognata is so fara myth unless it lurks in this lot, which is all really 
P. stenocalyx, the prevailing Primula of the Da-Tung Alps, and a species of 
amazing vigour alike in germination and growth in the garden, In this 1914 
lot I have even noticed that among the hundreds of great stout plants which 
are the powderless P. stenocalyx genuina,one of my own plants belongs to 
P. stenocalyx dealbata, the powdered form which in the Da-Tung Alps bac i 
the other at higher elevations, ] 


COLLECTIONS OF 1014. Ior 


than up above. It was here growing in damp cool silt, very loose, 
about the feet of great boulders in the shade, at the mouth of 
the ravine. 

Primula No. 21 (F 197) may perhaps contain two species, of which 
only seed from Rou Ba Temple has been distributed. As I know 
the plant, in the cool silty grottos and shady boulders of the 
Ardjeri gorges, it stands in very close alliance to P. lichiangensis, 
precisely repeating its habit and foliage [but among the most 
heartily acclaimed of all my lot—a first-class grower, and of a 
refined and vivid beauty far surpassing P.Vevtchi, P. lichiangensts, 
and all the others of that graceless aniline cousinship]. In any 
case, No: 5 gives the picture and the rule for this (and is, perhaps, 
the same), and also (whether it be the same or not) for the parent 
of the other seed sent under this number—a woodland species 
from forest banks about Rou Ba Temple, and opposite Jé6-ni. 
[Two types may thus possibly be expected, but the prevailing one 
under this number has already captivated public affection.] 

Primula No. 22 (F 248).—For the differences between this superb 
species and its smaller cousin, see under P. optata. P.No. 22 
makes robust and clod-forming clumps of stiff upstanding foliage 
all over the gaunt consolidated silt-beds and hard earthy shingles 
of the uppermost arétes of the Min S’an, in the same sort of places 
chosen by P. oftata on Thundercrown, but growing much stouter 
and more abundant, often making quite a waving jungle of its 
stalwart stems over gaunt slopes where no other living thing 
occurs. It weeds up in sods like a groundsel, and roots in the 
same rampageous manner as P. optata, with the same long, 
pale, and chaffy pods, though I fancy it more rarely super- 
imposes a second flower-tier on the first. The flower is so far 
unknown ; judging by P. oftata it should be a glorious nivalis of 
lavender-purple, and to judge by captured crowns now emerging 
from their biscuit-tins in Lanchow, it sends them up (after the 
leaves are well developed) with profusion, and grows with im- 
perturbable vigour and copiousness of clump. [Seed was barely 
mature, none the less it germinated magnificently—far better 
than P. optata, and yielded seedlings of absolutely different 

- appearance. ] 

Primula aerinantha No. 23 (F 273) has value as being our only 
representative of the spiked Muscarioides group. It is a most 
delightful find of PuRDom’s, rarely occurring on mossy slopes of 
a river-ghyll high on Lotus Mountain, with pine-trees well up 
above it on either side. I have seen it only in dry and seeding 
specimens; it appears to me perfectly glabrous, a wonderful 

- and unique promise of prosperity in a Muscarioid Primula ; 
its white-powdered stems, in capsule, are a foot or more in 
height, and it bears little bells of lavender-blue with the 
intoxicating fragrance of its group. [It is practically monocarpic 
and little to be mourned.] 


I02 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Primula No. 24 (F 300) was, in point of fact, the first of all our 
Primulas to be found. It was already out of flower when we 
descended from the Feng S’an Ling upon Wen Hsien on April 28, 
and Purpom had the happy idea to diverge up to the foot of a 
high-swaying little Stawbdach of a water-spray that shot down 
over a great westerly-facing cliff to the left ; and there, all up 
the ledges, found this Primula growing in great wads and masses 
of the neatest little mealed rosettes, from all of which shot sturdy 
scapes of an inch or two, carrying such sturdy pedicels and calyces 
as to give good hope that the flowers will be sturdy and large 
to match. The umbel seems to carry four to six blooms in a 
wide head. As yet I cannot assign this almost unexamined 
but most distinct species to any particular group, unless it be 
that of P. seritulum. The buds on collected plants here have 
unfortunately gone “ blind,’ but I hope seed will prosper, and 
a cool rather damp cliff-crevice ultimately reveal the species in 
the beauty I feel safe in foretelling from its neat massed habit 
and doughty little scape. 

Primula No. 25 (F 192) is almost certainly P. septemloba. I found 

it, in the very end of all things, on a cool loose-soiled bank 

at a cliff’s foot, high up in the alps of Satanee, with scant willows 
growing about. Everything of it was gone to mush, except the » 
sere, stiff scapes of 8 inches; but the very numerous, crowded, 
erect pedicels of these suggested obviously the drooping flowers 
of P. sepbtemloba, and amid the decayed leaves could be discerned 
the relics of acute lobing, such as you get in P. septemloba and 

P. alsophila, but not in the more gently-rounded divisions of the 

Polyneura group. The plant, however, had bad luck; the 

collecting box was not prompt enough in recognizing its specific 

claims, and its large root-masses got mixed up with the frail 
crowns of P. No. 5, while the seven seeds which alone the 
exhausted capsules yielded were so carefully put away as never 
to be found again. It will no doubt turn up among the sendings 
of P. No. 5, but is, in itself, a much less important species, already 
known, and not pre-eminent, as it is closely rivalled by Cortusa 

Matthioli, as delicate a thing and an older friend. 

Primula F 464 is almost certainly P. alsophila. 

Primula F 465 (Chiappa) is a doubtful woodlander, but is almost 
certainly P. No. 21. 

. Purdomi (17). 

. Maximowicz (14). 

. tangutica (18). 

. Woodwardu (8). 

. Optata (10). 

INO 22. 

. No. 16. 

(?) Davidi group—P. hylophila (x). 

Omphalogramma group—P. No. 6 (P. Viola-grandis). 


Nivalis-Maximowiczu group 


oh Sohaeh Gero viclag! 


COLLECTIONS OF rorq. 103 


Muscarioides group—P. aerinantha (23). 
(?) Souliet group—P. citrina (11). 

Pr Ne. 4 (e- Eocztt). 

P. gemmtfera (9). 

Farinosa-Auniculata group = ae ean} 

P. No. 19 (P. cognata) 

P. stenocalyx (19). 

PeNo. 5: 

P. No. 7 (P. lichtangensis). 

P- No: 21. 

P. alsophila (15). 

P. No. 25 (P. septemloba). 


Cortusoides group 


P. scopulorum (2). 
Incertae Sedis PNG. 20: 
PL No, 24. 
Mollis group—P. riparia (3). 

Prinsepia uniflora (F 272) is the correct name of the shrub erro- 
neously called Plagiospermum sinense. True Plagiosbermum 
has a limited distribution in Eastern China, but this plant is 
abundant throughout the lower loess regions of South Kansu, 
decorating the bare field-banks with its thorny, gracefully arising, 
arching boughs of 4-6 feet, which break into fluffs of small white 
flowers like Myrtle, to be followed by beautiful pendent oval 
berries of rich crimson on long pedicels. Seed was collected from 
the hedgerows high above Siku, on the topmost loess plateau 
beneath the Thundercrown ascent. Mr. MAYER believes the fruit 
of this may have comestible merit ; perhaps this may be so in 
America, but for my own part I have always found that the splendid 
crimson drop, so elegantly dangling, consists of almost nothing 
but skin and stone. 

Pyrus sp. (F 338) is a magnificent tree of 25-30 feet, of the Sorbus 
group, with oval-pointed undivided foliage, which turns of an 
unequalled scarlet in autumn. It is stately and graceful in habit, 
with terminal bunches of pendent fruit. Only one tree of this 
was seen (by PuRDomM) just below Chago, on the edge of the 
forest, and the seed may not yet be sufficient for distribution. 

Pyrus sp. (F 397) was collected by our Chinese headman, and cannot 
be precisely described, except that it is a small tree of the lower 
alpine woodland opposite Satanee, standing quite close, I take 
it, to the White Mountain Ash, but with larger oval fruits of 
pale fleshy tone, suggesting little oblong Whiteheart Cherries. 

Pyrus sp. (F 398) belongs to the Satanee range, and was particularly 
beautiful in the steep sacred forest behind the village, a small 
round tree, with straight branches enclouded all along in loose 
flights of pearl-white flower in May, followed by a rich display of 
hard little crimson Morello Cherries in November, hanging long, 
and very showy. It must be near P. spectabils. 


I04 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Pyrus sp. (F 399) has not been distributed. It is a big, uninterest- 
ing-looking tree, from which a few of the rare little hard single 
fruits were tugged with difficulty one day, as I passed a small 
grave-copse some three to four miles north of Tan Ch’ang. 

Pyrus sp. (F 400) (the White Mountain Ash) is perhaps the best of the 
lot as far as foliage goes, except for F 338. For this is simply 
a replica of P. Aucuparia, exactly like the Mountain Ash in 
leafage and habit, but that it is rather denser and more compactly 
erect in growth. The foliage, however, takes the most gorgeous 
tones of salmon-orange-vermilion in autumn, and the scanty 
fruit-panicles are of waxy white, containing rose-pink seeds. It 
abounds all up the alpine coppice and lower woodland, from 
Satanee to J6-ni. 

Quercus sp. (F 466) is a peculiarly graceful little light tree, suggestive 
of a Willow in habit, no less than in its very narrow dentate 
leaves, amid which sit buzzly-cupped acorns. It was only once 
seen, in a temple coppice high up on the hot loess downs above 
Siku (F 467). I believe it to be just the ordinary Oak; and 
it is not certain whether either set of acorns will prove sound 

_ enough to be distributed. 

Rhododendron.—The alps of the Kansu-Tibet border, cool and high, 
have nothing like the luxuriance and variety to which Rhodo- 
dendron attains on the steamy, warmer, wetter ranges of the 
provinces going down towards India. I am indeed surprised at 
the scant variety we have noticed, and must only remark that, 
with one exception, all these appear even passionately calcareous 
in their tastes. 

Rhododendron (F 63) (? brachycarpum) is the one exception. It lives on 
reddish shaly subsoil in the steep copsy folds of the great ridge high 
above Satanee, at 9,000-10,000 feet. It is a singularly beautiful 
shrub—a compact pyramid of 8-10 feet, or a small round-headed 
tree of 15-18 feet—but always neat and brilliant, and well 
furnished with lucent bright-green foliage, otherwise after the 
pattern of R. fulgens. The flowers are borne in loose clusters in 
early May, and in the most ravishing profusion ; and that this 
was not the accident of one particular season was shown in late 
autumn, when every shoot was seen graced again with a fat bud, 
preparing no less glorious a show than when Purpom had first 
sighted it in the spring, when every bush was a mass of bloom. 
These blooms, too, are of the loveliest—four to six large trumpets 
of palest pearly pink with a rosier blush outside, suggesting in 
shape and size and texture a compromise between those of R. 
Aucklandu and R. ciliatum, and carried laxly in a way to reveal 
the full loveliness of each, if not to satisfy the exhibitor’s 
passion for a tight, hard pyramid of blossom. 

Rhododendron sp. (F 88) can probably not be distributed. It is not a 
very common plant, and has much the look of R. anthopogon, but 
that it flops and flounders along the mossy banks and limestone 


COLLECTIONS OF 1014. 105 


boulder-tops of the alpine coppiced beck-sides on Thundercrown, 
with neat little dark metallic foliage, and lovely clusters of clear 
pale-yellow blossom in June. 

Rhododendron sp. (F 119) probably contains an admixture of the last. 
F 119 is, I think, VEITCH’s 1889, a universal little Rhododendron 
of the open alps, replacing heather on our own, and forming neat 
round bushes of 6-18 inches, made up of bronzy-grey, small, 
oval foliage, with the shoots ending in bunches of mauve-lavender 
flowers in June—July. 

Rhododendron sp. (F 79).—I cannot be quite certain if this has 
been sent. F 79 is a general species of the alpine coppices 
up the Border, being a very lax, straggling, erect bush or low 
tree, with large Azaleoid flowers of flaring crimson-magenta in 
April-May. 

Rhododendron sp. (F 339) abounds in the alpine coppiced glens of the 
Min S’an—a rather straggling and not specially graceful low 
tree with flower as yet unknown, and foliage felted with rust 
beneath. 

Rhododendron sp. (F 387) is a gigantic arborescent species of the 
upmost woodland zone of the Satanee range, stretching across, 
I think, to the fells of Thundercrown, where, on those drier, barer 
alps, it takes a much stunted form, growing only as a stiff bush 
of 3-4 feet, by comparison with the great lax old forest giants 
of the Chago woods, from whose aged hoary arms drop aged 
veils and films and trails of lichen, like limp tails of many 
despondent monkeys. It has large and brilliantly glossy green 
foliage; the flower does not seem very free on the veteran 
specimens, but, so far as I could judge on Thundercrown, is pure 
white, large, and gathered into large and crowded, rather tight 
pyramidal balls of bloom. Its wood, when burned, exhales the 
most entrancing scent of Primroses; and it ironically laughs 
at the calciphobe traditions of Rhododendron by the inordinate 
profusion with which its glistering seedlings sprout and prosper 
in nothing but sheer limestone silt and shingle, up in the highest 
reaches of the beck-beds in the Satanee Alps. 

Rodgersia aesculifolia (F 132) is perfectly magnificent in the richest, 
coolest, and darker aspects of the great Siku gorge, growing 4-5 
feet high in the corners under the cliff, with enormous metallic 
foliage and foamy-white blossom in crest over crest to the summit 
of the spumy pyramid—by far the most superb of Rodgersias 
when in such form, and completely vanquishing the utmost effort 
of Astilbe and Spiraea. It is general all over the lower alpine 
coppice of the Siku-Satanee ranges, and, above Siku, even lingers 
handsomely on hot dry hills of coarse grass, from which the 
woodland has been pitilessly cleared for many generations. 

sa; —The Border hedgerows swarm with innumerable briars with 
which I have not thought fit to burden anybody, as they are 
horticulturally valueless—no better than R. canina, and not as 


106 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


good as strangely-neglected R. villosa. And we were unlucky 
enough just to miss getting the evidently bird-beloved round 
red fruit of the very beautiful R. xanthina, whose bending sprays 
of great single Austrian briar-like blooms droop such showers of 
gold over all the scant coppice of the Blackwater region in April, 
from Kiai Chow up to the lower reaches of the Nan Ho. This, 
and not R. sericea, I believe to be the parent of the crimson- 
hooked pteracantha form sent out as a variety of R. sericea. Now, 
this development, with blood-red new shoots armed with enormous 
winged blood-red thorns, is very common in all these parts to 
the yellow R. xanthina, and never has here at all occurred, in my 
experience, to R. sericea. [R. xanthina, if it so prove, was 
secured in 1915. | 

Rosa sp. (F 84) is a dear little shrub, not uncommon in the cooler 
reaches approaching Wen Hsien, and in all the lower alpine 
coppice of the Satanee region. It grows quite stiffly and rather 
densely, attaining 4-5 feet, exquisitely graceful in effect with its 
small fine foliage, and enshrouded all over in May with a count- 
less multitude of small charming apple-blossomy flowers of 
palest pearly white with a pinky flush. Seed from the M6-Ping 
pass; it may possibly not be available yet for distribution, 
though I rather think this is a false alarm. 

Rosa sp. (F 291) is the most glorious multiflora Rose I have ever 
seen. It begins in the lower alpine coppice and hedgerows of 
the Satanee district, exists in magnificent specimens in the cool 
dank depths of the M6-Ping cafion, and in Siku is used for a 
voluminous hedge, ascending for the same purpose to Ban S’an 
at the top of the loess hills at the foot of Thundercrown. It is 
a huge rampageous bush, making shoots of 12 feet in the season, 
dark purple and smooth, set with smooth lucent Banksioid foliage 
-of deep leathern green and particularly strong-minded thorns, 
ferocious though sparse. Next year that shoot, all along its 
length, is bowed with a burden of blossom in superb enormous 
lax clusters, opening of a nankeen buff, passing to pure snow-white, 
and diffusing upon the intoxicated air an intense sweetness that 
ripples for a hundred yards around in the end of June. And 
then, as if this were not enough, these fragrant snow-showers 
pass into huge shock-heads of fruit, fiery orange at first, but 
gradually deepening to a rich bloomy vermilion, and hanging on, 
untouched, far into the early winter. At first, knowing it only 
at hot Ban S’an, I feared it might want Mediterranean sun- 
heat and ripening like the next, but having since seen it so 
luxuriant in the cool dank gorge of M6-Ping, and in the cool sub- 
alpine coppice about Satanee, I no longer feel any fear that it 
will find impediments to its happiness and development in 
even moist north-country gardens at home. [It prevails all 
down S. Central Kansu, and under cultivation proves quite 
imperturbable. 1916.] 


COLLECTIONS OF torq. 107 


Rosa Banksiae (F 407), almost as sweet and brilliant as the last, 
forming mounded haycocks of snowy fragrance all over the hot 
lower coppice of the Feng S’an Ling, is perceptibly more arid 
and tropical in inclination than the last, and freely occurs in 
isolated specimens up the blazing valley of the Blackwater, 
differing in many points, and particularly in the tiny parsi- 

-monious clusters of dull orange-chocolate fruits. 

Rosa sp. (F 463) is a big cluster-flowered pink briar of no great moment 
from the hedges of Satanee, and I can find no entry or number 
for another briar, sent (as I believe) in an earlier lot, with the 
remark that it is no improvement on a fine large pink Penzance, 
with curious long bottle-shaped fruit. [It was sent as F 208, a 
number really belonging to Betula Bhojpatra.} 

Rubus.—Nothing will induce me to plague people with the countless 
huge and hideous brambles that infest every Chinese hedgerow 
with their frightfulness. Of these we already rejoice in a suffi- 
ciency; I send only R. sp. F 281, a pleasant plant of alpine 
scrub on Thundercrown and the Min S’an, being precisely a 
neat R. Idaeus, with large, long, and very delicious Raspberries 
of orange-yellow. [I hope it may not prove R. xanthocarpus, that 
profitless weed. ] , 

Salix sp. (F 419) is our only notable Willow, and this only becomes 
notable in the far “ back-end ’”’ of the year. It is a small tree 
of 15-18 feet, growing in the moister folds of the upland valleys 
of Tibet, opposite J6-ni, where in November it so lavishly bedecks 
itself with white fluffs that the effect is precisely that of a white 
Almond or Peach in full bloom, and the sere enwintered coppice 
of the hillside looks from afar as if it were a fruit-orchard in 
spring, and strangely beautiful as the wintry sunshine touches 
those paradoxical beblossomed trees with a ghostly silver 
shimmer. 

Salvia sp. (F 169) is a magnificent herbaceous plant of 3-4 feet, 
abounding in the lower alpine turf of the Tibetan highlands 
away down to Satanee. It is a stalwart and stately grower, 
and in August bears large heads and whorls of large and very 
richly violet purple heads, promising our gardens a really valuable 
addition in this none-too-common colour [if only under cultiva- 
tion this did not always fade out to a pallid tone not so good as 
a Prunella’s (1916)]. 

Salvia sp. (F 227) is very common in low, hot, dry places all up the 
Border. It is rather a rank and ugly thing, coarse and flopping, 
with voluminous flannelly foliage and weak stems of a foot or 
so, bearing loose spires of dim, baggy-belled flowers of vinous 
mauve in summer. 

Sambucus sp. (F 337) belongs to stony slopes at mid-elevations on 
Thundercrown &c. It is a herbaceous and very rampageous 
Elder of 3-5 feet, with ample foliage and big flat heads of 
white flower, which are followed by yet bigger flat heads of 


108 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


rather small but brilliant vermilion berries at the end of 
August. — 

Saussurea sp. (F 337) I had not meant to send for anyone but Mr. 
BowLES, that lover of curious delights. However, as the quantity 
is sufficient, all may have their share, for what it is worth, of this 
odd thing which, perfectly tight to the ground in barer places 
of the upper alpine turf of Thundercrown and the Min S’an, 
there produces a fat head of (probably) quite dowdy flowers, 
followed by the plant’s one attraction, a wide gleaming collarette 
of silver smoke, which when ripe detaches itself all of a piece 
and floats away upon the air like a filmy cigarette-ring. No 
other Saussurea attracted notice (and this only by its seed), 
though there is a flannelly-leaved one (if Saussurea it be) on the 
highest bare stone-slopes of the Min S’an, with Primuloid rosettes 
of grey foliage, and fat great buzzle-heads of undistinguished 
(so far as one could foretell) flower. [This proved weird in the 
Da-Tung Alps and was accordingly collected in 1915.] 

Saxifraga —Take it all in all, the Saxifrages of this part of the Border 
are not brilliant in flower, nor profuse in variety. Of the 
Kabschia group one species only ;} of the Porphyrions doubtfully 
one (out of flower and indecipherable in the topmost cold 
limestone crags of the Min S’an); the bulk belong to less 
interesting sections, and have so far yielded only one first-class 
plant. 

Saxifraga sp. (F 73) is our one Kabschia ; it is a neat and beautiful 
thing, forming masses like those of a rather lax S. valdensis, on 
which are applied solitary-blossomed stems of S. marginata, 
making a fine effect when the domes are covered in May with 
2-inch stems, each flourishing a full-faced snowy flower. It 
haunts cool aspects of the upper limestone cliffs from Satanee 
to the Min S’an, never appearing in other situations, and varying, 
like all its group, in brilliancy and amplitude of blossom. So 
scant a pinch of seed was alone procurable that it will not yet 
be available for distribution. 

Saxifraga sp. (F 200) is by far the most important, this year, of its 
race. It is a most splendid clump-forming species of the 
Hirculus group, very profuse in stems of 6-8 inches, beset with 
rather conspicuous glaucous-grey foliage, and expanding into 
generous corymbs, in July, of noble citron-yellow flowers with a 
deeper golden base. It abounds in all the higher alpine turf of the 
Border, between 10,000 and 13,000 feet, and ranges from Thunder- 

crown. up on to the lusher, cooler flower-fields of the Min S’an, 
where, amid the pale-blue surf of Gentiana hexaphylla, its rich 
tufts of grey and gold make an effect of perfect beauty. (A quite 
inferior cousin, of the same group, often accompanies it.) No other 
species was really worthy of note or collection, though F 216 
was a wee green moss with golden stars, that had a delicate 
gaiety in cool moist rock-ledges up the valley opposite J6-ni. 


COLLECTIONS OF 1rorq. 109g 


Schizandra sp. (2) (F 288) is by no means certain, and I wondered at 
first if it might not be an Akebia. It is a very dark and leathery- 
foliaged elegant climber, haunting cool rocks here and there in 
the Siku gorge and the coppice of Da-hai-go (always a sporadic 
occurrence), which becomes notable in September—-November 
for its fruits, hanging in long dense clusters, like spathes of ‘ Lords 
and Ladies’ tied on toan Akebia-bush by fine threads, and gone 
of a beautiful bloomy coral-scarlet. 

Sedum.—Of these the greater majority here are, as elsewhere, dull and 
uninteresting plants. Sedum Farreri sp. nov. (F 238), however, 
is a prettyish little thing, from the topmost bare screes of the Min 
S’an and Thundercrown, being like a small and dainty S. rhodan- 
thum of 3-4 inches, with the fine-leaved shoots each ending in a 
fluffy head of white sodden-looking flowers in August. I cannot 
be certain if this will be to be distributed, as I cannot decide 
whether it is identical with F 322, or whether this number covers 
a cousin from similar sites and heights, still more like S. 
vhodanthum, with small, dull, reddish flowers on stems an inch or 
two taller, and more freely produced, than in the last. 

Sedum sp. (F 336), however, if really Sedum and not Umbilicus, is a 
truly beautiful thing. It seems special to very hot stony banks 
about Siku, and in the little town itself grows in such abundance 
on every roof that the groove between each ridge of tiles becomes 
a solid channel of its lovely blue-pink metallic glaucous foliage, 
fat and cylindric, but in colour like a bedding Echeveria’s, 
from which in late August profusely arise dense fox-brush 
spikes of 6-10 inches, breaking into serried pyramids of little 
coldly-white or pinkly-flushing stars. The flowered crown of 
this expires in seeding, but the mass of the plant continues 
unperturbed, as in Saxifraga Cotyledon, and it ought, in hot, dry 
places, pebbly and parching and poor, to introduce quite a new 
charm into our gardens, unaccustomed to sucha style of beauty 
in Sedum. 

Senecio.—Of these many large and some magnificent species have 
been introduced of late years, and do not need to be re-collected. 
S. tanguticus, all over the Border, is as pervasive a pest as it 
promises to be in the garden; and polymorphic but always 
resplendent S. clivorum (if so indeed it be) occurs at intervals 
all the way from Siku at least as far north as Karta Pu. 
Otherwise nearly all are too-well-known weeds. 

Senecio sp. (F 299), however, is (I believe) a new and most important 
species. Though a very closely allied but inferior thing is found 
in the higher reaches of the Tibetan becks about Ardjeri &c., 
true F 299 has been seen only in the Satanee range, scantily in 
one pool of the great mountain mass, and abundantly in the 
stream-beds high up above Satanee itself, in the ghyll-bottoms 
whose coppiced slopes are dotted with Rhododendron F 63. 
Here, actually in the running water and amid the stones of the 


IIo JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


little rill, it sends up enormous foliage of metallic dark tone, 
almost as large as in Petasttes japonicus, and borne on stout , 
footstalks clothed in soft maroon plush of richest pile ; from this, 
in August, towers far above a huge stem of 6 feet, fat and thick, 
clothed in the same plush, and breaking almost simultaneously 
at the top into four or five erect-standing stiff branches, each of 
which is densely hung with closely crowded tassels of small, 
tasselly yellow flowers hanging on thread-fine pedicels. The 
flowers I believe to be as feeble as they are certainly small; but 
their mass must be impressive, and their subsequent silver stars 
of seed are charming, and the stately imperious port of the plant, 
with its plushy empurpled stems and huge sombre foliage, is so 
impressive and splendid as to need no further enhancement from 
flower. A superb wet-bog species or for shingly water-sides, and 
the very beds of little streamy and stony pools themselves. 

Senecio sp. (F 353) is the poor cousin of the last, from Ardjeri beck- 
beds. It is slightly smaller, it lacks the purple plush, its foliage 
is of bright commonplace green—and altogether it is a feeble, 
inefficient imitation of F 299, in all points, missing all F 299’s 
essential points of splendour, but luxuriating in the same con 
ditions of running shallow water. 

Senecio sp. (F 437) is a spiked, divided-leaved species of 3-4 feet, 
very abundant in the lower coarse cool places of the alpine ranges, 
akin to S. Przewalsky1, and rather coarse and weedy to tastes 
overfed of late with coarse and weedy Chinese Ragworts at 
enormous prices. 

Senecio sp. (F 438) I have not seen. It is a find of PuRrDom’s from 
high on Thundercrown, and may have reference perhaps to the 
plant described as Cremanthodium F 239. It was collected so 
late that no judgment can be atten:pted. 

Senecio sp. (F 450) is quite different. It suggests the Madeiran 
species called Summer Ivy, and flops trailing about in all the 
warm subalpine river shingles of the Border, with sprays of 
glossy hederaceous foliage about 8-12 inches long, and very 
loose corymbs of shrill-yellow flowers in July-August, Though 
bright and pretty as it flounders over the stones, it has a tang of 
that rank and virulent vulgarity from which the Ragworts so 
rarely escape. For the sunny moraine, however, though not 
choice, it should have a clothing and enlivening value. 

Senecio sp. (F 494) I believe to be quite new, and it should certainly 

- take rank as S. Purdomu, not only for its beauty, but because 
PuURDOM was its original collector, and has always had all the 
danger and trouble of obtaining it. Successfully introduced 
in IgII, its seedlings only lived long enough to show the extreme 
difficulty of its cultivation. For, not only is it a plant of the 
wet and clammy bog, not only does it require to be raised in 
uniformly damp soil, but it is so passionately adored by slugs 
that it seems even to breed them for its own destruction in 


COLLECTIONS OF 1orq. III 


irrepressible and undefeated multitudes, and is also of such 

extreme ill-temper about root-disturbance that it cannot be 

induced to survive removal or planting out if a single one of 

its scant fat roots be bruised or curtailed. With all this it is a 

species magnificently deserving of the cares it exacts; with 

handsome foliage, not unlike that of some enormous and faintly 
glaucescent plantain, and upstanding spires of 2-3 feet, up 
which depend and dangle the remarkable flowers. These are of 
soft yellow, and have few long and wavy ray-florets, flopping 
down in a manner suggestive of a very much glorified Hamamelis, 
and full of a quite especial charm. It is so far known only from 
one marsh on Monk Mountain (where it is in poor state, and 
whence it has yielded winter seed by far too scant for distribution) 
and from another slough near Shen-trick, faraway in the Drokwa 

Alps of Tibet, where it attains the splendour and goodly stature 

of its finest specimens. (Dried specimens of PURDOM’s exist 

in England, collected in 1911.) [Abundantly sent in I915.] 

(?) Serratula sp. (F 432) is a handsome but quite coarse thing, common 
in open moorland fields all up the Border at low elevations, 
growing some 3-5 feet high, and expanding, in August, in a 
spreading compound head of brilliant magenta-purple fluff 
like a gigantic Ageratum. In sunny rich stretches of the wild 
garden it should make a fine effect. 

Sophora vicitfolia (F 9) belongs especially to the hottest and sunniest 
dry slopes of the loess region, forming bushes of 4-6 feet, sheeted 
in May with little hanging racemes of white or palest water-blue. 
Its finest abundance was at the foot of the Feng S’an Ling, and 
the seed was collected from a hot little grave-copse behind Siku, 
where it has either been introduced or survives there alone, 
from the denudation of the now bone-bare loess downs. 

Spiraea sp. (F 457) is a gracious shrub of the avguta persuasion, with 
larger clusters along the fine-leaved arching sprays. Seed of 
this (a type, I fancy, of very many varieties) was collected on the 
upmost copse-limit of the alps on Thundercrown, and sp. F 459 
may be no different, but hails from Lotus Mountain. 

Statice sp. (F 434) was in flower in mid-November on the sere dry 
downs approaching Lanchow. It is a low grower, and has yellow 
blossom. : 

Stellera sp. (F 93) is so named at Kew, but I find no other trace of 
a pink Stellera. In any case, whether really Wikstrvoemia or any 
other Daphne-cousin, this charming thing may be described as 
a herbaceous woody-stocked Daphne, springing abundantly in 
all the high hayfields of the Tibetan Alps, ascending to 11,000 
feet, but no less happy in coarse dry turf on the hot and sun- 
baked foothills of Thundercrown. It springs in a mass of 
glaucous-leaved shoots to a height of 8-12 inches, forming a 
compact dome of growth and blossom, each undivided stem 
ending in June and July in a compact dome of fragrant pearl- 


ti2 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. © 


white Daphnes with a centre of varnished ruby-red buds. It is 
evidently poisonous as the rest of the family, for in the Tibetan 
hayfields the cattle pass it deliberately by, as they pass by butter- 
cups in England. Its seed is scanty and doubtful, and hard 
to catch; it may not be sufficient for distribution, Young 
plants should be most carefully guarded from root-disturbance. 
[Abundantly collected on the Da-Tung Alps. 1I915.] 

Stellera sp. (F 112) may just as easily be Wikstvoemia or Farreria. 
It is a willow-leaved, brilliantly-green, sub-shrub of woody base, 
usually sprouting herbaceously to a height of about a foot, with 
undivided stems ending each in a loose thyrse of bright-yellow 
Daphne-flowers in June. On the hot bare loess downs, to which 
it is peculiar (I know of it only on the torrid hills of Siku, 
extending up to Lodani, and a little way up the Nan Ho), it is 
compelled to this habit by being pitilessly eaten back by the 
omnivorous goats; where let alone I have seen it develop into 
a branching bush of some 3-4 feet. The seed drops while still 
its envelope is green, and though lavish in germination must be 
spared root-disturbance in later stages. 

Stephanandra sp. (F 54) abounds in all the subalpine coppices and 
hedgerows of the Border, especially in the Satanee region. It 
has all the elegance of its race—a gracious, beautiful-leaved 
shrub of 4-5 feet, with little terminal racemes of blossom in 
May-June, like a most delicate flesh-pale Ribes sanguineum. 

Swertia sp. (F 334) is but an annual, I fear, and may indeed be nothing 
more than a specially fine Asiatic development of Pleurogyne 
carinthaca, It abounds in the open turf all over the upper alps 
of the Min S’an and Thundercrown, from 9,000 to 14,000 feet, 
and is really most beautiful in September, forming loose 6-8- 
inch pyramids of large, wide, saucer-shaped flowers of a lovely 
soft, clear, electric blue, growing in exactly the same turfy open 
slopes that breed Pleurogyne above the Glocknerhaus. But this 
is so attractive as well to deserve an annual sowing, in light grass 
or little interstices of turf. 

Syringa sp. (F 330) is a tall, slender, and very graceful Lilac of 6-8 
feet, which I have only once seen, far up, on the shady side in a 
collateral of the great Siku gorge, growing in a big colony amid 
blocks of mossy detritus from the cliff-wall overhead. Its flower, 
so far as I could judge it at the end of June, seemed small and 
rather poor, in small insignificant panicles; it may, however, 
improve in cultivation. 

Syringa veluiina (F 309).—As we escaped out of Satanee on a grey dawn 
in May, I saw, far down across the brawling little grey torrent, 
flaring purple masses of a Lilac on the sandstone cliffs that over- 
hang it. I believe and hope, though I cannot be certain, that 
to the same species belongs seed I collected from one tiny bush, 
growing in the same way, on a cliff, in the limestone gorge behind 
Gahoba, just over the neck. The seed, however, is too scant for 


eS eee 


TIL “F AVF OF) 


‘SUALUVNO) LINUNA AHL WOUA NAAS SV 'ATISIM ‘AYOLVAOSV] ‘S'H'Y—'6I “OA 


Fic. 20.—R.H.S, LABORATORY: THE MAIN ENTRANCE. 


ce 
~Es 
YS ~ 
=" 4 
Seep : 
) 
es - 2d nee: 5 


COLLECTIONS OF rotq. 113 


the plant to be immediately distributed, as only a few pods were 
still full, on the low branching shrublet of perhaps a foot high 
and twice as much across. No doubt, more fully developed, it 
will grow much larger; I feel lucky to have got any seed, for 
throughout South Kansu this (or these) rock-Lilacs are usually 
inaccessible in proportion to their brilliancy. 

Tilia sp. (F 393) (? TI. mongolica) is a low tree of some 15-20 feet, 
very abundant in flower and fruit, but not, so far, of any specially 
éclatant beauty, which is common in the lower alpine coppice 
and woodland of the Satanee range. 

Viburnum fragrans (F 13).—This most glorious of shrubs we found 
for the first time as a wild plant, occurring, not abundantly, 
in scant coppice, and in little grassy bays down beside the fell- 
becks in the small hill-range between Shi-ho and Shi-ja-juang, at 
about 5,000-6,000 feet, on April 16. The flower was here passing 
over, but still lingered in the small wayside villages, enabling 
us fully to realize the glory of its capacious thyrses of blossom, 
like snow-white or rose-pink Lilac, so freely borne on the grace- 
ful, stately boughs and sprays of 6-10 feet, and exhaling the 
most entrancing scent of heliotrope. This first-class beauty, 
wild only here (so far as known), is a general culture-plant all 
over Northern China; great old specimens are seen in almost 
every palace- or temple-yard, in Minchow, J6-ni, Lanchow, &c. ; 
and its loveliness and fragrance even carried it to Peking, where 
it was among the most prized specimens in the Imperial garden, 
until the death of the Grand Dowager and the fall of the dynasty 
allowed it out at last into the eager hands of commoner 
cultivators. The flower is prepared in tight buds at the end of 
each spur and spray by December ; it opens in April, and is then 
succeeded by the foliage, amid which in August hang clusters 
of glowing oblong berries of crimson scarlet, hardly less beautiful 
in their way than the blossom, as well as offering a favourite 
dish for dessert (but you must spit out the poisonous cloven 
stone). In fact, we should have got yet more seed than our 
present abundant supply, had it not been for a falling-out with 
the Prince of J6-ni, who, to avenge himself, set to and sedulously 
ate up all the Viburnum fruits in his palace garden, and threw 
away theseed. At every stage V. fragrans takes the very highest 
rank; it will evidently like full sun, the better to ripen its 

- wood ; but, from its happiness in cool Tibet, I believe it will hand- 
somely escape the tiresomeness that mars Chimonanthus, and will 
undoubtedly prove as precious and priceless for spring forcing 
as for the open garden a month or two later—where it seems 
likely to thrive in any rich and open loam, in China having 
often to put up with the most adamantine and caky loess, into 
which it is rammed at haphazard, and there proceeds to prosper 
profusely. [It goes far up North, even into the cold foothills cf 


the Da-Tung Alps, where not even corn will ripen. I915.] 
VOL, XLII, I 


II4. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Viburnum sp. (F 363) is a very scanty, slight-growing, arching shrub, 
splaying about with a very few sprawling branches of 3-5 feet 
long occasionally in the lower alpine coppice of the Border. The 
leaves are pretty, and the flowers I believe to be negligible; but 
autumn produces brilliant oval berries of intense opaque scarlet, 
gathered tightly here and there in twos and threes. 

Viburnum sp. (F 364) may perhaps be no more than a form of 
V. Opulus. It is, however, by far the finest fruiting Viburnum 
I know, being a tall graceful bush of 8-10 feet, with the sprays 
bowed down in autumn beneath enormous loose showers of the 
most gorgeous and luminous ruby berries. It abounds in the 
coppice of the Satanee region and the M6-Ping pass, and its 
flower I have not seen. 

Viburnum sp. (F 365) is only inferior to the last. It is stiffer in habit, 
with corrugated foliage, and more stiffly borne smaller heads 
of a less diaphanous crimson, usually drooping a little askew 
with their own weight. It haunts the same copses as the last, 
has the same stature, and is equally unknown in flower. 

Viburnum spp. (F 366, 367, 388) are dim species from Chago and M6- 
Ping, and collected by our Chinese headmen respectively. 

Vicia unijuga (F 184).—This plant has all the appearance of a 
Kennedya, with several wiry 10-12 inch stems in August springing 
from the crown, and ejecting on fine peduncles rich racemes 
of brilliant blue violet pea-flowers from all the upper axils, more 
brilliant yet for their rich red-purple calyces. It is abundant 
throughout the alpine grass-lands of Tibet, extending south 
into the Satanee range and all over Northern Asia. 


THE NEW LABORATORIES AT WISLEY. II5 


THE NEW LABORATORIES AT WISLEY. 


WHEN, some months before the outbreak of war, the Council determined 
to establish at Wisley a Research Station in Horticulture which should 
be without rival in the world, it was confronted with the problem of 
how this might be done without destroying the amenities for which 
the Gardens at Wisley are so famous. 

That the building now completed does provide a solution of the 
problem will be generally conceded by those who inspect the photo- 
graphs accompanying this note, and still more by those who have 
recently visited the Gardens. It is indeed a matter for general con- 
gratulation that it has been found possible to establish a great 
Laboratory which not only does not detract from, but actually adds 
to the beauty of the Gardens. 

The difficulties which had to be overcome before this happy result 
could be arrived at were not inconsiderable, and chief among them was 
the fact that Laboratories require in almost all their rooms far more 
light than is usually considered necessary in the rooms of dwelling- 
houses. This problem of lighting makes the pleasing treatment of 
the windows most difficult, and it has been met in the Laboratory by 
a skilful use of larger panes in the workrooms and smaller panes in 
the offices, corridors, &c. 

The importance of Horticulture to our national welfare is so great 
and so rapidly increasing that it was essential, if the research work of 
the Society should embrace the chief branches of Horticulture, that 
the buildings should be planned on a liberal scale. When, moreover, 
it is remembered that there is already in existence at Wisley a large 
and flourishing School of Horticulture, it will be recognized that the 
accommodation which the Council has provided, liberal though it 
undoubtedly is, is none too large for the purposes of teaching and 
research. 

The building is erected on three levels, owing to the steep gradient 
of the site, for the ground falls away some eight feet from south to 
north. 

Externally the building is treated in a manner probably best 
described as picturesque. The front towards the road is faced with 
thin hand-made bricks laid with wide joints ; the bricks are rough on 
the surface and vary in colour, the general tint being a low tone of 
purple pink. The front facing the Garden has a plinth of similar 


I2 


"1z1 ‘d 99S SoOUdIOFOI 107 


‘MOOTY GNNOUD “AGISIAA ‘SHIMOLVUOEV]T “S'H'YW AO NVIG— Ize ‘DIY 


a ee 


— 
Z 
j 
A 
Z% 3 
A 
Z| 
Y 
lin | 
223 Oparergeres Ly | = y 
y Ys 
uw IIE ELSY. 


—— 


EN 


AS 


SS = 


He gee ae 


SS 


a Ell 
+ ae 


QOOUREEEE VEE VV VSS 


Y 
TILL H 


THE NEW LABORATORIES AT WISLEY. II7 


bricks, with which also the chimney-stacks are faced ; above the plinth 
the walls are treated with oak half-timbering, filled in with rough 
-plastering. The roof is covered with old tiles collected from various 
parts of the country. 

All the window frames are of oak, with metal casements and leaded 
glazing. The entrance doors are also of oak, studded with wrought- 
iron nails and hung on armour-bright wrought-iron hinges, with furni- 
ture to match. 

The old Botany Laboratory is incorporated in the new building ; 
and, in order to provide accommodation for a caretaker, the roof of 
the old Laboratory has been raised, and gables have been added 
on each side. 

On the Garden front is a stone-paved terrace, following the levels 
of the ground floors of the building. The Terrace is terminated at 
the north end by a high wall of bricks similar to those facing the main 
building. 

The Front Entrance opens into a porch having an oak dado of 
vertical moulded boarding and an oak-panelled ceiling. Between 
the Porch and Hall is an oak glazed screen with a door in the centre 
opening into the Hall. The Hall is carried up the full height of ground 
and first floors, and has at the east end a gallery at first-floor level. 
There is an oak-panelled dado to the lower portions of walls (which is 
also carried round the Staircase Hall), above which the walls are treated 
with plaster finished to a granulated surface and left the natural 
plaster colour. The ceiling is divided into three bays by heavy 
moulded oak beams supporting smaller oak beams, filled in between 
with plaster similar to that on walls. 

On the north side of the Hall is the main Staircase, which is of oak, 
the design being of a Jacobean character, as is also the design of the 
oak gallery front above the Hall. 

The windows of Hall, Gallery, and Staircase are glazed with old 
Dutch glass, and into some of the lights stained-glass panels have been 
introduced. The Society’s crest is represented in stained glass in 
the centre upper light of the hall window, and in the gallery window 
are small designs representing the Seasons ; in the upper lights of the 
staircase window are decorative circular panels representing the Signs 
of the Zodiac, while in the centre lower light of this window is a larger 
design representing Nature. 

The stained glass is the work of Mr. Herbert Bryans. 

The walls and ceilings of the corridors are plastered in a manner 
similar to those in the Hall. The ground-floor corridor has a barrel 
ceiling. With the exception of the joinery already described and 
that in the Director’s Room, which isin oak, the joinery generally, such 
as doors, skirtings, cupboards, bookcases, seats in the Lecture Room 
and Laboratory fittings, are all made in whitewood left clean, the doors 
on the corridor side only having been stained a dark grey tint, and the 

kirtings and picture rail in the corridors treated in a similar manner. 

The building is heated throughout by means of hot-water radiators. 


"IZI ‘d 99s sooueIoyoI 104 


‘AOOTY LSU ‘ADISIM LV SHIMOLVAOSVY] ‘S'H'Y AO NVIG—'2z ‘oI 


toe. or 


THE NEW LABORATORIES AT WISLEY. IIQ 


Electric light is installed. 

The Lecture Room is ventilated by means of inlet ventilators and 
an electric extract fan, and the fumes from all fume closets are drawn 
off through ducts connected to electric fans. 

Petrol gas is laid on to all rooms for Bunsen burners &c. 

The sewage is run to a large septic tank bearing an automatic 
distributor; into this tank the sewage from all other buildings in the 
Garden is also run. 

- For purposes of description the building may be divided into 
four sections, the Botanical, the Chemical, the Mycological, and the 
Entomological. The Botanical section includes the old Students’ 
Laboratory, which is built into the new building and now serves as 
the Botany Laboratory for the students, a large room for physiological 
research (with accommodation for six workers), one for Electro-biology, 
and an incubator room. In the Chemical section there is a large 
students’ laboratory which provides accommodation for twenty 
students. Attached thereto is the main Lecture Room, available for 
classes in all subjects, with a seating accommodation for fifty. Access 
to the Lecture Room is direct from the main entrance hall. This 
section also contains a Research Laboratory with accommodation 
for four investigators ; a factory room which may be described as a 
chemical workshop; an outdoor combustion room; a room anda 
small private laboratory for the head of the Chemical department. 
At present the Chemist of the Society is in the Army, and the detailed 
fittings are to be left till his return. 

The Mycological Laboratories comprise two chief rooms, which 
between them provide accommodation for six workers, a sterilizing 
room and an incubator room. The Botanical, Chemical, and Myco- 
logical laboratories are situated on the ground floor, where are also 
the photographic and dark rooms and the offices of the Director and 
the Head of the School of Horticulture. 

On the upper floor, four rooms, two of which are of considerable 
size, are set apart for Entomology. There are also on that storey the 
Staff Common-room, Students’ Common-room, and the Library and 
Herbarium. The Herbarium contains cupboards for 80,000 sheets, 
and will be devoted to collections of plants of horticultural importance. 
There is room on the bookshelves for 8,000 volumes, but the books 
which it is proposed to keep in the Library at Wisley are those which 
are required for the immediate purpose of research, scientific periodi- 
cals, and so forth, and not such as more properly find their place in 
the Lindley Library at Vincent Square. Already the Laboratory is 
fortunate in having received several donations of books both from 
private donors and from public institutions such as Rothamsted. 

Although the staff is reduced considerably owing to the exigencies 
of the war, research work is going on. Thus Dr. Horne is pursuing 
his investigations into American Gooseberry Mildew, and has this 
year succeeded in demonstrating that it is possible to prevent infection 
of the berries by spraying with Burgundy mixture. Mr. Ramsbottom 


I20 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


is engaged in an investigation into the cause and the remedy for the 
Fusarium disease of Narcissus, which is causing so much loss to the 
growers of that plant. Mr. Chittenden is continuing his investigations 
into sterility of fruit trees, and into other problems connected with 
fruit-growing. Professor Lefroy’s work for the Society, which was un- 
fortunately interrupted by the claim of the Government of India on 
his services for research abroad, included investigations on the parasite 
of white fly and methods in the prevention of flies breeding in manure. 
The Acting Trials Officer, Mr. Turner, is preparing material for the 
classification of Bearded Irises as well as recording and comparing 
the numerous and important trials, peas, potatos, cabbage, sunflowers, 
&c., which are being conducted at Wisley. The Superintendent, Mr. 
Wright, is conducting experiments on green manuring, and on the 
economical cropping of cottage gardens. The Assistant Superintendent 
and the Director are carrying out cross-breeding experiments with 
Primulas, and they have already found strains of hybrids which 
will prolong the beauty of the Primula japonica wood each year by 
several weeks. Similar breeding work is being carried out by Mr. 
Wilson, the fruit foreman, with the assistance of the Director, and 
new kinds of grapes, culinary peas, and Rubi have been made and their 
qualities are being tested. 

The work of the School of Horticulture, always most efficient, will 
be made considerably less exacting by the great increase in accommo- 
dation provided by the additional laboratories. 

In happier times the Council would have desired a formal opening 
of the new Research Station, but it was felt that such formalities 
as these are best deferred, and so the staff has, as the rooms became 
available, entered upon the occupation of the new Laboratory and set 
to work to put them to uses which it is their united hope will prove 
of permanent service to Horticulture. _ 

The Staff wish to take this opportunity of expressing their thanks 
to the architects, Mr. Imrie and Mr. Angell, of the firm of Messrs. 
Pine-Coffin, Imrie, and Angell, of 46 Bloomsbury Square, for the 
great courtesy with which the many demands they have made upon 
their skill have been met. 

The architects were Messrs. Pine-Coffin, Imrie, and Angell, of 46 
Bloomsbury Square, London ; the builders being Messrs. Youngs and 
Son, of Norwich. The internal plumbing and gasfitting were done by 
Messrs. Wenham and Fowler, of Croydon; the hot-water heating by 
the Brightside Engineering Co., of Victoria Street, S.W.; the electric 
installation, including engine, accumulators, wiring, &c., by Messrs. 
Drake and Gorham, of Victoria Street, S.W. ; the septic tank by Messrs. 
Tuke and Bell, of Tottenham; the petrol gas plant by the County 
Light Co. of Westminster; and the ventilation by the Sturtevant 
Engineering Co., of Queen Victoria Street, E.C. 

The illustrations which accompany this note are from photo- 
graphs taken by Mr. Malby. ee: 


‘OZT " aovf OF) “AONVULNY SGOOY AH] :AYOLVYORVY] ‘'S'H'Y—'EZ ‘DIA 


ui? 
ght Se 


Fic. 24.--R.H.S. LABORATORY: A CORNER OF THE HALL. 


‘MOGINYOD WAddQ AH] : ANYOLVUOAVY ‘S'H M—'SZ ‘Oly 


a 
Re 


Fic. 26.—R.H.S. LABORATORY: THE LECTURE ROom. 
[To face p. 121.. 


THE NEW LABORATORIES AT WISLEY. 


I21 


References to the Ground Floor Plan on p. 116. 


Entrance. 

. Hall. 

. Lecture Room. 

. Preparation Room. 

. Students’ Chemistry Room (accom- 
modation for twenty). 

. Electro-biology Research Room. 
7. Incubator Rooms. 

11. Mycology Rooms. 

. Balance Room. 

. Goods Entrance. 

. Secondary Staircase. 

. Sterilizing Room. 

. Caretaker’s Entrance. 


. 


a se oS 
BwWwnooaONn UAFWNDH 


15. Students’ Botany Room (accommo- 


dation for twenty). 
16. Mr. Chittenden’s Room. 
17. Main Staircase. 
18. Factory Room. 
19. Combustion Hood. 
20, 21. Photographic and Dark Rooms. 
22. Physiology Room. 
23. Office. 
24. Dr. Keeble’s Room. 
25-27. Chemistry Rooms. 
A, Light Area. 
S, Store Room. 
L, Lavatory. 


References to First Floor Plan on p. 118. 


Students’ Common-room. 
Herbarium and Library. 
Staff Common-room. 

. Upper part of Hall. 

4a. Gallery carrying Corridor. 
5,7, 8,9. Entomology Rooms, 


ara ee 


6. Store and way up to Tank Room. 
Io-15. Caretaker’s Rooms. 
S. Store Rooms. 
A. Light Area. 
L. Lavatory. 


I2Z2 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, 10915. 


at 


By R. H. Curtis, Hon. F.R.HS. © 


THE Climatological Observatory at Wisley has been efficiently main- 
tained throughout the year, and the daily readings of the instruments 
have been made by the Observer, Mr. CARTWRIGHT, without a break. 
Some time ago three recording thermographs were added to the 
instrumental equipment, and set up at heights of one, two, and four 
feet respectively above the ground without shelter of any kind, in 
order to obtain some information as to the vange of temperature to 
which plants growing to those heights in the open are subject. After 
they had been for some time at work it was found that, owing to a 
small defect in construction, some of the records were doubtful, and 
the instruments were therefore returned to the makers for alteration. 
They were reinstated early in the past year and have since been work- 
ing satisfactorily, and it is hoped some useful information may now 
be derived from their records. In no other respect has any change 
been made in the equipment of the Observatory. 

The weather of the year now under review presented one or two 
outstanding features of interest. Regarded as a whole the year was a 
cool one ; in seven individual months the mean temperature was below 
the average, and in four other months it was only slightly above it. 
December was relatively the warmest month of the year, the normal 
temperature being exceeded by two degrees; whilst in November, 
which was relatively the coldest month, the average temperature was 
five degrees below it. The spring was cool throughout ; and July, the 
middle month of summer, had a mean temperature two degrees colder 
than is usual. Three or four months were abnormally wet, especially 
the first two and the last months of the year ; in February the average 
rainfall was more than trebled, and in July also it was doubled ; on the 
other hand March was extremely dry, with less than three-quarters 
of an inch of rain. There was very little snow, the only fall of note . 
occurring in January and disappearing very quickly. As is not very 
unusual, there were floods in the Thames Valley and in the river Wey, 
but this year they were of quite exceptional volume, and covered_a 
greater area than any during the preceding twenty years. 

On the whole, from a gardener’s point of view, the year may be 
regarded as an ordinary one; and although the characteristic vagaries 
and fickleness of our English weather were sometimes perhaps more 
than usually evident, yet, as generally happens, they seemed to balance 
each other fairly well as the months passed on, and in the general 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, 1015. 123 


survey no excess or deficit in either of the elements of climate with 
which we are concerned stands out with special prominence, and the 
year as a whole takes its place after all as a fairly normal one. 

January.—Throughout the greater part of the month the weather 
was continuously rough and windy, and so extremely wet as to interfere 
very materially with outdoor operations in the garden. Weather of 
this type in the British Isles is usually due, as was the case now, to a 
succession of cyclonic disturbances moving along a more or less north- 
easterly track lying either just beyond our western coasts or across 
the northern portion of the kingdom. Such systems are accompanied 
by a definite wind circulation which over their southern section is 
southerly or westerly ; and as at this season of the year these winds 
are relatively warm as well as wet the temperature was generally above 
the average for January. At Wisley the thermometer occasionally 
rose above 50°, and rarely failed to exceed 40° as the maximum of 
the day ; and neither there nor in any part of the kingdom was there 
a continuous frost. About the close of the third week, however, there 
was a sharp “cold snap” of very brief duration, accompanying 
which was a considerable fall of snow over south-eastern England, where 
in some parts its depth amounted to a foot ; but it was the only fali 
of snow worth mentioning, and it disappeared very quickly. The 
rainfall of the month exceeded the average over practically the whole 
of England and Wales, but more especially over the southern counties ; 
there were districts in Ireland and Scotland where it was less than 
the average. As the large rainfall followed upon an equally abnormal 
excess of rain in December, it is not surprising that there were large 
floods in the Thames Valley and elsewhere, the level of the water in 
the Thames being higher than for the preceding twenty years ; whilst 
intermittent springs, as the “‘ Croydon Bourne,” broke out with quite 
remarkable volume. The amount of bright sunshine was small, and 
averaged less than an hour and a half a day at Wisley. 

The results obtained from the observations made at Wisley are 
shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the air in shade i : : Hare oh. 
Highest ie . Ww ‘ x ; we 539° on the 13th 
Lowest ine ue is : : ‘ ANd a Coho ieee alae 23rd 

< A on the grass Ihe ir ea 30th 
Number of nights of ground frost ; : A 18 

At depth of 
1 ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 

Mean temperature of the soilatg A.M. . : : BO irqIea., 43°70 
Highest f i os ; ; J B39 on fag?) Ane 


Lowest _,, : ae ‘ : 359) ie 3078) 4, 4270" 

Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 a.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100), 88 per cent. 

Rain fell on 19 days, to the total depth of 4-19 in. (equivalent to about 19} 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 1-18 in., on the 
22nd. 

The prevailing winds were south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 7} miles an hour. 

There were 45 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 18 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 17 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 


I24 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


February.—The weather of February, like that of the preceding 
month, was stormy and unsettled, but whilst in January the area of 
disturbance was mainly the southern half of the kingdom it now became 
extended to Scotland as well, the worst weather occurring during the 
earlier half of the month, the last week being generally quiet and 
fine. For the fourth month in succession there was a large excess of 
rain, the fall over the whole kingdom approximating to twice the 
normal amount, and at Wisley to more than three times the average, 
garden work being again delayed; the flooded area in the Thames 
Valley became considerably extended ; and there were heavy floods 
in the river Wey, which skirts the Society’s Gardens. The temperature 
was generally nearly normal, and at Wisley there were no severe 
frosts ; the warmest days came at the beginning, but there was only 
one day throughout the month on which the thermometer failed to 
reach 40°. Notwithstanding the large rainfall, the amount of bright 
sunshine was more than is usual in February ; there were only a few 
days on which some was not recorded, and there were several really 
bright days, the average amount being rather more than two and a half 
hours a day. The winds were mainly from between south-east and 
south-west, and their average velocity was eight miles an hour. 

The results obtained from the observations made at Wisley are 
shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the air in shade . . : ~ 402° 
Highest iM & fs ; : : . 51°8° on the 3rd 
Lowest A B : : ; » UBsO? ake 13th 
- on the grass : : : 2 Re iy) a 25th 
Number of nights of ground frost . ‘ a ; : : - 15 

At depth of 

1 ft. 2 ft. 5 
Mean temperature of the soilat 9 A.M. . : : 39°4° 40°8° 42-2° 
Highest se = ‘ é : j 42°47 ARO Waar 
Lowest re ys a d ; : 36:3°. / 3q°2°s LhAaE 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 88 per cent. 

Rain fell on 21 days, to the total depth of 4-47 in. (equivalent to about 21 
gallons of water tothe square yard). Heaviestfallon any day o0-62in., onthe 13th. 

The prevailing winds were south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 8 miles an hour. 

There were 75 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 27 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 6 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 

March.—The mild unsettled weather of the preceding months 
persisted through the early part of March, but about the middle of the 
month there came a change to colder weather, which continued, with 
the exception of a few days about the end of the third week, until the 
close of the month. It was, however, a dry month, the total fall of 
rain at Wisley being but three-quarters of an inch; and it is worth 
noting that this was the first month since the close of October which 
could be regarded as other than exceptionally wet! The mean 
temperature was slightly below normal, but there were a few really 
warm days when the temperature at Wisley approached closely to 
60° ; these were, however, followed by the coldest days of the month, 
and on the night of the 29th the screened thermometer fell to 10° below 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, EOU5, 1125. 


freezing, whilst a thermometer laid upon the grass, quite open to the 
sky, registered 22° of frost, the lowest reading throughout the winter. 
The amount of bright sunshine was again much less than usual for the 
season ; there were a few really bright days, but the average daily 
duration of sunshine at Wisley was under three hours, or only three- 
fourths of the average, whilst in some parts of Scotland it averaged 
nearly five hours, which is largely in excess of the normal amount. 
Under such adverse conditions vegetation was, as might have been 
expected, very backward ; trees and shrubs were very late in starting 
growth, and fruit trees did not bloom until from fourteen to twenty- 
one days after their time of blooming last year. 

The results obtained from the observations made at Wisley are 
shown in the following table: 


Mean temperature of the airin shade . : ; ‘ 41°4° 
Highest ‘eh igs a : ; ; ; 58-2° on the 23rd 
Lowest ih fe : : ZUOr 2) * 20th 

on the grass . é } : ; 1) ts be 29th 
Number of nights of ground frost . : : 5 ; : 6 LO 

At depth of 
Toatbe 2 ft. 4 ft. 

Mean temperature of the soil at 9 A.M. . : : AM 2 GAZ 25 Mi Ao Om 
Highest  ,, ; si de . . AS; On 1) AAi27 (43-08 
Lowest ” ” ” ° ° ° 3752) 40°0° 41°6° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 


sented by 100) 86 per cent. 
Rain fell on 10 days, to the total depth of 0°73 in. (equivalent to about 31 


gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0:23 in., on the 


2nd. 
The prevailing winds were from between north and north-east and west and 


south-west. 
The average velocity of the wind was 5} miles an hour. 
There were 87 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 24 per cent. of the greatest 


possible amount. 
There were 6 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 


April.—During the earlier part of this month the weather continued 
cold and unsettled, with occasionally a strong wind, and it was not 
until the middle of the month that a normal temperature and condi- 
tions favourable for garden work had become developed. Even then, 
however, the nights continued cold, with low temperatures on the 
ground, and to this was probably due the very slow germination of 
seeds which was noticed; it was not until the middle of the month 
that the temperature at Wisley rose to 60 degrees, and there was a 
sharp frost on the ground so late as the night of the 24th. The south- 
east of England was favoured with more than its usual amount of 
sunshine, and in this respect was better off than some other districts ; 
and it was also again a dry month throughout England, so that on 
the whole the weather of the month may be fairly described, so far as 
the neighbourhood of Wisley is concerned, as fine and dry. 

The results obtained from the observations made at Wisley are 


shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the airin shade. : : ra 7 

Highest 4 PS is : 3 : ssg7t°> “on: the 30th 

Lowest uh me i ‘ A sie Zon si 2a 
on the grass ‘ . ‘ A eae he < Ist 


Number of nights of ground frost , : , ° ° ; ‘ se. 


I26 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


At depth of 
1 ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soil at 9 A.M. . : : 45°1° - 452) Swaee 
Highest + e Ss : : : 49°5° 48:4° 46-1° 
Lowest 53 As 5 = : é 38-6°° 40-2?) i aege 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 74 per cent. 

Rain fell on 7 days, to the total depth of 1-22 in. (equivalent to about 53 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0-39 in., on the 
ae The prevailing winds were north-easterly and south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 6 miles an hour. 

There were 168 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 4-1 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 4 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 

May.—Generally speaking, this was a month of very dry weather, 
the rainfall being generally much below the usual amount. There 
were, however, exceptions to this rule in the southern portions of 
England, due almost entirely to one or two extremely heavy rain- 
storms, which from a gardener’s point of view did more harm than 
good. One of these, which occurred in London on the 6th, caused a fall 
of over three inches of rain over a small but well-defined area ; whilst 
on two other days there were heavy falls over most of Surrey and 
Kent, varying from an inch to an inch and a half on both occasions, 
and together accounting at Wisley for more than two-thirds of the 
total rainfall of the month. The amount of sunshine was abundant 
and as a rule a good deal in excess of the average, and at Wisley there 
were but three entirely sunless days, including the two of heavy rain 
just referred to. The mean temperature for the month was above 
the average in the south, but the dominant north-easterly wind brought 
with it some “cold snaps’”’ in the northern parts of the kingdom, 
and snow fell even over a portion of the Midlands. Night frosts, too, 
occurred three or four times at Wisley, sharp enough to injure tender 
vegetation, especially in those parts of the Garden which are sheltered 
from the wind. The frost which did most damage occurred during 
the early hours of the last day of the month, when Gunneras, potatos, 
beans, bracken, and other plants were very badly cut. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden are 
shown in the following table: 


Mean temperature of the air in shade f ‘ : =) 5326" 
Highest vs Ye $; : : 3 ... 97°... @n the zeta 
Lowest iv a Hn : : : . -,33° on the 21th 
,, on the grass . gy oteea. : : 2 oe a rith 
Number of nights of ground frost : - 5 é 3 ; 4 Ji5 

At depth of 

x ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilatg A.M. . ; ; 53°9°) 9: 5297 aera 
Eighest i >,, as f } : : 58-4° = 556° 52:°6° 
Lowest ee a a : 5 : A9°5° | 40°5- 46°5° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 a.m. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 75 per cent. 

Rain fell on 9 days, to the total depth of 2-95 in. (equivalent to about 133? 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 1-17 in., on the 
13th. 

The prevailing winds were north- -easterly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 4 miles an hour. 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, 1915. 127 


There were 221 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 46 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 3 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 

June.—The weather throughout this month was upon the whole 
nearly normal ; it was generally dry, nearly all the rain which fell at 
Wisley falling in the last week of the month; the amount of bright 
sunshine was somewhat less than usual over the whole of the southern 
half of the kingdom, but largely in excess of the normal over the 
northern half; and all over the kingdom the mean temperature 
differed but slightly from the average. But whilst the mean tempera- 
ture was normal there was a very large daily range, and the warm 
days were several times followed by cold nights, and occasionally 
frosts were registered upon the ground. These conditions were 
of course very unfavourable for gardens, and a good deal of damage 
was done to vegetation in different parts of the kingdom. At Wisley 
the vegetable crops were considerably injured by a sharp frost at the 
commencement of the month, and even trees and shrubs, and the shoots 
of young oaks, were damaged and “ cut,” and in some parts of Ireland 
much damage was done to the potato crop. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden are 
shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the airin shade... ; ; ai) 58°07 

Highest ee i ce é ‘ ay SB On, Che. Sth 

Lowest 1 i Ri : i << Ses oir f Ist 
on the grass : ‘ : : «AR SARC Nh Ist 


Number of nights of ground frost 


At depth of 
1 ft. Zab. 4 ft. 


Mean temperature of the soil at 9 A.M. . : . GorE eS 58°Oc ur 55°2- 
Highest Af a - A : : 636° 60:6° 56:9° 
Lowest - 3 oA s : : CY hly ea MIL” Ny be I 72 6 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 a.m. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 69 per cent. 

Rain fell on g days, to the total depth of 1:24 in. (equivalent to about 52 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0-63 in., on the 
30th. 

The prevailing winds were north-easterly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 4 miles an hour. 

There were 215 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 44 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There was only 1 entirely sunless day. 


July.—This was a month of changeable, unsettled weather, cool for 
the time of year, and unusually windy. These unseasonable features 
were due to the passage of many cyclonic disturbances across the 
kingdom, of no great intensity, but bringing with them heavy falls 
of rain and sometimes thunderstorms. Generally speaking, there was 
a marked deficiency of bright sunshine, and therefore no very hot days ; 
but neither were there any very low night temperatures, with the 
result that although the mean temperature for the month was below 
the average the difference was not large. But the weather was by 
no means ideal from a gardener’s point of view ;- the heavy splashes of 
rain played havoc with flower-beds, beating down and spoiling many, 
whilst the continued wetness of the ground resulted in the develop- 
ment of much disease amongst potato crops. The warmest days came 


128 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


quite at the beginning of the month, but after the first week no day 
with a real midsummer temperature was experienced, and many days 
that were rainless were nevertheless dull and sunless, and very cool. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden 
are shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the airin shade  . ° : + SGO"4" 
Highest Ae y is : , a .. 81° > ow they 4th 
Lowest ‘ a = : : 2 . ae “ 13th 
4 ¥ on the grass , C , ‘ is 7, % 13th 

At depth of 

Tit. 2 5G. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilat 9 A.M. . : ; 6270" 2 SEES “HSS? 
Highest 8 a by A , 66°5° 63:°5° 58°9° 


Lowest “i cf ‘r4 : : ; 58° 59°0° —57°2° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 76 per cent. 

Rain fell on 14 days, to the total depth of 3°51 in. (equivalent to about 164 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0-77 in., on the 
oT he prevailing winds were south-westerly and westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 64 miles an hour. 

There were 193 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 39 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 4 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 

August.—The weather throughout this month was in marked 
contrast to that of July. Although in some districts there were many 
thunderstorms, they were not spread over a very wide area, and at 
Wisley only one was experienced ; whilst nearly everywhere the ag- 
gregate rainfall for the month was less than usual, and the mean tem- 
perature above the average. These conditions were just what were 
required for gardens, and throughout the month plant and tree growth 
made excellent progress, as did also flowering plants and vegetables. 
The warmest period of the month was the second week, when the 
thermometer rose to 76° at Wisley, and although this was by no 
means an abnormally high temperature for August, yet, on the other 
hand, the minima were also high and there were no cold nights, with 
the result that the range of temperature was small, and the average 
higher than usual. The month was not exactly a brilliant one, 
because, although more or less bright sunshine was recorded at Wisley 
every day, the amounts were sometimes small, and the total for the 
month was below the average. The conditions at Wisley were fairly 
typical of those experienced over the greater part of the kingdom, and 
the month may be justly summed up as warm, dry, and rather dull. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden are 
shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the air in shade 2 ; : jf OLeAe 
Highest nd a ee : : 3 .. 970°: on the rope 
Lowest 5G 5 ue . ; : ist i, gOte 
e Ke on the grass ; é : 2 gare a 30th 
At depth of 
z ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilatg a.m. . é : 63°2° 62:5° = 596° 
Highest _,, . 99 a . 65:6". O47” 1 Oss: 
Lowest BS i, oe § ‘ , 60° 60:9° = 558-7° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 81 per cent. 


-— aeons! enh 


JAN FeBMar AprMay Jun JutAuc Ser OctNovDec 


Hue 
ey AA , 
40° 40° 
30° 30 


FIG. 27.—DIAGRAM SHOWING MEAN MAXIMUM, MEAN, AND MEAN 
MINIMUM TEMPERATURES OF THE AIR, AND THE MEAN 
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE ON’ THE GRASS AT WISLEY FOR EACH 
MONTH OF 1915. 


LTo face p. 128, 


7 oueiuee 
eee 


JAN FeBMaRAPRMay JUNJULAUCG Sep Oct Nov Dec 


ame) BERS 


Miseeaeeaiiae 
CPT Ee 
BEREREanoe 
ees 
ALS 


en | 
‘yaa I 


In2' 


Fic. 28.—DIAGRAM SHOWING DEVIATIONS OF TEMPERATURE 


AND RAINFALL FROM THE NORMAL DURING 1915. 
[To face f£. 129. 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, rors. 129 


Rain fell on 12 days, to the total depth of 1-62 in. (equivalent to about 7} 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0-52 in., on the 
2nd. 

The prevailing winds were south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 34 miles an hour. 

There were 160 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 36 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were no days on which sunshine was not recorded. 


September.—The weather right through this month was bright 
and mild all over the kingdom, the temperature being somewhat 
above the mean, and the amount of bright sunshine considerably 
more than the average; in addition the weather was dry in most 
districts, the exceptions being due to very heavy falls of rain in certain 
parts, accompanying the passage across the kingdom of areas of dis- 
turbed weather. The chief of these, so far as the south of England 
was concerned, made itself felt near the close of the month, and was 
responsible for considerably more than half the total amount of rain 
measured at Wisley ; but in other parts of the kingdom there were 
some phenomenally large falls on other days of the month. It was a 
little peculiar that both the early and late days of the month were 
abnormally cold, and quite a sharp frost occurred on the ground at 
Wisley on the last day, whilst marrows and beans were badly damaged 
by one less severe on the night of the 4th. On the whole, however, 
it was a month of genial weather, very welcome to gardeners, and 
especially helpful with the next-year buds on fruit trees. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden are 
shown in the following table: 


Mean temperature of the air in shade . . : : 57-24 
Highest a x é : : qo on the 17th 
Lowest ve 


” ” ° . . . 34° 56 30th 
on the grass : : d : 2 if 30th 


Number of nights of ground frost 


: : 5 
At depth of 
I ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soil at 9 A.M. . : ’ Hoh 6.50.20) Ost > 
Highest i Bh : : ; ; 62° 61° 60° 
Lowest a? a” »”? < = * 53° 58° 58° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 77 per cent. 

Rain fell on 7 days, to the total depth of 2:31 in. (equivalent to about 102 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 1-37 in., on the 
28th. 

The prevailing winds were south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 4 miles an hour. 

There were 188 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 50 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount: 

There were no entirely sunless days. 


October.—The observations made at Wisley since the Climatological 
Observatory was organized in 1904 show October to be usually the 
wettest month of the year. This year, however, it was, right up to 
the last day of the month, unusually dry, and it was only owing to an 
exceptionally heavy downpour of rain on the 31st that the fall was not 
one of the smallest of the year, instead of the largest. The tempera- 
ture was normal, but becoming rather cool at the close of the month, 
with a slight frost (the first of the season) on the 30th. Sunshine was 


VOL. XLII. K 


130 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


intermittent, and less in amount than the average; there were but 
few days when none was recorded, and fewer still when the daily 
amount approached to half the possible total, the net result for the 
entire month being only one-fifth of that number of hours. On the 
whole the month from a gardener’s point of view was an average 
October, in which ordinary routine work could be carried steadily on 
without interruption from unfavourable weather. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden 
are shown in the following table: 


Mean temperature of the air in shade . : : «| Aon 
Highest a Ht ¥ : 3 ; - 65° on the 12th 
Lowest be re : : Z 3 885, i 30th 
He on the grass , y i : oo Hea rt 1st 
Number of augue of ground frost . , p : : é : II 
At depth of 
1 ft. 2 it: 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilatg A.M. . - . 5r-4” Seer anes 
Highest “A ¥ my 4 ‘ : 54° 55° 57° 
Lowest zs oe ° : : 47°: 49° 52° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 A.M. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 92 per cent. 

Rain fell on 12 days, to the total’depth of 2:86 in. (equivalent to about 13} 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 1-04 in., on the 31st. 

The prevailing winds were from between south-east and north-east. 

The average velocity of the wind was 3 miles an hour. 

There were 69 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 21 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 6 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 


November.—As a rule this is one of the most stormy months of the 
year; in the present instance it was unusually quiet and calm, but 
at the same time exceptionally cold. At Wisley there was frost upon 
the ground, more or less severe, on twenty nights, the lowest tempera- 
ture recorded being 8 degrees, twenty-four degrees of frost, on the 
night of the 27th-28th; the temperature in the screen, four feet 
above the ground, falling to 17 degrees on the same occasion. Taking 
the country generally, it was one of the coldest Novembers on record, 
and in some districts the thermometer failed to rise to the freezing- 
point for several days in succession. The rainfall at Wisley was very 
close to the average amount, but it fell infrequently, and the relatively 
large total was due to the falls being heavy. Upon the whole it was a 
bright month, and the sunshine recorded was in excess of the average. 
From a gardener’s point of view the weather was seasonable, and the 
cold had the effect of bringing all growth to a standstill. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden 
- are shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the airin shade . . : AN ic ole 
Highest ee on a 3 s ‘ - 56° on the 12th 
Lowest ¥ nh A ; : ee ee 28th 
on the grass : é : A Mage en 2's i ee 
Number of nights of ground frost . d ; ; : : : 20 
At depth of 
I ft. 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilatg A.M. . : . AL*O? Qh” 48-1° 
Highest _,, "9 33 : . : 48° 49° 51° 
Lowest i, “7 is : A a7 41° 45° 


METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT WISLEY, 19I5e, -E3i 


nme aE AS eS RE a es er ea > nN ra meet 


_JAN Fes MarR Apr iiay JUN Jut Auc SEP OctNov Dec | 


Sal 
__.___| Mean|Atr 
Hee earth 
60° scams eco oe eGo 
5 8 
50° 
5 A 
AY 


Fic. 29.—DIAGRAM SHOWING MEAN TEMPERATURE OF AIR, AND OF EARTH 


AT t FooT AND AT 4 FEET BELOW THE SURFACE AT WISLEY, FOR EACH 
MONTH IN IOI5. 


| 


Ww 


§ 


Fic, 30.—DIAGRAM SHOWING THE RELATIVE PREVALENCE OF WINDS 
DURING I915, THE BLACK CIRCLE REPRESENTING CALMS, 


K 2 


132 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOGIERY 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 a.m. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 92 per cent. 

Rain fell on 8 days, io the total depth of 2-12 in. (equivalent to about Io gallons 
of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0°65 in., on the 11th. 

The prevailing winds were north-easterly and south- -westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 4 miles an hour. 

There were 65 hours of bieBE sunshine, equal to 25 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. a 

There were 10 days on which no Sanoline was recorded. 

December.—In the closing month of the year the type of weather 
became entirely different from that of its immediate predecessor, the 
change having begun to develop at the close of November. Right 
through the month, with very brief intermission, a series of atmospheric 
disturbances continued to pass across the country, bringing with 
them wet and stormy weather to all parts of the kingdom, some of the 
gales being very violent and destructive, and accompanied by excessive 
falls of rain. In one of these storms it was stated that in one part of 
South Wales over one thousand trees were uprooted by the wind, and 
that in other districts much damage of a miscellaneous kind was done 
to buildings. With these gales there was an excessive rainfall, rain 
falling nearly every day, and in some districts to between three and 
four times the normal amount. At the Garden the total was double 
the normal, but in parts of East Surrey it was fully fifty per cent. 
larger than at Wisley. The temperature was higher than is usual, at 
any rate in most parts of the kingdom ; frosts were rare and did not 
last long when they occurred ; but nevertheless very little gardening 
work could be done, owing to the persistent wetness. Bright sunshine 
was, as might have been expected, very intermittent and scanty, and 
at Wisley there was but one really bright day. 

The results obtained from the observations made at the Garden are 
shown in the following table : 


Mean temperature of the air in shade ; ; - ot BB ge 
Highest si os : ; : . 56° on the roth 
Lowest Ah is ‘ é A = ee ws 13th 
td on the grass 5 . , s . ee gh 13th 
Number of nights of ground frost . : ; : : : : 14 
At depth of 
ne ae 2 ft. 4 ft. 
Mean temperature of the soilat 9 A.M. . . 4 Az 432° <ga-BP 
Highest Fe 43 ;} : : , 45° 45° 40° 
Lowest Re 43 ” : - : 38° Az 44° 


Mean relative humidity of the air at 9 a.m. (complete saturation being repre- 
sented by 100) 92 per cent. 

Rain fell on 24 days, to the total depth of 5-07 in. (equivalent to about 234 
gallons of water to the square yard). Heaviest fall on any day 0-59 in., on the 
gth. 

The prevailing winds were south-westerly. 

The average velocity of the wind was 8 miles an hour. 

There were 33 hours of bright sunshine, equal to 14 per cent. of the greatest 
possible amount. 

There were 13 days on which no sunshine was recorded. 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. 133 


MEDICINAL HERBS: THEIR CULTIVATION AND 
PREPARATION IN GREAT BRITAIN. 


By E. M. Hoimes, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., 
Curator of the Pharmaceutical Society’s Museum. 


[Read April 11, 1916; HENRY Cust, Esq:, in the Chair.} 


SINCE the commencement of the war, considerable interest has been 
aroused concerning the necessity for cultivating some of the more 
important medicinal plants on a larger scale than heretofore, for 
two of the facts that stand out clearly as a result of the war are that 
there is a shortage of supply, and that we have been hitherto largely 
dependent on Austria and Germany for medicinal plants and herbs, 
many of which have been imported at a lower price than they can be 
grown or collected in Great Britain—so much so, indeed, as to have 
seriously affected the home industry. 

It will perhaps be useful to direct attention to some facts concern- 
ing the present position of the cultivation of medicinal plants in this 
country. It must be distinctly understood that it is only a minor in- 
dustry, as compared with that of food products, but it is, nevertheless, 
one of national importance, seeing that it concerns the health of the 
nation, and the enormous requirements of our sick and wounded sailors 
and soldiers, as well as of our ordinary hospitals and dispensaries. 
Why there should be any necessity to import from Austria and 
Germany plauts that grow well in this country is not at first sight 
obvious. The real reason for their importation is clearly a financial 
one, viz. the well-known law of commerce to buy in the cheapest 
market and sell in the dearest. This tendency, together with the 
neglect of scientific organization and the absence of a protective tariff, 
has led to the purchase by this country of cheaper material from 
abroad. As in many other cases, the public has remained in igno- 
rance of the way in which free trade has injured the home industry. 

The demand for cheap physic, fostered by the co-operative stores, 
has reduced the price of drugs to a point at which no pharmacist can 
make a living unless he sells other articles, properly belonging to 
other trades; and this unfair competition has naturally led to the 
importation of cheap medicinal plants and herbs to meet the demand. 
These imported medicinal plants are naturally, in nine cases out of 
ten, of inferior quality, and sometimes mixed with dangerous herbs. 
I may mention a case in point. Some years ago I was asked to 
examine and report upon a sample of Belladonna root which had 
been supplied under contract to one of the large London hospitals, 


i34 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


and I found that it contained quite a large proportion of Poke root 
(Phytolacca decandra), which possesses violently emetic and purgative 
properties. Tracing the root to its source, I learned that it came 
from Trieste, but as the root is an American drug, why it should have 
come from Austria remained a puzzle until, some years subsequently, 
when the Hungarian Exhibition took place in London, a Hungarian 
Professor of Materia Medica informed me that the plant had been 
grown in Bosnia for many years past for the sale of the berries, which 
were employed to colour wines, but that a more satisfactory berry, 
imported from Chile, known as Macqui (Avistotelia Macqut, Fam. 
Tiliaceae), has superseded it, and as the leaves of the Bosnian plant 
resembled those of Belladonna in shape and size, and the root 
resembled that of Belladonna in colour, the roots were got rid of 
by mixing them with Belladonna root, and the dried leaves with those 
of Belladonna leaves. Instances could be multiplied showing the 
danger of allowing cheap European drugs to compete with those 
obtainable in this country. In the United States there is a Govern- 
ment Inspector of Drugs, but the medical profession in this country 
has no such protection against the importation of inferior and 
adulterated medicinal plants. 

No country, as a rule, exports its best products, but keeps them 
for home consumption, unless the price offered is a sufficient induce- 
ment to do otherwise. Even India does not send to England the best 
quality of Indian hemp, but the product of the previous year, which 
is less active than that of the current year. Germany and Austria 
follow the usual rule, and send abroad their surplus produce at the 
cheapest possible rate. 

The purity and good quality of medicinal plants are of the greatest 
importance from a medical point of view, and any inequality in the 
strength of important and highly active medicines is sure, in the long 
run, to discourage the use by medical practitioners of those particular 
medicines. It is to avoid variation in the strength of preparations 
made from medicinal plants that the Pharmacopoeia is issued by the 
General Medical Council; but unfortunately the compilers of the 
Pharmacopeceia do not, as a rule, inform themselves of the commercial 
difficulties connected with the medicinal plants industry. Thus 
a few years ago some careful scientific experimentalists found that 
different commercial samples of the active principles of Aconite varied 
so considerably in strength that one sample was seventy times stronger 
than another, or in other words that the dose of a medicine made 
from one would be equal to seventy doses made from the other. This 
was due to the use of roots of wild Aconite imported from Germany. 
As there are about twenty-four wild varieties of Aconitum Napellus, 
and all are not known to be equally active, and the roots are gathered 
indiscriminately so long as the plants have a blue flower, it is obvious 
that roots obtained from a definite cultivated variety are better than 
those of wild plants. But the use of the cheaper German root, which 
is almost always of a mixed character, has led, in the case of this very 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. 135 


powerful and most valuable medicine, to its cultivation in this country 
having practically ceased, and to the medicinal preparations of the 
plant falling almost into disuse, through unreliability of therapeutical 
action, due to their variation in strength, from being derived from 
different species of Aconite in Germany. As the genuine Aconite 
root no longer pays to cultivate in this country, being undersold by 
German and Japanese roots, it has become unobtainable, and the 
Pharmacopceia has consequently been compelled not to restrict, in the 
present edition, the medicinal root to plants cultivated in Britain, 
as it did in the previous edition of 1898. A protective tariff would 
have prevented this undignified and undesirable position. 

I am informed that a good many owners of large country houses, 
who have large gardens and skilled gardeners, are anxious to take 
up medicinal plant cultivation from a patriotic point of view, but in 
most cases have no particular knowledge of herb-growing except 
for the herb-gardens which are grown for amusement in so many 
large establishments, and are desirous to learn something about the 
industry, and by what means Great Britain can be made independent 
of the importation of medicinal plants and herbs from Germany 
and Austria. And asit is quite possible for owners of country houses 
and large landowners to help in this matter, I will first indicate how 
this might be done, using two important medicinal plants for the 
purpose of illustration, viz. Belladonna and Foxglove. 

Belladonna is a most valuable plant in the treatment of eye diseases, 
and also taken internally for some forms of pulmonary disease, and 
as a local application to ease pain ; it is also used as a source of the 
alkaloid Atropine. It is one of the medicinal plants of which the 
exportation is forbidden. It is a somewhat local plant, being almost 
confined to calcareous soils, but nevertheless occurs in twenty-eight 
British counties, finding its southern limit from Dorset to Kent, and 
its northern one in the counties of Fife and Argyll, although compara- 
tively rare north of Yorkshire and Westmorland. It is a perennial 
plant, growing most luxuriantly under the shade of trees on wooded 
hills, on chalk, limestone, and oolite, but becoming dwarfed when 
growing in old quarries, or spots exposed to the sun, and consequently, 
although cultivated in the open, it there rarely attains a large size, and 
is more subject to insect attacks under cultivation than when grown 
under natural conditions. An enormous increase in the yield could 
be obtained if the head gardeners on estates where it grows wild were 
instructed to distribute, in April, all seedling plants to other positions 
in the same woods, since the seedlings are often too crowded where 
they do occur. If the gamekeepers were instructed to see that the 
plants were not stolen, and the plants were cut at the proper time, 
and sold to the agents of the wholesale drug trade, there would, in 
my opinion, be no need to import Belladonna at all, whether herb or 
root, and it is quite possible that there would be a sufficient supply 
even for export to those of our Colonies where the climate and local 
conditions prevent its successful cultivation. Its limits are latitude 


136 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


50°-55° N., an altitude of 300-600 feet (although it may descend to 
sea-level where the soil is calcareous, as in Lancashire, especially 
where the drainage is good and the necessary amount of shade is 
found). The range of temperature is 50°-47°F. Young seedling 
plants, unless protected by dead leaves during the winter, often 
perish. It is therefore a plant that cannot be successfully grown in 
every small garden. 

With respect to Digitalis (Foxglove), there is an enormous quantity 
growing wild in damp hilly woods in this country. I have seen on 
the banks of the Dart, in Devonshire, a whole hillside purple with 
the flowers, where the coppice wood had been cut. But unfortunately 
large landowners object, as a rule (or perhaps it is only the game- 
keepers) to people collecting the leaves until after June 15, or indeed 
at any period of the year, for fear of disturbing the game. Itis a 
biennial plant, and seems to exhaust the soil, for it will often disappear 
entirely from places where in previous years it had been abundant, 
although this may be due partly to the attacks of a small pug moth 
(Eupithecia pulchellata), the larve of which feed on the flowers. It 
seems to require a fair amount of moisture and plenty of humus, but 
also good drainage, and is rarely found on calcareous soils, preferring 
siliceous and slaty or sandy ground. But I will venture to say that 
if large landowners, whose soil is siliceous, will give instructions to 
their head gardeners to plant out the young plants, or scatter the seed 
in autumn, in fresh localities to which access is possible without 
disturbing the game, there would be no necessity to import Digitalis 
from the Continent. It is, perhaps, the most important remedy for 
strengthening the action of the heart, but is very liable to lose its 
strength if not properly dried and preserved. I have, however, been 
able to dry the leaves so that they retained their colour and their 
activity for eleven years. Foxglove leaves, properly prepared, might 
become a national export. Indeed, one firm does export to the 
United States large quantities, which are physiologically tested after 
drying and before being exported. 

There is another way in which landowners and large farmers who 
are patriotic enough to wish to help the industry might render a 
considerable service. A very large quantity of herbs are used in 
this country in the manufacturing districts in the Midland counties, 
where a decoction of herbs, sometimes fermented with sugar, is drunk 
under the name of Herb Beer or Botanic Beer, especially by those 
working in the great heat of iron manufactories and potteries, and 
it is necessary that the herbs used should’ be cheap. Hence they are 
largely imported from the Continent. This is so much the case that 
last year English Melilot and Woodruff were not procurable, and this 
year even the largest wholesale herbalists could not supply even a 
few pounds of Agrimony, which is quite a common English herb, 
and is one of the herbs used in making the beer. This scarcity is due 
to the fact that the thorough organization of the herb industry that 
prevails in Germany does not exist in this country. The way in 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. 137 


which landowners could help, together with the local authorities, 
would be by inducing the farmers to let their labourers’ children learn, 
from the local teacher of botany, to recognize all the herbs that grow 
in their neighbourhood, and to induce the local authorities to arrange 
for the economic use of the waste heat of refuse furnaces, lime-kilns, 
and brick-kilns to heat drying-rooms that might be built near by. 
Means for doing this could be easily devised, without danger from the 
carbonic acid or carbonic oxide formed by the fires, on the principle 
adopted in the old Roman villas. 

So far as I can learn, German children are taught to recognize and 
collect all medicinal herbs that grow near their homes, and these are 
dried in small quantities in sheds or attics, and probably finished off 
in farmhouse bread ovens after the removal of the bread. A collector 
or middleman calls round and buys up the small parcels, and forms 
them into bales to be forwarded to the wholesale herbalist ; and with 
three profits to be taken, 7.e. by the gatherers, middlemen, and whole- 
sale herbalists, the herbs can still be sent to this country cheaper 
than a working man can collect them here. Yet I saw last year on 
one waste hilly field near Sevenoaks enough Centaury, Purging Flax, 
St. John’s Wort, and other herbs to yield several hundredweight, and 
in another field close by enough Wild Carrot to supply a wholesale 
herbalist for a twelvemonth. There was even an oasthouse for 
drying hops close by, which is only used in September, and could be 
available during other months. It seems absurd to import Coltsfoot 
by the ton, when every clayey railway bank, or heavy waste ground, 
is covered with the plant. The means of drying these, if provided 
by local authorities or wealthy landowners at small cost, would help 
the industry to overcome competition. If children of farm labourers 
were taught to collect them, it would encourage industrious habits 
in them, give them a healthy occupation on holidays, keep them out 
of mischief, and add a little to the scanty wages of their parents. 

Another way in which the medicinal herb industry could be very 
considerably improved could be adopted in the herb gardens of large 
country houses. Many ladies take a great interest in the history and 
uses of medicinal plants, but have probably paid no attention to 
improving the strains by cultivation. This is a subject well worthy 
of attention, and could easily be studied by the aid of an intelligent 
gardener. Thus, Aconitum Napellus exists in twenty-four or more 
wild varieties, yet it is not known how far these vary in the strength 
of the active principle, nor which are the strongest growers. Careful 
observation would also show the best and quickest methods of repro- 
duction. Thus, young Aconite plants can be produced at the lower 
joints of the stem by earthing them up, and in other conditions young 
plants can be developed on the roots. The seeds of Aconite, like 
many other Ranunculaceous seeds, will not, as a rule, germinate 
unless planted as soon as ripe. 

Belladonna herb and root are sold by analysis, the value depending 
upon the percentage of alkaloid present ; and althoughsome experiments 


138 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


have been made in the United States we have as yet no conclusive 
evidence as jto the conditions of soil and temperature, &c., under 
which the highest percentage of active principle can be developed. 

Similarly, the conditions under which the annual form of the 
biennial Henbane is developed, and the possibilities of obtaining the 
more valuable biennial form from the annual one, yet remain to be 
shown. There is no doubt, however, that the character of the seed 
has a good deal to do with it. The first-formed seeds are naturally 
the strongest, and as the fruits do not all mature at the same time, 
but the seed is usually collected at one time, there is sure to be a 
large proportion of seed too weak to produce strong plants, or too 
immature to germinate when sown. 

It is obvious, therefore, that there is plenty of room for much 
interesting work to be done in connexion with improvements in the 
cultivation of medicinal plants. I might add one more illustration. 
The double-flowered Chamomile, which is the variety chiefly used in 
medicine, is apt to revert to the single-flowered form, and the condi- 
tions under which this occurs, and the remedy for it, are also worthy 
of investigation. 

There is another and less fortunate class of the community who, 
although intensely patriotic, are anxious to help themselves, or those 
dependent upon them, at the same time that they help their country. 
I allude to educated women with small incomes, many of whom 
have joined the Women’s Herb-growing Association, formed since the 
war commenced. Unfortunately they have, I fear, been misled by 
extravagant statements in newspapers, both in this country and in 
the United States, as to the large possible profits arising from the 
cultivation of medicinal plants and the collection of wild herbs. I 
endeavoured a year ago to make known the only conditions under 
which herb-growing can be made to pay by publishing an article on 
the subject in the ‘‘Pharmaceutical Journal’ (for January 2, 1915), 
but as that number is out of print I have had it reprinted, together 
with two others, giving lists of the herbs which at the present time 
are wanted by the cwt. and ton. I pointed out that it would not be 
possible for the wholesale trade to deal with small quantities, as they 
would not get uniformity of quality, and it would necessitate additions 
to their staff to deal with them, and that cultivation and collection of 
medicinal plants and herbs can only be profitably carried out on 
co-operative lines. 

It may be useful, perhaps, to take this opportunity of briefly 
recalling some of the statements there made, which can be read at 
leisure in the reprint alluded to, and to add a few facts concerning the 
present conditions of the industry. 

First, with regard to two of the principal medicinal plants, WIZ 
Henbane and Belladonna. It may be taken for granted that the 
plants yielding the largest profit under cultivation are just those 
which are the most difficult to cultivate, and it is those very difficulties 
which enhance their value. To take Henbane for an example. The 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. 139 


wild plant occurs in two forms, and has been found wild in sixty 
British counties, or rather twice the number of counties that Bella- 
donna occurs in, and yet it always exceeds the latter in price, because 
it nowhere occurs profusely, and is found under circumstances that 
appear at first sight to be quite contradictory, growing in some places 
on sandy spots near the sea, in others on chalky slopes, and in culti- 
vation flourishes in a good loam. When sown, the seed sometimes 
comes up quickly and flowers the first year, when only a few inches 
high, especially in a dry spring and summer. In other cases it 
produces only large leaves, in the autumn, often more than a foot long, 
and the second year sends up a large branched flowering stem, but 
sometimes the whole of the foliage is destroyed by the larve of a 
leaf-mining fly, Pegomyia hyoscyamt, and the crop rendered worthless 
ina week. But sometimes the seed will not germinate the first year, 
or even the second, and when the field has been ploughed, and some 
other crop sown, up it comes. A curious case occurred some years 
ago at Weymouth, showing that the seed in certain circumstances 
may retain its vitality for a very long period. A house on the Parade, 
which had been built 100 years, was pulled down, and next year there 
appeared on the cleared building-ground numbers of Henbane plants, 
although this plant does not occur in the neighbourhood within many 
miles of the spot. Even if Henbane seed comes up strongly the first 
year, when the large autumnal leaves decay away the large terminal 
bud is often destroyed by one of the many macro-lepidopterous cater- 
pillars that, like the Agrotids, hide themselves in the soil; or floods 
may rot the plants in winter if grown on level ground. 

It would probably pay well to cultivate Henbane in sandy ground 
near the sea, especially on rich estuarine soil, or in sandy ground in 
such places as the Golf Links at Westward Ho or Dawlish Warren, 
where the seaweed could be used as manure and there is sufficient 
moisture at a depth of two feet for the roots to reach it. It obviously 
is therefore not a plant for profitable cultivation in small gardens, 
especially as the yield of dried leaf is extremely small. 


CULTIVATION. 


The actual cultivation of medicinal plants can only be carried out 
properly on a fairly large scale under present conditions. To the 
ordinary grower the first year’s outlay brings in practically no return, 
so that sufficient capital is required to meet the outgoing expenses in 
labour, manure, and rental for that year, and for the second also 
if the crop fails from any cause. There is also the initial expense to be 
considered of apparatus for drying herbs, and the difficulty of getting 
labour, when wanted, unless it is employed all the year round. 

So far as I have been able to judge, the cultivation of the most 
important medicinal plants in this country only pays well when there 
is sufficient capital to run a pharmaceutical manufactory close to it 
so as to utilize the fresh plants in years when the crops are more than 


I40 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


equal to the demand, by making them into extract or other prepara- 
tions that will keep. 

If medicinal plants are grown on an ordinary farm where labour 
and animal manure are always available, the difficulties in the case 
of Belladonna and Henbane are, that unless the farmer has suitable 
drying apparatus he must sell the fresh plant, and if he is far from a 
large town the expense of cartage and rail considerably reduce his 
profits, and he is at the mercy of the buyer, who knows that the green 
herb must be sold within about a fortnight, or the plants will have 
passed their best condition. But if he has a good drying-house the 
farmer is able to keep the dried plants over the winter, and is thus 
able to secure some profit. 

As the wild plants are collected from estates by men who sell them 
without knowing their market value, and are therefore at the mercy 
of the buyer, they are sometimes bought up by growers who can dry 
them. The farmer who has no drying-house finds it better to grow 
potatos than medicinal plants. It will therefore be readily under- 
stood that the growers who have manufactories, and the growers who 
have drying-houses but no manufactories, are few in number, and 
when an unusual demand arises the prices both of the wild and the 
cultivated plants increase, and it is then that the Continental supplies 
are employed to lower the price of the home production. 


COLLECTION OF MEDICINAL PLANTS AND HERBS. 


As a general rule, the direction given in the Pharmacopceia for the 
collection of leaves is at the period when the flowers are beginning 
to open, because it is supposed that the active principles of the plant 
are then most abundant in the leaves, before migrating to the flowers, 
the active principle serving apparently as a protection against insects, 
and thus moving on from root to stem, leaf, flower, and seed, as each 
organ is successively developed. 

Roots are most active when the new va is fully formed, before 
the plant is developed, as in Aconite ; or in the case of some perennials 
like Dandelion, in the spring, before the flowers are developed. To 
some extent the collection of roots is ruled by other circumstances, 
such as the convenience of the farmer, as they are more easily and 
conveniently collected when the land is ploughed, or when the crops 
which permit it, such as turnips, are weeded. It is then comparatively 
easy for the weeders to put on one side in definite heaps such wild 
herbs as Fumitory, Parsley Piert, and Cudweed, which are common in 
cultivated fields. In collecting tall herbs, it is necessary to cut their 
stems off above where the lower leaves have turned yellow or brown, 
so that when dried they may present a bright, not faded, green colour. 
The collection should take place so far as possible on dry or sunny 
days. Easterly winds are particularly favourable for this purpose, 
as the dry air causes rapid withering, and facilitates the process of 
drying. Herbs should never be collected in wet weather. 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. I4I 


DRYING. 


There are many methods of drying. Ordinary herbs with fairly 
rigid stems, like Peppermint and Wormwood and Yarrow, are best 
tied loosely up into bundles, and hung on strings or wire, until the 
leaves are withered, but should be kept under cover in case of a shower. 
Artificial heat may then be used to dry the stems, and thus finish the 
operation. The bundles should be made as far as possible nearly 
equal in length, and uniform in size, for convenience of packing. In 
the case of flaccid herbs these should be thinly spread on a flat, dry 
surface, in a place freely exposed to a current of air and sunshine. . 
This may be done in the open air in summer weather, provided an 
arrangement is made by the use of Willesden scrim or tarpaulin, 
supported on a roller, so that it can quickly be drawn over the herbs 
to protect them in case ofa sudden shower. This is especially necessary 
in the case of Chamomile flowers, which soon turn brown if wetted. 
Smooth leaves like those of Belladonna, or sticky leaves like those of 
Henbane, require to be dried in a single layer at first, as they shrivel 
and become discoloured if treated in masses. The secret of all good 
drying is to deprive the leaves or other plant organs of moisture as 
rapidly as possible, and to see that the lamina or thin part of the leaf 
is fairly dry before using artificial heat to dry the stems. It must be 
understood that the majority of plants lose-at least 72 per cent. of 
moisture in drying, and some leaves, such as Belladonna, lose 85 to 
go per cent., so that it usually requires 4 lb. of fresh herb to yield 
I lb. of dried, and in other cases 6 or 8 lb. to yield one. It must 
also be borne in mind that, after herbs, &c., are thoroughly dried, on 
exposure to the air they will absorb from the atmosphere about 12 
per cent. of moisture and become flexible, but leaves that are allowed 
to do this, although less brittle and therefore more convenient for 
handling, are apt to deteriorate in physiological action. In some 
cases, such as Digitalis and Ergot, this consideration is of the utmost 
importance. I have found, however, by experience, that, if kept 
chemically dry by means of lime, they retain their activity unimpaired 
for at least ten years, and probably much longer. I have placed on 
the table some specimens to illustrate these facts. This process 
has not as yet been generally adopted, but firms who use it have 
acquired an excellent reputation for the quality of their goods, espe- 
cially of Foxglove. It is in this direction, 2.e. carefully dried and 
preserved herbs, that there is an opening for extending the market 
to other countries, since much of the cheap Continental supply is 
inferior in quality and often largely adulterated. 


MARKETING. 


It must be distinctly understood that wholesale buyers are 
not willing to take small parcels from a number of sellers, but 


I42 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


prefer to purchase by the cwt. or ton, and buy by sample, requiring 
the bulk to be up to sample, so far as regards appearance and 
quality. 

In the case of herbs in the green state, these should be gathered 
late in the afternoon, so as to be sent off by night train and arrive 
at their destination next morning, or they would be apt to heat and 
ferment and lose colour. They are usually packed loosely in 4 cwt. 
bundles, and when possible in quantities of a ton or more, so as to 
fill a railway truck. Under present conditions, owing to the delay in 
railway traffic, they should be sent labelled through to their ultimate 
destination, and marked “ Plants for Medicinal Use, Urgent.” 
Supplies of fresh medicinal plants are usually contracted for in April 
and delivered in June and July. Dandelion root, however, is usually 
delivered in autumn. 

It must be borne in mind that the trade in medicinal plants is a 
very curious one. Some herbs are required in quantities of many 
tons, and some only in a few cwts. But there are herbs used in 
proprietary preparations, which perhaps only one firm uses, but, 
although that one might require a dozen cwts. only, or a dozen tons, 
it would not buy them through the ordinary trade channels, but from 
special growers, or in the way best calculated to keep its secret. It 
must also be remembered that every country has medicinal plants 
that cannot be so profitably grown elsewhere. Thus Anemone 
Hepatica, which grows on limestone hilly districts, is wanted at 44d. a lb. 
for the dried leaves (which means 4 Ib. of fresh leaves for that price). 
This can be done where the plant grows wild like a weed, but not 
otherwise. Similarly Hydrastis canadensis, which grows wild in Canada, 
and American Ginseng root (Panax quinquefolium), both of which 
fetch a high price, do not succeed well in this country, and even in the 
United States the cultivation is so difficult that the price is accordingly 
very high. We must be content to recognize that there are certain 
medicinal plants that cannot profitably be cultivated in England, and 
that these must be left to our Colonies to cultivate where the climate 
and conditions suit them. 

If I may venture to offer a few suggestions to the members of the 
Herb-growing Association, they would be as follows: 

There must be a Central Depot where all parcels of dried herbs 
can be received, graduated as to quality, and put up in uniform 
parcels of 7, 14, 28, or 56 1b. I believe such an arrangement is now 
being made. 

There must be in connexion with the Depét a Bureau in touch 
both with producers and buyers, where it would be possible to take 
orders and execute them, and arrange prices and date of delivery. 
There needs to be published each month a Calendar of herbs procurable 
during the month, indicating the parts of the plants required, and 
containing directions how to grow or propagate such herbs as might 
be grown in small gardens. An Exchange column would also be useful 
for those who wish to exchange or purchase plants and seeds. The 


MEDICINAL HERBS: CULTIVATION AND PREPARATION. 143 


expense of such a publication should be met as far as possible by 
advertisements of sellers. 

An expert competent to determine if the herbs sent in are rightly 
named and sufficiently dried, and in a saleable condition, is necessary. 

Lastly, I would suggest that there is a large demand for culinary 
herbs, such as sage, mint, angelica, basil, thyme, and other sweet 
herbs in a dried state. 

The only two possible ways, it appears to me, in which herb culti- 
vation in small gardens could be made to pay would be, first, by 
increasing the quantity of any one culinary herb that suits the soil, 
drying it, and forwarding it to the Central Warehouse, where it 
could be used to form the large bales for wholesale trade. There is a 
far larger demand for dried and powdered culinary herbs for winter 
use than the public is aware of. 

Secondly, by cultivation for seed. Thus, ina chalky garden, a few 
plants of Belladonna might be grown in a shady corner for the seed, 
and where Henbane will succeed it would be well worth while to save 
the seed from the largest plants. Similarly the seed of the Dalmatian 
insect-powder plant (Pyrethrum cinerariaefoltum) should be saved for 
sale, also white poppy seed and some others, and where Chamomile 
produces double flowers it should be propagated for the sale of 
cuttings. 


QUESTIONS PUT TO THE LECTURER, AND HIS ANSWERS, 


1. If not in possession of a kiln or other special apparatus of the 
nature mentioned in the lecture, what should be used ? 


Ans. Any drying-place will do, provided it has a current of hot air, 
such as an ordinary stove with hot air issuing from the top. 
The important point is rapidity, for the quicker the process 
of drying the better the colour of the product. A tempera- 
ture from 80-90" Fahr. up to 140° is sufficient for roots. 


2. When, where, and how can seeds of Belladona and Henbane be got ? 
Ans. It is impossible to get seeds now, though April is a good month 
to sow them when they are obtainable. Seeds must be 

collected in the summer and autumn from the wild plants. 


3. Should dried herbs be kept in air-tight vessels ? 
Ans. Yes, or in paper ina dry room ifthe colour is to be preserved. 
If exposed to the ordinary atmosphere after drying they 
turn brown, and the absorption of moisture is as much as 
12% per cent. 


On this occasion the Society was honoured by the presence of Mr. 
Henry Cust, Chairman of the Central Committee for National Patriotic 
Organizations, at whose instance the lecture had been prepared. In 


moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Cust, Lieut.-Col. Sir ALBERT ROLLIT 
said : 


144 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The authorship, the reading by the Rev. Mr. Wilks, the Chairman- 
ship, had all been excellent. The Chairman had quoted some old party 
emblems, Protection and Free Trade, but he had very wisely appealed 
to Patriotism as the best security that in the future the country wil 
never again be left dependent on other nations, and possible enemies, 
for certain essentials of our great trades, such as dyes for our staple 
textile industries, and optical glass in the electrical and other trades, 
which are called key-industries, and as drugs and herbs in medicine. 
Voltaire wrote, ‘‘ You put drugs, of which you know little, into a body 
of which you know less, to cure a disease of which you know nothing 
at all.” The neglect of the highest and most practical scientific and 
commercial education, and the lack of curative products, must no longer 
be tolerated. Indeed, even in the past, something had been done to 
grow herbs, medicinal and hygienic, but chiefly for domestic use; and 
in the Surrey home in which he himself lived Charles James Fox, the 
statesman, had planted an old herb garden, which still flourished, and 
was referred to in Miss Bradley’s book on the subject. There was 
nothing more interesting than the cultivation of Economic Plants, 
and those who, like his late friend Sir Clements Markham, had taught 
India how to produce quinine in plenty, had been the greatest 
benefactors. And to help to secure such scientific philanthropists 
was one object of the Society in having aided in securing the founda- 
tion of a Degree in the Science of Horticulture, by the University of 
London. Sir Albert eulogized the patriotic action of the Chairman, 
and, adding his name, put the vote of thanks, which was carried 
enthusiastically by the crowded audience. 


IN PRAISE OF SINGLE ROSES. I45 


IN PRAISE OF SINGLE ROSES. 
By GEORGE BUNYARD, V.M.H. 


AFTER critically examining a prize box of Roses, giving full credit 
to the grower and every point to the setting up and arrangement, I 
never feel fully satisfied. 

I have been trying to analyse the sentiment, and have come to 
the conclusion that it is because the flowers are not quite perfect. 
“Not perfect,’ the exhibitor retorts. ‘‘ Why, they have gained the 
First Prize!’’ ‘‘ Just so, but a perfect flower should have anthers 
and pistil. Where arethey?’’ “Ah, I see youare more ofa botanist 
than a gardener.’ “Perhaps so, but your fat flowers fail to hold 
me like a single Rose ; and I must call these God-made, while yours 
are man-made. The singles, to my mind, leave nothing further to 
be desired.” 

My plea is that in single Roses there is perfection in form and 
outline : elegant, twisted, recurved, and cupped blossoms, pure colours 
and dainty blends; while the jaunty way they nestle on their foliage 
suggests a butterfly resting. The central golden boss of anthers 
completes the picture, leaving a sense of satisfaction to the vision. 

The public are gradually learning to appreciate single Roses 
as well as those with two rows of petals, like that exquisite yellow 
Tea ‘Lady Hillingdon.’ I propose to give a list of the best singles 
I know, with instructions for making borders of these neglected 
species and varieties, which I feel certain will please the planter and 
gain admiration from every visitor. Many come into flower by mid- 
May, and are thus doubly welcome; while even after flowering many 
have elegant foliage and fruits, with fragrance in their leaves. 

Single Roses need no special preparation of the borders, the object 
being to keep them healthy without any stimulants, and so true in 
size of flower and growth to their natural conditions. 

The border should be trenched two feet deep and be allowed to 
settle before the Roses are planted. 

Early in April the plants should be carefully cut over to induce 
a shrubby growth : and in after-years those shoots which have flowered 
should be removed, where there is enough new growth to furnish 
for next year’s bloom. This and such needful cutting as is required 
to keep the bushes in shape are all that will be required with an annual 
forking over of the borders. 

I cannot name any very dwarf Roses as singles for the front rows, 
but ‘Laurette Messimy’ or ‘Mme. Eugene Resal’ are only semi- 
double, and, planted at one foot apart, would be appropriate, or the 
old London Pride or White Pinks look well, while at the back of the 


VOL. XLII. L 


i146 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


border the Madonna and Tiger Lilies, with Montbretias in the half-dis- 
tance, would give some colour when the Roses have finished blooming. 
Among the single Roses shown in 1915, ‘Queen Mary,’ a glowing 
crimson, seems very promising, but I have not seen it. ‘ Clytem- 
nestra,’ one of Mr. Pemberton’s seedlings, seems a good single buff, 
growing three to four feet as a bush. 

I now sketch two borders of thirty-nine feet long, six feet wide. 
These can be placed back to back, number 1 against 14 and so on, 
with a six-foot gravel or grass path between, in order that in 
time (as the rampant Penzance Briers grow freely) the shoots 
can be trained overhead to form an arch or pergola; or the border 
may be continued for the full seventy-eight feet. 


ARRANGEMENT OF BORDER A. 


Back row I, 3, 5, 7,°9, 11, 13. 
Central row 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. 


Back Row. 


. Amy Robsart, P.B.,* deep rose. 
. Lady Penzance, P.B., creamy yellow with coppery shading. 
. Anne of Geierstein, P.B., rich dark crimson. 


I 
3 
5 
7. Dawn, softest blush, with golden anthers, shading to white; lovely. 
g. Brenda, P.B., peach pink. 

I 


. Lord Penzance, P.B., fawn with golden centre. 
13. Flora MclIvor, P.B., white with faint blush. 


Central Row. 


2. Altaica, pure primrose, most elegant. 

4. Irish Elegance, apricot with pink edging. 

6. Simplicity, H.T., pure white, large flowers striking. 
8. Irish Fire Flame, very brilliant. 


10. Mrs. Rosalie Wrinch, buds rosy red, fading to rich pink, petals 
waved; new. 


12. Copper Austrian Brier, quite alone in its intense coppery-red 
colour. 


ARRANGEMENT OF BORDER B. 


Back row 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26. 
Central tow 45, 17.10, 21, 23,25, 27. 


Back Row. 


14. Rose Bradwardine, P.B., clear bright cherry rose; very free. 
16. Macrantha, a gem, palest blush shading to white; lovely. 

18. Lucy Bertram, P.B., deep cerise rose. 

20. Mrs. W. T. Massey, may be called a single Gloire de Dijon; fine. 
22. Moschata nivea, pure white, of exquisite form. 


* P.B. means Penzance Brier. 


IN PRAISE OF SINGLE ROSES. 147 


24. Pomifera, lovely pale pink, almost transparent ; foliage glaucous 


green. 
26. Lucy Ashton, P.B., white centre, edged with pink. 


Central Row. 


15. Berberidifolia var. Hardii, a lovely species; flowers clear yellow, 
with black spot on each petal. 
17. Sheila Wilson, carmine scarlet ; very beautiful. 
19. Rugosa, rich amaranth; glossy green foliage, with large heps. 
21. Irish Glory, T., cherry carmine in clusters; very taking. 
23. Yellow Austrian Brier, pure in colour and elegant in shape ; lovely. 
25. Silver Moon, a new very large single white; a good climber. . 
27. Moyseii, quite a novelty; flowers deep brick-red—striking. 
* * * * * * * 


To render this list more complete I give the names of the most 
distinct and beautiful of the Single Climbing Roses, adding a few 
that carry two rows of petals. This class has come to the front 
during the past few years, and they are eminently suited for pergolas 
or pillar subjects. The Penzance Briers are all fine, as named above. 


American Pillar, deep pink, semi-double, grand foliage ; very vigorous. 

Coronation, semi-double, crimson to scarlet, flecked with white; 
very large flowers. 

Coquina, creamy rose, shaded primrose. 

Dawn, softest blush, shaded yellow, with golden anthers; extra fine, 

~ vigorous. 

Delight, cherry-rose, in large clusters ; very free-flowering, late. 

Ethel, semi-double, pale pink, free. 

Fairy, white, yellow anthers, perpetual. 

Flame, semi-double, pink and salmon, free. 

Francis, a single Crimson Rambler, flowering in large clusters. 

Hiawatha, rich bright crimson, in large trusses; one of the finest. 

Jersey Beauty. This old single lemon-shaded variety is yet one of 
the best, with shining Wichuraiana foliage. 

Leuchtstern, white edged pink, very floriferous; best as a pillar. 

May Queen, semi-double, cherry-pink, white centre ; pretty. 

Morgenroth, cherry-crimson, white centre, flowers early; best as a 
pillar. 

Moonlight, white, flushed lemon ; perpetual. 
Paradise, bright pink, with twisted starry petals, distinct; flowers 
early. : 
Paul’s Carmine Pillar, fiery carmine, very vigorous, striking colour ; 

early. | 
Pink Pearl, exquisite shell-pink ; of the shape of a Maltese cross. 
Silver Moon, silvery white, flowers large and elegant, large trusses. 
Starlight, white, edged rosy violet. 
Una, palest primrose, semi-double; fine. 
White Wichuraiana (species), flowers late; very suitable for banks 


or on long stems, 
L 2 


148 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SCIENCE DEGREES IN HORTICULTURE. 


As announced in the Annual Report (see pp. iii, ix), the University of 
London has instituted Degrees in the Science of Horticulture. The 
regulations are as follows : inquiries with regard to the Degrees should 
be addressed to the Academic Registrar, London University, London, 
5.W. 


REGULATIONS FOR INTERNAL STUDENTS. 


The University confers the Degrees of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc. 
and Master of Science (M.Sc.) in Horticulture. The course for the 
Bachelor’s Degree extends over three years, and consists of training in 
practical as well as scientific Horticulture. The course must be taken 
at one or more of the Schools of the University or under recognized 
teachers at the institution or institutions in connexion with which 
they are recognized. 

Students who have passed the Internal Intermediate Examination 
in Science in all the subjects required for the Intermediate Examination 
in Horticulture may be admitted to the Final Examination in Horti- 
culture under the same conditions as are applicable to students who 
have passed the Intermediate Examination in Horticulture. 

Students must have passed the Preliminary Examination for the 
National Diploma in Horticulture,* or an equivalent examination 
approved by the University, before being admitted to the final course 
of study for the Degree in Horticulture. | | 

Candidates for the Degree of B.Sc. (Horticulture) must either (a) 
have passed the Matriculation Examination or (0) have fulfilled such 
other tests of fitness in lieu of matriculation as may be prescribed 
from time to time by the Senate. 

The Senate is empowered under Statute 126 to grant in special cases 
modification of, or exemption from, prescribed courses of study. 

Students taking a complete course in the University or granted 
special exemption under Statute 126 must pass the various examina- 
tions required by the regulations as set out below. 

* The Royal Horticultural Society are p:epared to admit Matriculated 
Students of the University who have signed a declaration that they intend to 
proceed to a Degree in Horticulture in this University to the Preliminary Examina- 
tion for the National Diploma in Horticulture, without insisting on the following 
requirements set forth in the Regulations for the Diploma, viz. that they shall— 

““ (a) have reached the age of 21 years, and 

(b) have 
(x) served at least four years in a public or private garden or nursery ; or 
(2) taken a four years’ course in an approved Horticultural Institution, 
and have received a satisfactory report as regards conduct and work 


from the authorities of such institution; or 
(3) partly as in (1) and partly as in (2).” 


SCIENCE DEGREES IN HORTICULTURE. 149 


(Regulations for the Degree of M.Sc. in Horticulture will be con- 
sidered later.) 

Candidates for the Degree of D.Sc. must fulfil the conditions required 
by the regulations for that Degree as set out on pp. 316-318 of the 
University Calendar. 

The complete course of study and examinations is as follows :— 


INTERMEDIATE COURSE. 


The subjects of the Intermediate Course are as follows :— 
(1) Chemistry. 
(2) Botany. 
(3) Zoology. 
(4) One of the following subjects :— 
Physics. 
Geology. 

[From this point the regulations are identical with those for Agri- 
culture from the beginning of the second paragraph on p. 208 of the 
Red Book, 1915-16, to the end of the third complete paragraph on 
p. 307, except that in the Regulations in Horticulture the syllabuses 
in pure and applied mathematics are omitted.] 


3 
4 


General Intermediate Examination. 


The General Intermediate Examination in Science (Horticulture) 
will take place once in each academic year, commencing on the first 
Monday in July. ; 

The subjects are as follows :— 

(1) Chemistry. (Iwo papers of three hours each and a practical 
examination.) 

(2) Botany. (Two papers of three hours each and a practical ex- 
amination.) 

(3) Zoology. (Two papers of three hours each and a practical 
examination.) 

(4) One of the following subjects :-— 

Physics. (Iwo papers of three hours each and a practical ex- 
amination.) 

Geology. (Two papers of three hours each and a practical ex- 
amination.) 

Questions will be set involving (xz) the translation of passages 
in French ov in German, and (2) answers with regard to the subject- 
matter thereof. 

The Examiners shall be at liberty to test any candidate by means 
of viva-voce questions. 

The examination will be a Pass Examination only, and the list of 
successful candidates will present the names in alphabetical order 
without division into classes. 

Candidates shall not be approved unless they have shown a 
competent knowledge in each of the four subjects selected; but a 


150 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


candidate who passes in three subjects out of the four may be allowed 
to offer the fourth subject alone at the next following examination. 
[See General Regulations for Intermediate Examinations, pp. 15-18.] 

Any student who has passed the Intermediate Examination in 
Science, in Agriculture, or in Engineering, will be excused (at the 
Intermediate Examination in Horticulture) the examination in the 
subjects he has taken which are the same for both examinations. 
He will be required, however, to complete the subjects necessary for 
the Intermediate Examination in Horticulture, and to have attended 
approved instruction-courses in each of the subjects, either in prepara- 
tion for the Intermediate Examination in Science or in Agriculture or 
in Engineering, or for the Intermediate Examination in Horticulture, 
or to have substituted a higher course of equivalent length for each 
course which he has omitted. 

Students who have passed the Intermediate Examination in Engi- 
neering will be exempted from the examination in either Electricity 
and Magnetism or in Heat, Sound, and Optics, or in both (should they 
have already passed in both), at the Intermediate Examination in 
Horticulture, provided they have attended the full instruction-courses 
in these subjects in preparation either for the Intermediate Examination 
in Engineering or for the Intermediate Examination in Horticulture, 
or have taken equivalent courses in these subjects at a higher stage. 

The time-table of the examinations will be furnished by the 
Academic Registrar to each school and to each internal student not 
attached to a school, showing both the time and place of the Written 
and Practical Examinations. 

Every student entering for this examination must apply to the 
Academic Registrar for a form of entry and a certificate of course of 
study, not earlier than April 15, which must be returned duly filled 
up and attested in accordance with the General Regulations as to 
Approved Courses of Study (pp. 6-14), together with the proper fee, not 
later than May 24. 

The fee for each student is £5 for each entry to the whole examina- 
tion and £2 tos. for re-examination in one subject. 

All cheques should be made payable to the University of London or 
bearer, and crossed ‘‘ London County and Westminster Bank, Ltd., 
1 Brompton Square, S.W.” 

A provisional list of successful candidates, in alphabetical order, 
will be published by the Academic Registrar at 2 o’clock on Wednes- 
day in the second week following that in which the examination closes. 

Certificates of having passed the examination will not be issued 
except to qualified students applying for such certificates. 


FINAL COURSE. 


The Approved Instruction-courses for the Final Examination 
may be taken in two years or more, but no candidate will be admitted 
to the Final Examination unless he has been a student in a school of 


SCIENCE DEGREES IN HORTICULTURE. . EE 


the University or under recognized teachers for at least three years, and 
has satisfied in other respects the General Regulations as to Approved 
Courses of Study (pp. 6-14). 
Students will be required to have attended approved instruction- 
courses in each of the three following obligatory subjects :— 
Botany. 
Chemistry. 


Entomology. 

These subjects will be treated in relation to the Science of 
Horticulture. Candidates will be required to obtain a knowledge 
of the practical as well as the scientific side of Horticulture. 

Students will further be required to have attended courses in 
Meteorological Instruments and their use, Practical Surveying and 
Mensuration, and in Garden Management (including the uses and care 
of garden implements) and Garden Economics. 

Although the study of French and German is not included in the 
Final Course of Study, questions will be set at the Final Examina- 
tion involving (1) the translation of passages in French and in German 
and (2) answers with regard to the subject-matter thereof.* 

The Syllabuses are as follows :— 


Botany. 
First Year. 


Course A.—Special morphology relating to the methods of training 
and pruning of fruit and other trees and to methods of propagating 
plants. Descriptive morphology of plants and fruits in general cultiva- 
tion. Seeds and seed-adulteration. General anatomy and histology 
of flowering plants and ferns. 

- Course B.—The physiology of plants, with special reference to 
germination, assimilation, including the effects of atmospheric impuri- 
ties on plant growth, nutrition, respiration, fermentation, together with 
the special physiology of horticultural operations, such as propaga- 
tion, pruning, forcing and retarding; the scientific basis for rotations ; 
the relations of plants to heat, light, and moisture, and their horticul- 
tural applications. 

Course C.—Systematic botany, with special reference to the angio- 
sperms, gymnosperms, and pteridophyta in general cultivation. 


Second Year. 


Course D.—The pathology of plants, including diseases due to 
fungi and bacteria. 

Course E.—The ecology of garden and greenhouse plants, including 
plants of the rock garden, bog, water and woodland gardens. The 
geographical distribution of plants in general cultivation. 


* Candidates are recommended to read some books or papers in French 
and in German on the subjects of the examination. 


I52 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Course F.—Genetics. The improvement of plants by hybridiza- 
tion. The essential facts of Mendelism, and their application to the 
breeding of plants. The origin and history of certain selected groups 
of garden plants. 

There will be a practical and viva-voce examination at which 
candidates will be expected to show an acquaintance with specimens 
of materials, &c., dealt with in the syllabus. 

Candidates will be required to bring to the Practical Examinations 
their note-books, for inspection by the Examiners, certified by their 
teachers as being the actual working notes made by them in the labora- 
tory. These note-books must be taken away by the candidates at the 
close of the examination. 


Chemistry. 


The student will be required to show a knowledge of the chemistry 
of the more important substances and processes involved in plant life, 
including common typical results of enzyme action and the chemistry 
of fermentation. He must also be familiar with the main lines of 
inquiry and the chief results obtained at Rothamsted and Woburn, and 
also with the principal recent work on soil and plant-chemistry of 
- foreign stations. Proximate and ultimate constituents of plants, their 
distribution in the plant, current views as to their functions ; methods 
of investigation. Composition of the ordinary market garden and 
fruit crops, variation with soil, season and manuring. Changes during 
storage. 

Sotls.—Origin, composition, chemical and physical properties of 
soils. Relation of soil to temperature and water content, effect of 
tillage operations, methods of improving soils, draining, irrigating, 
liming, chalking, marling, &c. The soil as a medium for plant life, 
Bacterial changes in soil, nitrification, denitrification, humification, 
fixation of nitrogen and partial sterilization, &c. Methods for mechani- 
cal and chemical analysis of soil, interpretation of results. Movements 
of salts in soils, drainage water, alkali soils. Soil types. 

Manures.—Organic and inorganic manures; leaf-mould. The 
special needs of particular plants. 

Insecticides and Fungicides—Composition and properties of the 
chief insecticides, fungicides, weed-killers and sprays. Their mode of 
action. Methods of analysis of materials used; adulteration. 

There will be a practical and viva-voce examination at which the 
candidate must submit note-books, duly signed by his teacher, contain- 
ing a record of experiments carried out by him. These note-books 
must be taken away by the candidates at the close of the examination. 


Entomology. 


The cockroach, external anatomy and terms used. 
The cockroach, internal anatomy, the living mechanism. 


SCIENCE DEGREES IN HORTICULTURE. 153 


Life-history, cockroach or locust, dragon-fly, thrips, butterfly or 
moth. 

Wings, structure and function. : 

Mouth-parts, structure and function. 

Classification, its meaning, the terms used, &c.; the chief orders of 
insects. 

Life-history, egg, larva, nymph, pupa, imago. Hibernation, 
zstivation, esuriation, dependence on food and climate. 

Food, food-habit classification. 

Reproduction, parthenogenesis. 

Social insects. 

Colour, form, mimicry. 

The Orders, short account of each. Orthoptera, Thysanoptera, 
Rhynchota, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera. 

Pests, their origin, checks, the Wave-Law. 

Pests, types—locust, grasshopper, termite, bug, scale-insect, gipsy- 
moth, surface-caterpillar, potato-moth, codling-moth, cockchafer, 
wire-worm, flea-beetle, boll-weevil, bark-beetle, crane-fly, Hessian fly, 
fruit-fly, saw-fly. 

Preventive measures. 

Remedies, insecticides, spraying, fumigation. 

Legislation, internal and on imports. 

Field work and exercises in spraying, &c. 

There will be a practical and viva-voce examination. Candidates 
will also be required to show note-books recording their work. 


B.Sc. Examination (Horticulture). 


The subjects of the Final Examination are as follows :— 


Botany. (Three papers, a _ practical and a_ viva-voce 
examination.) 

Chemistry. (Two papers, a practical and a viva-voce ex- 
amination.) 

Entomology. (One paper, a practical and a _viva-voce 
examination.) 


Candidates will be further required to produce evidence of having 
attended instruction-courses on Meteorological Instruments and their 
use, Surveying and Mensuration, Garden Management (including the 
Uses and Care of Garden Implements) and Garden Economics. 

Questions will be set involving (1) the translation of passages in 
French and in German, and (2) answers with regard to the subject- 
matter thereof. 

Candidates shail not be approved by the Examiners unless they 
have shown a competent knowledge in each of the three subjects. 

The Examiners in the practical and viva-voce examinations 
shall be at liberty to ask supplementary questions on those subjects 


154 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


mentioned above in which the candidate has attended instruction- 
courses, but in which no written examination is held. 

The B.Sc. (Horticulture) Examination will take place once in each 
year, beginning on the fourth Monday in October. 

No student will be admitted to this examination unless he has 
passed the Intermediate Examination in Horticulture, and has com- 
pleted the prescribed course of study. 

Every student entering for this examination must apply to the 
Academic Registrar for a form of entry and a certificate of course of 
study, not earlier than June 1, which must be returned, duly filled 
up and attested in accordance with the General Regulations as to 
Approved Courses of Study (pp. 6-14), together with the proper fee, 
not later than September 25. 

The fee for each student is £5 for each entry to the examination. 

All cheques should be made payable to the University of London 
or bearer, and crossed ‘‘ London County and Westminster Bank, 
Ltd., 1 Brompton Square, S.W.” 

A provisional list of successful candidates, in alphabetical order, 
will be published by the Academic Registrar at 2 o’clock on Friday in 
the second week following that in which the examination closes. 

A diploma for the Degree of B.Sc. (Horticulture), under the seal of 
the University and signed by the Chancellor, will be delivered to each 
candidate who has passed, after the report of the Examiners shall have 
been approved, byathe Senate. 


NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HORTICULTURE. 155 


NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HORTICULTURE. 


THE second Final Examination of Professional Gardeners for the 
National Diploma in Horticulture took place in June 1916. Owing 
to the war the number of candidates was small, seven only offering 
themselves, viz. four in Section I. (General Horticulture), of whom 
two passed ; one in Section II. (Hardy Fruit-growing for market) 
who passed; one each in Section V. (Landscape Gardening) and 
Section VII. (Horticultural Inspection), who both failed to satisfy 
the Examiners; and one in Section VIII. (Horticultural Instruction) 
who passed. 

The third Preliminary Examination was also held in June, fifteen 
candidates presenting themselves, of whom nine passed. 


LISTS OF SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES. 
FINAL EXAMINATION. 
Section I. 


Ekins, E. Helen, Studley College, Warwickshire. 
Turner, Archibald D., Madryn Castle Farm School, Pwllheli, 
N. Wales. 


Section IT. 
Coombes, John, Research Station, Long Ashton, Bristol. 


Section VITTI. 


Turner, Archibald D., Madryn Castle Farm School, Pwllheli, 


N. Wales. 
F. J. CHITTENDEN, F.L.S. 
W. HALES, A.L.S. 
H. HOOPER. 
A. G. L. ROGERS. 
T. STEVENSON. 
EDWARD WHITE. 


Examiners. 


PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION. 
Division A. 


Elsden, Harry Claude, Maesbrook, 27 Emscote Road, Warwick. 
Harrison, Alfred T., Eynsham Hall Gardens, Witney, Oxon. 
Ramsbottom, J. K., 61 Ennerdale Road, Richmond. 


156 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Division B. | 
Heron, May, 5 Wellington Road, Handsworth Wood, Birmingham. 
King, Grace D., Gayton Rectory, Blisworth, R.S.O. 


Division C. 
Copley, George H., 37 Sowden Street, Great Horton, Bradford. 
Lucas, Evelyn, The Elms, Pulborough, Sussex. 


Plumley, Dorothy G., Belgrave Road, Clifton, Bristol. 
Willan, George, The Nurseries, Lymm, Cheshire. 


F. J. CHITTENDEN, F.L.S. 
W. Hates, A.L.S. | Examiners 
T. STEVENSON. 


EXAMINATION OF SCHOOL TEACHERS IN GARDENING. 157 


EXAMINATION OF SCHOOL TEACHERS IN COTTAGE AND 
ALLOTMENT GARDENING. 


APRIL 21, IQI5. 


Two hundred and eighteen candidates entered for the Examina- 
tion of School Teachers in Cottage and Allotment Gardening held 
on April 12, 1916. Of these, 33 obtained a first class, 103 a second, 
and 67 a third, leaving 12 failures and 3 absentees. 

The Examiners, Mr. F. J. Chittenden, F.L.S., Mr. John Fraser, 
F.L.S., Mr. W. Crump, V.M.H., and Mr. C. R. Fielder, V.M.H., report 
that of the ten questions in Division A, Nos. 3, 8, and 10 were very 
well answered. Two hundred and three candidates took No. 3; 150 
took No. 8, and the majority of the answers showed decided intelli- 
gence as to cultural details and a few obtained maximum marks for 
this question; 196 took No. 10, a most important question, and it 
was gratifying to find that it was on the whole the best answered 
of all, the deep and thorough cultivation of the land being quite well 
-understood ; fifteen candidates obtained maximum marks for this 
question. 

The answers to Questions 2, 6, and 7 were on the other hand very 
disappointing. In answering No. 2 many candidates gave remedies 
without saying when they should be applied, and not a few included 
such things as canker and silverleaf amongst insect pests. With 
No. 6 it was decidedly curious that those whose duties must often 
include the making out of requisitions should give such weak and 
disappointing replies. One hundred and forty-seven answered No. 7, 
but almost all of them entirely overlooked the ideas of economy 
of labour and cost of materials, and many recommended artificial 
manures to be used indiscriminately and mixed all together. 

The answers to the remaining questions were very fair, though 
in No. 5 Dahlias were included amongst sweet scented flowers, and 
in No. 9 Annuals were hopelessly mixed up with ‘ hardy herbaceous 
plants.’ : 

In Division B in several instances only one question had been 
answered which does not fulfil the requirements distinctly laid down, 


158 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


and consequently the names of some candidates do not appear in the 
lists. The answers in this section were in the main satisfactory, and 
No. 12 was really well done. Some candidates failed to give the 
earthworm his due, several had but little knowledge of artificial 
manures, and not one seemed alive to the difficulties in the way of 
a proper trial of varieties of Potatos. 

Notwithstanding these defects, the examiners were on the whole 
very well satisfied with the results of the examination. 


W. WILKS, Secretary R.H.S. 


Class I. 


one Miss M., Richmond, Yorks. 

Hart, Leonard W. J., Fakenham, Norfolk. 
Lumb, W. P., Broad Oak, Sturminster, Newton. 
arr W. E., Kelsall, Saxmundham. 

Davies, Frank, Withington School, nr. Hereford. 
6. Bielby, L. S., Beeford, Dritield. 

7. Oliver, J. S., Gable Cottage, Tiverton. 

8. Beeston, R. W., Rosslyn, Coalpool Lane, Walsall. 
9g. Goode, B. R., 79 Folkestone Road, Dover. 

o. Jones, J. E., Llaniestyn, Pwllheli. 

rz. Cook, Thos. E., Keele, Newcastle, Staffs. 

12. Forster, Wm., 117 Front Street, West Auckland. 
13. Bridge, A. S., Highfield House, Farnworth. 

14. Fuller, A. G., Thelma, London Street, Swaffham. 
Moores, S. FT, Heyton, Cricket Field Road, Torquay. 
Jennett, A. W., Southdene, Bonnyfields, Godley. . 
Davies, H. A., 2 Castle Road, Hadleigh. 

smith, “G." He Norfhisach! Glos. 

Stratford, A. P., 37 Belle Vue Street, York. 
Kadsley,“Eo i? Mill End, Rickmansworth. 

Lowe, F., Hill Crest, Brinsley, Notts. 

Bell, A. es 5 Markham Crescent, York. 

Roberts, W. W., East View, Newland, Hull. 


19. 
= C. H., 81 Moor Pool Avenue, Harborne. 


21. 


Burke, R. E., jade Green, Stevenage. 

Roberts, T. O., Bronawel, Llanfyllin, Mont. 

Divine, W. J., 24 Cromer Road, Leyton. 

Leworthy, H. N., Clee Hill, Ludlow. 

Allan, M. B. G., 27 Marlborough Street, Seaham Harbour. 
Popplestone, C. -G., Tresparrett, St. Juliott, Boscastle. 
Crapper, Wm., 359 Bellhouse Road, Shiregreen, 

Earney, H. J., Abbots Ann, Andover. 

Smith, C. H., Barsham, Beccles, 


24. 


29: 


EXAMINATION OF SCHOOL TEACHERS IN GARDENING. 159 


Class, Tf. 


Barnett, Wm. L. D., Connaught, Highfield Road, Felixstowe. 
Hulme, A., Ryle Mount, Ryles Park, Macclesfield. 

Stanford, E. A., 4 Leech Street, Longsight, Manchester. 
Huggett, A. H. R., 122 Worple Road, Wimbledon. 

| Higham, S., Cheadle House, Burbage. 


34. 


Morris, E. E., 9 Grafton Street, Adlington, Chorley. 
Jones, D., Bryndeilo, Nantgaredig. 

Wardman, E., Litlington, Royston. 

Anderton, Nathan, 14 Collins Road, Bamber Bridge, Preston. 
Howes, A. J., Badwell Ash, Bury St. Edmunds. 

Hamer, D. T., Llanfaircaer, Welshpool. 


38. 


Varley, W. T , Sway, Hants. 
{ Bintett ASE. Ele ytecbury, Grosvenor Road, Swindon. 
a W. H., Meifod, Chilwell, Nottingham. 


uu 


45. 


Crouch, C. N., St. Margaret’s, Kingsland Road, Broadwater. 
Price; 5.,:'49 King’ s Road, Sedgley, near Dudley. 

Poole A. S., 21 Montague Road, Cambridge. 

Perry, G. W., Belmont House, Hendford Hill, Yeovil. 
Birbeck, T., Mill Field House, Cottenham. 

Turner, G. Ki, Buckfold, Petworth. 

Worland, A., Clifford Grove, Ashford, Middlesex. 

{ Mitler, J. M., 17 Fort Matilda Place, Greenock. 

: avies, T. Cleaton, 21 Palalwyf Avenue, Pontyclun. 


47- 


54. | 


Maynard, H. C., 110 Christchurch Road, Ashford, Kent. 
Warrington, L. H., The Hollies, Winterbourne Down. 
Archer, B. A., Roundwood, Ossett, Yorkshire. 
Lawrence, D. A., 345 London Road, Reading. 

Brinn, A. J., Topeesree. Castle Hedingham, Essex. 
Woodrow, A., 29 Marjorie Grove, Clapham Common. 
Whent, A. F., Gt. Comberton, near Pershore. 
ae W. G., Hampstead Norris, Newbury. 


56. 


Grant, Robert, 9 Mutual Street, Wallsend-on-Tyne. 
Garaway, A., South Moreton, Wallingford. 

Jones, D. E., Moreton Corbet, Preston, Brockhurst. 
Taylor, G Endcliffe, Sackville Street, Grimsby. 
Hainsworth, G. C., Oxspring, Penistone, Sheffield. 
Stokes, I., x Hill Siren Cheslyn Hay, near Walsall. 
Robb, I., Double View, Cinderford, Glos. 
Johnston, J., Flimby, Maryport, Cumberland. 
Grudgings, F. U., Desborough, Market Harboro’. 
Bristow, C., Fyfield, Marlborough, Wilts. 

Gill, B., 210 Nelson Road, Gillingham, Kent. 

Beal, D. E., Waresley, Sandy, Beds. 

Charlesworth, J. W., Cross Roads, Holmfirth. 
tewtor. G., 323 Hertford Road, Waltham Cross, 


64. 


69. 


\o 


a7 - 


N 


160 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Freegard, F. E., rr London Road, Pulborough. 
Perks, H., Arcadie, Station Street, Cheslyn Hay. 
Smart, Denis, 7 Hanover Street, Bath. 

Jones, S. A., 62 Meyrick Street, Pembroke Dock. 
Beams, T. H., Bradpole, Bridport. 

Toyer, R. V., Cliffden, Brotton, Yorks. 

Foxcroft, H. E., Thornton Hough, Chester. 
Fletcher, B. T., Sevenhampton, Andoversford. 

Hay, C. B., Clayton, Bradford, Yorkshire. 

Mullett, E. G., 211 Abbey Road, Barrow-in-Furness. 
Smith, H. C., rr0 Como Street, Romford. 

McQuade, J., 24 Dempster Street, Greenock. 

Foote, Frank, 34 Drayton Gardens, W. 

Perry, S. S., 38 Dirleton Gardens, Alloa. 


79: 


: S. J., Colley Elm, Southey, Wadsley Bridge. 
89. | 


Sith, A, 18 Waverley Road, Southsea. 
04. iain, G. H., 2 Careton Place, Kilmacolm, N.B. 
Edwards, J. G., Georgeham, Braunton, $.O., N. Devon. 
Berryman, P. Gorn: 469, 20th Sanitary Sect., c/o G.P.O. 
Wells, B., 43 St, John’s Road, Westcliff-on-Sea. 
Bannon, J. J., 1 Sydney Villas, Frimley Road, Ash Vale. 
Hoad, F., The Briars, Grimthorpe Avenue, Borstal Hill. 
Stonely, Ss L., Roslyn, Hildenborough. 
Robson, J. A., Rosedale, Shelfield, near Walsall. 
Robinson, H. M., 22 High Street, Brentwood. 
Dixon, J. Ei Nantmel, Rhayader, Radnorshire. 
: Wright, F. M., Alexandra Villas, The Sands, Mow Cop. 


97: 


Baxter, E. E., New Villas, Warsop Vale, Shirebrook. 
Allan, B. B. F., 27 Marlborough Street, Seaham Harbour. 
Thorpe, A., 20 Avondale Road, East Finchley. 
Davies, W. J., Bertham, Chester Road, Flint. 
Hatchett, T. H., 30 The Green, Hugglescote. 
O’Leary, F. T., Main Street, Tallow, Co. Waterford. 
Dean, W. A., Lyndene, Stockton Brook, Stoke-on-Trent. 
Sowerbutts, M., Rose Cottage, Cadishead. 
110. < Hooper, L. M., Brimpsfield, Gloucester. 
Jarvis, M., 23 Ashmore Road, King’s Norton. 
Matthews, P., The Terrace, Market Drayton. 
Johnson, M. A., Station House, Brocklesby. 
Smith, E., Gravenhurst, near Ampthill. 
Graham, J., 6 Highthorn Terrace, Moortown, Leeds. 


105. 


me Bigland, N., Woodlands, The Avenue, Bare, Morecambe. 
Housden, J. B., St. Leonards, Highlands Road, Leatherhead. 
Dalby, G. V., 133 King’s Road, Harrogate. 

a Jones, M. K., Flitcham, King’s Lynn. 


Pride, H. S., 3 Chatsworth Road, Luton. 
Caban, M. A., Knarr Fen, Thorney, Peterborough. 
Brophy, J., Tinnyland, Carlow. 


EXAMINATION OF SCHOOL TEACHERS IN GARDENING. 161 


McSweeney, W., Killorglin, Co. Kerry, Ireland. 
Bates, H., 67 Broad Street, Chesham, Bucks. 
Harvey, F. T., Bishops Cleeve, Cheltenham. 

Axon, W. T., South View, Netherton, near Morpeth. 
Knott, W. H. H., Falcon Villas, Waltham Cross. 
McGuinness, J., 52 Hyde Park Road, Halifax. 
Dixon, T. W., Washington Station, Co. Durham. 
Place, H., King Street, Whetstone, Leicester. 
Litchfield, E. A., Sandbeach, near Cambridge. 
Coombes, F., St. Mark’s Road, Binfield, Bracknell. 


127. | 
132. | 


Class 111, 


Robertson, I. M., 18 Seymour Street, Lisburn, Co. Antrim. 
Lewis, J. L., 128 Margam Street, Cymmer, Port Talbot. 
Parkinson, M. G., 5 Granville Street, Kettering. 

137. Brandish, E., 8 Wingfield Street, Bungay, Suffolk. 
Mason, E., Hyde Terrace, Kidsgrove, Staffs. 

Maddy, J. E., Berrydene, Pontlottyn, Glam. 

Carless, C. J., 28 Wick Road, Brislington, Bristol. 

Young, R. E., Jubilee House, Marton, near Rugby. 

Johns, F. W., 37 Daniell Road, Truro, Cornwall. 

Jones, F. E., 267 Caerleon Road, Newport, Mon. 

Stewart, G. R., 95 Foundry Road, Parton, Whitehaven. 

Dakin, F. G., Welshampton, near Ellesmere, Salop. 

McCurdy, J., 28 Patrick Street, Greenock. 

Sheppard, R. J., 51 Feckenham Road, Headless Cross. 

Brown, P. L., Barkway, Royston. 

151. 4 Williamson, B., Widdrington, Acklington. 

Lidbetter, T. R., 29 Parkfield Road, Willesden. 

Astley, M. A., edie ton Park, near Derby. 

Matthews, A., Camerton, Bath. 

Coulson, F., Buckland, Betchworth, Surrey. 

Fletcher, L., 18 Foster Street, Kinver, near Stourbridge. 

Harris, H. V. W., 3 Verulam Place, Bournemouth. 

ss G., 11 Westfield Avenue, Oakes, Huddersfield. 


145. 


154. 


Cleverley, L., 28 New Park Street, Devizes. 

Helson, E., 21 Endsleigh Park Road, Peverell, Plymouth. 

Mack, J. H., 7 Wewiticn Road, Southsea. 

Preston, H., 96 Woodgrange Avenue, North Finchley. 

Pellett, W. N., 19 Wellmeadow Road, Lewisham. 

Martin, E. A., Twycross, Atherstone. 

aoe C. E., 46 Britannia Road, North Southsea. 

Jones, J., Clifton House, Brassington, near Wirksworth. 

Taylor, H. F., Somers Park —— Malvern Link. 

168 — C. S., Meadow Walk, Walton-on-the-Hill. 
Middleton, W. M., 1 Westfield Crescent, Springwell, Gateshead. 
MacDonnell, M., Great Chishall, Royston. 


VOL. XLII. M 


159. 


165. 


162 


172. 


: 


| 
| 
: 
| 
| 


| 


JOURNAL -OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Barker, W. V., Coningrey’s, Wolverhampton Road, Bloxwich. 
Ellis, J., 17 College Street, Aberdare, S. Wales. 
Bennewith, A. E., Upminster Road, Rainham. 

Davidson, C. C., Feltwell, Brandon, Norfolk. 

Harger, S. A., Lyndhurst, Ambrose Lane, Harpenden. 
Perry, T. L., Belmont House, Hendford Hill, Yeovil. 
Pearson, E. W., Holy Island, Beal, Northumberland. 
Dilworth, J., 190 Denten’s Green Lane, St. Helen’s. 
Barker, M., 64 St. George’s Avenue, Northampton. 
Doxsey, M., Ashley, near Tetbury, Wilts. 

Hudson, A. L., Hanley Villas, North Shore Road, Ramsey. 
Witty, E. H., Gaswell House, Kilnhurst, near Rotherham. 
Smith, F. J., Upper Hill, Leominster. 

Greenwood, G., 21 Hartley Street, Mexborough. 

Farrow, M. A., 68 Grosvenor Avenue, Wallington. 

Mellor, J. M., 8 The Crescent, Tadcaster. 

Trist, W. J., Liscard, Cheshire. 

James, T. R., 173 Harold Road, Upton Park, E. 

Hughes, C. W., 109 Dudley Road, Sedgley. 

Gibson, P. E., 5 Victoria Street, New Sheldon. 

Bevan, R. G., Townsend, Chittlehampton. 

Raney, A., 13 Earlsborough Terrace, York. 

Raistrick, K., Hanham, near Bristol. 

Evans, L. J., 43 Dartmouth Park Hill, Kentish Town. 


( Magor, L. L., Longney, near Gloucester. 


aa 
; 
Z 
202. 
203. 


Hargett, H., Denshaw, Oldham. 

Mason, Annie, Hyde Terrace, Kidsgrove, Stoke-on-Trent. 
Hull, T. H., Gainsford, Darlington. 

Ames, A. M., Smyllum, Lanark. 

Cree, J. P., 67 High Street, Jedburgh. 

Longhurst, C. E., Black Notley, Braintree. 

Howard, J., 25 Derby Road, Weaste, Salford. 


R.H.S. GENERAL EXAMINATION. 163 


 R.H.S. GENERAL EXAMINATION. 
Marcu 8, 1916. 


SENIORS. 


THE total number of candidates in the Senior Examination was eighty - 
eight. Of these nine were placed in the First Class, forty in the Second 
Class, and twenty-six in the Third, whilst eight candidates failed to 
satisfy the Examiners, and five were absent. 

The Examiners, the Rev. Prof. G. Henslow, M.A., V.M.H., and Mr, 
James Hudson, V.M.H., say that it affords them much satisfaction to 
be able to record that, although there was a considerable falling off in 
the number of candidates, the average excellence of the answers in 
former years was well maintained. Indeed, in a few instances the 
replies were of unusual merit. Moreover, it was plainly evident when 
observation and practical experience had been the groundwork of a 
candidate’s preparation—notably in the answers relating to “ present- 
day economy in the Garden.”’ 


JUNIORS. 


There were twenty-one entries in the Junior Examination, and 
nineteen candidates sat. Of these one succeeded in securing a place 
in the First Class, six in the Second Class, four in the Third Class, 
and four in the Fourth. Four candidates did not secure a sufficient 
number of marks to appear in the Pass List. 

This Junior Examination is a direct preparation for the Senior, 
and as a guide and help to the young student of horticulture it is 
invaluable. Young gardeners to-day should try to realize that 
gardening is no longer in the background of the professions, as in their 
fathers’ days. The introduction by the R.H.S., with the co-operation 
of the Board of Agriculture, of the National Diploma in Horticulture, 
which can be won only by gardeners who possess a thorough know- 
ledge of the technique and principles of their art, has once and for 
ever raised their status. The greater dignity thus bestowed on 
the profession of gardening by the Society three years ago has been 
more recently emphasized by the University of London, which has this 
year established a Degree in Horticultural Science (B.Sc.), of which 
the Society’s Preliminary Diploma Examination forms an integral part. 
It is therefore evident that the earlier young gardeners begin to study the 
principles of plant growth and the greater the attention they give to 
perfecting themselves in carrying out the practical operations involved 
in their craft the easier will be their attainment of those professional 


M 2 


164 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


honours which are now held out to them, and which will stamp them as 
ranking foremost in the country in the work to which they are devoting 
their lives. 

May 1, 1916. W. WILKs, Secretary R.H.S. 


SENIORS. 
Class I. 


I. Lucas, E., Puckrup Hall, Tewkesbury. 

2. Gaisford, D. F., Thatcham Fruit Farm, Newbury. 
(Sparks, E. M., Kirk Langley Rectory, Derby. 

2 (Stein, A. H., Horticultural College, Swanley. 

Hatten, J., Studley College, Warwickshire. 

Gresham-Barber, A. M., Fernbank, Harmondsworth. 


5; 
Williams, G. W., Thatcham Fruit Farm, Newbury. 
8 ee N., Horticultural College, Swanley: 
" (Wilson, J. N., Horticultural College, Swanley. 


Class.IT-: 


E cease EK. L. C., Horticultural College, Swanley. 

’ (le Poer Trench, K., St. James’s Gardens, West Malvern. 
Gould, N. K., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley. 
Suhr, X. D., Studley College, Warwickshire. 

3: Wheatley, J., Studley College, Warwickshire. 
Eagle-Bott, E., Thatcham Fruit Farm, Newbury. 

7. Hett, R., Thatcham Fruit Farm, Newbury. 

Cavalier, D. F., The Cottage, Wood Green, Salisbury. 

Harral, M. H., Studley College, Warwickshire. 

Leeper, F. D., Horticultural College, Swanley. 

Baur, M., Horticultural College, Swanley. 

Bond, H. A., School of Gardening, Clapham, Worthing. 

Bains, M. A., 28 Broomfield Road, Chelmsford. 

Nash, O., Henwick House, Newbury. 

Beale, H. I., School of Gardening, Clapham, Worthing. 

15 SS M. E., 302 Kew Road, Kew. 

' ) Wallis, C., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley. 

Harford, E. D., The Homestead, Meopham. 

Blake, M., Briarholm, Hadleigh. 

an G. E., Clovelly, West View Road, Keynsham. 


eZ 


IQ. 


\O 


Hake, W. L., 48 Gillingham Street, S.W. 
Wynne, C., The Homestead, Meopham. 
23 ae M., Bent Head Cottage, Pecket Well, Yorks. 

’ (Stowell, C. E., 77 West Side, Clapham Common. 
Ratcliff, E. E., Oak Cottage, Park Road, Chelmsford. 
Ross, A., Greenway Court, Hollingbourne. 

25. 4 Burr, V., Greenway Court, Hollingbourne. 
Rowan, H. A., School of Gardening, Clapham, Worthing. 
Arnold, C., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley. 


R.H.S. GENERAL EXAMINATION. 


Robertson, I. M., 18 Seymour Street, Lisburn. 
Wilson, C. W., 94 Nightingale Lane, Balham. 
30: Hood, M. J., The Roundwood, Ipswich. 
Gillett, E. A., The Roundwood, Ipswich. 
Howard, M., Horticultural College, Swanley. 


34. {Bayley, M., Horticultural College, Swanley. 


Butterworth, Irene, St. James’s Gardens, West Malvern. 


Wotherspoon, A., Broomrigg, Dumfries. 

Jameson, E. W., Fairhaven, Thundersley. 

Garner, T. W., Claybrook Grange, nr. Lutterworth. 
Kendall, E., Studley College, Warwickshire. 


37: 


Glass ITE 


| Browne, N., Huntsmoor Park, Iver. 
* (St. John, R., The Homestead, Meopham. 

Cocks, H., 2 Sea View Terrace, Beacon Hill, Camborne. 
{ Hobby, S. C., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley. 

| Thomasset, T. C., Acacia House, Mortlake. 
' (Greenway, P. J., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley. 

Gilbert, H. J., Swettenham Hall, nr. Congleton. 
aS M., Greenway Court, Hollingbourne. 


N 


Smith, M. N., Thatcham Fruit Farm, Newbury. 
Bates, M. K., Bois Hall, Halstead. 
Lewis, A., The Homestead, Meopham. 


II. | 
14 baa M., Manor House, Northfield, Birm. 


Hughes, E., Addiscombe House, Havelock Road, Croydon. 


Webb, C. M., Holeyn Hall, Wylam-on-Tyne. 
Rigby, K. B. La M., The Gables, Burnham. 
17. Tickle, J., 105 Alexandria Road West, St. Anne’s-on-Sea. 


15 


Warner, D. E., School of Gardening, Clapham, Worthing. 


165 


Griffiths, W. S., The Gardens, Eastington Hall, Upton-on-Severn. 


18. Pere, B. C., Tincleton, Dorchester. 
Landau, M., 28 Grove End Gardens, N.W. 
Barry, M., Greenway Court, Hollingbourne. 
2K, {cast D., Greenway Court, Hollingbourne. 
Hill, G. R., 3 Mill Pit, Shiney Row, Fence Houses. 
Twyman, G. J., Huntsmoor Park, Iver. 
’ (Singleton, J., Banastre Holme, St. Anne’s-on-Sea. 


26. Marchant, M., The White House, Gayton Road Harrow. 


4 


f 


JUNIORS. 
Classi. 
I. Athron, Dora L., “‘ The Pightle,’’ Letheringsett, Holt. 


166 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class If. 


Woodhead, L. A., Baldersby Park Gardens, Thirsk. 
{ Willoughby, Edward Victor, 1 Augusta Villas, Loughton. 
Ainger, Herbert C., Horsley Cross, Mistley, Essex. 

King, Fred., New England, Castle Hedingham. 

Price, Isobel H., Felix Hall, Kelvedon, Essex. 

Durham, Roger J. W., Farley Court, Reading. 


DAW 


Class dit: 


rt. Hawkins, Jos., Chyreen, Rosemount, Romford. 
. Hammond, Cecil, E., Gestingthorpe, Castle Hedingham. 
eee Alec, Fylde Farm School, Poulton-le-Fylde. 
Carey, H., Fylde Farm School, Poulton-le-Fylde. 


Class IV. 


Reynolds, J., White Oak School, Swanley. 
Mayfield, H., Fylde Farm School, Poulton-le-Fylde. 
; { Smith Clarence G. R., Fylde Farm School, Poulton-le-Fylde. 
4. Poynter, A.. White Oak School, Swanley. 


‘an 


BOOK REVIEWS. 167 


BOOK REVIEWS. 


‘Studies of Trees.’”’ By J. J. Levison, M.F. 8vo., 253 pp. 
(Wiley, New York: Chapman & Hall, London.) 7s. net. 


For the beginner, this will be found a useful handbook which 
gives in brief and plain terms the structure, uses, and identification 
of the commoner North American trees. 

That the Weymouth or White Pine (Pinus Strobus) can be recog- 
nized by the branches running out at right angles to the stem, though 
true in certain cases, is certainly not so in all, and depends greatly 
on the situation in which the tree is growing, isolated specimens 
showing this characteristic to the greatest extent. In what respect 
the Austrian Pine approaches our native Scotch Pine is hard to see, 
unless that in each case there are two pins in a sheath. The dark 
shaggy foliage of the Austrian certainly does not resemble the refined 
blue of the Scotch. 

Some excellent advice is given in the chapter on pruning trees, 
particularly in reference to how sickly specimens are rejuvenated 
by removal of dead and dying wood. There is little new in “ Tree 
Repairs,’’ and we strongly dissent from the practice of boring a hole 
through the stem and branch that requires support. Properly made 
and adjusted iron bands and connecting rods are far preferable, and 
there is no reason why such should eat into the trunk if loosening 
screws and leather padding are used. Granted, that boring a hole 
into the living wood and so fastening the supporting rod is cheaper 
than when the iron band is employed, yet, whether from a physiological 
point of view or on the score of utility, the encircling band and jointed 
connecting rod have many advantages. 

In the chapter on the “ Care of Trees,’’ much information that 
will be useful, not only to the amateur, for whom the book is written, 
but also to the practical woodman, is given ; while the notes on the 
identification of various woods are sound and will greatly aid in the 
recognition of several of the American and other timbers. 


’ 


“ The Book of Old Sundials and their Mottoes.” With eight 
illustrations in colour by Alfred Rawlings and thirty-six drawings 
of some famous sundials. By Warrington Hogg. 8vo., 103 pp. 
(Foulis, London. 1916.) 3s. 6d. net. 


There is a tendency to severity of tone or something akin to a 
Sunday sermon about most books which relate to sundials and their 
mottos! This is no fault of the writers of these books, for it arises 
from their representing to us the home truths which we are confronted 
with, when, impelled by curiosity, we decipher the words that are 


168 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


inscribed upon the grey stone pedestal that forms the centre of some 
garden of pleasure. We have perhaps wandered towards it upon 
a path strewn with rose petals, and are abruptly reminded that “ Life’s 
but a walking shadow,” or we are recalled to some prosaic every- 
day appointment by “ It is later than you think ’”’; and if we do still 
linger, we may be yet more harshly awakened from dream fancies 
by ‘“‘ Thou mayest never see to-night.”’ 

It is as a compensation for these crude realities found in the long 
list of stern sundial mottos, that we rejoice in the gaily coloured, 
somewhat medieval-looking, and most attractive binding of this 
book, and gloomy thoughts are also dispersed by the eight coloured 
pictures of nosegay gardens, seemingly all with their grey stone dials 
emerging from flowery backgrounds of pink, dark red, or scarlet flower 
borders or arbours. Each garden seems gayer than the last, and the 
frontispiece alone, which represents an autumnal park-like scene, 
takes our attention back to the wise words which those who lived 
in past centuries used to inscribe upon stone. 

Perhaps one of the most inspiring mottos that Mr. Warrington 
Hogg quotes is that which was used in modern times by the great 
artist G. F. Watts, on his dial at Limnerslease. It is ‘‘ The Utmost 
for the Highest,’’ and the food for reflection, the incentive to future 
effort that this one and some other mottos give us, together with 
the pleasing tout ensemble of this book, make it a charming gift to 
offer to a garden lover. 


“How to Lay out Suburban Home Grounds.” By Herbert J. 
Kellaway. 2nd edition. 8vo., 134 pp. (Wiley, New York: 
Chapman & Hall, London. 1915.) 8s. 6d. net. 


It was the famous but self-taught landscape gardener Repton 
who first carried to a degree of excellence the art of giving instruction 
in his craft by means of illustrations. Each year modern writers 
add more and more books to the garden library, and, by showing in 
them representations of a house or garden in two stages of existence, 
they convey to the student what improvement can be achieved by 
careful study of lines, contour, and judicious planting. Plates XX XIII. 
and XXXIV. are instances of this, for we see a newly-built house, 
devoid of front garden, and then a second picture gives it with its strip 
of cultivated ground, its hedges now full-grown, which, by means 
of varying height, have a softening effect upon the building itself, 
as seen between their swaying branches. This book is eminently 
suited to those who, either for pleasure or from economical reasons, 
wish to lay out their own small suburban gardens, and the only regret 
is that where pictures and plans are so plentifully interspersed between 
the letterpress, they should not have been numbered by consecutive 
pages instead of only as individual plates and plans. Those who 
continually wish to refer to the pictures whilst reading the instructive 
contents of the chapters are apt to find the task a lengthy one. The 


BOOK REVIEWS. 169 


directions that are given as regards drawing a topographical plan 
(Plan II.) are clear, and, having made this and drawn the outline of 
the future house upon a separate paper, it is easily moved about upon 
the survey plan until the most suitable site is found. 

The main idea of the book is that the garden should be considered 
even before the house is built. By doing this and counting the cost 
of upkeep and maintenance, the possibilities of future developments 
and the amount of lawn and shrubbery space to be looked after, the 
householder can keep all well within the limits of his income. So 
often a large sum is spent upon building and nothing is left over for 
garden use, or the design of the garden is so complicated that it needs 
a large staff to maintain it. 

Plan IV. is admirable and very simple to read, although even 
the depth of the top-soil and the contours of different levels are shown. 
On Plan V. it is possible to see how, by building a pergola at the end 
of a garden, several purposes are answered, for shadow and a restful 
arbour are obtained, and the neighbour’s back entrance is concealed 
thereby. 

The book should be considered chiefly as a guide to the “ lay-out,” 
giving as it does suggestions for walks, drives, ornamental boundary 
fences, but it is not so helpful where colour arrangement in borders 
is required. The works of modern designers of colour schemes would 
not advise so free a use of white, even if it is intended thereby “to 
avoid the clash of inharmonious colours.’ The smaller the garden, 
the more restricted should be the use of white flowers if glare is to be 
avoided. 7 


“ Rose-growing for Amateurs.”” By H. H. Thomas. 8vo., 151 pp. 
(Cassell, London, 1916.) 1s. ; cloth, rs. 6d. 


This little book certainly provides a good deal of information 
within its covers. The author is right in insisting on a thorough 
preparation of the beds before the roses are planted. In a well-made 
bed or border, roses should last for from seven to ten years with com- 
paratively little attention, whereas if the preparation is neglected in 
the first instance no amount of subsequent manuring of the surface 
soil will give equally satisfactory results. There may be some 
favoured districts where roses will grow with little preparation beyond 
turning over the soil, but they must be quite exceptional, and anywhere 
in the London district careful drainage and attention to the prepara- 
tion of the rose-beds are the first conditions of success in rose-growing. 

The usual subjects, such as pruning, propagation, and pests and 
diseases, which are almost common forms in a_ Rose-book, are 
sufficiently dealt with; the chapter on pruning gives the essential 
details concisely and simply, and is one of the best of these. Another 
chapter on the author’s favourite roses is also likely to be appreciated. 

Some of the chapters dealing with the different sections into which 
garden roses are divided are perhaps rather less satisfactory. The 


I70 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


author may have attempted a little too much in the space he has 
allowed himself, with the result that we often find long paragraphs 
consisting merely of selected lists of varieties with their colours. 
These are not very interesting reading, nor are they put in a form which 
is likely to be very convenient for reference. 

From among the hybrid perpetuals the author selects a few which 
provide a fair number of autumnal blooms. It is curious that he 
omits ‘Oscar Cordel’ from his select list, for of all the H.P.s this is 
one of the most certain autumn flowerers. 

The arrangement of the chapters is open to some criticism, for 
those dealing with the different sections are interrupted by the inter- 
polation of a few chapters on subjects such as a year’s work in the rose 
garden, and other general subjects, after which chapters on the special 
sections are resumed as if by an afterthought. 

The application of the term “ Fairy Roses ’”’ to the dwarf poly- 
anthus roses is somewhat to be deprecated, for this name is already 
occupied by the pretty little forms of R. indica known as “ Miss 
Lawrence’s roses.”’ 

Notwithstanding these slight defects, this little book contains 
a large amount of most useful information in a small space. It is 
well illustrated with numerous photographs, which are generally 
both clear and appropriate, and any who may invest in the purchase 
of a copy will obtain very good value for their shilling. 


“Landscape Gardening as applied to Home Decoration.” By 
S. T. Maynard. 2nd edition. 8vo., 396 pp. (Wiley, New York; 
Chapman & Hall, London, 1915.) 6s. 6d. net. 


It is satisfactory to learn that on account of the increase in the 
‘“ Back to the Land ’’ movement a second edition of this useful book 
has been found necessary. Stress is laid upon the importance of 
not merely considering Home Decoration from the owner’s aspect 
alone, but embracing with it a consideration of how distant effects 
can be sought for; and if small houses all joined in a co-ordinated 
endeavour to improve and beautify the surroundings, large tracts 
of country and suburbs could be improved. 

Although the student has to be warned that the practical] hints 
upon planting apply chiefly to American soil and weather conditions, 
there are many wise suggestions that the English reader can glean 
from Mr. Maynard’s experience. For instance, he advises that an 
analysis of water should be made at two or three different times of 
year, So as to determine whether the supply is affected at one season 
more than at another. Then too his remarks about placing the most 
stately trees at the rear of a corner group or in the centre of isolated 
groups are good. The pictures help considerably to bring enlighten- 
ment before the reader, and to show how at the entrance of grounds or 
at the forkings of paths or roads a good group of trees is helpful in 
making us less conscious of any change of direction. 


BOOK REVIEWS. 171 


He is eminently practical in his advice about the use of a good side 
till plough, and also in urging that pumps for spraying or for the use 
of insecticides should be obtained from near home, so that if any 
part of them should need repair this can quickly be attended to. In 
regard to the increasing interest that women of all nations take in 
out-of-door matters, it is satisfactory to find that two practical books 
that he recommends are written by women. One is “ Home Sanita- 
tion,” by Mrs. Ellen M. Richards and Marion Talbot, and the other is 
“Women Plumbers and Doctors,” by Mrs. H. M. Plunkett. The 
pictures that he shows of houses and roads are perhaps somewhat 
overshadowed by trees and climbers according to our English notions 
of the necessity for admitting as much sunlight as possible, but these 
again must be looked at critically as applying to weather conditions 
that differ from English ones. : 


“ Market Gardening.” By F. L. Yeard. 8vo., 102 pp. (Wiley, 
New York; Chapman & Hall, London, 1915.) 3s. 6d. net. 


This book, so full of useful practical hints given in a marvellously 
condensed space, should be most serviceable at a time when we are 
all considering not only how we ourselves can best grow profitable 
vegetables, but how children can be trained to understand the 
importance of increasing our national food supplies. The pictures, 
which are beautifully clear, are most impressive, for we are shown 
large fields in which nothing but cucumbers is grown, another in 
which dandelions are cultivated, and a third given over entirely to 
horse-radish. It is the commoner kinds of vegetables and the methods 
and practices for growing and marketing these that Mr. Yeard deals 
with. We learn how much wheel hoes are used in school gardens, 
and we see by their use and that of the combined Hill and Drill Seeder 
and Wheel Hoe, and the picture of the Macker Smoothing Harrow, 
how many labour-saving implements are employed in Massachusetts, 
and how desirable it is that we should teach their value to our people. 
Little hints such as the following are not usually found in so slender 
a book, for we often have to search in an encyclopedia to obtain details 
such as “‘the quality of the seeds is determined as much by the condi- 
tions under which they have been stored as by the conditions under 
which they have been grown.” He advises their being kept in tight 
bags in a cool, dry place. There are excellent pictures and notes 
upon testing seeds, and another picture demonstrating the use of the 
Skinner Overhead Sprinkler system of irrigation. This consists of 
overhead pipes that have small nezzles in the perforations and which 
can be turned round so that they distribute water in all directions. 
The details about lifting and storing celery, cabbage, and onions are 
interesting as showing the difficulties that the American grower is 
confronted with owing to cold weather. His hints are all given with 
a view to growing as large a quantity of food as possible in all ground 
whether it belongs to large or small gardens. 


I72 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The following extract shows this: “‘A good plan for planting early 
and late celery is to set the two kinds in alternate rows two feet apart. 
The early celery is to be blanched with boards or heavy paper staked 
against the plants. The early celery is harvested before the late 
celery needs much banking, leaving the late celery in rows, four 
feet. apart.” | 

The book is practical and it is inspiring too, for it shows what can 
be done on a large scale if intelligence is brought to bear upon work 
and the latest inventions in the shape of implements are utilized. 


“ Vegetable Growing for Amateurs.’’ By H.H. Thomas. 8vo. 
I5I pp. (Cassell, London, 1916.) Is. net. 


A well-written and practical little book, eminently suitable for the 
class of readers it is intended for. 


“My Growing Garden.’ By J. H. McFarland. 8vo. 216 pp. 
(Macmillan, London and New York, 1915.) 8s. 6d. net. 


The author has written a most enthusiastic and interesting book 
on the making and gradual development of his garden, that charms 
the reader from one cover to the other, and although he writes about 
the snow and climate in which he lives in the United States, he names 
many plants that can only be grown in the most favoured parts of 
the British Isles, but which evidently succeed well with the author, 
but it would be most misleading to imagine he could succeed equally 
well with them in this country. The book is splendidly printed and 
beautifully illustrated. 


“Round the Year in the Garden.’”’ By H. H. Thomas. 8vo, 
275-pp:. ‘(Cassell,, London, 1916.) « ‘@simet. 


Although there are almost innumerable books on horticulture, 
garden matters provide an inexhaustibletheme. Success and failure, 
pleasure and disappointment, all add to the never-ending interest and 
fascination the garden holds for its owner ; all this is well described 
by the author. Not only is the work defined for each month of the 
year in the fruit, flower, and vegetable quarters, but a mass of informa- 
tion on cultivation is given, as well as other useful matter. It is an 
excellent, well printed, and well illustrated book, worthy of a place 
in every garden library. 


“The Ferns of South Africa.” By T.R.Sim. 2nd edition. xii 
+ 384 pp. and 186 pl. (University Press, Cambridge, 1915.) 25s. 
net. 

The land of bulbs, of Mesembryanthemums, Pelargoniums, and 
Heaths, seems to those who are unfamiliar with its varied climates, 
and forget for the moment what vast regions ‘‘ South Africa ’’ connotes, 
to hold little promise of ferns. Seasons of drought and a summer 
sun burning all the earth to brown, and stretches of sand inhabited 
by curious desert plants, are the pictures often conjured up by the 


BOOK REVIEWS, 173 


mention of South Africa. Yet one ought to expect great variety of 
vegetation, for South Africa stretches far and its mountain ranges 
ensure much variation in precipitation, so that many large areas are 
suitable homes for the moisture-loving ferns and their allies, the 
horse-tails, club-mosses, and Selaginellas. No fewer than 220 species 
are described and figured in this second edition of Mr. Sim’s careful 
work, more than forty more than were known in 1892 when the first 
edition was published, and in addition there are many varieties. 
Outline and detail drawings of all the species are included in the plates 
which form an important feature of the book. Christensen’s “Index 
Filicum ’’ has been followed in nomenclature, so that the work is quite 
up-to-date in every way. 

Of the 220 species 42 are endemic in South Africa, the remainder 
being distributed as to 151 in other parts of Africa, 16 in Europe, 76 
in Asia, 60 in Australasia and Polynesia, and 77in America. Fourteen 
British species are included, and forms nearly related to Drychteris 
Filix-mas (D. elongata), Ophtoglossum vulgatum (O. capense), and 
Ceterach officinarum (C. cordatum) are also found. Some of these are, 
of course, of practically world-wide distribution, such as Dryopteris 
Thelypteris, Polystichum aculeatum, Asplenium Trichomanes, Adian- 
tum Capillus-Venerts, Pteris longifolia, Pteridium aquilinum, and 
Lycopodium. clavatum. 

It is evident that a considerable number of new ferns still await 
introduction to our gardens, though most of them will no doubt need 
the protection of glass in order to bring them to perfection. 

The work will prove the standard one upon the subject with which 
it deals, whether from the point of view of its completeness, the 
fulness and lucidity of its descriptions, or the clear figures which 
illustrate it. Where a species is now described for the first time, 
in addition to the English description a Latin one is given. 

“Garden Farming.”’ By Lee Cleveland Corbett. 8vo. 473 pp. 
(Ginn & Co., Boston, New York, Chicago, London.) 8s. 6d. 

This book is well worthy of study by all those who possess an 
ardent desire that our waste, uncultivated land in England should 
be put to greater use towards increasing our national food supply. 
With the return of disabled soldiers from the Great War, it will become 
imperative for us to understand the value of the use of machinery 
as a labour-saving means of production, and this book, with its 
beautifully clear illustrations, should be of assistance in this respect. 
In the United States, the home garden, small as it often is, can be 
cultivated by horse-power, because crops are planted in long rows. A 
good picture is given of a disk harrow, which is used on the same day 
after ploughing, and loosens, lifts, and pulverizes the soil, marking thus 
one of the greatest advances that has been made in good cultivation. 
These harrows, and the Acme harrow in a lesser degree, do not compact 
the soil, but the McColm pulverizer and clod-crusher answers this 
purpose. These machines,«together with the mechanical transplanter 


174. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


of cabbage, shown on page 46, are of course essential in “‘ truck- 
farming,’ which Mr. Corbett deals with chiefly. This department 
of olericulture (vegetable cultivation) should be clearly distinguished 
from market gardening, for it is described as an extensive rather 
more than intensive market gardening, because more or less remote 
and very large markets are catered for in preference to small local 
towns. Vegetables and fruit are grown upon a very large scale, as 
is shown by the extensive field in fig. 71, where celery is being trans- 
planted. Again, fig. 74, with its long lines of double-mouldboard 
type of celery bankers, will give an inspiriting impression to English 
people of the wealth that could be had from our own land or that of 
the Dominions if co-operative working colonies of growers were set 
to work under expert guidance. In speaking of those who grow for 
the trade, figures are mentioned which convey even to the uninitiated 
the gigantic size of these Garden Farms. One grower, we are told, 
uses 1 ton of seed on about 7o acres of land, and with this he is con- 
tinually raising young cabbage plants to send to other growers who 
again sell them. 

A large portion of the book should be read critically by the young 
student, because details of cultivation and of storage requirements 
which are no doubt applicable to the United States would not be 
useful in our climate. On the other hand, some of the pictures, which 
are so admirably clear, are instructive because they show with what 
care the vegetables are bunched and packed (note fig. 38, asparagus 
buncher, and Brussels sprouts, fig. 56), and the letterpress reminds 
us continually of the importance not only of cheap rates but of rapid 
transit facilities, combined with well-ventilated cars. Then, too, we 
are told how important it is to handle produce carefully, and that only 
perfect products yield good results when goods have, owing to climatic 
difficulties, to be pre-cooled before they start on their long journey in 
refrigerated cars. 

The information must all be sifted before it can be applied to 
English market gardening, but we certainly can learn much from the 
United States if we study alone their way of impressing knowledge 
upon the worker by means of clear illustrations. Our English books 
are often defective in having few and poor pictures. 


‘Garden Pests.” By H. Clements. 8vo. 116 pp. (Colston Co., 
Bristol.) Is. net. 


Written for the amateur gardener, and laudatory of the wares 
advertised in it. 


‘‘ Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture.’ By “L. Ki 4batey 
Ed. 2. Vols. il., iv. 8vo. 560+ 662 pp. (Macmillan, New York, 
mos.) 25S. et cach. 


We have already noticed the first two volumes of this compre- 


hensive work ; the two just issued maintain the high standard reached 
by those and take us to Ozothamnus. Long articles on American 


BOOK REVIEWS, 175 


horticulture, American horticulturists (with portraits), inspection of 
horticultural merchandise ; articles on various gardening operations, 
irrigation, the kitchen garden, and the like, are interspersed with 
articles on the genera in alphabetical order. It is impossible in a 
short review to discuss the articles in detail, and what we said 
in referring to the earlier volumes applies equally to these. One 
thing calls, perhaps, for comment. Very few horticultural varieties 
are mentioned unless they happen to have names of Latin form. 
This excludes numbers of well-known garden forms. For instance, 
among Daffodils, ‘Empress,’ ‘Golden Spur,’ ‘ Henry Irving’ are the 
only varieties with fancy names mentioned ; no form of tucomparabilis 
(except ‘Sir Watkin ’ in a footnote) finds a place, except albus and 
aurantius, neither of which names is used in gardens. 

The little line-drawings are very useful and refreshing after the 
constantly-recurring half-tone plates one meets everywhere nowadays. 


“The Apple.” By Albert E. Wilkinson. 8vo. (Ginn & Co., 
Boston, U.S.A., 1915.) 8s. 6d. 


This book is one of the Country Life Education Series, which are 
well known in America, and it sums up in a convenient way the 
experience of apple-growing which has been gained in that country. 
Owing to its continental climate and wide diversity of temperature, 
American cultivation differs radically from that of our cooler and moister 
island. The British fruit-grower can, however, nearly always turn 
with profit to the experiences of America. The greater adaptability 
in the face of new problems and the relentless scrapping of conservative 
ideas provides always some points of interest and often information 
of value. The recent introduction of American spraying methods is 
a case in point. It will not be necessary, therefore, to discuss the 
routine practices which are common to all fruit-growers, but rather 
to glance at certain details which are of special interest to us in this 
country. 

A point which is new is the influence of large bodies of water 
upon the temperature of adjacent orchards, and evidence is brought 
to show that this is considerable, the Ontario orchards being a case 
in point. It is said that 70 oil-burners an acre will raise the night 
temperature during the flowering season 4 degrees, while a body of 
water I foot deep and 1 acre in extent will give off considerably more 
heat. The popular idea in this country is that the neighbourhood 
of water is to be avoided by fruit-growers as more liable to frost, 
It would be of interest to know upon what basis this idea is founded. 

A chapter on the adaptability of certain apples to different soils 
is of great interest, even though the varieties named are not those 
much cultivated in this country. The mechanical texture of the 
soil seems to be of considerable importance. The information in 
this section is stated to be “‘after’’ H. J. Wilder. As, however, a 
great deal of it is a verbatim quotation of a special article by Wilder 


176 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


in the ‘‘ Tribune Farmer,’ we think these portions should have been 
acknowledged by inverted commas. 

In the matter of self-sterility of varieties, so much discussed 
in this country in recent years, the writer lays stress on factors 
which may influence this so that “‘no one can make hard-and-fast 
lists of self-sterile and self-fertile varieties.’’ This is a point which 
the advocates of ‘‘ mates’’ would do well to investigate, the subject 
being evidently one which is not quite so simple as first thought. 

American orchards are practically all of standard trees, and 
“ dwarfs’ have not been generally approved in that country, and 
we think they can hardly have been tried very widely, as the author 
considers that the ‘‘ Doucin”’ stock, for instance, will so dwarf a tree 
that it will not attain a greater height than five to eight feet. It does 
not seem to be realized even in this country that our dwarf apples are 
so mainly because they are pruned to fruit soon, and if allowed to go 
ahead they will, on any of the so-called ‘‘ Paradise’ stocks generally 
used, make a tree of equal size to the same variety on the “ crab’”’ 
or; tree. j#stock: 

The author apparently accepts without question the so-called 
“ pedigree ’’ stock—a stock propagated from selected trees as against 
random selection of grafts. 

Experience in his country has, however, failed to produce the 
slightest confirmatory evidence in its favour when the experiments 
were conducted with any real accuracy. When we can submit trees to 
identical conditions of cultivation we may be able to decide this interest- 
ing point, but till then the case is decidedly not proven. A chapter 
on pruning is of interest, though somewhat sketchy. It is apparently 
needed in the States, as a recent American writer on pruning illustrates 
a spur and emphasizes its value. ‘‘ Yet many pruners systematically 
cut them off the trees.’’ Pests are fully treated, the photographs 
of the various fungus diseases of the fruits are capitally illustrated, 
and we note the “ fly-speck’’ rot, which is, we presume, the disease 
which has recently attracted attention in this country, is described 
as of fungoid origin. 

All the various phases of cultivation, packing, and marketing 
are well dealt with, and the question of advertising is also touched 
upon. As a leader to English growers the following quotation may 
be of value should anyone contemplate magazine advertising: “ Have 
you a hankerin’ for those firm, sweet apples you used to knock off 
the trees with a club when the old man wasn’t looking?”’ The appeal 
ad hominem! As is usual in such books, the printing and illustration 
are excellent, but at the cost, alas, of heavy paper which bars 
arm-chair reading. 


“Studies of Soils.” By A. G. McCall, - 8vo. Vill + 77 pp. 
(Chapman & Hall, London, 1915.) 2s. 6d. 


This slender profusely illustrated book is intended to be an 
elementary manual for students of agriculture. It is a brief series of 


BOOK REVIEWS. 177 


elementary laboratory and field exercises with soils and plant-roots. 
Fach exercise is divided into three parts: equipment, method, and 
discussion. The last is necessarily short, and will need to be amplified 
by the teacher in order to show the relation of one exercise to another 
and to the growth of plants. Any teacher needing a guide to a short 
but fairly complete series of exercises with soil will find this little 
book of very great value, and an earnest study of the different 
exercises in the book would make the young student far wiser after 
than when he started the study. 


“Public Parks and Gardens of Birmingham.” By R. K. Dent. 
8vo. 80 pp. (Birmingham City Parks Committee.) 2s. 6d. 


This record is of much more than local interest. It recounts the 
story of the inception, progress, and development of the Public Park 
and Open Space movement in a great industrial centre, and tells how 
a gradually-roused sense of public duty in this direction in local 
governing bodies and public-spirited benefactions on the part of land- 
owners have ensured “lungs ”’ in all parts of the great city of Birming- 
ham. Twenty-five parks, thirty-six recreation grounds, and nineteen 
open spaces, with a total area of over I,425 acres, are a record for any 
old industrial city to be proud of, and the City Council has these under 
its care, besides some 20,000 street trees. The illustrations show what 
success has been attained in spite of the black pall which dims the 
light, and speak well for the enlightened care bestowed upon the open 
spaces. 


“In a College Garden.’”’ By Viscountess Wolseley. 8vo. xvii 
+ 255 pp. (John Murray, London, 1916.) 6s. net. 


“Women and the Land.” By Viscountess Wolseley. 8vo. xiv 
+ 230 pp. (Chatto & Windus, London, 1916.) 5s. net. 


The work of women on the land is no new thing even in this country, 
though of late years it has become gradually less, until the Great War 
gave an impetus to it which will probably be felt for many years 
and may have very lasting and beneficial effects. Women’s connexion 
with the land has been mainly with dairy work, harvesting of various 
types, hoeing, and other “lighter branches of agriculture,” or with 
the home garden and the utilization and preservation of its products. 
Technical education, as developed mainly by the County Education 
Committees, has led to training in better methods of dairying (but 
generally, so far as women are concerned, only on the butter and 
cheese-making sides of it), poultry-keeping and utilization, bee-keeping, 
jam-making, fruit-preserving, and so on, but, as a rule, far less to 
actual work upon the land itself. We cordially agree with the 
authoress that in such things as these alone are short courses of 
instruction likely to be of service—they are, indeed, matters with 
which many girls are in daily contact from their childhood; and 

VOL. XLII. N 


178 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


familiarity with them, while insufficient to ensure their being fully 
equipped, serves at least as a good grounding upon which to build up, 
with such aid as well-arranged progressive short courses can give, 
an efficiency to which those starting without such familiarity rarely 
attain. : 

With the advent of an enlarged area of technical instruction in 
land work, women have begun to invade a field which had hitherto 
been particularly man’s, viz. that of the professional horticulturist, 
and now there are many colleges and gardens where courses of instruc- 
tion are arranged for women with the object of fitting them for some 
department of professional horticulture. 

In the author’s opinion, in order to train efficient workers in this 
direction (and the reviewer is entirely of that opinion too), longer 
courses are necessary. Such long courses ‘‘should fit women to under- 
take supervisory or advisory work connected with farms and gardens 
dairy-managing posts, educational directorship of colleges and of 
school gardens, lecturing, inspection of cow-feeding, all horticultural 
employment, whether for market gardens or private ones, as head or 
under-gardeners, and jobbing gardening.”’ The author considers too 
that such “ occupations are suited only to educated women belonging 
to the upper or middle classes,’”” and this opinion she gives more than 
once. 

It is only here and there among professional men gardeners in 
England that one meets a man of what are usually called the 
“educated classes,”” but they are becoming more frequent and will 
increase as the importance of intensive work upon the land is more 
realized ; but young men and women who aim at a place among the 
professional gardeners must remember 


“ Our England is a garden, and such gardens are not made 
By singing ‘Oh, how beautiful!’ and sitting in the shade, 
While better men than we go out and start their working lives 
At grubbing weeds from gravel-paths with broken dinner knives.” 


> 66 


No few weeks’ “ training,’”’ no mere liking for colour in the garden, will 
make a successful gardener, even of educated men and women. The 
successful gardener, man or woman, of the future will have not only 
technical skill but a deep knowledge of living things, such as books 
alone cannot give, and sympathy with them, and will keep abreast 
of scientific work in its application to the problems with which he 
deals. 

We cannot, within the limits of this brief notice, discuss the college 
curriculum of which we get glimpses here and there in the former of the 
two books, although it strikes us as too full and yet perhaps not full 
enough; nor can we do more than refer with envy to the happy 
conditions and the corporate discipline under which the students 
live at the school which Viscountess Wolseley founded at Glynde in 
Sussex. 

One further word must be said. All through the books the idea of 
co-operation is kept to the front, and in many directions the means for 


BOOK REVIEWS. I79 


bringing in co-operation between workers on the land is given in detail. 
There can be no doubt that in the main it is along co-operative lines 
that the chief hope of development lies. Co-operation means oppor- 
tunity for greater specialization : it enables the producing, distribu- 
ting, buying and selling departments to work harmoniously, but at the 
same time under people whose chief work is directed to these branches 
separately ; the grower can grow without the distractions called for 
in studying markets ; the seller can give his time to that study. Those 
who have had to see to all three know how greatly the one care inter- 
feres with the efficiency of the others, and even on these grounds alone 
co-operation is imperative to secure success. 

The books are full of suggestion as to the future of work on the 
land. 


“The Carnation Book.” By H.H. Thomas. Crown 8vo. 150 pp. 
(Cassell, London, 1916.) Is. net. 


A very handy little book, that will readily go in one’s coat pocket, 
containing practically all one wants to know on the cultivation of 
Carnations, including those grown under glass and the Border varieties, 
Not only is the information quite sound, but the printing, index, and 
illustrations are good. 


“Tllustrated Garden Guide.” By Walter P. Wright. 8vo. 161 pp. 
(Headley, London.) 2s. 6d. net. 


A well-illustrated and well-printed book, and we cannot do better 
than use the author’s own words in describing it :—‘“I have stated 
the cost of everything from a hoe to a greenhouse. I have used tables 
freely, so that the amateur can get at what he wants by the shortest 
of cuts. And I have devoted paragraphs to the principal plants in 
alphabetical order.”’ 

A good index completes the work, but we could not find the date 
of its issue. 


“Flower Culture Month by Month.” By Mary Hampden. 8vo. 
300 pp. (Jenkins, London, 1916.) 5s. net. 

The author has written this book in a pleasant style, not so dry 
as so many gardening books are, but full of interest and information 
from cover to cover. 


“ Dry-Wall Gardens.” By Thomas Smith. 8vo. 136 pp. (Headley, 
London.) 2s. 6d. 


We congratulate the author on supplying a want, as so many 
people are now utilizing bare and ugly banks for rock and alpine 
plants, and, frequently wishing to make the garden themselves, will 
be glad to have a book so full of instruction, with excellent illustra- 
tions of how to do it, and the most suitable plants to use. 

A drawback to the book is the lack of an index, and there is no 
mention of the year of its publication, 


N 2 


180 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


“Wild Flowers of the North American Mountains.” By Julia 
W. Henshaw. 8vo. 383 pp. (McBride, Nast & Co., London, 1916.) 
Ios. 6d. 


A well-arranged guide to the “flora” of North American 
mountains, often so difficult to identify by the tourist and amateur. 
The author has separated the flowers into colour categories, as did 
Miss Parsons in her “‘ Wild Flowers of California,’’ and this system, 
though doubtless helpful to the tourist, who can thereby easily trace 
the flowers he has gathered, is a little tiresome to anyone wishing to 
follow up a particular family, and who has to turn constantly to the 
index ! 

The title is perhaps a little too “ wide ”’ for the contents, as many 
lovely plants are not given which are well known in mountain 
districts. For instance, the wonderful Giant Lupine found by Douglas, 
and the ‘‘ Rocky Mountain Columbine,” Aquilegia coerulea, perhaps 
the most admired of any flower growing in North America. 

Nor are A. canadensis, and A. chrysantha, as known to American 
nurserymen, given, unless the A. formosa described be intended for the 
one, and A. flavescens for the other. A. Skinnert, too, is not mentioned. 

And why is the lovely little ‘‘ Shinleaf’’ Pyrola picta, or according 
to Gray Pyrola elliptica, forgotten? The Trillium, too, the ‘‘ Wake 
Robin,” that charming and distinctive plant, appealing to all in 
earliest spring by the purity of its white flowers or the varied purples 
of some of the varieties—this, which grows particularly freely in the 
mountainous parts of Northern Vermont, is not given. 

Mrs. Henshaw gives the name ‘‘ Red Cedar” to Thuja plicata (T. 
Lobbi1)—a very misleading description, for Juntperus virginiana is 
known from end to end of America as ‘‘ Red Cedar ”’ (see also Mr. W. J. 
Bean), and it is difficult to understand how this mistake has been 
allowed to pass. 

The book is very well got up—type, paper, and illustrations 
excellent, with one exception, that of the coloured frontispiece of 
Castilleja miniata, which gives not the faintest idea of the splendid, 
flame-like colour of the lemon and vermilion bracts of that interesting 
plant. The index too is good, though ‘“ Leptarrhena ”’ should be on 
p. 128 and is not! 

An appreciative preface is written in the form of a letter by 
Professor John Macoun, who especially praises the English names 
Mrs. Henshaw has given in some instances. 


( | 

“Corners of Grey Old Gardens.” 8vo. 151 pp. (Foulis, London, 
1914.) 35. 6d. net. 

This collection of essays will bring little that is new to the lover 
of garden literature, but will be welcome nevertheless, for it com- 
prises much that is best in that literature. It includes “ The Praise of 
Gardens,” by E. V. B. (who, full of years, has just passed away) ; “‘ The 
Pleasures of an Orchard,”’ by William Lawson ; a charming chapter. 


BOOK REVIEWS. 181 


on ‘‘ Old-Fashioned Gardening,” by Mrs. Paul, much of it dug out 
of Parkinson; the introduction to John Gerarde’s Herbal; Harper’s 
“ Antiquity, Innocence, and Pleasure of Gardening ”’ and so on, with 
Richard Le Gallienne’s essay on ‘‘ The Joy of Gardens,” from ‘‘ An Old 
Country House” at the end. Miss Waterfield’s charming sketches 
add to the book’s interest. It is a volume one may take up at any 
time and read and re-read with pleasure at the expression we find 
there of our ideas of what a garden should be. 


“The Garden Blue Book: A Manual of the Perennial Garden.”’ 
By L. B. Holland. Large 8vo. 425 pp. (Horace Cox, London, 1916.) 


Published in London, but printed in New York, the contents of 
this book are mainly for American readers, though all the plants 
mentioned are well known and hardy in this country. Each plant 
is illustrated with a photograph, and the Latin name and very 
often synonyms, the “ English’ name, habitat, effective period, and 
notes on appearance and cultivation are given. There is nothing 
new to English readers in this part of the book except some of the 
“English ’’ names. (We doubt, e.g., whether Phlox divaricata is ever 
called “ Wild Sweet William” in England, or Physostegia ‘‘ Obedient 
Plant,” or Aster ptarmicotdes ‘‘ Yarrow-leaved Starwort.’’) On the page 
opposite the notes, forms are provided partly for the repetition of some 
of this information, partly for original notes—and some there may be 
who will use them. 

Much of the information is repeated in a somewhat novel form 
on the two charts which preface the book, and in addition there are 
chapters on the arrangement of the garden for giving good effects 
throughout the year, or at least from May to October. 

The title is evidently derived from the colour of the cover. 


“ Manuring for Higher Crop Production.” By E. J. Russell. 8vo. 
69 pp. (University Press, Cambridge, 1916.) 35. net. 


The name of Dr. Russell is sufficient guarantee that the contents 
of this little book will be well digested, will deal with the points of 
contact between practice and science, and will show how scientific 
discoveries and observations can be turned to practical use. The 
subjects dealt with are largely of the farm, but the principles to be 
applied in manuring the garden are the same as those finding their 
application on the farm. The increased productiveness of the land 
depends upon improved methods of management and the better feeding 
of the plants. Methods of management of garden land are different 
from those of farm land, but methods of feeding crops are the same, 
and every gardener may read with profit what Dr. Russell has to say 
upon the subject. Particularly desirable is it that the chapter dealing 
with the storage of dung should be carefully read, for this useful 
commodity is rarely stored in gardens in the way it ought to be stored 
—sheltered from wind and rain as far as possible and well compacted. 


182 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


“British Forestry: Its Present Position and Outlook after the 
War.” By E. P. Stebbing. 8vo., 257 pp. (Murray, London, 1916.) 
6s. net. 

This carefully prepared and illustrated work, which contains 
some interesting and useful information, is mainly compiled from 
articles that have been communicated by the author to several of our 
newspapers and magazines. | 

The title ‘‘ British Forestry ’”’ is, however, somewhat misleading, 
as much of the book is devoted to Russian forests and their resources. - 
Though valuable for the purposes of comparison, the information 
regarding the resources of Finland, Siberia, and Turkestan might 
well have been greatly shortened and more useful chapters on the 
subject-matter of the book substituted, such as the management of 
woodlands, conversion of timber, and other important matters which 
at the present time appeal directly to the student of British forestry. 
Of what value to those interested in home woods and the production 
of timber is the article on the cedar trade of Asiatic Russia ? or that 
on the scrub and swamp-lands of the Siberian regions ? 

Under Finance and Planting we find some excellent advice, though 
we question much, judging from the actual outlay on estates in England, 
Scotland, and Ireland, whether the formation of plantations can be 
carried out successfully at a less average than £5 an acre. When 
we consider, too, that the majority of Scotch plantations, which are 
far and away the most extensive and valuable in Britain, coniferous 
sections in particular, and from which the Government are at present 
drawing their main supplies of timber for war purposes, were “‘ notch ”’ 
planted, it is hard to conceive why the system is condemned in this 
book. 

Mr. Stebbing hits directly at the cause when he says that the 
finance of the afforestation problem has been the main stumbling- 
block to progress, plus the ignorance and apathy exhibited on the 
subject by Government and public alike ; and his suggestions regarding 
renting ground abroad for timber production are well worthy of 
consideration. With cheaper labour and more simple methods, 
planting has been carried out at a lower rate in Scotland than in 
England, where the prices of timber, too, are considerably lower. 
At present, Scotch pine-wood suitable for packing-cases is selling 
around London at rod. a cubic foot, while ash has realized as much 
as 4s. and spruce for railway purposes Is. 4d. a foot in the woodlands. 
Poplar realizes fully rs. 2d. a foot, and the very finest beech for Govern- 
ment purposes, procured on the Chiltern Hills, averages Is. 4d. 

There is much of interest in the matter of afforesting and the em- 
ployment of labour, but, unless for the transplanting of seedlings and 
light nursery-work, we fear that female labour will not be of much avail 
in the afforesting of waste lands or timber-felling and conversion. 


NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH 


AND 


SHORT ABSTRACTS FROM CURRENT PERIODICAL 
LITERATURE, BRITISH AND FOREIGN, 


AFFECTING 


HORTICULTURE & HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE. 


THE endeavour commenced in volume xxvi. to enlarge the usefulness 
of the Society’s Journal, by giving an abstract of current Horticultural 
periodical literature, has met with much appreciation. It has certainly 
entailed vastly more labour than was anticipated, and should therefore 
_ make the Fellows’ thanks to those who have helped in the work all 
the more hearty. 

The Editor would be grateful if any who have time at command, 
and who are willing to help in any special direction in this work, 
would communicate with him. He desires to express his most grateful 
thanks to all who co-operate in the work, and he ventures to express 
the hope that they will all strictly adhere to the general order and 
scheme of giving references to papers, as the observance of an identical 
order renders subsequent reference to the original easy. The order is 
as follows :— 

1. To place first the name of the plant, disease, pest, &c., being 
noticed ; and in this, the prominent governing or index word should 
always have precedence. 

2. Io place next the name, when given, of the author of the 
original article. 

3. Then, the abbreviated form of the name of the journal, &c., in 
which the original article appears, taking care to use the abbreviation 
which will be found on pp. 367, 368. 

4. After this, a reference to the number, date, and page of the 
journal in question. 

5. If an illustration be given, to note the fact next, as “ fig.,” 
(tab.,” or “ plate.’ 


184 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


6. After these preliminary necessities for making reference to the 
original possible for the reader, the abstract or digest should follow, 
ending up with the initials of the contributor affixed at the close of 
each Abstract or Note. 


NAMES OF THOSE WHO HAVE KINDLY CONSENTED TO HELP 
IN THIS WORK. 


Baker, F. J., A.R.C.Sc., F.R.H.S. 

Ballard, E:-F.R.ELS: 

Bowles, E. A., M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. 
Brennan, A., B.Sc., F.R.H.S. 

Bunyard, E. A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. 

Cavers, Prof. F., D.Sc., F.R.H.S. 

Cayley, D. M., F.R.H.S. 

Chittenden, F. J., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. 

Clayten,6C.°P:, ff Ries: 

Darlington, H. R., F.R.H.S. 

Druery, ‘C. ©.) VMs, FsbS5 ER ES. 

Dykes, W. R., M.A., F.R.HLS. 

Farmer, Professor J. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.HLS. 
Gough'GoG. BSc. ;AUIVC Sc CE S: 

Groom, Professor Percy, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.HLS. 
Hennesey, |..E. W.E.,:B-A., B.Sc. 

Henslow, Rev. Professor Geo., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. 
Hodgson, M. L., F.R.H.S. 

Hooper, Cecil H., M.R.A.C., F.R.HLS. 

Jeffery, Violet G., F.R.H.S. 

Kerridge, Rev. A. A., M.A., F.R.HLS. 

Massee, Geo., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. 

Newstead, Professor R., A.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. 
Pethybridge, G. H., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.HLS. 

Petts, Alger, F.R.H.S. 

Rendle, A. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. 
Reuthe, G:, F.R.H.S. 

Scott Elliot, G. F., M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., F.R.G.S. 
Simmonds, A., F.R.H-S. 

Smith, William G., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.H.S. 

Veitch, Sir Harry J., F-05825.) AS: 

Voss, W. A., F.C.S., F.R.H.S. 

Webster, A. D., F.R.H.S. 

Whittles, W., F.R.H.S. 

Williams, S. E., F.R.H.S. 

Wilson, Gurney, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. 


JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS. 185 


JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS 


from which Abstracts are made, with the abbreviations used. 
for their titles. 


Journals, &c. Abbreviated title, 
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales . - Agr. Gaz, N.S. W. 
Agricult. Journal, Cape of Good Hope . Agr. Jour. Cape G.H, 


American Journal of Botany . . : . Amer. Jour. Bot. 
Annales Agronomiques di Ann. Ag, 
Annales de la Soc. d’Hort. et d’ Hist. Naturelle de 
l’Hérault . Ann. Soc. Hé. 
Annales de !a Soc. Nantaise des ‘Amis ‘de VY Hort, . Ann. Soc, Nant, des Amis 
Hort. 
Annales des Sciences Naturelles . B - Ann. Sc. Nat. 


Annales du Jard. Bot. de Buitenzorg . 
Annals of Applied Biology. ° ° Ann. Appl. Biol. 

Annals of Botany. Ann. Bot. 

Annual Report Agricultural Research Station, Long Ann. Rep. Agr. Res. Stn. 


. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit, 


Ashton. Long Ashton. 
Beihett zum Botanischen Centralblatt . ‘ Beih. Bot. Cent, 
Boletim da Real Sociedade Nacional de Horticultura Bol. R. Soc. Nac. Hort, 
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana Bol. Soc. Brot. 
Bollettino della R. Societa Toscana d’ Orticultura, Boll. R. Soc, Tosc. Ort. 
Botanical Gazette. é : 5 . -Bot. Gaz. 
Botanical Magazine . - Bot. Mag. 
Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France - Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 
Bulletin de la Soc. Hort. de Loiret. - Bull. Soc. Hort. Loiret, 


Bulletin de la Soc. Mycologique de France . - Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr, 

Bulletin Department of Agricult. Brisbane . - Bull. Dep. Agr. Bris, 
Bulletin Department of Agricult. Melbourne - Bull. Dep. Agr. Melb, 
Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica . Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. 


Bulletin of Bot. Dep. Trinidad . - Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. 
Canadian Reports, Guelph and Ontario Stations . Can. Rep. G. & O, Stat, 
Centralblatt fir Bacteriologie : ‘ : - Cent. f. Bact. 
Chronique Orchidéenne . . . - Chron. Orch. 

Comptes Rendus : ° - Comp. Rend. 
Contributions from U.S.A. Herbarium ‘ . Contr. fr. U.S.A. Herb, 
Department of Agriculture, Victoria . Dep. Agr. Vict, 
Department of Agriculture Reports, New Zealand . Dep. Agr. N.Z. 
Dictionnaire Iconographique des Orchidées . . Dict. Icon. Orch, 

Die Gartenwelt . Die Gart. 


Engler’s Botanische Jahrbicher . 5 . Eng. Bot. Jah, 


Gardeners’ Chronicle . . ° . Gard. Chron, 
Gardeners’ Magazine. ‘ : : . Gard. Mag. 
Gartenflora : Gartenflora. 
Journal de la Société Nationale d’ Horticulture de 

France - , . Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr, 
Journal Dep. Agriculture, Victoria . Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict, 
eel Imperial Department Agriculture, West 

ndies . . . 


. Jour. Imp. Dep. Agr, W.I; 
. Jour. Agr. Res. 

Jour. Agr. Sci, 

Jour. Bot. 

Jour. Chem. Soc, 
Jour, Ecol. 

Jour. Econ. Biol. 
Jour. Econ. Entom, 
Jour. Gen. 

Jour. Bd. Agr, 

Jour. Linn. Soc, 
Jour. R.A.S. 

Jour, Soc, Chem, Ind. 


Journal of Agricultural Research 
Journal of Agricultural Science . 
Journal of Botany . ; 
Journal of Chemical Society ° 


e e e e e 
e 


Jousnal of Ecology . 

Journal of Economic Biology 
Journal of Economic Entomology 
Journal of Genetics . 

Journal of the Board of Agriculture 
Journal of the Linnean Society . 
Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society 
Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry 


186 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Journal S.E. Agricultural College, Wye ° 
Kaiserliche Gesundheitsamte  . - : 
La Pomologie Frangaise . ° 5 “ 
Le Jardin 


Lebensgeschichte der Blitenpflanzen Mitteleuropas 


Mycologia ° 
Naturwiss. Zeitschrift Land und Forst ° 
New Phytologist . 


Notizblatt des Konigl. Bot. Gart. und Museums zu 


Berlin . 2 : 
Oesterreichische Garten-Zeitung . ; 
Orchid Review . é . 5 4 : 
Orchis 4 3 5 4 


Phytopathology . 
Proceedings of the American Pomological Society. 
Quarterly Journal of Forestry . ° ° 
Queensland Agricultural Journal 


Report of the Botanical Office, British. Columbia : 


Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden 
Revue de |’Horticulture Belge . : ° 
Revue générale de Botanique .. . 
Revue Horticole : . . . 
The Garden. ° 
Transactions Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 
Transactions of the British Mycological Soc. 
Transactions of the Massachusetts Hort. Soc, 
Transactions Royal Scot, Arboricultural Soc, 


U.S.A. Department of Agriculture, Bulletins 
U.S.A. Experimental Station Reports : 
U.S.A. Horticultural Societies’ publications 


U.S.A. State Boards of Agriculture and Horticulture 


Woburn Experiment Farm Report. ° 


Jour. S.E. Agr, Coll, 
Kais. Ges, 

Pom. Fran¢, 

Le Jard, 

Lebens. d. Blitenpfi, 
Mycologia, 

Nat. Zeit, Land-Forst, 
New Phyt, 


Not. Koénig. Bot. Berlin, 

Oester. Gart. Zeit, 

Orch. Rev, 

Orchis, 

Phytopathology, 

Am. Pom. Soc. 

Quart. Jour. of Forestry. 

Qu. Agr. Journ. 

Rep. Bot. Off. Brit. Col. 

Rep. Miss. Bot. Gard, 

Rev. Hort. Belge, 

Rev. gén. Bot, 

Rev. Hort, 

Garden. 

Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin, 

Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc, 

Trans. Mass, Hort. Soc. 

Trans, Roy, Scot. Arbor, 
Soc, 

U.S.A. Dep. Agr.* 

U.S.A. Exp. Stn.f * 

U.S.A. Hort. Soc, 

U.S.A. St, Bd.t 

Woburn, 


* The divisions in which the U.S.A. Government publish Bulletins will be added when necessary. 
{ The name of the Station or State will in each case be added in full or in its abbreviated form. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 187 


NOTES AND ABSTRACIS, 


Acer Opalus and Fraxinus Ornus. By W: Somerville (Quart. Jour. of Forestry, 
No. 4, vol. 9, pp. 319-320; October 1915).—Both Acer Opalus and Fraxinus 
Ornus.are perfectly hardy in most parts of Britain, healthy examples being found 
even far north in Scotland. Fvaxinus Ornus is fairly common, often grafted on the 
stock of the common ash, but Acer Opalusisratherrare. ‘‘Astowhy Acer Opalus 
should not be planted more extensively as a substitute for the common sycamore, I 
may say that the former does not appear to attain to anything like the size of 
the latter, and it is very doubtful whether the timber is of even approximately 
equal value. The sycamore, when of large size, commands a price higher than 
that which applies to any British timber except the cricket-bat willow, trees 
often realizing £30 and {£40 each, and running up to f60 and £80. 

“As regards Quercus Ilex, I may say that it grows well in the south and 
south-east of England, especially near the sea, though in Oxford there are 
some well-grown trees which often produce large quantities of fruit. It is a 
tree of very slow growth, and does not attain to a great size, but is excellent 
for shelter and shade. In the summer of 1911 large quantities of seed were 
produced in Oxford, and I sowed a good deal on my chalk area in Sussex, but 
after three years’ growth the seedlings do not average more than four inches or 
five inches in height, though I expect they will grow more rapidly now that they 
are established.’’—A. D. W. 


American Gooseberry Mildew, Summer Sprays against. By B. T. P. Barker 
and A. H. Lees (Jour. Bd. Agr. xxii. No. 12, March 1916).—An account of the 
testing of a 2 per cent. soft soap and paraffin emulsion containing about 
0°35 per cent. of liver of sulphur. This fluid is capable of completely wetting 
and killing the mildew, and does not cause scorching of the foliage or defoliation. 
The bushes experimented with were badly attacked and were sprayed about the 
middle of June, when disease was at its height, and examination a few days later 
showed that the production of new conidia had ceased. Very few perithecia 
and apparently no ripe spores were found. The emulsion was tested alone and 
apparently had fungicidal properties, which, however, were not sufficient to kill 
the “‘summer stage ’’ completely.—G. C. G. 


Aphides having Alternate Food Habits, Notes on. By C. P. Gillette and 
L. G. Bragg (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. pp. 97-103 ; Feb. 1915).—The alternate 
food plants of a large number of species of green-fly are given ; some are British, 
but most American.—F. J. C. 


Aphis, The Status of Spraying Practices for the Control of Plant Lice (Aphis) 
in Apple Orchards. By P. J. Parrottand N. E. Hodgkiss (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Geneva, 
Bull. 402, 17 pp.; 5 figs.)—A discussion of experiences in combating Aphis 
sovbt (Kalt), A. pomt (De Geer), and A. avenae (Fab.). The authors consider 
the most effective treatment is spraying with soap or nicotine solutions directly 
the Aphides emerge from the egg and make their way to the buds just about to 
expand.—E. A. Bd. 


Apple Bitter-rot, Sources of Early Infection. By J. W. Roberts (Jour. Agr. 
Res. iv. p. 59, Apr. 1915; pl.).—It has been shown that in America the fungus 
Glomerella cingulata, may pass the winter on mummy apples and in bitter-rot 
cankers on the apple and possibly on other trees. Where the infection has been 
severe the author found the fungus on cankers due to Nummularia discreta, 
dead tips of fruit spurs, dead parts of limbs, injured branches, cankers caused 
by pear blight, and twig cankers due to Phyllosiicta solitaria. The pruning out 


of dead parts and cankers materially reduced early infection.—F. J. C. 


Apple Orchard, A Comparison of Tillage and Sod Mulch in an.—By U. P. 
Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., New York, Bull. 383, April 1914; 5 pl.).—The 
complete returns of a ten-year series of experiments on the comparative value 
of tillage in comparison with placing the orchard down to grass. 


188 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


It is clearly demonstrated that, with the single exception of colour, the turning 
of orchards down to grass is a failure. 

The foliage, growth of trees, and weight of crop under grass were very much 
inferior to the check orchards in tillage. In fact, in all sections the grass orchards 
steadily deteriorated almost to the total destruction of the trees, while the 
tilled sections as steadily improved. 

In the case of a tilled orchard set down to es the evil effects of grassing 
plainly showed themselves in the first season.—C. P 


Apples, Cost of Producing, in Maine, U.S.A. By A. K. Gardner (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agy., Bull. 3, 22 pp.).—A careful examination of the cost of producing Apples 
in nine orchards on a uniform system. It is concluded that the cost of a barrel 
is 1 dollar when the crop equals two barrels a tree, and 1% dollar when the 
production is one barrel.—E. A. Bd 


Aquatic Compositae. By J. Hutchinson (Gard. Chron. June 10, 1916, p. 355; 
with 4 figs.)—Points out that, as aquatic plants of the present day are most prob- 
ably derived from terrestrial seed-bearing plants, they should represent forms that 
have been surpassed in the struggle for existence by better equipped rivals, and 
have escaped destruction by taking to the water. Therefore the more primitive 
groups of a family should supply the aquatic members. Thus in the Compositae 
they should show these characters: (1) foliaceous involucral bracts; (2) scaly 
elongated receptacles ; (3) foliaceous calyx (pappus) ; (4) free anthers. 

The curious aquatic Compositae, Bidens Becki, Cotula myniophylloides, Pectis 
aquatica, and Erigeron heteromorphus, are described and figured.—E. A. B. 


Arsenate of Lead, The Toxic Values of. By H. V. Tartar and H. F. 
Wilson (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Oct. 1915, pp. 481-486) .—Two different arsenates 
of lead are present in the commercial material—lead hydrogen arsenate (acid) 
and basic lead arsenate (neutral). Careful experiments conducted with both 
substances in a pure state show the first is quicker-acting and more efficient 
in strengths containing equal quantities of arsenic than the second. Lead 
hydrogen arsenate contains approximately 33 per cent. arsenic oxide (AsO,), and 
basic lead arsenic 25 per cent.—G. W. G. 


Bags, To keep Mice from Eating (Queensland Agr. Jour. June 1915, p. 272).— 
Many farmers experience great difficulty in keeping their wheat bags free from 
the depredations of mice and rats. A New South Wales farmer states that 
if each of the bags is rubbed over with a few handfuls of sulphur, mice will 
never touch them, and the same procedure would probably answer in the case of 
rats. Bags thus treated have stood from stripping to sowing time without a 
hole having been made in one of them.—C. H. H. 


Beneficial Insects in Hawaiian Islands, Some Results of the Intro- 
duction of. By Otto H. Swezer (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Oct. 1915, pp. 450- 
457).—Attention is drawn to the fact that very few of the native insects of these 
islands have become injurious to cultivated plants, and that insect pests there 
are in most cases foreign insects which have arrived through the channels of 
commerce. In 1890 the Australian lady-beetle (Novius cardinalis) was intro- 
duced to control the cottony cushion scale with great success, the scale no 
longer being a menace. About a dozen species of lady-birds were successfully 
introduced by 1896, mostly from Australia and the Orient. Among these were 
Cryptolaemus montrouziert, Rhizobius ventralis, and R. toowoombae, feeding on 
various mealy bugs; Coelophova inequalis, Platyornus lividigaster, Scymnus 
loewi1, and S. notescens, feeding on plant lice; Ovcus chalybaeus, and Chilocorus 
ciycumdatus, feeding on scale insects. 

Among the most valuable of the introduced coccid parasites are Encyrtus 
fuscus, Blepyrus mayrsdent, Microterys flavus, Apentelicus kotinskyt, Adelencyrtus 
odonaspidis, Scutelliota cyanea, Tomoceva californica, T. cevoplastis, Aneristus 
cevoplastae, Coccophagus orientalis, C. lecanit, Aphelinus diaspidis, and Aspidio- 
phagus citrinus. In 1895 Mr. Koebele (Hawaii) introduced from Japan Chalcis 
obscuvata and Macrodyctium omiodivorum, which are doing much good in killing 
off the leaf-rollers on sugar-cane and coconut palms. Another phase was the 
introduction in 1912 of insects to control the spread of Lantana. A study of the 
insects preying exclusively on this plant in Mexico was made, and the most - 
effective checks introduced are the little black seed-fly (Agromyza sp.) and two 
moths (Platypilia pusillidactyla and Cyrocidosema lantana), which feed in the 
flower clusters. The results were good, but the introduction of insects to feea on 
weeds seems to be a dangerous experiment. A most notable introduction was 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 189 


made in 1904-5 from Australia and Fiji to deal with the sugar-cane leaf-hopper 
(Perkinsiella saccharictda). 

The egg parasites Pavanagrus optabilis, P. perforator, Anagrus frequens, and 
Ootetrastichus beatus were successful in a few years in reducing an estimated loss 
of $3,000,000 per annum to a negligible amount. VP. optabilis has been the most 
useful one. 

Beneficial results are very apparent also from the introduction in 1910 from 
New Guinea of Ceramasia sphenophori, parasitic on the sugar-cane weevil borer 
(Rhabdocnemis obscura). 

It is estimated that many thousands of dollars annually are saved to the 
sugar industry by this Tachinid. Several species of fruit-fly parasites have been 
tried, but have not been in operation long enough to enable any definite data 
to be given.—G. W. G. 


Berried Trees and Shrubs. Anon: (Garden, Oct. 2, 1915, p. 482).—The best 
berried trees and shrubs, notably the Holly and Sea Buckthorn, have incon- 
spicuous flowers. The most interesting family is the Symphoricarpos or Snow- 
berry, of which unti! recently S. vacemosus was the best, but S. occrdenialis, 
shown a year or two ago, has larger berries. Both have glistening white berries, 
and should be grouped in front of dark evergreen, such as Yew. 

Crataegus pyracantha Lelandi, usually grown on a wall, is more effective as a 
free shrub. 

The Sea Buckthorn is beautiful. with semi-transparent pale orange berries ; 
the male and female flowers are borne on different plants, and when planting 
one male to three female should be included. This also applies to Skimmias 
and Aucubas. The Cotoneasters are rich in fruiting shrubs. C. Simmondst 
retains its berries best. C. frigida is a tall shrub, 20 feet high. C. applanata gives 
promise of being particularly useful from its freedom in fruiting. Of Berberis, 
B. vulgaris, with coral-red berries, is handsome, but 6. Wilsonae is more charming 
from its pendulous habit, and the new B. brevipaniculata has large clusters of fruit, 
orange-scarlet and crimson. Pernettya mucronata (Prickly Heath) is dwarf, 
with globular rose-pink berries ; and of Roses R. Movesi1 with pear-shaped berries, 
the rugosas, and Sweet Briar are useful for their colour.—H. R. D. 


Berried Trees and Shrubs. By R. W. Wallace (Garden, Oct. 30, 1915, 
p- 530) —There are many forms close to Berberis Wilsonae, such as subcaulialata 
with glaucous foliage, scarlet stems, and coral-red berries ; B. Corryt is a tall erect 
species (close to brevipaniculata) of great strength, with orange-scarlet fruits. 
B. Stapfiana is a sturdier edition of B. Wilsonae. 

Other beautiful Berberis are B. concinna, with large pear-shaped scarlet 
berries; B. verruculosa, with deep green foliage; B. aggregata, of stout growth, 
smothered with scarlet fruit, the best of its class. 

B. Prattit is very distinct; B. Sargentiana, of the Knightit group, has highly- 
coloured young growths and formidable spines. 

Another brilliant shrub in autumn is Stranvesia undulata. After six years 
it is not more than 18 inches high and covers 24 square yards, smothered with 
dull orange-pink clusters of berries. 

Of Cotoneasters C. Dammeri is useful for the rock garden, and may be 
associated with the grey Spanish Savin.—H. R. D. 


Box Leaf Miner, Fumigation for. By E. P. Felt (Jour. Econ. Entom. 
viii. pp. 94-95, Feb. 1915).—Experiments were made for killing the larve of 
Monarthropalpus buxi while still in their mines. Spraying with Black Leaf 40 
(1 part to 500 of water) and 2 lb. fish-oil soap was quite unsuccessful, but fumi- 
gation with carbon bisulphide (2 teaspoonsfuls to a 1o-quart jar) for two 
hours proved quite successful in killing the larve without injuring the foliage. 
Carbon tetrachloride and hydrocyanic acid gas were also used ; some of the larve 
were killed by the latter, but not all, while fewer still were killed by the former. 

tasty Lat Os 


Bud Moth, The Lesser. By E. W. Scott and J. H. Paine (U.S.A. 
Dep. Agr., Bur. Entom., Bull. 113, August 1914; 2 plates) —The larve of the 
bud moth (Recurvaria nanella) attack blossoms, buds, and leaves of apple, 
peas, cherry, plum, and hawthorn in the spring. The pest can be controlled 
by thoroughly spraying the trees in their dormant state with lime-sulphur solution 
at 32° Baumé, used at the rate of 1 gallon to 8 gallons of water. The spraying 
is to be done just before the buds swell, or preferably when they are swelling. 
This treatment is especially recommended, as it involves no extra application 


I90 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


where it is necessary to spray during the dormant season for other troubles, 
such as the San Jose oyster-shell and scurfy scales, and blister-mite, also for 
peach leaf curl.—V, G. f. 


Cereus with Edible Fruits (Jouv. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fv. Aug. 1915, p. 116).— 
A note on two species of Cereus—C. tvicostatus and C. Queretarensis—with edible 
fruits, observed in Mexico by M. Diguet.—M. L. H. 


Cherry‘ Lambert.’ By U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 403 ; col. 
pl.).—A supposed seedling from ‘ Bigarreau Napoleon’ x ‘ Black Heart,’ raised 
in Oregon about 1848.—E, A. Bd. 


Chinese Cabbage, The. By Dr. Trabut (Rev. Hort. de l’Alg., May—June 
I9I5, p. 69; figs.)—_The Chinese Cabbage has its reputation still to make in 
Europe, but it is much prized in China, and even Western writers on the 
productions of China pronounce it to be “‘ worth more than all other vegetables 
put together.’’ There are two forms of it grown in Chima, the Pé-tsai and the 
Pak-choi. Some further selection will probably be required to produce a strain 
which can be relied on to heart in the manner of our Western cabbages, but the 
writer of this note points out that it is not fair to reject a vegetable because it 
does not fill the place which we have arbitrarily chosen for it. The Pé-tsai 
is not a variety of cabbage so much as a cardoon, a spinach, and a salad. In 
other words, it is a new vegetable.—M. L. H. 


Citrus Canker. By C. H. Hasse (Jour. Agr. Res. iv. p. 97, Apr. 1915; pl.).— 
Warty growths on leaves and twigs of Citrus and Grape Fruit, developing rapidly 
and spreading widely, were found to be associated with a bacterium now called 
Pseudomonas Citvi. The organism induced rapid growth of cells in leaf or 
stem which burst through the epidermis and, at first light green, later turn red- 
brown. The cells in the canker tissue become suberized.—F. J. C. 


Citrus Fruit Insects in Mediterranean Countries. By H. J. Quayle (U.S.A. 
Dep. Agy., Bur. Entom., Bull. 134, Oct. 1914; 10 plates, 2 figs.).—This paper con- 
tains important information bearing on the subject of the need of regulating the 
entry of Citrus and other fruits imported from Mediterranean countries, to 
prevent the entry of the fruit fly into the United States.—V. G. J. 


Cranberry, Report of the Substation. By H. J. Franklin (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Mass., Bull. 160, 27 pp.).—Deals with the year’s investigations at the station, 
weather observation, frost protection, fungus and other pests, fertilizers &c. 
The water movement in peat and root development of the Cranberry are also 
discussed.—E. A. Bd. 


Cupressus obtusa. By A. Bruce Jackson (Gard. Chron. May 27, 1916, p. 278 ; 
with fig.).—This is the XI Vth of the critical notes on Conifersin thisseries. This - 
Japanese species and its varieties filicoides, tetvagona aurea, and lycopodiotdes are 
described.—E. A. B. 


Daffodil Bulbs, Living Pests of. By the Rev. Joseph Jacob (Garden, 
Jan. 2, 1915, p. 4).—There are five: 1, Mevodon equesiris, the large Daffodil 
fly; 2, the Swift Moth (Hepialus rigidus); 3, Eumerus, the small Daffodil 
fly; 4, the mite; 5, the eel-worm (Tylenchus devastatrix). ‘The last two are 
best got rid of by soaking the bulbs for twenty-four hours in a 5 per cent. solution 
of copper sulphate. The flies are best caught in nets, and the grubs sought for 
in the bulbs before planting.—H. R. D. 


Daffodils, Technical Terms used in Descriptions. By the Rev. Joseph 
Jacob (Garden, March 13, 1915, p. 125).—A convenient list of words used in 
describing florists’ Daffodils, with their meanings, is given.—H. R. D. 


Dried-Fruit Insects in California, Control of. By W.B. Parker (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agr., Bur. Entom., Bull. 235, Jane 1915; 7 plates, 4 figs.) The most common 
insects attacking dried fruit on the Pacific coast are the Indian-meal moth and 
the dried-fruit beetle. Infestation takes place in the packing-house, the ware- 
house, and the grocery store, the insects finding their way through cracks in the 
boxes and folds of the paper. 

The secret of preparing an insect-free package of dried fruit is to sterilize it 
at a temperature of 180° F. and protect it from future attacks by the use of the 
insect-free packing-room, and sealing it in sterile cartons and packages.—V. G. J. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. IQI 


Drug and Dye Plants, Report on Cultivation of (Jour. N. York Bot. Gavrd., 
Aug. 1915, p. 155).—A list of important drug and dye plants which the Com- 
mittee appointed for the investigation of the question consider should be 
cultivated for the American market, with notes on the desirability or otherwise 
of extensive cultivation and a list of pamphlets on the subject.—F. J. C. 


Drug Plants under Cultivation. By W. W. Stockberger (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., 
Bur. Pl. Ind., Farm. Bull. 663, June 5, 1915; figs.)—There are a number 
of valuable native American drug plants which are threatened with exter- 
mination by the clearing of forests, the extension of the areas of land under 
tillage, and the activities of drug collectors. On the other hand, attention is 
now being turned to the cultivation of drug plants in the United States as a 
means of lessening the importance of the supply of imported crude drugs. The 
problems are the same as those which confront the cultivator of any other crop. 
The soil, climate, and situation suitable to each variety must be considered, the 
cost of production and marketing must be calculated, the value of land, cost 
and availability of labour inquired into; andit must be taken into account that 
whereas some plants, not well suited to cultivation on a large scale, may be found 
profitable grown on small areas as a side line, others will be produced more 
cheaply and more profitably when grown on a scale large enough to warrant the 
use of labour-saving appliances. 

Lists are here given of the drug-plants known to flourish in different parts 
of North America, and information is given concerning the cultivation of the 
following species :— 


Aconite. Coriander. Pennyroyal. 
Aletris. Dandelion. Peppermint. 
Althaea. Digitalis. Pinkroot. 
Angelica. Dill. Pokeweed. 
Anise. Echinacea. Pyrethrum. 
Arnica. Elecampane. Safflower. 
Belladonna. Fennel. Saffron. 
Blue Flag. Gentian. Sage. 
Boneset. Ginseng. Seneca Snakeroot. 
Burdock. Goldenseal. Serpentaria. 
Calamus. Henbane. Spearmint. 
Calendula. Horehound. Stramonium. 
Camphor. Larkspur. Tansy. 
Cannabis. Lavender. Thyme. 
Caraway. Licorice. Valerian. 
Cascara Sagrada. Lobelia. Vetiver. 
Catnip. Lovage. Wintergreen. 
Chamomile (German). Melissa. Wormseed. 

- (Roman). Orris. Wormwood. 
Conium. Parsley. IVE ore 


Egg Plant Lace Bug, The. By E. Fink (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Entom., 
Bull. 239, June 1915; 5 plates).—A spray consisting of 8 Ib. fish oil soap to 50 
gallons of water, well covering the under-sides of the leaves, will kill 100 per cent, 
nymphs and 95 per cent. adults.— V. G. J. 


Employment in Forestry for Women and Disabled Soldiers (Quart. Jour. of 
Forestry, No. 4, vol. 9, p. 346; October 1915).—A Committee of the Council 
of the Royal Scottish Arboricultural Society has for some time past been co- 
operating with the Scottish Committee on Women’s Employment in securing 
employment for women whose ordinary occupations have been interfered with 
by the war, and already a considerable number of women have been suitably 
placed on estates in various districts throughout the country. Encouraged 
by the success which has so far attended the Committee’s efforts, the Council 
has now decided that the Committee should also try to find light work for soldiers 
who, owing to partial disablement, are unable to undertake work of a heavy 
nature. The work which men who have lost an arm or a leg could do would 
naturally be somewhat limited in variety, but many other kinds of partial 
disablement would not present such difficulties, and there are many forms of 
light work associated with forestry which can be quite efficiently done by 
women and partially disabled men, such as the following :— 


I, Bracken cutting and switching on land to be cleared for planting, 


2. Planting, or carrying plants to planter. 
3. Cleaning young plantations: ée.g., cutting out rank weed growth or weed 


tree species, 


’ 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


iN) 


no 


. Gathering and burning brushwood on felling areas, 
. Cutting and bundling birch twigs. 
. Cutting and bundling hazel rods. 
. Cutting, bundling, and peeling willows. 
. Seed collection. 
. Barking and stacking pit props. 
. Nursery work: 
(a) Seed cleaning and preparation for sowing. 
(b) Weeding and hoeing. 
(c) Lining out. 
(d) Lifting and sizing plants. 


In addition to the above, other departments of estate work of a light nature 
would be suitable, and under present circumstances might otherwise be neglected, 
such as the keeping in order of drives, walks, paths, borders, lawns, parks, and 
policies. There should also be suitable work in the gardens of places with 
small or depleted staffs—A. D. W. 


920 CON Aub 


Eucalyptus for English Gardens. By E. A. Bowles (Garden, Oct. 9, 1915, 
Pp. 496).—Several species are worth a trial. E. viminalis, 20 feet high, rising 
out of a group of hardy Palm, backed by Oak and Pine, looks like a column 
of blue smoke. The Brightlingsea form of E. Gunnii appears to be as hardy 
as any. £E. pulverulenta is the bluest that is sufficiently hardy to stand our 
winters. FE. cordata comes next in blueness and may survive when £. pulveru- 
lenta is killed. When too tall for staking, cutting out the heavy tops in autumn 
is recommended. The cuttings are wonderfully graceful for large vases in the 
house. 

The following are recommended :— 


Hardiest.—E. Gunni, E. coccifera, E. Stuartiana, E. cordata,and E. urnigera. 

Bluest.—E. pulverulenia, E. covdata, E. viminalis, and E. coccifera. 

Deep green, leathery leaves.—E. obliqua, E. coniacea, E. robusta. 

Pale green.—E. vesinifera. 

E. Globulus, the most generally known, is less hardy than any of these except 
E. viminalis. 

E. Beauchampiana made a fine specimen, 15 feet high. LE. ficifolia is the 
most gorgeous when in flower, but it will not stand any frost.—H. R. D. 


Eucalyptus for English Gardens. By W. A. Battersby (Garden, Dec. 4, 
1915, p- 588).—There is a tendency in the spring to throw out blue, rounded 
leaves, which change as the summer goes on, especially in young trees, into 
sickle-shaped and harder leaves. The tree grows more in September, if the 
weather is favourable, than in any other month in the year. Round leaves will 
appear each spring-time on an old tree quite high up. A tree of E. Globulus 
that had its head blown off in the previous autumn has round leaves with few 
sickle-shaped, while another of the same variety growing 2 yards away had 
from its earliest growth few round leaves. Mr. E. A. Bowles (2b. p. 589) points 
out that the mature often sickle-shaped leaves are produced from flowering 
branches, while the juvenile or miniature forms with rounded leaves come from 
unflowering shoots. The bluer and rounder leaves of E. Globulus are so much 
more beautiful than the dull-coloured sickle-shaped ones that where several 
trees are grown it is worth while to prune one back every spring, so as to obtain 
the blue leaves in abundance.—H. R. D 


Evaporation of Water from Soil. By B. A. Keen (Jour. Agr. Sci. vi. pp. 456- 
475, Dec. 1914).—The author found that the rate of evaporation from soil 
differs from that found in sand, silt, china clay, and ignited soil. This difference 
is not due to the organic matter contained in the soil, but probably to the 
colloidal properties of the clay. The curves given show that the relationship 
of water to soil is quite different from that to sand; but there is also some other 
factor at work, probably the effect of the decreasing water surface in the soil 
as evaporation goes on.—F. J. C. 


Fly Larvee in Horse Manure, Experiments in the Destruction of. By F. C. 
Coc k, R.H. Hutchison, and F. M. Scales (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Entom., Bull. 118, 
July 1914; 4 plates).—Jhe recognition of the fly as a disease-carrier has created 
a wide-spread demand for some means of destroying it, and investigations have 
been undertaken to discover a chemical which would destroy the pest in its 
principal breeding-place without injuring the bacteria or reducing the fertilizing 
value of the manure. By far the most satisfactory substance experimented 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 193 


with has proved to be borax. It is economical, effective, and increases the 
water-soluble nitrogen, ammonia, and alkalinity of manure, and apparently 
does not permanently injure the bacterial flora. An application of 0°62 lb. borax 
to every 10 cubic feet (8 bushels) of fresh manure is necessary. The borax 
to be sifted over the pile and particularly round the edges, and then 2 or 3 gallons 
of water sprinkled over it. The effect of borax-treated manure has not been 
studied in connexion with the growth of ail crops, nor has its cumulative effect 
been determined, It is therefore recommended that not more than 15 tons 
an acre of the treated manure be used,—V, G, J. 


Formaldehyde Gas, The Injurious Effects on Seed Potatos. Formaldehyde 
for the Treatment of Seed Potatos against Rhizoctonia, The Efficiency of. By 
F. C. Stewart and W. O. Gloyer (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., New York, Bulls. 369-370, 
Dec. 1913; 3 plates; 5 tables).—The injury of seed potatos when treated 
by formaldehyde gas was very marked, the damage being in the form of sunken 
brown spots surrounding the lenticels and eyes. 

It was found that the injury was due to an insufficient number of tubers to 
the cubic foot being present, sprouted tubers suffering most. 

The authors recommend 3 pints of formaldehyde to 23 oz. permanganate 
to 167 bushels of potatos in 1,000 cubic feet of space as being quite safe. 

Formaldehyde, either as gas or solution, was not found satisfactory when 
used against Rhizoctonia, the only effective remedy being the standard solution, 
I to 1,000 solution of mercury bichloride.—C. P. C. 


Fruit Juices, Studies on. By H.C. Gore (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Chem., 
Bull. 241, June 14, 1915).— Experiments have been carried out during the past 
four years with the view of finding satisfactory methods for the preparation 
and preservation of juices from surplus fruit. The experiments were tried with 
fruits such as are not generally used in this way, but which are often grown in 
larger quantities than can be consumed fresh. The conclusions arrived at are 
that the juices of red and black currants, blackberries, black raspberries, sour 
cherries, and peaches may be successfully treated on a large scale by the usual 
methods of heating and sterilizing. Strawberry juice and red raspberry juice 
are not suitable for this purpose, as it will be found impracticable to retain their 
distinctive colour and flavour. Huckleberry juice is somewhat characterless. 
Pine-apple juice requires special treatment, but may quite possibly prove to possess 
high commercial value. ‘The future of prepared orange juice is also not without 
promise. Itis not unlikely that highly specialized methods, in which cold storage 
will play a prominent if not dominating part, will be required.—M. L. H. 


Fruit Tree Leaf-roller in the Hood River Valley, Spraying Notes on the 
Control of. By Leroy Childs (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Oct. 1915, pp. 457-466). 
—tLead arsenate sprays were tried to kill the worms on hatching,’ but with 
poor results. (Even at the rate of 6 lb. to 50 gallons, which was used in the two 
early sprays, and 3 to 50 in two later ones, 11 per cent. of the fruit counted was 
found to be affected.) 

Kerosene emulsion, distillate emulsion, and crude oil emulsion were not found 
satisfactory, but Miscible Oil No. 1 (Balfour Guthrie & Co.) was a very efficient 
agent in killing the leaf-roller eggs. Five gallons to 100 resulted in 92°1 per cent. 
of the eggs failing to hatch, and at the rate of 8 gallons to 100 gallons as great 
a proportion as 99°60 per cent. were killed and only ‘8 per cent. fruit was injured 
against 18 per cent. in the check rows. The spraying should be done just before 
growth commences.—G. W, G. 


Fruiting of Trees in Consecutive Seasons, The. By the Duke of Bedford 
and S. U. Pickering (Woburn, 15th Rep. 1916, pp. I-19).—The results of some 
inquiries as to the tendency of fruit trees to crop in alternate years were given in 
the Second and Fifth Reports, and these have now been amplified and brought 
up to date. Ignoring cases in. which the cropping has been so heavy as to 
_ seriously impair the vigour of the tree—a state of things which becomes more 
common as trees get old—the conclusion is arrived at that the tendency towards 
alternate cropping is very feeble, and that there is at the same time an equally 
potent tendency towards consecutive cropping: that is, that a tree bearing 
particularly well or badly during one season will probably do the same in the 
Succeeding season. Atmospheric conditions, and not the innate tendency of 
an individual tree, constitute the principal factor in determining good or poor 
bearing. Only one experiment, that with the precocious ‘ Stirling Castle,’ 
favoured the theory of alternate cropping ; some of the trees, which were prevented 
from bearing fruit for two years after the others were allowed to bear, afterwards 
producing crops far in excess of their fellows.—A. P. 

VOL. XLII, oO 


194 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Fumes, Damage by. (U.S.A. State Com. Hort. Cal. vol. iv. Nos. 5 and 6, 
May and June 1915; 19 figs.)}—Contains an account of injury caused to trees 
and plants by smelter fumes (sulphur-dioxide gas liberated in the process of 
smelting ores). 

This injury is far-reaching in its effect, as in most cases smelters are located 
in mountainous regions where the timber and grazing interests are very great. 
It is to be hoped that science will come to the aid of both smelters and agricultur- 
ists and give them something that will eliminate all deleterious gases.— V. G. J. 


Fumigant, Para-dichlorobenzene as an Insect. By A. B. Duckett (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agr., Bur. Ent., Bull. 167, Feb. 1915).—Para-dichlorobenzene is highly recom- 
mended as a fumigant against all sorts of stored product insects, clothes moths, 
ants, &c., and it can be used instead of potassium cyanide in collecting-bottles. 

It seems to be non-poisonous to higher animals, but deadly to soil insects. 
The author recommends 1 lb. to the 100 cubic feet for fumigation. This is 
effective against insects in thirty-six hours at a temperature of 75° F., but twenty- 
four hours is sufficient at temperatures above 85° F.—C. P. C. 


Fumigating Seed, A Method of. By E. R. Sasscer and Lon A. Hawkins 
(U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bull. 186, Feb. 27, 1915; fig., tab., pp. 1-516).—The 
ordinary methods of destroying insects in stored seeds having been found 
unsatisfactory, it occurred to the writers to create a partial vacuum in the 
container in which the seeds had been placed, and fill the chamber with some 
gaseous insecticide, such as carbon bisulphide or hydrocyanic acid. It was 
thought that a much larger amount of gas might thus be forced into the crevices 
of the seeds and into the insect galleries than would be possible if the entrance 
of the gas were dependent upon diffusion under normal atmospheric pressure. 
This method was successfully used with a number of different kinds of seeds 
and insects, and a convenient chamber for fumigation under reduced pressure 
was devised. 

The results given in the table indicate that the fumigation of seeds by the 
introduction of hydrocyanic acid into an air-tight chamber, from which the 
air has been practically exhausted, is effective, provided the exposure is not 
less than half an hour. An exposure of one-fourth hour is effective with the 
apparatus employed in these experiments if four or more grains of cyanide are 
used. 

Fumigation by this method was found to kill insects without injury to the 
seed, and with a considerably shorter exposure than is necessary in the usual 
method of seed fumigation.—A. A. K. 


Fungicide, A New, for use against American Gooseberry Mildew. By J. 
Vargas Eyre and E. S. Salmon (Jour. Bd. Agr. xxii. No. 11, Feb. 1916).— 
A diffuse article suggesting the use on an experimental scale of a solution of 
ammonium sulphide containing -18 per cent. of sulphur for protecting the fruit 
of gooseberries from mildew. It is claimed that lime-sulphur is effective for this 
purpose, but has the disadvantage of leaving a deposit which has to be removed 
before marketing the fruit, while liver of sulphur, so frequently recommended, is 
useless. repre 

As regards the new fungicide, most of the experiments were conducted with 
the hop mildew, but the work was extended to include American gooseberry 
mildew. Anextremely fine spray is necessary, a hand atomizer being used, and it 
was noted that the mycelium was reduced to a barren and dying condition, later 
drying up and becoming disintegrated. No stain was left on the fruit. The 
fungicidal action is slow, and it has happened that as long as the eighteenth day 
after spraying the mycelium may still be white although unable to recover. 

A full description is given of the preparation of the solution, butit is stated that 
it is obvious that the stock solution is not one that can be prepared by the grower 
himself.—G. C. G. 


Garlic, Wild, Methods of Extermination of. By H. R. Cox (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agyr., Bur. Pl. Ind., Farm. Bull. 610, Sept. 9, 1914; figs.). 


Garlic, Wild, and its Eradication. By F. J. Pipal (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Purdue, Bull. 176, vol. xviii., Aug. 1914; pl.).—The wild garlic or wild onion 
(Allium vineale) was introduced into the United States from Western Europe 
probably in the seventeenth or early eighteenth century, and has spread until 
it has become a serious pest in many States. The cows eat the plant, with the 
result that their milk becomes tainted with its flavour; the farmer harvests 
the onion bulblets with his wheat, which is thereby reduced in selling value, while 
bread made from garlicky flour has a pronounced flavour and odour. 


NOTES, AND ABSTRACTS, 195 


These two bulletins give directions for practically eradicating the pest, or 
as an alternative suggest remedial measures such as late ploughing and the 
sowing of uninfested wheat.—M. L. H. 


Glandina guttata. By Dr. Trabut (Rev. Hort. del’ Alg., March-April 1915, p. 41 ; 
figs.) —The writer is engaged in cultivating a form of Glandina sent to him 
originally from Puebla, which may prove to bea useful auxiliary in Algerian 
gardens, as it apparently feeds on the garden snail.—M. L. H. 


Glasnevin, Plants at. Anon. (Ivish Gard. xi. p. 88).—Notes on new plants 
at Glasnevin include the form of Primula obconica called P. werringtonensis, 
with rosy-red flowers, from high elevations; P. silvicola (which was shown at 
Vincent Square in 1915); P. rufa, allied to F. Forrestit, from which it is said to 
differ in habit though its flowers are similar; Gaultheria Veitchiana, a low- 
growing species from China with stiff leaves 2 or 3 inches long and 1 to 1} inch 
broad ; Saxifraga cernua, a British wild plant with white flowers and tiny red 
bulbils in the axils of the stem-leaves ; S. diapensioides (of which a figure is 
given) ; and Lithospermum Gastont, less showy than L. prostvatum, but with pretty 
clear blue flowers with white centres, said to be a lime-lover, but thriving in 
peaty soil at base of rock.—F. J. C. 


Grape Culture, with Special Reference to Irrigation. By R. W. Allen (Ovegon 
Exp. Sin., Bull. 126, 30 pp. ; 12 figs.).—Deals with the establishment of a vineyard 
and its cultivation, with a list of varieties recommended.—E, A. Bd, 


Grape‘ Muscat Hamburg.’ By U.P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 
403; col. pl.).—Grafted upon Phylloxera-resistant varieties, this well-known 
European variety does well in the open at Geneva, N.Y. The canes are protected 
in winter by burying under a covering of soil_—E, A, Bd, 


Holly. By W. Dallimore (Garden, May 15, 1915, p. 239).—The common 
kind is the most conspicuous. The bright red berries ripen early, usually in 
August or September, and may often be found on the bushes in March. There 
are now about one hundred sorts to select from, and the following are 
recommended :— 


Ilex Aquifolium cameliaefolia, with dark-coloured leaves and a few spines. 

I. A. ciliata major, a green-leaved sort, the leaf edges having fine teeth. 

I. A. integrifolia has many of its leaves quite spineless. 

I. A. Marmockit, a large-leaved form. 

I. A. pendula is distinguished from the type by its weeping branches, and 
I. A. lutea by its yellow berries. It is to be remembered that certain trees 
bear male blossoms only, and some female; occasionally male and female flowers 
may be found on the same tree, but itis arare occurrence. Useful male flowering 
varieties are Silver Queen, Golden Queen, donningtonensis, ovata, and laurtfolia: 
Of the larger-leaved kinds I. platyphylia fruits freely, while I. Wilsonit has hand- 
some foliage and bright red berries, and nigricans, altaclavensis, and Shepherdu 
have male flowers.—H. R. D. a 


Horticulture and Agriculture, Work of Educated Women in. By Mrs. 
Roland Wilkins (Jour. Bd. Agy., Sept. and Oct. I915).—A marked change in 
the position which women hold in the professions of agriculture and horticulture 
is noticeable since the Great War commenced, and perhaps nothing goes to prove 
this more than that the Board of Agriculture has allowed the above report to be 
made by a woman’ A few years ago such a thing would not have occurred, and 
moreover no one would have been interested in hearing about the educational 
centres that exist in England and Wales for training women as gardeners, farm 
superintendents, or to help at dairy work. The pity is that most of these colleges 
and schools receive no support and but very sparing recognition from Govern- 
ment, for it is almost entirely due to the activity and energy of voluntary workers 
or private individuals that we are, at a moment of crisis, able to turn out even the 
small number of professional workers for the land that we are now sending to 
farms and gardens. Consequently hurriedly trained recruits are being enlisted for 
this work, and so once again we find that other countries are far ahead of us in 
this matter of establishing State-aided and amply-sufficing educational facilities, 
whereby not alone educated women are fitted for high supervisory posts, but the 
peasant class is trained and thereby the rural exodus is checked. Mrs. Wilkins 
has brought to bear upon her work much patient investigation, and her unbiassed 
summary of existing training centres should greatly assist the Agricultural 
Education Conference in formulating a new scheme far women’s work, whereby 


O02 


196 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


a great Empire like ours will, it is hoped, at length, spare no pains or money to 
train its women to be helpful and useful in farms and gardens. Thereby alone, 
when the war is ended, can we hope to form happy and prosperous settlements for 
the ex-soldiers who, it is suggested, will have homesteads both in England and in 
our Dominions. Mrs. Wilkins shows in a masterly way the distinctive branches 
of these two professions which are held by (1) educated women and (2) village 
women, for it is most important that the two should be considered in their re- 
spective departments. If the servant class or village girl is encouraged to become 
a gardener we shall be steering toward great future difficulties, whereas if she is 
well trained to work on a farm she will be preparing for her future life-work of 
becoming the useful helpmate of the small farmer or grower. It is for this that 
the following sentence from Mr. De Vuyst’s “ L’Enseignement agricole ”’ is worth 
recalling. He says: ‘‘ Le soin du ménage, la culture des plantes, les soins a 
donner aux petits animaux etc. sont les occupations naturelles de toutes les jeunes 
filles. L’éducation moderne les en a détournées. L’éducation future les y 
ramenera.”’ Let us hope that ere long we shall have ample educational openings 
for them, and that never again will it be possible for an Agricultural Education 
Conference to report, as it has done in 1915, that, ‘‘ broadly speaking, there is 
no definite instruction in agriculture for girls and women. The question has not 
been thought out from the woman’s point of view.’’—W. 


Insecticide, Quassiin as a Contact. By W. B. Parker (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bur. 
Ent., Bull. 165, Dec. 31, 1914).—It has been generally supposed that quassia 
does not kill by contact, its insecticidal value being rather one of prevention 
than cure. 

In these experiments this popular belief is dispelled, for it is demonstrated 
that 634 oz. of a 40 per cent. solution of quassiin in 100 gallons of water will 
prove nearly as effective as a similar solution of nicotine sulphate, while double 
the amount is slightly more effective. This equals the extract from 3 lb. of 
quassia chips. 

The killing power of the lesser strength on hop aphis (Phorodon humuli 
Schrank) and prune aphis (Hyalopterus pruni Fab.) was 93°02 per cent., against 
96°9 per cent. for nicotine, while the greater strength of solution killed 99°2 per 
cent. 

The addition of whale-oil soap assisted the spreading action and increased 
the mortality slightly. 

Suggested formula: Quassia chips 3 lb., whale-oil soap 3 lb., to 100 gallons 
water.—C. P. C. 


Iris Bakeriana melaina. By W. R. Dykes (Gard. Chron. March 18, 1916, 
p. 155; with fig.) —Evidence that this form is of hybrid origin, the parents being 
I. veticulata and I. Bakeriana.—E. A. B. 


Iris Species collected by Mr. Farrer in Chinese Tibet. By W. R. Dykes (Gard. 
Chron. April 8, 1916, p. 194; with 3 figs.)—J. ensata and a variety with purple 
flowers, v. tibetica, I. tenutfolia, I. Potaniniu, I. Tigndia, I. Bungei, and I. 
goniocarpa.—E.. A. B. 


Kelps, The Economie Value of Pacific Coast. By John S. Burd (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Berkeley, California, Bull. 248, Feb. 1915; tabs.).—Results presented 
in this paper furnish the following general conclusions :— 


1. The giant kelps contain potassium, iodine, and nitrogen in amounts which 
will possibly justify commercial recovery. 

2. Estimates of potash yields based on analyses of leaves and stems without 
taking account of the larger proportion of leaf to stem in the growing plant are 
likely to be higher than can be expected in the average run of commercial recovery. 

3. Exact determinations of the moisture content of the more common of 
the giant. kelps show that weight for weight of fresh kelp Macrocystis pyrifera 
contains more of each important constituent than does Nereocystis Luetkeana. 

4. The efflorescence of potash salts when kelps are slowly dried cannot be 
utilized to advantage in the commercial preparation of potash if a large yield 
of high-grade salts is desired. 

5. No technological difficulties are involved in preparing high-grade potash 
salts and iodine from kelp, but exact costs of production can only be arrived 
at from data obtained on a large scale, as in actual factory practice. Apparently, 
however, extraordinary profits are not to be expected, owing to the limited value 
of the product and the large amount of manipulation involved in the various 
methods of recovery. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 197 


6. Air-dried kelp will furnish a low-grade potash fertilizer comparable to 
kainit, and containing in addition over 1 per cent. of nitrogen and 50 per cent. 
of organic matter capable of furnishing humus to the soil. 

7. Objections to the use of dried kelp because of the presence of sodium 
and chlorine are untenable, because this material contains less sodium and 
chlorine than most of the commercial potash salts now being used, and is but 
little inferior in this respect to the highest grades of muriate.—A. A. K. 


Lead Arsenates, The. By H. B. Robinson and H. V. Tartar (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Oregon, Bull: 128, May 1915).—The authors have prepared a reliable method 
for the preparation of lead hydrogen arsenate (PbHAsQ,). 

It is claimed that this material does not settle at anything like the rate of 
the basic arsenates ; in the test a certain portion of the former was in suspension 
after one hour, while the latter had practically all settled in two minutes. This 
is a great advantage in field spray work. 

Lead hydrogen arsenate will also kill quicker than basic arsenate. It will 
not, however, safely mix with lime-sulphur, too much soluble calcium arsenate, 
as well as lead sulphite; being formed. On the other hand, the reaction between 
basic lead arsenate and lime-sulphur is comparatively slight.—C. P. C. 


Lilies, Some Hardy. By Sir Herbert Maxwell (Garden, Jan. 2, 1915, p- 33 
10. Jan. 9, p. 15; 7b. Jan. 16, p.27; 2b. Jan. 23, p. 39; 4b. Jan. 30, p- 5p; 2b. Feb. 6, 
Pp. 63; 7b. Feb. 13, p. 76).—Difficulties in cultivating lilies arise mainly from two 
sources: (1) The species exist in a natural state under widely different con- 
ditions; (2) the majority of bulbs offered for sale have been imported from 
distant lands, and arrive in such a condition of impaired vitality as to render 
them vulnerable to disease. Imported bulbs should be treated as invalids and 
kept in hospital for six months to a year after arrival, and not planted in the 
open at once. They should be dipped in a 1 per cent. solution of salicylic acid, 
dusted with sulphur, and potted in 6- or 8-inch pots. Base-rooting lilies so 
treated which send up a strong shoot in May if the pots are full of roots may be 
then planted out. With stem-rooting lilies the appearance of a strong shoot 
is no proof that the plant can take a permanent place in the garden; the pots 
should be plunged outside and the flower-buds removed as they form. 

The author proceeds to treat in detail of the following, giving the special 
treatment required in each case :—L. Browni and its var. colchesterense, L. candi- 
dum, L. japonicum (Kramert), L. longiflorum, L. regale, L. rubellum, L. Sargentiae, 
L. auratum, L. Henryi, L. speciosum, L. tigrinum, L. bulbiferum, L.. concolor, 
L. croceum, L. davaricum, L. elegans, L. philadelphicum, L. canadense, L. chalce- 
donicum, L. Colchicum, L. Humbolti, L. Kelloggt, L. x Marhan, L. Martagon, 
L. pardalinum, L. Parryi, L. pyrenaicum, L. pomponium, L. superbum, L. tenut- 
folium, L. testaceum, L. giganteum. Perhaps these may be considered the 
author’s list of hardy lilies.—H. R. D. 


Lilium testaceum, Early History of. By H. P. (Garden, Feb. 27, 1915, 
p. 100).—A complete account of this lily is found in the ‘‘ Monographie Historique 
et Littéraire des Lis,’’ by Fr. de Cannart d’Hamale, Malines, 1870. It was first 
found by F. Ad. Haage, jun., of Erfurt, accidentally, in a consignment of Martagon 
bulbs from Holland. In 1840 or 1841 it was introduced into Belgium by L. van 
Houtte, of Ghent, who received a case from M. von Weissenborn, of Erfurt, in 
exchange for four fuchsias. Thence it came to England, where it was figured 
by Lindley as L. testaceum in the Bot. Reg. in 1843. It was also described by 
Dr. Kimtze, of Halle, as L.isabellinum, and has been known under the name 
L. excelsum. ‘The question was raised whether it may not be the product of 
L. candidum with one of the Pomponium section.—H. R. D. 


Lime-sulphur Spray, A Report of Chemical Investigations on the. By 
H. V. Tartar (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Oregon, Res. Bull. 3, March 1914).—The author 
gives various analytical methods of determining the composition of the spray; 
he incidentally shows that it is the calcium polysulphides which are the active 
agents in the lime-sulphur solution, and advances the opinion that this is largely 
due to their great power of absorbing oxygen. 

The detrimental effect of magnesia in the lime is also clearly demonstrated. 

CP... 


Lime Washes, Notes on. By J. C. F, Fryer and G. P. Berry (Jour. Bd. Agr. 
xxii. No. 11, Feb. 1916).—These notes were prepared by the Entomologist and 
Horticulturist to the Board of Agriculture, and deal with certain aspects of the 
Insecticidal action of lime washes. In their simplest form they are essentially 


198 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


’ 


“cover washes,”’ imprisoning or impeding the movements of insects, but fre- 
quently their action is complicated by the addition of substances likely to have 
specific insecticidal power, so that it is difficult to decide to which action good 
results are due. 

Three cases are reported on :— 


(1) A large apple orchard was sprayed very late in winter with lime wash, an 
adjacent orchard being left unsprayed. The former was remarkably free from 
aphides and apple sucker, which were present abundantly in the latter. 

(2) Another large orchard was sprayed in sections with self-boiled lime-sulphur. 
The last section to be sprayed was done when blossom was nearly open. This 
was freest from aphides and suckers and bore the heaviest crop of fruit, while the 
first sprayed section was severely attacked by these insects and early lost its 
foliage. F 

(3) A damson orchard sprayed in sections with a lime wash containing water- 
glass. Here again the last sprayed section, done so late that injury to the blossom 
was feared, gave a good crop, the trees being free from aphides, while the first 
sprayed section was badly attacked by aphides and bore little fruit. 


These results are discussed, and it is pointed out that the best results were due 
to the late application and that “ it appears evident that their insecticidal action 
must have been due primarily to their mechanical or covering properties.”’ 

G. C. G. 


Manganese, Its Action in Soils. By J. J. Skinner and M. X. Sullivan 
(U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bull. 42, Apr. 1914).—The authors studied the effect of 
manganese chloride, sulphate, nitrate, carbonate, and dioxide on poor and good 
soils. All these salts, when applied in amounts from 5 to 50 parts of manganese 
to the million of poor soil, had a stimulative effect which was not seen when larger 
quantities were applied (when indeed it was even harmful) nor on productive 
loam. They increased growth and the oxidation power of the roots in extremely 
poor soils, but only oxidation was increased in good soils while growth was 
decreased. They consider the good effects produced in poor soil are due to the 
promotion of oxidation both in plant and soil. Manganese does not produce good 
effects in acid soils, which are unfavourable to oxidation processes, and the 
authors consider that manganese is unlikely to prove profitable in soil in need of 
liming. (See Journ. R.H.S. xl. p. 94.)—F. J.C. 


Marguerite Fly, The. By M. T. Smulyan, B.S. (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Mass., 
Bull. 157, Nov. 1914; 3 plates) —-The marguerite fly or chrysanthemum leaf 
miner (Phytomyza chrysanthemi Kowarz) is, as far as is known, a native insect 
and is essentially a greenhouse pest. It may be controlled by spraying with the 
nicotine solutions ‘‘ Black-leaf 40,’ ‘‘ Nicofume’’ liquid, and ‘“ Nicoticide,’’ 
diluted from 400 to 450 times in water and applied at intervals of eleven or 
twelve days, or oftener if the temperature in the greenhouse is higher than that 
at which marguerites are usually kept.—V. G. J. 


Mediterranean Fruit Fly in Bermuda, The. By E. A. Back (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agr., Bur. Entom., Bull. 161, Dec. 1914).—This bulletin discusses the history of 
the fruit fly in Bermuda, the life-history, and the possibility of eradicating it 
from Bermuda by strict quarantine regulations.—V. G. J. 


Melon Aphis (Aphis gossypii Glover), A Method of Controlling. By C. E. Durst 
(Illinois Exp. Stn., Bull. 174, 7 pp.; 3 figs.)—A preparation known as “ Black 
Leaf 40’ (nicotine sulphate) proved ‘‘ thoroly’”’ successful in controlling the 
pest.—E. A. Bd. 


Mode of Infection of Larch Canker. By Sir John Stirling-Maxwell, Bt. 
(Trans. Roy. Scot. Arbor. Soc. xxix. pt. 2, pp. 131-133; 1915).—Mr. Hiley 
starts with the assumption (which he undertakes to prove in a future article, 
but which few foresters will dispute) that the young shoots are not liable 
to attack until the first year’s growth is complete. Next he discusses the 
various. methods of infection to which the shoots may fall victims in their 
second year, but dismisses such attacks as relatively unimportant, since the 
side branches of the larch die quickly, and the main shoot, if affected early, is 
usually killed and replaced by a lateral. He then turns to the really important 
part of his subject, namely the origin of the more destructive cankers on the 
main stem.—A. D. W. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS, 199 


Nitrate Content of a Soil subjected to Temporary Drying Increased. By 
W. Buddin (Jour. Agr. Sci. vi. pp. 452-455).—Soil spread out and dried in 
the laboratory for twenty-four hours was found to contain more nitrogen than 
the same soil not dried. No satisfactory explanation of this difference has yet 
been found. Twenty-four parts in the million of soil in the unspread were 
raised to twenty-six and thirty, and the increase was augmented after re-moisten- 
ing, while the numbers of bacteria were not increased.—F. J.C. 


Nitric Nitrogen Content in the Country Rock. By R. Stewart and 
W. Petersen (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Utah, Bull. 134, June 1914; 16 tables).—Some 
further studies on the cause of the excessive nitrogen found in certain agri- 
cultural soils in the States of Colorado, Utah, and Wyoming. 

It is found that the country rocks contributing to the formation of the soils 
are heavily impregnated with nitrogen, some of them being much richer than 
the Chile sodium nitrate deposits. 

These nitrogenous soils are also found to be exceedingly rich in alkali salts. 
The richest deposits are found in the cretaceous shales, and it is estimated that 
these shales contain 90,000,000 tons of sodium nitrates. 

Thus in the dry States irrigation from these sections has not only increased 
bacterial activity but is also adding nitric nitrogen by depositing same from 
the water.—C. P. C. 


North American Forest Trees in Britain. By Prof. A. Henry (Trans. Roy. 
Scot. Arbor. Soc, xxix. pt. 2, pp. 156-164; 1915).—Exotic trees are abso- 
lutely necessary for the economic production of timber in the British Isles. 
This is admitted in practice, and is sound in theory. Our native species are 
few in number, all being late immigrants from the continent of Europe after 
the glacial epoch, and are by no means those that are most suitable to the climatic 
conditions of the present day, or that are most fit for producing, as quickly 
as possible, valuable timber. 

The Scots pine, our solitary forestry conifer, was widely spread over the 
British Isles in the dry, warm continental climate that prevailed at the beginning 
of the neolithic period ; but it has, with the advent of our present humid, cool 
climate, gradually disappeared from all parts of the islands, except in the great 
mountain massif of the Scottish Highlands. It is at the present time distinctly 
a tree for use in certain districts only, characterized by a low annual rainfall 
and much sun in late summer and autumn, as in Speyside and Deeside in the 
north, and in the sandy heaths of the south and east of England. In such 
districts it regenerates freely, and attains a great height, producing a satisfactory 
volume of timber of good quality.—A. D. W. 


Orehard Experiments in Pennsylvania. By J. P. Stewart (Exp. Stn. Penn- 
sylvania, U.S., Bull. 134, 20 pp.; 3 figs.)—A summary of various experiments. 
Various methods of root grafting show no practical difference. The selection 
of grafts from superior individual trees so far fails to show any advantage, as 
has been demonstrated elsewhere. Experiments in top grafting are interesting, 
but the varieties used are not commercial sorts of this country. Dynamiting 
the soil before planting gave no definite results as against normal planting. 
Manurial and cover-crop experiments are also reported.—E, A, Bad, 


Pea Aphis in 1914, Control of Green. By L. B. Smith (Exp. Stn. Virginia, 
Bull, 13, Oct. 1914; 1 fig.)—This aphis (Macrosiphum pist Kaltenbach) is 
one of the most troublesome and destructive insects with which growers of 
market-garden crops in Virginia have to contend. It passes about eight months 
of the year on clover (especially red). The varieties of peas grown for conducting 
the spraying experiments were ‘ Gradus,’ ‘Thomas Laxton,’ ‘ Nonpareil,’ and 
‘Pilot.’ The plants became infested with the aphids during the last week in 
April, coming from a field of crimson clover lying next the peas, The most 
satisfactory sprays were; 


No. 1. “‘ Black-leaf 40’ (nicotine-sulphate) . 10 ounces 
whale-oil soap) sy : : : Miggliy ak oP 
water , , ; , : : . 50 gallons 

No. 2. Whale-oil soap. : ; ‘ oe Seas 
water . : : f : f , 50 gallons 


It is necessary to spray within a day or two after the aphids first appear on the 
pea vines. Two or three sprayings may be required, especially in bad cases, 
the second application to come about a week after the first—V. G. J. 


200 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Peaeh ‘Niagara.’ By U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Geneva, Bull. 403; col. 
pl.)—A handsome seedling from the well-known ‘ Crawford,’ ripening a little 
later ; probably raised in Maryland.—E. A. Bd. 


Peaches, Varieties and Classification. By H. P. Gould (U.S. Dep. Agyr., 
Farmers’ Bull. 65-, 13 pp.).—Lists of peaches for various States in the U.S.A., 
times of ripening &c., with a short scheme of classification upon geographical 
lines.—E. A. Bad. 


Pear Psylla, Adults and Eggs, Susceptibility to Spraying Mixtures of Hibernating. 
By H. E. Hodgkiss (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. New York, Bull. 378, May 1914; 3 plates, 
2 figs.).—Investigations show that the best means of killing the “ flies ” is spray- 
ing during a period of warm weather, preferably in November or December, or 
during March or early April. 

The most satisfactory mixture is # of a pint of tobacco extract (40 per cent. 
nicotine), in roo gallons of water, to which are added 3 to 5 lb. of soap.—V. G. J. 


Pear Stock. (U.S.A. State Com. Hort. Cal. vol. iv. No. 7, July 1915; 10 figs.) — 
Contains an account of the blight- and insect-resisting qualities of the Chinese 
wild pear, and the suggestion that it might be very useful for stock purposes in 
California.— V. ‘ 


Phlox Drummondii, Heredity of Flower Colour in. By A. W. Gilbert 
(Jour. Agr. Res. iv. p. 293-302, July 1915 ; plates) True types were selected 
by breeding for three years, and crossings were made with the usual precautions. 
The unit characters concerned in producing colour are described as (1) a dark 
eye factor producing dense colouration at the centre of the flower. This was 
dominant over its absence, the white eye, which was exhibited in more or less of 
a definite pattern. (2) A blue factor. (3) A red factor. (4) An intensifying 
factor which determines the degree of pigmentation of the reds. (5) A yellow 
factor which acts only in the presence of the eye factor. 

The reds and blues are cell-sap colours, and the yellow is due to yellow 
chromoplasts.—F. J. C. 


Phytophthora infestans, Perennial Mycelium in Related Species. By I. E. 
Melhus (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 59-70, Oct. 1915; pl.).—The author shows 
that many of the species of parasitic fungi related to the potato-disease fungus, 
Phytophthora infestans, live over winter in the tissues of their host as well 
as in the form of resting spores. This is the case in Phytophthora cactorum 
(in Panax quinquefolium), Cystopus candidus (in Capsella and Lepidium), Plasmo- 
para viticola (in the vine), P. pygmaea (in Hepatica acutiloba), P. Halstedii (in 
Helianthus diversicatus), Peronospora Dipsaci (in Dipsacus Fullonum), P. Schachtit 
(in beet), P. alsinearum (in chickweed), P. grisea (in Veronica hedevraefolia), 
P. effusa (in spinach and orach), P. Ficariae (in Ranunculus Ficaria and R. 
fascicularis), P. parasitica (in cress), P. Victae (in Vicia sepium), and P. rumicis 
(in sorrel). The presence of living mycelium of Phytophthora infestans in the 


potato tuber is therefore by no means a unique phenomenon among its allies. 
Ff OG: 


Pine, Canker of the Scots, caused by Dasyscypha subtilissima, Cooke. By 
A. W. Borthwick, D.Sc., and Malcolm Wilson, D.Sc., F.L.S. (Tvans. Roy. Scot. 
Arbor. Soc. xxix. pt. 2, pp. 184-187; 1915).—During recent years several 
accounts have been given of the occurrence of the larch canker on various 
species of Pinus. Hopkinson has recorded its occurrence on Pinus Laricio, 
and points out that it may also be found on P. sylvestris and P. austriaca. 
Massee has also recorded its occurrence on the Scots and Austrian pines as well 
as on the silver fir. 

Our present knowledge goes to show that the fungus is not of infrequent 
occurrence on the above-mentioned species. It must, however, be borne in 
mind that Dasyscypha Wilkommii is not by any means the only species of 
the genus which produces canker on these trees, and it is possible that some con- 
fusion has arisen owing to the great resemblance which exists between the 
fructifications of the several species which cause disease in conifers,—A. D. W. 


Pine Shoot Moth, The European. A Serious Menace to Pine Timber in America. 
By August Busck (U.S,A. Dep. Agr., Buy, Entom., Bull, 170, Feb, 1915; 6 plates) .— 
This moth, known scientifically as Evetvia buoliana Schiffermiller, has been 
recently introduced from Europe on imported pine seedlings and has become 
established in widely-separated localities in the Western and middle States. Its 
attacks are confined to all species of pine; it does not touch any other conifer. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 201 


The larve are so well protected within the buds that no spray will touch them, and 
the only method of combating it is that used in Europe for over 100 years, viz. 
the pruning and destruction of infested buds and twigs.—V. G. J. 


Planting Fruit Trees. By the Duke of Bedford and S. U. Pickering 
(Woburn, 15th Rep. 1916, pp. 20— —66).—In their Ninth Report the writers describe 
how trees planted in ways contrary to all accepted practice gave as good results 
as those carefully planted, and in some cases better. This Report gives the 
results of further observation on abnormally planted trees, and describes experi- 
ments supporting their explanation of the results. Efforts were made to ascertain 
the distribution of new rootlets formed after transplanting (pp. 20-34). In the 
case of apples it was found that less than half of the rootlets originated within 
the last half-inch of the old roots (which had been trimmed before planting), 
whereas with currants and gooseberries more than half originated from this 
half-inch. The stoutness of the roots originating from the stems was found to 
be on an average 20 per cent. greater than that of roots forming elsewhere. 
Trimming the roots before planting is regarded as altogether unimportant (p. 32). 
Observations made in the case of over a thousand trees in a great diversity of 
soils proved that the results of ramming the soil on planting are beneficial, the 
greatest benefit being on heavy soil, except in the case of some trees on a London 
clay, where the results were harmful (p. 36). Experiments were undertaken 
to ascertain whether apple trees in a heavy soil suffered less*from canker if they 
were planted higher than usual. Varieties specially liable to this disease were 
planted with their roots flush with the surface of the ground, and they suffered 
less than other trees of the same varieties planted in the ordinary way, but the 
difference was not very great (pp. 42-7). As regards cutting back on trans- 
planting, the authors still strongly favour the practice, though they admit that 
the bad effect of delaying the cutting, from a fruiting standpoint, may be partially 
counterbalanced, as far as the growth of the trees is concerned, by the extra 
growth which follows cutting back when this is finally performed.—A. P. 


Plum‘ Late Muscatelle.? By U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 403). 
—A German variety which has proved valuable at the Geneva station, being 
esteemed one of the best of late Plums. As a dessert fruit its very free stone 
is a recommendation.—E. A. Bd. 


Plums derived from Native American Species. By W. F. Wight (U.S.A. 
Dep. Agr., Bull. 172, 44 pp.).—A list of Plums of American origin, giving probable 
parentage and origin. Pyvunus americana is responsible for the majority cited, 
but none of these equal those of the old world. The native species were fully 
described in a previous bulletin.—E. A. Bd. 


Plums, Varietal Resistance to Brown Rot. By W. D. Valleau (Jour. Agr. Res. 
v. pp. 365-396, Nov. 1915; pl.).—The brown rot in question is caused by the 
fungus Sclerotinia cinerea. The ascospore stage is apparently only produced 
after the sclerotium in the mummy fruit has been buried in the ground for two 
years ; the mummies may have hung for one year. Infection, which occurs 
through stomata and lenticels, may occur at any stage of fruit development, 
but varieties differ much in the structure of these organs, and plugs and cork 
layers produced beneath or in them materially affect the ease of infection. 
Varieties also show differences in resistance to rot after infection, those which 
remain firm on ripening being resistant to brown rot. The varieties experi- 
mented with are little known in England, and the paper should be consulted on 
this and other points.—F. J. C. 


Poisoning Trees with Arsenic and Soda. (Queensland Agr. Jour. May 1915, 
p. 225.)—Trees may be killed by ring barking when in full growth and applying 
to the ringed portion a solution made of 2 lb. arsenic and 1 lb, soda to 2 gallons 
of water. Keep all animals away from utensils containing same, and no animals 
Should be allowed access to as of the paddock dealt with in this way for 
some weeks afterwards.—C. H. H. 


Poplar and Willow Borer (Cryptorhynchus lapathi Linn.), Experiments in the 
Control of the. By Robert Matheson (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Dec. 1915, pp. 
522-525).—Carbolineum emulsion applied to the trunks from the ground level 
up to the growth, during the period the grub of the borer hibernates below the 
surface of the outer bark, was found to be an effective control. 

The emulsion was prepared as follows: 1 lb. sodium carbonate, 1 quart hot 
water, I quart carbolineum avenarius. The sodium carbonate was dissolved in 
hot water and the carbolineum then added, stirring vigorously.—G. W. G. 


202 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Poplars, New Balsam. By A. Henry (Gard. Chron. April 29, 1916, p. 230; 
with 2 figs.)—These are Populus balsamifera var. Michauxii, and a hybrid of P. 
deltotdea, L., var. montlifera, A. Henry, and P. balsamifera, L., named P. Baileyana, 
but corrected on p. 274 (May 20) to P. Jackii, Sargent, an older name.—E. A. B. 


Potato Canker, A Contribution to the Life-history of Spongospora subterranea. 
By L. O. Kunkel (Jour. Agr. Res. iv. pp. 265-278; pl.).—The author is led 
by his observations to conclude that not single cells but a plasmodium invades 
the healthy tissue of the potato tuber, pushing down between the cells and 
finally infecting them. The invaded cells are stimulated to abnormal growth 
and division. Tubers affected by canker or corky scab and stored are apt to 
spread the disease to others, for the spores germinate and produce amoebae 
which form plasmodia which cause secondary infections. The plasmodia 
feed on the tissue around the old canker spot. The author has observed the 
germination of the spores and believes he has obtained plasmodia on culture 
media.—F. J. C. 


Potato, Late, and Blight Fungus, Persistence in the Soil, By F. C. 
Stewart (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., New York, Bull. 367, Oct. 1913).—Boxes of soil 
containing potato haulms and tubers attacked by Phytophthora infestans were left 
in the field until January 20, when they were brought into a house and planted 
with potatos. Some of the plants raised were sprinkled with an infusion of the 
soil containing decaying tubers and stems, the air in the chamber being kept 
saturated with water. Noinfection with Phytophthora resulted, and the author 
concludes that the presence of diseased tubers in the soil does not increase the 
tisk of an outbreak of the disease.—F. J.C. 


Potato, Phytophthora infestans in. By I. E. Melhus (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 71- 
102, Oct. 1915; pl.).—The author’s experiments lead him to conclude that the 
mycelium of the potato disease fungus, Phytophthora infestans, grows in potato 
tubers and finally reaches the sprouts. Its growth is retarded below 5°C. and 
in dry soil, but infected tubers rot rapidly in warm wet soil. A temperature 
of 23°-27°C. and a well-watered soil are most favourable to the spread of the 
fungus in the tuber and its growth into the sprouts. The mycelium grows from 
the tuber into the stem, where it travels up to the surface of the soil and then 
forms spores. The planting of diseased tubers may thus cause an outbreak of 
the disease. Such outbreaks may start from single infected shoots.—F. J. C. 


Potato Scab and Sulphur Disinfection. By C. D. Sherbakoff (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Cornell, Bull. 350, Aug. 1914; figs.).— The scab referred to is that produced 
by Actinomyces chromogenus (Oospora scabies). The experiments show that 
heavy dressings (350-400 lb.) of sulphur incorporated with the soil reduce the 
amount of scab to a marked extent, but do not completely eliminate it. Such 
dressings are likely to reduce yield, while light dressings, e.g. 100 lb. to the acre, 
may have a fertilizing effect, but are far less effective checks upon scab. [It 
may be added that land which received a medium dressing of sulphur in 1914 
produced scabby potatos at Wisley in 1915 in varieties in which the seed tubers 
were scabby.]—F. J.C. 


Potatos, Bordeaux Mixture versus Lime-sulphur as a Spray for. By M. 
T. Munn (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., New York, Bull. 397, Feb. 1915).—This bulletin 
describes the continuation of experiments carried out in I911I-1912, Bulletins 
347-352. , 

The results were exactly the same, and go to confirm previous results, 
that lime-sulphur should not be used as a potato spray.—C. P. C. 


Pot-bound Plants, Danger in Planting. By Alex. M. Wilson (Garden, 
Feb. 20, 1915, p. 87).—This danger is illustrated by two photographs of a plant, 
Pittosporum Colensot, which was planted five years previously. The roots, 
following the curvature of the pot, had gradually strangled and constricted the 
stem to such an extent that it had only required an extra puff of wind to effect 
complete severance.—H. R. D. 


Primulas, Some New, from China (Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr. April 1915, 
p. 50).—Mgr. Leveillé, in Le Monde des Plantes, March 1915, has described six 
new species of Primula discovered by E. Maire in Yunnan, a district known to 
be particularly rich in varieties of this plant. 

These six are: C. virginis Leveillé, growing at a height of from 3,300 to 3,400 
métres, bearing 2-4 bright-blue flowers; P. pirolaefolia Lev.—flowers blue or 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 203 


violet, growing at a height of 800-1,000 métres; P. racemosa Lev., growing at 
600 métres, violet-mauve flowers: P. Mairei Lev., 3,300 métres up, flowers dark 
blue or dark violet; P. Blinii Lev., 3,400 métres up, pink-flowered; P. Ragotiana 
Lev., 3,000 métres, violet-flowered.—M. L. H. 


Pruning Fruit Trees. By the Duke of Bedford and S. U. Pickering 
(Woburn, 15th Rep. 1916, pp. 67~76).—The conclusions detailed in the Seventh 
Report have been substantiated by further experiments. Im one series the 
omission of all pruning increased the blossoming nearly fourfold (average of 
six years), whilst the substitution of hard for moderate pruning reduced it to 
about one-half. Pruning in summer on dates varying from July 15 to 
September 1 produced more blossom than pruning in winter, and the benefit 
increased regularly the later it was performed within these limits. Further 
experiments on these lines are in progress.—A. P. 


Quince, Hybrid (Pyvonia x Veitcht Trab.) (Rev. Hort. de l’Alg., July-—Dec. 
1914, p. 248, and March-April 1915, p. 49).—-For the first time a hybrid pear- 
quince has fruited at the Botanical Station in Algeria, and the fruit proved to be 
delicious when cooked. It had the skin and flesh of the pear, with a strong 
flavour of quince. Thename of Pyronia x Veitchi has been given to this hybrid, 
sowings from which have resulted in plants of three different types, showing 
traces of their hybrid origin in varying proportions. 

These varieties will be described and named when their fruits are more known. 
Grafts of the original cross are ready for distribution. (See JOURNAL R.H.S. roto.) 

; ME EEE, 


Radio-active Ores and Residues, The Effects of. By M. H. F. Sutton 
(Messrs. Sutton’s Bull. 6, 1914; figs.).—Radish, lettuce, and pea crops dressed 
with radio-active ore showed considerable superiority over those grown in plain 
soil, but the cost of the ore far outweighed the value of the increase. No material 
difference was apparent between trials with ore incorporated with the soil and 
those where it was placed at the bottom of the box or pot. Acceleration of 
germination was shown in rape, but not more by high than by low-grade residues. 

He fae OV 


Radishes and Sugar Beets, A New Fungus Parasite of. By H. A. Edson (Jour. 
Agr. Res. iv. p. 279-292, July 1915; plates)—The fungus now described for 
the first time, and named Rheosporangium Aphanidermatus, is closely allied to 
Pythium Debaryanum and produced disease similar to that caused by the ordinary 
damping-off fungus. The present paper describes the fungus in detail.—F. J. C. 


Railway Rates on Timber. By J. W. Mackay (Quart. Jour. of Forestry, 
No. 4, vol. 9, pp. 283-298 ; October 1915).—Alleged preferential rates on foreign 
timber.—The alleged preferential rates on foreign timber are, in many cases, 
only a preference given to sawn timber as compared with round. A preferential 
rate given for timber merely on account of its being of foreign origin would be 
illegal. The railway companies can and do charge very low rates, for instance, 
on pitwood from ports to mines, but this may be only for the purpose of diverting 
steamer traffic to ports in which they are interested, which in its turn induces 
other and possibly more profitable traffic, and a rate open to one is open to all. 

Railway rates in War-time.—With the purpose of enabling firms to keep 
their works going, English railway companies are now quoting specially low 
rates of carriage on home-grown pitwood, but these are confined to timber 
not exceeding fourteen feet in length, consigned direct to a mine, at actual 
machine weight, and the rates will not apply after the termination of the 
war. 
The Scottish railway companies have agreed to charge a maximum rate of 
10s. a ton on pit timber for any distance during the war, the existing rates 
below that figure being unchanged.—A. D. W. 


Raspberry‘ Black Pearl.’ By U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp, Stn., Geneva, Bull. 403). 
—A seedling raised in Missouri in 1915. Its hardiness and resistance to drought 
make it suitable for districts where raspberries do not usually flourish,— E. A, Bd. 


Raspberry ‘ Marldon.’ By U.P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 403, 
col. pl.).—A new variety, first distributed in 1908 from the Genevastation, where 
it was selected from over one thousand seedlings. Of the Marlboro’ style, it is 
more vigorous, stocky, and of good flavour.—E. A. Bd, 


204 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Resin Spray for Vegetables. (Queensland Agr. Jour. June 1915, p. 276.)—The 
trouble with Paris green and some other sprays is that they will not stick to 
the glossy leaves of cabbages and cauliflowers, but collect at the base of the stalk 
and at the junction of the stalk and leaves. The following wash, however, 
will stick like varnish, and in an instant destroy all insect life on the plants : 
—Take 20 lb. of resin, 4 lb: caustic soda (98 per cent.) (or 6 lb. 70 per cent:), 
3 pints of fish oil or 24 Ib. whale-oil soap, and 140 to 150 1b. of water. Place all 
the above ingredients in a boiler with 20 gallons of the water, and let the whole 
simmer for three hours. Then add hot water slowly, and stir well till there are 
at least 40 gallons of solution. Then add cold water to make up the re 
to 140 or 150 gallons. Never add cold water when cooking.—C. H. H 


Rhododendrons, Good Garden. By H. (Garden, April 10, 1915, p. 172).— 
Much attention has recently been given to hardy Rhododendrons, and numerous 
seedlings have been raised from seeds sent home by collectors. The author 
makes the following selection :— 


‘ Alice,’ rich clear pink, one of the Rhododendrons of the future. 

‘Countess of Clancarty,’ with large trusses of light rosy-crimson flowers. 

Cinnabarinum, an upright bush with curious pendulous bell-shaped flowers, 
orange red or crimson. 

Compactum multiflorum, often under 2 feet high, with white pink-flushed 
flowers, borne in profusion in April and May. 

‘Cornubia,’ a new hybrid that is being largely planted, but is more suited 
for warm districts ; flowers glowing scarlet-crimson, habit very erect. 

‘ Fortunei,’ a Chinese species with large, delicate pink, fragrant blossoms, 
distinguished from other kinds by their greater number of petals. Hybrids of 
this are ‘ Miss E. A. Boulton,’ ‘ Mrs. Thiselton Dyer,’ and ‘ Duchess of York.’ 

Caucasicum, an early-flowering species, of compact habit ; flowers white, or 
flushed pink. 

‘Doncaster,’ a compact plant, flowering abundantly; blossoms scarlet- 
crimson. e 

‘Gomer Waterer,’ white, tinged pink. 

* John Waterer,’ intense carmine. 

“Lady Clementina Mitford,’ trusses large and shapely, a charming shade of 
peach, but some have found it difficult to cultivate. 

‘Mrs. E. C. Sterling,’ a new variety of great promise and compact habit, with 
medium-sized trusses of delicate pink flowers free from spots. 

Nobleanum, the most interesting of outdoor Rhododendrons, often in flower 
at Christmas. A tall bush with bright red flowers, often damaged by frost ; the 
best for forcing. 

‘Pink Pearl,’ more grown than any variety. The flowers are-a delicate 
flesh pink, but the habit is not all that one would desire. 

Racemosum, a very beautiful species from Western China ; it is so dwarf that 
it takes many years to attain 3 feet. The small rose-flushed flowers are produced 
in axillary as well as in terminal clusters. 

Campylocarpum, a Himalayan species with large yellow flowers, tall growing. 
Though considered tender, it will grow in sheltered positions in the London 
neighbourhood.—H. R. D. 


Rhododendron lacteum. By I. B. B. (Gard. Chron. March 25, 1916, p. 168 ; 
with 3 figs.)—Shows that the plant cultivated under this name with white 
flowers marked with crimson is not the true lacteum, in which the flowers are 
cream or yellow. The name R. fictolaciteum is therefore proposed forit.—E. A. B. 


Rose Chafer, The Poisonous Effects of the, upon Chickens. By G. H. 
Lamson, junr. (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Dec. 1915, pp. 547-548).—Serious losses 
of chickens have occurred from time to time through the eating of the rose 
chafers (Macrodactylus subspinosus). 

Experiments conducted by the writer confirmed his belief that death was 
due to a poison as well as to mechanical injury of thecrop. As near as can be 
determined, the rose chafers contain a neuro-toxin that has a direct effect upon 
the heart action of both chickens and rabbits. Mature hens did not die from 
the poison.—G. W. G. 


Soil Fertility, Nitrogenous Soil Constituents and their bearing on. By O. 
Schreiner and J. J. Skinner (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Soil, Bull. 87; 11 plates ; 
32 tables).—The effect of various nitrogenous compounds found in soils is herein 
discussed. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 205 


The general trend of the evidence proves that plants can make use of many 
of the organic compounds direct, and that such compounds are able to replace 
nitrates as plant foods. 

Certain of the organic compounds, notably guanidine and solanine, have 
decidedly harmful effects on plant life. 

The value of this work to soil investigators and students is great, for a know- 
ledge of the beneficial and harmful compounds is of very great importance, and 
may prove to be the first step towards the solving of many now obscure problems. 

CAP. GC, 


Soil Protozoa, Activity of. By G. P. Koch (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 477-488, 
Dec. 1915).—Many encysted protozoa exist in soils, but it is only when in the 
active condition that they can destroy bacteria. The author concludes that 
under ordinary greenhouse conditions small protozoa of various types are active 
in some soils, but their presence is limited ; that active protozoa do not appear 
to be present in field soils, and therefore cannot limit the number of bacteria ; 
they are present in the encysted form and may become active when standing 
water accumulates, moisture being the principal influencing factor, organic 
matter, temperature, and the physical properties of the soil being secondary ones. 
One or two hours are sufficient to wake the small protozoa to an active from 
an encysted condition, while forty hours may be required by larger forms. 


BY eres 


Soil Sterilization, Partial, by Antiseptics.§ By W. Buddin (Jour. Agr. Sct. 
vi. pp. 417-451, Dec. 1914).—Treatment of soil by means of antiseptics is 
followed by an initial decrease in numbers of bacteria, followed by a large sus- 
tained rise; protozoa and nitrifying organisms are killed; an initial increase 
in ammonia content followed by a considerable rise, and in productiveness of 
the soil. No increase in the dose causes any change in the results when once 
partial sterilization is effected. True partial sterilization has been obtained 
only with easily volatile and removable antiseptics, while substances not com- 
pletely removable have a lasting influence on the micro-flora. Benzene, toluene, 
Phenol, cresol, cyclohexane, pentane, hexane, heptane, chloroform, ether, 
acetone, formaldehyde brought about partial sterilization. These have proved 
to increase the productive capacity of the soil in pot cultivations, but are unsuit- — 
able for application on a larger scale.—F. J. C. 


Soils, Effect of Heat on Hawaiian. By W. P. Kelley and W. McGeorge 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Hawai, Bull. 30, Dec.1 913).—Heating to 100°C. was found 
in nearly all cases to bring about an increase in the water-soluble mineral con- 
stituents of the soil, with the exception of iron, also an increase in ammonifica- 
tion. Much the same results were observed at 200°C., but there was a loss of 
25 per cent. of the total nitrogen content. 

Treating the soil with a temperature of 250°C. showed the same effects, but 
much intensified. Igniting the soils, however, decreased the solubility of the 
lime and magnesia. 

Treatment at 200° C. stimulated ammonification in the field, but caused cessa- 
tion of nitrification for two months.—C. P. C. 


Strawberry ‘ Amanda.’ By U, P. Hedrick (U.S.A, Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 403). 


—A mid-season fruit of promise, standing the rough usages of market transport. 
Originated in Ohio in 1904.—E. A. Bad. 


Strawberry-growing. By J. G. Moore (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Wisconsin, Bull. 
248, March 1915; figs.).—Detailed instructions on the whole art and craft of 
strawberry-growing as practised in Wisconsin.—M. L. H. 


Strawberry-garieties. By,O. M. Taylor (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Geneva, Bull. 401, 
28 pp.).—A useful report of a trial of a large number of varieties tested at the 
Geneva Station. Varieties are first grouped as to different characters, such 
as season of flower, vigour of plant, susceptibility to disease &c., and are 
afterwards described in full botanical detail with historical notes, Few European 
varieties are recorded.—E. A. Bad. 


_ Sunflower Growing for Seed. (Queensland Agr. Jour. April 1915, p. 137.)— 
Tall mammoth Russian sunflower yields 50 bushels of seed from an acre, the head 
being 15 inches in diameter and bearing 2,000 seeds ; 4 to 6 lb. of seed are sown 
to the acre, in drills 5 feet apart; the seed is dibbled at intervals of 3 feet; the 
plants may be thinned afterwards to ensure full exposure to the sun. When the 
plants are 12 inches high a slight carthing up is beneficial. 


206 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The leaves of the sunflower, when sun-dried, pounded, and mixed with meal 
or bran, make good fodder for milch cows. The oil expressed is almost equal to 
olive oil, and was worth before the war £12 a ton. The seed yields 15 to 20 
per cent. of oil. The price of sunflower seed is about £15 a ton; a 40-bushel 
crop at 30 lb. a bushel would be worth about £7 10s.—C. H. H. 


Thrips as Pollinators of Beet Flowers. By Harry B. Shaw (U.S.A. Dep. 
Agr., Bur. Pl. Ind., Bull. 104, July 1914; 3 plates, 5 figs.)—From experiments 
conducted it is seen that numerous species of Thysanoptera, some of which 
more or less injuriously infest all our plants, are also active agents in pollination. 
Among beet flowers they are usually very numerous indeed, effecting both close 
and cross pollination upon them. But, taking into account the various forms of 
injury they do, it is doubtful whether the balance remains in their favour in 
regard even to beets. 

The author suggests that certain supposed mutations may really have been 
the result of unsuspected cross-pollination by means of one or other species of 
thrips.— V. G. J. 


Timber-growing for Profit, By G. Mowat (Trans. Roy. Scot. Arbor. Soc. xxix” 
pt. 2, pp. 210-211; 1915).—If all landowners went in for timber-growing 
with the same method and enthusiasm as they give to the raising of agri- 
cultural crops, there is no reason why it should not become equally if not 
more profitable. The great trouble is, they do not or will not regard trees as 
a crop, but rather look upon them as useful or ornamental objects. The rule 
is to go into the wood and cut down the tree most suitable for the purpose in 
hand, regardless of the effect that the removal of the said tree may have on its 
neighbours.—A. D. W. 


Tomato Insects, Root-knot and “ White Mold.’’ By J. R. Watson (U.S.A, 
Exp. Sin. Florida, Bull. 125, Dec. 1914; 13 figs.).—There are in Florida many 
insects that attack the tomato, the most serious being boll-worm or tomato fruit 
worm (Heliothis obsoleta) ; it is also found in ears of sweet corn, and attacks green 
peas, beans, cotton, and other plants. In the case of the tomato, the eggs are 
laid on the leaves in early spring; the young larve feed on the leaves for a few 
days and then bore into the stems. Directly the fruit is set they bore into the 
inside and feed on the pulp. They wander from one fruit to another, and a 
single caterpillar can spoil several tomatosinaday. Spraying with lead arsenate 
at the rate of 2 or 3 lb. to 50 gallons of water during the time the larve are feeding 
will destroy them. The spraying must be discontinued a week pee picking. 

5 ee 


Tomato, Phoma desiructiva causing Fruit Rot. By C.O. Jamieson (Jour. Agr. 
Res. iv. p. 1, Apr. 1915; 6 pl.).—Inoculation experiments show that Phoma 
destvuctiva is an active wound parasite upon green and ripe tomatos, forming 
brown to black spots in the middle of sunken areas, on which the fungus fruits 
are produced especially near the centre of thespot. Leaf-spotting (the spots being 
black) also occurs, and the potato is liable to attack in the same way. A full 
description of the fungus is given, and literature cited.—F. J. C. 


Transpiration Rate on Clear Days. By L. J. Briggs and H. L. Shantz 
(Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 583-650, Jan. 1916).—The authors carried out a long 
series of experiments with various plants in order to ascertain the effect of cyclic 
environmental factors upon the rate of water loss on clear days. The measures 
and rate curves of transpiration and evaporation are given and the full results 
(which are too lengthy to quote) are discussed. Some differences were found 
in the behaviour of different plants towards external conditions, e.g. the tran- 
spiration curve for cereals rises steadily but not uniformly on clear days from 
sunrise to a maximum usually reached between 2 and 4 P.M., after which it 
rapidly falls; the transpiration graphs for broad-leaved plants used show more 
symmetrical curves, reaching a maximum between twelve and two and falling 
approximately with the radiation. The general conclusion that plants under 
conditions favouring high evaporation do not respond wholly as free evaporating 
systems, even if bountifully supplied with water, and no visible wilting occurs, 
is in agreement with the findings of other experimenters.—F. J. C. 


Ulmus minor. (Quart. Jour. of Forestry, No. 4, vol. 9, pp. 332; October 
1915.)—This elm is what I consider to be Ulmus minor, Miller. It is identical 
with the elm first described by Goodyer in Johnson’s edition of Gerard’s Herbal 
in 1633, as Ulmus minor folio angusto scabro. Goodyer found it growing in 
hedgerows between Lymington and Christchurch. The specimen sent is from 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS, , 207 


that locality. It is usually very peculiar in appearance, having a stem curved 
at the summit and with few short branches, forming a very narrow crown. It 
is common near Cambridge in hedgerows, and has been seen in Lincolnshire, 
Norfolk, Suffolk, Essex, Northampton, Bedford, Oxfordshire, and Hampshire. 
It is closely allied to the Cornish elm, Ulmus stricta, wild in Cornwall, but has 
a different habit and a distinct distribution. See ‘‘ Trees of Great Britain,” 
vol. 7, p. 1901.—A. D. W. 


Violas, Dwarf, for Rockery. Anon. (Ivish Gard. xi. p. 81).—Deals with the 
cultivation and use in the rock garden of Viola gracilis, V. arenaria rosea, 
V. bosntaca and some of its forms, V. calcavata, V. cenisia, V. cornuta and the 
var. Papilio, V. cucullata, V. glabella, V. hedevacea, V. Munbyana, V. olympica, 
V. pedata (a difficult plant), V. vothomagensis, and V. Rydbergt. V. gracilts and 
its forms, of which ‘ Golden Fleece,’ ‘ Blue Jay,’ and eburnea are good, is apt 
to ‘‘ flower itself to death,’ and should be cut over before all the flowers are 
dead to induce it to break out at the base.—F. J. C. 


Water, Hot, against Plant Pests. By Achille Magnieu (Jour. Soc. Nat. 
Hort. Fry. July 1915, p. 104).—An article pointing out the great additional 
efficacity of spraying mixtures, both against insect and fungoid pests, when applied 
hot. The winter has proved by experiment that with vines and fruit-trees 
the fully-grown leaves are not permanently injured by a spraying with liquid at 
75°C., continued for a few seconds. Young immature growth will stand spraying 
in the same way at a temperature of 70°C., and flower-buds, flowers, stamens, &c., 
can bear it up to 65°C. 

The hotter the mixture the greater seems to be its moistening power, and 
one or two sprayings carefully and thoroughly carried out at suitable times will 
serve to destroy both the insects and their eggs. 

For fungus diseases hot solutions are also useful, though of course their 
action is curative, not preventive, and they must not be expected to destroy 
mycelium in the interior tissues. There exists at present no apparatus specially 
designed for applying hot solutions, but they may be quite successfully 
managed with the help of a portable iron copper.—M. L. H. 


Water of the Soil, Studies on the Relation of the Available, to the Hygro- 
scopic Coefficient of the. By F. J. Alway (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Nebraska, Res. Bull, 3, 
June 1913; 122 pp.; 37 ill.; 36 tables)—Contains the results of a four- 
year series of experiments carried out to determine the amount of water 
available to the plant as compared with its total available water and hygro- 
scopic coefficient. 

For these experiments a number of cylinders, 6 feet long, 6 inches diameter, 
were used, holding about 100 lb. of soil. To this soil was added the requisite 
amount of water, and various plants were grown without any further addition of 
water until the plants died. 

The total and free water was then determined, and the distribution of roots 
observed. 

It was shown that the amount of soil water available to plants was approxi- 
mately equal to the free water, viz. the difference between the hygroscopic co- 
efficient and the total water available to and occupied by roots.—C. P. C. 


White-Fly Control, 1914. By J. R. Watson (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. Florida, Bull. 
123, Sept. 1914; 5 figs.).—‘‘ The ideal method of controlling the white fly is to 
spread parasitic fungus during the rainy season and to spray with miscible oil 
emulsion in spring and fall.’—V. G, J. 


White-Fly, The Woolly. By J. R. Watson (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Florida, Bull. 126, 
March 1915; 9 figs.).—The woolly white-fly (A leurothrixus Howardi Quaintance) 
is rapidly spreading; it usually does little damage, but is certainly capable of 
causing great harm unless preventive measures are taken. It is heavily 
parasitized by a minute wasp-like fly, which sooner or later controls an out- 
break. Because of this it will probably never develop into as serious a pest 
as the common Citrus white-fly—V, G. J, 


Windbreaks and Ornamental Planting. By R. W. Allen (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Ovegon, Bull. 125, Feb. 1915; figs.).—Gives many hints on the formation of 
windbreaks and on ornamental planting, suggests reasons for the selection 
of certain trees, and advises what to do and what to avoid in the method of 
planting. It condemns the planting of tall-growing trees in such a way as to 
interfere with air drainage. Such barriers to the movement cf the air become 


208 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


a strong factor in creating local frost areas. Open spaces should always be left 
through windbreaks in depressions and on the lower sides of partly enclosed 
fields, so as not to hinder the movement of cold heavy air from high to low 
elevations.—M. L. H. 


Wood-boring Insects, A New Mixture for Controlling: Sodium Arsenate 
Kerosene Emulsion. By F. C. Craighead (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii. Dec. 1915, 
p- 513).—Tests made on Goes (work similar to Prinoxystus and Cyllene pictus) 
showed that whilst kerosene emulsion penetrated the wood and galleries it was 
seldom in sufficient quantity to kill the larve. 

The result of trials with the addition of a 5 per cent. to 10 per cent. arsenical 
solution were, however, highly successful. The mixture is applied to the holes 
where the boring dust exudes, and the solution quickly ascends along the sides 
of the burrow and through the frass, often to a distance of 10 or 12 inches, killing 
the larve ina few days. The remedial measure is equally efficacious on seasoned 
wood as when applied to living trees.—G. W. G. 


Woolly Aphis, By E. N. Cory (Jour. Econ. Entom. viii: p. 186, Apr. 1915).— 
Experiments were made to exterminate the woolly aphis by soil treatment with 
soluble oil (I : 15), scalecide (1 : 15), Electro Insecticide soap (1 lb. to 4 gallons 
water), lemon oil (1 : 24), Nico-sul (1 : 240), lime sulphur (1 : 9), undiluted pine 
tar creosote (14, 2, or 3 quarts to a tree), kerosene emulsion (10 per cent.), tobacco 
dust (13 to 3 lb. toa tree), apterite (1 lb. 3 oz., 2 lb. 6 oz., and 4 lb. 12 oz. toa 
tree). Only the pine-tar creosote treatment was successful. Undiluted all.the 
aphides were killed ; in 6 per cent. emulsion most were killed. All the materials 
used were applied in a trench dug round the roots of the affected tree. The 
creosote had a remarkably persistent odour, its smell being apparent 21 months 
after its application. The author noticed the ant, Lasius interjectus, in close 
connexion with the aphis and suspects it to be instrumental in spreading it. 

F. 


FIG. 35.—THE LATE MR. JOSEPH GURNEY FOWLER. 
(To face p. 209. 


JOURNAL 


OF THE 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Vor. XLIT. 1917. 


Parts II. anp III. 


JOSEPH GURNEY FOWLER, 


Born at Woodford, Essex, December 5, 1855. 
Died at Pembury, Keni, April 24, 1910. 
Treasurer of the Society, 1899-1916. 
Chairman of the Orchid Committee, 1905-1916. 


Far and wide wherever British Horticulture flourishes, and uni- 
versally among the ranks of the Royal Horticultural Society, the 
profoundest consternation and regret were felt on the first hearing of 
the sad news of Mr. Gurney Fowler’s death—a regret which time 
only fixes more deeply in the hearts and minds of all true gardeners. 

Mr. Gurney Fowler was a twin, and the two boys were so much 
alike as to be continually mistaken one for the other, a condition of 
affairs which continued all through their lives. The brother, Mr. J. W. 
Fowler, died in July 1915, so that they were not long divided. 

Mr. Gurney Fowler received the first part of his education at Grove 
House School, Tottenham—an institution long since swept away 
by the encroachments of the builder—and on leaving school in 1872 
he and his brother, with a tutor, went to Gottingen, and thence to 
Geneva and afterwards to Paris, in order to obtain facility with the 
German and French languages. His first start in business life was 
at Messrs. Sharples’ bank at Luton, where he remained two years 
before joining the firm of Messrs. Price, Waterhouse & Co., accountants, 
with whom he spent the remainder of his life, beginning quite at the 
beginning and gradually step by step working-his- ay-apy 
senior partner, which proud position horfighieved in 1OLSL Eke 

VOL. XLII. 5 hS 


\ 

r \a 

JAA ee Co \% 
fi 1 74 


2I0 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


well known and much respected among his professional brethren 
and in commercial circles, and was recently appointed advisory 
accountant to the Government in connexion with the compensa- 
tion due to railways taken under State control, and also a member 
of the Board of Referees for the assessment of excess profits. 
He acted as auditor to many of the principal financial organizations in 
this country, including the largest railways and insurance companies. 
In the United States, which he frequently visited on professional 
business, he was one of the pioneers in the establishment of the 
Accountancy Profession. He was active in the founding of branch 
offices of his firm in America, which have since extended over both the 
North and South American Continents and elsewhere. 

He was a good all-round sportsman—a good shot and a keen 
golfer, but his chief hobby was horticulture—not by any means 
Orchids only, as anyone who saw his garden and wood at Pembury 
could testify. Orchids, however, were his special interest, an interest 
aroused about 1884, when he went on a business visit to Buenos Ayres, 
whence, without knowing anything much about them, he brought 
back in his cabin two sacks full of ‘‘ dried sticks,’’ as one member 
of the family called the dry and shrunken Cattleya bulbs. These 
‘dry sticks’’ he hung up in a damp and steamy glasshouse and 
watched eagerly for the first signs of growth. Then he began to read. 
about them and study them. Other Orchids followed, and then 
better houses for them, and from that time onward Orchids were 
irresistible. In his model range of Orchid-houses he possessed some 
of the finest gems of the Orchid world ; in fact, so choice was his collec- 
tion and his judgment so keen that only those of the very highest 
quality were retained ; allinferior varieties, whether hybrids or species, 
being discarded after once flowering. Under these conditions the 
standard naturally became very high. He took a keen interest in 
the cultivation of his plants, and most of his time when at home was 
spent in their midst. 

No amateur was more successful than Mr. Gurney Fowler in the 
raising of hybrids; he had thousands of beautiful little seedlings 
raised at Brockenhurst, which, no doubt, had he been spared to see 
flower, would have given him the greatest of pleasure; with his 
Orchids, as with all his other undertakings, thoroughness was his 
motto. He was very fond of Nature in any shape or form, but was not 
a botanist ; indeed, he was often somewhat impatient of the minutize of 
detail and microscopic differences observed by the scientific botanist. 

In 1905 he was appointed Chairman of the Orchid Committee of 
the Society, a post he filled most worthily to the day of his death, and 
in which his passion for accuracy and uniformity had the happiest 
outlet. First, he instituted a revision of the list of awards, in which 
the names of many plants formerly used had proved to be incorrect. 
Then he separated the species from the hybrids, and by other minor 
changes arrived at the perfectly arranged list we have to-day, thanks 
to his periodical and annual revisions : alist which one of our foremost 


JOSEPH GURNEY FOWLER, 7 


orchidists declares ‘‘ will form the basis for other workers for all time.” 
No one would have any idea of the labour and attention which went 
to the making of this book : every dot or hyphen must be exact, every 
smallest irregularity in the type must be put right ; his thoroughness 
was almost unbelievable ! 

Feeling that it was unsafe to rely entirely and solely on the memory 
of past exhibits when estimating the merits of so-called New Varieties 
brought before the Committee, he induced the Council to have coloured 
paintings made of all Orchids obtaining a First-class Certificate or 
an Award of Merit. This has proved a most beneficial step for securing 
the accuracy of Awards, and at the present moment there are 2,300 
valuable paintings from which selections are used for comparison at 
every meeting of the Committee. 

And many other things he did for the Society. The last was to 
initiate a new Gold Medal for Orchids, somewhat smaller than the 
existing one, to be called the Williams Medal ; but this, though well in 
hand, was not quite completed when he was taken from us. 

Nor must we omit to mention his work as Chairman of the Directors 
of the International Horticultural Exhibition of 1912, the success of 
which was very largely due not simply to his initiative and direction, 
but to his personal oversight and unremitting labour—work which 
‘“‘would have overtaxed the powers and outworn the patience of 
most men.” 

On the death of Mr. Philip Crowley in 1899 Mr. Fowler was appointed 
. Treasurer of the Society, anda better appointment it would be difficult 
to imagine and impossible to have made. One who knew him well 
says of him: ‘‘ On the subject of finance he could read through a brick 
wall. When I took him some perplexing document or deep enigma 
he would look at it for a moment, ask some question, and then give 
the solution in an astonishing, almost miraculous, manner.’’ The 
Society owes him an endless debt of gratitude for the masterly manner 
in which he handled its finances, and for the clear and lucid style in 
which he always explained them at the annual meeting. 

This short and inadequate notice may aptly conclude with the 
personal note so felicitously struck by the Gardeners’ Chronicle on 
the Saturday after Mr. Fowler’s death (the extracts are almost but 
not quite verbatim).* 

In the prime of life one of the most conspicuous personalities 
in the world of horticulture and one of its truest and wisest 
friends has been taken from us. Tall and burly of figure, with 
a very deep and sonorous bass voice; direct, and at times almost 
brusque of speech, Mr. Fowler was a tower of strength to the Society, 
and that strength was founded, as all moral strength is founded, on 
character. Direct, downright, and possessed of the simple clarity of 
mind that ever accompanies high character, he had the Englishman’s 
impatience of mere words and the Englishman’s love of action. 


* Gardeners’ Chronicle, April 29, 1916, pa 240% 


2I2 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Cautious, as becomes a man of high position in the financial world, he 
had that finest and most fertile kind of wisdom which springs no less 
from the heart than from the brain. Fairness of mind was so character- 
istic of him as to appear to be instinctive ; and never was that fairness 
shown more conspicuously than on those occasions when good argu- 
ments were urged against some course of action to which he was 
inclined. On such occasions he would sweep aside his own proposals 
with scarcely any ceremony. 

He was buried with simple ceremonial in the graveyard at Pembury 
in Kent, the Vicar of the Parish conducting the funeral. 

One by one the great figures in the horticultural world are passing. 
To them, and to the fine work they have done, the younger men 
owe it to emulate their example, and to see to it that the progress of 
British Horticulture, which we owe in great measure to men such as 
Mr. Gurney Fowler, shall be maintained and carried forward during 
the difficult years that lie before us. 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 213 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 
Dy A; . Cees M.A. 
iitead May 2, 1016; Dr. Fs Kersre, F.R.S.,, in ‘the Chair.] 


ONE is sometimes asked by somewhat irritated inquirers why “ all 
these pests ’’ which attack crops grown by man are so abundant, the 
implication being that in the good old days no such unpleasantnesses 
had to be faced. The question is an interesting one, and leads one 
to ask why there has been such an apparent increase in the number of 
enemies attacking horticultural crops. No doubt, crops had their 
enemies in bygone days, for who has not heard of the canker-worm 
and the palmer-worm of Biblical history ? In those days, however, 
““murrains’’ and similar visitations were looked upon as events 
altogether outside man’s control, and as such to be accepted with 
as much equanimity as possible. At any rate, one may be sure that 
insect pests were present when there were no commercial plantations 
of fruit. Nevertheless it is obvious that not only has the number of 
kinds increased, but many kinds are found now in far greater numbers. 
There are several causes for this. The most important probably is 
the great increase of land planted with fruit. It is natural that 
where a district is found to suit fruit there fruit is planted, with 
the result that one may find in certain parts of England hundreds 
of acres where fruit plantations are practically contiguous. Under 
these conditions an insect living on fruit trees naturally flourishes. 
Food is abundant and easily accessible, so that such an insect, if 
occurring at first but on a single tree, will, in course of a few years, if 
unchecked, soon extend over the whole fruit area. Such a process can 
often be seen inaction. The smaller winter moth, Cheimatobta brumata, 
has been known in the Evesham district for well over fifty years. It 
is present everywhere in that district, usually in great numbers. Sup- 
pose, however, one looked for this insect in a district where fruit- 
growing on a large scale was comparatively new. Should not one 
find a different state of things ? Seven years ago I was in the Wisbech 
district, where the spread of the winter moth could be observed. The 
moth was abundant in the gardens close to the town, but as one 
went farther out it became scarcer and scarcer as the gardens tended 
to become more and more scattered, till at a radius of five miles it 
was difficult to find. 

That was a case of an insect increasing owing to the increase in 
the density of fruit plantations. There is, however, another cause 
for the spread of insect pests, and that is through the transference 
of nursery stock from one district to another. I am aware that 


214. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


nurserymen nowadays are fully alive to this danger and do their 
utmost to check it. Many cases have nevertheless occurred in the 
past. One of the most conspicuous is that of the disease known 
as Big Bud in black currants, caused by the presence of the mite 
Eriophyes nbis. Before the nature of the disease was known the 
swollen buds due to it were thought to indicate especially healthy 
bushes, and were propagated and distributed under that idea, Even 
now that the disease is known, I do not believe that many nurserymen 
would dare to guarantee their stock free from it, so difficult is it to 
detect if present in only small quantity. 

There is a third cause that may or may not have had influence on 
the growth of insect pests, and that is man’s interference with natural 
agents. When man starts cultivating land that was previously under 
natural vegetation he immediately begins to disturb the balance of 
Nature. Perhaps he cuts down trees and so disturbs the nesting- 
places of insectivorous birds, or perhaps he deliberately kills certain 
birds which he considers harmful to himself, but which may be at the 
same time of use in keeping down noxious insects. 

So, too, when he plants acres and acres of fruit he alters the balance 
of Nature, which had previously existed under purely agricultural 
conditions. But little is known of this complicated and interesting 
subject, and I do no more than suggest it tentatively as a third cause 
of increase of insect pests. 

Whatever the causes, the fact remains that insect pests have 
greatly increased in the last few decades, and that, were no control 
measures put in force, crops would be reduced to a minimum. 
Up to now, chemical methods, and especially spraying, have proved 
themselves the most efficient. They are, perhaps, the most direct 
in action, and usually give the quickest results. One must remember, 
‘however, that the whole question of insect control is in its infancy ; 
and, because spraying is the best means available at present, it 
by no means follows that no other methods will subsequently prove 
of greater avail. Already the interesting work done on parasites 
of economic insects in America, and the success that has been obtained 
by the use of bacterial diseases of the locust, indicate other and possibly 
more far-reaching means of control. At present, however, spraying 
undoubtedly holds the field, and it may be well to consider the 
question from as broad a point of view as possible. 

One frequently meets people who seem to think that spraying is 
a necessary thing in itself in fruit-growing. They appear to regard 
it in much the same way as many people regard patent medicines, 
with the eye of faith. They read, in the advertisements of pro- 
prietary spray-fluids, that such and such a one will kill every egg, 
insect, and fungus spore that is present on a tree, and with touching 
faith they apply it without troubling to notice whether their trees 
happen to be afflicted with these same diseases or not. I do not 
mean to say that all proprietary spray fluids are useless, but I do 
insist strongly that much blind and unprofitable spraying is done. 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 215 


For successful spraying, therefore, the first essential is to know 
what pest the plant is suffering from; the second is a knowledge of 
the life-history of the pest. To illustrate the importance of this 
knowledge I will briefly give the life-history of one of the common 
apple pests, Aphis sorbi, or the rosy-apple aphis. In the winter it 
exists on the apple as little black shining eggs, laid chiefly on or near 
the leaf scars of the fruit spurs. Towards the end of April it hatches, 
and a purplish-green larva comes out, which immediately begins to 
feed on the under-side of the leaves. At first it does nothing but 
feed and moult and grow, but after a varying number of days it 
becomes fully grown, and is then purplish, mealy, and rather globular in 
form, and is known as a queen mother. At this point it begins to 
bud off little pinkish larve, which immediately insert their probosces 
into the under-side of the leaves, causing extensive curling. This 
production of young takes place without the intervention of a male. 
The young, when fully grown, repeat the process, and so it goes 
on through several generations. Towards the end of June, winged 
individuals appear, and these no longer feed on the apple, but fly 
to another host-plant, so that towards the end of July the apple 
is free from this insect. In September, winged migrants from 
the second host-plant fly back to the apple and produce a genera- 
tion of winged males and wingless females. These females soon 
begin to lay their eggs on the apple twigs, and the life-history is thus 
completed. 

When one considers this life-history it is clear that from a spraying 
point of view one may divide it into four periods : 

(x) The egg stage. 

(2) The young larval stage, before there is much leaf-curling and 
before the queen mother has commenced to bud off young. 

(3) The viviparous stage, when the leaves are curled and active 
reproduction is going on. 

(4) The autumn stage, when males and females are present, but 
no leaf-curling is caused. 

Of these stages (1) and (3) do not lend themselves to treatment 
No wash has yet been produced that will kill aphis eggs, so that spraying 
in the winter against this pest has so far been a failure. The vivi- 
parous stage is equally difficult, owing to the excessive leaf-curl pre- 
venting penetration byaspray. This leaves two other stages in which 
the aphis is comparatively vulnerable. I do not propose to enter into 
a discussion here as to the relative advantages of spring and autumn 
spraying. There are difficulties in both, but the point I wish to bring 
out is that they both present a vulnerable stage in the insect’s life- 
history, and that this knowledge enables us to attack it with the 
greatest prospect of success. The knowledge of an insect’s life-history 
is thus an essential for success in its control. 

So far two essentials for successful spraying have been considered, 
namely identification of the pest and knowledge of its life-history. 
There is in addition a third, and that is a knowledge of the action 


216 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


of the spray-fluid to be employed. It is of little use, for instance, 
treating an aphis attack by the application of lead arsenate, since 
this insect feeds, not on the leaf, but in it, so that stomach poisons 
on the surface of the leaf fail to act. 

Having thus discussed the conditions for successful spraying, 
the spray-fluids- themselves may be considered in rather more 
detail. 

In order to avoid confusion of treatment in this rather diffuse 
subject, it is well, if possible, to introduce some kind of classification. 
While I have never seen any definite system set forth by any writer 
on spraying, there is or was a more or less definite inclination to divide 
the subject into winter and summer treatments. Winter spray- 
fluids may be divided into those meant purely for cleansing the tree 
and those that are supposed to have a definite lethal action on insects 
or insect eggs. Summer spray-fluids are divided into: 

(rt) Contact washes. 

(2) Stomach poisons. 

Into this system the comparatively modern practice of lime- 
spraying against such pests as apple-sucker fits badly, and I propose 
to adopt a rather different method, which has merits from the point 
of view of convenience, though it does not pretend to be a natural 
classification. It has been remarked previously that the life-history of 
an insect is highly important, since a knowledge of it enables one to 
pick out that stage which is most vulnerable. This is true enough, 
but it is not the only essential. The condition of the host plant must 
also be considered, since this has much to do with ultimate success 
in insect control. It is possible, and indeed often happens, that when 
an insect is in the most vulnerable stage the host plant is also most 
sensitive to damage or is in some other way unsuitable for spraying. 
Thus the host plant, the apple, is in flower at a stage in the life-history 
of the apple-sucker when its eggs have hatched and the larve are 
still fairly young and vulnerable, but the tree cannot then be sprayed 
with most spray-fluids owing to the likelihood of damage. Or again, 
at the viviparous stage of the apple aphis the insect is very easy to 
kill if only one can reach it with the fluid, but this is then almost 
impossible owing to excessive leaf-curl. 

I propose, therefore, to make the basis of the classification a 
temporal one, and to divide spray fluids according to whether they 
are applied in: 

(1) The active season. 

(2) The semi-dormant season. 

(3) The dormant season. 

By the active season is meant the time when the tree is nearly or 
quite in full leaf, which thus extends from late spring till late autumn. 
The dormant season indicates that period when the buds are resting 
and there is no foliage present—that is, during the winter. Semi- 
dormant is a clumsy term, used for the want of a better. By it is 
meant that period from the time when the buds just begin to burst 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 217 


until the flowers begin to unfold. Strictly speaking, it should be 
included in the “‘ active season,” but there are certain peculiarities 
which justify its being put in aseparate class. It is obvious that one 
kind of tree, say a pear, may pass out of the dormant state into the 
semi-dormant at an earlier period than another kind of tree, such as 
the apple, so that it is possible for a pear to be in the semi-dormant 
state while an apple is still in the dormant. These terms, therefore, 
do not apply to particular times of the annual cycle, but to the state 
of the trees under consideration. This thus brings the condition of 
the trees into proper relationship with the question of spray-fluids, 
so that one would not say, for example, that 2 per cent. caustic soda 
is a suitable winter spray so much as that it is a suitable spray for 
trees in the dormant condition. If one calls it a winter spray it 
should mean that one might apply it with safety in winter. One 
would certainly call January a winter month, and yet certain pears 
may begin to open their flower buds as early as that month in a year 
such as 1916, but spraying with 2 per cent. caustic soda would be a 
dangerous operation. Following this preliminary classification, it is 
now proposed to consider some of the more commonly used fluids. 


Spray-fluids applied during the Active Season. 


During this season insects are generally, if not always, in a more 
vulnerable condition than in the dormant, and therefore spray fluids 
used are comparatively weak. 

They may be divided into two classes : 

(I) Stomach poisons. 

(2) Contact insecticides. 

Stomach Potsons.—The principle of the action of stomach poisons 
is simple. The material is sprayed on the leaves of the tree, and any 
insect feeding on these leaves absorbs a certain amount of poison and 
dies. It is necessary, of course, for the poison to be insoluble in water, 
since soluble poisons are nearly always harmful to the tree. At the 
same time they must be of such a nature that they will be acted upon 
by the insect’s digestive juices and brought into a soluble form. The 
earliest of these stomach poisons to be used on a commercial scale 
was Paris green. Its use started some time between 1860 and 1870, 
when the Colorado beetle was ravaging the potato lands in America. 
_ Shortly afterwards the substance known as London purple was intro- 
duced, but never gave such reliable results owing to the frequent 
variation in its composition. For many years, despite its tendency 
to burn, Paris green held the field, and it was not till somewhere 
about 1906 or 1907 that lead arsenate was introduced. This substance 
at once proved its worth, owing to its freedom from burning, its effec- 
tiveness, and to the fact that it could be prepared in the form of a 
paste. So far it is still the most commonly used stomach poison, 
though both in England and in America other bodies have been 
suggested and tried. I do not, however, propose to discuss these here. 


wr, 


218 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Contact Insecticides.—Where an insect feeds by sucking the juices 
from a plant instead of biting it, it is clearly impossible to poison it 
through the stomach. Many of the most important pests of fruit 
trees belong to the sucking type. One only need mention aphis, 
Psylla, red spider, and plant bugs to indicate how important it is to 
possess a means of controlling them. A considerable number of 
such contact insecticides exist. There is room for much work on the 
precise nature of their action, but they all agree in acting on the 
insect either through the skin or through the breathing tubes. 

The question naturally arises as to what are the essentials for an 
effective contact insecticide. The very name supplies the answer. 
Firstly, it must make contact, and, secondly, it must be insect-killing. 
At first sight this appears to bea truism. It is quite possible, however, 
to have a fluid that makes contact, namely wets an insect, without 
being insecticidal, and it is also possible to have a fluid that would be 
insecticidal if only it made contact with the insect. The first condition 
is therefore wetting power. Within the last two or three years the 
importance of wetting power has begun to be realized, but as its 
importance is not so widely recognized as it should be I propose to 
go into the question briefly. As the subject involves rather abstruse 
physical questions, the full discussion here would be out of place, and 
indeed the conditions on which wetting depends have not yet been 
thoroughly investigated. The question has been discussed by LEFRoY* 
and by CooPpER and NUTTALL.T 

Looked at from a purely practical point of view, however, the pro- 
blem may be stated thus :—Pure water when sprayed on to insects has 
very little wetting power ; that is, instead of spreading evenly over the 
surface it tends to collect into relatively large drops. How, therefore, 
may one alter its nature in such a way that it shall spread evenly over 
the insect sprayed and really make contact ? 

There exist, fortunately, certain substances which, when dissolved in 
water, give to the solution the desired property. Chief among these 
and the longest known is soap. The potassium compound or soft 
soap is the most serviceable and the most commonly used. It is 
cheap and effective up to a certain point, but its value is limited by 
two factors. Firstly, it can only be used in mixtures which do not 
contain any soluble salts of metals or bases except those of sodium, 
potassium, and ammonium, since soluble metallic salts act on the 
potassium stearate of the soap with precipitation of metallic stearates, 
which not only destroy the wetting properties of the soap, but in 
addition clog up the spraying nozzles. 

Secondly, the wetting power of even strong solutions is not great 
enough to wet such resistant surfaces as that of the waxy coat of the 
woolly apple aphis, or, amongst fungi, the felted mass formed by the 
conidial stage of American gooseberry mildew. Itis possible, however, 


* “ Insecticides,” Journal of Applied Biology, vol. i. Nos. 3 and 4. 
| ‘The Theory of Wetting,” Journal of Agricultural Science, vol. vii: part 2. 


ees 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 219 


to overcome the second difficulty by the introduction of paraffin to 
form an emulsion with the soap. Suitable emulsions have greatly 
enhanced wetting powers, and by that means it is possible to wet with 
ease even the most resistant surfaces. 

It is undoubtedly true that paraffin emulsions have earned for 
themselves a bad name owing to the tendency of some of them to 
produce burning of the foliage. When one examines some of the 
many formule that have been advocated, one is struck by two facts: 
firstly, the great variation in the ratio of soap to paraffin, and secondly, 
the relatively high proportion of paraffin used in many of them. The 
great amounts of paraffin and the small amounts of soap used where 
the paraffin content is low constitute one of the reasons for liability 
to burn. Another reason may be found in the imperfect making of 
these emulsions. The errors in making may be best understood after 
a consideration of the structure of emulsions. 

A perfect emulsion of paraffin in soap solution consists of numerous 
minute drops of paraffin, each surrounded by a film of soap. It is 
this film of soap which prevents any one paraffin droplet from touching 
and coalescing with its neighbour. As long as the soap solution is 
strong enough to prevent this tendency the paraffin remains in proper 
emulsion, but as soon as it becomes so diluted that one paraffin drop 
can join its neighbour de-emulsification sets in and free paraffin rises 
to the surface. It is therefore clear that if the soap be not present in 
sufficient quantity the emulsion is unstable and therefore dangerous to 
use. This condition may arise either through insufficient soap being 
present in the first instance or through dilution of an otherwise stable 
emulsion. It is also clear from what has been said that the efficiency 
and freedom from burning will depend on the smallness of the paraffin 
drops. It is important, therefore, tosee to it that in the first instance 
the paraffin shall be well broken up. This is best effected on 
a small scale by violently syringing the paraffin into a hot soap 
solution, using an ordinary garden syringe with a rose attached 
for the purpose. On the large scale an emulsion may be best obtained 
by placing the mixture of paraffin and soft soap solution in the con- 
tainer of a spraying machine and pumping it with violence through 
the pump back into the container through a narrow jet. If made 
by simply stirring or agitating paraffin with soap solution, an imperfect 
emulsion is obtained and the resulting mixture is almost sure to scorch. 
It is unnecessary to go into details here, as it is hoped shortly to 
publish a paper on the subject. It will be sufficient to summarize 
the results. With water of moderate hardness, such as is represented 
by the figure 121 of the hardness scale, it is possible to divide the 
various emulsions into three classes. These are : 

(1) The unstable and dangerous. 

(2) The risky. 

(3) The safe. 

The first class, or unstable, consists of those which contain so little 
soap that free paraffin soon appears on the surface of the liquid. An 


220 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


example of such may be found in an emulsion where soft soap is 
present only to the extent of 4 per cent. and the paraffin to the extent 
of 5 per cent. Such an emulsion is almost bound to scorch, and 
should be discarded. 

The second class, or risky emulsions, consists of those which, 
although reasonably stable when kept unagitated in a vessel, are liable 
to partial de-emulsification when sprayed forcibly on to a plant. In 
this class the amount of soap is so reduced that, though in a quiescent 
state it is sufficient to prevent the paraffin globules uniting with 
each other, yet, when subjected to mechanical shocks as in the act of 
spraying, it is not sufficient, and a certain amount of free paraffin is 
received by the plants sprayed. An emulsion containing I per cent. 
of soap and 2 per cent. of paraffin is an example of this class. Such 
emulsions should not be used in practice, and indeed their use is not 
necessary, as full wetting power may be obtained by the safe formule. 

The third class is stable even when sprayed. A higher proportion 
of soap is present and a lower one of paraffin than in many spray- 
fluids commonly advocated. The most satisfactory of this class, 
regarded from the point of view of great wetting power and absence 
of scorching, is found in the formula 2 per cent. soap, 2 per cent. 
paraffin. This mixture is capable of wetting woolly aphis of apples 
or the conidial stage of American gooseberry mildew. 

Besides soap and paraffin emulsion there are certain other sub- 
stances that have been advocated for their wetting powers, such 
aS saponin, casein, and gelatine. Saponin is rather an expensive 
substance, but casein and gelatine are used in such small quantities 
that their cost is negligible. Casein is suitable for alkaline solutions, 
and gelatine for neutral or acid ones. The strengths advised vary 
between one in a thousand and one inten thousand. In the following 
table the wetting power of casein, gelatine, soft soap, and paraffin 
emulsions are compared. 


COMPARATIVE WETTING POWER OF VARIOUS SUBSTANCES. 


a NN 


{ 


. | 
) \ 
| Surface Gooseberry Leaf Sea-kale Leaf American Gooseberry 
| ‘ pla vpebsienaag 
| i. * Substance Se | 
Water . . | Nearly complete None None | 
| Gelatine, 1 in 1, 000 . Complete Very slight $s | 
3) 1 in ro0j0ce% a _ a 
Casein, T in 1000 ‘772 of * a 
I in 10,000 . 5 " i 
Soft Soap 4% ‘ : 5 Slight ice 
| ts on | 1 Yo* . i Nearly complete | Very slight 
”» 99 Be. 2 a1 599 ” ” 
| Paraffin Emulsion 
1 SARIN es 52/8 i, 2 Moderate | 
| i ay 7 dos I 13 Ko $ Complete Nearly complete | 
sitar epee. Me a Complete | 
| Wook RS % Mi Wets by oil, Wets by oil, | 
not by water not by water | 
1» 99 2 Zo I % 5 Complete Moderate 


| ee ene Ew SPREEDE ET? 


lea oie 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 221 


Three different surfaces were used for the trial: an easily wetted 
one, the gooseberry leaf; one wetted with moderate difficulty, the 
sea-kale leaf ; and one wetted with great difficulty, the summer stage 
of American gooseberry mildew. From the table one may see that 
gelatine and casein slightly increase the wetting power, while the 
stronger soap solutions still further increase it, but only by the 
2 per cent. 2 per cent. paraffin emulsion, by which is meant one 
containing 2 per cent. soap and 2 per cent. paraffin, is complete 
wetting of the mildew achieved. 


Having cons-dered the necessity of wetting power in a contact 
insecticide, the lethal power remains to be discussed. Soap by itself 
and paraffin emulsions are to a certain extent lethal and may suffice 
by themselves in certain cases, but for the more resistant insects a 
more powerful poison is required. Of these the more commonly 
used up to now have been nicotine in some form and quassia. Were 
it not for its expense, nicotine would be an almost ideal insecticide, 
since it acts to a certain extent as a stomach poison as well. Quassia 
is an old-established substance, but suffers from the fact that to prepare 
it much boiling is needed. Certain of the coal-tar derivatives are 
frequently used in proprietary washes, but are often dangerous to 
foliage. Perhaps the only other contact insecticide in common 
use is lime-sulphur. Conflicting claims have been advanced for it, 
but the most recent experience seems to prove that its use is 
limited to the control of scale insects and that it has not much effect 
on others. There is in fact a decided dearth of suitable simple 
substances having an insecticidal value, and there is much room for 
chemical research in this direction. 


Spray-fluids Applied in the Semi-dormant State. 


There are certain advantages to be obtained by using a spray- 
fluid at this period instead of during the active season. The buds are 
just bursting, and there is thus a minimum of foliage, so that the tree 
can not only be far more effectively sprayed but much less spray fluid 
~need be used. At the same time this very young foliage is surprisingly 
resistant to spray damage. Spraying during the active season usually 
means a certain interference with other operations of fruit culture, 
owing to withdrawal of the necessary labour, while in the spring labour 
can usually be more easily spared. The most important spray fluid 
employed at this time is the cover wash of lime, first introduced by 
Mr. HOWARD CHAPMAN. Like many good inventions, it proved its 
value before its method of action was explained. It was originally 
used as a control measure for apple-sucker, and its use has been 
subsequently extended to the control of aphis. Considerable doubt 
existed at first as to the exact manner in which it acted. Many 
growers asserted that it was necessary to use the mixture as hot as 
possible, and urged that its good results were due to the causticity 
of the lime ; others suggested that the coat simply sealed in the eggs 


222 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


and prevented the escape of the larve. Now chitin, the substance 
of which the egg-shell consists, is a very resistant body, being quite 
unaffected by treatment with as strong an alkali as ro per cent. caustic 
soda for a considerable period. It did not appear likely, therefore, 
that so weak an alkali as lime would have any appreciable effect. It 
was also found that the thicker the coat and the later it was applied 
the more effective it was. These facts clearly pointed to the sealing- 
in explanation as the correct one. In order to try to settle this 
point, twigs on which the eggs of apple-suckers were laid were brought 
into the laboratory and treated with various lime mixtures. Among 
these were lime wash in proportion of 1 Ib. of lime to 1 gallon of water, 
2 Ib. to r gallon of water—the latter being applied both freshly slaked 
and in the cold well slaked condition—and a whiting-glue mixture, 
which gave a particularly firm coat. 

When the eggs on the control twig hatched, the results on the 
coated twigs were noted. It was found that on the one coated with 
the thinner lime wash, a considerable number of suckers had reached 
the buds. On both the twigs coated with the thicker lime mixture 
only very few were found in the buds, while the whiting-glue mixture 
had prevented the hatching of all but two. If now the action had 
been due to the causticity of the lime, one would not have expected 
many to hatch on the twig coated with the weaker but hot lime 
mixture, while one would have expected them to hatch in abundance 
on the twig treated with the thicker but well slaked and presumably 
non-caustic lime. 

The contrary was, however, the case. 

To make certain of what had happened the cover coat was in each 
case carefully dissolved off by dilute acid. It was then found that 
the apple-sucker eggs under the thicker coats had tried to hatch, 
nearly every egg being split. The dead larve were found in all 
stages, some outside the egg under the lime coat, some half-way out, 
and some still inside. Anyone seeing these results could have no 
doubt that the action of lime was a mechanical one. 

If then the action is for the most part at any rate mechanical, 
it is most important to obtain the firmest and most resisting coat 
possible. The thickness of the coat at the time of hatching of the 
eggs will obviously depend on two factors : 

(x) The nature of the coat. 

(2) The time of its application. 

A very short experience of lime-spraying is enough to show that 
an ordinary lime coat leaves much to be desired. It is liable to flake 
and does not resist rain and wind well. 

In the winter of 1912-13 experiments were begun at Long Ashton 
in order to find some more effective coat than the ordinary lime spray. 
A large number of mixtures were tried, * and after two years a fairly 


* Lees, ‘“‘ Winter Cover Washes,” Aun, App. Biol. vol. i. nos. 3 and 4, and 
vol. ii. no. 4. 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 223 


satisfactory mixture was found, which has since given good results. 
Summarizing the experience obtained, one may say that for ordinary 
lime wash the following conditions apply : 

(1) The lime should be good white lump lime of 98 per cent. 
purity. 

(2) It should be freshly burnt and not air slaked. 

(3) It should not be overburnt. 

(4) Twenty pounds should be used to ten gallons of water. 

(5) The best results are obtained by allowing it to slake for at 
least six hours, if possible until it is quite cold. 

(6) It should be strained through a sieve with sixteen meshes 
to the inch, and applied by means of a machine and nozzle especially 
adapted for lime spraying. 

(7) It must have time to dry on the tree before rain falls. 

With regard to lime mixtures the most noticeable thing is that 
the addition of nearly every substance injures the resulting coat. 
An improvement was found, however, in the following formula, which 
was the most satisfactory mixture obtained: 

Lime 25 to 30 lb. (depending on its freshness). 

Hide glue 2 lb. 

Potassium dichromate 2 oz. 

Water Io gallons. 

It is essential for the success of this mixture that the lime should 
be thoroughly slaked and cold, since hot or partly slaked lime renders 
glue immediately insoluble. The crux of the mixture was the 
potassium dichromate. This salt, under the influence of light, has 
the property of rendering gelatine, the essential body in glue, in- 
soluble. It should be weighed out fairly accurately, as a moderate 
excess renders the glue insoluble before the spray is applied and a slight 
excess causes a very hard but too brittle coat. Recent experience has 
shown that this mixture is not very successful if applied during very 
dull weather. This is explained by the action of the dichromate. 
In sunny weather the glue is in a soluble state until it is sprayed on 
to the tree, when, under the influence of light, it becomes insoluble as 
the spray dries. If the weather is dull this does not happen. It is 
possible that by increasing the amount of potassium dichromate 
a better result might be obtained, but this has not yet been 
tested. _ 

The other factor which influences success in lime spraying is the 
time of application. When first this treatment was advocated the 
time to spray was said to be as late as possible, just before the buds 
started, but recent experience from growers and experimenters alike 
has shown that it may with advantage be done very much later than 
this. How late has not yet been exactly determined, but experiments 
are now in progress at Long Ashton to throw some light on this point. 
Trees are being sprayed with various cover washes at various stages, 
and the results are being noted. As it is difficult to describe in words 


224 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


the exact state of the tree at the time of spraying, photographic records 
are being made. It is hoped shortly to publish these results. 

The first thing one notices is the extraordinary resistance to spray 
damage shown by the young growths, so that at first sight, at any 
rate, it does not appear that the time of spraying need be influenced 
by fear of damage to the tree. These results agree with those found 
by BARKER and GIMINGHAM™* in their work on Bordeaux spray injury. 
In their experiments they found that, so long as the cuticle of the 
leaf was uninjured mechanically previously to spraying, no damage 
followed ; but where such injury had occurred, whatever its cause, 
scorching of the leaf ensued. 

One may assume, therefore, that lime wash may be applied any 
time before the flowers actually open. If that proves to be the case 
the question arises at what precise period should lime spraying be 
done. The pestsagainst which it is used are apple-sucker, apple aphis, 
and plum aphis. In average years the apple-sucker begins to hatch 
early in April, and continues to do so for a period of three weeks or so. 
Of the three apple aphids, Aphis fitchit, the stem and blossom aphis, 
and A. sorbi, the rosy aphis, usually give the most trouble. 

A. fitchi hatches early in April, attacks the flower buds, and does 
not cause leaf-curling, while A. sori: hatches late in April and very 
soon causes leaf-curling. Now, if spraying is done at the beginning 
of April, so as to stop A. fitchit, it is very likely that there will not be 
a thick enough coat remaining on the tree to stop the hatching of 
A. sorbt, while if it is done towards the end of April to stop A. sorbi, 
A. fitchit will have already hatched and reached the flower buds, where 
the probability is that it will escape the efiects of the spray. Where 
both forms are present, therefore, the position is difficult, and it is 
further complicated if apple-sucker is also present. 

Only experience can show the best time, though it is probable that 
the middle of April will prove most suitable. Similarly, the best time 
for plum-spraying will probably be just as the white of the flowers 
is beginning to show. 


Sprays Applied during the Dormant Season. 


Under this head come all those fluids which serve mainly for 
cleansing the tree from growth of lichens, moss, andalgz. The practice 
of lime-washing trunks of fruit trees is an old one, and undoubtedly 
serves a useful purpose so far as it goes. | 

One feels instinctively that a tree with a clean smooth bark should 
be a healthy tree, but instinct is not always a safe guide. One is 
perhaps too prone to look at the condition of the tree from the purely 
anthropomorphic view instead of from the point of view of the tree. 
Cleanliness in man is said to be next to godliness, and too often it is 
regarded as being next to fruitfulness in a tree, with a result that 
all kinds of caustic mixtures are used until the bark is smooth and 


* Barker and Gimingham, ‘‘The Action of Bordeaux Mixture on Plants ” 
Ann. App. Biol, vol. 1. no. 1. 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. ee 


clean, but at the same time becomes what is known as hidebound. 
The bark, even in winter, is not dead, and an annual winter washing 
is liable to cause a certain amount of injury. There are, however, 
certain circumstances in which a winter cleansing is fully justified. 
If codling moth or apple-blossom weevil be present it is necessary to 
destroy their winter quarters as thoroughly as possible, and under 
such conditions the practice is warranted; but when spraying is 
employed merely to make the trees look nice, frequently more 
harm than good is done. 

Amongst the cleansing washes by far the most effective is 2 per 
cent. caustic soda. The older formule included potassium carbonate, 
but subsequent experience has shown that it is of no particular 
advantage, merely adding to the expense without increasing the 
efficiency. 

Next to caustic soda in cleansing power comes lime wash. Unless 
trees are in a very rough state this is usually sufficient, and when 
it is used in spring against apple-sucker and aphis the trees never 
require any winter washing. 

At the bottom of the list comes lime-sulphur, though some growers 
contend that it has as great cleansing power as lime. It is sufficient 
to remove the green coat caused by the alga Pleurococcus, but not 
rough bark or thick moss. 

While cleansing washes have established their position as sprays 
to be applied during the dormant season, I venture to think and hope 
that a far greater field of usefulness exists for winter spraying. Of 
old we were told that winter spraying would kill insect eggs and 
fungus spores, and would act like a magic charm against all pests. 
Apparently no one took the trouble to make exact experiments to 
see ‘whether eggs really were killed, or what was the effect of 
such winter spraying on them. Gradually, however, bitter experi- 
ence discredited the wild statements that had been circulated by 
makers of proprietary washes and others, and the contrary position 
was taken up that winter washes could not possibly kill winter 
eggs. 

Before discussing the question it would be as well to examine what 
advantages would accrue supposing the practice were possible. 

When considering the question of lime-spraying, it was found 
difficult to determine the exact time at which this should be done. 
If done too early some insects would hatch, if too late some would 
already have hatched. The winter, however, allows of many weeks 
when the work could be done. It may be objected that the weather 
is bad in winter and good in spring. Asa general proposition that is 
undoubtedly true, but it must be remembered that spring spraying 
has to be done within a period of one or two weeks if possible, and 
effective work is usually limited to three or four at the utmost. How 
often spring weather is boisterous and windy, when spraying is well- 
nigh impossible! In winter, however, spraying can be done any time 
from November to February, thus allowing a period of three or four 

WO}, XL, Q 


226 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


months instead of three or four weeks. That is the first advantage. 
The second is that in winter labour is abundant, while in spring, and 
still more in summer, ordinary cultural operations are quite enough 
to employ all the labour available. A third advantage is the thorough- 
ness with which it is possible to cover a tree in the dormant stage. 
There are no leaves to take the fluid, so that less may be used, nor 
do they afford the twigs protection from the fluid by lying close 
against them under the impact of the fluid, as so often happens in 
summer spraying. A fourth advantage is that, given an effective 
spray, no further spraying need be done during the summer. There 
are thus four distinct advantages, namely : 

(1) Choice of time for spraying. 

(2) Availability of suitable labour. 

(3) Thoroughness in application and absence of waste of material. 

(4) Freedom from further treatment. 

While these advantages are sufficiently obvious, it is not pretended 
that there are no difficulties. The chief is of course that of finding 
any substance that will really kill insect eggs. It is not indeed likely 
that, after Nature has been experimenting untold years in producing 
eggs that shall resist winter conditions, man should immediately 
find some means of destroying them. The insect egg-shell is of a very 
resistant nature, being composed of a substance called “ chitin,” which 
is allied to hair, horn, hoof, and similar bodies. Nearly all chemical 
reagents are without action on it. Only the strongest, like certain 
concentrated acids, attack it, and these naturally are not adapted for 
spraying purposes. 

The chief pests which exist in the egg stage on fruit trees include 
many kinds of aphis, apple-sucker, mussel scale, red spider; certain 
moths, such as winter, lackey, and vapourer moths; and last, but by 
no means least, capsid bugs. 

This is a formidable list, and includes some of the most serious 
fruit pests. The possible means of attack may be considered under 
three headings : 

(rt) Mechanical. 
(2) Physical. 
(3) Chemical. 


Most of the eggs in the above list are laid simply on the bark, being 
usually fastened by a thin layer of cementing material. Apple-sucker 
and capsid bugs are exceptions to this. The former possesses a process 
which extends some way into the cortex and serves as an anchor ; 
while capsids’ eggs are often partly or wholly embedded in the cortex. 
With these two exceptions it would appear theoretically possible to 
apply a thick cementing coat which, when dry, would tear off the 
enclosed eggs. An ordinary lime wash is not strong enough to effect 
this, though it is possible that where such a coat flakes off, and is not 
washed off, some eggs are detached. All attempts to prepare a cover 
wash that’ would have these desirable properties failed. 


SOME ASPECTS OF SPRAYING AGAINST PESTS. 227 


Under “ physical means’’ comes the application of hot water. 
It appears that certain French authors have obtained a measure of 
success in controlling pests of the vine. Experiments were started 
at Long Ashton to see how far this method was applicable as a winter 
treatment. At once difficulties were met with. It was found that in 
order to coagulate the egg contents as high a temperature as 158° F. 
was needed. This, of course, is some way below boiling-point, and at 
first sight would appear obtainable in practice. The French authors 
above referred to, however, found that there was a considerable 
reduction of temperature when hot water was sprayed through the 
nozzle of a spraying machine. With the finer nozzles and higher 
pressures the reduction was greatest, though even with coarse nozzles 
using low pressure the drop was considerable. It was found at Long 
Ashton, using a knapsack machine and a coarse nozzle at a distance 
of about ro inches, that the following fall of temperature occurred: 


Temperature of water in machine, Issuing water. 
185° FB. E31, 
149° F. 112; EF, 
geod De 104° F. 
rege E, 94° F. 


Under outdoor conditions, therefore, with possibly a cold wind 
blowing, the outlook did not look hopeful. In addition, the probable 
expense and inconvenience of the method were enough to cause its 
abandonment. There thus remained only chemical means to try. 

As stated previously, chitin is extremely resistant to chemical 
treatment, but it was thought possible that eggs might be attacked 
by such oily bodies as nitrobenzine or paraffin, owing to their 
penetrative power. It was soon found, however, that if used at a 
strength sufficient to kill the eggs extensive damage was done to the 
buds. This treatment, therefore, proved a failure. There are certain 
_ bodies, namely, hypochlorites, which are used in laboratory practice 
for dissolving chitin in the preparation of insect eggs for microscopic 
examination. In such cases, of course, the solution is concentrated 
and often used hot, being then unsuitable for spraying work. Never- 
theless it was thought possible to adapt the idea, and experiments were 
started with these substances. The most convenient to use on a com- 
mercial scale is bleaching-powder, which is an impure hypochlorite of 
calcium. Eggs were placed in solutions of bleaching-powder, but were 
unaffected by even the strongest solutions. But when the sodium salt 
was used, and especially if caustic soda was present as well, it was 
found possible to attack the chitinous coat. From 10 to 40 minutes 
were required for visible action, the time depending on the strength of 
the solution. 

Even under these conditions of strong solutions the time required was 
relatively long, whereas in practice a spray-fluid will often dry on the 
tree in ten minutes. It was found that if weaker solutions were used, 
such as could be employed on the large scale, as muchas three-quarters 
of an hour must be allowed for effective action. This difficulty was 


228 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


overcome by using a lime wash as a base, so to speak. By its aid the 
requisite mixture of bleaching-powder solution and caustic soda could 
be kept in contact with the eggs for the necessary period. 

Aphis-egg-infested shoots were treated by these means, and it was 
found that after allowing the coat to dry on and its removal by 
dilute acid the eggs were all in a shrunken and obviously dead 
condition. 

The point then arose as to whether a mixture of bleaching-powder 
and lime or caustic soda and lime would not give as good results. 
These proved, however, to have no lethal effect, and it was clearly 
necessary to have all three substances together before success could 
be obtained. 

Different eggs were found to differ in the ease with which they could 
be attacked by this mixture. Of those experimented upon, it was 
found that moth eggs were the easiest attacked, then apple-sucker, then 
aphis, and lastly red spider eggs, which seemed totally unaffected... 

Having attained success so far, experiments were next tried outside. 
As was to be expected, results were not nearly so good. Mixtures that 
were successful in the laboratory had only a partial action outside, and 
in some cases appeared to have failed altogether. In one case, when 
examined the day after application, complete failure was feared, but 
subsequent examination after a month’s interval showed that every 
egg that could be seen was shrivelled. 

It is therefore possible that these mixtures go on acting for some 
time after they are applied and have dried. Rain falling on them 
would doubtless dissolve out some of the soluble substances and thus 
cause a continued though possibly feebler action. This action I 
believe to be as follows :—The sodium hypochlorite first attacks the 
chitin of the egg-shell, rendering it more porous than before, and the 
excess of alkali then penetrates to the egg contents, causing coagulation 
of the albumen. 

The hypochlorite is, so to speak, the artillery preparation, and the 
alkali is the infantry attack. Both are necessary for success, and 
neither is effective without the other. 

It is too soon at present to offer any decided opinion as to the 
success or failure of these bleaching-powder mixtures. Trials are in 
progress at Long Ashton, and it is hoped to obtain further information 
after another season. 


DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS. 229 


DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS. 
By Kevs« J; JAcos, F.R.H.S. 
[Read May 16, 1916; Mr. W. B. CRANFIELD in the Chair.] 


WERE both the lecturer and his audience botanically inclined, it would 
be impossible to fix any limitation, other than the beginning of time, 
to the period from which Daffodil development might have taken 
place. However, as we are met together as gardeners, we need not 
spend time in going back to the days of the Ark to inquire what 
were the daffodils Mrs. Noah had upon her table during her long 
period of incarceration ; or even to the times of the ancient Greeks, 
who made funeral wreaths for their dead of bunch-flowered Daffodils 
(Narcissus Tazetta) in the century before the Christian Era; nor yet 
to Mohammed, who later still said ‘‘ He that hath two cakes of bread, 
let him sell one of them, for bread is only food for the body, but 
Narcissus is food for the soul.”’ 

As gardeners—as British gardeners, as practical people—who have 
the decoration of our homes and borders “‘ back and behind ”’’ our 
coming here this afternoon, we do not want to hear too much of 
either the scientific or the historical sides of our flower, and yet one 
feels that, if nothing is placed before you which can be compared with 
the beautiful forms and varieties with which most of us are nowadays 
more or less familiar, there are few, except those who are conversant 
with old gardening books, who would appreciate the enormous changes 
that have taken place in the shape, size, and colouring of the Daffodil 
within the past ninety. years. | 

It so happens that by a happy chain of circumstances there seems 
to be a natural date which one not only may, but which one is 
practically compelled to take as the starting-point or period when the 
Daffodil became recognized in a very special way as a denizen of 
English gardens. 

I allude to the era of JOHN PARKINSON (1567 to about 1650), who is 
best known to fame as the author of the “ Paradisus,” or, to give the 
book its English title, ‘‘ A Garden of all sorts of Pleasant Flowers.” 
This man was a distinguished horticulturist and looked upon a garden 
with the eyes of a garden lover, and not, as his profession of apothecary 
in those days might lead us to suppose, as being prima facie a home for 
medicinal herbs. He madea speciality of the Daffodil, and in forty odd 
pages of his folio tells us how he collected them from different parts 
of Europe and elsewhere; how he cultivated them; and how he 
raised his own seedlings. This book was published in the year 1629, 


230 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


and is a halfway house between the “‘ Herbal ”’ of GERARD (1597) and 
the “ Flora ’’ of JOHN REA (1665). It is profusely illustrated. 

As may be gleaned from the letterpress, some of the plants illustrated 
are species, some wild hybrids, and some garden hybrids. The species 
and wild hybrids have probably remained much as they were in the 
time of PARKINSON. The wild forms collected within the last three 
years in the Pyrenees by Sir ARTHUR Hort can pretty well be matched 
in the pages of the “‘ Paradisus,’’ where some of them might almost 
have served as his originals. Special mention must be made of one 
very strange-looking species, N. cyclamineus, which undoubtedly existed 
in PARKINSON’S time although he does not figure it, and although the 
learned Dean HERBERT, in his famous book on the Amaryllidaceae, 
said the figure of this variety in the ‘‘ Theatrum Florae’’ (1622) was 
an “absurdity, which will never be found to exist.’”” Events have 
proved this surmise to be incorrect, for after being lost to cultivation 
for nearly three hundred years cyclamineus was rediscovered in 
Portugal in the year of the first Jubilee of Queen Victoria, just as if 
the little fellow would not be behind in his shouts of joy for the great 
good Queen. 

PARKINSON died before the year 1656. 

From this time until we come to the end of the first quarter of the 
nineteenth century the Daffodil never seems to have “ caught on ”’ 
in English gardens. It is true that between the years 1740 to 1760 
and thereabouts bunch-flowered varieties (our Polyanthus Narcissi or 
Tazettas, like ‘Soleil d’Or’ and ‘ Paper White’) were taken in hand 
by the Dutch and many new seedlings were raised and put into com- 
merce under the head of Oriental Narcissus or Polyanthos Narcissus. 
One doubts if they can ever have been very popular for out-of-door 
cultivation, for JUSTICE, in ‘‘ The British Gardener’s Director,’’ gives so 
many and such minute instructions about their management that we 
may well suppose that only those with an infinite capacity of taking 
pains would attempt to grow them. They were, however, in demand 
for growing in pots in soil and in glasses in water. In 1788 the firm of 
VOORHELM-SCHNEEVOOGT offered to the public no fewer than 155 
kinds, not one of which was priced at more than one and eightpence a 
bulb. Some of those which appeared in this list are with us still, e.g. 
‘Etoile d’Or,’ ‘ Grand Soleil d’Or,’ ‘ Bazelman major,’ and ‘ Bazelman 
minor.’ A very great change which has taken place in this type is the 
introduction of the Poetaz varieties by the firm of VAN DER SCHOOT 
about twenty years ago. 

In all the other sections, although it must have been known that 
many of the Narcissus family were free seeders, no attempt to get 
fresh varieties by raising seedlings seems to have been made, except, as 
before stated, by the Dutch with the Tazettas. Cross-fertilization was 
unknown or unpractised, and doubtless if any seed was collected and 
sown the results would have been very disappointing and not worth 
the long five years’ wait without which no one can look for results. 
It remained for Dean HERBERT (c. 1830) to be attracted by certain 


DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS. 231 


illustrations in old flower books, such as the anonymous “‘ Theatrum 
Florae,”’ and ‘‘ Le Jardin du Roi trés Chrestien Henri IV ”’ (1608) by 
Pierre Vallet, and to make experiments to see if he could not produce 
by designed cross-fertilization similar types of Daffodils to what he saw 
in these books and in PARKINSON. The plate in the twenty-ninth 
volume of Edwards’ “ Botanical Register ’’ (plate 38) is extremely inter- 
esting. Thedate is 1843, and the six flowers there depicted are the first 
hybrid Daffodils which are known to have been produced by human 
design. They are (1) N. Diomedes var. Crichtoni, in which the seed- 
bearer was the tiny minimus and the pollen parent some form of 
Polyanthus Narcissus. It features a type which we now call iridymus. 
(2) N. pallidus, which had minor, a small yellow trumpet form, as the 
female, and N. moschatus, a small white trumpet, as the male parent. 
(3) N. Spofforthiae—the seed-bearer was an incomparabilis and the pollen 
parent NV. poeticus stellaris. Thisis what used to be called a Burbidge 
—‘ Little Dick’ has been suggested as being somewhat similar. (4) N. 
Spofforthiae var. spurius. This came from the same seed-pod as the 
last and represents a poor example of a Barrit. (5) N. tncompara- 
bilis auvantius. This showy white-perianthed flower with its orange- 
rimmed cup came from crossing a form of the wild pseudo- Narcissus 
with N. poeticus stellaris. (6) N. sub-concolor, a seedling from 
minimus crossed with poeticus stellaris. It resembles No. 4, but has a 
better perianth. For the purposes of this lecture this plate is extremely 
valuable, as it illustrates the start that was made by the very first of 
that ever-increasing army of seedling raisers who are now, and who 
probably ever have been, sustained in their endless quest of obtaining 
some better or more striking form or colour than their fellows, by 
yearly seeing displayed in all their glory at the shows wonderful new 
flowers such as the twelve home-made seedlings which won for 
Mr. P. D. WittiaAMs, of St. Keverne, Cornwall, the Engleheart Cup at 
the last London Show (1916) ; or those truly superb examples of Giant 
Leedsiis which the Rev. G. H. ENGLEHEART sent to Birmingham as 
his representatives at the last show there (1916), when unfortunately, 
through ill-health, he was unable to be present in person. The bloom 
of one was of the purest white, of excellent form and substance, and 
nearly five inches in diameter. 

The work of HERBERT was first of all carried on by EDWARD 
LEEDS, a stockbroker, of Longford Bridge, near Manchester ; and then 
by WILLIAM BACKHOUSE, a banker, who, after he retired from business, 
lived on his property at St. John’s, Wolsingham, Durham, where in 
1856 he began to hybridize. Wehave, as faras I am aware, nocoloured 
prints or in fact any pictures of BACKHOUSE’s hybrids, but in a way 
this need cause no deep regrets, since we have in ‘Emperor’ and 
‘Empress,’ which bloomed for the first time about the year 1864, 
visible results of his earlier crossings, and in ‘ Gloria Mundi,’ ‘ Barrii 
conspicuus, “ Mrs. Langtry,’ and ‘ Weardale Perfection,’ visible results 
of his later ones (the last-named did not bloom till after Mr. Bacx- 
HOUSE Sdeathin 1869). All these are still features of an English garden 


232 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIET a. 


in spring. Inthecase of Mr. LEEDS we are more fortunate, for we have 
two coloured plates of his seedlings in the “‘ Gardeners’ Magazine of 
Botany ”’ (vol. iii. pp. 169 and 289, 1853). In the former we have 
(1) N. poculiformis elegans, which is now called Leedsii elegans; (2) 
N. Leedsi1, which is now tmcomparabilis ‘ Figaro’; and (3) N. major 
superbus, which never seems to have gotinto commerce. In the latter 
we have (1) NV. aureo-tinctus, which obtained a F.C.C. from the Royal 
Horticultural Society in 1878 when exhibited by Messrs. BARR and 
SUGDEN; (2) N. incomparabilis expansus, which was awarded the same 
honour in 1879; and (3) N. bicolor maximus, which is now the well- 
known and valuable late bicolor trumpet ‘Grandee.’ An additiona} 
point of interest in connexion with these plates is the fact that appended 
to them as part of the text are some hints on raising seedlings and their 
treatment contributed by the raiser himself. 

The most famous flower raised by Mr. LEEDs is, I think, ‘ Princess 
Mary,’ as it has entered so very largely into modern cross-fertilization. 
Almost every seedling-raiser at one time must have included it in his 
stock of trade. Other well-known flowers that we owe to him are 
‘Frank Miles,’ ‘ Katherine Spurrell,’ ‘ Nelsoni major,’ ‘ Captain Nelson,’ 
and ‘ William Goldring.’ 

Mr. LEEDs died in 1877. A few years before his death, as he was in 
extremely poor health, he decided to sell his collection and wrote to 
Mr. PETER BARR, to whom he offered it for £100. How the money was 
found by Mr. Barr, the Rev. J. NELson, Mr. W. B. Hume, Mr. H. J. 
ApDAms, and Mr, G. J. BRAIKENRIDGE, and the entire collection saved 
is one of the heroics of Daffodil History. Saved, however, it was, and 
the varieties which it embraced were one of the foundation-stones 
of the marvellous collection got together by the Daffodil King, old Mr. 
PETER BARR. He worked long and lovingly amongst the gardens 
of Britain (as WILLIAM BAYLOR HARTLAND did among the gardens of 
Ireland), and by about the year 1890 he had got together a very com- 
plete assemblage of all the best garden and wild varieties that were 
to be had. 

The coloured plate of ‘Seagull,’ ‘ Albatross,’ and an unnamed 
Poet in The Garden newspaper for April 21, 1893, marks the commence- 
ment of what may be called the present-day era of seedling-raising. 
These flowers were the bell-wethers of the mighty host of wonderful 
seedlings which year by year have followed one another in unbroken 
succession from the Daffodil manufactories (to give his gardens a name 
which I have often heard him use) of the Rev. G. H. ENGLEHEART. 
The advent upon the scene of all the beautiful novelties which have 
come from Appleshaw and Dinton has quite altered our views about 
Daffodils, and insensibly our standard of excellence has been raised. A 
sentence in a letter recently received from one of our best-known raisers 
of seedlings exactly hits the nail upon the head and expresses what all 
who in any way count themselves as Daffodil people feel. ‘‘ One simply 
hastobehard-hearted. Iam this year intending to burn many hundreds 
of bulbs of my seedlings, which I thought good two or three years back.”’ 


DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS. Z33 


It is alike true of seedlings that are putting forth their first flower 
and of old varieties : 
“The harp that once through Tara’s halls 
The soul of music shed 
Now hangs as mute on Tara’s walls 
As if that soul were fled. 
So sleeps the pridé of former days, 
So glory’s thrill is o’er, 
And hearts that once beat high for praise 
Now feel that pulse no more.” 


No words can more truly express the feelings of the raiser and the 
buyer whose end is the show-tier. ‘ Lucifer’ is out-classed by ‘ Marsh- 
light,’ ‘Madame de Graaff’ has given place to ‘ Vestal Virgin,’ and 
‘Homer ’ to ‘Matthew Arnold.’ It is only once (as the expression is) 
in a blue moon that a ‘ Bernardino ’ or a ‘ White Knight ’ appears that 
can laugh at time. Broader perianths, deeper colouring, more refined 
and solid substance, more elegant trumpets or cups, flatter segments, 
greater size and more uncommon shapes are ever being bred for 
and are ever being obtained. 

For garden purposes it is much the same, but the requirements 
are a little different ; for example, strength and length ofstem, lasting 
qualities and distinctness assume here a greater value ; and then there 
is the question of pots. But, and it is a very consoling “‘but”’ for the 
buyer, old favourites for these purposes are far iess easily displaced, and 
a purchase of a really good variety may be more confidently made 
because its position is far less assailable. ‘Emperor’ and ‘ Barrii con- 
spicuus ’ have been with us for half a century, and they are still, to 
use the words of a popular advertisement, “‘ going strong.”’ 

We may now review some of the latest developments in the Daffodil 
family in the ordered sequence of the R.H.S. Classification, which is 
the one generally adopted for all purposes. 

Trumpets.—The corona is as long or longer than the perianth 
segments. Three typical all yellow forms are: ‘Olympia,’ a fine garden 
plant ; maximus, noted for its deep colour ; and‘ Cornelia,’ a show type 
with smooth petals. WILLIAMS’ 510 gives a good idea of a show 
bloom in this class, while Guy WILSoNn’s ‘ Madame de Graaff’ hybrids 
show the immense variation that comes from one pod of seed. One 
of the most refined white trumpets is “White Emperor.’ This is in 
the front rank for showing; ‘ Henri Vilmorin,’ a fine garden white, 
is greatly admired at Wisley, while ‘ White Knight ’ is ideal for show- 
ing. Two bicolor trumpets illustrate the dark (‘Victoria’) and 
the pale (‘ Creusa ’) types. 

“Txion’ is an example of an incomparabilis with a yellow 
perianth and a large red cup. ‘ Helios’ and ‘ Fortune,’ which 
created a sensation at Birmingham this year, are two more of 
the same type. In an incomparabilis the cup is larger in pro- 
portion to the length of the perianth segments than in a Barrit. 
‘Mozart’ is another incomparabilis, but here the cup is much flatter 
than in ‘Ixion.’ ‘Blackwell’ is an excellent early variety for 


234 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOGIbiT 


pots. It is one of the best red cups for keeping its colour in the sun. 
‘Fleetwing ’ belongs to the same group, and has a white perianth 
and a yellow cup. It is a good show bloom. ‘ Rochester 
Quinton ’ is another of the same type, but here the cup is coloured. 
It was first shown at Birmingham in I915. Five varieties with 
coloured cups are ‘Isis’ and ‘ Jasfar,’ yellow-perianthed Barriis, 
‘Firebrand’ and ‘ Incognita,’ white-perianthed Barriis, and ‘ Sal- 
monetta,’ a salmon-coloured Leedsii. All these coloured varieties 
need protection from sun and weather when opening, or the colour 
will soon go. They make good pot plants, especially ‘ Firebrand,’ as 
the sun at the latter end of February and early in March affects them 
very little under glass. ‘ Jaspar’ is notable for the deep red of its 
cup. ‘Sunrise’ is a very popular flower, and although it breaks the 
unwritten canons of the show tiers, inasmuch as it has a very consider- 
able amount of yellow in its perianth segments, it is frequently seen at 
exhibitions. It makesa beautiful cut bloom for vases. ‘Sealing Wax’ is 
a Barru with white petals and an all-redeye. It very much resembles 
some of the Poet varieties ; in fact, the time has come when it is a 
question if the difference should any longer be kept up. It entirely 
depends upon parentage. 

“The Honourable Mrs. Francklin’ and the three following varieties 
are examples of Leedsiis. By a Leedsiz is meant a flower in which 
the perianth is white and the corona or cup “ white, cream, or pale 
citron, sometimes tinged with pink or apricot.” 

The dividing line between a giant Leedsi and a bicolor is a very 
fine one, and in the case of a few varieties it is six for one and half a 
dozen for the other. The type is quite a new one, and from a garden 
standpoint is of great value, the plants being tall and as a rule in the 
best kinds, good increasers and free flowerers. ‘ Thora’ is of particular 
value under glass, as then its cup takes on a warm buff. White 
King’ is an ideal show bloom. It received an Award of Merit in 
1915. ‘ White Mere’ is a particularly refined flower and quite in the 
front rank for showing. It resembles the old Nelsoni type with its 
long narrow cup. The owner of the stock bought it because it was so 
much admired by the Rev. W. WILKS. 

One of the lovely white tviandrus hybrids is ‘ Venetia.’ These 
hybrids are obtained by crossing such a variety as ‘ Mrs. Langtry ’ or 
‘Minnie Hume’ with tviandrus calathinus. The old ‘ Queen of Spain ’ 
is anatural hybrid, probably between ¢viandrus and a yellow trumpet. 

Cyclamineus hybrids often have but short lives, and it is a real find 
to get one like ‘ Golden Arrow,’ which has a constitution. Some very 
beautiful varieties have been raised by using the pollen of the small 
sweet-scented Jonquil (Jonquilla simplex) with yellow trumpets and 
various other varieties as seed parents. ‘Cicely’ is very remarkable 
and uncommon, as the flower is made up of two shades. of apricot or 
deep buff. ‘Flattery’ is a fine specimen of the more usual deep yellow 
type. ‘Buttercup’ is the oldest one on the market and the best known, 
The scent of these hybrids is delicious. 


DAFFODIL DEVELOPMENTS, 235 


We now come to the Poet section, which many consider to be 
the most charming of all. Mr. ENGLEHEART has made a speciality 
of them, and could anyone see the varieties which LEEps and 
BACKHOUSE worked with and then compare them with the newer 
forms they would be amazed at the change that has taken place, 
although one is bound to acknowledge that the old vecurvus has 
never been surpassed for beauty of colour and outline. ‘ Alpha’ 
is a beautiful rim-eyed variety; ‘ Martial’ is an example of an 
all-red eye; ‘ Bridget ’ of one with a good deal of green in the centre 
of the eye; ‘ Pinkie’ is one of the new pink-edged varieties, which are 
exceedingly dainty and always attract attention. 

We now turn to the modern doubles. The change has not been so 
marked in this section as in others: still new colouring has been 
introduced in some of the later hybrids. ‘Argent’ is an example, 
which is quite Ar for the garden and equally useful for pots. 

Lastly we may note a flower which shows something of what 
the future may have in store, for there is a most decided red tinge 
in the perianth. Who knows what surprises may be in store for us ? 
Miss SILBERRAD, in her most interesting novel of Dutch life in the bulb- 
fieldregions, hypothecated a blue Daffodil. Wein England formulate a 
red trumpet. Just imagine not only a red trumpet but a red perianth | 
as well, and the butter-yellow Sweet Pea and the blue Rose sink into 
insignificance as future wonders in the vegetable world. However, 
without going so far as to wish or expect such a break from the 
ordinary, perhaps enough of the beautiful creations of our present-day 
seedling raisers have been mentioned to show the prizes which fall 
to the patient and methodical hybridizer and the many beauties, some 
of which in time are bound to find their way to the gardens of the 
world, 


236 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


THE USES OF LIME- IN AGRICULTURE Rs 
HORTICULPURE: | 


By H.:£..P. Hopsert, F-C.5;) Mos Bae 
[Read July 18, 1916; Mr. W. Hates, A.L.S., in the Chair.] 


AT the present time, when the need of obtaining the utmost from the 
soil of our gardens as well as our fields is imperative in the national 
interest, it is particularly important that we should not forget the 
valuable assistance that lime can render us in attaining this object. 
Liming is the cheapest of all horticultural ‘‘improvements,”’ both from 
the point of view of cost of application and from the measure of results 
obtained. The importance of the part played by lime in the soil is 
far greater than is generally realized ; without it the land is sterile; 
with it, it becomes fertile, because, as we shall see, all the processes of 
plant nutrition depend upon it. 
Origin and Composition.—First let us examine the origin and com- 
- position of lime. What, in its ultimate nature, is lime? How does it 
éccur, what is the relation of the various types of lime on the market, 
how are they produced, and what is their chemical composition ? 
These questions are perhaps most easily answered by an examination 
of the chart given below. 
Ca = Calcium—light yellow metal—very reactive— 
does not exist in nature. 
+ 1O4= Cao. 
CaO = Calcium oxide, caustic or burnt lime—very 
reactive, very active base. 
+ H,O = CaH,Op. 
CaH,O, = Calcium hydrate, slaked lime—reactive. 


| “bE CO, => CaCO, -L H,O. 
CaCO, = Calcium carbonate, limestone or chalk. 


Nitrogen | Potash Phosphoric Acid 
| | | 
CaCO; + Humus (by CaCO, + complex com- _CaCO; + Phosphates of 
action of bac- | yspounds: “ot: = ‘silica; alumina and iron 
| tenia) potash, and alumina 


Ammonium carbonate 
Silicates of calcium and Phosphate of calcium, 


Calcium nitrite | potash tn solution also phosphates added 

Also potash added in in manures retained 

Calcium nitrate (soluble, manures retained. as calcium  diphos- 
taken up by plant). phate (available). 


It will be seen that the basic metal is calcium, and that the 
various forms of lime as we know them commercially are com- 
pounds of calcium. At the head of the chart, therefore, we have 
the metal calcium, which is very reactive and does not exist as 
such in nature—there is no such thing as free calcium. It can, 
of course, be isolated in the laboratory, but immediately it comes 


THE USES OF LIME IN AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE. 237 


in contact with the air it combines with oxygen and becomes calcium 
oxide (CaO). This is the caustic or burnt lime of commerce ; it is still 
very reactive, or, as the chemist expresses it, a ‘‘ very active base,” and 
when exposed to the air absorbs water, or “‘slakes,’’ as it is termed, and 
becomes CaH,O,—that is, calcium hydrate or slaked lime. This 
again is still a reactive compound, and under the influence of the 
atmosphere will absorb carbonic acid gas (CO,), forming, as is shown on 
the chart, CaCO,: that is, calclum carbonate, limestone, or chalk. This 
description of the chemical processes leading from the metal calcium 
to the chalk or limestone with which we are all familiar is not intended 
to be taken as chemically exact, as the processes are not as simple as 
they are therein shown, but it is sufficiently accurate for our purpose. 
Thus it is only as calcium carbonate (CaCO;) that lime exists in 
nature, forming whole mountain-chains of limestone, chalk, marble, 
&c., and comprising altogether approximately one-sixth of the earth’s 
crust. We are therefore not dealing with a rare or unobtainable sub- 
stance, but one that occurs in large and well distributed quantities 
in the British Isles. Many of these deposits, such as the latest (geo- 
logically) and purest soft chalks, are made up of the microscopic 
remains of minute animals; the harder limestones, such as the sili- 
ceous and argillaceous deposits, are of older formation. 

Lime is the chief constituent of coral, and of the shells of birds’ eggs, 
and of molluscs, and is also found in bones. 

Commercial Preparation.—Let us now turn to the commercial 
preparation of lime. As it occurs only in the form of calcium carbo- 
nate, or limestone, it is obvious that the other forms in which we are 
accustomed to use it must be obtained from this. We must mention 
in passing that lime is now freely used in its natural form, being merely 
ground to a fine powder and put on the market as “‘ ground carbonate 
of lime.” 

The preparation of the other forms of lime consists in the first 
place of burning the natural stone in kilns by means of coal fuel; as 
a result of this process carbonic acid gas is driven off and the caustic 
or burnt lime (CaO) is formed. This is commonly known as lump, 
agricultural, or “through ”’ lime, and is generally put on the market 
in three grades, viz. :-— 

(1) Hand-picked lime, which is composed of a selection of lumps 
of the pure burnt lime, and consequently attains a high percentage of 
purity. 

(2) Nutty small lime, which is the screenings from the hand-picked ; 
and 

(3) Lime ashes, the residue from the burning, which is cleared 
from the bottom of the kilns. 

It is obvious that (1) is the purest, that obtained from the best 
deposits sometimes containing as much as 98 per cent. CaO; (2) is not 
quite so valuable, as it will contain a certain proportion of the natural 
impurities of the original stone ; and (3) will often contain about 30 per 
cent. of ashes. Burnt lime is also ground and sent out as ground 


238 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


caustic lime, generally in two grades, according to the quality of the 
stone so burnt and ground. Another form of lime on the market is a 
finely-powdered calcium hydrate or slaked lime, which, owing to its 
“ very fine state of subdivision, is very suitable for dry spraying. 

It will be seen from the foregoing review of the various forms of 
lime on the market that care should be exercised in their selection. 
Not only should the grower be sure that he gets the right form, but 
also that the stone from which it is made is suitable for agricultural 
purposes. The fat limes (from white chalk or mountain limestone) 
are preferable to the thin grey or stone limes, which are made from 
less pure and more argillaceous limestones; fat limes slake better— 
thin limes are apt to set. Magnesian limestones should be avoided, 
as, although they make the best building limes, they contain from 
4 to 40 per cent. of magnesia, which is often considered harmful to 
plant life. J¢ is therefore always advisable to buy lime by analysis, 
which should show at least 80 per cent. pure lime and not more than 
2 per cent. of magnesia. 

Action of Lime on the Soil.—We may now consider the action of 
lime on the soil, in order that we may be able to judge which form 
is the best to use for any particular purpose we have in mind. Liming 
is a very old practice, having been handed down to us from the Ancients ; 
our forefathers used it too heavily, our fathers too sparingly. 
Experience of these extremes is teaching the present generation to 
use it in the most effective and economical quantities. 

First we must mention that lime is in itself a plant food, calcium 
being one of the essentials to plant life; it is, however, very seldom 
that a soil is encountered that does not contain a sufficient supply 
for the very small needs of most plants, and it is chiefly for what may 
be called its indirect action on plant nutrition that it is of value in 
horticulture. This indirect action may probably best be considered 
from three aspects, viz. (I) the mechanical, (2) the chemical, and 
(3) the biological. Let us first consider its mechanical action on 
the soil. Lime produces a different effect upon different soils. It is 
often said that lime makes heavy soils lighter and light soils heavier, 
an apparent contradiction which, as will be seen, is true at all events 
as far as it applies to heavy soils. On clay soils the adhesive property 
and tendency to puddle is lessened by the application of lime—such a 
soil is made more friable when dry, since lime, unlike clay, does not 
shrink in the process of drying, and therefore the mixture dries off 
in smaller particles instead of contracting into the hard lumps so 
familiar to the agriculturist. In order to understand clearly this 
action of lime on clay soils, it will be necessary to examine into the 
cause of the well-known adhesive and plastic properties of clay. 

The difference between a heavy and a light soil, as shown by 
mechanical analysis, is that the former contains a preponderance of 
very fine particles, some of them so fine as to assume an almost 
gelatinous nature when separated from the coarser particles, whereas 


THE USES OF LIME IN AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE. 239 


the latter contains a preponderance of larger particles, the finer above- 
mentioned gelatinous substances being almost absent. 

When lime is added to a clay soil it collects together these gela- 
tinous or “colloid ’’ substances, as they are technically called, forming 
them into loosely-bound particles ; that is to say, it coagulates the 
finer particles into coarser grains and automatically frees the larger 
particles from the adhesive action of the colloids. This action is 
technically known as flocculation. A simple illustration of it is 
easily afforded by the addition of a little lime to a glass vessel con- 
taining muddy water from a clay soil. It will be seen that the lime 
immediately flocculates the fine particles held in solution and pre- 
cipitates them to the bottom of the vessel, leaving a perfectly clear 
fluid. The practical result of this flocculation of the fine particles 
of clay is to give the effect of a coarser-grained soil. Under these 
circumstances not only is the soil more friable when dry but it is 
also less retentive of moisture when wet; it therefore becomes per- 
manently drier and warmer and permits of earlier cultivation, a matter 
of the utmost importance on heavy soils. 

The disintegrating effect of lime upon a heavy soil is also due to 
the chemical change of the oxide CaO to the carbonate CaCO,. On 
light soils it is generally claimed that lime acts as a binding agent 
in the same way as it does in mortar, and enables them to obtain 
moisture from the subsoil by capillary attraction, at the same time 
increasing their retentive powers—in short, making a sandy soil more 
like a sponge and less like a sieve. A good example of the cementing 
power of lime on light soils is afforded by the lime pan, frequently 
found in such soils rich in lime; and also in the practice, frequently 
adopted, of liming sandy roads to make them bind. It should be 
added, however, that it is doubtful whether this action of lime on light 
soils is as beneficial as is sometimes claimed ; in any case it is not so 
definite and valuable as is the case with heavy soils. 

Chemical Action of Lime on Sotls.—The value of lime lies in the fact 
that it is an “active base’’: it is what is known to chemists as a 
powerful alkali, and as such combines with and neutralizes any acid 
with which it may come in contact. This action is the first and most 
important that we have to consider under this heading. Acids are 
continually being formed in the soil by the decay of organic matter 
in the form of stems, roots, and other plant residues of previous 
crops which are periodically ploughed or dug in. These acids of decay 
(known as “ humic” acids) are also produced when dung or other 
organic manures are applied to the soil. Other and stronger acids 
are introduced into the soil by such manures as superphosphate and 
sulphate of ammonia. It is one of the most important functions of 
lime to neutralize these acids and render them harmless to plant life. 
The experiments at Rothamsted and Woburn afford good examples 
of the results of the lack of lime, especially when ammonium salts 
have been used year after year. The Rothamsted soils only become 


240 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


workable after heavy liming, and it was found there by careful estima- 
tions that the application of 200 lb. of ammonium salts caused the 
removal of 120 lb. of calcium carbonate. 

Lime has a further and more complicated chemical action which is 
indicated by the chart on page 236. From this it will be seen that 
lime plays an important part in rendering the three chief ingredients 
of the soil (nitrogen, potash, and’ phosphates) available for plant 
nutrition and retaining them in this form. Nitrogen, as is well 
known, is chiefly obtained by the plant in the form of nitrates, which are 
produced from humus and ammonia by a process of decay carried on 
by a group of micro-organisms known as the nitrifying bacteria. The 
first product of this decay is ammonium carbonate. The ammonia is 
then attacked by another group of bacteria, and miivites are formed, 
this process requiring the presence of lime. A third group of bacteria 
then attacks the nitrites and converts them into nitrates, which ally 
themselves with lime, forming calcium nitrate, a soluble neutral salt 
that can be taken up by the plant. It will be seen later that none of 
these beneficent bacteria can work in an acid medium. The action 
of lime on the potash in the soil is purely chemical. This important 
plant-food is present in all soils, especially those of a clayey nature 
but in a very insoluble form, generally as a complex compound of 
potash and alumina; when lime comes in contact with such a com- 
pound, being an active base, it will take the place of potash, which, 
being thus liberated, goes into solution and becomes available for the 
plant. By the activity that lime possesses as a base it also assists in 
retaining in the soil in an available form the potash added in manures. 
The chemical action of lime on the phosphoric acid in the soil is perhaps 
equally important. The store of phosphates in the soil is largely 
composed of phosphates of alumina and iron ; on these lime acts in the 
same way, namely as an active base, taking the place of the alumina 
and iron and forming phosphates of calcium, which easily become 
available as plant-food. Again, the phosphates added in manures, 
especially those applied in an acid form, such as superphosphate, are 
retained in the soil as calcium diphosphate, which easily becomes 
soluble. 

Biological Action of Lime on the Soil.—Recent investigation has 
shown that the soil is not merely a storehouse for the food materials 
necessary to the plant, but that it is a factory peopled by millions of 
minute organisms on whose activities we depend for the conversion of 
the food materials present in the soil, or added in the form of manures, 
into the soluble state in which the delicate root hairs of the plant can 
absorb them. It is impossible in the scope of this paper to deal with 
this fascinating subject. We have already seen the important function 
played by the nitrifying bacteria in rendering available the ammonia 
present in the soil. Besides the nitrifying bacteria, there are many 
other beneficial bacteria whose work is of the utmost importance to 
the fertility of the soil. Two of the best-known instances are the 
Azotobacter, which has the power of fixing in the soil the free nitrogen 


THE USES OF LIME IN AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE, 24I 


of the air, and the Nodule Bacterium, which has the same power, but 
works in conjunction with the host plant in the nodules so familiar 
on the roots of Leguminosae. All plants of this important Family 
are therefore, with a few exceptions (e.g. lupines, seradella, and 
gorse), greatly dependent on a supply of lime in the soil. All the 
beneficial bacteria can work only when the soil is neutral or slightly 
alkaline ; as soon as the soil becomes acid, bacterial action is suspended 
and moulds and microfungi take their places. Lime is the cheapest 
and most suitable alkali we can use to maintain this neutrality. 

The foregoing facts abundantly prove that no cultivator of the 
soil can afford to ignore the important and economical improvements 
that can be effected by the application of lime. It has been already 
shown how the texture of a soil may be changed by its use, and it is 
also true that a startling improvement may at the same time be 
effected in the character of the vegetation. The best instance of this 
is the effect of liming sour and coarse pastures, on which it will give 
rise to the fine grasses and clovers eagerly sought after by stock, in 
place of bents and other rough grasses traditionally known to be of 
small feeding value and distasteful to all stock. Given then that it 
is imperative for every cultivator to ascertain whether his soil is 
lacking in lime, the next point is that he should know how to obtain 
the information. 

In the first place, much may be learnt by a careful examination 
of the plants and weeds naturally supported by the soil. On arable 
land sheep-sorrel, corn marigold, and spurrey are almost certain 
indications of a deficiency of lime; in waste places the growth of 
foxglove and bracken are significant of the same need, and in pastures 
an absence of leguminous plants is the surest guide. The greatest 
deficiency is found in peaty soils and old permanent pastures, and on 
very heavy and very light soils. In the case of such heavy soils a 
black acid peat will accumulate, particularly if the lack of lime is 
- accompanied, as is frequently the case, by waterlogging. Iron pans 
composed of oxide of iron will form below the surface, and the soil 
water will contain soluble iron salts, whose presence is indicated by 
a characteristic iridescent scum that forms on the water in the ditches. 
Fungus diseases will also be prevalent. In the case of light soils, a 
black humus will accumulate, the lack of leguminous plants will be 
very noticeable, and such diseases as finger-and-toe will be rampant. 
In any soil the complete absence of lime produces something approach- 
ing sterility, 7.e. starvation of plant life. Beyond these general 
indications one of the simplest tests is that of introducing litmus 
paper to a strong solution of the soil: if it is markedly acid, blue 
litmus will be changed to pink; if decidedly alkaline, pink litmus 
becomes blue. Another simple and very useful test is that afforded 
by the addition to the soil of a little hydrochloric acid (spirits of salts), 
when the presence of lime will cause effervescence.* 


‘ See “ Economy in the Garden,” published by the Society, paragraph 15, 
Pp. O% 


VOL, XLII. R 


242 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


All these tests at best, however, merely afford rough indications 
and give but little idea of the extent of the deficiency. If an accurate 
estimation is required, the only known means is a chemical estimation 
by analysis. In view of the fact that within our own islands the lime 
contents of the soil may vary from 60 per cent. to ‘I per cent. (or one 
tenth of 1 per cent.), it will seem that an accurate determination is 
essential. As Halli says in his well-known book on manures :—“ Every 
farmer should find out by analysis the amount of lime in the soil, 
as the whole scheme of manuring should depend upon it.” 

The Table shows the extraordinary variations in the lime content 
of different soils taken from various parts of the country. 


LIME CONTENT OF VARIOUS SOILS. 


Rae | ee Remark 
I | 2°0 Soil in high state of fertility. 
| 273 Hereford—soil sour—wanted draining—responds 
to lime. 
3 1°38 Worcester—hop soil. 
4 69 Pershore—intensive cultivation. 
5 45°77 North Kent—fruit soil. 
6 | 678 Worcester—old pasture. 
7 "345 Romney Marsh soil. 
8 6°9 East Kent—good potato soil. 
9 "805 Average Guernsey soil. 
IO 1°86 Kent. 
II 48 Middlesex—market-garden ground—infested 
with club-root. 
12 | 2°68 Middlesex—market-garden ground—no club— 
| very healthy crops. 


Some difference of opinion exists as to the percentage of lime 
that should be present in the soil, and it is impossible to fix any definite 
limits, but it is probably accurate to say that, at all events in the case 
of highly-manured soils, ‘5 per cent. is the lowest limit and is necessary 
for the health of vegetation, and to get the best results it should not 
be less than 2 per cent., but this largely depends on the fine state of 
division in which the lime is present. 

When it has been proved by one or more of the above tests that 
the soil is deficient in lime, the next considerations are, first, the type 
of lime to use, and, secondly, the method of application. With regard 
to the first point, it is obvious that the ground carbonate, owing to 
the simple method of production, is considerably cheaper than any 
of the forms of caustic lime, and it will therefore be more economical 
to use it when either form will give equally good results. 

It has been proved that in acid soils, as long as there is absolute 
acidity to counteract, carbonate of lime is as effective in neutralizing 
the acidity as the more expensive caustic form. On peaty soils, there- 
fore, and sour pastures, and all soils that give a definite acid reaction, 
carbonate should be used. On soils very rich in humus, as most old 
garden soils are, carbonate will be the more economical, as the intense 
chemical activity of the caustic form will result on such soils in a loss 


THE USES OF LIME IN AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE. 243 


of a certain amount of ammonia; for a similar reason it is best to use 
the carbonate on light sandy soils, as the caustic is apt to cause a too 
rapid decay of the organic reserves in the soil, When growing crops 
are on the land, especially young plants with delicate roots, the caustic 
form is apt to cause damage. 

On heavy clays where the chemical activity of the lime is required 
to set free the dormant food materials, where the coagulation above 
referred to and the consequent improvement of the texture are of 
paramount importance, the more active caustic lime should be used. 
Whatever kind of lime is decided on, it is imperative that it should 
be in a fine state of subdivision, as in order to get effective action it 
must be as evenly distributed as possible throughout the soil. Users 
should therefore see that their ground limestone is in a very fine 
powder. If the lump caustic or burnt lime is used it should be put 
in heaps over the land to be treated, covered with soil, and allowed to 
slake gradually, and then spread as evenly as possible. Care should 
be taken not to allow lime so treated to become wet—otherwise 
spreading is impracticable. It is because of this necessity that lime 
should be in fine particles that the ground caustic form has been put 
on the market. Although rather more expensive than the lump, it 
can be sown through a drill, and even distribution is readily secured. 
It will be obvious that it is always preferable to apply lime when there 
is no crop on the land ; and the autumn or winter, especially in the case 
of caustic lime, is naturally the more convenient time.* It can be 
applied either before or after digging or ploughing: the former is 
naturally the more convenient, as it is easier at that time to get on to 
the soil, but it must be remembered that the tendency of lime is always 
to sink in the soil, and there is therefore a constant loss in the drainage 
water. This movement of lime is due to the fact that it is soluble in 
water containing carbonic acid (CO,), under the influence of which 
it becomes bicarbonate of lime—a compound which is responsible 
for the temporary hardness of water and is the chief ingredient of our 
natural mineral waters. The idea, therefore, that lime is brought back 
to the surface by ploughing is only partially true. 

The quantity of lime to be applied on an acre will naturally largely 
depend upon the extent of the deficiency, and it must always be 
remembered that carbonate contains less lime than caustic. From 
half to twice as much again of the former must be used to supply the 
same amount of actual lime to the soil.t To obtain the best results, 
from 30 cwt. to 2 tons an acre of the carbonate may be safely used; of 
caustic lime 1 ton to the acre is a good dressing, and of ground caustic 
Io to 15 cwt. will be sufficient. All these quantities refer, of course 
to open land. Market growers—especially of tomatos under glass— 
are accustomed to use much heavier dressings, even up to 15 to 20 
tons to the acre—but knowledge and experience are necessary with such 

* On ordinary arable agricultural soil it s best to apply it to the stubble 


in the autumn before ploughing preparatory to a root crop. 
t Chemically 100 of quick-lime = 178°6 of carbonate of lime. 


244 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


quantities, or damage to crops may result. It is interesting to note 
in this connexion that ro tons of lime to an acre will only raise the 
quantity in the top nine inches by 1 per cent. It has been explained 
that lime is wanted as a base, and for this purpose free lime is essential, 
The idea, therefore, that lime is being added to the soil when super- 
phosphate, bones, or gypsum are applied is a fallacy that cannot be 
too strongly refuted. It is true that these compounds contain lime 
in combination, but they are either acid or neutral, and the lime they 
contain is consequently useless. There is another popular idea that 
requires explanation, if not contradiction, and that is that lime exhausts 
the soil; it is this belief to which expression is given in the old saw, 
“Lime and lime without manure will make both land and farmer 
poor.” The underlying truth in this old saying will be apparent to 
the reader ; it is simply that lime is not in itself a manure, 7.e. it does 
not contain the food materials necessary for the plant ; it merely renders 
available those already in the soil, and enables the plant to feed on 
them. It is to the cultivator’s advantage that these dormant and 
therefore useless materials should be turned to account; otherwise 
they represent locked-up capital; but having liberated them by the 
use of lime, it is the cultivator’s fault if he does not replenish this 
capital by further applications of manure. 

It is obvious that the more intensive the cultivation, and the 
heavier the manuring, the more important does liming become. 

One last use of lime must be mentioned, viz. its value as a fungicide 
and insecticide. Mention has already been made of finely powdered 
slaked lime for spraying purposes ; it is also an important ingredient 
of such fungicides as Bordeaux and Burgundy mixtures, and is 
invaluable for powdering on the soil for the destruction of slugs &c. 
For the latter purpose the caustic lime must be used, as its function is 
to burn the slug, and in this connexion it is important to note that 
two successive dressings must be used and should closely follow one 
another, as the slug has the power of exuding a slime which enables 
him to escape from the first powdering his body receives; a second 
performance of this manceuvre, in a short space of time, is beyond his 
powers. | 

It will be seen therefore that the uses of lime are manifold and 
the benefits to be derived from its application great. It is no 
exaggeration to say that the productivity of most of the farms and 
practically all the gardens of this country would be greatly increased 
if sufficient attention were paid to this subject. Not only would the 
soils work better but the crops would be improved both in quantity 
and quality at a cost quite out of proportion to the value of the 
result obtained. 

It is therefore a matter of national importance that all cultivators 
of the soil should apply one of the simple tests given above and if a 
deficiency of lime is apparent at once take steps to remedy the 
defect. 


THE BAMBOO, 245 


THE BAMBOO. 
By J. Hupson, V.M.H. 
[Read August 29, 1916; Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair.] 


My purpose in the following remarks is to point out the usefulness 
of the Bamboo as a hardy decorative plant in at least the southern 
and midland counties of England and Wales and in Ireland. Bamboos 
have been cultivated in these districts to my personal knowledge for 
more than sixty years. So conservative, however, are we gardeners 
generally that only within the past twenty-five years has any real 
effort been made to use them widely, and it has taken a few years to 
find out some of their requirements. 

Shelter.—By shelter I mean protection from severe and cutting 
winds. In my experience I find shelter necessary, and I think other 
growers will bear me out in this. I do not by any means intend to 
suggest that artificial methods of shelter should be used, but rather 
that a suitable spot should be chosen, such for instance as the dell at 
Kew Gardens, where they thrive so well. At the Wisley Gardens too 
they are luxuriating in a remarkable degree. In each case there is 
natural shelter from the prevailing winds. I find at Gunnersbury 
that an easterly wind is most injurious. It has a tendency to dry up 
the soil as well as to cause greater loss of water from the growths 
themselves, and in this way much harm is done. I believe that 
many Bamboos will withstand what we may term a severe winter— 
say with the thermometer down to zero for a short time—and suffer 
no serious harm if the kind of shelter I have indicated be provided. 

Motsture at the voots.—Moisture at the roots is essential even in the 
coldest weather. The Bamboo, if it be deprived of moisture, will die. 
As a rule, too, the Bamboo is surface-rooting to a great extent. 
Moisture at the roots is most important for all newly-planted Bamboos, 
both before and after planting. 

Season for Planting Gc.—After some years’ experience I find no 
time so suitable for planting as the early part of May; in fact, just at 
the time young growth begins to appear. If there are any indications 
of the ball of soil about the lifted plant becoming cracked or broken, 
or if the plant be a large specimen, I advise that it be tied up somewhat 
tightly and a mat put around it, this being for a time kept moist. 
The mat will also shelter the plant against any gusts of wind. Let the 
hole be well prepared, the soil being stirred up deeply and well decayed 
manure added thereto. Always plant a trifle deeper than on the 
previous occasion, so as to provide a top-dressing and to secure a good 
supply of water during dry weather. 

Pruning and Cutting Down.—By pruning I mean thinning out. 


240 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


There comes a time in the life of every Bamboo when a judicious 
thinning out of the older and somewhat exhausted growths will 
prove beneficial. These, as arule, should be cut clean out at the base. 
Keep these growths for use as stakes and as small sticks. I find 
nothing better for staking herbaceous borders than these cut-out 
growths of the Phyllostachys with their lateral shoots remaining 
upon them. These we insert amid the growths and simply pass a 
string around the group. The shoots are rigid, and with the spray- 
like growth still upon them sufficient support is afforded. The old 
canes from the Arundinarias and Bambusas are more suitable as 
single stakes. Be cautious, however, in thinning out those that from 
year to year become more pendulous because of the weight of their 
foliage and dense spray-like growths, such, for instance, as Avundinaria 
nitida, which will droop outwards and touch the ground, thus forming 
one of the most graceful objects imaginable. 

By cutting down I mean cutting off all the growths just above 
the ground level; this do when it is seen that renewed growth is 
commencing in the spring. One that best repays this process is 
Bambusa auricoma, at no time a tall plant by any means. By 
thus cutting this Bamboo down a much finer growth is ensured, 
with larger and better developed leafage. The colouring, too, is more 
intensified, a deep golden colour pervading the mass of leafage. Other 
species similarly benefited are: Bambusa Fortune; B. disticha, some- 
what similar in habit but not variegated; B. Veitch; B. tessellata 
(syn. B. Ragamowskhit) ; B. japonica (syn. B. Metake) ; and B. palmata. 
The last may be treated in two ways. If it beso placed as to give height, 
only cut off all the leafage; it will then break out afresh and soon be 
a leafy mass of spring shoots. If, on the other hand, it is growing as 
a mass and in the foreground, cut it down to the ground and spring 
shoots will soon push forth. I have never experimented with any 
of the Arundinarias or Phyllostachys in this way, for they seem to me 
to be quite distinct in habit from the Bambusa section. 

Flowering of the Bamboo.—It is generally conceded that upon this 
stage in the life of any Bamboo death ensues. This has been my 
experience so far. In this way I have lost Avundinaria Simons almost 
entirely. Phyllostachys nigra, of which we had a magnificent specimen, 
followed suit, though we have some smaller ones left. P. Boryana 
and P. Henonis we lost completely at the flowering period. Mr. F. 
BEDFORD, when at Straffan, Co. Kildare, experimented with the 
Bamboo at the flowering stage by cutting all shoots down to the 
ground as soon as any symptoms of flowering appeared. In this 
way he met with encouraging success, but whether it only proved a 
postponement of the evil day or a complete remedy I am not able 
to say. 

An opportunity is afforded, when the cutting down is practised, 
to clear away all rubbish at the base and also to give a good top- 
dressing of well-decomposed manure. When the growths are cut out 
let them be tied up tightly in bundles, so as to keep them straight. 


THE BAMBOO. 247 


Growth in tubs or pots for decorative uses.—Those who have to provide 
plants for indoor decoration may go farther and fare much worse 
than if they used some of the Bamboos for these varied purposes. 
The one essential is to see that the plants are permanently established 
before they are used. For niches or alcoves, or in corridors and 
entrance halls, they are most useful. They are not used so much in 
this country as on the Continent, for their value in this direction has 
not yet been realized here. I once saw them arranged to a good 
effect in an hotel in Rome. Messrs. F. SANDER used to grow them 
for this purpose at Bruges. A few of the best are Phyllostachys aurea 
(perhaps the best of all), P. Boryana, P. Henoms, P. flexuosa, 
Arundinaria anceps, A. nitida, and A. fastuosa. Even in localities 
where Bamboos do not thrive freely in the open it is always possible to 
use them outside during the summer season for effective grouping. 
All that is needed is a cold-house during the winter where little frost 
need be feared. Protection at the roots and free use of the water- 
can during growth are the essentials. 

Bambusa Fortune and B. auricoma are cultivated in small pots 
for decorative uses by many nurserymen. Both should be cut down 
in the spring, then re-potted or top-dressed; the young growths 
afterwards made will be quite fresh and attractive. When growing 
Bamboos in pots I advise that a fair proportion of peat be used, as 
this will assist them when thus restricted. 

Suitable Soil.—The soil best suited in my opinion for the Bamboo 
is a calcareous loam of good depth. To this should be added a fair 
amount of farmyard or stable manure, not sufficient to cause too 
sappy and soft growth, but enough to encourage free growth. 
Bamboos will, I know, grow well in a lighter soil with more humus in 
it and even in peat, but I do not consider that the growth so obtained 
is so durable. We should aim at building up firm growth rather than 
sappy, for then the plants will endure a cold winter much more safely. 

Classtification.—For all practical purposes it may be said that 
all the Bamboos that are hardy in this country come under three 
genera, viz. Avundinaria, Bambusa, and Phyllostachys. If one picks 
up a catalogue and compares it with another catalogue some con- 
fusion in the nomenclature will nearly always be found to exist. 
The basis upon which I have classified them is as follows. The 
Arundinarias, in nearly every instance, push up their culms to the 
extreme height right away, and for that season do not put forth 
many lateral shoots. Bambusas make their culms in the same way, 
but send forth a cluster of leaves at the ends of the shoots. These 
do not branch lower down in the following year, but radiate from the 
topmost shoots again, whereas the Arundinarias branch forth in a 
somewhat irregular manner from year to year. In the species of 
Phyllostachys the culms commence to branch out as they are 
lengthening and in a somewhat uniform manner; for instance, a culm 
may still be increasing in height yet have lateral shoots some 2 feet 
in length. That is my rough and ready way of distinguishing one 


248 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


from the other. Take as examples Arundinana nitida with its slender 
culm of perhaps 6 feet in height and no lateral shoots, and Bambusa 
palmata with its culm almost developed but with signs of shoots 
pushing forth at the apex, and Phyllostachys aurea, which has lateral 
shoots fairly well advanced before it has attained its full height. 
As far as height is concerned in each case the limit is reached the first 
season; the cane does not lengthen afterwards. 

List of useful Species.—We find the following the best at 
Gunnersbury ; they have stood the test of some years now and are 
well established. 

Arundinaria anceps.—This Bamboo stands well except in the 
severest of winters, and then it is the younger shoots which suffer 
most. It is in every way distinct, being of somewhat erect growth. 
the terminals only drooping because of the weight of foliage. It has 
a tendency to spread freely; the culms will at times appear a few 
feet away from the parent stock. These can be cut off, and if this be 
persisted in the growths will be quite dense. It is a fine Bamboo 
for massing, and it grows very freely with us. The canes are some- 
what slender, but yet stiff in habit. It thickens out well down the 
stem and forms thick masses of foliage. For emergency use in a 
cut state it is one of the best, the single stems being so well clothed 
as to produce a good effect. Its height is about Io feet. 

Arundinaria fastuosa.—In my opinion this is the noblest of all 
our hardy Bamboos. It is of comparatively recent introduction, 
having been brought into prominence by M. LAtour-MARLIAC at 
Temple-sur-Lot, in southern France, and sent out by him in 1895, 
With the advent of this species Avundinaria Simoni is in my opinion 
quite superseded. It is of similar and quite erect habit. In growth 
it is rigid, whilst even with its greater height it withstands the wind 
well. It is denser in growth than A. Simont, and of the two its leaves 
are of a darker green; it carries its leafage well through the winter. 
As a rule its culms remain at home, or at least but a little way removed 
from the parent plant. Its culms thicken out well during the 
second and third years of growth. With usits greatest circumference 
is 5 inches, and the height about 18 feet. (By some authorities 
this is put into the genus Bambusa and by others in Phyllo- 
stachys. Lord REDESDALE, in his work “The Bamboo Garden,” 
classes it with the former, and some well-known nurserymen with the 
latter. I place it under Avundinaria on account of its mode of 
growth.) 

Arundinaria nitida.—lf Arundinaria fastuosa be considered the 
noblest of all Bamboos, I consider A. nitida to be decidedly the most 
graceful. When seen in its full beauty towards the end of the summer 
there is nothing in the wide range of hardy fine-foliaged plants 
more beautiful. Its foliage develops earlier than that of any other 
Bamboo. It is often in good leafage when many others are look- 
ing somewhat unsightly and forlorn. It has a denser habit than 
many, with more lateral shoots which, in process of time, because 


THE BAMBOO. 249 


of their weight, cause the slender canes to droop over until they 
touch the ground. Its leaves are smaller in actual size than any, 
but their profusion quite makes amends for this. Its culms do 
not wander away to any extent from the parent plant. If planted 
asasmall plant, it will quickly make headway and form quite a 
feature. From the point of hardiness I find it to be one of the most 
reliable. Varietal forms have been raised from seed. We have 
one under the name of A. nitida Michauxir. Of A. mitida at Gunners- 
bury we have a plant ro feet high by 15 feet wide. 

Arundinaria rubicunda.—We have one plant under this name. 
I cannot, however, verify the name, nor can I trace it in any list or 
catalogue; yet it is distinct. It has something of the character of 
A. Simont, but it is of more slender growth, and the canes therefore 
become somewhat pendulous. Its leaves are rather long and narrower 
than in A. Simont. The growth is freely made, and in height reaches 
about ro feet. 

Arundinaria graminea.—This Bamboo is usually catalogued as 
A. Hindsii graminea, but I am of the same opinion as the late Lord 
REDESDALE, that it is distinct from A. Hindsi. It is hardy with 
us, quite distinct in growth, with narrow glaucous-green leaves and a 
graceful drooping habit. Its height ranges from 5 feet to 6 feet, 

Bambusa auricoma (Arundinaria auricoma).—This was formerly 
known as B. Foriunet aurea, but it does not appear to have any 
relationship with that species. Of all the dwarf Bamboos with golden 
variegation this is by far the best. It reaches 3 feet in height in good 
soil, and it should be planted in the full sunshine in order to intensify 
its variegation. I find it to be far more satisfactory if cut down 
every spring just as the new growth commences. This keeps it more 
compact and finer foliage is developed. It is quite hardy with us. 

Bambusa Fortunet (Arundinaria Fortunet).—Formerly known as B. 
Fortune variegata. This is another dwarf species of Bamboo, but it has 
no affinity with the preceding so far as I am able to detect. Like B. 
auricoma, it does well if treated to the cutting-down process, but, quite 
unlike that species, it does far better if planted in the shade. In such 
a position it isseen to the best advantage. I find it to be perfectly 
hardy. This Bamboo is grown in pots probably more than any other as 
a decorative plant. 

Bambusa palmata.—This Bamboo will spread more rapidly than 
others with which I am acquainted. If allowed to grow into a large 
mass it will produce a fine effect and well pay for the amount of ground 
it occupies. Do not, however, allow it too much latitude, so as to 
encroach upon any other variety that is not so rampant. We used 
to have a very fine mass of it, but it was decided to break it up. Now 
I have planted it as a screen, for which it is well adapted, if the culms 
are prevented from extending. Altogether it is a noble-looking plant 
with imposing growth and large, dark green leaves, each individual 
leaf being well displayed. If it be decided to transplant or to divide 
a specimen I should prefer to cut it down at the time of removal, or 


250 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


at least to cut off all the leaves. For a time it may look bare, but 
young growth will quickly take place and in two months it will 
be again a mass of young leaves. At Gunnersbury it has attained 
to between 6 and 7 feet in height. 

Bambusa japonica (Bambusa Metake).—This was the first Bamboo 
_ that I ever planted at Gunnersbury, and we have a fine mass planted 
now next to the water. My experience of itis that it is one of the 
hardiest of all. I planted it nearly forty years ago, and we have had 
some severe winters in that time. Occasionally we give the entire mass 
a very thorough cleaning out. I find this Bamboo to be quite shallow- 
rooting, and it is one of the first to give out in dry weather, or during 
a keen easterly wind, hence I advise that it be planted in a moist 
situation. As undergrowth in shady places, or as a covert plant, it is 
one of the best to grow. With us it reaches a height of 15 feet. 

Bambusa Veitch (Arundinaria Vettchit) is quite a dwarf species 
with a character quite its own, for when the leaves are just about 
perfect the margins of each leaf fade to a dingy yellow. It does not 
appear to be a burn, nor do the leaves die away or decay. . It appears 
to be well defined upon almost every leaf. I thought that the cause 
may have been the result of too much sunshine, but I have had to 
alter my opinion, for in a photograph that I had the opportunity of 
inspecting it was present where it was under the shade of trees, and 
that too in its native country. I find it to be quite hardy, and in 
spite of the peculiarity I have noted it is very well worth growing. 

Bambusa tessellata (B. Ragamowski1) is another dwarf species. It 
possesses the largest leaves of any of the hardy Bamboos and will, 
under good conditions, grow to 2 feet in height. It forms a dense, 
close growth, and is well adapted for use as an undergrowth in 
partial shade, or.as an edging to taller Bamboos. It spreads freely 
when once established. I find it to be quite hardy; protection is 
afforded during a snowstorm from the simple fact that it soon becomes 
covered with snow. It is one of the best for growing on sloping banks 
when once it becomes established. When it is transplanted I advise 
that the foliage be all cut off as in the case of B. palmata. There is 
a similarity of growth in the case of B. tessellata, B. Vewtchw, and B. 
palmata. 

Bambusa humilis (B. Fortunet viridis, Arundinaria humils).— 
This is a slender-growing species, and if the name of “ gracilis’ were 
not given to another, viz. as a synonym of Thamnocalamus Falconert, 
I should have preferred it as descriptive of this Bamboo. It succeeds 
well if treated to the cutting-down process every spring, when the 
old and rather dense growth can be cleared away. It ranges about 
24 feet high at Gunnersbury, and does well in the shade. 

Phyllostachys aurea.—I consider this to be one of the hardiest of 
Bamboos, as it is at the same time one of the most distinct. It 
is of more erect growth than any other, and forms a distinct specimen ; 
its culms remain well at home, more so, I think, than any kind we grow. 
Its canes are quite stiff and rigid, with short internodes. It with, 


THE BAMBOO. 251 


stands drought well, as its roots go down‘deeper for their nourishment. 
It makes a quite distinct and very fine specimen. So far as I have 
seen it is one of the latest to start into fresh active growth, but it 
is one of the best and brightest during the winter season. With us 
it attains to a height of 13 feet. I,should add that its specific name 
is somewhat misleading, for there are but few traces of yellow in it. 

Phyllostachys Castillonis.—This is still, I think, a rather scarce 
plant, which may arise perhaps through its not being one of the best 
to establish. When, however, it 1s once settled down it will grow and 
thrive well. No other Bamboo has such a distinctive character as 
P. Castillonis. In this instance the rich golden yellow is most pro- 
nounced. Of this bamboo the late Lord REDESDALE says in ‘‘ The 
Bamboo Garden ”’ :—‘‘ The double groove is bright green, the rest 
of its circumference being yellow, and this colouring is not on the 
surface only but goes right through the wood to the cavity. Owing 
to their position the two colours are alternate all the way up the culm, 
the hues being intensified with age.’’ Its leaves are beautifully 
variegated also, at first of a decided yellow ; this with age fades toa 
creamy white. Compared with P. aurea it is rather more spreading 
in habit. Its height with us is 14 feet, and it is still increasing. 

Phyllostachys flexuosa.—This species comes, I consider, nearer to 
P. viridi-glaucescens than to any other,, though its stems are some- 
what like P. migra. Itis a plant of moderate size and of a very 
graceful habit. It is not so strong in growth as either of the species 
just named. In every respect it is most graceful and one that will not 
quickly outgrow its allotted space. As to its hardiness there is no 
question whatever, as it was introduced from the colder regions of 
China in 1864. Its height with us is 6 feet. 

Phyllostachys nigra.—Of this species we had a magnificent specimen, 
but unfortunately it succumbed after flowering during that period of 
what I might term the flowering epidemic, about ten years back. 
(We, at the same time, lost P. Boryana, P. mitis, and P. Henonis, and 
all our plants of Avundinaria Simoni.) Now we have a few examples, 
but not nearly so large as the lost one. It is one of the hardiest of 
all in my opinion. The habit is extremely graceful, the older 
growths, from their dense profusion of foliage, weight themselves 
down until they touch the ground. Its dark stems and plumes of 
bright green foliage render it a most attractive plant. Lord 
REDESDALE, in ‘“‘ The Bamboo Garden,” states that this species is 
recommended for planting as a source of supply for umbrella sticks, 
sword-canes, whip-handles, fishing-rods, and various other purposes. 
This had reference to what was being accomplished in the south of 
France. It is largely grown in the south of France. We have not 
now a large specimen,, hence its height of 6 feet is in a way misleading 
as to its actual merits. 

Phyllostachys Quiliot.—This species, when it is well established, 
makes a very fine specimen. It is nearer, in my opinion, to P. viridi- 
glaucescens than to any other, but is not of such a spreading habit as 


252 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


that species. In the Gunnersbury Park Gardens there is a very fine 
specimen which reaches to a height of 18 feet. It has been sold also 
under the name of P. Mazel, but that name seems now to have dropped 
out of most lists. The leaves are larger than in any other species of 
the Phyllostachys group. As this plant gains in vigour its culms 
become more erect, and it might mislead many as to its true 
character. We find it to be a most enduring plant, and in this respect 
one of the most reliable in our collection. 

Phyllostachys viridi-glaucescens.—This species is a desirable one 
for any garden. Its stout much-branched stems create a density 
of habit; they spread away somewhat from the centre of the plant 
and give the appearance of a much larger plant than it actually 
is. Its leaves are of a deeper green than many, and are well retained 
through the season, even until early spring. It has about the hardiest 
constitution of any in my experience. I note that in one of the later 
catalogues of Messrs. JAs. VEITCH this fact is borne out when 
they say “clothed with bright green foliage that continues fresh 
throughout the winter.”’ Its height so far with us is about 12 feet. 

The Bamboo in France.—In the south of France the Bamboo is 
a conspicuous feature in parks and gardens. Under the favourable 
conditions of warmth, moisture, and a genial soil it is somewhat 
surprising to see the semi-tropical luxuriance of the Bamboo. 
The finest I have ever seen in France were at M. Latour-Marliac’s 
Nurseries at Temple-sur-Lot, Lot-et-Garonne. There the largest 
stems were g inches in circumference at 4 feet above the ground, 
and the growth collectively was most remarkable. 

In Italy.—Around the Lake of Como, both at Cadenabbia and 
Bellagio, the Bamboo simply luxuriates, but I never noticed any quite 
so large as at M. Latour-Marliac’s. The finest there were Phyllo- 
stachys mitis and Thamnocalamus Faiconert, the first named stately 
and erect, the latter most graceful and plumose, somewhat like a 
fountain of green. I noted too that in many instances the plants 
were placed so as to receive the water trickling down from above. In 
one garden the growths had all been cut down because of the density 
of the plant. The young canes would then quickly come away, the 
process to be repeated later on as occasion might require. The well- 
ripened canes in such a case would be invaluable for staking purposes. 
(I find myself that the canes cut out of such species as Phyllostachys 
aurea are most useful for this purpose; these are not trimmed, but 
used just as they grow, with the spray upon them.) For a more de- 
tailed account of the Bamboo I would refer my readers to the late 
Lord REDESDALE’S work on the Bamboo and to Mr. W. J. BEAN’s 
work on Trees and Shrubs, in which the Bamboo is prominent. 


THE COOKING OF VEGETABLE FRUITS, ETC. 253 


THE COOKING OF VEGETABLE PRUOTLS) cc. 
By C. HERMAN SENN, C.G.A., F.R.H.S. 
[Read September 26,1916; Mr. G. WItson, F.L.S., in the Chair.] 


THE final division of vegetables, the theme of my fifth and last lecture 
on the subject of cooking vegetables, includes at least three sections, 
viz. :—(a) cereals ; (0) vegetable fruits, a term which I use to dis- 
tinguish them from other edible fruits on account of the small amount 
of sugar which they contain ; and (c) legumes or pod plants. 

1. The cereals, such as rice, maize, wheat, &c., belong primarily to” 
the bread foods, so will only be briefly referred to. Every member of 
this group is rich in starch, and many of them contain in addition a 
certain proportion of fat and proteids. Rice and maize are largely 
used as or in place of vegetables by the inhabitants of tropical 
countries. 

2. Vegetable fruits are chiefly valuable because of the large quanti- 
ties of water they introduce into the system. Otherwise they have but 
little nourishment. The best known in this section are the vegetable 
marrow, pumpkin, cucumber, tomato, and aubergine or egg-fruit. 

Some recent varieties of the ordinary marrow can be obtained with 
edible skins. The most popular forms are the tender little bush- 
marrows, and the curious custard-marrow, which is justly celebrated 
as surpassing all other kinds in delicacy of flavour. 

The gourd family contains many allies, which make pleasant eating 
in summer-time owing to the quantity of water they contain, but are 
not very nutritious. The common gourd or pumpkin is more eaten in 
the United States than in this country. There it is but seldom eaten 
raw, but made into soups, sliced and fried, put into pies, &c. The 
squash is another form which is used in America. 

Cucumbers are a watery but favourite vegetable. In their young 
state and when quite small they are often pickled under the name of 
gherkins. The melon belongs to the same family, and although so 
watery is yet rather indigestible. Cucumber is largely used in this 
country for salads and pickles, but in the East it is consumed as a staple 
article of food. It is abundant in tropical and warm countries, and 
particularly in Hindustan. It is cultivated on floating weeds in the 
lakes of Persia, China, and Cashmere. Its antiquity in the East is 
very great, and the Israelites, we are told, longed for it in the desert. 
It has been common in England for about 500 years. 

The tomato may be served in many different ways. It may be 
boiled, fried, baked, roasted, stewed, pickled, and preserved. Itself 
the “ prince of salads,’’ the tomato is never better than when eaten raw 
and fresh. It is a popular vegetable, which charms the eye as well 


254 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


as the palate. It was originally grown in pots and in gardens as a 
pretty plant, to satisfy the eye, but not to be eaten. It owes its 
pleasant sour taste to oxalic acid, and on that account, like rhubarb 
stalks, it is generally forbidden to those of a gouty tendency, since 
oxalic acid forms insoluble salts with lime and magnesia. 

The aubergine or egg-plant (also known as egg-apple) is really a 
tropical vegetable fruit, but is now being cultivated in England to 
some extent. The fruit is not unlike a small cucumber. There are 
many kinds, which can be distinguished by their shape and colour; 
both the black and the violet varieties are edible, whilst the others are 
purely ornamental. A favourite West Indian method of serving auber- 
gines is to stuff them with minced meat and breadcrumbs, and then 
bake them in the oven. 

3. The legumes or pod vegetables are chiefly represented by the 
pulses, viz. peas, beans, and lentils, which are particularly valuable 
as a food owing to the large quantity of nitrogenous matter they 
contain in addition to carbonaceous material. Pulses, however, are 
rather indigestible, and frequently cause flatulence owing to the 
presence of sulphur. Peas are not quite so nutritious as beans, being 
poorer in fat and proteids. Peas are, perhaps, the oldest known 
vegetable, for they existed in prehistoric times, having been found in 
the Swiss lake dwellings of the Bronze pericd. Broad beans, except 
when quite young, should have the pale outer skin removed before 
serving at table. | 

Okra pods are better known in the West Indies and America than 
in this country. On account of their mucilaginous and aromatic 
properties they are largely used for making soup, especially the popular 
gumbo soup, made of the green pods. When quite young, okra or 
gumbo pods are often pickled and preserved in tins. 

Dried peas, green or yellow, are most useful in the winter, when 
other vegetables are both scarce and dear. All dried pulses require 
soaking for several hours, and if possible should be cooked in soft 
water to loosen the husks. 

Fungi form a class by themselves. The chief edible fungi are the 
common mushroom, cepes or ceps, which have a most agreeable and 
nutty flavour, and make an excellent vegetable side-dish or after- 
dinner savoury, and the morel, rare in England, but much used on 
the Continent. All the above are cooked after various methods, 
besides being used in ketchup, or dried for flavouring purposes. 

The truffle is a subterranean fungus grown chiefly in the chestnut 
forests of France and Italy, where it is rooted out by dogs trained 
for the purpose. In England truffles are chiefly found in Wiltshire, 
Hampshire, and Kent. There are two varieties, the black truffle and 
the white truffle, the former being the most valuable for culinary 
purposes. Both forms, however, are very indigestible. 

The following recipes for the cooking of the various kinds of vege- 
tables mentioned have been specially selected from the book entitled 
‘“‘ How to Cook Vegetables,” by C. H. Senn. 


THE COOKING OF VEGETABLE FRUITS, ETC. 255 


. 


RECIPES. 


VEGETABLE MARROWS AND PUMPKINS. 


Boiled Vegetable Marrow.—Take 2 marrows, cut each in two 
lengthwise, peel each half thinly, and remove the seeds. Put the 
marrows in a stew-pan with sufficient slightly-salted water to well 
cover, and allow to boil gently for about 4 hour. To make the sauce, 
proceed as follows: Put r oz. of butter in a saucepan and stir in 
a tablespoonful of flour, work it until smooth ; moisten with stock, 
and let boil for a few minutes ; season the sauce with salt and pepper. 
Drain the marrow, place it on a dish, pour the hot sauce over it, and 
serve. 

Vegetable Marrow Fritteys.—Peel I or 2 green marrows, take out 
the seeds, and stuff the marrows tightly with a salpicon made of equal 
proportions of cold ham, tongue, beef, or any other kind of cold meat ; 
bind with a little sauce, and season with salt, pepper, chopped parsley, 
thyme, and marjoram. Cut the stuffed marrows into slices, about 
4 inch in thickness, dip these in egg and crumb in finely crushed water 
biscuit or ordinary breadcrumbs, fry in hot fat or clarified butter, 
drain on a cloth, dish up on a paper or folded napkin, garnish with 
fried parsley, and serve. 

Baked Vegetable Marrow.—Take 2 medium-sized vegetable 
marrows, 2 0z. cooked meat, 4 0z. cooked ham, a little grated lemon 
rind, pepper and salt, egg, breadcrumbs, grated cheese, 4 oz. butter, 
some well-made gravy or brown sauce. 

Peel the marrows, cut each in halves lengthwise, remove the seeds, 
and parboil in salted water, then drain them carefully. Butter a 
baking tin, lay the pieces of marrow carefully in, cut side up. Mince 
the meat and ham, and mix with I oz. breadcrumbs, add the lemon 
rind and pepper and salt, and moisten with a beaten egg. Fill each 
piece of marrow with this. Cover with breadcrumbs and grated 
cheese, place some very small pieces of butter on top, and bake in 
a hot oven for 30 minutes. Dish up, and serve with gravy or brown 
sauce. | 

Vegetable Marrow with Cheese.—Peel 2 green marrows not too 
large in size, cut them lengthwise into quarters, scoop out the seedy 
parts, place them in a sauté-pan with 1 oz. of butter, season with salt, 
pepper, and grated nutmeg. Put the pan on the fire for } hour, 
shaking it from time to time; moisten with a little cream, and add 
a tablespoonful of grated Parmesan cheese. Dish up the marrow 
neatly on an oblong dish, sprinkle with breadcrumbs and Parmesan 
cheese, place in a hot oven for a few minutes, and serve with piquante 
sauce poured round the dish. 

Vegetable Marrow au Gratin.—Peel the marrows and divide in 
round pieces of about 14 in. in diameter. Blanch in salted water for 
a few minutes, and drain onasieve. Butter a gratin dish and arrange 
the marrow in it, season with salt and pepper, sauce over with a little 


256 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Béchamel sauce, and sprinkle with grated cheese, half Gruyére and 
half Parmesan. Bake and brown nicely, and serve hot. 

Pumpkin with Cheese.—Peel a small pumpkin, cut it in two and 
remove the seedy part, steep in salt water for 4 an hour, take out, and 
drain. Cut as many slices as may be required (the remainder will 
keep in salt water) ; melt some fresh butter in a stew-pan, put in the 
slices, season with a little salt, pepper, and aromatic spice; fry for 
a few minutes. Dish up on a buttered gratin dish, sprinkle the top 
thickly with grated Parmesan cheese, some fresh breadcrumbs, and 
a few small bits of butter. Bake in a hot oven for Io minutes, and 
serve. 


CUCUMBERS. 


Fried Cucumber.—Peel 2 cucumbers, cut them into sections about 
I¥ in. in length, and divide each piece in two. Take out the centre 
part of each, sprinkle over with salt, and let stand for about 1 hour. 
Wash well, then cook with 2 oz. of butter, a little stock, a teaspoonful 
of caster sugar, vinegar, cayenne, and a peeled onion. A } of an 
hour’s cooking is sufficient. Drain the cucumbers on a cloth, and 
when ready to serve dip each in frying batter, and fry in hot fat to 
a golden brown. Take up, drain, sprinkle with salt, dish up, garnish 
with parsley, and serve with tomato sauce, separately. 

Cucumber with Tomato.—Peel thinly 1 large or 2 medium-sized 
cucumbers, cut them into I in. thick slices or cubes, and with a small 
pastry cutter cut out the centre portion of each. Place them in a 
pie-dish, and marinade them with oil, vinegar, salt, and pepper. Mix 
a jar of potted meat with a little cream or fresh butter. Fill the 
cavities of the cucumber shapes with this. Dish up on a folded 
napkin, put a slice of ripe tomato on top of each, and garnish with a 
hard-boiled yolk of egg, rubbed through a sieve and placed in the 
centre of the tomato. Garnish the dish with sprigs of fresh parsley 
and serve. 

Stuffed Cucumber a la Reine.—One good-sized cucumber, 3 02, 
cooked chicken or veal, 6 small mushrooms, I oz. cooked ham, # gill 
white sauce, 4 gill of aspic, and 4 gill fresh cream. 

Cut the cucumber into I in. thick slices, peel thinly, and stamp out 
the inside by means of a pastry cutter. Blanch the pieces in salted 
water and drain on a cloth. Pound the meat, mushrooms, and ham 
together in a mortar, when fine rub through a sieve. Put the purée 
in a stew-pan, season with pepper, a little salt, and a pinch of grated 
nutmeg, warm up the sauce and aspic together, stir over ice till it 
begins to set, then add the cream previously whipped. Stamp out 
some rounds of brown bread a little larger than the cucumber shapes, 
spread over with some of the above prepared purée, place a round 
of cucumber on each and fill up the centre of each with the purée 
(pile up high). Decorate tastefully with some creamed butter and 
lobster butter, dish up, garnish with sprigs of fresh parsley, and 
serve. 


THE COOKING OF VEGETABLE FRUITS, ETC. 257 


Braised Cucumber with Beef Marrow.—Peel and prepare a cucumber 
the same as for stuffing ; place in the cavity of each piece a long piece 
of marrow fat and cover with a little forcemeat or bacon. Braise till 
tender, glaze the surface, dish up, garnish with thin lemon slices, and 
sprinkle with parsley. 


TOMATOS. 


Baked Tomatos.—Chop finely 4 0z. of cooked ham, I oz. beef suet 
or fat bacon, and 3 to 4 mushrooms. Mix these with 1 teaspoonful 
of chopped parsley, add a grate or two of lemon rind. Fry these 
ingredients in a little butter, then season, and moisten with a beaten 
egg. Remove the stalks from 4 large ripe but firm tomatos, wipe 
them, and cut each in half. Scoop out some of the pulp, which may, if 
liked, be mixed with the stuffing. Put enough of the mixture in cach 
half of tomato to completely fill it. Sprinkle the top with bread- 
crumbs, and place a small piece of butter in the centre of each. Bake 
in a fairly hot oven for 15 minutes. Dish up, and serve hot. 

Stuffed Tomatos @ la Tartare.—Select 8 to 10 medium-sized firm 
tomatos (scald and peel them if so preferred), scoop out carefully 
the centre (pulp) part. Shred very finely the white portion of half a 
stick of celery, half a small cooked beetroot, the white of a hard-boiled 
egg, and rub the yolk through a coarse sieve. Fill the tomatos with 
layers of the above ingredients, and curl the fillet of an anchovy on 
top of each filled tomato. Place them on ice for about 2 hours. 
When required for table put a dessert-spoonful of tartare sauce in the 
centre of each. Dish up on crisp lettuce leaves, garnish tastefully, 
and serve. 

Sautéed Tomatos. —Wipe I |b. small, firm, even-sized tomatos with 
a cloth and cut into slices. Peel and chop 2 shallots finely. Melt 
1% oz. butter in a sauté or frying-pan ; when hot put in the shallots 
and fry toa golden brown. Be careful not to let them get too brown, 
else the flavour of the tomatos will be spoilt. Place in the tomatos, 
and fry them over a brisk fire—they will take about ro minutes to 
cook. Season with salt and a little mignonette pepper. Dish up on 
a hot dish, and sprinkle a little finely chopped parsley over the top. 

Curried Tomatos.—Chop half an onion very small, and fry it in 
butter until cooked ; then add a large dessertspoonful of curry powder, 
about 2 slices of minced apple, and a gill of rich gravy. Stir the 
ingredients all together, and allow them to simmer for Io minutes. 
Add six small skinned ripe tomatos, and, just before serving, a tea- 
spoonful of lemon juice. The sauce for this dish should be thick 
enough to coat the tomatos. Serve with plainly boiled rice. 

Tomato Pudding.—Scald and peel 8 to Io ripe tomatos, then slice 
them and range them in a buttered pudding basin with layers of thin 
slices of bacon and breadcrumbs. Season each layer of tomato with 
salt, pepper, and grated nutmeg, and sprinkle a little oiled butter 


between the layers of breadcrumbs. Continue thus till the basin is 
VOL, XLII. S) 


258 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


filled, cover the top with slices of bread dipped in butter. Cover with 
a cloth and boil the pudding for 2 hours. Unmould on to a dish, and 
pour a nicely-seasoned tomato sauce over the pudding. 

Tomatos on Toast.—Cut 6 ripe tomatos into thick slices, put these 
in a single layer in a buttered sauté-pan or baking-tin, season with 
pepper and salt and a little lemon juice; sprinkle with white bread- 
crumbs, put a small piece of butter on each of the slices, and bake in 
a hot oven for 15 minutes. Prepare some neatly shaped pieces of 
buttered toast, dress the baked tomatos upon these, dish up, and 
sauce over with the gravy left in the pan. 

Tomato Salad.—Six firm even-sized tomatos, I tablespoonful 
vinegar, 2 tablespoonfuls salad oil, 1 teaspoonful mixed mustard, 
1 teaspoonful chopped chives or parsley, pepper and salt. 

Wipe the tomatos, remove the stems, and scald the tomatos in 
boiling water for one minute, drain on a cloth, carefully remove the 
skin, and let cool. Then cut them into thin slices, and place in a 
salad bowl. Prepare the dressing as follows: Put 2 saltspoonfuls of 
salt in a basin, together with 1 saltspoonful of pepper, the mixed 
mustard, pour in the vinegar and oil, and mix thoroughly with a 
wooden salad spoon. Just before serving the salad, add the chopped 
chives or parsley to the dressing, and pour it over the tomatos. 

Tomato Pillau.—Slice 1 or 2 small onions, and fry them in a stew- 
pan to a golden brown in 2 oz. of butter. Add 1 pint of tomato 
purée and 4 pint of vegetable stock. Season with salt and pepper, 
and bring to the boil. Skim, add 4 lb. of well-washed rice, and 
cook gently until the liquor is almost absorbed. Melt 2 oz. of fresh 
butter in a stew-pan, when hot add the rice, and stir over the fire for 
a few minutes. Cover the pan, and place it on the stove for about 
I5 minutes. Dish up, and serve hot. 


AUBERGINES. 


Aubergine Pie.—Peel 6 aubergines and cut each lengthwise into 
4 pieces. Sprinkle the slices with salt, and leave them for 2 or 3 
hours; then drain them on a clean cloth. Dip the slices in flour, 
then fry them in butter to a nice golden brown colour. Meanwhile 
mince finely 4 lb. of cooked veal and 6 oz. of fat bacon, then add 
about a gill of tomato purée, and season with salt and pepper. Line 
a pie-mould with good short paste, spread a layer of the farce at the 
bottom, place some slices of aubergine on it, and cover them with 
another layer of farce ; proceed thus till the mould is full; then melt 
2 oz. of butter and pour it over the top. Cover the mould with a 
layer of paste, and bake in a moderately heated oven for about an 
hour. Unmould carefully, dish up, and serve hot or cold. 

Aubergine Fritters.—Peel 3 aubergines or egg-plants and cut 
them across in slices of about + of an inch thick. Spread on a 
plate, and season with salt and pepper. At the end of half an hour 
drain them on a cloth. Dip each piece of aubergine in batter, drop 


THE COOKING OF VEGETABLE FRUITS, ETC. 259 


into some very hot frying fat, and fry them to a nice colour, drain, 
and dish up in crown shape on a serviette, garnish with fried 
parsley, and serve. 

Baked Stuffed Aubergines.—Peel the required number of auber- 
gines and cut them into slices lengthwise about a third of an inch 
thick ; sprinkle them with salt, leave them for an hour or two, and 
then wipe them carefully in a clean cloth. Now fry them lightly in 
olive oil, place them on a flat dish, and cover each slice with savoury 
meat or rice stuffing ; sprinkle some grated Parmesan cheese on top. 
Bake in a hot oven from 20 to 25 minutes, then dish up and serve. 


2600 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE 
RED CURRANT. 


By EpwarpD A. BUNYARD, F.L.S. 
[Read September 12, 1916; Mr. GURNEY Witson, F.L.S., in the Chair.] 


THE Red Currant is one of the most modern of our fruits, and its 
history is therefore comparatively easily traced, as the whole of its 
development has taken place since the invention of printing. It is 
thus possible to find in herbals and early gardening books a fairly 
accurate record of its progress. The question of the influence of cul- 
tivation upon plants is one of great interest, and conflicting views are 
held as to its importance and existence. The writer endeavoured to 
show in a recent paper that in the history of the Strawberry it had 
played but an unimportant part, the whole of the increase in the size of 
the fruit being due to the interbreeding of large-fruited wild species.* 

The Red Currant is a parallel case, and I think it quite possible to 
account for all the garden Currants of to-day, with the exception of 
one group, in the same manner. In the excepted case a sudden 
appearance of a distinct type has to be accounted for, and there is no 
evidence of a gradual amelioration by cultivation. As it is somewhat 
difficult to treat concurrently the botanical and horticultural develop- 
ments, the former will be taken first, the evidence of garden literature 
becoming clearer when studied in its light. 

The three species which have taken part in the history of the Red 
Currant are Ribes rubrum, Ribes vulgare, and Ribes petraeum. These 
have been much confused in the past, but the recent work of 
JANCZEWSKI f has rectified this, and will be taken as the authority 
for the following descriptions, which will give such salient characters 
as suffice for our purpose. Special stress must be laid upon the 
character of the flower, as the size of the fruit varies so remarkably 
under cultivation that it does not provide a reliable recognition mark. 
Such increase in size is of course only maintained so long as the condi- 
tions remain constant, and must not be confused with that of a genetic 
character. 

Ribes vulgare Lamarck, 1789 (see figs. 36—40).—Native of Western 
Europe, France, Belgium, Great Britain. A small spreading shrub, 
leaves 3 or 5-lobed, slightly downy beneath in some forms ; flowers flat, 
pale green; sepals turning back ; petals minute, wedge-shaped. The 
fleshy ring around the style is a good character by which this species 
can always be recognized, and even in crosses with Ribes rubrum it 
can still be distinguished (fig. 36, 1c). The racemes are pendulous 


* See Journal R.H.S. xxxix. p. 541 (1914). + For references see p. 269. 


Od 
Q 


x 


Fic. 36.—FLORAL DETAILS OF 
(1 a-d.) RIBES VULGARE. (2a-d.) RIBES RUBRUM.  (3a-d.) RIBES PETRAEUM. 
(After Janczewski.) 
[To face p. 260. 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE RED CURRANT. 261 


(figs. 37, 39). Buds small, dark brown, fairly closely pressed to the 
twig (fig. 38). 

Ribes vulgare shows but little variation when growing wild, and 
only one variety has been made under this species by JANCZEWSKI. 
LAMARCK distinguished a sylvestre “‘lobis foliorum brevisculis, petiolis 
pedunculisque subhirsutis,” and horiense, “lobis foliorum acutioribus, 
petiolis pedunculisque subglabris.’”” For our purpose, however, we 
need but consider the typical vulgare and its large-fruited form, 
called by JANCZEWSKI macrocarpum (fig. 39). The latter will be 
discussed under the horticultural section. 

Ribes rubyvum Linnaeus (1753), Central and Eastern Europe and 
Asia, Scandinavia, Poland, Prussia, Russia, Siberia, and Manchuria. 
A small bush, leaves rounded, 3 to 5-lobed, generally densely pubescent: 
Flowers bell-shaped, pale green or reddish, racemes held horizontally 
(fig. 36) till fruit develops and weighs them down. Buds small, 
generally covered with white hairs, a little away from wood (fig. 38). 
This species is easily distinguishable when in flower. The campanu- 
late flowers are held out at right angles from the stem in contra- 
distinction to the pendulous flowers of AR. vulgare. The absence 
of a disc upon the receptacle is also constant. Of this species 
JANCZEWSKI distinguishes five varieties : scandicum Hedlund, pubescens 
Schwarz, galbellum Trautvetter and Meyer, hispidulum Jancz., 
Palczeskui Janez. Of these pubescens .and scandicum seem to have 
played the most important part in such garden forms as I have been 
able to collect. R. rubrum pubescens is often descrbed in English 
works under the name of Smuthianum. 

Ribes petraeum Wulfen, 1781. High mountains of Europe, 
North Africa, and Siberia. A very distinct species, making very stout 
wood, with large buds (see fig. 38). Leaves very dark green, stout 
and firmly held, the middle lobe being always longest. Fruit more 
or less acid, generally tapering a little to stem, giving a slight Ber- 
gamotte shape. Flowers late in the season (fig. 36). Of this species 
JANCZEWSKI distinguishes six varieties : bullatum Otto and Dietrich, 
carpathicum Kitaibel, caucasicum Bieberstein, atropurpureum C. A. 
Meyer, Litwinovit Jancz., and altissimum Turczaninow. Of these, 
Rides petraeum bullatum seems mainly to have been concerned in 
the parentage of garden Currants. 

To simplify matters it may be said roughly that the species and 
varieties which mainly concern us for the present purpose are R. 
vulgare, R. rubrum pubescens, and R. petraeum bullatum, though it is 
possible that further research may show others must be brought in. 
It will now be necessary to refer to the authorities who have studied 
this matter, and to state briefly their opinions as to the part which 
these species have played in the genesis of the garden Red Currant. 
Until recent years all writers (e.g. DE CANDOLLE, “‘ Origine des Plantes 
Cultivées ’’) considered that Ribes rubrum was the sole species con- 
cerned. The work of HEDLUND @) in the “ Botaniska Notiser’’ in 
Igo is the first which treats the origin of the Red Currant in detail, 


262 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


and his opinions deserve special notice. He groups the above species 
under R. rvubyum, and then distinguishes many elementary species. 
This arrangement has now been superseded by Janczewski. The 
great distinctions between R. vulgare, R. rubrum, and R. petraeum are 
sufficient to give them specific rank. Whatis now correctly known as 
R. vulgare was divided by HEDLUND into R. sylvestre and R. hortense. 
They both possess pale-green flowers, but in sylvestve the receptacle is 
generally tinted red, whereas in horvtense itisnot, and small differences 
in the leaves and anthers are specified. From this he proceeds to 
argue that no white varieties are descended from hortense, and some 
historical data are based upon this supposition. It is, however, evident 
that this red eye would not appear in a White Currant, which is a 
true albino, and the presence or absence of a pigmented “‘ eye’ can 
* hardly suffice to establish species. To group these two under vulgare, 
as JANCZEWSKI has done, is obviously right. The true R. rubrum is 
represented by several elementary species, scandicum, pubescens, &c. 
These are considered as varieties of R. rubrum by JANCZEWSKI. R. 
petraeum is given specific rank, and bullatum placed as a variety. 

The conclusions HEDLUND arrives at are as follows :-— 

(r) “‘That cultivation produces varieties with white berries or 
variegated leaves, which, in consequence of physical weakness, can with 
difficulty attain full growth in nature.” It is, of course, quite un- 
proven that cultivation has produced these; it has preserved them. 
The white varieties are often of weak growth, but several very vigorous 
varieties exist. 

“That the fruits of those grown for the berries are larger than 
those grown in the wild state.’’ This is not correct. Several forms 
of R. petraeum have been found uncultivated with fruits as large and 
bunches as long as any cultivated variety. 

(2) “‘ That the cultivated elementary species are like those occurring 
naturally (wild).’”’ This is doubtless true, but does not agree with the 
writer’s previous statements as to the increase of size due to culti- 
vation ; this, by his argument, should have “improved ”’ them. 

(3) ‘‘ That amongst the hybrids due to cultivation some are not 
known in a wild state.” 

(4) ‘‘ That through multiplications of hybrids different varieties were 
obtained which unite many of the cultivated elementary species. ”’ 

Of these last two propositions the first may be disproved at any 
time. The last is, in my opinion, a true statement of the origin of the 
cultivated Red Currants. 

The next account of the genesis of the Red Currant is that of 
JANCZEWSKI, “ Ancétres des Groseilliers 4 Grappes ”’ (@) (1909), in which, 
as has been pointed out above, the three species FR. vulgare, R. 
petraeum, and R. rubrum are separated and the part that each has 
played is discussed in some detail. The author collected from various 
nurseries in Europe a number of Red Currants and studied them 
carefully, and he concluded that R. vulgare had played the main 
part in the production of the Red Currant. He quotes some forty- 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE RED CURRANT. 263 


four names under this species. As descending from R. rubrum he 
received only four varieties; three unnamed sorts from gardens in 
Lithuania, and one striped variety, ‘Gloire de Sablons.’ Deriving 
from R. petraeum the ‘ Rote Kernlose ’ (seedless) was noted, and from 
hybrids between the above species ten varieties. From this the 
author concluded that R. rubrum had played but a small part in the 
production of the Red Currants generally known in commerce, and 
since his day this opinion has been generally accepted, as witness a 
remark in Mr. BEAN’s recent work, “‘ Trees and Shrubs Hardy in Great 
Britain,” p. 409: “R. rubrum. . . . Cultivated forms of this species 
are grown in the gardens of Scandinavia, but in Western and Central 
Europe the cultivated Red and White Currants are exclusively R. 
vulgare.’ This is, in my opinion, a misstatement. It is curious that 
in the collection brought together by JANCZEWSKI direct descendants 
of R. rubyum were missing, but the fact remains that there are many 
grown in this country and elsewhere. The well-known ‘ Raby Castle ’ 
is a true R. rubrum with large fruits, showing no characters of R. 
vulgare, as also are the ‘ Red Scotch,’ ‘ Millearn Red,’ and ‘ Erstling 
aus Vierlanden.’ Many varieties are obviously crosses between 
yvubrum X vulgare, such as ‘ Fowler’s Long Bunch,’ ‘ La Constante,’ 
‘St. Madoe’s,’ ‘Langtraubige,’ ‘Red Champagne,’ and others. It 
seems evident that it was only a matter of luck that JANCZEWSKI’sS 
collection did not include these sorts, and that R. rubrum has played 
no inconsiderable part in the origin of the Red Currant. The part 
played by R. petraewm will be dealt with in the next section. 

In tracing the horticultural development of the Red Currant the 
writer has had recourse to Herbals and such garden literature as was 
available. Of previous writings on this aspect of the question there 
are the useful works of STURTEVANT, which give many references to 
literature, but his history only begins at RUELLIUS and makes no 
reference to the part played by the different species or to the date 
they came into Currant development. For the early literature a paper 
by FISCHER BENZzON,}®) is valuable, and taken in conjunction with that 
of STURTEVANT gives a fairly complete reference to the Herbals in 
which records of the Red Currant may be found. In searching for 
the earliest record of the Red Currant it is not surprising to find 
that it was unknown to the Greeks or Romans or any of the other 
Mediterranean dwellers. The history of cultivated fruits, with but 
few exceptions, records a steady invasion from the East, westward 
and northward, accompanying successive waves of civilization. The 
Red Currant, being a fruit of the temperate regions, has never spread 
far south, and its insignificance compared with the luscious Eastern 
fruits would not have assisted any such movement. Whilst Rzbes 
vubvum and R. petraeum are found in the Alpine region of Central 
Europe, they do not seem to have attracted the attention of gardeners. 
An old French writer puts forward the speculation that HANNIBAL 
in his trans-alpine journey may have descended from his elephant 


264 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOGIETY. 


and refreshed himself with these fruits, but we cannot regard this as 
anything more than a valuable suggestion for an historical painter. 

In the “‘ Capitularies ’’ of CHARLEMAGNE (De Villis, cap. 70) there 
is an interesting list of fruits, but Red Currants are not mentioned, 
though of course this is no proof that they were not grown. 

During the Moorish occupation of Spain horticulture was kept 
alive when in other parts of Europe it had fallen into neglect under the 
invasion of the Northern barbarians, and in an interesting Arabic 
work of this period by IsN EL Awa, which has been translated into 
- French by J. J. CLEMENT MULLER, we find the ‘“‘ Ribes’’ which has 
sometimes been mistaken for the Currant. 

This, however, is a species of Rhewm, much valued by the Arabs as 
a drug. In the effort to identify plants with those described by the 
ancients, which was so common a feature of early Renaissance days, 
the wild Currant was thought to be the Ribes of the Arabs. This led 
to the use of the word Ribes, and the Swedish Risf, Danish Ribs, still 
remain the popular names in these countries. Of the Red Currant 
no trace is found in IBN Et AWaw’s treatise. According to KOCH, DE 
CANDOLLE, STURTEVANT, and other writers who have copied their 
statements, the Red Currant is not met within European literature until 
the sixteenth century, RUELLIUS (1536) being usually quoted as the 
first writer to mentionit. This, however, is demonstrably wrong, and 
it appears in a German MS. of the early fifteenth century as Rzbes and 
Johannisdrubel. 

The first known drawing of a Red Currant appears in the ‘“‘ Mainz 
Herbarius ’’ of 1484. This book was the first of the printed German 
Herbals, and was probably compiled from existing manuscripts. The 
name here given is Saint Johans Drubjin, and the description is as 
follows :—‘‘ Ribes is a bush, the fruit of which is red and sweet with 
an acid roughness, and therefore it follows that it cools the stomach 
and allays the thirst &c.’’ The picture is naturally somewhat crude, 
but recognizable, and shows a five-lobed leaf with fruits. A better 
illustration is found in the later ‘‘Gaerde der Suntheit,’’ Liibeck, 
1492. 

These facts prove that the Red Currant was known some 136 years 
before the time of RUELLIUS; if cultivated in gardens or merely 
gathered from wild plants it is, of course, impossible to say, but it seems 
probable that, as in other fruits and herbs, its value once recognized, it 
would not be long before it would be introduced into the herb garden. 

In the early herbals of the sixteenth century we begin to find the 
Currant mentioned as a plant commonly cultivated. The Irench 
writer JEAN RUEL, or RUELLIUS as he was more generally called, 
published his well-known “De Natura Stirpium”’ at Paris in 1536. 
In this work the Red Currant is recommended as a plant for borders 
or edgings, and it was used as an appetizer. A few years later AGRICOLA 
(AMMONIUS) (®) speaks of it as ‘“‘ cherished in our gardens.” It is 
therefore evident that the Red Currant was known in gardens in 
France and North Germany. We first meet in RUELLIUS a name 


bes 


Fic. 37.—RIBES VULGARE, 
(From Decaisne’s ‘ Jardin Fruitier.’) 


[To face p. 264. 


A. B. Cc. 


Fic. 38.—WINTER SHOOTS OF 
(A.) R. VULGARE, (B.) R. PETRAEUM. (c.) R. RUBRUM. 


‘ 
h 
R, 


Fic. 39.—RIBES VULGARE VAR. MACROCARPUM ‘ VERSAILLAISE.’ 


Rea eT 
\\ my Ag, 3 ] 
en 
" on, fag 
PAS SY hy oo ; 
VA Ll ye Ve ~Y 
‘ 


ia apr atte INSe 
2 SS ee Le 
ot 


Ak Nes 


rr on fle j ae 
en, Ras 


SR FeO WP SS 
mM - os f Y i! iis Rs lst caine =) 


RB ESS 


Fic. 40.—RIBES VULGARE. 


(From Fuchs’ Herbal.) 


[To fuce p. 265. 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE RED CURRANT. 265 


which has caused some discussion and speculation. Recognizing 
an affinity to the Gooseberry, Bock named it Rzbes Grossula, and 
also Grossula transmarina and Grosetlle d’outre mer. The last two 
names clung for many years to the Currant, and are met with in 
later English authors as “‘ Over-seas Gooseberry’ and in Holland 
as “‘ Besiekens over zee.”’ Several explanations have been put for- 
ward to account for this curious name, remarkable for the reason 
that in the countries where it was used the Red Currant was a native 
plant. HEDLUND suggests that it may have been introduced from 
Scotland to the Continent, and other writers have suggested its trans- 
port to France by the Normans. These theories, however, do not 
explain the curious fact that different countries should have adopted 
identical names, and it seems more likely that an explanation must 
be sought in another direction. In the eighteenth century the Red 
Currant was commonly thought to be the plant which produced the 
dried Currants of the grocer, and many names show this confusion, 
such as Reisons, Corinths, Bastard Corinths, &c. It may therefore be 
that, as the dried Currants came over the sea from the Mediterranean 
shores, the Red Currant was thought also to be a native of the south. 
It is, however, certain that the name Corinth was used for a long period, 
giving rise to the present word Currant. Inthe “ Herbal”’ of Fucus (?) 
so renowned for its wonderful drawings, a good figure of the Red 
Currant is given (see fig. 40). From the known accuracy of the draughts- 
manship in this work we can safely assume that this gives a very close 
idea of the size of the fruit of those days. It is interesting to note 
that, though cultivated for something like one hundred years, the size 
is not greater than that of wild plants, and also that so far only one 
“variety is recorded. From the flowers it is evident that it is to be 
placed under R. vulgare. This fact is interesting, as from historical 
reasons we should presume this to be the case. The distribution 
of this species placed it in the tracks of the advance of civilization, 
whereas the more northerly R. rubrum and the mountain-loving 
Rk. petraeum were introduced into Currant history at a later date. 

The introduction of the Currants into cultivation in England is 
usually placed by historians about the beginning of the seventeenth 
century for two reasons. The word Currant is first found in English 
literature in 1619 in LYTE’s translation of DODOENS’ “ Herbal,” and in 
the list of fruits given by TussER () the word does not occur. 

There is however, I think, no doubt that the “ Reisons ”’ found in 
TussER’s list refer to the Red Currant. The confusion with the dried 
Currant has been mentioned above, and furthermore TUSSER’S fruits 
are all hardy varieties which are planted in the farmhouse garden. 
Grapes are definitely mentioned separately, so it cannot refer to these. 
It would be somewhat remarkable if a fruit which was grown in 
Continental gardens and described in Herbals for two centuries should 
not have reached this country, even were it not a native, and the 
custom of taking wild strawberries from the wood and planting in 
gardens shows that this method of enriching gardens with native 


266 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


fruits was not unknown. Inthe “‘ Commentaries ’’ of MATTHIOLUs ®) 
a good description is given of the Red Currant of the day, and it merits 
translation as establishing two interesting points :— 

“ Ribes vulgaris. Ribettes or Over the Sea Raisons. German, 
St. Johans Treublin. We deal here with this plant, unknown, as 
I believe, to the ancients, which is falsely called the Ribes of the Arabs. 
This plant produces strong branches and throws a leaf like that of 
the Vine or Poplar. 

“Its branches are supple and pliable, and from them depends 
a small round fruit in grape-like bunches, like that of the Berberis 
(Berberts vulgaris). Itis as large as a pepper (gvos comme poyvre) and 
very red when it is ripe, having a sweet and acid taste. It flowers 
in May, having flowers yellowish white, vayed like a star. This plant 
is common in gardens and is used for edgings ae to enclose 
the parterres of the garden.” 

This description establishes the fact that cultivalign so far had 
not increased the size of the fruit, and also that the flower is 
undoubtedly R. vulgare. It is evident, therefore, that the Currant of 
the gardens of those days is a pure R. vulgare, and that crossings with 
other species had not yet taken place. In other works of about the 
same time FR. vulgare can be distinguished by its pendulous and 
characteristic flowers. 

CAMERARIUS 2°) recommends the sowing of seed from the wild 
plants, and this is interesting as opening the way for the introduction 
of natural hybrids into garden culture. 

We now come to an important period in Currant history, namely 
the introduction of R. petraeum into garden cultivation. The date of, 
this is established with some accuracy by the encyclopedic KONRAD 
GESNER, who describes that in 1561 he found a Currant growing in 
the woods around Berne, which was locally known as Reechbeere. 
This he was especially pleased to introduce into his garden, as the 
fruits were larger than the ordinary variety of those days. From the 
description of the leaf and fruit it is quite clear that this plant was 
R. petraeum, and it is a significant fact that only a few years after 
we find the first notice of new varieties with larger fruit. In 1576 
a mention is made in Lobel’s “‘ Stirpium ’’ (4) of a sweet variety and 
varieties with larger berries than usual, and in the “’ Hortus Medicus ”’ 
of CAMERARIUS () we meet two varieties, the old Red and a variety 
‘“baccis rubris majoribus’’ from the garden of FREDERICH, Archduke of 
Austria. From the description of the latter it is evidently R. petraeum, 
which is now becoming distributed in gardens. It is very interesting 
to note the unanimity with which all writers of the period remark 
upon the large size of this new variety and its sudden appearance. 
Its introduction into this country would seem to be somewhere about 
1620. Inthe first edition of GERARD’s “ Herbal: @2) no Currants 
are definitely mentioned, but under the ‘ Gooseberry ”’ the following 
occurs : 

“We have also in London Gardens another sort altogether without 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE RED CURRANT. 267 


prickles, whose fruit is very small, lesser by much than the common 
kind (1.e. the Gooseberry), but of a perfect red colour, wherein it 
differeth from the rest of its kind.”’ 

In Johnson’s edition of GERARD (1633) a figure of the Currant is 
given, and we read of a new variety twice as big asthe oldone. While 
GERARD’S knowledge of botany is known to have been small, we may 
accept without much doubt the fact that, as head of a famous garden 
in London, he would probably have known an improved Red Currant 
had it existed in his time. 

In LyTE’s translation of DODOENs’ “ Herbal”’ (8) only one variety 
of Currant is mentioned. This has pendent flowers and is therefore 
a vulgare descendant. In PARKINSON’s well-known “ Herbal’’ 4) we 
meet again the large Red sort, the size of the fruit only distinguishing 
it from the old Red sort. It is therefore evident that this variety 
suddenly appeared in gardens and was most probably a hybrid of 
vulgare with the newly-introduced R. petvaeum, or possibly R. petraeum 
itself, but in any case not the product of gradual increases in size 
due to cultivation and selection. In several other works of the early 
seventeenth century we find the contrast between “‘ baccis major ”’ 
and ‘‘ minor,” and the illustration from the “‘ Hortus Eystettensis ”’ (15) 
(fig. 41) illustrates their relative size. Towards the end of the 
seventeenth century we meet the ‘ Dutch” Currant, which was 
remarked by all writers as being so fine that the common variety was 
no longer worthy of cultivation. The first mention of the Dutch 
Currant I have found is that of SWERDERUS, a Swedish horticulturist, 
who grew it in his garden in 1670. It is also found in the well-known 
book of MERLET (6) and he states that it has caused the cultivation of 
the old Red to be given up entirely. It seems, therefore, likely that 
the “‘major’”’ variety first noted by CAMERARIUS may be the Red 
Dutch. 

The confusion of nomenclature in Red Currants to-day is equalled 
in other fruit, and it does not at all follow that the Red Dutch of the 
seventeenth century will be that of the twentieth. If we examine 
the Dutch grown in this country it is found to be a descendant of 
R. vulgare, and this will not agree with the suggestion above that it 
was the crossing of R. petvaeum and vulgare that produced the large- 
fruited variety of the sixteenth century. | 

In gardens of Holland, Germany, and France, however, we find a 
Dutch of an entirely different character and a true descendant of 
R. petraeum, showing the leaf, flower, bud, and late spring develop- 
ment so characteristic of this species. This variety is known in 
England as ‘ Prince Albert’ and ‘ Rivers’s Late Red,’ &c. I consider 
it extremely probable that this is the original Red Dutch Currant, 
and if so it fits in excellently with the historical facts as detailed above. 
As a further confirmation of this it may be noted that CrLusius (”) 
speaks of a large-fruited variety as existing at Brussels and having a 
red flower, which shows that it was certainly of petraewm descent. 

As the raising of seedling Currants was recommended by CAMERARIUS 


268 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


(see above) in 1586, it might be anticipated that it would not be long 
before a white-fruited form would appear, and in 1598, in BAUHIN’s (18) 
edition of Matthiolus, we find the first record of such a variety. Many 
sweet Red Currants have been recorded from time to time, both wild 
and cultivated, and the first record seems to be by LOBEL in 1576 (4) 
and BAuHIN, CLusius, and others all mention this form. From the 
end of the seventeenth century the Red Dutch Currant overshadowed 
all others. We find it in England in 1678, when WoRLIDGE () remarks 
that the English Red, once in esteem, is now “‘ cut out,” and in Ray’s 
“‘ History of Plants,”’ @® where the common, large ved, and white are 
given. 

In EVELYn’s “ Sylva,’’ MILLER’s “Dictionary,” and LANGLEY’s 
‘““ New Principles of Gardening,’’ the same varieties figure, and when we 
reach the year 1724 we find that the old Red has been nearly dis- 
placed, as SwITzZER (#4, says it is “‘ not worth planting in comparison 
with the great dark red.’” The same writer mentions also a large White 
Dutch and also a Yellow Dutch. This makes a distinction between 
the cloudy-white fruits (called ferlée in France) and the more trans- 
parent yellow varieties, though in this country they are all called 
“white ’’ indiscriminately. As to the introduction of Rzbes rubrum 
no exact information exists, but it would seem probable that it was 
of comparatively recent date. The well-known (and much mixed) 
“Raby Castle’ is the only definite case which can with accuracy be 
quoted. This variety was raised about 1820, and, as has been said 
above, is a pure descendant of Ribes rubrum var. pubescens. 

Up to this time we have, therefore, clear evidence that all the three 
species described at the beginning of this paper had been introduced 
into Currant history. Inthe year 1840, however, a parcel of Currants 
was received by M. Adrien Seneclause, of Bourg-Argental, France, 
which bore fruit of remarkable size. They were sent from Italy 
and labelled Rzbes acerifolium. These were soon growing in the 
Jardin des Plantes, and there seen by M. Laurent de Bavay. Of the 
origin of this plant nothing can be found. In flower they resemble 
exactly Ribes vulgare, but the leaf is larger, more coriaceous, and of a 
curious milky green. Whether it is the result of a cross with some of 
the lesser-known species of Ribes, or if they must be simply labelled, 
as by JANCZEWSKI, as mutations, it is impossible as yet to say. This 
introduction was, however, of the greatest importance in Red Currant 
history, for from these plants came that section called “‘ macrocarpum,” 
of which the‘ Versaillaise,’ ‘Cherry,’ and ‘Fay’s Prolific’ are represen- 
tatives. The general characters of very large, thick leaves, extremely 
stout wood, and large berries make them easily recognizable among 
all other varieties. From the strong shoots comes the habit they 
all have, in varying degrees, of breaking off at the base of the shoots. 
It must be observed that, whatever its origin, this new section was 
accepted in France as a distinct and valuable novelty, and from that 
date a very large number of new introductions have the ‘“ macro- 
carpum’”’ characters very markedly in their composition. 


7 ~*~ 3 a: :: 
a yg ‘ ; | 
is) Gi le sSmawr ¢ ructury hr 


K ibcs minor Fructu ritby 


Rebes ssp fa nye ee ? Ribes nulga age rubre 


i 


Fic. 41.—RIBES FROM ‘‘ Hortus EYSTETTENSIS.”’ 
[To face p. 268. 


‘oe 


“ 


far 
" 
7 
Soe 
‘ ratl 
Ve 
\ 
ieee 
> 
ut 
‘ 
; 
i 


THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE RED CURRANT. 269 


Ribes petraeum has not of recent years played a prominent part 
in the production of new varieties, nearly all I have collected proving 
to be either the Continental Dutch (‘ Prince Albert ’ &c.) or ‘Gondouin,’ 
a variety raised at Versailles probably about 1785. 

It remains to consider two recent additions which are of special 


’ interest as introducing two new species. The first is known as Ribes 


x Koehnianum, a hybrid between Ribes multiflorum and vulgare. In 
this we get a very distinct plant, of strong upright growth, with stout 
woolly leaves and bunches of great length, bearing often thirty-five 
to forty fruits. The second, Rides x futurum, is remarkable for its 
vigorous growth, enormous leaves, and fruit of a dull brownish red, 
the flavour of the fruit being mild and agreeable. Both of these 
hybrids are of great promise, and may, when interbred with existing 
garden forms, give seedlings of value. 

In discussing the relative parts played by the different species 
as shown by the characters of the plant, it at once occurs that it would 
be interesting to analyze these by means of self-fertilization. It 
is found, however, that a large number of the garden varieties come 
more or less true from seed whether descendants of one species only 
or of more. So far as my own experiments have gone they seem 
to confirm the experience of previous workers, and no segregation 
of parental species has occurred. The great confusion in the nomen- 
clature of the Red Currant has doubtless been increased by this 
fact, seedlings having often reproduced the parental characters. 

In conclusion I submit that there is considerable historical evidence 
to show that cultivation per se has not played any part in the amelio- 
ration of the Red Currant; such improvement as has occurred may 
be traced in all cases but one to the introduction of new species and 
their intercrossing. 

My thanks are due to many friends who have aided me with 
material, and in a special measure to Dr. B. DayDON JAcKSON for 
kindly translating HEDLUND’s paper for me. 


REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 


I. JANCZEWSKI, E. pz. Monographie des Groseilliers. Mémoires de la Société 
Physique et d’Histoive Naturelle de Genéve, vol. xxxv. 1907. 

2. HEDLUND, AF. T. Om Ribesrubrum. Botaniska Notisey. Lund, rgor. 

3. JANCZEWSKI, E. DE. Ancétres des Groseilliers 4 Grappes. Bulletin de la 
Société Nationale d’Acclimatation de France. Paris, 1909. 

4. STURTEVANT, E. Lewis. History of the Currant. Western New York 
Horticultural Society Report. 1887. 

5. FISCHER BENZON, R.v. Zur Geschichte unseres Beerenobstes. Botanisches 
Centralblatt, No. 49, 1895. 

6. AGRICOLA, JOHANN. Medicinae herbariae libri duo, &c. Basle, 1539. 

7. Fucusius, LEoNHARDUS. De Historia Stirpium. Basle, 1542. 

8. TussEr. A hundreth good pointes of husbandrie. London, 1557. 

g. MATTHIOLUS, PETRUS ANDRAEUS. Commentarii in sex libros Pedacii 
Dioscoridis. Lyon, 1573. 

IO. ae US, JoacuimM. Hortus Medicus et Philosophicus. Frankfort, 
1588. ‘ 

11. LoBetius, Matuias. Plantarum seu Stirpium historia. Antwerp, 1576. 

12. GERARD, JOHN. The Herbal, or Generall Historie of Plantes. London, 
1597. Second edition, 1633. 


270 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


13, 


Ae 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
IQ. 
20. 
PAE G 


DoDONAEUS,! REMBERTUS. A Niewe Herball, or Historie of, Plantes. 
London, 1578. 

PARKINSON, JOHN. Paradisi in Sole Paradisus Terrestris. London, 1629. © 
BESLER, Basit. Hortus Eystettensis. Nuremberg, 1613. ti 
MERLET. Abrégé des Bons Fruits. Paris, 1667. 

CLusius, CaroLus. Rariorum Plantarum Historia. Antwerp, 1601. 
MATTHIOLUS. Commentarius. Bauhin’s edition. 1598. 

WORLIDGE, J. Vinetum Britannicum, or a Treatise of Cider. Lendon, 1678. 
Ray. Historia Plantarum. London, 1686-88. 

SWITZER, S. The Practical Fruit Gardener. London, 1724, 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN. ; 271 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN.* 
By Foy PANSURY, —.1CS. 
{Read October 10, 1916; Mr. E. A. Bow es, M.A., F.E.S., F.L:S., in the Chair.] 


RATHER more than two years ago our Secretary, Mr. WILKS, was 
staying with our late Treasurer, Mr. JOSEPH GURNEY FOWLER, at 
Tunbridge Wells. During this visit Mr. FowLER brought his guest one 
afternoon to see the Rock-garden which we had been constructing 
at East Grinstead during the previous four years. Unfortunately, 
we were away from home at the time, but Mr. WILKs subsequently 
wrote a very appreciative account of his visit, and shortly afterwards 
asked if I would give a lecture on the Rock-garden before the Royal 
Horticultural Society. This was some months before its construction 
was completed. I felt some misgiving, and stipulated that if I did 
I must ask for time to get a series of photographs prepared ; this being 
readily accorded, I assented to the suggestion, and it is in these 
circumstances that I am here to-day. 

I do not propose to take up much of your time with preliminary 
remarks. It is necessary, however, to say a little about the locality, 
altitude, geology, and climate of our district, in order that you may 
the better understand the conditions under which we have constructed 
and carried out the planting of the rock-garden. 

East Grinstead is in Sussex, about two miles from the Surrey 
border. The town is situated on a hill about 460 feet above sea-level. 
It is on the London, Brighton, and South Coast Railway, about thirty 
miles from London, and the journey takes an hour, East Grinstead 
Station being a junction from which trains run in four directions. 
I mention these points merely to show that we are easily accessible 
from the South-Eastern Counties. 

Brockhurst is the name of my small estate, and it is situated nearly 
a mile south-east of the town, on the Lewes road. This road forms 
the north-eastern boundary of my land, from which the naturally un- 
dulating ground slopes by a fairly steep gradient to the south-west. 

The range of hills on which we are situated stretches in a more 
or less broken line from the neighbourhood of Tunbridge Wells in the 
east to beyond East Grinstead in the west. The ridge runs parallel 
to the great chalk ranges which form the North and South Downs 
respectively, and is almost equidistant from each. The rock of which 


_ *It will be readily appreciated how difficult it is to make a lecture that was 
illustrated with more than one hundred slides to read smoothly and intelligibly 
when space forbids more than about a tenth of the pictures used being 
reproduced. The latter part of the lecture is necessarily disjointed as it 
consisted of brief descriptions of each picture as it was shown on the screen. 


272 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


this ridge is mainly composed, and which shows itself in imposing 
outcrops at various points, is of a porous nature, and is geologically 
known as Lower Tunbridge Wells sandstone, a rock which has proved 
admirably adapted to rock-garden purposes. 3 

The site of the Rock-garden is a rounded hill with a steep escarp- 
ment towards the north-west. When we went to Brockhurst eight 
years ago, we had no idea that within a few feet of the surface of what 
we called the ‘‘ Banky Meadow,” in which our cows grazed, there was 
a mass of solid rock some 30 feet thick. In fact, we had just previously 
bought many tons of very similar stone from a quarry four miles away, 
when making our first Rock-garden. This was situated on a wet 
grassy slope below the lawn, and descended to the upper of a succession 
of four ponds that flow from one to the other down a small natural 
glen. We soon discovered that the wetness of the bank was due to 
a large spring rising from the natural rock below, and as soon as the 
spring was enclosed in cement walls we had a fine flow of beautiful 
clear drinking water, which, at its source, appears to have a uniform 
temperature of about 51° F. throughout the year. This stream was 
conducted in a winding channel through this first Rock-garden, so as 
to form miniature waterfalls and pools, and ultimately descend into 
the head of the pond. The flow is sufficient to keep all the ponds 
fresh, so that trout breed and flourish in them, and attain to a con- 
siderable size. We are fortunate in having five or six natural springs, 
and there is a large one in our Wilderness on the other side of the new 
rock-garden that is sufficient to work a ram, which pumps water to 
our reservoir a quarter of a mile away in sufficient quantity to supply 
all our needs both for house, garden, laundry, &c. I hope to make 
good use of the two or three smaller springs later on. 

But to return to the rock-garden. It was not until we were 
planting some new KRhododendrons at the edge of the “ Banky 
Meadow ”’ that my gardener discovered that he had come on to a 
piece of rock. After getting this out, we found that there was more 
underneath. This discovery suggested the idea of making a small 
rock-garden close at hand by taking a small piece off the field; but 
I must shorten a rather long story. As we proceeded our ideas grew as 
more and more rock was found, but before we were able satisfactorily 
to complete our increasingly ambitious designs we ran short of rock 
at the spot where we were working. This led to making boreholes 
towards the top of the hill to ascertain if there were rock there also, 
and it was the discovery of an almost limitless supply of rock here 
that led to our gradually making a deep pit or quarry into the hill, 
from which we raised great masses of stone to the surface, at first with 
Jim poles and a pulley, but later with a large crane. The stones, 
when brought to the surface, were guided down the hill on wooden 
rollers, which ran over a track made with boards. As the rock-garden 
below the hill grew, and in doing so gradually approached nearer to 
the quarry, so the size of our excavations grew. It was then that the 
idea occurred to us of cutting right through the intervening ground, 


‘¢ a9vf OL) 


N 
nN 
N 


‘MOTHA HLVG GHINVId AHL GNV ASNOH AO ACIS LSAM NO AOVANAL AO TIVM— ‘Zh ‘DIY 


‘aSQNOH AO AGIS LSAM WONA TOO Yddd() GNV SNMV’T AO MaIA—'¢f+ ‘DIY 


‘ASANO AHL SGUVMOL DNINOOT IOOG YAddQ AHL WONA MAIA—'ph ‘OIA 


Fic. 45.—CISTUS PURPUREUS &C. 


(To face p. 273. 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN. 273 


and making a winding ravine leading from the rock-garden we were 
constructing to the quarry itself, and incorporating the latter into our 
scheme. I have entered into these details to show you that, although 
begun with very modest ideas, the general plan developed as we went 
on. The work of construction took four years. 

Before passing on, I must mention my indebtedness to Mr. BOWLES 
for the valuable hints and suggestions he was good enough to make, 
both at the commencement of our work and later, when he and Mr. 
REGINALD FARRER helped with their advice in making the moraine- 
garden, of which I shall say more directly. 

It is superfuous to occupy time with much detail as to the general 
principles on which a rock-garden is built. These can be obtained 
from the many excellent books on the subject. The more novel 
features in the Brockhurst rock-garden are the natural cliffs of solid 
rock and vents that abound, both in the ravine and the quarry. The 
first and lower portions were made in the usual way, and on the 
general principle of cutting wide sunken paths in the ground, and 
throwing up the earth thus dug out to form banks on either side. 
The poorer soil forms the core of the bank, the better soil being retained 
for the surface, which is then rocked upwards from the bottom, care 
being taken that each stone placed is firmly supported by one or more 
below it. The rocks are also slightly tilted towards the bank, so that 
rain falling runs towards the banks and among the roots of the plants, 
and not away from them leaving the plants to perish from drought. 

These introductory remarks would be incomplete without a brief 
reference to our climate. I willnot burden you now with much detail, 
but my astronomical assistant, Mr. W.S. FRANKS, F.R.A.S., has prepared 
a careful account of the meteorology of our neighbourhood. We are 
in the habit of sending our records weekly to the local paper, and 
annually to Dr. H. R. Mitts for his “ British Rainfall.” 

The Brockhurst Observatory is equipped with the usual six 
thermometers, the sunshine recorder, and the rainfall gauge. 

Owing to the topographical configuration of Brockhurst, with its 
downward slope towards the south and south-west, and through being 
protected by rising ground to the east and north-east, it is more 
sheltered than many other places in the immediate neighbourhood. 
It has frequently escaped the effect of frosts which have done serious 
damage at East Grinstead and Forest Row, on either side of it, and 
it also escapes some of the heavy rainfalls which sweep along the 
line of the valley, especially during thunderstorms. 

As regards temperature, our observations prove that, as compared 
with Greenwich, we are a few degrees warmer in the winter months 
and cooler in the summer months, and compared with the Greenwich 
records we have over 12 per cent. more hours of bright sunshine 
registered at Brockhurst. 

Now as torainfall. The drainage area is that of the river Medyegs 
which includes some of the wettest districts in Ashdown Forest. 


East Grinstead fortunately possesses a rainfall record of its own for 
VOL. XLII. T 


274 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


the last twenty-six years, the mean annual value of the local rainfall 
being 31°99 inches—which may seem a large amount when compared 
with the Greenwich average of about 24% inches. 

From the above facts it will, I think, be obvious that our local 
meteorological conditions should prove very suitable for growing 
many tender plants which cannot be grown in less favoured districts. 
There is little doubt, however, that we shall sometimes have a winter 
that will either cut down or totally destroy many plants that we have 
succeeded in growing during the last few years. 

Close to the Observatory is the Heath-garden, which runs round the 
summit of the hill from which one sees in the distance Ashdown 
Forest. There is a large number of varieties of heaths in this collec- 
tion, whilst the carriage drive is bordered by Cornish heath, which I 
understand was brought to Brockhurst about forty years ago by a 
former owner. It now forms a dense bank, and is a striking feature 
of the place in the autumn. 

The portion of our house facing west has a terrace and small rock- 
garden below it. The stone for this little rock-garden was derived 
from the excavation we had to make into the hill when space was 
cleared for building the new dining-room and terrace, and below 
the terrace wall is a rocked path in which a number of plants are 
growing. (Fig. 42.) 

The terrace wall itself is the home of many plants we put in while 
building it seven years ago, and they have thriven well ever since. On 
the steps is a fine growth of Evinus alpinus, in three colours, pink, 
mauve, and white. 

The view (fig. 43) down the lawn from the top of the steps just re- 
ferred to includes the upper pond, and a fine spring rising from here, 
flowing through the rock-garden below the lawn, keeps the water in 
the ponds thoroughly changed. The slope of the lawn has groups of 
Rhododendrons upon it, and out of the northern slope of this hill the 
new rock-garden has been made. On the lawn, our British Spivanthes 
autumnalts, the sweet-scented Lady’s Tresses Orchis, grows abun- 
dantly, being a native here. Five or six other species of Orchis are 
to be found wild on our ground. 

At the upper end of the top pond (fig. 44) many water plants 
grow behind the stepping-stones, among them Sonchus palustris, a 
fine British plant that used to be found in the reed-beds of the 
Thames about Plumstead, and also up the Medway. It is now nearly 
extinct. It attains to a height of ten or eleven feet. Near the step- 
ping-stones also grow water-lilies and Richardias. The latter have 
been in the pond for several years, and are never taken up in the 
winter. The clumps have increased and flower freely. 

Among the trees in the Wilderness is the large spring, from which 
there is a fall of twenty-five feet to the ravine we have already men- 
tioned. A little valley running into the Wilderness has a small spring 
of its own, in which some interesting Carices, Cotton-grass, &c. have 
been planted, whilst moisture-loving plants, such as Primula japonica, 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN. 275 


thrive higher up the banks. In this part of the wood I have introduced 
the beautiful Myosotis sylvatica collected in Teesdale. May I recom- 
mend this as a woodland plant well worth growing? It is of a very 
attractive light-blue colour with a yellow eye, and does not require the 
same amount of moisture as some of the Forget-me-nots. 

We now turn to the Rock-garden proper, but must mention a 
rather serious set-back that occurred shortly after we had begun the 
building of its upper part. After very heavy rainfalls, we found that 
the large stones at the base of the artificial mound which we had con- 
structed were slowly moving towards the edge of the quarry, and after 
watching this movement for some time with considerable anxiety 
we saw that the position was hopeless, and after another heavy rain 
a vast quantity of stone slipped right over the edge of the quarry 
and crashed down below, breaking all the fine rocks to pieces. This 
necessitated digging out a quantity of soft layers of clay and rock, 
and rebuilding this portion with reinforced concrete, and facing it 
with stone. The accident retarded the work for two or three months. 
It is extremely fortunate, however, that it happened when it did, and 
not later on, when all our tackle had been removed and the site covered 
with plants. 

A fine thorn marks the commencement of our work of planting, and 
it is from under the far side of this thorn that the rock-garden is entered 
from the bottom. Beneath its shade a group of the true British Oxlip, 
Primula elatior, grows. This, as probably many of you know, only 
occurs in the neighbourhood of Saffron Walden and Bardfield over 
a small area, partly in Essex and partly in Suffolk. The plant that is 
found in many places throughout the country, and commonly called 
the Oxlip, is a hybrid that occurs very frequently between the Cowslip 
and Primrose, and is quite distinct from the true Oxlip, which is a 
good species. The heads of Oxlips always grow to one side, and the 
species has a much less inflated calyx than either the Primrose or 
Cowslip. 

A small side-path leading from under the May Tree passes out to 
the edge of the Rock-garden, and a group of Sparaxis flowers just 
above this path. 

Walking up the main path, on the left, we see a fine clump of 
Nierembergia frutescens, which has proved more or less hardy with 
us. It is a beautiful plant, with flowers like a large pale Liniwm. 

At the foot of the bank on the right, Waldsteinia geoides scrambles 
down into the path, while a few paces further along clumps of Heli- 
chrysum angustifolium, and a silver-leaved Thyme which is sold as 
Thymus Serpyllum splendens, are seen. I cannot, however, believe 
that this silver-leaved Thyme with a perfume almost identical with 
the scented Verbena, can be any form of our common wild Thyme. 
On the right is a clump of Hievacium villosum, with its beautiful 
white shaggy foliage and brilliant yellow flowers, too well known to 
need any comment. 

Two or three paces beyond the Hieracium villosum is a fine plant of 


276 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Coronilla cappadocica, whilst immediately below grows a much less 
showy plant, Astragalus monspessulanus. 

Another side entrance to the Rock-garden from a little further 
up the hill, leads to the same point that we have just left, and a short 
distance along it on the right-hand side is a nice plant of Agave Han- 
buryana, a species named after my late cousin, Sir THoMAS HANBURY. 
This plant has stood in the open for the last four years, and has 
much increased in size. 

I may here. mention my indebtedness to the La Mortola garden for 
a large number of semi-hardy plants that we have been able to grow, 
though we have lost some of those tried. Here, too, is a group of the 
beautiful double Wood Anemone, which is pure white. 

Where these two paths join is a small pool, from which water flows 
from the central rock when turned on. Our rocks become entirely 
covered with Avenaria balearica when situated in a moist and semi- 
shaded position. The plant is one of great beauty and one that no 
one would like to be without, but at times it is very troublesome in 
creeping over and killing many small plants in its neighbourhood. A 
gardening friend told me that his only remedy for it was a scrubbing-: 
brush. 

Opposite this pool is an albino variety of our British Musk Mallow 
(Malva moschata). The white form is well worth growing. This 
particular plant was found wild in our own neighbourhood ; it seeds 
freely, some of the seedlings coming true white, others reverting to 
the typical pink form. 

Leaving the pool behind us, we pass up the next bend of the main 
path, where the rock is now completely covered with Cotoneaster 
adpressa, and the white flower above it, a form of Candytuft, known 
as Snow-flake. Whilst speaking of Candytuft the planting of Iberis 
gibraltarica may be strongly recommended. It is a beautiful and 
showy biennial, which, when once established, propagates itself by 
shedding its seed all round. 

On the left of the path is a bank with a medley of plants, including 
Genista hispanica, Carpenteria, Erica lusitanica, Cistus (fig. 45), and 
Helianthemum. 

Immediately beyond it, on the left of the path, is a very fine mass 
of Lithospermum prostratum, with its gentian-blue flowers. This plant 
is scarcely ever without some flower throughout the year. The rock 
below it is clothed with the inevitable Avenaria balearica, with double 
Daisies on the pathway below that. The rocks at this corner are 
among the largest that we were able to move with the tackle at our 
disposal. Several of them weigh nearly five tons each, having been 
brought to this spot from the top of the hill on rollers. 

Facing the rock with the Lithospermum is a small corrie containing 
several plants of interest, including Salix reticulata from Perthshire. A 
plant of the large silvery-leaved Salvia argentea grows on the bank at 
the right. The path up the steps on the left leads to another side 
exit from the rock-garden. At the foot of the rocks is a good bed 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN. 27, 


of Rubus arcticus, which spreads, and flowers freely here, and by 
this same corrie is a fine mass of Sempervivum arachnoideum, the 
pretty pink flowers forming a pleasing contrast to the white cottony 
foliage. 

Pursuing the main path, and leaving the large masses of rock, 
previously alluded to, on our left, we pass to an irregular-shaped pool 
on the right in the centre of the rock-garden (fig. 46). In the fore- 
ground of this picture is a fine clump of the Melancholy Thistle 
(Carduus heterophyllus), brought from Killin, in Scotland. In the little 
marsh round the pool are such plants as Grass of Parnassus (Parnassia 
palustris), Hypericum elodes, Soldanella, and several interesting rushes 
and sedges, including Carex Buxbaumiu from Lough Neagh in Ireland, 
and Carex aquatilis from Loch Tummel in Perthshire. A rock by the 
path to the right of the picture is covered by a clump of Polygonum 
vaccintfolium, which is a plant that can be highly recommended for 
decorating prominent rocks with its bright pink flowers, which last 
throughout the autumn, and near by is a group of the bright yellow 
Ranunculus montanus, a compact and very attractive species. 

A few paces further along the path, and looking back, one sees 
the bank on the opposite side of the path to the pool we have just 
passed, on which Anchusa myosotidifiora, like a giant Forget-me-not, 
and Lavatera Olbia and many other plants grow well. 

Below the Lavatera are steps leading to the upper path of the rock- 
garden, where, among other things, is a fine clump of our beautiful 
native Campanula patula, found on a few sandy commons in the 
South of England. It is an annual of great beauty, and sows itself 
freely wherever introduced, if the soil be sufficiently light to suit it. 

Passing the rock with the Lavatera on our left, and another side 
entrance on the right, we see in the distance the highest peaks of the 
rock-garden. To the left of the steps is a plant of Evica ciliaris alba, 
whilst on a sunny rock above is Othonnopsts cheirifolia, a plant admir- 
ably adapted to covering hot, dry, exposed rocks. 

On the right of the path, a little further along, is a clump of Primula 
“Mountain Ruby,’ whilst on the left is a clump of Helleborus corsicus. 
This plant flowers from January onwards during the spring, and is 
a species well worth growing. 

On the next shoulder to the right is a fine clump of Saxifraga 
lingulata superba. 

Leaving the Saxifraga on the right, the main path passes into the 
ravine (fig. 47). This passage is cut through the solid rock. Above 
the rock is a bed of very soft sandstone, which was soon taken 
possession of by a large colony of sand-martins, which have nested 
there every year since. The steps on the left lead to the moraine, 
the sheet of white flowers being a rock covered with Helichrysum 
bellidiotdes, while to the left of this, and just outside the picture, is 
a fine plant of Aethionema iberideum. Ascending the steps, we reach 
the bottom of the moraine garden, the structure of which I will 
endeavour to explain to you ; one may see from here the hole through 


278 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


which the water flows from the moraine after passing the whole 
length through it. On the left of this winding path are sunken beds 
largely composed of moraine material, which are mainly devoted to 
Gentiana verna and G. acaulis ; but besides these I have a collection 
of some of our rarest Chickweeds and Avenarias, which thrive splen- 
didly in the small limestone, of which the Gentiana verna bed is 
largely composed. Among these I may mention Cerastium Edmond- 
stonit, found only on Unst, the most northern island of the Shet- 
lands; and Avrenaria norvegica, from the same island. 

Viola avenaria, a plant that probably few of you have seen, is 
there too. It grows only on the top of Widdy Bank Fell, in Tees- 
dale, where it was discovered by the late JAMES BACKHOUSE many 
years ago. It is our rarest British violet, and is remarkable for 
having a downy capsule. The plant attains finer proportions in my 
moraine than it does where I found it in Teesdale, where it is 
only found on what is geologically known as sugar-limestone, so 
named because it is of the consistence of loaf-sugar, and can be 
readily crushed by the fingers. Saxifraga decipiens, at the edge of 
the moraine, sows itself in the moraine material. 

In making the moraine we first constructed a succession of cement 
tanks, the side walls of which go uphill, the tanks being full at the 
front, and only half full at the back. A small square brick building 
in the lower corner of each tank has a valve, which is closed in the 
summer, but left open in the winter. By this means the water can 
be entirely drained from underneath, the plants being kept sufficiently 
moist by the rain which falls and soaks through the moraine material 
during the winter months. 

The next thing to do was to build stepping-stones in the moraine, 
so as to be able to walk about it for planting purposes. The stones 
being of different thickness, they were all brought to approximately 
the same level by the different heights of the brick piers supporting 
them. 

The moraine was then filled up with the proper material between 
the stepping-stones. The natural rock as it lay in the hill, after having 
had all the super-soil removed, lies to the right of the moraine, and is 
utilized for growing a considerable collection of Sempervivums and 
Saxifrages, which are thriving exceedingly well and spreading. The 
upper edge of this mass of rock is immediately above the ravine, 
which leads to the chasm. Draba imbricata grows in a little crevice 
with overhanging rock above, and there is a little ledge close by 
with Hutchinsia alpina growing on it, and another close by with our 
native H. petraea upon it. 

We now leave the moraine, and return to the entrance to the 
ravine. In the bottom left-hand corner a clump of Mesembryan- 
themum edule will be seen, Primula Juliae, Commelina, and close by 
Euphorira Myrsinites, a very attractive plant, of compact habit and 
very glaucous, which has proved quite hardy for three or four seasons. 
At the foot of the rocks in the next bend is a good clump of 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN, 279 


Beech-fern (fig. 48), brought by us from Scotland, and in chinks in 
the rock above it Asplenium viride thrives, whilst opposite grow 
Asplenium Trichomanes and Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum. 

Matthiola rupestris, a fine species of Stock found round the coast of 
the Mediterranean, is also in the ravine. It is very sweet-scented, and 
attains to a large size; with us it appears to be biennial. 

The ravine is very beautiful when Saxzfraga Cotyledon is in flower. 
It forms enormous rosettes in the wide natural vents in the- rock. 
When planting, it is of course necessary to fill the vents up with suitable 
material for the plants to growin. Immediately beyond this Saxifrage 
is the entrance to some long caves formed by our tunnelling into the 
hill for more stone required for completing the upper portions of the 
Rock-garden. 

In several of the vents Primula Forresti thrives wonderfully. 
The large-leaved Magydaris tomentosa grows just below. Passing 
round the bend in the ravine, we come on a vent planted with Primula 
‘J. H. Wilson,’ a very handsome plant, and one that is easily grown 
in such a situation. 

We have now turned the last corner in the ravine, and come in 
sight of the great chasm, or quarry, that we made in the hill. A 
beautiful plant of Saxifraga nepalensis hangs from the rocks on the 
right. Just below this will be seen three steps which are the begin- 
ning of a flight of fifty-three steps, which lead up between the rocks 
to the level of the ground before we made the excavations. If the 
picture of ‘Banky Meadow’ with the cows be recalled to mind, it will 
be seen how great a transformation has been wrought in a piece of 
ground which, when we came to Brockhurst, we did not know to 
contain any rock at all. Opposite the flight of steps on the right is a 
still higher flight of steps passing up the left bank and behind the bold 
rock, which was purposely left standing, and which for convenience 
we designate the “ pulpit ”’ rock (fig. 49). 

Before passing to these steps, we may notice the planting on the 
right side of the ravine. Here is Saxifraga nepalensis, whilst to the 
right is a crevice filled with S. Bursertana gloria, which, this year, was 
in full flower before the end of January and during the month of 
February. To the right of this again is Gypsophila repens rosea, and 
below this native plants of Myosotis alpestris, brought home with us 
from Scotland from the Ben Lawers range in Perthshire. 

Our native Vetch, Vicia sylvatica, which we collected from the 
northern side of the Malvern Hills, also grows well here. Last year 
we saw this plant growing in great beauty and profusion on the 
cliffs at Melvich, in Sutherlandshire, whence we could see the Orkney 
Islands. It is a plant well worthy of cultivation in our gardens. 

Pursuing the main path to the large chasm, and turning the corner 
abruptly to the left, brings us to the deep pool which we excavated ; 
the dripping well will be seen (fig. 5c), and to the right of it a natural 
vent in the cliff with fine plants of Saxifraga lingulata superba grow- 
ing in it and to the right again a few plants of S. Cotyledon (fig. 51). 


280 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


One of the Alpine willows grows on a ledge below and to the left 
of the dripping well. 

A group of our rare native Fern Cystopteris montana, brought from 
Ben Laoigh, in Perthshire, after a very long day’s excursion to obtain 
it, thrives well at the base of the cliffs, and a natural vent is planted 
with the much commoner Cystopteris fragilis, brought from the neigh- 
bourhood of Killin. The plant of Saxifraga oppositifolia growing 
with it is from the same locality. We also grow in quantity a 
larger-flowered form of this species, sold as S. oppositifolia splendens. 

Near by are two more interesting native plants, both brought 
from the neighbourhood of Killin—namely, the Holly Fern (Polystichum 
Lonchitis) and Poa alpina, which is nearly always found in a viviparous 
state as it grows here. 

The Green Spleenwort grows very luxuriantly in a naturally damp 
crevice of the rock, where it never gets direct sunshine. The leaves 
produced here are larger than any I have found in the wild state. 

In a sheltered nook in the natural rock at the base of the steps 
that go up to the right, I planted Primula Wintert, not knowing how 
it would succeed in the open, but my confidence was not mis- 
placed. The plant faces north-east, and is more or less sheltered 
from above by slightly overhanging rocks, and it formed a beautiful 
picture last January. P. Bulleyana grows at the foot of the cliffs just by. 

The steps (fig. 52) ascend from the ravine towards the north-east, 
and pass immediately below and against the “ Pulpit’ rock, and 
near them specimens of Saxtfraga longifolia form a beautiful feature. 
Echium plantagineum, a rare plant found in the Channel Islands, 
and a fine specimen of one of the New Zealand Celmisias, C. Munroz, 
and Saxifraga Kolenatiana also grow here. Above the last is the 
graceful and rather rare English grass, Melica nutans. This we 
brought from a wood near High Force, Teesdale. A great mass of 
our common Echium vulgare grows on one of the outer sandy banks 
of the Rock-garden; although a common British plant, it is very 
beautiful, and is extremely attractive to bees and other insects. 

Having ascended the steps, the top of the chasm with the upper 
portions of the Rock-garden come into view. The steps are continued 
to the left, and when they reach the stage by the tunnel they again 
go off to the left and then to the right, the upper path passing along 
just below the peaks, and commanding a fine view into the chasm 
and over a large part of the rock-garden and the country beyond. 

Standing at the level of the tunnel, and looking back, we see at 
the bottom of the ravine the path which brought us to the chasm—the 
steps leading out of the rock-garden to the south, and the commence- 
ment of the upper path which extends the whole way back through 
the Rock-garden to the point from which we started. An almost 
entirely fresh set of plants is found along this path, and the views, 
looking down, are quite different from those obtained when walking 
up the lower path. Dvzascia Barbarae, growing here, is interesting as 
having a flower with two spurs. 


‘O8Sc ‘f aovfs Of] 
“GNNOUDANOA NI SNOTIAHCAOUALAH SONGYVD NACAVO-HMOOY AO HWIACCIN UVAN TOOG—'9fp ‘DIA 


‘"NWSVHD OL ANIAVY HDNOUHL HLYd ‘ ANIVYO|FT AHL OL LAAT NO, SdoLS—' Lp ‘SIA 


‘(SHCIOIGOdAIOd SINALAODAHG) NUIY HOAAG—'Sp “OIA 


ve 


a 


Fic. 49.—END OF RAVINE MADE THROUGH THE NATURAL ROCK. 


BLE 


M AND DRIPPING W 


—POOL IN CHAS 


O00: 


FIG 


N ON RIGHT, 


COTYLEDO 


GROWING IN NATURAL VENTS IN THE ROCK. 


S 


SAXIFRAGA LINGULATA ON LEFT 


EGO. 


“GNNOUODAUNON NI ANIVYUOYWY AHL AO NOILYOd ONIMOHS (LSAaM) 2OVa-ONDIOOT MaIA—'?S DI 


Fic. 53.—MAIN STEPS FROM RAVINE (TO NORTH) BEFORE REACHING CHASM.. 
[To face p. 281.) 


A SUSSEX ROCK-GARDEN. 281 


Turning round and facing the entrance to the tunnel, Echeverias 
will be seen growing and flowering freely in the chinks between the 
stones. These plants have been here for two years, and some planted 
in a similar way on the other side of the ravine have stood out for 
four years without damage from frost. Doubtless, if these had been 
planted flat, so that water could have lain in them, they would have 
been destroyed, Androsace lanuginosa and all the other species of 
Androsace that we have tried have thriven well on our rock. We 
give some of them slight protection in the winter. 

In the chinks of the chasm and rocky cliffs at the base of the 
rock many alpines are planted, one of the cracks being filled with 
Dianthus alpinus, another with D. caesius, and so on. 

Among the rocks to the right of the pool, and below the cliffs, 
there is a fine colony of Saxifraga Fortune. I have planted and am 
allowing a large number of our rarer British Hieracia to seed about 
naturally in the cracks of the rocks, some of the alpine species being 
of great beauty. 

Returning to the other side of the Rock-garden, we come back by 
the upper path, on the sandy edges of which the pretty British Pansy, 
Viola Curtisit, from Braunton Burrows, grows. 

I should like to repeat that our Rock-garden was begun without 
any general scheme, and developed as we went along according to the 
configuration and nature of the ground. It is easy to make well- 
founded criticisms, and, given the same conditions, it is certain that 
no two persons would have arrived at precisely the same result. 
Though the general design was our own, I wish to acknowledge how 
much I owe to my gardener, THoMAS MATTHEWS, for the skill he 
displayed in selecting and placing suitable stones, for carrying out the 
various details, and for his intelligent, painstaking, and careful super- 
vision of the entire work. 

I will only add that if any of my readers feel tempted to come 
and see our Rock-garden when ‘they are in the neighbourhood, it will 
be a pleasure to Mrs, HANBuRY and me to afford them every facility 
for so doing. 


282 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 
By THOMAS STEVENSON, F.R.H.S. 
[Read November 7, 1916; Mr. JoSEPH CHEAL, V.MH,, in the Chair. ] 


THE term “ Border Chrysanthemums ”’ is applied to varieties which 
flower successfully in the open air before the advent of severe frost, 
and as this section is now a very large and varied one no apology 
should be necessary for my endeavour to still further popularize what 
I consider to be one of the most useful plants in cultivation. 

I have heard it remarked by many that they do not like to see 
Chrysanthemums flowering in the borders, for they look upon them 
as a sign that winter is at hand. There are others, and I am one 
of them, who are pleased to see the waning summer, as it leads on 
to the blooming period of various plants that are much less fleeting 
in character than those that flower during the heat of the year, 
and I am sure everyone will agree that the Chrysanthemum is one of 
the most lasting of all flowering plants, whether cultivated in the 
open ground or in pots for decoration in late autumn and winter. 

In conversation recently with one of our largest growers of cut 
flowers, a man whose aim is to put large quantities on the market 
every weekday during the year, and who naturally puts sentiment 
on one Side in his endeavour to make the business profitable, chanced 
the remark that he was always pleased when the early Chrysanthemums 
were ready to market, as he felt, whatever the public were paying 
for the flowers, they were at least getting value for money, and I 
entirely agree with him. Whether the Chrysanthemums are grown 
for display in the garden, or for cutting for indoor decoration, what- 
ever time and trouble expended on them are amply repaid by the 
beautiful effects obtained and the length of time the flowers last, 
whether on or off the plants. 

Every real gardener and garden lover thoroughly appreciates the 
effects produced by the various classes of plants in their seasons, but 
at no season of the year do we see anything that is more in harmony 
with its surroundings than are the various shades of yellow, bronze, 
and crimson of Chrysanthemums, and when these are planted close 
to shrubs whose foliage changes with the shortening days they provide 
a wealth of colour-blending that would need a clever artist to depict, 
and someone with a better flow of language than I to describe. 

In my paper—a year or two ago—on Chrysanthemums in pots,* 

I ventured to remark on the great quantities that were grown for 


* JournaL R.H.S., xli. p. 64. 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 283 


use as cut flowers, and those who have been privileged to see some 
of the great cut-flower producing establishments have not only 
marvelled at the enormous number of plants grown, but also at the 
high standard of cultivation, and I should certainly like to see this 
class of Chrysanthemum taken up with more enthusiasm by the 
private gardener and amateur generally. 

At the present time there is unlimited choice of varieties, as during 
the past fifteen to twenty years much progress has been made, and 
many good raisers have worked hard to improve them. 

Previous to this, however, the number of good varieties was very 
limited, and the date of flowering of most of them was rather too 
late for them to be termed early-flowering Chrysanthemums. The 
comparative hardiness and the power of frost resistance possessed 
by these short-petalled varieties, however, were great, and even as 
recently as last year I saw some of them flowering away quite freely 
in December, and when on a visit to Scotland a year or two ago, 
about the third week in November, practically every garden by the 
roadside had masses of these old, as well as some of the newer 
varieties in bloom. This is only an instance or two of their hardiness ; 
much more, however, may be said of their general usefulness, and 
I hardly think I should be exaggerating if I said that Border Chrys- 
anthemums can be grown wherever there is a small garden or borders, 
and I have seen quite good displays in such poor receptacles as herring 
boxes. Furthermore, they are not averse to the conditions prevailing 
in large towns, in fact they seem to revel in a smoke-laden atmosphere, 
and many of the finest displays of Border Chrysanthemums I have 
seen have been in the smoky districts in and around London. 

Several of the London parks and open spaces have been and are 
still noted for their annual displays of Chrysanthemums both under 
glass and in the open beds and borders, and it must be a pleasure 
to those responsible to see how thoroughly their efforts are appreci- 
ated by the great numbers who visit the parks during the time they 
are in bloom. 

If under such conditions Border Chrysanthemums will make a 
good and lasting show, how much better should they be where the 
nature of the soil, climate, and atmospheric conditions are ideal! 
Gardeners generally would do well to try to emulate the example 
set by the market growers whose plants are perfect specimens of 
good cultivation and the flowers such as would lend themselves to 
any scheme of decoration. 

The Border Chrysanthemum is no new type of the flower, though 
it has been improved almost out of knowledge both as regards the 
date of flowering and in the number and beauty of the varieties. 

Mr. HARMAN PAYNE, in a paper on the subject in 1906, mentioned 
that the first early-flowering Border Chrysanthemums made their 
appearance in this country in 1852. These were no doubt Pompons. 
In 1865 Mr. JoHN SALTER gave a list of fifteen summer-flowering 
varieties in his work, ‘‘ The Chrysanthemum—its History and Culture.” 


284 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


In 1869 ‘Sceur Melaine’ was introduced. Many of us know this 
variety, and quite recently I saw it growing. 

‘Madame Castix Desgranges’ was introduced a few years later, 
in 1873 or 1874, and it and its sports are still grown and, I believe, 
sent to market, though I doubt the wisdom of this, seeing the number 
of better varieties we now have. This variety, however, established the 
popularity of the early Border Chrysanthemum, and after its appear- 
ance we soon began to get others of the large-flowering or Japanese 
type. 

The Massé family was another notable introduction, and ‘Madame 
Marie Massé’ and its sports are still grown in hundreds of thousands, 
both for cut flowers and in small pots for decorative purposes. 

This family gave us a greater range of colour in the larger-flowering 
type than heretofore and added greatly to the interest in the flower. 
It is since its introduction that the greatest strides have been made in 
the colour and type of flower and in the habit of the plant. Naturally, 
different raisers are striving after different ideals, and whilst some 
endeavour to get varieties of close, compact habit for the embellish- 
ment of the garden, others, chiefly growers of cut flowers for market, 
prefer good strikingly coloured varieties on fairly long stiff stems, 
which, when disbudded, give blooms of from four to six inches in 
diameter or quantities of good light spray flowers after the type of 
“ Roi des Blancs.’ 

One other type of the flower which I have so far failed to mention 
is the early-flowering single. This is, I believe, of a much later intro- 
duction, very few varieties, if any, being introduced before 1900, and it 
is to our late friend W. WELLS of Merstham that we are indebted 
for many of the better varieties. In one season alone he planted 
out 20,000 seedlings, thus showing his great interest and enthusiasm 
for the new type of flower ; and, though I cannot say that I prefer 
it to the Pompon and Japanese types for outdoor cultivation, 
there are many varieties that are bright and effective in the garden, 
and as they yield an abundance of bloom they are most useful for 
decorative purposes in the house. Where they really fail is that they 
do not pack well, the single or double rows of florets being somewhat 
easily damaged, and thus their beauty is spoiled and their sphere of 
usefulness limited. 

This very brief résumé of the history of the flower is quite sufficient 
to show that the plant has been developing in this country for well 
over half a century. Though the Pompon was the original, we now 
have three distinct types, Pompons, Japanese, and Singles, all of 
which are useful, and when we consider that by their aid we can 
prolong by a month or two the displays of bright flowers in our beds 
and borders, and also secure large quantities of cut flowers for the 
decoration of the home up to the end of October, such plants deserve 
more than ordinary consideration. 

The several ways in which these Border Chrysanthemums can 
be utilized are well worth a word or two. They will grow in any kind 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 285 


of garden soil and in almost any position, and if this is not too moist 
will live through the winter and go on blooming year after year, but 
such treatment I do not recommend, as it is not conducive to the 

best results. Planted in fairly large clumps in the herbaceous border 
they are quite at home, and, providing due consideration is given 
to the selection of varieties, they add greatly to the charm of the 
border during the late summer and autumn. 

Planted in beds of fair size—either one variety or two or three 
selected for their height and colour—if the beds are on a fairly 
expansive lawn they make a brave show, and under such conditions 
are perhaps seen at their best. It is not necessary to grow them in 
such beds all the summer, but they may be removed thence just 
previous to flowering. 

In or around the edges of open or newly-planted shrubberies 
they can be utilized with much effect, and it is in such positions that 
the stools may be left a year or two, and I have known instances 
where the ‘ Massé’ family have done much better, treated in this way, 
though, generally speaking, young plants put in each season produce 
by far the best results. 

Grown in large tubs, pots, or boxes they make exceedingly good 
decorative subjects and add considerable colour to the terrace or 
verandah during September and October, varieties that are of suitable 
habit and colour for the purpose in view being selected. 

For cutting purposes they are best cultivated in a border or in 
beds in the kitchen garden, where their wants can be properly attended 
to, and, though without any protection whatever, good results are 
obtained. A little provision for protecting the flowers in case 
of early frost or prolonged moisture during the opening stages is 
amply repaid. 

As a market subject the border or early-flowering Chrysanthemum 
is extremely popular, and its cultivation is carried out on a very 
extensive scale. As direct evidence of this one has only to visit one 
of the large markets any morning during the season, and anyone not 
familiar with the subject would indeed wonder where such enormous 
quantities of flowers came from. On the other hand, if one were to see 
the nurseries of such growers as LADDS of Swanley, MIZEN of Mitcham, 
CRAGG, HARRISON, and CRAGG of Heston, LOWE and SHAWYER of 
Uxbridge, or many others that might be mentioned, the wonder would 
be even greater and the question would immediately be asked, 
“Wherever do such quantities of flowers go to?” The growers, 
however, are only catering for the public demand, and rarely is the 
supply greater than the demand. Even if there is a glut it is usually 
of the lower grades, and not the better class of disbudded blooms. 

I have already mentioned how well they are cultivated by the 
growers for market ; growing them as they do in such huge quanti- 
ties, they become acquainted with the exact requirements of each 
variety and treat them accordingly. In comparison with the quantity 
of plants the number of varieties grown is small, and it is indeed 


286 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


a good variety that passes muster with the market grower. Not only 
must the colour be right for selling, but the habit and cropping 
qualities must be good as well, and the florets of such texture or 
substance that they are not easily damaged in packing, and are still 

fresh after being out of water from twelve to twenty-four hours. The | 
last is a severe test, and anything of a soft or flimsy nature is soon cast 
aside, buyers quickly recognizing those that do not give satisfaction. 

In dealing with the cultivation of a plant it is usual to commence 
with the propagation, but before doing so I should make it quite 
clear that Border Chrysanthemums under fair conditions will live 
and flower well for quite a number of years, practically without any 
attention, and the fact of their being left to themselves tends to make 
the plants hardier. The soil which they are in naturally becomes 
poor and the growth less rampant each succeeding year, and so the 
stools get harder and the young growths in the spring less vigorous 
and consequently more likely to come through the spring safely than 
young plants put out in well-prepared ground the previous spring. 
The latter often throw up very vigorous growth from the base during 
November and December, and it is this class of shoot that very quickly 
succumbs to frost. 

Those who are desirous of cultivating the plants on these lines 
would be well advised not to cut back the plants too hard after 
flowering, but rather to let them die back naturally after the flower- 
ing shoots have been cut. If cut down, say, to within six inches of 
the ground while the roots are still active, they are apt to bleed and 
the constitution of such plants is ruined, so when planting to establish 
Border Chrysanthemums permanently—that is without propagating 
each spring—it would be best to plant in soil not too rich, and in select- 
ing the position let it be one that does not lie too wet during the winter. 

A very simple method of propagation, and one best suited to the 
amateur and owners of small gardens without glass accommodation, 
is to lift the plants that have flowered the previous autumn some 
time during April, pull off the young growths, which by this time 
are throwing up well from the base and are usually well rooted, and 
plant themin the borders. They will make good plants by the autumn ; 
five to nine such shoots planted about a foot apart make really effective 
clumps. The only things likely to injure them are slugs, but a slight 
dusting or two of soot in the early stages will invariably ensure them 
against much damage. Any quantity of plants may be raised in 
this way, and for an ordinary display in the borders any other form 
of propagation is really unnecessary. 

Where, however, a speciality is made of Border Chrysanthemums 
or where they are required in quantity for cutting purposes, it is 
usual to propagate them under glass, the date of propagation varying 
from the end of January to March, and except in the case of particular 
varieties there is little to be gained by early propagation. Cuttings 
inserted the first or second week in March make good plants by the 
end of April, which even in a very favourable district is quite early 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 287 


énough for planting. May is the best time for planting in most 
districts, and so the date of propagation must be governed somewhat 
by the proposed date of planting, and of course by the class of plant 
desired at planting time. 

To ensure good cuttings the care of the stock plant is important, 
and where possible these should be lifted in the autumn before the 
advent of severe frost, and placed in a cold house or frame where 
frost can be excluded, lightly covering the roots with fine soil. 
Very little or no water will be necessary during the winter months, 
but plenty of ventilation should be given. Many shoots will be 
thrown up during January and early February, and usually they 
are pretty strong. They should be removed with a knife at or just 
beneath the surface of the soil and thrown away, and the next lot 
of cuttings, though not so strong, will be better and likely to root more 
evenly than the first, the lengthening days and stronger light keeping 
them harder. A moderately hard cutting not only roots quicker but 
emits many more roots than a large sappy one, and the growth of 
every plant is governed by the amount of serviceable roots it has. 

A light sandy compost should be used for propagating, but whether 
this is made up in the form of a bed in a moderately cool house or 
frame or in boxes is quite immaterial, either method having its ad- 
vantages ; but it is essential for the cuttings to be made quite firm 
in the compost and well watered in, afterwards keeping them close 
till roots are emitted, when the young plants should be gradually 
hardened off by giving more air day by day. 

Where only a few dozen plants are grown it may be an advantage 
at this stage to pot them off singly into small pots, but where they 
are being cultivated in large numbers this is unnecessary, the best 
plan being to box them off or plant them out in three or four inches 
of soil in frames at from four to six inches apart. | 

It may be necessary to keep them close for a few days after potting 
or replanting, but great care should be exercised, as too free growth 
is the one thing to be guarded against, and for this reason also the 
watering must be very sparingly done, particularly if they are planted 
out, just sufficient being given to prevent flagging. Once they have 
lifted their heads after replanting or potting plenty of air will be 
necessary to ensure sturdy growth, and as at this date the days generally 
will be fairly warm the lights should be removed entirely whenever 
the weather is fine. 

Potted plants will take a great deal more water when they become 
well rooted than those planted out, and though I strongly urge the 
necessity for care in this direction they must not be stunted by 
being kept too dry. 

Sometimes during April aphides will make their appearance in the 
points of the shoots, but one or two light sprayings with an insecticide 
will quickly eradicate this pest. Towards the time for planting out 
the lights should be removed night and day, and everything done to 
ensure hardiness in the young plants. 


288 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The preparation of the soil is an important matter, particularly if 
they are to be grown in quantity for cutting. Very deep digging or 
bastard trenching during the winter or early spring is a good plan to 
adopt, doing this sufficiently early to allow the soil to become 
ameliorated by the action of the weather and to consolidate slightly. 
The amount, of manure to be added should naturally be varied 
according to the nature of the soil, but rarely should it be necessary 
to dress the ground heavily with fresh manure. 

In private places where batches of plants are grown for cutting 
in the kitchen garden, or borders adjacent thereto, and which may 
have been well manured for previous crops, little or no manure 
should be given, as I have found that plants which grow away very 
freely in the early stages do not produce such good quality bloom as 
those grown more steadily and well fed after the appearance of the ~ 
flower-buds. 

Stations that are reserved for Chrysanthemums in the herbaceous 
borders may be rather more liberally treated, as the permanent occu- 
pants of the borders will naturally take a good deal of the nourishment 
out before the Chrysanthemum roots get well hold. 

It must not be inferred, however, that Chrysanthemums will give 
the best results from an impoverished soil. They will not! A well- 
worked soil not too rich in nitrogenous manure, which will give good 
steady growth from the outset, is far the best, and it is much easier 
and less wasteful to add or give manure later in the season than to 
try to check the growth of plants which are making far too much 
soft wood through a superabundance of manure at the outset. 

When the plants are being grown for lifting and transferring to 
flower-beds in the early autumn, the soil should be such as will produce 
plenty of fibrous roots, and if it is not naturally fairly light the addition 
of leaf soil, spent hops, or old mushroom-bed manure will help it in 
this direction ; a good autumn display might easily be spoilt ifi—when 
lifting—the roots come up without a good ball of soil. 

The date of planting will vary a little in different localities and 
seasons ; it may be safe to plant the first week in May or even a little 
earlier on moderately light soil and in a warm neighbourhood, but 
when the soil is heavier and the locality subject to late frosts it may 
be necessary to defer it to the third or last week in the month, and 
though some varieties, if well hardened, will stand a little frost, there 
are others which suffer considerably, and so it is not wise to take 
too many risks. 

Firm planting is essential, and it is detrimental to plant when 
the soil is in a wet condition, the plants getting away much quicker 
when it is nice and friable. 

The distance they should be planted apart will depend somewhat 
on the varieties. Pompons may only require from eighteen to twenty- 
four inches each way, and in light soil even less, but the stronger- 
growing Japanese type should be from two to three feet apart, a 
good plan being to plant in double rews two feet apart and two 


Fic. 54.—POMPON CHRYSANTHEMUMS GROWN IN BORDERS, 
[To face p. 288. 


‘ 


FIG. 55.—CHRYSANTHEMUM ‘° MERCEDES,’ AN AUGUST-FLOWERING VARIETY. 


| 4, Pa Pa e , 


Fic. 56.—DISBUDDED FLOWERS OF EARLY-FLOWERING CHRYSANTHEMUM 
* DELIGHT.’ 


Fic. 57.—DISBUDDED FLOWERS OF EARLY-FLOWERING CHRYSANTHEMUM 
‘FRAMFIELD EARLY WHITE.’ 


(To face p, 289. 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 289 


feet from plant to plant in the rows, and a distance of three between 
each pair of rows. This saves space somewhat and yet gives plenty 
of room for working between the plants during the growing season. 

Some time during the season the plants will require staking, and 
probably the best and quickest plan is to put the stakes in before 
planting out ; if this is done the young plants may be tied as soon as 
they require it, and the rows or beds will be much more tidy in appear- 
ance than when the stakes are put in at a later date. 

After planting, the ground should be frequently hoed. This 
operation serves the treble purpose of keeping down weeds, pro- 
moting healthy growth, and during dry weather checking the loss of 
moisture. If it is systematically done very little watering should 
be required, and certainly none till near the flowering period. 

When the flower-buds are showing, the treatment should be more 
liberal, and both feeding and watering must be regularly attended 
to. It is difficult to say how much water and manure should be 
given, this being governed by a variety of circumstances. Heavy 
soils may require very little, whilst on light porous soils a feed and 
good soaking of water every week or ten days would not be too much. 
It is astonishing what difference proper attention in this respect 
makes to the colour and general quality of the flowers. 

Disbudded plants for cutting, I find, like even more generous treat- 
ment than those grown for sprays or for a border display, and a severe 
drought after disbudding not only prolongs the time they are opening 
but robs them of colour and size. 

During the growing season the plants are liable to be attacked 
by greenfly and thrips, but the treatment suggested for the young 
plants will keep both these pests under. 

The worst enemies of Border Chrysanthemums, at least where they 
are being grown for cutting, are two small bugs which attack the 
points of the shoots during August and September, piercing the stems, 
thereby checking the growth, and deformed flowers are the result. 
Mr. WELLS, in his book on the Chrysanthemum, fully describes them. 
Since he wrote this, however, these pests have become very trouble- 
some in some localities, almost ruining the crop of bloom on certain 
varieties. Both are difficult to deal with, and the only remedy I can 
at the moment suggest is to spray regularly with nicotine insecticide. 

Plants for ordinary garden decoration are best allowed to grow 
quite naturally. The introduction of any system of stopping involves 
a greater amount of tying, which tends to a stiffer appearance, and 
in the borders this should be obviated as far as possible and varieties 
selected that require little or no staking. 

When growing for cut flowers, whether for sprays or disbudded 
blooms, it is sometimes advisable to take out the points of the plants 
at or about the time of the first natural break; this conduces to a 
more even set of shoots, and where it is desired to retard the flowering 
period of a variety they may be stopped again, afterwards restricting 
the shoots to the number required on each plant. Generally speaking, 

VOL. XLII, U 


290 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


the first week in July is late enough for this purpose in the south; 
further north this second stop may not be necessary, and in the case 
of some of the later-flowering varieties it may even be necessary to 
anticipate the natural break by stopping earlier, thus inducing the 
bloom buds to appear at an earlier date ; this applies chiefly to plants 
being cultivated for the production of disbudded blooms. 

Plants for a supplementary display in the flower-beds or borders 
should be treated as already advised, lifting them soon after 
the flower-buds are well set. Needless to say, they should be well 
watered a day or two beforehand, and if a showery time is chosen so 
much the better, thereby lessening the check. Care must be taken to 
lift them with as much soil adhering to the roots as possible, water- 
ing them in well after replanting, and giving them a light spray over- 
head for a few days while there is any tendency to flag. Excellent 
results are obtained in this way. 

As mentioned at the outset, varieties are very numerous, some 
five hundred having been on trial at Wisley in 1914, and the certifi- 
cated varieties and Committee’s selection will be found in the Society’s 
Journal * for Aprilrg15. This in itself is a good guide, but as varieties 
differ so much in different localities it is sometimes wise, before 
planting, to make a note of those which do well in the neighbourhood. 
However, I have been interested in this subject for a number of years, 
and venture in conclusion to give short lists of varieties for various 
purposes in the hope that they may be of service. 


VARIETIES FOR DISBUDDED BLOOMS. 


Candida Knaresboro’ Yellow 

White Framfield Early White Yellow Mrs. R. Hamilton 
Débutante Mrs. G. Wermig 
Madame Castix Des- Almirante 

granges ea Eldraco 

Cranford Pink Chace Dolores 
Delight Shades La Pactole 

Pink Fée Parisienne were Blake 
Consul . (Emperor 
Uxbridge Pink Crimson] Alcalde 

Yell Cranford Yellow 

Sane (Glantercia 


VARIETIES FOR THE GARDEN OR FOR CUTTING AS SPRAYS. 


Madame Castix Desgranges Carrie 
White {Ro des Blancs Leslie 
Market White Horace Martin 
‘Perle Chatillonaise Elstob Yellow 
Betty Spark Yellow Polly 
Dorothy Ashley Cranford Yellow 
Hector Jas. Bannister 
: Lillie Diana 
Blush Pink \ \arie Massé Ryecroft Glory 
Provence Mrs. J. Fielding 
Normandie B Almirante 
Patricia nae Hollicot Bronze 
Fée Parisienne Abercorn Beauty 
cresimut | Miss Balfour Melville 
Nina Blick 
‘Dolores 


* JOURNAL UEES.; vol. xp.) jan. 


Crimson 


Purple 


White 


Yellow 
Bronze 
Purple 


BORDER CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 291 


Alcalde 
Crimson Polly 

( Goacher’s Crimson 
Claret 


Singles. 


ae. Earle 

White City 
Golden Firebrand 
Brazier’s Beauty 
Kitty Riches 
Carrie Luxford 


Crimson [firebrand 


Kate Westlake 


Pompons. 
White White Pet 

Flora 

Piercy’s Seedling 
Yellow Mrs. A. Thomson 

Mignon 

Golden Petite Marie 
Blush Pink Blushing Bride 


Bronze Bronze Bride 
Purple Anastasia 
range Madame Lefort 
: j Little Bob 
Crimson 


(Crimson Précocité 
Chestnut Bijou 


292 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SOME FALLACIES REGARDING THE CLEMATIS. 
By A. G. JACKMAN, Tika S&S: 
[Read November 21, 1916; Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair.] 


In August 1915 I had the honour of reading a paper before you entitled 
‘‘ The Clematis, its Development and Cultivation,” * and I now wish to 
thank the Council for again inviting me to give a lecture on this very 
interesting and beautiful class of plants. 

I have chosen for this lecture the title ““Some Fallacies regarding 
the Clematis’ because I wish to take an opportunity of disposing 
of some misconceptions, and of correcting some mis-statements which 
have been made from time to time, and repeated in certain sections 
of the Press. 3 

The principal misconception is with regard to the cause of the 
sudden “‘ dying off ’’ which unfortunately affects some of the Clematis. 
This, as I mentioned in my previous lecture, has been attributed by 
different writers to (1) frost ; (2) eelworms; (3) the bursting of the 
cells through excessive moisture ; (4) too rich food; (5) grafting. 

None of these reasons, as I have most definitely stated in my 
previous lecture, do I believe to be the principal cause. 

With regard to frost, there is no doubt that, owing to the Clematis 
being one of the earliest plants to break forth into growth, severe late 
spring frosts do damage them, if they are in an exposed position. 
This, however, is generally perceptible, but the facts that plants “die ~ 
off’? in seasons when there have not been any severe late frosts, and 
also when they have been growing under glass, effectively dispose 
of this theory. 

Eelworms are sometimes found on the roots, and, though injurious, 
are not the cause, as it is rather the exception than the rule to find 
them on the plants affected, and in many cases the roots, on examina- 
tion immediately after the plant has died back, have been found 
perfectly healthy. 

I have noticed the bursting of the bark, due to increased vigour 
of the shoots, after the earlier growth had become ripened and set, 
or to careless handling in training the shoots. This, in many cases, 
has no detrimental effect, but in others probably becomes the seat of 
the cause of the “‘ dying off,’”’ as I will explain later on. 

With regard to too rich food, as previously stated, I do not 
remember any case of “ dying off’’ coming under my notice where 
_ the cause could be brought home to overfeeding, and I can state most 
emphatically that, in the majority of cases I have seen, no such treat- 
ment has been given. 


* JOURNAL R.HLS. vol. xli., p. 209 


SOME FALLACIES REGARDING THE CLEMATIS. 293 


With the last of these imagined causes of dying back—namely 
grafting—lI will deal at somewhat greater length. 

It has been asserted that, when Clematis are grafted on the native 
C. Vitalba, the latter being so strong, it, in time, causes the death of 
the graft, and to this are to be attributed the losses sustained. I 
entirely dissent from this statement. 

Before, however, giving my own views, I should like to quote the 
remarks of M. Moret, of Lyons, which are published in a letter— 
unfortunately left untranslated—which has recently appeared in one 
of the weekly horticultural journals. 

After having given his views on the cause of the trouble—views, 
as I shall show presently, which are in conformity with those I have 
put forward—and thus having ruled out grafting from the list of 
possible causes, M. MOREL observes that ‘‘ when grafted on the roots 
of C. Viticella, a union is secured, which borrows from the stock only 
temporary aid wherewith the scion forms for itself roots, on which it 
is to live.” 

That this is so will be seen in the accompanying illustration 
(fig. 58), and I need scarcely add that this stock, as well as C. Vitalba, 
is used in our nurseries, and furthermore that the disease occurs no 
less when this stock—approved by M. MorEL—is used than when 
C. Vitalba is employed. 

As the figure—of a two-year-old plant of C. ‘Lady Londes- 
borough,’ a hybrid of the patens type, grafted on C. Vitalba—shows, 
the “own roots” from the scion have developed considerably more 
than those of the stock on the left-hand side, and show no sign of 
being killed by the latter. 

In the second figure (fig. 59), which is of a plant of C. ‘ Lady Betty 
Balfour,’ a hybrid of the Viticella type, grafted on C. Viticella, you 
will notice that, although the roots of the stock underneath have 
increased since grafting, those of the scion roots above have also 
increased to a far greater extent. 

In further illustration of the excellence of C. Viticella as a stock, 
I have here a plant of C. Jackmanni superba * (fig. 60), lifted from 
the open ground, of several years’ growth, showing a considerable 
increase in the quantity of both stock and scion roots, and a growth 
of stems during the past summer of several feet. 

This also disproves the contention, which has been put forward, 
that nursery cultivation does not let the plants mature, and is not 
the best way to study the question. 

Another reason why I think that grafting is not the cause of the 
“ dying off ”’ is (as is apparent from these examples) that the plants, 
after they have formed their scion roots, are mainly supported by 
them and not by the roots of the stock. 

If grafting were the primary cause of the “ dying off,’’ it would be 
reasonable to suppose the plant will be affected from the union upwards, 
which is not so in this case. 


* The lecturer showed a plant. 


294 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Finally, with regard to this aspect of the subject, the fact that 
the disease occurs in seedlings and cuttings growing on their own 
roots, and ungrafted, disposes once for all of the prejudice, which could 
not be entertained by any experienced grower, that in grafting is 
to be found the cause of the disease. 

Now, as to the real cause of the disease, as I claimed in my previous 
lecture, it is undoubtedly due to a micro-organism. 

The parasite causes light-brown spots to form on the leaves, which 
spread down the petiole to the shoot, giving the foliage a sickly appear- 
ance. It also attacks the shoots when they have been injured or cut, 
causing gradual clogging and destruction of the cells, and extends 
downwards, until it arrives at the lateral shoot or shoots, causing them 
to succumb suddenly. 

The parasite apparently increases more rapidly with heat, thus 
accounting for the plants mostly dying back during the hot summer 
months, when they are in full growth, and sometimes in flower. 

Figure 60 clearly demonstrates the course of the disease. You 
see last year’s growth, which has been broken off, or cut. The fungus 
entered the shoot at this wound, causing the cells gradually to decay, 
until it arrived at a node, when two shoots suddenly withered and 
died. The lower shoot, you will see, is quite healthy and growing, 
and there are plump, healthy buds shooting out from the main 
stem lower down. The roots are also perfectly healthy. 

This illustration also proves the correctness of the advice I gave 
in my previous lecture as to planting, when I recommended Clematis 
being put in a sufficient depth to allow the top of the union with the 
stock, being about 2 inches below the surface of the ground, in order 
to encourage the plant to form secondary roots, and to throw up 
strong shoots from below the surface. 

In this illustration you will again perceive that last season’s shoot 
has been broken off a few inches above the level of the ground, a young 
shoot being sent up from the remaining eye. The parasite entered 
the old shoot at the wound, forced its way down the stem, encircling 
the node of the young shoot, causing it to succumb, the strong shoot 
on the left, coming from the main stem, being quite healthy. 

In the case of a plant which had been raised from a cutting, 
one eye at the top started into growth. The spores of the parasite 
attacked the leaves in the early stages and spread down the petiole 
to the shoot, arriving at the node at the top of the cutting, killing 
both the main stem and lateral shoot, whilst the other bud at the 
top of the cutting endeavoured to push into growth, though its life 
could be of but short duration.* 

The seedling figured (fig. 61) is three years old, and has grown 
well until this summer, when the parasite attacked it at the injury 
some three feet up the stem, killing all the branches above, whilst 
the lower portion of the main stem is still alive. 

Since stating my conclusion that the disease is due to a micro- 

* The lecturer showed an example bearing out his statement. 


SOME FALLACIES REGARDING THE CLEMATIS, 295 


organism, I have received particulars of experiments made by Mr. 
W. C. GLOVER, of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station, 
who has been able to isolate the parasite which causes the ‘ dying 
off,” and to identify it as a fungus belonging to the genus Ascochyia, 
which he calls Ascochyta Clematidina, and his views entirely bear 
out the conclusions I had formed as to the nature and development 
of the disease. 

M. Moret, the writer of the letter already referred to, shares 
somewhat similar views regarding the nature of the affection. In 
the course of his letter, he observes :— 

‘‘ The real cause of the sudden death of the Clematis, which often 
die off when in full bloom, appears to me to be of bacterial origin, and 
is generally confined toa comparatively small portion of the stem, some- 
times located more or less high up, more often near the base of the plant, 
but also sometimes half-way up, or in the upper part. At this point, 
which is easy to find the moment a withered plant is cut open, it is 
found that the interior of the stem, extending sometimes for only a 
fraction of an inch, is filled with black powder coming from the 
decomposition of the vessels. ... Above this point the plant is 
dead, below it is alive, and preparing vigorously for new growth.”’ 

The last of the subjects with which I have to deal is that con- 
cerning the origin of C. Jackmannt, which is, as is well known, a hybrid 
raised by my father. 

It has been asserted, on the authority of M. LAVALLEE, in ‘Les 
Clématites,”’ t. 4, pp. 9-12 (published over thirty years ago), that it 
is the Japanese species, known as C. hakonensis. I can only repeat 
what I know to be absolutely the fact, as stated in ‘‘ The Clematis,” 
p. 9, by Moore and JACKMAN, that it was “ the result (with others) 
of crossing C. lanuginosa by C. Hendersom and C. Viticella atrorubens, 
in the summer of 1858. The plants bloomed first in 1862, those named 
C. Jackmanm and C. rubro-violacea being shown at Kensington in 
August 1863, and receiving certificates of merit of the first class.”’ 

The first mention of C. hakonensis that I am aware of is in the 
“Enumeratio Plantarum in Japonia”’ (1879), ii. 263, by FRANCHET and 
SAVATIER, twenty years after C. Jackmanni was raised. 

If more is required to demonstrate the frivolity of the claim that 
C. Jackmannz is nothing but C. hakonensis, it is only necessary to turn 
to M. LAVALLEE’s description of the latter species, in which he states 
“its seeds are always numerous, germinate easily, and reproduce 
the species almost without variation,’ whereas C. Jackmanni is 
generally sterile. 

Again, according to FRANCHET and SAVATIER’S description of 
C. hakonensis (which the latter found growing in several districts in 
Japan), the leaves are “ternate,’’ a characteristic of the patens and 
florida sections, whereas those of C. Jackmanni are pinnate or pinnati- 
sect. Also, in a recent Japanese work, the ‘Index Plantarum 
Japonicarum,”’ vol. ii. part 2 (1912), p. 110, by J. Matsumura, C. 
hakonensis is regarded as a synonym of C. florida. 


296 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING.IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 
AUGUST I, Ig16. 


AN Exhibition of Dry Flowering Bulbs was held for the first time by 
the Royal Horticultural Soicety at its fortnightly Meeting on August I, 
1916 (see p. xcvi). The schedule included Daffodils, Tulips, and other 
bulbs, corms and tubers such as Crocuses, Anemones, &c. Exhibitors 
were required to give a formal declaration that the whole of their 
exhibits were grown by themselves on land in their own or in their 
firm’s occupation in Great Britain, Ireland, or the Channel Islands. 
The object of the exhibition was to encourage bulb-growing as a 
British industry, and a Conference was held in the Lecture Room on 
the same day with a view to giving greater impetus to the movement, 
to making the occasion a more auspicious one for the inauguration 
of an important industry on a larger scale than heretofore, and to 
demonstrating the excellence to which such bulbs can be grown in | 
Great Britain and Ireland, 


THE CONFERENCE. 


Lieut.-Colonel Sir ALBERT K. Ro tit, Litt.D., Member of Council, 
presided at the Conference, and, in his opening remarks, said: This 
Dry Bulb Show may be a dry subject, and it certainly cannot be 
called the “ blooming ’”’ Show, but it is very instructive and educa- 
tional, from horticultural, scientific, commercial, and international 
standpoints; and, as Ex-President of the Association of British 
Chambers of Commerce and of the London and Hull Chambers, I am 
glad to respond to the Council’s request to me to preside and give 
a brief introductory address. For “‘ the Royal Horticultural ’’ exists 
to do its best, horticulturally and commercially, and by way of organiza- 
tion, for the great and growing trade which it has brought into line 
and helped to place at the head of the Horticulture of the world. 
When once asked to propose ‘‘ The Trade of Ireland,’’ Dean Swift 
replied: ‘‘ Sir, I drink no memories’; and all in Great Britain want 
none but prosperous memories and good prospects in the victorious 
world-peace of the future, greater than the ‘“ Pax Romana” of 
Tacitus and the historians, for that was a peace of force, a peace of 
subjection, a peace of the sword, the hilt of which was at Rome and 
the point everywhere, whereas the peace we pray for is to be the 
‘“‘ Pax Britannica,’’ one of free nationalities, great and small. But even 
such a peace will bring its long years of strain and tension after war, 
and these must be prepared for in advance—for a fight for markets, 
new and old—and, alas, with a sad experience of the results of a want 


Fic. 58.—CLEMATIS ‘LADY LONDESBOROUGH ’ (PATENS) 
GRAFTED ON C. VITALBA, SHOWING ‘“‘ DIE-BACK.”’ 


(To face p. 296. 


Fic. 59.—CLEMATIS ‘LADY BETTY BALFouR’ (VITICELLA) 


GRAFTED ON C. VITICELLA, SHOWING “‘ DIE-BACK.”’ 


FIG. 60.—CLEMATIS JACKMANNI SUPERBA 


66 


GRAFTED ON C. VITICELLA, SHOWING “‘ DIE-BACK.”’ 


Fic. 61.—CLEMATIS SEEDLING, SHOWING ‘‘ DIE-BACK.”’ 
(To face p. 297. 


CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 20907 


of organization and preparation for both peace and war in the past. 
We must also realize the necessity for education and public instruc- 
tion, wide, and of the right sort, because knowledge is the basis of 
all business. There must be an end in our Universities and Schools 
of the high and dry academic attitude towards Modernism, which 
begot the old University aphorism: ‘‘ We know nothing of science 
here, we don’t even teach it,’ and of such medieval systems of 
teaching as of the languages—especially the dead; the sciences— 
especially the abstruse ; the Arts—especially such as can be said to 
be the most remote from common use. It is in these directions that 
this Dry Bulb Show and joint Conference of the Royal Horticultural 
Society and the Horticultural Trades Association are a modest first 
attempt to aid this branch of the horticultural trade and industry ; 
just as the Royal Horticultural Society has established a National 
Diploma in Horticulture, and has helped to found Science Degrees in 
Horticulture at the:University of London, and so to equip our horti 
cultural students, in place of the sword and spear of the gladiator, with 
the best and most modern weapons of intellectual precision, and to 
add to the rule-of-thumb the rule of trained teaching and experience. 
And it is to be hoped we shall, as a nation, remember our present 
lessons from the past, banish laissez-faire, and recall such warnings 
as those in the Report of the Royal Commission on Technical Educa- 
tion of even twenty or thirty years ago, telling us plainly of the dangers 
of the loss of our tar industries and our aniline dye trades to 
Germany, of our optical glass trades, lenses and glass bulbs, also 
largely lost to us, of our forgotten or neglected medical herbs and 
herb gardens (of which I have an old Georgian one at Chertsey), 
a hygienic subject on which the Royal Horticultural Society has also 
done its best by having had a large Conference here, over which I had 
the honour to preside; all these “ key ’”’ industries being the only 
“open sesames’’ to success in our great textile and other trades, 
neglect of which has placed us in the most dangerous dependency on 
enemy nations. Such things must never be again—‘‘ Under which 
king, Bezonian ? Speak or die.’’ Our very food supplies have thus 
been imperilled, and we begin to realize that the greatest public 
malefactor is the tyrant who boasted that where his charger’s hoof 
had trod no blade ever grows again, and the greatest patriots and 
benefactors they who help to make two blades grow where only one 
has grown before. ‘‘ Now” must be our new effort—now or never. 
Let me, then, encourage you and others to new efforts and methods by 
summarizing the situation of the nascent Dry Bulb Industry, as 
illustrated by to-day’s Show, which I hope may be contributed to 
by this Conference of Experts. 

Amongst what may for convenience be called “ bye”’ or “ side ”’ 
products of the war has been a distinct call to all patriotic Britons for 
the encouragement of Home Industries, and, as a help in this direction, 
the Council of the Royal Horticultural Society consented to hold this 
Exhibition of Home-grown Flower Bulbs, in order to demonstrate the 


298 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL. SOCIETY. 


excellence with which they can now be grown in Great Britain and 
Ireland if the supply from abroad should ever again be cut off. 

The call to British industry for development in all possible direc- 
tions is of the most urgent importance at the present time. It will 
involve the utilization of every rod of available land, and it is 
devoutly to be hoped that in the near future, with the aid of science 
and deep mechanical cultivation, we shall see all suitable waste and 
vacant areas turned to economic advantage in a way hitherto little 
dreamt of. 

It is to the interest of everyone and of every class to make this 
country as productive.as possible, and especially in the produce from 
the land. Agriculture and Horticulture are the twin bases of a 
country’s prosperity, and it behoves all whose interests lie directly or 
indirectly in land cultivation to see that the maximum results are 
secured from acreage by machinery and by labour. 

Many areas of ground now under other crops are quite capable of 
carrying bulbs at the same time, and bulbs bring a double harvest 
both of the flowers and of the excess of dormant bulbs. 

Until ten or fifteen years ago there was hardly any indigenous 
bulb trade in this country, but recently the industry has been success- 
fully undertaken in various parts of the British Isles. It is already 
one of the chief industries in Scilly and the Channel Islands, from 
whence tons of blooms are received in London in the spring, and are 
followed in the summer by bulbs in shiploads, for dry bulbs lend 
themselves to easy transport. 

Bulb-growing has also been particularly taken up in the Lincoln- 
shire and in the East Anglian Fenland, where some growers in Cam- 
bridgeshire have many acres under cultivation; and there is no 
possible reason why bulbs should not be grown also in other parts 
of the country where the soil is suitable. It is found that, with the 
possible exception of hyacinths and crocuses, the bulbs equal in quality 
those received from abroad, and, in addition to supplying the home 
demand, a considerable export trade has already been set up. 

Moreover, it is an industry which can be begun on a small scale ; 
requiring very small capital and only a little bit of land, it is one 
which appears to be well worthy of everyone’s attention. It is a 
pleasant and most interesting occupation, and is one, for the most 
part, within the limits of a woman’s reasonable strength, and suitable 
to her sex. 

The Board of Agriculture tells us that Daffodil cultivation can be 
made to yield an annual profit of as much as {15 an acre, though the 
Board is wisely careful to qualify this by saying that in estimating the 
quantity of blooms obtained from an acre considerable latitude must 
be allowed, as the crop will vary, according to varieties and good or 
indifferent cultivation &c. Therefore it is hoped that the Show 
which is being held to-day and this Conference will inaugurate a new 
era for this industry, which is of such comparatively recent origin in 
Great Britain ; and, with profits anything like those suggested by the 


CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING IN THE BRITISH ISLES, 299 


Board of Agriculture, there appears sufficient encouragement to give 
bulb-growing a thorough trial, where soil and other conditions are 
suitable for it. Incidentally, and without clearly foreseeing the issue, 
the present juncture has, indeed, been most wonderfully prepared 
for by many hybridizers and researchers during the five-and-twenty 
years prior to the outbreak of war, and as the result of their efforts a 
large number of strong, vigorous, healthy, marketable varieties of our 
various bulbs, and particularly of Daffodils and Tulips, have been 
successfully produced, both horticulturally and commercially, and put 
upon our markets. 

The selection of Tulips for commercial growing has further been 
much simplified by the Society’s trial of varieties in 1914 and 1915 at 
its Gardens at Wisley, whereby those most suitable for cultivation in 
this country have been selected from the great mass of varieties which 
before the trial was so confusing. 

The Show has been to myself most interesting, recalling as it has 
done sojourns in Asia Minor, Syria, Cyprus, and the Lebanon, on my 
way to Damascus, where I saw some of such bulbs in wild luxuriance, 
as on the highlands over Smyrna, which appeared to be carpeted with 
wild Cyclamen, to see which I even braved the brigands; and among 
the exhibits in the Show I observed an interesting bulb to sufferers 
from gout and rheumatism —the one specific for the former — 
Colchicum. 

I have now the privilege of asking Mr. Arthur Sutton to address 
you. 

Mr. ARTHUR W. SuTTON, remarking that the cultivation of hardy 
flower bulbs was a comparatively new industry in this country, and 
that it showed an enormous increase during the past twenty years, 
claimed that home-grown bulbs yield better cut flowers for market 
purposes than do foreign bulbs. There are numerous districts— 
notably in Lincolnshire, Cambridgeshire, Essex, Wiltshire, Somerset- 
shire, Devonshire, Cornwall, Anglesea, many parts of Ireland, and 
the Channel Islands—where excellent Daffodil bulbs are grown. 
Most of these places, he remarked, have the benefit of frequent sea- 
breezes, which play no inconsiderable part in the production of good 
bulbs. 

The leading growers are laying down stocks of choice varieties to 
meet the demand which they confidently anticipate in the near future, 
and have invested enormous sums of money in the purchase of the 
very best. Mr. Sutron claimed that British bulbs have better con- 
stitutions than those of Continental production, and, as they usually 
have several shoots, instead of the single shoot of the foreign bulb, 
are much more floriferous. 

He reminded the meeting that several British growers had raised 
more new varieties than all the foreign growers put together. The 
home-raised seedling Tulips—the beautiful Cottage and Darwin 
varieties — surpassed in beauty of form and colouring all the 
Continental varieties. In conclusion, Mr. SuTTON expressed his 


300 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


appreciation of the Royal Horticultural Society’s movement in 
respect to dry bulb cultivation. 

Mr. P. RupoLpH Barr said he thought the exhibits of British- 
grown dry bulbs shown in the hall that day afforded a pleasing example 
of the suitability of our British soils and climate for producing crops 
of many kinds which up to now we have been importing in such large 
numbers from abroad. The recent prohibition of imports of foreign 
bulbs caught us unawares, and in consequence there were some 
varieties, such as Early Single and Double Tulips, which would be 
very scarce this season, while of Hyacinths, Crocuses, and Scilla 
sibivica, to name a few other popular kinds, there were few or none 
in the country. Had growers known last autumn the intentions of 
the Government they could have arranged their plantings and have 
secured an abundance of these special bulbs. He was convinced that 
if the large bulb-growers in this country, especially those in the Eastern — 
Counties, would devote themselves a little more to producing the kind 
of bulb required by the retail bulb merchant for his customers, they 
would find it a profitable industry. At present cultivation was 
carried on principally for the purpose of providing cut flowers for the 
market. To provide a bulb required by the public, and such as could 
compare favourably with a foreign-grown bulb, necessitated a some- 
what different method of cultivation. 

“Let me,”’ said Mr. Barr, “ briefly state the qualities of a bulb 
required by the retail merchant: (1) It must be true to name and 
description. (2) It must contain a strong flower-bud. (3) It should 
have a clean, healthy skin. (4) It should be properly graded, 1.¢., 
the bulbs should be of even size.”’ 

Mr. BARR remarked on some of the principal bulbs which can be 
successfully grown in the United Kingdom. 

“ Daffodils,’ he said, ‘we might justly claim as being English 
flowers. The best-known varieties which fill the florists’ shops in 
spring were raised by English hybridizers; “ Emperor,’ “ Empress,’ 
‘ Horsfieldii,’ and ‘ Barrii conspicuus ’’ were household names. They 
were now very largely cultivated abroad, but nevertheless the British 
supplies are very great and are grown all over the country. He. 
remembered that in the year 1883 the whole stock of ‘ Barrii 
conspicuus ’ consisted of one bed at his firm’s Tooting Nurseries, and 
the price of this variety was then 25s. a dozen. He supposed there 
must be millions now spread over Great Britain, while the price has 
come down to 30s. a thousand. 

“The cultivation of Tulips in Great Britain is also becoming 
a great industry, especially of the May-flowering ‘ Darwin’ and the so- 
called ‘ Cottage’ Tulips. Vast areas of these in bloom in May may 
be seen in the West and East of England, while in Ireland they are 
grown very successfully. It is, however, mainly for the cut bloom at 
present that these bulbs are grown here. When the cultivation is for 
producing suitable bulbs for sale to the bulb merchant the flowers 
should be nipped off with only about an inch of stem, the produce of 


CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 3012 


saleable bulbs being thereby increased, which points to the advantage 
of keeping the stocks for cut flowers separate from the stock for bulb 
sale. Although an English-grown Tulip bulb may not always have 
the same bright appearance as one from the Continent, and may not, 
perhaps, be so large, the flowers are certainly better. I have noticed 
the difference for many years in our own nurseries, where imported 
and our home-grown Tulips have been planted side by side. The 
English bulbs make a slightly taller growth, come into bloom earlier, 
and have larger flowers. 

“The early-flowering Gladioli are successfully grown in the 
Channel Islands, and lately we have had some very satisfactory corms 
from Ireland. The large-flowered, late Gladioli do well in England. 
We know that in the West of England Messrs. KELWay are very 
successful with their Gladioli. The corms grow freely in an ordinary 
loam. At our Taplow Nurseries very good late Gladioli are grown, 
and they increase freely. 

‘“ Of Bulbous Irises, the English and Spanish grow well in Lincoln- 
shire, but the Dutch cultivate on so large a scale and work so economi- 
cally that they will probably always be able to beat us in price. 

‘“‘ Crocuses can be successfully grown here, though the corms are 
smaller than the imported ones; but here again in Holland the areas 
devoted to their cultivation are so large and the prices so low that we 
may very well leave our wants to be supplied from thence. 

“Quite as satisfactory bulbs of Scillas can be grown in Great 
Britain as anywhere, particularly of the well-known Scilla sibirica 
and of the later Scillas or Wood Hyacinths. With regard to the 
Wood Hyacinths, care must be taken to ripen off these bulbs properly. 
When lifted, they should be laid in a shallow trench and be covered 
with a little soil, so that they can colour and properly mature. They 
should then keep sound until Christmas. 

“The ‘Heavenly Blue’ variety of Muscari is now largely grown 
in England, and as hardly any Scilla sibirica bulbs will be obtainable 
this year I strongly recommend this beautiful Muscari to take its 
place. 

“All species of Anemone are successfully grown all over the 
country. In Cornwall, Ireland, and the Channel Islands large quanti- 
ties of Anemone fulgens and A. coronaria ‘ St. Brigid’ are cultivated. 

“The Channel Islands specialize in Ranunculuses, while Ixias can 
be grown as successfully in Guernsey and Ireland (and probably in 
Cornwall) as on the Continent, and Montbretias grow well in many 
parts of the country.” 

Mr. Barr added that British growers would never be able to 
compete with Holland in growing Hyacinths, as, except in a very 
few parts of the country, we have not the suitable soil conditions. 

The Rev. JoSEPH JAcoB thought the R.H.S. might do good work 
in holding trials of Daffodils to ascertain their relative value for 
forcing. Few private growers, he remarked, recognized the ease 
with which Daffodils force when the bulbs have been grown in an 


302 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


early district as compared with the same variety from a late locality. 
He suggested that the Society might procure such varieties as “ Golden 
Spur,’ ‘ Obvallaris,’ ‘Sir Watkin,’ and ‘Empress,’ and force them 
under suitable conditions at Wisley, and then in due season exhibit 
the plants, if possible, or cut flowers in the Hall. It was also worth 
considering if the various districts could not be induced to specialize 
in the varieties best suited for their localities, as this would ensure 
cheaper production. The Channel Islands, Mr. JAcoB suggested, 
might specialize in ‘Golden Spur’ and ‘ Obvallaris,’. which do so well 
there, while in other districts later varieties could be grown in 
specialized quantities. 

Mr. ALFRED WHITE said that, as his father was one of the oldest 
bulb-growers in the trade, it might be of interest if he said how the 
business started. Some forty years ago his father collected Snow- 
drop bulbs from the surrounding cottagers in Spalding, and eventually 
produced from a million to a million and a half bulbs a year. Amongst 
the Snowdrop bulbs were occasional bulbs of the old double Daffodil, 
and after selling some to the trade the surplus were planted, and in 
spring the cut flowers were marketed. In this way his father 
commenced as a grower of bulbous flowers. Foreseeing the possi- 
bilities of cultivating the choicer Daffodils, he invested £300 in bulbs 
of ‘Emperor’ and ‘Empress’ at a time when they were quoted at 
a shilling each. These bulbs were planted on a plot about 50 X25 feet, 
much to the amusement of his friends. But a large stock was worked 
up, and the venture proved an unqualified success. Some twenty 
years later Mr. WHITE had about five acres planted with bulbs, while 
at the present time there are five hundred acres of bulbs in the Spalding 
district. Mr. ALFRED WHITE was of the opinion that the same thing 
might be done in other places, but he hoped no one would come to 
Spalding, where bulb-growers were “ quite thick’ enough.”’ Besides 
the large stock they possess, he said tons of bulbs had been exported 
to Holland, where they were propagated and sent back to England. 
Mr. WHITE was emphatic in his ‘opinion that the best prospects 
of the bulb-growing industry in this country lie in flower-production, 
and not for bulbs alone. At recent prices of the cheapest varieties it 
would not pay to grow for bulb-production alone. Protection would 
be necessary to enable growers to be independent of the flower market. 
Few persons besides those engaged in bulb cultivation realized the 
small proportion of bulbs that are fit for the seedsman. Mr. WHITE 
also contended that prices should be regular, so that the grower could 
rely on a regular income. If the prices are good enough, bulbs can be 
grown well in England where there is plenty of suitable soil. 

Mr. H. DuNCAN PEARSON supported Mr. White’s remarks con- 
cerning the small proportion of the bulb crop which is saleable as 
bulbs. In his opinion not more than 25 per cent. of the bulbs grown 
here were of the size and appearance demanded by the salesman, 
whereas nearly all imported from the Continent are flowering bulbs. 

Mr. W. CUTHBERTSON outlined the steps which the Horticultural 


CONFERENCE ON BULB-GROWING IN THE BRITISH ISLES, 303 


Trades’ Association had taken, and said that if we could compete with 

he foreigner in price, quality, and service, there was a great future 
for the industry in this country. As regards the quality, that, he 
knew, was right, and so do the large forcers of bulbs, but our bulbs 
have not the refined appearance of the Continental produce. In the 
matter of service he was of the opinion that there were no insuperable 
difficulties, but price was a ruling factor in all kinds of commerce. 

Prefacing his remarks by mentioning his personal objection to 
tariffs, Mr. CUTHBERTSON said he believed two-thirds of the horti- 
cultural traders were strongly in favour of a tariff, and suggested that 
a standing joint committee should be appointed at an early date 
to consider the question. He expressed the opinion that to bring back 
a prosperous countryside many changes were necessary. 

Mr. G. W. LEAK insisted on the necessity for education even with 
bulb cultivation. In Holland there are finely-equipped extension 
schools, where the lads, on leaving the elementary schools, receive 
expert training on subjects which will be of value to them in their 
work. He said that if we hope to compete successfully with foreigners 
we must produce bulbs of quality equal to theirs. We also must pay 
more attention to sales by sample. Here bulbs in quantity are rarely 
anything like the sample, whereas the Dutch are much more particular, 
and trade purchasers at least can rely on the sample being observed. 
This was in part due to the metric system of measurement. He 
regretted that there was no uniformity of sample in England. One 
man’s first size of bulb might be comparable with another’s second 
size, and vice versa. There were, Mr. LEAK continued, labour troubles 
in Holland as well as Britain, and there labour is scarce and wages 
increasingly high. In order to cope with the increased cost of pro- 
duction some Dutch growers had come over to study our methods of 
cultivation, especially with regard to ploughing in the bulbs. Mr. LEaxk 
concluded by advising growers to go abroad and study other methods 
if they would succeed. | 

Mr. GEORGE Monro, junr., remarked that the large cut-flower 
trade gave the home grower a great advantage over the foreigner, 
but there was just as great a danger of over-production with flowers 
as with any other things. He felt that the Government should grant 
a little protection to the home grower. Then, as we can produce 
bulbs of equal merit with the foreign ones, it would be a profitable 
industry. He spoke in favour of co-operation. In the past he 
thought the R.H.S. had scarcely considered the trade sufficiently, but 
had rather confined its energies to the requirements of the private 
grower, though the trade owed a great debt to the Council for their 
action with regard to the investigations which they have initiated 
into the ‘streak’ and other diseases. The question of samples was 
a vexed one, and any failures were due to human nature. In his 
opinion that remark applicd as much to Holland as to England, but 
the Continental packing was much better than ours. He did not 
agree with Mr. LEAK that the adoption of the metric system would 


304 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


get over the trouble. He advocated rather the adoption of a gystem 
of selling bulbs according to their weight. 

The Rev. W. WILKS, in proposing a vote of thanks to Sir Albert 
Rollit for so kindly presiding, said that he was more than pleased with 
the result of the Show and Conference. In his opinion the chief 
difficulty confronting any effort to introduce a largely increased trade 
in British-grown bulbs did not lie only in quality or price or service, 
but also to a very great extent in the almost ineradicable tendency of 
Britishers to extol everything coming from a foreign source and almost 
to decry anything home-grown. One of the benefits which he looked 
for and hoped for from this disastrous war was the creation of a 
better appreciation of our own merits and capabilities, at least in the 
Gardening direction—‘‘ for I don’t believe there is any country 
under the sun where they can grow better garden stuff than in this 
dear old, much abused, land of Great Britain and Ireland.” 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 305 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 
By C. HARMAN PAYNE, F.R.H.S. 


For more than a hundred years it has been asserted by every English 
writer on the history of the Dahlia that it was first introduced into 
England by Lady Bute, otherwise the Marchioness of Bute, in 1789. 

Having long had good reason to doubt the accuracy of this state- 
ment, I propose in the present paper to set out the results obtained 
after a critical examination of the facts as recorded by authorities 
who have dealt with the matter in their writings. 

There are few florist’s flowers that have been so persistently ill- 
treated by the historian as this popular autumn favourite. The 
errors and mis-statements regarding its introduction, the origin of its 
name, and other circumstances connected with it, would fill a paper by 
themselves, and they can be only briefly referred to here as they lie 
somewhat beyond the scope of my paper. There is no doubt that 
the time has come when much of the historical and literary matter 
presented to the flower-loving public by our older writers on the 
Dahlia is in need of verification and revision. 

Before proceeding to give an account of one of the most important 
errors that have crept into Dahlia history and the steps taken by 
which it has been revealed, it will be useful to relate a few of the 
main facts in the history of the Dahlia as they are generally accepted 
by the best-informed students of floricultural history. 

It may be taken for granted that the first Dahlias grown in Europe 
were those sent from Mexico by VINCENZO CERVANTES to the Royal 
Botanic Garden at Madrid. The native Mexican name, as we gather 
from FRANCISCO HERNANDEZ, was Acocoili (see ‘‘ Rerum medicarum 
Novae Hispaniae Thesaurus, seu Plantarum” &c., Rome, 1649, where 
the plant is figured by him under that name, and also his ‘‘ Cuatro libros 
de'la Naturaleza y Virtudes medicinales de las Plantas y Animales 
de la Nueva Espafia,’’ Mexico, 1615). This introduction into Spain 
took place, as we are told, in 1789. 

Although some writers say that the new-comers were flowered by 
the Abbé CAVANILLES in that year, it is more than probable that he 
did not do so, at any rate satisfactorily, till the following autumn. 
CAVANILLES, in his “‘Icones et Descriptiones Plantarum,” the first 
volume of which appeared in 1791, figured and described (tab. 80) 
one of these plants which he called Dahlia, adding in a footnote 
‘In honorem D. Andreae Dahl, Sueci botanici.’”” The specific name 
given to this plant of a new genus was finnata, subsequently called 
by some other authors purpurea. CAVANILLES says of it: ‘‘ Vidi vivam 


in Regio horto Matritensi mense Octobri,” which may reasonably be 
VOL. XLII. x 


306 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


presumed to have been the October previous to the publication of his 
‘acones!s 

The third volume of the same work, which was published three 
years later, contains the figures and descriptions of two other varieties 
called by him D. rosea (tab. 265) and D. coccinea (tab. 266), and the 
observation added by him after the latter was: “‘ Tres hucusque novimus 
Dahliae species. Prima est flore pleno, cuius color coeruleo-rubens ; 
secunda flore simplici, coloris rosei; tertia coccinei.”’ It is essential 
for the reader to bear this in mind, as it will be necessary to refer 
to these names further on. All these figures by CAVANILLES are 
uncoloured. 

These three Dahlias were introduced into France in 1802. ANDRE 
THOUIN gives coloured figures and a lengthy description of them in 
1804. (See ‘“‘ Annales du Muséum,” vol. ill., p. 420 e¢ seg.) The plant 
does not seem to have reached Germany till some time between 
1800 and 1805, and although GEORGE W. JOHNSON * tells us that 
WILLDENOW changed the name Dahlia to Georgina in 1803 it will be 
found that that author had done so long before, because in his 
‘Species Plantarum,” tomus ili., pars lil., p. 2124, CAVANILLES’ 
Dahlia is described under the name Georgina, which was given to it 
by the German botanist in honour, it is said, of Professor GEORGI, a 
Russian traveller and botanist. 

In 1802 JOHN FRASER, of Chelsea, procured D. coccinea from France 
and flowered it the following year. A coloured figure and descrip- 
tion appear in the ‘“‘ Botanical Magazine”’ (tab. 762). It also seems 
that in 1803 Mr. WoopForD, of Vauxhall, flowered D. vosea in his 
garden there, his plant also being obtained from France. 

It was at this point that my suspicions were first aroused, for in the 
references to FRASER’S and WOODFORD’S flowers there is no mention 
of any previous introduction, and yet it is plainly stated by so many 
English authorities that the flower was first introduced here in 1789. 
It is most remarkable that for quite a century every English authority 
on the Dahlia repeats the same story. None of them ever seems to 
have questioned it. And yet how singular such an occurrence must 
have been? A plant newly imported into Spain from Mexico, a plant 
unknown, unbloomed, unnamed, undescribed, the first variety of 
which was not figured and described till 1791, was actually, according 
to these English writers in the periodical press and in their special 
monographs on the flower, first introduced into England from Madrid 
in the same year as it reached CAVANILLES there. The thing, on the 
face of it, was not only highly improbable but impossible, and I shall 
show the means by which such a conclusion was finally arrived at. 

How widespread this error is may be proved from a few extracts 
from some of the leading authorities. The first of them, and without 
needlessly multiplying them, is PHILLIPS, who in 1829, in his ‘‘ Flora 
Historica,” vol. i1., p. 353, says: “‘ It was introduced to this country 


* “The Dahlia: its Culture, Uses, and History,” 1847. 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 307 


by the late Lady Bute, who procured it from Madrid in the same year 
that it arrived from America, but either through a want of care or 
judgment in the cultivation these plants were entirely lost to our 
gardens until seeds were reintroduced by Lady Holland in 1804.” 

In the ‘‘Annual Dahlia Register,’ 1836, the history of the flower is 
given in the form of an extract from “ Floriculture,” by J. MANTELL, 
the second edition of which appeared in 1834. It begins: ‘‘ The Dahlia 
is a native of Mexico and was first introduced into this country in the 
year 1789, at which period it attracted but little notice, and the species 
was soon lost.”’ 

Sir JOSEPH PAxToN, in “A Practical Treatise on the Cultivation 
of the Dahlia ’’ (1838), tells us: “‘ We are informed from indisputable 
authority that this plant was first introduced into this country from 
Spain by the Marchioness of Bute, so early as 1789, but, as it was not 
subsequently heard of, it is supposed to have been lost shortly after 
this introduction.” 

Nine years later GEORGE W. JOHNSON, in “ The Dahlia, its Culture, 
Uses, and History ” (1847),says the same thing in almost the same 
words. 

In ‘The Dahlia: its History and Cultivation ”’ (1853), the late 
Dr. RoBERT Hoag, too, tells his readers: ‘* The first account we have 
of its introduction to this country was by the Marchioness of Bute 
in 1789 from Madrid, where the Marquis was then residing as 
ambassador from England to the Court of Spain.”’ The reader will 
see later that this story is nothing short of fabulous. 

When SHIRLEY HIBBERD published his series of ‘‘ Garden 
Favourites ’’ in 1857 one of them was devoted to “‘ The Dahlia.’’ He 
records the mythical introduction in the following words : ‘“‘ The Dahlia 
is a native of Mexico, and was first introduced to Britain in 1789, the 
then Lady Bute procuring plants from Madrid, whither they were 
first sent from the Spanish possessions.’’ This is really worse than the 
previous statement, for the then Lady Bute was a different person 
from the one subsequently known as the Marchioness. 

There now occurs a great gap in independent Dahlia literature. 
From the date of SHIRLEY HIBBERD’S treatise in 1857 down to the year 
1897, a lapse of forty years, when “‘ The Dahlia: its History and 
Cultivation ’’ appeared in a series called ‘‘ Dobbie’s Horticultural Hand- 
books,” there was no separate treatise published on that flower. In 
this work there is a chapter by RICHARD DEAN, headed “ History of 
the Dahlia’’; the details given are meagre and reveal no fact of 
historic interest beyond'those related by SHIRLEY HIBBERD in a paper 
read by him at the National Dahlia Society’s Centenary Conference in 
1889, and to which attention will be drawn more fully in a subsequent 
paragraph. It is in the work last cited that we find the remarkable 
statement that the Pompon Dahlia was raised in 1808, ‘“‘when HARTWIG 
of Karlsruhe obtained a double variety from the single scarlet Dahlia 
coccinea,’ a statement which I have shown in a recent article in the 
‘‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle ’’ has no foundation in historical fact. In this 


308 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


work, as in all others right down to the most recent ‘‘ Dahlias ” by 
GEORGE GoRDON, published four years ago, the Marchioness of Bute, 
sometimes called Lady Bute, is credited with the original introduction 
of the Dahlia into England from Madrid in 1789. 

It would be tedious to the reader to furnish other extracts, and the 
selection may be brought to a close by a brief mention that FoLtKARD 
in his “ Plant Lore” and the Hon. Mrs. EVELYN CEcIL in her “ History 
of Gardening in England ”’ also concur in the fact as related by the other 
writers. 

Against such an array of what one might reasonably suppose to be 
authoritative evidence it might have seemed to some amateurs like 
myself an act of temerity to dispute a fundamental historic state- 
ment, accepted by such well recognized and capable authorities. But 
it must, I submit, be admitted that no statement of historical fact is 
worthy of our credence unless it can be substantiated by contemporary 
corroborative evidence ; and as this was wanting, as will be seen later, 
the conclusion was forced upon me that the statement of these writers, 
some of whom had obviously copied their historic matter from their 
predecessors, without independent investigation on their part, must be 
wrong. 

So firmly was I convinced of this that I determined to go through 
the whole of the available Dahlia literature, a task of far greater 
magnitude than some of the modern Dahlia writers are aware of, 
especially when one of them begins his opening lines by saying: 
‘‘ Information available for the history of the Dahlia is not as plentiful 
as we could wish.”” Anyone who starts in this way advertises the 
fact pretty clearly that he practically knows nothing whatever of the 
matter. There is, as the references in this paper clearly show, an 
abundance of literary and historical material on the subject if the 
student will only take the necessary trouble to discover where it is to 
be obtained. 

And apart from the large number of monographs on the Dahlia in 
English, French, and German, of which I have given in my “ Florist’s 
Bibliography ” the titles of no fewer than forty-eight separate works 
without counting societies’ publications, there are scattered here and 
there throughout the whole range of botanical and horticultural general 
literature many important articles by authors eminent for the work 
they have accomplished in connexion with the Dahlia. 

Of these I shall quote a few of the most serviceable for my purpose, 
and in doing so it will be seen that we are led still nearer to the point 
from which it is certain that the disputed statement originated. It is 
just here that it seems to be useful to remind the reader that whatever 
varieties the Marchioness of Bute introduced and in whatever year the 
introduction took place they were ultimately lost as alleged, and that 
the evidence is overwhelming and conclusive that the flower was 
introduced a second time into England by Lady Holland in 1804. It 
would occupy too much time and is not material for present purposes 
to do more than just state the fact. 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 309 


The chronological arrangement of the events in their proper 
sequence presents some little difficulty in order that the story may 
read coherently, but every effort will be made to prevent the reader's 
attention being drawn aside from the main issue. 

Among the references in periodical literature the first will be found 
in the ‘Botanical Magazine.’’ Dahlia coccinea, as already noted, is 
there figured and described, but there is an absence of any reference 
to a previous introduction. 

In “ Andrews’ Botanist’s Repository,” vol. vi. (1805), pl. 408, there 
is a coloured figure of D. pinnata in its single form, not semi-double 
as shown in CAVANILLES’ and THovuIN’s illustrations, which is said to 
have been “raised from seeds sent from Madrid last spring by Lady 
Holland, and flowered last September and October in the open ground 
in her ladyship’s collection at Holland House.” Vol. vii. pl. 483 shows 
D. pinnata nana, which had then been seen for four years. In neither 
case do we get the faintest allusion to the Bute introduction. 

‘The Paradisus Londinensis,”’ vol. i. pt. i. (1806), gives three plates 
of Dahlias dated 1805. The descriptions in that work are by RICHARD 
ANTHONY SALISBURY, and he too omits any reference to previously 
known Dahlias. | 

In ALEXANDER McDonatp’s ‘‘ Complete Dictionary of Gardening,” 
1807, vol. ii. (after the letter Z, the work is unpaged), there is a com- 
munication from Mr. BuonatvtI, librarian (there called ‘‘ gardener ’’) 
to Lord HoLLanD, reproduced also in the “‘ New Flora Botanica,”’ 1812, 
in which he gives an account of the genus Dahlia and of the species 
that had then been described by CAVANILLES, THOUIN, ANDREWS, and 
SALISBURY, and relates short particulars of the receipt from Lady 
HOLLAND of Dahlia seeds in 1804, which she sent home from Spain. 
It is evident that Mr. BuoNAIUTI (whose name has often been a source 
of trouble to many writers, judging by their vagaries in the spelling 
_ of it) was aware of the first introduction, for, although he makes no 
mention of the name of Lady Bute, he says: “‘ The first Dahlias 
introduced into England were lost by taking too much care of 
them.” 

A year later RICHARD ANTHONY SALISBURY, in a paper read by him 
at the Horticultural Society of London (see “‘ Hort. Trans.”’ vol. i. p. 84), 
gives an historical account of the Dahlia, the best and fullest up to 
that time, 1808. After dealing with the Continental aspects of the 
flower and describing the genus, species, and varieties botanically, he 
writes: ‘“‘ I must now venture to give some account of the introduction 
of the Dahlias into our own land.’’ He commences by saying that 
the first of the species he had described was introduced by Lady 
HOLLAND in 1804, quite ignoring Lady Bute and heralleged introduction 
in 1789. This is remarkable, for the paper is a very comprehensive 
one and he was an authority of no mean order. It may be observed 
that this paper has formed the groundwork for several later writers 
to build up their accounts of Dahlia history. 

It will be seen that we are still confronted with the same statement, 


310 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


bald and devoid of any accessory of detail, and that nobody save 
BUONAIUTI even hints at the Bute story. Where, then, did it come 
from? Before we can put our finger on the spot I should like to give 
one or two other references to the Bute introduction which are to be 
found recorded during the Dahlia Centenary proceedings in 1889. 

In that year the National Dahlia Society celebrated the event 
some years too soon, as will be apparent at the end of this paper. In 
the spring of that year Mr. T. W. GIRDLESTONE, then Secretary of the 
N.D.S., read a paper at the Horticultural Club, in which he said: 
“ At that time [1789] Lord Bute was English Ambassador at Madrid, 
and in the same year—that is just I00 years ago—Lady Bute sent 
seeds home to the Royal Gardens at Kew and thus first introduced 
the Dahlia into England.”’ Kew, be it noted; and that apparently 
trivial remark will be seen to have led to the final proof of the error 
which has so long been perpetrated. 

When the Centenary Show and Conference were held in the 
autumn of 1889 at the Crystal Palace, SHIRLEY HIBBERD, in his 
masterly style, read a paper entitled ‘‘ The History of the Dahlia,”’ 
which deserves to rank as the finest exposition of the subject ever 
yet compiled. He too says: ‘‘ Lord Bute was at this time [1789] Am- 
bassador from England at the Court of Spain, and Lady Bute, who 
cherished a true sympathy with floriculture, obtained some of these 
seeds . . . but failed to keep them beyond two or three years.” 

In the following year the Royal Horticultural Society held a Dahlia 
Conference at Chiswick (see R.H.S. JOURNAL, vol. xiii. pt. i.) and 
SHIRLEY HIBBERD again discoursed on “ The Origin of the Florist’s 
Dahlia.’ He slightly varies his previous statement, but repeats the 
main fact that Lord BuTE was diplomatically employed at Madrid - 
in 17809. | 

In the next paper to which my attention was given I was led right 
up to the authority from which it was evident that all the writers since 
1813 had copied the story, brief as it was, of the Bute introduction, 
and this will account for none of the previous writers doing so. 

We find in the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, vol. ii. 
p. 217, a paper read by JoSEPH SABINE on October 6,1818. It is much 
more lengthy and comprehensive than that by R. A. SALISBURY ten 
years before, and in referring to Lady HoLLaAnn’s introduction Mr. 
SABINE remarks that “‘ though this importation of seeds was the most 
successful as to its produce (for from it nearly all the plants then in 
our gardens were obtained), yet the original introduction of the first 
species was (on the authority of the ‘Hortus Kewensis ’) from Spain in 
1789 by the Marchioness of Bute, but it is probable that the plant so 
introduced was soon after lost, as I do not find any further mention 
of it.” FRASER’s D. coccinea, he adds, shared the same fate. 

“On the authority of the ‘Hortus Kewensis’’’; this guarded 
parenthetical saving clause of SABINE’S excited my keenest curiosity. 
Why should SaBinE in 1818, at a time so close to the reputed introduc- 
tion, have been so cautious? One would have thought that the 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789, 311 


truth about an event less than thirty years old could then have easily 
been ascertained. 

However, upon turning up the second edition of that work, which 
was published in 1813, in vol. v. p. 87, under the heading Dahlia 
superflua, where several varieties are given, appears the short note, 
“Nat. of Mexico. Introd. 1789 by the Marchioness of Bute’; and 
under Dahlia frustranea, ‘‘Nat. of Mexico. Introd. 1802 by Mr. 
John Fraser.’’ The use of the specific names superflua and frustranea 
may be explained by just briefly saying that in 1810 M. de CANDOLLE 
had divided the then known varieties into two species, D. superflua 
and D. frustranea (see “‘ Ann. du Muséum,” tome xv. p. 307), although 
he adopted WILLDENOW’S name Georgina contrary to the view expressed 
in a footnote by the Professors of the Museum under whose authority 
the ‘ Annales’ were published. 

This brings us to the original source from which every author 
since 1813 has derived his historical information as to the first intro- 
duction of the Dahlia into England, and it accounts for the fact that 
no author prior to that date ever attributed the first introduction 
to the year 1789. There was an absence of authority for their doing 
so. Mr. FRASER, it may be observed, was not, as was supposed by 
the “‘ Botanical Magazine ’’ and the “‘ Hortus Kewensis,’’ the original 
introducer of D. coccinea (a variety of D. frustranea), and he is no 
more entitled to be considered such than Mr. WoopForpD is of D. rosea, 
both those varieties, together with D. pinnata, having formed part 
of the Bute introduction, and therefore Lady BUTE’s name is entitled 
to stand in both places. At a later stage in this inquiry this will be 
more clearly shown. 

The use of the titles ““ Lady ’’ and ‘‘ Marchioness of Bute”’ has caused | 
some perplexity. In the year 1789 there was no such person as the 
Marchioness of Bute. The Marquisate was not created till 1796. 
This was a preliminary surprise, for how then could the Marchioness 
of Bute be credited with the introduction? If 1789 were the correct 
date, apart from those circumstances against it already mentioned 
in the earlier part of this inquiry, it seemed possible that the lady 
subsequently known as Marchioness might have introduced the flower 
when her title was something different. But the awkward conflict 
was this, that in 1789 there was a Lady BUTE who was then the wife 
of Joun, third Earl of BuTe. After his retirement from his unfortunate 

political life he lived for many years in the country, and was greatly 
interested in botanical and scientific pursuits. He died in 1792, but 
his wife survived him till 1794. Therefore up to this point it seemed 
that Lady BuTE, or the Countess, as she would be correctly styled, 
was just as likely to have been the introducer as anyone else. 

Against this it will be remembered that the introducer was said 
to be the wife of the British Ambassador at Madrid. Joun, 3rd Earl 
of BuTE, was never this, but of course that need not have prevented 
his wife from corresponding with persons in Madrid and introducing 
the Dahlia all the same. 


312 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


It became an absolute necessity to establish the identity of the 
two ladies. Did the Lady BuTeE of 1789, or some other lady in that 
year who was ultimately the Marchioness of Bute, introduce the 
flower? That was an obstacle that caused no little difficulty, and 
horticultural literature failed to supply the solution. 

About this time a further discovery was made that seemed to 
complicate the question, although it helped in another direction. 
During some researches by me at the Natural History Museum, Dr. 
RENDLE very kindly intimated that he had under his charge some 
old dried specimens of Dahlias that might be of service. 

If time and space permitted, it would be most interesting to say 
something about them, but the present inquiry must be limited as 
far as possible to the primary question of the first introduction of 
the Dahlia into England—the second introduction only slightly 
affects it, and as these dried specimens include a number of Dahlias 
originally grown at Holland House early in the nineteenth century, 
they must be passed over, excepting three of them, which were 
evidently comprised in Lady BUTE’s introduction. 

These three specimens were without doubt grown at Kew and 
thus found their way into Sir JosepH Banxs’ herbarium, of which 
they formed a part. They are the same as CAVANILLES’, they bear 
his names, and in one case the colour is described in Latin in 
CAVANILLES’ own words. 

Let us glance for a moment at these specimens of long ago. It is 
one of the unexplained mysteries connected with early Dahlia history 
that no writer has ever yet referred to them, and it must therefore be 
assumed that their existence was unknown, for if they had ever seen 
the light of day it would have settled once and for all what were the 
varieties included in the Bute introduction which everybody has so 
vaguely referred to, although they would in themselves still have left 
the date an open question. 

The first of them to be considered is peculiarly instructive for 
two reasons—firstly, because of the old inscription written on the 
sheet upon which the flower is mounted ; secondly, because the flower 
itself shows as clearly as CAVANILLES’ figure of it does, and as THOUIN’S 
figure does also, that it was a semi-double variety, notwithstanding 
that under English and German cultivation the blooms generally came 
absolutely single, and, as such, were figured by most of the early 
nineteenth-century authorities. This peculiarity, however, is another 
question apart from our present subject, and I only mention it because 
of the claim made on behalf of HARTWEG (not Hartwig), of Karlsruhe, 
in connexion with the supposed raising of the Pompon Dahlia from 
D. coccinea. ‘This specimen is D. pinnata, otherwise known as pur- 
purea, the Georgina variabilis purpurea of WILLDENOoW’S “ Hort. Berol.”’ 
tab. xciii., and of his “‘ Species Plantarum,” p. 2124, andof his “‘ Enume- 
ratio Plantarum,” p. 899. The inscription on the sheet is as follows : 
“ Dahlia pinnata, Cav. Ic. p. 56 and 80. Sent under the name 
of Dahlia coeruleo-rubens. C. G. Ortega (Lady Bute).’’ This colour 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 313 


description is in CAVANILLES’ own wording ; see his Obs. in the text 
to tab. 266 of the ‘‘ Icones.”’ 

The second specimen is marked “C. G. Ortega (Lady Bute). 
Dahlia rosea, Cav. Ic. pp. 33-265.’ It is quite a single flower, but 
rather smaller than CAVANILLES’ figure of that variety. 

The third one is a much larger specimen than CAVANILLES’ figure. 
On this appear the words “C. G. Ortega (Lady Bute). Dahlia 
coccinea, Cav. p. 3.” 

It will be observed that, meagre as are the details, on the first 
specimen is the word “sent,” the importance of which will be under- 
stood in the closing remarks of this inquiry. There can be no room 
for doubt that, no matter what may have been the year in which Lady 
Bute or the Marchioness of Bute first introduced the Dahlia here, 
we have here in these three specimens the three original varieties 
that CAVANILLES received from Mexico, and that Lady BuTE, on the 
authority of the inscriptions on the specimens themselves, must be 
regarded as the original importer into England of all three. That 
her varieties were not later seminal varieties from the original ones 
seems to be clearly established. And it is furthermore quite certain 
that had she received these plants in 1789 before CAVANILLES had 
flowered and named them they would not have been marked with his 
names, and, as is the case with the specimen of D. pinnata, have been 
“‘sent’’ under the name of Dahlia coeruleo-rubens. That alone destroys 
every possibility of argument in favour of 17809. 

Before finally leaving these specimens it may be useful to anticipate 
the reader’s only natural inquiry, ‘‘ But what does the name C. G. 
ORTEGA signify ?”’ It means a great deal in the substantiation of my 
view, as will be seen when we come to consider the last link but one 
in the chain of facts that have been presented. 

Having now made some considerable progress, there was still the 
doubt as to the identity of the lady to whom the credit should be given. 
It has already been stated that she was, according to some writers, 
the wife of the British Ambassador to the Court of Spain in 1780. 
After vainly searching in various directions there seemed to be only 
one course open to settle in a satisfactory manner this point, and that 
was to apply to the Foreign Office for information, for it was obviously 
neither the Earl of Bute nor the Marquis. 

The reply received was eminently favourable, and confirmed my 
previously conceived notion. JOHN STUART, Viscount MOUNTSTUART 
(afterwards fourth Earl and first Marquis of BUTE), was appointed 
British Ambassador at Madrid in 1783, but only held the post for some 
months. He was, however, reappointed in the same capacity in 
1795, apparently remaining there till 1797. The name of the British 
Ambassador there in 1789 was the Rt. Hon. WILLIAM EDEN, afterwards 
Lord AUCKLAND, who was appointed in 1787 and retained the post 
till July 1789, when he was replaced by Mr. CHARLES HENRY FRASER, 
acting as Minister Plenipotentiary ad interim. 

This official information, it will easily be seen, deceive at once all 


314. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


possibility of Lady Bute, wife of Jon, third Earl of BuTE, being the 
introducer at all, and also the likelihood of Viscountess MOUNTSTUART 
being the introducer in the year claimed by the ‘‘ Hortus Kewensis ” 
and subsequent authorities. The Viscountess MouNTSTUART and her 
husband were absent from Madrid for the twelve years between 1783 
and 1795, unless it is assumed that they made occasional visits there 
in the interval. It is more than probable that, owing to the death of 
his father in 1792 and of his mother in 1794, Viscount MOUNTSTUART 
had enough to do at home with the settlement of his family affairs and 
his accession to the earldom. 

Here, it is submitted, is strong evidence that the ‘‘ Hortus 
Kewensis,”’ in giving the title of the lady and the year 1789 as the 
date, is no longer to be regarded as a trustworthy authority on the 
question in dispute. Between 1789 and 1813, the date of publication 
of the ‘‘ Hortus Kewensis,”’ there is a lapse of twenty-four years, and 
in that interval there is no other independent authority to corroborate 
the brief mention it makes. 

This official information was a source of great encouragement ; it 
showed quite clearly that Lady BUTE’s introduction of the Dahlia must 
have occurred at some date subsequent to the one so generally and so 
erroneously given. But there still remained the question how that 
date could be definitely fixed. 

In an earlier part of this paper reference was made to the Dahlia 
having been sent to Kew. If this were so, it seemed reasonable that 
the authorities there might have some record of the fact. I therefore 
addressed a communication to the Director, briefly stating the object 
of my inquiry and asking whether there was any record there of the 
Dahlia being grown at Kew in 1789 ; if so, who was the introducer and 
the names of the varieties. 

The reply received illuminates the whole story, and is finally con- 
clusive. There can henceforth be not the shadow of a doubt, and 
future Dahlia historians will be compelled to discard the old story so 
long unchallenged. 

The Director very kindly says: ‘‘ There are a few early record-books 
at Kew mainly dealing with exchanges of plants and seeds, and in 
the earliest of these, dated 1793-1809, there is evidence that between 
1796 and 1799 plants (or seeds) were obtained for Kew, usually from 
Dr. ORTEGA, who was Director of the Botanic Garden, Madrid, from 
1771-1801, by Lady BuTE (sometimes styled Countess of BUTE or 
Marchioness of BuTE). Included amongst the documents relating to 
Lady BUuTE is a ‘ List of plants in the Hort. Madrid. wanted for Kew 
Gardens,’ and marked in Lady BuTE’s book 1708.” 

In this list there are three Dahlias “‘ (coccinea, pinnata, and 
vosea),’’ CAVANILLES’ own varieties, be it remembered, and the same 
ones as are shown in the dried specimens at the Natural History 
Museum, marked ‘‘C. G. Ortega (Lady Bute).” 

‘There is nothing to show,” says the Director, “ whether the 
plants were actually received; it may be safely assumed, from the 


THE DAHLIA: ITS REPUTED INTRODUCTION IN 1789. 315 


information given in AITON’S “Hortus Kewensis,’ that some were, 
and that the year recorded in that work is a mistake for 1798.” 

In the light of the dried specimens we may do more than assume 
it, and feel assured definitely that by some inexplicable and long 
unsuspected means the reversal of the actual figures, a mere printer’s 
error perhaps, occurred and passed undetected. 

One more link in the chain and my task is done. This view is 
further confirmed by the very man who is responsible for the mistake. 
As the Director of Kew further points out in his valuable communica- 
tion, AITON in 1814 published his “‘ Epitome of the second edition of the 
‘Hortus Kewensis.’’’ On p. 267 of that work, under the heading Dahlia 
superfilua, and referring to the ‘‘H. K.’’ v. p. 87, the date of introduction 
is actually given as 1798. By AITON naming the introducer as the 
Marchioness of BUTE, which, as the Director agrees, was the correct 
title of the lady (the wife of the eldest son of JouN, third Earl of BuTE) 
at that time, but incorrect for 1789, there is the fullest confirmation 
that can be required. 

Again, surprise must be expressed that none of the writers on 
Dahlia history for a century should ever have thought of consulting 
AITON’s “‘ Epitome,”’ or the altered date must have struck them ; and 
yet that work must have been as well known and as easily accessible as 
the ‘‘ Hortus Kewensis”’ itself. 

In conclusion, it must be admitted that after all these years it is 
clearly proved that every writer on the history of the Dahlia for a 
century has fallen into the same trap. 

They have all unquestioningly pinned their faith to the “‘ Hortus 
Kewensis ’’ without ever suspecting it to be at fault. The utter incon- 
sistency of a new plant being introduced into Spain 1789 and arriving 
here the same year from the same place before it had been bloomed, 
named, or even described, never seems to have entered the mind of any 
oneofthem. The reader will no doubt admit that it is one of the most 
amazing discoveries ever made in the annals of floricultural history, 
for the evidence is complete and overwhelming. 


x % * * * 


For the information of the reader I append a brief bibliographical 
list of the principal authorities consulted :— 


ANDREWS. |“ The Bot. Rep.’’ Vols. 6, 7, 

“ Annales du Muséum.” 1804 and 1810. 

‘“‘ Annual Dahlia Register.’ 1836. 

Batter. ‘‘ Chrysanthéme et Dahlia.” 1906. 
bot. Mag.” 1804. 

“Bot. Reg.” 1815. 


CAVANILLES. “‘ Iconeset Descriptiones Plantarum,”’ Vols.rand3, Madrid, 
1791-4. 

“Century Book of Gardening.” 

CUTHBERTSON. “ The Dahlia.’”’ 1897. 

DuMont DE CoursET. ‘“‘ Le Botaniste Cultivateur.’”’ 1805. 


FOoLKARD’s “ Plant Lore.” 
Gorpon. ‘‘ Dahlias.” (1913.) 
“ Gossip for the Garden.” 


316 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


HARTWEG. ‘“ Hortus Carlsruhanus.”’ 1825. 
HERNANDEZ. ‘‘ Rerum Medicarum Novae Hispaniae,”’ &c. 1649. 
— ‘“ Cuatro libros de la Naturaleza . . . de las Plantas . . . en la Nueva 


Espafia.”” Mexico. 1615. 
HIBBERD. ‘‘ Garden Favourites. The Dahlia.” 1857. 
—— “History of the Dahlia”’ (N.D.S. Annual Report, 1890). 
Hoce. ‘ The Dahlia, its History, &c.’’ 1853. 
‘‘ Horticultural Society’s Transactions.’ Vols. 1 and 3. 
‘‘ Hortus Kewensis.’’ 2nd edition. Vol. 5. 
““Epitome’”’ to same. 1814. 
Jounson’s “ History of English Gardening.” 
JOHNSON AND TURNER. “ The Dahlia, its Culture, &c.” 
“Journal ROMS.” * Vols a3, "Eie-r: 
Lapy AMHERST’S “ History of Gardening in England.” 
Loupon’s “‘ Gardener’s Mag.” 
“Encyclopedia.” 
—— ‘‘ Ornamental Perennials.’’ Vol. 2. 
‘“‘ The Ladies’ Companion to the Flower Garden.” 
McDonatp’s “ Dictionary of Gardening.” 1807. 


McIntosH. ‘“ Flora and Pomona.” 
Mappock’s “ Florist’s Directory.”’ 
MANTELL. “ Floriculture.’’ 2nd edition. 1834. 


‘‘New Flora Britannica.’’ 1812. 
Paxton. ‘ A Practical Treatise on the Cultivation of the Dahlia,’ 1838. 


Puityiies. ‘ Flora Historica.” 1829. 
SALISBURY. ‘‘ The Paradisus Londinensis.’’ 1806, 
SANDERS. “‘ Select Florist.’ 1829. 


SWEET. ‘‘ The Florist’s Guide.” 

‘* British Flower Garden.”’ 

‘‘ The Floricultural Cabinet.’’ 

‘** The Florist.’’ 

‘The Florist’s Journal.” 

‘“The Midland Florist.’’ 

WESTLEY’s “ Horticultural Journal.”’ 
WILLDENOW. ‘“ Hortus Berolinensis.’”’ 1806. 
“Species Plantarum,”’ 1797. 

— — ‘ Enumeratio Plantarum.” 1809. 


ECONOMIC MYCOLOGY. a7 


ECONOMIC MYCOLOGY. 
By Professor M. C. PoTtTer, Sc.D. 


[Being a Paper read in introducing the Discussion on Economic Mycology at the 
Meeting of the British Association (1916).] 

IN introducing a discussion upon the economic aspects of Mycology, 

_ I would begin by emphasizing the real importance of this branch of 

Botany to the nation, and the vital necessity of a study of the causes 

contributing to the enormous loss of food throughout the country 

and Empire. 

Let us consider for a moment the very large proportion of the 
world’s commercial products which are entirely of vegetable origin. 
Such would include coal, timber, rubber, cotton, sugar, cereals and 
other grains, the fruits and vegetables, tea and coffee, cocoa, tobacco, 
&c., and when to many of these are added their innumerable uses 
in the arts and manufactures we are reminded how absolutely all 
life on the globe is dependent upon the chlorophyll corpuscle. Now, 
with the exception of coal, the plants producing the materials 
enumerated are all subject to the attacks of fungoid or bacterial 
parasites, and thus it is seen how essential it becomes that more and 
more attention should be directed to the study of plant pathology. 

The extent of the loss occasioned by diseases of a parasitic origin is 
perhaps hardly realized. Some slight indication of it may be given. 

With regard to wheat: for the British Empire I am not aware that 
any monetary estimate has been attempted of the loss caused by 
“rust ”’ or other parasite, but it is certainly enormous ; and in Germany, 
where we may look for more scientific calculation of their resources, 
it is known that in the year 1891 the loss to the German Empire 
upon the cereal crop of wheat, barley, oats, and rye was over twenty 
millions sterling, an amount nearly equal to one-third of the total 
value of the crop. In Australia the loss due to rust of wheat has 
been estimated at two and a half millions for the year 1890-1891. 

In Germany thé loss due to disease of the potato crop amounted 
in one year to thirty millions, and in our own country it has been com- 
puted that this crop is reduced by disease by at least one-third on 
the average. This would represent over one million tons of potatos 
lost by disease per annumin Englandalone. In Ireland the potato crop 
suffered to the extent of six millions in 1879, and in 1845 practically 
the entire crop was destroyed through the ravages of Phytophthora 
infestans, producing a most disastrous famine throughout the country. 

In Northumberland and Durham, swedes and turnips are ex- 
tensively cultivated for feeding purposes, 50,000 acres being thus 
employed in these two counties alone. Plasmodiophora attack is 


318 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


very common in the early stages of growth, then later on, when the 
reserves have been accumulated, much damage is done by Bacteria, 
Fusarium, and Phoma; and finally, during the storage in winter, | 
Botrytis and Bacteria cause extensive decay. It is not uncommon, 
when the clamps are opened in spring, to find a quarter to three- 
quarters of the stored roots to be rotten and unfit for use. It may thus 
be estimated that in average years about half the crop is destroyed by 
these parasites. At the rate of fifteen tons an acre this gives 750,000 
tons grown, and, assuming only one-third to be destroyed, this means 
250,000 tons, which at ros. a ton represents a loss of £125,000 in these 
two northern counties. 

Losses due to destruction of timber are of a most serious nature, 
one might again say about one-third of the whole. Agaricus melleus, 
Peziza Wilkommii, Trametes radiciperda, and various species of Poly- 
porus are some of the most destructive to forest trees, while pit-props 
and all kinds of worked timber suffer greatly from attacks of Stereum 
hirsutum, Merulius lachrymans, and other saprophytic fung1. 

It will be remembered how in the ’eighties the cultivation of coffee 
in Ceylon entirely ceased through the ruin caused by the activity of 
Hemileia vastatrix. 

Other crops, such as tea, plantation rubber, hops, gooseberry, 
and every kind of fruit, all pay a heavy toll to fungus diseases. 

It might be mentioned that in a single greenhouse the failure of 
tomatos through disease has resulted in a loss of £200, while the 
horticulturist is by no means immune, his difficulties in contending 
against mildew, damping off, and the innumerable attacks of plant 
parasites leading to heavy financial loss. 

In view of all this it is really rather remarkable that so little in- 
terest is shown in the study of Economic Mycology. Nor can botanists 
be held altogether above reproach in this matter. Hitherto they have 
given little encouragement to the prosecution of research in Phyto- 
pathology, and problems of importance equal to any in any branch 
of science await solution in this section of Botany. It is unfortunate 
that there is scant sympathy with the technical part of the subject 
among botanists generally, and there is danger of its passing altogether 
into other hands. 

In my view our ordinary botanical courses should include a wider 
treatment of the fungi, and while appreciating to the full the valuable 
results of cytological work, one may claim at the same time that it 
might reasonably be supplemented by study of the life-histories of the 
fungi from the point of view of their work in Nature. More students 
might thus be led to take up research upon economic lines, who would 
be equipped with a broad scientific training founded upon sound 
principles of physiology, bio-chemistry, and bio-physics. There is 
great danger in a narrowly technical education, and it is to be feared 
that at present there is not a sufficient supply of suitably qualified 
men to undertake the investigation of problems in the etiology of 
disease. 


: ECONOMIC MYCOLOGY. 319 


The problems are extremely complicated. There is first the 
necessity to establish the pathogenic nature of the attack, to isolate 
the causal organism, and to carry out infection experiments, where 
many variable factors of unknown nature enter in to baffle the in- 
vestigator. Some remedial treatment must also be sought, and large 
questions are involved which demand the application of fundamental 
principles of physiology and plant hygiene. The relation of host to 
parasite, the reaction of both to internal and external conditions, open 
up a wide field of research. The therapeutics of the plant must be 
considered from the same point of view as animal therapeutics ; and 
conditions of environment, predisposition, and questions affecting 
infection and immunity must all form the subject of definite scientific 
investigation. 

A close study of the life-history of a fungus often reveals some weak 
spot where it is specially vulnerable, and a knowledge of methods of 
natural infection and of conditions favouring the spread of the disease 
will often lead to an effective means of prevention. 

Telluric conditions, though little under control, play a most im- 
portant part in the spread of fungoid diseases. Thus the vapour 
pressure of the atmosphere is a determining factor in the spread of 
Phytophthora infestans, a damp, warm atmosphere enabling the conidia 
to germinate and also rendering more easy the passage of the germ- 
tube into the plant, while a dry atmosphere places the epidermal walls 
of the host in a position to resist the entrance of the germ-tube and 
at the same time it may be fatal to the conidia. A sudden fall of 
temperature renders many host-plants liable to fungus attack, possibly 
by modifying the constituents of the cell-contents. For example, 
MELHUS has shown, in experimenting with radish plants, that chilling 
produced a marked effect upon the degree of infection secured, 95 per 
cent. of the seedlings becoming infected after chilling, but only 5 per 
cent. in those which were unchilled. In correlation with this observa- 
tion, it has been noted that rose-trees often show signs of a mildew 
attack some ten to fourteen days after a chilling wind. MELHUS 
attributes this to the greater power of spore germination owing to the 
chilling process rather than to any effect in making the host more sus- 
ceptible, but he considers this point awaits further investigation. 

In this connexion attention may be drawn to the fact that in 
the potato, and to a greater extent in the so-called ‘‘starch-trees”’ 
(Betula, Tilia, &c.), a low temperature induces the transformation 
of starch into sugar, and that this process is reversed on the return 
to a higher temperature. Possibly other changes may take place in 
the plant-cell which also influence its susceptibility. 

Soil aeration is one of the very important factors in plant growth 
too often left out of account. While it is generally recognized that 
a plant respires, the application of this general principle to the roots 
is frequently neglected. The plant-root cannot properly avail itself 
of any food supply unless the necessary energy is available for this 
purpose, and this energy is mainly derived from the respiration of the 


320 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


roots. Experiments show that plants grown in a beaten-down soil 
are poor and stunted in comparison with those grown under similar 
conditions in an open soil. The effect of soil aeration as a controlling 
factor is too often overlooked in pot and field experiments, and it 
requires to be further worked out as affecting disease. 

The fundamental question of food-constituents and the associated 
theories of manurial treatment, though much discussed, remain in a 
state not altogether satisfactory, and there is room for a more scientific 
basis of experiments. 

Nitrogen may be cited as one of the most important of the food 
elements which is liable to abuse. Much has been written about the 
supply of combined nitrogen, but the harmful effect of excessive 
nitrogen has not received the attention it deserves. Numerous cases 
can be indicated in which plants are rendered specially susceptible 
to fungus diseases through the improper use of this element. 

Potatos which have received an excessive application of nitrogenous 
manure show a greater development of stem and leaf, and consequently 
a greater amount of chlorophyll, but at the same time there is an 
expenditure of plastic material, and therefore less starch storage in 
the tubers. The quality of the potatos is thus reduced, accompanied 
by a greater tendency to disease, not only in the vegetative growth 
but also during storage. 

In Sugar-beet excessive nitrogen, while increasing the weight of 
the crop, at the same time diminishes the sugar content and lowers the 
power of resistance to disease. 

In the case of fruit trees, a comparison between plants treated 
with latrine manure and with potassium phosphate showed with the 
former a smaller quantity of fruit but greater susceptibility to frost ; 
as regards Apples, a tendency to attack by woolly aphis, and in the 
orange to “ die-back ” and insect pests. : 

In the raising of Gooseberry plants from cuttings it has been the 
aim of the cultivator to produce a saleable, stocky plant, and to induce 
the necessary growth nitrogenous manure is applied. Observations 
seem to show that the Gooseberry mildew is associated with this 
method of cultivation, whereas on poor soils this disease is much less 
frequent. 

With Roses the custom of an annual mulch is followed by an 
annual appearance of mildew. 

In Quick (Crataegus) the appearance of mildew has also been 
associated with manuring, while the surrounding hedges were free. 

In the case of greenhouse plants, the prevalence of Botrytis and 
other diseases has been traced to excessive nitrogen. Similar observa- 
tions have been made with regard to vegetables. These, when 
over-manured, are more prone to disease and degenerate in flavour. 
Mention may be made of a Tomato-house where the plants had been 
treated to a heavy mulch, with the result that the entire crop was 
ruined by an attack of Cladosporium. 

With regard to such elements as potassium and phosphorus, the 


ECONOMIC MYCOLOGY. 321 


evidence at present to hand indicates that these have a beneficial 
effect in checking fungoid ravages. 

The chemical effects of lime upon the soil have received great 
attention, but its action in neutralizing soil-acidity is not sufficiently 
recognized. In the case of Plasmodiophora this is a most important 
factor. Since the middle of last century it has been noted that 
“finger-and-toe’’ is practically absent from calcareous soils, and 
that dressings with lime tend to check this disease. Also it has been 
noted that manures which tend to increase the acidity of the soil 
favour its development. This problem has received solution by the 
work of G. Potts, carried out in the Botanical Laboratories at New- 
castle and at Halle (Salle), by which it was demonstrated that alkalinity 
of the soil, from any cause, secured the immunity of the host from 
attack by the parasite. His experiments also showed that the soil 
calcium has not necessarily any relation to the disease. I have shown 
that below a depth of four to five inches the spores of Plasmodiophora 
are killed, or are at least inoperative. Hence a sufficient dressing of 
lime should be given to render the soil alkaline to this depth. The 
acidity of the soil varies from field to field, and also is not constant 
throughout the year. It is thus impossible to predict how much lime 
should be applied in any given case, and field experiments following 
up Potts’s work, to test the power of lime to neutralize the acid in 
the soil, are much needed as a means of saving our cruciferous crops 
from this most destructive parasite. How fat soil acidity or alkalinity 
are factors in other plant diseases is another of the points awaiting 
elucidation. 

It is a matter for further research to determine how far such 
operations as transpiration, respiration, &c., may be modified by 
manurial treatment, and within what limits it may so alter the con- 
stituents of the cell-sap as to be usefully employed as a prophylactic 
treatment. 

Great strides have been made in recent years towards a recognition 
of the needs of Economic Mycology, which have naturally shown 
how much more remains to be accomplished. 

The Destructive Insect and Pests Act has been put in operation 
by the Board of Agriculture as a necessary means of coping with the 
devastating spread of certain diseases in this country. This has 
drawn the attention of cultivators to the prevalence of plant diseases, 
has shown the value of co-operation in preventing the dispersal of 
parasitic attacks, and has emphasized the need for the minute study 
of the fungus flora of the crops. For example, had Sphaerotheca 
Mors-uvae and Chrysophlyctis (Synchytirium) endobiotica only been 
rigidly dealt with on their first appearance, how much destruction 
might have been saved! 

The establishment of the Phytopathological Laboratory at Kew, 
in touch with the mycologists in all parts of the Empire, is another 
forward step which cannot fail to be of the utmost importance to our 
Colonies and at home. But more is required. Phytopathological 


VOL. XLII. Y 


322 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


laboratories should be set up in various centres in Great Britain, these 
being linked up with the main central establishment at Kew. The 
variations of our soil and climate demand that stations should be 
distributed according to special local requirements. Each district 
creates its own problems; for instance, it would be impossible to 
investigate thoroughly a disease of our Northumberland crops in the 
South or West of England, and similarly no good results might be ex- 
pected to follow from an attempt to investigate Hop or fruit diseases 
in the North of England. Each station should be superintended by a 
thoroughly qualified botanist, whose equipment, I may repeat, should 
be such as to enable him to deal with the important pathological 
problems involving a knowledge of bio-chemistry and bio-physics. 

In some districts, such as Cambridge, Wye, &c., centres for patho- 
logical work are already established and valuable results have been 
obtained, but to cope with the manifold questions which present 
themselves many more investigators are wanted. 

The provision made for Economic Mycology under the Board of 
Technical Instruction for Ireland, with its section for Seeds and Plant- 
disease, has been productive of great results. 

Seed-testing for germination and purity might with advantage 
be extended to the detection of harmful fungus spores, with advice 
as to their treatment, and certain seed firms might well undertake 
the ‘‘ pickling ’’’ processes which are known to be effective means of 
dealing with infected seeds. 

It is not my purpose to enter into detailed experiments as to the 
benefit of ‘‘ spraying.”” Numerous experiments testify to the valuable 
results obtained by spraying with fungicides in certain classes of 
diseases, and they have shown how the yield of Potatos, Apples, Hops, 
&c., can be increased by this means. The difficulties in adopting 
this method, however, are great, and it is only applicable to certain 
cases of parasitism where the parasite or its spore-producing hypha is 
external to the host-plant. 

I should like to point out that at the present time there is no 
catalogue of British fungi similar to the London Catalogue of Flowering 
Plants. The British Mycological Society has had this matter in view, 
and through the assiduity of Mr. J. RaMsBoTTOM a list of the Uredi- 
nales, Discomycetes, and Phycomycetes has now been published. The 
Society has received little support from botanists, and even from 
those who are specially interested in fungi from a technical point of 
view. A greater support to this Society would enable the Trans- 
actions to be extended and possibly to develop into a much-needed 
Mycological Journal, of which there is at present no special publication 
in this country. 

The International Society for Plant Pathology exists, and should 
be a means of strengthening our hands by an interchange of ideas 
with workers in other countries and of gaining a greater knowledge 
of their activities. , 

In addition to the various pathological centres I have suggested, 


ECONOMIC MYCOLOGY. 323 


the foundation of a central laboratory for the cultivation and dis- 
tribution of pure cultures of fungi and bacteria would be a develop- 
ment of great value to the nation. Dr. KRat’s laboratory fulfilled 
a very important function in the distribution of organisms in pure 
culture of pathogenic and non-pathogenic bacteria and certain fungi, 
and now that this supply is no longer available we find ourselves in 
a position similar to that created by the lack of aniline dyes, optical 
glass, &c. I would strongly advocate the formation of a national 
institution for pure cultures which would be comparable to the National 
Physical Laboratory, from which type specimens could always be 
procured and critical determinations assured, and which would be 
of sufficiently wide scope to serve the needs of the medical bacterio- 
logist, the plant pathologist, agriculturist, brewer, tanner, &c. The 
British Empire should surely possess one such centre, instead of being 
dependent upon a foreign source of supply. 

Before concluding, may I again refer to the great value of research 
in plant hygiene? A distinction must be drawn between Mycology 
and Plant Pathology. The mere working out of life-histories is only 
the preliminary step; behind this lies a whole series of researches in 
chemical physiology and pathology which may throw light upon 
problems connected with both the animal and the plant. Although 
the animal widely differs from the plant in having a nervous and a 
circulatory system, yet both obey the same laws of physical chemistry, 
and it may not be unreasonable to suppose that the plant may possess 
bodies analogous to the protective anti-bodies of the animal, so well 
known in medical bacteriology. Already animal pathology has 
gained much by botanical discoveries, and it behoves the botanist 
to seek in the advances of physiological chemistry, as affecting 
animal pathology, their significance in relation to plant diseases and 
immunity. 

In considering the present position of Economic Mycology I have 
only attempted, very sketchily, to show the pressing need of further 
provision for the prosecution of pathological research throughout the 
country, leaving to others the proposal of any definite scheme by 
which this might be accomplished. 


REFERENCES. 


Hunter, C. ‘‘Some Observations on the Effect of Soil Aeration on Plant 
Growth.”’ Proceedings of the University of Durham Philosophical Society, 
vol. iv. IQII-I9QI2. 

Jones, L. R. ‘“‘ Disease Resistance of Potatos.’’ U.S. Deparimeni of Agri- 
culture. Bureau of Plant Indusivry—Bulletin 87, 1905. 

Me.tuus, I. E. ‘‘ Experiments on Spore Germination and Infection in Certain 
Species of Oomycetes.” University of Wisconsin Agricultural Experiment 
Station, Research Bulletin, No. 15, June Io1t. 

Potter, M.C. ‘‘ Rottenness of Turnips and Swedes in Store.’’ Journal of 
the Board of Agriculture, vol. ii1., No. 2. 

‘‘ Note on some Experiments on Finger-and-Toe.’’ Journal of the New- 
castle Farmers’ Club, 1896. : 

Potts, G. ‘“‘ Finger-and-Toe (Plasmodiophora Brassicae).’’ Report of the 
British Association, South Africa. 1905. 

SoRAUER, P. ‘‘ Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten.’’ Third Edition, 1908— 
1913. 


324 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND Tibet 
By REGINALD FARRAR. 


On March 28, 1915, the Expedition, in the same personnel, set out 
from Lanchow, north-west for Si-ning. This is all a rolling loess 
country of crumpled, high, bare downs, perfectly lifeless and barren, 
of uniform pale-ochre yellow as far as eye can see, but for stretches 
of cultivation and Zizyphus-orchards in the stony levels of the river- 
valley ;—take it all in all, as drear and forbidding a desert-region as 
you need wish to avoid, blasted with a burning summer, and blighted 
with the iron cold of a long, hard winter. Si-ning, the capital of the 
Border, and seat of the Viceroyalty of the Koko-nor, lies flat beside 
the Si-ning Hor, just before the right-angled intersection of four 
broad vales, hemmed in with low, arid convolutions of the loess fells. 
Only very far away in the south appear the Alps of the Kweite-Salar 
ranges, not visible from the town itself: the westward distance is 
closed by highlands running up to the ridges below the Koko-nor ; 
and in the north, here and there over the intervening hogs’-backs of 
the hills, peer in April points of snow that alone suggest the presence 
of the Da-Tung chain. 

In Si-ning a month was passed, amid the first luxuriance of the 
peach-blossom, and the unparalleled splendour of Viburnum fragrans 
in every yard of temple and palace and humblest cottage court. 
And on May 3 we set out for the mountains, hoping the season might 
by now be sufficiently awakened. The journey into the foothills of 
the Da-Tung Alps takes two long days, up through the same arid 
loess country ,with the mountains ahead of you all the time as you 
proceed slowly along the dust-dry valley of the Wei Yuan Pu Hor. 
A golden Adonis at one point and a single clump of I7is Tigridia alone 
relieved the desolation in the first week of May. Very gradually the 
distance rises and rises all the way, from the starting-point of more 
than seven thousand feet in Si-ning, so that one has no notion of 
being at any considerable height at all; and the mountains, rising 
only some five or six thousand feet from the ten-thousand feet of 
their foothills, seem mere inconsiderable fells, above an undulating 
upland plain that might be at sea-level for all you can tell. But 
at Wei-yuan Pu, snuggled down among poplars in the convergent 
branches of the beck, under the projecting downs that sweep out 
upon the uplands from the Alps, you come at length upon loam and 
dark strata of vegetable soil, to break the infinite monotony of the 
loess, veiled as it is, over all this region, in solid miles of Ivis ensata 


* For explorations of Ig14 see p. 47. 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 325 


in that lovely pale-blue form that I spoke of as I. ‘“ hyacinthina,” on 
account of its entrancing hyacinth-fragrance. 

The Da-Tung Alps run south-east from north-west. On their 
far side flows the Da-Tung Hor, but the mountains form no containing 
barrier for the river; they cut away from it at right angles in a 
Succession of herring-bone ridges, that only from a distance give 
the look of one continuous wall of peaks. These peaks rise bleak and 
bare from the bare bleak uplands at their feet ; scant scrub alone is 
all the wood there is on their flanks and folds, till you descend into 
the unique Tien Tang forest on the far side, overhanging the river. 
In point of fact this range has an intermediate position, boding ill for 
its botanical promise. Far south we have left that mountain system 
which descends on Western China in a magnificent series of parallel 
gigantic ranges, of which the Min S’an is the penultimate, and Lien 
Hwa S’an the last northerly effort, before the country dies down into 
the unrelieved dullness of the loess downs that lead to Lanchow. 
On the other hand, we are not far enough yet up the map of Asia for 
that other huge branch of the Kwen Lun, which sweeps round the 
northern curve of the Tibetan Highland, and develops down into 
China and Russia in the various ranges of the Tien S’an, the Ala S’an, 
and the Altai. In consequence here we have lost the opulent forest, 
and lavish splendours of the Szechwan-Kansu March, and have not 
yet ascended within reach of the no less splendid forest-flora that 
adorns the Altai and the Tien S’an. This region, in fact, is the last 
southerly reach of the northern mountain system, too far south to 
represent its riches, and not far enough to acquire reinforcements 
from the advance-guard of the southerly Flora. In consequence, 
this intermediate No Man’s Land proves as barren as I feared, in the 
first moment of seeing that its outlines had that monotonous pyramidal 
formation which speaks but too clearly of their granitic nature. I 
shall never regret having explored them ; but their yield, I felt from 
the first, could not compare with that of the earlier year ; and it was 
only the then novelty of their lists that made the Russian explorers 
of the ‘eighties convey so lavish and tempting an impression of these 
ranges. The farther north you come up the ranges of Asia the poorer 
grows the flora, until you have definitely got within hail of that second 
floral belt which fringes round the Arctic Circle, and descends into 
the European Alps, there to meet the ascending flora of the central 
belt. 

In Primula and Meconopsis, accordingly, the region proved poor, 
and in Gentiana and Saxifraga correspondingly rich. We spent 
the summer in gradually decaying hope ; visiting the various massz/s, - 
and the great abbeys that lurk in the green folds of the foothills 
on either side of the range. ‘‘ Cheterton”’ is Tien-tang, Chebson is 
what the Russians have variously called Chebsum, Cheibsen, Choibsen, 
Chobsen, and so forth: the map will give the rest of the region, which 
you must imagine thoroughly Tibetan and aboriginal in population, 
but held in peace owing to its position as a long spur of wild mountain 


326 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


country descending between two Chinese spheres of influence, to 
Si-ning and the Koko-nor on the south-west, and up the great north 
road to the east, that leads through Ping-fan away across the deserts 
into Russia. And so, if 1914 was a year of tempests and insurgencies, 
I915 indemnified us by a season of perfect peace, enlivened by the 
real joviality and friendliness of the peasants and the monks. PURDOM 
was even able to take a flying visit round among the wild ranges of 
Kweite and the Koko-nor. 

The plant-list gives details of aspects and rock. Here I need only 
add that our little mule-inn of Wolvesden House already stood at 
what I figure as ten thousand feet or more, at an altitude, at least, to 
which it took the heart a week to grow accustomed; while on the 
heights five thousand feet or so immediately overhead all motion 
became a constant difficulty with its bumblings and thumpings. Too 
high, too bleak, too cold, too lonely, these valleys gave only a dull 
coppice of poplar and willow: granite reigned everywhere, and the 
typical granitic monotony ; except for a tormented drift of dolomite, 
further up the pass, which erupted in huge fantastic teeth from the 
green alpine slopes, and immediately yielded the typical calcareous 
variety. The seasons, too, are hard and stern and swift at these 
heights. It is not till the middle of June that even the glens are 
awake, and the downs do not open their show till July is in. Then 
follows a brief and radiant summer like that of our own Alps, before 
the frosts and snow descend again in mid-September, just in time 
to catch some of the last and most glorious of the alpine flowers in 
their fullest splendour. No snow, however, lies even on the summits 
in summer, for here the snow-line is still so high that only at some 
eighteen thousand feet or more can you hope for it; and the only 
snowfields visible in summer from the Da-Tung Alps are on certain 
wild and rugged peaks far away due north, over old Da-Tung city. 
The whole region has a gaunt, cold splendour, but its starved and 
jejune hugeness cannot compare in beauty with the yet greater hyge- 
ness, sumptuous and luxuriant, of the Min S’an and Satanee Alps. 

On September 13 I rode for the last time down Wolfstone Dene 
from Wolvesden House in a sparkling morning of early frost, and 
on the morrow made my last farewell to the friendly monks in Tien 
Tang, before adventuring out on the long, sad journey over the inter- 
vening passes down into the river-valley of Ping-fan, and so back again 
into Lanchow. Thence my journey carried me steadily southward for 
three weeks, over the loess lands, into that rough country of little 
parallel wooded ranges called the Da-Ba-S’an (spelt officially, of 
course, Tapa Shan, because it is never so pronounced) which shatters 
the converging boundaries of Kansu, Shensi, and Szechwan. For 
many days one traverses these ranges, which are none of them high 
enough to give the flora I had hoped, and are not yet far enough in 
the south to yield the wealth and variety of the no-higher ranges 
along the central Yang-dz’. For me they exist only as providing a 
new record for Primula sinensis. On their far side, at Kwang-Yuen, one 


REPORT OF WORK IN.1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 


E on 


ty 


coautnugen eet Peg 
Sen 


AES 


Se) 


Fic. 62.—RouGH MaP oF MR. FARRER’S 1915 JOURNEY. 


328 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


comes out into the grateful warmth of the Red Basin of Szechwan; 
and for yet another ten days or so we traversed rolling russet uplands 
terraced with rice, and peppered with dark junipers and pines as green 
as those of Provence, before taking a junk at Bao-ning, and thence 
descending in tired tranquillity down the long and frantic coilings of 
the Ja-ling-jang, till it reaches Chung King and merges in the Da-Hor, 
which only a foreigner talks of as the Yang-dz’ Jang. Down this then 
we proceeded by one of the pot-bellied double-barrelled steamers 
that now ply; and in ever-increasing sadness of conclusion, with the 
great Alps fading so irrecoverably remote in the distances of memory, 
traversed the famous and over-famous Gorges of the Yang-dz’, and 
concluded finally in the unutterable depression of Ichang, that flat 
monotony of town and shore and country as far as eye can see, sullen 
under the grey sky, with even the dim little ranges of Hupeh dwindled 
into a mere ruffle along the western horizon. Having left Wolvesden 
on September 13, it was on December 8, after two seasons of the blessed 
wilderness, that we landed up once more in the capital, now feverishly 
preparing to become an Imperial city again. 


COLLECTIONS OF 2915: 


The following list gives the more important of the plants collected 
or seen in flower in 1915; if their number and tale of novelties do 
not equal those of the previous year I assure you that the Alps, and 
not their explorer, are to blame; further, many species that were 
glorious novelties in 1914 prove to have so wide a range that they are 
the stale commonplaces of the next season. 

Aconitum sp., A. Anthora giluum? (F 739.)—This is a very large, 
tall, voluminous Aconite, abundant all over the scrubby foothills of 
the Da-Tung, and up to ten thousand feet in the more open copses 
about Wolvesden House, with handsome foliage and tall dense spires 
of narrow squeezed flowers in a curiously attractive and rather morbid 
shade of dull pale lilac. 

Acomtum sp. F 798 exists only, alas, in specimens and a photo- 
graph. It was a singularly fascinating thing, with a dense dwarf 
obelisk of very large flowers, papery-silky in texture, and in colouring 
suggesting smoke-grey chiffon over a sky-blue “ slip,’’ squatting close 
upon a low mass of magnificent glossy foliage, roundly lobed. This 
was a child of only the very highest stone slopes at the topmost limits 
of vegetation, and bloomed only at the end of August. Seed, there- 
fore, was unprocurable, and of the plants I brought away there is no 
more to tell. | 

Adenophora sp. (F 583) may not have been distributed. Its best 
picture is that of an ordinary harebell, but magnified, and much stiffer. 
It occurred in the lower grassy places down Wolfstone Dene, and 
though pretty enough in its uniflorous small alpine development 
(in the river shingles opposite Wolvesden House) to merit painting 
in an emptier moment, was not worth collecting on any full scale. 


- 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET, 329 


Adonis coerulea (F 518) also yielded only very few and imperfect 
seeds. It is too leafy a little plant to be admirable, and is common 
all over the lower alps of the region. Its blossoms, being of a satiny 
mauve or violet, long puzzled me as to its name, until I discovered 
that in all its forms coerulea does indeed dry to a lovely tone of 
turquoise blue. 

Androsace tibetica (F 533) is, of course, the same as last year’s 
F 246, but I think better to give it a fresh number, as the regional forms 
of this species areso many. That of the Da-Tung represents two main 
lines; up at Wolvesden House it is squat and broad-leaved, with 
flowers especially large and fat and round; down at Tien Tang, on 
the hot gravelly banks, and in the parched lawns, it is of so intense a 
rosy crimson and rich pink that I wonder yet again to think how ever 
I was led to describe the plant originally as white, before I came to 
know it. A further fact emerges also from the imperfect information 
of last year, and from subsequent experience with seedlings. And 
that is that A. tibetica and A. longifolia cannot easily be grown in soil 
too poor or in positions too hot and dry. Cosseted in nice fat, well- 
watered pans at least, they both of them grew very yellow and sickly 
with me, and when A. tubetica flowered it was with a pallid anemic 
bloom in no proportion to its lush unhealthy leafage; while A. longifolza, 
its yet more torrid cousin, was obviously dying altogether. And they 
both only began to pick up when got out under a hot wall, and guarded 
- strictly from the watering-can. Without such treatment A. tibetica 
will; I think, usually prove pale and hypertrophied, and A. longifolia, 
by far the more difficult species, evidently, of the two (demanding 
much hotter and harder conditions), will continue as impossible of 
culture as I once began to fear it. It should be fully remembered 
that these plants are not to be venerated as typical children of the 
alps, like their cousinhood, but regarded as the race’s special kindliness 
for the needs of hot south-country English gardens. A. tibetica Mariae 
I was not able to get in seed, and for a long time the identity and 
whereabouts of this narrow-leaved form were a puzzle to me. But 
finally PurDom found that it filled the marish flats about the Koko-nor 
with sheets of rosy blossom, long after the broad-leaved type had 
grown fat in seed at Wolvesden. (Photograph and painting secured.) 

A. mucronifolia (F 319) will ere-long be distributed in propagated 
plants. This is one of the few triumphs of our packing, and I luxuriate 
in pleasure each time I see my two or three specimens in pots, thriving 
as heartily as if they had no more memory of their own far alps, and 
remember what poor straggling messes they were when, at the end of 
my first season, they were despatched from Lanchow in the winter 
of 1914, across the changes and chances of distance and posts and 
railways. A. mucronifolia abounds in the Da-Tung Alps, but lower 
and more especially on their rare limestone outcrops. It is not here, 
however, quite the same be-snowed entrancing loveliness that it is 
in the highest fine lawns of green on the topmost necks of the Min 
S’an. (Photograph.) 


330 JOURNAL OF. THE. ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY 


Anemone sp. (F 577) isa very abundant weed, low and high, through- 
out all the alps and their foothills. Usually it is rather ugly, with wide- 
sprayed heads of small white stars radiating above mounds of foliage ; 
but the seed I got was from much better forms round Wolvesden House, 
where the many-sepalled white flowers were in much less disproportion 
to the amplitude of the foliage. Often all the blossoms turn foliaceous 
and become like little green roses: a development which, if it occurs 
with us, will be hailed with cries of rapture at Myddelton House. 

Antennaria sp. (F 576) should be merely a very specially fine form 
of A. margaritacea, collected from the river shingles of the Da-Tung 
above Tien Tang. But I fear there may have been a confusion of 
number between this and F 741. 

Aquilegia ecalcarata (F 588) gives universal joy, at home as in the 
alps, with its dance of delicate little claret-coloured flowers with 
their whirling skirts. Once I found a white-petticoated form of 
special attraction ; it died on the way across Siberia, though I nursed 
it with the utmost care. But it might easily turn up again from 
seed. 

A. viridifiora (F 557) lives on the hottest rocks and river-shingles 
of the region, at the lowest elevations. Clearly it wants a hot, dry 
place, or crevice of sun-baked cliffs or steps. Its milk-dashed foliage 
and its strange combinations of chocolate, green, and dull gold have 
a rare charm, to say nothing of its soft fragrance, which pervades 
rather than is noticeably exhaled. (Painting.) 

Aster Farrert (F 582) is of course the same as last year’s F 174. 
It abounds in the cooler hollows of long grass low down in Wolfstone 
Dene, and far away to the Koko-nor, in form more brilliant (as seems 
to me) than its first season’s efforts in the Min S’an. (Photograph.) 

Aster sp. (F 581) is the contribution made by the Da-Tung to that 
solitary-flowered group of alpine asters represented by A. alpinus 
and A. andinus. It is a very pretty little thing, but rather pallid, 
forming a sheet of soft colour over the high alps in July, beneath 
the fluttering lavender butterflies of the Harebell Poppy. It will 
appreciate the cultivation that suits A. alpinus and A. lumitaneus. 

Caragana sp. (?) F 513. Specially cruel is the weakness of the 
high and scrubby valleys of the Da-Tung in the matter of shrubs. Too 
northerly, too cold, too bleak, too arid, they have nothing like the 
multifarious luxuriance of those glorious valleys in the shadow of the 
Min S’an and the Satanee Alps. This Cavagana is one of their best 
productions, alone of its race in loving cool damp exposures and 
coppice at alpine and high alpine elevations only, where it forms a 
flat-boughed bush, dense with long thorns, and set close with big 
blossoms of soft clear pink in lovely contrast to the vivid green of 
its handsome many-folioled leafage in July. It is abundant on the 
northern folds of the Da-Tung, the highest-ascending of all shrubs 
there, except Potentilla fruticosa ; and I also saw it, beyond a doubt, 
on the high crests of the Min S’an in 1914, though innocent of seed 
there. 


REPORT OF WORK IN i915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 331 


Cavagana sp. (F 514) is the dense tight little golden-flowered 
dome that covers all the hottest and aridest loess downs of the region 
in general, not, of course, ever climbing towards alpine conditions. 
It suggests Ulex nanus, but is hardly so good, though quite as prickly. 

Caragana sp. (F 515) is another species characteristic of the hottest 
and driest places of the region, as on the torrid slopes round Tien 
Tang Ssi. It is a tall and very graceful loose shrub, weeping out 
in fine long minute-leaved sprays, beset along their length with yellow 
blossoms. 

Carex sp. (F 732) occurs in the long grass about Wolvesden, and 
is interesting only for the long black tassels it develops, depending 
in twos or threes, from the graceful stem of some eighteen inches, 
high above the lustrous clump of green below. 

Cerasus sp. (F 524) is a very pretty shrub or small tree, rare in the 
coppice about half-way down Wolfstone Dene. It has flattish out- 
spreading boughs, from which depend in mid-May a lavish profusion 
of soft pale pink flowers, followed in August by little brilliant red 
cherries. 

Cerasus sp. (F 674).—This is a smaller shrub altogether, from the 
ghyll by which you ascend to the downs of Tien Tang. It has rather 
larger blossoms, in great profusion, and of a rich warm rose, followed 
by diminutive white-heart cherries, and is distinctly a charmer. 

Clematis sp. (F 559) belongs to the Atragene group, and is of 
incomparable loveliness. I only know it in the ghyll of Tien Tang, 
where it rambles frailly through light bushes, to the height of two 
or three feet, and then cascades downwards in a fall of lovely great 
flowers of softest china-blue, so filled with petaloid processes that 
they seem as double as any production of the garden. The seed, alas, 
is very uncertain, not having been ripe when I left, and the Lord 
Abbot of Tien Tang having failed to fulfil his promise of sending us 
on some more; so far we can only feel satisfied that we possess it in 
a painting and a photograph. 

Colutea sp. (F 659) is a scarlet-flowered plant of the Si-ning valleys 
which will like hot dry places presumably. PuRDOM sent me up sprays 
of it from one of his expeditions to Si-ning, and seed was subsequently 
got. Otherwise I know nothing of its size or habits. 

Corydalis curvifloraa—Yet again have I failed utterly to get seed 
of this marvellous azure loveliness, so abundant in all the scrub and 
coppice of the whole Tibetan March, far away up into the Altai. Nor 
have I a better tale of the yet more glorious C. melanochlora (F 254), 
which seems to have much the same distribution, though at much 
greater altitudes, only in the last and gauntest screes of the alps. 
Each season I sent home tubers, and each season they arrived alive, 
only subsequently to moulder off in some unexplained fit of dissatis- 
faction. Perhaps they were treated too lovingly, and made too com- 
fortable in too soft and well-watered soil. (Painting and photograph.) 

C. vosea, however, fell to my net. This is the sprawling lax 
plant with long compound spires of pink blossom, that occurs only in 


332 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


the danker, moister, darker rocks and ravines of the alpine woodland- 
region. It is rather untidy and lush and lacking in stamina, yet by 
no means to be despised for a place where it will be happy. 

C. scaberula (F 716).—Failing C. melanochlora, this is as good an 
acquisition as you could have in the race. I know no cultivated 
Corydal that equals it. This beauty belongs to open stony places at 
great elevations, most especially by the very track-sides zigzagging 
up to the immediate crest of Wolvesden Pass. The growth is stout, 
but concise, in stiff tufts of very handsome glaucous foliage, from 
which rise many stout, crowded, stiff spires of blossom, pale, and rich 
claret-coloured at the mouth, with a dark tip; very variable in light 
or depth of tone, but always of a strange and striking attractiveness, 
in their close fox-brush spires of four to six inches in July and August. 

Cremanthodium sp. (F 587) is the only species of 1915 that I can 
attribute to this group. It is a singularly charming thing, haunting 
only moist shingles and shaded cliffs, preferably of limestone, at great 
elevations on the alps, where, in the damp corries, it makes single tufts 
of very handsome glossy foliage, from which rise stems of five or six 
inches, each hanging out one single pendulous flower in August, like a 
small golden Dahlia. 

Daphne sp. (F 553).—The Daphne of 1915 differs from those of 
the year before in being a non-calcicole species. It isa rather ragged, 
round bushling of two feet or so, very profuse with terminal and 
lateral clusters up the stems, of blossoms which either very often 
vary from palest pink to ivory white, or else fade immediately. 
For of ivory white is their almost universal effect, their fragrance 
is delicious, and their resultant berries are of bright scarlet. All 
over these alps it abounds in the typical Daphne situations, amid 
the opener scrub and over the rougher turf in the lower region, up to 
ten thousand feet round Wolvesden House. (Photograph.) 

Delphinium sp. (F 570, D. Pylzowi ?) is a remarkable Delphinium, 
forming, at its richest, mounded masses nine inches across and six in 
height, covered with very large flowers of richest violet, standing out 
solitary on their long peduncles. On Wolvesden Pass it luxuriates 
in the stony earthy open track-sides to such an extent that the clouds 
of purple in which it mists the upper reaches are visible from far 
below and far away; while when you ascend and find the azure 
spires of Meconopsis Prattit ascending profusely amid the purple, 
you realize a colour-effect of unsurpassed audacity and unsurpassed 
success. But one cannot answer for these alpine Delphiniums in 
cultivation after the grievous behaviour of that glorious F 253 (D. 
tanguticum), which, in the upmost shingles of the Min S’an, was solitary- 
flowered and fluttered close over the surface of the scree, but in 
cultivation seems to have developed a stem and a stature hardly less 
than that of F 570, its cousin. Delphinium sp. (F 611) may be some 
close relation of D. grandiflorum. It abounds in the hayfields at 
Bridgehead, about where you cross the river to go to Tien Tang, 
and its tall stems are loosely set with large azure flowers in August. 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 333 


Dracocephalum Purdomiu (F 571) stands close to D. bullatum. 
It makes a specially fine effect in the Da-Tung Alps (where it is universal 
in all the alpine region) when it forms into drifts in the damp flat 
mud-shores beside some of the little alpine becks ; and from the mass 
of bullate leaves arise in July the copious profusion of six-inch stems 
with their tiers of large dark-violet dragons’ heads. Just opposite 
Wolvesden House, among the alder coppice, the collateral becks were 
full of it, and alternative beds of butter-yellow Lousewort made a 
notable contrast, assisted by yet other beds of the dimmer yellow 
Corydalis dasyptera. (Painting and photograph.) 

Ephedra sp. (F 572) was evidently also sent in 1914 as “‘ unknown 
seed ’’ (F 483). We now know it for a denizen of dry rocks and river 
shingle-flats, where it forms close masses of wiry horse-tail foliage, 
unnoticeable in leaf or flower, till in August they become a solid sheet 
of colour, with their abundance of rosy-scarlet bloomy fruits, in 
beauty hardly to be surpassed. Evidently hot, dry, poor places are 
indicated. 

Erysimum sp. (F 521, 522).—It is possible that neither of these 
is Erysimum at all, and it is certain that they cannot both be. F 521 
is the rarer of the two, and I know it best high up in the grass in one 
fold of the fell above Wolvesden House, in Southerly Valley, at some 
12,000 feet or more. It flowers in a dense mass of lilac-violet flowers, 
tucked close upon the rosette and deliciously fragrant of cloves; in 
development the system a little lengthens, and the pods are very long 
and quite narrow, hardly to be recognized as having belonged to so 
concise a beauty as had squatted so tightly there in June. F 522 is 
perhaps even more charming. (Photograph.) Here the whole growth 
is softly downy, and the stalk rises to some five inches before unfold- 
ing its head of much warmer rose-pink blossom, differently but no less 
ravishingly scented, and in their tight round heads, on stalwart little 
stems, making one always think of some fine sturdy Primula, as 
they perk up everywhere in early July from the sere brown turf of 
the highest lawns and bottoms. This also is local, but more abundant 
and widely distributed in the alps about Wolvesden. Both species 
had much better be treated as monocarpous, though 522 is perhaps 
less certainly and invariably so, at home, than its predecessor. And 
F 522 differs from the other in having fat round-oval pods, on stems 
and footstalks no more developed than in flowering time. 

Gentiana.—In this great race the northerly ranges of the Da-Tung 
are conspicuously more abundant than the southerly ones of 1914. G. 
Przewalskyi occurs commonly on the lower loess, though in much less 
handsome and sapphirine form than about Choni (F 303). There isa 
much larger counterpart, flopping and straggling, with cream-white 
flowers, which abounds also in the lower regions (photograph) ; high 
up there is a straw-yellow annual star, also seen last year ; and many 
monocarpic little things that often sheet the fine moist alpine lawns 
in constellations of pale blue or mauve or electric blue, from May to 
August. The last flower of the whole year was even a Gentian, a. 


334 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


suffruticose thing, with fringy soft-pink flowers on long willowy 
sprays, that began to abound in the rough grass of the waysides 
in Northern Szechwan in October and November, but of which the 
collected plants, which were all that was possible, entirely refused to 
survive the trans-Siberian journey. Of those collected the principal are: 

Gentiana sp. (F 579) belongs to the Macrophylla group, I believe, 
and is a species of many slender uprising stems from a wide mass of 
limp and glossy narrow foliage. In August the 9-12 inch stalks 
unfold their clusters and terminal heads of narrow tubular blossoms 
in such profusion that, though these never open very effectively 
the show produced by the mass of their solid sapphire-blue opaque 
exteriors is as attractive as anyone could desire. This likes the grassy 
open situations affected by G. cruciata, and is not uncommon at some 
nine to ten thousand feet in the open stony lawns of the Da-Tung 
valleys. (Photograph.) 

Gentiana sp. (F 750) is, as I discover from the proofs of ‘‘ The English 
Rock Garden,” almost certainly G. tviflora, and a remarkably hand- 
some plant, with whose multitudes the high alps of the Da-Tung 
turn all of soft water-blue in August. It may be figured as a very 
large G. Pneumonanthe of eight inches or so, with very much bigger 
trumpets, clustered towards the tops of the stems, and in colour of 
soft pale blue. It does not look as if any difficulty should attend its 
culture in a cool climate and cool vegetable soil. In the Serchim 
range below the Koko-nor a perfectly dwarf species or form of this is 
found, creamy-white with big, baggy, erect bells. But of this there 
is no certain seed. (Photograph.) 

Gentiana sino-ornata is F 807, and, as I have seen it, incompar- 
ably supreme above all the most beautiful of its race. Its glory on 
the high grassy passes and alps of the Da-Tung in the end of September 
is something positively stupefying. Seed there was obviously none 
to be got, and only two plants survived the tremendous journey 
home. But G. sino-ornata has already been introduced (I hope in 
as good a form as that of the Da-Tung), so I need not deplore the 
lack ; meanwhile I have it also in a photograph and a painting, for 
part-proof of the praise I give it in the text of ‘‘The English Rock 
Garden,” now that I have clearly realized its marvellousness with 
my own eyes. 

Hypericum sp. F 757 is certainly H. patulum Henryi, which abounds 
throughout the Da-Ba-S’an as you get into their ranges towards 
Szechwan. 

Ins sp. F 497 is I. Bungetz. Amid a dense clump of long glossy 
leaves, very narrow, and dark green, suggesting those of J. graminea or 
I. prismatica, lurk spidery thin flowers of purple, not in themselves 
very remarkable, but illustrious in the intensity of their violent violet 
fragrance, more acute than even in J. reticulata, and haunting all the 
hot air in June on the blazing loess down about the mouth of Tien 
Tang ghyll. (The only place where I ever saw it, the clumps dotted 
among the course tufts of grass.) (Painting.) 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 335 


I. ensata (F 496), on the contrary, sheets all the loess region of these 
parts in one ocean of green, which in the end of May becomes a pale 
sea of blue, washing up even into comparatively aipine bays at ten 
thousand feet. For its form is far better than elsewhere—generous 
in shape and of the loveliest, softest blend of milky blue and lavender 
and cream and white, yet further enhanced by its delicious fragrance 
of hyacinth. In front of the Tien Tang Abbey itself, the huge level lawn 
was one solid sheet of the Iris, and to walk through it is to be trans- 
ferred to Holland in hyacinth time. I think hard, hot, poor soil in a 
hot place will give us our best chance of getting the best out of this 
I. ensata, which, in richer, damper places, tends to run to leaf and 
rarity of bloom. Albinos occurred to me several times, and once a 
form with flowers of darkest sapphire velvet ; otherwise, but for minute 
differences in shape, the species is wonderfully stable. (Painting.) 

I. Potanini (F 500) I only saw once, on the ledges of one hot 
dolomite cliff, facing the fullsun, at the foot of Wolvesden Pass. It is 
like a little Iris of the Chamaeiris group, forming neat tuffets from 
which spring almost scapeless the small Flags, with sharply tucked- 
under falls, in tones of straw-yellow or musty purple. In the same 
cushion, though not probably from the same roots, you will get 
the two colours; the purple-flowered is slightly larger, the straw- 
yellow distinctly the prettier. (Painting.) 

I. tenuifolia (F 499) is the most beautiful of the year. Its wide old 
grassy hassocks do not love the loess, but delight in the open loamy 
green lawns of the cool alpine foothills, especially about the folds of 
the fell in which Chebson Abbey lurks. Here, in May, it was lavish 
with its large and lovely flowers of rich blue, each on what seemed a 
stem of six inches or so, but all of which was nothing but the pre- 
posterous tube of the flower, for actually in the ground developed 
the fat rosy pods, just protruding their pink bulges sometimes, but 
often, it is evident, lurking undiscovered for years in the heart of the 
clump, nursing what stillseems good seed. I. tenuzfolia seems slow of 
growth even at home, where the clumps show masses of dead leafage- 
stumps, and even hassocks of dead matter from which spring scant 
sprouts. Nor does it seem certain either in flower or seed. The 
species has an enormous range, and the specimens already in cultiva- 
tion hail from Quetta, not a land of promise so far as our gardens are 
concerned. So that their unalterable sulkiness need not give any 
rule for the behaviour of a fresh stock from so far away, and from 
conditions so absolutely different as the cool high downs of Chebson, 
far up on the northernmost limits of Tibet. (Painting.) 

I. Tigridia (F 498) ranks second to J. tenuzfolia. It haunts only 
the torrid amphitheatre of cliffs and loess-banks behind Tien Tang 
Ssti, loving to grow on the rim of the steep breaks, sprouting from 
under some slight covert of scrub in a tuffet of short greyish foliage 
from which stand up the beautifully-balanced little flower-de-luces 
in blended tones of amethyst, claret, and blue-violet, on stems of three 
or four inches, in May-June. The seed had mostly fallen when next 


336 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


I returned to Tien Tang, so that its quantity leaves much to be desired, 
and possibly many desiring ; as for its prospects in cultivation, one 
can but hope. 

Incarvillea sp. (F 509) is almost certainly I. grandiflora, and the 
same as F 89 and F 268 (though this cannot be taken yet for sure). 
Anyhow this is a very handsome species, from rocks and open banks 
up to ten thousand feet in the Da-Tung Alps, scattered through the 
range, but not so abundant as the earlier numbers last year. As seen, 
it was always monocarpic, and a finer, more exotic, gaudy thing could 
hardly be imagined. (Painting and photograph.) 

Isopyrum sp. 504 should by all obvious rights be I. grandiflorum. 
But in that case what becomes of last year’s plant, also presumably 
I. grandiflorum? For, while that was a pretty pallid thing enough, 
this, with Gentiana sino-ornata, stands out not only as the loveliest 
thing in the year, but almost in all the years of my. collecting any- 
where. In the granitic, volcanic,sor calcareous cliffs of the Da-Tung 
range, from eleven thousand feet upwards, it forms great tuffets of 
fine glaucous foliage, from which float in June the most glorious big 
flowers of richest lilac purple, in -size and colour suggesting a 
glorified Anemone nemorosa Allen, but of inimitable silken texture. 
It is invariably restricted only to cool shady aspects and cold shaded 
faces of the cliffs; and only at its topmost limits is found out on 
the open boulders, though even there for preference on the cooler 
faces, and dwarfed and compacted with the elevation. And it is as 
rigidly saxatile in habits as Phyteuma comosum. I was fortunate in 
getting an abundance of seed (indeed, it was the “‘ clou ” of this year’s 
collecting), as such a plant will be none too easy to raise, I suspect, 
and likely to prove pernickety even afterwards as to its position and 
the processes of getting it there. (Photograph and painting.) 

Lancea tibetica was sent under two numbers, as F 541 and F 670. 
In neither case was the seed satisfactory, having, by the necessities 
of our movements, to be collected in pods still immature. It is the 
little thing I talked of in 1914 as Mazus sp., and abounds all up the 
March, evidently, for choice, in bare open banks and flats at mid- 
alpine elevations, where it ramifies into lax carpets of dark-green 
rosettes, in the midst of which nestle in July the rich violet-purple 
helmets of the blossom, giving place to fat pods that in time blush 
to a deep varnished crimson, as they very slowly come towards their 
ripening. 

Leontopodium.—The common Flannel-flower of the European 
Alps has its absolute counterpart in the high lawns of the Da-Tung. 
But I only sent two members of the race. Of F 741 I doubt whether 
it should rightly be Leontopodium or Antennaria. All over the loess 
region, from Wei-yuan Pu throughout the foothills of the alps, and 
up to ten thousand feet, it everywhere forms, in the short-cropped 
stretches of grass, wide, perfectly flat, and tight scabs of silver grey, 
with innumerable rosettes of foliage, from which, on stems of barely 
an inch, unfold a galaxy of small Edelweiss stars in June, and on 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 337 


sporadically throughout the summer. Poor, hot, dry soil should best 
qualify it to maintain these laudable habits with us, in which case 
it should prove a very useful acquisition. A more conducive carpet 
for Crocus could hardly be conceived. 

Leontopodium sp. F 740 is an absolutely distinct plant, very abun- 
dant throughout the lower warmer stretches of the alpine region, on 
hot banks, river-shingles, and so forth, ascending on to the high moor- 
land passes between Tien Tang and Ping-fan. From the perennial 
woody stock there springs each year a sheaf of straight, undivided, 
elegant stems, set with grey-white foliage, very narrow, and in effect 
like slender shoots of rosemary, unfolding at the top each one single 
Edelweiss of great size, almost as brilliant in silver as the foliage, and 
with narrow pointed rays in unwonted profusion. This, of itself, 
would be sufficient beauty; but every portion of the shoot, when 
rubbed, exhales in intensity exactly the lemon-scent of Aloysia or 
Eucalyptus citriodora. Poor pebbly treatment will certainly keep 
this in strictest elegance of habit. 

Ligustrina amurensis will not be yet to be distributed, I think. 
This is the giant privet or white lilac that has such sacred associa- 
tions all up the March that no monastery lacks its specimen. Apart 
from the stately arborescent habit and the huge panicles of creamy- 
white and the unfading, undarkening clear green of its tall pyramidal 
masses of foliage, Ligusivina also has the beautiful ruddy peeling 
trunk of a cherry. There should be no more doubt about Ligustrina’s 
hardiness in England than about its beauty. One wonders, though, 
never toseeit. The famous Holy Tree at Gumbum Abbey is a specimen 
of this, hallowed through ages by a variation, on either side the midrib 
of each leaf, which figures a character from the Scriptures, rather in 
the form of the Greek Eta. These leaves are in such high value as 
relics, and so widely diffused, that the Blessed Sign is sometimes 
believed to be only visible to the eye of faith: thus to account for the 
number of leaves extant that do not show it to profaner vision. 

Lloydia sp. F 527 is certainly the same as F 93 of last year, and 
now stands certified as Lloydia alpina var. It is the more ravishing 
a little rock-fairy the more one sees of it; and in the Da-Tung range 
is very much more abundant and in finer character than in those of 
the Min S’an and Satanee. It is always, however, incurably saxatile 
(except at one point in the ghyll above Tien Tang), and should prove 
the especial beauty of cool limestone cliffs; not showy, indeed, but 
of ineffable refinement and charm, spoken for by both painting and 
photographs, made in the rocks above Tien Tang, with monks and 
acolytes standing round in a ring with their purple skirts extended, 
so as to keep off the wind, and for a moment arrest the dance of those 
delicate fairy bells. It has my most special regard, and the true 
Lloydia tbetica, for which I long took it, proves a very poor stolid 
affair of the upland lawns, gawky and small-flowered, and never 
venturing into the rocks which are the only refuge of Lloydia alpina. 


Lonicera sp.—None of those sent this year must be looked forward 
VOL. XLII. Z 


338 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


to. I have already animadverted on the general ugliness of the 
Da-Tung shrubberies; and in these Lomicera and Ribes played too 
dishonourable a part. The only floral hope of this year lies in F 788, 
a very remarkable little prostrate Honeysuckle, and almost the only 
thing not collected in flower that I mean here to make mention of. 
This was seen but once, at a turn of the track, floundering over rocks 
up in the Red Basin of Szechwan, where in November it immediately 
attracted attention with its frail flopping sprays of lucent dark-green 
foliage, each one of which was crowned with rich terminal heads of 
bloomy blue-black berries of rare attractiveness. 

Meconopsis.—From the tragedy of having no new Poppies to record 
this year I hurry to those I did see, leaving to its fortunate possessors 
among my diligent readers the promises not obscurely held forth by 
F 735, that unclaimed splendour of the Prattw group, whose fuller 
history awaits the moment of its proclamation as species nova. 

M. tntegrifolia, as usual, abounds in the alpine scrub at about 10,000 
~12,000 feet. But, though very magnificent and universal, I cannot 
say it is as abundant in the Da-Tung as in the southerly ranges. You 
may always count on seeing it. You will not always see a huge show 
of it. However, it is very notable; on one occasion, ahead of me 
up in the scant low scrub, it was one day so splendid from afar that 
I took it for baby donkeys. In the Da-Tung it has a tendency 
towards a form, much more refined than the type, with only one 
flower, or few at the most. This year, however, I concluded not 
to bother my friends with any more seed of it. (Painting and 
photograph.) 

M. Pratt, renumbered as Fe 706, in case of regional differences, 
is the one and only Prickly Poppy of the Da-Tung Alps. After long 
search I utterly disbelieve that original record of MM. racemosa from 
the neighbourhood of Chebson Abbey, which in itself is so far out 
from the foothills of the alps that no blue Poppy could possibly be 
found there at all; while my utmost search among the classical speci- 
mens of PRZEWALSKY in the Petrograd herbarium showed me no 
grounds for thinking that anybody really had ever claimed to find 
a blue Poppy near Chebson. The authentic specimens of M/. racemosa 
all hailed from the next range, that of the Kweite-Koko-nor Alps ; 
while in the Da-Tung the one Prickly Poppy—leaving F 735 aside for 
the moment (and it is certainly not M. vacemosa)—is universally the 
creamy-anthered M. Praiti. This, in these ranges, is not so stiffly 
saxatile as in the Min S’an, and luxuriates also out in the opener, 
stonier places of the grass-alps, in a way quite foreign to the southerly 
ranges. On Wolvesden Pass I saw an ugly albino, subsequently 
eaten by yaks; and, on a high cliff, three lovely specimens of a rose- 
pink variation ; otherwise the type did not vary, unless in the form 
of the seedling leaves, sometimes, in their first year of development, 
of a quite astonishing rotundity and fatness of outline. Personally 
I thought the M. Pratt of the Min S’an lovelier than the laxer, more 
ephemeral-looking form of the Da-Tung ; but this may merely be my 
sentiment for the former region; in any case it is odd that between 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 339 


two such remote distribution-centres for M. Pratii: there should 
intervene the Kweite—Koko-nor region, given over exclusively to the 
possession of typical M. racemosa—and without doubt the district 
responsible for the original specimens, by false tradition (though not 
by the actual labels) attributed to the neighbourhood of Chebson 
Abbey in the flanks of the Da-Tung. (Painting and photograph.) 

M. quintuplinervia (F 118).—I had thought I knew the Harebell 
Poppy from last year’s experience. Now I realize that in the Min 
S’an and Satanee ranges it is a mere outlier, comparatively poor ; 
while in the Da-Tung it has its very focus of distribution, abounding 
incredibly from 10,000 feet upwards, first in the cool mossy folds of 
the fells, amid scant scrub, and then right over all the face of the 
alps, in such profusion that never have I anywhere seen a picture of 
comparable glory. It is a very stable species, but I got two beautiful 
albinos, and several forms of almost turquoise blue; none of these 
survived the journey, but their occurrence yields hope that similar 
beauties may appear from seed—of which that of the Da-Tung con- 
trasts favourably with the first year’s lot, in that it is germinating 
like cress, whereas that of 1914 proved most recalcitrant and un- 
certain. Of all the Meconopsids I know, I give the crown for well- 
bred perfection of loveliness and serene charm to the Harebell Poppy, 
with a faint reservation in favour of the Dainty Poppy. But M. 
lepida (F 123) is only monocarpic, and I cannot yet hear that a single 
one of the painfully few seeds I was able to get has hitherto revisited 
the light of day. (Painting and photograph.) 

Meconopsis sp. (F 735) is the problem I spoke of. It is certainly 
close to M. Pratt and M. racemosa, but its huge pods with black- 
warted retrorse spines and big seeds to match, no less than the whole 
habit of its seedlings, arouse suspicion that nothing less than a new 
species may here be lurking. In one fold only of the grassy alps was 
this found, and its azure flowers aroused no special emotion in PURDoM, 
who had the luck to happen on it; it was only later that its seed- 
vessels caught his attention as he returned that way in autumn. 
Nothing, otherwise, is known about the plant ; its fuller history shall 
be unfolded when it proves to deserve one. 

M. racemosa (F 736) (F 601 is the list number of the undoubtedly 
genuine M. vacemosa).—This is quite uncertain, and may very possibly 
prove only M. Pratiit, As I have said, I have no record whatever, 
and believe no record, of M. racemosa in the Da-Tung Alps. There- 
fore the provenance of this seed almost certainly gives the lie to any 
notion that it can be M.vacemosa. Nor do I remember that PuRDOM 
was able to get any ripe seed of the genuine M. vacemosa, deep azure 
and golden-anthered, from the ranges of Kweite and Koko-nor, where 
it replaces M. Prattit. Therefore, in this uncertainty, judgment must 
be suspended on this lot of seedlings until they have a little further 
unfolded themselves from obscurity. (Photograph of the true species 
from the Kweite Alps.) 

Oxytropis spp. 529, 540, 543.—Here again there has been a con- 
fusion between three species, all of which have been sent. One, from 


- 


340 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. - 


the stretches of the river shingles, from the Si-ning Hor and the Da- 
Tung Hor, is remarkably handsome, with stalwart tufts of silky, grey- 
green foliage, and large, stout heads of very brilliant purple flowers 
in May and June; the second shares the same tastes, and is so exactly 
suggestive of O. pyrenaica that I hesitate to promise a distinct species 
in this tangled and minutely-differentiated race ; while the third flops 
in frai] elegance from the loess-cliffs, in a veil of small pale lavender 
blossom in June. 

Papaver nudicaule (F 687) is wild, in a very pretty orange form, 
in the screes of the Kweite Range ; but I never saw it in the Da-Tung, 
and could get no certain seed. What I send is the form cultivated in 
the gardens of all the local abbeys, possibly hailing, in its remote 
origin, from a source as distant as Reading, but a fine brilliant develop- 
ment, often running to double flowers of blazing scarlet-orange. 

Phaca sp. (F 705) is an unusually brilliant thing, of quite uncertain 
name. On the highest alps of the Da-Tung, and in the uppermost 
rocks, its fine tufts of ferny foliage nestle, and up come spikes of eight 
inches or so, in July, laxly clothed in blossoms of blazing rose-crimson 
which lift it very high among the rare Pea-flowers desirable for the 
rock-garden. Equally uncertain in its attribution to Phaca is F 738, 
from the same sweeps of alpine turf, but evidently another species, 
hardly so brilliant as the last and not so striking, but yet with qualities 
and charms. This more recalls Phaca astragalina of our own Alps. 

Potentilla Purdomiu (F 517) was not known by this name till I saw 
it thus labelled at Chelsea Show in 1916. Evidently PurDom had got 
it unbeknownst, on his former expedition for VEITCH. We certainly 
both thought of it as Gewm in 1915, when we came upon it gilding the 
greener level stretches of flat and rather damp lawn high in the upmost 
sweeps of the alps with a solid sheet of its yellow flowers. Individu- 
ally the flowers are not, as a rule, large enough for the length of their 
stems, but their abundance makes up for this, and the profusion of 
the stems themselves. They are eight or nine inches long, spraying 
all round the rosette of lovely foliage, weakly lying out and ascendent, 
producing a violent glare of gold with the unanimity of their abundant 
blossom. In the specimen exhibited by Mr. ALLGROVE the stems 
were much more erect than I have ever seen them in nature, and the 
whole effect by no means what it was in the sunlit flats of the alps. 
My own seed, however, was sedulously collected from only those forms 
marked down in bloom as having the largest flowers and the most of 
them. Massed, accordingly, in conducive spots, I expect this plant 
to prove a favourite. 

Primula Farrert (F 560) is the grand novelty of the season in this 
or any otherrace. It haunts only the dark and sunless crannies in the 
highest sunless combes of the Da-Tung summits, whether on limestone 
or granite, and is a magnificent species of the Nivalis group, thick- 
stocked as any leek, with large dark foliage, heavily powdered with 
white meal beneath, and large clusters, just emerging on eight-inch 
scapes, of very large flowers, of intense fragrance, pale lavender blue, 


REPORT OP WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 34T 


fading to grey by degrees from the ten-lobed vague white blur that 
radiates from the intense clarety black eye of the tube’s mouth. It 
is always a striking, strange, and artificial-looking plant, local and 
scattered, never widespread, but sometimes occurring in impregnable 
colonies up on the cliffs (especially when calcareous), and often solitary 
in crevices that look incapable of containing it; but invariably in 
corners that never get the sun, in cool, dank, moist vegetable soil, 
lodged in the chinks. From experience, though, I judge P. Farrert to 
have a strong and hearty temper, and hope good things of it in careful 
cultivation, if only the none too abundant seed will condescend to 
germinate and thrive. Meanwhile we have speaking likenesses, both 
plain and coloured. 

P. gemmifera is F 562, 563, 168! 121! In other words, it swallows 
up everything hitherto known as P. acclamaia sp. nova. Little blame 
either to Professor BALFouR or to me, seeing that the classic descrip- 
tion of P. gemmfera not only assigns it to a wildly impossible place in 
the family, but also, apart from other misleading details, declares the 
plant to be annual and produce bulbils. How should one, in this, 
recognize a Primula that is certainly perennial, and never produces 
bulbils of any sort? However, the awful conclusion leapt on me, 
when in Petrograd I went through the Chinese collections, and under 
P. gemmifera found an old friend that I should have greatly preferred 
to meet in some other context. And at the same time Professor 
BatFour, in Edinburgh, was arriving at the same sad conclusion. So 
back into P. gemmifera go all my forms of P. acclamata. In any 
case, my own P. gemmifera, dug out from beneath this accumulation 
of errors, is no less lovely a thing than when we proclaimed it as 
P. acclamata ; infinitely variable, indeed, but never in the least like 
the P. gemmifera of Pax. It seems to have an enormous range, and 
in the Da-Tung abounds throughout the alpine zone, high up on the 
alps being specially stalwart and wholly powderless, while down in 
the beck-beds of Wolvesden it develops a slenderer form with very 
prognathous flowers and the scapes all white with meal. Of both 
I have paintings and photographs ; as of the minor form by the track- 
side on Thundercrown in 1914, and the Min S’an type of the same year. 
And, whatever you may call it, P. gemmifera is among the supreme 
treasures of the family, rivalled only by P. stenocalyx in the group of 
P. farinosa. 

P. Reginella (F 561) is the other novelty of 1915. And yet no 
other Primula has been more often collected and mixed up with others. 
It was left for my specimens at last to determine this as a real new 
species, after it had for years been reduced to a subordinate part in 
others of the race. It is a great deal of the true P. Pumilio, on that 
plant’s unique original sheet at Petrograd; it has also been much of 
P. tubetica, of P. diantha, and even of P. sibirica. In point of fact, P. 
Reginella stands quite apart, and is indeed a Little Queen of loveliness 
in the Auriculata group, a tiny compressed wee thing, in strongest 
possible contrast to my other novelty, the gross and gorgeous P. 


342 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Farrert with small golden-eyed flowers of a rose as brilliant, almost, as 
in P. rosea, jewelling the scant brown turf of the Da-Tung, very locally, 
on only the gauntest summits and arétes, at some 15,000 feet, in June. 
The whole tiny sprout of glossy spoon-shaped foliage is always and 
everywhere powderless, by which, among other details, it can always 
be differentiated at a glance from P. tbetica. And, being so wee, not 
an inch in height, with these lovely little glowing sparks of blossom, 
it must adorn the choicest bog-bed only, in company of such gems as 
the high-alpine Gentians. P. Reginella yielded me an albino, a painting, 
and a photograph 77 sztu. 

P. sibirica (F 507) is not yet distributed, and is quite uncertain 
in name. I do not believe it can be really any form of P. sibirica at 
all, though the saccate tails of its bracts at once put it alongside, and 
differentiate it from, the perfectly tailless-bracted P. Reginella, of which 
otherwise it looks but an elongated vulgarized version from lower 
elevations. For this plant (which shares with the ex-acclamata the 
honour of being P. gemmifera in the Petrograd herbarium), from a 
similar scant clump of two or three lucent-bladed spoon-shaped leaves 
of rich green, sends up a spindly stem of some five inches or less, 
carrying three flowers or so, round and fairly large, of fulminating 
rose-pink witha goldeneye. Itis nota thing of dazzling merit, though 
really pretty; but the reason of its not having been collected in 
quantity sufficient for distribution is much more prosaic. For it 
grows only in the fine emerald-green lawns which occasionally occur 
in the beck-glens of the range, not only high above Wolvesden, but 
also low down, at the débouchure of the torrents and fading rills upon 
Tien Tang, Hsi-ling, and Chebson, with the result that the yaks, 
browsing there, have nipped off every seeding stem long before August, 
and no trace of the plant is left. It bequeaths us, though, a painting 
and a photograph. 

P. sinensis (F 734) was the solitary event of the Da-Ba-S’an 
range, and offers little besides the hope that, from so far north of its 
first station at Ichang, it may prove hardier than we have yet known 
it: unless it be the romance that having so far been supposed rigidly 
restricted to the region above Ichang in the gorges of the Yang-dz’ 
Jang, we here find it recurring many hundreds of miles distant and 
many a weary week’s journey away out in the north-west towards 
Tibet. Of course no flowers, and only painfully few seeds, were 
lingering when I passed the range between Chow Tien and Ming-jang- 
jo in November ; I can only record that P. sinensis loves exactly those 
same arid calcareous cliffs, crannies, and grottos that are specially 
frequented, in just such other cliffs across the world, by P. Allioniw 
in the rosy limestones of San Dalmazzo di Tenda. 

P, stenocalyx is F 502, 503, and that F 195 sent in 1914 under the 
apparently mythical empty name of P.cognata. And, take it all 
in all, I expect P. stenocalyx to prove by far the most important of 
the medium-sized Primulas yet introduced from China—judging at 
least from the extraordinary vigour and heartiness and health of the 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1015 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 343 


plant in cultivation, the zeal with which it germinates and grows and 
flowers, and goes on flowering and growing, without fad of any sort in 
any decent situation. As for its beauty, few can rival it. The rosette 
is neat as that of P. farinosa, and often wonderfully daisy-like ; while 
the three to four-inch stem unfolds in June a large head of noble large 
lavender blossoms, sweetly scented, and with a white eye! I know 
none to beat, and few to equal, P. stenocalyx in its own particular 
line. It abounds all through the alpine region, too, giving clear sign 
of its healthy nature ; from the hot loess banks and cliffs (in slight 
shade only, from their aspect) about Tien Tang, in the hot valley of the 
Da-Tung, not only up through all the rocky outcrops of the mountain 
coppice up to Wolvesden, but higher yet and higher, right out on to the 
alps themselves, where in the crags and corries and chines it ascends 
imperturbably to the very summits themselves—quite the most 
widely-ranged Primula I have ever met—and often disappointingly 
so to eyes hungering for a different species from that one thought 
one had said good-bye to four thousand feet below. Imagine finding 
P. Palinurt on the crest of the Matterhorn; the profusion of P. steno- 
calyx is yet more grotesquely catholic. And thus this plant also has 
been the mother of confusions. Besides probably being P. cognata, 
there is little doubt that in the course of her huge range she has also 
been P. leptopoda and P. Biondiana. One source of confusion my 
own researches brought to light. For while, up to ten thousand feet, 
P. stenocalyx is absolutely powderless in scape and rosette and foliage, 
at higher elevations this form is abruptly and without transition 
replaced by another. absolutely identical in every way but that the 
scapes and the reverse of the rather stiffer leaves are clothed in a dense 
vesture of white meal, which yet further enhances the beauty of those 
loose dwarf heads of big blue-purple white-eyed blossoms, the size of 
P. carniolica’s on a stem shorter than that of P. favinosa. In culti- 
vation I have already spoken of its outrageous vigour; I will only add 
that so diverse are the great rosettes that develop from its packets that 
no one can easily believe they all spring out of seed of the same species. 
It gave me one poor and one magnificent albino; also copious 
photographs of both forms, and a rather inadequate painting. I 
hope to end the confusion round this name by calling the valley 
form, without powder, P. stenocalyx genuina; while the powdered 
high-alpine development stands as P. stenocalyx dealbata. It is inter- 
esting to find that from the earliest seedling stages the differentiation 
of powder or no powder holds invariably good. The solitary con- 
vincing exception was that one specimen, in a frameful of typical 
P. stenocalyx genuina (the lot sent home as P. cognata, F 195, in 
1914), has turned out no less typically P. stenocalyx dealbata. 

P. tangutica excludes P. Maximowiczti in the Da-Tung, abundant 
and often gigantic in the scrub of the alpine valleys. But I grow 
more and more firm in my conviction that there is no solid distinction 
between the two; they are merely two named developments of an 
ugly dowdy aggregate—so really ugly, indeed, that I carefully refrained 


344 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


from getting a single seed of P. tangutica. You will raise more than 

you want of it out of the lots labelled P. Maximowzcz11 of the first year. 
In point of fact, the whole species is so dingy that, unless luck has served 
you with a really good red form, you will have far more pleasure with 
the Cowslip and the Primrose. I lack words, for my own part, decently 

to express my disgust with P. Maximowiczi1 (which I never saw in flower 
on the Chinese alps), and my complete contempt for P. tanguiica, 

whichI did. Its very best is pale-green reflexed stars, dark mahogany- 
coloured outside, and with a fine rim of yellow to the rays. I have seen 

it three feet in height. ! 

P. urticifolta (F 531) is, on the contrary, a perfect jewel, to the libel 
against which in PAx I was just in time to propound my palinode in 
the text of ‘‘The English Rock-garden.’’ This wee lovely treasure is 
confined absolutely to dark, dank, and cool chines on the rare lime- 
stone outcrops of the Da-Tung range, and there precisely suggests a 
hybrid of P. minima and P. bella. It will be a delight of the highest 
rank for those who can give it the umbrageous and calcareous crannies 
it seems to claim. 

P. Woodwardi swallows up P. blattea, as it was first called, and is 
therefore F 116 of 1914. I add nothing to the description, except 
that in the Da-Tung this plant is of hotter vinous purple in the flower, 
and occasionally wears powder on its scape. In cultivation, of all my 
Primulas of 1914, this proves, not only the heartiest and easiest in 
growth so far, but also develops an elegance of beauty and a white 
eye unknown to it at home. The confusion of names is none of mine. 
I was originally let know that this was P. blattea, and that P. Wood- 
wardit, a chance seedling from Be-ling seed, would pretty certainly 
have to retire ultimately into P. blattea. From which I concluded 
that P. blattea was the published authoritative name, and that P. 
Woodwardu never would be. On the contrary, letters got lost mean- 
while across Siberia, and only after using ‘ blattea’ do I learn that 
P. Woodwardit is the published valid name, and that thereby the 
slightly less irrelevant title of P. blattea is swept out into the limbo of 
things that never have existed, or, anyhow, that never “did have 
ought to.”” I trust, and confidently believe, that the superb merits of 
P. Woodward may earn for me and it a measure of pardon for the 
confusion in which we have both been implicated, by the uncertainties 
of the British learned and the Siberian posts. 

Primula sp. 694 exists for us only in a plant which only pro- 
blematically survives its fearful journey home, though lugged by 
me with exquisite pains through all the douanes of Siberia, Russia, 
Finland, and Sweden. PurpDom brought it back from the Koko-nor alps, 
as a rare occurrence there on Serchim ; it hadalook of P. Woodwardu 
rather than of P. tangutica, but its capsule presented what seemed like 
aberrancies from either. And there is no more to be said of it for the 
moment. ~ 

Primula sp. (F 733) is in hopefuller case. Seed was got, and is 
coming well. This again, though, is but a problem, from Purdom’s 
visit to the alps down across the Si-ning Hor, while I was busy with 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1015 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 345 


the advance seeds in the Da-Tung. This he found in a marish grassy 
hollow on Kweite Pass, and I have nothing to say of it but that this 
also does not quite look as if it belonged either to P. tangutica or 
P. Woodwardii. Neither of this, of course, nor of its predecessor, was 
any trace of flower remaining when the plant was found. Otherwise 
the tale would be plainer. 

Groups of Primula represented : 


Auriculata—farinosa. P. sibirica (?), P. stenocalyx, P. gemmifera, 
P. Reginella. 

Sinensis. P. sinensis. 

Nivalis—Maximowiczii. P. Woodwardit, P. tangutica, P. Farrert. 

Souliei. P. urtuctfolia. 


Rosa sp. (F 544) is, I think, the best of the year’s shrubs. I only 
saw it at one point, in the shingles of the Da-Tung Hor, where it makes 
its great sweep round from Bridge-head towards Tien Tang. Here, 
in the hot stretches and gravelly steeps, the Rose made fine elegant 
bushes of five feet or so, slender and graceful, with small-folioled 
greying foliage, and bloomy young shoots of pink. The flowers are 
very profuse, very fragrant, and of clear rich rose, all along the sprays 
and arching boughs in small clusters, followed by no less brilliant a 
show of glossy vermilion berries, bead-shaped, and shedding their 
calyces so quickly that they look more like some Cotoneaster’s. It 
is a shrub of quite particular charm, obviously in the alliance of 
R. Webbiana and R. Waiillmottiae, but, as it so far seems, distinct 
from both. 

Rosa sp. (F 774) is probably that little fine many-flowered rose 
with long, narrow haws, sent in 1914 as F 84, not uncommon in the 
lighter open scrub all down the March of Kansu. 

R. sp. (F 755), on the contrary, does not begin to appear till you 
are down over the border in Northern Szechwan, where, in company 
with that pervasive glory of all those regions Rosa sp. F 291 (only 
met with in 1914 in the farthest western extremity of its distribution), 
it occurs much more rarely amid the shrubbery on the long high 
hill-tops of the Red Basin. This also is a big rampant rose, with high- 
arching boughs. The flower is unknown, but red fruits are borne 
in loose clusters along the boughs, and the infrequent leaves are 
large-folioled and very handsome, dark leathery green, and clothed 
on their reverse with a dense soft velvet of pubescence. (I know it 
as the Velvet Rose, accordingly.) 

Rosa sp. (F 783) is that lovely Golden Rose which I failed to get seed 
of in 1914, but which last year PuRDoM captured on his way down 
through the Western March to meet me on the Szechwan frontier. 
The round dark fruit appears to fall untimely, a trick I had not sus- 
pected, but had attributed its disappearance to birds. Itsshape and 
colour lead me to believe that this conjectural species is after all 
R. xanthina (though I see Mr. BEAN is inclined to deny that R. 
xanthina has any high claim to be recognized as existing at all). On 
the other hand, it is assuredly not the much more pallid R. Hugonits 
that I had thought it at one time. And so I leave it; those bending 


346 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


green-leaved sprays, bowing beneath their long burden of great 
golden blossoms, will soon earn it recognition when it shows them. 
The species seems a very local one, extending from the hot downs of 
Kiai-jo away to the Tibetan Border, and up the Nan-Hor Valley 
as far as Kwanting, a plant of the drier, warmer lower region, not 
ascending into the alpine conditions of the Satanee coppice, or the 
forested folds of Thundercrown. i. 

Rosa sp. has no discoverable number, yet I am perfectly certain 
that abundant seed was sent, discovered, after washing, under some 
unsuspected other species. It is the most interesting, perhaps, of 
the lot—a small, scant, low shrub, not seen at all until you begin 
the ranges of the Da-Ba-S’an south of Lo-yang. Its flowers are, of 
course, not yet known, but appear to be borne singly ; its outstanding 
peculiarity lies in its fruits, which are so large that for a long time 
I took them for galls—thick-rinded amber pomegranates that they 
look, flushing with red tones, and dingy with dark stiff bristles. Their 
fleshiness, the clear pale yellow of their colour, give them the effect 
of being real edible fruits, which they by no means are; and altogether 
their strange beauty, if they adequately repeat it in the garden, will 
promote this Rose to a high place of its own in the family. But re- 
member that nothing from Northern Szechwan must have its hardiness 
too rashly presumed in England. 

Salix sp. (F 621) may be nothing of any interest. It is a small 
grey willow of fine delicate foliage, mimicking the Olive in the 
shingle-beds of the Da-Tung Alps; from whose boughs I combed a 
bagful of soft white fluffs in August, on the chance of their proving 
acceptable. 

Saussurea sp. (F 596) belongs to the topmost screes of the high 
alps, where nothing else can live. Its fine grey-webbed rosettes suggest 
Campanula speciosa, and then comes a stocky spike, webbed about 
in weeping networks of crystal, most strange and beautiful to see, 
though the capitules of blossom themselves are perfectly inconspicuous, 
of a dull white, adding and detracting nothing, in the lovely little 
obelisks of glistering frost-threads. 

Saxifraga sp. (F 574) I should guess to be either S. atrata or 
S. egvegia. It is the best of these regions, where Saxifrage is more 
abundantly represented than further in the South; and is a very 
remarkable thing, with leathery rosettes recalling those of S. stellaris 
but darker and harder, sending up a loose spike of some four to six 
inches, with scattered white stars again suggesting those of S. s¢ellarts, 
but much larger and finer, and specially conspicuous in the fat 
large ovary of darkest maroon-purple, almost black, which makes 
the most striking of contrasts with the petals. This strange plant 
abounds all over the alpine region, blossoming in July, and in the 
valleys liking cool, moist exposures in the banks, while out on the open 
alps above it flourishes everywhere in the turf. Well grown and not 
parched, it will give great pleasure. 

Senecto sp. (F 574) was this year collected in quantity sufficient 


——- 


REPORT OF WORK IN 1915 IN KANSU AND TIBET. 347 


to distribute. It belongs to damp grassy flats far out in Drokwa-land 
across the Border, with one or two stray outlying stations in the 
Tibetan highlands verging upon China. The tall stem rises from 
amid strap-shaped foliage, and hangs out a succession of tasselled 
Hamameloid yellow flowers. I myself have not seen it in bloom, and 
I am told that it resents any but the most careful transplantation 
in all stages, ardently desires damp, and is itself in all stages no less 
ardently desired by slugs. 

S. sp. (F 744) is another very beautiful species of similar situations, 
at its finest in the grassy plain below Chebson Abbey, but occurring 
throughout the region, even up to Wolvesden. Here the glaucous 
foliage is splendid, as in the Senecio formerly called Senecillts carpatica, 
and the two-foot stem erupts near its top into a raceme of very large 
golden flowers in August. I have not yet seen any of its race to 
equal this in general impressiveness and brilliance of blossom. 

S. sp. (F 752) is pretty certainly S. sagitta. This is among the 
rather coarse commonplaces of this commonplace family, of which 
China in late years has been so painfully fertile. S. sagitta, however, 
has its merits, when from the wide drifts of its arrow-headed foliage, 
almost universal in the lower alpine region, rise in August the tall 
three-foot stems, unfolding their dense snaky spire of small yellow 
blossoms. | 

Serratula sp. (F 742) is very close to F 432, and only differs from 
that sumptuous weed in being dwarfer, not more than eighteen inches 
high at the most. Otherwise F 432 gives its perfect picture. 

Stellera sp. (F 93) abounds as whole-heartedly in the Da-Tung 
Alps as in those of the Min S’an, and had this last year, therefore, 
yielded an unparalleled harvest of seed. It is never an alpine plant, 
loving the hot open loess downs at a mere 9,000 feet or so. 

Trollius pumilus (F 519) was only sent in 1914 in small quantities. 
1915 yielded a vast harvest, and should provide well for the world. 
It is specially abundant in the Da-Tung Alps, and a spectacle of un- 
believable glory immediately round Wolvesden House in the green 
lawns. It gave a citron-coloured variety, and, down in the Dene, 
beside the Holy Well of the Buddha, the holy influences of the locality 
produced two specimens of an absolutely pure ivory-white form 
which is one of the loveliest things I have ever seen inthe race. T. 
pumilus Perfectissimt exists still (I hope) in the two original specimens 
lured alive across China, Russia, and Europe with pains that I would 
not have deployed on any infant; and there are also photographs 
and paintings of form and type. 

Tvrollius sp. (F 532) is quite a distinct species, though of the same 
habit and situations, hailing from the grassy plains in which the 
extinct becks debouch westward of the range upon Hsi-ling and 
Chebson. It is rather smaller, though, and starrier in flower, with 
different foliage, and seed-heads refreshingly devoid of that stickiness 
which is such a mark of T. pumilus. It should be watched with care 
as it deserves. 


348 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Viola sp. (F 505) (V. chebsonensis) is a far exile from the Europe 
that no doubt originally gave it birth. For it isa form of V. tricolor, 
the prettiest I have ever seen, which must have been handed across 
China from abbey to abbey, in different developments, since first 
some friendly foreigner gave seed to Pu-to or Wu-tai or Peking; till 
now this very attractive little pansy clings in the crannies of all the 
cloisters and yards of Chebson Abbey, away over the broken boundaries 
of Tibet. 

Viola sp. (F 547) is the yellow alpine violet that here replaces 
V. biflora on a finer scale in the upper mountain region of the Da-Tung. 
It has the advantage of an ample tufted habit, of very handsome 
dark hepaticoid foliage, and of a radiant display of innumerable 
brilliant golden violets; so I hope the none-too-abundant seed may 
fare well, and that the plant will take kindly to some cool and shaded 
stony corner of the rock-garden. 

Zinnia elegans is F 768, and without doubt a garden-escape. But 
in some of the beck-shingles in Northern Szechwan it drew my atten- 
tion by the emancipated elegance of its habit, and by the profusion, 
on the pyramidal wildened plants, of smaller flowers than we know, 
in far greater daintiness of build, and of a wonderful velvety soft 
blood-colour that I have never met before. Seen thus, it was a 
charming thing, hardly to be recognized as owning any kinship with 
the repulsive stiff artificiality that is such a horror in gardens that 
admit it. | 

Here, then, ends the list of my best-known and most interesting 
flowering plants of 1915. Let it be remembered, though, that this 
list makes no pretence at dealing with the further large quantity of 
striking but uncertain stuff collected out of flower or from unknown 
sources, and therefore awaiting cultivation before we can give them 
names or pronounce upon their merits. However, though many of 
these I do not doubt will prove of interest and value, it is on the 
flowering plants of the summer alone that for the present I can base 
my hopes of having contributed something of use to the garden. That 
the list is short I feel dreadfully aware ; at the same time, O gardener, 
you will find that it contains no weed; and how easily could I, had 
I chosen, have swelled out the catalogue to fatness by burdening 
you with germs of all the worthless rubbish of which the Da-Tung 
Alps, like all others, are full! But I have remained faithful to my 
promise and passion for quality ; though I confess I should have been 
better pleased with 31915 had its mountains provided me with 
quantity also, 


CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE WISLEY LABORATORY. 349 


CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE WISLEY LABORATORY. 


XXX.—EXPERIMENTS WITH BACTERIZED PEAT, OR HUMOGEN, IN 
Ig16. 


By FE. J) CuistenDen, F.L.S. 


@# 


In the earlier experiments with bacterized peat, or humogen, already 
reported,* only the first sample received caused increased growth such 
as was claimed for it. Other trials carried out with other samples 
and with various garden crops on a considerable scale outdoors gave 
practically negative results. As further inquiries were received, and 
in the hope that progress had been made in producing a standard 
article, a further small trial of the material obtainable in the season 
of 1916 was made. 

The site of the experiment was a piece of sandy ground which had 
recently been in grass and which had been deeply dug in the preceding 
autumn, but not manured since 1914, when it received, while under 
grass, a dressing of steamed-bone flour and sulphate of potash. The 
ground was divided into twenty-four plots, each measuring twelve feet 
by three feet, and separated from its neighbours by paths one foot 
wide. Six different treatments were arranged so that each treatment 
was repeated four times, the plots receiving similar dressings being 
scattered over the site in order to overcome any inequality in soil. 
(See plan, fig. 63.) 

Treatment A. Plots 7, 9, 18, 24 had nothing added. 
a 5: » I, 12, 15, 22, received a dressing of 12 oz. of bacterized 
peat (equivalent to 4 ton to the acre). 
iy 2e EL; 17, 20, received 24 oz. bacterized peat (x ton to the 
Ae O, LO, 21, ehewe 48 oz. bacterized peat (2 tons to the 
Abi Re Nay 235 reseed 96 oz. bacterized peat (4 tons to the 
acre). 


, 8, 10, 13, 19, received 28 lb. pig manure, equivalent to 
20 tons to the acre. 


x HU oO 


The peat for the experiment was kindly presented by Messrs. 
Sutton, of Reading, and was, we understand, manufactured at Man- 
chester. The peat and pig manure were lightly forked in, and on 
June I twelve grammes of French breakfast radish were sown on each 
plot. The seed germinated well on plots A, B, and F, but on all the 
others far less regularly, as will be seen from the table giving the final 
results. The only possible explanation of the comparative failure 
of germination on these plots is that something in the peat actually 
poisoned the young seedlings,f for the germination on the other 
plots was very even. That it was not merely a case of delayed 

* CHITTENDEN, F. J., ‘‘ Report of Experiments with Bacterized Peat, or 
Humogen,’’ JouRNAL R.H.S. xli. pp. 305-326. 


{ Cf. l.c. p. 321, where it is shown that young radishes suffered badly in 
pots to which peat had been applied. 


350 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Fic. 63.—PLAN OF TRIAL OF BACTERIZED PEAT, I9QI16. 


CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE WISLEY LABORATORY. 


351 


germination is shown by the fact that no radish seedlings appeared 
on the plots subsequent to the harvesting of those present at the 
end of the experiment, though the plots remained fallow well into 


the autumn. 


The weather subsequent to the sowing was favourable to the 
growth of the radishes, and good crops were obtained frcm the plots 
dressed with pig manure when all the radishes were pulled and 


weighed on July 19. 


The results are shown in the following table :— 


| 
| Gross weight. Average weight. 

Treatment. Plot. Ba Com- Com- 
Tops. Roots, plete Tops. | Roots, plete 

plant. plant. 

Grammes|Grammes|Grammes|\Grammes)Grammes|Grammes 
7] 272 1,300 | 2,440 3,740 4°8 22 13 z 

; 9 210 920 | 1,770 | 2,690 || 4°4 24 E2\ 
No dressing | 18 211 900" |. 1;700).|), 2,6004 |) 4°2 S°Oi |. £22 
24 227 740 | 1,480 | 2,220 3°3 6°5 9°8 
ee a -| —--—|— 

Total 920 || 3,860 | 7,390 | 11,250 | eZ S102 22 

\ I 203 || 1,120 | 1,910 | 3,030 || 5°5 94 |; 14°90 

ae Ge he 12 201 930 | 1,780 | 2,710 4°6 8:9 |113°5} 
Here 15 229 760 | I,720 | 2,480 353 775 |fr10°8 
: 22 214 I,OIO | 1,590 | 2,600 4°7 GOAN Leak 
Total 847 || 3,820 | 7,000 | 10,820 lie 425 8-3 | 12°8 
a 2 212 1,035 | 1,940 | 2,975 4°9 grr 14°0 
Steele the val 235 850 | 1,620 | 2,470 3°6 6°9 10°5 
Rees bag 196 830 | 1,650 | 2,480 4°2 8°4 12°6 
. 20 169 800 | 1,690 | 2,490 AF LO*O 14°7 
Total 812 || 3,515 | 6,900 | 10,415 || 4°4 8°5 12°9 
i 3 155 860 | 1,640 | 2,500 || 5°5 | 10°6 16°1 
Sine 6 202 1,005 | 2,000 | 3,005, 4°9 9°9 14°8 
ance 16 152 660 | 1,380 | 2,040 4°3 gl 13°4 
21 137 480 | 1,540 | 2,020 BUS MN RE? 2) NAc, 
Total 646 || 3,005 | 6,560 | 9,565 || 4°6 | 10°8 15°4 
E. h i 4 106 690 | 1,320 | 2,010 6°5 | 12°5 I19'0 
eae 5 141 845 | 1,540 | 2,385 || 6:0 | Io‘9 16°9 
Acie 14 123 520 | 1,040 | 1,560 Ar2 8°5 1237, 
23 58 ZOOG ES ON la a 1 Ouly o Aun lO: 3 9°7 
Tet . | 428 || 2,255 | 4,270 | 6,525 | 55 | 99 | 15%4 
8 250 2,480 | 3,830 | 6,310 9°9 | 15°3 25°2 
F. ee eee Io 286 2,580 | 4,020 | 6,600 g°O | 14°0 23°0 
Bae ee 13 226 1,870) |) 3,250) | 55102 S22 pra. 22°6 
mcre: 19 181 1,780 | 2,660 | 4,440 Oro 47 | 2ae5 
Total 943 || 8,710 |13,760}22,470]/ 9°2 | 14°5 | 23°7 


352 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Inspection of this table shows that the number of plants and 
the total weight of the crop steadily fell with successive additions 
of humogen, while a light dressing of pig manure raised the total 
crop to nearly double that on the no-manure plot. The fall is 
due to the successively smaller number of plants that succeeded in 
establishing themselves with the successively heavier dressings of 
humogen. The lightest dressing gave a slight falling off in number 
and gross weight, but its effect was almost negligible. The weight of 
humogen added here was that recommended in the publications of 
the patentees. But heavier dressings proved more detrimental. 

It is not surprising that the average weight of the plants rose 
with the heavier dressings of humogen, for the plants on the plots 
had greater space, and, as we have shown elsewhere,* the greater the 
space available, the greater, within limits, the average weight of the 
plants. 

We can but conclude that humogen as available for our experiments 
in the latter part of 1914, and in 1915 and 1916, failed to justify its 
claim to great value as a manure. 


* CHITTENDEN, F. J., ‘‘On the Influence of Planting-Distance on the 
Yield of Crops,’”’ JouRNAL R.H.S. xli. p. 89. 


"CSE “G BOVf OL] ‘aIJOUI B SaINSeIW 9INSY 94} JO WO}}0q dU} 3e VTeIS OY, 
‘V€TV IMANNIYS VAXTLLVD INKYAGNOM Y—'h9 ‘DIY 


‘VITILSONGAYN SlUaaNAG—'S9 “DIY 


2 


NEW OR NOTEWORTHY PLANTS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDEN, 353 


NEW OR NOTEWORTHY PLANTS IN THE SOCIETY’S 
GARDEN.—I. 


I. BERBERIS RUBROSTILLA. 


Berberis rubrostilla which belongs to a section of the genus which has long 
been represented in our gardens for B. stbivica from the Altai Mountains 
of Siberia was introduced by PALLAs in 1790 (figured in Bot. Reg. 
t. 487), and B. concinna was figured in the Bot. Mag. t. 4,744 in 1853 
from plants raised from seeds collected in the Lachen valley of the Sikkim 
Himalaya. The latter has a rather doubtful reputation for hardiness 
in some districts, but other species of more recent introduction appear 
to be quite hardy and are well worthy of cultivation. The section 
includes B. angulosa from Nepal and Sikkim (often grown as “ B. 
sp. Thibet ’’), B. macrosepala also from Sikkim, B. kumaonensts from 
the Kali valley of Kumaon, B. dictyophylla from Yunnan, B. diaphana 
from Szechwan, and B. minutiflora and B. yunnanensis from Yunnan. 
B. rubrostilla, however, surpasses them all in the beauty of its large 
and striking fruits, which are almost sealing-wax red in colour, gradually 
deepening from a somewhat transparent white in September, and 
hanging at least until Christmas. Their curious shape and graceful 
poise are easily seen from the illustration (fig. 65), in which also the 
form and arrangement of the leaves and spines are well brought out ; 
but the illustration fails to show the contrast between the green of its 
narrow leaves, the bright red of its berries, and the purple and grey 
of its twigs and branches. It is a shrub with erect and arching 
branches, at present about 3: feet in height. It received a F.C.C. 
when shown at Vincent Square in November 1916. 

Some doubt attaches to its origin, but it is hoped to clear this 
up by raising seedlings; it was grown from seed sown at Wisley at 
the end of 1912, and was the only plant of its kind raised. It has 
proved to be perfectly hardy, and has grown well under the same 
conditions as suit most other Berberises. 

A technical description of the plant follows : 


Berberis yvubrostilia (affinis B. concinnae). 


Frutex 1-1°5 metralis; ramuli juniores rubrofusci, leviter nitens, deinde 
purpureo-cinerei, glabri, angulati, vetustiores cinerascentes ; internodia 
1'3-1'7 cm. longa; spinae tripartitae, graciles, patentes, rigidae, 1°6- 
1'8 cm. longae, fulvae, subtus sulcatae ; folia decidua, ad 10 fasciculata, 
sub-coriacea, oblanceolata vel angustato-ovata, apice rotundata ple- 
rumque mucronata, basi sensim in petiolum brevissimum vel ad 5 mm. 
longum attenuata, margine integra vel utrinque spinoso-dentata, spinu- 
lis paucis ad 2 mm. longis, petiolo excluso I X 0°5-2 X 0°6 cm. magna, 
supra viridia paullo nitentes, subtus eximie glauca, leviter papillosa ; 
nervis reticulatis subtus post anthesin elevatis; inflorescentiae race- 
mosae vel paniculatae ad 2 cm. longae (pedunculo nudo ad 0°’5 cm. longo 


voL. XLII. 2A 


354. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


incluso), 2—4 florae, flores raro solitari, glabrae ; flores non vidi ; pedicelli 
fructiferi ad 5 mm. longi, fusci, basi bracteis linearibus acuminatis bre- 
vissimis suffulti ; fructus in mense Novembri maturi, satis magni, ovati, 
scarlatini, acidi, circiter 15 X 9-IOo mm. magni; stylus nullus, stigmate 
latissime peltiforme ; semina 2-4. 

Origin doubtful. Raised from seed in the gardens of the Royal Horti- 
cultural Society, Wisley.—F. J. C. 


DIANTHUS X LINDSAYI. 


In rgir the late Mr. Ropert Linpsay, of Murrayfield, Midlothian, 
sent one or two plants of a hybrid pink, which he had raised, to Wisley. 
It was planted on the new rock garden and has grown there ever since, 
proving a striking addition to its family, on account of the freedom 
with which it produces its Tyrian rose flowers on stems about four inches 
in height rising from a vigorous turf of grey foliage. Mr. Lindsay 
raised the plant by crossing Dianthus plumarius with D. neglectus, 
and the hybrid shares with the latter parent the buff outer side of the 
petals, which contrasts so strangely and pleasingly with the bright 
colourinside. The name is given in honour of the raiser, to whom our 
gardens are indebted for several good things, and who will long be 
remembered for his care of the celebrated Botanic Gardens at 
Edinburgh. 

The plant is a little difficult to keep going, but the following notes 
by Mr. Sarsons, foreman of the rock-garden, will minimize the difficulty. 

“ D, Lindsay is a beautiful thing but difficult to keep, as it seems 
apt to go off during damp weather in winter. I find that it does best 
on the Wisley rock garden when planted in a crevice or behind a stone 
on the top of a slope in a well-drained position, in half shade and in soil 
composed of good loam, leaf mould, and grit. During the flowering 
season it makes much growth, which, when large enough, if taken off 
and treated as cuttings, will root very freely. The cuttings should be 
put in a sandy compost (all sand is excellent for the purpose if damped 
over several times during the summer day) in a close frame. Pot up 
when rooted into small pots, keep in a close frame for a few days, then 
gradually harden them off. Keep in a cold frame during winter and 
plant out early in spring, putting the roots well down. I have never 
found any seed on the plant.’”—F. J.C. 


ECONOMIC VALUE OF CERTAIN VEGETABLES. 355 


ECONOMIC VALUE OF CERTAIN VEGETABLES. 
By PRED STOKER, M'B., F-R.C.S.(Ed)\, F.R.H.S. 


[Being a short lecture delivered to the he Allotment Holders’ Association, 
1917. 

In the short time at my disposal it is manifestly impossible to go any- 
thing like fully into the subject of this lecture, so | must be content 
with, as it were, a few headlines which, if they serve to interest in 
this vast question, will be amply justified. I will endeavour to make 
my remarks as concise and practical as possible, and I will ask any 
critic to be indulgent, and keep in mind the difficulty of condensing 
the science of vegetable dietetics into a quarter of an hour’s chat. 

A food may be defined as a substance which, when absorbed by 
the body, either supplies material to make good tissue-waste, or which 
supplies energy, or serves both of these functions. 

If a food stuff is analysed it is found to consist of :— 


Nitrogenous bodies—Proteids (Albuminoids). 
Carbohydrates. 

Fats. 

Mineral salts. 

Water. 


Of these the proteids, mineral salts, and water, acting together, 
can alone make good tissue-waste. 

The proteids also have another valuable property, viz. that of 
producing energy, which property they share with the fats and carbo- 
hydrates. In brief, then, the proteids are double foods in that they 
both make good tissue-waste and supply energy, while the fats and 
carbohydrates supply energy alone. 

It is therefore evident that proteids are indispensable, whilst the 
other two great groups, though of great advantage, can, on a pinch, 
be done without. 

There are substances in foods which are neither tissue-formers nor 
energy-producers, but which cannot well be dispensed with. I refer to 
the mineral salts and indigestible residue. The former are required 
for the body chemistry and the latter plays the important part of 
ballast—that is, a sufficient bulk of material to stimulate intestinal 
action. 

It is important to bear in mind that there are many substances in 
food which, although they consist of carbohydrate, fat, or proteid, are 
quite useless to the body, as the carbohydrate &c. are in an indigestible 
or unabsorbable form. The core of a pear is an illustration, or the 
rind of a pomegranate. 


356 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Again, though a certain diet may contain a sufficient amount of 
absorbable proteid, fat, and carbohydrate to maintain health it will not 
necessarily do so. It is known that the presence of chemical bodies 
known to chemists as aromatics is essential to health—such are found 
readily in beef and other meats. Indeed, it is entirely to them that 
beef-tea and meat extracts owe their properties. I merely mention 
this fact as a warning that a purely vegetable diet is not best fitted to 
preserve health. 

The term energy, in speaking of foods, is used in its mechanical 
sense. This energy is convertible into heat in the body, and by means 
of it the body can perform work. A simple illustration may be given : 
During its growth, a tree collects its energy from the sun heat. It is 
cut down and burnt. In the burning its energy is reconverted into 
heat ; this heat may be used to generate steam, which can do work in 
the shape of driving a piston. Instead of a tree let us take a potato ; 
it too collects energy from the sun heat, it is eaten and burnt up 
in the body, giving off heat which is used to produce the energy neces- 
sary to enable that body to do work. 

The unit of energy as applied to food is called the big calorie and 
represents the number of litres of water which 1 gramme of the tested 
food when burnt will raise 1° C. in temperature. | 

It is necessary briefly to mention this point as all calculations on 
food values are based on it. 

The energy values of the chief constituents of food are : 


Proteid : : a Anes 
Carbohydrate j Areas 
Hating : : 7 au 


The proteids and carbohydrates are quicker in action than the fats, 
but have not their staying power, so to speak. 

In deciding which are the best vegetables to grow for food supply, 
we must consider the following points : 


(1) Their food value as expressed in calories. 
(2) Their digestibility and absorbability in the human body. 
(3) Their economic value, gauged by their tests. 

(a) Expense of seed, growing, and harvesting. 

(b) Proportion of land to size of crop. 

(c) Time required for crop to reach maturity. 

(d) Plant food in soil used up. 


In allotment work we may consider (a) and (d) to be fairly constant, 
but (b) and (c) must be constantly kept in mind; ¢.g. it is obvious that, 
if an acre of land will provide 6 tons of potatos or 14 tons of peas, the 
potatos are the best crop to grow, even though the food value of peas 
is greater than that of potatos, 

In offering you the following list I have calculated the units of value 
whilst keeping all these points in view. Also, I have only estimated 
for the absorbable part of the food, and, in the case of leguminous 


ECONOMIC VALUE OF CERTAIN VEGETABLES. 357 


plants, have subtracted the weight of the pods from the total crop 


weight. 
In estimating the unit of value I have devised this formula, which 


I am quite aware is open to criticism but which I think answers its 
purpose : 
Crop per acre X Energy value of 100 grammes in Calories. 


Time required for crop to reach maturity in weeks 
Cx 


or briefly T 


E.g. in Potatos: 

Average crop per acre = 6 tons X Energy value 83°75 
== 507°0— 

Time to reach maturity= 20 weeks. 
= 25 Economic Units. 


Tons per Weeks | 


| | Bears Time Calories 
| Potato . 6 20 83°75 
Beet . ey 8 18 41°9 
Parsnip é : | 12°5 26 32°8 
| Carrot ; : : , ; 12°5 22 34 
Green Peas. i 21 851 
Dry Peas : : d : 4 — 307°84 
French Beans. ; . : 4 16 39°8 
Broad Beans : : : I°3 18 go 
Onion : : : : 7 8 Ke) 
Turnip E : 5 ‘ é 13°5 8 | 10 
Order 
P in List 
Potato . approximately 25 Economic Units (r) 
Carrot e . - 19-3 ” ” 2) 
Beet Root : ; ¢ | 18°6 ” » (3) 
Parsnip . : 3 sh 70 $3 a (4) 
French Beans . ; S970 5 Y» (5) 
Onion e . A A 8°38 ” ” (6) 
Broad Beans . ‘ Ory ” ” (7) 
Green Peas (Podded). 4°2 He Ar (8) 
Dry Peas ° . ° 3°9 ” ” (9) 


Green vegetables have comparatively very little food value, but 
are valuable as ballast and for their contained salts. 


* On a low allotment yield basis. 


358 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


REPORT OF CONSULTING CHEMIST FOR 1or16. 
By Dr. J. A. VoOELCKER; M.Al PUL: 


DURING the year 1916 thirteen samples were sent direct by members 
for analysis, and, in addition, several matters, forming subjects of 
research at the Wisley Gardens, were examined from the chemical 
nside: 
The samples sent by members comprised : 
Manures 
Water . 


Soils). 
Injured orchid plants 


et 
Wie Sacer 


1. Manures.—These were samples of two manures used by a 
fruit-grower, but presented no particular features of interest. 

2. Water.—The one sample sent was from a much-polluted supply, 
and decidedly hard in character. 

3. Sozls.—Some of the samples sent brought out, on analysis, 
features that may be worthy of notice. 

(a) Soils containing magnesia in excess. 

I have previously drawn attention to cases where magnesia has 
been found present in soils in excess of lime, and have pointed out 
the coincidence of this with unsatisfactory practical results. The 
following are two further instances in point : 


(Soils dried at 100° C.) A B 

% % 
Organic matter and loss on heating ; 3 8°23 6°04 
Oxide ofiron” 1 : ‘ : : B 4°83 3°44 
Alumina . : : : : : 2 4°88 4°48 
Lime ; : : : : : : 792) *30 
Magnesia . : : : ’ : E 53 1°66 
Potash : : : : ; : 3 -26 “7a 
Soda 4 § : ; ; 25 “41 
Phosphoric. acid . : : 3 ‘ é "3 08 
Sulphuric acid . é : : 08 "09 
Insoluble silicates and ‘sand : ; sy BOs A 82°71 
100-00 100'00 

Nitrogen . : : 4 : : : "307 *230 


A was a granitic soil from the Grampians. It had abundant 
vegetable matter, but the amount of lime was very small, and the 
need of liming the land was further accentuated by the fact of mag- 
nesia being present in excess. The quantity of potash was not large, 
but the soil was distinctly rich in phosphoric acid. 

B was a soil from Worcestershire, a red clay loam, with clay sub- 

‘soil. In this there was more than four times as much magnesia as 


REPORT OF CONSULTING CHEMIST FOR 1or6. 359 


lime. The soil, further, was distinctly poor in phosphoric acid, though 
rich in potash. 

(6) Hop soils. Two samples of soil from Kent, intended for 
growing Hops on, gave the following analyses : 


(Soils dried at 100° C.) A B 

Yo Yo 
Organic matter and loss on ee : : 3°64 3°46 
Oxide of iron ‘ : : é 3°00 3°55 
Alumina. ‘ oe ; 2 , ‘ 1°50 2°09 
Lime : : : A ‘ : ‘ 73 56 
Magnesia . : : : ; : j “23 °56 
Potash : ‘ . ; ; : : ‘16 33 
Soda : : : : : 27. "24 
Phosphoric ‘acid . é ; : : ; 34 a7 
Sulphuric acid . 5 : ‘ 06 "09 
Insoluble silicates and ‘sand. : : <1) -SO2OX 88°65 
100:00 100-00 
Nitrogen . ‘ : : ; : : "1O7 ‘201 


For Hop soils, both of these were deficient in organic (vegetable) 
matter, and not nearly as rich in nitrogen as they should be, so that 
manuring with farmyard manure, shoddy, or other nitrogenous organic 
substance would be very desirable. They were both exceptionally 
rich in phosphoric acid, but poor in potash, more especially A. B 
was somewhat deficient in lime—and, it will be noted, there was 
as much magnesia as lime present. 

4. Injury to Plants (Orchids)\—Some Orchid plants were sent 
me, together with the soil and other materials used in potting, as it 
had been observed that injury seemed to appear after the plants were 
potted. The leaves presented a spotted appearance, and in other 
cases had turned quite yellow. On inquiry it was ascertained that 
the plants were exposed at times to the fumes from the heating furnace, 
and it was thought that the fumes might have caused the damage. 
Chemical examination of the leaves, however, did not give support 
to the belief that there had been injury from sulphur fumes or the 
like, nor was there anything unusual as regards the: potting material, 
except that some brick rubble used was considerably impregnated with 
salt. Advice was given to have this material well washed before using 
it, and also to have the plants examined to see if the injury were due 
to any fungus or similar attack. 

5. Sugar-beet.—A sample of several roots of Sugar-beet sent me 
gave on analysis : 


Water. : : é ‘ ‘ : ; 79°92 
SUgaTs 4 : . : ; 6 Z : 14°80 
Crude fibre . ; : : : 4°02 
Other carbohydrates &e. : : : : “60 
Mineral matter : ; : : : 3 66 

100°00 


The roots were well shapen, free from fang, and decidedly well grown. 


360 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The percentage of sugar is not high for a good season, but the past 
was not one tending to give roots rich in sugar. 


Other investigations conducted on behalf of the Society concerned 
the comparison of different varieties of Parsnips ; the effect of spraying 
Gooseberries with “‘ Burgundy mixture,” and the determination of 
the amount of copper left on the berries; and the analyses of soils 
used respectively for Tomato and Narcissus growing. As these form 
part of the researches carried on at the Wisley Gardens, they are not 
dealt with in detail here, 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 201 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 


BEING THE FIRST REPORT OF THE WORK IN PROGRESS AT THE 
WYE COLLEGE FRUIT EXPERIMENT STATION, EAST MALLING. 


By R. G. Hatton, M.A. 


I. Introduction. 


THE custom of grafting fruit trees upon various root systems other 
than their own is of ancient origin. The question of which is the 
most proper stock to use for individual varieties under different 
conditions has been matter for much speculation even from those 
early times. The very prominence which VrirRGIL gives to it in his 
legendary account of grafting is proof of the importance attached 
to the choice of a stock, and ever since, amongst horticulturists, the 
matter has been one for discussion, often of minute detail. The 
inequalities of growth, cropping power, and vitality in fruit trees 
of the same variety, were evidently as patent to writers of the seven- 
teenth and eighteenth centuries as they are to us to-day. The state 
of affairs is so concisely summed up by a “ Lover of Planting ”’ * 
that a passage is worth quoting : 

‘It’s manifest that amongst Trees of one kind, in the same orchard, 
you shall have some one of them bear better fruit than any of the 
rest sometimes; and it’s not known what to impute this excellency 
more probably to than that the stocks they were grafted on might be 

. some better, some worse. So that to conclude it cannot be 
amiss to be so far curious about the stocks you graft. . . .”’ Barely 
a century later THomas Hi1T f was enjoining growers of fruit that 
“if they buy their trees of nurserymen, they should diligently inquire 
upon what stocks they were propagated. For stocks are in some 
measure a sort of soil to the kinds of trees raised on them.”’ 

And yet it is very doubtful to-day whether fruit-growers have 
progressed much further in their knowledge of the best choice and selec- 
tion of stocks upon which to work trees. Most fruit-growers are con- 
vinced that, as regards the tree itself, its period of maturity, its actual 
vigour, and even its constitution are largely affected by the stock on 
which it is worked. As regards the fruit, it appears equally probable 
that its quality, embracing degrees of colour, size, and flavour, may be 
likewise influenced. Yet there exists very little, if any, reliable data 
upon these facts, which open up a whole vista of possibilities for 
progress of economic importance. It must be added that until fruit- 


* “ A LOVER OF PLANTING,” The Compleat Planter and Cyderist (1685). 
{| THomas Hitt, A Treatise of Fruit Trees (1757). ; 


362 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


growers have “‘ put their house in order”’ very little reliable data can 
be collected. 

Through neglect of studying the tree as an individual great 
economic loss has resulted. It was realization of this fact that deter- 
mined the line of the present investigations on Fruit Tree Stocks. 
Until the question of the relationship between stocks and scions has 
been investigated, information on other cultural matters is liable to 
be vitiated. The immediate task was to deal with the root system. — 

The present report deals with the results so far obtained in one 
section of the work, the investigations of the Paradise Apple Stocks. 


II. Paradise Stocks. The Problem briefly stated. 


The question which presented itself at the outset of these particular 
trials was by no means new, though it bore a new aspect. 

Fruit-growers have regarded the Paradise stock as a dwarfing 
stock for bush and various forms of garden trees. Trees worked on 
the Paradise were expected to be remunerative early, owing to the 
precocity induced by the dwarfing stock. Whilst it was realized 
that various new types of so-called ‘ Paradise’ had been introduced 
into common use since the days of the ‘ Paradise’ and “ creeper 
apple tree,’ frequently mentioned by seventeenth and eighteenth 
century authors, no very clear idea was generally held as to what 
these various ‘ Paradise’ were, what their vigour and special utility. 
It is true that DUHAMEL DU MoncEAu * had expressly pointed out that, 
in his comparison of the ‘ Doucin’ and ‘‘ Le Pommier nain de Paradis,’ 
degrees of “‘ dwarfingness’”’ existed. LinpLEY f had emphasized the 
aspect of soil suitability in his remarks about the Doucin stock, 
which was “‘ most generally, in our nurseries, called the Paradise 
stock, although widely different from the Pomme Paradis of the 
French, a sort not worth growing in this country.’”’ Lovupon jf rein- 
forced these two aspects when he quoted DUBREUIL as recommending 
“the Doucin for clayey and light soils,’’ and when he lays down rules 
for the choice of stocks “‘ where an occupier of a garden has only a 
short interest therein,’ and ‘‘ where a plantation is made on free- 
hold property, or with a.view to posterity.’”’ Furthermore, he hinted 
at the question of disease resistance in relation to the root system, 
whilst other writers touched on the question of their influence 
on flavour and the ease with which certain stocks and scions 
formed a “callus.” Yet a critical and comparative study had never 
been kept up to date, and the distinctive values of new types of 
‘Paradise’ were not commonly determined. Growers became too 
ready to accept ‘ Paradise’ whatever it might be without further 
inquiry. The following pages illustrate the truth of this statement, 
and support, even more than might be expected, the fact that very 

* Du Moncegau, Traité des Arbres Fruitiers (1768). 


+ G. LINDLEY, Guide to the Orchard &c. (1831). 
t Loupon, Encyclopedia of Gardening (1835). 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 363 


striking differences and relative values are likely to show themselves 
in the various types of so-called ‘‘ dwarfing stocks.”’ 

Though it is impossible to give any final judgments at present, 
it was thought worth while to issue a statement of the results so far 
obtained. 

These results warn fruit-growers and nurserymen of errors which 
are occurring in the raising of young fruit trees—errors which bid fair 
to be of far greater moment to the maturing tree than has heretofore 
been realized. It is hoped that the following facts may reinforce 
the injunction of THomas Hitt, and be the basis upon which really 
valuable comparative facts may be collected with regard to the best 
uses of the various Paradise stocks, and the wider question of the 
whole relationship betwixt stock and scion. 

The first essential in dealing with this question was to collect 
the various forms of Paradise in common use at the present time. 
This was undertaken with the full knowledge that previous collec- 
tions had been made, but it was felt that unfortunately the work 
had never been carried to its logical conclusion. 


III. Previous Undertakings of a Similar Nature. 


Literature current about the middle of last century bears witness 
to a reviving interest in questions pertaining to the stock and scion. 
From about 1840 articles appeared intermittently in the Gardeners’ 
Chronicle upon the subject. In 1863 there appeared an article on 
‘“‘ Seedling Apples”? by Tuomas Rivers, which gave details of the 
raising of his Paradise stocks, and in 1864 an account was published 
of a bush plantation of Apples on the “‘ English Paradise Stock ”’ at 
Mr. Rivers’ nursery. The whole tone of the article goes to show that 
this was then a most uncommon sight. One passage is perhaps worth 
quoting: “ The trees are at present scarcely three feet in height ; they 
are planted as many feet apart each way, and all of them are bearing 
fruit.”* One wonders what this very dwarfing stock was, and how 
far the precocity may have been aided by transplanting. From this 
time onward great interest was directed towards the Paradise stock, 
its origin and its varieties. The year 1869 marks the culminating 
point, when the matter aroused very keen controversy. The series 
of articles in the Gardeners’ Chronicle in that year are chiefly interesting 
as showing : 

(1) That there was then very great-difference of opinion as to the 
respective values of the various forms of Paradise stock. 

(2) That there was even then considerable doubt as to their identi- 
fication and true nomenclature. 

(3) That various new seedling ‘ Paradise’ stocks were being raised 
and tested by several nurserymen. 

(4) That the name ‘English Paradise’ was being used somewhat 
indiscriminately for ‘‘ surface-rooting seedling apples”’ raised in this 
country. 

* Gard. Chron. 1864, p. 799. 


364 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY: 


(5) That no very satisfactory conclusion was arrived at as to the 
original habitat of the true French Paradise. 

However, two interesting results arose out of the controversy. 
Attention was drawn to the possibility of identifying various types by 
means of a detailed botanical description, and the idea was mooted of 
planting comparative trial plots of trees worked on the ‘ French,’ 
‘Doucin,’ and ‘English’ stocks.* Ultimately the correspondence 
elicited an article from M. J. DECAISNE on the ‘ Paradise Apple,’ f in 
which he bears witness to the state of affairs in France when he says: 
“The flowers sent to me [those of Mr. Scotr’s Paradise stock] corre- 
spond to those of the Paradise Apple of some nurseries, and to those of 
the Doucin of others.”’ 

Meanwhile the general interest in the stock question was being 
reflected in two quarters—the Gardens of the Royal Horticultural 
Society at Chiswick and in the commercial nurseries. 

The Royal Horticultural Society’s JOURNAL of 1872 bears witness 
to the fact that Mr. A. F. Barron had been trying various grafting 
experiments in 1867, though he does not seem then to have specialized 
on Paradise stock. However, two years later there appeared in the 
Gardeners’ Chronicle t a preliminary account of a collection of Paradise 
stocks collected at Chiswick by Mr. BARRON. Five types of Paradise 
are there mentioned by name. The general remarks are interesting as 
showing the striking tendencies to variation in growth and precocity 
of the unworked stocks, but the particular descriptions of these are 
too meagre to be very useful for identification purposes. The article 
foreshadowed a report by Mr. BARRON. 

The JouRNAL of the R.H.S. vol. xi. (1889) contains an article by 
Mr. BARRON entitled ‘‘ Experiments in Grafting Apples at Chiswick, 
1875-84.” The article is very brief. It starts by enumerating the 
various types of Apple stocks by name, which were collected at Chis- 
wick, together with the sources whence they came. They were received 
from both English and French sources, and they were: 

I. The French Paradise or Pommier du Paradis—identical from 
English and French sources. 

2. Rivers’ Miniature Paradise and Pigmy Paradise—which Mr. 
BARRON considered identical. , 

3. English Nonsuch (Rivers’). 

4. Broad-leaved English (Rivers’). 


* The principal articles referred to appeared in Gard. Chron. 1869, as follows : 
Pp. 6, Apple Stocks, T. Rivers. 


Pps £54 | W. ROBINSON. 
Pp. 795 ” ie SCOT. 
Ppi10; FA T. RIVERS. 


At the time, the idea of quoting the botanical descriptions of M. CARRIERE, 
editor of the Revue Horticole, was ridiculed in the following words: ‘‘ The idea of 
giving a botanical description of an Apple Stock is most erudite—most impos- 
ing ’’ ; but it is to be hoped that it will be realized to-day that this lack of atten- 
tion to accurate detail in the past very largely accounts for the present lack of 
knowledge. M.CARRIERE’S descriptions are most useful, and it is greatly to be 
regretted that we have not equally good descriptions of more of the various 
forms. 

t+ Gard. Chron. 1869, p. 442. t Gard. Chron., April 25, 1874. 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 365 


5. Two which were identical with one another, but which were 
neither ‘English’ nor ‘ French,’ received from Mr. Scott of Taunton. 
These are evidently the ‘ Scott’s Paradise’ mentioned in the Gardeners’ 
Chronicle, 1874. 

6. English Paradise, True. 

7. Doucin—identical from an English and French source. 

8. Dutch Paradise (from Haarlem). 

g. Pommier Franc or Free Stock. 

10. Crab. 

In all, Mr. BARRON received eighteen collections. 

Thus he names eight Paradise types. His list indicates that there 
is some confusion in nomenclature, but he does not describe the cha- 
racters of the various types. The article proceeds to tell us that eighteen 
trees—representing stocks from the eighteen collections—were grafted 
with ‘Blenheim Orange.’ Then follows a ‘‘ Table showing the 
Number of Flowers produced in each Year from 1878 to 1882 on the 
Different Stocks.’’ The Doucin and the French produced the greatest 
number of flowers. The French, relatively to the size of the tree, had 
more flowers ; the Doucin was more vigorous. The French showed 
signs of canker, and together with the Miniature and Pigmy was weaker 
in growth ; though all the trees were “‘ vigorous bush trees ro to 15 feet 
high, growing in a natural manner.’ The tree on the Free stock had 
no blossom. These seem to be the main conclusions of the trial. 
Unfortunately we do not know what all the actual stocks were, and we 
have no means of identifying them with those at present in use. 
Moreover, the trial was on such a limited scale as to make the results of 
little value. However, it is interesting to note that trials were made 
experimentally. 

Work was also being carried out by nurserymen, especially in the 
direction of making collections of Continental forms of Paradise and 
of raising new surface-rooting seedlings. Foremost amongst these 
workers * was the late Mr. THoMAS RIvErs. In 1870 he wrote: ‘‘ Ihave 
at this moment a full collection of all the Paradise stocks known in 
Europe.” + He then proceeds to enumerate briefly what the collec- 
tion comprised, in all “‘ 14 kinds of Paradise stocks.’’ This collection 
must have been very interesting and valuable, for it seems to have 
possessed several types of Paradise which are completely lost to-day, 
and of which there is no detailed description. 

Much more recently Dr. U. P. HEDRICK, of the New York Experi- 
ment Station, carried out some experiments with Dwarfing Apple 
stocks, and he compiled from European books brief notes on the 
‘six stocks . . . most commonly used in the Old World in dwarfing 
Apples’”’; t but these descriptions are in too general terms to form 
any useful clues to actual identification. Moreover, the conditions 

* The names of the late Mr. J. Scott of Taunton and the late Mr. PEARson 
of Nottingham also appear in this connexion. 

t The Miniature Fruit Garden, T. RIVERS, 16th edition, p. 74. 


t See Dwarf Apples, by U. P. HEDRICK, U.S.A. Experiment Station, New 
York, Bulletin 406. 


366 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


prevailing in his trials with the ‘French’ and ‘ Doucin’ stocks are 
hardly applicable to this country, though the account is interesting. 

It seemed quite clear, then, that the present work would have to 
start from the very beginning in its method of classification, and that 
it was highly desirable once and for all to put on record detailed 
descriptions of the various types before attempting to judge their 
merits. 


IV. Beginning of the Work. The Collection. 


Our investigations began in November 1912. They were under- 
taken in collaboration with Prof. B. T. P. BARKER, M.A., of the Agri- 
cultural and Horticultural Research Station of Bristol University at 
Long Ashton, Somerset. Long Ashton was to specialize, in the first 
place, upon the ‘ Free’ and ‘Crab’ Stocks, whilst East Malling dealt 
with the ‘ Paradise’ forms. The work at East Malling was initiated 
by Mr. R. WELLINGTON, the Director of the Station. The original 
scheme and the subsequent isolation of Paradise types was primarily 
his work. On his shoulders fell the brunt of the initial difficulties. 
When war broke out in August 1914, Mr. WELLINGTON joined the 
forces and asked the present writer to continue the investigations. 
Though the work had not then been under weigh long enough to make 
possible the detailed comparative study of types, and though further 
types were yet to appear, Mr. WELLINGTON left behind invaluable notes 
and records for the use of which he gave free permission. His only 
anxiety was for the continuation of the investigations and the issue 
of the report thereon. At the same time the continuity of the whole 
experiment was safeguarded by the retention of Mr. J. Amos, the 
foreman-assistant and recorder, whose able and untiring services 
bridged over a critical period and who rendered the greatest help in 
collecting the facts for the present report. In addition, the writer 
is indebted to Mr. H. WORMALD of Wye College Research Department, 
who has frequently given his aid and advice on botanical matters. 

The majority of nurserymen in the British Isles were approached 
and asked to send samples of the various kinds of Paradise used and 
grown by them. The invitation, in most cases, met with a ready 
response, and a considerable collection was thus obtained. As it be- 
came evident that many nurserymen “ bought in” their stocks from 
abroad instead of raising them personally, the collections were added to 
by further samples from representative nurserymen in Holland, France, 
and Germany. In all 71 collections * were obtained from 35 sources. 
The British sources numbered 29,{ the French 3, the Dutch 1, and the 
Germant. This last source, however, furnished 20 collections. Each 
collection was numbered as it arrived, and was planted out separately. 
Most samples contained twelve stocks purporting to represent some 
specified variety, named by the nurseryman. Three stocks out of 


* Including one true collection of ‘ Northern Spy’ (not a Paradise type). 
¢ The thirty British sources were from fifteen different counties, either 
noted for fruit-growing or nursery work. 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 367 


each collection were planted out by themselves with the object of 
forming them into “cordons,’ and of so obtaining early fruiting. 
The fruiting characters, it was thought, would afford an additional 
aid to classification and a possible clue to origin. The other nine stocks 
of each collection were planted out in rows 6 feet apart and 4 feet 
in the rows, a distance which guarded against any possibility of 
mixture. The idea was to form these stocks into permanent “ stools ”’ 
from which to raise a sufficient quantity of the various types for 
further experiment. The German collections arrived a year later, 
but were treated in the same way. 


V. Preliminary Winter Examination. Early Conclusions. 


The stocks planted out during the winter of 1912 were not “ headed 
back”’ in the following spring, but were allowed to establish them- 
selves first, so that they might eventually furnish the stronger stools. 
The result was that but little young wood was made during the 
growing season of 1913, nevertheless a preliminary summer and 
winter examination in 1913 established several important facts: 

(xr) That though in the majority of cases all the stocks sent from 
one source under a specific name were similar, a large minority were 
not. Many groups of nine stocks purporting to be similar contained 
two or more quite distinct types. 


TABLE I.—SUMMARY OF NAMES IN COMMERCIAL USE 
FOR PARADISE STOCKS. 


Nae: Pane Number of Times 
Used: Rightly Used. 

Broad-leaved English Paradise : 21 3 
Broad-leaved English Ameliorate . I — 
English Paradise . : 5 Often used for Doucin 
Paradise 6 — 
Nonsuch Paradise. 4 4 
Rivers’ Paradise I Presumably sameas Nonsuch 
New Paradise I Same as Nonsuch 
Doucin é ‘ 5 4 
Doucin d’Angers . I I 
Doucin Improved . I I 
French Paradise . 3 2 
Paradis Jaune de Metz I I 


—_— ees 


(2) That though some twelve names in all seemed to be in use in 
the trade, yet the same name was frequently applied to very different 
forms of ‘Paradise.’ For instance, the most vigorous and the most 
dwarfing types came to us under the same name of ‘ Broad-leaved 
English Paradise.’ Table No. I. gives the actual names used, the 
number of times each was used, and the number of times it was 
rightly used. 

(3) That there were at least eight types of Paradise stock in use 


368 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


in this country alone, and that each of these types was in the posses- 
sion of more than one nurseryman at least. 

(4) That as there appeared to be considerable variations in size 
of leaf, tendency to “feathering ’’ &c., even in individual types, a 
very strict and detailed method of classification was required from 
the outset. 

Thus the preliminary examination demonstrated very clearly 
the need for this work, and supplied ample justification for the very 
detailed methods which it was proposed to follow. One instance 
is sufficient to demonstrate the misapprehensions under which fruit- 
growers are suffering. ‘The Broad-leaved English Paradise ’ is with- 
out doubt the most popular amongst growers to-day. It is the most 
asked for. Whilst we nominally received it in twenty-one collections 
called ‘ Broad-leaved English,’ we actually received it only three 
times as a true sample. In the majority of cases the ‘ Doucin’ 
was sent as the ‘ Broad-leaved.’ What the respective merits of 
these two Paradise stocks may ultimately be proved to be, we are 
not yet in a position to say, but that the stocks are very easily dis- 
tinguishable and possess widely different characters will be shown. 
Moreover, it is clear that the respective root systems of these two 
stocks, after four years of normal growth, develop along strikingly 
different lines, and it seems probable that this must affect the 
maturing tree. Yet growers to-day are largely planting trees on stocks 
that are not guaranteed as true to name, and which are, moreover, 
not infrequently mixed with several other varieties of ‘ Paradise.’ 
It will at once be realized how difficult it is to make any progress 
in the comparative study of relative growth, hardiness, and economic 
value generally until this initial matter is set in order. 


VI. Culiural Methods Adopted. 


Though all the collections of samples did not arrive the same year, 
the general treatment adopted was uniform. Each collection, after 
being numbered and entered in the record book, was planted out as 
before described, and allowed to stand for one year. The following 
spring each stock was cut back to within two or three buds of the 
ground level. This caused the stocks to send out numerous shoots, 
which were moulded over several times during the summer. This 
was a simple method of forming stools, and of encouraging the young 
shoots to send out adventitious roots, where they were layered 
or mouldedup. (Figs. 66 and 67.) These rooted shoots or layers, 
when severed from the parent plant at the end of the growing season 
and after leaf-fall, have afforded the means of multiplying each col- 
lection for the purpose of obtaining sufficient quantities of each type. 
The process has formed a very useful means too, as will be seen later, 
of judging comparative rooting vigour. 

Stocks treated in this way form permanent stools, and contintie 
to send up a new supply of shoots yearly. 


"ggg "d avs OL) 
‘“SUHAVI GALOOY AYVAA-ANO DNIMOHS 
GAaAOWAN HLNYVA HLIM IOOLS ASIGVYVG—ZL9 ‘OY 


‘dN GHHLYVA TOOLS ASIGVAVG Y—'99 ‘DIY 


Seep 


: : 
/ s 
f 


, 
ES 


seam fiiget 


‘WI9}S UIVWI UO 9IISIA Ose o1e , S}OUY 
-11ng , [Jews ‘“Aouspus} , sulsayons , suIMOYS * ‘s}ouy-1ing , suIMoys 


‘ASIGVUV ‘III AdAL—'69 ‘DIA ‘MOOLS ,FaNY, ONITaaaS W—'389 ‘DIA 


‘JOO}S UO Y}MOIS S Teak auc, ‘[00}s UO MOIS S.IBVahk BUD 
NIONOG , JasIadvuvd HSITDNY AaAVAT-avoug, 
‘I] AMAL ‘MOOLS aSIGVYVg—'I/ ‘DIA "T AMAL “NOOLS ASIGVUVG—'OL “O17 


‘[OO}s UO YIMOIS S_Ivah UG 


‘[CO}s UO YIMOIS S, teak BUC, 
‘AI adAL “AOOLS ASiavavg—'¢, ‘D1g ‘III HdAL “XOOLS aSIGVAVG— Zs ‘DIY 


"[oo}s UO Y Mois Ss 1eah 9uO ‘[OO}S UO YIMOI5 S Avak BUC 


HSIGVUVd HOASNON SUA, aMOllaNy NIONOG, 
TA SAAT ~ “MOOLS ASidvavdg—¢/;- 914 "A AMAL “MOOLS ASIGVUVG—'psZ ‘OI 


. 3 
a Roe 


*69¢ “fF a0vff OT] 


‘[00}S UO YyMOIB S,1vah BUG 


JasIdvuavd HONAY, *[00}s UO YIMOIS S 1eah BUG 
‘IIIA AdAL “MOOLS ASIGVAVG—'L/ ‘DIY ‘TIA AdAL “HOOLS ASIGVAVG—'O/ ‘DIY 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 369 


VII. Methods of Classification. Useful Characters. 


It was evident that, in order to distinguish individual types with 
any certainty, minute periodical examinations must be made, both 
when the stocks were in full leaf, and also during the dormant season 
when bud and stem characters would become more obvious. Besides 
this, general observations were made as to the various times of bud- 
breaking, leaf-fall, and blossoming (in the case of the Cordons), and 
as to liability to disease. The main characters taken thus fall into 
two groups, those evident in the dormant season, and those belonging 
to the growing season. These characters are as follow: 


A. THE CHARACTERS IN THE DORMANT SEASON.* 


(a) General habit of growth. 

1. Strong or weak, determined by the average length of the 
annual leading shoots. 

2. Stout (rigid) or “‘ whippy ’’ (flexible), largely determined by 
the average circumference of the annual leading shoots. 

3. Degree of vigour, determined by the average number and 
character of annual shoots. 

4. “Clean,” 7.¢. without lateral branches, or “feathered,” 
z.e. with branches or spines. “‘Spines’’ implies short, 
stiff thorn-like branches. 


(b) Wood. The fruit-grower’s term for the surface of the stem 
or branch. The wood described is of one-year growth. 

1. Colour. Relative degrees of colour and shade appear most 

_ useful. 

2. Surface. Smooth or “hairy.’’ The term “‘ pubescent ”’ ap- 
plies to short hairs or “‘ down.” 

Shiny or dull: really only another symptom of 
absence or presence of pubescence or the amount 
and quality of it. 

3. Lenticels, 7.e¢. the small whitish spots of various shapes 
found on the surface of the shoot, and serving for the 
admission of airinto thestem. Number and conspicuous- 
ness, Shape and size. 

4. Internodes, 2.e. the length of stem betwixt two nodes. A 
node is the point of insertion of a leaf; in winter this is 
indicated by a bud. 

(c) Buds. 

1. Size, z.e. length and breadth. 

2. Shape, 7.¢. outline and apex. 

3. Compactness—the bud-scales on some buds are packed 
tightly (imbricated), of others more loosely, giving a 
ragged appearance. 


_ * This paragraph serves in place of a glossary for the terms used in describing 
characters of the Dormant Season (cf. Table III. p. 377). 


VOL. XLII. 2B 


370 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


4. Colour refers only to the actual colour of the bud scales, 
which is often nearly obscured by hairiness. 

5. Pose or Angle of Insertion, 1.e. the bud’s position in regard 
to the stem, whether “‘ adpressed ”’ (closely pressed to it) 
or ‘“‘ patent ”’ (spreading). 

(2) Production of “‘ Fruit-buds’’ on one-year wood, 7.e. those 
buds which are plump and downy and spreading, such as 
one would expect to be blossom-buds. 

(e) Production of ‘“‘ Root-knots”’ on one-year wood, 1.¢. the 
incipient adventitious roots which appear singly or in 
clusters on the stems or branches of certain varieties of 
apple known to root freely from layers or cuttings.* 

The general habit of growth, as exhibited in stoutness or “ whippi- 
ness,” in the tendency to send out drooping laterals or stiff spines 
or ‘‘ feathers,’ is a great aid to identification. 

In several types the character of the surface of the current year’s 
shoots is very distinctive. Three or four types may be recognized by 
wood colour, and in conjunction with the number and conspicuous- 
ness of the lenticels most types can be easily separated. In one 
case at least the lack of hairiness (pubescence) on the shoot is 
very characteristic. The length of the internode appears to be too 
variable to serve as a guide. 

The buds prove very constant for each variety. Shape, colour, 
contour, and degree of hairiness are perhaps the most important 
characters. A number of buds of each variety have been measured, 
and the relation of length to breadth has been found very regular. 


B. THE CHARACTERS OF THE SUMMER OR GROWING SEASON.fT 


(a) General habit of growth. 

(b) Wood, and lenticels, as already described for the winter 
classification. 

(c) Leaf Blade (Lamina). 

1. Size, individual and relative. 

2. General shape. The exact meaning of the terms used, 7.¢. 
ovate, elliptical, lanceolate, and circular, will be found 
defined in any botanical dictionary.t It seemed de- 
sirable to adhere to standard terms and not to attempt 
to find more popular synonyms. 

3. Length. 

4. Breadth. 

5. Base, whether rounded or narrowing, and whether the 
blade of the leaf is exactly symmetrical on both sides of 
the leaf-stalk. 

* Some of these characters are fully described in Table VI., the “ Vigour 
Table’”’ (p. 386), instead of in Table III., ‘‘ Winter Descriptions.” 
{ This paragraph serves in place of a glossary for the terms used in describing 


the characters of the Growing Season (cf. Table IV. p. 378). 
t Forexample, A Glossary of Botanical Terms, B, D. Jackson, London, 1906, 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 37h 


6. Apex or tip, whether acute, 7.e. sharply pointed, or acumi- 
nate, 7.e. drawn out to a long gradually diminishing point. 
7, Margin, which is variously “‘ toothed.” Serrate when the 
margins are saw-like, biserrate when each tooth is itself 
notched, and crenate when the teeth are rounded. 
8. Surface, whether flat or crinkled, convex or concave. 
g. ‘“‘ Pose’”’ or angle of position, both of leaf-stalk and face of 
leaf in relation to the stem. 
10. Colour of upper and lower surfaces. 
11. Hairiness of upper and lower surfaces. 
(d) Leaf Stalk (Petiole). 
1. Shape, whether furrowed (with a single channel), round, or 
flat. 
2. Length in relation to blade of leaf. 
2. Colour. 
(e) Stipules (small leaf-like growths at the base of leaf stalk). 
Size, margin, and shape. 

Of these summer or leaf characters, some proved very useful for 
purposes of identification. The general shape and apex of the 
leaf, together with its surface and pose, formed the best guides. 
Mere size of leaf is apt to be misleading, but when large, medium, 
and small leaves were collected and measured from each type it was 
found generally that the relative length and breadth were very 
constant.* The length and shape of the leaf-stalk is another fairly 
constant additional guide to identification, and in two instances 
the very long stipules afford an immediate clue. In the Comparative 
Table IV., showing the characters as seen in summer, the chief clues 
to identification have been printed in italics, whilst the minor details 
are in ordinary type. 


VIII. The Collections. Results of Examination. 


The British collections afforded eight distinct Paradise types 
varying very considerably in vigour and habit. They included :— 
The Broad-leaved English Paradise ; the Doucin; Rivers’ Nonsuch 
Paradise; the Doucin Amélioré or Improved Doucin; the French 
Paradise, and three other types, the identity and origin of which are 
at present uncertain. 

The British collections, in addition to the eight Paradise types, 
included two very mixed samples, both called Broad-leaved English 
Paradise. One of these samples appeared very like a batch of free 
stocks, and except in one instance they did not send out adventitious 
roots when layered. In this one exception, the stool produced well- 
rooted stocks, but of a type which has occurred nowhere else. The 
history of the other very mixed sample is slightly different. It con- 
tained six stocks of an identifiable Paradise type, one resembling 


* See Table V. p. 382. 


372 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


a free stock, which would not root when layered, and two of a type 
which layered readily, but which has not appeared in any other col- 
lection. These two uncommon types, whilst they are not included in 
the present descriptions, are being kept under observation. The 
‘Northern Spy’ was also sent named amongst the British 
collection. 

The French collections also comprised the Doucin, the Doucin 
Amélioré, and the French Paradise, together with one of the afore- 
mentioned types at present not identified. These collections afforded 
one new type which has only recently been introduced into England 
—the Paradis Jaune de Metz. In all, the French collections, then, 
furnished five types—only one being a new type. 

The collection from Holland afforded two types—the Doucin 
Amélioré, and one of the unnamed English and French types, but it 
included no new type. 

Thus, until the collections from Germany arrived early in I914, 
nine distinct recurring types had appeared, eight of these in more or 
less common use in England, and one coming into popularity (the 
Jaune de Metz). These are the types dealt with in detail in the 
present report. 

The German collections included six out of the nine types already 
met with. They did not contain the Broad-leaf, the Nonsuch, and one 
other unnamed English type ; but six new distinct types have appeared 
amongst this collection of samples, sent under the names of various 
numbered strains of Doucin or Paradise. As these new types do not 
appear to be in use in England, a description of them is not included 
in the present report, but as several of them appear very vigorous 
and healthy they are being propagated for future trial. Thus we 
actually have no fewer than fifteen distinct types of ‘ Paradise’ 
isolated, in addition to various other types that layer readily. It 
is important and interesting to note that from no foreign source did 
we receive the true Broad-leaved English Paradise, Rivers’ Nonsuch 
Paradise, or one other English type—Type VII. 

The complete record of the Paradise collections may be stated as 


follows: 


Received. Classified. 
Number of rca Number true 26 
collections 4 17. A eG 16 

»» of French } Number true 6 

collections 7 » mixed I 

5)  OfDaten } ~ Number true — 

collections 4). anixed I 
OL tease a ‘pase true 13 
collections yt. axed 7 

7° 70 


The number of true collections was 45; of mixed collections, 25 ; 
and four of these included 3 or more types 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 373 


IX. Comparison of the Various Sources. 


From the above table the conclusion might be drawn that the 
Dutch and English sources were least reliable, that the German 
sources were only very slightly more accurate, but that the French 
sources were considerably better. To a certain degree this appears 
to be true, though it must be remembered that some of the English 
collections were “bought in” from foreign sources—chiefly from 
France. The seven French collections, of which six were true, came 
from three different nurseries, and thus should be fairly representa- 
tive. At the same time it must be remembered that we cannot 
obtain certain most valuable types of Paradise at all from French 
sources. Moreover, this accuracy in the French stocks is not always 
maintained. A personal experience may be given: two years ago I 
obtained 10,000 Paradise stocks from a French source. 1 inquired for 
a true strain of Broad-leaved English Paradise, being unaware at 
the time that it was not grown in France. However, I was assured 
that the stocks were all the true Broad-leaved English, and in 
due course they were planted out. A subsequent examination of 
this stock bed has revealed the fact that the bulk of these Para- 
dise are the Doucin. This initial mistake was doubtless due to 
the confusion in names, the ‘ Doucin’ being frequently termed 
“English Paradise’ in the trade. Further, a casual examination 
of this stock bed readily brought to light no fewer than three 
other types of Paradise, including the Doucin Amélioré, the French 
Paradise, and a considerable admixture of another type, hereafter 
to be described (Type III.). There is every reason to believe that 
this experience is not exceptional. I think it is often the custom 
for nurserymen with a large export trade abroad to buy in the stock 
of smaller growers to meet their orders. If this is the case, it affords 
a ready means for creating probable mistakes. So long as it is possible 
to find at least four varieties of Paradise amongst a bed of 10,000 
Paradise stocks—which were guaranteed as true—there is not much 
hope of making any real progress towards greater economic uniformity 
in our plantations. The French nomenclature appears to be more 
accurate and uniform than our own, with the exception of the ‘ Doucin ’ 
and ‘ English Paradise’ being synonymous terms. 

As regards the German collections, although they came to us from 
a single source, we were given'to understand that they were a 
fairly representative collection, brought together from various sources. 
Hence they should be representative of the condition of affairs in 
Germany, which is very similar to our own. Their collections were 
numbered, generally, rather than named, so that it is impossible to tell 
whether they possess any satisfactory nomenclature. 


374. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


X. Isolation of the Nine Types —The Comparative Tables. 


When once the principal distinguishing features of each type 
had been ascertained, it became fairly easy to sort out the mixtures 
by a series of systematic examinations. For the initial purposes of 
classification the various trade names were dropped, and as each 
type was segregated, it was simply numbered. Thus the types have 
been known as Types I: to IX. Since at least three types— one 
of which is very frequently found—are as yet unidentified and did 
not come under any recognized trade name, it is essential to retain 
this method of numbering in this Report. At the same time, when- 
ever the identity of a type seems certain and the nomenclature satis- 
factory, the actual name of the type will be added to the numeral. 

Table II. gives an “ historic’ summary of the nine types as found 
in the collections. It also gives the names under which each type 
was received and shows the different mixtures of one type with 
another. It is worth noticing how certain mixtures of two types 
constantly recur. 

Perhaps the most outstanding feature in this table is the 
frequency with which the name Broad-leaved English Paradise 
occurs, despite the fact that it was only received at all in six 
collections, and then only in two cases was the collection true. It 
is frequently mixed with the Nonsuch Paradise. Though the 
two stocks (Types I. and VI.) originated from the same source, 
there is no reason whatever for any confusion between them, as 
their characteristics are most distinct and their general habit very 
different. 

The next point to notice in the table is the prevalence of the 
Doucin stock. Though it has been sent true in the great majority 
of collections, yet trade names for it are very erratic and misleading. 
This is a matter of considerable importance, as the true Doucin seems 
to possess marked individual characters and is perhaps farthest 
removed in its rooting system from any of the other ‘ Paradise’ 
types, as will be seen later. Hence it is important that it should 
be known under its true name. When mixed it is generally to be 
found in company with Type III. 

Type III. is a remarkable case which shows clearly the necessity 
for such standardization work as the present. It will be observed 
that though this type appears to be, and undoubtedly is, one of 
the most widely used and distributed amongst Paradise stocks, yet 
it was never sent as a true sample under a separate name. It fre- 
quently appears mixed with Types II. and VIII., from both of which 
it differs very considerably. It is this same type which was recently 
discovered so plentifully mixed with the 10,000 ‘Doucin’ stocks 
from France, that have already been referred to. 

Types IV. and VII. show a somewhat puzzling record. Type IV. 
was received true from only one English source, whilst it appeared 
in another mixed English collection. It is remarkably distinct from 


375 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 


"XI ed4X ydooxo ‘ostpereg Jo wlonog jo strexs patoquinu sv oureo AUeUIIOD) WOT sH90}s ayy. 5 


Z}2N 2P 
ounef sipeieg — — 
“A : 
osIpeleg youery | » “III ssIpeIeg ously 
asIpeieg qons 
-uON SIOARYT —_ — 
(z) ostpereg 
u1onog ‘IIIA |(1) stosuy .p urnoqg 
peaoidwy 10 AT (z) qouery 
giolygury uronog | TIT “II | (1) ysysuq ‘pal-q 
(1) ostpereg 
| (€) ‘q yous1g 
‘IIIA 8 (z) uronog 
— vA “IT | (€) ysisuq ‘pal-g 
‘IIA ® (1) ystysuq 
uronog | “III “I | (Zz) ystpsuq ‘pal-"g 
asIpeIeg yssuq 
PeAks]-peolg “IA asIPeIeT YONSUON 
“poxiul 
ory *IopuUN jUeS OTe NT 
qyia odéL 


‘ommeu Jodorg 


‘Jo 
Joquun Ny 


*APIIOUIUL [[EUIS UL SIEM SUOT}IET[OD 


od Aj 19q} 

Soy aN Ioq[exy) osIpeIeg 
“TIT osIpeleg Yous 
‘II esipered Ystsuy 
I esIpeIeg JONSMON 
IIIA (I) utonog 

% “III (1) ostpereg 

91N4XIUL 

uMmouy un (1) uronoqd 
ue yA | (1) Ystsuq “pal"_ 
‘qd yqouery 

‘ITIA 
® II | (1) usisuq “par'g 


(1) uronog 
(1) sIos8uy ,p ulonoqg 


"A (z) osipereg 
® “III | () ysisuq ‘pala 
osIpeIeg YSsIpsuy 
‘TI Ppoavo[-peoIg 
*poxiul 
Worm *opuUN yUes OUIe N 
yy od£y, 


"sOT}99][09 PeXT 


‘Il HIdvLl 


\ 


JO 


JoquUINN || 


{ 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


(1) 1eqjey ‘pereg 
(zt) I0z,OI ‘pereg 
(I) ZZ9J_ ep ounef 


(z) astipereg 


(1) estpereg yousr7 


uronog 
osIpeIeg 
“d MON 
‘d= ,SIOATY 
"qd yonsuon 


(1) wrnog ‘piduy 


(I) astpereg 

(1) 97 e1OT;owWY 
ysy[suq poaeg-g 
(x) uronog 
(1) Ysisuq *pal-"g 


(z) ostpereg 
(1) ystsugq *pay-"g 


(¢) uronog 

(€) ostpereg 

(F) ysipsuq 

(6) yst[suq *pal-"g 
osIpeleg Yspsuy 
Poa eo-peoig 


*IopUN UIs OIE N 


*SUOT}O9T[OD Ing 


Id 


JoquinN 


UeUTIOS) 
youoly 
UeUWIId+) 
youely 
ysTpsuy 
ysipsuq 


ystsuq 
UPUWIIO+) 


youoly 
young 
ystsug 
ueUIIO4 
qoyng 
yssuq 


UeUIIOL) | 
youery | 


ysysuq 


UeUIIOS) 


youely 
ysisuq 


ysysuyq 


UISIIO 


Ww 


II 


zZE 


“poAleoel 
suon 
-29][09 
JO ‘ON 


‘IIIA 


‘IA 


‘III 


‘ed Ay, 


376 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


any of the other Paradise types, but though the growers, from whom 
it was received as a true sample, remember having used it for at 
least fifty years, they are unable to trace its origin. Moreover, 
they do not know its real name, for they sent the stock as a special 
strain of Broad-leaved English Paradise, from which stock it is so 
far removed as to bear no close resemblance to it. This stock appears 
to be in common use at least in Holland-and Germany. It con- 
stituted the bulk of the Dutch collection and of several German 
collections. It may thus be possible to establish its identity.* 

Type VII. was similarly received true from only one English source. 
The growers have possessed it for a very long time and believe that it 
originally came from France. Although they still have the stock 
true, they have given up using it commercially, as the main demand 
is for trees worked on the ‘ Broad-leaved English.’ Type VII: also 
appeared in a mixed collection from one other English source—where 
it can be remembered for a good many years—but its origin is again 
forgotten. In the foreign collections this type is entirely absent. 

Table II. shows that Type V., the ‘Doucin Amélioré,’ is very 
widely distributed, especially as a minority in mixed collections of 
types, though it has only once appeared under its true name. 

Type VI., Rivers’ Nonsuch, appears more widely distributed 
amongst English nurserymen than the Broad-leaf (Type I.), with 
which it is unfortunately not infrequently mixed. 

Type VIII., the French Paradise of to-day, seems not to be exe 
sively used in this country, though itis one of the principal stocks on 
the Continent. The Table (II.) shows that it is universally recognized 
by its true name. 

Type IX., the Paradis Jaune de Metz, seems to show a similar 
history, though so far it has appeared from no English source direct. 


XI. The Comparative Tables III. and IV. 


Table III. shows a comparison of the nine types during the winter 
season. In all cases the descriptions (see p. 369) refer to characters 
of the growth made during the preceding summer. The buds, which 
are the main help in winter identification, are much more variable 
in size, shape, and angle of insertion on wood two and three years of 
age, hence it is advisable as far as possible to identify from “‘ one year ”’ 
wood. Even on one-year bedded stocks there is nearly always a 
certain amount of young growth available for identification purposes. 

The method by which these descriptions were compiled was such 
that any very noticeable variations should have become obvious. 
Each winter, from the time the collections were planted (1913), the 
annual growth of every stool has been examined and described in 
detail if any variation seemed to appear from the characters laid down 


* Mr. E. A. BuNYARD showed me in his own garden a bush he had received 
from Germany as Malus pumila. This I discovered to be identical with our 
Type IV. Paradise. Iam indebted to Mr. Bunyarp for several literary references 
to Paradise Stocks. 


FIG. 78.— PARADISE STOCK, TYPE I. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
*“BROAD-LEAVED ENGLISH PARADISE.’ 


{To face p. 376. 


Fic. 79.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE II. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
*DOUCIN.’ 


Fic. 80.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE III. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 


81.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE IV. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 


82.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE V. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
‘DoucIN AMELIORE,’ 


FIG. 83.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE VI. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
* NONSUCH PARADISE.’ 


SS 


a 


wssmgg 


Fic. 84.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE VII. 


SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS, 


Fic. 85.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE VIII. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
‘FRENCH PARADISE.’ 


[To face p. 377. 


StF 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 


ZAIN 
ap"eunef sipereg | esipereg youer,j 


pessoadpe Ajasoyo | pesseidpe Ayesoyo 


Ajo} eJopoul . A[ozelIepowi 
Arrey 
sirey Aoid Aueur{ AT}YsI[S AIOA 
uMOIq 
-GSTHOeTq OF 
UAMOIq-pol yTep ysIppoi 
posse1 


posser AT}qSITS 
07 yoeduI109 
Aja}yeropour 


Aqqusys AoA 
01 yoeduIG9 
Ajo} eTopour 


aqnoe-qns 
‘dunjd AT}y31s 


asn}zqo-qns 
‘dumyd Ap348I1s 


MOIICU 
peoiq 0} UINIpeut 
peoiq 
peoiq ueyy Josuol 
uey} Joszuo| A[qeiopisuoa 
poom 
osIeT JO ssoujnoys IOJ 
0} WMIpeul ose] ‘WINIpeul 
Mo} snoiownu 
soussseqnd 
eoneoseqnd Aviz 971391] 
A913 oULOS ‘snoiqv{s JSOUI[e 


Ayoyed ‘umoiq 
-W0013 0} UMOIQ 
~YsIpper 248TT 


o[dind 
Ysipper yep 


"XI od4y, “IIIA ed4y, 


ulejIa00(9) 


posserdpe 
A]esopo ATOA 


seq Aoi3 
YIM paIeAocd 
Ajo} eIopoul 


UMOIG-YStyIe[q 


yoeduroo 


asniqo “Yys7ey 
suo] uey} 


Jopeoiq Ali YUSIIS 


41048 
Poo 


JO SSOUj}NO}S TOF 
[Tews ‘uinIpour 


uinIpeul 


yI0YS sirey 
‘asousoseqnd 
Aois Ton 


add ysipper 


asipeseg 


YonsuoN ,SIOATY 


sirey Aid }USTT 
‘peIagA00 JsSOwW[e 


UMOIq-po1 
posse1 
Aqyqsits AToA 


0} yoeduI09 
Ajeyeropoul 


esnzqgo “qst}7}e9 


peoq 


peoiq 
uey} Jesu0] 


O31] 


snonoidsuoo 
-ul ‘snorJeunu 


sous0seqnd 
Aois yonur 


seqoyed uMoIq 
ysiIpper ‘teei8 
MOTTEA FST] 


posseidpe Ajeso[o 


& 


9101 
-9uIY UlOnog 


posseidpe Ajssojo 


Arey 
Apysis Atos 


ysIppes 


yoedui0o 
Ajeyeropour 


97noe-qns 
‘ystq7eB 
peoiq 


peoiq uem 
Ioesguol ATP YSI[S 


uInIpeut 


snonotdsuoo 
‘osiey ‘moy AIOA 


pore}7e90s 

}yeYMoUIOS 
‘souoosoqnd 

Aoig 9w0S 


34 811q ‘etdind 
YsIpper xrep 


| 
{ 
urezI900 | urezI901 
*  pessoidpe 
AJaso[a AI9A =| passardpe ATasoyjo 
sirey A013-7 431] 
qjIM poleAoo 
A[9}2]dur09 


} 


Arey Aqyqsys | 


{ 


UMOIg-per yIep | uMOIG-par yep 


qoeduioo AI9A | = sapeos poser 
ojynoe 9ynoe 
-qns ‘dumyjd | -qns ‘ysi}j°g 
uInrIpour peoiq 
peoiq peoiq 
uty} Jasuoy | uey} Iosu0[ 
Ajjqsys AIoA =| = ATQerapisuoo 
| 
[Tetus ose] 
| 
snonoidsuoour | 
Aran ‘Moy Mof AIOA 
eomeoseqnd | sousoseqnd 
Aois yonur | Aeris yonu AIA 
soyoyed 


Ysipper qyIM 
‘UMOIq-W99I18 0} 
UWMOIq-MOTIOA USI]! wo1q-sTdnd yrep 


esipeseg ysisuq 
urnog peavof-peoig 
possoidpe 
pessoidpe Ajesojo|  Ajasoja AIoA 
| si1ey 
| Aors YYSt] UIT 
isreq AoIs Aueul | poraaod jsourye 


ITA 8dAL 


| “IA eddy, 


"A Oddy 


"AT od4zq, "III edéy 


deeeeeaaen eee ren rn tinea pear enepa  ee ne ea 


UMOIG-pol Hep WMOIG-pol 
soTeos yoeduio09 
posse AIOA Ajo} e10pour 
asn}qo-qns | 
‘dunjd AqzysTs | asnzqo ‘ysy3eg 
peoiq peoiq 
peoiq 
uey} JosuoT proiq 
Aj[qeiopisuoo wey} Iasuo] 
osIe] osIe[ 
snonoidsuoo pue 
snoiowmnu AIoA snoJowMnu 
Ayoyed Jay} 
‘xode ze 90u00 sousoseqnd 
-soqnd Ao1is suros | Aois yonur AoA 
aseq 
ye UMOIG 74ST] 
0} UMOIq uMoiq-ojdind 
‘II odAZ *T odd, 


‘(69 -d 09s) SHTLOVUVHD UALNIM\— II] ATAVI 


1 SR a ra 


SAVN FOUL 


(ao1}70S 
apsur) asog 


SSaULMD ET 


e 


4noj07 


ssauzavquio7 


° advys 


Yyipoadg 


° yjsuaT 


= 98S 


sang 


STAOILNET 


SSOULAWO ET 


4nojoD 
aqooM 


am) we 


JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


378 


peoiq 
ueyy IosUuo[ 


37000 
asdV] 07 wnipam 


MO]TOA FU SIT 
[eorydryo- 
0} Av[NoI10 


snonordsuoo jou | 


maf haan 


SSUIYICU Mot 
‘yjoOouwIS 
9dus0seqnd 
Aois Yonu 
Ayaqvd ‘umosq 
-pad 01 UMROAG 
-huaaad “7np 


UINIPsU 0} Mj 
poeutds 
SOUIT}Z9UIOS 


Apinjs pur 
SUOI}s WINIpeu 


[DUS 07 WnipaUh 


peoig ueyy 
Iasuoy, yonul 


10914dy7a 


MOTOA IY SIT 
re[noi19 
0} feorydiyyo 
snongidsuoo 
AIoA 10U 


Aueul 


SssulyIew ouy 
YIM poIaAos 
‘qy OoUIS 
aousdsoqnd 
Avid guUIOS 
snoaquis 
Apsvau *‘Uumosg 
-ajgand ‘yavp 


Aueut AOA 
0} AueUul 


poeyouriq 
SoUliZOWIOS 
Addiym 
pue suoijs 
Alo} eIOpoUl 


peoiq 
ueq} IosuU0] 
AT} qsIS 
paqoy Ayysys 
SaMuauMios 
4DINIMI ISOUID 
98401 01 WnIpaM 


AMOTTOA FU SIT 
jeorydiyjo 
0} Iep[NoI10 
snongidsuoa 

DUD AZAV] 


UnIpauUn 


ssulyieUl 

ouy AOA 
UY}IM PotoAod 

‘q}OouIS 
aous0soqnd =| 
Aois yonul 


ajdand 
ysippas ‘77np 


Auew 
poyouriq 
wOplas 


addiym 
puv suodqs Kasai 


(Z0W 
ep eunef) *x] 


(Youery) "IITA 


‘TIA 


pvo¢q 
UvDYY 4a3Uu0] 
A1qQvAapisuog 


24000 
ag4V] 


AMOT[IA 7YST 
jeorydiyo 
0} re[Nos19 

snonordsuoo 
AOA OU 


Aueur 


ssUuIyIeW oug 
Y}IM paraaoo 
‘Y.OOUIS 
20us0soqnd 
Asis yonur 


uaads wLOTaK 
1481 “YInp 


Auew 
0} WINIpeur 


poutds 
Sol} 9010S 


Snod0s1a Puy 
nos A4an 8uU0M4S 


peoiq 
ueyq} 19sU0[ 


waudyja Ajpv04sq 
110US 07 UnipamM 


MOT[PA 7 SIT 
ie[Nd119 

|  snonaidsuoa 

| aan ‘asav7 


ma{ haan 


SSUIYICUL 

| ou ‘Y}OOUIs 
aousdseqnd 
Avis owlos 


14314Q 
‘ajdand ysippaa 


Aueur AoA 


pourds 
WOples ‘poyouriq 
|  SoUITjaUIOS 
Apinjs 
A[o} e1epour 
pue suoI}s 


(qonsuon 
(STOATY) “TA 


(910119 y 
uronoqd) “A 


peoig ueyqy 
IosuoyT ATYSI[S 


401NIAI JSOUNZD 
04 ayvn0 Aypvosg 
1JUUS 02 WnIpaM 


MOTLOA FYSTT 
eondiye 
04 Ie[NoI19 


snonoidsuod jou 


| MOF 02 UINTpout 


slug pido 
ul soinssy 
| {es ‘Ysnor AJOA 
sous0saqnd 
| Avis yonul 


uUmo4g 


| -Mozjad 7481 “TInp 


pvosq unyz 
4adsuo] YOnuL 


a4vj099uUv] 24v00 
11DUS 03 Wnipau 


AMOTTPA ZYST 
re[NoI9 
0} Teordryyo 
snonordsuoo 
AOA 1OU 


maf f4aa 


stuiiopida | 
UI SoInssy | 
[[euls ‘Yonox 
gouo0seqnd 
Aois Yonul 


aiding yavp “ynp 


UINIPoSul 0} Moj Aueul | 
soutds Moy 

| Poyoueiq WOpjas | ‘suryouesq wzjOo | 
Addryn 

ApsAngs PUY JAOYS pun suo4s | 

| 

ae) 

‘III | 


peoiq 
ueyy Iasuoy] 


peoiq 
uey} Issuo] 


qwaudiya 


qw9uduja Mypvoaq| Ajpyo4q 07 aqv00 


mnipaus 


MOTIPA 4YST 
re[noi19 

0} Teondyye 
snonaids 
-u09 “420 


Auvu faaa 


sIuitapide 
uI seinssy y1[ds 


| [Tews “ysnor ‘a 


vousoseqnd 
Adis oulos 


ajdandg 


-UM04Q ‘1Np 


UINIpeul 


paurds yonu 


Guys 


puv suoas hava 


(ulonoqd) “TT 


as4vy 


MOTOS FY ST] 
Teordiyo 
snonoidsuoo 
AIOA 10U 


Aueul 


ssUlyIe UL 
our YzIM 


peraA00 ‘y4ooUTS | 


adue0seqnd 
Aais yonur 


UM04Q 
-a7dandg np 


Moy 
0} Wnhipew 


surqoueiq 
yonur jou 


sno4os1a 
pun duos haan 


(qst[suq 
PoAto]-peoig) *] 


* YuaT 


: : * advys 
e. OBRES: 
> SHAVAT (At) 


* 4N0109 pun advys 


*  ssausnonardsuo7 


sdQuUnyny 
> STHOILNG'T (tt) 


aAnyxa [ 


SSOULAID ET 


* 4noj0y 
: oom (1H) 


(qpnuuD) 
S42YINS {0 LIQUNNT 


SULIY IDI T 


* Yo“) 
*LIGVH IVYANaAy (1) 


| 


—: adhT 


‘(OLE -d 99s) SUaLOVUVHD YAWWAS—'A] aIEVI 


379 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 


| 
| 


ayelosouryT | 
ATMOIIeU 
‘gijue ‘[[eurs | 


qi | 

-ptur SUIpNy[outl 
ystippoa AIoA 
uiniIpeul 
punoi AyTieou 
pomoring | 
ATYSTS “A 


siiey 
yzoys Aueur | 
siley MOF 
users UST] 
uo013 yiep 


1ySradn 
“yqD4S UO 79948 
qoymausos *{va7 


xanuU09 | 
puy payyursa | 
Maysys | 
9snjqo ‘a}erestq | 
0} 93e110S 
‘re[nse1 


aynoe 0} 
ay eulmInoe 
Aqydniqe 
yenbe eulwmiry | 
‘popunor 
Ajyusts ATA 


wNIpeur 


23 e[OI0UP] 
A[TMOIIeU ‘9Ii}U 
‘qpeus AIA 


qi 
-ptur SUIpNfout 
Ystpper AToA | 


q40YS 


pomoring 
ATV OBIS 


ssivy maf 
SSaqAWDYy 4SOUyD 

woes }YST| 

uooi3s yiep 


qystaqn 


‘yIDIS UO 49a4a 
haan ‘{va 


aanauos A71481)S 
“oy SOUqD 


asn}qo ‘oze1I9s 
‘re[nse1 


aqvUIUngn 
Aqunpvas 


jenbo eururey] 
‘SUIMOIICU 


MOLADU 


*UOT}OUIUIPT 0} spre APeoI JSOUI 9Y} PUNOJ 9q [ITAA Soe}! Ur pozulid sIojoeseyO oY. —"ALON 


oyeulMNse 
9} e[OIDUP] 
£9} e1I9S 
AyyurTey “TTeuIs 


00} qliprum Suoye | 


ue}yjo “YsIppet 
suo] 


poMmorin§ 
winipeul 


sirey ouros 
sileyy Moy 

usae18 14ST] 
| weois yep 


| qystadn “a Sy707S | 


iO 1DJUOZIAOY 
07 yaaa ‘{va7 


xanuos KqqYsUs 
PUD pazyuUrsg 


9snjqo ‘ayeIiesiq 
‘e[nse1i1 


| aqnao 

\ 

| 

| penbo eure] 


| 


ay euTUINde 

9} P[OVNUPT 
‘9, e110s AT] UTe} 

‘93401 Adan 


u9018 0} pol 
AqVyst[s AIoA 
winipew 


poyreu 
[Jom MOIINF 


sirey oulos 
sirey Moy 
usgois 10} YSTI 
u9e18 UST] 
pavaqno 
Surdojs ‘y707S 
uo su1qooap 
Kaan ‘{v24 


panandad 
puv xanuog 
‘payyursa &77481]S 


gynoe ‘oyeIIosIq 
‘re[nse1 


a} euIUINDe 


Tenbo eure] 


pepunol A]}YSITIs | pepunos ATYSTIs 


| ypeuay ysim 
pasvquog 
pvodg K4an 


wInTpeur 


9] e[OIDURT 
A[MOIreuU ‘ar1juS 
“ous A4a0 


pat 14914q 
qAOYS 07 WUNIPIUW 
yey ysourre 
‘poMOIIn} 
ATV YSITS 


siley oUI0S 
sarey Moy AIOA 
us013 4USIT 
uooi3s yIep 
101U0Z 1404 
JSOMD 2707S 
uo sutqooap 
A4aa ‘{0a4 


xaau09 A74Y4811S 
‘qoy JSoujD 


asnjqo'o}eriasiq | 


‘re[nse1 
(III 
pure *[ weeMyoq 
9481p oU1 19} UT) 
aIVULMNIV 
ayonpvas 
yenbo eurluley] 
suIMOIIeU 


AT} SITS 


winIpeu 


| 

| 

| 9} e090] 

| A[TMoiIeU 

| ‘alnue ‘[peurs 
| 

| 

| 


useid 0} por 
A[qysits AIA 
suoy 


'ysIpunod ‘azafosqo 
}SOU[e MOIING 


| 
| 
i 
| 
| 
| 
\ 
| 


sarey 

| Aueut AOA 

| sarey Moy 

| wooed USIT 
uoeIs WNIpeul 


| qystadn qoym 
-amos *y7v1S UO 
qvojuozrsoy ‘fva7 


Aysay pun 
|  4fos ‘aavauo9 
| Anysys ‘pazyussa 


asniqo ATTensn 
‘oyeries ‘Iepnsei 


9ynoe 
0} oyeUTUINOe 
Ayydniqe 


yenbo eurmey 
popunoil A]zYSII[s 
4jsuay 
yp pasnquroa 
pvodaqg A4a0 


97e] 
-o30Ue] ATMOIIeU 
| ‘9a1}Ue ‘{TeuIs 


oseq }e 

| Ystppor AoA 
uwinipsul | 
}eB somye | 
| poMOIIN§ AT} YSIS) 


sirey 
yaroys Auew 
sirey Moy 
| weeid YSTT 
| weers yep 


| 


| guatadn *y7D718 
uo yoada ‘fvaq | 

| plaid Puy | 

uty, “pacana | 

-a4 “palyursa 

| anjnaaae ‘anon | 

‘aqpadasg Kydaap | 


AIDUIMINID 
Aqyunpvas haan 


Jenboun eummey 
‘SUIMOIIeU 


MOTICU 


9}e[O90NURT 
A[TMoried AIOA 
‘ailquo “TTeuls 


oseq 32 
wMOIG-YsIppor 
winIpeul 


yey  souye 


poMOlINg AT} YSTs | poMOIINy Ajdsep 


siley 

qaoys Aueut 
siIvy ot0s 
uo0013 Yq SI] 
useig yep 


pAév@gno YON 
surdojs ‘y7v4S 


uo surdooap ‘{va7 


XOAU09 
AT} SITS AIOA 
04 wy Azqunsn 

‘paqyursa Apysys 


osn}qo 
‘azyeltosiq ‘1e[nso1 


oyeuTUNoe 
Ajydnaqe 


jenboun eulwey 


| 
| 
| 
} 
| 
| 
| 
} 
| 
| 
| 


| 
| 


oy eulImMNoL 

9} e020] 
‘97 8110S 

‘ad4vy Asan 


ysIppot 
A[VYSI[S AOA 
winIpeul 


sitey 
yaoys Auew 
sitey Moy 
u9e13 4qSIT 
usei3 yIep 


pivayno surdojs 


‘yIDJS UO 7vIuU0zZ 
-140y4 ysougn ‘{va7 


XARUOI 
pun payyurdsa 


aynoe ‘9zeIIEsIq 
‘re[nsol 


az eulUINde 
Ajydniqe 


Jenbe eurwey 


surmorieU ATIYSII[s| pepunor AT}YSITS 


wInIpour 


pvosq 


| 


advys ‘ursapue ‘922 
: sHTOdI1Lg (1A) 


* 4noj09 
° ysaUuaT 


aqnys 
HIVLS ava (A) 


* (204249) 

* (aa0gv) ssaut4ivy 
* — (mozaq) 
(aaoqgv) 4n0j0D 


* wmajs 
01 Uuo0tvIas Ut aSOq 


a0vf{4nS 


uoundasas 


“ad VP 


asvg 


yIvvasg 


wat 


te 


x 


TaBLe IV.—SuMMER CHARACTERS (see p. 370). 


Type — 


I, (Broad-leaved 


Il. (Doucin) 


V. (Doucin 


VI. (Rivers’ 


English) | Ml. IV. 
ee) | Amélioré) ‘Nonsuch) Vil. VIII. (French) | 1+ Gaune de 
i ——— a Metz) 
(i) Genera Hair: } - ae eee 
SATAN Ws very strong and | very strong and | strong and | short and sturdy | strong and | stron tout | 
vigorous stif whippy erode ately |lmarudtuigersisid lheaacnee ts al caeaetae ABest 
Feathering sagan iach bined. iVatten Peasant sturdy PY ete rconziand and sturdy 
BeanCHInE much spined ent renee, seldom branched is sometimes sometimes seldom | SnD i 
rr 4 | sometimes 
‘ aed Beh eh spined branched | branched | — spined 
lumber of suckers | medium to di 
laniiuval) medium many few tomedium | very man’ di 
te | EY ee aay many to | few to medium 
(ii) Woop : } | | very many | 
Colour - dull purple. | | | 
i dull, brown- | dull, dark purple \ dull, light yellow- ddish | 5 | 
brown | purple Vight low- | re en purele, | ia pa | aul, ete | dark, purple- dull, greeny- 
Mairi Sense || aie |) meee. | met | Veeco ween see | pee ae | 
fe | much grey some gre uch grey us oon, patch 
renee ls embulescencs plibescence pubescence BHbesoenes UERERCe a ey. | much grey some grey: || much grey” 
ath, covered v. rough, small rough, small \veryrough, small! smooth, no | smooth BHbeserdees 91) pubescence) yy pubescence 
fi split fissures in fissures in fissures in ‘kin % i D smooth ‘smooth’ 
markings epidermis epidermis | idermi markings | covered with | coverediwith | covered it 
PI | Pi | epidermis | Sine markings | very fine irs marl ane few markings 
(i) Lesicets | | | |. BRET | 
Number many Se } | | 
; | 5, verymany | very few medium to few very few | many OER IC aie 
Conspicuousness . not very | | any | very few 
| eatgeaan very con- not very not conspicuous | large, very not very large and | F | 
Shaperand rotouriell i melllatical spictious conspicuous conspicuous eaneaicuau! (3 not very —_| not conspicuous 
. elliptical elliptical to elliptical to circularto | i | ay) is conspicuous conspicuous 
light yellow circhlar clrcular elliptical Tet || Ga circular to elliptical to erenindto 
light yellow | light yellow | light yellow BEET 9) AE) peo _circular =| _ elliptical 
(iv) Leaves: yp BSL: ight yellow light yellow light yellow 
Size. any : | j 
re medium dit it 5 | | 
Shape. = pees n medium to small | medium to small | medium to small | eae ; 
0 broadly | broadly elliptical | ovate lanceolate | broadly oval ionic vee | medivims tolarge | medium to small’) “mediunstollari 
clliptical Broadly ooaleto | broadly elliptical | ovate almost circular elliptical anata me 
Lengih lon u 
. : ger than longer than much longer i slightly lobed 
broad HeGaal Maa ieee slightly longer | longer than | considerably slightly much Jonger 
| than broad than broad broad | longer than imran || emrprel ee 
broad broad 
—— =~ ~ 5 5 
Breasth broad medium narrow very broad | medium medium very broad narrow medium 
| compared with | compared 
length | | | _ with length 
Base _ | stightly rounded |stightly narrowing) marrowing, | slightlyrounded | —_ slight! slightly rounded | slightly rounded ~—_ narrowing, very slightly 
| lamina equal | lamina unequal | lamina unequal | lamina equal narrowink: laminaequal | laminaequal | lamina equal rounded, 
| lamina equal | lamina equal 
let pene . | abruptly abruptly very gradually abruptly gradually acuminate acute gradually abruptly 
| acuminate acuminate acuminate acuminate to acuminate acuminate acuminate 
| acute (intermediate | to acute 
| | between! I, and | 
| IIL.) | | 
Serration 5 regular, regular, biserrate,) deeply biserrate, | regular, serrate, | regular, regular, | _ irregular, regular, | regular, 
biserrate, acute obtuse salle, irregular’ | usually obtuse | biserrate,obtuse | biserrate, acute | biserrate, obtuse serrate, obtuse | serrate to | 
iserrate, obtuse 
Surface . ~ | crinkled and | slightly crinkled, | crinkled, re- crinkled, slightly | almost flat, | slighlly crinkled,| —_ crinkled and almost flat, | slightly 
) convex usually flat to curved, thin concave, soft slightly convex convex and | slightly convex slightly concave | crinkled and 
| | | very slightly and rigid and fleshy recurved | | conver 
convex | 
Pose in relation to | leaf, almost hori-\ leaf, drooping on | leaf, erect on | leaf, horizontal | leah. very leaf, very leaf, erect to leaf, very | leaf, somewhat 
age in relation © | contal on stalk, | stalk, sloping | stalk, upright | on stalk, sonte- | drooping oy drooping on horizontal on erect on stalk, | erect on stalk, 
| sloping outward | much outward | “hat upright | stalk, almost! | stalk, sloping | stalk, v. upright upright | | upright 
| | horizontal outward | | 
| Colour (above) dark green | dark green dark green | medium green dark green light green. =| dark green dark green | dark green 
| below) light green light green | light green light green Tight green | lighter green | light green light green light green 
| ; : ght gr 8 e as 
Hairiness (above) - few hairs some hairs | few hairs few hairs very few hairs few hairs | few hairs almost hairless | few hairs 
| (below) many short many short | many short | very many some hairs some hairs | some hairs jeo hairs | many short 
| | hairs hairs | hairs | hairs | | | airs 
| | | 
| | | | | 
(v) Lear STALK deeply furrowed | slightly furrowed [slightly furrowed | furrow almost | slightly furrow well medium. slightly |v, slightly 
Shape . a almost flat almost flat | obsolete, roundish) furrowed, marked | furrowed furrowed furrowed 
fn e | | almost flat | nearly round 
Lenehan ee Te medium medium medium | long | medium to short medium Tong short medium: 
Length» * {| very slightly | reddish-brown | very reddish | very slightly bright red very slightly | reddish, often | very reddish | very reddish 
reddish at base at base red to green red to green | along midrib too including mid- including mid 
| ri ril 
(vi) Strpotes = A ? | 2 
‘Size, margin, shape very large, small, entire, | small, entire, small, entire, | very small, | _ very large, | small, faintly very small, small, entire, 
serrate, very narrowly | narrowly lanceo- narrowly | | entire, narrowly | faintly scrrate, | serrate, entire, narrowly narrowly 
lanceolate lanceolate Tate lanceolate lanceolate lanceolate lanceolate lanceolate lanceolate 
acuminate acuminate acuminate | 


4 


Note.—The characters printed in italics will be found th 


© most ready aids to identification. 


“KIGINOS IVMALINOLAOH IVAOW AHL to TvNUMoL gs 


‘SMOOLS ATddV ASIGVAVd 


6LE 


380 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


for a recognized type. Thus for a period of three and in some cases 
four years every stool of each type has annually had to stand the test 
of the type description. In the main the characters of the dormant 
period have been constant. Whilst the actual shade of wood 
colour may vary slightly from year to year according to seasonal 
conditions, yet the relative tones appear to remain constant, and are 
generally a good guide. Budsshow very little variation on “‘ one year”’ 
wood, except possibly in their angle of insertion on the stem. This 
feature varies mostly with the position of the bud upon the shoot and 
with the vigour of the individual shoot. Buds are less likely to be 
closely adpressed towards the middle and base of the shoot, especially 
on sturdy wood. 

It should also be mentioned that wherever somewhat general terms 
are employed in the identification tables, terms such as “‘ numerous ” 
or ‘‘ few,” “‘large”’ or “ small,” “ longer than broad ” or “ broader than 
long,’’ these terms represent actual facts ascertained through a long 
process of taking measurements and counts. These measurements 
and counts have been recorded, but, except in one instance, namely, 
that of the relative “Leaf Measurements” given in Table V., it 
seemed better not to risk confusion by allowing such minute details 
to preponderate. It is sufficient to say that the terms chosen to 
describe any character are such as to express as nearly as possible 
the relationship of one type with another and the degree of “ con- 
stancy ’”’ that can be looked for in any particular character. 

Table IV. serves the same purpose in summer as Table III. 
does in winter (see p. 370). Both these tables have been carefully 
tested as a means to identification by a friend who was not cognizant 
of the nine types, but who was handed them mixed up together in one 
bundle. Within a very short space of time all the shoots had been 
rightly numbered according to type, so that it is hoped, with some 
_ confidence, that these two tables may prove similarly useful to those 
concerned in the subject. Both Tables may be criticized as being 
needlessly detailed and exhaustive, but it was felt that all previous 
descriptions had erred so much on the other side that they afforded 
no infallible guide to identification.* 


* Some of the best descriptions I have.yet seen are those quoted in the 
Revue Horticole (Dec. 16, 1916) in an article on ‘‘ Le Pommier Paradis’’ by 
M. G£RomE. In comparing the distinctive characters of the French Paradise 
and the Doucin, M. G&RomE gives the descriptions of two French botanists as 
being the most useful. Here are the descriptions :— 

Paradis. ‘‘ Feuilles vertes en dessous, d’abord pubescentes sur les nervures, 
puis glabres : bourgeons velus non tomenteux. Pédicelles glabres ou pubescents, 
ainsi que le tube du calice ; fruit trés acerbe.”’ 

Doucin. ‘‘ Feuilles blanches tomenteuses en dessous méme 4 1’ état adulte ; 
bourgeons tomenteux. Pédicelles pubescents tomenteux ainsi que le calice; 
fruit 4 saveur douce.” (G. DE SAINT-PIERRE, “‘ Flore des environs de Paris.”’) 

The second description, which takes into account characteristics of growth, 
considerably aids the above. 

Paradis. ‘‘ Arbre peu élevé a rameaux épineux; feuilles adultes glabres sur 
les deux faces: fruit trés acerbe.”’ 

Doucin : “‘ Arbre assez élevé A rameaux peu ou point épineux ; feuilles adultes 
tomenteuses en dessous; fruit doucedtre’’ (M. Abbé Coste, “ Flore illustrée 
de la France’’). 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 381 


Up to the present, except in a very few instances, we have had no 
blossom or fruit to aid us, and the remaining characters of leaf and 
bud just quoted in the footnote would not carry us far in an iden- 
tification of mixed types. Moreover, from the second description of 
vegetative characters the fact becomes apparent, read side by side 
with the present records, that certain characteristics may vary accord- 
ing to the district. The Doucin has proved at East Malling the 
most “‘ feathered ”’ or “‘ spiny ” of all the types. Hence the necessity 
is proved for taking the widest possible survey of all characters, if 
this work is to give any common ground for comparison. 


XII. The Actual Value of the Present Figures and Measurements. 


The characters in Table 1V. were compiled in an exactly similar 
manner to those in Table III., except that the observations were made 
during the growing season. Every stool has been repeatedly subjected 
to critical examination. The shoots described are the long shoots of 
the current year’s growth, whilst the leaves are from similar wood. 
It is of course realized that the stools from which these characters 
were collected are very strong and healthy, being in their first full 
vigour and having been planted on good ground. However, it appears 
quite true to say that whilst actual measurements of strength and size 
may vary as the stools become older, the relative strength and vigour 
are likely to be maintained. Within a period of four years it has 
already become noticeable that as the stools grow older they send up 
more numerous shoots annually, whilst they tend to be slightly 
less strong individually, but the various types have maintained, 
with little exception, their relative number of suckers and degree of 
strength. This fact is very well illustrated in Table V., which gives 
the average measurements of the leaves of each type. First 
typical or medium-sized leaves—chosen from average shoots of known 
measurement—were selected from the middle of such shoots and 
measured. These afforded the ratio between length and breadth of 
leaf-blade on individual types and between one type and another. 
They also took into account the relative length of petiole and apex. 
The largest leaves were then chosen from the most vigorous shoots. 
They were similarly measured, and it was found that in nearly all 
cases the proportions remained closely similar. If there proved to 
be any deviation, it was generally in the form of an exaggeration of 
an already existing tendency. For example, in Type VI. the tendency 
in the medium leaves is towards length (6:2 cm.) considerably exceeding 
breadth (4°0 cm,) ; when the largest leaves were measured this tendency 
was exaggerated, the average length (9°3 cm.) greatly exceeding 
the breadth (6-4 cm.). In Type VII., where the leaf normally tends to 
approach the circular form, the roundness is almost complete in the 
largest leaves. Their average length is 7-7 cm., and breadth 7:2 cm., 
as against 5°9 cm. and 4°8 cm. in the medium leaves. Similarly in 
Types V. and VIII. shortness of leaf-stalk is accentuated. Finally, 
quite small leaves were taken off weak one-year bedded layers of the 


382 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


various types, yet even these leaves maintained their relative char- 
acteristics. Thusit may be hoped that these tables faithfully represent 
a permanent relationship between characteristics in individuals and 
between type and type. It is in this light that they should be read. 


TABLE V.—AVERAGE LEAF MEASUREMENTS IN CENTIMETRES.* 


| | | 
| | Ratio of | 


Leaf-blade | Leaf-blade | 
ths | Length of | Length of _ length of | L : 
CREE? |TRGEND | pein | Spex” “bles tees 
[Ora rue gO Zoi ‘ver (4:4) 1 ia 
type E Ba s/c e 4°5 "7 1:43 | Medium 
(Broad-leaf) 5 +2 3-6 16 | 3 — |} Small 
| 
8-8 Se Tyee eer hee 1748 | Large 
Type II. 5:9 3°9 | 1°38 6 | 1345 | Mx ium 
(Doucin) 4° 3°0 I°5 | 2 ==)" .\|.Small 
81 53 | 15 | 2) |) 0S S50, eee 
Type III. G:O% |) ass 14 4&4 | 1:43 Medium 
5"1 2°6 I°5 | 9 <b i Sete eure 
67 5°3 I°7 | aM baie 4°0 Large 
Type IV. | 4&9 36 | 15 | <5 | 1283 |) Medium 
| 3°4 | DEAS wa fae eames 2 | — small 
| | | 
0 Gt 4I [I'l So lon 2 hey?) Mee 
ope Vv. AS Roce 3-4 1:0 8 1:50 Medium 
(Doucin Amélioré) 4°2 2°5 rE “4 — | Small 
9°3 Gy a ND 7 1:46 , Large 
re aa 62 a0 (1:4 6 1:43 Medium 
5:9 3°9 | 1°7 | 6 | oe Small 
rhe 72 2°3 | 1:34 | Large 
Type VII. 5°9 4°8 19 4 1:34 Medium | 
5°5 4°1 Zo | “4 — } Sinail 
| 8-1 5°1 I°2 0D) [;. Lape | Large | 
Cana 5g 3-2 1-0 ‘9 1:58 Medium 
Ab 2A) |), 20 5 as inal 
Type IX. | 84 6-1 | 1:7 8 | 124-9 1; Parge 
(Jaune de Meiz) | 6-1 39 | 1:4 °5 a :45 Medium | 
No leaves available for these measurements. c smali | 


The Illustrations and the Tables.—If Figures 70 to 77 and 89, 1.e. the 
photographs of the nine types grown as stools, are studied side by 
side with Table IV., section (i) General Habit, and the descriptions of 
the Pose in Relation to Stem in section (iv) Leaves, they will be 
found to show most strikingly the very obvious superficial differences 
of growth and leaf-pose. 

Figures 78 to 86 show the various summer details ; Table IV., 
section (iii) Lenticels, section (iv) Leaves, section (v) Leaf Stalk, and 
section (vi) Stipules are all well illustrated, the surface and pose of 
leaf being well brought out. 


* N.B.—Measurements were in all cases taken to the nearest millimetre and 
the averages were also calculated in the same way. 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 383 


Figures 87 and 88 afford all the details for studying leaves, leaf 
stalk, and stipules. The leaves chosen for these two photographs—— 
which show upper and under surface—were average type leaves, so that 
they might give a good idea of the relationship of leaf size in the 
various types. The separation of Paradise types being completed, 
it was possible to observe the following details relating to vigour: 


XIII. Other Observations. 
A. TERMS USED IN THE VIGOUR TABLE. 


Height.—This refers in the case of the stools to the average height of 
the annual growths from the point of moulding up to the extreme 
terminal bud. 

In the case of the four-year-old cordons, the height of the main 
stem or leader—.e. four years’ annual growths—was taken. 

Stoutness.—In the case of the annual shoots or layers from stools the 
girth was measured about the position where stocks are usually 
budded or grafted after planting (about I0 cm. from ground 
level). By this method stocks are often graded in the nursery and 
are catalogued as so many millimetre stocks. 

In the case of the four-year-old cordons the girth was measured 
at a uniform distance of 6 cm. from the ground level. 

Toughness of Wood.—This characteristic, being very noticeable in 
severing or breaking the shoots from the parent stool, was recorded 
as possibly being of some utility. 

Feathering takes the two forms of ‘‘ branching” or “stiff spines.”’ 
A “clean ”’ stock is of course preferable for ‘‘ working.’”’ The word 
“working ” signifies budding or grafting upon a stock. 

Layers.—Every annual growth or shoot from the parent stool is here 
referred to asa layer. The words have been used synonymously. 
A layer, strictly speaking, implies a growth “‘ layered ”’ or bent out 
and earthed over (moulded up) for the purpose of encouraging 
adventitious rooting. As all the annual growths on the stools 
were thus treated they are called “ layers.”’ 

Season.—There are very notable differences in earliness of bud-breaking 
or starting into growth and of lateness of leaf-fall. Thisis reflected 
too somewhat in the immaturity or development of the adven- 
titious roots. Itis at present impossible to say how far an early 
or late stock would affect the scion worked thereon. 

Blossom on Cordons.—So far there has been very little bloom and no 
set of fruitonthecordons. I have seen the Doucin fruiting at the 
John Innes Horticultural Institute at Merton, and the Jaune 
de Metz at the Royal Nurseries, Maidstone, but so far our speci- 
mens have not fruited. 

Suckers trom Roots.—This term is used in distinction from the eyowits 
shoots, or layers coming from the old wood of the parent stool. 
These suckers are the growths which originate direct from the 
roots. It is often said that these suckers arise from injury to 


384 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


the roots in digging &c., but they also arise naturally and 
seem especially characteristic of certain varieties. 

Liability to Disease.—Notes were taken on this point both as an aid 
to looking after the nursery-bed, and in the hope of eventually 
selecting certain root systems possessing some degree of immunity 
in this country to disease. In Australia ‘resistant’ stocks 
are used, but those varieties do not prove ‘‘ resistant ’’ here. 


B. THE DESCRIPTIONS OF ROOT CHARACTERS INCLUDE: 


The Number and Position of the Roots.—Sometimes the roots appear 
in clusters, at other times almost singly. 

On some types this adventitious rooting is almost confined 
to the base of the shoot, on others it appears as far as the shoots 
are earthed up. 

Sometimes the best rooting appears on the ‘“‘heel”’ of old 
wood, whence the young growth has arisen. 

Adventitious roots are those which do not arise from the original root 
of any seedling. Since Paradise stocks are normally raised 
from layers and not from seed, all the roots produced by this 
method are adventitious roots. In contrast, the original or 
primary root of the commercial ‘free stock,’’ which is raised 
from seed, is not adventitious. | : 
Quality (Nature) of Roots:—The young adventitious roots seem 
to vary in their stage of development. They are all fibrous 
adventitious roots, but in some cases these roots—which may 
be termed “‘roots of the first order’’—have become branches 
and well furnished with more fully developed fibre. These 
fibrous offshoots from the roots of the first order (the original 
adventitious roots) may be conveniently termed “adventitious | 
roots of the second order.” 

Type of Rooting on the 4-year-old cordons. The object here is 
to distinguish between those types which are well furnished 
with fibre and those which possess mainly strong coarse lateral 
roots and little fibre. The word “coarse” is used in Table VI. 
in reference to these main lateral roots. 

Spread and Depth of coarse (or lateral) Roots on 4-year-old cordons. 
The object here is to describe, as far as possible, the rooting 
habit—whether deep or surface rooting, whether of small or 
wide circumference. 

Anchorage.—This term refers to the hold which the coarse roots 
possess on the soil as experienced in ‘‘ lifting’ the cordons. 

One and Two Year Bedded Stocks.—This term has been used to describe 
stocks raised in the following manner. It is a common practice 
to select annually from the parent stool the sturdiest-looking 
shoots. The shoots can scarcely be termed layers, as they 
are often very poorly rooted, and sometimes without any roots. 
They are bedded in the ground like cuttings for a period of one 


Th 


X 


Fic. 86.—PARADISE STOCK, TYPE IX. SHOWING SUMMER CHARACTERS. 
‘ JAUNE DE METZ PARADISE,’ 


[To face p. 384, 


“S1901S ASIGvuavd “A“OL “[-SadaAj], fo 
‘AOVGYNS WAGNO GNV NAddA ‘SUALOVNVHD AVA IVYANAD ANv AZIS AAILVIAY—'/g “DIA 


‘SHOOLS HSIGVUV" ‘XI OLSIA SAdA] AO ‘AOVaNNS 
YACNQ GNV UdddA ‘SYALOVUVHD AVAT IVYANA UNV AZIS AAILWIANY—'8e ‘DIY 


“CRE 'F 29Pf OL] 
,aSIgvuvd ZLaW Ad aNav{, “‘aSIdvuvd ZLAIN Fa aNaAv{ , 
'SIaAY |] GHLOOWY uvVaR ANO “XI AdAL— 06 Vl ‘X] AdAL “HOOLS aSIadvuvg—'68 ‘IIA 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. — 385 


or two years. Sometimes they undergo the process of trans- 
planting. These stocks are variously described in the trade 
as “‘ one or two year bedded,” “once transplanted,” &c. They 
approach the cutting rather than the layer. 

The ‘‘ Stool’’ and its formation have been described in the cultural 
section of this Report (p. 368). The stool is simply the parent 
stock or plant from which cuttings or layers are taken. 


XIV. Relative Vigour.—Table VI. - 

There has proceeded, side by side with the identification work, 
a comparative study of the vigour of the types as demonstrated by 
the growth and habit of the stools and of the stocks grown as cordons 
for fruiting purposes. Whilst it is of course impossible to claim that 
the vigour thus shown is certain to reappear in the scions worked on 
the particular type, it is the only measure of comparative utility 
which it has been possible to make at present. Moreover, the actual 
vigour as revealed in the suitability of each type for stool-making 
must be of considerable practical importance to the nurseryman. 
Certain types, for instance, annually afford very numerous stocks, 
whilst others afford fewer but much more sturdy ones. These points 
are brought out in the comparative descriptions of the height, stout- 
ness, and annual number of shoots or layers of the stool growths. 
Another point of interest to the nurseryman will be the tendency 
towards cleanness or feathering and spininess, a characteristic which 
makes certain types considerably more valuable for the purposes 
of budding or grafting. That this characteristic may vary somewhat 
on different soils is true. It is illustrated by a comparison between 
our own description of the Doucin and French Paradise in this respect 
with the French description already quoted (p. 380). At thesame time 
this characteristic spininess has remained very fairly constant at East 
Malling throughout the four years of examination. It is also certain 
that the strongest shoots tend to be much more spiny, where spines are 
at all characteristic, than the medium and weaker shoots. The relative 
liability to mildew (Podosphaera leucotricha) and scab (Fusicladium 
dendriticum) should also be of use in dealing with the nursery-bed. 

The fact, too, that the various Paradise types, as regards their vege- 
tative season, afford some sort of succession may prove useful where 
large stock beds have to be worked. The French nurserymen appear 
to prolong the period of “ working ”’ by using the Jaune de Metz in 
succession to the French—which is notably early in bud-breaking. 
What measure of forecast for future promise the other points in the 
“Vigour” Table afford the grower it isimpossible tosay. Thetendency 
to ‘‘sucker”’ from the roots at any rate is immediately useful as a 
guide, for this has been a constant source of annoyance to growers. 
This habit appears exceptionally marked in Types II. (Doucin), III., 
and VIII. (French). The early appearance of ‘‘fruit buds” and 
blossom on certain types may afford some measure by which to judge 
the age at which the fruit-bearing period is likely to begin and the 


VOL. XLII. 2c 


386 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


s[ooy}s peop yuosoid qeos pue 


SQARZT 00 AQP]IUI oUIOS Moepiur euros MaPp|TU e}}1] | [eteaes ‘aseurep | Mopriur ‘Ay3Teoq AOP[TOR 913311 
Ayyyeoy peqqeos A[peq Aqyeey Aqyeoy AoA Aq} e0y Jeol 0} VIGeIT Ajo} eIepour Aqyyeoyq AIoA ‘Aqyyeoq AIOA | ° ASVASIC, Of Ay173qQHI7 
porexyons poereyons 
poerexons Te A[peq euros SI9yONs Moy siexyons ou =| siaxONs ouIOS SIayONs Moy perexyons [Te Ajyuenberz siaxons OU suop4o9 
| | }00I jo $1001 uO S004 
| aseq wiosj Ajurem | Surpeoids woz mos SHAMIAS 
siayons ou sieyons ou0s sioyons ou =| —s SJoyons ou | SIaHONS euros siayons Ou ‘sIoyons oulos | parexons A[peq siayons OU $1004 
}INIJ yes | yinIy qos 
0} pares 0} porrey | 
euou QI6I Ul owOS 2u0u gi16I UI ouIOS 9u0u au0ou 3u0u euou auou * suops09 “uo WOSSOTg 
| | AR Sah yynoad 
yuonbeiy euros yuonberyur euros | yuonboerjur qyuonboryutr yuonbeiyut aseq }e culos yuonboxjutr jonuun uO Sang 11nay 
sulyeoiq-pnq [[e}-TesT | suryeoiq ft 
twuniIpeu Ajiea AoA uInIpeur aye, AIOA | umnipeul -pnq AyIee UINIpeul [lef-Feoy Apres wInIpeul ‘ 4jm04d {0 NOSVIS 
MO} 0} snozeurnu snolouinu wWinIpeul *T odd, ueyy 100]8 49g SAAAVT 
UWInIpeul snoiowinu | 0} winIpour 0} Wintpour shozounu 0} MoF snoxyewinu poo winIpow UINIpoul {fo 4aQuUinu jonuup 
pourds | soutds Moy | a[qeriea ‘pourds | soutds Mo a 
Uazjo ‘sayouerq sourds Moy suryoueiq | AIaA Uayjo- sourds Moj _arer seurds sayoueriq sutdooip| » sjooys nos sourds Mot | 
yAoys ouIOsS ‘sulyoueIq ouIOS | sjooys jnoys | ‘s}zooys yno}s ‘Zuryoueiq auros | ‘suTyouRIq eulOs | Buoy] snoJouIMU | uo poutds AroA | ‘SuryoURIq oUIOS | * *  - ONTYAHLVAL | 
«, edliun ,, | eee: 3[}}11q JeEYMOUIOS 
914}1IG ZEYMOUIOS | 9[}}1IG JLTMOUWOS | qysno} Soo] ‘Y8n0}z qsno} «, A[PULZUN ,, SOO] ysno} qsno} AIOA ysno} * poom {o SSANHDNOT 
Jopusjs 07 Suop4o2 | 
ynojs UINIpeur qno}s wWMnIpeutr ynojs wntpeur | ynoys AOA _ 4NO}S UINIPSUl yNoys UINTpsul ynoys UINIpeul ynoys AIOA 307s LN A era an 
u9Ad Jopus[s ‘snolouinu) Japus[s Moy Jopusls Moy uwaAod AIOA Jepue[s snorouinu Joepusys iepus|s Iopusl[s yymosd ) 
“qno}s ‘uInIpeur |‘IapUeTso} WNIpeul| ynojs qnojs AJOA —- | JapUeyso} UINTpou| 3N0}S WUNIPEUT | snoreuNU ‘yNo}s | snorI9UINuU ‘yN04}s Aso} ‘3N0}S jonuup 
| suop4o9 
[[@} wintpour }10Ys | [fez wnipea | {fe} unripe | IIe} yaoys AIOA [[e} UmMIpew Te} AIOA Ie} 4vak-¥ Taare 
}IOYS 07 | 47.043 H 
[[@} wuantpour Ie} UinIpeu [[e} AIOA | I[@} inipeur =| [[e} WINIpetu y10ys IIe} Aaa [[e} AIOA 11e} AI9A JUnUnp 
| | - = = 
‘ZO Op ouneL *qouely | : | *qonsuony “gioljgury ulonod “AT s “uIonog *poAeo]-peoig eee 
"XI STA | Wes | TA "A um ‘II ai ie 
| 


‘adv UNODIA—IA AIAVL 


387 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 


wor}d110sep 
IOf ofqeireae 

a19M S}OOI 
pjo reak-F ON 


SSUIT[OMS [[PUIS 


Iepi0 
puz jo sj001 
Mo} ‘yUeTNOONS 
pue 2}714q 


dn poyjieo 


Aaj 


S}OOI asIeOO pue 


ways Wor; Yonu 


rood 


peoids 
[Tews ‘premuMop 


jyuesozd jou 


iyuasqe A[snonords 


woIgZ Yon AIA | 


-W09 ‘2[}}IT AIOA 


| 
| 
| winIpow 
1 
| 


peoads 
-opr ‘yqydop 


| MOIS O} ZUIpus} jUINnIpeu “Ty odAT 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


| 
| 
} 
| 
i 
‘ 


syoor ‘*T odA TJ, 
se oszeoo Os 100 


snoiqy pue 
esieo0d ‘poxtul 


«co OMT -4FIN ,, 
poteysnyo [[eurs 


_ IJepIo puz 

JO SjOOI oUIOS 
‘a[3311q ‘podopaaap 

[jem AJoA jOU 


dn poyjzre9 
se Ie} se }00I1 0} 


se rey se ‘Azyueos| Aouepus} ‘AjUeOS 


Aqs 


(pez0o01un 
SOUIT}OUIOS 
}S89}N0}s) Ays 


se os1e0o 
Os }0U ‘0} Ie]IUIIs 


| gszeoo ATureul 


SSUT[[OMS 
snoq[nq [jews 


Iopio puz 
JO S}OOI ouIOS 
‘pedojeaep [aM 


[eeq resk-z 
wo aseq 32 [[e 
Ajzeou ‘AzueOs 


aseq 3e AT}SOUI 
sjoox ‘Aqs 


| antpowt **y odAT 


| 
| 


| 


| $}O001 osreOd pue 


UId}S THO ouIOS ADJ u19}3Ss WO smIOS 19} UO emI0s quaseid you u1a3s UO omIOS 
$}001 $}001 yuesqe s}OO1 
gsieoo pue 193s U194S 0} S]OOI 9sIeOd puL]} asIeOD pue uI93s | ATSNONndIdsuod | asieoo puke WH9}s 


pouguoo Ayureul | Wle}s WOIZ Yonu | wo; Yonu AIOA ‘aq3q1] AOA wiosj Yonur AoA 


poo3 WInIpeul | iood uwInIpeul pood °A poo3 
peoids 
peaids [yews winipeu ‘s0u0 
peoids spreMuMop peoids umnipout ye premuMop peoids peoids 


-optm “yy od4y, 
se 3urj001 doap 
IO 9S1e09 OS OU 


-optm “T odAT, 
uey} radeep 
‘asreoo AIOA 


MOIS 0} SUIPUS} 
sjoor **y edAT 
se 9SIe00 OS }0U 


| MOIS 0} SUIPUS} 
sjoo1 “*[ odAy 
SB oSIeOD OS OU | 


‘ZUIJOOI ooejAINS 
Aqoa “*T odAL 
se osieoo os j0u 


-aprm ‘yydep 


wey} Iosre09 


snoiqy pue 


shoiqy pue 
esieoo ‘pextul 


snoiqy pue 
asivoo ‘poxtul 


asieoo ‘poxTu 


snoiqy pue 
asieoo ‘poxIul 


snoiqy pue 
asieoo ‘poxIul asieoo A[UTeur 
snoxzeuinu ‘oxIT | 
-1ing ‘pereysnyjo snonordsuoour 

pue osiel °A pue [[euIs °A 


snoxyoumnu ‘oxIT 
-Iinqg ‘peieysnjo 
pue ogie, AIoA | 


*SNOdYOI NO 


Moy pue 
sjouy [ews 


SSUIT[OMS 


| SSUI[[OMS 
snoq[nq [jews | 


snoqing Auew |} 


Jepio | IepIo puz 
puz Jo s}oo1 Ioepio puz Ioepio puz jo Tepio puz Joepio puz jo sjoor Aueur 
Mo} SBUOCT {ZI jO sjoo1 Aueul $}OO1 Mof ‘410US Jo sjoo1 Auew JO s}OOI 90S ‘suo, ,ZI Wazjo 

uezjo ‘yuatnoons | ‘3u0, {ZI u9}jO ‘podojeaop AI9A ‘ZU0T ,gI JO ‘podojeaop ‘poedo[aAop 
pue aszreoo AIoA | ‘podojaaep [fom [[o“ “A }OU ‘podoyaasp [fam “Al [aM °A OU [194 S104 
{20q reaA-z uo 

dn poeqyieo dn poyz1e9 aseq }e Alureu dn poyzie9 dn poyjzieo dn poq}ies 

se Iey se se Iey se ‘snolewmnu se Iejy se se Iej se se Iej se 
snoyeunu sour snoieumnu AIA 30U snorieumnu AIaA | Aouepua} Ajueds |} snoreuInu AIOA 

aseq 3e 
A]jsour sjoor ‘aeIz (p9}z001 you 9zj0 
9elJ ysoum eal} Ajo} e1opour oa1} 4SOUr jsoynojs) Ays °*A gory AIOA 
"MNOSIA DNILOOA 


SLOOY 
SQOILILNEAGY = @A 


Waal, LOO 


HOVAOHONY 


yidap pup 
povasds ‘SLOOY ASUVOD 


gurjoos fo 


aqdh[ “SLOOWY UvaZX-¥ 


suopsor {o 
uajs uO SLONS LOOY 


- $3004 fo x111VOK) 


* $3004 fo 
NOILISOG GNV YAs#NAN 


* 4004 04 SSauspvay 
"SUAAVY UVAA-I 


| 
| 
| 


i 


“ 
s 
i 
j 
‘ 
j 
wa 4 
j 
" 
' 
a 
e 


I) 
’ . 
’ 
\ 
' 
‘ a fa 
‘ 
~ ’ f 
: iT 
\ 
7 
ie 
j 
\ 
. 
yy) 
| 
t 


Se 
ron) 
TABLE VI.—VicouR TABLE. 
= —____—_—__. — = = = a 
I I y. | VI | VIL. Ix, g 
Type:— Broad:leaved! Doucin, Ill. Iv. Doucin Amélioré.|  Nonstich. | VAR. French. Jaune de Metz. a 
| Annual very tall very tall very tall short aan || satin || very tall medium tall | medium tall i 
Heicur | srowth i 2 | E to short 
year tall very tall medium tall very short tall | medium tall | medium tall short medium tall ° 
| cordons | | i) 
Annual stout, few | stout, numerous | stout, numerous | medium stout |medium toslender| very stout | stout |mediumtoslender,| medium, stout, ie 
Srourness | Broth slender slender slender |numerous slender] very even few slender | fewslender numerous, slender even 
i bs 4-year stout very stout medium stout medium stout medium stout very stout | medium stout medium stout medium stout to 
| cordons | to slender wy 
Toucuness of wood tough very tough tough looks “ unkindly " tough tough, looks | tough somewhat brittle |somewhat brittle g 
somewhat brittle Pa sfunripe si“ | z 
FEATHERING some branching, | very spined on | numerous long | some branching, |some branching, stout shoots, | stout shoots | some branching,| some short _| 
few spines stout shoots + |drooping branches) spines rare few spines often very | branching | few spines branches, often | {7} 
= few spines | spined, variable | few spines spined io) 
a | 
| Annual number of medium medium more numerous few to numerous medium to medium to numerous medium He 
Lavers per slool than Type I. medium numerous | numerous to few = 
| (eo) 
SEASON of growth medium early leaf-fall medium early bud- medium verylate | medium | very early medium Cc 
breaking Teaf-fall | bud-breaking | ke 
Frurr Bups on annual | infrequent some at base infrequent infrequent infrequent some eecrtrentena| some frequent | 
crow! ‘mu 
| 
Biossom on cordons « none none none none none | some in r9x6_ | none some in 1916 none 
failed to | failed to n 
set fruit | set fruit {o) 
stools no suckers | badly suckered | some suckers, | no suckers some suckers no suckers no suckers | some suckers no suckers (2) 
SUCKERS from from spreading | mainly from base | | io] 
| Reohsvon| roots of root | is! 
cordons| no suckers frequently all suckered few suckers | some suckers | no suckers few suckers | some badly all suckered K 
| suckered suckered : 
| Liability to Disuase . | very healthy, | very healthy | moderately | liable to leaf | healthy very healthy healthy: badly scabbed healthy 
| little mildew healthy, mildew | damage, several | little mildew | some mildew | some mildew on Teaves 
and scabpresent| dead stools 


x-Yzar Layers. 
Readiness to root . 


NoMBER AND Posit10N 
of roots . 


Quazrrr of roots 


Roor Kxors on stem 
of cordons 


4-¥ear Roors, Type 
of rooting 


Coarse Roors, spread 
and depth 
AncHonacE 


Roor Fipre 


New ApvENriTIOUS 
Roots 


v. shy (stoutest 


very free 
often not rooted) 


very numerous | scanty tendency 


as far as as far as 
earthed up earthed up 
very well not v. well 
developed, developed, 
often 12° long, | some roots of 
many roots of and order 
and order 
small knots | _v. small and 
and few | inconspicuous 


mixed, coarse | mainly coarse 


and fibrous 


not so coarse or 
deep rooting as 


very coarse, 
deeper than 


Type II., wide- | Type I., wide- 
spread spread 
good vy. good 

very much from | very little, 

stem and coarse | conspicuously 
roots absent 
some on stem not present 


and coarse roots 


most free 


very numerous 
as far as 
earthed up 


of 18" long, very’ 
many roots of 
and order 


vy, large and 
clustered, burr- 
like, numerous 


mixed, coarse 
and fibrous 


not So coarse as 
‘Type I. roots 
tending to grow 
downward at 
once, medium 
spread 


medium 

very much from 

stem and coarse 
roots 


Some on stem 


v. well developed, 


ROOTING VIGOUR. 


on 2-year hee} 


well developed, 
often 12” long, 
many roots of 


not y. well 
developed, 
short, few roots 


moderately free most free 
free, roots mostly, 
at base 
not very numerous | most numerous 
numerous, as far as as far as 
mainly at base | earthed up earthed up 


very coarse and 
succulent, often 
12” long, few 


much from stem | mainly confined 
and coarse roots} to stem } 


some on stem, | few 


of 2nd order and order roots of and 
order 
ON CORDONSs 
j many bulbous — very large and | small bulbous 
swellings clustered, burr- swellings 
like, numerous 
mixed, coarse mixed, coarse mixed, coarse 
and fibrous and fibrous and fibrous 
notso coarse as not so coarse as | coarser than 
‘Type I, very | Type I., roots | Type I., medium 
surface rooting, | tending to grow depth, wide- 
medium spread | downwards © —_—spread 
small spread 
| i 
poor | medium} good 


very much from 
stem and coarse 
Toots: 


some on stem 


shy, roots shy (stoutest shy 
mostly at base | sometimes 
unrooted) 
scanty, nearly | scanty, tendency |scanty, as far as 
all at base on | to root as far as ed up 
2-year heel earthed up 
well developed, | not very well | _ brittle and 
some roots of developed, brittle,| succulent, few 
and order some roots of | roots of 2nd 
and order | order 
| small bulbous ) small clustered , small swellings 
| swellings “burr-like"” 
| 
| 
| mainly coarse | mixed, coarse 
and fibrous | 
similar to, not so | not so coarse as 
coarse as | Type I., roots 
Type II., medium! tending to grow 
depth, wide- | downward, small 
spread spread No 4-year old 
| roots were 
| available for 
medium poor description 
| very little, con- | much from stem 
fpelsslonsly alien? /andicosrssixoats 
| | 
| Bot present few | 


‘SMOOIS ATddVY ASIGVUVa 


LE 


388 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


duration of its profitable life, though at present such conclusions must 
be-drawn with great caution. The same applies to the facts revealed 
by the height and stoutness of the four-year-old cordons. It should 
here be mentioned that the main shoot or leader of the cordons has 
never been pruned back, because it would have been impossible 
in that case to measure accurately the relative-heights. The lateral 
growth or “‘ breast wood’ was treated normally and “spurred ”’ in 
summer and winter. 

The selection of a particular type should be a matter for agreement 
between the grower and the nurseryman. In the first place, it must 
be remembered that the best stock for the nurseryman need not 
invariably be ultimately the best for the grower.. The nurseryman 
rightly aims at producing a vigorous young tree in as short a time 
and with as little handling as possible. The commercial grower 
demands the strongest-looking young tree as being zpso facto the 
most profitable and the nurseryman endeavours to supply that 
demand. But it is a matter for consideration whether ultimate 
maturity and hardiness may not be governed by other things besides 
very early vigour of wood-growth. What the grower really wants 
the nurseryman will be willing to give, provided the grower recognizes 
the value of a standardized stock. That the private gardener’s 
requirements of a stock will differ from those of commercial growers 
seems certain. That a great deal more use might be made of the 
varietal differences of stocks in relation to scions from parents of 
strong and weak constitution is probable. Soil and climatic con- 
ditions are also likely to dictate suitability to some extent. 

Problems such as these are at once suggested by a comparative 
study of the Paradise types. They can only be solved satisfactorily 
by extensive trials, which will occupy most of the available ground 
at East Malling, and also require trial plots in districts widely divergent 
in soil conditions. Collections of Plum, Pear, and Cherry stocks have 
also been made, and a systematic trial of them on lines somewhat 
similar to Apple stocks is already in progress. 


XV. Comparative Rooting Vigour.—Table VI. 


A. The One-Year Layers.—The comparison of rooting vigour judged 
from the readiness with which one-year layers of the various types 
root adventitiously suggests that very important differences are likely 
to exist in the ultimate utility of the Paradise types. 

Over a period of three years the main features in the rooting capacity 
of one-year layers have remained remarkably constant. It may be 
argued that nurserymen are not generally in the habit of using one-year 
layers or of severing them from the parent stool at that age, and that 
therefore the present descriptions do not show the stock as it is really 
“ worked.” This is quite true, and it was not the intention to describe 
in the first place the one or two year bedded stock. The object is 
simply to afford a common ground for comparison as to readiness to 


a Dreier 


DES 


cept 


Fic. 92.—Four-year-old root system. 


Fic. 91.—One-year-rooted layers. 


Tyre I. BROAD-LEAVED ENGLISH PARADISE. 


[To face p. 388. 


Note the quality of the root-fibres on the older roots. 


‘aIqy jo yor, 9AT}e1edWOo pus s}OO1 UTeUT JO SS9UasSTeOD 9}0N 


INIDNOG? = Ti -22x5 
‘siahe] poyoo1-1eak-2UuQ— '€6 “DIA 


‘uajsAs JOO pjo-1e9A4-1n0J—'p6 “DIA 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS, 389 


root in the initial stages. Moreover, it must be remembered that 
nurserymen do not always practise the annual method of frequent 
moulding up which has been employed in these experiments, so that 
many of the one-year growths or layers thus produced are as good or 
better than much of the one or two year bedded stuff in commercial use, 
which has often remained on the parent stool for several years before 
being taken off and bedded, without having made nearly as much 
adventitious rooting. The encouragement of natural rooting is of 
course aided by the early and repeated process of drawing earth over 
the bent-out annual layers.* 

Hence our one-year rooted growths taken from the stools will 
appear, perhaps, abnormal to the nurseryman, as they are generally 
better furnished with roots than most of the shoots, taken from 
stools, that are annually bedded for making stocks. Our stools have 
annually been completely stripped of all growths. Nevertheless our 
one-year layers, which have all been treated exactly alike, afford an 
admirable ground for comparison as to the tendency of each variety 
in our soil towards adventitious rooting. 

One-year bedded stocks of all the types, raised according to the most 
common method, have also been examined and they appear to exhibit 
relatively much the same rooting characteristics, though the rooting 
is not generally so vigorous as on the one-year layers. On the other 
hand their development is perhaps more mature. : 

However, it seems likely that one year of careful layering might 
produce a sturdier stock and also save a good deal of subsequent hand- 
ling and labour. 

As regards the degree of constancy exhibited throughout in these 
results, the figures speak. The general tendency is for shoots of 
medium stoutness to root best, probably because they possess both 
the requisite amount of suppleness for layering and sufficient vigour 
for “striking.” The stoutest shoots are often very stiff and erect,f 
and in shy rooting types such as II. (Doucin) and VIII. (French) 
they often fail to send out any adventitious roots the first year. The 
_ weak shoots are almost invariably rooted, but the rooting is naturally 
not so vigorous as on the medium growths. 

Varying seasonal conditions have afforded several medica nore that 
they influence in some degree certain of the types of root system. 
Types I., II., II1I., IV., VI., and VII., have given no results in this direc- 
tion, but the cases of Types V.and VIII. are worth recording. The first 
summer of the layering trials was 1914, and at East Malling considerable 
dry periods were experienced during the growing season. In that 


* Experiments both with regard to the need for bending out the annual 
growths and for commencing the process of earthing early have been carried out. 
Generally, the results point to the expediency of starting the moulding up early 
(June) in order to obtain the best results. The weight of the mould itself 
upon the young supple growths is sufficient to ensure all the layering necessary. 

{ This erectness, being characteristic of the Doucin (Type II.) throughout, 
may in part account for its shy rooting tendency in the early stages. It is the 
most difficult type to ‘‘lay,’”’ 


390 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


season Type V. stood out as possessing a very promising root system 
in its first year. It rooted very readily and the individual roots were 
of considerable length and well developed. The two following summers 
(I915 and 1916) were considerably more rainy, and Type V. showed 
a marked falling off in its rooting quality, both in freedom and develop- 
ment. Exactly the reverse appeared to be the case of Type VIII. 
(French), the rooting habit of which undoubtedly showed a slight 
improvement during 1915 and 1916. The latter case may,.of course, 
partly be accounted for by the fact that the stools had become more 
established. We also learned with certain types that it was easy to 
break the layers away from the parent stool, a method which gave 
more root system to all those types which tended to root more freely 
at the base and on a heel of two-year wood. Previously we had cut 
each layer from the parent as close to the stool as was conveniently 
possible. In view of the future condition of the stool and the obtain- 
ing of fresh annual shoots, the latter method seems most to recommend 
itself generally. Type IX. has so far only been tested during the two 
moister seasons, so that it is impossible to speak very definitely of its 
rooting characteristics, but it appeared to root more freely during last 
summer (1916) when we experienced the heaviest rainfall. 

The question as to whether differing soil conditions affect this early 
adventitious rooting is now being tested, but in view of the fact that 
the French choose the Doucin, the French Paradise, and the Jaune de 
Metz as free rooting types, this assumption appears true, since these 
types root least well at East Malling.* On the other hand, com- 
plaints have been received from a nursery in another part of England 
that the bedded Doucin stocks root so poorly that the raising of them 
was likely to be discontinued. I have also tried to root Doucin layers 
on my own soil—which is considerably heavier than that at East 
Malling—but the results were almost identical. The fact that so 
many of the Doucin stocks in common use all over the country are 
bought in from France is sufficient to account for its predominance in 
our nurseries, despite its shy rooting habit here. 

B. The Four-Year Old Roots—How far early-rooting powers in- 
dicate future promise has to be considered. Sufficient data have not 
yet been collected to enable us to follow closely the life-history of the 
roots at this early stage and so differentiate their future functions and 
character. However, the examination of numerous roots of each type 
at later stages of development seems to show that in the main it 1s 
possible to draw safely certain inferences from the early habit. 

Types I. (Broad-leaf) and VI. (Nonsuch), for instance, which in 
their earliest stages exhibit sturdiness together with an ample root 
system, continue to develop along these lines. The early rooting of 
the Nonsuch is distinctly coarser than that of the Broad-leaf, and this 
characteristic is maintained. Type II. (Doucin), as would be expected, 

* I have also heard it asserted that the True Broad-leaved English—one of 


our most freely rooting types (Type I.)—will not root successfully in the French 
nurseries, but I cannot state this authoritatively. 


PARADISE, APPLE STOCKS: 3901 


develops along totally different lines, and, except for some similarity: 
to Type VII., it stands out quite by itself in its subsequent development. 
It is scantily furnished with adventitious roots from the start, it is 
noticeably lacking in young fibre later. Type III. retains its very 
fibrous habit and somewhat less coarse development than Types I. and 
VI. Type IV. again maintains its characteristic weak roots which 
spread horizontally from the heel. Type V. (the Doucin Amélioré), 
which in the first dry season seemed to show considerable promise 
of vigour, was perhaps more noticeable for the length of some of its 
adventitious roots than for the abundance of them. They were never 
so numerous or well developed as on Types I., III., and VI. This 
characteristic seems to persist in the somewhat long bare lateral roots 
of downward tendency whilst the type retains its habit of adventitious 
rooting particularly around the stem. Type VII., which did not show 
an early tendency to throw a large amount of vigorous fibre, though 
scarcely as shy rooting as Type II., has developed along somewhat 
similar lines to the Doucin. As might be expected, its lateral roots are 
not quite so coarse. The lack of early vigour in Types VIII. and IX. 
seems reflected in the subsequent root systems which have developed 
with a general lack of sturdiness. The maturing root systems of the 
types are shown in figs. go to 106. 

The most outstanding feature of allis undoubtedly the development 
of Type II. (Doucin) in comparison with the other types. The strength 
and coarseness of the lateral roots, together with the very apparent 
lack of root fibre, place it quite apart from the fibrous types. A large 
number of Doucin stocks at East Malling three and four years of age 
have been raised for root examination, and there is an extraordinarily 
close similarity in root development throughout. I have also lifted 
three-year-old Doucin stocks on my own heavier soil, and these have 
entirely confirmed data obtained at East Malling. The Doucin appears 
to be even less fibrous than many of the so-called “‘ Free’”’ stocks 
that were growing in the same ground, and thus they are indeed far 
removed from the general idea of ‘Paradise.’ In this connexion 
it is well to remember that the older writers generally wrote of ‘ Para- 
dise’ and ‘Doucin’ as distinct things; LINDLEY says that the 
‘Doucin’ “is most generally, in our nurseries, called the Paradise 
stock, although widely different from the Pomme Paradis of the 
French.” It is also interesting to recall what Du MoncEau said of 
the Doucin :—“ Lorsque le terrain plait au Doucin, ils deviennent 
presqu’aussi forts que surle franc.”” In the measurements of the height 
and girth of the four-year-old cordons at East Malling the average 
height of the Doucin exceeded that of any other type, as is indicated 
in Table VI. It was also second only in girth to Rivers’ Nonsuch 
(Type VI.). On my own soil, Doucin stocks that have been allowed to 
grow at will have in two years made over six feet of strong growth. 

The series of photographs illustrating what appears to be 
a really typical development of the ‘ Paradise’ varieties on a light 
soil, conveys more than is possible through any description. They 


392 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


demonstrate the very wide choice of a root system which is open to the 
fruit-grower even amongst Paradise types. There are the very vigor- 
ous types amply furnished with fibre, such as Types I. and VI.; there 
are Types III. and V., of more moderate vigour but with a deep-rooting 
tendency ; and there is Type IV., the main lateral roots of which were 
found generally not more than four or five inches below ground. Types 
IV., VIII., and IX. probably represent the most dwarfing systems, 
whilst Types II. and VII. would seem to afford quite a different choice. 

At the present moment the lack of any commonly recognized 
nomenclature, together with the knowledge of probable mixtures 
amongst Paradise stocks, makes it very difficult to generalize from 
existing bush plantations as to what the actual effects of these various 
types have been in the past. This information could, of course, be 
obtained through a very extensive investigation by means of taking 
root cuttings from existing trees. Certain facts are indeed patent 
from established plantations. There is ample evidence of inequalities 
of growth and maturity due to a mixture of stocks, a fact too not 
infrequently betrayed through an examination of root suckers. The 
suckers of Types II. and III. are often seen, though it is not always 
an easy matter to recognize types in immature suckers. There may 
be some slight evidence for surmises, such as that on a strong soil the 
Doucin seems to make a very large bush ill-furnished with fruit 
spurs, and that many of the bushes that “‘ never do” are on French 
Paradise stocks which are to be found unsuspectedly mixed with 
other types. But for the confirmation of such surmises and the 
impressions of growers there are at present few scientific data. Now 
that the chief Paradise types are easily identifiable, all reliable evidence 
along these lines will be of value. It isin the same light that one can 
re-read with profit the impressions of the old ‘‘ lovers of planting.” 

The aim should be, if possible, to regulate our varied requirements 
through the very diverse root systems at our disposal. If trees are 
worked on Paradise for purposes of garden dwarfs, to act as temporary 
“fillers ’’ in the commercial plantation or to be the permanent trees, 
it would seem worth while making a study of the root system, even 
apart from possible refinements in improvement of colour, flavour, 
and the like. 


XVI. Summary of the Nine Types. 


Considerable space has already been given to the minute details 
of each Paradise type, details which it is hoped may serve as an 
ultimate guide as to type. At the same time it has been thought 
advisable to collect the most salient features distinguishing each 
type so as to present some sort of general impression. These 
summaries should afford a preliminary means to identification, to be 
supplemented, when a doubt exists, by the more minute details given 
in the comparative tables. Undoubtedly summer is the most favour- 
able time for beginning identification work. In July or August the 
leaf characters have assumed their most typical aspect. For this 


FiG. 96.—Four-year-old root system, 


FG. 95.—One-year-rooted layers. 


TyPE III. 
Note the downward tendency of main roots. 


[To face p. 292, 


ae 


wees 


FOSS: 
SS EG OEE i 


Fic. 98.—Four-year-old root system. 


Fic. 97.—-One-year-rooted layers. 


Jae ONE 
Note the horizontal tendency of the main roots, 


pee SOTO 


2 


Fic. 100.—Four-year-old root system. 
ELIORE. 


2 


TyPE V. DouciIn AM 
Note the fibrous rooting around ‘ collar. 


F1G. 99.—One-year-rooted layers 


'6¢ “f aovf of) ‘91qy-joo1 jo Aytjuenb 330N 
‘ASIGVUVd HONSNON ,SURAIY “JA AdAL 
‘ul9}SAs JOOI plo-1eaA-INOJ—'ZOT “O17 ‘staXe] pojyooi-read-auQ —"1OLT “DIy 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 393 


reason, these characters are principally emphasized in the summary. 
An early spring examination should also be made of the stock- 
bed, for this may reveal the presence of one or more of the types 
which are precocious in coming into leaf. The rooting characters 
of each type are also referred to in the summary, as they afford the 
only clue that can be given at present as to the ultimate value of 


each type. 


Type I,—True Broad-leaved English Paradise, 


This type is well known to have been a chance seedling selected as a stock 
for its vigorous appearance, exhibited by healthy growth and readiness to root 
adventitiously. Although it is the stock in greatest demand to-day, it is im- 
portant to remember that we actually received it true from surprisingly few 
sources, though numerous other types are masquerading under the name. 

The “ Broad-leaf’’ stools appear remarkably strong and vigorous in growth, 
and though individual stools do not send up very many growths annually, these 
growths are mostly of uniform sturdiness and ‘“‘ clean’’ in character, though the 
strongest shoots show a slight tendency to branching. The leaves are a dark 
healthy green and are in general larger than those of other types, with the excep- 
tion of Types VI. and VII., from which they are easily distinguishable by shape 
and pose. The leaf, which has a crinkled surface, is curved so that the apex 
points downwards; it stands well away, almost horizontally, from the stem. 
The very large stipules and deeply furrowed leaf-stalk are also noticeable. 
Though the purple-brown wood is covered with numerous lenticels, these are not 
conspicuous as in Type II., a fact which is very well illustrated by a comparison 
of figs. 78 and 79. In winter, these characters of the wood are extremely 
useful for identification. 

The True Broad-leaf is very ready to root adventitiously, and at a more 
mature stage its roots seem to show a very well-balanced system of fibre and 
coarse lateral roots at medium depth in the soil. There are many signs that 
the early vigour is maintained. 


Type II.—The Doucin. 


Type II. is certainly the modern Doucin of the best French nurseries, but 
the fact that it has very generally acquired the name ‘ English Paradise,’ to which 
are often attached the words ‘“‘old”’ or “‘ broad-leaf,’’ has greatly obscured its 
identity. It may be said with certainty that it is by far the most commonly 
used stock in England to-day, and also that it stands almost alone amongst 
Paradise types in its peculiar root system. 

It is strong and vigorous in growth with a medium number of annual shoots, 
but the exceptional stiffness or rigidity of these shoots is almost sufficient to 
establish its identity. The strongest shoots are very spined, and this often 
gives the shoot a somewhat pyramidal appearance of growth. The leaves are 
of medium size and dark green, but have a much flatter appearance of surface 
than the True Broad-leaf, though these leaves are somewhat inclined to droop, 
especially in the latter part of the season, when the stalk is nearly at right angles 
to the stem. This gives the leaves the appearance of being closer together than 
on Type I. The stipules here are very small and the leaf-stalk almost flat. 
The wood generally has a browner tint than Type I., and it is most easily dis- 
tinguished by the conspicuous lenticels. Protruding buds are not infrequent 
towards the base of the shoot. 

This type has been noticeably early in commencing to drop its leaves. In 
1914 all leaves had fallen by November 22, and generally it is bare at least a 
fortnight earlier than any of the other types. Its early rooting habit is very 
shy, whilst its mature roots are characterized—in comparison with other types— 
by an absence of fibre. The coarse lateral roots are very strong. The Doucin 
shows signs of ‘‘suckering ”’ badly. 

The observations made upon the Doucin at East Malling force us at least 
to question the very wide and indisciiminate use to which the stock has attained 
in this country as a Paradise type. It remains to be proved whether its popu- 
larity is due to its real pre-eminence, or to the fact that it is easily obtained 
from France, or to the name ‘ English Paradise,’ under whichitis most frequently 
sold. There seems no doubt that on more than one type of soil, the Doucin 
exhibits the peculiar characteristics which we have noted at East Malling, but 


3904 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


until we have ascertained the relative value, upon varied soils, of the predomi- 
nance of coarse root or the abundance of fibre, it is impossible to pass judgment. 
It has already been noted that the Doucin is frequently mixed with other 
types. 
Type III,—(Name at present unknown.) 


Type III. presents a most striking instance of the need for investigation. 
Though this type has been very frequently found at East Malling, it has never 
reached us as a named type but always mixed with other types. It is perhaps 
the most easy to identify, except in respect of its name and origin. 

The growth, though strong and vigorous, is of a very whippy nature, whilst 
long drooping lateral branches are very characteristic on the stronger shoots. 
The leaves are usually on the small side, compared with Types I.and II., and their 
whole character is unmistakable. They are long and very gradually pointed, 
whilst their margin is Somewhat ragged and more deeply serrated. The leaf is 
held rather erect with a curved tip. It is thin and harsh to the touch, and, 
viewed as a whole, gives the impression of a holly leaf. 

The wood is of a very dark purple-brown with few lenticels which are not 
conspicuous. There isa quantity of short grey hairon the wood in winter. This 
type is very free-rooting. Adventitious roots are frequently seen even on the 
surface of the ground and the young stocks soon become ‘“‘ knotted ” on their 
stem. Fig. 69 shows this very well. The type unfortunately seems to possess 
the habit of ‘‘suckering’”’ badly. The four-year-old root system shows much 
vigorous fibre, but the lateral roots are not as coarse as on Types I. or II., and they 
have a very decided downward tendency in growth. It is curious that this 
type should be so generally in circulation amongst other types from which it is 
remarkably distinct. 

In the nursery rows it seems liable to both Black Spot and Apple Mildew. 


Type IV.—(Name at present unknown.) 


Though we did not receive this type from many English sources, yet we 
received it from Dutch and German ones also, and there is some evidence to 
show that it was once more widely distributed.* Both its dwarf habit of 
growth and its rooting vigour would lead one to suppose that its influence on the 
scion would be far more dwarfing than any of the other Paradise of to-day, except 
possibly Types VIII. or IX, 

Its strongest annual shoots barely reach 14 foot, though they are stiff and 
fairly sturdy, It is most readily recognized by the light yellow-brown wood. 
The leaves, too, are distinctive. They are a lighter green than Types I.,; II., or 
III., and they approach the circular form. They are very crinkled and often 
slightly upturned. They are soft and fleshy to the touch, and each year we have 
had to note considerable insect damage to the leaves. A long leaf-stalk gives 
a Characteristic pose to the leaves. 

In winter the yellow wood colour is almost sufficient clue to identification. 
In some of his earliest descriptions Mr. WELLINGTON described the wood as ‘‘ un- 
kindly-looking’’; in this connexion it may be interesting to quote from the 
letter of a nurseryman which I have only recently received : ‘‘ There was one 
which had a yellow skin, an excellent stock, but it had to be grafted, as buds never 
lived.’’ We have not yet been able to test our “‘ yellow-skinned ” stock in this 
direction. 

This type is about three weeks earlier in commencing growth than the other 
types—Type VIII. being excepted. The one-year layers nearly all root, though 
not very freely. The adventitious roots are mainly at the base of the shoot and 
on the two-year wood. The four-year-old roots showed plenty of fibre, but 
the coarse lateral roots were noticeably shallow in the soil, usually being not 
more than four or five inches deep. One would imagine that for certain purposes 
this stock might prove an effective dwarf. 


Type V.—Doucin Amélioré. 


With the exception of the true Doucin, this type appears to be in most general 
circulation, in this country and abroad, and it occurs very commonly mixed with 
other types. 


* One English source from which it was received unmixed furnished informa- 
tion to the effect that they ‘‘ selected it between fifty and sixty years ago.” Isit 
possible that this may be the Dutch Paradise ? It formed the bulk of the Dutch 
collection. It is also interesting to recall that the article in the Gardeners’ Chronicle, 
1874, already quoted, described the Dutch Paradise as having “‘ olive-coloured Y 
wood and being in full leaf much earlier than other types, 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS. 395 


Though its name implies that it is a selected strain of Doucin, it bears little 
resemblance to Type II. except in its somewhat erect growth and in the pose of 
the leaf. 

In general habit the Doucin Amélioré shows moderate strength in height 
and sturdiness. The annual shoots do not grow so tall as Types I., II., or III., 
but they are taller than Type IV. They are very even in growth and somewhat 
erect; the annual number of shoots is numerous, and they are not very much 
spined or feathered, The leaves are usually much smaller than those of the 
true Doucin, from which they are very easily recognizable by their peculiarly 
pointed apex. The leaf-stalk tends to be short, and the stipules are very insig- 
nificant, 

The wood is of a reddish purple with a bright appearance, and is noticeable 
also for the very few conspicuous lenticels. In winter the very reddish, almost 
hairless, buds afford a good means to identification. 

The Doucin Amélioré roots much more easily from layers than does the true 
Doucin, though it is perhaps not so vigorous in this respect as either Type I. 
or III. The four-year-old roots seem to show a somewhat curious mixture of 
rather bare deep-rooting laterals, together with much fibre immediately around 
the stem of the stock. 

One would suppose this might be a stock with intermediate dwarfing habit. 


Type VI.—Nonsuch,} 


This is another type of the selected seedling, which, like the True Broad-leaf, 
was introduced by the late Mr. Rivers. Though these two types are frequently 
found mixed to-day, they are easily distinguishable. 

The Nonsuch is exceptionally stout of growth, though the annual shoots, 
which are fairly numerous, do not attain to the height of Broad-leaf. Sometimes 
it is very much spined, sometimes rather branched. The leaves are usually 
large,* but of a much lighter green than Type I.; they are longer in relation to 
their breadth, and they are not so abruptly pointed. The very drooping pose is 
most characteristic. The furrow is well marked on the leaf-stalk and the stipules 
are very large. Nonsuch is very late in shedding its leaves, and, especially 
towards the tip of the shoot, they remain long after the other types are bare. 
The yellow green wood colour, which gives a somewhat “‘ unripe’”’ look, is a 
very distinct feature. There are numerous inconspicuous lenticels. The 
pubescence on the wood gives a distinctive ‘‘ mealy ’’ appearance on the shoot. 
The young wood shows more “ fruit-buds ”’ than Type I. 

Type VI. is perhaps the most ready to root adventitiously. Its mature root- 
system is somewhat similar to that of Type I., showing plenty of root-fibre side 
by side with the coarse lateral roots. As a stock it is reputed to be more pre- 
cocious than the Broad-leaf, a fact which needs verifying. It seems question- 
able whether it is quite so hardy, for during the early winter of this year (1916) 
frequent large cracks were noticeable on the young shoots owing to a splitting 
of the bark. This may be due to the fact that since it is late in leaf fall, the early 
sharp frosts caused this damage, which was also very noticeable upon some free 
stocks that retained their leaves a long while. In any case the splitting quite 
spoilt many of the layers for working purposes. This phenomenon has not been 
noticeable in other seasons, nor was it generally seen this season on any of the 
other Paradise types. 


Type VII.—(Name at present unknown.) 


Type VII., rather like Type IV., has evidently long been known in our English 
nurseries, though it appears to be little used to-day. From one source I learn 
that it was obtained from France some twenty-seven years ago, and from another 
that it has long been in the nurseries, where it was always known as the true 
‘English Paradise.’ At the moment there are not sufficient data to warranta 
revival of this old discussion, though it may be worth noting that there is a very 
superficial resemblance in the wood character of this type and the Doucin (now 
called ‘ English Paradise’) caused by the conspicuous and numerous lenticels. 

The resemblance goes no further. Type VII. is very tall in growth, but 
the shoots are whippy or flexible. The annual shoots are numerous and fairly 
even in growth. The leaves are medium to large in size, and though slightly 
variable in shape they tend to be circular. Sometimes the leaf is almost tri- 
lobed.t The leaf-stalk is long and very erect, giving a characteristic pose to the 


* There is more variation shown in this type as to leaf-size than in other 
types. 

t This characteristic is well illustrated in Figure 88 Type VII., showing the 
upper surface of leaf. 


396 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


leaves which are only very slightly convex. The wood is of a reddish purple 
with conspicuous lenticels, The small blackish-brown bud is a great aid to 
identification in winter. 

Type VII. shows no remarkable freedom in rooting on one-year layers, which 
are best rooted towards the base and on a heel of two-year wood. In its later 
development it shows numerous medium coarse lateral roots without any large 
quantity of root-fibre. In this respect it somewhat approaches the Doucin, 
except that the roots are not so coarse. 


Type VIII.—F¥rench Paradise. 


This is undoubtedly the French Paradise of to-day. It is very largely used 
on the Continent, but does not seem to find much favour amongst our nursery- 
men, yet itis not infrequently mixed with imported stocks. It has an established 
reputation for its dwarfing habit, but the one-year layers are not strikingly 
stunted, although the more mature cordons are certainly relatively small. 

The annual shoots are of a medium strength and somewhat whippy. It is 
quite the earliest Paradise type to start into growth, and during the early part 
of the season it is most conspicuous with its bright reddish wood and light-green 
foliage. Later in the season the wood becomes a dark purple, but, except for 
the young tips, it appears almost hairless and shiny. The lenticels on the wood 
are numerous. ‘The leaves tend to be small and narrow, and they are gradually 
pointed with a fine regular serration. The upper surface of the leaves appears 
almost hairless. The leaf-stalk is very short and slightly furrowed and the 
stipules are small. The younger leaves are almost vertical but slightly recurved 
at the tip; they often tend to be concave; the older leaves towards the base 
become crinkled and drooping. 

In winter the rather narrow reddish buds, which are almost hairless and 
rather large for the stoutness of wood, afford a useful aid to identification together 
with the wood characters. There are some “‘ fruit-buds ’”’ towards the base of 
the one-year layers. 

At East Malling the French Paradise has been shy in its early-rooting habit, 
whilst the more mature roots, though they show a mixture of fibre and coarse 
lateral root, appear much less vigorous than Broad-leaf or Nonsuch. 

The suitability of the French Paradise for our soil has long been a disputed 
fact. Trials on different soils with different varieties of apple can alone ulti- 
mately decide this. That it is subject to both Apple Mildew and Black Spot 
in the nursery row is certain. 


Type IX.—Jaune de Metz. 


The Jaune de Metz Paradise does not seem to be in common use in our 
English nurseries, but since it is frequently used both in France and Germany 
it seemed advisable to include it in these descriptions, 

The annual shoots are of medium growth. At this stage it appears more 
dwarfing than the French Paradise. The leaves are large for the size of the 
growths and of a dark healthy green; they are generally ovate in shape and 
somewhat abruptly pointed. The leaves are almost vertical, but are bent over 
at the apex. It is most characteristically found with short spines and some- 
times spurs and “‘ fruit-buds ”’ towards the base of the annual shoot, where the 
leaves appear crowded. The wood is noticeably patchy in colour, varying from 
red-brown to green-brown. The lenticels are few. The annual layers would 
give one the impression of pronounced precocity, though an examination of 
three-year-old cordons seemed to suggest that it is more vigorous than the true 
French. The rooting of the one-year layers, however, is not markedly superior. 

This type appears much healthier than the French, and it seems quite possible 
that it might afford a useful dwarfing type, if suitable to this country. Further 
observation is required to establish this point. As its period of growth differs 
somewhat from that of the French Paradise, it is popular in French nurseries 
for succession purposes. 


XVII. Further Types from Germany. 


In addition to the nine types already summarized six other types 
have appeared in the collections received from Germany in I9Qr4. 
Since we have not yet found these types occurring in this country 


"O6€ *d aavf OF) *sJOOI SnoIqY 


JO YOR] sATJeIedUIOO BY} 9JON 
‘TIA FdAL 
wia}sAs J001-p[o-1e94-InNOJ—"FOT ‘OI 


‘siaAe] pajoo1-1e94-2UuQ—'EOT “DIT 


SO 


Pe 


OPO 


ameter emer IT es OLR 


‘aSIaGVUVqd HONAYY ‘JITA Adal 
‘wia}sAs 3001 pjo-1ea4-1n0.J—'90T “DIY 


‘staXe] poyoo1-1e9A 


suQ— 


cot 


sai 


CO 


edt Ye 
La 


AMON 


LEE 


cemtccang he 


2 ESE 


BES A es aa 


SI 


_ PARADISE APPLE STOCKS, 397 


detailed descriptions of them are not given here. Some of them are 
interesting as approaching the true Doucin very closely, another is 
notable for the health and vigour which it displays, whilst yet another 
appears to be very weak and dwarfing. They vary too in rooting 
vigour. These types will also be tested on a small scale, in case any 
of them should prove of exceptional value. 


XVIII. Possible Origin and Identification of Types. 


It is not the intention in this report to deal at length with the 
origin of the various types and with their identification with historic 
types of Paradise. But in order to avoid misunderstanding it seems 
advisable to state that undoubtedly there has been a very considerable 
change of significance in the word ‘ Paradise.’ Paradise can, in 
our trade sense, be no longer held to mean “ Pyrus acerba D.C. 
(Malus acerba Mérat), known to horticulturists under the name of 
Paradise,’ * which was supposed to be commonly found in a wild 
state in the woods. Though the Malus acerba may still have its 
representatives amongst the Paradise types of to-day—especially in 
Type VIII. does this seem likely—we know quite definitely that at 
least three of our common types, the Broad-leaved English, the 
Nonsuch, and the Jaune de Metz Paradise were merely chance seedlings 
selected as stocks because of certain tendencies they exhibited.f 7 

Chief among these tendencies was that of readiness to root when 
layered. This tendency is most frequently exhibited in apples by 
the appearance of small root-knots or excrescences on the stem 
and by the growth of adventitious roots near and on the surface 
of the ground. The characteristic is frequently described in the 
older writers, who described these root-knots very aptly as “ burr- 
knots,” and it is still commonly to be seen on some of the older 
Codlin apples. A close examination of any bed of stocks will soon 
reveal this habit amongst certain members. 

Figure 68 shows a ‘‘ knotted”’ stock picked with several others 
from a bed of “‘ Free ”’ stocks, raised from seed. 

In the past any Apple showing this tendency was recommended 
as a stock, because the burr-knots indicated its readiness to root from 
layers or cuttings, and it was supposed to indicate root vigour. These 
facts are mentioned in order to show that the word ‘ Paradise ’ 
possesses a much wider meaning than is sometimes supposed, and 
that Paradise stocks have arisen through various channels. 

Again, it should be pointed out that although we include the 
‘Doucin’ to-day amongst Paradise stocks, and it is generally sold 
under the name of ‘ English Paradise,’ it is very questionable whether 


* GRENIER et GopDRON, Flore de France. 
{ For the origin of Broad-leaf and Nonsuch, see the statements of their raiser 
and introducer, the late Mr. T. Rivers, 
_ The origin of the Jaune de Metz, which has a somewhat similar French 
history, is given in the Revue Horticole, 1879, Pp. 437: 


398 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


it bears a near relationship at all to most of the other types.* A 
careful comparison of the root systems alone is enough to suggest this, 
whilst in literature the Doucin is repeatedly mentioned as differing 
very considerably from the Paradise. 

It remains to be proved whether the Doucin (Type II.) and Paradise 
(French, Type VIII.) of to-day are the same as those of the seventeenth 
century. Du MONCEAU’s description, especially of the latter’s very 
dwarfing tendencies, makes one incline to doubt it. There is little 
doubt that the very dwarfing type of Paradise frequently referred to 
is at least temporarily lost to us to-day. 

This Report, then, deals with the various forms of so-called 
‘Paradise’ in common use, and lays no claim to make a systematic 
botanical classification. 

The names attached to various types of Paradise in the Report are 
those which the consensus of opinion amongst leading English and 
French nurserymen has given to the types in question. In some cases 
it has been possible to verify these names from the sources of origin ; 
in others, the various fragmentary descriptions and references in 
literature have gone to strengthen the evidence. 


XIX. Probable Sources of Confusion. 


After having demonstrated that there is considerable confusion 
with regard to the various Paradise types, it seems only fair to say 
that frequent opportunities occur in the ordinary routine of work 
likely to cause unintentional mixing together of types. The most 
prolific source of confusion is probably the root-cutting. The Paradise 
types seem easily propagated from root-cuttings. When trees are 
lifted, portions of the root frequently remain in the ground, and I 
have seen shoots from these appearing and forming a fresh stock. 
It will be realized how easily this may cause mistakes. Moreover, 
unless very great care is taken, any form of cutting—and especially 
the root-cutting—may be dropped unnoticed and subsequently find 
its place amongst another variety. Until due emphasis was laid 
upon the importance of the differences amongst Paradise types it 
was hardly to be expected that this matter would receive special 
attention. 

The recent paper of Professor BATESON on “ Root-cuttings, 
Chimeras, and Sports,’ ’’ t has proved too that we must be on our 
guard in this matter of root-cuttings. It is possible that some of our 
Paradise types to-day arose as “‘sports’’ from the root. The im- 
portation of stocks from abroad may, too, lead to the appearance of 
new varieties of Paradise, and to inadvertent mixing. Until we can 
be clear as to our nomenclature these mistakes are unavoidable. 

* Some authorities definitely classify it as a different species. 

Pyrus malus L. ‘To this species are related the numerous varieties of 
Apple which have been produced by husbandry ; it is known to horticulturists 


under:the name of Doucin.’’—GRENIER et GopRON, Flore de France, 
t Journal of Genetics, VI. pp. 75-80 (Dec. 1916). 


PARADISE APPLE STOCKS, 399 


It will, of course, be realized that there are two points of view 
with regard to the “ stock question.’’ One side has been sufficiently 
emphasized in this Report in order that the matter may receive the 
attention it deserves. Certainly the initial observations seem to 
justify this emphasis. On the other hand, it is perhaps well to quote 
what KNIGHT once wrote of the stock: ‘“‘ The office of the stock is, 
in every sense of the word, subservient ; and it acts only in obedience 
to the impulse it receives from the branches; the only qualities 
therefore, which are wanting to form a perfect stock are vigour and 
hardiness.’’ Even so, our investigations have their work to perform. 
Selection is obviously necessary from the numerous types of different 
vigour. It is greatly to be hoped that the work will receive the co- 
operation of both nurserymen and growers. Some of the former 
at present emphasize the importance of a true stock bed and a good 
stock. The grower should see that it is of advantage to the nursery- 
man to put a “ good brand”’ upon the market. There should be more 
inquisitiveness about ‘“‘ Apples on Paradise.’’ A great aid to progress 
would be a definite standardization and revision of names by the 
trade. Doubtless, certain types of Paradise at present unnamed 
have, to the nurseryman’s knowledge, proved suitable to certain 
districts and uses. If we can proceed along these lines, valuable 
information and reliable results should be forthcoming, such as would 
be of benefit both to the raisers and growers of fruit-trees. Our 
knowledge of the Paradise stock has advanced considerably since 
the seventeenth century, but the subtleties of choosing a stock seem 
to have been more fully explored even by the writer who described 
the Paradise Apple as “a curious fruit produced by grafting a Pear- 
main on a Quince.’’ 

[fhe photographs illustrating habit and root systems in this 
report are the work of Mr. J. Ames and those representing foliage 
characters of Mr. Reginald Malby.] 


400 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SPRING CABBAGES AT WISLEY, 1915-16. 


ONE hundred and three stocks of Spring Cabbages were received 
at Wisley for trial, representing sixty-three varieties, one of which 
was red. The seed was sown on August 7, and the germination 
was fairly good. The seedlings were planted out on September 27, 
on moderately-manured and deeply-dug ground. The season was 
rather a trying one, especially in the early months of 1916, owing 
to the exceptionally late and heavy snow and frosts, followed by 
cold rains and then drought, but, on the whole, the bed of cabbages 
was a very good one. The cultivation was under the charge of Mr. J. 
Wilson, foreman in the Vegetable Department. 

A sub-committee of the Fruit and Vegetable Committee inspected 
the trial on two occasions, viz. May 8 and June 2, and selected the 
following as the best in the trial :— 


First-class Certificate. 
No. 85, ‘Ellam’s Early Dwarf.’ 
Award of Merit. 
No. 29, ‘ Eclipse Summer Cutting’ (Barr) ; 33, ‘ First and Best ’ 
(Barr) ; 73, ‘Harbinger’ (Sutton). 
Highly Commended (XXX). 
No. 22, ‘ Flower of Spring’ (Veitch) ; 34, ‘ First and Best ’ (Barr) ; 
71, ‘April’ (Sutton) ; I02, ‘Spring Beauty’ (Bath). 
Commended (XX). 
No. 30, ‘Early Favourite’ (Farr); 31, ‘Favourite’ (Sutton). 


VARIETIES. 
*r. Red Dutch Pickling. 20. 
ae 21. 
3. Detiance- 22.+Flower of Spring, 
- \ Enfield Market. sa 
6. Seedling. 25. 
i | Enfield Market. Be Nonpareil. 
28. 
“lle No: I. 29. Eclipse Summer Cutting. 
30. Early Favourite. 
as - 
13. St Favourite, 
te, pEatly Offenham. 33 
16. 35.} First and Best. 
17. 36. 
18. Early Rainham. 37. 


19. Mammoth Beefheart. 


* All plants sent for trial in the Wisley Gardens are grown under number 
and by this alone are they known until judgment is completed. 


SPRING CABBAGES AT WISLEY, 1915-10. 401 


38. qi. April. 

39. WZ. xpmt Owen. 
40. r Imperial. 73. Harbinger. 
4I. 74. Talisman. 
es fe Nonsuch. 
ae All the Year Round. 77. Springtide. 


45. 78. Criterion. 


40. Emperor 79. Dwarf Spring Cutting. 


47 80. Early Bunching. 

48. 81. Colewort Green Rosette. 
49. Seedling. 82. 

50. Etampes. 83. 

51. Little Pixie. 84. ’ 

52. Johnson’s Market Garden. 85. Ellam's Early. 

53. - 86. 

3} Early Evesham. 87. Lae 

55. : . Seedling. 

30.) Early Market. 5 beaks ane 

57- Methven’s Edinburgh Market. 90. Early Gem. 

58. East Ham. 91. Midlothian Early. 
59. Early Rainham. 92. Early Dwarf Nonpareil. 
60. Early Jersey Wakefield. 93. King of Earlies. 

61. Heartwell. 94. Earliest of All. 

62. Heartwell Marrow. 95. Excelsior. 

63. Pioneer. 96. Seedling. 

64. ‘Jabilee. O7. seedling: 

65. Advancer. 98. Seedling. 

66. Pomeranian. 99. Mighty Atom Early. 
67. Conqueror. too. Unnamed. 


to1. Matchless. 
102. Spring Beauty, 
70. Seedling. 103. Matchless. 


} Incomparable. 


I. GREEN VARIETIES. 


65. Advancer (Simpson).—Plant large; growth spreading ; foliage 
large; head medium, conical, pointed, loose; stock fair. Ready 
May 16. 

43, 44. All the Year Round (Barr, Hurst).—Plant of small to 
medium size; growth rather spreading, foliage medium; head 
small, conical, pointed, solid ; stocks not even. Ready May 8. 

71. April (Sutton), KXX May 16, 1916.—Plant small to medium ; 
growth fairly compact; foliage medium; head medium, conical, 
pointed, solid; stock good. Ready May 3. 

72. April Queen (Barr).—Plant of medium to large size; growth 
rather spreading; foliage of medium size; head medium, pointed, 
conical, solid. Stock uneven. Ready May 3. 

81. Colewort Green Rosette (Barr).—A stock of Colewort contain- 
ing a very large percentage of bolters. 

67. Conqueror (Pearson).—Plant small; growth spreading ; foliage 
medium ; head small, conical, obtusely pointed, solid; stock true, 
stood badly. Ready May 6. | 

78. Criterion (Barr).—Plant of medium to large size; growth 
rather spreading; foliage medium to large, rather coarse; head 
medium, conical, obtusely pointed, solid; stood well. Ready 
May 6. ; 

_ 2,3. Defiance (Simpson, Daniels).—Plant large; foliage abundant, 

VOL. XLII. 2D 


402 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


spreading, and of large size; head large, conical, obtusely pointed, 
loose ; stocks not true. Ready May 30. 

79. Dwarf Spring Cutting (Barr).—Plant small to medium size ; 
growth spreading; foliage medium; head small, pointed, conical, 
solid ; stock uneven. Ready May 6. 

94. Earliest of All (R. Veitch).—Plant of large size; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage large, somewhat coarse; head small, conical, 
obtusely pointed, solid; stock uneven, stood fairly well. A good 
number of bolters. Ready May 5. 

80. Early Bunching (Nutting).—Plant of medium size; growth 
spreading ; foliage large; head medium, conical, pointed, loose; 
stock uneven. Ready May 16. 

92. Early Dwarf Nonpareil (Pearson).—An unsuitable variety 
for autumn sowing. Contained a good number of bolters. 

53. Early Evesham (Nutting), A.M. Aug. 25, 1908.—Plant of 
medium size ; foliage medium, spreading ; head small, conical, pointed, 
loose ; stock fair, stood well. Ready May ir. 

54. Early Evesham Selected (Barr).—Like No. 53 but heads rather 
more solid. Ready May II. 

30. Early Favourite (Farr), XX May 16, 1916.—Plant of medium 
size; growth compact; foliage medium, deep green veined white ; 
head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stock good. Ready May 3. 

89. Early Feltham (Barr).—Plant of fairly large size*; growth 
rather spreading ; foliage large, rather coarse ; head medium, pointed, 
conical, solid; stock good, stood badly. Ready May 3. 

go. Early Gem (Barr).— Plant of medium to large size; 
growth spreading; foliage large; head medium, conical, pointed, 
solid; stock fair, stood moderately well; some bolters. Ready 
May 16. | 

60. Early Jersey Wakefield (Veitch).—See vol. xli. p. 475. Not 
ready by beginning of June. 

55. Early Market (Barr).—Plant of small to medium size; growth 
rather spreading; foliage medium; head small, pointed, conical, 
solid; stock uneven. Ready May 3. 

I2, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, Early Offenham (Barr, Dawkins, Sydenham, 
Hurst, Simpson, Veitch).—See vol. xli. p. 477 ; stocks 12 and 13 had 
rather more spreading foliage than the others. Ready May 3. 

18, 59. Early Rainham (Veitch, Barr).—Plant of medium size ; 
growth rather spreading ; foliage medium, rather coarse ; head medium, 
conical, pointed, solid ; stocks mixed. Stock No. 59 had rather larger 
foliage and smaller heads. Ready May 3. : 

58. East Ham (Barr).—Plant of medium to large size; growth 
spreading ; foliage large; head medium, pointed, conical, solid ; 
stock fair. Ready May 6. 

29. Eclipse Summer Cutting (Barr), A.M. May 16, 1916.—Plant 
fairly large; growth fairly compact; foliage large, rather coarse ; 
head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stock good, stood well. 
Ready May 3. 


SPRING CABBAGES AT WISLEY, ro15-16. 403 


*82. Ellam’s Early, Sutton’s Strain (Sutton).—Plant medium to 
large size ; growth fairly compact ; foliage medium size, green, veined 
white ; head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stock good. Ready 
May I. 

*83. Ellam’s Early Dwarf (Sydenham).—Plant of medium to large 
size ; growth rather spreading ; foliage medium to large, green, veined 
white ; head medium, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair. Ready May 6. 

*84. Ellam’s Early Dwarf (Simpson).—Plant of medium to large 
size; growth fairly compact; foliage medium to large, green, veined 
white; head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stock fair. Ready 
May 3. See vol. xli. p. 477. 

*85. Ellam’s Early Dwarf (Barr), F.C.C. April 8, 1884.—Plant 
medium to large; growth fairly compact ; foliage medium to large, 
green, veined white; head medium, pointed, conical, solid; stock 
good. Ready May 3. 

*86. Ellam’s Early Dwarf (Pearson).—Plant medium to large ; 
growth fairly compact ; foliage medium to large, green, veined white ; 
head medium, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair. Ready May 3. 

*87. Ellam’s Early Dwarf (Veitch).—Plant medium to large; 
growth fairly compact ; foliage medium to large, green, veined white ; 
head medium, conical, pointed, solid ; stock good. Ready May 3. 

45. Emperor (Chavlton).—Plant small to medium size; growth 
spreading ; head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stock fair, stood 
well. Ready May 8. 

47. Emperor (Toogood).—Plant small to medium; _ growth 
spreading ; head small, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair, stood well. 
Ready May 6. 

48. Emperor (Webb).—Similar to No. 47, but heads _ looser. 
Ready May 11. See vol. xli. p. 475. 

46. Emperor, Early (Barr).—Not ready by June. 

4. Enfield Market, special stock (Barr).—See vol. xli. p. 477. 
Ready May 11. Fairly even stock. 

7. Enfield Market (Pearson).—Similar to No. 4, but later. 

8. Enfield Market (Veitch).—Similar to No. 4. Stock not true. 
Ready May 30. 

5. Enfield Market Selected (Barr).—Plant large ; foliage abundant, 
large, spreading ; head medium, conical, pointed, solid; stood well. 
Ready May 30. 

50. Etampes (Barr), A.M. August 25, 1908.—See vol. xli. p. 475. 
Stock poor ; large percentage of bolters. 

95. Excelsior (Dawkins).—Plant of medium size; growth fairly 
compact ; foliage of medium size, green, veined white ; head medium, 
conical, obtusely pointed, solid ; stock good, stood fairly well. Ready 
May 6. 

31. Favourite (Sutton), XX May 16, 1916.—Plant of medium 
size ; growth fairly compact ; foliage medium, deep green, veined white ; 


* The Committee placed these stocks of Ellam’s Early in the following order ; 
85, 82, 87, 86, 84, 83. | 


404 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


head medium, conical, pointed, solid. A good stock. Ready 
May 3. 

32. Favourite (Webb).—Plant of medium size; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage medium ; head medium, conical, pointed, solid ; 
stock good, stood moderately well. Ready May 3. 

33. First and Best (Barr), A.M. May 16, 1916.—Plant fairly 
large; growth rather spreading; foliage large, deep green, veins 
white ; head medium, conical, obtusely pointed, solid; stock good. 
Ready May 3. 

34. First and Best (Barr), XXX June 6, 1916.—Similar to No. 33. 
Stock even. Ready May 3. 

35, 36. First and Best (Dawkins, Sydenham).—Similar to No. 33, 
but rather less spreading growth. Ready May 5. See vol. xli. 
P- 475. 

37. First and Best (Hurst).—Similar to No. 33. Stock fair. 
Ready May 5. 

20. Flower of Spring (Barr).—Plant of medium size; growth 
rather spreading; foliage medium size, rather coarse; Head 
medium, conical, pointed, loose; fair stock, stood well. Ready 
May 3. 

21. Flower of Spring (Pearson).—Similar to 20, but growth 
fairly compact, and head small; stood badly. Ready May 3. | 

22. Flower of Spring (Veitch), XXX May 16, 1916.—Similar to 
No. 20, but growth fairly compact; head obtusely pointed, solid ; 
stock fair, stood well. Ready May 3. 

23. Flower of Spring (Simpson).—Stock not quite true; stood 
well. Ready May 3. ie 

24. Flower of Spring (Sutton), XXX June 6, 1916.—Larger than 
foregoing stocks. Ready May 3. 

73. Harbinger (Sutton), A.M. May 9, 1911.—Plant of medium size ; 
growth fairly compact ; foliage of medium size, deep green, veins white ; 
head small, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair. Ready May 17. 

61. Heartwell (Carter).—Plant of medium size; growth fairly 
compact ; foliage medium, rather coarse; head medium, conical, 
pointed, solid ; stock fair, stood moderately well. Ready May 3. 

62. Heartwell Marrow (Barr).—Many bolted. 

38, 39, 40. Imperial Selected (Barr, Hurst, Dawkins).—Plant 
medium to large; growth rather spreading ; foliage medium; head 
medium, pointed, conical, solid; stock good, stood well. Ready 
May 3. | 
41. Imperial (Webb).—Similar to No. 38. Stock good. Ready 
May 3. : 

42. Imperial (Sutton).—Plant of medium size; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage medium to large; rather coarse, head medium, 
pointed, conical, loose; stock good. Ready May 6. 

69. Incomparable (Dawkins).—Plant small to medium; growth 
spreading ; foliage medium ; head small, conical, obtusely pointed, 
loose ; stock uneven, stood well. Ready May 8. 


SPRING CABBAGES AT WISLEY, 1915-106. 405 


68. Incomparable (Veitch), A.M. August 25, 1908.—Stock not true ; 
failed to form a head. 

52. Johnson’s Market Garden (Barr).—Plant small to medium 
in size; growth compact ; head small, conical, pointed, loose ; stock 
fair, stood badly. Ready May 11. 

64. Jubilee (Shaw).—Plant medium to large; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage large, deep green, veins white; head medium, 
conical, obtusely pointed, solid; stock good, stood badly. Ready 
May 3. 

93. King of Earlies (Barr).—Plant medium to large in size ; 
growth spreading ; foliage medium ; head medium, pointed, conical, 
solid ; stock uneven, stood badly. Ready May 6. 

560. Large Early Market (Nutting).—See vol. xli. p. 475. Ready 
May II. 

51. Little Pixie (Barr).—Nearly all bolted. 

19. Mammoth Beefheart (Carter).—Plant of medium size; growth 
rather spreading; foliage medium to large, rather coarse; head 
medium, pointed, conical, solid; stood badly. Ready May 3. 

tor. Matchless (Bath).—Plant of fairly large size; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage large, rather coarse ; head medium, conical, pointed, 
solid ; stock good, stood moderately well. Ready May 3. 

103. Matchless (Staward).—Plant of large to medium size; 
growth spreading; foliage large; head medium, conical, pointed, 
solid; stood well. Ready May 30. 

9g. Mein’s No. r (Barr).—Plant large; growth rather spreading, 
foliage large, rather coarse, glaucous ; head medium, conical, pointed, 
solid ; stood well; fairly even stock. Ready May 3. 

10. Mein’s No. 1 (Pearson).—Similar to No. 9. Stock good, stood 
well. Ready May 3. 

11. Mein’s No. r (Veitch).—Similar to No. 9.. Stock not quite 
true ; stood well. Ready May 6. 

57. Methven’s Edinburgh Market (Barr).—Plant of medium size ; 
growth rather spreading; foliage medium, rather coarse; head 
medium, conical, pointed, loose; stock fair, stood moderately well. 
Ready May 8. 

gi. Midlothian Early (Dobbie).—Plant of medium to large size ; 
growth rather spreading ; foliage large, deep green, white veined ; 
head medium, conical, obtusely pointed, solid; stock fair, stood fairly 
well. Ready May 3. Selected from MacEwan’s Early. 

99. Mighty Atom Early (Weightman).—Not in by June. 

25. Nonpareil (Shaw’s) Selected (Barr).—Plant of medium size ; 

outer foliage abundant, spreading, medium; head medium, conical, 
pointed, solid; stock mixed, many bolted; stood well. Ready 
May II. 
_. 26. Nonpareil, Tovey’s Extra Early (Barr).—Plant fairly large ; 
growth rather spreading; foliage of medium size, rather coarse ; 
head small, pointed, conical, solid; stock mixed, stood moderately 
well. Ready May 8. 


406 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


27. Nonpareil Improved (Barr).—Plant fairly large; growth 
rather spreading ; foliage medium to large, deep green, with white 
veins ; head medium, pointed, conical, solid; stood fairly well; 
stock mixed, a good many bolted. Ready May 8. 

28. Nonpareil (Simpson).—Plant fairly large; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage medium to large, deep green, with white veins ; 
head medium, pointed, conical, loose; stock mixed, stood well. 
Ready May 6. 

75. Nonsuch (Barr).—Plant medium to large; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage medium to large, some rather coarse ; head medium, 
conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair, cracks badly. Ready May 5. 

76. Nonsuch (Toogood).—Plant of medium size; growth spread- 
ing ; foliage medium ; head small, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair, 
stood well. Ready May 6. 

63. Pioneer (Carter).—Many bolted. 

66. Pointed-headed Pomeranian (Toogood).—Did not form a head 
like a Kale. 

102. Spring Beauty (Bath), XXX May 16, 1916.—Plant of fairly 
large size; growth fairly compact; foliage large, deep green, veins 
white ; head conical, medium, obtusely pointed, solid; stock fair, 
stood well. Ready May 3. 

77. Springtide (Carter).—Plant medium; growth spreading ; 
foliage medium ; head small, conical, pointed, solid ; stock fair, stood 
well. Ready May 16. 

74. Talisman (Toogood).—Plant of medium size; growth rather 
spreading ; foliage medium ; head medium, conical, obtusely pointed, 
solid ; stock fair, stood moderately well. Ready May 6. 

Nos. 6, 49, 70, 88, 96, and 98 were unnamed seedlings from Messrs. 
J. K. King; and No. 100 from Messrs. W. Fell. 


II].—RED VARIETY. 


1. Red Dutch Pickling (Veitch).—A good stock of red pickling 
Cabbage. 


SAVOYS AT WISLEY, 1916. 407 


SAVOV STAT WESLEY, 1916. 


FORTY-SEVEN stocks of Savoys were sent for trial in 1916. Two 
sowings of each were made, the first on April 26, the second on May 26. 
They were transplanted on land which had grown peas the previous 
year, followed by mustard which was dug in. The first sowings were 
transplanted on June 14, the second on June 30. The smaller types, 
Nos. 1 to 15, were planted 2 feet apart each way, the larger 2 feet 
apart in rows 2 feet 6 inches apart. They were inspected on 
November 9 and the following varieties were selected as the best in 
the trial. 


Award of Merit. 
No. 31, “ Perfection’ (Sutton); 47, ‘Norwegian’ (Barr). 


Highly. Commended. 
No. 9, ‘ Sugarloaf’ (Sutton). 


Commended. 

ito. 7, ‘tom Thumb,’ re-selected (Carter); 29, ° Perfecticn’ 
(Hurst) ; 37, ‘Selected Drumhead’ (Sutton); 45, ‘Covent Garden 
Late Drumhead’ (Watkins & Simpson). 

After the very severe weather of January and February 1917 the 
following varieties were found to have stood best, and to be still fit 
for use, and Awards of Merit were recommended to them. 

No. 18, “Selected Green Curled,’ (Dobbie); 25, “New Year’ 
(Sutton) ; 41, ‘Ormskirk Late Green’ (Sydenham) ; 42, ‘ Ormskirk ’ 
(Nutting) ; 43, “Ormskirk Selected’ (A. Dickson) ; 44, ‘ Late Drum 
head’ (Nutting). 


VARIETIES.* 


1. Kinver Globe. 18, Selected Green Curled. 
2. Little Wonder. 19. 

: eee: 20-1. Dwarf Green Curled, 
5.+ Lom Thumb. 22; 

6. 23. Golden Globe, 

7. Tom Thumb re-selected. 24. Reliance, 

8. Very Dwarf, 25. New Year. 

9. Sugarloaf, 26, Giant Green Curled, 
10, Kitzing. 27. Gilbert’s Universal. 
11, New Cone-headed. 28. American Drumhead. 


12. Cartercone, 29, 
| Deace Green curled, ss Perfection, 
32. Early Drumhead. 


=e | Earliest of All. 
aa Best of All. 


17. Dwarf Close Curled. 


* See footnote p. 400, 


408 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


35. 41. Ormskirk Late Green. 

36. | Pit aid 42. Ormskirk. 

37. Selected Drumhead. 43. Ormskirk (Hawlmark Selection). 
38. Latest of All, 44. Late Drumhead. 

39. Drumhead. 45. Covent Garden Late. 

40. Late Drumhead. 46. Drumhead. 


47. Norwegian. 


Oxheart Type. 


3. Advancer (Webb).—Plant of large size, dwarf; outer foliage 
medium, spreading, large, slightly crinkled, green; head of medium 
to large size, obtuse, solid, becoming yellow. Very much mixed. 
Stands badly. Ready August 25. 

12. Cartercone (Carter).—Plant of medium size, much outer foliage, 
large, spreading, finely crinkled, green, glaucous; head of medium 
size, obtuse, fairly solid. Stands well. Ready October 21. 

17. Dwarf Close Curled (Cooper-Taber).—Plant of large size; 
much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green; 
head of medium size, obtuse, solid, becoming yellow. Some tall, 
some dwarf. Stands fairly well. Ready September 15. 

13.. Dwarf Green Curled (Nutting).—Plant of medium size; 
much outer foliage, medium, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, 
glaucous; head of medium size, obtuse, rather loose. Some tall, 
some dwarf. Stands fairly well. Ready October rr. 
| 14. Dwarf Green Curled (R. Veitch).—Plant of large size; much 

outer foliage, large, very spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, glau- 
cous; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. Some dwarf, some tall, 
and sugar-loaf. Stands fairly well. Ready October 11. 

19. Dwarf Green Curled (Sutton).—Plant of medium size, fairly 
compact, dwarf; much outer foliage, spreading, medium, very finely 
crinkled, dark green; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. A little 
lighter colour, distinct. Stands fairly well. Ready September 20. 

20. Dwarf Green Curled (Simpson).—Plant of large size, fairly 
compact, dwarf; much outer foliage, medium, spreading, finely 
crinkled, dark green; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. Stands 
fairly well. Ready September 20. 

21. Dwarf Green Curled (Barr).—Plant of large size, dwarf; 
much outer foliage, medium, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, 
glaucous ; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. Stands fairly well. 
Ready September 20. 

22. Dwarf Green Curled (Sydenham).—Plant of large size; much 
outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, glaucous ; : 
head of medium size, obtuse, solid. Standswell. Ready September 20. 

15, 16. Earliest of All (Sutton, Barr).—Plant of medium to large 
size; outer foliage large, spreading, coarsely crinkled, dark green ; 
head of medium size, obtuse, not very solid. Several types, oxheart 
and drumhead. Stood badly. Ready August 25. 

23. Golden Globe (Barr).—Plant of large size ; much outer foliage, 
large, spreading, coarsely crinkled, yellowish green, glaucous; head 


SAVOYS AT WISLEY, 10916. 409 


of medium size, obtuse, loose. Like a cattle cabbage. Stood fairly 
well. Ready October 30. 

1. Kinver Globe (Webb).—Plant of medium size; outer foliage 
medium, spreading, coarsely crinkled, dark green, glaucous; head of 
small size, obtuse, solid, becoming yellowish. Stands well. Ready 
September 20. 

to. Kitzing (Hurst)—Plant of medium size; outer foliage 
medium, spreading, coarsely crinkled, light green; head of medium 
size, flat and obtusely pointed, solid, soon yellowing. Mixed, of 
various types. Stands badly. Ready August 25. 

2. Little Wonder (Webb).—Plant of large size, dwarf ; much outer 
foliage, medium, spreading, coarsely crinkled, dark green, glaucous; 
head of medium size, obtuse, solid, becoming yellowish. Mixed, 
several shapes of head. Stands well. Ready September 20. 

25. New Year (Sutton), A.M. February 27, 1917.—Plant of medium 
to large size; much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, 
dark green, glaucous; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. Stood 
well. Ready October 5. 

24. Reliance (Sutton).—Plant of small to medium size; outer 
foliage medium, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green; head of 
medium size, obtuse, solid. Stands well. Ready September 20. 

18. Selected Green Curled (Dobbie), A.M. February 27, 1917.— 
Plant of large size; much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely 
crinkled, dark green, glaucous ; head of medium size, obtuse, solid. 
Stood well. Ready September 15. 

4,5, 6. Tom Thumb (Simpson, Hurst, Sutton).—Plant of small 
to medium size, dwarf, compact; medium outer foliage, medium, 
spreading, rather coarsely crinkled, dark green; heads of small 
to medium size, obtuse, solid. Stood fairly well. Ready from 
September 13 to 15. 

7. Tom Thumb, re-selected (Carter), XX November 9, 1916.— 
Plant of large size ; much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, 
lightish green, glaucous; head of large size, obtuse, solid. Stands 
fairly well. Ready September 2o. 

27. Universal (Barr), F.C.C. March 25, 1884.—Plant of large 
size; much outer foliage, large, spreading, green, some crinkled ; 
heads of medium size, obtuse, solid. Mixed. Stands badly. Ready 
September 20. 


Drumhead Type. 


28. American Drumhead (Cooper-Taber).—Plant of large size ; 
much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, 
glaucous; head of medium size, flat, solid, becoming yellowish. 
Several types. Stands badly. Ready September 15. 

33, 34. Best of All (Sutton, Sydenham).—Plant of large size, 
dwarf; medium to much outer foliage, large, spreading, crinkled, 
dark green ; head of large size, flat, solid. Stands fairly well. Ready 


410 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


September 10. No. 34 was larger, lighter green, and of several types. 
Ready September 25. 

35, 36. Drumhead (Webb, Simpson).—Plant of large size; much 
outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, med. green, glaucous ; 
head of large size, flat, solid. Stands fairly well. Ready September 20. 
No. 36 was smaller in size and had some leaves with reddish veins, 
and both comprised several types of heads... 

39. Drumhead (Veitch).—Plant of large size ; much outer foliage, 
large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, glaucous; head of 
medium size, flat, solid. Stands well. Ready September 29. 

46. Drumhead (Barr).—Plant of large size; much outer foliage, 
large, spreading, coarsely crinkled, green, glaucous; heads of large 
size, flat, solid. Soon maturing. Ready September 30. 

45. Drumhead, Covent Garden Late (Watkins & Simpson), XX 
November g, 1916.—Plant of large size; much outer foliage, large, 
spreading, coarsely crinkled, med. green, glaucous; head of large 
size, flat, solid. Soon maturing. Ready September 30. 

32. Early Drumhead (Nutting).—Plant of large size; much 
outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, glaucous ; 
head of large size, flat, solid, becoming yellowish. Stands well. 
Ready September 27. 

26. Giant Green Curled (Carter).—Plant of large size, dwarf; 
much outer foliage, large, crinkled, green; heads of large size, 
flat, solid, becoming yellowish. A bit mixed. Stands badly. Ready 
September 15. 

40. Late Drumhead (Sutton).—Plant of large size; much outer 
foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, glaucous; head 
of medium to large size, flat, solid. Some good, type varies. Stands 
fairly well. Ready October 5. 

44. Late Drumhead (Nutting), A.M. February 27, 1917.—Plant of 
large size; much outer foliage, large, spreading, coarsely crinkled, 
med. green, glaucous; head of large size, flat, solid. Stands well. 
Ready October 21. . 

38. Latest of All (Watkins & Simpson).—Plant of large size ; 
much outer foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled, dark green, 
glaucous, veins reddish; head of medium to large size, flat, solid. 
Stands well. Ready October 26. 

47. Norwegian (Barr), A.M. November 21, 1916.~Plant of large 
size; much outer foliage, large, spreading, dark reddish, glaucous 
green, coarsely crinkled ; head of large size, flat, solid. Hardy, late, 
fine type. Stands well. Ready October 11. 

4I, 42, 43. Ormskirk (Sydenham, Nutting, A. Dickson), A.M. 
February 27, 1917.—Plant of large size; much outer foliage, large, 
spreading, coarsely crinkled, green, glaucous; head large, flat, solid. 
Stands well. Ready October 13. No. 41 was later, being ready 
October 26. 

29. Perfection (Hurst), XX November 9, 1916.—Plant of medium 
size, dwarf; much outer foliage, large, finely crinkled, dark green, 


SAVOYS AT WISLEY, 1916. 41I 


glaucous; head of medium size, flat, solid, becoming yellowish. 
Stands well. Ready September 20. 

30. Perfection (A. Dickson).—Plant of large size; much outer 
foliage, large, spreading, finely crinkled; heads of medium to large 
size, obtuse, loose, becoming yellowish. Several types, some dwarf, 
some tall. Stands badly. Ready September 27. 

31. Perfection (Sutton), A.M. November 9, 1916.—Plant of medium 
size, dwarf, compact ; medium outer foliage, medium, finely crinkled, 
dark green, glaucous; head medium to small, flat, solid. The best ; 
a nice dwarf little Savoy with no waste, can be planted 18 inches 
apart. Stands fairly well. Ready September 27. 

37. Selected Drumhead (Sutton), XX November 9, 1916.—Plant 
of large size, dwarf, compact; much outer foliage, large, spreading, 
finely crinkled, dark green, glaucous; head of large size, flat, solid. 
Soon maturing. Ready September 15. Award to the variety as 
an early one. Good for market. 

8. Very Dwarf (Barr).—Plant of medium size, dwarf; much outer 
foliage, medium, spreading, crinkled, green, glaucous ; head of medium 
size, flat, solid, becoming yellowish: not true. Stands badly. Ready 
September 13. 


Sugar-loaf Type. 


11..New Cone-headed (Barr).—Plant of medium size; medium 
outer foliage, medium, rather spreading, finely crinkled, glaucous ; 
heads oval, fairly solid. Some large and spreading. Soon maturing. 
Ready October 2r. 

g. Sugar-loaf (Sutton), XXX November 9, 1916.—Plant of medium 
size, tall, fairly compact ; medium outer leaves, rather erect, medium, 
much crinkled, dark green; head of medium size, oval, fairly solid, 
becoming yellow. Good type for small gardens. Soon maturing. 
Ready September 20. 


412 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


CLARKIAS AT WISLEY, 1016. 


ForRTY-FIVE stocks were sent in for trial. Theseed was sown on May 15 
and the seedlings thinned out when large enough to fifteen inches 
apart. The dwarf forms (belonging to the C. pulchella section) began to 
flower on August 2, about five or six days before the taller forms of the 
elegans section. 

No trial of Clarkias has been made in the Society’s gardens since 
1877, and no award has been granted since 1875. At and previous to 
the latter date the following awards were made :— 

C. pulchella fl. pl. (Carter), F.C.C. 186r. 

os integrifolia (Carter), F.0.C. 1864. 
4 limbata (Carter), F.C.C. 1873. 

C. elegans ‘ Purple King’ (Hardy), F.C.C. 1875. 

- “Salmon Queen’ (Hardy), F.C.C. 1875. 

Of the above ‘ Purple Queen ’ and ‘ Salmon Queen ’ received awards 
in the present trial and were noted in the trial held in 1877 as being 
‘very fine and distinct.” 

Clarkia pulchella fl. pl. occurred in the previous trial under two 
colour forms, white and crimson (rose-purple), of which the former was 
again received. Of integrifolia one variety was sent, viz. ‘ Mrs. 
Langtry.’ 

Of the forty-five stocks, thirty-five were true, the mixed stocks 
being Nos. 5, 6, 7,16, 22)°30, 31,34, 35, 40: 

The garden varieties of isis may be classified under two 
sections :— 

Pulchella section, derived from C. pulchella, a species native in the 
region of the Kooskoosky and Clarke rivers in North America, and 
characterized by dwarf habit (1 foot), narrow leaves and trilobed 
petals. 

In this section are included the inte Sh ies forms characterized 
by unlobed petals. 

Elegans section, derived from C. elegans, a species from the Pacific 
side of North America, characterized by tall habit (2-4 feet), 
pyramidal habit, broad leaves, and entire petals. 


DwakF (10 to 15 inches).—C. pulchella section. 
Rose Purple. 
*8. Double Crimson (Sydenham).—Single and semi-double. 
Rose Purple, White Margins. 
40, 41. integripetala ‘ Mrs. Langtry’ (Nutting, Sydenham)—Single. 


* See footnote, p. 400. 


CLARKIAS AT WISLEY, 1916, 4T3 


White. 


43. Double White (Sydenham), XX September 1, 1916.—Single 
and semi-double. 


TALL (2 feet and over).—C. elegans section. 
Rose Purple. 


I, 2, 3, 4, 5. Purple Prince (Hurst, Watkins & Simpson, Barr, 
Simpson, Dobbie).—Semi-double and double. No. 1 is called by the 
old name ‘ Purple King ’ and contained single and semi-double. No. 3 
received award of XX September 1, 1916. 


Shades of Deep Salmon Pink. 


6, 7. Firefly (Sutton, Hurst).—Semi-double and double. 

g, I0, II, 12. Queen Mary (Barr, Nutting, Sydenham, Watkins & 
Simpson).—Semi-double and double. No. 12 received award of 
XX September 1, 1916. In No. Io the shade varies. 

13, 14, 15, 16, 17. Brilliant (Sydenham, Watkins & eFapson, 
R. Veitch, Barr, Simpson).—Double.. Nos. 13, 14, and 17 received 
award XXX September 1, 1916. No. 17 contained semi-double and 
double. 

18, 19, 20. Vesuvius (Watkins & Simpson, Dobbie, Syden- 
ham).—Double. Nos. 18 and 1g received award XXX September 1, 
TQr6. 

21. Salmon Scarlet (Sutton), XXX September 1, 1916.—Double. 

22, 23, 24, 25, 26. Scarlet Queen (Barr, Nutting, Carter, Hurst, 
R. Veitch).—Semi-double and double. No. 23 received award XXX 
September 1, 1916. 

27, 28, 29. Orange King (Watkins & Simpson, R. Veitch, Barr), 
XXX September I, 1916.—Semi-double and double. No. 27 is deeper 
in colour and an advance. 

30. Orange Prince (Simpson).—Similar to 28, 29. 


Salmon Pink. 


31, 32, 33. Salmon Queen (Sydenham, Barr, Hurst).—Single and 
semi-double. 


White with Pink Flush. 


34. Pink Pearl (Barr).—Double. 
42. Double Delicate Pink (Sutton).—Double. 
35, 36, 37, 38. Chamois Queen (Watkins & Simpson, R. Veitch, 
Simpson, Dobbie).—Double. No. 38 contained semi-double and double. 
39. Rose Beauty (Barr), XXX September 1, 1916.—Semi-double 
and double. 
White. 


44. White Queen (Barr).—Single and semi-double. 
45. Snowball (Sutton).—Single and semi-double. 


414 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


GODETIAS AT WISLEY, ror6. 


ForTY-Two stocks of Godetias were sent for trial at Wisley. They 
were sown in the open on May 15, thinned out when large enough and 
with the exception of No. 12, ‘Sunset’ (R. Veitch), which failed to 
germinate, they all flowered in August. 

No systematic trial of Godetias had been held since 1877. In that 
year a trial of Godetias was made at Chiswick and among the forms 
grown was G. Schaminit, a variety which is probably a form of G. 
rubicunda (Bot. Reg. t. 1856), and one which has entered largely into 
the composition of the garden Godetias of the present day. G. 
Whitneyt was also included in the Chiswick trial. 

The following awards (given in chronological order) have been 
made to Godetias :— 


1870. Oenothera (Godetia) Whitneyi, first collected by Dr. Bolander 
in Shelter Cove, Humboldt County, California, 1867 (Thompson); 
F.C.C, 

1890. Godetia ‘ Duke of Fife’ (Daniels), A.M. (also sent in 1916). 

1891. Godetia ‘ White Pearl’ (Carter), A.M. 

1895. Godetia ‘Marchioness of Salisbury’ (Daniels), A.M. (also 
sent in 1916). 

1897. Godetia gloriosa (Dobbie), A.M., a very free-flowering 
variety of dwarf, compact habit; flowers large, cup-shaped, deep 
rich crimson. 

1900. Godetia speciosa rosea (Perry), A.M. 

1905. Godetia Schaminii fl. pl. (Lawrence), A.M. 

1915. Godetia ‘ Lavender’ (Carter), A.M. 


The following stocks were not true, the rogues differing from the 
type in some cases in colour of flower, in others in height, and in 
others in both these characters: 3, 5, 6, 7, II, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 
21, 25,20, 3%, 32,33, 37) 301 quae. 

The true stocks were :— 


Sender. Award. 
1. Mandarin ° : : .2)) Bars ; ae 
2. White Gem . A ‘ + Baer xx 
4. Bridesmaid . . Barr ws 
8. Nana compacta Rosy Gem « RR: Veitch’ = 
9g. Nana compacta Rosy Gem . Watkins & Simpson — 
1o. Compacta Sunset . . . R. Sydenham xx 
15. Duke of York . ‘ a . Barr — 
16. Crimson Gem . : : si pati XXX 
20. Sparkler : . Barr — 
22. Marchioness of Salisbury ; . Barr xxx 
23. Lavender : r . Carter A.M..confd. 


24. Malmaison ° : : . 0 arr mes 


GODETIAS AT WISLEY, r916. 415 


Sender. Award, 
26. Schaminii Double Rose . . R. Sydenham — 
27. Schaminii fl. pl. : ; . Dobbie — 
28. Schaminii fl. pl. : ; win ike Ve1tch — 
30. Schaminii fl. pl. : . Watkins & Simpson XXX 
34. Schaminii Double Carmine . A. Dickson XX 
35. Tall Double Carmine : . W.H. Simpson — 
36. Tall Double Mauve . . W.H. Simpson XX 
39. Grandiflora lilacina fl. 1 pl. . Barr — 
40. Duke of Fife . : - Daniels — XXX 


The most striking Godetia in the Trial was No. 23, * Lavender.’ 
This variety differs from all the others in the colour of the flower, 
lavender with dark purple at the base, and its more slender habit. 
Its general resemblance to Oenothera viminea (see Bot. Mag. 2873), 
one of the N. American plants introduced by Douglas, suggests that 
this Godetia is a cultivated form of that species. 

It is noteworthy that all the dwarfs—see later, A a@ (1) and (2)— 
are without exception singles, and so are the plants of middle 
height (18 to 24 inches). 

The characters of the garden races suggest that the Godetias of 
cultivation—or at least those grown in the Trial—(with the exception 
of ‘ Lavender,’ see above) are derived from one or other or both of 
two species: the dwarfer races from G. Whitneyt, and the taller 
from rubicunda. The former grows 1 foot and the latter 2 feet. 

The two sections are distinguished, moreover, by the following 
characters :— 

Whitneyi Section.—Dwarf, compact ; flowers single, self-coloured 
or white, white base, 8 stamens. 

Schaminii Section.—Taller, semi-double: flowers self-coloured 
or white, crimson base, stamens 8-12. The excessive number of 
stamens is correlated with the semi-doubleness of the petals. 

Godetia Whitney1, which is figured in Bot. Mag., tab. 5867, under 
the name of Oenothera Whitney, has the following characters :—Height 
I foot, habit bushy; petals wine-red, with large diffused crimson- 
purple blotch above the claw (base white); and, as shown in the 
plate, the stamens are crimson, 8 in number, and the flowers 
single. 

Godetia rubicunda, as figured in Bot. Reg., tab. 1856, was intro- 
duced by Douglas from California and is characterized as follows: 
Height 2 feet, branching first spreading then erect; petals pale red 
with rose base, stamens red (crimson in the closely allied G. vinosa). 
Inasmuch as the name Schaminw is in general use in gardens, the 
taller forms sent in for trial are classed as belonging to the section 
Schaminit. 

It is interesting that no dwarf white was included in the plants 
sent in for trial. It is also noteworthy that several varieties, ¢.g. 
“Crimson Glow ’ and ‘ Rosamund,’ have given rise each to two distinct 
races differing consistently in height, and as this character is of im- 
portance in gardens and is used in the classification below, the names 
of these varieties occur more than once in the classified list. 


416 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


I. Flowers lavender ; stamens deep purple. 


*23. Lavender.—Lavender, dark purple at base ; 18 to 24 inches 
in height. 


II. Flowers crimson, pink, or white ; stamens crimson or pink. 


WHITNEYI SECTION. 


A. Flowers single (8 stamens only). 
(a) Dwarf compact habit. 
(1) Very dwarf, between 12 and 16 inches. 


20. Sparkler.—Rich crimson, lighter margin, white base; 12 
to I4 inches. 

17, 18, 19. Crimson Glow.—Similar to 20; 12 to 15 inches. Cf. 
4I below. 

16. Crimson Gem.—Similar to 20; 14 to 18 inches. 

8, 9. nana compacta Rosy Gem.—Pinkish white, suffused light 
crimson (rose-pink, magenta) ; 14 to 16 inches. 

12. Failed. 


(2) Dwarf, between 16 and 20 inches. 


6. Rosamund.—Light crimson, white base and margins; 16 to 
18 inches. Cf. 5 below. 

13. compacta Sunset.—Rich crimson, white base and margins ; 
16 to 18 inches. 

Io. compacta Sunset.—Bright crimson, white base and margins ; 
16 to 20 inches. 

Ir. Sunset.—Similar to 10 ; 16 to 20 inches. 

14. compacta Sunset.—Similar to 10; 18 to 20 inches. 

7. Lady Satin Rose.—Deep crimson, white base and margins ; 
16 to 20 inches. 

2I. compacta gloriosai—Ruby crimson, light lavender base ; 
16 to 20 inches. 

4I. Crimson Glow.—Rich crimson, pinkish-white centre and lower 
margins ; 16 to 20 inches. Cf. 16-20 above. 


(6) Mid or Tall, rather spreading habit. 
(1) Mid-height, between 18 and 24 inches. 
r. Mandarin.—White ; 18 to 24 inches. 
42. White.—z2o0 to 24 inches. 
15. Duke of York.—Rich crimson, white base ; 18 to 24 inches. 
40. Duke of Fife.-—Rich crimson, pinkish-white base ; 18 to 24 
raches. 

(2) Interne iate Tall, between 24 and 30 inches. 
2. White Gem.—White, fading to pink ; 24 to 30 inches. 
3. Duchess of Albany.—White ; 24 to 30 inches. 

* See footnote, p. 400. 


GODETIAS AT WISLEY, 1916. 417 


4. Bridesmaid.—White, suffused with crimson over upper half ; 
24 to 30 inches. , 

5. Rosamund.—White, suffused in centre with light crimson! 
18 to 28 inches. Cf. 6 above. 

22. Marchioness of Salisbury.—White with crimson blotch; 
24 to 30 inches. 


SCHAMINII SECTION. 
B. Flowers semi-double or single and semi-double. 


Intermediate Tall or Tall (stamens 8 or g-10 07 12), rather spreading 
habit. 


(xt) Intermediate Tall, between 24 and 30 inches. 

35. | Tall Double Carmine.—Crimson, pinkish-white margins ; single 
and semi-double ; stamens 8, crimson. 

37. |carminea grandiflora fl. pl.—Similar to 35. 

38. } grandiflora carminea fl. pl.—Similar to 35. 

36. \ Tall Double Mauve.—Light rose-purple ; semi-double ; stamens 
8-10, crimson. 

39. {grandiflora lilacina; fl. pl—Similar to 36; single and semi- 
double ; stamens 8, crimson. 

25.| Double Rose.—Delicate pink, crimson base; single and semi- 
double ; stamens 9-10, crimson. 

26. \ Schaminii Double Rose.—Similar to 25, but all semi-double. 

27.{ Schaminii fl. pl.—Similar to 26. 

28.} Schaminii fl. pl—Similar to 26. 

29.) Tall Double Pink.—Similar to 26. 


(2) Tall, between 30 and 36 inches. 


24. Malmaison.—Delicate pinkish white, dull crimson base; mostly 
semi-double ; stamens 9-Io, crimson. 

31. \ Schaminii Crimson.—Rich crimson, pinkish-white margins ; semi- 
double ; stamens 8, crimson. 

32. (Double Beauty.—Similar to 31, but single and semi-double. 

33. } Tall Double Crimson.—Similar to 32. 


(3) Very Tall, over 36 inches. 
34. Schaminii Double Carmine.—Rich crimson, pinkish-white 
margins ; 30 to 40 inches; single and semi-double ; stamens 
8-10, crimson. Of straggling habit. 
30. Schaminti fl. pl.—Rose-pink, crimson base; 38 to 42 inches; 
semi-double ; stamens g-12, crimson. Of good habit. 


VOL. XLII. 2E 


418 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


INDIAN PINKS AT WISLEY;, 19x6. 


THIRTY-SIX stocks of Indian Pinks (varieties of Dianthus chinensis) 
were sent in for trial in 1916. They were sown in pots on April 4, 
pricked off on April 24 into boxes and planted out on May 22 in 
double-dug soil. 

The most striking feature of the Indian pinks, as grown in the 
trial, was the brilliancy of the display of flowers late in the season 
(mid-October) when comparatively few garden subjects are in 
blossom. : 

The following named forms contained no “‘ rogues’ 
22, 23, -20;'27, 28, 20: 30, 83, 134 .o5.-o0: 


, 


: Nos. Io, 18, 


Flowers White. 


*29, 30. Snowdrift (Barr, Nutting).—Single and double, much 
fringed. | 

32. Purity fl. pl. (Watkins and Simpson).—Semi-double and 
double, much fringed ; stock not true, some flushed crimson. 

33. Purity (R. Veitch).—Double, much fringed. 

34, 35, 36. Queen Alexandra (Watkins and Simpson, Dobbie, R. 
Veitch).—Single and semi-double, fringed. No. 36 awarded XX 
September I, 1916. 


Flowers Pinkish White. 


23. Salmon Queen (Nutting).—Mostly single, much fringed. 

24. Salmon Queen (Dobbie).—Single, much fringed. 

27. Pink Beauty (R. Veitch).—Semi-double and double, much 
fringed. 

28. Pink Beauty (Watkins and Simpson).—Single and double, 
much fringed. 


Flowers Pink to Crimson. 


15. Count Kerchove (Barr).—Semi-double and double, fringed. 
Some of good colour, requires further fixing. 


Flowers Searlet Lake. 
8, 9, 10. Vesuvius (R. Veitch, Barr; Watkins and Simpson), XX 
September 1, 1916.—Single, fringed; No. 9 slightly mixed. 
Ig, 20, 21, 22. Lucifer (Nutting, Dobbie, R. Veitch, Barr).—Single 
and semi-double, fringed ; the last the only stock quite true to colour. 


* See footnote p. 400. 


INDIAN PINKS AT WISLEY, ror6, 419 


Flowers Brick Red to Scarlet Lake. 
25. Salmon Queen (R. Veitch).—Single and semi-double, fringed. 


Flowers Dark Rich Crimson. 


7. Crimson Belle (Barr), XXX September 1, 1916.— Single, fringed ; 
needs selection. 

17. Brilliant Red (Dobbie).—Mostly single, much fringed ; some 
good colour, needs selection. 

18, Fireball (Dobbie), XX September 1, 1916.—Semi-double and 
double, much fringed. 

26. Salmon Queen (Barr), XX September 1, 1916.—Single, fringed 
and much fringed. 


Flowers of Mixed Colours. 
White to Crimson. 


2. superbissimus mixed (Sydenham), XXX September 1, 1916.— 
Single and semi-double, much fringed. 

3. Heddewigii mixed (Sydenham), XX September 1, 1916.—Single 
and double, fringed. 

4. Heddewigii new deeply fringed (Barr), XXX September 1, 1916. 
—Mostly single, very deeply fringed. 


White with various dark centres, from Scarlet to dark Purple. 


5. Heddewigii extra choice mixed (Barr).—Single, fringed. 

11. Heddewigii, double mixed (Sydenham).—Semi-double, much 
fringed. 

12. Heddewigii, double extra choice mixed (Barr).—Semi-double, 
much fringed. 

13. Chinensis double mixed (Sydenham).—Single and semi-double, 
fringed. 

16. Rose Queen (Barr).—Single and semi-double, much fringed. 

31. Star of Devon Strain (R. Veitch), XXX September I, 1916.— 
Single and semi-double, some fringed. 


Pink to Crimson. 


1. Heddewigii superbissimus mixed (Watkins and Simpson).— 
Single and semi-double, much fringed. ) 

6. Heddewigii new Giant Strain (Barr).—Single, fringed. 

14. laciniatus Malmaison (Dobbie).—Single and double, much 
fringed. 


420 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


LARKSPURS (ANNUAL DELPHINIUMS) AT WISLEY, 
1910. 


FIFTEEN stocks of Annual Delphiniums were received at Wisley for 
trialin 1916. They were sown on May 15, and thinned out as soon 
as large enough. The Floral Committee inspected them in September 
- and made the awards to the following stocks : 


Award of Merit. 
No. 13. Blue Butterfly (Hurst). 


Highly Commended. 
No. 3. Rosy Scarlet (Sydenham). 
Nos. 5 and 7. Azure Fairy (Dobbie, Watkins and Simpson). 


Awards had previously been given to “ Empress Carmine ’ (Veitch); 
A.M. Sept. 6, 1907, and ‘ Blue Butterfly ’ (Carter), A.M. July 17, 1900. 


TALL SECTION (4 feet 6 inches). 
Pink, streaked and suffused with Crimson. 

I, 2, 3, 4. Rosy Scarlet (Simpson, Watkins and Simpson, Syden- 
ham, Sutton).—Semi-double. No. 1 contained both single and semi- 
double. 

MED. SECTION (3 feet).—Leaves with broader segments. 
Purplish-Blue; Yellowish-white centre. 

15. New Annual Type (Dickson and Robinson).—Single (some 
lighter in colour). 

DWARF SECTION (18 to 24 inches). 
| Sky-Blue, streaked Purple. 

5, 6, 7. Azure Fairy (Dobbie, R. Veitch, Watkins and Simpson).— 
Single. 

Royal-Blue with Purple blotch at apex. 


8, 9, I0, II, 12, 13, 14. Blue Butterfly (R. Veitch, Simpson, 
A. Dickson, Dobbie, Sydenham, Hurst, Watkins and ce 
—Single. No. 13 is of fine colour. 


MIGNONETTE AT WISLEY, 1916, 421 


MIGNONETTE AT WISLEY, 1916. 


Forty-six stocks of Mignonette were received at Wisley for trial in 
1916. The seed was sown on May 15 in drills and thinned to 15 inches 
apart when large enough. With one exception the seed germinated 
well, and the plants filled the space allotted to them, so that the beds 
were well covered. The Floral Committee inspected the trial in 
August and made the following recommendations :— 


Highly Commended (XXX). 

18. Hercules. 

21. Machet grandiflora, Giant. 
22. Machet Giant Crimson. 
27. Machet. 

32. Giant. 

36, 39. Golden Queen. 


Commended (XX). 
25. Machet Improved. 


31. Gabriele. 
The only Mignonette which had received an award previously 


was ‘Bush Hill White,’ A.M. March 26, 1895). 


VARIETIES. 


*rt. Red Monster (Dickson).—Of somewhat spreading habit, Io 
to 12 inches high ; spikes large, flowers whitish with orange stamens. 

2, 3, 4. Goliath (Nutting, Barr, Hurst).—Compact, 12 to 14 inches 
(No. 4 rather taller) ; spikes large, flowers in No. 2 whitish, Nos. 3 
and 4 mainly greenish, stamens orange. 

5. Victoria Crimson (Barr).—Tall, 18 to 24 inches; spikes large, 
flowers whitish with orange stamens. Not quite true. 

6. Little Gem (Barr).—14 to 18 inches; spike of medium size, 
rather lax; flowers as in 5. 

7. Prizetaker Red (Barr).—18 to 24 inches ; spikes of medium size, 
flowers whitish with orange stamens. 

8. Red King (Carter).—Compact ; 14 to 18 inches; spikes large, 
flowers whitish with orange stamens of very pleasing shade. 

g. Perfection (Carter).—A mixed stock containing green, yellow, 
and white forms. 

to. New Red (Barr).—14 to 16 inches; spikes of medium size ; 
flowers greenish with orange stamens. Germinated badly. 

Ir. Bismarck (Hurst).—14 to 16 inches; spikes of medium size, 
flowers whitish with orange stamens. Not quite true. 


* See footnote p. 400. 


422 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTIGULTURAL SOGIETY. 


12, 13. Crimson Queen (Hurst, Barr).—14 to 18 inches; spikes’ 
of medium size; flowers whitish with orange stamens. 

14. Crimson Queen (Dobbie).—Compact ; 12 to 14 inches; spikes 
large, flowers greenish with orange stamens. 

15. Orange Queen (Barr).—Compact, similar to 14; scent strong. 

16. Machet Orange Queen (Watkins and Simpson).—Similar to 
15, but rather dwarfer. Germinated badly. ‘ 

17. Covent Garden Favourite (Barr).—16 to 20 inches; spikes 
large; flowers whitish with orange stamens. Stock not true. 

18. Hercules (Barr), XXX August 1916.—14 to 18 inches; spikes 
large, flowers whitish with orange stamens; very sweet and long- 
lasting. 

19. Common Improved (Barr).—Rather lax; 18 to 20 inches; 
spike long slender ; flowers whitish with orange stamens. 3 

20. Paris Market (Barr).—14 to 20 inches; spike of medium size ; 
flowers whitish with orange stamens. 

21. Grandiflora Giant (Watkins and Simpson), XXX August 
I916.—12 to 14 inches; spikes large; flowers whitish with orange 
stamens. 

22, 23,24. Giant Crimson (Barr, Watkins and Simpson, Simpson). 
—A variety with many lateral spikes, 15 to 18 inches high; spikes 
large, flowers whitish, stamens orange; deeper in colour than 2tr. 
No. 23 was highly commended, August 1916. No. 24 not quite true. 

25. Machet Improved (Barr), XX August 1916.—A_ variety 
with numerous side spikes, 14 to 18 inches; spikes larger; flowerS 
whitish, with orange stamens ; a fine variety but less sweetly scented 
than 22-24. ; 

26, 27, 28. Machet (Simpson, Veitch, Sydenham).—Lateral spikes 
numerous, 16 to 20 inches high; spikes medium to large, flowers 
whitish, stamens orange. No. 27, the best stock, highly commended, 
August 1916. | 

29, 30, 31. Gabriele (Nutting, Barr, Hurst).—16 to 18 inches; 
spikes of medium size; flowers whitish, stamens orange. Stocks 29 
and 30 not quite true. 31 commended (XX), August 1916. 

32. Giant (Dobbie), XXX August 1916.—16 to 18 inches; rather 
procumbent; spikes long, large, good for cutting; flowers whitish 
with orange stamens. 

33, 34. Yellow Prince (Watkins and Simpson, Barr).—15 to 18 
inches ; spikes large, flowers whitish, stamens yellow. Stock 33 con- 
tained some orange-anthered plants. 

35. Golden Machet (Barr).—14 to 18 inches; flowers whitish 
with yellow-orange stamens. 

36, 37, 38, 39. Golden Queen (Sydenham, Carter, Nutting, Barr).— 
16 to 20 inches; with many lateral branches; spikes of medium size ; 
flowers whitish with golden orange stamens. Stocks 36 and 39 had 
rather smaller spikes than 37 and 38 and were both highly commended 
August 1916. 

40. Miles’ Hybrid Spiral (Barr).—A small rather straggling variety, 


_ LARKSPURS AT WISLEY, 10916. 423 


18 to 24 inches, with small, thin but sweetly scented spikes of whitish 
flowers with orange stamens. 

41. Allen’s Defiance (Nutting).—16 to 18 inches; rather pro- 
cumbent ; spikes large; flowers whitish with orange stamens. 

42. Parsons’ White (Barr).—16 to 18 inches; spikes of medium 
size, white with pale stamens. Stock not true. 

43, 44. White Pearl (Barr, Simpson).—14 to 18 inches; spikes 
of medium size, flowers white with pale stamens. Stocks not true. 

45, 46. White Queen (Barr, Carter).—14 to 16 inches; spikes 
large, flowers white. Stocks not true. 


424 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ANNUAL SUNFLOWERS AT WISLEY, 1016. 


THE trial of Sunflowers, begun in the previous year, was concluded in 
Ig16. 

In the first year of the trial the plants were grown on fairly rich soil 
and made vigorous growth ; this year, on the poorer soil by the new 
cottages, the growth was less rampant. 

Eighty-four stocks were received for trial in 1916. 

The Committee inspected the trial on September 1. 

Having regard to the facts that most of the stocks of red Sunflower 
failed to come true from seed, and that none was of conspicuous 
merit, the Committee decided unanimously to make no awards. 


Yellow Sunflowers. 
LARGE-FLOWERED Forms (derived from Helianthus annuus). 
Single. 
Tall races (6 to 10 feet). 


*rt, Giant Russian (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 62 inches dia- 
meter ; disc yellow and black, 24 inches; rays twisted. 

2. Giant Single (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 74 inches diameter ; 
disc yellow and black, 2? inches; rays twisted. 

4. unifiorus (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 8 inches diameter ; 
disc yellowish black, 2} inches; rays large, lax, twisted. 

18. Esthetic Gem (Barr).—Flower rich yellow, 64 inches diameter ; 
disc brown, 2? inches ; rays furrowed. 

16. Henry Wilde (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 6 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 1? inch; rays furrowed. 

17. Tall Single (Dickson and Robinson).—Flowers golden yellow, 
streaked reddish brown, 6 inches diameter; disc dark, 12? inch; 
rays furrowed. 

21. Tall Single (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 9 to 12 inches dia- 
meter ; disc yellow and black, 3 inches; rays furrowed and twisted. 


Mid races (4 to 6 feet). 


19. argophyllus (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 3? inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 1 inch; rays furrowed. 

20. californicus (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 5 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 14 inch; rays furrowed. 

38, 39, 40. Golden Nigger (Sydenham, Simpson, Barr).—Flowers 
golden yellow, 6$ inches diameter ; disc dark, 24 inches ; rays furrowed. 


* See footnote, p. 400. 


ANNUAL SUNFLOWERS AT WISLEY, 1or6. 425 


41. Primrose (Simpson).—Flowers primrose, 84 inches diameter ; 
disc greenish yellow, 3} inches; rays pointed, twisted, and fur- 
rowed ; some plants dwarfer, with smaller flowers. 

22. Primrose Perfection (Sydenham).—Flowers lemon-yellow, 64 
to 7 inches diameter ; disc dark, 2} inches ; rays pointed, ribbed, and 
twisted. Not quite true, thin in petals. 

42. Munstead Primrose (Barr).—Flowers lemon-yellow, 84 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, 3} inches; rays furrowed and twisted. Very 
like No. 43. 

43. Primrose (Carter).—Flowers lemon-yellow, 64 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 2} inches; rays pointed and furrowed (variable in height 
and disc). 


Double. 
Tall races (6 to ro feet). 


25. Double Cactugflowered Earliest of All (Barr).—Flower semi- 
double, deep yellow, 8 inches diameter ; disc black, 2} inches ; rays 
furrowed. | 

31. New Double Lemon Queen (Barr).—Flowers double, lemon- 
yellow, 6 inches diameter; centre a little darker; rays narrow and 
pointed. 


Mid races (4 to 6 feet). 


27. Chysanthemum-flowered Double (Barr).—Flowers double, 
golden yellow, 64 inches diameter; rays narrow, fimbriated. 

28. californicus fl. pl. (Barr).—Flowers double, golden yellow, 
8 inches diameter ; centre greenish; rays furrowed and quilled. 

29, 30. globosus fistulosus (Barr, Sydenham).—Flowers double, 
rich yellow, 8 to 12 inches diameter ; centre greenish, quilled; rays 
furrowed. No. 29 had 1 plant single, and No. 30 was mixed, with 
smaller flowers. 

45. pallidus plenissimus (Watkins and Simpson).—Flowers double, 
straw-yellow, 64 inches diameter; centre slightly deeper; inner 
florets narrow, fimbriated. 


Dwarf race. 


77. nanus fi. pl. (Barr).—Height, 34 feet; flowers double, golden 
yellow, 54 inches diameter ; centre greenish ; rays reflexed, crumpled 
and furrowed. 


SMALL-FLOWERED Forms (mainly derived from H. cucumertfolius). 
Single. 
Tall races (4 to 6 feet). 


71. cucumerifolius fol. var. (Laxton).—Flowers deep yellow, 3} 
inches diameter; disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed and pointed. 
Mixed stock ; some straw-yellow. 


426 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


37. Miniature (Sydenham).—Flowers golden yellow, 4 inches 
diameter; disc dark, 1} inch; rays furrowed, notched. One good 
plant, with regular flower and double row of rays. 

44. grandiflorus (Barr).—Flowers golden yellow, 3 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 14 inch; rays pointed and furrowed ; a poor flower. 

23. Primrose Dame (R. Veitch).—Flowers yellow, deeper base 
and tip, 33 inches diameter ; disc dark, 2 inch; rays twisted to points. 


Mid races (3 to 4 feet). 


54. Mars (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 44 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 14 inch; rays furrowed and twisted. One plant lemon. 

55. Circe (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 3? inches diameter ; disc 
dark, #inch; rays furrowed and twisted. One plant lighter yellow, 
nicely twisted rays. 

56. cucumertfolius type (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 34 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed. 

57. stellatus (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow,» 2 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, #? inch; rays furrowed; a poor flower. 

58. Stella (Barr).—Flowers yellow, deeper towards disc, 3 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed and twisted. 

59. Golden Fleece (R. Veitch).—Flowers deep yellow, 34 inches 
diameter; disc dark, I inch; rays furrowed and twisted. 

60. Golden Fleece (Barr).—Flowers rich yellow, 32 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, 2 inch; rays furrowed and twisted, lax. 

61. Golden Fleece (Watkins and Simpson).—Flowers light yellow, 
suffused darker, 34 to 4 inches diameter; disc greenish, 2 inch; 
rays distant, twisted. Mixed stock; some deep yellow with ragged 
flowers. 

66. Primrose Gem (Barr).—Flowers pale yellow, 2? inch diameter ; 
disc dark, 2 inch; rays furrowed. 

69. Orion (Barr).—Flowers light yellow, 44 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 1+ inch; rays furrowed and twisted, almost tubular. 
Stock mixed ; some small and deep yellow. 

62. Sirius (Barr).—Flowers lemon yellow, darker at centre, 4 
inches diameter ; disc dark, 14 inch; rays pointed and furrowed. 
Stock mixed. Known also as ‘ Diadem.’ 

63. Leda (Barr).—Flowers yellow, lemon towards disc, 5 inches 
diameter ; disc brown, 13 inch; rays pointed, furrowed, and twisted. 

64. Venus (Barr).—Flowers lemon-yellow, deeper towards disc ; 
disc dark, 34 inches ; rays furrowed, pointed, and twisted. 

67. Sunlight (Barr).—Flowers straw-yellow, deeper towards disc, 
3% inches diameter; disc dark, 1} inch; rays furrowed and twisted. 

79. nanus albus (Barr).—Flowers straw-yellow, deeper towards 
disc, 24 inches diameter; disc brown, # inch; rays with slightly 
incurved margins. Sent as white. 

65. Erato (Barr).—Flowers, some pale, some deep yellow, 4 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, r inch; rays, some furrowed and twisted, some 
furrowed only. Mixed. 


ANNUAL SUNFLOWERS AT WISLEY, 1916, 427 


Dwarf races (rz to 3 feet). 


82. Miniature;Sunlight (Watkins and Simpson).—Flowers, some 
light, some dark yellow, 2} inches diameter; disc dark, ? inch; 
rays narrow, twisted, lax. 

83. Lilliput (Barr).—Flowers golden yellow, 3 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, # inch; rays, some twisted, some furrowed. 

84. Perkeo (Barr).—Flowers golden yellow, 3 inches diameter ; disc 
dark, I inch; rays furrowed. 

78. Princess Ida (Barr).—Flowers lemon-yellow, 2} inches dia- 
meter; disc green, # inch; rays pointed and furrowed. Sent as 
white. 


Double. 
Mid races (3 to 4 feet). 


70. plumosus (Barr).—Flowers, some straw, some deep yellow, 
4 inches diameter; disc dark, 1} inch; rays pointed, furrowed, 
and twisted. Stock not true ; flowers single. 

974. cucumerifolius fl. pl. (Barr).—Flowers, some deep yellow, some 
streaked purple-brown, 34 inches diameter ; disc dark, 1 inch; rays 
pointed and furrowed. Stock not true ; one double lemon-yellow, others 
single. 

75. stellatus fl. pl. (Barr).—Flowers, some pale, some deep yellow, 
4inches diameter ; disc dark, 1} inch; rays pointed and furrowed. 
Stock not true ; one double, canary-yellow, greenish centre, others 
single. é 

76. albus fl. pl. (Barr).—Flowers pale yellow, darker towards 
disc, 24 inches diameter ; disc brownish, I inch; rays pointed and 
furrowed. Stock not true ; one double. Sent as white. 


“Red” Sunflowers. 
HYBRIDS OF ANNUUS HABIT. 
Single. 

Tall races (6 to 10 feet). 


5. Ruby Gem (Sutton).—Flowers lemon-yellow, streaked dull 
purple-brown, 54 inches diameter; disc dark, 14 inch; rays twisted. 

6. Bronze King (Sutton).—Flowers deep yellow, suffused rich 
velvety brown, 6 inches diameter ; disc dark, 24 inches ; rays twisted: 

9. New Gaillardia-flowered (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, streaked 
brown, 6} inches diameter ; disc dark, 2 inches; rays furrowed. 

13. Langley Gem (Sutton).—Flowers yellow, suffused purple- 
brown, 54 inches diameter ; disc dark, 14 inch; rays furrowed; one 
almost lacking brown. 

to. Red (Dickson and Robinson).—Flowers deep yellow, streaked 
with brown, 54 inches diameter ; disc dark, 13 inch; rays furrowed. 


428 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


II. Mexican Red (Dobbie).—Flowers rich yellow, streaked red- 
brown, 5 inches diameter; disc dark, 1? inch; rays furrowed. 

7. Red (Sutton).—Flowers golden yellow, 6 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, 1% inch; rays furrowed. One plant streaked golden 
brown. Sent as a red variety, but proved to be an excellent golden 
yellow. 

24. Gipsy Queen (R. Veitch).—Flowers straw-yellow, streaked 
purple-brown, 5 inches diameter; disc dark, 1} inch; rays twisted. 
Mixed, some with deeper flowers and narrow, pointed rays. 

15. Rose Queen (Barr).—Flowers yellow, streaked purple-brown, 
4} inches diameter; disc dark, 1} inch; rays furrowed. 


Mid races (4 to 6 feet). 


14. annuus voseus (Laxton).—Flowers deep yellow, streaked 
brown, some lighter, 24 to 3 inches diameter; disc dark, I inch; 
rays furrowed. Mixed. 

32. New Red (Sydenham).—Flowers deep yellow, streaked red- 
brown, 6 inches diameter ; disc dark, 1? inch ; rays distant, furrowed, 
and slightly twisted. 

12. Single Red (Simpson).—Flowers rich lls streaked umber- 
brown, 7 inches diameter; disc dark, 24 inches; rays twisted. 
Mixed in colour and height. 

36. Wine and Primrose (Carter).—Flowers lemon-yellow, streaked 
purple-brown, 6 inches diameter; disc dark, 2 inches; rays slightly 
twisted. 


Double. 
Tall races (6 to 10 feet). 


26. Double Red (Sutton).—Flowers semi-double, golden yellow, 
94 inches diameter; disc deep yellow, greenish centre, 4 inches; 
rays furrowed and twisted. Stock not true; all flowers yellow. 


HYBRIDS OF CUCUMERIFOLIUS HABIT. 
Single. 
Tall races (6 to 10 feet). 


8. intermedius sanguineus (Laxton).—Flowers dull purple-brown, 
streaked yellow, margins lighter, 4 inches diameter; disc dark, 1 
inch; rays furrowed. Of good habit and distinct colour. 

34. Stella Red Hybrid (Sutton).—Flowers deep yellow, suffused 
purple-brown, 3} inches diameter ; disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed. 
Stock mixed: 3 plants with dark stems, I intermediate, 1 with light 
stem and smaller yellow flowers. 

35. Stella Hybrid ‘‘B”’ (Sutton).—Flowers straw-yellow, slightly 
streaked purple-brown, 3 inches diameter; disc dark, ? inch; rays 
furrowed. Mixed; 2 darker, with ragged flowers. 


ANNUAL SUNFLOWERS AT WISLEY, 1916. 429 


48. cupreatus (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, 24 to 3 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, ? inch; raysfurrowed. Stock not true; flowers 
yellow. 

49. cupreatus (Laxton).—Flowers deep yellow, 34 to 4 inches 
diameter ; disc dark, r inch; raysfurrowed. Stock not true ; flowers 
yellow. 


Mid races (3 to 4 feet). 


46. Hybrid (Sutton).—Flowers orange, streaked brown, 24 inches 
diameter; disc dark, ? inch; rays furrowed. 

47. Red Hybrids (Barr).—Flowers pale yellow, slightly streaked 
purple-brown, 2} inches diameter; disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed, 
notched. Many flowers without rays, others greenish yellow. 

52. Hybrid bicolor (Cayeux).—Flowers rich yellow, suffused red- 
brown, 4 inches diameter ; disc dark, ? inch; rays furrowed. 

50. Fairy Queen (Barr).—Flowers golden yellow, streaked purple- 
brown, 3} inches diameter ; disc dark, 14 inch; rays furrowed. 

51. carneus (Laxton).—Flowers deep yellow, 4 inches diameter ; 
disc dark, # inch; rays furrowed ; poor flower. Stock not true; 
flowers yellow. 


Double Red. 
~ Tall races (4 toy teet): 


73. purpureus fl. pl. (Laxton).—Flowers, some deep yellow, some 
streaked purple-brown, 34 inches diameter; disc dark, # inch; rays 
furrowed, pointed, lax. Stock not true; zr double, 1 semi-double, 
others single. 


Mid race (3 to 4 feet). 


72. The Moor (Barr).—Flowers deep yellow, streaked purple- 
brown, 3} inches diameter ; disc dark, 1 inch; rays pointed, furrowed, 
and twisted. Stock not true; single and some straw-yellow. 


430 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


COMMONPLACE NOTES. 
NICOTINE FOR HORTICULTURAL PURPOSES. 


Lieut. G. PARRY-Davis, of Borneo, gives us the following valuable 
account of a method of extracting nicotine, which may be of con- 
siderable use :— 

“In these days, when shortage of labour hampers all branches 
of industry, it may prove of interest to Fellows of the R.H.S. and 
others to know the results of an interesting experiment I made 
with tobacco (Nicotiana Tabacum and N. angustifolia) on my planta- 
tion in Sarawak, in the early months of r9r4. 

“The labour difficulty—in this case the expense of catching 
caterpillars by hand—caused me to seek for some method of de- 
stroying them inexpensively through natural means, The rainfall, 
which in I9I3 was 222 inches, is distributed, with the exception of 
some seventeen days, generally in November, throughout the entire 
year. This heavy rainfall causes ‘ spraying,’ if done with any of 
the usual insecticides and for the usual ends, to be an incomplete and 
recurring process. 

“T therefore sprayed the area in question with the definite view 
of attracting ants (Sanba Ant, Fire Ant, or Semit Api), one of the 
caterpillars’ greatest enemies. 

“With this end in view I made use of a solution of sugar-refuse, 
boiled down with a little borax and lime. This, when sprayed, 
formed a thin film on the plant when dry, and was impervious 
to rain. 

“It had an extraordinarily quick and beneficial effect. Swarms 
of large ants (Semiit Api), attracted by the sweetness of the solution, 
preyed upon the caterpillars, killing them in thousands. _ 

“Whether from reaction and relief from puncturing of the leaves, 
with attendant additional respiration and transpiration, or from 
absorption of the lime and sugar to build up growth, the plants 
revived magically. 

“The purpose of my raising tobacco at that period was to obtain 
tobacco with a large nicotine percentage, for use as an insecticide 
on the other crops that I was growing. 

“ Realizing that the process followed by growers of tobacco 
intended for smoking (the refuse of whichjis sold, as ‘,scrap,, or 
‘insecticide tobacco’) was too slow and expensive for the nicotine 
percentage contained, I determined, if possible, to produce a tobacco 
more quickly, more cheaply, and with a higher nicotine percentage. 

“I therefore tried_the experiment of bursting or rupturing the 


COMMONPLACE NOTES. A3I 


cells in the leaves, instead of allowing them to collapse, as in the 
usual method. 

“ This I did by passing the green leaves through a chaff-cutter, 
and then fermenting in mass: thus ensuring the nicotine being 
evenly distributed over the whole mass. Green leaves are infinitely 
easier to cut up than dry ones. When the leaves were sufficiently 
fermented, I sun-dried the mass by thinning the bulk to a depth 
of about two inches and then exposing it to the sun on a drying-shed 
of my own construction. 

“This is the principle upon which my drying-shed was con- 
structed : 

“Instead of taking the mass of tobacco (which weighs heavily) 
in and out of the shed at the approach of rain, I made a sliding 
roof which was drawn over the mass when needed. The roof in 
question was a light structure composed of a light bamboo skeleton 
framework, covered with a light palm-leaf thatch (Neepa Alttaps). 

“The mass was spread upon five tiers of trays, which worked 
upon a central pivot, and which allowed the tiers to slope on either 
side as required, in order to face the sun. 

“ The tobacco turned out in this manner I found to be far stronger 
in nicotine than the ordinary (which was due to my having fer- 
mented it more than I should have done for smoking-tobacco), and 
the process proved to be from start to finish at least seventy per 
cent. cheaper. 

“An adaptation or modification of this idea Highs it seems to 
me, in these days of scarcity of labour, be used to advantage by 
growers of medicinal plants and others.” 


APPLE ‘ RIBSTON PIPPIN.’ 


Mr. R. V. SHERRING, F.L.S., has recently presented to the Society, 
through Mr. H. BAcKHousE, F.R.H.S., a contemporary pencil sketch 
showing the condition of the original tree of the well-known apple 
‘ Ribston Pippin’ at Ribston Hall, Wetherby, in 1836. It depicts a 
storm-rent trunk of considerable girth and two still living but lan- 
guishing lateral branches supported horizontally by stakes forked 
at their tops. 

The story of the tree is told by Dr. Hoae in ‘ British Pomology ’ 
(1851), p. 171. ‘‘ The original tree was first discovered growing in the 
garden at Ribston Hall, near Knaresborough, but how, when, or by 
what means it came there has not been satisfactorily ascertained. One 
account states that about the year 1688 some apple pips were brought 
from Rouen and sown at Ribston Hall, near Knaresborough ; the trees 
then produced from them were planted in the park, and one turned 
out to be the variety in question. The original tree stood till 1810, 
when it was blown down by a violent gale of wind. It was afterwards 
supported by stakes in a horizontal position, and continued to produce 
fruit till it lingered and died in 1835. Since then a young shoot has 


432 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


been produced about four inches below the surface of the ground, which, 
with proper care, may become a tree, and thereby preserve the original 
of this favourite old dessert apple. The gardener at Ribston Hall, 
by whom this apple was raised, was the father of Lowe, who during 
the last [7.e. the eighteenth] century was the fruit-tree nurseryman at 
Hampton Wick.”’ 

There is a slight discrepancy between the date given by Dr. Hoce 
as that at which the tree died and the date on the drawing, and the 
definite statement as to the raiser in the last sentence of the quotation 
hardly agrees with the indefinite character of the earlier part. 

Dr. Hoce’s information as to thedate was probably derived, directly 
or indirectly, from an old labourer on the estate, as appears from a note 
in “‘ The Florist ’’ for July 1857 (p. 202). In that note the gardener, Mr. 
T. W. ABBOTT, quotes from an old letter written by a grandson of the 
introducer, as follows: “‘ My grandfather, Sir Henry Goodrick, being 
at Rouen, in Normandy, in y® year 1707, he eat an Apple of very 
superior flavour, and saved y® seeds, which he sent to Ribston, where 
they were sown, and y® produce planted in y® park. Out of y® trees 
planted five proved bad and two proved good. They are growing 
yet and never were grafted, and one of these trees is y® celebrated 
Ribston Pippin ’’: showing that the origin of the apple as described in 
Dr. Hoae’s note was at any rate a tradition among the owners of the 
estate, though the date does not coincide. The other tree said to be 
good is unknown. 

In the fifth edition of his “‘ Fruit Manual,’’ which appeared in 1884, 
Dr. Hoce repeats this statement without modification or addition, 
but the note just referred to tells us that the shoot mentioned in Dr. 
Hoae’s account had, in 1857, reached fruiting size, and, in spite of 
its bad position, frequently bore good crops. Itis still standing, but, as 
Major J. W. DENT, of Ribston Hall, writes: ‘‘It is in a cankered and 
unhealthy condition, but bears fruits, and, in some favourable years, 
quite good crops. It stands a good deal exposed in the park here, and 
suffers from cold winds in spring.”’ 

From various sources, and especially from the planting-books of the 
famous nursery of Brompton Park, with which he was at one time 
connected, Dr. Hoce concluded that the ‘ Ribston Pippin’ did not 
become well known for perhaps a hundred years after its raising, but 
after that its rise in popular esteem was rapid. Our boyhood’s recol- 
lection of it is that ‘ Ribston Pippin ’ was a household word and con- 
noted the quintessence of excellence in a dessert apple, but “ Alas,” 
said almost everyone, ‘‘ the apple is worn out. It has lost its vigour 
and is bound to succumb to the attacks of canker. Soon its fruits will 
be but a rare and pleasant memory.” 

The prophets were at fault, for ‘ Ribston Pippin’ is still more 
than a memory, and in this poor apple season (1916), of all the 
varieties grown at Wisley, ‘ Ribston’ was among the best for crop; 
there the trees are perfectly healthy, and as yet no sign of canker 
foretells their doom, either in those on Paradise or those on Crab 


‘EEh “fF PODS OL) 


‘'XHISIM LY WASOLNAWOL WOALVOITd WANNNGIA—'ZOL ‘DIA 


COMMONPLACE NOTES. 433 


stock, nor are they any less vigorous than other varieties of similar 
habit. In company with ‘Cox’s Orange,’ ‘D’Arcy Spice,’ ‘ Allen’s 
Everlasting,’ “Duke of Devonshire,’ and a few others, it still merits a 
place among the most highly flavoured of dessert apples where the soil 
is properly drained and attention is given to cultivation, and proper, 
not excessive, pruning. 

The tree itself may fail to supply the needs of its numerous buds ; 
the roots may exhaust the soil or find the water supply deficient, or 
the stem may cease to give free passage to the constant streams of food 
and water for which it is the channel, and so the tree grows old and dies ; 
but less and less will that tempting theory, that a variety loses vigour 
and grows old and dies in the same way, find support as the causes 
of death and low- vitality are studied. Grafted on a fresh stock or 
propagated in some other suitable way, the variety renews its youth 
and flourishes, to the confusion of the pundits who have prophesied 
its death. 


A REMARKABLE CATTLEYA. 


The figure on page 352 represents a remarkable plant of Cattleya 
Skinnert alba growing in Berkeley, California, where it has been tended 
with loving care since it was a small plant. When the photograph, 
which was kindly sent to us by Mr. J. N. Cox of H.M. Consulate, Costa 
Rica, was made, the plant measured almost a yard across, and had 
forty spikes of flowers, some with Io to 12 flowers apiece. 


VIBURNUM PLICATUM TOMENTOSUM. 


Among the six best flowering shrubs for English gardens Viburnum 
plicatum tomentosum must always be included. It has been illus- 
trated before in our JOURNAL, but we are glad to be able to figure the 
fine plant near the top of the hill in the wild garden at Wisley, through 
the kindness of Mr. Frederick J. Hanbury, F.L.S., who took the photo- 
graph from which Fig. 107 is made. 


DutTcH BROWN BEANS. 


These beans are grown in Holland in enormous quantities by all 
classes of the people who use the seeds for winter food. Mrs. Labouchere 
most kindly sent the Society samples in 1915, and they were grown 
in private gardens, and a large number also at Wisley in 1916. 

They were sown at the end of April exactly as if they were ordinary 
French Beans. As soon as they turned brown, about the end of 
September, they were pulled up and tied together in small bundles by 
their roots and hung up in a dry open shed. When quite dry they 
were shelled and yielded a very large crop of seed, which, on being 
soaked twelve hours and boiled one and a half hours, were found to 
be a decided advance on the ordinary white Haricots. 

VOL. XLII. 2F 


434. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The Council has now been able to secure from Holland and to 
distribute a ton of these beans, but it does not seem at all generally 
known that haricots for winter use may be grown in this country. 
with every hope of a good crop. 

They should be sown in fairly rich soil about the first or second 
week in May, unless in a district not subject to late frosts, when the 
end of April would ordinarily not be too soon. Draw a shallow drill 
about two inches deep with the corner of the hoe and place the seeds 
down flat in the trench at a foot distance one from the next, and the 
rows eighteen inches apart, or make a double row nine inches apart, 
alternating the beans, and leaving two feet before the next double 
row is planted. The only other point to observe is to keep the hoe 
going frequently between the rows. 

Remember that it is waste to use them as green pods. 


AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY MILDEW. 


Experiments which have been conducted by Dr. Horne during 
the last three years at Wisley on the American Gooseberry Mildew 
have been productive of striking results. By the use of a modified 
form of Burgundy mixture, an outbreak on the foliage and berries 
of over a hundred bushes, comprising several varieties of Gooseberry, 
exposed to infection, has been completely prevented. One or other 
of the following mixtures was used :— 

(1) Copper sulphate, 814 oz. ; washing soda, 91} 0Z. ; soap, I00 02. ; 
water, 100 gallons. (2) Copper sulphate, 40} oz. ; washing soda, 
45% OZ.; soap, 100 0z.; water, 100 gallons. 

The chemicals were dissolved separately, the solutions mixed 
when quite cold, and the soap added last. Both strengths proved 
effective. Spraying took place on May 30 at 6 P.M., when the bushes 
were just dry after gentle rain in the afternoon. The sprayed 
bushes, even when completely surrounded by infected ones, remained 
for long quite free from mildew, although they became infected later. 
Whereas all the berries on the sprayed bushes were absolutely free 
from mildew, many on the unsprayed bushes are heavily infected. 

In a further experiment all the bushes in a small plot adjacent 
were sprayed and remained for long free from mildew. 

Burgundy sprays leave a fine deposit on the berries, consisting 
of a mixture of the precipitates of copper carbonate and sodium 
sulphate, but nearly the whole of this deposit can be removed by a 
sharp rinsing in tap water. 

Spraying in July was also found to damage the fungus so severely 
that no living winter spores were found surviving in the following 
spring. 


LONDON CHILDREN’S GARDENS. 435 


LONDON CHILDREN’S GARDENS. 


THE Council of the Royal Horticultural Society, having been invited 
to inspect the Gardens for Children carried on by the “ London 
Children’s Gardens ’”’ appointed Mr. James Hudson, V.M.H., and Mr. 
Arthur W. Sutton, V.M.H., F.L.S., who kindly consented to act on 
behalf of the Society. 

The inspection of the gardens took place on Saturday, September 
2, 1916, when the following Report was drawn up and presented 
to the Council : — 


‘‘On this, the first occasion of a round of inspection, we visited 
four sets of the Children’s Garden plots. 

“The first garden visited was in Sutherland Avenue, situated in 
the main thoroughfare, and all the work done by the children could 
be seen by passers-by. This set of plots was at one time a vacant 
piece of building land between other houses, Every advantage had 
been taken to render it both useful and attractive. The object in 
this and in every other instance was to cultivate vegetables rather 
than flowers, in our opinion a most commendable feature of 
the work. The ground had been divided into long strips with 
narrow footways between the lines of plots and a broader walk down 
the middle. These strips were again marked off so that every child 
had a small plot to cultivate for himself. Mrs. Lyons, who accom- 
panied us, told us that there is each spring a keen competition for 
the plots, and lots have to be drawn for them. The teachers from 
each school first show them how to proceed with the cultivation, 
and then each child has to do all the work upon his or her own plot— 
digging, hoeing, weeding, planting, the sowing of seeds, &c. 

‘The plots were in most commendable order, free from weeds, the 
crops healthy and flourishing. The chief kinds of vegetables were 
beets, carrots, onions, lettuces, and cabbages of varied types—all 
in good order. Quite a good supply of these vegetables is thus 
grown. Each child takes home the produce of his allotment. The 
chief fault to be noted in each of the various gardens was the reluct- 
ance of the children to thin out the plants sufficiently and in good 
time, so as to obtain the best results. 

“The next plot visited was of considerable size and of a crescent 
shape, with houses on every side. This piece of land was at one 
time quite overrun by the children of the locality—an undesirable 
spot in fact. Now it is a joy to the tenants around, everything 
being kept so clean. Mrs. Lyons said that since the cultivation of 
this plot was begun, some four years ago, the tenants of the houses 
around have taken to growing plants in their windows, in boxes 


436 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


and in pots, as a result of the adjacent cultivation carried on by the 
children. 

“The soil here was not in such good condition as in the former 
plot, but time will remedy this. Commendable progress had, how- 
ever, been made, with promise of better results in the near future. 
Here, too, all the work done by the children was in full view of the 
surrounding houses. The vegetables noticed were similar to those 
of the first plot. 

“The third garden visited was in what may be termed ‘ slumland,’ 
poverty and small one-storey dwellings being all round. Yet a 
general tidiness and cleanliness pervaded the place, a result beyond 
question partly due to the work of the children in their gardens. At 
one time this land, not an available site for building, and in a certain 
sense without owner, was a general dumping-ground for all the unde- 
sirable refuse of the locality—in fact, a veritable ‘no man’s land.’ 
This, again, had not long been under cultivation. It was evident too 
that there had been great difficulties to be overcome. Potsherds, 
brickbats, and similar undesirable refuse had to be removed to some 
two feet in depth before any soil whatever worthy of the name could 
be found. This meant a great deal of labour, for all had to be removed 
by a flight of some half-a-dozen steps. The same steps had again to 
be negotiated in order to bring in some amount of loam in order 
to get it into better condition. Although the surroundings.in a great 
measure excluded the free circulation of air, the crops in many 
plots were giving encouraging results, but in a few cases the soil 
appeared to be poisoned. It should be noted in this instance that 
the inhabitants around were at first much opposed to the innova- 
tion of any kind of gardening, but had now quite altered their opinion 
and were most favourable to it. 

«We next inspected a prospective site for more gardens. Nothing 
had yet been attempted here, simply for want of funds. It has every- 
thing in its favour, if and when progress can be made. The sur- 
roundings are open, light, and airy, with a good aspect towards the 
south and west. At present there are tons of bricks and brickbats, 
with other refuse, from houses that had been condemned and pulled 
down. This, Mrs. Lyons said, had all to be removed at the expense 
of the Children’s Gardens Fund before any attempt at cultivation 
could be made. At present there are no funds available for this 
work. The bricks, however, would prove serviceable for foundations 
&c., but no building is at present being done in this locality. 

«The fourth garden visited was in the Vauxhall Bridge Road—a 
corner site and a most suitable one too. This had been shut off from 
the roadway by hoardings, but not in such a way as to exclude light 
and air. Here the soil was congenial and in a workable condition ; 
the crops at a glance indicated this. The best crops were the onions 
and carrots, both of excellent quality ; French beans and radishes 
coming next in order of merit. Here we were introduced to the 
children themselves, those who actually cultivate the plots. They 


LONDON CHILDREN’S GARDENS, 437 


were a bright, cheerful, respectful, and intelligent lot of boys and girls 
who were very keen in the work of their plots. 

‘«« After having inspected the four separate garden plots we came to 
the conclusion that it would be beneficial to apply a good dressing of 
lime early in the winter season. This should be forked in soon after 
its application. A more liberal dressing of well-rotted manure early in 
the spring would be a decided assistance to the future crops. This has 
reference more particularly to the second and third gardens visited. 
In these two gardens the soil was most unmistakably poor in quality. 
From the results of the crops, where such things as scarlet runners 
had been trained up to the walls, it was not considered expedient to 
continue this practice. 

“The children should have it very carefully and frequently impressed 
upon them that thinning of the crops is most essential, especially in 
such crops as onions, beets, and carrots. If an object lesson upon one 
plot could be given of the result of such thinning we think the children 
would be convinced of its utility and necessity if a good crop is to be 
secured. 

‘The inspection satisfied us that a vast amount of good is being 
done in these localities. Healthy exercise is afforded to the children, 
and a knowledge of vegetables and of their cultivation impressed 
upon their minds, which must surely produce good results in later life. 
Mrs. Lyons and those working with her are working on the right lines 
for the future welfare of the children in crowded localities ; and they 
deserve every encouragement in their praiseworthy endeavours to 
ameliorate the conditions of child-life of these congested districts. 

‘‘A word should be said on behalf of the teachers of the several 
schools, upon whom devolves the duty of supervision and instruction. 
They are most enthusiastic in their work, and devoted to the welfare 
of the children under their charge. 

“What is most wanted is funds for further development. The plots 
have to be rented ; and high rents, even for such plots, are demanded 
and obtained. The economy in the working, however, is most com- 
mendable. We feel sure that every confidence may be placed in 
those who are associated with Mrs. Lyons in their benevolent 
endeavours. 

“ Signed, ARTHUR W. SUTTON. 
JAMES Hupson.” 


438 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


DONORS OF SEEDS, PLANTS, BOOKS, &c., TO THE SOCIETY’S 
LABORATORY AND GARDEN AT WISLEY DURING THE YEAR r1o16. 


ALLARD, A. J., Merton. Cupressus glabra. Germinated. 

ALLGROVE, J.C., Langley. Primula pycnoloba (plantedin garden). Raspberries. 
Included in trial. 

BAKER, Messrs., Codsall. Collection of Mossy Saxifrages. Included in nomen- 
clature trial. Delphiniums. Included in trial. 

Batcu, A., Girvan. Tomatos for trial. 

BaLrour, Prof. I. B., Edinburgh. Seeds of Clethva Delavayi (sown); Primula 
Wintert (growing on); seed of Androsace saxifragaefolia (sown but not yet 
germinated); Primula luteola (planted in garden). 

BALLARD, E., Colwall. Hybrid Polemonium. Planted in garden. Raspberry 
‘ Allen’s Champion.’ Included in trial. 

Barr, Messrs., London. Peonies. Included in trial. Sunflowers; Dianthus; 
Mignonette (see p. 421); Godetias (see p. 414); Clarkias (see p. 412); 
Peas ; Celery and Celeriac } Savoys (see p. 407); Tomatos; Stocks (in- 
cluded in trial); Hollyhocks (included in trial); Delphiniums (included 
in trial); Saxifrages and Sedums (included in nomenclature trials) ; 
seeds of Zonal Pelargoniums; lLupines (planted in garden); Onions 
(included in trial); Myosotis (included in trial); Narcissus bulbs (for 
experimental purposes); seeds of Melampyrum nemorosum. 

BARTHOLOMEW, A. C., Reading. Seeds from Petrograd. Sown. Anemone 
palmata. Growing on. 

BARTLEET, H.S., Shooters Hill. Myosotis. Included in trial. 

BayLey, A., Slough. Grafts of Apple ‘ Hoary Morning.’ 

BeckETT, E., V.M.H., Elstree. Pea ‘Edwin Beckett’; Onion ‘ Autumn 
Triumph’ (included in trial); Berberis Sargentiana (planted in garden) ; 
collection of shrubs (planted in garden); Berberis concinna (planted in 
garden). 

BELL, D., Leith. Peas; Myosotis ‘ Rymer’s Royal Blue’ (included in trial). 

BLACKMORE & LANGDON, Messrs., Bath. Delphiniums. Included in trial. 

Bowers, E.H., Roscommon. Myosotis ‘ White Pearl.’ Included in trial. 

Bow es, E. A., M.A., F.L.S., Waltham Cross. Seed of Echeveria setosa. Plants 
for rock garden. 

Brices, Mrs., Haddington. Primula luteola and hardy Calceolaria. Planted 
in garden. 

BRODIE OF BRopIE, Major, Forres. Seeds from Suvla Bay and Island of Imbros. 
Sown but not yet germinated. 

BROOKLYN BoTANIC GARDEN, New York. Collection of seeds. 

Brooks, W., Weston-super-Mare. Tomato ‘ Whitecross.’ 

Brown, A., High Blantyre. Collection of Mossy Saxifrages, Sedum rupestre 
and S. oveganum. Included in nomenclature trials. 

Brown, G., Hull. Raspberry. Included in trial. 

BuLiey, A. K., Neston. Collection of seedlings of Chinese plants. 

BunyYARD, E. A., Maidstone. Grafts of Malus dioica and Apple ‘Cobham.’ 
‘ Journal of Agricultural Science.’ Deposited in the Wisley Library. 

BuUNYARD, P. F., Croydon. Nico-Brand Fumigant. For trial. 

BuUNYARD, Messrs., Maidstone. Delphiniums. Included in trial. Strawberry 
‘St. Fiacre.’ Growing on. Raspberries. Included in trial. 

BurRouGHES, T. H., Stamford. Seeds of Clematis alpina. Distributed to 
Fellows. 

CAMBRIDGE BoTANic GARDENS. Collection of seeds. Plants raised for dis- 
tribution. 

CAMPBELL, A., Pannal. Dwarf form of Rumex acetosa. Planted in rock garden. 

CARTER, G., Cottenham. Potatos. 

CARTER, Messrs., Raynes Park. Peas; Tomato ‘Golden Sunrise’; Celery and 
Celeriac ; Savoys (see p. 407); Clarkia elegans ‘ Scarlet Queen’ (see p. 412) ; 
Godetias (see p. 414); Mignonette (see p. 421); Dianthus (see p. 418); 
Sunflowers ; Hollyhock ‘ Palling Belle’ (included in trial); Potatos ; 
Onions and Myosotis (included in trial). ; 

CavEux, M. H., Havre, France. Seed of Helianthus cucumertfolius hybrid 
bicolor. Included in trial. (See p. 429.) 


DONORS OF SEEDS, PLANTS, BOOKS, ETC. 439 


CHARLTON, Messrs., Tunbridge Wells. Tomato‘ Charlton’s Defiance.’ 

CLosE, H., Orpington. Red Currant ‘ Littlecroft Beauty.’ Planted in garden. 

CoBLey, R., Cheshunt. Tomatos, ; 

Cory, J., Larne. Calabash seeds. Plants raised. 

Cooper, J. A., Sligo, Potato ‘Irish Chieftain,’ Delphinium ‘ Arago.’ In- 
cluded in trial. Collections of Sedums and Saxifrages, Included in 
nomenclature trials, 

CooPER, TABER, Messrs,, London. Tomato ‘ Napoleon’; Celeriac ‘ Improved 
Paris’; Celery ‘ Borough Market Champion White’; Savoys (see p. 407) ; 
Pea ‘ Duke of York.’ 

Cousens, P. H., Swanwick. Raspberries. Included in trial, 

CraGc, HARRISON & CRAGG, Messrs., Heston, Tomatos. 

CrosLey, F., Camberley. Collection of plants and seeds, Planted in garden 
and plants raised. 

CrowFoot, W. M., Beccles. Tecoma seedlings. Growing on. 

CUTHBERTSON, M., Rothesay. Tomato ‘ Glenburn.’ 

DANIELS, Messrs., Norwich. Black Currant ‘ Daniels’ September Black.’ 
Planted in garden. Godetia ‘ Duke of Fife’ (see p. 414); Stocks (included 
in trial); Myosotis (included in trial). 

DaRLEY, C. W., Little Bookham, Seeds and plant of Sempervivum. Planted 
in garden, 

DaAwkKIns, A., Chelsea. Parsnip ‘ Intermediate.’ Stocks (included in trial). 

Dickson, Messrs, ALEX., Belfast. Peas; Tomatos; Potatos ; Celery ; Savoys 
(see p. 407); Godetia Schaminti Double Carmine (see p. 414); Mignonette 
“Red Monster’ (see p. 421); Delphinium ‘ Blue Butterfly’ (see p. 420) ; 
Stocks (included in trial). 

Dickson, Messrs., Chester. Sedums and Saxifrages. Included in nomen- 
clature trials. 

Dickson & RoBINSoN, Messrs., Manchester. Celery; Peas; Tomatos; 
Delphinium ‘ New Annual Type’; Sunflowers ; Stocks (included in trial) ; 
Tomatos (included in trial). 

Dixon, J., Oughtibridge. Fern for fernery. 

DosBiz, Messrs,, Edinburgh. Celery; Clarkias (see p. 412); Delphiniums 
(see p. 420); Dianthus (see p. 418); Godetias (see p. 414); Mignonette 
(see p. 421); Tomatos; Savoy ‘ Selected green curled’ (see p. 407); Sun- 
flowers (see p. 429); Potatos; Roses (planted for mildew experiments) ; 
Stocks (included in trial) ; Myosotis (included in trial). 

EARLE, Mrs., Cobham. Bulbs of Fritiliavia imperialis (planted in garden). 
Seed of Alstroemeria chilensis (sown). Plants of Gazania Bawdsey variety 
(planted). 

EcKrorp, H., Wem. Pea ‘ Prior.’ 

Epwarps, Mrs. LLoyp, Llangollen. Mossy Saxifrages. Included in nomen- 
clature trial. 

ELLINGTON, W., Mildenhall. Potato ‘ Ellington’s Abundance.’ 

ELLiott, C., Stevenage. Delphinium ‘Blue Rocket’ (included in trial). 
Collection of rock plants (planted in rock garden). Seed of Cheivanthus 
linifolius (sown). Collection of Saxifrages for rock garden, Gentiana sino- 
ornata, G. Lawvencet (growing on). 

Evtiott, H., Hurstpierpoint. Tomato ‘ Winter Marvel.’ Included in trial. 

Etwes, H. J., Cheltenham. Seeds of Eremurus (plants raised); collection 
of Sikkim seeds (plants raised) ; seeds of Berberis Holstit (sown); seeds 
of Cupressus from Darjeeling (germinated) ; Acey Opalus neapolitanum (not 
yet germinated) ; Thunbergia Gibsonii (germinated); Eucalyptus coriaceus 
(sown) ; collection of seeds from New Zealand (sown) ; seed of Convolvulus- 
like plant from Sikkim (sown); seed of Eucalyptus coriacea; tubers of 
Tropaeolum Leichtlint; bulbs of Tulipa primulina. 

Evans, R. E., Stratford-on-Avon. Fungicides for trial. 

2 aes Messrs., Carlisle. Delphinium ‘Glory of Edentown.’ Included 
in trial, 

FARRER, ee Clapham, Yorks. Seeds from Chinese Expedition, Sown, Plants 
raised. 

FIDLER, Messrs., Reading. Potato ‘ Reading Giant.’ 

FLEMYNG, Rev. W, W., Portlaw. Cyclamen neapolitanum (planted in garden) 
Miscellaneous seeds. Plants raised, 

FLETCHER, W. H. B., Bognor, Seed of Romneya Coulteri? x R.trichocalyx 3. 
Distributed to Fellows. 

ForBeEs, Messrs., Hawick. Collections of Delphiniums (included in trial) 
Saxifrages and Sedums (included in nomenclature trials), 

Fraser, J., F.L.S., Kew. Book for Wisley Library, 


° 
3 


440 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Fry, Lady, Bristol. Seedling Fraxinus Pyvaxiana. Planted in garden. 

Gavin, L., Ellon. Potato ‘ Drumwhindle.’ 

GERAHTY, C. E., Pyrford. Seeds of Xanthoceras sorbifolia and Chimonanthus 
fragrans. Sown. 

GIBSON, Messrs., Bedale. Delphinium ‘ Lady Isobel.’ Included in trial. 

Gi1Bson, Mrs.; Kelvedon. Seed of Myosotis. 

GopFREY, Messrs., Exmouth. Delphinium‘ Starof Devon.’ Included in trial. 

GRANT-DaLton, Miss H., Sway. Sedum from Switzerland. Included in 
nomenclature trial. 

GRIMES, J., Cardiff. Hybrid Saxifrage; variegated Ash. Planted in garden. 

GROVE, Messrs., Sutton Coldfield. Galega Harilandii alba and Helenium ‘ Wynd- 
ley ’ for comparison with forms already in the garden. Planted in garden. 

Hatt, Mrs, J. M., Tayinloan. Surplus plants for distribution. 

Hatiam, G. H., Harrow, Collection of New Zealand seeds. Sown but not 
yet germinated. 

Hanpury, F. J., F.L.S., East Grinstead. Collection of plants and cuttings 
for the garden. 

Hansury, Lady, Ventimiglia, Italy. Collection of seeds. Plants raised for 
distribution. 

HANKER, Mrs., Reading. Collection of seeds from Rhodesia. Sown. 

HARRISON, Messrs., Leicester. Onions. Included in trial. 

Harvey, J. N., Evesham. Tomatos ‘Evesham Wonder’ and ‘ Bengeworth 
Beauty.’ 

HEADFoRT, Marquis of, Kells. Collection of trees and shrubs. 

Henry, Prof. A., Dublin. Seed of Larix olgensis. Sown. 

HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR NEW ZEALAND. Pea‘ Moumahaki.’ For trial. 

HI.i, V, T., Langford. Delphinium ‘Gentian Blue.’ Included in trial. 

HILLIER, Messrs., Winchester. Populus generosa, Planted in garden. 

Hirscuw, Mrs., London. Hibiscus ‘ Peach Blow,’ Growing on. 

HoBBIES, Messrs., Dereham. ‘Tomato ‘ Hobbies Pilot.’ Included in trial. 

HoaGuton, C. A., Cobham. Poles for electrification experiments. 

Homes, E. M., F.L.S., Sevenoaks. Seeds from Pekin. Sown, 

HoimeEs, R., Norwich. Tomatos. Included in trial. 

HoORNIBROOK, M., Abbey Leix. Sawxifraga Aizoon x aretioides. Growing on. 

Hunt, F. W., Northampton. Runner Bean ‘ Hunt’s High Perfection.’ For 
trial. 

Horst, Messrs., London. Clarkias (see p. 412); Delphinium ‘ Blue Butterfly ’ 
(see p. 420); Mignonette (see p. 421); Celeriac and Celery; Savoys (see 
p- 407); Tomatos; Peas; Stocks (included in trial); Myosotis (included in 
trial). 

ILLMAN, J., Lincoln. Tomato ‘ Illman’s Selected.’ Included in trial. 

Jacos, Rev. J., Whitchurch. Myosotis ‘ Indigo Queen.’ Included in trial. 

James, W. E., Surbiton. Orchids. Added to collection. 

JeEnNxKINS, Dr., Hindhead. Seeds and bulbs from Malta. 

JeveEs, Messrs., London. Summer wash and Nicotine wash. For trial. 

Jounson, A. T., Talycafn. Seed of Romneya Coultert. Sown. 

Jounson, Messrs., Boston. Pea ‘ The Victor.’ 

Ketway, Messrs., Langport. Tomato ‘ Kelway’s Eldorado.’ Delphiniums. 
Included in trial. 

KENT & BrYDON, Messrs, Darlington, Potato ‘ Scottish Farmer.’ 

KERR, W., Dumfries. Potato ‘ Dargavel.’ 

KERSWILL, G., Exeter, Gooseberries for mildew experiments. 

Kew, Royal Botanic Gardens. Collectionofseeds. Plants raised fordistribution. 

Kinc, Messrs, J. K., Coggeshall. Pea ‘ Money Maker.’ 

LacaiTa, C.C., Petworth. Collection of Sikkim seeds. Sown, 

LAWRENCE, Sir WILLIAM, Bt., Dorking. Asparagus Pea. 

Laxton, Messrs., Bedford. Peas for trial. Tomatos ; Sunflowers (see p. 429) ; 
Perpetual Strawberries (planted in garden) ; Raspberries (included in trial). 

LEAKE, R. F., London. Unnamed bulbs for identification. Growing on. 

LEDGER, W. E., Wimbledon, Cuttings of Kitchingia uniflora, Ceropegia Ledgert. 
Growing on. 

LILLEY, F., Guernsey. Amaryllis Belladonna maxima. 

LocKxwoop, Col. M., M.P., Romford. Cupressus Benthamii. Planted in garden. 

LopER,G., Ardingly. Picea Breweriana. Planted in garden. 

LuckHAM, Miss K.E.,Cheltenham. Seedof Dianthus lusitanicus (sown), Plants 
of white and pale pink Ericas, Planted in garden. 

Mack & MILN, Messrs., Darlington. Tomato ‘ Main Crop.’ Included in trial. 

Macoun, W. T., Ottawa. Seed of ‘ Early Malcolm’ Corn and ‘ Early Otta’ 


Corn. 
Macor, E. G. P., St. Tudy. Rhododendrons. Planted in wood. 


DONORS OF SEEDS, PLANTS, BOOKS, ETC. 441 


MAINWARING, Lt.-Col., Upwey. Lonicera Griffithit., Planted in garden. 

MARTINEAU, Mrs., Hurst. Potatos. 

MatTTHEWS,C., Plymstock. Cuttings of Cerasustlicifoliaand Veronica Hulkeana. 
Growing on. 

MELtor, Hon. Mrs. Shaw, London. Orchids. Added to collection. 

MILLER, G. W., Wisbech, White Primula obconica (growing on). Tomato 
‘ Norfolk Hero.’ 

MILNER, W. A.,, Sheffield. Primula Wintert. Growing on. 

MITCHELL, Mrs., Woking. Various seeds (sown), and bulb of Sprekelia for- 
mosissima (growing on). 

Moreton, Sir R., K,C,V.O., Fleet. Double shell-pink Sweet Briar. Planted 
in garden. . 

Morris, Sir DANIEL, K.C.M.G., J.P., V.M.H., Boscombe. Seeds of Eucalyptus 
coccifera, E. obliqua, E. vernicosa, Acacia Riceana, Eucalyptus cosmophylia, 
E. leucoxylon var. macrocarpa (sown). 

Morris, S,, Norwich. Androsace pyrenaica, A.helvetica. Planted in garden. 

Morrison, E, M., Woking. Seed of ‘ Dutchman’s Pipe.’ Sown but not yet 
germinated, 

Mowatt, Mrs., Grayshott, Cuttings of Lardizabala bitevnata and Stauntonia 
latifolia. Failed to strike. 

NEALE, J. J., Penarth. Collection of Droseras &c. Growing on. 

NELKE, Mrs., Virginia Water, Shortia unifiora, S. grandiflorum, S.vosea superba. 
Planted in garden, 

Nose, R., Canterbury. Strawberry ‘ Lord Roberts.’ 

Norcutt, R. C., Woodbridge. Helianthemum candidum. Planted in rock 
garden. 

Nuttinec, Messrs,, London. Peas; Celery; Savoys (see p. 407); Clarkias 
(see p. 412); Godetias (see p. 414) ; Dianthus (see p. 418); Mignonette 
(see p. 421); Stocks (included in trial); Onions (included in trial) ; 
Tomatos (included in trial). 

O’ConneER, M. B., Calcutta, India. Zephyranthus. 

OweEn, Lieut, G.M., Worcester, Seedofsmall Broom. Sown. 

PaGE, Messrs, Carter, London. Tomato ‘ Surprise.’ 

Paton, O. B., Streatham. Omphalodes cappadocica. Planted in garden. 

Paut, F. F., Botley. Tomatos. Included in trial. 

PAUL, Messrs, G., Cheshunt. Various plants for the garden. Planted. MRasp- 
berries, Included in trial. 

PEAKE, Mrs., Newbury. Seedling Pentstemons. 

PEARSON, Miss, Earl’s Colne. Grafts of two seedling apples. 

PEREZ, Dr., Teneriffe. Sedum lanzarotense. Included in nomenclature trial. 
Died in winter. 

PETHERICK, Miss L. B., Croydon. Seeds of Sarsaparilla. Sown. 

Puiprps, G. R., Barnham. Sedums. Included in nomenclature trial. 

PRAEGAR, R. L., Dublin. Seeds of Sedums from Yunnan (some germinated). 
Sedums. Included in nomenclature trial. 

PRICE’S PATENT CANDLE Co., Battersea. Solid and liquid Gishurst compound. 
For trial. 

ROBINSON, W., Garstang. Potato ‘ Red King.’ 

RopMAN, G., Keynsham. Tomatos. 

ROSENHEIM, P., East Molesey. Alpines. Planted in rock garden. 

Ross OF BLADENSBURG, Sir JOHN, K.C.B., Rostrevor. Collection of seeds 
Sown. 

ROTHSCHILD, LEOPOLD DE, C.V.O,, Acton. Water Lilies. Planted in garden. 

RuSSsELL, Dr, E. J., Harpenden. ‘‘ Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Ges. 
zu Berlin.’’? Deposited in the Wisley Library. 

Ruys, B., Dedemsvaart, Holland. Delphiniums. Included in trial. 

SANDS, W. E., Hillsborough. Potatos. 

Sarsons, D., Wisley. Pea ‘Sarson’s Sensation.’ 

SAVAGE, Sir G. H., London. Trifolium stellatum. Planted in rock garden. 

ScARLETT, T, A., Edinburgh. Potato ‘ Golden Wonder.’ 

SCULTHORPE, Rev. H, J., Weston-super-Mare. Apple ‘ Beeley Pippin,’ Added 
to collection. 

SHADWELL, Miss B., Oxford. ‘“‘ Transactions of British Mycological Society.” 
Added to Wisley Library. 

Sim, W., Fyvie. Potatos; Peas. 

SIMONDS, Mrs., Basingstoke. Seeds from New Zealand. Sown. 

SIMPSON, Messrs., Birmingham. Celery; Clarkias (see p. 412); Godetias 
(see p. 414); Larkspurs (see p. 420); Mignonette (see p. 421); Peas; 
Savoys (see p. 407); Potatos; Tomatos; Sunflowers (see p. 429). 

SINCLAIR, M. H., Aberdeen. Potatos, 


442 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SMITH, Messrs., Guernsey. Berberis Smithiana. ; 

SMITH, Messrs., Woodbridge. Delphiniums. Included in trial. 

SmITH, Mrs., Eastbourne. Evodium corsicum. 

SMITH, T., Newry. Varieties of Berberis stenophylla and B, Darwinit. Planted 
in garden. 

STARK, Messrs., Great Ryburgh. Polyanthus (planted in garden); seed of 
Poppies for trial, . 

STRUDWICK, H., Fakenham, Tomatos. Included in trial. 

SUTTON, Messrs., Reading. Annual Carnations; MHollyhocks (included in 
trial) ; Clarkias (see p. 412) ; Larkspurs (see p, 420) ; Godetias (see p. 414) ; 
Stock ‘Sutton’s All-the-Year-Round’ (included in trial); Sunflowers 
(see p. 429); Savoys (see p. 407); Celeriac and Celery ; Tomatos; Peas; 
Potatos ; roots of ‘Dasheen’ Colocasia esculenta; Myosotis (included in 
trial) ; Onions (included in trial) ; Tomatos (included in trial), 

SYDENHAM, Messrs., Birmingham, Peas; Savoys (see p. 407); Celery; 
Potatos ; Tomatos ; Dianthus (see p. 418) ; Clarkias (see p. 412) ; Godetias 
(see p. 414); Larkspurs (see p. 420); Mignonette (see p. 422); Holly- 
hocks (included in trial); Sunflowers (see p. 429) ; Myosotis (included in 
trial) ; Onions (included in trial). 

TAYLOR, G., Ferrybridge, Onion ‘The Umm.’ 

TAYLOR, G. M., Portobello. Potato ‘Sunbeam,’ 

TENNANT, Mrs, H,. J., Rolvenden. Seed of unnamed Myosotis. Included in 
trial. 

THE T.P. SEED Box Co., Birmingham. Seed raisers, For trial. 

Toocoop, Messrs., Southampton. Potato ‘Southampton Wonder,’ For trial 
of wart-resistant varieties. 

TRINDER, G., Fleet. Raspberry ‘ Trinder’s Golden Hornet.’ Included in trial. 

TRISTRAM, Mrs., Worthing. Collection of seeds from India. To be sown. 

VEITCH, Sir Harry, Kensington. Sweet Pea ‘ Arrywaa.’ Grown in garden. 

VEITCH, Messrs., Exeter. Potatos; Peas; Celery; Tomatos; Savoys (see 
Pp. 407); Godetias (see p. 414) ; Dianthus (see p, 418) ; Clarkias (see p. 412) ; 
Mignonette ‘ Machet’ (see p. 421); Delphiniums (see p. 420); Sunflowers 
(see p. 429); Mossy Saxifrages (included in nomenclature trial) ; Myosotis 
‘Blue Eyes’ (planted in garden); Stocks (included in trial); Myosotis 
(included in trial); Onions (included in trial). 

Voss, Messrs., Millwall. Nicotyl Fungicide, Carlton Green Sulphur, Nicotine 
Soap, Nicotyl Spraying Compound, Bordorite. Fortrial. Sulphateof potash 
and kainite, 25 per cent. nicotine. 

WALLACE, Messrs., Colchester. Primula helodoxa. Growing on. 

WaTKINS & Simpson, Messrs., London. Tomatos; Celery; Savoys (see 
p. 407); Clarkias (see p. 412) ; Godetias (see p. 414) ; Dianthus (see p. 418) ; 
Mignonette (see p. 421); Sunflowers (see p. 429) ; Pea‘ Majestic’; Stocks 
(included in trial) ; Onions (included in trial). 

WEBB, Messrs., Stourbridge. Peas; Potatos; Savoys (see p. 407); Celery; 
Tomatos ; Parsnip‘ Student’; Onions (included in trial). 

WHEELER, Messrs., Gloucester. Onions ‘ Gloucester Mammoth’ (included in 
trial). 

WHITE, J. G., Strathspey. Tomato ‘ Muirtown Seedling.’ 

WHITTON, J., Glasgow. Todeasuperba, T. pellucida. Planted in garden, 

WILpING, E.H., Southampton. Seed of Paeonta Woodwardi. Sown. 

WILKs, Rev. W., M,A., V.M.H., Shirley. Seeds of Azalea mollis, Eucalyptus 
coccifeva (sown); Beans from Holland (grown in garden) ; seed of Yellow 
Alpine Anemone (sown) ; cuttings of Veronica ‘ Purple Queen ’ (growing on). 

WILLIAMSON, F. J., Mallow. Potatos. 

WILiMortT, Miss E., Great Warley. Primula megaseaefolia. Growing on. 

WILson, J., Hereford. Onions. Included in trial. 

WortHINGTON, H. H., High Wycombe. Bulbs of Gloriosas. Growing on, 


BOOKS PRESENTED, PURCHASED, OR REVIEWED. 443 


BOOKS PRESENTED, PURCHASED, OR REVIEWED DURING THE 
YEAR 1916, AND DEPOSITED IN THE LIBRARY. 


1 = Purchased. 

2 = Presented to the Lindley Library of the Royal Hoxticultural 
Society in memory of Sir J. J. Trevor Lawrence, Bt., K.C.V.O., 
V.M.H., President of the Society from 1885 to 1913, by his 
Children, 1916. 

3 = Sent for Review. 

4 = Presented by Col. E. Satterthwaite, C.B., V.D. 

Se He ,, the Trustees of the British Museum. 

6 = 5 », Mrs. Paul Klameth. 

7s os » oie Prank Crisp, Bart, J.P.) F.L.S: 

8 = - », Mrs. W. Duggan. 

9 = ee ,, the Secretary of State for India. 

HO: == yi », the Rev. Prof. G. Henslow, M.A., V.M.H. 

ee o », the Bentham Trustees. 

LZ == Ke », Miss G. Jekyll, V.M.H. 

Tey == Re », Donald McDonald, Esq., F.L.S. 

I As », Sir Daniel Morris, K.C.M.G. 

ee = Me », the Author. 

ro = 8 ,, the Director, Royal Gardens, Kew. 
[7 Ls », Viscountess Strathcona. 
oO) i ,, A. S. Montgomrey, Esq. 


A bbreviations.—cor. = corrected ; il. = illustrations ; introd. = introduction ; 
pl plates col.” pl.’ = coloured plates; frontis. — frontispiece; port. = 
portrait ; enl. = enlarged ; coloph. = colophon ; pref. = preface ; rev. = revised. 


ABLETT, W. H. English trees and tree-planting. London, 1880. 8vo. (x) 


ANDREWS, H. C. Coloured engravings of heaths. ... London, 1802-[30]. 
4 vols. col. pl. fol. (2) 
Anonymous. A volume of col. plates lettered ‘‘ Collection choisie de plantes.”’ 
fol. I 
The language of flowers, and alphabet of floral emblems. London, 1849. 
col. pl. sm. 8vo. (z) 
Austin, A. The garden that I love. London, 1894. il. 8vo. (2) 
AVERILL, M. Japanese flower arrangement [ike-bana] applied to western 
needs. London, 1914. il. pl. col. frontis. 8vo. (1) 


Bacon, F., and Cow.Ley, A. On gardens, two essays. Guildford, 1903. I2mo. (1) 
BaiLtey, L. H. The survival of the unlike. A collection of evolution essays 
suggested by the study of domestic plants. 6th ed. New York, 1911. 
8vo. 3) 
The nursery-book. A complete guide to the multiplication of plants. 


2zoth ed. New York, 1915. il. 8vo. (3) 
The standard cyclopedia of horticulture. . . . New York, 1915-16. Vol. 3- 
4, i.: (pl. col. ple. port. maps.  4to. (3) 


BakER, J. G., and TaTE, G. R. A new flora of Northumberland and Durham, 
with sketches of its climate and physical geography , . . with asketch of 
the geology of the two counties. , . » by G. Tate. London and Newcastle- 
on-Tyne, 1868. maps. 8vo. (4) 

Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumb. and Durham, vol. ii. 


Barron, A. F. British apples. Report of the committee of the National Apple 
Congress, held in the Royal Horticultural Gardens, Chiswick, October 5 
to 25, 1883. London, 1884. 8vo. (2) 
Pears. Report of the committee of the National Pear Conference, held 
in the Society’s gardens, Chiswick, October 1885. London, 1887. 8vo. (2) 
Journ. R. Hort. Soc. ix. 
BATEMAN, J. A second century of orchidaceous plants... . London, 1867. 
too col. pl. 4to. 2 
See Hooker, W. J., for first century. 


444 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Bates, H. W. The naturalist on the river Amazons, a record of adventures, 
habits of animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and aspects of 
nature under the equator, during eleven years of travel. London, 1863. 
2 vols. il. pl. map. 8vo. (2) 

BELGIQUE HortTIcoLe, La, journal des jardins, des serres et des vergers, par 
C. MorRREN (... et Ez. Morren). Vol. 1-14. Liége, 1851-64. il. pl. 
col. pl. port. 8vo. 2 

Annales d’horticulture belge et étrangére, par E. MoRREN. Vol. 15-24. 


Liége, 1865-74. il. pl: col. pl: ' port. Svo; (2) 
Table générale . . . vols. I-20 (1851-70). Gand, 1871. 8vo. (2) 
—— Annales de botanique et d’horticulture, par E. Morren. Vol. 25-35. 
Laége,' 1875-85. il.’ ply ‘colivpl. sport. *Svo. (2) 


BENTLEY, R.,andTrRimENn, H. Medicinal plants, being descriptions with original 
figures of the principal plants employed in medicine and an account of the 
characters, properties, and uses of their parts and products of medicinal 


value. London, 1880. 4 vols. col. pl. 8vo. (1) 
Bivort, A. Album de pomologie. Bruxelles, 1847-50. 3 vols. (in 1). col. 
pl. obl. sm. folio. (1) 


British Museum (NaTuRAL History). Catalogueof the books, manuscripts, 
maps and drawings. Vol. 5. So-Z. London, 1915. 4to. 5 

BRoTERO, F.A. Compendio de botanica. . . . Paris, 1788. 2vols. 8vo. (6) 

Burnat, E. Flore des Alpes Maritimes ... vol. vi. 1re partie par J. BRIQUET 
et F. CAVILLIER. Genéve et Bale, 1916. 8vo. 

BurnetT, M. A. Plantae utiliores ; or illustrations of useful plants, employed 
in the arts and medicine. London, 1842, Vol. 1, col. pl. 4to. (I) 

Wanting vols. ii., iii., and iv. 

CLEMENTS, H. Practical hints on garden culture. Garden pests and how to 
eradicate them. Bristol and London [1916]. 8vo. 

CONDER, J. The flowers of Japan and the art of floral arrangement. Tokio, 
T6901. .xpl..“jcol..pl. + aor, (2) 

CorBETT, L. C. Garden farming. Boston, &c., 1913. 8vo. (3 

CrocKER, E. Thirty-nine articles on gardening. London, 1908. col. pl. 8vo. (7) 

Curtis, J. British entomology; being illustrations and descriptions of the 
genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland: containing coloured 

| figures from nature of the most rare and beautiful species and in many 

». instances of the plants upon which they are found. London, 1823-40. 8 


vols. col. pl. 8vo. (2 
[Curtis, W.] Acatalogue of the plants growing wild in the environs of London. 
London, 1774. 8vo. (z) 


DECAISNE, J. Le jardin fruitier du muséum ou iconographie de toutes les 
espéces et variétés d’arbres fruitiers cultivés dans cet établissement avec 
leur description, leur histoire, leur synonymie, &c. Paris, 1871-75. 9 ne 
col. pl. 4to. 

Dent, R. K. City of Birmingham. History and description of the Siti 
parks, gardens, and recreation grounds. [Birmingham], 1916. il. wee 
8vo. 3 

Dick, J. Harrison. Commercial carnation culture. A practical guide to 
modern methods of growing the American carnation for market purposes. 
New York, 1915. il. frontis. 8vo. 3 

[editor]. Gardeners’ and florists’ annual for 1916. New York, 1916. il. 


8vo. (3) 
DuccaAN, Mrs. ‘“‘ The door in the wall” or the story of my garden. 2nd 
impression. London, 1915? il. photo. plan. frontis. 8vo. (8) 
ENGELMANN, G. Cactaceae of the [United States and Mexican] boundary. 
(Washington, 1859.] 76 pls. 4to. () 


FENOLLOSA, M. Blossoms from a Japanese garden. A book of child-verses. 
London, 1913. col. pl. sm. 4to. (1) 

FIGUIER, L. The world before the deluge. Newly ed. and rev. by H. W. 
Bristow, London, 1872. il. pl. 8vo. 

FItzciBBon, A., and Traitt, C. P. Canadian wild flowers. Painted and 
lithographed by A. FITZGIBBON, with botanical descriptions by C. P. TRAILL. 
Montreal, 1869. col. pl. fol. (1) 

FORTUNE, R. A residence among the Chinese: inland, on the coast, and at 
sea. Being a narrative of scenes and adventures during a third visit to 
China, from 1853 to 1856. . . . London, 1857. il. pl. frontis, 8vo. (2) 

Foster, M. Bulbousirises. London [1893]. il. 8vo. (2) 

Fouts, T. N. [publisher]. Corners of grey old gardens. With illustrations in 
colour by M. WATERFIELD. London, &c., 1914. col. pl. sm. 8vo, (3) 


BOOKS PRESENTED, PURCHASED, OR REVIEWED. 445 


Fouts, T. N. [publisher]. The book of old sundials and their mottoes. 
With eight illustrations in colour by ALFRED RAwLincs and thirty-six 
drawings of some famous sundials by WARRINGTON Hoac. London, &c., 
1914. pl. col. pl. sm. 8vo, (3 

GAMBLE, J, S, Flora of the presidency of Madras, Part I. Calcutta, 1915. 
8vo. 9 

GEDDES, P, Chapters in modern botany, London, 1893. il, frontis. 8vo. a 

GENLIS, MADAME DE, La botanique ,.. suivie d’une historique et littéraire 
nouvelle intitulée : les fleurs, ou les artistes, Paris, 1810, 2 vols, I2mo. (7) 

GorFr, E.S. The principles of plant culture. <A text for beginners in agriculture 
and horticulture, Revised by J. G. Moore and L, R, Jones. 8th ed. 
New York, 1916, il, §8vo, 3) 

GraHaM, P, A, Reclaiming the waste, Britain’s most urgent problem. 
London, 1916, 8vo, 3 

Hamppen, M, Flower culture month by month, London, 1916. il. col. pl. 
8vo, 3 

Harris, F, S,, and STEwart, G, The principles of agronomy, A Leni 
of crop production for high-schools and short-courses in agricultural 
colleges, New York, 1915. il, frontis, 8vo. (3) 

Harwoop, W. S, New creations in plant life. An authoritative account of 
the life and work of Luther Burbank, 2nd ed. rev, and enl, New York, 


1914, pl. port, frontis, 8vo. (3) 
HEGETSCHWEILER, J, Flora der Schweiz. Fortgesetzt und herausgegeben von 
O. HEER, Zirich, 1840, pl, I2mo. 1) 
HensHaw, J, W. Wild flowers of the North American mountains. London 
and New York, 1916, il, col, pl. 8vo. (3) 
HeEnsLow, G, Veitch’s hybrid rhododendrons. Portfolio containing an index, 
ports., dried specimens, illustrations, diagrams. fol. (10) 


{Hry, Mrs.] The moral of flowers. znded, London, 1835. col. pl. 8vo. (1) 
—— The spirit of the woods, London, 1837, col. pl. 8vo. I 
Hotianp, L. B, The garden bluebook, A manual of the perennial garden. 
London [1916]. il. col, charts. la, 8vo, 7 
Hooker, J.D, Lecture on insular floras delivered before the British Association 
for the advancement of science at Nottingham, August 27, 1866. London, 


1896. 8vo. (3 copies.) (r) 
Hooker, W. J. A century of orchidaceous plants ., . figures... by Mr. 
FITcH , . . with copious remarks on the treatment of each species, by 
J. C. Lyons. London, 1851. 100 col. pl. 4to. (2) 

See BATEMAN, J., for second century. 
HooKER’s Icones plantarum , .. Edited... by Sir DAvID PRAIN. Ser. v. 
vol. i. pt. 3, London, 1916, pl. 8vo. (Ir) 


HvuMBOLpDT, A. von, Aspects of nature, in different lands and different climates ; 
with scientific elucidations, Transl, by Mrs, SaBine, London, 1849. 
2 vols. 8vo. (2) 
Hussey, Mrs, T, J. Illustrations of British Mycology, containing figures and 
descriptions of the funguses of interest and novelty indigenous to Britain. 


London, 1847, 90 col. pl. 4to. (2) 
—— 2nd series, London, 1855. 50 col, pl. 4to. 2) 
Hyper, L. B, Simple gardening (school gardening). A handbook for beginners, 

Ed, by T. W. SANDERS, London [1916]. il. frontis. 8vo. (3) 


Jackson, B, D. A glossary of botanic terms with their derivation and accent. 
3rd ed. rev. and enl. London, 1916, 8vo. (3) 
Japp, A. H, Hours in my garden and other nature-sketches. London, n.d. 
il, pl. frontis. S8vo. (x) 
JEKYLL, G, Annuals and biennials. The best annual and biennial plants and 
their uses in the garden, With cultural notes by E. H. JEnxins, London 


[1916]. pl. col, pl. 8vo. (12) 
Jounson, G, W. The cottage gardeners’ dictionary. ...2nded. London, 
1857, il, 8vo. (6) 


Jounston, A, K, The physical atlas, A series of maps and notes illustrating 
the geographical distribution of natural phenomena, , . . Edinburgh and 
London, 1848. fol, 2 

JournaL (LE) DES ORCHIDEES ,, . publié... par L, LINDEN, Année 1-7. 
Gand, 1890-96. il. col, pl, 8vo, (2 

Journal or Borany (THE), British and foreign, Vol, 1-45. London, 1863- 
1907... 11,. . pl... col, pl... ports.....8vo. (2) 

KamPEn, N. van, & Son, The Dutch florist: or, true method of managing all 
sorts of flowers with bulbous roots, London, 1763. 8vo. 4 (1) 

e 


446 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


KELLAWAY, H. J. How to lay out suburban home grounds. 2nd ed, enl. 
New York 1915. pl. frontis. 8vo. (3 
KirBy, W., and SPENCE, W,. An introduction to entomology : or elements of 
the natural history of insects. London, 1815-17, 2 vols. col. pl. 8vo. (6) 
KnicuT, A. E., and Step, E. The living plant in leaf, flower, and fruit. A 
popular book on botany for the general reader, London, n.d, il, pl. 
col, frontis. sm. 4to. (r) 
Krart, J. Abhandlung von den Obstbaumen worinn ihre Gestalt, Erziehung 
und Pflege angezeigt und beschrieben wird, , . , Wien, 1792-96, 2 vols. 
200 col. pl, fol. (1) 
Levison, J.J. Studies of trees. sted. New York, 1914, il, frontis. 8vo,. (3) 
LIDDELL, H, G., and Scott, R. A Greek-English Lexicon, 7thed, rev. 


Oxford, 1890, la, 8vo, 2 
LINDENIA. Iconographie des orchidées,,.. vols. 1-17. Gand, 1885-1901. 
col: ple) fol: 2) 
LINDLEY, J. Collectanea botanica: or, figures and botanical illustrations of 
rare and curious exotic plants, London, 1821, col. pl, fol. (1) 


LINNAEUS, C, The families of plants, with their natural characters, , . , Trans- 
lated [by E. DARwIN] from the last edition (as published by Dr, REICHARD) 
of the genera plantarum, and of the mantissae plantarum of the elder 
LINNAEUS, and from the supplementum plantarum of the younger LINNAEUS, 
with all the new families of plants from THUNBERG and L’H&RITIER,... 
By a botanical society at Lichfield. Lichfield, 1787. 2 vols, 8vo. (6) 

LONDON, HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Transactions (1805-30), Vol. 
1-7, London, 1812-30. 7 vols, il, pl. ‘col. pl, 4te, 2 

2nd Ser, (1831-48). Vol. 1-3, London, 1835-48. il. pl, col. pl. 4to. (1) 

LonpDoNn, HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Journal. Vol. 1-9. London, 
1846-55, il. pl. col. pl. 8vo, (1) [continued as] 

—— Roya HorTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Journal. New Ser.* Vol. 
1-37, London, 1866-1912, il. pl, col. pl. port. maps, 8vo, (r) 

— Royat HorTICULTURAL SocIETY. Proceedings. June 1859-Dec. 1863. 
Vol. 1-3. London, 1861-63. il. pl. col. pl. map, 8vo. 

Lotsy, J. P. Evolution by means of hybridization. The Hague, 1916, 8vo. (3) 

Lovupon, J. C. The suburban horticulturist; or, an attempt to teach the 
science and practice of the culture and management of the kitchen, fruit, 


—— 


and forcing garden. . . . London, 1842. il. 8vo. (r) 
Lyte, W. T. Parks and park engineering. sisted. New York, 1916. il. pl. 
frontis. 8vo. (3) 


McCatu, A. G. Field and laboratory studies of soils. An elementary manual 
for students of agriculture. usted. New York, 1915. il. frontis. 8vo. (3) 
Field and laboratory studies of crops, An elementary manual for students 
of agriculture. 1st ed. New York, 1916. il. frontis. 8vo, (3) 
McDona.tp, D. Agricultural writers from Sir WALTER of Henley to ARTHUR 
YOUNG, 1200-1800, Reproductions in facsimile and extracts from their 
actual writings, enlarged and revised from articles which have appeared in 
“The Field,’ from 1903 to 1907, To which is added an exhaustive biblio 
graphy. London, 1908. 8vo. (13) 
McFartanD, J. H. My growing garden. New York, 1915. pl. col. pl. col. 
frontis. 8vo. 3 
MarTYN, T. The language of botany: being a dictionary of the terms made 
use of in that science. , , . 2nd ed. cor. and enl, London, 1796. 8vo. (1) 
Masson, F, Stapeliae novae: or, a collection of several new species of that 
genus; discovered in the interior parts of Africa, London, 1796, 30 col. 


pl. tol: (z) 
Incomplete. 
MattTio1!, P. A., latinized MATTHIOLUS, Dei discorsi di M. P. A, Matthioli... 
nelli sei libri di Pedacio Dioscoride Anazarbeo . , , Venetia, 1604. 2 vols. 
il sport, dol fi 
—— Opera quae extant omnia; hoc est, commentarii in VI libros Pedasii 
Dioscoridis Anazarbei de medica materia , , . a Casparo Bauhino.... 
editio altera. Basileae, 1674, il. fol. 7 
MaAweE, T., and ABERCROMBIE, J, Every man his own gardener. <p a gel ed, 
London, 1803. frontis, 1I2mo, (1) 
MAYNARD, Sr Landscape gardening as applied to home decoration. 2nd ed. 
rewritten and enlarged. New York, 1915, il. frontis, 8vo. (3) 
MILLIn, G. F. Pictorial gardening. London, 1906, pl. frontis. 8vo. (z) 


* “+ offLondon,’”’ and ‘‘ New Ser.,”” were omitted after vol. iv. (1877). 
é 


BOOKS PRESENTED, PURCHASED, OR REVIEWED. 447 


Moore, T. [editor]. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants: . . . accompanied 
by descriptions of the cultivated species of the genera figured ; and directions 
for cultivation. London, 1857. col. pl. 8vo. (2) 
Morris, D. An address on Australian trees and shrubs on the south coast, 
delivered Saturday, March 18, 1916. Bournemouth, 1916. 18mo. (14) 


Repr. from the Bournemouth Guardian, Mar. 25 and Apr. 1, 1916. 


ORCHIDOPHILE (L’), journal des amateurs d’orchidées. ... Année 1881-92. 
Argenteuil (Paris), 1881-92. il. pl. col. pl. port. "8vo. (2 

PARKINSON, J. Paradisi in sole paradisus terrestris. Faithfully reprinted 
from the edition of 1629. London, 1904. il. fol. (2) 

Pas, C. VAN DE, THE YOUNGER. Hortus floridus, in quo rariorum & minus 
vulgarium florum icones ad vivam veramque formam accuratissime delineatae. 
Et secundum quatuor anni tempora divisae exhibentur. Arnhemij, HOM 
[-17]. pl. obl. 4to. 

PELLETT, F. C. Productive bee-keeping : modern methods of production ah 
marketing of honey. Philadelphia and London, 1916. il. col. frontis. 


8vo. (3 
PETHERBRIDGE, F. R. Fungoid and insect pests of the farm. Cambridge, 
t916,, 11, Svo. (3) 
Piccott, F. T. The garden of Japan. A year’s diary of its flowers. With 
four pictures by A. East. London, 1892. il. pl. col. pl. 4to. (2) 
—-- andjed. London, 1896. il. pl. col. pl. to. (2) 


PoPENOE, F.O. Varieties of the avocado. Being a paper read at the meeting 
of the Avocado Growers Association, Los Angeles, October 23, 1915. pl. 
8vo. (15) 

PopENOE, W. The avocado in Florida and other lands. Being a paper read 
at the meeting of the California Avocado Association, Los Angeles, October 
23, 1915. 8vo. (5) 

PrRAIN, D. [editor]. Flora of tropical Africa. Vol. vi. Sect.ii. Pt. 1. London, 
1916. 8vo. (16) 

Pucci, A. Les Cypripedium et genres affines, histoire, description, synonimie 
et culture des espéces, variétés et hybrides. Florence, 1891. 8vo. (2) 

REHDER,A. The Bradley bibliography. A guide to the literature of the woody 
plants of the world, published before the beginning of the twentieth century. 
Compiled . . . under the direction of C. S. SARGENT. Cambridge, Mass. 
vol. 3. 1915. 4to. (r) 

REVUE DE L’HORTICULTURE BELGE ET ETRANGERE.... Vol. 1-25. Gand, 
1875-99. il. pl. col. pls. port. 8vo. (2) 

Roirs, P. H. Subtropical vegetable-gardening. New York, 1916. pl. 8vo. (3) 

Row.Les, W. F. The food garden. A manual showing how to produce food 
in abundance from the small garden, how to organise the greenhouse and 
frame for food supply, and how to preserve food products from the garden. 


London [1916]. il. pl. col. pl. 8vo. (3) 
Ruiz, H., and Pavon, J. Florae peruvianae et chilensis prodromus . . . editio 
secunda auctior, et emendatior. Romae, 1797. pl. 4to. (2) 
cue iat E. J. A student’s book on soils and manures. Cambridge, 1915. 
il. 8vo, 


Manuring for higher crop production. Cambridge, 1916. il. pl. 8vo. (3) 
SANDER, F. Reichenbachia. Orchids illustrated and described . . . with 
the assistance of scientific authority. St. Albans, 1888-90. 2 vols. il. 


col. pl. fol. (17) 
So 2ndiser.., ot. Albans, 1692. ¥Y vol: il. col. pl. _ fol. (17) 
SANDERS, T. W. Popular hardy perennials. ... London [i915]. il. pl. 

col. frontis. 8vo. 3 
SANDERSON, E, D. Insect pests of farm, garden and orchard. 1st ed. New 

York, rors. il. 8vo. (3) 


SAUNDERS, C. F. With the flowers and trees in California. London, 1914. 

pl. col. pl. col. frontis. 8vo. (3) 

SAvVI, G. Materia medica vegetabile toscana. Firenze, 1805. col. pl. fol. (18) 
Wanting pls. 4, 11, 12, 13, 31, 48, 51, 52, 58, 59. 


SEEMANN, B. Flora vitiensis: a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji 
Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties. London, 
1865-73. 100 col. pl. port. 4to. (I 

SHAMEL, A. D., and PopENoE, W. The pitanga, a valuable fruit of Brazil which 
deserves to be more widely cultivated—successful in Florida and California 
—methods of propagation. Washington, D.C., 1916. il. 8vo. (15) 

Repr. from ‘‘ Journ. of Heredity,” vii. a 


448 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SIBREE, J. A naturalist in Madagascar. A record of observation experiences 
and impressions made during a period of over fifty years’ intimate associa- 
tion with the natives and study of the animal and vegetable life of the island. 
‘London, 1915. pl. maps. frontis. 8vo. 3 

Sim, T. R. The ferns of South Africa, containing descriptions and figures of 
the ferns and fern allies of South Africa. 2nd ed. Cambridge, 1915. pil. 
8vo. 3 

SMITH, J. Ferns: British and foreign. The history, organography, sarees 
tion, and enumeration of the species of garden ferns, with a treatise on their 
cultivation. New and enl. ed. London, 1896. il. frontis. 8vo. (1) 

SmitH, T. The book of dry-wall gardens. London, n.d. il. pl. 8vo. (3) 

SoLtty, E. Rural chemistry : an elementary introduction to the study of the 
science in its relation to agriculture. London, 1843. sm. 8vo. (6) 

SOWERBY, J. E., and Jounson, C. The ferns of Great Britain: illustrated by 
J. E. SowersBy ... the descriptions, synonyms, &c. by C. JOHNSON. 
London, 1855. col. pl. 8vo. T 

—— The fern allies: a supplement to the ferns of Great Britain. TIllus- 
trated by J. E. SowEerBy ... the descriptions, synonyms, &c., by on 
Jounson. London, 1856. col. pl. 8vo. 

STEBBING, E. P. British forestry : its present position and outlook after the 
war. London, 1916. pl. frontis. 8vo. (3) 

SToREY, F. W., and WricuT, K. M. South African botany. London, 1916. 


il.” col. pl.” Syvo- ( 
TEETGEN, A. B. Profitable herb growing and collecting. With a preface by 


E. M. Hotmes. London, 1916. il. 8vo. (3) 
Tuomas, H. H. Bulb growing for amateurs. London, 1915. il. frontis. 
8vo. (3) 
—— The greenhouse : its flowersand management. London,1915. il. frontis. 
8vo. S 


Rose growing for amateurs. London [1916]. il. frontis. 8vo. 
Round the year in the garden. A descriptive guide to the flowers of the 
four seasons, and to the work of each month in the flower, fruit, and kitchen 


garden. London, 1916. pl. col. pl. col. frontis. 8vo. (3) 
Everybody’s flower garden. London, 1916. il. frontis. 8vo. _ (3) 
Tuomas, H. H., and Castle, F. R. Vegetable growing for amateurs. London 
[1916], al. “drontis. ‘Svo. (3) 


Tuomas, H. H., and GARDNER, J. Fruit growing for amateurs. London, 


Tor6. al. frontis.. -Svo. 
Tuomas, H. H., and Kincsrorp, S. M. The carnation book. London, 1916. 


il. frontis. 8vo. (3) 
TOLLEMACHE, S. British trees with illustrations. London, 1901. pl. frontis. 
8vo. (I 
Turnor, C. Our food supply: perils and remedies. With a foreword by the 
Hon. E. Strutt. London, 1916. 8vo. (3) 
VENDELMANS, HH. The manual of manures. London, 1916. 8vo. 
WacneEr, A. Die fleischfressenden Pflanzen. Leipzig, 1911. il. 8vo. (7) 


WALPOLE,H. Essay on modern gardening. Essaisur|’art des jardins modernes, 
. traduit en Frangois par M. le Duc de Nivernois en 1784. Strawberry- 

Hill, 1785. sm. 4to. (1) 

The text is in English and French. 

WARNER, R. Select orchidaceous plants. The notes on culture by B. S. 
WILLIAMS. 3rd ser. London, n.d. col. pl. fol. (2) 
Watson, R.M. The heart of a garden. London, 1906. pl. 8vo. (I) 
Watson, W. Climbing plants. With introduction by W. Ropinson. London 
and Edinburgh [1915]. pl. col. pl. col. frontis. 8vo. (3 
WEBSTER, A. D. British-grown timber and timber trees. London, 1916. pl. 


8vo. ( 
Weiss, F. E., Imus, A. D.,and Ropinson, W. Plantsin healthand disease. , . . 

Manchester and London, 1936.. Syvo. (3) 
Wels, F.M. The suburban garden and what to growin it. Newed. London 

[1916]. sm. 8vo. (3) 
West, G. S. Algae. Cambridge, 1916. Vol.i. il. la. 8vo. (3) | 
WuitE, E. A. The principles of floriculture. New York, 1915. il. frontis. 


8vo. . : 3) 
WiLxinson, A. E. The apple. <A practical treatise dealing with the latest 


modern practices of apple culture. Boston, &c., 1915. il. col. pl. col. 
frontis. 8vo. (3 


& 


BOOKS PRESENTED, PURCHASED, OR REVIEWED. 449 


WITHERING, W. An arrangement of British plants ... 7th ed., including 
the most recent discoveries, and numerous enlarged annotations illustrative 
of the vegetable economy, by W. WITHERING [the younger]. London, 


1830. 4 vols. pl. 8vo. (6) 
WOLSELEY, ViscouNTEssS. In a college garden. London, 1916. pl. port. 
8vo. (3) 
Women and the land. London, 1916. pl. 8vo. (3) 
WorSDELL, W.C. The principles of plant-teratology. London, 1915. vol. i. 
il. pl. 8vo. (3) 


WREN, R. C. Potter’s cyclopedia of botanical drugs and preparations. 2nd 
ed. With additions by E. M. Hotmes. London, n.d.[1915 ?]. 8vo. (3) 
WRIGHT, W. P. Illustrated garden guide. A practical introduction to garden 
formation and the cultivation of flowers, fruit and vegetables, with a monthly 


calendar. London,n.d. il. pl. col. pl. 8vo. (3) 
YeEAw, F. L. Market gardening. 1st ed. New York, 1915. il. 8vo. (3) 
VOL. XLII. 


450 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


BOOK REVIEWS. 


‘The Chemistry of the Garden.” By H. H. Cousins, M.A., 
F.C.S. (Macmillan, London, 1916.) Is. 


Eighteen years ago the first edition of this little work gratified 
the desires of many a gardener who wished for light on how to use 
“ artificial’? manures, and it has been reprinted many times since. 
Now it has been revised and a good many paragraphs added which in- 
crease the value of this little book, which should be at every gardener’s 
hand. The additions are scattered all through the book, but are most 
numerous in the part devoted to fungicides and insecticides. We wish, 
however, a recipe had been given for making Burgundy mixture—it 
is a very effective substitute for Bordeaux mixture, and washing soda 
is, aS a rule, more easily procurable than quick lime. 


“ Gardeners’ and Florists’ Annual for 1916.’ Edited by J. H. 
Dick. (Dela Mare Ptg. Co., New York.) 50 cents. 


The many friends of Mr. J. H. Dick on this side of the Atlantic 
will welcome this sign of his activities. The Annual contains a great 
amount of information gathered from both American and European 
sources all bearing upon horticulture, and especially upon the business 
aspects of horticulture. The volume for 1917, which is just received, 
is an even more valuable compilation. 


‘** British Fern Gazette.” 


We have received a copy of this quarterly journal, which is edited 
by Mr. Chas. T. Druery, F.L.S., V.M.H., the recognized authority on 
British Ferns and their varieties, for the benefit of the members of the 
British Pteridological Society, of which he is the Hon. Secretary, 11 
Shaw Road, Acton, W. The subscription is only 5s. per annum, 
which entitles to membership of the Society and four issues of the 
Gazette. 


“ Plants in Health and Disease.”’ By F. E. Weiss, A. D. Imms, 
and W. Robinson. 8vo. viii + 143 pp. (Longmans, London, 1916.) 
Es. Od. net. 

« Fungoid and Insect Pests of the Farm.”” By F. R. Petherbridge. 
8vo. vill X 174 pp. (University Press, Cambridge, 1916.) 4s. net. 

The first of these two books is based upon a course of lectures 
delivered at the University of Manchester last winter. It gives a brief 
but clear exposition of the functions of a plant growing healthily, 
and passes to a consideration of various troubles produced by fungus 


BOOK-+ REVIEWS. 451 


and insect attacks upon plants, with details of the life and behaviour 
of the fungi and insects, &c., concerned. - 

The second deals only with a few of the diseases induced by 
insects and fungi on plants of the farm, and is well illustrated. 

Both are reliable, and contain suggestions for remedying or pre- 
venting the recurrence of the trouble dealt with. 

In neither, perhaps, is sufficient attention given to the treatment 
of eelworm-infested soil, probably because we are at present not in 
a position to deal with it effectively except on a restricted area which 
is well under control, as in greenhouses where soil-sterilization may 
be effected. There is probably no more troublesome or costly pest 
than the two species of eelworm, Tyylenchus devastatrix and Heterodera 
vadicicola, and none is more difficult to deal with. In the former 
book we find gas-lime recommended on more than one occasion for 
this and other soil pests, but, unfortunately for the grower, gas-lime is 
rarely to be obtained now, and even where it is the loss of time involved 
by its use is a serious thing in these days of intensive cultivation. We 
are sorry to see chalk suggested for use against club-root in cabbages, 
turnips, and the like, in the latter book, even though there is a warning 
that it is less good than quicklime, for in our experience it is quite 
valueless when once the soil is badly infested. It is, of course, a useful 
preventive dressing, since it prevents the accumulation of the organic 
acids in the soil which render it so much more favourable for the 
growth of the finger-and-toe organism. 


“The Principles of Plant Culture.’”’ By E. S. Goff, revised by 


J. G. Moore and L. R. Jones. Ed. 8. 8vo. xxiii + 295 pp. (Mac- 
millan, New York, 1916.) 5s. 6d. net. 


Nearly twenty years ago the late Professor Goff published “‘ The 
Principles of Plant Culture,” the result of his wide experience and 
close insight into the science of plant growth. It has grown to some 
extent in his hands and in those of the revisers, who have included in 
this new edition material of value made available by scientific research 
since its first issue. Professor Goff died in 1902, but the work he 
did has been continued, and the value of his researches has outlived 
his brief span of years. He ‘‘ combined the qualities of a real investi- 
gator with those of a delightful teacher,’ and he put the best of his 
powers into the production of this book, which has earned the approba- 
tion of teachers of horticulture (for it was on that side of “‘ plant 
culture’ that his interest mainly lay) ever since its first publication. 
Its inclusion among the ‘‘ Rural Text-books ”’ edited by Prof. L. H. 
Bailey is a guarantee of its worth, even though no such recommenda- 
tion as its long life were to be had, and we have every confidence in 
recommending it to the gardener who wants more than mere rule of 
thumb, and recognizes, as every progressive gardener does, the value 
of a knowledge of the ‘‘ reason why ”’ operations are performed in 
the way they are. 


452 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


“The Manual of Manures.” By H. Vendelmans. 8vo. xvi + 
164 pp. (‘‘ Country Life,’ London, 1916.) 3s. 6d. net. 


It is a common difficulty, which might be overcome by getting the 
proofs read by one more familiar with the language, for a writer 
in a foreign language to use technical terms unfamiliar to the users 
of that language, and the present book is not free from this fault. 
We make this comment first because it is the only fault we have to 
find with this excellent exposition of the value and use of manures, 
both natural and “‘ artificial.’’ Growers of garden crops will need to 
pay more and more attention to the question of economical manuring 
as time passes, and that will mean either the study for themselves 
of the whole question or the calling in of expert advice. Recipes 
from books will not be likely to prove economical or entirely satis- 
factory unless their selection is guided and their application modified 
by knowledge of the requirements of the plants grown and the nature 
of manures. Towards the acquirement of the latter knowledge this 
book will be an excellent aid, and we confidently recommend it even to 
those who have no previous knowledge, and especially do we commend 
the remarks upon the purchase of mixed manures, the use and abuse 
of lime, and the storage of stable manure. 


‘Soils and Manures.” By E. J. Russell. 8vo. ix +206 pp. 
(University Press, Cambridge, 1915.) 3s. 6d. net. 


Dr. Russell’s books are marked by a lucidity of statement and a 
grasp of the essentials of practical requirements which make them of 
great value to the cultivator as wellas to the student. Both student and 
cultivator may read this little book with the assurance that careful 
reading will be amply repaid, both in the interest the book will arouse 
and in the suggestions it contains as to practice to be followed in the 
cultivation of different crops to obtain maximum yields. The time 
is past for us, either in garden or farm, to be content with low yields 
of produce of any kind, and the mere following of plans pursued by 
our forbears will not improve our yields. Itis by the discovery of the 
factor which is limiting output, and the elimination or reduction of that 
factor to smaller dimensions, that progress may be made, and the great 
merit of this book is that it shows where we may look for some of the 
factors that are concerned. 


“Insect Pests of Farm, Garden, and Orchard.” By E. Dwight 
Sanderson. 8vo. xii +684 pp. (Chapman & Hall, London, 1915.) 
12s. 6d. net. 


It is computed that the annual loss of farm and fruit crops in the 
United States directly due to insects amounts to £250,000,000. In 
our own country the loss is doubtless proportionately less, but even 
so the cost of maintaining the vast army of injurious insects is 
enormous, and while many make spasmodic efforts to control them 


BOOK REVIEWS. 453 


when their depredations exceed the limit of tolerance, and a few are 
systematic in their endeavours, many more take no steps at all 
towards checking them. This ought not to be, for in all these things 
general effort would be more effective than isolated. 

The present work, though American and therefore dealing with 
some insects which do not worry us here, and giving details of others 
which may not fit the facts entirely in this country, is yet a valuable 
work for the study and reference of all concerned in cultivating crops. 
It is well illustrated with figures of practically all the insects referred 
to, the figures being particularly clear. 

The insect is in each case described, an outline of its life-history 
and of its habits is given, the damage it does clearly indicated and 
frequently illustrated, and the methods suggested or already found 
successful in dealing with it are detailed. 

One instance of the fulness with which the last part is dealt with 
may be given in reference to the troublesome cabbage-root maggot, 
which causes so much loss in this country. To avoid infestation of 
the cabbages in the seed-bed, coverings of cheese-cloth may be used. 
The covers are to be removed ten days before transplanting, and if the 
small, but long, thin white eggs are observed during that time, trans- 
planting should be done at once. The placing of a hexagonal disc of 
tarred felt round the stem of each plant at ground-level after trans- 
planting is the surest method of prevention. 

A mixture of lime and carbolic acid may be applied to the surface 
of the soil (3 pints of lime slaked to a thin cream, diluted to I gallon with 
water, and a tablespoonful of crude carbolic acid added) about the 
plants. Kerosene and sand, gas tar and sand, tobacco dust, &c., have 
all been used to sprinkle about the plants. One part of gas tar (not 
more) to 25 parts sand is also said to be an effective mulch. Many 
methods of destroying the maggots are mentioned, but none so 
effective, says the author, as carbon bisulphide, oes costs about 4s. 
for a thousand plants. 

All the more important insects are effectively treated, and the 
methods of control dealt with as fully as in the instance just quoted, 
with recipes where required, and very frequently with estimates of 
the cost of treatment as well. A few which we recognize here as very 
troublesome pests, including the apple sawfly, the pear midge, and the 
black-currant mite, are omitted, and presumably have yet to find their 
way over the Atlantic. 


“Insect Enemies.” By C. A. Ealand, M.A. 8vo., xiii -+ 223 pp. 
(Grant Richards, London, 1916.) 6s. net. 


The long sub-title runs: ‘Enumerating the life-histories and 
destructive habits of a number of important British injurious 
insects, together with Descriptions enabling them to be recognized, 
and Methods by means of which they may be held in check.”’ 


454 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


A good many of the pests dealt with are illustrated, but it is a pity 
that in many instances there is no indication on the plates of the 
size of the creatures figured. Thus on the plate facing p. 73 the 
woolly aphis is figured several times larger than the larva of the rose 
chafer ; opposite p. 98 the figure of the turnip-flea beetle has an 
indication of the actual size of the pest, but no such indication is 
given on the figure of the asparagus beetle, and we are led to suppose 
from the figure that we have to deal with a beetle over an inch in 
length ; but we need not multiply instances. 

The author truly says that only a selection of the insects that 
prove pests in our fields and gardens and stores can be dealt with, 
but where this is the case it is perhaps a pity not to select the very 
worst instead of those which are less prevalent. Rarely do we see 
the codling moth now, though the author regards it as probably the 
most harmful of insect pests, but similar damage is done by the apple 
sawfly, which he does not mention, nor does he mention that all too 
common Psylla that is so prevalent in many an orchard in this 
country. Similarly, the numerous Tortrix moths that prey upon 
apple foliage, and are almost equally harmful with the winter, mottled 
umber, and March moths, are not mentioned. 

It is difficult to see how one of the suggested treatments for Pear 
Midge could be effective, for the heavy spraying with Paris green 
just before the blossoms open could not reach the larve, which hatch 
inside the flowers (or buds) and feed inside the young fruits, nor 
would it be a “‘ Spartan ’’ remedy, for it would not be likely to damage 
the buds. The author has apparently not experienced the value 
of the Wisley turnip flea trap for catching the turnip flea, for he 
makes no mention of it, nor can we agree with the adequacy of his 
remedy for white fly in greenhouses, for which he recommends fumi- 
gation with tobacco, without the warning that persistent fumigation 
will be necessary. 

Much remains to be discovered with regard to almost all the 
insects he mentions, as he points out, and we may mention just one 
of the points which occur in his book, showing how necessary it 
is to investigate in each district or country, and not to depend upon 
observations made abroad. In detailing the life-history of the 
cabbage root maggot, Washburn’s statement that the female lays 
only one or two eggs on a plant is repeated. In England we have 
frequently seen a row of five or six on a single root, and sometimes 
more. 

It would be unjust to leave the book at this point, for it contains 
much of interest and much of value, and is mostly couched in simple 
language. It will satisfy many who want to know something about 
insects, but it will not satisfy those who want really to know them. 
The author hopes that it will lead such to inquire further, and gives 
a list of useful works with that end, a hope which we can but cordially 
echo. 


BOOK REVIEWS. 455 


‘‘ Sub-tropical Vegetable Gardening.” By P. H. Rolfs, Director 
of the Experiment Station of Florida. 8vo. xviiit309 pp. With 
illustrations. (The Macmillan Co., New York, 1916.) $1.50 net. 

This book belongs to the ‘‘ Rural Science Series,’’ which is under 
the general editorship of Prof. L. H. Bailey, the well-known American 
writer of horticultural text-books. 

The introductory chapters deal with soils, fertilizers, methods 
of sowing and planting, the rotation of crops, and pests and diseases, 
all of which subjects are treated in the concise and practical manner 
characteristic of the series. These are followed by a short chapter 
on the marketing of vegetables. 

_ The crops are classed for treatment into the following groups: 
edible leaves or stems, edible bulbs, edible fruits, edible seeds, edible 
tubers and roots, and miscellaneous crops. Included in these groups 
are most of the vegetables with which we in this country are familiar 
either as indoor or outdoor crops, together with less-known vege- 
tables such as the collard, a kind of kale that is said to withstand 
hot weather better than the cabbage; the chayote (Sechium edule), 
the fruit of a climbing plant ; the roselle or Jamaica sorrel (Hibiscus 
sabdariffa), whose acid fruit is said to be a substitute for the cranberry ; 
the okra, plantain, and bread-fruit, all of which yield esculent fruits. 
Amongst pulses are included pole beans, Lima beans, cowpeas, pea- 
nuts and goober-nuts, which are unknown as crops in this country ; 
whilst amongst tubers are mentioned the sweet potato, the yam, 
the rutabaga or Spanish turnip, the dasheen or taro, tanier, cassava 
and lleren, which are only met with in botanical gardens. 

In American horticulture fertilizers play a much more important 
part than they do in the horticulture of this country, but in view of 
the decreasing supply of organic manures it may be expected that arti- 
ficial fertilizers will in the future be employed here on an increasing 
scale. In this connexion the fertilizer formulas suited to the various 
crops which are given in this book will prove of interest to the vegetable 
grower, whilst the hints on irrigating, shading, and packing should 
also be of value. Intending settlers in the warmer parts of the British 
overseas Empire will find in this volume an indication of the extent 
and variety of the vegetable crops which it is possible to cultivate 
in warm climates, also practical information which should prove of 
the greatest assistance to beginners. 


“ Principles of Agronomy.” By Franklin S. Harris, Ph.D., and 
George Stewart, B.S. 8vo. xvi-+ 451 pp., illus. (The Macmillan 
Co., New York, 1915.) 6s. net. 

This volume is an addition to the ‘‘ Rural Text-book Series,’’ 
of which Prof. L. H. Bailey is general editor. It is intended as a 
text-book of crop production for high-schools and short courses in 
agricultural colleges in the United States, where, we are informed 
in the preface, agricultural instruction in the high school has extended 
rapidly during recent years. | 


a 


456 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


The book is divided into four parts, which deal respectively with 
the plant, the soil, field crops,.and field management. The information 
is concise, is conveyed in non-technical language, and is intended to 
supplement but not to supplant practical instruction in the field. 

While intended for students in the United States, the book contains 
much of interest to the farmer in this country. The crops and some 
of the methods of cultivation in the United States naturally differ 
from those in this country, but the principles underlying crop- 
production are of course the same, and the necessity for running a 
farm on business-like lines, on which the authors insist, is evident 
wherever agriculture is practised. 

The illustrations are numerous, and the pithy legends attached 
to them in most instances impart a lesson more forcibly than the 
text. 

The appendix gives a list of the numerous agricultural colleges 
and experimental stations that are scattered throughout the United 
States, together with useful tables and statistical information, and a 
glossary of terms used in agriculture. 


“A Glossary of Botanic Terms.” By Dr. B. D. Jackson.” Bia. 3. 
8vo. x + 428 pp. (Duckworth, London, 1916.) 7s. 6d. net. 


Every science, like every trade and profession, has a number of 
terms peculiar to itself, either in form or meaning. Botany is no 
exception ; indeed, some would be inclined to say that it is a science 
more overloaded with technical terms than any other, and it is certain 
that a good many are likely to be deterred from its close study by 
_ the difficulties of learning what is in many cases a new language. 
The present glossary contains about 10,000 references to what, for 
want of a better term, may be called main-terms, besides numbers 
of others derived from these. Many of these are not in common 
use, of course, but that makes it more desirable than it would other- 
wise be to have at hand such a book as this, to which one may turn 
in the confident expectation of finding even the most unusual terms 
and their meanings. Even so, not all the terms used in botanico- 
horticultural works are to be found (and of course the author does 
not claim to include them). The special use of “‘ abaxial ’’ in Hogg’s 
“Fruit Manual,” for instance, does not appear. On the contrary, some 
technical terms peculiar to horticulture are included, e.g. “‘ forcing,”’ 
“ grafting,” “ budding,” “ inarching,’’ and so on, but not “ pruning,” 
“ringing,” and the like. 

Amateur, student, and expert alike will find this book of constant 
value for reference, for not even the last can hope to carry in his 
mind the precise meaning attached by different authors to the terms 
they employ, and every new phase of the subject brings into use a 
new crop of terms with which none but the specializing expert can 
hope to make himself familiar. The last new phase of botanical 
study—Ecology—has added an enormous number to the already- 


BOOK REVIEWS, 457 


existing terms, and all these are included, so that this is far and away 
the best book of its kind to be obtained. __ 

The book is very free from misprints; indeed, apart from those 
referred to on the last page, the only one we have noticed is a curious 
jumbling of the letters of a word meant to be “‘ economics,”’ on p. 54. 


‘‘ Productive Bee-keeping.”’ By F. C. Pellett. 8vo. xiv + 302 
pp. (Lippincott, Philadelphia [1916].) 6s. net. 

Bee-keeping in England is not quite like bee-keeping in America, 
but America is so large and embraces so many different climates that 
the practices followed in some parts of it must be similar to those 
adopted in this country, and as the author of this excellent and lucid 
hand-book is careful to state the conditions in which the various 
practices he describes are to be followed, this may be regarded as a 
reliable guide to bee-keepers in this country too. 

Apart from their value as honey-producers, bees play a consider- 
able part in carrying pollen from one tree to another in the orchard, 
and thus ensuring fertility of fruit where little or none would be 
otherwise. While various wild bees and flies play some part in this, 
hive bees are important too. The Isle of Wight disease has, un- 
fortunately, devastated many of our apiaries, and, as America knows 
it not at present, no hints in this manual will avail in the endeavour 
so many bee-keepers have to make to combat it. 

The book is well illustrated with reproductions of photographs 
which help to make the text clear, and introduce numbers of ingenious 
tools and apparatuses to the reader. © 


“ Profitable Herb Growing and Collecting.”’ By Ada B. Teetgen. 
8vo. xi+ 180 pp. (Country Life, London, 1916.) 3s. 6d. 


The war has brought home to all of us how dependent we are 
upon other countries for many of even the most common necessaries ; 
things which we might easily produce in this country, but which for 
one reason or another, generally on account of our neglect of home 
industries or for economic reasons, we have, until the war began, 

imported from one or other of the enemy countries. 

| At one time our English gardens were incomplete without their 
beds of herbs, and many a healing medicine was made from plants 
collected by the wayside. The ease with which herb-concoctions 
could be produced, no doubt, often led to the crafty imposing upon 
the credulous, and the gradual growth of more systematic knowledge 
and the development of medicine, as well as the congress of people 
to towns, put a check upon the use of the herb-woman’s mixtures, 
and upon the home-brewing of the various remedies of which Culpeper 
and his forerunners tell so much. 

Many of the plants formerly used have “‘gone out,”’ but it will come 
as a surprise to many to learn that over three hundred plants native 
in Britain, or very commonly and easily grown here, are still officinal. 
A few, like dill, coriander, and caraway, have been grown as farm 


458 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


crops for many years, while fields devoted to the cultivation of mint 
and lavender are not unfamiliar to those who know our countryside, 
but the difficulty of obtaining supplies of some of the most active 
medicinal plants has given an impetus to their cultivation such as 
could not have been imparted in any other way. The women of 
England have taken up the work of herb cultivation and collection 
whole-heartedly, and the National Herb-growing Association, of Queen 
Anne’s Chambers, S.W., are to be heartily congratulated upon the 
success which has been attained. 

Whether the cultivation can be maintained after the war is a 
purely economic question, and the lessons learned now should go far 
to give an affirmative answer to it, for success depends, especially 
when only small cultures are attempted, not only upon knowledge 
of what and how to grow or collect, but upon how to prepare it for 
market and where to sell it, and co-operative drying and selling are 
the best solutions of these problems, as of many others that intimately 
affect the welfare of the countryside. 

The author has crammed her book with useful information, and 
with advice as to what is wanted by the buyer and how to provide 
it. We have often been at a loss when asked to recommend a book 
on the subject, at once complete and practical, and have usually 
had to recommend American publications for information about 
medicinal plants, but that will be so no longer. 

It may perhaps be as well to say that herb- -growing i is not likely 
to be an easy road to wealth, but it is an occupation suited to the 
means and abilities of many unable to undertake larger cultivations. 
Furthermore, it offers the scientifically inclined some tempting 
problems for solution, for undoubtedly some strains of plants, say 
of the deadly nightshade, produce greater quantities of the active 
principle upon which their value depends than others, and the future 
will find the buyer purchasing not on appearance but on analysis, 
paying for content of alkaloid and the like, just as the butter factory 
purchases milk, paying for the fat it contains. The first in the field 
with such high-bred strains as this will entail will be those to reap 
the benefit. 


“Our Food Supply: Perils and Remedies.’”’ By Christopher 
Turnor. 8vo., 171 pp. (Scribners, New York: .“ Country Lite,” 
London, 1916.) 2s. 6d. net. 


We can safely prophesy that many of the food supplies from abroad, 
which have hitherto been paid for by the interest due to us on our 
foreign investments, will in future have to be paid for by the export of 
goods or produced at home, and therefore a book like this cannot be 
too widely read, so that public opinion may speedily be prepared 
for the great changes in our countryside which must assuredly take 
place if we are to recover even in part from the present terrible strain. 
The book is written in a popular style, with large print and wide 
margins, and though containing little with which an ordinarily well- 


BOOK REVIEWS, 439° 


informed man living outside the towns is not already to some extent 
acquainted, a thoughtful perusal of it will be a great enlightenment 
to many a townsman. The author says the object of the book is to 
“ show that the land of the United Kingdom is under-cultivated, that 
it is not carrying the number of people it is capable of carrying. . . .” 
It will doubtless surprise many to hear that this fertile land of ours 
produces on an average about 31 bushels of wheat to the acre, while 
the soil of Denmark produces 40 bushels, and that in Holland and 
Belgium the yield from an acre for cereals is 25 per cent. higher than 
ours. In the matter of live stock too, while the United Kingdom 
has only 39 cattle, sheep, and pigs to each 100 acres, Denmark has 53, 
Germany 63, Holland 65, and Belgium 71, though we have a larger 
percentage of acreage under grass than any of them except Holland. 
The author deals with the causes of this low standard of production, 
into which space does not permit us to enter, or into his proposals 
for remedying the evil and its attendant rural depopulation. His 
main proposal is land settlement for ex-service men, and that in 
colonies rather than as isolated units. As illustrations of what can be 
and has been done in this country he quotes Fairby in Kent, Evesham, 
and Wisbech, and states that the New Zealand Government is deriving 
a clear profit of £70,000 a year from its land settlement work. Of 
course he advocates the establishment of credit banks, and agricultural 
instruction, preceded by some manual training, in the elementary 
schools, but when he advocates a minimum price for wheat he is 
getting on more contentious ground. The foreword by the Hon. 
Edward Strutt should help the book to a large sale. 


“Reclaiming the Waste: Britain’s most urgent Problem.” By 
P. Anderson Graham. 8vo., 175 pp. (Scribners, New York; 
- “Country Life,’ London, 1916.) 3s. 6d. net. 


This handy little book is got up in the attractive style associated 
with ‘‘ Country Life’’ publications, and though its subject may be 
considered stale it is written in a way which makes it as holding as 
a novel, and will undoubtedly insure it success in its avowed object of 
drawing attention to the vast possibilities of waste land reclamation. 

It is estimated that in the United Kingdom there are more than 
12,000,000 acres. lying in complete or partial waste, and every acre of 
this that can be made productive adds to the taxable wealth of the 
country, and thus to our capacity to bear our gigantic and ever-growing 
burden of debt. Except the winning of the war, there is no more urgent 
problem to-day than the production of both food and timber, for 
the modern army is fed on timber to such an extent that our forests 
are being used up to keep it supplied, while the provision of labour 
to carry out the necessary work is a side issue scarcely less important 
than the mainone. Itisaremarkable fact that, while other Western 
European countries have been adding to their area of cultivated land, 
ours has considerably diminished. 


460 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Modern scientific knowledge has made reclamation a much quicker 
process than it was a generation ago, and remarkable instances are 
given of good financial results obtained by bringing Norfolk heath 
land into cultivation, and thin grass land on the downs into a state of 
high productivity. There are some chapters on similar work in 
Holland and Belgium, the general principle being followed there as 
here of afforesting only such land as is unsuitable for food production. 
The wild bogs of Ireland present a difficult problem, and Prof. Augus- 
tine Henry, in a chapter on the subject, considers it impossible to 
grow timber there at the present day, though sand dunes and cut-over 
bog present a fine field for the growth of maritime pine. The most 
unpromising areas for this work are the pit-banks of the Midlands and 
North of England, but such good results have already been obtained 
that the author states he has no doubt that almost any kind of refuse 
heap might be covered with trees in a few years by a liberal sowing 
of seed of a mixture of species considered most likely to succeed. 


“Tree Wounds and Diseases; their prevention and treatment, 
with a special chapter on Fruit Trees.”” By A. D. Webster. 8vo., 
xx + 215 pp. (Williams & Norgate, London, 1916.) 7s. 6d. net. 


Perhaps no phase of horticulture is more neglected than the care 
of wounded or diseased trees, and it would scarcely be too much 
to say that were tree-wounds as carefully tended as they ought to 
be the amount of disease among trees would be reduced by more 
than half. 

The author’s long and wide experience of the care of trees in 
country and in town, and his knowledge of the causes which bring 
about disease, make this work one of the utmost value to all who 
have trees in their charge. All the methods of pruning, protecting 
wounds, encouraging healing, supporting branches liable to trouble 
or destruction, renovating old trees and so on, are fully dealt with, as 
well as the fungi and insects which are so frequently the agents of 
destruction, and the various modes of ill-treatment and mismanage- 
ment which lay them open to attack. 

It is a book which we can cordially and confidently commend to 
those who have a love for trees, and wish to treat them as they ought 
to be treated. 


“South African Botany.” By F. W. Storey and K. M. Wright. 
With 6 plates in colour and 113 text figures. 8vo.,220 pp. (Longmans, 
London, 1916.) 4s. 6d. 


This book is written as suitable for the upper classes of the secon- 
dary schools, and is mainly morphological, the first seven chapters 
dealing with plant-structures, the eighth with pollination and fer- 
tilization, the ninth on plant physiology, and the tenth on classifica- 
tion, in which types of sixteen natural orders are described, with 
illustrations. Several foreign plants are introduced, but the reader 
is not informed on that point. 


BOOK REVIEWS. 461 


The important subject of ecology is not alluded to, but the 
physiology is assisted by experiments. The whole of the morphology 
is excellently given; but the importance of studying botany from 
Nature itself, and not from books, might have been emphasized with 
advantage. 


“Parks and Park Engineering.” By W. T. Lyle. 8vo., 130 pp. 
(Wiley, New York ; Chapman & Hall, London, 1916.) 5s. 6d. net. 


The author states that ‘‘ the book is principally for the benefit of 
the young and inexperienced engineer of construction, who, though 
not trained in the art, may be engaged in the work of development 
of private estates.” 

The book is divided into five chapters, which extend to 130 pages, 
and is illustrated by thirty-eight plates, principally of park scenery, 
and the implements that are generally used in the reclaiming and 
laying out of waste lands. At the outset it may be well to state that 
the large size and generally irregular configuration of American parks, 
which differ greatly in these respects from those at home, call for a 
wide knowledge of engineering in the person who undertakes the 
laying out of the grounds. Bridge-building, the making of sewers, 
piling and lighting are works that rarely come under the average 
park superintendent. 

In the chapter on design, much useful information is given as to 
the drainage of park-lands, dealing with large quantities of earth, 
and the formation of paths and roads. 

The chapter dealing with labour and contracts is to the point, 
and will be found of value to all employers of labour, but particularly 
when works of a general kind are being carried out, and appears to be 
more suited to the American than the English labour market. 

The Macadam pavement appears to be a favourite one with 
our American cousins, and the various methods of construction are 
interesting and to the point, though using asphaltic and other oils 
has not met with great success in this country. 

Altogether the work has the ring of the practical about it, and is 
recommended for the perusal of all who have to do with the laying 
out of public or private parks. 


“Recent Progress in the Study of Variation, Heredity, and Evolu- 
tion.”” By R.H. Lock, M.A.,Sc.D. Revised by L. Doncaster, Sc.D., 
F.R.S. Ed. 4. 8vo. xxiv + 336 pp. (J. Murray, London, 1916.) 
6s. net. 


We reviewed this book in 1906, when it first appeared, and can say 
now, as, then, that it is the clearest and most readable account in our 
language of the progress recently made in the subjects with which 
it deals. We have to mourn the death of the author at the early 
age of thirty-six—death due in no small measure to devotion to duty 
and neglect of necessary rest in work assigned to him soon after war 
broke out, by the Board of Agriculture, with the object of increasing 


462 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


the nation’s food supply. A biographical note is prefixed to this 
edition of the book, which is substantially the same as the last, with a 
few additional pages interpolated where necessary to bring it thoroughly 
up to date. 


“Annuals and Biennials.” By Gertrude Jekyll, with Cultural 
Notes by E. H. Jenkins. 8vo. xiv-+174 pp. (‘Country Life,” 
London, 1916.) 7s. 6d. net. 


Miss Jekyll and her writings are so well known that it would be 
like painting the lily to praise her work; needless to say it is what 
might be expected from her, and also from Mr. Jenkins, who so ably 
assisted with the cultural notes. The book is admirably printed 
and charmingly illustrated, full of concise information, and well got 
up in every way. A very good index completes it. 


“The Food Garden.” By William F. Rowles. 8vo. 324 pp. 
(Headley Bros., London, 1916.) 6s. net. 


We cannot do better than quote the author’s description of this 
book: ‘‘A manual showing how to produce food in abundance 
from the small garden, how to organize the greenhouse and frame for 
food supply, and how to preserve food products from the garden. 
A “Foreword” by the Rev. W. Wilks, recommends the book to 
amateurs. Itis for the amateur that the book is written, and on the 
whole the information given is excellent, and will be very instructive 
and valuable, for it indicates how better and more food can be produced 
with very little more labour and expense. We do not quite agree 
with the author’s list of fruits for a garden. For instance, ‘ Worcester 
Pearmain’ is recommended ; it is a lovely apple to look at, but not to 
be compared with ‘ James Grieve,’ ripening at the same period, and 
equally as heavy a bearer. ‘ Pitmaston Duchess’ pear, too, has little 
to boast about, exceptits appearance. In vegetable cultivation, no 
mention is made of sowing carrots and globe beet at the end of July 
or early in August. For some years we have done this, and left the 
produce in the ground all winter, pulling them for use as wanted, 
and giving no protection ; and where there is trouble with the carrot 
fly we strongly advise sowing the carrots in the months named. 
We have never known the fly to be at all troublesome, and excellent 
clean roots have always been abundant. Globe beet pulled fresh from 
the soil all winter are infinitely better than those that have been 
stored, and it will have to be a tremendous frost that will injure the 
roots. We suggest the author should include these and other food 
crops for sowing up to the first or second week in August ; the land is 
cleared of so many crops by then, and ready for sowing ,again. 


‘““A Text-book of Botany for Colleges.” By W. F. Ganong, Ph.D. 
8vo. xi+ 401 pp. (Macmillan Co., New York, 1916.) 8s. 6d. net. 


Dr. Ganong combines in a rare degree the faculty of the teacher 
with that of the man of science, who must verify facts before he builds 


BOOK REVIEWS. 463 


upon them. The result, as with all the author’s books, is a refreshing 
outlook to his subject and a just appreciation of the place the botany 
course should occupy in various kinds of education. Its bearing 
towards the actions and thoughts of mankind is the place it should 
occupy, as the author well points out, in the general college course, and 
the relative importance to be attached to the different aspects of the 
science differs according to whether it is intended as part of a general 
training, or in preparation for a professional career, or as an aid in 
realizing the inwardness of an applied science like horticulture. 

Too often, in both the first and the last types of botanical course, 
the student is overburdened by details dealing with exceptional 
instances and curious facts of limited application, instead of having 
almost the whole of his attention directed to the establishment of the 
broader principles of the science by means of well-directed laboratory 
courses. In our opinion the author has done well to direct his teaching 
into the line it follows in this book, and we can confidently recommend 
it to the attention of those whose business it is to conduct similar 
courses on this side of the Atlantic. 

Form and function are the twin themes of the present volume, and 
this is to be followed by another dealing with the kinds and relation- 
ships of plants, to be published separately and also bound up with 
the present volume. 

The completeness and method which characterize the book may be 
indicated by a list of the sections of the chapter on the morphology 
and physiology of leaves :—The distinctive characteristics of leaves 
(2 pp.) ; the structure of leaves (2 pp.) ; the synthesis of food by light 
in leaves (9 pp.) ; the cellular anatomy of leaves (7 pp.) ; the water- 
loss, or transpiration, from plants (9 pp.) ; the adjustments of green 
tissues to light (6 pp.) ; the various forms of foliage leaves (14 pp.) ; 
the forms and functions of leaves other than foliage (10 pp.) ; the 
nutrition of plants which lack chlorophyll (6 pp.) ; the autumnal 
and other coloration of leaves (6 pp.) ; the economics, and treatment 
in cultivation, of leaves (3 pp.); the uses of photosynthetic food 
(16 pp.). 

No fewer than 274 illustrations illuminate the pages of this ex- 
cellent manual, and not a few represent ingenious pieces of apparatus, 
often of the author’s devising, for demonstrating some ofthe facts of 
vegetable physiology of cardinal importance. 


Pruitt Growing for Amateurs.’ By H. H. Thomas. 8vo. 
152 pp. (Cassell, London, 1916.) Is. net. 


A very useful little book for the class of readers for whom it was 
written, dealing as it does with all kinds of hardy fruits usually grown 
in this country and with vines and melons. Bottling fruits, winter 
washes for fruit trees, insect pests, fungus diseases, are one and all 
briefly dealt with. In our opinion it is a pity the ‘ Lowberry’ is 
recommended on p. 81, as we have never seen it a success in the open 
air, 7.€. never cropping well. Again, one would imagine from its 


464 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


name that it was a distinct fruit, but we can see no difference between 
it and the Californian Blackberry. 


“ Everybody’s Flower Garden.” By H.H. Thomas. 8vo. 152 pp. 
(Cassell, London, 1916.) Is. net. 

. A capital little book for the amateur, containing just the informa- 
tion required, with good illustrations, including those of useful and 
injurious insects; such friends amongst others may be mentioned 
as the devil’s coach-horse, the tiger beetle, and the ground beetle, 
not forgetting the ichneumon fly, of which there are numerous species, 
which deposit eggs in caterpillars ; these hatch out inside the body of 
the caterpillar, on which the grub feeds till its victim dies. The 
chapter on construction of rock gardens will be very interesting to 
the amateur ; in fact, the work will appeal to all who have a small 
garden, and enjoy looking after it themselves. A capital index com- 
pletes an excellent little book. 


+9 


“‘ Simple Gardening (School Gardening).’”’ By Laurence B. Hyde, 
B.A. 8vo. 104 pp. (Collingridge, London, 1916.) Is. net. 

This excellent little book has been edited by Mr. T. W. Lander, 
and, taken generally, is well up to date, and should prove very helpful 
for beginners. We may not agree with all the author says, but differ- 
ent people different methods, and the book is so well written and so 
practical that we can only praise it. The author says in the preface 
that since the war began more attention has been paid to the produc- 
tion of indispensable food crops, and we would suggest that in the next 
edition the author should show how the potato crops could be increased 
by cutting the “‘sets.’’ In the illustrations on pp. 27 and 28 it will be 
observed that all the “‘sets’’ are whole, and if these were cut they 
would make two or more sets, thus doubling or trebling the seed. 
Potatos will be dear and the supply short for some years, even if 
peace comes soon, owing to the lack of supply ; and if this supply is 
doubled by such an easy system as cutting the tubers into two or 
more ‘‘ sets,’ without a reduction of the weight of produce from an 
acre, the benefit all round will be very considerable. 


‘The Suburban Garden.” By F.M. Wells. 8vo. 263 pp. (Samp- 
son Low, Marston, London, 1916.) 2s. net. 

A delightfully written book, well printed and illustrated, and 
containing many instructive hints valuable to owners of large or small 
gardens. We think it would be more serviceable if there were a good 
index, as it is not always easy to find particulars of what is especially 
wanted. 


“Algae,” vol. 1. “By G: S. West, MLA., D.se:, A:RIC:5) eis 
Mason Professor of Botany in the University of Birmingham. -Large 
royal 8vo. x+476 pp., with 271 illustrations. (University Press, 
Cambridge, 1916.) 25s. net. 

The title of the present work is rather more comprehensive chi the 
preface indicates, since the title does not exclude future volumes 


BOOK REVIEWS. 405 


on Marine Algae. The volume just issued is one of the series of 
‘‘Cambridge Botanical Handbooks ”’ edited by A. C. Seward and A. G. 
Tansley with the view of enabling students who so desire to pursue 
the subject of Algae beyond the limits of a general text-book, and to 
keep abreast, as far as possible, of recent discoveries and contri- 
butions to the literature of the subject. 

How extensive these contributions are is indicated by the long 
bibliographical lists on pp. 46, 81, 125, 153, 318, 381, 416, 448, the 
majority of the publications quoted having been issued since the 
publication of the author’s treatise on fresh-water Algae, twelve years 
ago. This work has been out of print for several years, and the 
ereat accumulation of knowledge concerning the various groups of 
the fresh-water Algae has led to the replacement of the earlier work 
by two volumes. 

The present one consists of a biological account only, of all the 
Algae included in the Myxophyceae (Cyanophyceae), Peridinieae, 
Bacillariaceae, and Chlorophyceae, both fresh-water and marine, but 
is exclusive of the systematic arrangement and description of the 
species, which the author is preparing in the form of a second volume. 
This, when issued, is to include all the British fresh-water Algae (except 
the Diatoms and Desmids) known to occur in the British Islands, 
although the morphology and life-history of these two groups are 
dealt with in the present volume. 

One of the most useful chapters is that on the Peridinieae, since no 
comprehensive modern account of this group has previously been 
published in any English text-bock, although, like the Flagellata 
(which are so large a group as to require separate treatment), they are 
important producers of organic substances, especially in the marine 
plankton, in that they store starch and oil as food reserves. 

Nearly half the volume is devoted to the Chlorophyceae, a large 
group to which, for many years, Professor West has devoted close 
attention, and in which among British algologists he is facile princeps. 

The author’s views on the classification of the Chlorophyceae have 
therefore especial value, as being likely to be adopted for the future 
in botanical text-books in this country. He adopts the proposal of 
Blackman and Tansley in “‘The New Phytologist,” in 1902, that 
the four primary divisions of this large group should be the Isokontae, 
Stephanokontae, Akontae, and Heterokontae. These Professor West 
subdivides as follows : 

The Isokontae now include the Protococcales, Siphonales, Siphono- 
cladiales, Schizogoniales, Ulvales, and Ulotrichales. The Akontae 
comprise the Conjugatae of previous authors, and the Stephanokontae 
include only the Oedogoniales, and the Heterokontae are subdivided 
into the Heterococcales, Heterotrichales, and Heterosiphonales. 

In the present state of our knowledge this seems a most satisfactory 
classification. The retention of the Vaucheriaceae in the Siphonales 


is far more reasonable than its removal to Heterokontae as suggested 
by Bohlin. 


VOL. XLII. 2H 


466 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


A chapter on Ecology concludes a volume that brings the literature ~ 
of the subject quite up to date. Even papers that have appeared 
since the volume was printed off find a brief notice at the end, under 
the head of Addenda. 

The 271 illustrations comprise 1,284 lettered and numbered 
figures, of which rather more than half are from original drawings by 
the author. 

No scientific library can afford to be without a copy of this work, 
which must for a number of years to come form the standard work of 
reference on the Algae of which it treats. 


“ Agricultural Geology.”” By R.H. Rastall, M.A. 8vo. ix + 331 
pp. (University Press, Cambridge, 1916.) Ios. 6d. net. 


The title of the present book recalls another on the same subject 
published a few years ago, written by a working farmer, and the con- 
trast between the two books is a reflex of the difference between the 
points of view from which the two authors approached their subject. 

In that, the author, a professional farmer and a keen amateur 
geologist, looked at his geological facts with the eye of the agriculturist 
and sought how the problems with which he was so familiar might have 
light thrown upon them by geology. In this, the professional geologist 
states the geological facts as he conceives their bearing upon agri- 
cultural practice, but, as the preface indicates, most of his agricultural 
information has apparently been derived from books. Books, how- 
ever, do not contain the information which is so desirable. Only 
recently has any real attempt been made to correlate soil with cropping 
capabilities, and this side of the subject has received scant treatment 
here. A perusal of the book, which is an exceedingly interesting one, 
leaves one with the impression that the title has been somewhat 
ill-chosen, and that geology has less bearing upon agriculture than 
climate, aspect, and chemical and physical composition of the soil. The 
underlying rocks are of less direct importance to the farmer than 
the conditions he finds within ten inches of the surface. 

Our criticism, then, is mainly with the title. Omitting the bias 
the title gives, we find an eminently readable elementary treatise on 
geology largely in its physiographical aspects, reliable in its details, 
and suggestive to any who are thoroughly familiar with the problems 
of plant production. 

The ideal agricultural geology has yet to be written ; meanwhile 
we have the next best thing—a geology not too much concerned with 
controversial problems as to the date or age of a certain deposit, or 
with the metalliferous rocks, or even with the remarkable fossils so 
many of the rocks contain. 


‘‘ British-grown Timber and Timber Trees.’’ By Angus D. Webster. 
8vo. 164 pp., with 41 plates. (Rider, London, 1916.) 5s. net. 

Mr. Webster uses the term “‘timber ’’ in a very comprehensive sense. 
It means properly wood used for building, so that we are surprised to 


BOOK REVIEWS, 467 


see such woods as Arbutus, box, buckthorn, cherry, Cotoneaster, 
elder, lilac, and white-beam included in his work. Botanists will 
not be satisfied with his nomenclature: Hippophea should be Hippo- 
phae; and—which is more important—Abzes should be restricted 
to the Firs, Picea to the Spruces. Another slip of minor consequence 
is the reference to Tradescant as introducing the horse-chestnut in 
the reign of Elizabeth and cultivating it in his Botanic Garden at 
Chelsea. The species may have been introduced before the end of 
the sixteenth century; but there is no evidence that even the elder 
of the two Tradescants, both of whom were gardeners to Queen 
Henrietta Maria, travelled before 1620, and their garden was at 
Lambeth, not at Chelsea. 

These, however, are but small matters. Mr. Webster has pro- 
duced a book that will be useful to land-owners. His wide practical 
experience in growing and selling British-grown woods results in much 
useful information as to soils and prices in times of peace and war ; 
and, in addition to descriptions of each species in alphabetic order, 
he has given chapters on charcoal, coppice, oak-bark, and firewood. 
The plates are natural-size collotypes of the woods, and, if not of much 
use for identification, give a fair idea of the grain ; but in many cases 
somewhat exceptionally knotty or distorted specimens have been 
illustrated. 


“The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture.’ By L. H. Bailey. 
Vol. v. La. 8vo. v + 2423-3041 pp. (Macmillan, New York, 1916.) 
25s. net. 


We have already referred to the excellencies of this great book 
as earlier volumes have appeared. The present volume deals with 
plants whose names begin with letters from P to R inclusive, and 
contains also an enormous amount of information concerning such 
subjects as Pruning, Perfumery, Planting, and even Photography 
of Plants, and so on. We see that Paphiopedilum is used for most 
of our Cypripedium species (as in some British publications), but on 
the whole the names assimilate very well with those in general use 
in this country. 

The completeness of the treatment may be judged by the fact that 
no fewer than 167 species of Primula, besides many hybrids, are de- 
scribed, and by means of a key the name of any species may be ascer- 
tained. The exact value of such keys can be gauged, of course, only 
by use, and care and some knowledge is required for their intelligent 
utilization ; but they form a very marked feature of this great work, 
and so far as we have yet been able to test them they have proved 
very trustworthy guides in the “running down ”’ of the plant one 
seeks, especially when the genus is known. 

Here and there one might wish for a little further enlightenment 
upon methods of propagation where they call for something more 
than ordinary garden routine. For example, there are two somewhat 
similar Climbing Polygonums in gardens, P. Baldschuamcum and P. 


468 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Aubertt, the former of which is by far the better plant, but it is more 
difficult to propagate than the latter, and consequently is less fre- 
quently met with, although the name is probably better known 
than P. Aubertt. We feel sure some special note on its propagation 
would have been welcomed. 

One more volume is to complete the work, which will be the best 
Encyclopaedia of Horticulture so far published. 


“A Book of Garden Plans.” By Stephen J. Hamblin. 8vo. 
134 pp. (Doubleday, Page & Co., New York, 1916.) $2.00. 


The main object of this book is to give suggestions by means of 
blue prints and plans, for plant arrangement in all kinds of gardens. 
Here we have not only formal gardens that surround suburban houses, 
but we are shown what plants to put on a naturalistic rock-garden, 
which aquatic ones to choose for an artificial water-garden, and 
what to select as fragrant flowers for a scented garden. 

It is not the design or construction that we are asked to consider 
as much as a selection of the right plants for the home that has already 
been prepared for them. The book should be studied critically 
lest the long and varied lists tempt the novice to follow them 
implicitly, and thus overcrowd his garden with too many different 
varieties of plants. The museum of many flowers does not bring 
restfulness, and consequently the spot-and-dot style should be avoided. 
Treated, however, merely as suggestive, this book should assist those 
who have not strong imaginative powers; but it must be confessed 
that its value in this respect would have been enhanced if the plans 
themselves had been produced upon a larger scale. Although they 
show admirably the garden design, the sections and elevations, yet 
there is considerable difficulty in deciphering the numbers which 
refer to the lists of plants. These are far too small to afford that 
facility in plan-reading which is so important a factor in conveying 
to the reader the striking and bold suggestions that most gardens, 
both small and large, call for in plant grouping. 


‘THustrations of the British Flora: a series of wood-engravings, 
with dissections, of British plants.”” By W. H. Fitch, with addi- 
tions by W. G. Smith. Ed. iv. 8vo. xvi+ 338 pp. (Lovell 
Reeve, London, 1916.) 9s. net. 


A few changes and several additions mark this new edition of a 
work that has been the welcome companion of many a student of 
British Botany in the last two generations ; and the additions will 
make it welcome to many more. The nomenclature has been assimi- 
lated with that of the ‘‘ Handbook of British Botany,’’ of which this is 
intended to be the companion; synonyms and the “ English ’’ name 
and flower colour have been added to each of the figures. A few typo- 
graphical errors, especially in capitalization of specific names, have 
passed uncorrected, but they are few. The woodcuts are a pleasure to 


BOOK REVIEWS, 469 


behold after the prettinesses of the half-tone blocks, which modern 
conditions (and perhaps modern taste) almost compel us to use so 
much ; their faithful presentation of the pose of the plant, and their 
clear-cut directness, form so valuable a feature that we know of no 
other work on British Botany which we can so confidently recommend 
to the seeker after illustrations. 


“Johnson’s Gardeners’ Dictionary and Cultural Instructor.” 
Edited by J. Fraser, F.L.S., and A. Hemsley. New ed. revised and 
enlarged. 8vo. 923 pp. (Routledge, London, 1917.) 12s. net. 


This well-known book, first published in 1846, has been used 
by many a gardener with advantage to himself and his craft. It 
contains alphabetically arranged references to flowering plants, 
ferns and their allies, fruits, vegetables, and herbs, and common plant 
diseases and pests with methods of prevention and remedy. Each 
generic name has a note on its derivation, the main cultural require - 
ments of the genus are briefly noted, and the chief methods of pro- 
pagation, while occasionally a note is made of the garden value of 
the plant... Each specific name is translated, and the height, colour, 
flowering period, native country, and date of introduction are recorded. 
Synonyms have been carefully revised in most cases, and the proof 
corrections have been carefully attended to. The information given 
is, of course, insufficient to enable any unknown plant to be “run 
down,” but if the genus is known, some idea of the species may be 
obtained, and the book will act as a general guide to cultivation 
and to the accurate spelling of plant names (except in one direction). 
The small type used is very clear and readable, and although the 
book contains so many pages it is not unwieldy nor heavy to hold. 

It is scarcely to be expected that a book of this sort should be 
free from faults, but it is so good that we are sorry the few obvious 
ones have not been avoided. It would have been better, we 
think, to have followed the now recognized rule with regard to the 
capitalization of specific names derived from the names of persons, 
but we find, e.g., Oenothera Sellowiu but Fetjoa sellowiana, following 
an obsolete method. The latter specific name is translated ‘ Sellowian,’ 
although in some other cases names of the same form, e.g., Hymenaea 
candolliana, the translation is the preferable form ‘ DeCandolle’s,’ 
thus distinguishing the name from one derived from that of a place, 
as Doromcum peruvianum (Peruvian). The handlists and lists of 
new plants emanating from Kew have been largely used for informa- 
tion as to new plants in cultivation, and perhaps as a result of relying 
too greatly upon these the information and lists of species are not 
always up to date as is claimed for them. Godetia Schaminii is said 
to have been introduced in 1906, whereas it was grown in the R.H.S. 
gardens at Chiswick many years before that. The handsome Berberis 
verruculosa and B. Sargentiana, Primula Winieri (flowering freely 
now outdoors after all the severe and trying weather of the past 


470 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


winter), P. Beesiana, P. sinolisteri, and so on, all plants well known 
to frequenters of the R.H.S. exhibitions and readers of this JOURNAL, 
and now becoming widely spread in gardens, find no mention. Some 
of the terms used, too, are obsolete, e.g., ‘ Azote,’ on pp. 45 and 46; 
the information on artificial manures on pp. 768 and 769 is sadly in 
need of revision (but we must congratulate Mr. Murray (p. 769) on 
his active use of nitrates for 106 years—rarely indeed, even in the 
healthy occupation of gardening, can one make such a claim) ; nor 
are the paragraphs dealing with pests altogether reliable. The 
beetles commonly called ‘soldiers’ and ‘sailors’ in the south are 
not injurious, nor are they related to the skipjacks (p. 823); gas 
lime is not a remedy for club-root, nor can it now be obtained in 
many places; Tylenchus devastatvix, the stem eelworm, does not 
produce galls on roots; grease, if properly chosen, remains sticky 
on grease bands for longer than two or three days (p. 202) ; some- 
times we are told to spray, but not what to use; sometimes we are 
told what to use, but not how to make it; many important troubles 
are either omitted or mentioned casually, and indeed the whole of 
the paragraphs referring to pests need revision and amplification. 
We hope that a reprint of this extremely useful book will soon be 
required, and that the opportunity will be taken for the necessary 
revision and completion. 


“Potter's Cyclopedia of Botanical Drugs and Preparations.”’ 
By R. C. Wren, F.L.S. With additions by E. M. Holmes; 0: 
2nd ed. 8vo., xl-++ 339 pp. (Potter & Clarke, London, 1915.) 3s. 6d. 


This encyclopedia comprises a list of all drugs of vegetable origin 
employed in pharmacy in this country. The plan of the book is as 
follows: The arrangement is alphabetical, the common name in 
general use for the drug being placed as a heading on the left-hand 
side of the page, with the Latin name and natural order on the right- 
hand side; then follows descriptive matter divided into paragraphs 
with the following headings—synonyms, action, preparation, and 
distinctive character. The descriptions of the distinctive characters 
are a new and valuable feature, for which the eminent authority on 
drugs, Mr. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S., is responsible. Following the 
list are articles devoted to descriptions of the different forms of 
medicinal preparations and herbal compounds, also a glossary of 
botanical terms, and an interesting note on botanical names and 
their authorities. There is an excellent and full index to all the 
names of drugs mentioned. 

The appearance of this encyclopedia at this time is particularly 
fortunate in view of the shortage of many common drugs and the 
efforts that are being made to cultivate supplies in this country. The 
work illustrates the scope of the subject and at the same time furnishes 
authoritative information which cannot fail to be of great value to 
all who cultivate or use botanical drugs. 


NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH 


AND 


SHORT ABSTRACTS FROM CURRENT PERIODICAL 
LITERATURE, BRITISH AND FOREIGN, 


AFFECTING 


HORTICULTURE & HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE. 


THE endeavour commenced in volume xxvi. to enlarge the usefulness 
of the Society’s Journal, by giving an abstract of current Horticultural 
periodical literature, has met with much appreciation. It has certainly 
entailed vastly more labour than was anticipated, and should therefore 
make the Fellows’ thanks to those who have helped in the work all 
the more hearty. 

The Editor would be grateful if any who have time at command, 
and who are willing to help in any special direction in this work, 
would communicate with him. He desires to express his most grateful 
thanks to all who co-operate in the work, and he ventures to express 
the hope that they will all strictly adhere to the general order and 
scheme of giving references to papers, as the observance of an identical 
order renders subsequent reference to the original easy. The order is 
as follows :— 

1. To place first the name of the plant, disease, pest, &c., being 
noticed ; and in this, the prominent governing or index word should 
always have precedence. 

2. To» place next the name, when given, of the author of the 
original article. 

3. Then, the abbreviated form of the name of the journal, &c., in 
which the original article appears, taking care to use the abbreviation 
which will be found on pp. 367, 368. 

4. After this, a reference to the number, date, and page of the 
journal in question. 

5. a an illustration be given, to note Bs fact next, as “‘fig.,” 
™ tab.,’’ or “ plate.” 


A72 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


6. After these preliminary necessities for making reference to the 
original possible for the reader, the abstract or digest should follow, 
ending up with the initials of the contributor affixed at the close of 
each Abstract or Note. 


NAMES OF THOSE WHO HAVE KINDLY CONSENTED TO HELP 
IN THIS WoRK. 


Baker, F. J., A.R.C.Sc., F.R.HLS. 

Ballard, .E., ARES: 

Bowles, E. A., M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. 
Brennan, A., B.Sc., F.R.H.S. 

Bunyard, E. A., f-LS., #415; 

Cavers, Prof. F., D.Sc., F.R.H.S. 

Cayley, D. M., F.R.H.S. 

Chittenden, F. J., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. 

Clayton, C..P., F.R.ELS: 

Darlington, H.R, F-B: ES. 

Druery,,C. T., V.NGH., F-L;S., F.RaLS; 

Dykes, W. R., M.A., F.R.HLS. 

Elis hoes: 

Farmer, Professor J. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. 
Gouch,G. C5 BSc) A, RC Se, ais. 

Groom, Professor Percy, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.HLS. 
Hennesey, J. E. W. E., B.A., B.Sc. 

Henslow, Rev. Professor Geo., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. 
Hodgson, M. L., F.R.H.S. 

Hooper, Cecil H., M.R.A.C., F.R.H.S. 

Jeffery, Violet G., F.R.H.S. 

Kerridge, Rev. A. A., M.A., F.R.HLS. 

Lake GD, FARES: 

Newstead, Professor R., A.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. 
Pethybridge, G. H., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.H.S. 

Petts, Alger, F.R.H.S. 

Ramsbottom, J. K. 

Rendle, A. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. 
Reuthe, G., F.R.H.S. 

Scott Elliot, G. F., M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., F.R.G.S. 
Simmonds, A., F.R.H.S. 

Smith, William G., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.H.S. 

Veitch, Sir Harry J., F-L.S;, F.2.5., FR S. 

Voss, W. A., F.C.S., F.R.H.S. 

Webster, A. D., F.R.H.S. 

Whittles, W., F.R.H.S. 

Williams, S. E., F.R.H.S. 

Wilson, Gurney, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. 


JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS. 473 


JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS 


from which Abstracts are made, with the abbreviations used. 
for their titles. 


Journals, &c. Abbreviated title. 
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales . . Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. 
Agricult. Journal, Cape of Good ee é . Agr. Jour. Cape G.H. 


American Journal of Botany : . Amer. Jour. Bot. 
Annales Agronomiques : Ann. Ag. 
Annales de la Soc. d’Hort. et d’ Hist. Naturelle de 
VYHérault . Ann. Soc. Hé. 
Annales de la Soc. Nantaise des ‘Amis ‘de VHort. . Ann. Soc. Nant. des Amis 
Hort. 
Annales des Sciences Naturelles . : : . Ann. Sc. Nat. 
Annales du Jard. Bot. de eer ES : . Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. 
Annals of Applied Biology . : : . Ann. Appl. Biol. 
Annals of Botany . Ann. Bot. 
Annual Report Agricultural Research Station, Long Ann. Rep. Agr. Res. Stn., 
Ashton. Long Ashton. 
Beiheft zum Botanischen Centralbiatt . ; Beih. Bot. Cent. 
Boletim da Real Sociedade Nacional de Horticultura Bol. R. Soc. Nac. Hort. 
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana Bol. Soc. Brot. 
Bollettino della R. Societa Toscana d’ Orticultura. Boll. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 
Botanical Gazette . ; 5 - Bot. Gaz. 
Botanical Magazine . . Bot. Mag. 
Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France. DHL OOG. 0b. sr: 


Bulletin de la Soc. Hort. de Loiret . ° - Bull. Soc. Hort. Loiret. 
Bulletin de la Soc. Mycologique de France . - Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 
Bulletin Department of Agricult. Brisbane . . Bull. Dep. Agr. Bris. 


Bulletin Department of Agricult. Melbourne . Bull. Dep. Agr. Melb. 
Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica . Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. 
Bulletin of Bot. Dep. Trinidad . . Bulli. Bot. Dep. Trin. 
Canadian Reports, Guelph and Ontario Stations . Can. Rep. G. & O. Stat. 
Centralblatt fur Bacteriologie . : . Cent. f. Bact. 
Chronique Orchidéenne. ° : ° - Chron. Orch. 
Comptes Rendus : ; . Comp. Rend. 
Contributions from U.S.A. Herbarium. : a. Contr. fr. U.S.A. Herb: 
Department of Agriculture, Victoria .- Dep. Agr. Vict. 
Department of Agriculture Reports, New Zealand . Dep. Agr. N.Z. 
Dictionnaire Iconographique des Orchidées . . Dict. Icon. Orch. 
Die Gartenwelt : : win Die: Gant, 
Engler’s Botanische Jahrbiicher . : : . Eng. Bot. Jah. 
Gardeners’ Chronicle. : . : - . Gard. Chron. 
Gardeners’ Magazine . . : , : . Gard. Mag. 
Gartenflora é Gartenflora. 
Journal de la Société Nationale d’ Horticulture de 

France : ° : . Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr. 
Journal Dep. Agriculture, Victoria ; Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. 
Journal Imperial Department Agriculture, West 

Indies . = Jour. Imp. Dep. Agr. W.1I. 
Journal of Agricultural Research ‘ : . jour. Agr. Res. 
journal of Agricultural Science . : : . Jour. Agr. Sci. 
Journal of Botany . : < : . Jour. Bot. 
Journal of Chemical Society : : : . Jour. Chem. Soc. 
Journal of Ecology . 5 : . : . Jour. Ecol. 
Journal of Economic Biology - : ° . Jour. Econ. Biol. 
Journal of Economic Entomology : : . Jour. Econ. Entom. 
Journal of Genetics . : ; . Jour. Gen. 
Journal of the Board of Agriculture : : . Jour. Bd. Agr. 
Journal of the Linnean Society . : . Jour. Linn. Soc. 
Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society : - Jour. R.AS. 


Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry - Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind. 


474. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Journal S.E, Agricultural College, aS 

Kaiserliche Gesundheitsamte  . 

La Pomologie Frangaise . 

Le Jardin 

Lebensgeschichte der Blitenpflanzen Mitteleuropas 

Mycologia 4 

Naturwiss. Zeitschrift Land und Forst 4 

New Phytologist . 

Notizblatt des K6nigl. Bot. Gart. und Museums zu 
Berlin . 


Oesterreichische Garten-Zeitung . 5 
Orchid Review . a ° ° . j 
Orchis . - 5 “ 


Phytopathology ° 

Proceedings of the American Pomological Society 
Quarterly Journal of Forestry 5 : 
Queensland Agricultural Journal ; 
Report of the Botanical Office, British. Columbia : 
Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden 

Revue de |’Horticulture Belge . 

Revue générale de Botanique 

Revue Horticole ° 

The Garden 

Transactions Bot. Soc, Edinburgh 

Transactions of the British Mycological Soc. 
Transactions of the Massachusetts Hort. Soc, 
Transactions Royal Scot, Arboricultural Soc, 


U.S.A, Department of Agriculture, Bulletins 
U.S.A, Experimental Station Reports : 
U.S.A, Horticultural Societies’ publications : 
U.S.A. State Boards of Agriculture and Horticulture 
Woburn Experiment Farm Report. . 4 


Jour. S.E. Agr. Coll. 
Kais. Ges, 

Pom. Frang¢, 

Le Jard, 

Lebens. d, Blitenpfi. 
Mycologia, 

Nat. Zeit, Land-Forst, 
New Phyt., 


Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin, 
Oester. Gart. Zeit, 
Orch. Rev, 
Orchis, 
Phytopathology, 

m. Pom. Soc. 
Quart. Jour. of Forestry. 
Qu. Agr. Journ. 
Rep. Bot. Off. Brit. Col. 
Rep. Miss. Bot. Gard, 
Rev. Hort. Belge, 
Rev, gén. Bot, 
Rev. Hort, 
Garden. 
Trans, Bot, Soc, Edin, 
Trans, Brit, Myc. Soc, 
Trans, Mass, Hort. Soc. 
Trans. Roy. Scot. Arbor. 

Soc. ' 
U.S.A. Dep. Agr.* 
U‘S.A. Exp. Stn-7 
U.S.A. Hort. Soc.f 
U.S.A. St. Bd.f 
Woburn. 


* The divisions in which the U.S.A. Government publish Bulletins will be added when necessary. 
¢ The name of the Station or State will in each case be added in full or in its abbreviated form. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 475 


NOLES AND ABSPRACIS. 


Acaeallis eyanea (Bot. Mag.t. 8678).—Upper Amazon. Nat. Ord. Orchidaceae, 
tribe Vandeae. Herb, epiphytic. Leaves obovate-elliptic, petiolate. Scapes 6-8 
inches long, racemes few or many-flowered. Flowers showy. Sepals 1 inch long. 
Petals orbicular-ovate, 1} inch wide. Lip emarginate, 1} inch wide. Sepals 
and petals white above, purple below, the lip being russet, with areca 


Acclimatization of Plants by Grafting. By J. B. Dental (Rev. Hort. 
March 16, 1916).—On the supposition that for every plant there exists a 
species adapted for grafting, and that the species of the same genus may not 
have precisely the same requirements, it is possible to find one amenable to pro- 
pagation by grafting. A number of suggestions in this connexion.—C. T. 


Alkaloids, Latex and Oxidases in Papaver somniferum, Physiological Ob- 
servations on. By Rodney H. True and W. W. Stockberger (Amer. Jour. Bot. 
vol. iii. No. 1, Jan. 1916, pp. 1-11).—It appears from work done upon the 
opium poppy (Papaver scmniferum) that the oxidase reaction is most active 
in the upper parts of the plant, especially the floral structures, capsules, and 
actively growing parts. The peroxidase reaction shows less variation in its 
intensity in different parts of the plant. 

It is found that the intensity of the oxidase reaction roughly parallels the 
distribution of the latex, which in itself is most active, and, with the exception 
of the root, the intensity of the oxidase reaction runs roughly parallel with the 
alkaloidal content. In the root the alkaloidal content is relatively higher 
than the intensity of the oxidase reaction. 

Alkaloids do not seem to exist as such in the poppy plant, but appear as 
products of the action of the oxidases on constituents present in the latex re- 
acting in the presence of oxygen. In this the alkaloids of Atvopa Belladonna 
differ from those of the poppy, for they are found to exist as such in the plant, 
and without contact with free oxygen.—A. B. 


Alnus eordata (Bot. Mag. t. 8658).—Italy and Corsica. Nat. Ord. Cupuli- 
ferae, tribe Betuleae. ‘Tree of pyramidal shape, 80 feet. Leaves wide ovate, 3} 
inches long. Male catkins 4 inches long, six in a terminal raceme. Cones I-3 
together, 1} inch long, # inch across.—G. H. 


Aloe arborescens var. natalensis (Bot. Mag. t. 8663).—Natal. Nat. Ord. 
Liliaceae, tribe Aloineae. Shrub, freely branching at the base. Leaves densely 
clustered at the tips of the branches, 14 ft. long, 2 inches wide. Marginal teeth 
incurved. Peduncle erect, 14 ft. long. Raceme 8-10 inches long. Perianth 
Ee mech long, red.—G. H. 


Alpinia Elwesii (Bot. Mag. t.8651).—Farinosa. Nat. Ord. Scitamineae, tribe 
Zingibereae. Herb, perennial, up to 5 feet in height. Leaf linear-lanceolate, 
narrowed at the base, 18 inches long. Inflorescence racemose, 4—5 inches long. 
Flower 1% inch long, lip crimson with white borders. The rest of the flower 
white.—G. H. 


Alstroemerias, The. ByS. Mottet (Rev. Hort. July 16, 1916).—Coloured plate 
showing two fine varieties with notes.—C. T. D. 


* Amphiclinous Hybrids.’? By this term De Vries (‘‘ Ueber amphikline Bas- 
tarde,’ Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesells. xxxiii. pp. 461-468, 1915) designates F, 
hybrid progenies, in which a portion of the individuals resemble the one parent, 
and the remainder resemble the other parent, not uncommon among crosses 
in the species of Oenothera. The percentage of nanella among the F, offspring of 
O. Lamarckiana x O. L. mut. nanella can be modified by the conditions under 
which the mother plant is grown, from nearly o per cent. to near 100 per cent. 

When L. mother was grown as an annual, average per cent. of nanella was 
22; L. as biennial average per cent. of nanella was 65. Corresponding with 


476 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


this result, there is a much higher percentage of nanella from capsules developed 
early in the season, 7.e. when the mother is most vigorous. Thus capsules 
ripening July 12-23 yielded 73-88 per cent. wanella, July 24-August 4 61- 
67 per cent. m.; August 5-16, 48-57 per cent. x. 

Transplanting also had a marked influence; if reset on April 25, yielding 
50 per cent. ”., while plants set out on May 15 produced only 29 per cent. 
nanella. ‘The L. mothers were annuals. Keeping the plants well watered also 
resulted in an increase in the percentage of wanella plants among the F, progeny. 

G. 


Androsace coceinea (Bot. Mag. t. 8653).—South-Western China. Nat. Ord. 
Primulaceae, tribe Primuleae. Herb, biennial. Leaves numerous, rosulate, 1-14 
inch long, spathulate. Scapes 1-6, 2-44 inches long, 5-20-flowered. Corolla 
salver-shaped, 4 inch across, vermilion.—G. H. 


Anemone obtusiloba f. patula (Bot. Mag. t. 8636).—Himalaya, Burma, and 
China. Nat. Ord. Ranunculaceae, tribe Anemoneae. Perennial herb. Leaves 
rosulate, 2 inches long, 3-partite, with 3-fid segments. Flowering branches 
decumbent, 8 inches long. Flowers purplish-blue, 14 inch across.—G. H. 


Aphis Injurious in Apple Orchards. By P. J. Parrott and others (U.S.A: Exp. 
Sin., Geneva, New York, Bull. 415, 53 pp.; 8 plates).—A test of various insecticides 
and times of application. Nicotine and soap and nicotine and lime-sulphur 
proved successful when the insect was reached by the fluid. Crude carbolic 
acid emulsion caused only slight damage to leaves. Sodium sulphide and soap 
in combination caused serious damage to buds. The value of the nicotine 
washes was enhanced by lime. The perfect spray with lasting toxic qualities 
is yet unfound.—E. A. Bad. 


Aphis, Pear Woolly. By A. C. Baker and W. M. Davidson (Jour. Agr. Res. 
vol. vi. No. 10, June 1916, pp. 351-360).—A new species of pear aphis (Eviosoma 
pyricola) is herein described. It occurs in the orchard districts of northern 
and central California, and attacks the roots of pear trees, especially the French 
wild stock so largely used in California. 

The insect attacks especially the small fibrous roots, and is usually found 
within 3 feet of soil. he rootlets nearest the trunk are generally heavily 
infested. The woolly pear aphis destroys entirely great numbers of young 
rootlets and frequently causes the death of the trees. 

A short account of the characteristics of the insect is given, and a comparative 
table of differences between Eviosoma pyricola, E. lanigerum, and E. americanum 
is shown.—A. B. 


Apple and Pear Tree Manure (Qu. Agr. Jour. Nov. 1915, p. 257).— 
i4 lb. bone-meal, 14 ib. superphosphate, 1 lb. sulphate of potash, 1 lb. nitrolim 
to a tree.—C. H. H. 


Apple Aphis, Morphology and Biology of the. By A. C. Baker and W. F. 
Turner (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. v. No. 21, Feb. 1916, pp. 955-994; plates Ilxvii-— 
Ixxv, 4 figs.)—An exhaustive investigation into the life-history and biology 
of the Apple Aphis (Aphis pomit (De Geer)) is herein described. According 
to the authors the life-history may be outlined as follows :— 

The egg is laid upon the younger twigs of the apple and is at first of a light- 
yellow colour, which, however, soon changes to a shining black. Development 
is very rapid for a few days, after which the egg rests for the winter. Further 
development of the embryo occurs in the spring, and an increase in temperature 
will cause the egg to hatch. Hatching takes place by splitting of the shell over 
the head region of the insect. ‘The first form is wingless and matures in about 
ten days. She then produces summer forms, winged and wingless, the first pre- 
dominating. There may be from nine to seventeen generations of the summer 
forms produced. After the second generation the wingless forms always out- 
number the others, but winged forms are produced in every generation. The 
wingless sexes appear about September, and occur in the eleventh to the nine- 
teenth generations inclusive. Both sexes feed. The fertile eggs develop to the 
resting stage and remain over winter, and then continue their development in the 
following spring.—A. B. 


Apple Cankers and their Control. By L. R. Hesler (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin., 
Cornell, Civ. No. 28, May 1915, pp. 17-28; 16 figs.)—Cankers in apple trees 
are a constant source of danger, because they persist from year to year and 
are likely to cause the death of the tree. 


ee 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. An 


A distinction is to be drawn between the various forms of cankers on apple 
trees. The author classifies them as follows: Frost cankers; apple-tree 
canker, caused by Physalospora Cydoniae ; fire-blight canker, caused by Bacillus 
amylovorus ; apple-tree canker, caused by Necivia ditissima ; and blister canker, 
caused by Nummularia discreta. ‘There are also the apple-bark canker, caused 
by Myxosporium coriicolum, and the bitter-rot canker, caused by Glomerella 
cingulata ; these two being of lesser importance. 

Frost Cankers.—In severe winters frost is a very active agent in the production 
of cankers. Some varieties of apples (e.g. ‘ Tompkins King,’ ‘ Twenty Ounce,’ 
‘ Hubbardston ’) are more susceptible than others. The cankers are frequently 
’ formed on the bark of the trunk and at the origin of the chief branches. 

New York Apple-tree Canker, caused by Physalospora Cydoniae, may attack 
the limbs as a canker, or the fruit, forming a black rot; or the leaves, forming 
a leaf-spot. The canker arises from a wound in the bark, and forms a series of 
concentric rings on the bark. This after a period falls and exposes the wood 
and a callus, from which arise numerous scattered pustules containing spores. 

European A pple-tvee Canker, caused by Nectria ditissima, attacks the cambium 
of successive years and produces aseries of concentric calluses from year to year. 
This form produces spores and perithecia. : 

_ Five-blight Canker, caused by Bacillus amylovorus, also attacks the bark. 
In the spring, wien the causal bacteria are active, the advancing margin is 
indefinite. Occasionally drops of liquid exude from the lenticels. When the 
bacteria are less active, the margin of the canker becomes very definite and a 
prominent crevice marks it. The diseased bark sinks and remains relatively 
smooth. 

Blister Canker, caused by Nummularia discreta, may produce blackened 
areas on the bark, which fall off and expose the wood. On these portions 
stromata of the fungus develop, which present a blistered appearance and are 
large and black. : 

The control of cankers presents much difficulty, but the affected limbs must 
be removed and burnt together with the diseased bark from the trunk. Then 
the wound may be treated with some preservative (e.g. tar, asphaltum) to 
prevent entrance of further spores. Sometimes grafting a non-susceptible 
variety upon an erect-growing variety such as ‘ Twenty Ounce ’ is useful.—A. B. 


Apple Drying. By J. Farrell (Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. April 1916, pp. 196- 
211).—This article gives plans of buildings for evaporating fruit, construction 
of evaporator, its trays, also of the sulphuring chamber, with material required 
for constructing an evaporator, illustrations of peeling machine and trimming 
apples; it explains the method of peeling, coring, slicing, trimming, brining, 
sulphuring, drying, and packing. The dried product is 10 to 15 per cent. in 
weight of the fresh apple; the cores and peels are made into cider or jelly, or 
dried for stock food.—C. H. H. 


Apple Orchard, Protecting by Dusting. By D. Reddick and C. R. Crosby 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Extension Bull. 1, May 1916).—Excellent results 
are reported in dealing with apple scab and codling-moth by dust-spraying, which 
is said to be easier, more efficacious, and quicker than spraying with a liquid. 
The mixture applied was 85 per cent. of exceedingly fine sulphur (95 per cent. of 
which would pass a sieve with 200 meshes to the lineal inch) and 15 per cent. 
of equally finely powdered lead arseniate. The amount of the mixture required 
is about 1} to 2} Ib. to a tree each time, and it is best applied on a calm morning 
while dew is still on the leaves. The times for application are (1) when the 
blossom buds show pink; (2) just after the petals have fallen ; (3) three weeks 
after the petals fall, and (4) four weeks later still.—F.. J. C. 


Appie Orchards, Economies of. By C. I. Lewis and H. A. Vickers (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Oregon, Bull. 132, 104 pp.; 14 figs.).—Facts and figures for fruit farmers. 
Ev Al..Ba. 


Apple, Fungi producing Heart-rot in. By B. O. Dodge (Mycologia, viii. 
p- 5, Jan. 1916; figs.).—Polyporus admirvabilis, Spongipellis fissilis, and S. 
galactinus are said to cause rotting of wood of apple-trees, generally entering 
through a wound. The author doubts the value of painting over large wounds, 
as he believes cracking is bound to occur and spores may thus find their way in. 
It will, in any case, give a partial protection from such entrance.—F. J. C. 


Apple Root-rot. By C. H. Crabill (Phytopathology, vi. p. 158, April’ 1916).— 
The root-rot here described is characterized by cessation of growth, loss of 


478 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


some foliage, and then death of a portion of the top of the tree affected. The 
roots are by that time nearly all dead, spongy, brittle, and filled with white 
fungus mycelium ; they break off readily near the stump. The deep-lying roots 
are generally the first to be affected. The fungus involved proved to be 
Trichoderma Koeningi Oudemans. Since this fungus grows well on all sorts 
of culture media except those containing lime and alkaline in reaction, it seems 
probable that liming the soil will have a deterrent effect upon its threatened 
spread.—F. J. C. 


Apple Root-rot. By C. H. Crabill (Phytopathology, vi. pp. 159-161 ; figs.).— 

A root-rot traceable to the attack of Trichoderma Koeningi is described, in which 

the roots are invested in a white mycelial growth as in the “ white root-rot ”’ 

of apples and other trees in this country. No methods of control are proposed. 
GSO By Se 


Apple Rust. By N. J. Giddings and A. Berg (Phytopathology, vi. p. 79, 
Feb. 1916).—-The apple rust, due to Gyvmnosporangium Junipen virginianae, 
occurs also on Juniper virginiana. Destruction of this tree for half a mile 
around the apple plantation does not suffice to prevent infection, and the mode 
of dissemination of spores from the Juniper is not entirely understood.—F. J. C. 


Apple Sucker, Observations on the Egg. By A. H. Lees (Aun. Econ. Biol. 
iv. p. 251, Apr. 1916; figs.).—The structure of the egg and its membranes is 
described, and the strikingly close relationship between the date of egg hatching 
and apple bud bursting commented upon.—F. J. C. 


Apple Sucker, Spraying for. By F. R. Petherbridge (Ann. Econ. Biol. ii. 
p. 230, Apr. 1916).—As a result of experiments carried out in Cambridgeshire, 
the author concludes that lime and salt spray may be etfective in preventing a 
large proportion of apple sucker (Psylla malt) eggs from hatching. Lime wash 
alone is also fairly effective. Soft soap (10 lb.) and nicotine (98 per cent.) (8 oz.), 
water 100 gallons, or treacle (6 1b.) and nicotine (98 per cent.) (8 oz.), water 
100 gallons, were most effective when the sucker was in an active condition. 
Creosote oil and soft soap, while it killed the Psylla, also caused leaf-scorch 
(the trees sprayed were of the variety ‘ Keswick Codlin’). The lime-salt spray 
(applied at the beginning of March) is not by itself sufficient to keep the sucker in 
check.—F. J. C. 


Apple Syrup (Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Nov. 1915, p. 674).—The Fruit and 
Vegetable Utilization Laboratory of the Department of Agriculture of the 
United States of America has been studying the utilizing of cull apples after 
passing through the cider mill. A gallon of syrup is made from seven gallons of 
the expressed cider juice; it is a clear ruby or amber-coloured syrup of about 
the consistency of cane and maple syrup; properly sterilized and put up in 
sealed tins or bottles, it will keep indefinitely, and when opened will keep under 
household conditions as well as other syrups. It can be used for griddle cakes, 
cereals, household cookery, and as flavouring in desserts. During the process 
of manufacture, calcium malate is produced as a by-product, and is sold for 
medicinal purposes at 8d. per lb.—C. H. H. 


Apples, Black Rot of. By G. T. Spinks (Aun, Rep. Agyv. Hort. Res. Sin., Long 
Ashton, 1915, p. 94).—Certain cider apples became entirely black and were 
at first smooth and firm, but later shrivelled to some extent, remaining quite 
dry. The fungus Momntlia fructigena was found to be present in them, and cross 
inoculations have proved that while brown rot is caused in most culinary and 
dessert apples by this fungus, black rot is also produced in other varieties, 
especially bitter-sweet ones. ‘“Gascoyne’s Scarlet,’ however, among culinary 
apples, shows some tendency to blackening.—F. J. C. 


Apples, Dusting and Spraying Experiments with. By D, Reddick and 
C. R. Crosby (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Bull, 3690, Jan. 1916).—Mixtures of 
very finely powdered sulphur (85 lb.) and finely powdered lead arsenate (15 Ib.), 
applied by suitable machinery (which is described) to apple trees (standards) 
at the rate of 1} to 2} Ib. a tree, gave excellent results in suppressing insects and 
scab, Calm weather is best, and thorough dusting can only be done when the 
tree is treated from all sides, and the dust-treatment is carried out at the same 
seasons as ordinary spraying for these pests.—F. J. C. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 479 


Apples, Enzymes of, and their Relation to the Ripening Process. By R. W. 
Thatcher (Jour. Agy. Res. v. pp. 103-116, Oct. 1915).—The author examined 
the juices of apples in order to discover what enzymes were active during the 
ripening process. He found no diastase (starch disappears early in the ripening 
process, and apparently the diastases also disappear), invertase, tannase, emulsin, 
esterase, oxidases, proteases, and pectinases. Only oxidases and a small quantity 
of protease and esterase were found. The discoloration of apple flesh on cutting 
is due to oxidases, and therefore quantitative measurements of the oxidases 
were made and in every case considerable quantities were found. It was found 
that keeping apples in an atmosphere of carbon-dioxide prevented changes, as 
is to be expected if oxidases are the chief agents of change in the apple fruit. 

Bef. C. 

Apples, Pears, and Quinces, Blight of. By B. S. Pickett (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. 
Sin., Iilinois, Civ. No. 172, June 1914, pp. I-10; 3 figs.).—The disease is caused 
by Bacillus amylovorus and frequently attacks apple, pear, quince, as well as 
mountain ash, hawthorn, and occasionally plum and apricot. The disease 
affects all parts of the tree, including blossoms, twigs, fruit, branches, trunk, 
and roots, and is particularly prevalent in southern and central Illinois. It is 
the cause of fire-blight canker in the apple (see p. 476). 

The bacteria may enter through a puncture in the epidermis or at the growing 
points of the stems. About nine days to twenty-one days after infection, the 
leaves wither, turning brown on the apple tree, black on the pear tree, and giving 
the appearance of having been scorched by fire. When the bacteria cease their 
activity, either through death or through conditions which check their growth, 
a distinct line of demarcation separates the healthy from the diseased tissue. 

To control the blight, the following measures are suggested :—All infective 
sources should be removed. ‘These include seriously diseased apple, pear, 
quince, hawthorn, service berry and crab-apple trees within considerable 
distances of the orchards to be protected. All blighted twigs, blossoms, spurs, 
and branches should be destroyed, and the wounds on the trees disinfected with 
corrosive sublimate (1 to 1000). 

Sprays are of dubious benefit.—A. B. 


Apples, Pruning inSummer. By L. D. Batchelor and W. E. Goodspeed (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Utah, Bull.140, 14 pp.; 2 figs.).—A study of the yield of apples during 
four years under various systems of pruning. Summer pruning gave no advan- 
tage over the usual winter methods.—E. A. Bad. 


Apples, Recognition of, by Truellis Line. By H. E. Durham (Gard, Chron. 
Nov. 18, 1916, p. 239; with fig.)The name “‘ Truellis Line ’”’ is suggested, in 
honour of its discoverer, for lines distinctly visible in a transverse central section 
of certain apples, and faintly marked or absent in others. They divide the 
parenchyma within the core area from that without, and are so variable generally, 
though constant for certain varieties, that they may be useful as a means of 
identification. A long list is given of varieties in which the character or absence 
of this line have been examined and noted.—E. A. B. 


Apples, Varieties in Ohio. By W. J. Green, Paul Thayer, and J. B. Keil (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Ohio, Bull. 290, 184 pp.; 22 figs.)—Full description of varieties, with 
photographs of many. Disease susceptibility, cooking qualities, and adaptation 
to soil specially treated.—E. A. Bad. 


Aquilegia Leaf-miner. By E. N, Cory (Jour, Econ, Entom, vol. ix. pp. 419- 
424; Aug. 1916; figs.)—Phytomyza aquilegiae mines the foliage of columbines, 
the attack commencing in May. The author gives details of the life-history of 
the insect, which pupates during winter in the earth, and suggests winter cultiva- 
tion as the best means of controlling the pest.—F. J. C. 


Aristolochia Lawrenceae (Bot. Mag. t. 8650).—-Argentine. Nat. Ord. Avisto- 
lochtaceae. Shrub, stem turning. Leaves, blade 3-44 inches long and broad. 
Perianth one-lipped, yellowish white, with brown-purple veins ; mouth 5 inches 
long, 3 inches broad at base, 2} inches above, oblong. Tube curved upwards, 
striped only, while the inner surface of the mouth is spotted with dark veins. 


Arsenic as a Spray for Weeds, The Effect and Fate of. By W. T. 
M‘George (Jour. Agr. Res. v. No. 11, Dec. 1915, pp. 459-463).—The control 
of weeds is a very important problem, and in some experiments at the Hawaii 
Experimental Station it was found that the most economical means of weed 


480 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


control lay in the use of chemical sprays. Comparative tests were. made with 
sodium arsenate, ferrous sulphate, carbon bisulphide, &c. Of these, sodium 
arsenate is the most effective and is recommended for use. This substance 
has been used for five years for weed eradication in Hawaii with most successful 
results. 

In view of the possible injury to crops from the continued use of this spray, 
a series of experiments were undertaken to determine its fate and influence 
upon plant growth and upon nitrification and ammonification of the soil. It 
was shown that soils possess strong fixing power for arsenic, and where the sodium 
arsenate spray is used for destroying weeds the arsenic will be deposited in the 
surface soil-and will remain in spite of the leaching action of rains or irrigation. 
The chemical reactions involved are a replacement of the solution of iron, calcium, 
magnesium, and humus, owing in part to a hydrolysis of the sodium arsenate 
in solution; also a combination with the dibasic and tribasic elements to form 
the difficultly soluble arsenites and arsenates.—A. B. 


Asparagus Beetle Egg Parasite. By F. A. Johnston (Jour. Agr. Sci. iv. 
p. 363; July 1915; pl.).—The insect Tetvastichus asparagt was believed to develop 
in and feed upon the eggs of the asparagus beetle, but observations upon its life- 
history show that it oviposits in the host’s egg and the egg subsequently hatches 
into the beetle larva, which feedsin the normal way and enters the soil in order 
to pupate, but isunable todoso. The parasites have, by this time, totally con- 
sumed the larva and pass from it into the cell it has formed, pupate there, and 
later emerge as adults. The winter is passed in the host cell in the earth, so 
that it would not be difficult to distribute the parasite by transporting some of 
the soil.—F. J. C. 


Asparagus, Ornamental. By E. Plateau (fev. Hort. May 16, 1916).—Descrip- 
tion of the various types of Asparagus available for decorative purposes.—C. T. D. 


Bacillus radicicola of Canada Field Pea, Physiological Studies of. By 
Martin Prucha (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Mem. No. 5, March 1915, 
pp. 3-83).—The objects of this memoir were (1) the isolation and identification 
of the organism causing nodules on the roots of Canada field pea; (2) a study of 
the influence of various factors on nodule development in this plant when grown 
in water and soil cultures ; (3) a study of the influence of various environmental 
conditions on the infecting power of the organism. 

As a result of the author’s experiments, the following conclusions were 
anived at <:—- 

The causal organism in the case of the Canada field pea nodules is Bacillus 
yvadicicola. Its flagella are peritrichic, eight the largest number found, and its 
group number on chart of American bacteriologists is B222.2322033. ; 

Nodules developed both in light and in darkness. A larger number, however, 
developed in darkness. 

Nodules developed readily in soil extract and in synthetic nutrient solutions 
in which the nitrates were omitted or replaced by chlorides. The nodules 
continued to increase in number as long as the plants continued to grow. 

In a full nutrient solution containing nitrates a few nodules may develop 
immediately after inoculation, but a subsequent continual development of 
nodules seems to be inhibited. 

The addition of KNOs, Ca(NOs)z2, NH,Cl, FeCls, KCl, or peptone to sandy 
soil, in the proportion of 0'25 gram of the salts to 300 grams of the soil air-dry, 
had an inhibiting effect on nodule development, but the addition of MgSO,, 
KH,PO,, Ca(H,PO,), and tannic acid had a beneficial effect on nodule develop- 
ment in this plant. The organism multiplies readily in some soils and in various 
substances ; as many as 10 million organisms per gram developed in wheat bran 
and in ground peas. 

The infecting power of B. radicicola was not affected after the organism 
had been kept on medium 335 (t.e. containing nitrogen) for 24 years in the 
laboratory, the culture being transferred once each month.—A. B. 


Bacteria, Life Cycles of. By F. Lohnis and N. R. Smith (Jour. Agr. Res. 
vol. vi. No. 18, July 1916, pp. 675-702 ; 7 plates, 1 fig.).—A comparative study 
of forty-two strains of bacteria show that the life cycles of these micro-organisms 
are not less complicated than those of other micro-organisms. All the bacteria 
studied live alternately in an organized and in an amorphous stage. The latter 
has been called the ‘‘ symplastic ’’ stage, because the living matter previously 
enclosed in separate cell walls undergoes a thorough mixing, either by complete 
disintegration of both cell wall and cell contents, or a mixing together of cell 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 481 


contents without cell walls. According to the quality of the symplasm, the 
development of new individual cells from this stage follows different lines. In 
all cases at first ‘regenerative units ’’ become visible. These increase in size, 
turning into ‘‘ regenerative bodies,’’ which later, by germination or stretching, 
become cells of normal shape. 

A process of ‘‘ conjunction ”’ has also been observed in some cases. Bacteria 
reproduce by fission, but also by the production of “ gonidia.”’ 

The life cycle of each species studied is composed of several subcycles showing 
wide morphological and physiological differences. These are connected with each 
other by the symplastic stage. 

The discovery of the full life cycles of bacteria will be of immense importance 
in many problems in agricultural and medical sciences. 

The paper is illustrated with an interesting figure showing graphically the 
life cycle of Bacillus azobactey, and a series of micro-photographs of the several 
types of Bacillus azobacter, B. subitls, B. bulgaricum, B. fluorescens ; Sarcina flava, 
and Streptococcus lacits. 

A short bibliography is appended.—A. B. 


Bananas. By W. J. Alden (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvi. pp. 953-964; 
9 figs.).—The banana requires moisture, good drainage, and abundant nourish- 
ment. A suitable supply of artificial manure to the acre would be 44. cwt. of super- 
phosphate, 14 cwt. potassium sulphate, and 3 cwt. of dried blood or 2 cwt. of 
ammonium sulphate. If it is difficult to obtain potassium sulphate, substitute 
27 cwt. of wood ashes. This should be applied two weeks before the other 
fertilizers —S. E. W. 


Bean, Kidney, An Anthracnose Resistant. By M. F. Barrus (Phytopathology, 
v. p. 303, Nov. 1915).—The author has found a variety, known as ‘“‘ Wells’ 
Red Kidney,’ which remains uninfected or is only slightly infected by the 
fungus Colletotvichum Lindemuthianum when growing among others badly 
attacked. All strains of the fungus (which the author has shown to vary 
in infective power) equally fail to produce any considerable amount of disease 
when inoculated into this variety.—f. J. C. 


Beet, Curly-top of. By R. E. Smith and A. Boncquet (Phytopathology, v. 
pp. 103-108, Apr. 1915; figs.)—_The experiments of the authors confirm the 
relation between the curly-top of the sugar-beet and the leat-hopper, Eutettix | 
tenella. ‘The attack upon the leaf is followed by phloém necrosis, and often later 
the formation of wound-healing cells in the same region. The trouble is trans- 
missible by grafting, and an organism resembling Bacillus Dianthi has been isolated 
from thelesions. The bacillus, when inoculated into the plant, has not, however, 
reproduced the disease, and it therefore rerhains doubtful whether the disease is 
due to it.—F. J.C. 


Beet Seab, Some Observations on Ordinary. By B. F. Lutman and H. F. 
Johnson (Phytopathology, v. pp. 30-34, Feb. 1915; figs.)—The organism 
producing scab in beet is identical with that which produces scab in potatos, 
viz. Actinomyces chromogenus, but, while in the potato the lesions are only skin- 
deep, those in the beet are larger and more bulging, and the brown outer portion 
may be wiped off exposing the uncoloured cork tissue below. Figures illustrate 
the production of these bulging scabs. The different strains of Actinomyces 
isolated from different roots of beet and tubers of potato possessed different 
infective powers.— F, J. C. 


Bitter-pit (Stippen and Spray Injury). By C. H. Crabill and H. FE. Thomas 
(Phytopathology, vi. pp. 51-54; Feb. 1916).—Bitter-pit (called ‘‘stippen’’ in 
America, and known also as stippenflecken, apple fruit-spot, Baldwin fruit-spot, 
Jonathan-spot, and brown-spot), is described, and the results of various experi- 
mental attempts to produce it are detailed. The authors conclude that “ these 
depressed, highly coloured areas of skin underlaid by a corky mass of dead, 
brown cells, may be produced in several ways, viz., by bruising, by insect puncture, 
by injected poisons, by insufficient water, or by any other agent which may kill 
a few cells before the apple is full grown.” The results also show that stippen 
is ‘almost certainly not caused by spray materials as they are commonly applied.” 

ae ay heal OF 

Bitter-pit. By G. P. Darnell-Smith (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvii. pp. 279- 
281).—Bitter-pit is not due to a parasite nor to spraying with lead arsenate. 
Young trees are specially liable to it. Excessive pruning and poor drainage are 
favourable conditions for its development.—S. E. W. 

VOLS bil. 21 


482 JOURNAL OF THE*‘ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Boots, Preserving the Soles of (Qu. Agr. Jour. March 1916, p. 174).— 
In view of the increasing cost of hides, leather, and consequently of foot-wear, a 
correspondent points out that shoe leather can be made to last for twice the 
ordinary time by simply rubbing Stockholm tar into the wearing surface with 
the fingers. Use as much tar as the leather will take up; allowit to dry; then 
repeat the operation. Two coats will be sufficient.—C. H. H. 


Brachystelma dianthum (Bot. Mag. t. 8670).—South Africa. Nat. Ord. 
Asclepiadaceae, tribe Ceropegieae. Herb; tuber flat, 2 inches across. Stem 
erect, 2 inches long. Leaves lanceolate, 2 inches long. Flowers solitary. 
Corolla ovoid-campanulate, 1 inch long, greenish-yellow with purple spots.—G. H. 


Brown-rot Fungus in N. Vermont. By H. E. Bartram (Phytopathology, vi. 
p- 71, Feb. 1916).—The common cause of brown-rot of stone fruit in Vermont 
is Sclerotinia cinevea, asitisin Europe. The conidia in many cases remain alive 
on mummified fruits over winter, and with those produced in spring from the 
dormant mycelium in the mummified fruits may produce early spring infections, 
All such mummified fruits should therefore be collected and burned.—F. J. C. 


Cabbage “ Yellows,’’ The Control of, through Disease Resistance. By L. R. Jones 
and J. C. Gilman (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin., Wisconsin, Res. Bull. 38, Dec. 1915, 
pp. 1-70; 23 figs.) —Cabbage-growing is extensively practised in various parts 
of Wisconsin, and a large industry has become established. The variety grown 
is a winter one known as ‘ Hollander’ or‘ Danish Ball Head,’ and it is frequently 
attacked by a parasitic soil fungus, Fusarium conglutinans, which, invading 
the roots and the stems, causes extensive ‘“‘ yellowing ’”’ of the leaves. This 
ultimately causes the death of the plants, and on badly infected soil the loss 
may be from 50 to 95 per cent. of the total crop. 

Various methods of treatment of seed, seedlings, and soil, including disin- 
fectants and fertilizers, were without any practical result. The only method 
of control seemed to lie in the possibility of securing disease-resisting varieties 
or strains. By repeated selection, strains of the ‘ Hollander’ type have been 
obtained, which have proved disease-resistant against the Fusarium and at the 
same time of excellent commercial qualities. Seeds from this resistant strain 
have been obtained from 2,000 heads in 1915, and will be distributed for plant- 
ing in 1916 under the name ‘ Wisconsin Hollander No. 8.’—A. B. 


Campanula Zoysii (Bot. Mag. t. 8666).—North Italy and Austria. Nat. Ord. 
Campanulaceae, tribe Campanuleae, Herb, 4 inches high. Leaves radical, 
4 inch long, margin ciliate. Racemes terminal, 3-4 flowered. Corolla oblong- 
tubular, light purple, 1 inch long.—G. H. 


Carbohydrates in Plants, Studies of the Formation and Translocation of. 
I.—The Carbohydrates of the Mangold Leaf. By William A. Davis, Arthur 
John Daish, and George Conworth Sawyer (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. vii. pt. iii. 
pp. 255-326, Feb. 1916; figs.).—The object of the investigation was to throw 
light on the fundamental problems of the formation of carbohydrates in the 
leaves, their translocation to the storage reservoirs, and the way in which they 
are broken down for utilization in subsequent growth. Down to the year 1893 
the generally held view was that put forward in 1862 by Sachs and modified 
in 1885 by the work of Schimper, according to which formaldehyde is first formed 
in the leaf by the reduction of CO, under the influence of light and chlorophyll, 
this being then polymerized to glucose, which on reaching a certain concentration 
undergoes conversion into starch. The work of Brown and Morris in 1893 on 
the Tropaeolum leaf went to show that all the carbohydrate formed in the leaf 
did not pass through the starch stage, and that cane sugar with its hydrolytic 
products dextrose and levulose were present in the leaf in considerable quantities. 
They also showed that leaf diastase acts on starch, giving rise to maltose. Since 
1893 the two main views have been (1) that saccharose is the first sugar formed 
in photosynthesis, and (2) that the primary products are hexoses, from which 
saccharose is afterwards formed either in the leaf or the root. 

The earlier work on the problem was largely qualitative. This and later 
quantitative work was vitiated by failure to ensure the destruction of enzymes 
which may break up the saccharose in the expressed juice of the leaf tissue. 
The present authors avoid this source of error by dropping the fresh leaf material 
(x kilogram) in small quantities into boiling alcohol (2 litres) which contains a 
little ammonia to neutralize the acids of the plant tissue. The enzymes are 
at once destroyed by this method. Certain errors in the quantitative estimation 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 483 


of starch by ordinary diastase and that of cane sugar by citric acid inversion 
were avoided also by new methods, of which full details are given. 

The (a) leaves and (bd) stalks of mangolds were analysed for sugars at three 
different stages of their growth, samples being taken every two hours over a 
complete twenty-four hour period on August 20, September 10, and October rr. 
Starch and maltose were always absent. Saccharose and hexoses were always 
present. The ratio of hexoses to saccharose increases in passing from leaf to 
stalk, suggesting that it is cane sugar which is first formed in the chloroplasts 
of the leaf directly from the CO, of the air, and that it undergoes regular and 
increasing inversion as it passes downwards to the root. The inversion may 
be brought about by invertase on the surface of the sieve tubes. If it were 
possible to analyse the contents of the mesophyll tissue alone, excluding all the 
small veins which act as conducting channels to the midribs, the authors are of 
opinion that no reducing sugars would be found in that tissue. The conversion 
of saccharose into hexoses for purposes of translocation is necessary, as otherwise 
diffusion would be proceeding from a place of low to one of high concentration. 
Moreover, the work of various observers goes to show the probability that the 
protoplasm of the beet is impervious to cane sugar. The reconversion of the 
hexoses into saccharose in the root is not accounted for, but a special synthesizing 
mechanism is postulated, such as the ‘‘saccharogenic enzyme’’ of Barbet. 

Es. Wie Ed 


Carbohydrates in Plants, Studies of the Formation and Translocation of. 
II.—The Dextrose-Leevulose Ratio in the Mangold. By William A. Davis 
(Jour. Agr. Sct, vol. vii. pt. ili. pp. 327-351, Feb. 1916; figs.).—The polarimetric 
determination of the dextrose-levulose ratio in extracts of plant tissue is 
vitiated by the presence of optically active substances, such as amino-acids and 
amides, which are not completely removed by the basic lead acetate (or other 
substance) used to clear the solution. Hence differences of results are obtained 
for saccharose determinations in the mangold by polarimetric and reduction 
methods respectively. The results are also affected by the reducing power 
and rotation of the pentoses (arabinose, xylose, and d-ribose) which may be 
present in the alcoholic extract [see preceding abstract]. Until more reliable 
results can be obtained for the true dextrose and levulose contents, independent 
of polarimeter data, it seems justifiable to assume that the two sugars travel 
in nearly if not exactly equal proportions to the root, where re-transformation 
takes place.—/J. FE. W. E. H. 


Carbohydrates in Plants, Studies of the Formation and Translocation of. 
III.—The Carbohydrates of the Leaf and Leaf-stalks of the Potato. The Mechanism 
of the Degradation of Starch in the Leaf. By William A. Davis and George 
Conworth Sawyer (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. vii. pt. ili. pp. 353-384; figs.)—The 
potato, unlike the mangold, forms considerable quantities of starch in its leaf. 
The object of the investigation was to ascertain whether, assuming that the 
starch is removed from the leaf after being broken down to maltose by diastase, 
maltose is correspondingly an intermediate stage in the synthesis. It was 
ascertained that maltose is entirely absent from the leaf and leaf-stalks of the 
potato both by day and by night. This striking result led the authors to review 
Brown and Morris’s work of 1893. The latter experimenters found considerable 
quantities of maltose in the Tropaeolumleaf. The present authors show, however, 
that the presence of maltose was a result of Brown and Morris’s method of analysis, 
which included the preliminary drying of the material in an oven. In such 
circumstances the enzymes present in the tissue would ultimately be destroyed, 
but not simultaneously. The most sensitive to heat and therefore the first to 
disappear would be maltase. A temperature above the point at which maltase 
is destroyed would be an optimum for the action of diastase, which would there- 
fore break down starch to maltose, but the latter would remain as such in the 
absence of maltase, and thus would account for Brown and Morris’s results. 
The authors hold that the removal of starch from the leaves at night is effected 
by more than one enzyme, that the degradation does not stop, as Brown and 
Morris supposed, at maltose but at dextrose. They cite other considerations 
tending to show that plant tissue cannot utilize either starch, or maltose, or 
saccharose, but must first break them down to simple hexoses, 

The remainder of the paper is occupied with a discussion of the experimental 
results of the analysis of the leaves and stalks of the potato. The experimental 
methods adopted were the same as those in the case of the mangold experiments. 
The general results, moreover, were similar, for, in the case of the potato, saccharose 
is greatly in excess of the hexoses in the leaf and greatly in defect of them in the 
stalk. 


484 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


From these results and from data obtained with many other plants it is 
concluded that cane sugar is produced, generally in a predominant proportion, 
in the leaf of all plants, whatever be the form (cane sugar, starch, inulin, or dex- 
trose) in which the sugars are finally stored.—J. E. W. E. H. 


Carbon Bisulphide, The Relation of, to Soil Organisms and Plant Growth. 
By E. B. Fred (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 1, April 1916, pp. I-20; 2 plates).— 
As a result of his experiments the author concludes that the addition of carbon 
bisulphide (CS,) to the soil exerts a decided effect on the organisms in the soil. 
A temporary reduction is at first observed in the number of micro-organisms, 
followed by an enormous multiplication of bacteria, and a large increase in the 
by-products of soluble nitrogen and sulphur. 

Carbon bisulphide also improves the growth of buckwheat, oats, and mustard. 
In non-acid soils carbon bisulphide is most beneficial to sulphur crops, e.g. 
mustard ; while on peaty soils it causes an increased growth of red clover. 
In sand cultures with soluble plant food, carbon bisulphide favours the growth 
of certain plants.—A. B. 


Carnation Wilt or Crown-rot Disease Caused by Fusarium sp. By P. A. 
Van der Bijl (Ann. Econ. Biol. 11. p. 267, Apr. 1916; pl.).—The symptoms of 
the disease here described are the death of the lower leaves, which turn upwards 
at the sides and become of a sickly white colour, while the whole of the leaves 
are of more upright growth than is normal ; the upper leaves appear shrivelled 
and the plant soon dies; the bark easily separates from the wood and the stem 
easily breaks away at the collar when pulled, the wood being brownish in colour. 
A fungus which is fully described, belonging to the genus Fusarium, has been 
isolated, and when inoculated into healthy carnations reproduced the disease. 
The iniection appears to come from the soil, and the methods of control suggested 
are (1) propagation from héalthy plants only ; (2) the avoidance of infected soil ; 
(3) the pulling up and destruction by fire of diseased plants. Soil treatment 
with formalin gave no benefit, but treatment with quicklime produced some 
beneficial result.—F. J. C. 


Cercospora Beticola, Climatic Conditions as Kelated to. By V. W. Pool and 
M. B. McKay (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 1, April 1916, pp. 21-60; 2 plates, 
to figs).—Climatic conditions bear an important relation to the vitality and 
development of Cercospova Beticola (a fungus attacking growing sugar beets, 
Beta vulgaris). When exposed to outdoor conditions, the conidia die in from 
one to four months ; but if kept dry, they can live nearly eight months. The 
sclerotia, however, are more resistant, for they can live through the winter 
when but slightly protected, and become a source ofinfection for the succeeding 
crop. 

Aen tests with cultures show (a) that exposure to constant temperatures 
of 35° and 36°C. is fatal to the growth of the fungus ; (0) that growth occurred 
when cultures after exposure for three days to either of these temperatures were 
changed to 30'8° C., and also when they were held at either for eight hours and 
then at 20°C. for sixteen hours; (c) that a temperature of 40°5° C. was fatal 
in all combinations tested. 

Temperature and relative humidity influence the production of conidia 
and infection in much the same way.—A. B. 


Chamaedorea nana (Bot. Mag. t. 8652).—Costa Rica. Nat. Ord. Palmaceae, 
tribe Aveceae. Shrub, 1-2 feet high. Leaves, 2-fid, 8 inches long. Flowers 
loosely spicate in a racemose manner, minute, green.—G. H. 


Changing Sex of the Papaw. By the Editor of the Queensland Agricultural 
Journal (Qu. Agr. Jour. June 1916, p. 342).—The method of changing the sex 
of the male papaw tree by cutting it down to about three feet from the ground 
was accidentally proved in a garden at Milton this season. The owner cut down 
three male trees and inserted a female shoot on top of each. Owing, probably, 
to the very dry weather, all the shoots died, and two of the trees were rooted out. 
The third was left, and it sent out two strong shoots about a foot below the 
top. These shoots bore female flowers, and three fruits matured, one of them 
remaining on the tree last May (as shown in an illustration).—C. H. H. 


Cherries and Prunes, Handling and Shipping. By H. J. Ramsey (U.S.A. 
Dep. Agr., Bull. 331, 28 pp.; 11 figs.)—Experiments in preservation of fruit 
during transit to market.—E. A. Bad. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS, 485 


Cherry Tree Manure (Qu. Agr. Jour. Nov. 1915, p. 258).—2 to 4 Ib. 
superphosphate, 1 to 2 lb. sulphate of potash, 1 to 14 Ib. nitrolim or sulphate 
of ammonia to a tree ; or 1 lb. superphosphate, 2 to 4 lb. bone-meal, 1 to 2 lb. 
sulphate of potash, and 1 to 2 lb. dried blood to a tree.—C. H. H. 


Chestnut Blight Fungus (Eudothia parasitica), Aseospore Expulsion of. 
By F. D. Heald and R. A. Studhalter (Amer. Jour. Bot. vol. ii. No. 9, Nov. 1915, 
pp. 429-448 ; 6 figs.).—The effect of moisture upon the expulsion of the ascospores 
of Endothia parasitica (Murr.) And., has been frequently studied, but little 
work has been done on the seasonal duration of ascospore expulsion in this 
organism. It seemed desirable to have continuous records of the behaviour 
of definite groups of perithecia throughout one or more seasons under natural 
field conditions.. 

For the carrying out of this work, “‘ ascospore traps’’ were devised and 
placed over selected groups of perithecia under three different field conditions : 
first, in a young chestnut coppice; second, in a chestnut orchard; third, in 
a forest. The “‘ ascospore traps’ consisted of a glass slide slotted into a light 
wooden bracket which was permanently fixed in the bark above or below a 
group of perithecia. Seventy-six traps were placed on trees 4 to 8 inches in 
diameter, showing the perithecia in different stages of development. The 
observations extended over two years. 

It was found that expulsion of the spores begins in the spring with the first 
warm rain, and increases to a maximum, as conditions become more favourable ; 
then follows a decline when lower temperatures prevail in the autumn, and it 
finally ceases in the cooler portions of the year, though there may be abundant 
rainfall. During 1913 the period of expulsion extended from the middle of 
March to the middle of September. There were nineteen rain periods during 
autumn, winter, and spring in 1912-1913 with no expulsion of ascospores, and 
in 1913-1914 there were eighteen rain periods with similar results. 

Perithecial pustules of this fungus show a remarkable power of spore pro- 
duction. This power is not exhausted during the course of a single season, 
and is as marked during the second season as during the first. This is due to 
the successive maturing of asci, to the successive maturing of perithecia, and 
of stromata throughout the season.—A._B. 


Chrysanthemum forniculatum (Sot. Mag. t. 8644).—Tenerife. Nat. Ord. 
Compostiae, tribe Anthemideae. Shrublet, 2-5 feet high, glabrous and glaucous. 


Leaves up to 4 inches long, pinnatipartite; segments linear. Heads 2 inches 
across, white.—G. H. 


Chrysanthemums, New. By Max Garmer (Rev. Hort. Feb. 16, 1916; five 


illustrations).—Description of several new Chrysanthemums and of other 
novelties.—C. T. D. 


Cirrhopetalum conecinnum var. purpureum (Bol. Mag. t. 8668).—Malay Penin- 
sula ; Nat. Ord. Orchidaceae, tribe Epidendreae. Herb, epiphytic. Pseudo- 
bulbs 1-foliate. Leaves oblong, 3-5 inches long. Scapes 3 inches long, umbels 
many-flowered. Flowers 4 inch long, rose-purple.—G. H. 


Citrus Canker. By F. A. Wolf (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 2, April 1916, 
pp. 69-99; 4 plates, 8 figs.)—The causal organism (Pseudomonas Citrt, Hasse) 
of this disease is studied very completely from its cultures on various media 
by the author, who finds that infection occurs through natural openings and 
wounds on the host plants. The bacteria take up a position between the cells 
and cause them to become hypertrophied. This is caused by the dissolution of 
the middle lamellae by enzymes. 

Besides Pseudomonas Citri, various fungi have been isolated from Citrus 
cankers. These include Phoma, Fusarium, and Gloeosporium, the first being 
especially active in the disintegration of the plant’s tissues. This fungus has 
been given the name Phoma socia, n. sp., by the author. 

A short bibliography is appended.—A. B. 


Citrus Canker, TI. By H. E. Stevens (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin., Florida, 
Bull. 128, Nov. 1915, pp. 1-20; 6 figs.).—Citrus Canker is one of the worst of 
the plant diseases that have appeared in Florida, and has cost many thousands 
of dollars to eradicate it. 

It has been established by the author that the disease is caused by a bacterium, 
Pseudomonas Citri, Hasse, not by a fungus, as was formerly suspected. 


486 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


All varieties of citrus grown in Florida have been affected, and all parts 
of the trees above-ground are susceptible to it. The bacteria are capable of 
growing in sterilized soil, and under favourable conditions may retain their 
vitality for long periods. They can withstand considerable drying or desiccation, 
which may be a factor in spreading the disease. 

It appears that high temperatures and high humidity favour a rapid develop- 
ment of the disease, and are largely responsible for its spread throughout Florida. 

A complete destruction of all infected trees is the only effective method 
known of checking the disease.—A. B. 


Citrus Fruits in the Gulf States, Handling and Shipping. By H. J. Ramsey 
(U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Farm. Bull. 696, Nov. 1915, 28 pp.; 10 figs.).—Deals, inter 
alia, with the prevention of decay in transit, which is principally caused by 
blue mould, and, to a much smaller degree, by stem-end rot.—A. P. 


Citrus ‘‘ Mottle-leaf.?’? By L. J. Briggs, C. A. Jensen, and J. W. McLane 
(Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 19, Aug. 1916, pp. 721-739; 3 plates, 4 figs.).— 
“* Mottle-leaf ’’ of Citrus trees is characterized by the disappearance of chloro- 
phyll from parts of the leaves, the portions farthest removed from the midrib 
and larger veins being first affected. These yellow spots increase in size until 
the chlorophyll is restricted to areas along the midrib and the larger veins. No 
organism has yet been proved to be causally associated with “ mottle-leaf,”’ 
but the Citrus root nematode is widely distributed in ‘‘ mottled” districts. 
Soil analyses show a marked inverse correlation between the humus content 
and the mottling, the latter diminishing as the humus content increases, in 
the case of oranges. 

The humus content of the soils bearing lemon trees is less than that of the 
orange soils, and is apparently too low to produce a normal foliage growth, as 
the whole of the lemon groves were badly mottled. 

No relation was found between the percentage of leaves mottled and the 
total nitrogen content in the soil in either the orange groves or the lemon 
groves studied. 

The percentage of mottled leaves on orange trees is definitely correlated 
with the increase of the ratio of organic carbon to humus, indicating the im- 
portance of the organic matter in the soil being well decomposed.—A. B. 


Citrus Trees in Florida, Some Bark Diseases of. By J. G. Grossenbacher 
(Phytopathology, vi. pp. 29-50, Feb. 1916; figs.)—The symptoms and causes 
of the following diseases of Citrus trees are discussed fully : Gummosis, foot-rot 
or crown-rot, die-back, withertip, canker.—F. J. C. 


Clematis florida bicolor (C. Sieboldii). By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. Sept. 16, 
1915).—One illustration, showing a fine specimen from Miss Willmott’s garden. 
GCG: 


B Rr 0.) 
Clematis grata Hybrids. By Hortulus (Le Jard. vol. xxx. p. 45; 1 fig.).—The 
following hybrids were obtained from seed of Clematis grata:—‘ Campanile ’ 


forms a neat bush about five feet high, somewhat resembling C. Davidiana. 
The flowers are lilac-blue, with white centres. ‘Céte d’Azur’ resembles C. 
tubulosa in foliage, and its flowers are deep azure-blue. ‘ Oiseau Bleu ’ has slender 
foliage, with delicate panicles of lilac-blue flowers, changing to lilac-pink.—_S. E. W. 


Clematis Pavoliniana (Bot. Mag. t. 8655).—China. Nat. Ord. Ranunculaceae, 
tribe Clematideae. Shrub. Leaves 3-foliolate. Leaflets 2-4 inches long. 
Flowers 3-umbellate. Sepals 4, green externally, white above, 2 inches across, 
from tip to tip.—G. H. 


Colletias. By N. E. Brown (Gard. Chron. Sept. 2, 9, and 16, 1916, pp. 108, 
121, and 131; 2 figs.).—Reviews and rejects the evidence as to C. spinosa being 
the immature condition of cvuciata, and declares the branches with slender spines, 
sometimes developed on cruciata, to be distinct in the flattened bases of the spines 
from those of true spinosa, 

The plant generally grown in gardens as spinosa is declared to be tnfausia, 
and here described, Descriptions are also given of aymata Miers, and twonew 
species, assimtlis and trifurcata,—E. A, B. 


Colorado Potato Beetle, Life-history Studies cf the. By Pauline M. Johnson 
and Anita M. Ballinger (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. v. No. 20, Feb. 1916, pp. 917- 
926; 1 plate)—Details a series of observations upon the life-history of this 
destructive pest. It was found that the entire developmental period from egg 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 487 


to adult occupies approximately four weeks. It was also established that the 
female, far from laying the small number of eggs often attributed to it, is capable 
of laying over 1,800 eggs. The experiments recorded show there are three 
completed generations of this beetle; part of the adults in the first and 
second generations hibernating, while the remainder lay eggs from which the 
second and third generations develop. The possibility of a partial fourth 
generation is suggested by the fact that the adults of the third generation were 
active and feeding voraciously during September. The insect is to be found 
in all stages during the summer months, and there is much overlapping of 
generations.—A, B. 


Columnea gloriosa. By C. Wercklé (Rev. Hort. Sept. 16, 1915).—Remark- 
able difference between character of foliage under wild and cultivated con- 
ditions.—C. T. D. 


Comandra umbellata, Parasitism of. By G. G. Hedgcock (Jour. Agr. 
Res. v. No. 3, Oct. 1915, pp. 133-135).—The Comandra are of importance in 
that they serve as intermediate hosts to the highly-destructive blister rust of 
pines (Pevidermium pyviforme Peck). It has been found that the Comandra 
umbellata and C. pallida are themselves semi-parasitic upon the roots of numerous 
plants, including Acer rubrum L., Quercus spp., Castanea dentata, Betula nigra L.., 
Populus tremuloides, Aster spp., Carex sp., Rubus spp., Poa pratensis, Rosa 
canina L., Solidago spp., Vaccinium spp., and Spiraea salicifolia L. Experiments 
prove, however, that Comandra can live without parasitism if necessary. 

These new facts render the destruction of plants of Comandrvain the neighbour- 
hood of forest trees even more necessary than hitherto supposed.—A. B. 


Cotoneaster horizontalis. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. Sept. 16, 1916).—An 
illustration showing the habit of this beautiful plant.—C. T. D. 


Cranberry Substation, Report of, for 1915. By H. J. Franklin (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Massachusetts, Bull.'168, May 1916; 48 pp.).—This station has specialized 
in cranberry-growing for six years, and this report ranges over the whole subject. 
It discusses the factors affecting the keeping qualities of the berries, such as 
ventilation and temperature during storage, methods of handling and packing, &c. 
Several insect pests are dealt with, especially in relation to the effect of the 
regulating of the winter flooding of the bogs. On the subject of bog management, 
the writer advocates the adoption of the plan of cropping in alternate years, 
claiming for the practice the advantages of fewer weeds, an inexpensive and 
satisfactory means of controlling insect pests, and decreased expenses without 
reduction of yield.—A. P. 


Crinum deflexum Ker. By D. Bois (Rev. Hort. Aug. 16, 1916).—Two 
illustrations and description.—C. T. D. 


Crown-gall, Resistanee to. By C. O. Smith (Phytopathology, vi. pp. 186-194, 
April 1916; figs.).—Inoculations of Bacterium tumefaciens were made into a large 
number of species of Prunus. Crown-gall was not produced on P. pumila, but 
all other species proved more or less susceptible. Varieties of P. domestica tried 
proved fairly resistant, as did damson, P. Planteriensis, and P. Bessey1, but crown- 
gall resulted in 100 per cent. of the inoculations in P. cerasifeva type, P. monticola, 
and P. Simonit. Other species and varieties were intermediate in their powers 
of resistance.—F. J. C. 


Crownagall Studies showing Changes in Plant Structures due to a Changed 
Stimulus. By Erwin F. Smith (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 4, April 1916, 
pp. 179-182; 6 plates)—Some interesting discoveries in connexion with 
experiments with the crown-gall organism (Bacterium tumefaciens) are set 
forth in this preliminary paper. 

When the internodal cambium is inoculated with Bacterium tumefaciens, 
the usual physiological tendencies are replaced by entirely new phenomena. 

1. The elements of the mature tissues are produced in fewer numbers than 
ordinarily, and these elements lose their polarity, so that the most bizarre com- 
plexes of twisted and distorted tissues arise.. 

2. The parenchymatous elements are greatly increased in number and re- 
duced in size, since under the bacterial stimulus many of the cambium cells 
appear to lose all power to produce mature tissues, but at the same time acquire 
a new growth impetus, a tendency to an uncontrolled, pathologically embryonic 


488 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


cell multiplication, which results in the formation of a tumour—the ordinary 
naked crown-gall—containing the distorted elements and showing a marked 
hyperplasia of the parenchyma. 

3. A tendency to open wounds and to early decay, and to the formation of 
daughter tumours, is produced in the plant. 

When the internodal cortex is similarly treated cell proliferation occurs, 
the elements of which are small when compared with those from ‘which they 
have developed, because under this stimulus they remain embryonic and never 
reach maturity in size or function. 

When the crown-gall organism (hop strain) is inoculated into the leaf axils 
of young growing plants (¢.g. Pelargonium, Nicotiana, Lycopersicum, Citrus, 
Ricinus, &c.), the buds of which are dormant unless the top of the plant is re- 
moved, a new type of tumour develops. These tumours are covered with 
small abortive leafy shoots, flower-shoots, or if the flower anlage has been dis- 
turbed, forming twisted, fused, and fasciated shoots. 

The author explains this as follows :—The growth of the tumour disturbs 
and distorts the tissues, tearing the anlage into small fragments which are 
variously distributed and which develop on or in the tumour into organs of a 
size proportional to the size of the included fragment ; here as part of an ovary 
or anther, there as a shoot. These pathological shoots live but a short time, 
and are unable to carry on the normal activities of the plant when the other 
leaves are removed. This seems to show that fasciation is due to bacterial 
infection. 

After inoculations in places where no bud anlage are known to exist—in the 
middle of the leaves—shoots were formed. These were produced on the midribs 
or side veins of the leaves of Nicotiana, and were more numerous on young 
leaves than on older leaves. 

Thus a changed stimulus produces a more embryonic and primitive condition, 
and is a proof that the immature cell, wherever located, carries the inheritance 
of the whole organism; and what it will finally become, as it matures, depends 
upon the stimulus withheld from it or applied to it. That is, any young cell 
may become a totipotent cell if subjected to the proper stimulus, and this 
stimulus may be either physiological, resulting in a normal structure, as when 
the top of a plant is removed, and a new top grows in its place from the ad- 
ventitious buds; or pathological, resulting in an embryonic teratoma, as when 
a tumour-producing schizomycete is introduced into sensitive growing tissue. 

The paper is illustrated with some striking photographs of various tumours 
on Pelargonium, Ricinus communis, and Nicotiana spp.—A. B. 


Cucumber, Angular Leaf-spot Disease of. By E. F. Smith and Mary 
K. Bryan (Jour. Agr. Res. v. No. 11, Dec. 1915, pp. 465-476; 7 plates).—This 
disease is commonly met with on cucumbers (Cucumts sativus), and is characterized 
by the formation of numerous angular, dry, brown spots which drop out and 
give the leaves a ragged appearance. In the early stages a bacterial exudate 
collects in drops on the lower surface of the leaves and dries white. Young 
stems and petioles may be also attacked and destroyed by soft rotting. 

The causal organism is Bacterium lachrymans (n. sp.), which enters through 
the stomata. Itis characterized by the presence of one to five polar flagella, 
liquefies gelatine, is a strict aerobic, and is able to form acid from saccharose and 
dextrose. On agar plates it produces round surface colonies. Itis "8x1I-2 u 
in size. 

It is suggested that Bordeaux mixture is a remedy for the disease, and 


thorough field tests should be undertaken where the disease is prevalent. 
ALB. 


Cucumber Mosaic Disease. By W. W. Gilbert. A new Infectious Mosaic 
Disease of Cucumber. By S. P. Doolittle. Experiments with the Cucumber 
Mosaic Disease. By J. C. Jagger (Phytopathology, vi. pp. 143-151, Apr. 1916 ; 
plates).—‘‘ The cucumber mosaic disease shows most markedly on the fruits, the 
first sign being a yellowish mottling near the stem-end.’’ These light patches 
are found later over all parts of the fruit, the darker parts being frequently raised. 
In bad cases stems and petioles are dwarfed, leaves become mottled and often 
wrinkled. It appears on the leaves with a yellowing of some part, often at the 
angle of the larger leaf veins. Badly affected branches grow slowly, blossom 
sparingly, and set only occasional fruits. A similar and probably the same, 
disease has been seen on pumpkin, squash, wild cucumber (Echinocystis lobata), 
and musk melon. It spreads rapidly and is highly infectivuus. “The contagium 
passes through a Berkefeld filter.—F. J. C. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 489 


Cucumbers, The Control of Bacterial Wilt of.» By F. V. Rand and E. M. A. 
Enlows (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 11, June 1916, pp. 417-434; 2 plates).— 
The experiments show that cucumber beetles (Diabrotica spp.) are the most 
important of the summer carriers of the wilt organism (Bacillus tracheiphilus), 
and that the beetle (Diabrotica vittata) is capable of carrying the wilt over 
winter and infecting the spring seedlings of cucumbers. It is also proved that 
the twelve-spotted cucumber beetle (Diabrotica duodecimpunctata) can carry 
the disease. It is therefore necessary to devise methods of control for these 
insects in order to prevent the disease.—A. B. 


Cucurbits, Dissemination of Bacterial Wilt. By F. V. Rand (Jour. Agr. 
Res. v. p. 257, Nov. 1915; pl.)—The beetle Diabrotica vitiata has been regarded 
as the agent in disseminating the bacillus of cucumber wilt disease (Bacillus 
tvacheiphilus) from plant to plant in summer. The author shows by a series 
of experiments that the hibernating beetles which have fed on wilted cucumbers 
are capable of carrying the disease over winter and infecting fresh plants in the 
next season.—F’. J. C 


Cupressus thyoides. By A. Bruce Jackson (Gard. Chron. Aug. 19,1916, p. 85; 
with 2 figs.).—The fifteenth of this series of notes on conifers. This Ameri- 
can species is not happy in English gardens, and few specimens are known. 
A shrubby form is known as var. leptoclada.—E. A. B. 


Cytisus ratisbonensis (Bot. Mag. t. 8661).—Siberia to Central Europe. Nat. 
Ord. Leguminosae, tribe Genisteae. A small shrub. Leaflets 4inchlong. In- 
florescence in long racemose sprays, 6 inches long. Corolla #? inch long, yellow. 

Ga. 


Cytisus sp. (Les Cytises Fourragers). By G.V. Perez (Bull. Soc. nat. d@ Acclim. 
de Fy. vi. June t1916).—Deals with ‘Tagasete’ (Cytisus proliferus var. 
palmensis Christ), ‘ Gacia’ (C. maderensts Masf.), and ‘1a Herdanera’ or ‘ Gacia 
Dlanca’ (C. pallidus Poir. = Genista splendens W. et B.), and the identification 
of these plants mentioned in ancient writings.—F. J. C. 


Dahlia, Introduction of, into England. By C. Harman Payne (Gard. Chron. 
Sept. 23, 1916, p. 143).—Provides evidence that the Dahlia was introduced 
to England by means of seeds obtained by the first Marchioness of Bute from 
Dr. Ortega, Director of the Madrid Botanical Garden, and grown at Kew in 1798, 
and that the accepted date of 1789 is due to a printer’s error (see p. ae, 


Dahlia, Origin of Pompon. By C. Harman Payne (Gard. Chron. Sept. 2,9,and 16, 
1916, pp. 107, 119, and 133; with 2 figs.).—A careful review of negative and 
positive evidence from old Dahlia literature, leading to the conclusion that the 
Pompon Dahlia was not raised, as has been stated, by Hartweg of Carlsruhe from 
D. coccinea in 1808, but more probably originated in Germany in the middle of 
the nineteenth century.—E. A. B. 


Dahlias, Classification of. By F. Cayeux (Rev. Hort. April 16, 1916). By 
Antoine Rivoire (Rev. Hort. May 16, 1916).—Two interesting articles on this 


subject, treating of the several distinct classes into which the Dahlia has diverged. 
CRM OND 


Diseases, Plant, Grouping and Terminology of. By L. E. Melchers (Phyto- 
pathology, v. pp. 297-302; Nov. 1915).—The author proposes a distribution 
of plant diseases into the following groups: (1) Non-parasitic diseases, including 
(a) Exanthema, bitter-pit, lightning injury, leaf scorch, sun scalds, &c.; (bd) 
Autopathogenic diseases, including leaf-roll of potato, chlorosis, edema, blossom- 
end rot of tomato, brachysm of cotton, &c. (2) Diseases of unknown origin, 
including mosaic disease, peach yellows, little peach, curlytop of beets, straight 
head of rice, oat blast (thrips ?) &c. (3) Parasitic diseases, including all diseases 


caused by fungus or bacterial organisms. Notes are given on each group. 
ele ey fen Gi 


Drug and Dye Plants, Report on Cultivation. By H. H. Rusby (Jour. 
New York Bot. Gard. xvi. pp. 155-172, Aug. 1915).—The committee reporting 
considers that those who engage in the work of growing drug and dye plants 
should be assured that (1) there is a steady and sufficient demand for the product ; 
(2) soil and climate are adapted to its growth; (3) they are sufficiently familiar 
with its individual requirements to grow it successfully ; and (4) the market price 
will leave a margin over the cost of production and marketing. Success in 


490 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETy. 


growing fruit, &c., demands knowledge and experience, and this is at least equally 
true in growing drug plants. 

The plants briefly dealt with are Burdock root, Cimicifuga, Symphytum or 
Comfrey, Senega (Polygala Senega), Dandelion, Foxglove, Aconite, Cramp Bark 
(Viburnum Opulus) (for which the spurious Acer spicatum has been almost 
universally sold), Wormseed (Chenopodium ambrosioides, or C. anthelminticum), 
Canadian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum), Angelica, Lovage, Green Hellebore 
(Veratrum viride), Ivis versicolor, Unicorn root (Aletris favinae), Lily of the Valley, 
Valerian, Caulophyllum thalictroides, Hydrastis canadensis, Ginseng, Rhamnus 
Frangula, Peppermint and Spearmint, Mustard (white and black), Stramonium, 
Horehound, Virginian Snakeroot (Avistolochia Serpentaria), Belladonna, Pinkroot 
(Spigelia marilandica), Colehicum, Sage, Thyme, Oviganum Onites and O. hirtum, 
Arnica, Cascara Sagrada (Rhamnus Purshiana), Capsicum fastigiatum, Pyrethrum, 
Hemlock, Anise, Male Fern, Santonica (Ariemisia pauciflova), Ergot, Cannabis 
indica, Cone flower (Brauneria pallida), Larkspur, Caraway, Coriander, Dill, 
Fennel, Catnip, Henbane, Chamomile (Anthemis nobilis and Matricavia Chamo- 
milla, the former not much used), Marigold, Tansy, American Pennyroyal 
(Hedeoma pulegioides), Elecampane, Calamus, Orris root, Marsh Mallow, Boneset 
(Eupatorium perfoliatum), Lavender (Lavandula angustifolia), Lobelia inflata, 
Pokeroot, Wintergreen, Alkanet. Pamphlets and books upon the cultivation 
of the plants are listed.—F. J. C. 


Dry-rot. By Prof. Percy Groom, D.Sc., M.A. (Jour. Bd. Agr. vol. xxiii. no. 5, 
August 1916).—In practically every house in this country fungi are to be found 
growing on the woodwork or floor. Some are harmless or relatively harmless, 
but others cause deep-seated rotting and are known as “ dry-rot”’ fungi. By 
‘“dry-rot’’ practical men mean the decay that is induced in timber that is 
apparently sound when used. 

The fungi involved are not identical, but Merulius lacrymans is the most 
destructive in this country, other important types being Coniophora cervebella 
and Polyporus vaporarius. Merulius lacrymans is usually found as large pancake- 
shaped, flat, rust-coloured structures showing white margins. These are the 
fructifications which produce the spores which, though thin-walled, are, when 
kept dry, long-lived and retain their vitality for at least many months. 

Recently it has been shown that its association with other “ dry-rot’”’ fungi, 
especially Conitophora cerebella, has important practical bearings, for Merulius 
once established can manufacture water and thereby attack and moisten the 
driest wood and incidentally render the latter open to attack from Coniophora, 
which requires a wet matrix. Mevulius, having once gained an entrance to wood, 
can send hyphe into it and also along its surface. These hyphe form a spawn which 
can extend to other wood over innutritious surfaces, such as brick walls, metal 
pipes &c., even penetrating the mortar of walls and thus gaining an entrance to 
other rooms. The paper then goes on to distinguish the hyphe of the common 
species and to suggest measures oi control.—G. C. G. 


Educational Courses, Home Projects in Secondary Courses in Agriculture. 
By H. P. Barrows (U.S.A. Dep. Agy,, Bull. 346, Feb, 1916).—Students in 
secondary schools in the States are now receiving vocational instruction in agri- 
culture and horticulture. The present bulletin contains suggestions for the 
student’s actual observations and records of work done at home as part of his 
educational training and as an aid to his career. It develops an idea commented 
upon in an earlier bulletin (No. 281, Aug. 1915).—-F.. J. C. 


Eria ornata (Bot. Mag. t. 8642).—Malaya. Nat. Ord. Ovchidaceae, tribe 
Epidendreae. Herb, epiphytic. Leaves 8-10 inches. Scape suberect, 1-1% 
foot long, clothed with imbricate sheaths. Many-flowered. Bracts large, 14 
inch long, bright, reddish-orange. Flowers 2 inches long, brown, tomentose ; 
column clavate.—G. H. 


Eria tomentosa (Bot. Mag. t. 8662).—Indo-China. Nat. Ord. Orchidaceae, 
tribe Epidendreae. Herb, epiphytic. Leaves to 9 inches long. Scapes 10-13 
inches long. Flowers 1 inch long, brown-tomentose externally, pale yellow 
perianth.—G. H. 


Eucharis Lowii (Bot. Mag. t. 8646).—Western Tropical America. Nat. Ord. 
Amaryllidaceae, tribe Amarylleae. Herb. Bulb globose. Leaves ovate-cordate, 
shortly cuspidate, 9 inches long, 7 inches wide. Peduncle, 2 feet, 2-5 flowered. 
Perianth white, 44 inches across.—G. H. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. AOI 


Euonymus Bungeanus (Sot. Mag. t. 8656).—-Manchuria and N. China. 
Nat. Ord. Celastraceae, tribe Celastveae. Shrub orsmall tree, 15 feet high. Leaves 
elliptic, blade tapering below and acute. Flowers tetramerous, 3 inch across. 
Fruit 4-lobed, pale rose. Seeds dull rose. Aril bright red.—G. H. 


Euonymus oxyphyllus (Bot. Mag. t. 8639).—Japan and Corea. Nat. Ord. 
Celastraceae, tribe Celastveae. Shrub or small tree, 25 feet high. Leaves pseudo- 
distichous, 3 inches long. Flowers greenish-yellow, $ inch across, forming 
loose panicles. Fruit carmine, depressed-globose, 3-4 seeded. Seeds with 
scarlet arillus.—G. H. 


Euphorbia Caput-Medusae (Bot. Mag. t. 8673).—South Africa. Nat. Ord. 
Euphorbiaceae, tribe Euphorbieae. Shrub, dwarf, succulent stems, a_sub- 
globose mass, 6-8 inches high; central 2-4 inches long, the outer spreading 
6-18 inches. Involucre 4 inch across, tawny-purple, glands green, appendages 
petaloid, white.—G. H. 


Evolution of Species in Ceylon, with reference to the Dying Out of Species. 
By J. C. Willis (Ann. Bot., Jan. 1916, vol. xxx. no. cxviii; and figs.).—In this 
paper, which is a continuation of others, the opinion is brought forward that 
the theory of Natural Selection is untenable as regards geographical dis- 
tribution of species or the areas they occupy, and that the area occupied at 
any given time in any given country depends mainly on the age of the species 
in that country (not its absolute age). The species of all genera examined 
are classed as Very Common, Rather Common, Common, Rather Rare, 
Rare, and Very Rare, and tables of statistics are given to show that the 
figures of rarity are nearly always approximate, whether they belong to the 
endemic species of Ceylon, or those of Peninsular India or those of wider dis- 
tribution. This points to an underlying cause, viz. age, which is found to act 
with equal pressure on every family (where the species are twenty or over), and— 
a posteriori—if it applies to the above it will apply to flora in general. 

It is maintained that the endemic species are the youngest, and of these the 
very rare the most recent, and that the figures of distribution of the Ceylon 
plants give no reason to suppose that any angiospermous species are dying out 
at the present time, which supposition is borne out by a comparison of the floras 
of Ceylon, Java, and Rio de Janeiro.—G. D. L. 


Fatsia japonica (Bot. Mag. t. 8638).—Japan. Nat. Ord. Avaliaceae, tribe 
Panaceae. Shrub, 3-13 feet. Leaves 7—-9-lobed, 5-12 inches wide. Inflores- 
cence of globose umbels, 2 inches across. Flowers, 53; inch across, white. Fruit 
globose.—G. H. 


Fig Canker, caused by Phoma cinerescens. By E. S. Salmon and H. Wormald 
(Ann. Appl. Biol. iii. p. 1, June 1916; figs.).—The canker of figs has been attri- 
buted to Liberiella ulcevata Massee. ‘The authors failed to find a fungus agreeing 
with the description of that species, but isolated Phoma cinerescens from all the 
specimens examined and proved by inoculation that the disease was produced 
by that fungus. The authors recommend the cutting out and burning of the 
cankered parts of the stems down to sound wood, and the painting of the wounds 
with Stockholm tar. Wounds made in pruning should also be painted over. 

(al Sie 


Fire-blight Bacteria, Role of Insects in the Dissemination of. By V. 
B. Stewart and M. D. Leonard (Phytopathology, vi. pp. 152-158, April 1916). 
Sucking insects (as distinct from piercing) apparently do little in disseminating 
the fire-blight organism (Bacillus amylovorus), although they freely feed upon the 
exudations from diseased tissues. This, no doubt, results from the fact that 
infection takes place only through punctures in the tissues.—F. J. C. 


Flooded Fenland, Some Observations on the Flora and Fauna of. By 
FE. R. Petherbridge (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. viii. pt. 4, pp. 508-511; pl. 2).— 
Thousands of acres of Fenland were flooded by the bursting of the Little Ouse 
through its bank at a point near Feltwell Pumping Station in January Io15. 
The land was pumped clear of water by September, and the observations were 
made on a portion of the flooded area, free from silt, in December of that year. 
This portion was then covered completely with a mat, one inch thick, of the 
carpet alga (Cladophova flavescens), which made ploughing a difficult operation ; 
Polygonum amphibium was also very abundant. Lists are given of all the plants 
found both on the arable and the grass land. In the gardens all vegetables 


492 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETS, 


(with the exception of horse-radish), flowers, and bushes were killed. As regards 
the fauna, eelworms, earthworms, and Limnaria truncatulata (the snail host of 
the liver fluke) were looked for, but not found. Larve of various species of 
Chivonomus were abundant.—J. E. W. E. H. 


Flora of British Columbia. By J. Davidson (Rep. Bot. Off., Brit. Col; i. 3; 
1916).—Accounts are given of two or three journeys in little-known parts of 
British Columbia and lists of the plants met with, with photographs of some 
of them, and notes upon the botanical aspect of the country traversed. The 
region inhabited by Lewisia rediviva particularly comes in for mention, and an 
account of the collection of its roots by Indians and two or three capital photo- 
graphs of the plants as they grow add value to the paper._—F. J. C.  ~ 


Fruit Fly, Mediterranean, Effect of Cold Storage on. By E. A. Back and 
C. E. Pemberton (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 657-666; Jan. 1916).—The authors 
found that no eggs or larve of the Mediterranean fruit fly (Ceratitis capitata) 
survived refrigeration at 40° to 45° F. for seven weeks, at 33° to 40° F. for three 
weeks, or at 32° to 33° for two weeks. Where there is danger of introducing 
this pest it seems probable that refrigeration of fruit liable to beattacked would 
destroy any of the insects contained in the fruit.—F. J. C. 


Fruit Growing, Temperature in Relation to. By L. D. Batchelor and F, 
L. West (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bull. 141, 26 pp.; 20 figs.)—A study of air drainage 
and temperature in a valley fruit orchard in Utah.—E. A. Bd. 


Fruit Thinning. By V. E. (Rev. Hort. April 16, 1916).—On the proper 
thinning out of fruit.—cC. T. D. 


Fruits, Hardy, Flowering Season of. By U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Geneva, New York, Bull. 407, 24 pp.).—Tables of the flowering seasons of various 
hardy fruits at Geneva Station. They are grouped into very early, early, mid- 
season, late, very late. The author points out that excessive warmth hastens 
development of the stamens before that of the pistils, and thus may lead 
to infertility. The harmful influence of rain in bursting pollen cells at flowering 
time is emphasized.—E. A. Bd. 


Fruits, Hardy, Length of Season and Ripening Dates. By U..P. Hedrick (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Geneva, New York, Bull. 408, 26 pp.).—Actual dates of ripening and 
number of weeks in storage are given for Apples and Pears. Other fruits early 
mid-season, &c.—E. A. Bd. 


Fungi and Bacteria, Effect of Natural Low Temperatures on. By 
H. E. Bartram (four. Agy. Res. v. No. 14, Jan. 1916, pp. 651—-655).—The effect 
of intense cold of northern winters on the life and viability of fungi and bacteria 
does not seem to have been tested extensively, yet its importance in checking 
the spread of plant diseases would appear to be very great. 

In the present paper, certain known fungi and bacteria were exposed in pure 
cultures to the low temperatures of the winter months. They were grown 
upon nutrient agar at ordinary laboratory temperatures, and then exposed to 
the outside air throughout the winter. The minimum temperature of —24°C. 
was reached during an exposure from December to April. The cultures were 
then brought inside and transferred to fresh nutrient agar, and allowed to develop 
at ordinary temperatures. All but one (Actinomyces chromogenus) germinated 
freely. Further trials were made the following winter, but dry cultures were 
used. These were prepared by removing the growth of the fungus from the 
culture agar, and placing in a plugged sterile tube without agar. 

It was found that five fungi, Sclerotinia cinerea, Cephalothecium roseum, 
Glomerella vufomaculans, Venturia inaequalis, and Ascochyta colorata, lived over 
the winter months under all conditions of exposure; while four fungi, Alteynania 
Solant, Cylindrosporium Pomi, Plowrightia morbosa, and Phytophthora omniora, 
lived on some media but not on others. One fungus, Fusarium sp. of conifers, 
died. 

Of the bacteria, only two out of six kinds survived: Bacillus Melonis and 
Actinomycetes chromogenus. ‘The various organisms withstood exposure better 
in the dry condition than when moisture and food were present.—A. B. 


Fungi, Timber-destroying. By J.B. Cleland and E. Cheel (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. 
vol. xxvii. pp. 201-202; 2 col. plates).—The well-known phosphorescent toad- 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 493, 


stool (Pleurotus nidiformis) and the Sticky Timber Pholiote (Pholiota aduposa) 
are destructive to timber. The latteris a handsome brown-gilled agaric, and is 
found attached to the sides of tree trunks up to a height of 20 feet. It should 
be exterminated by cutting down and burning the trees.—S. FE. W. 


Funkia lancifelia var. tardiflora (Bot. Mag. t. 8645).—Japan? Nat. Ord. 
Liliaceae, tribe Hemerocalleae. Herb. Leaves radical, broadly lanceolate, 5 
inches long. Sheath white, blotched with purple. Raceme 50-flowered, flowers 
densely clustered. Bracteoles and perianth pale lilac. Flowers 1 inch across. 

GEE 


Galls, Gymnosporangium, Anatomical Study of. By Alban Stewart (Amer. 
Jour. Bot. vol. ii. No. 8, Oct. 1915, pp. 402-417; plates xv—xvi, 1 fig.)—The 
common “ cedar apple”’ on Juniperus virginiana, caused by Gymnosporangium 
jJumpert-virginianae Schw.,is one of the commoner galls upon coniferous plants. 
While the organism which causes the gall has been closely studied, but little 
work has been done upon the changes in the tissues of the host plant induced by 
the activities of the parasite. In preparation of the material for study, the 
galls were embedded in celloidin, as there was too much lignified tissue present 
to obtain good sections when embedded in paraffin. The sections were mounted 
in series and stained with safranin, with Delafield’s haematoxylin or “ licht 
Griin ” used as counter stains. 

The following conclusions were arrived at: 


. G. Juniperi-virgimanae and G. globosum cause the so aeaenete a of large 
gals on the younger branches of Juniperus virginiana. 

2. The galls arise from the axils of the leaves, and are evidently iancrormed 
axillary buds. 

3. Young galls have two distinct vascular systems, one of which is a leaf- 
trace bundle, and the other a stem bundle. 

4. The more or less modified stem which enters the base of the older galls 
gradually breaks up and radiates outward, deeper in the gall tissue. 

5. Leaf tissue is also involved in gall formation, and remains are often found 
adhering to older galls. 

6. Normal stems sometimes appear to have grown out from surface of 
older galls. 

7. Broad ray-like masses of parenchyma, surrounded by tracheids, are fre- 
quent, and cells which are of a transitional nature between parenchyma and 
tracheids are abundant. 

8. The bundles are largely composed of scalariform tracheids.—A. B. 


Ginseng, Phytophthora Disease of. By Joseph Rosenbaum (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Cornell, Bull. 363, Oct. 1915, pp. 61-106; 18 figs.)—-The American ginseng 
(Panax quinquefolium L.)is a member of the family Araliaceae and has been 
under cultivation for about twenty years in America, though it has been 
grown in Korea for over two centuries. It requires shade, good drainage, and 
an acid soil, otherwise it is susceptible to mildew or soft rot, which attacks the 
leaves, stems, and roots of the plant. 

The characteristic symptoms are a wilting of the leaflets at the top of the 
petioles; the leaves then become spotted and discoloured, the stems become 
hollowed, and the roots, if attacked, rot and decay. The causal organism is 
Phytophthora Cactorum (Cohn et Leb.) Schrot. The author’s experiments show that 
the fungus produces conidia and oospores, as well as zoospores (Swarm-spores), and 
that germination can be induced under favourable conditions. 

The measures of control suggested fall under the following heads :—1. Spray- 
ing with fungicides; 2. Removal of diseased plants; 3. Deep planting; 4. 
Crop rotation ; 5. Sterilization of the soil; 6. Drainage. A short bibliography 
is appended. a Be: 


Ginseng Troubled, By E. A. Bessey; and, J. A. McClintock (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Mich., Special Bull. 72, Feb. 1915, pp. I-15; 5 figs.). Ginseng Diseases 
and their Control. By H. H. Whetzel, J. Rosenbaum, J. W. Braun, and 
je A. McClintock (U.S:A. Dep. Agy., Bur. Pl. Ind., Farm. Buil. 736, July 
1916, pp. I-22; 26 figs.).—Thesé papers give brief details of the following 
diseases of the ginseng: Alternaria blight and root-rot, caused by Alternaria 
Panax Whetzel; Phytophthora blight and root-rot, caused by Phytophthora Cac- 
torum (Cohn et Leb.) Schréter ; Acrostalagmus wilt, caused by A crostalagmus Spe; 
Thielavia root-rot, caused by Thielavia basicola (B. and Br.) Zopf. ; Sclerotinia 
white rot, caused by Sclerotinia Libertiana Fckl.; Sclerotinia black rot, caused 


494 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIE EN: 


by Sclerotinia smilacina Dur.; Damping off of seedlings caused by Pythium 
Debaryanum Hesse ; Papery leaf-spot, caused by lack of shade and due to dryness ; 
Nematode root-gall, caused by Hetevodera vadicicola (Greef) Miller. For control 
measures, see above.—4A. B. 


Grape Manure (Queensland Agy. Jour. Nov. 1915, p. 259).—Excellent results 
have been obtained in South Australia with a yearly application of 1 cwt. super- 
phosphate, 4+ cwt. sulphate of potash, + cwt. sulphate of ammonia to the acre, 
applying about 3 oz. of the mixture to each vine.—C. H. H. 


Grape Varieties in the Vinifera Regions of the United States, Testing. By 
George C. Husmann (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bull. 209, 157 pp.; 10 plates)—The 
greater part of this bulletin consists of a table dealing with the relative behaviour 
and value for different purposes of grape varieties tested by grafting on resistant 
stocks and growing on their own roots in eleven experiment vineyards in Cali- 
fornia. About 350 varieties are dealt with on various stocks of native species 
and hybrids. In this State more than 200,000 acres of once flourishing vine- 
yards have been destroyed by disease, mainly through Phylloxera, and after 
all known remedies have been tried it is considered that the only way to re- 
establish vinifera vineyards is by growing the vines on Phyilloxera-resistant 
stocks (p. 12).—A. P. 


Grapes, Powdery Mildew of, and its Control. By D. Reddick and F. E. 
Gladwin (Rep. Inter. Congress of Viticulture, California, 1915).—Dusting vine- 
yards with flowers of sulphur as a method of controlling the powdery mildew of the 
vine was followed in 25 cases out of 30 by very serious damage to foliage &c. 
The authors consider that peculiar climatic conditions contributed to the burning 
which followed the application of the sulphur, and offer two or three alternative 
explanations of its cause.—F. J. C. 


Green Manures, Relation of, ‘to the Failure of Certain Seedlings. Byes. 
Fred (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 1161-1176; March 1916; figs.).—The germination 
of certain seeds in soil to which 1 per cent. of fresh chopped clover had been 
added was studied, the amount of green clover being about that added to the 
soil in green manuring. Buckwheat, castor bean, peanut, flax, hemp, white 
mustard, sunflower, cotton, soy bean, white lupine, oats, maize, and wheat were 
used in the experiment. The germination of many of the seeds was injuriously 
affected by the presence of the clover, especially during the first stage of de- 
composition of the latter. Oily seeds were generally more injured than starchy 
ones, and the damage was traced to fungi which develop in great numbers 
during the few weeks immediately following the introduction of the clover to 
the soil. Small applications of calcium carbonate seemed to increase the injury 
to germination.—F. J. C. 


Growth of Forest Tree Roots. By W. B. McDougall (Amer. Jour. Bot. 
vol. iii. No. 7, July 1916, pp. 384-392).—This paper describes a series of ob- 
servations, extending over two years, upon the growth of the roots of certain 
forest trees in Illinois. The trees used for experiment were Acer sacchavinum 
L.; Tilia americana L.; Carya laciniosa (Michx. f.) Loud.; and Quercus alba L. 
Two methods were used for making observations on the same roots at intervals 
during the growing season: (1) the horizontal glass-plate method, and (2) the 
vertical glass-plate method. For the first, the earth was removed to expose 
some healthy roots. These were covered with a square of glass one foot square ; 
over this was placed a square of felting, and the whole was then covered with 
soil. When observations were made the glass was removed, and then the earth 
and glass were replaced. At each observation a chart was made and the 
position of each fresh-looking rootlet indicated; at the same time its length 
was measured and recorded. 

The vertical plate method was similar to the first, but the square of glass 
was placed vertically over the roots which were deeper in the earth. The glass 
was covered with felting to exclude the light and held in place by wooden props. 

The following conclusions were arrived at: 

The root growth of forest trees begins as early in spring as the soil becomes 
warm enough for absorption, and ceases in autumn when the soil becomes too 
cold. 

There is not necessarily a summer resting period. 

When there is a summer resting”period, it is due to a decrease in the 
water supply and not to any inherent tendency towards periodicity.—A. B. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 495 


Hardy Heaths for the Rock Garden. By H. S. W. (Irish Gard. xi. p. 113, 
Aug. 1916).—A useful list of hardy heaths suitable for a rock garden.—F. J. C. 


Horse-chestnut Leaf-blotch. By V. B. Stewart (Phytopathology, vi. pp. 5-20, 
Feb. 1916; pl.).—A full account of the isolation and study of the fungus 
Guignardia Aesculi (Pk.) Stewart, and of the disease in the form of a red 
irregular blotch which it produces on leaves of Aesculus Hippocastanum and 
A. glabva.—F. J. C. 


Horse Chestnut Leaf-blotch. By V. B. Stewart (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Corneil, 
Bull. 371, Feb. 1916; figs.)—The leaves are at first slightly discoloured and 
water-soaked ; the central part of the affected area becomes dark red to brown 
with a yellowish margin, and finally dries and dies. Minute black specks may 
be seen scattered over the spot. The fungus is sometimes found on the petioles, 
and similar spots occur on the fruits. Nursery stock suffers most. The cause 
of the disease is Guignardia Aescult (Peck) Stewart. Both lime-sulphur and 
Bordeaux mixture proved effective, as did dust-spraying with sulphur and lead 
arseniate (see above, ‘‘ Apple Orchard ’”’).—F. J. C. 


House-fly, Distribution. By R. R. Parker (Jour. Econ. Entom., vol. ix. p. 325, 
June 1916; figs.).—House-fly, Breeding Habits. By A. T. Evans (ibid. p. 354). 
Large numbers of marked house-flies were liberated at certain points in a town 
and many recaptured at distances varying from fifty yards to two miles from the 
point at which they were liberated. The search for (and smell of) food and suit- 
able situations for egg-laying appear to be the causes contributing to this wide 
distribution. The experiments were carried out in a town and do not relate to 
country conditions. In the second article accounts are given of searches in 
garbage pails and rubbish heaps and in manure heaps for the larve of the house- 
fly, which were, except in one instance, only found in the last. The manure was 
alkaline in reaction and the garbage acid, the solitary case in which house-fly 
larve were found in a garbage pail occurring when the garbage was neutral. 
All strengths of hydrochloric acid were found to inhibit the hatching of eggs or 
development of larve. Manure stored in bins proved a bad place for the develop- 
ment of house-flies, owing to the growth of moulds on the surface of the manure. 


The larve are very sensitive to moisture and leave the manure when it becomes 
too wet.—F.. J. C. 


House-fily in Relation to the Farm Manure Heap, Some Experiments 
on the. By H. Eltringham (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. vii. pt. 4, pp. 443-457, April 
1916 ; figs.),—The object of the experiments was to test the universally accepted 
belief that all manure breeds house-flies. Experimental heaps of manure from 
a variety of sources, and varying in their degree of compactness, were established. 
They were covered in such a way that all flies hatched out were trapped. In 
only one case was any considerable number of Musca domestica found. In this 
instance a quantity of horse manure was obtained from a stable closely surrounded 
by houses and adjacent to a bakery. The number of flies hatched out was 865, 
and of these 798 were house-flies. With this may be contrasted the hatching 
from a heap of manure near farm buildings, but remote from houses (excepting 
two cottages 70 yards away). Out of some 1,200 flies hatched from this heap 
only three were house-flies. From nineteen such experiments the author con- 
cludes that, whilst the house-fly breeds in large numbers in stable refuse which is 
stored in close proximity to dwellings, the governing factor is found in the 
dwellings rather than in the manure heap, the latter serving as a secondary 
convenience for flies which are attracted to the human habitations in search of 
food. Incidentally it was observed that farm manure heaps far away from 
houses, though but little frequented by house-flies, are a prolific breeding-ground 


for Stomoxys calcitvans, a blood-sucking insect which torments farm animals, 
horses in particular.—J. FE. W. E. H. 


Humogen, Experiments withh By C. T. Gimingham (Ann. Rep, Agr. 
Res. Sin., Long Ashton, 1915, p. 110).—In these experiments, carried out in 
pots with tomatos, humogen or bacterized peat gave a higher yield than any 
other treatment tried when used at the rate of 1 lb. to a pot in which one tomato 
was grown; 2} Ib, (average 1,259 grammes) stable manure and nitrate of soda 
came next (1,160 grammes), while heated but not bacterized peat used at the 
rate of 1 lb, to the pot gave 27 grammes, the control giving 374 grammes avera ge 
only. The humogen contained 2°39 per cent. nitrogen, the heated peat 1:08 
per cent., and the manure 0'49 per cent. ; and the author considers the extra growth 
obtained is to be accounted for by the amount of nitrogen supplied.—F. J. C. 


496 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Hybridization, Specific, by Grafting. By G. T. Grignan (fev. Hort. Jan. 16, 
1916).—C. T. D. 


Inheritance of Pod Length in Certain Crosses. By J. Belling (Jour. Agr. 
Res. v. p. 405, Dec. 1915; pl.).—The author shows that a single genetic 
difference is responsible for the main difference between short and long pods, 
and in breeding this character behaves in the Mendelian manner. Minor factors 
are also involved, producing longer or shorter pods.—F. J. C. 


Inszetivorous Birds of New South Wales (cont... By W. W. Froggatt 
(Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvi. pp. 765, 766, 865-870; 4 col. plates)—The Delicate 
Owl, Strix delicata, is closely related to the Barn Owl. Like the Boobook Owl, 
Ninox boobook, it eats insects, but its food chiefly consists of mice and rats. The 
Pacific Gull, Gabianus pacificus, eats noxious insects, snails, andslugs. The crow 
is a useful scavenger and does more good than harm, but is undoubtedlya pest 
in some localities when he is too numerous.—S. E. W. 


Iris bracteata (Bot. Mag. t. 8640).Oregon. Nat. Ord. Ividaceae, tribe 
Ivideae. Werb. Leaves 4-5 inch tufts, 14 feet long, linear. Stems with flowers, 
4-6 inches long. Flowers, two together, 3 inches across, golden, three outer 
larger and veined with purple.—G. H. 


Iris Hoogiana, sp.nova. By W.R. Dykes (Gard. Chron. Nov. 4, 1916, p. 216; 
with fig.) —A Regalia Iris of vigorous habit with flower of a uniform pale lavender 
collected in Turkestan.—E. A. B. 


Larve as a Possible Food Supply, Lachnosterna. By L. O. Howard (Jour. 
Econ. Entom. vol. ix. pp. 389-392, Aug. 1916).—Trials of the grubs of Lach- 
nosterna (allied to the cockchafer) were made, cooked in various ways, and 
approved by all but one of those who tried them.—F. J. C. 


Lawn Manure (Qu. Agy. Jour. Oct. I915, p. 183).—1 cwt. fine bone- 
meal, 1 cwt. superphosphate, 1 cwt. nitrate of lime, I cwt. muriate of potash 
to the acre, or 4 to 6 lb. of the mixture to every 43 square yards. Asa change 
the following may be used alternately : 3 cwt. Thomas phosphate, 1 cwt. sulphate 
of potash, 1 cwt. dried blood to an acre.—C. H. H. 


Leguminous Plants, Ascochytas on. II. By R. E. Stone (Phytopathology, 
Vv. pp. 4-10, Feb. 1915).—An Ascochyta was found on Lathyrus sativus, producing 
spots on foliage; it formed ascospores also in the summer on the same leaf- 
spots, as in the case of Ascochyta Pist, but it is not identical with that fungus 
and will not infect the culinary pea. The ba Bee the name Myco- 
sphaerella ontarioensis for the ascus stage.—F.. J. C 


Lobelia Holstii (Bot. Mag. t. 8648).—Tropical East Africa. Nat. Ord. 
Campanulaceae, tribe Lobelieae. Herb, perennial, 8-12 inches high. Leaves 
aggregated below, lanceolate, 1% inch long. Inflorescence laxly racemose. 
Corolla lilac, 4 inch long.—G. H. 


Lonicera etrusea. By G. Blanc (Le Jard. vol. xxx. p. 28).—Loniceva etrusca 
flourishes in the arid, sunburnt districts of the south-east and south of France. 
It forms a decorative objectin a large park, when planted in a dry, sunny position. 
In May it is covered with orange-yellow flowers, which are succeeded by ver- 
milion-coloured berries.—S. E. W. 


Lonicera tatariea (Bot. Mag.t. 8677).—South-Eastern Russia to Siberia. Nat. 
Ord. Caprifoliaceae, tribe Lonicereae. Shrub, to feet high. Leaves ovate, 2} 
inches long. Flowers in pairs. Corolla aie or flushed with rose-pink, ? inch 
across, slightly irregular. Berries red, + inch across.—G. H. 


Lupinus Chamissonis (Bot. Mag. t. 8657).—California. Nat. Ord.’ Leguminosae, 
tribe Genisteae. Undershrub, compact habit, 1-3$ feet high. Leaves 5-7-folio- 
late. Raceme 7 inches long. Flower, # inch, lilac, with a basal yellow blotch. 

Gia 


Market-Garden District of Biggleswade, The Soils and Crops of the. 
By Theodore Rigg (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. vii. pt. iv. pp. 385-431, April 1916; 
figs.).—This is the first attempt made in this country to examine the physical 
and chemical properties of the soils in a market-gardening district with a view 
to their suitability for horticultural purposes. An area of about 100 square 
miles, characterized by extensive valley gravel deposits on either side of the 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 497 


Ivel and Ouse, was examined. The author has followed Hall and Russell [‘‘ Agri- 
culture of Soils in Kent, Surrey, and Sussex ’’] in using the geological formation to 
mark the extent of series of soils having a somewhat similar mineral structure, 
the members of each series being differentiated by their varying agricultural 
properties. Thus the seven geological formations met with give rise to seven 
series, each of which furnishes one to three different types of soil, some differing 
in colour, others in texture. There was a notable uniformity of properties in 
the soils thus classified. For example, three analyses of clay loams derived 
from the Oxford Clay formation show coarse sand from 20 to 23°3 per cent., 
Clay 16° 7.£0 21°2 per-cent.; K,0 -74 to -76: per cent., P,O5 -08 to -19 per cent, 
The clay loams are distinguished from the other Oxford Clay derivative, namely 
the pure clay soils, by containing about 9 per cent. less clay. Both derivatives 
are distinguished from all the other clay soils dealt with in the paper by extremely 
low percentages of calcium carbonate and of phosphoric acid. In a similar 
way there are two derivatives of the Greensand formation, namely dark sands 
and brown sands. Each of these contains 51 to 59 per cent. of coarse sand, 
8-7 to 11°8 per cent. of Al,O; and Fe,O;, and -06 to :og of CaCO;, but the dark 
sands contain only about half the percentages of potash and phosphoric acid 
found in the brown sands. Details are given, supplemented by maps, of the 
distribution of crops over the area studied. Market gardening occupies from 
80 to 95 per cent. of the Greensand derivatives, from 50 to 70 per cent. of 
derivatives of the valley gravel, glacial, and brick earth formations, and only 
~4 to 7 per cent. of soils derived from pure Oxford Clay and pure gault. On 
red land (on gault), on pure boulder clay, and on boulder clay overlying Green- 
sand the percentage varies between 16 and 24. Finally the author suggests 
that, in county soil surveys where there are extensive “‘ quaternary ”’ deposits 
giving rise to variations in the soils overlying the geological formations, or where 
numerous geological formations outcrop within a small area, the ordinary soil 
survey should be supplemented by a minute investigation of one or two small 
areas of about 30 square miles. In this way many characteristics of soil and 
crop relationships would be brought out which might otherwise escape notice. 
Svs Wee Lae Ef 


Mass Mutation in Oenothera pratincola. By H. H. Bartlett (Bot. Gaz. lx. pp. 
425-456; 15 figs.).—‘* Mass mutation consists in the production of large numbers 
of mutations, in some cases amounting to 100 per cent.” ... “It cannct 
be explained by MHerebert-Nilsson’s Mendelian hypothesis.’”’ ... ‘‘.As far as 
tested, the characteristic mutations adhere to the following scheme of in- 
heritance: Mutation x Mutation+Mutation. Mutation x Parent-»Mutation. 
Parent x Mutation+Parent. ... Mass mutation is associated with a high 
degree of sterility, which manifests itself in the production of a greatly reduced 
number of seeds, or in the production of many empty seeds.” 

This seems to agree with Darwin’s experience in crossing ; 7.e. though a cross 
at fivst stimulates and may increase the fertility, subsequently the self-fertilized 
surpassed those crossed.—G. H. 


Mesembryanthemum transpadense (Bot. Mag. t. 8674A).—South Africa. Nat. 
Ord. Ficoideae, tribe Mesembryeae. Herb, small and stemless. Leaves 8-II, 
spreading, 1 inch long, thick. Flowers nearly sessile, 14 inch across. Petals 
very many, 4 inch long, yellow, with a red central line.—G. H. 


Mesembryanthemum tubereulosum (Bot. Mag. t. 8674B).—South Africa. Nat. 
Ord. Ficoideae, tribe Mesembryeae. Herb, small and stemless. Leaves 6-8, 1 
inch long, thick. Flowers sessile, 14 inch across. Petals very many, yellow. 

G. H. 


Mosaic Disease of Tobacco. By H. A. Allard (Jour. Agr. Res. v. p. 251, 
Nov. 1915; pl.).—The author shows that the virus of the mosaic disease is dis- 
‘tributed in the tissues of the ovary and ovules, and in the anthers as well as, 
as the author has already shown, in the roots, apparently healthy lower leaves, and 
corollas of the plant, Various malformations may occur as a result of the presence 
of the virus in these tissues, but the disease is not known to be transmitted into 

_ the embryos of the seeds directly from the mother plant. Itis not clear, however, 


to what the effective barrier which appears to be present preventing this infection 
is due.—F, J. C. ; 


Mulberry, Die-back Disease of. By E. S. Salmon and H. Wormold (Gard. 
Chron, Aug. 26, 1916, p. 95; with 3 figs.).— Fusarium lateritium, hitherto regarded 
as a harmless saprophyte in this country, has lately damaged mulberry trees in 
Sussex and Kent. It causes serious havoc in Italy. Pure cultures prove the 

VOL. XLII. 2: 


498 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


genetic connexion of this fungus with Gibbervella movicola. Burning all affected 
shoots and old wood should be practised wherever the fungus appears.—E. A. B. 


Mushrooms, A Bacterial Disease of Cultivated. By A. G. Tolaas (Phyto- 
pathology, v. pp. 51-53, Feb. 1915}; pl.).—A bacillus (perhaps B. fluorescens) 
producing spots at first pale yellow, but finally rich chocolate brown, on the caps 
of cultivated mushrooms is described. ‘The discoloration is usually only on the 
surface, but where the attack is severe the flesh is frequently yellowish white. A 
similar attack has been described from near Paris. Fumigation of the beds 
with sulphur before spawning proved entirely ee 14 lb. sulphur being 
used for each 1000 c. ft. of space in the caves.— F.. J. C 


Mussel Seale, Winter Treatment of. By A. H. Lees (Ann. Rep. Agr. Res. 
Sin., Long Ashton, 1915, p. 84).—Caustic soda (2 lb. to 10 gallons), paraffin 
emulsion (paraffin 10 per cent., soft soap 10 per cent.), and lime-sulphur (1 
gallon commercial concentrate to 12 gallons water) were used against mussel 
scale in winter, and the caustic soda alone proved effective, and that completely. 

ef hoe 


Mycorhiza, Endotrophic, Recent Developments in the Study of. By M. 
Chevely Rayner (New Phyt. vol. xv. No. 8;.Oct. 1916).—This interesting paper 
is concerned chiefly with the Orchidaceae and Ericaceae and their respective 
symbiotic fungi, and is of particular importance with regard to the problems 
of soil ecology and in view of the edaphic peculiarities of Ericaceous plants. 

Noél Bernard was the first to demonstrate—(1) by germinating the seeds of 
orchids under aseptic conditions in sterilized media, (2) by isolating the root 
fungi, growing them in pure culture and identifying them with certainty—that, 
while the seeds of some species will germinate, in no case will they produce well- 
developed plants unless infected with an endophytic fungus and in most cases 
a specific endophyte must be present. The fungus at first vegetates actively 
in the living cells of the root, but to keep it within bounds, the orchid plant 
digests the mycelium in certain root cells and excludes all hyphe from the 
chlorophyllous tissues of the shoot. 

Of practical interest to Orchid growers is the evidence that in some cases the 
fungus isolated from endemic species will induce germination in the seeds of 
tropical species. 

The case of Calluna is probably charactéristic of Ericaceous plants in general. 
Here the root fungus not only forms mycorhiza, but extends into the tissues 
of the shoot and leaves ; it infects the seeds in the ovary chambers, and these, 
when ripened and_ shed, carry with them their fungal partner in the form of 
delicate hyphz on the surface of the testa. 

Gastrodia elata, a saphrophytic orchid and a native of Japan, is described 
by Kusano. Itisa colourless tuber invested with a corky covering like a potato, 
is destitute of chlorophyll and has no root system. A remarkable case of sym- 
biosis exists between this orchid and the rhizomorphs of the fungus Avmillaria 
mellea. The more striking features are as follows: Young tubers are uninfected 
and continue to grow only so long as they are attached to the parent tuber. 
Failing infection by the rhizomorphs of Avmillaria meliea they never reach the 
flowering stage, and the majority die without flowering. ‘The tuber is infected 
locally by a branch of the rhizomorph, a continuation of the mycelium outside, 
and only in this way can it gain food material from the soil. In one region of 
the plant the rhizomorph is parasitic, in another—which Kusano describes 
as the chief metabolic centre—the mycelium is itself ultimately digested after 
introducing an accumulation of food material upon which the flowers of the 
Orchid and the nutrition of its offsets are entirely dependent. At this stage 
the plant is seen to be completely parasitic on the fungus. It should be noted 
that the term mycorhiza must be extended to embrace a case of this kind where 
there is an association between a fungus mycelium and the shoot tissues of a 
flowering plant. Nothing is at present known as to the behaviour of the seeds 
of this orchid at germination.—G. D. L. 


Nematode, Root-knot, Experiments on the Control of the. By jf. A. 
McClintock (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Mich., Tech. Bull. 20, July 1915).—The root- 
knot eelworm, Hetevodeva vadicicola (Greef) Miller, has for a long time been a 
serious pest to many crops, and the author records a large number of experiments 
on the control of thisnematode. The experiments were devised to test the relative 
value of various chemicals, with the possibility of finding one that would be 
effective and economical to apply. Infected ground was treated with carbon- 
bisulphide, tobacco dust, formaldehyde, naphthaline, tobacco stems, ammonia, 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 499 


“‘black-leaf 40,’ kerosene, and gasoline, and in all cases plants grown in the 
treated soils contracted the root-knots so characteristic of the disease. Carbon- 
bisulphide, strong formaldehyde solution, and tobacco stems greatly reduce 
the number of nematodes in the soil, and the author believes that treatment 
with such chemicals might be of value in the case of rapidly-growing crops. 
With such crops as ginseng—a crop which occupies the ground for as long as 
six years—the treatment would be worthless, as the nematodes left in the soil 
would completely repopulate it within a very short time. He concludes that 
“in the light of these experiments, no chemical could be recommended for the 
control of root-knot nematodes.”’ 

Theories as to the failure of the field experiments are next set forth, and a long 
series of experiments on the action of various chemicals on the eggs is recorded. 
Of the numerous chemicals experimented with, it was found that in no case were 
the eggs prevented from hatching, and this fact, amongst others, is given as a 
possible reason for the failure of the chemical treatments in the field experiments. 
Circumstances did not permit of the author conducting complete experiments on 
the control of Hetevodeva by steam sterilization, but he is of the opinion that 
the nematodes are killed by a thirty-minute treatment with steam at a pressure 
of eighty pounds. The results of these experiments are not sufficiently conclusive 
for the author definitely to recommend this treatment.— J. K. R. 


Nitrogen-fixing Organisms of the Soil, The Effect of Arsenic upon the. By 
J. E. Greaves (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 11, June 1916, pp. 389-416; 5 figs.).— 
The author finds that arsenic, when applied to a soil in the form of lead arsenate, 
sodium arsenate, arsenic trisulphide, or zinc arsenite, stimulates the nitrogen- 
fixing powers of the soil. This stimulation is greatest when lead arsenate is 
applied, and least when zinc arsenite is applied. Paris green did not stimulate 
in any of the concentrations. This compound becomes very toxic when the 
concentration reaches 120-parts per million, and the toxicity of this compound 
is due to the copper, and not the arsenic contained in it. Sodium arsenate 
became toxic when a concentration of 40 parts per million of arsenic was reached, 
and when 250 parts per million were added it entirely stopped nitrogen fixation. 
Lead arsenate was not toxic even at a concentration of 400 parts per million 
of arsenic ; while the toxicity of arsenic trisulphide and zinc arsenite were very 
small at this concentration. 

The stimulation noted was not due to any inherent peculiarity of the soil 
used; for soils which vary greatly in physical and chemical properties had 
their nitrogen-fixing powers greatly increased when arsenic was applied to them. 

Only one type of Azotobacter was isolated which was stimulated by arsenic, 
and in this case the stimulation was due to the organism utilizing more economi- 
cally in the presence of arsenic its source of carbon than it did in the absence 
of arsenic. The stimulation noted is due largely to the arsenic inhibiting 
injurious species. 

Arsenic stimulates the cellulose ferments, and these in turn react upon the 
activity of the nitrogen-fixing organisms. 

A fairly complete bibliography is appended.—A. B. 


Nitrogen in Certain Legumes, A Biochemical Study of. By Albert L. Whiting 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Illinois, Bull. 179, March 1915, pp. 471-542; 17 plates, 
6 figs.) —The experiments show that the cowpea and soy bean utilizeatmospheric 
nitrogen through their roots, not through their leaves. No combined nitrogen 
could have been assimilated in these gas experiments. The total nitrogen 
determination shows that 74 per cent. of the nitrogen of cowpeas and soy beans 
at the time of harvest is in the tops, while the remainder is distributed between 
the roots and the nodules. In the earlier periods the roots contain the larger 
part, while later they contain much the smaller part. . 

The percentage of soluble nitrogen in soy beans and cowpeas varies with the 
different parts of the plant and with the period of growth. On an average the 
soluble nitrogen in the tops was 45 per cent. of the total ; in the roots 34 per cent. ; 
in the nodules of soy beans 14 per cent., and in nodules of cowpeas 34 per cent. 

Phosphotungstic acid usually precipitates some form of nitrogen. In these 
experiments the amounts of nitrogen so precipitated averaged 12 per cent. in 
the tops of both soy beans and cowpeas ; 5 per cent. in the roots; 1 percent. in 
the nodules of soy beans ; 17 per cent. in nodules of cowpeas. Other forms of 
soluble nitrogen occur which are not precipitated by phosphotungstic acid. 

Fixation takes place at a very early period in the growth of the seedling— 
sometimes within 14 days. Itis rapid in the case of the cowpeas. ~ 

Plants grown under the conditions of these experiments contain no ammonia 
nitrites or nitrates, as measured by the most accurate chemical methods.—A. B. 


500 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Novelties in War-time. By Hortulus (Le Jard. vol. xxx. p. 36; 2 figs.).— 
Lemoine has brought out the following new plants: Hydrangea hortensis ‘ Etin- 
celant,’ ‘ Satinette,’ and ‘Trophée.’ All bear beautiful heads of flower. ‘ Etin- 
celant ’ is brilliant carmine, ‘ Satinette’ is bright satin carmine, and ‘ Trophée’ is 
deep carmine, probably the deepest red of all the Hydrangeas. 

Philadelphus ‘ Girandole’ is not so large as P. ‘ Virginal,’ but excels it in 
shape and in the beauty of its milk-white flowers. 

P.*‘ Fleur de neige ’ resembles P. grandiflorus ; the shrub is covered with pure 
white semi-double flowers. P. ‘ Coupe d’argent’ bears immense white flowers 
with a pleasant odour.—S. FE. W. 


Novelties in War-time. By M. Houssy (Le Jard. vol. xxx. pp. 352, 353; 
3 figs.).—‘ Le Poilu’ is a hybrid rose with Wichuraiana Mossu and Muscosa 
japonica for parents. It forms a robust shrub with hairy branches; the 
peduncles, sepals, and ovaries are very mossy. ‘The large flowers are borne in 
clusters ; they are double and of a good shape. Their colouris satin rose, changing 
to lilac-pink. The dwarf polyantha rose ‘ La Marne ’ is the offspring of ‘ Madame 
Norbert Lavasseur ’ and ‘ Comtesse de Cayla.’ The dark-green glossy foliage 
is disease-proof. The flowers are semi-double, the petals are pale pink at the 
base and bright salmon-pink at the tips. This rose is very floriferous; the 
flowers appear early and may last for a month, changing from bright pink to pale 
pink and finally to white. 

The chrysanthemum ‘ Victoire de la Marne’ is of dwarf habit and very 
floriferous. The flowers are of good shape and are bright red in colour, like a 
geranium. 

The peach ‘ Franco-espagnole ’ bears large fruit of excellent flavour, which is 
ripe in mid August. 

The strawberry ‘ Erigé de Poitou’ is a vigorous grower. Its fruit is held 
well above the soil. 

The pear ‘ Beurré d’Avril’ is vigorous and fertile. The fruit is ready in 
March ; it is sweet and of good flavour. 

Syringa Sweginzowi, from Central China, is very floriferous. In Juneit is 
covered with flesh-coloured sweet-scented flowers. 

Alyssum maritimum compactum lilacinumis easily raised from seed. In June 
it is covered. with sweet-scented lilac-coloured flowers. It flowers again in 
August or September, and continues to do so until cut down by the frost. 

nae te 


Nursery Stock, Dusting for Control of Leaf Diseases. By V. B. Stewart 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Circ. 32, Jan. 1916).—Based on results in Bull. 369 
of this station; see these Abstracts: Apples, Dusting and Spraying Experiments 
with.—F. J. C. 


Nursery Stock, Some Important Leaf Diseases of. By V. B. Stewart (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Cornell, Bull. 358, April 1915, pp. 165-226; 28 figs.).—This bulletin 
gives a general account of the life-history, symptoms, and control measures 
for the commoner fungoid diseases, causing leaf-spot in various fruit trees. 
The list includes apple and pear scab (Venturia inaequalis and V. pirina) ; 
apple powdery mildew (Podosphaera leucotricha) ; yellow leaf-disease of the 
cherry and plum (Cylindvosporium Padt) ; powdery mildew of the cherry (Podo- 
sphaera Oxyacanthae) ; Anthracnose of currants and gooseberries (Pseudopeziza 
Ribis) ; Septoria leaf-spot in currants and gooseberries (Septovia Ribis) ; the 
gooseberry mildew (Sphaerotheca mors-uvae) ; leaf-blotch of horse-chestnut 
(Laestadia Aescult) ; peach leaf-curl (Exoascus deformans) ; leaf-blight of pear 
and quince (Fabvaea maculata) ; Septoria leaf-spot of pear (Mycosphaerell 
sentina) ; black-spot of rose (Actinonema Rosae) ; and rose and peach milde 
(Sphaerotheca pannosa).—A. B. 


Oenothera gigas, nanella, A Mendelian Mutant. By Dr. Hugo De Vries 
(Bot. Gaz. 1x. p. 337).—The author’s object was to ‘‘ show that the dwarf character 
which in so many instances complies with the formule of Mendel, but behaves 
in a different way in crosses of the derivatives of O. Lamarckiana, may, at least 
in one instance in this group, follow that law as exactly as in any other pure 
Mendelian case.”’ 

The author first gives a table of ten seed-bearers, derived from ‘‘some good 
biennial specimens of the third generation.’”’ Of the ten plants, ome had 2 
dwarfs ; four had only 1; fourv had o, while one had 34, giving 17°8 per cent. 

In another table, of 9 offspring of biennials, siv had 0; one had 1 ; while one 
had 25, and another 19, these two giving 15°7 and 15°0 respectively per cent. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 501 


Of these three with highest percentage he says: ‘‘ I consider them to be due 
to Mendelian segregation.’’ 

Nevertheless they fall short of the necessary 25 per cent. ‘“‘ This is due to 
the difficulties of cultivation and to less viability of the dwarfs as compared with 
the normal specimens. I chose the one with 17-8 per cent. for continuing the 
experiment. I succeeded in having a dozen of plants flower and ripen their 
seeds as annuals.’ 

Table IV. gives us the results. Three have either 1 or 2; while seven had 
dwarfs ranging from 25 to 57, the average percentage being 22 per cent. This 
is not far from the required number 25. A question arises, why were there so 
few dwarfs in the first two Pa eae viz. 1 and 2 only with two figures, while 
in the third the number rose to 7 ? 

As annuals are normally, 7.e. when wild, far more prolific than biennials and 
perennials, may not this increase of dwarfs be due to their greater fertility, 
as the seven were derived direct from annuals ?>—G. H. 


Orchard Spraying Experiments. By J. C. Blair and others (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Illinois, Bull. 185, 212 pp.; 10 plates).—A long and careful account of trials with 
various spray-fluids in field trials —E. A. Bd. i 


Paeonia Willmottiae (Bot. Mag. t. 8667).—China. Nat. Ord. Ranunculaceae, 
tribe Paeonieae. Herb, perennial. Leaves twice-ternate, 6 inches long, 3 
inches wide. Flowers, 6 inches across. Petals, about Io, pure white.—G. H. 


Pandanus fureatus (Bot. Mag.t.8671).—India. Nat.Ord. Pandanaceae. ‘Tree, 
10-13, rarely to 30 feet high, sparingly branched. Leaves linear, 10-16 feet long, 
2-4 inches wide, withmarginal spines. Male inflorescence terminal, pendulous. 
Female spadix solitary. Cone oblong, 6-18 inches long, orange-brown, coe 
G. 


Parsley Disease. By J. A. McClintock (U.S.A. Exp. Sin-, Virginia, Buil. 18, 
Jan. 1916, pp. 379-384 ; 3 figs.).—This disease is caused by Sclerotinia Libertiana 
which has already been described by Hall and Stevens in 1910. 

The control measures suggested are steam sterilization of the soil and a suitable 
rotation of crops. Drenching the soil with a watery solution of formaldehyde 
is useful for single-beds and frames in which the plants are but lightly attacked. 

: ARGS: 


Pathclogy of Ornamental Plants. By Mel. T. Cook (Bot. Gaz. Ixi. p. 67, 
1916). ‘‘ Though the literature on diseases of field crops, fruits, and vegetables is 
extensive, that on the diseases of ornamental plants is very meagre.’ The author 
observes that this neglect is due to three causes: ‘“‘ (1) The supposition that 
they are of no economic importance; (2) Growers have received little or no 
satisfaction from plant pathologists ; (3) The latter find the work with ornamental 
plants unsatisfactory and complicated by physiological problems which make the 
returns uncertain.”’ 

In reply he observes : “‘ (1) The growing of ornamental plants is of very great 
importance and involves millions of dollars annually ; (2) The pathologists are 
insufficiently informed ; (3) Of outdoor work little is as yet known beyond the 
treatment of Chrysanthemum diseases. The indoor problems are by far the 
most complicated and the most difficult, and are not yet attacked.—G. H. 


Peach Cankers and their Treatment. By R. A. Jehle (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Cornell, Civ. No. 26, Sept. 1914, pp. 52-62; 8 plates).—Cankers are prevalent on 
all varieties of peach trees, and may be found on the wood of all ages from the 
trunk of the tree to the growth of the current year. Two types of cankers occur, 
brown-rot canker and frost cankers. 

Brown-rot canker is caused by a fungus (Sclerotinia fructigena) which produces 
a brown rot in the fruit and which may pass down the twig into the tree. The 
fungus now spreads in all directions, and the bark cracks and splits with a copious 
exudation of gum. Ultimately a canker is formed, which may persist from year 
to year. 

Frost cankeys are usually found on the main trunk, near the surface of the 
soil, and appear as slight depressions in the bark. No growth takes place at 
these points, and, like the cankers produced by Sclerotinia fructigena, a copious 
gum flow occurs during wet weather. 

The control measures suggested are the destruction of 4ll affected blosso ms, 
ee and twigs, and the smearing of gas tar upon the pen wounds on the 

rees,— A. B. 


502 . JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIE EN 


Peach Leaf-curl, Spraying for, By D. Reddick and L. A. Toan (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Cornell, Civ. 31, Sept. 1915, pp. 65-73; 1 fig.)—A number of 
substances applied as a dormant spray will give perfect control of peach leaf- 
curl, provided every bud on the tree is covered with the material. The best 
spraying solution is undoubtedly lime-sulphur if applied in the autumn. The 
author details a number of spraying experiments with the lime-sulphur in the 
proportion of 1 to 8, at various stations in New York State, in which the results 
have proved to be highly satisfactory in checking the ravages of Ewoascus 
deformans, the causal organism of the peach leaf-curl.—A. B. 


Peach Leaf Glands. By C. T. Gregory (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Buil. 
365, 24 pp.; 9 plates)—A study of the taxonomic value of glands of Peach 
leaves. While adding no new facts generally, it is an interesting survey of the 
question, treating the histological side in an able manner.—E. A. Bd. 


Peas, Sweet, in Winter. By H. Theulier (Rev. Hort. Oct. 16, 1915).—Advice 
on treatment.—C. T. D. 


Pectins of Cider Apples and their Uses. By B. T. P, Barker (Ann. Rep. 
Agr. Res. Sin., Long Ashton, 1915, p. 56).—The pectins, which are the chief 
constituents of jellies formed from fruits, have been examined by the author in 
the case of the apple, who finds that gelling does not occur unless a certain pro- 
portion of sugar and of acid, suchas tartaric acid, isin the fruit juice. Concentration 
by boiling does not alone bring about the formation of “‘ gel,’’ and the failure 
of jam to set may be due either to the presence of insufficient pectin, or sugar, or 
acid.—F. J. C. 


Pegomyia hyoscyami, Notes on. By E. N. Cory (Jour. Econ. Entom. vol. ix. 
Pp. 372, June 1916; figs.).—This insect, which mines the leaves of henbane (see 
p- 139), also attacks spinach, goosefoot (Chenopodium album), and species of Ama- 
rantaceae (e.g. Amaranthus vetrofilexus). Three broods apparently occur during 
the year. No measures of control were attempted.—F. J. C. 


Pentstemons, Hybrid. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hovt. March 16, 1916; coloured 
plate).—Description and illustration of large-flowered Pentstemons.—C. T. D. 


Pentstemon rupicola (Bot. Mag. t. 8660).—North America. Nat. Ord. 
Scrophulariaceae, tribe Cheloneae. Herb, dwarf, prostrate and branching at 
the base, rosette-like in form, 3 inches across. Leaves +} inch long, opposite 
and crowded below. Corolla, 14 inch long, carmine.—G. H. 


Pests, Fruit. By P. Lesne (Rev. Hort. May 16, 1916, June 16, 1916).— 
Coloured plate showing a number of insects which attack fruits.—C. T. D. 


Phaseolus vulgaris, Genetic Study of. By R. A. Emerson (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Nebraska, Bull. 7, 73 pp.; 16 figs. and tables).—A close and detailed study of 
inheritance in dwarf and tall beans. The author adopts the assumption of 
inequality in dominance and potency of some of the factors concerned.—E. A. Bd. 


Phlox Drummondii, Colour Varieties of. By J. P. Kelly (Jour. N.Y. Bot. 
Gard. xvi. pp. 179-191 ; Sept. 1915).—About two hundred varieties of Phlox 
Drummondii have arisen during the seventy-nine years since its introduction 
to cultivation as a little-varying plant in 1835. The history of the varieties is 
traced by the author and references to literature are given —F. J. C. 


Phosphorus in Plant and Animal Substances, Studies on the Estimation of 
Inorganic. By E. B. Forbes, F. M. Beegle,t and A. F. D. Wussow (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Ohio, Tech. Bull. 8, June 1915, pp. 1-48).—When studying the meta- 
bolism of plants and animals, it is frequently desired to distinguish between 
simple inorganic phosphates and phosphorus in combination with organic groups. 
Two different methods, one for plants, the other for animal substances, were 
described in Ohio Bull. 215, 1911, and the present bulletin is an extension of work 
and improvement in the methods there set forth.—A. B. 


Phytophthora infestans occurring in Tomatos. By S. P. Wiltshire (Ann. 
Rep. Agr, Res. Sin., Long Ashton, 1915, p. 92).—Ihe common potato- 
disease fungus Phytophthora infestans was found on tomatos at Long Ashton, 
and the opportunity of comparing the infectivity of spores of the fungus from 
potato and tomato respectively was taken. The spores from the potato readily 
infected the potato, but in no case did they infect the tomato. The spores from 
the tomato readily infected the tomato, but in only a few cases were potatos 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 503 


infected by them. At the same time it is probable that injured portions of tomato 
foliage might be readily inoculated by spores from the potato.—F. J. C. 


Plasmopara viticola, Studies on. By C. T. Gregory (Rep. Interv. Congress 
of Viticulture, California, 191 5).—This is a careful and full study of the fungus 
which causes the ‘‘ downy mildew ”’ of the vine, which should be consulted by all 
interested. Three points in particular merit reference. The spores germinate 
best at about 50° F., not at all at a high temperature. No hibernating mycelium 
has been found, and the author considers oospores are the principal, and probably 
the only, method by which the disease is carried over from one year to another. 
Some varieties of vine are less susceptible than others, but the degree of suscepti- 
bility does not appear to be connected with morphological differences, but rather 
with some physiological difference hitherto undiscovered.—F, J. C. 


Pollen-grains of Apple and other Fruit Trees, On the Germination of the. 
By T. Adams (Bot. Gaz. lxi. p. 131).—After enumerating several reasons why 
an individual flower may fail to produce fruit, the author describes his observa- 
tions on the germination of the pollen-grain in a cane-sugar solution. He en- 
deavour§Sto answer the questions (1) What strength of sugar solution gives the 
most rapid germination ? (2) How is the germination of pollen-grains affected by 
temperature ? (3) What is the rate of growth of the pollen-tube ? (4) How long, 
under the most favourable conditions, do the pollen-grains retain their vitality ? 

The following are some of the general conclusions arrived at : 

The strengths of the sugar medium were best for :—Apple 2°5-I1o per cent., 
pear 4-8 per cent., strawberry 8 per cent., loganberry 4 per cent., raspberry 
and black currant 16 per cent. 

Some pollen-grains of apple germinated in twelve hours; temperature, 
3°5° and 7°C. Some varieties of the same species appeared to have more 
vigorous pollen-grains than others. 

Of the temperatures employed, 20°-23° C. gave the quickest germination. 

A few pollen-grains of apple formed short pollen-tubes after being kept dry 
for three months, of pear after ten weeks, black currant, ten weeks, but all others 
were dead after two months.—G. Hf. 


Pollination. By J. B. Dental (Rev. Hort. Aug. 16, 1916).—An interesting 
article on the principles of fertilization of plants and nature’s devices in that 
connexion.—C. T. D. 


Pollination of Pomacesus Fruits: Bud Formation. By F. C. Bradford 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Oregon, Bull, 129; May 1915; figs.).—It is shown that in 
the case of the apple the differentiation of the flower bud begins in early July 
and continues until a resting stage is reached about the end of November. Later 
developments occur somewhat rapidly in February and March and appear to 
be more dependent upon external influences than are the early changes. Climate, 
it is said, has little effect on the rate of the first changes.—F. J.C. 


Pomaceous Fruits, Black-rot, Leaf-spot, and Canker of. By L. R. Hesler 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Bull. 379, Aug. 1916),—This bulletin gives a very 
full account of black-rot, leaf-spot, and canker of pomaceous fruits, which is 
primarily a disease of the apple, although other hosts recorded include the pear, 
quince, andcrab. ‘“‘ Black-rot’’ is the name applied to the disease in fruit, while 
the term “ leaf-spot ’”’ is given to foliage lesions. ‘“‘ Canker”’ is an unqualified 
term commonly applied to the disease when it occurs on the bark. The history 
of each form of the disease is dealt with in detail, and the geographical occurrence 
of the fungus, which appears to be very generally distributed throughout the 
temperate regions, is also considered, The loss annually arising from the disease 
is difficult to estimate, more especially because the canker form is often confused 
with other cankers, and difficulty thus arises in obtaining reliable information. 
Much damage occurs to fruits in storage, and when attacked they are rendered 
worthless so far as their market value is concerned, The damage to foliage 
depends on the extent of the infection, and in severe cases the tree may be de- 
foliated from six to eight weeks before the ripening of the crop. It is reported 
that the canker stage is responsible for much injury to branches, while young 
nursery stocks also suffer. The writer deals with the symptoms of the disease 
on the fruit, leaves, and branches, and records the pathogene to be the fungus 
Physalospora Cydoniae Arnaud, the morphology of which is admirably treated. 
Tsolation and inoculation experiments receive full attention. 

The methods of control for black-rot are (1) spraying with a 0:03 per cent, 
solution of copper sulphate or Burgundy mixture, the first application taking 


504 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL ‘SOCIETY. 


place when the disease is just appearing; (2) careful handling of fruits; and 
(3) the temperature of store room to be kept about 31°-34° F. The leaf-spot stage 
is controlled by spraying with Burgundy mixture or lime-sulphur wash. Trees 
growing in grass appear to be more susceptible to the leaf-spot form of the 
disease than when the trees are grown in cultivated ground; consequently it is 
recommended that the soil should be well worked. The control of the canker 
stage falls into three classes, viz.: (1) Surgical methods (pruning, removal of 
diseased bark); (2) Wound treatment (disinfection and protection); and (3) 
Wound healing. Orchard management and resistant varieties are other headings 
under which a deal of information has been amassed, while an excellent biblio- 
graphy completes a useful pamphlet illustrated by photographs and drawings. 
Jat 


Ew 4 


Potato Black-rot, Caused by Fusarium radicicola. By O. A. Pratt (Jour. 
Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 9, May 1916, pp. 297-309; 4 plates).—This disease is con- 
fined chiefly to potatos of the round type, such as ‘ Idaho Rural’ and ‘ Pearl’ ; 
it causes a jelly-like rot as well as a black-rot in potato tubers in Southern Idaho, 
and the organism appears to be well distributed throughout the desert soils 
of this region. The author finds that the disease is checked at a témperature 
of 50°F., and suggests keeping storage pits at this temperature as a control. 
The disease may also be controlled by planting potatos only on lands which 
have been under other crops for a number of years, and by good tillage.—A. B. 


Potato Dry-rot Disease caused by Fusarium trichothecioides. By O. A. 
Pratt (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 21, Aug. 1916, pp. 817-831 ; 1 plate).—This 
disease is apparently restricted to the arid and semi-arid regions of the Western 
States of America, and may be described as a powdery dry-rot, which is external, 
and arises from bruises in the skin of the tubers. In advanced stages a pinkish 
white growth of the mycelium of the fungus may be observed, and the decayed 
tissue presents shades of colour from black to light brown. . The causal organism 
was first described by Jamieson and Wollenwebber in 1912, and named Fusarium 
tvichothecioides Wollenw. Under ordinary field conditions the fungus does 
not attack any part of the growing potato plant ; only potato tubers in storage 
are attacked through bruises. The organism appears to be widely distributed 
throughout Western desert soils. 

Since the fungus does not develop at temperatures below 2°C., a control 
measure is suggested of keeping the storage pits below 2°C. Treatment with 
formaldehyde or mercuric chloride is useful in checking the disease, provided 
the disinfecting is done within twenty-four hours after digging.—A. B. 


Potato Fusaria. By C. D. Sherbakoff (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Mem. 
No. 6, May 1915, pp. 85-270; 50 figs., 7 plates)—The purpose of this memoir 
was to lay down a basis for the study of the disease known as fusarial wilt 
and dry rot of potatos. 

The author has collected from all possible sources many different varieties 
of the Fusavium fungus, and has cultivated them in pure cultures on suitable 
media and under similar conditions of growth since the autumn of 1911. 

Over 80 species and varieties of Fusarium are described and figured, as well 
as the related genus Ramularia. Some beautiful three-colour plates of living 
cultures, 40 days old, and grown at a temperature ranging from 20°C. to 25°C. 
are shown. These include sixty of the chief forms of Fusarium. The whole 
memoir is worthy of the great institution in New York State, and represents the 
highest point of scientific literature in plant pathology.—A. B. 


Potato, Late Blight of the (Phytophthora infestans). By I. E. Melhus 
(U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Wisconsin, Res. Bull. 37, Aug. 1915, pp. 1-64; 8 figs.).— 
The germination and infection with the fungus (Phytophthora infestans) are 
largely dependent upon environmental conditions. How and to what extent 
they react on the spread of the disease is not yet well understood, and the present 
paper is a contribution towards the solution of these important problems. 

The summary of the author’s results is as follows :—The spores of this fungus 
may germinate either indirectly by the production of zodspores, or directly by 
germ tubes. The type of germination is determined chiefly by external conditions, 
such as temperature, moisture, and the medium in which the spores are placed. 

Temperatures below 20°C. have been found to be more favourable for indirect 
or zodspore germination in water than higher temperatures. The minimum 
lies between 2° and 3°C., the optimum between 12° and 13°C., and the maximum 
between 24° and 25°C. 

For direct or germ tube germination the limits are higher. Direct germina- 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 505 


tion was very scanty below 15°C. Above 20°C. it became most abundant, 
increasing with the temperature. The minimum is probably between 10° and 
13°C., the optimum about 24°C., and the maximum very near 30°C. Indirect 
germination occurs generally in a 10 per cent. dextrose solution, sparingly in a 
16 per cent. solution, and not at all in a 20 percent.solution. In the last, direct 
germination occurs. ie : 

The time required for spores of P. infestans to germinate depends upon (4) 
the viability of the spores, (b) the external influences. The shortest period for 
indirect germination was 45 minutes, though it usually requires two or three 
hours. ‘The time decreases as the temperature increases up to 13°C. Above this 
the ratio is reversed. Direct germination is a slower process. The number of 
spores germinating was also dependent upon the temperature, 80 per cent. 
germinating at 10° to 13°C. 

The motility of the zodspores was also influenced by temperature. Its 
duration varied inversely with the temperature, ranging from 22 hours at 5°-6°C. 
to 19 minutes at 24°-25°C. 

The spores are killed in from 6 to 24 hours when exposed to such dry 
atmospheric conditions as exist in an ordinary room. 

Leaf juices from the softening of infected tissues have an inhibiting effect 
on germination. 

Increasing the amount of nascent oxygen in the medium containing the spores 

inhibits germination. 
' When the spores were subjected to optimum temperature conditions for 
indirect germination, ‘0159 per cent. of copper was necessary to prevent germina- 
tion. Infection of the potato plant with P. infestans takes place at conditions 
favourable to germination. Plants chilled for periods of from 12 to 24 hours 
at 10°-13°C. showed a greater amount of infection than the controls held at 
higher temperatures. 

Infection becomes visible in two or three days at temperatures between 
23° to 27°C. It requires a longer period at lower temperatures. Foliage 
infection may only take place by direct germination of the spores, and may take 
place either through the upper or lower surface of the leaf. Usually, however, 
infection occurs through the lower surface of the leaf, and is due to the presence 
of the stomata. 

The most favourable temperature for the growth of the mycelium in the 
tissue (probably about 24°C.) is about the same as the optimum for direct germi- 
nation in water, and considerably higher than the optimum temperature for 
indirect germination. 

A list of references is attached.—A. B. 


Potato Leaf-roll Disease: Nature, Mode of Dissemination, and Control of 
Phloém-necrosis (Leaf-roll) and Related Diseases. By Dr. H. M. Quanjer 
(Wageningen, 1916).—The disease known as leaf-roll, in which the leaf, instead 
of being flat as in healthy plants, is rolled or curled in various ways, frequently 

iscoloured, and far less efficient as a food-making organ than it ought to be, 
as is evident from the small number of tubers which the plant produces, is very 
common in Potatosin England. Varioussuggestions have been made with regard 
to the cause of the disease, and three or four forms have been distinguished. 
(See JOURNAL R.H.S. xli. p. 383, 1916.) Dr. Quanjer here deals with what is 
probably the most important of these. 

The characteristics of the disease are these: Young plants do not show signs 
of the trouble, but when about a month old the lower leaves become rigid and 
pale yellowish in colour, while the margins are rolled upwards. Later the upper 
leaves also show symptoms of the disease. The discoloration is confined at 
first to the tips, but later spreads gradually over the whole leaf; while in some 
varieties a red or violet tinge is evident along the edges of the discoloured part, and 
the under-sides of the curled leaves often have a bluish gloss, while the plants 
rattle as one passes among them. The affected plants are scattered here and 
there in the field, and the disease does not spread from one centre as would be 
the case with ordinary fungus diseases. Later still the leaf tissue dies here and 
there, starting from the tips and margins and causing brownish-black spots to 
appear, whichafterwardsspread. Diseased plants grow slowly, and unfavourable 
conditions accelerate the development of the symptoms. When the conditions 
are particularly unfavourable the plant remains quite small, and the seed tubers 
will be found unexhausted at the time the crop is lifted. Some plants are attacked 
only after considerable growth has been made, and these may produce a fair crop. 
Some varieties seem to be more susceptible than others. Most of the experiments 
performed by the author have been done with the variety ‘ Paul Kruger’ (raised 
in Holland in 1896 by crossing ‘ Imperator’ with‘ Wilhelm Korn’). This variety 


4 


506 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIE iat 


was introduced to this country some years ago, and its name was changed from 
‘Paul Kruger,’ or ‘President Kruger’ (by which it was also known), to ‘ Presi- 
dent,’ and under that name it was widely grown both in Scotland and England. 
It was found to suffer increasingly from leaf-curl, and at last was practically 
discarded, not before an attempt was made to select healthy tubers and so to 
secure an immune stock, which was put on the market under the name of‘ Iron 
Duke,’ and which succumbed too. ‘Magnum Bonum,’ another old variety, and 
others now in commerce are liable to the disease. 

Two or three years ago Dr. Quanjer published an account of observations he 
had made going to show that in plants affected with leaf-roll the phloém was 
altered and its function interfered with. He has extended and confirmed 
his observations, which met with some amount of criticism at the time 
they were first published—mainly on the part of those who confused the form 
of leaf-curl with which he was dealing with other forms—and has made a 
series of experiments with the object of ascertaining the cause of this diseased 
condition of the phloém. 

Since the first appearance of the disease, watch has been kept upon it, and it 
has been found to increase in a district after its first introduction ; while, as 
already noted, selection has given anything but certain results, although at first 
they appeared quite favourable. This uncertainty suggested that the disease 
was either communicable or that the Potato was subject to sudden and frequent 
mutations, or changes produced by no assignable cause. Dr. Quanjer has now 
experimentally proved by well-controlled experiments that (1) the disease attacks 
plants from healthy tubers placed in diseased surroundings. (2) If diseased pieces 
of Potato plants were grafted upon healthy stocks, the latter also became diseased, 
while other plants from the same tubers not so grafted remained quite healthy. 
Tomato plants similarly grafted also contracted the disease, but to a much 
slighter extent. (3) Infection took place when pieces of diseased tubers were 
grafted upon healthy ones. (4) Soil in which diseased plants had been grown 
carried the infection, and the infective power of the soil may (in badly tilled 
ground) be retained for so long as five years. (5) Plants growing in the neighbour- 
hood of diseased plants often contract the disease, although frequently not toa 
serious extent in the first year, but in the succeeding year their tubers will 
produce diseased plants. (6) Experiments made with seedlings were somewhat 
inconclusive, but suggest the probability that the disease is also transmissible 
to seedlings. 

All these experiments point to the contagious character of the disease, but the 
microscope and cultural experiments have failed so far to demonstrate the nature 
of the contagium, nor has injection of the juices of diseased plants reproduced 
the disease. It seems apparent, however, that some sort of virus is concerned, 
and that it often enters the plant by way of the root and may spread quite early 
in the season from diseased to neighbouring healthy plants, although the 
symptoms in these may not be very marked. 
lt From the grower’s point of view the practical points that emerge are these : 
Tubers from diseased plants, even when the disease is but slight, will produce 
diseased plants, and the symptoms of disease will be most marked when the con- 
ditions of cultivation are least favourable to the Potato plant, Susceptible 
varieties (perhaps all are susceptible, more or less) are likely to contract the 
disease when planted in infected soil; but in the first year the disease is not 
likely to be very serious. The remedy lies in the cultivation of Potatos intended 
for seed purposes in uninfected soil and from healthy tubers. Considerable 
difficulties lie in the way of this, but until at least the nature of the contagium is 
known, and the actual method of transference made clear, this is the only means 
likely to lead to the production of healthy stocks of this most a res 

a ee Oi 


Potato “ Leak’? Disease. By L. A. Hawkins (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 17, 
July 1916, pp. 627-640 ; 1 plate, 1 fig.)—Two organisms are found to be the 
cause of Potato ‘‘Leak’’ Disease, namely Rhizopus nigricans and Pythium 
Debaryanum, the latter being more frequently found in the infected tubers. 
Infection takes place through wounds in the skin, and soon a wet rot is es wp 
which ultimately destroys the entire tuber. 

The control measures suggested are a careful sorting of wounded tubers, ed 
care in harvesting and storing the potatos.—A. B. s 


Potato ‘Silver Scurf’’ caused by Spendylocladium atrovirens. By E. S. 
Schultz (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. June 1916, No. 10, pp. 339-350; 4 plates).— 
The author finds that although the conidia range in size from 18 to 64 yw, there 
is but one species of 3Spondylocladium. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 507 


S. atvovivens can withstand a wide range of temperature; its growth is 
inhibited at 2°C. to 3°C., but it is not killed at — 10°C., while its optimum is from 
21 @ itco. 27°C. 

Neutral to slightly acid media are most favourable to the development of 
the fungus, but 5 per cent. of cane sugar in nutrient agar inhibits sporulation. 

The fungus enters the tuber through the lenticels and destroys the epidermis 
and corky layers, thus accelerating transpiration. Both old and young tubers 
are liable to infection when stored during winter.—A. B. 


Potato-spraying Experiments at Rush, N.Y., 1914. By F. C. Stewart (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., New York, Bull. 405, May 1915, pp. 333-339).—The paper details 
the potato-spraying experiments at Rush, New York, in eighty-two fields, when 
the following results were obtained :—In fifty-six unsprayed fields the spraying 
increased the yield by 15°82 bushels an acre, or 8 per cent.; while in twenty-six 
sprayed fields the yield increased by 13°75 bushels an acre, or 5°5 per cent. 

Owing to the favourable weather, potato foliage was remarkably free from 
diseases and injuries of all kinds, so that large returns from spraying were not 
to be expected .—A. B. 


Potato Stems, The Rhizoctonia Lesions on. By F. L. Drayton (Phyto- 
pathology, v. pp. 59-63, Feb. 1915; pl.)—The author found the mycelium of 
the fungus Corticium vagum var. Solani (Rhizoctonia) penetrating the stem and 
no doubt interfering with the upward and downward flow of the water and food 
currents.— fF. J. C. 


Potato, The Verticillium Disease of. By G. H. Pethybridge (Scz. Pyo. Rov, 
Dublin Soc. xv. pp. 63-92, March 1916).—The attack of Verticillium albo-atrum 
upon the potato is characterized by diseased plants being rather dwarfer than 
their fellows, having the lower leaves dead and brown, and the upper ones crowded 
into a kind of rosette. The leaflets are folded upwards and inwards, thus exposing 
their lighter lower surfaces. The wood of the vascular bundles is discoloured, 
but the stems were externally quite sound, and most of the tubers showed a 
brown discoloured vascular ring at their heel ends. Tubers affected will probably 
produce diseased crops, and a proper rotation of crops should be maintained. 

Pe Yee. 


Potato Tuber, Effect of Certain Species of Fusarium on the Composition of the. 
By L. A. Hawkins (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 5, May 1916, pp. 183—196).—The 
effects of Fusarium oxysporum Schlecht., and F. rvadicicola Wollenw., on the 
sucrose, starch, and fibre content of the potato were studied and the following 
conclusions arrived at :— 

These fungi in the potato tuber reduce the content of sugar, both sucrose 
and reducing sugar, pentosans, galactans, and dry matter. The starch and 
methyl pentosans are apparently not appreciably affected, while the crude 
fibre is not reduced. The two species of fungi secrete sucrase, maltase, xylanase, 
and diastase, but the last-named enzyme is apparently unable to act upon the 
ungelatinized potato starch. 

A list of short references is given.—A. B. 


Potato Tuber Rots Caused by Species of Fusarium. By C. W. Carpenter 
(Jour. Agr. Sct. v. p. 183; Nov. 1915; plates).—Various species of Fusarium 
have been assigned as the cause of tuber rots of the potato. An investigation 
carried out by the author on these rots adds a new one to the list, and his paper 
discusses the véle of Fusarium Solani (which he regards as a weak wound parasite 
under exceptionally favourable conditions), . caeruleum (which occurs as a 
cause of tuber rot both in Europe and America), F. Eumartii n. sp. (the cause 
of a new wet and dry rot of potatos in Pennsylvania and New York), F. vadicicola 
(causing jelly-end-rot and dry-rot), F. oxysporum, F. hyperoxysporum (causing 
a soft rot in the field), F, discolor var. sulphuveum (occurring in hollows of potato 
tubers in Germany and U.S.A.), and F’. tvichothecioides (causing a dry-rot of 
potato tubers in the store, especially in America). FF. vadicicola caused no rot at 
50°F.; a constant storage temperature below 50°F. would prevent the action of 
F. vadicicola, L. Eumariti,and F. oxysporum, Allof these and F. hyperoxy- 
sporum cause tuber-rot through wound infection.—F. J. C. 


Potato Tubers, Biological and Physiological Study of the Rest Period in. By 
C. O. Appleman (Bot. Gaz. lxi. p. 265, 1916).—This article deals with cause 
and control of the rest period. Thirty-two writers on this subject are referred 
to. There were two opposing views: Grisebach ‘“‘ considered the yearly 


508 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY: 


periodicity of plants of temperate regions entirely an hereditary property, induced 
probably by physiological selection due to alternating conditions through a long 
series of years’’; whereas Sachs believed that the rest period is caused by a 
deficiency of soluble food, and the cessation of the rest is ‘‘due to a gradual 
production of enzymes.” In the ‘“‘ Summary and Conclusions ”’ the author gives 
his results : 

“The carbohydrate transformations during the rest period are entirely 
dependent upon changing temperatures. 

“ Active diastase and invertase are present at all stages of the rest period. 

“There is no change during the rest period in the relative magnitudes of the 
forms of nitrogen.” 

“Metabolism changes begin rather suddenly, and are concurrent with sprout- 
ing.” 

““ Drying causes rapid suberization of the skin, and greatly reduces the per- 
meability to water and gases.” 

“Potatos may be sprouted at any time during the rest period by simply 
removing the skin and supplying the tubers with favourable growing conditions, 
which include in this case the maximum oxygen pressure of the atmosphere. 
The elimination of the rest period by this means is not due to water-absorption 
from the exterior. 

‘Similarly, by cutting tubers into slices with a bud attached, this will sprout 
sooner. 

“It may be safely contended that the elimination of the rest period is cor- 
related with increased oxygen absorption.”’ 

This means that the suberized skin prevents oxygen from being absorbed 
for respiration and metabolism.—G. H. 


Potato Tubers, The Value of Immature, as Seed. By H. P. Hutchinson, B.Sc. 
(Jour. Bd. Agr. vol. xxiii. no. 6).—The account of a series of experiments at 
Garforth, Wye, and Midland Colleges, carried out to test a common and apparently 
well-founded belief that tubers lifted in an immature or unripe condition give 
better yields than tubers of the same varieties which have attained their full 
development. In every case, whether in plot or field experiments, the increased 
yield from immature tubers, usually lifted in mid or late July according to variety, 
was very marked. The plants were also more even and betterin colour. Sugges- 
tions are made to account for this superiority, and it is suggested that it-may 
be due to one or more of the following causes :—Tendency to select small tubers 
from ripe crop, a large proportion giving plants of medium and low productivity, 
the selection over a number of years emphasizing this; thinner tuber coat in 
unripe “‘ seed ’’ rendering absorption of water in growth quicker; amount and 
condition of reserve food materials, and the greater length of time in storage. 

GAC. G. 


Potatos, Clean Seed, on New Land in Southern Idaho, Experiments with. By 
O. A. Pratt (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 15, July 1916, pp. 573-575).—-It is 
usually supposed that when disease-free potatoes were planted on new land, the 
resulting crop would be free from disease. Hence, when the first seed planted 
in new land in Southern Idaho were far from free of disease, it was naturally 
assumed that the diseases which appeared were introduced with the seed planted. 
The diseases most prevalent were wilt (Fusarium oxysporum Schlecht.) ; black- 
rot (Ff. vadicicola Wollenw.) ; jeily-end-rot (Ff. sp.) ; powdery dry-rot (F. tvicho- 
thecioides Wollenw.) ; Rhizoctonia, and common scab. r 

The results obtained from experiments extending over two years show 
that : 


1. Planting new clean seed potatoes on new land does not guarantee a disease- 
free product. 

2. A smaller percentage of disease may appear in the crop when clean seed 
is planted on alfalfa (lucerne) or grain land than when similar seed is planted 
on virgin or raw (uncultivated) desert land.—A. B. 


Potatos, Control of the Powdery Dry-rot. By O. A. Pratt (Jour. Agr. Res. 
vi. pp. 817-831, Aug. 1916; 1 pl.)—The powdery dry-rot of potatos is produced 
by the fungus Fusarium trichothecioides, which attacks tubers in the store and 
only through bruises. Badly diseased tubers fail to produce a plant, but slightly 
diseased ones do not affect the crop. The loss of stored tubers may be kept low 
by storing in dry, well-ventilated stores, at a temperature of about 35° to 40° F., 
or by disinfecting the stock before storage with a solution of 4 oz. mercuric chloride 
in 30 gallons of water, or formalin 1 pint to 30 gallons, provided the steeping is 
done within 24 hours of digging. The symptoms of the disease are a wrinkled, 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 509 


sunken appearance on the tubers, which may show the pinkish-white growth of 
the fungus. The decayed tissue presents various colour shades, from nearly 
black to light brown.—F. J. C. 


Potentilla davurica var. Veitchii (Bot. Mag. t. 8637)—China. Nat. Ord. 
Rosaceae, tribe Potentilleae. Shrub, evergreen, 3-5 feet high. Leaves 1 inch 
long, 3-5 foliolate. Flowers solitary, white, 1 inch across.—G. H. 


Powdery Mildew in Roses (Qu. Agr. Jour. Nov. 1915, p. 298).—Boil 
1 lb. of flowers of sulphur and 1 lb. quicklime in 5 pints of water in an earthen- 
ware pot for ten minutes. Constantly stir while boiling; then allow to settle, 
and pour off the clear liquid for use. The plants should be syringed with a 
mixture of this preparation diluted with a hundred times its bulk in eee 


Primula ‘Asthore’? (Ivish Gard. xi, p. 117, Aug. 1916).—This is a hybrid 
between Primula Bulleyana and P. Beesiana, and seedlings from it raised in 1914, 
which have reverted to their ancestors, include orange, orange-red, pink, 
salmon, and various intermediate shades.—F. J. C. 


Primula x Edina. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. Jan. 16, 1916).—Coloured plate 
showing three varieties, rich orange to red, due to Cockburnia blood. Interesting 
notes in connexion with this and other hybrids.—C. T. D. 


Primula x kewensis, Genetic Behaviour of the Hybrid. By C. Pellew and F. M. 
Durham (Jour. Genetics, v. pp. 159-182; figs.)—When Primula verticillata and 
P. floribunda are crossed either way, plants resembling the seed parent are usually 
produced ; the offspring rarely segregate on being crossed, and generally breed 
true when selfed. Occasionally hybrids of the form of P. x kewensis are obtained 
as a result of the cross. These hybrids are of two kinds, one partially sterile, 
the other (with double the number of chromosomes) fertile. P.x kewensis selfed 
generally breeds true, except that it segregates into forms differing in degree of 
mealiness and in flower colour. Crossed with the parental types maternal hy- 
brids are produced with rare occurrences of segregation. A new type bred from 
P. kewensis x floribunda, however, did not breed true, but its seedlings approached 
P. floribunda. One of them on being selfed segregated, giving new forms between 
floribunda and verticillata, and varying considerably in shade between the pale 
Isabellina and the full yellow of floribunda type and kewensis.—F. J. C. 


Primulas, Notes on Some New. By Murray Hornibrook (Ivish Gard. xii. 
Jan. 1917, p. 8; 2 figs.)—The writer confesses that some of the new Primulas 
do not seem likely to prove “ good garden plants,’’ as they require a good deal 
of care, shade, and plenty of water. P. Veitchit is a hardy sort and showy. 
P. sinolistevt is like a small P. obconica. ‘The writer then goes on to describe 
some of the sections of the newer Primulas—the section Muscarioides and Sol- 
danelloides ; the last section comprises some of the loveliest Primulas in existence. 
Concluding, he gives a few notes on the cultivation —E. T. E. 


Productive and Less Productive Sections of a Field. By J. Lyttleton Lyon, 
J Ac Bizzell, and H. Joel Conn (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Bull. 338, Nov. 1913, 
pp. 49-116; 12 plates).—In a field on Cornell University farm two small tracts 
of land were noticed in 1905 which were so unproductive, with so little apparent 
cause for their infertility, that an investigation into this matter was begun by 
F. R. Reid and J. F. Breazeale. In the course of this work it was shown that 
soil from the unproductive area, when removed and placed in pots, produced 
better crops than from the soil of the productive areas in the field, and that this 
characteristic has remained constant up to the present time. 

Experiments by the first two authors of the present bulletin show that this 
greater productiveness of the poorer soil was largely due to the effect of aeration 
and caused a great increase in the formation of nitrates. Itis therefore concluded 
that a too compact condition of the soil is the cause of the lessened productive- 
ness of certain sections of this soil for the growth of some crops. This is thought 
to be due to the adverse effect upon the formation of nitrates ; thus the qualities 
of productiveness, compactness, and rate of formation of nitrates are correlated. 

A bacteriological examination by H. Joel Conn showed that, except during 
the winter, the total number of bacteria was higher in the more compact and 
less productive sections of the field. The difference in total numbers lies wholly 
in the group known as ‘slow growers.’ Rapid liquefiers are often even fewer 
in the less productive than in the more productive sections. 

No type of bacteria found frequently in one soil was lacking in the other. A 
short bibliography is appended.—A. B. 


510. JOURNAL OF THE ROVAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIE Gye 


Prunes and Cherries, Brown Rot of. By Chas. Brooks and D. F. Fisher 
(U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Pl. Ind., Bull. 368, March 1916, pp. 1-10; 3 plates).— 
For several years the growers of lower Columbia and Willamette Valleys have had 
severe losses of the prune and cherry crops. The blossoms and fruits became 
blighted, and numerous masses of spores of Sclerotinia cinerea (Bon.) Wor. were 
observed. Later, apothecia were developed, which persisted for many months 
upon the dried fruit and blossoms, and these caused infection to take place the 
following spring. 

As a result of several years’ experience, the authors suggest that for prunes 
the following schedule of spraying be followed. The solutions recommended 
are self-boiled lime-sulphur or Bordeaux mixture. 


1. The first application just before the blossoms open. 

2. The second application just after the petals have fallen. 

3. The third application three or four weeks after. 

4. The fourth application about four weeks before harvesting. 


While the work on cherries has not been carried out as fully as that for prunes, 
it seems probable that a treatment for cherries similar to that for prunes would 
give satisfactory control of both the blossom infection and the later brawn-rot 
attacks on the fruit.—A. B. 


Pruning. By W. M. Atwood, E. J. Kraus, C. I. Lewis, and V. R,. Gardner 
(U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Ovegon, Bull, 130, May 1915; figs.)—This gives a clear and 
well-illustrated account of the pruning of young trees and bearing trees in the 
orchard, together with the reasons for pruning. The modes of regulating the 
shape of young trees are particularly well dealt with.—F. J. C. 


Prunus Maximowiczii (Bot. Mag. t. 8641).—North-Eastern Asia. Nat. Ord. 
Rosaceae, tribe Pyruneae. Tree, 30 feet high. Leaves ovate, 4 inches long. 
Racemes corymbose, 1-2 inches wide, 5-8-flowered. Bracts conspicuous, 
2 inch long. Flowers $ inch wide, white. Fruit globose, 4 inch wide, at first 
red, then black.—G. H. 


Pumpkin Seed, Pure Strains of. By C. T. Musson (Agy. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. 
XXVi. pp. 851-861 ; 2 figs.).—It is a moot point whether two-year-old pumpkin 
seed gives better results than new seed. To improve the strain of seed, sow iron- 
bark pumpkin seed. When the female flowers appear, cover the flowers of 
selected plants with paper bags to keep off bees and other insects. When the 
flowers open, fertilize them with the pollen from other plants and replace the bags. 
In fourteen days the bags may be removed. Save this seed and also some from 
selected naturally-fertilized plants. In the following year sow both kinds of 
seed. Again fertilize as in the previous year and save both kinds of seed. In 
the third year sow the two kinds of seed and also seed saved from the first year, 
and compare the results.—S. E. W. 


Pyracanthas, Two New. By A. Bruce Jackson (Gard. Chron. Dec. 30, 1916, 
Pp. 309; with 3 figs. and Latin diagnoses)—Both are from W. China, one is 
described as a variety Rogersiana of P. crenulata, the other as a distinct species, 
P. Gibbsit. Both are hardier than the older plant, and ornamental in flower and 


berry.—E. A. B. 


Radium Effects on Vegetation. By D. Bois and G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. 
Oct. 16, 1915).—Refer to the experiments of Mr. Sutton in this direction, which 


gave generally unfavourable results.—C. T. D. 


Raspberries, Marketing. By H. J. Ramsey (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Bull. 274, 
37 pp. ; 26 figs.)—Deals with marketing problems, picking, packing, precooling, 
and refrigerating —E. A. Bd. 


Raspberry, Breeding. By R.D. Anthony and U. P. Hedrick (U.S.A. Exp. 
Sin., Geneva, 14 pp.; 8 plates)—Work undertaken to settle the question of the 
hybrid origin of the purple Raspberry (Peck’s Rubus neglectus). The results 
convince the authors that it is undoubtedly a hybrid of the Black Cap and Red 
Raspberry. Rubus odovatus and the Herbert Raspberry gave fertile seedlings 
of strong growth. Several curious abnormalities appeared, which are described. 
A very interesting step in an experiment of much promise.—E. A. Bd. 


Rhododendron earneum (Bot. Mag. t. 8634).—Upper Burma. Nat. Ord. 
Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoreae. Shrub, 3 feet high. Leaves, 4 inches long, 1% inch 
wide. Corolla flesh-coloured, lobes spreading, 3 inches across.—G. H. 


= 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. ayes 


Rhododendron Charianthum (Bot. Mag. t. 8665).—Western China. Nat. Ord. 
Ericaceae, tribe Rhodoreae. Shrub. Leaves 2 inches long. Flowers g9-Io in 
a flat corymb, 3} inches across. Corolla 2 inches across, rose-coloured, densely 
blotched with red spots within upper part.—G. H. 


Rhododendron decorum (Bot. Mag. t. 8659).—Western China. Nat. Ord. 
Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoveae. Shrub, 16 feet. Leaves 3-5 or 8 inches long. 
Inflorescence 10-flowered, 8 inches across. Corolla usually white or flushed 
with rose, 3% inches across. Lobes 7, nearly orbicular. Stamens 16, anthers 
pale brown.—G. H. 


Rhododendron erubescens (Boi. Mag. t. 8643).—Western China. Nat. Ord. 
Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoreae. Shrub. Leaves 3-4 inches long. Flowers about 
8 in a truss. Corolla white within, rose-carmine without, 24 inches across, 
7-lobed.—G. H. 


Rhododendron Hanceanum (Bot. Mag. t. 8669).—Sechwan (China). Nat. Ord. 
Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoveae. Shrub, dwarf, 3 feet high. Leaves 3 inches long. 
Inflorescence 6—-9-flowered. Corolla white, 1 inch across.—G. H. 


Rhododendron hypoglaucum (Bot. Mag. t. 8649).—Western China. Nat. 
Ord. Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoreae. Shrub orsmalltree. Leaves 3-44 inches long, 
green above, glaucous-white beneath by a farinose tomentum. Truss, 4-7- 
flowered. Corolla 2 inches across, white, flushed with rose, upper petal dotted 
with crimson within face.—G. H. 


Rhododendron monosematum (Bot. Mag. t. 8675).— Western China. Nat. Ord. 
Evicaceae, tribe Rhodoreae. Shrub. Leaves 3-4% inches long. Inflorescence 
12-flowered. Corolla wide funnel-shaped, white, suffused with rose-pink, 14 inch 
across.—G. H. 


Ribes divaricatum x Gooseberry (Rep. Bot. Off., Brit. Col. i. 3, p. 85; 
1916).—The raising and fruiting of a hybrid between Fzbes divaricatum and 
the Gooseberry ‘Red Jacket’ (an American variety immune from American 
Gooseberry mildew and derived from Warrington x Houghton’s Seedling) is 
recorded. The fruits are somewhat small, and generally like those of the pollen 
parent, but the raiser, Mr. G. Fraser, F.R.H.S., of Ucluelet, B.C., is endeavouring 
to improve the fruit by further crossing.—F. J. C. 


Root-rot Fungus (Thzelavia), How to Disinfect Tobacco Plant Beds from. 
By Ay Ds Selby, 1. Houser, and J. G. Humbert (U.S. Exp. Sin., Ohio, Cire. 156, 
Oct. 1915).—Thielavia basicola, which causes root-rotof a large number of different 
plants (see Jour. R.H.S. xxxvii. p. 541), overwinters in the soil, so that successive 
crops are liable to be attacked. Two methods of soil treatment are recommended : 
(1) steaming, and (2) formalin drench. The steaming is the more effective, 
especially on heavy land. The formalin treatment is successful on gravelly 
land. In both cases the soil is prepared as in making a seed-bed, though the 
surface need not be rendered so fine. The inverted-pan method of steaming is 
recommended, and the formalin should be dissolved at the rate of 1 gallon to 
100 of water. Very dry soil conditions do not yield the best results, but the 
drenching is best done in autumn, asin spring the soilis apt to be too wet. Figures 
of the construction of the inverted pan for steaming are given. F.. J. C. 


Root-rot cf Walnut (Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Dec. 1915, p. 747).—Where this 
toadstool disease (Avmillaria mellea) attacks a tree, the tree should be grubbed 
up and burnt upon the spot, and, before replanting, the soil for some distance 
around the affected spot should be thoroughly turned over and watered with 
1 lb. of sulphate of iron dissolved in 4 or 5 gallons of water, or 1 lb. of sulphate 
of copper (blue-stone) dissolved in 8 gallonsof water. This fungus is hemisapro- 
phytic, z.e. it lives upon dead and decaying wood as a saprophyte and becomes 
purely parasitic by preying upon living tissue.—C. H. H. 


Root Systems of Fruit Trees. By A. B. Ballantyne (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., 
Utah, Bull. 143, 15 pp.; 5 figs.).—The root systems of several established trees 
are examined and plotted. The stocks on which the trees were grafted are not 
named. The depth of the root approaches in some cases the height of the tree. 
Watering in early stages will produce a symmetrical system.—E. A. Bd. 


512 JOURNAL OF THE. ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIEDRe 


Root-tubercies and the Influence cf Nitrates as Manure. By A. J. Ewart, 
D.Sc. (Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Dec. 1915, p. 759).—Broad beans manured with 
nitrate of soda, others with nitrate of potash compared with no manure, in 
single and double rows, the total result showed 12°5 tons an acre with 95 lb. 
sodium nitrate an acre, 13°9 tons with 1 cwt. potassium nitrate an acre and 12°7 
tons controls. oot-tubercles were abundant on all the plots; there was no 
evidence of any suppression of root-tubercle formation by potassium nitrate 
or by sodium nitrate in the quantities applied. The largest root-tubercle was 
found on a plant from the control plots, but there was no generally greater 
abundance or size of the root-tubercles in the plants of the control plots as 
compared with the others. Hence, although the nitrates used did not diminish 
appreciably the formation of root-tubercles, their use as manures in the case 
in question would have been highly unprofitable, the plants being able to gain 
all the nitrogen they required through their root-tubercles and from supplies 
already present in the soil_—C. H. H. 


Roots, The Orientation of Primary Terrestrial, with Reference to the Medium 
in which they are Grown. By Richard M. Holman (Amer. Jour. Bot. vol. iii. 
No. 6, June 1916, pp. 274-318; 7 figs.)—The following conclusions were obtained 
from a series of experiments on the roots of Victa:Faba L. (var. major and var. 
equina), Lupinus albus L., and Pisum sativum L., grown in various media. 


1. The difference in the behaviour relative to gravity of roots in air and 
in earth is not due to differences in the amount of water in the media. 

2. The difference in behaviour is not the result of change in the geotonus 
of the roots due to their stay in air, whether weakening or loss of geotropism 
as Sachs suggested, or assumption of plagio-geotropism as Nemec reported. 

3. That, as was shown by experiments with media, the resistance of which 
to the root’s advance could be widely varied, the failure of the roots in air to 
reach the vertical is due to the absence of mechanical resistance to the advance 
of the root tip through that medium. 

4. The-secondary curvature of roots in earth, sand, sawdust, Sphagnum, 
or other such media, is complete because the resistance of these media to the 
advance of the root tip causes passive depression of the root and prevents the 
complete flattening of the tip curvature. 

5. That thigmotropism is not a factor in the difference in the behaviour 
of roots in air and in earth, or other non-fluid media. ; 

6. The resistance offered by the medium to movements of the root tip in- 
fluences not only the course of the secondary curvature, but also the course 
of the primary curvature ; that is, the curvature directly following the placing 
of the root in a position of stimulation.—A. B. 


Rose, American Pillar. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. Oct. 16, 1915).—One 
illustration of this splendid climber and describing its robust habits—C. T. D. 


Roses, Recent Chinese. By R.A. Rolfe (Gard. Chyon. July 22, 1916, p. 37).— 
Rosa Davidii, R. corymbulosa, R. setipoda, R, Sweginzowi, R. sevtata, R. elegantula, 


and R. Moyesii described from observations of their habit and flowering at Kew. 
EA Be 


Roses, War (Le Jard. vol. xxx. p. 76; 3 figs.).—‘ Constance’ resembles 
‘Rayon d’Or,’ but is much superior. It is hardy and vigorous, with long orange- 
yellow buds, streaked with crimson. The large flowers are cadmium-yellow 
when they open, and change to golden-yellow. ‘ Admiral Ward,’ a hybrid tea 
of vigorous and erect habit, is very floriferous. The buds are dark red, and the 
velvety flowers are crimson, shaded with bright red and purple. 

‘ Gloire des Belges,’ a seedling from ‘Mme. Abel Chatenay,’ is valuable for cut 
flowers, as the long stems bear a number of buds which open in water. The buds 
are crimson in colour. The flowers are large and double.—S. E. W. 


Salpiglossis, Gloxinia-flowered. By S. Mottet (ftev. Hort. Dec. 16, 1915).— 
Coloured plate showing six varieties, very handsome.—C. T. D. 


Saxegothaea conspicua (Bot. Mag. t. 8664).—Chile. Nat. Ord. Tawaceae. 
Tree, 30-40 feet high,orashrub. Leaves persisting for 4-5 years, linear, $ inch 
long. Female cones subglobose. Fruit fleshy.—G. H. 


Sclerotinia sp. on Ginseng. By J. Rosenbaum (Jour. Agry. Res. v. p. 291, 
Nov. 1915).—Two rots of the valuable medicinal plant ginseng have been de- 
scribed, a white rot anda black. The formeris proved to be due to the Sclerotinza 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 813 


sp. which occurs on lettuce, celery, &c., known as S. Libertiana, the latter to 
Sclerotinia Panacis, which cultivation proves to be identical with S. Smilacina, 
which also occurs on Smilacina vacemosa. ‘The lesions produced on the two hosts 
areidentical.—F. J. C. 


Seed Sterilizer, Calcium Hypochlorite as a. By James K. Wilson (Amey. 

Jour. Bot. vol. ii. No. 8, Oct. 1915, pp. 420-427).—_For many physiological ex- 
periments, seeds and seedlings free from bacteria and fungus spores are necessary. 
Numerous disinfectants have been tried from time to time by many investigators, 
with but indifferent results. The author has tried mercuric chloride, alcohol, 
formalin, hydrogen peroxide, and combinations of these substances, but has 
found them to be unsatisfactory. He now recommends calcium hypochlorite 
(bleaching powder), used in the following manner: 10 grams of commercial 
chloride of lime (with 28 per cent. available chlorine) is mixed with 140 cc. of 
water. The mixture is allowed to settle for ten minutes and the liquid decanted 
off or filtered. The filtrate, containing about 2 per cent. chlorine, is used as the 
disinfectant. Dilutions from this strength as well as the full strength may be 
used in the proportion of five volumes of the solution to one volume of the seed. 
The time required for sterilizing the seeds varied from four hours to twenty-four 
hours ; if left over this period, injury to seeds was caused. Satisfactory steriliza- 
tion was secured in every case with the exception of vetch seed, while in the 
case of seedlings this sterilization was maintained over a period of thirty days 
or more, and demonstrated the efficiency of this method as a means of securing 
sterile seedlings. It is also of service in eradicating such plant diseases as may 
be controlled by treating the seed. It is suggested by Hooker that this effect 
is probably due to the hypochlorous acid which acts as the toxic agent. There 
is appended a short bibliography, giving references to previous work in this 
subject of seed sterilization.—A. B. 


Seeds, Mechanics of Dormancy in. By Wm. Crocker (Amer. Jour. Bot. 
vol. iii. No. 3, March 1916, pp. 99-120).—Dormancy in plants is common in 
three organs, seeds, spores, and buds. That in seeds has been studied in detail 
by the author, who arrives at the following conclusions :— 

Dormancy in seeds results generally from the inhibition of one or more of 
the processes preceding or accompanying germination. The problems are 
becoming questions of the conditions for growth of the embryo, and the funda- 
mental changes occurring in the embryo at the beginning of germination; as 
well as of a study of the physical characters (permeability and breaking 
strength) of the colloids of the seed-coats as affected by age, various conditions, 
and reagents. 

Seed-coats play an important vdé/e in primary and secondary dormancy. 
Often they are of such a colloidal nature as to be modified by even very low 
concentrations of reagents. In the past, such results have been interpreted 
wrongly as stimulus responses. 

Regarding conditions of germination of seeds, the recent trend is towards 
the need of certain general physical conditions and away from the need of specific 
chemical stimuli. 

After-ripening of seeds may involve growth of a rudimentary embryo, funda- 
mental chemical changes in an otherwise mature embryo, or chemical changes 
in the seed-coats. In after-ripening there is often a complex interrelation 
between coat and embryo changes.—A, B. 


Senile Changes in Leaves of Vitis vulpina L., and certain other Plants. By 
H. M. Benedict (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Cornell, Mem. No. 7, pp. 281-370, 1915). 
“An attempt to answer the question whether general progressive age-changes 
occur during the vegetative life of a woody perennial.’”’ The author’s observa- 
tions concern primarily the size of the aggregations of photosynthetically active 
cells, the vein islets in the meshes of the network of veinlets, or in other words 
the size of the meshes. The results of his observations show that “‘ The size of 
the vein islets remains constant, if of the same age. The areas and thickness of 
the leaves show more variation than the minimum and maximum areas of the 
vein islets in different leaves of the same plant. The size of the vein islets is 
greatest in the youngest leaves, and undergoes a progressive decrease with 
advancing age. Other age-changes determined in the leaves of Vitis are decrease 
in rate of COz production, decrease in imbibition of water by powdered leaves, 
decrease in acidity, increase in number and decrease in size of stomata, and 
probably a decrease in size of palisade cells and an increase in the proportion of 
cytoplasm to nucleus.”—G. H. 


VOL. XLIiIe 2L 


514 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Sievekingia Shepheardii (Bot. Mag. t. 8635).—Colombia. Nat. Ord. Orchida- 
ceae, tribe Vandeae. Herb, epiphytic. Pseudo-bulbs 2-foliate. Leaves acuminate, 


5-8 inches long. Scape erect, 4 inches long, many-flowered, yellow, #inch across. 
Ge 


Sodium Salts in the Soil, The Effect of, upon Plant Growth. By F. B. Headley, 
E. W. Curtis, and C. S. Scofield (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 22, Aug. 1916, 
pp. 857-870; 8 figs.—Attempts were made to utilize for crop production 
certain salt lands at Fallon, Nevada, U.S.A., and experiments were devised to 
determine the limit of tolerance of the crop plants in such soil to the common 
salts of sodium. 

It was found that only a part of the salt added to the soil in pot cultures 
could later be recovered from it by water digestion ; this apparent loss of salt 
was greater in the case of sodium carbonate and sodium sulphate than with 
sodium chloride. ; 

When sodium carbonate was added to a soil, the absorption was greater in 
fine soil rich in organic matter than in sand. 

The carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium are mutually interchangeable 
in the soil, and the toxicity of the soil solution appears to depend upon the quan- 
tity of the basic radical held in the soil, regardless of the form of the acid radical. 

In the case of the soil from the salt land, the proportion of recoverable salt, 
which would reduce by one half the growth of wheat seedlings, was, for the car- 
bonates, 0°04 per cent. of the dry weight of the soil; for the chlorides, 0°16 per - 
cent.; and for the sulphates, 0°35 per cent. 

The proportion of recoverable salt which prevented germination of wheat 
was, for the carbonates, 0°13 per cent. ; for the chlorides, 0°52 per cent. ; and for 
the sulphates, 0°56 per cent.—A. B. 


Soil, Actinomycetes in, A Possible Function of. By H. J. Conn (U.S.A. 
Exp. Stn., New York, Tech. Bull. 52, March 1916, pp. 1-11).—The author 
considers that Actinomycetes are active in the decomposition of grass roots, and 
finds that in general more colonies of Actinomycetes are present in sod soil than 
in cultivated soil. The results of plate cultures show the proportion of 38 per 
cent. of the total flora of sod soil, but only 20 per cent. of the total flora of culti- 
vated soil consisted of Actinomycetes. It appears that the numbers are even 
greater in old grass land than in grass land of two or three years’ standing.—A. B. 


Soil, Bacteriological Studies of a, under Different Cropping for Twenty-five 
Years. By P. L. Gainey and W. M. Gibbs (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 24, 
Sept. 1916, pp. 953-975)—The plots have been under cultivation since 1889, 
and are located in the land of the Missouri Experimental Station. Each plot 
consists of one-tenth of an acre and is surrounded by a path 3 feet wide. 

The following is a summary of the results :-— 


1. The agricultural methods practised upon these plots have brought about 
marked differences in the number of organisms contained in the soil. The 
soil under continuous corn and wheat contains relatively low numbers of bacteria, 
in the absence of manure and fertilizers. The presence of manure largely in- 
creases the number of bacteria upon continuous wheat and corn lands. 

2. The agricultural practices have produced no appreciable effect upon the 
ability of the soil and its organic life to liberate ammonia from cotton-seed meal. 

3. The ability of the soil complex to oxidize ammonia nitrogen to nitrate 
nitrogen has been materially altered by the methods under study. Continuous 
corn and wheat with no manures or fertilizers have brought about a relatively 
low oxidizing power in the soil complex. The addition ofmanure largely raises 
the oxidizing power upon such land.—A. B. 


Soil Fumigation, A New Method. By J. S. Houser (Jour. Econ. Entom, 
ix. p. 285, April 1916).—Carbon bisulphide poured into the soil is quickly 
absorbed by it, and the fumes are liberated but slowly. The author proposes to 
blow the fumes into the soil (for killing ants and other soil insects) by placing 
the carbon bisulphide in a wide-mouthed bottle through the cork of which two 
tubes pass, one reaching into the liquid at the bottom, the other only a short distance 
into the bottle. To the former a pump is attached, and air charged with the 
carbon-bisulphide fumes is driven out of the other through an attached tube into 
the soil by working the pump.—F, J. C. 


Soil Micro-organisms, Longevity of, Some Factors Influencing the. | By 
W. Giltner and H. V. Langworthy (Jour. Agrv. Res. vol. v. No. 20, Feb. 
1916, pp. 927-942).—Experiments were made to determine whether an organism 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 515 


may receive protection from the solution in which it is suspended, before being 
subjected to desiccation in sand. Cultures of Pseudomonas radicicola were 
used and the following solutions were employed : 


1. Physiological salt solution ; 


2. 3 ie +. o'r per cent. of agar. 

3: » ” a Ona ” ” gelatine. 

4. ” » Oy x hie. albumin, 

5- ” ” a ovr ” ” gum arabic. 
6. ) ry ao i) eeu soluble starch. 


Suspension of the bacterial growth from agar slopes was made in 250 cc. 
of each of the above solutions; and sterile quartz sand was inoculated with 
5 cc, of the solutions. At intervals, the number of organisms in one gram of sand 
was determined by plate cultures. Other experiments were made using clay, 
clay loam, sandy loam, in place of sand. 

The general conclusions were :— 


1. Bacteria, at least those tested, resist desiccation longer in a rich clay 
loam than in sand under the conditions of these experiments. 

2. If bacteria are suspended in a solution extracted from a rich clay loam, 
before being subjected to desiccation in sand, they live longer than if subjected 
to desiccation after suspension in physiological salt solution. 

3. The survival of non-spore-bearing bacteria in air-dry soil is due, in part, 
to the retention by the soil of moisture in the hygroscopic form. This, however, 
is not the only factor, for the longevity of bacteria in a soil is not directly pro- 
portional to its grain size and hygroscopic moisture.—A. B. 


Soil Protozoa, Separation of. By N. Kopeloff, H.C. Lint, and D. A. 
Coleman (Jour. Agr. Res. v. No. 3, Oct. 1915, pp. 137—-140).—Gives a brief 
account of a method of filtration whereby flagellates, small ciliates (12 to 20 y), 
and large ciliates (25 to 60 mw) were readily separated from an eight-day culture 
on a soil medium. 

It is shown that the three types of protozoa can easily pass through the 
pores of a filter, but can be arrested if various thicknesses of filter paper are 
used. With one thickness no large ciliates passed through, while with four 
thicknesses only flagellates were able to pass through. With five thicknesses 
no protozoa, whether flagellate or ciliate, were found in the filtrate. Itis suggested 
that in this way it becomes possible to use mass cultures of flagellates, small 
ciliates, or large ciliates, as may be required in experimental work on soil protozoa. 


Soil, Spore-forming Bacteria in the; their Significance, if any. By H. Joel 
Conn (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., New York, Tech. Bull. 51, March 1916, pp. 1-9).—As a 
result of his experiments, the author doubts the common assumption that spore- 
bearing bacteria (¢.g. B. mycoides, B. cereus, B. megatherium) are important 
ammonifiersinthesoil. They raise the question as to what possible soil conditions 
favour their growth and multiplication. 

The number of spore-bearing bacteria is relatively constant, and is about 
the same in all the soils studied. Three of the commoner spore-bearing bacteria 
were selected for comparison, because their colonies on gelatine plates are easily 
distinguishable. The total number of these three organisms (B. mycoides, B. 
cereus, B. megatherium) proved to be between 400,000 and 1,500,000 per gram 
in the soils studied. They always comprised less than ro per cent., and usually 
less than 5 per cent., of all the colonies developing on gelatine. 

_ When soil infusion was heated, before plating, at a temperature (75°-85°C.) 
high enough to kill the vegetative forms of bacteria, nearly if not quite as many 
colonies of these spore-forming bacteria developed as when it was plated un- 
heated. In about one-third of the cases, indeed, their numbers were actually 
slightly higher on the plates made after heating. This suggests that these bacteria 
occur in normal soil as spores rather than in a vegetative state. 

No increase in the total number of these organisms, nor increase in the 
number of their spores, could be detected in a pot of soil to which fresh manure 
had been added.—A. B. 


‘Soil, Studies of a Scottish Drift. Part I. By James Hendrick and 
William G. Ogg (Jour. Agr. Sct. vol. vil. pt. 4, pp. 458-469).—Part I. of this 
investigation deals with the composition of the soil and of the mineral particles 
which compose it. The soil is that of the farm of Craibstone, which is the experi- 
mental station of the North of Scotland College, and is situated six miles from 
Aberdeen. The samples were first mechanically analysed under the six standard 


516 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


sizes of particles as adopted by the Agricultural Education Association. A 
chemical analysis of the soil did not throw much light upon the origin of the 
characteristics which distinguish it from south of England soils of similar (glacial) 
origin, and it was therefore decided to make separate chemical analyses of the 
six mechanically separated fractions. A comparison of the chemical com- 
position of corresponding fractions of northern and southern soils shows at once 
that the fractions agreeing in the size of their constituent particles are chemically 
very different. The three coarser fractions of English soil contain over 94 per 
cent. of silica, and consist mainly of powdered silica. The similar Craibstone 
fractions contain 85 per cent. of silica at the most. On the other hand, they 
contain up to 13 per cent. of alumina as compared with 3 per cent. in the English 
fractions, and they also contain much more potash and lime. (For example, in the 
““ coarse sand ’”’ fraction the Craibstone soil has 1-79 CaO and 1-78 K,O, as against 
*4 and °8 respectively in the English fractions.) It is observed that a similar 
difference holds between certain Welsh and American drift soils on the one hand 
and the English drift soils on the other. It is a difference which should be 
carefully borne in mind in comparisons of the two types of soil. The difference _ 
is assigned by the authors to the English soils having undergone a much more 
profound chemical weathering, while the Scotch soils consist of original granitic 
minerals, mechanically ground, with only superficial chemical alteration. 

It is noteworthy that, as in the case of some Welsh soils, the Craibstone soil, 
though fertile, contains absolutely no lime as carbonate.—/J. E. W. E. H. 


Soil Temperatures as Influenced by Cultural Methods. By J. Oskamp 
(Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 173-184, Oct. 1915).—The data discussed in this paper 
were obtained from an apple orchard on a clay-silt soil under (1) tillage with cover 
crop, (2) straw mulch, and (3) grass. The maximum and minimum for each 
week during which the experiment lasted are given, and the result shows that 
under a system of clean cultivation with a winter cover crop extreme diurnal and 
annual fluctuations in soil temperatures are experienced ; and that straw mulch 
reduces these fluctuations to a marked extent, as does grass, though to a less 
degree.—F. J. C. . 


Soils of Massachusetts and Connecticut, with Special Reference to Apples and 
Peaches. By Henry J. Wilder (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bull. 140, 73 pp. ; xxi plates).— 
An extremely interesting study of adaptability of varieties to certain soils, a 
study as yet in its infancy, but showing great promise for the future.—E. A. Bd. 


Solanum grandiflorum. By Max Garmer (Rev. Hort. June 16, 1916; one 
illustration).—Description of this, the largest-flowered Solanum and a very hand- 
some, robust plant. Flowers blue, fading to light violet.—C. T. D. 


Sophora macrocarpa (Bot. Mag. t. 8647).—Chile. Nat. Ord. Leguminosae, tribe 
Sophoreae. Tree of small stature. Leaves pinnate, 6inches long. Racemes Io- 
flowered. Corolla 1 inch long beyond calyx, yellow.—G. H. 


Sophrolaelia x ‘Psyche * (Bot. Mag. t. 8654).—Garden Hybrid. Nat. Ord. 
Orchidaceae, tribe Epidendreae. Herb, epiphytic, pseudo-bulbs clustered, 1- 
foliate. Leaves 3-5 inches long. Flowers orange-yellow, 14 inch across. 
Sepals (yellowish below) and petals lanceolate and slightly recurved.—G. H. 


Spray-fluids, The Fungicidal Properties of Certain. By J. Vargas Eyre 
and E. S. Salmon (Jour. Agr. Sci. vol. vii., part 4, pp. 473-507).—The fungi- 
cidal action of alkaline sulphide solutions has been variously attributed by 
different observers to the free alkali which they contain, to the free sulphur which 
they deposit in a finely divided state, and to the oxidation of the sulphur. More- 
over, the literature of the subject does not afford definite information as to the 
strength at which the solutions have been found to be fungicidal. As a 0-38 per 
cent. iron sulphide fluid has been recently adopted, in Oregon, as a standard 
summer spray for apple and rose mildew, an examination of that fluid was 
included in the present investigation. The plants used were one- or two-year- 
old hop seedlings bearing ‘‘ powdery mildew,” and gooseberry bushes infected 
with American gooseberry mildew. Careful determinations of the exact chemical 
composition of the spraying materials used—namely soft soap, saponin, liver of 
sulphur, yellow ammonium sulphide, colourless ammonium sulphide, colourless 
ammonium hydrosulphide, lime-sulphur, iron sulphide, and caustic soda—were 
made. The following results were obtained :—(1) Soft soap and saponin have 
no fungicidal action. (2) A 1 per cent. solution of caustic soda usually kills the 
mildew, but at the same time severely scorches the leaves. (3) A 4 per cent. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 517 


solution of ammonia is necessary to check the mildew, but at this concentration 
the leaf tissue is seriously injured. (4) A o°3 per cent. of liver of sulphur (con- 
taining 0:13 per cent. of sulphide sulphur), which is the strength usually recom- 
mended, is quite ineffective, but a 0°8 solution containing 0-34 per-cent. of sulphide 
sulphur is almost completely fungicidal. Concentrations beyond 0:3 per cent., 
however, cause serious scorching of gooseberry leaves. (5) Yellow ammonium 
sulphide containing 0°13 per cent. of sulphide sulphur and 1 per cent. of soft 
soap was completely fungicidal and caused no injury to the leaf tissue. (6) 
Colourless ammonium sulphide and ammonium hydrosulphide, each containing 
sulphide sulphur in excess of the preceding, had little or no fungicidal effect. 
(7) A lime-sulphur solution having a sp. gr. of 1:01 and containing 0°25 per cent. 
of saponin (soft soap cannot be used with lime-sulphur) was completely fungi- 
cidal. (8) A o-6 per cent. solution of iron sulphide containing 0-5 per cent. of 
soft soap was invariably fungicidal and caused no injury to the leaf tissue. 
The failure of the alkaline fluids, containing sulphur only in the sulphide form, 
appears to point to the polysulphides as being the active fungicidal agents, 
and it is probable that their effect is a result of the deposition of finely divided 
sulphur. Detailed directions are given for the preparation of the solution of 
yellow ammonium sulphide with soft scap, of lime-sulphur with saponin, and of 
iron sulphide with soft soap.—J. E. W. E. H. 


Spray-fluids, their Application to Dormant Trees. By A. H. Lees (Ann. 
Rep. Agr. Res. Sin., Long Ashton, 1915, p. 81).—Experiments were made to 
ascertain the temperature at which water would need to be applied in winter 
in order to kill the eggs of insects, and 70°C. (158°F.) was found to kill some; 
but, owing to the great reduction in temperature when a liquid is applied as a 
fine spray, that temperature at application time was found impracticable of 
attainment, and the idea of hot water spraying for the purpose of killing insect 
eggs was abandoned. Soap and nitrobenzene; soap, nitrobenzene, and paraffin ; 
soap and sodium carbonate, and soap and sodium sulphate were also used, but 
without success. Bleaching-powder mixed with lime, however, gave promising 
results, and further experiments are in progress with it.—F. J.C. 


Statice as Represented at Blakeney Point, The Morphology and Anatomy of 
Genus. By E. de Fraine (Amun. Bot. vol. xxx. No. 118, p. 239; April 1916; 
figs.; Part I.)—An account of the investigation of the various species of Statice 
at Blakeney Point, Norfolk. The area shares with the neighbouring Burnham- 
Brancaster system the distinction of possessing every British species of the 
genus with the exception of S. Dodartit (Gri.) The present paper is confined 
to S. binervosa (G. E. Smith), S. bellidifolia (D.C.) and a hybrid, all of them 
of the shingle banks and lows. The habitat of S. binervosa is banks of bare 
shingle, of which the interspaces are filled with sandy mud, and is only reached 
by the highest tides. This species is the least maritime of those in the area, 
and this is in harmony with the fact that it will flourish and flower for years in 
normal garden soil. On the crests of the banks, and if competition is not too 
severe, the plants will attain a height of 8°5 inches as compared with 4°18 inches 
for those from the flanks. S. bellidifolia (= veticulaia) on the other hand occurs 
in situations reached by all but the lower tides, which may be flooded periodically 
for a considerable time. Descriptions of the morphology and anatomy are 
given which show how they are adapted to their different localities, and among 
the details may be mentioned the mucilage glands whose function is to prevent 
desiccation of the apex by checking too rapid transpiration ; the structure of 
S. binervosa which is formed to withstand the pressure of shingle and scarcity 
of water; the root of S. bellidifolia which, with few xylem fibres and abundant 
wood parenchyma, is of the marsh type with an aerating cortex. Part II. will 
deal with the species more particularly characteristic of the salt marsh.—G. D. L. 


Stone-fruit Diseases. By G. P. Darnell-Smith and E. Mackinnon (Agr. Gaz. 
N.S.W. vol. xxvi. pp. 749-753; 4 figs.) (cont.).—Rust is caused by the parasitic 
fungus Puccinia Pruni-spinosae, which attacks the leaf, fruit, and stem of the 
peach, the leaf and fruit of the almond and apricot, and the leaf of the plum 
and nectarine. The affected parts should be destroyed, and a thorough spraying 
with Bordeaux should be given before the buds burst in spring. Later spray 
with lime-sulphur. Similar treatment is recommended for peach freckle or 
black-spot, due to Cladosporium carpophilum. This disease makes shot-holes 
in the leaves, brown marks on the stems, and spots on the fruit.—S. E. W. 


Stone Fruits, A Bacterial Disease of. By F. W. Rolfs (U.S.A. Exp. Sin 
Cornell, Mem. No. 8, July 1915, pp. 372-436; 11 figs.).—Cultivated varieties 
of the apricot (Prunus armeniaca), the nectarine (P. persica var. nectarina), the 


518 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


peach (P. persica), and the plum (P. domestica, P. americana, &c.) are all attacked 
by a bacterial disease which causes “‘ shot-hole ’’ leaves and “ black-spot ”’ fruit; 
as well as cankers on the branches of these trees. The disease is of American 
origin and is only known in the United States. It causes extensive damage in 
the more humid districts of the South. 

The common fungus disease of plum and apricot foliage (Cyhndrosporium 
Padi) shows similar symptoms to this bacterial leaf-spot disease, but can be 
readily distinguished from it by forming a white downy growth on the lower 
surface of the spot. 

The bacterium was first described by Smith and named Pseudomonas Prunt, 
but later this name was altered to Bacterium Prunt. Conclusive proof of the 
pathogenic nature of the organism was obtained by Dr. E. F. Smith by inocu- 
lating the foliage and fruit of the plum‘ Abundance.’ The author repeated and 
confirmed this on the plum, and extended the infection experiments to the 
apricot, nectarine,and peach. Details are given of the behaviour of the bacterium 
in various cultural media. Experiments were made to determine the suscepti- 
bility of different varieties of the various hosts to the disease. 

The chief hope of control lies in the production of resistant varieties of trees 
by careful selection and crossing.—A. B. 


Storage Rots, Temperature Relations of some Fungi causing. By A, Ames 
(Phytopathology, v. pp. 11-21, Feb. 1915).—A series of experiments was under- 
taken to ascertain the temperature at which germination, growth, and death 
occurred in the rot-producing fungi mentioned below. All are common on 
various fruits in store, but the author found that different strains of a species 
differed somewhat in their temperature relations. At 1-2°C. Thielaviopsis 
etheceticus, Monilia fructigena, Rhizopus nigricans, Glomerella rufomaculans, and 
Cephalothecium roseum made no growth, while Penicillium glaucum formed a 
few small colonies in a few cultures, and at about 15°C. most formed fruits 
within a few days, though Thielaviopsis etheceticus and Glomerella rufomaculans 
reached their maximum growth at 30°C., and Rhizopus nigricans at 36°C. The 
thermal death-point in the case of Thielaviopsts etheceticus, Monilia fructigena, 
and Glomerella rufomaculans lay between 52° and 54°, of Cephalothecium roseum 
between 47° and 48°, and of Rhizopus nigricans between 60° and 60° a 

2 pokes 


Storm and Drouth Injury to Foliage of Ornamental Trees. By C. Hartley 
and T. C. Merrill (Phytopathology, v. pp. 20-29, Feb. 1915),—The appearance 
of foliage of maple and other trees damaged by drought and storm is described. 
The similarity of the damage produced by these two causes is remarked upon, 
for in both cases the death of tissue is usually confined to the leaf-margins, 
although in storm damage the tissues between the nerves may also be affected. 
Inspection of the whole tree and knowledge of previous weather conditions 
appear both to be necessary in order to differentiate positively between the two 
types.— F. J. C. 


Strawberries, Diseases of, by Species of Botrytis and Rhizopus. By N. E. 
Stevens (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No.10, June 1916, pp. 361-366; 2 plates).—The 
fungi causing rots in strawberries in transit are chiefly Botrytis (cinerea ?) and 
Rhizopus (nigricans ?). The berries attacked by the first show a characteristic 
dry-rot ; they retain their shape, shrivel somewhat, and no leaking of juice is 
evident ; whereas the berries attacked by Rhizopus quickly decay with the 
loss of a large volume of juice. 

The author finds that this difference is due to the fact that the Botrytis 
penetrates all parts of the berry, growing within the cells as well as between 
them, and ramifies through the tissues, filling them with a network of mycelium. 
On the other hand, the Rhizopus is found only on the outer portion of the berry. 
The hyphe grow between the cells, destroying the middle lamelle so that the 
cells separate and quickly decay.—A. B. 


Strawberry ‘ Madame Moutot.*? By J. Blanchouin (Le Jard. vol. xxx. pp. 29, 
30).—Although ‘Madame Moutot’ is a robust grower, thriving in any ordinary 
soil and bearing very large fruit, it is not recommended for cultivation, as the 
flavour is only second-rate and the colour unattractive. In wet seasons it soon 
decays.—S. E. W. 


Strawberry Stock Experiments. By B. T. P. Barker (Ann, Rep. Agr. 
Res. Stn., Long Ashton, 1915; p. 100).—Strawberry plants of the same variety 
were obtained from twelve different nurseries in various parts of the country. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 519 


Each set consisted of 100 plants, and they were grown side by side with extra- 
ordinarily different results; varying from a crop of 45 lb. in 1914 and 1915 from 
the stock obtained from Norfolk to nearly 123 lb. from that obtained from 
Jersey, the differences in yield being marked in each year. Whether these 
differences are actually due to the differences in locality from which the stock 
came cannot be stated with certainty, but a case for further investigation has 
certainly been established.—F. J. C. 


Sugar and Acid in Grapes during Ripening, Development of. By W. B. 
Alwood and others (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Pl. Ind., Bull. 335, April 1916, 
pp. 1-28).—The study of the fundamental changes which occur during the 
ripening of grapes is of importance in the determination of the normal composition 
of grape products. ‘The ripeness of the grape should not be judged merely by 
the colour; it can only be determined when both chemical composition and 
physiological condition are considered. In the ripening of grapes the increase 
of sugar and the elimination of acid are dependent upon many factors, such as 
climatic and soil conditions, the vigour of the plant, the species and variety 
characteristics. With certain reservations, sugar should increase and acid 
diminish as long as the leaves function properly. A series of tables is given 
showing the analytical results of a number of juice samples from the crops of 
IQII and 1912, grown at Sandusky, Ohio, and Charlottesville, Virginia.—A. B. 


Sugar Beets and Radishes, A New Fungus Parasite of. By H. A. Edson (Jour, 
Agr. Sct. iv. p. 279, July 1915; plates)—This is the fungus referred to in 
these Abstracts, vol. xli. p. 533. The author now gives a full description of it 
under the name Rheosporangium Aphanidermatus.—F. J. C. 


Sulphur and Calcium Sulphate, Effects of, on Plants. By Walter Pitz 
(Jour. Agr. Res, vol. v. No. 16, Jan. 1916, pp. 771-780; 1 plate).—A series 
of experiments was devised to determine the effect of sulphur and sulphates 
upon soil micro-organisms, and on pure cultures of legume bacteria; and also 
to determine the effect of sulphur and sulphates upon the growth of red clover 
(Ivifolium pratense). 

The general conclusions arrived at were : 


1. Calcium sulphate, when added to a soil, has apparently no marked effect 
on the total number of bacteria that grow upon agar plates, nor does it produce 
any marked increase in ammonification or nitrification, 

2. Large amounts of sulphur cause a decrease in total number of bacteria 
that grow upon agar plates, but produce an increase in ammonification at con- 
centrations of 0o'05 per cent. This increase in ammonification is accompanied 
by a parallel decrease in nitrate formation. This decrease may be due to the 
acidity or toxicity produced by the oxidation of sulphur, 

3. Calcium sulphate stimulates the growth of pure cultures of red clover 
bacteria in nutrient solutions and in soil extract. The increase is as great 
with o-or per cent. as with ot per cent. 

4. The root development of red clover is increased by calcium sulphate, 
o'r per cent. being apparently as efficient in producing this increase as o'r per 
cent. 

5. In small amounts calcium sulphate increases the yield of red clover and 
also the number of nodules. 

6. The addition of sulphur increases the ammonification, but decreases 
nitrification and the total number of soil organisms. It increases the yield 
of red clover but slightly, and does not affect the root development nor the 
number of nodules.—A. B. 


Sulphur Compounds, Relation of, to Plant Nutrition. By E. B. Hart and 
W.E. Tottingham (Jour. Agr. Res. v. p. 233, Nov. 1915; pl.).—Pot experiments 
with a variety of plants showed that the addition of sulphates to “‘ complete 
fertilizer ’’ increased the yield to an appreciable extent in Leguminous and 
Cruciferous crops. Grasses were not so markedly affected. Calcium sulphate 
was, in general, more effective than sodium sulphate. The addition of sulphates 
appeared to exert a special influence upon root development, particularly in red 
clover and rape. In the former especially the roots were much elongated 
where sulphates were applied, thus materially extending the feeding area. 
Sulphur by itself was generally harmful, even when considerable quantities of 
carbonate of lime were present. The experiments are being extended to field 
trials —F. J. C. 


Sunflower, A New. By G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. Nov. 16, 1t915; one 
illustration).—A fine flower a la Gaillardia, of robust habit.—C. T. D. 


520 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Syringa Swegenzowi. By D. Bois and G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. Oct. 16, 
1915).—MM. Lemoine et fils speak highly of this novelty as a very charming 
lilac of Chinese origin.—C. T. D. 


Tagasete. By J. H. Maiden (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvi. pp. 883-887; 

4 plates).—The author wishes that a trial should be given to the cultivation 

of Tagasete (Cytisus palmensis) in Australia as fodder. The Tagasete is pollarded 
and the young shoots fed to stock. The horses have to be taught to like it. 
Sa.) oe Ae ee 


Tepary Bean. By W. M. Carne (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvi. pp. 979-980).— 
The Tepary bean belongs to the species Phaseolus acutifolus. The pods are 
3 inches long, thin and tough. The flowers are white or pink to purple. The 
shelled beans make an excellent green vegetable. The dried beans are smaller 
than Lima or haricot beans, but are superior in flavour. The beans are sown 
in rows, 30 inches apart, leaving a space of 3 or 4 inches between the beans in the 
rows. They are very hardy, require little water, and do best on a light soil. 

S.A 


Terrapin Seale (Eulecanium nigrofasciatum Pergrande) on Peach Trees. 
By F. L. Simanton (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bull. 351, 96 pp. ; 19 figs.).—A detailed 
account of the insect, life-history, enemies, and remedial measures.—E. A. Bd. 


Thalictrum, The Genus. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. Oct. 16, 1915; one 
coloured plate).—An interesting article describing some of the more valuable 
varieties.—C. T. D. 


Thrips. By W. W. Froggatt (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvii. pp. 126).—To 
protect orchards from attacks of thrips, burn all rubbish. Spray with lime- 
sulphur or red oil emulsion before the buds burst. If the opening leaf or flower- 
buds show signs of thrips, spray with tobacco and soap wash.—S. E. W. 


Thymol, Commercial Preduction of, from Horse-mint (Monarda punctata). 
By S.C. Hood (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Pl. Ind., Bull. 372,May 1916, pp. 1-12).— 
It has long been known that thymol is present in considerable quantity in the 
oil distilled from horse-mint (Monarda punctata), but no attempt has been made 
to cultivate this plant for the commercial production of thymol. In 1907, 
horse-mint was observed to occur in abundance as a common weed or sandy lands 
in Central Florida, and preliminary examinations of the oil from these wild plants 
seemed to indicate that a promising commercial source of thymol could be 
developed by bringing this plant under cultivation. 

It was found that the fresh entire herb yielded from ‘12 to °2 per cent. of 
oil. The content of total phenols in these oils ranged from 56 to 62 per cent., 
and it was found that the phenols consisted almost entirely of thymol. 

A large number of variations in the plants were observed, and attempts were 
made to select and produce a variety containing larger amounts of thymol. 
These experiments have extended over eight years, and have resulted in the 
production of a variety which yields ‘42 per cent. of oil containing 74 per cent. of 
phenols, chiefly thymol. 

Details of the extraction and distillation are given, and the author believes 
that the production of this plant as a crop might be profitable, since an estimate 
shows a profit of about $16 an acre as an average over a five-year period.—A. B. 


Timber-killing with Sodium Arsenite. By C. W. Burrows (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. 
vol. xxvi. pp. 767~769).—A rapid method of destroying trees on a heavily- 
timbered district is to frill the trees when the sap is falling and apply sodium 
arsenite. ‘“‘ Frilling’”’ is the application of a series of downward axe cuts round 
the tree, completely severing the bark as near the ground as is found convenient. 
Sodium arsenite is then poured into the frilling from an old kettle. To prepare 
the arsenite, dissolve 2 lb. of caustic soda in water, mix 1 lb. of white arsenic 
to a paste with a small quantity of water, and pourslowly into the caustic soda 
solution. When the arsenic is dissolved, add water to make the bulk of liquid 
up to 4 gallons, and add half a pound of whiting.—S. E.W. 


Tobacco, Resistance to the Root-rot Disease. By J. Johnson (Phytopathology, 
vi. pp. 167-181 ; April 1916; figs.) —The root-rot caused by Thielavia basicola 
is very prevalent on tobacco, but the author found that different strains of cigar- 
leaf tobacco exist which are practically immune from attacks of this disease. 
They are, however, unsatisfactory for commercial purposes, but the author 
considers it possibleZto obtain resistant stocks of good quality.—F. J. C. 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 521 


Tomato, Leaf-spot Disease of. By E. Levin (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., Mtch., © 
Tech. Bull. 25, March 1916, pp. I-51; 9 plates)—From his experiments the 
author finds that this disease is caused by the fungus Septoria Lycopersici Speg., 
and a study of its morphology shows that the pycnidia are closed balls with walls 
similar to those in the genus Phoma. The spores are long and needle-shaped, 
and have several septa.. The mycelium is of two kinds. Infection occurs 
through stomata, and the mycelium is intercellular and possesses haustoria. The 
author finds that the diseased spots on the leaves transpire more than the healthy 
portions, and that the transpiration of these healthy portions is repressed below 
normal. 

No variety of tomato was found especially susceptible or immune, although 
more than fifty were tried. Control measures, chiefly prophylactic, are recom- 
mended. A list of references is appended.—A. B. 


Tomato Manure (Qu. Agr. Jour. Nov. 1915, p. 255).—4 to 5 cwt. 
superphosphate, 1 to 2 cwt. sulphate of potash, 1 to 14 cwt. nitrolim or sulphate 
of ammonia or nitrate of soda to the acre, or 3 to 4 oz. of mixture a square yard. 

Crh 


Tomato Mosaic Disease, On a Case of Recovery irom. By W. B. Brierley 
(Ann. Econ. Biol. ii. p. 263, Apr. 1916).—An instance is recorded of the pro- 
duction of healthy shoots on a tomato plant which had been attacked by mosaic 
disease, the shoots being produced from a part of the stem which had previously 
produced mottled leaves which had withered and fallen.—F. J. C. 


Tomato Weevil, Buff-coloured. By W. W. Froggatt (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. 
vol. xxvi. pp. 1065, 1066).—The buff-coloured tomato weevil (Desiantha nociva) 
is destructive in the larval and adult state. It feeds at night on the bark and 
foliage of the tomato plant. The weevil is under half an inch in length, dark © 
brown body colour, covered with buff and grey scales and hairs, the colour of 
dry soil. The larve are pale green, slender, and active. The beetles may be 
trapped by placing grass in holes scooped in the beds. They can be collected 
and destroyed in the morning.—S. E. W. 


Tomatos. By Madeleine Maraval (Rev. Hort. Nov. 16, 1915).—Two new 
Tomatos highly recommended, ‘ Joffre’ and ‘ Tomate des Alliés.’-—C. T. D. 


Tomatos, A Troublesome Disease of Winter. By J. E. Howitt and R. E. 
Stone (Phytopathology, vi. p. 162, April 1916).—Brown and blackened areas 
occur between the larger veins, involving the secondary veins as well as 
the soft tissue. Affected leaves remain stunted, droop, and finally wither and 
die, the younger leaves being attacked first as a rule. Scattered brown spots 
also appear on the stems, but not, asa rule, extending into the vascular bundles. 
Diseased fruits have sunken brown spots scattered irregularly over their surface, 
sometimes extending deeply into the tissues, sometimes superficial. No causal 
organism has been isolated, and inoculation experiments gave negative results, 
but the disease, which appears to be in some way connected with the soil, is 
overcome by soil sterilization.— F. J. C. 


Transpiration, The Relation of, to the Number and Size of Stomata. By 
Walter L. C. Muenscher (Amer. Jour. Bot. vol. ii. No. 9, Nov. 1915, pp. 487- 
504).—As a result of numerous experiments with various plants under con- 
ditions approximately those of natural field conditions, the author finds the 
following : 


1. There was found no constant relation between the amount of water lost 
and the amount of linear units of stomatal pore (7.e. the number of stomata 
per unit of leaf surface multiplied by the length of the average pore) in the 
various species studied. 

2. There is no relation between the amount of transpiration and the length 
of the pore of one stoma. The number of stomata per unit of leaf surface, 
however, varies at the same time as the length of the pore varies for the different 
species ; so in this case we have two variables. 

3. There is no relation between the amount of transpiration and the number 
of stomata per unit of leaf surface in the different species. 


From the above, it would seem that the amount of transpiration is not 
governed entirely by stomatal regulation, and that the variations in the amount 
of water loss in different species cannot be accounted for by the size and number 


of stomata, but must be explained perhaps by a complex of several factors: 
A.B 


522 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Transportation, Some Problems of Plant Pathology in Reference to. By 
F. L. Stevens (Phytopathology, v. pp. 108-111, Apr. 1915).—The author gives 
a list of fungus attacks upon plants in relation to expectations of development 
during transportation. The matter is of considerable interest in view of legal 
liability for the condition of consignments of vegetables and fruit when they 
reach their destination. 

The troubles are grouped as follows :— 


A. Slowly developing diseases which under no conditions will increase 
appreciably within a few days.—Wheat smut, apple, pear, and peach scab, apple 
blotch, Ascochyta of pea, potato scab, Fusarium, and Phytophthora, tomato 
blossom-end rot, water-melon anthracnose. 

B. More or less rapidly developing diseases which can normally originate 
only at point of production. 

a. Rapid.—Monilia of peach, various bacterial soft rots (?), plum and cherry 
Monilia, Sclevotium Rolfsii, canteloupe rots, Sclerotinia Libertiana on lettuce, 
Botrytis on lettuce. 

b. Less rapid.—Apple bitter-rot, black-rot and pink-rot, grape black-rot, bean 
anthracnose, celery Septoria, egg-plant ascochytose. 

C. Rapidly developing diseases which can occur only on wounded plant 
parts.—Rhizopus on strawberry and sweet potato, Penicillium on grapes, apples, 
and oranges. Various bacterial rots, e.g. celery, asparagus, onion. 

D. Rapidly developing diseases which occur only on wilting or old products 
or under unsuitable conditions of temperature and humidity.— Bacterial or mould 
infections of many kinds, Rhizopus, Penicillium, bacteria, &c.—F. J.C. 


Tree-killing by Ringing and Arsenie (Qu. Agr. Jour. June 1916, pp. 303-4).— 
Ring the tree when dormant, low and somewhat into the wood, then pour on to 
the wound a mixture compounded of 1 1b. arsenious oxide, 3 1b. washing soda 
(or 2 lb. caustic soda), 4 gallons water, 4 1b. whiting (the latter to mark the trees 
which have been treated). In mixing the arsenic with soda solution mix slowly 
to a paste, stirring all the time; stand away from the fumes, as they are poison- 
ous. If washing soda is used, the solution should be boiled; if caustic soda, it is 
self-boiling.—C. H. H, 


Ursinea cakilefolia (Bot. Mag. t. 8676).—South-West Africa. Nat. Ord. Com- 
positae, tribe Arctotideae. NHerb,1-foot high. Leaves,2-pinnatifid, 24 inches long, 
glaucous-green. Heads solitary, very long-stalked, about 2#inches across. Ray- 
florets 20-25, orange above. Disk-florets blackish-purple.—G. H. 


Viburnum betulifolium (Bot. Mag. t.8672).—-Central China. Nat. Ord. Capri- 
foliaceae. Shrub, bushy, 4-6 feet high. Leaves ovate, 5 inches long. Corymbs 
7-rayed. Flowers white, crowded, + inch across, in clusters $ inch across. 
Fruit, scarlet berries, + inch across.—G. H. 


Vine Phylloxera and Tomato Plants (Qu. Agr. Jour, March 1916, 
p- 130).—In Spain and Italy it is found that tomatos planted among vines 
help the vine to combat the Phylloxera on its roots, and render the vines stronger. 
Thousands of dead insects were found on the roots of the tomatos. It is thought 
the poisonous alkaloid solanine in the tomato roots destroys the insects which 
prey on the vine.—C. H. H. 


Violet Rove Beetle, The. By F. H. Chittenden, Sc.D. (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., 
Bull. 204, June 1915; 1 fig.).—In 1901 a small dark-coloured rove beetle, known 
to science as A pocellus sphaericollis Say, was reported as an enemy to violets and 
other succulent plants in the district of Columbia and from St. Louis, Mo, This 
insect is a common one in the United States and is generally considered a 
scavenger, feeding on humus and decaying vegetable matter. 

As a remedy, decaying leaves deposited in heaps about infested plants attract 
the beetles, after which the leaves are quickly dipped into hot water.—V. G. J. 


Vitis vulpina L., Senile Changes in Leaves of. By H. M. Benedict (U.S.A. 
Exp. Sin., Cornell, Mem. No. 7, June 1915, pp. 272-370; 7 figs.).—The 
importance of determining whether there is any real senile change in plants lies 
not only in the scientific need of such knowledge, but also in its direct bearing on 
the question regarding the effect of continuous vegetative propagation of seed- 
producing plants. The processes of division and growth require considerable 
expenditure of energy ; therefore, if the plant-cell is not entirely immune to senile 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. 523 


deterioration, the meristematic as well as the specialized tissues should undergo 
such change. 

It would seem that the logical method of attacking the problem is by a careful 
comparison of the same organ in young and old plants of the same genus for 
evidences of senile deterioration in structure or function. ‘The wild grape (Vitis 
vulpina L.) was chosen because it puts forth new growth each year, in order to 
minimize, as far as possible, the chance of the presence of unfavourable conditions 
other than age. Investigations upon young and old leaves on veining, photo- 
synthetic activity, respiration, and imbibition were made, and the following 
results were obtained :— 

The vein islets in the leaves of Vitis vulpbina become smaller as the vine 
becomes older. This decrease in size is due to the encroachment of vascular 
tissue ; and this decrease means reduction in size of ‘“‘ photosynthesizing ”’ cells, 
and therefore a decrease in rate of photosynthesis. 

There is also a decrease in the rate of respiration in picked leaves. 

Leaves of young vines have a greater capacity for imbibing water than have 
leaves of old vines, which may be due to less vascular tissue in the former. 

There is an increase with age in the number of stomata per sq.mm. ‘There 
is probably a decrease in the size of the palisade cells, and in the size of the nuclei 
in the parenchymatous cells, as the leaves increase in age. 

A short bibliography is appended.—A. B. 


Walnuts, Crossing of. By Max Garmer (/eev. Hort. July 16, 1916).—Illus- 
tration showing three varieties. Note on various French hybrids.—C. T. D. 


Water Melon Stem-end Rot. By F.C. Meier (Jour. Agr. Res. vol. vi. No. 4, 
April 1916, pp. 149-152 ; 2 plates).—-For some years in certain parts of the South- 
ern States of America, a decay and rot, which attacks water-melons (Cztvullus 
vulgaris) in transit, and sometimes destroys them completely, has been noticed. 

The author has isolated a fungus which bears pycnidia and possesses many 
of the characteristics of the genus Diplodia. It is well known that Diplodia spp. 
attack numerous tropical crops, including sweet potato (Ipomoea Batatas), 
cotton (Gossypium), rubber (Hevea spp.), cocoa (Theobroma Cacao), tea (Thea 
spp.), aS well as the various species of Gitrus.— A. B. 


Weeds. By J. H. Maiden (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. vol. xxvii. pp. 29-39 and 235- 
246).—Blue Couch Grass (Cynodon incompletus) is poisonous at some seasons ; 
Corn-cockle (Agvostemma Githago), some of the Sundews (Drosera), Oleander, 
Stipa robusta, Nicotiana suaveolens are dangerous to stock. Datura Stramonium, 
Nicandra physaloides, Hemlock (Conium maculatum) are poisonous, and Euphorbia 
Drummondiu, Stachys arvensis, Anagallis arvensis, Crotalaria, and Echium vulgare 
are suspect. 

Weeds are spread in manure even if it is well rotted. Always use screened 
seed of good quality. Prevent weeds from seeding. Burn, do not bury weeds. 
Eradicate if possible. Weeds are harboured on waste land, such as neglected 
cemeteries and the strips of land adjacent to the railway tracks in Australia. 

Sa. 


White Pine Blister Rust. By Perley Spaulding (U.S.A. Dep. Agy., Bur. Pl. 
Ind., Farm. Bull. 742, June 1916, pp. 1-15; 5 figs., 1 plate).—This disease is 
caused by a fungus, Cronartium ribicola Fischer (Peridermium Stvobi Klebahn) ; 
it attacks the white pine, and has an intermediate host in various species of 
Ribes. It causes much damage to pines in the North-Eastern States of America, 
and is said to have been introduced from Europe on imported seedlings of pines. 
Pinus Strobus, P. monticola, P. Lambertiana, P. excelsa, and other species of the 
5-needle-leaved pines, may be attacked by this disease. 

A brief account of the life-history of the fungus is given, and an account of 
the measures of control adopted in Europe and America detailed. A most 
drastic measure for each federal State is advocated, in order that the pest may 
be completely controlled, and finally eradicated.—A. B. 


Wistarias of China and Japan. By E.H, Wilson (Gard. Chron. Aug. 5, 1916, 
p. 61).—Enumerates four species and many varieties. W. muliijuga of gardens 
is shown to be W. floribunda, and W. brachybotrys is W, venusta, but sinensis 
stands for the well-known and first introduced plant. W. japonica has pale 
yellow flowers.—E. A. B. 


‘Wood-using Industries of Ohio. By Carroll W. Dunning (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., 
Ohio, 1912).—With her manyirail and; water transportation facilities, and with 
her vast resources of soil, forests, coal, oil, gas, iron, stone, and clay, Ohio 


524 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


stands high as a manufacturing State. Manufacturing, therefore, is pre-emi- 
nently Ohio’s leading industry. The present report deals with a single class of 
factories, those manufacturing commodities from wood. They form one of the 
most important divisions of Ohio’s enterprises, and nearly every State in the 
Union, as well as many foreign countries, send some portion of their forest material 
to Ohio for utilization in manufacture. 

For many years there was no demand for timber products. The first market, 
it has been stated, was found at New Orleans, and afew rafts were floated down. 
With the influx of new settlers came the towns. This necessitated the sawmills, 
and from 1820 until the present time Ohio has held an important place among 
the States in the production of rough lumber. There were more than 1,900 
sawmills operating in Ohio in 1860. This number was steadily maintained for 
several decades, when the failing timber supply began to be felt and the larger 
mills were compelled to move to other regions. In 1910, 1,532 mills were still 
operating in Ohio. These were mostly portable mills of small capacity. Their 
combined cut in I9I0 was 542,000,000 feet as against 990,000,000 feet sawn in 
1900, a decrease of more than 45 per cent. 

Artificial limb manufacturers used only one wood, willow, and the entire 
supply was cut outside the State. Umbrella racks, made mostly of metal, have 
wooden frames ; ash and white oak supplied the material. Hard maple answered 
for looms of silk and textile mills, the sapwood of red gum forcurtain poles, and 
black walnut for gun-stocks. The making of coffee-mills required yellow poplar 
and red gum, and money-drawers yellow poplar and white oak, the former for the 
inside compartments, and the latter for the exterior. In the breweries, to clarify 
and filter beer, chips cut from beech are frequently employed and are called 
brewers’ shavings. The manufacture of these in Ohio is not a large industry, but is 
worthy of mention. Onthe other hand, the making of cigar-moulds, cigar-makers’ 
boards and presses, is quite an extensive line of manufacturing in the quantity of 
wood reported. The moulds are of yellow poplar, basswood, maple and beech, 
while for presses and cigar-boards high-grade hard maple alone supplied the 
demand. A large amount of wood in Ohio is converted annually into shoe lasts, 
trees, and forms.—A. D. W. 


Woolly Aphis and Immune Varieties of Apple. In ‘‘ Insect Pests of Fruit,” by 
C. French (Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Apr. 1916, pp. 214).—Certain varieties of apples 
are immune to the attack of woolly aphis, viz., ‘Winter Majetin,’ ‘ Northern 
Spy,’ ‘ Perfection,’ ‘ Paradise,’ and a few others. The supposed reason of this is 
that they contain more carbonate of lime than those attacked by the aphis. 
Growers are therefore advised to have their trees worked on blight-proof stocks 
to avoid aphis at the root.—C. H. H. 


Woolly Aphis, Cold-water Cure for (Qu. Agr. Jour. Dec. 1915, Pp. 331).— 
A grower (Coleman Phillips) hoses with cold water his 1,000 apple trees. Water 
with a good pressure, he finds, has a marvellous effect in washing woolly aphis 
and other insects from the trees ; he hoses whenever the pest shows itself at all 
badly, even once a week, usually four times during the summer. After the 
hosing, the soil under the tree is churned up a little to bury any aphides that 
have been washed off.—C. H. H. 


Woolly Aphis, Identity of Eriosoma pyri. By A. C. Baker (Jour. Agr. Res. v. pp. 
1115-1119; March 1916; figs.)._-Fitch described a woolly aphis from the roots 
of apple and pear as Eviosoma pyri, but since his time it has been grouped 
with E. lanigerum. The author considers it distinct and as belonging to another 
genus, Prociphilus. He also gives descriptions of other species of the same 
genus.—F.. J. C. 


Woolly Aphis, Insecticide for, By M. Liévre (Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr. 
July—Dec. 1914, p. 516).—A new insecticide invented by M. Duval, of Boulogne, 
is said to have remarkable effects against woolly aphis. It can be used on leaf, 
twig, or old wood with the same good results. 


FORMULA I. 
Rain-water . : : : : : : I litre 
Carbonate of Potash 2 : : : j 4 grammes 
Sulphoricinate of soda . : 4 : : 40 ” 
Spirits of wine 4 : , : 5 : 20 He 
Strong tobacco juice (100 grs. nicotine per litre) Io fe 


During the weeks just before the leaves fall, when all fear of injuring them is 
over, if the trees are still infected the following mixture may be used :— 


NOTES AND ABSTRACTS. | 525 


FORMULA II. 


Rain-water . : ‘ : 2 : 1 litre 

American potash . : : : ; IO or I2 grammes 
Sulphoricinate of soda. 3 : : 40 i 
Tobacco juice ; : ; : : 20 in 
Spirits of wine ‘ 20 


At this period the eggs of fe aphis are ene in etic cracks of iis nee and toe 
destroy these M. Duval advises the application of the following TURRET at abeut 
the end of October :— 


FORMULA [IT. 


Rain-water . : : : : : : 1 litre 
Soft soap : . : : ; 350 grammes 
Sulphoricinate of soda : : : 50 " 


Finally, open a hole all round the tree so as as uncover the roots, and water these 
with Formula I. or, if necessary, Formula II.—WM. L. H. 


Worms, Enchytraeid, The Action of. By Rev. H. Friend (Aun. Appl. 

Biol. iii. p. 49; June 1916).—Experiments made by the author with white 

- worms, and also with some species of the same group with red blood, all common 

in soil containing much decaying vegetable or animal matter, convince him 
that they are scavengers doing no damage to cultivated plants.—F. J. C. 


Xerofotic Movements in Leaves. By Frank C. Gates (Bot. Gaz. 1xi. p. 399; 
8 figs.) —The author begins by defining vevofotic, but why it is not spelled 
xevophotic we do not know; there is no f in Greek. It signifies “‘ dryness 
caused by light.”” The movements “‘ are manifested by an upward bend in 
the leaflets, or a curling or rolling upward of the blade.” 

With regard to the mechanism : ‘‘ The side of a structure facing the sun 
becomes warmer than the opposite side . . . hence there is a greater loss of 
water from the exposed side . . . the greater turgidity on the lower side causes 
the leaf-blade to bend in the direction of the exposure. 

‘“Two kinds of xerofotic response were observed: the localized response, it 
which the differential turgidity is largely confined to a small region, as the 
pulvini ; and the generalized response, in which it is spread over the leaf, causing 
the blade to curl upward.” 

The article deals with the localized, specially observed in leguminous plants. 
The xerofotic position is between 45° and 70° from the horizontal. The move- 
ment is not peculiar to any season. 

‘* The obvious result of the xerofotic position is to decrease the amount of 
direct radiant energy received per unit area of leaf. When screens were placed 
before plants in the sun, the leaflets fell back to the horizontal position. 

‘‘In successive experiments, both absolute alcohol and xylol were carefully 

_ applied to the upper side of the pulvinus with a small pointed brush. As the 
~~~“drying agent withdrew water locally from the upper cells of the pulvinus, the 
xerofotic position of the leaflet was gradually assumed.” 

The generalized type was noted particularly on monocotyledons, which have 
no pulvinus.—G. H. 


Yellow Pine Needle Disease. By J. R. Weir (Jour. Agv. Res. vol. vi. No. 8, 
May 1916, pp. 277-288; 1 plate, 4 figs.)—A very conspicuous disease on the 
needles of the Western Yellow Pine (Pinus ponderosa Laws.) has been observed 
in parts of the States of Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. The causal 
organism is a new species and has been named Hypodervma deformans. ‘The 
first sign of infection is a slight browning of the tips of the leaves, which soon 
becomes a yellow, deepening into a brown colour when the apothecia appear. 

Owing to the attacks of this fungus, the terminal shoots become distorted 
and stunted, eventually forming ‘‘ witches’ brooms.” 

Attempts to grow the fungus upon culture media were without success.—A. B. 


Zygopetalum Prainianum (Bot, Mag. tab. 8610).—Peru. Nat. Ord. Orchidaceae. 
Tribe Vandeae. Herb, terrestrial, Leaves elongato-lanceolate, 10-14 in. long. 
Scapes 2 ft. long, 4—5-flowered. Flowers 2 in. across, sepals brownish-green, 
petals white; column incurved, yellow.—G. H. 


ERRATA. 


Page 36, line 10 from bottom, for Pilostegia, read Pileostegia. 


84, 


» 7from bottom, for quintuplinerva, read quintu- 
plinervia. 


,, 13, for Betula Bhojpatra, read Betula Bhojpatira. 
», 25, for C. Simmondsi, read C. Simonsit. 

», 30from bottom, for B. Corryt, read B. Coryt. 

», 5 from bottom, for peas, read pears. 

,» 2 from bottom, for C. virginis, read P. virgims. 
, 12 from bottom, for garieties, read varieties. 


I 


EXTRACTS FROM THE PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


moral HORITICULIURAL SOCIETY. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
JANUARY II, Ig16. 
Col. Right Hon. MARK LocKwoop, C.V.O., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (49).—C. E. Adams, Mrs. Baird-Carter, Mrs. Bartho- 
lomew, A. E. Blackett, H. Cadbury Brown, Mrs. Campbell, C. R. 
Canney, Mrs. Champness, Lady Church, R. S. Cobley, W. A. Conway, 
FE. H. Crawshay, G. H. Creasey, Miss L. Cumberlege, C. G. Davis, 
Lady Dilke, Miss A. M. Edgeworth, E. T. Ellis, F. A. Fisher, Arthur 
J. Gaskell, Mrs. C. Glen-Walker, R. Hammer, Lady Harcourt-Smith, 
EK. J. Hicks, Arthur T. Johnson, Mrs. Langford-James, Mrs. A. M. 
Luckock; W. W. McKay, H. Middlehurst, Lieut.-Commander J. G. 
Millais, R.N.V.R., Mrs. Muller, C. S. Orwin, M.A., Lieut. Geoffrey 
M. Owen, S.C. Russ, S. Ryder, Mrs. T. Schneider, Charles L. Schofield, 
Miss . Spencer, H. G. Stocker, Mrs. H. G. Stocker, Percy W. 
Straker, Montagu Summers, Mrs. G. G. Vertue, Mrs. C. Waterhouse, 
R. Webb, Mrs. A. E. Holt White, A. J. Williams, G. Thorp Wilson, 
Miss A. C. Wilson. 

Fellows resident abroad (5).—A. E. Edge (Rhodesia), G. de Le- 
chevalier (Nigeria), Hiranand B. Rajdev, B.Ag. (India), David A. Hay 
(New Zealand), G. H. McIndoe (New Zealand). 

Associates (4).—Miss A. M. Cooper, F. Cresswell, Miss W. L. Hake, 
Miss M. J. Norris. 

Societies affiliated (2).—Ruislip Garden Society, Streatham and 
District Rose and Sweet Pea Society. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
JANUARY 25, IQI6. 
Mr. E. A. Bow Es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (22).—Mrs. A. C. Bamford, Miss W. E. Barker, F. 
W. Barnes, T. D. Berner, Mrs. M.C. Brackenbury, Mrs. Carroll, L. J. 
M. Coates, W. J. J. Draper, G. O. Duggua, D. Gray, C. Harding, 


VOL. XLII. a 


ii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


W. Hemmant, Mrs. Stanley Leighton, A. McNicol, Miss E. B. Pitman, 
Mrs. J. Rivington, Mrs. R. B. Roberts, Mrs. Scott, Mrs. Scott Tullis, 
Mrs. T. West, A. E. Wilson, Miss A. Wilson. 
. Associate (1).—F. Dunn. 
A lecture on “ Wild Birds and their feeding habits ” was given by 
Mr. W. E. Collinge, M.Sc. (see p. 1). 


ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. 
FEBRUARY 8, Ig16. 


Field-Marshal the Right Hon. Lord GRENFELL of Kilvey, G.C.B., 
G.C.M.G., in the Chair. 


The Minutes of the Annual Meeting of February 9, 1915, were read 
and signed. 

Fellows elected (78).—Mrs. W. A. Addinsell, Mrs. A. Arnhold, Mrs. 
A. O. Barnes, A. Bayley, Miss V. Blair, Mrs. Boyd, R. Bravington, 
Mrs. Burbidge-Hambly, C. Butcher, Mrs. H. E. Buxton, T. W. Cal- 
verley-Rudston, Rev. E. H. P. Carter, A. Chester, Mrs. Chute, Miss 
F. H. Clarke, R. M. Cocks, Mrs. H. H. Coles, Mrs. Conyers, Mrs. J. 
Crawley, R. H. Crockford, F. N. Davidson, Mrs. €. Daws, F. Debacker, 
Lady Donkin, Mrs. G. Drage, Mrs. Duforest, Miss A. J. M. Elliot, A. 
Freshwater, Mrs. T. B. Fry, Sir Alfred Pearce Gould, K.C. V.0., Dr. 
Lilias Hamilton, Mrs. W. de B. Herbert, Miss A. Holmes, E. E. Holt- 
Evans, F. Jowett, Mrs. Lawder, Mrs. F. T. Leeming, Mrs. E. O. Lloyd, 
Miss M. Macbeth, Mrs. McCarthy, Miss I. D. Mackintosh, H. Mar- 
tineau, Mrs. W. Maudsley, F. W. Monks, J.P., A. F. Nix, Mrs. 
O’Kinealy, Miss M. F. I. Orrell, Mrs. T. R. Pace, Mrs. Peake, Miss F. 
Rains, Dr. A. S. Ransome, H. R. Read, Miss E. Rooke, Miss Rossiter, 
Capt. S. Saunderson, Mrs. H. Sapte, Mrs. J. H. Savory, Miss J. 
Sawyer, G. Scott, Mrs. Shaw, Miss P. E. Smith, Rev. H. G. Southcomb, 
Mrs. S. Spiers, Maj.-Gen. J. C. Stewart, C.B., The Countess of Strad- 
broke, G. H. T. Swinton, Mrs. Sworder, H. F. Sykes, Miss M. Thomas, 
R. Thompson, Mrs. A. H. Venables-Williams, Mrs. G. A. Warburton, 
Maj.-Gen. Ward, C.B., Mrs. W. H. Watts, Mrs. B. Weekes, Mrs. T. 
~ Weller-Poley, Miss E. B. White, Mrs. Trevor-Wingfield. 

Fellows resident abroad (2).—G. Baldwin (Toronto), Lieut. A. R. 
Blannin Ferguson (Mornington, Aus.). © 

Associate (1).—Miss J. Whittington. 


The CHAIRMAN moved the adoption of the Annual Report. This 
was seconded by the Treasurer and carried. 

The following names of President, Vice-President, Members of the 
Council, and Officers having been duly proposed and seconded, and 
the list sent round in accordance with Bye-law 74, and no alternative 


GENERAL MEETING. lil 


names having been proposed, they were declared by the Chairman to 
be elected : : 

As President.—Field-Marshal the Right Hon. Lord Grenfell, 
G.C.B., G.C.M.G. 

As Vice-Presidents—The Duke of Bedford, K.G., F.R.S., the 
Rt. Hon. The Earl of Ducie, F.R.S., Leopold de Rothschild, Esq., 
C.V.O., Sir John T. Dillwyn-Llewelyn, Bart., D.L., J.P., V.M.H., the 
Duke of Portland, K.G., P.C., G.C.V.O., the Right. Hon. James W. 
Lowther, P.C. 

As Members of Counci}.—Lieut.-Col. Sir George Holford, K.C.V.O., 
C.I.E., Mr. E. A. Bowles, M.A., Mr. Henry B. May, V.M.H. 

As Treasurey.—Mr. J. Gurney Fowler. 

As Secretary.—The Rev. W. Wilks, M.A., V.M.H. 

As Auditor.—Mr. Alfred C. Harper. 

Mr. ELWEs proposed that a sale of plants should be held at the 
Chelsea or Holland House Shows in aid of the “ Red Cross Fund.” 

Mr. WALLACE suggested that it would be better to hold a two days’ 
sale in the Hall, earlier in the year, as the date of the Chelsea Show 
would be a bad time for lifting plants. 

Mr. WALLACE also suggested that Awards of the four grades of 
Cups should be given as heretofore at the Chelsea and Holland House 
Shows; the award to be in name only, the Cups themselves not 
being given. 

Sir ALBERT ROLLIT said the Annual Report recorded a new and 
important development—the foundation of a Degree in Horticulture 
(B.Sc. and D.Sc. (Hort.)) at the University of London. His colleagues 
on the Council had been good enough to acknowledge and thank him 
for his services as Chairman of the Horticultural Degree Committee of 
the Senate of the University and the mover in the Senate of the 
resolution for the new degree. The work had been both long and hard, 
but the thanks must be shared with the Council and its Secretary, and 
with some he saw present, especially Dr. Keeble, Mr. Chittenden, and 
Mr. Wright ; while the University Senate had received most favourably 
his proposition to establish the degree and to admit the Society’s 
Wisley garden as a School of the University, though as to the power 
to do the latter he had found it necessary to reinforce his own opinion 
by that of Counsel, and the desired result was being secured. The 
Senate had also sanctioned a most important provision—that the 
Society’s National Diploma in Horticulture shall be the condition and 
basis of the Degree Course, its possession by the student being necessary 
preliminary to his entrance for the Degree Examinations—and this 
also ensured the practical horticultural qualifications of all candidates. 
So now it would be open to any gardener to qualify himself—or herself 
—and enter as a candidate for a degree, and, he hoped, a University 
Scholarship and Medal, in horticulture, and this would have two effects 
of the greatest industrial and national value: It would encourage 
gardeners to be honourably ambitious of such practical, technical, and 
scientific knowledge as the degree involved, and stimulate the acquire- 

a2 


1v PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ment of this training by the individual ; and it would advance public 
education and national development by enlarging its area, and increase 
the probability of the production of one or more of those scientific 
or industrial geniuses who moved the world, such as Newton, Watt, 
Wedgwood, or Bessemer. The creation of one of such would repay a 
million-fold the cost of national education, as the result of substituting 
the rule of science for the rule of thumb, which was no longer im- 
plicitly reliable, though of course it was based on the experience of 
ages, which, however, might not only lead, but mislead. 

Now, however, the Society could fairly congratulate itself that 
whatever industries, and they were many, had been nationally neg- 
lected, and even surrendered to our enemies, like some dye trades, 
no reproach rested upon the Society, for it had organized and co- 
ordinated the British horticultural trade, and by its bi-weekly ex- 
hibitions in its own building in Vincent Square, and its great shows at 
the Temple, Chelsea Hospital, and Holland House, had so educated the 
trade and its customers and the public that it had become the most 
productive and important in the world, a matter on which his experi- 
ence as a judge not only at the Society’s shows, but also at the similar 
exhibitions in France and Belgium, justified him in forming the opinion 
he had expressed. And even in this war-time horticultural things were 
not so bad as might have been expected, while the Council had also 
found time and means to help by a fund of many thousands of pounds 
to relieve and restore horticulture in Serbia and Northern France, for 
which it had received the thanks of both countries, and especially 
of gallant Serbia, personally, through the wife of its Prime Minister, 
M. Passitch. But the greatest service of the Society was that while 
many industries had languished owing to the neglect of education and 
the consequent non-application of science to industries, the Society 
had taken all the steps in its power to identify itself with scientific 
training, investigation, and inventions, and with the many branches 
of science at the base of horticulture, by its work in London and at its 
gardens, laboratories, and means of experimental research at Wisley, 
and had thus placed itself and the great horticultural trade it repre- 
sented abreast of the times and of modern thought and development, 
and so rendered the best service to trade and industry, to labour, 
and to the commerce and culture of the country. 

A question relating to the membership of the Library Committee 
was introduced, and it was urged that the meetings of the Committee 
should be resumed. 

Mr. GEORGE PAUL proposed a vote of thanks to the President, 
Chairman, and Council, which was seconded by Mr. GERALD LODER, 
who at the same time expressed the hope that the annual contribution 
to the revision of Pritzel’s Index would be reinstated as soon as the 
Council saw their way clear to do so. 


REPORT OF FHE COUNCIL FOR THE’ YEAR ‘tors. Vv 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR ro15. 


1. Effect of the War.—It is satisfactory to be able to report that, 
notwithstanding the War, the work of the Society has been maintained 
to a remarkably successful degree. The full programme, arranged for 
both Vincent Square and Wisley, has thus far been carried through. 
Difficulties have been encountered, but it has been found possible to 
meet them successfully. The development work at Wisley has also 
gone forward, and as the year closes the new Laboratory buildings are 
nearing their completion. 

Nevertheless, the Council view the coming twelve months with 
distinct anxiety, and it is for the Fellows to relieve that anxiety, 
by seeing that there is now no set-back in the important work to 
which the Society stood committed at the time the War broke out. 
- One way of doing this is obviously by none of us allowing his Fellow- 
ship to lapse. The Annual Subscription is so comparatively small that 
withholding it can be really necessary to but few ; whilst, on the other 
hand, each subscription is helping to maintain the invaluable work 
of the great Society which the Fellows have been engaged upon, 
during the last 110 years, for the improvement of fruits, vegetables, 
flowers, and garden plants, both in quantity and quality ; in scienti- 
fically investigating plant foods, plant enemies, and plant diseases ; 
and benefiting their own Gardens and the Gardens of Great Britain 
and her Colonies. 

The Council do not intend for one moment to lose sight of the 
practical side of gardening work, but they know that in order to do 
this it is absolutely necessary to keep abreast with the upward 
scientific development which is now entering into, and perfecting, all 
industries and arts; and because scientific investigation and research 
work slowly, quietly, and unobtrusively, they fear lest many of the 
Fellows should fail to grasp their vital importance in every department 
of modern life ; and in this particular the Council cannot but recognize 
that foreign Governments have been more far-seeing than our own. 
Fellows are asked to remember that the Society is not in receipt of 
any assistance whatever from the Government, financial or other- 
wise. It holds an entirely independent position, and is free to conduct 
its work upon lines which are known to be sound, as directed by 
thoroughly practical as well as able scientific men. At all costs, and 
come what may, the Society must be supported by the Fellows. 
After the efforts of the past century, and particularly the past quarter 
of a century, its work must not be allowed to lapse, nor must it be 
allowed to suffer financial difficulties with their consequent restrictions, 


Vil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


for the sake of what, after all, will prove to be a passing difficulty. If 
our enemies are at present endeavouring to prove their scientific pre- 
eminence in certain regrettable directions, it is even more urgent for 
this country to prove its pre-eminence in the things which build up, 
rather than in those things which destroy. And horticulture, from 
whatever point it is viewed, is constructive. It is a very reasonable 
anticipation, and one that all events foreshadow, that when the War 
is ended there will be a better co-ordination of scientific effort in this 
country, in order that our whole national life may be given a further 
upward development ; and there could be no better time than the 
present, provided the means are forthcoming, for preparing for that 
greater effort which lies before us. In every department of the 
Society's work arrangements are now being made with this end in 
view, and Fellows have a responsibility in the matter, which it is 
hoped they will not lightly ignore, when so little from each individual 
can collectively accomplish so much. | 


2. Staff Enlisted.—There has been a remarkable response on 
the part of the staff of the Society to the call for men. No fewer 
than 32 from the Wisley Gardens (21 staff and 11 students), and of the 
small staff at Vincent Square four, have enlisted since War was 
declared. Adding a further 34 past Wisley students and gardeners, 
a total of 70 is reached, three of whom have already laid down their 
lives for their country. 


3. Eeconomy.—In response to Government exhortations to 
economy the positions held by those who have joined the Army 
have not been filled up, save in those cases in which it would have 
materially affected efficiency ; and all departments are being carefully 
considered with a view to possible retrenchment :—for example, the 
Council, having been informed that most Nurserymen and Seedsmen 
value the award of the Society’s Medals as much as, if not more than, 
the Silver Cups usually awarded at the Chelsea, Holland House, and 
a few other Meetings, have resolved to adopt the suggestion, and will 
accordingly confine the presentation of Cups in 1916 to Amateurs 
only, unless any specific schedule indicate otherwise. Gold and 
Silver Medals will be awarded to Nurserymen and Seedsmen as here- 
tofore. In other directions also a special effort is benee made for 
promoting economy without loss of efficiency. 


4. Bulbs for Hospitals.—The President, Field-Marshal Lord 
Grenfell, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., made an appeal through the Society in the 
late autumn for bulbs for the Soldiers’ Gardens at the Convalescent 
Hospitals and Camps near Etaples. There was a generous response, 
over one ton weight being received. They were despatched free of 
cost by the British Red Cross Agency, and a very grateful letter 
of appreciation and thanks has been received from the Chief Officer 
in Command, The contributers were:—The Edinburgh Botanic 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR 1015. Vil 


Gardens, The Rev. J. Jacob, Messrs. Walter T. Ware, Dickson & 
Robinson, A. M. Wilson, Sutton & Sons, Carter Page & Co., Dicksons, 
Brown & Tait, Robert Veitch & Son, T. G. Brown, J. R. Pearson & 
Son, W. H. Divers, W. Poupart, and Barr & Sons. Messrs. Hobbies, 
and Isaac House, offered Roses and miscellaneous Plants, but these 
it was not found possible to send, so that their kind offer had for the 
present to be declined. 


5. Care of Food Committee.—The Care of Food Committee has 
done good work during the past year in increasing the Vegetable and 
Fruit food-supply of the country. Attention is particularly drawn 
to a series of nine pamphlets which have been prepared, on (1) Small 
Fruits for Cottage and Allotment Gardens, (2) The Training of Fruit 
Trees, (3) Vegetables and How to Grow Them in Small Gardens and 
Allotments, (4) Flowers for Small Gardens, Window Boxes, and Wall 
Decoration, (5) Hardy and Half-Hardy Annuals in the Open Air, 
(6) Bottling Fruits and Vegetables, (7) Vegetable Cookery, (8) Salads 
and Salad Making. They have been issued at the nominal price of 
3d., just sufficient to cover the cost of production, printing, and 
postage, and have already had a wide sale. The latest to be issued 
(9) is on Autumn Vegetables Grown from Seed sown in July and 
August. 

It is impossible to estimate the value to the country of this addi- 
tional supply of food-stuffs, which was initiated by the Society by 
means of a letter to The Times on the very day it became known 
that an ultimatum had been despatched to Berlin. The possibility of 
excellent catch-crops from July-and-August-sown vegetables has been 
established beyond doubt, as was shown by the excellent exhibits of 
vegetables so produced at our Meetings in October 1914, and again 
in October 1915; and as the facts and methods become more widely 
known, they are certain to become more widely adopted. 


6. Wisley Development.—In spite of unavoidable delays caused 
by the War, the new Laboratories are approaching completion. 

Improvements in the gardens include the formation of a garden 
for British ferns to contain the magnificent collection presented to 
the Society by Mr. W. B. Cranfield, of Enfield Chase; the establish- 
ment of an ‘‘ American Garden’’; and the making of a large pond 
in the seven-acre field, to receive the outflow from the general system 
of ditches. The best thanks of the Society are due to Mr. Cranfield. 

During the whole of the past year Mr. Harold Page, Chemist to 
the Society, has been on active commissioned service in Flanders. The 
Trials Officer, Mr. Titchmarsh, has received a commission, and his 
deputy Mr. Barker has recently joined H.M. Forces. Only the loyalty 
and devotion of the staff have enabled the work of the Gardens to be 
carried on with success. The number of visitors to the Gardens 
(upwards of 15,000) during the year has been greater than in any 
previous year—a striking evidence of the fact that Fellows seek, and 


Vill PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


find therein, solace from the anxieties of the present time, as well as 
information and instruction for practical use. 

The Scientific Staff has been engaged during the past year in the 
following researches :— 


Dr. Keeble . . The Raising of self-fertile Races of Primula 
obconica. 

Prof. Lefroy . The Prevention of White Fly and Scale. 

Mr. Chittenden . Sterility of Fruit Trees. 

Dr. Horne . . American Gooseberry Mildew. 


Black Spot and Mildew on Roses. 


Mr. Eric Hoghton has been appointed honorary Research Student 
in Electro-biology and is making active preparation to begin his 
investigations as soon as the Laboratory is ready for use. 


7. Wisley Trials.—The following trials have been conducted :— 
Winter-flowering Sweet Peas, Bearded Irises, Pyrethrums, Annual 
Sunflowers, Early and mid-season Potatos, Early Peas, Autumn 
Cabbages, Parsnips, Winter Washes for Fruit Trees, and Spray 
Nozzles ; and the following for the determination of Nomenclature :— 
Tulips, Pentstemons, Scented Pelargoniums, and Sedums. 


8. New Cottages.—The block of six new cottages for the Staff at 
Wisley is now completed and occupied. It will be found at the far 
northern end of the Gardens, where it forms an attractive group on 
three sides of a square, facing the road from Byfleet. 


g. Entomologist.—In the spring of the year the Society’s Entomo- 
logist, Professor Maxwell Lefroy, M.A., was temporarily released from 
his duties at Wisley to enable him to undertake, on behalf of the War 
Office, an investigation into the means of destroying the eggs and 
larve of Flies, with the object of preventing outbreaks of disease. His 
investigations proved to be of much value, and a summary of them 
will be published in the Journal. Later in the year he was urgently 
requested by the Secretary of State to proceed to India, in order to 
undertake another entomological investigation for the Government. 
The Council felt that the acceptance by Professor Lefroy of this 
appointment, entailing absence from England till January 1917 at 
least, rendered the holding of his Wisley appointment impossible, and 
his resignation was accordingly accepted, though with the greatest 
regret. 


ro. Imperial College.— With the appointment of Professor 
Lefroy as Entomologist to the Society, relations were established 
between the Society and the Imperial College of Science. Although 
Professor Lefroy was compelled to relinquish his appointment in 
November these relations remain, and the prime object which they 
were designed to fulfil, namely, the establishment of a National 
Station for Research in Entomology at Wisley, will be, pursued. 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR 1ors5. 1x 


Ir. Diploma Examination.—The first Final Examination for the. 
National Diploma in Horticulture was held in June, and notwith- 
standing absentees through the War, there were 17 successful recipients 
on this first occasion. It is thus evidenced that the National Diploma 
has already won the confidence of the gardening world, which is 
thoroughly convinced as to its practical, as well as its professional, 
utility. 


12. Degree in Horticulture.—The establishment of a Degree in 
the Faculty of Science (B.Sc.) in Horticulture by the Senate of the 
University of London, foreshadowed in the last Annual Report, is 
now accomplished. Final negotiations are proceeding whereby the 
Society’s Research Station and School of Horticulture at Wisley are 
to be recognized as a school of the University for the purpose of this 
Degree. Moreover, the National Diploma has been linked with the 
Degree by the University requiring that the Diploma Preliminary 
Examination should have been passed by all candidates for the Degree. 
The special thanks of the Society are due to Sir Albert Rollit, D.C.L., 
for introducing the matter, and patiently pursuing it over a series of 
years. 


-13. Tulip Nomenclature.—The Trial of Tulips for the purpose 
of determining their synonymy and correct nomenclature has been 
brought to a close, after two years of very long and careful investigation 
both in this country and in Holland. A full, illustrated report has 
been prepared, which will be issued as a separate publication at a 
charge of 2s. 6d. (3s. post free), from the Society’s Agents, Messrs. 
Wesley, 28 Essex Street, London, W.C. This illustrated report 
will constitute the standard work on Tulips for many years to come. 
The Council record their grateful thanks to the gentlemen from 
Holland who have so kindly assisted in this work. 


14. Daffodil Year Book.—The Daffodil Year Book was published 
in August, for the third year in succession. These Year Books are 
commended to the notice of Fellows for their practical information 
on all subjects connected with the Daffodil. 


15. Rome Convention.—The text of the rules for the Importation 
and Exportation of Plants, introduced at the Pathological Conference 
at Rome in 1914, has received considerable attention. In connexion 
with this subject, a Return of British Imports and Exports of Plants, 
Seeds, Bulbs, &c., and a Schedule of Pests affecting the question, are 
being prepared, at the suggestion of the Society’s Parliamentary 
Committee. 


16. Pritzel—The revision of Pritzel’s ‘‘Iconum Botanicarum 
Index ’’ has not been forgotten, but, under the strained conditions 
prevalent both in this country and abroad, it is felt that the present 


xX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


is not an opportune time for commencing the work of revision ; it has 
therefore been decided that, during the continuance of the War, 
further steps should be deferred, save the collecting of funds from 
every available source. 


17. * The Preliminary Recognition.”—The use of a card bearing these 
words has been established for the purpose of recognizing “ Young 
plants ’’ and “ Seedlings of promise,” and having them systematically 
recorded to the credit of their original raisers, introducers, or owners, 
before they arrive at a stage when a definite Certificate or Award of 
Merit could properly be bestowed. 


18. List of Fruits.—Early in February the Fruit Committee 
suggested that the Council should give Awards to “ Old Varieties of 
Fruits of sterling merit, which had received no award in the past.” ~ 
The Council replied by asking for a list of the varieties which the 
Committee hadin mind. The Committee then drew up, and submitted 
in August, a list, which, they asked, should first be sent round to 
about 100 prominent growers, all over the kingdom, for their comments 
upon it. Immediately after the long vacation the Council approved 
a suggestion that advantage should be taken of the sending out. of 
this list in order to obtain certain further information applicable to 
particular districts ; and the Secretary was directed to draw up a 
Form of Inquiry for the purpose. Copies of this Form were sent out, 
together with the Committee’s original list, to 107 growers suggested 
by the Committee, and 84 returns have been received. The returns, 
tabulated according to Districts, will be published at an early date. 


19. Chelsea Show.—The Spring Show will be held at Chelsea in 
1916 on May 23, 24, and 25. Owing to the scarcity of labour, and 
other difficulties, the Council may have to forgo the Great Tent used 
in 1914 and r915, and be content for next year with a series of large 
marquees, but they do not think that the Show would in any way 
suffer if this change should be unavoidable—it might even serve to 
break a threatened monotony of repetition. 


20. Holland House Show.—TIhe Summer Show will be held as 
usual at Holland House, Kensington, on July 4, 5, and 6, but it must 
be borne in mind that this, like all other Meetings of the Society, may 
possibly be overruled by the exigencies of the times. In case of any 
alterations being necessary, as long a notice as possible will be given in 
the Press, but it is impossible to send separate notice to every individual 
Fellow. 


21. Vineent Square.—Owing to the Police Regulations controlling 
the lighting of London, it is necessary for the Meetings at Vincent 
Square to close at 5 p.m. from October to March inclusive. 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR 1015. xl 


22. Lawrence Medal.—The Lawrence Medal for 1915 has been 
awarded to Mr. J. Gurney Fowler, of Brackenhurst, Pembury, Kent, 
for his magnificent exhibit of Orchids at the last Chelsea Show. 


23. Maintaining British Gardens.—In the latter part of the 
summer, the Horticultural Trade was threatened with disaster, through 
certain letters appearing in the Press urging the cessation of all 
gardening expenditure. The Society at once took up the matter, 
and by private correspondence with the authorities, and by appealing 
to the gardening public, and privately to the Fellows, it is understood 
that that danger has been fairly successfully combated. 


24. Dried Bulb Show.—To encourage the planting of British- 
grown bulbs and to make their excellent quality known, the Council 
have arranged to hold a Show of dry British-grown bulbs, in connexion 
with the Meeting on August 1, 1916. The Schedule will be found in 
the Book of Arrangements. 


25. War Relief Fund.—A Fund has been established for helping to 
restore Horticulturists and Market Gardeners in the Countries of our 
Allies whose gardens and horticultural businesses have suffered such 
wholesale and ruthless destruction. His Majesty The King contributed 
£100, and up to the close of the year the Fund has reached over £6,000, 
including £1,000 given by the Society. 

The Council are particularly indebted to The ie Northcote, C.I., 
President, and a Committee of influential ladies, viz. 


oe 


The Viscountess Allendale. The Duchess of Norfolk. 
Miss Balfour. Mrs. Leopold de Rothschild. 
The Marchioness of Crewe. The Countess of Selborne. 
Mrs. Lewis Harcourt. The Lady Wantage. 

Mrs. Lowther. The Marchioness of Zetland. 


EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. 


Miss Balfour. Mrs. Lowther. 
The Lady Balfour of Burleigh. | The Lady Mayoress of London. 
Mrs. Robert Benson. The Duchess of Norfolk. 


The Lady Margaret Boscawen. The Lady Northcliffe. 
The Hon. Mrs. Evelyn Cecil. Mrs. Leopold de Rothschild. 


The Countess of Jersey. The Countess of Selborne. 
Elizabeth, Lady Lawrence. The Countess of Selkirk. 
Mrs. Mark Lockwood. Madame Vandervelde. 


These Ladies are all taking the greatest trouble in organizing 
the work of collecting throughout Great Britain and Ireland, and 
Lady Presidents have been appointed on their invitation for nearly 
all the counties and divisions of the British Isles. A full list of the 


Xli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Ladies’ Committee, County Presidents, County Vice-Presidents, 
Treasurers, Secretaries, &c., will be issued with the March number of 
the Journal, together with a list of subscribers up to the end of the 
year. Besides His Most Gracious Majesty The King, the Fund has the 
patronage of Her Majesty The Queen, Her Majesty Queen Alexandra, 
His Imperial Majesty The Emperor of Russia, Her Imperial Majesty 
The Empress of Russia, His Majesty The King of the Belgians, Her 
Majesty The Queen of the Belgians, The President of the French 
Republic, and The Prince Regent of Serbia. 


26. Obituary.—It is with great regret that the Council have to 
record the death of the following Fellows amongst others :—Lord 
Addington ; Viscount Alverstone; Mr. Atlee Burpee, one of the 
leading Horticulturists of the United States; Sir Arthur Church, 
F.R.S., K.C.V.O. ; Mr. A. D. Darbishire, a great authority on Genetics ; 
The Earl of Jersey, G.C.B., G.C.M.G. ; Dr: Hugo Miller) Pigs. a 
LL.D. ; Sir George Nares, K.C.B.; Capt. Savile Reid) ik... an expert 
in Lilies ; Mr. T. A. H. Rivers ; and the Rt. Hon. Lord Rothschild, for 
many years a Vice-President of, and great benefactor to, the Society. 
The Council also deeply regret to record the sudden death, in the last 
month of the year, of the Hon. John Boscawen, for many years 
himself a member of the Council, and at all times a most active and 
willing helper in matters Horticultural. 


27. Numerical Position.—The following table shows the Society’s 
position with regard to numerical strength during the past year :— 


Loss By DEATH IN I9I5. FELLOWS ELECTED IN IQI5. 
LN AiShar ithe 
Life Fellows . 8. OOo O aGnineast., foe BiLis % ie . 
4 Guineas ; gi% Lap E 2. OD 5 a «FOF. ee ares et 
& ” = RL DN te TAT Oe OPS Nice e . 3603. 3/3 Samii. 0 
I » ee 88 4 9 Associates op eae 2 a AEM) 
ne Affiliated Societies 9 . Og KO 
165 £247 16 © Commutations. Os 
aE = £172 4s. od. 


;, 740 £1,075 Ae 
Loss By RESIGNATION &C. Res : 1,720 4) 70 


s. d@. Nett DECREASE IN INCOME £651 oO oO 
4 Guineas : 2a Si: 80 ————_—_——— 
2 eS PIA ZSAN nL NOOOw tO, /O ——— 
I Ra - 574. 602 14 oO Deaths and Resignations ‘4 E27 
Associates a MAO 25 4 0 £42New Fellows &c.. : : 740 
Affiliated Societies 34 . 25) 1440 
NUMERICAL Loss . : : 467 


1,042): £03478) Voy so 
——_—_—— Total on December 31, 1914 14,404 
Tota Loss 1,207. £1,726 | 4.0. Total on December 38; 1955) 43,937 


The Council deeply regret having to record that, for the first time 
since the year 1887, there has been a decrease, on the previous year, 
in the total number of Fellows. 1915 is the only year, in the long 
series of twenty-eight years, in which the number of New Fellows 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR 101s. xii 


elected has not exceeded that of the Deaths and Resignations 
combined, or in which the income from Fellows’ Subscriptions has 
failed to increase ; and sad to say, 1915 shows a falling off in income 
of £651, which, compared with the last three years’ average increase of 
£1,163, shows a total loss from this source alone of £1,814. 
: In view of these facts the Council venture very earnestly to urge 
on the Fellows the necessity of enlisting the sympathy of all their 
friends, so that 1916 may to some extent restore the balance in both 
income and numbers, and this could so easily be done if every Fellow 
would endeavour to obtain at least one new recruit to the ranks of the 
Old Society. 


28. Committees &e.—The Society owes a constantly recurring 
debt to the Members of the Standing and Special Committees, Chair- 
men, Judges, Writers of Papers for the Journal, Compilers of Extracts, 
Reviewers, Lecturers, and the several Examiners, who, during the 
past twelve months, have done so much to contribute to the Society’s 
usefulness, and to help to maintain its high standing among the 
practical and scientific institutions of the world. 

The Council, whilst thanking, as they do most cordially, all the 
members of the Committees for their kind assistance, think it not out 
of place to remind them that all Committees are appointed to advise 
those who appoint them, whose duty it then is to consider very 
carefully the advice so kindly tendered, and to give effect to it or not 
as in their judgment they consider best for the general welfare of the 
Society. The Council are glad to acknowledge that it is very rarely 
indeed that they are unable to accept the advice tendered by any of 
their Committees ; at the same time, as the governing body of the 
Society, responsible to the Fellows, exceptional cases must in the 
course of years occasionally occur, and it is the duty of the Council 
in such rare instances to exercise the power of decision with which the 
Royal Charter and the Fellows of the Society have endowed them. 

The Council greatly regret that they must at length abandon 
the long-cherished hope of Mr. George Bunyard, V.M.H., being again 
able to resume his place at the head of the Fruit Committee, on which 
he has served so zealously for a period of thirty-five years. The 
Council wish to record the thanks of the Society due to Mr. Bunyard, 
and express the hope that he may enjoy a quiet, restful period in the 
evening of his days. 

The Council desire to cordially acknowledge their obligations to 
their staff, and also to the Press for their invaluable assistance in 
reporting upon, and calling attention to, the work of the Society. 

By Order of the Council, 
Wo VIS: 
Secretary. 
RoyAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 
VINCENT SQUARE, WESTMINSTER, S.W. 
January 1, 1916. 


Dr. ANNUAL REVENUE & EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT 


LS. do Fo "se a. 
To ESTABLISHMENT EXPENSES— 


Ground Rent “ : : , . ; 690 0 oO 
Rates and Taxes . : : : : - 57915 9 
Water Rate : : : F ’ : 66 4 4 
Electric Light - : : : - . | PE22e ig ee 
Gas sii. . - : : : ; 5 29119 5 
SSS re ces 
Salaries and Wages : : : : .. 2/299 ° (8-56 
Printing and Stationery : : : - 4040" rs 
Postages ° . : - : : : 509 19 9 
Fuel . : : : - - 66 14 0 
Professional Fees ° ° : - : «es 
Gratuities . 58 2 0 
Repairs and Renewals (including fr 50 for Hall 
Painting) : : 312 18 9 
Miscellaneous Expenses. : ; 5 ‘ 188 9 5 
——————. 5,022 6 o 
** INSURANCES . ‘ ; : ; 2 - 106 0 O 
», JOURNAL, PRINTING AND POSTAGE . : ss 2,618 12 I 
»» STAFF PENSION : 329 13.0 
Less contributed by the Staff, ‘as per scheme ; r5l M3 72 
————— 177 910 


SHows and MEETINGS— 


a? 


Chelsea Show ! - - : - -. 3,096-—7 41 
Holland Park Show ; : : : « 5,644 9 
Autumn Vegetable Show : , AT20E2. 
Labour Floral Meetings and Conferences - : 235 15 4 
Expenses, do. do. “ : 32°16 “y 
Council, Committee and Deputation Expenses . 288 13 0 
Painting Orchid Certificates . ‘ : : 29 12 6 
eee 
», LNSPECTION OF GARDENS. “ ‘ : : 88 15 II 
,, PRIZES and MEDALS— 
Awarded at Society’s Shows . : : : 524 19 II 
,) [EXAMINATIONS in HORTICULTURE— 
Amount expended “ : : : : 315 19 8 
Less received in Fees . . : : : 27 2 Nag 
Te Ted Pe Oe 
,, CONTRIBUTION to LINDLEY LIBRARY— 
Purchase of Books A - . : : 75 18 8 
Expenses . . . . . ° ° 5A Tae 
Se eo ae 
»» SPECIAL EXPENDITURE— 
Publication of Douglas’ Journal . : 251 8 6 
Share in Collector’s Expedition in China : 100 0 Oo 
Rome Convention . : 2 - : 35. -97.3 
———_——— 38615 9 
», DEPRECIATION— 
Hall Glass Roof, Furniture, es for 
Shows. : : 3 3 : 265 9 4 
16,904 3,0 
, BALANCE, carried to BALANCE SHEET é - 10,536 II 7 


£27,130 14 


N 


FOR YEAR ENDING 3ist DECEMBER, 1915. Cr. 


: LO Seed £ ss. a 

By ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTIONS . : : : A 19,646 I 6 

» ENTRANCE FEES . . . ° ; : 17133) oO 
», DIVIDENDS AND INTEREST B : 2,053 I2 oO 


a do. do. Davis TRUST A : 47 14 8 
——— 2,101 6 8 


» SHOWS AND MEETINGS— 
Chelsea Show . . . . . - 2,042 3 6 


Holland Park Show . . : : : 792 16 oO 
Takings at Hall Shows < : . . 133 19 5 
. ————— 2,968 18 11 
», JOURNALS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS— 
Advertisements . : . : 5 : 626 12 8 
Sale of Publications . : ‘ : : 221 17 9 
—————-._ 848 to ‘5 
» HALL LETTINGS . - : : ; on Eee) FOLKS 
Less Labour Expenses : : ‘ : 133 14 7 
: ————— 1,204 1 8 
» PRIZES AND MEDALS ; : A 5 - 89 16 5 
», LIFE COMPOSITIONS— 
Being amount paid by Fellows now deceased 84.0 0 
, RENT OF COTTAGES, WISLEY . . : 2 16 16 o 


£27,130 14 7 


Dr. 


BALANCE SHEET, 


LIABILITIES. 
To CAPITAL FuNDS ACCOUNT— 


As at 31st December, 1914. £44,307 tau 6 


Less Fees paid by Fellows 


now deceased A 5 84270 so 


Transferred from Revenue for Capital purposes 


LiFE COMPOSITIONS, 1915 . . 
SUNDRY CREDITORS 5 
SUBSCRIPTIONS, &c., paid in advance . 
WISLEY SCHOLARSHIPS— 


Balance 31st December, 1914. 
Less paid to Scholars 


RESERVE ACCOUNT—HALL PAINTING— 
Balance 31st December, 1914. 
Added 1915. : : 


DEPRECIATION AND RENEWALS RESERVE 
ACCOUNT— 
Balance 31st December, 1914 
Added 1915. : ; 


LABORATORY PRIZE FUND— 
Balance 31st December, 1914 a) £3) Paste 
Dividend (Nicholson Memorial 


Fund) : ; : : Say oye es a 


Less expended 


WILLIAMS MEMORIAL FuND 
MASTERS MEMORIAL FUND 
SCHRODER PENSION 
LINDLEY LIBRARY TRUST . 
PRITZEL REVISION FUND . 
GENERAL REVENUE ACCOUNT— 
Balance, 31st December, 1914 
Deduct— 
Transfer to Capital Fund 


44,223.11 6 
L778) Tae 


| 
ais 

Ne) 

(ey 

= 

aN 
on oo 


51260 


Xe) 
GO 
A ar OO 


- 53,923, © © 


Account . ft 77S te LO 


Capital Expenditure Wisley 


Gardens. - 9,550 If Oo 


Depreciation in Market Value 
of Securities sold or trans- 
ferred to Wisley Endowment 


Fund ; i ; oe 12,430) ae 
4 


Bad Debts . ‘ 5 i Io 10 


», REVENUE FOR THE YEAR, aS per 
annexed Account . : . £10,536 II 
Less WISLEY GARDENS, Excess 
of Expenditure over Revenue 4,610 13 


7 
5,025 io 7c 


T3119 | (Sas 


A0,144— 1 9 
ik 


46,069 19 9 


£97,329 16 oO 


Note.—tThe Royal Horticultural Society have agreed to contribute £1,000 
to the R.H.S. War Relief Fund. 


3ist DECEMBER, 1915. Cr: 


ASSETS. 

By CaPpiraAL EXPENDITURE— fi S:.\ . LS 20, 
,». NEw HALL AND OFFICES— 

As at 31st December, 1914 . ° : ©41/277 13-4 
,, FURNISHING HALL AND OFFICES—- 

As at 31st December, 1914 4 ; 2 AOA O.* DS 
,, FREEHOLD LAND AND COTTAGES AT WISLEY . 2,260 0 oO 

5140;002; 23 20 

,» APPLIANCES FOR SHOWS . - 2 296 II oO 
»» SUNDRY DEBTORS AND PAYMENTS MADE _ IN 

ADVANCE ‘ “ A Be F A . 2,047 18 2 


», WOKING WATER Co.— 
Deposit in respect of laying water-main from 
Ripley to Wisley Gardens : : 1,260 0 Oo 


», INVESTMENT of DEPRECIATION and ere: and 
RESERVE ACCOUNT— 
3% % India Stock £2,367 18 9 - cost 2,2ET 12, 10 
(The approximate value of this Investment on the 
31st December, 1915, was £1,912 2s. 2d.) 
», INVESTMENTS, as per Schedule . ‘ . at cost 42,852 I0 6 
(The approximate value of these Investments on the 
= 31st December, 1915, was £36,291 3s. 6d.) 


», CASH— 
At Bank - ‘ . p ‘ . 42.626) O15 2 
In Hand : : : ; : : ; I9 12 4 


2,659 o 6 


£97,329 16 0 


I have audited the books from which the foregoing Accounts are compiled, 
and certify that they exhibit a true and correct statement of the position of 
the Society on the 31st Dec., 1915. 

ALFRED C. HARPER, Auditor 
(HARPER BROTHERS & FEATHER, Chartered Accountants), 
35 GREAT TOWER STREET, Lonpbon, E.C, 

14th January, 1916. 

VOL, XLII. b 


Dr. WISLEY GARDENS—ANNUAL REVENUE & EXPENDITURE 


To SALARIES— 
Garden 
Laboratory 


», RATES AND TAXES 

», INSURANCES 

», LABOUR 

», GARDEN IMPLEMENTS 
», LOAM AND MANURE . 
», REPAIRS . 

;; E UEL 


», MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES— 
Garden A . . 
Laboratory . ° : 


»» GRATUITIES 
»» CARTAGE 4 


mrs. 


d. 


fais. ees LS. ae 


544 7 4 


», LREES AND SHRUBS, AND Ras uae 


», COST of GROWING, PACKING and DISTRIBUTION of 


PLANTS to FELLOWS 
»» OTAFF PENSION 


Less contributed by the Staff, as per scheme ; 


», DEPRECIATION— 


Glass Houses, Plant and Materials 


»,» SPECIAL EXPENDITURE— 


Professional Fees ve agreement with eum 


Water Company 


e 


Royal Zoological Society, Fly Research . 


1,462 17 oO 


La | 


2,007 4 4 
145 7 7 
18 2.3 
1,496 4 4 
a7 19 99 
284 15 II 
130 18 I 
270. BAW 
299 8 7 
oom 
168 18 2 
35. 17523 

4,918 9 3 

2230 Boe 
237 18 6 
97 6 8 

I40 II 10 

448 14 3 
49 15 6 
62 10 oO 

Iiz2 5 6 


£5,843 I 1% 


ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDING 31st DECEMBER, 1915. Cr. 


By DIVIDENDS AND INTEREST 
» PRODUCE SOLD : 


», STUDENTS’ FEES S 


» BALANCE, being excess of E 


Revenue . ‘; 


xpenditure over 


f 


£51843 I II 


Dr. WISLEY GARDENS—BALANCE 


LIABILITIES. 
£ smd Zits. a. 
To CAPITAL FuNDs AccouNnT— 
As at 31st December, 1914 “se 3,764 TOES 
Amount transferred from R. H. Society, 31st 
December, 1915 = : - 9,550 II Oo . 
ty 23,314 19 6 
»» ENDOWMENT FUND. ‘ ; ; 2 3 25,000 O O 
,, DEPRECIATION AND RENEWALS— | 
As at 31st December, a . Pane? Fog fs fr ernie fy 
Added, 1915 : ‘ : : 39814053 
ia ee 


£51,486 _0 9 
EE 


SHEET, 3ist DECEMBER, 1915. Cr: 


ASSETS. 


By DWELLING HousEs— ae Sa.) fo ewan ds 
As at 31st December, 1914 . £5,579 II 10 
Expenditure since 


Installation of Water ¥ BTU fy NA Eo) 
Te ODL ea A 
, GLass Houses, RANGES, PoTTING SHED, &c.— 
As at 31st December, I914 . F z ae, 202°) 6.70 
, LABORATORY— 
As at 31st December, 1914 . £2,052 5 5 
Expenditure since : , 9,292 IO 9 
11,344 16 2 
—_———— 22,198 19 6 
N.B.—The Wisley Estates are, under the 
Trust Deed, vested in the Society only so 
long as it is in the position to use them 
as an Experimental Garden. The value 
of the expenditure thereon depends therefore 
on the continual use of the Garden by the 
Society. 
,, INVENTORY OF PLANT AND LOOSE EFFECTS— 
As taken by Mr. G. P. Allen and Mr. Chittenden 966 0 oO 
» Motor CaR . : : : : : #200110, 70 
Less Depreciation : : : : ig 250) OO 
———__—_—_— 150 0 O 


23,314 19 6 
INVESTMENT OF DEPRECIATION and: RENEWALS 
RESERVE ACCOUNT, 31st December, 1914— 
£2,981 11s. 10d. 34% India Stock at cost 2,772. 7 0o 
(The approximate value of this Investment on the 
31st December, 1915, was £2,407 12s. 8d.) 
Add Cash at Bank for Investment, ol 


a) 


December, 1915. : A B98, 14) 13 
Renae ore ewer eS 
,, INVESTMENTS— 

Great Eastern Railway Company 4 % Deben- 

ture Stock £3,500 . 3,535 0 O 
Leopoldina Railway Company, Ltd. 5 % Ter- 

minable Debentures £2,000 . 23000) | 40),).0 
City of Moscow Loan 1912. 43% Bonds £6, 000 5,730 0 Oo 
Buenos Ayres Great Southern Railway Company 

5 % Non-Cumulative Preference Stock £2,500 2,825 0 o 

Wer Stock 44 % 1925-45, £5,000 . : 5,000 O O 
Canadian Pacific Railway Company 4% Perpe- 

tual Consolidated Debenture Stock, £4, 632.153.5890) 17, 6 
Consols 24 % £3,229 5s. 6d. P [.569" 2-6: 
London County Se eae 38% " Stock f 

£135 8s. 4d. 130 0 0 


(The approximate value of these Investments 
on the 31st December, 1915, was £22,429 5S. 5a.) 


£51,486 0 9 


I have audited the books from which the foregoing Accounts are compiled, 
and certify that they exhibit a true and correct statement of the position on 
the 31st Dec., 1915. . 

ALFRED C. HARPER, Auditor 
(HARPER BROTHERS & FEATHER, Chartered Accountants), 
35 Great Tower Street, London, E.C. 


14th January, 1916. 


Dr. , ALFRED DAVIS 


Bequeathed to the Society in 1870 for Annual Prizes, 


Lo So he, ea ee 
To Amount of Fund, 31st December, 1914. : 4,797 . Bie 
citi A —_—_——_ 
», Dividends received 1915 - ° : ° 47 14 8 
fen ere OTE ee 
WILLIAMS 


Raised by Donations in 1891 in Memory of 


To Amount of Fund, 31st December, 1914. : 204 2 5 


, Balance 31st December, 1914 . ‘ ‘ ‘ 16 o 8 
, Dividends received 1915 : : . : 7 £2 a 


~ 


22°13. oO 


MASTERS 
Raised by Donations in 1908 in Memory of Dr, Masters 


LeS iy ie En ie i 
To Amount of Fund, 31st December, 1914. 5 542 17 Oo 


542 17 0 
, Balance 31st December, 1914 . : : ; II 6 0 
, Dividends received 1915 ; : ‘ : 20 0 O 


£31 6 oO 
——_ 


~ 


~ 


NICHOLSON 


Raised by Donations in 1908 in Memory of 


fs.) dS Bee ae. 
To Amount of Fund 31st December, 1914 : ». ° "R6O"R2 AL 


», Dividends received 1915 . c : : ‘ 6 1 6 


SCHRODER 
Provided by Royal Horticultural Society in Memory of the late Baron 


To Amount of Fund 31st December, 1914 - : ee 36 
», Balance 31st December, 1914 é : : ‘ 9 8.4 
», Dividends received 1915 : : j : 20 0 O 


TRUST FUND. Cr. 


or in any other way the Council may determine. 


Seed uke  NSin Meee 
By Consols, £2,022 8s. 9d. . ° ‘ on 60S? 1,797 15. 9 
eee 


, Revenue and Expenditure Account . : : 47 14 8 
ee 


MEMORIAL FUND. 
B: S: Williams towards Prizes and Medals. 


Bie SE I See 
Py East India Railway Co. Annuity, Class B £7 __.. 168 0 o 
, New South Wales Government 4 per cent. Inscribed 
Stock (1942-62) £36 3s. 1d. : : d 36) 2h 5 
204 205 
» Balance in hands of R. H. Society . i 5 2213 -o 
23, 13.,0 


MEMORIAL FUND. 


towards the Provision of one or more Annual Lectures: 


fa Sed: Be Siu ve 
By Midland Railway Consolidated 2} per cent. 
Perpetual Preference Stock £400 . : 290 13 6 
» Midland Railway Consolidated 2} per cent. 
Perpetual Guaranteed Preferential Stock {400 252 3 6 


542 17 0 


» Dr. Russell for Lectures, 1915 é : - 20.20 0 
» Balance in hands of R. H. Society . : ; ir 6 0 
£31 6 0 


MEMORIAL FUND. 
George Nicholson for Prizes to Wisley Students. 


La Shae! me Pet Sal ods 
By Tasmanian Government 4 per cent. Inscribed 


Stock (1940-50), £162 4s. 5d. ; : - 160 12 II 
», Transfer to Wisley Prize Fund ‘; ; a 6 1 6 
Se 
PENSION. 


Schréder to pay to Gardeners’ Royal Benevolent Institution for one Pension. 


Pen Sonduniere\ S. «as 
By Great Western Railway 4 Per cent. Debenture 


Stock £500. : * : : ; 557 14 6 
,, Gardeners’ Royal Benevolent Eictiation ‘ ‘ 20 0 O 
», Balance in hands of R. H. Society . : ‘ Ou Sua 


ZO, 3 A 
aaa 


Dr. LINDLEY LIBRARY 


Ss. d@. LS. 


To Amount of Fund 31st December, 1914. «5,987 eae 
», Contribution from R. H. Society, 31st December, 
IQI5 ° . ° : : - 75 18 8 
65083158 BD 
To Balance 31st December, 1914 . : : : 8:0 8 
,, Dividends and Donations received 191 5 , 46 10 6 
,, Contribution from R. H. Society, 31st December, 
IQI5 : : : ; 5 ‘ : 54 +I 


108 12 6 
SSS eS ES 


PRITZEL REVISION 


Fund to be raised for the Revision of Pritzel’s Iconum 


p Mee Fes ade 


To Amount of Fund, 31st December, 1914. . 2 859 2° 2 
,, Balance, 31st December, 1914. : P , 22 13 10 
,, Dividends received 1915 . . C : : g43 M8 


TRUST. Cr. 


Li 1Se. 1G; eS amie 
By Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway 3 per cent. 
Consolidated Preference Stock £1,516 held By 


the Charity Commissioners . 1,458 15 7 
,, Walue of Library, 31st December, 1914 . 2845528 Or 3 
», Purchase of Books, 1915 (See Report) : ; 75 18 8 
6,063 3 6 
By Librarian’s Salary . 3 : ; I00 0 O 
», Balance in hands of R. H. Society ‘ ‘ ‘ 8 12046 


108 12 6 
SST eee 


FUND. 


Botanicarum Index. Estimated cost, £3,000. 


By India 24 per cent. Stock, £1,367 13 6 . {S56 2 
», Balance in hands of R. H. Society . ‘ SO ut un 


SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS. 


31st December, Igr5. 


2% % Consols, £5,324 19s. 8d. 
% Local Loans, £5,800 : 
34 % Indian Rupee Paper, 37,000 Rupee 


34 % ea: of Canada ete Stock (2930-1950), 
2,000 


3% % London County Consolidated Stock, i2, 864 IIs. Bd. 
3% % India Stock £2,063 4s. 6d. 


% Havana Terminal Railroad Company Mortgage 
Debenture Bonds £8,300 


44 % Central Argentine Railway, Pad Consolidated 
Preference Stock {£2,800 


5 % State of San Paulo Treasury Bonds ii - Pree . 


: % Central Argentine Railway, Limited, Debenture 
Stock, £600 : 4 - : . 


24 % India Stock, £186 gs. 9d. s 3 ‘ 

4 % Mortgage on Freehold £1,000 . ° : : ° 

4% % War Stock (1925-1945), £2,000 A ; “ : 
% Exchequer Bonds, £2,000 ‘ : : . 4 


cost 5,081 


£ 


6,006 
2,462 


2,000 
2,884 
2,024 


8,946 


2,907 
4,897 


537 
109 
1,000 
1,995 
2,000 


£42,852 


Sé d. 
6 Oo 
16 6 
14 4 
o Oo 
6 10 
Io 4 
oa) 
3 
13 0 
I5 10 
aay 3 
o oO 
2 0 
oe) 
Io 6 


GENERAL MEETING. XXV11 


GENERAL MEETING. 
FEBRUARY 22, 1916. 
Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (52).—Mrs. P. Adams, Mrs. H. Baldwin, Mrs. M. E. 
Barber, Mrs. Bergne, Miss J. E. Biggs, Mrs. Bolitho, Mrs. A. Bowe, 
J. B. Cudlip, R. Daniels, A. H. Dix, G. H. Dunsmure, Major H. E. 
Fiennes, J. Firth, Miss M. D. Fort, Miss V. F. H. Fraser, Miss G. E. 
Galbraith, Mrs. Hawkesley, C. Hawkins, R. S. Hunter, Mrs. Lawson, 
Capt. F. Baring Leman, Mrs. Gwyn Lewis, Mrs. Lias, Mrs, R. Lock- 
wood, Mrs. L. S. Long, Mrs. H. C. Minchin, Mrs. E. Morton, Mrs. E. 
Mylne, H. Oclee, Rev. G. T. C. Pearce, Mrs. J. Pearson, A. W. Pepper, 
Mrs, J. E. Ponder, Mrs. C. I. Rawle, J. Rooke Rawlence, Mrs. E. Roney, 
Mrs. H. L. Rooke, Earl Russell, C. A. Samuells, Miss E. Smith, Mrs. 
Mackintosh Smith, A. T. Stephens, F. Stokes, Mrs. Arnold Sutton, 
Mrs. Telfordsmith, C. R. Thorn, Mrs. Chicheley Thornton, Mrs. A. V. 
Treacher, Mrs. E. Tudway, Miss M. F. Vincent-Wing, C. J. Warren, 
T. J. Whiffen. 

Assoctates (25).—Miss M. D. Barbour, Miss M. Baur, Miss M. Bayley, 
H. Coombe, Miss E, A. Davis, Miss D. George, T. D. Henstock, Miss 
M. Howard, Miss C. Hughes, Miss E. Johnston, Miss D. Leeper, Miss 
E. M. McCowen, Miss O. F. Marshall, Miss E. Moberly, Miss M. Nest 
Owen, Miss M, O. Slaney, G. Smith, Miss L. Spicer, Miss A. H. Stein, 
Miss K. M. Sutherland, Miss V. M. Taylor, Miss R. Waite, Miss M. Wall, 
Miss E. S. Williamson, Miss M. Williamson. 

Society Affiliated (1).—Longfords Valley Hort. Soc. 

A lecture on “ Essential Points of Orchid Cultivation ” was given 
by Mr. Gurney Wilson, F.L.S. (see p. 7). 


GENERAL MEETING. 
MARCH 7, 1916. 
Sir JoHn T. D. LLEWELYN, D.L., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (23).—J. Key Allen, Mrs. I. H. B. dela Poer Beresford, 
Mrs. J. F. Bullar, L. A. Church, C. M. Cooling, Gen. H. S. FitzGerald, 
C.B., B. A. Glover, Mrs. Hethrington, Miss G. Hunter, Mrs. C. Carkeet 
James, Mrs. F. Joynson, Miss G. Miller, Mrs. T. H. Morgan, Mrs. 
Oppenheimer, F. H. Purchas, J. F. Rayner, Miss S. Seruya, F. Siddons, 
Mrs. W, Lloyd Thomas, W. Upton, Mrs. R. Wedgwood, G. J. White, 
Robert Williams. 

Fellows resident abroad (2).—W. Head (India), Mrs. F. Smyly 
(Canada). 

Associates (2).—Miss M. H. Harral, Miss K. Lloyd Jones. 

A lecture on “ The Control of Fungal Plant Disease in Great 
Britain ’’ was given by Dr. A. S. Horne (see p. 13). 


XXVIll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
MARCH 14, 1916. 
The Rev. JOSEPH JACOB in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (14).—G. C. Carley, J. Hudson Davies, Miss Deare, 
E. Denson, Miss M. French, Miss M. Goring, Mrs. H. Le M. Guille, 
Hon. Mrs. Geoffrey Howard, Mrs. E. T. Hudson, Miss P. Lebus, J. 
Northcott, Walter Rush, Owen H. Smith. 

Fellow resident abroad.—Mrs. Lionel Hood (Australia). 

A lecture on ‘‘ Crocuses and their Species ’’ was given by Mr. E. A. 
Bowles, M.A. 


SPRING SHOW OF FORCED BULBS. 
TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY, MARCH 14 AND 15, Ig16. 


Class 2.—Twenty-four Hyacinths, eighteen distinct varieties. 
First Prize, £5 5s.; . Second, £3 3s...) Third, {1 116.08: 
1. Duke of Portland, Welbeck Abbey, Worksop (gr. J. Gibson). 
2. R. G. Morrison, Esq., The Hollies, Victoria Park, Wavertree 
(er. ES Raper). 
3. Marquis of Ripon, Coombe Court, Kingston Hill (gr. T. Smith). 


Class 3.—Twelve Hyacinths, distinct. 
First Prize, {3 3s: ; Second, £2 2s.); Thied, fame 
I. William Joyce, Esq., 53 Prince Alfred Road, Wavertree, 


Liverpool (gr. A. Hitchman). 
No other awards. 


Class 4.—Six Hyacinths, distinct. 
First Prize, {1 11s. 6d. ; Second, #1 1s. ; Third, ros67- 


1. J. Haslam, Esq., 12 Newcastle Avenue, Worksop. 

2. T. Crompton, Esq., Halfway House, Woolton Road, Wavertree, 
Liverpool (gr. J. Gilston). 

3. Not awarded. 


Class 5.—Six pans of Hyacinths, ten roots of one variety in each 
pan. The blooms of each pan to be of distinctly different colour from 
those of the other five pans ; the bulbs need not have been actually 
grown in the pans. 


First Prize, £5 5s. ; Second, £3 3s. ; Third, £1 11s. 6d. 
1. Duke of Portland. : 


2. Marquis of Ripon. 
No third. 


GENERAL MEETING. XxXix 


Class 6.—The finest decorative display of Hyacinths to be staged 
on the floor. 
First Prize, £5 5s. ; Second, £3 3s.; Third, £1 11s. 6d. 
1. Duke of Portland, Welbeck Abbey, Worksop (gr. J. Gibson). 
2. Marquis of Ripon, Coombe Court, Kingston Hill (gr. T. Smith). 
No third. 


Note.—For Classes 2, 3, and 4 each bulb must be in a separate 
pot (size optional). Classes 2, 3, 4, and 5 must all be single spikes ; 
no spikes must be tied together. Exhibitors may only compete in one 
of the Classes 2, 3, or 4. All bulbs must have been forced entirely in 
Great Britain or Ireland. All varieties should be correctly named. 
Points will be deducted for all incorrect names. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
MARCH 28, IgQI6. 
Si; joun I.°D. LLEWELYN, D.L., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (29).—Chas. Henry Bacon, The Lady Edward 
Spencer Churchill, Mrs. V. A. Corbett, Mrs. S. A. Courtauld, M. H. 
Dear, Mrs. H. W. Ellis, Mrs. G. M. Fowler, Miss D. Giffard, J. Hazel, 
W. J. Heney, Mrs. P. G. Hutchison, Mrs. W. B. Incledon, F. W. Lang, 
Mrs. Percy Leaf, W. H. Martindale, Mrs. J. F. B. Matthews, S. M. 
Mellor,'R. L. Mond, M.A., W. Muir, Mrs. J. H. Newton, Lady Reynolds, 
Mrs. F. H. Schwann, Philip Smith, Miss Mary C. Sprague, Mrs. A. S. 
Sutherland-Harris, G. H. Ward, A. K. Watson, Mrs. R. Wilson, 
Mrs. F. W. Young. 

Fellows resident abroad (4).—B. M. Gupta, B.A., M. R. Siddaramaiya, 
Rev. B. Upward, Edwin A. White (Ithaca). 


GENERAL MEETING. 
APRIL II, Irg16. 
HENry Cust, Esq., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (29).—The Countess of Ancaster, Col. R. R. Charteris, 
C. du P. Chiappini, F. W. Costin, Miss H. Cowen, H. Dicks, C. R. Green- 
field, E. W. Greening, E. Hatton, Mrs. W. D. Hoare, R. W. Hunt, 
Miss F. Ind, Mrs. E. Joannides, Mrs. C. Johnston, Miss E. Kendall, 
Col. H. S. Lockhart-Ross, Fredk. Mills, W. H. Moore, Wm. Hy. Neal, 
F. M. Newton, Dr. C. A. P. Osburne, E. J. Parsons, A. Rampton, 
Sir E. Rosling, W. Smyth, A. L. Stocks, C. S. Walsh, A. P. Wilkin, 


F.Z.S., W. H. Woodward. 


XXX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Fellow resident abroad.—H. A. Govindaran. 

Society A ffiliated.—Lincolnshire Gardeners’ Society. 

Associates (2).—Miss Laura Epps, Miss Rowan. 

A lecture on “ Medicinal Herbs ” was given by Mr. E. M. Holmes. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
APRIL 18, 1916. 
H. J. ELwes, Esq., F.R.S., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (17).—Lieut. Eric C. Cheshire, Miss Flower, Mrs. 
Goodchild, W. H. Grant, C. Oscar Gridley, Loftus R. G. Hare, John 
McEwan, J.P., Robt. Miller, Miss Otway, Miss M. Pettus-Batcheler, 
Mrs. C. F. Rawson, Miss E. K. Salter, R. M. Spiller, Viscountess 


Templetown, Harold Wells, Miss Florence Witherington, Mrs. R. C. 
Wroughton. 


Associate.—Miss E. M. Casey. 


A lecture on ‘‘ Hybrids, Sports, and Varieties of Trees ’’ was given 
by Professor Henry, M.A., V.M.H. 


DAFFODIL SHOW. 


TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY, APRIL 18 AND Ig, 1916. 


SECTION I. 
Open Classes. 
(Exhibitors in Section I. could not enter or compete in Sections II. or 
TIT.) 


Class 1.—Daffodils, 48 varieties, fairly representing the different 
Divisions. Three stems of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Cup and £1 ; Second, Standard Cup and f1 ; Third, Silver- 
gilt Flora Medal and £1. 


1. A. M. Wilson, Esq., Shovell, Bridgwater. 

2. C. Bourne, Esq., Simpson, Bletchley. 

3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman, Ltd., Rotherside Gardens, Rye. 
Class 2.-Twelve varieties (Division I.). Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, £1 ; Third, ros. 


1. Messrs. Barr, King Street, Covent Garden, W.C. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 


3. C. Bourne, Esq. 


Class 3.—Twelve varieties. (Division II.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, £1 ; Third, ros. 

1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 

2, C. Bourne, Esq. 

No third. 


DAFFODIL SHOW. XXX1 


Class 4.—Twelve varieties. (Division III.) Three stems of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, £1 ; Third, ros. 


1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
2. C. Bourne, Esq. _ 
3. Messrs. Chapman. 


Class 5.—Nine varieties. (Division IVa.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, £1 ; Third, ros. 


1. Rev. J. Jacob, Whitewell Rectory, Whitchurch, Salop. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 54.—Nine varieties. (Division IVb.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, £1 ; Third, 1os. 
No awards. 


Class 6.—Nine varieties, selected from Divisions V., VI., and VII. 
Three stems of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, 15s.; Third, tos. 


1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
No second. 


Class 7.—Six varieties. (Division VIII.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, 15s. ; Third, ros. 


1, W. F. M. Copeland, Esq., West View, Shirley, Southampton. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 


Class 8.—Nine varieties. (Division IX.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, 15s. ; Third, ros. 


I. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 
No second. 


Class 9.—Six varieties. (Division X.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, 15s. ; Third, tos. 


1. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
No other awards. 


Class gA.—Six varieties. Three stems of each. To be selected 
from any or all of the Divisions I., II., III., 1V.,and IX. None of 
the flowers must exceed three inches in diameter. 

First Prize, Silver Banksian Medal ; Second, 15s. ; Third, ros. 


This class was intended to encourage the exhibition of the smaller-flowered 


varieties. The Judges were particularly instructed not to give points for under- 
sized blooms of large-flowered varieties. 


No entries. 


XXXli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


SECTION II. 
Amateurs only. 
All flowers shown in this Section must be in commerce. 


(Exhibitors in Section II. could not enter or compete in Sections I. 
or Tit) 


Class 10.—Collection of Daffodils, 24 varieties, fairly representing 
the different Divisions. Three stems of each. 


First Prize, Standard Cup and {1 ; Second, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and 15s. ; 
Third, Silver Flora Medal and Ios. 


No other awards. 
3. A. Johnson, Esq., Greensted, West Hill, East Grinstead. 


Class 11.—Six varieties. (Division I.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s. ; Second, ros. ;. Third). 7s. 76¢- 
I. Rev. T. Buncombe, The Rectory, Black Torrington, Devon. 
2. R. Morton, Esq., Grange Dene, Woodside Park, N. 
3. H. R. Darlington, Esq., Park House, Potter’s Bar. 


Class 12.—Six varieties. (Division II.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, xos.; Third, 7s. "6d. 
1. R. Morton, Esq. 
2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
3. A. Johnson, Esq. 
Class 13.—Six varieties. (Division III.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s. ; Second, tos. ; Third, 7s. 6d. 
1. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
2. R. Morton, Esq. 
No third. 
Class 14.—-Six varieties. (Division IVa.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, 1tos.; Third, 7s. 6d. 
No awards. 


Class 14A.—Six varieties. (Division IVd.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, tos.; Third, 7s. 6d. 
I. Rev. T. Buncombe. 
2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No third. 
Class 15.—Six varieties. (Division IX.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, tos. ; Third, 7s:. 6d. 
I. R. Morton, Esq. 
2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 16.—Six varieties. (Division V.) One stem of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, 1os.; Third, 7s. 6d. 
1. Mrs. Ridley, Maperton, Wincanton, Somerset. 


2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No third. 


‘DAFFODIL SHOW. XXXIll1 


Class 17.—Six varieties. (Division VIII.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, tos.; Third, 7s. 6d. 


1. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No other awards. 


Class 18.—Three varieties. (Division X.) Three stems of each. 
Birst Prize, 7s:.6d. : Second, «5s. ; Third,) 3s. 
1. R. Morton, Esq. 


2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 184.—Six varieties. Three stems of each. To be selected 
from any or all of the Divisions I., II., I1I., [V., or IX. None of the 
flowers must exceed three inches in diameter. 

First Prize, 15s.; Second, 1os.; Third, 7s. 6d. 


This class is intended to encourage the exhibition of the smaller-flowered 
varieties. The Judges were particularly instructed not to give points for under- 
sized blooms of large-flowered varieties. 


1. R. Morton, Esq. 
2. H. R. Darlington, Esq. 
No third. 


SecTion III. 
Amateurs only. 
All flowers in this Section must be in Commerce. 


(Exhibitors in Section III. could not enter or compete in Sections I. 
or-IT.) 


Class 19.—Twelve varieties, fairly representing the different 
Divisions. Three stems of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and tos. 6d. ; Second, Silver Flora Medal 
and 7s. 6d.; Third, Silver Banksian Medal and 5s. 


1. Miss V. Warren, The Oaks, Westbere, Canterbury. 
2. W. B. Cranfield, Esq., East Lodge, Enfield Chase, Enfield. 
3. G. Stocks, Esq., 44 Bentley Road, Doncaster. 


Class 20.—Three varieties. (Division Ia.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d¢.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 


2. Mrs. Butler, Twyning Park, Tewkesbury. 
3. Geo. Churcher, Esq., Woodcote, Alverstoke, Hants. 


Class 21.—Three varieties. (Division 10.) Three stems of each. 
Purse Prize) 7s sod. -sseconds, 5s3) Dhitd, 53s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
2. Miss V. Warren. 
3. Mrs. Butler. 


VOL. XLII, c 


XXx1V PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Class 22.—Three varieties. (Division Ic.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
2. Mrs. Butler. 
3. Geo. Churcher, Esq. 


Class 23.—Three varieties. (Division IIa.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
2. Miss V. Warren. 
3. Mrs. Butler. 


Class 24.—Three varieties. (Division IIb.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.); Second; 5s. ; Third; 3s. 
t. Mrs. Butler. | 
2. Miss V. Warren. 
3. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 


Class 25.—Three varieties. (Division IIIa.) Three stems of each. 
First’ Prize, 7s. 6a.; Second, 5s.; Thisd, 9s; 
1. Miss V. Warren. 
2. Geo. Churcher, Esq. 
3. Mrs. Butler. 


Class 26.—Three varieties. (Division IIIb.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. Geo. Churcher, Esq. 
2. Miss V. Warren. 
3. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 


Class 27.—Three varieties. (Division IVa.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize,-7s. 6d. ; Second, 5s. ; Third, 3s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
No other awards. 


Class 27A.—Three varieties. (DivisionIV0.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. Geo. Stocks, Esq. 
2. Geo. Churcher, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 28.—Three varieties. (Division V.) One stem of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
1. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
No other awards. 


Class 29.—Three varieties. (Division VIII.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
x. Geo. Churcher, Esq. 
2. Geo. Stocks, Esq. 
No third. 


DAFFODIL SHOW. XXXV 


Class 30.—Three varieties. (Division IX.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 

r. Mrs. Butler. 

2. Miss V. Warren. 

No third. - e 


Class 31.—-Three varieties. (Division X.) Three stems of each. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 
rt. Miss V. Warren. 
2. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 314.—Three varieties. Three stems of each. To be selected 
from any or all of the Divisions I., II., III., 1V.,and IX. None of the 
flowers must exceed three inches in diameter. 

First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 3s. 


This class is intended to encourage the exhibition of the smaller-flowered 
varieties. The Judges are particularly instructed not to give points for under- 
sized blooms of large-flowered varieties. 


I. Geo. Stocks, Esq. 
3 Geo. Churcher, Esq. 
; so W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 


SECTION IV. 
Seedling and new Daffodils—Open Classes. 


Class 32.—Twelve varieties, introduced into commerce since IgI2. 
One stem of each. 


First Prize, Standard Cup and £1; Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal and 15s. ; 
Third, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and ros. 


No awards. 


Class 33.—Twelve varieties, not in commerce. One stem of each. 


First Prize, Engleheart Cup and 1 ; Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal and £1 ; 
Third, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and 15s. 


1. P. D. Williams, Esq., Lanarth, St. Keverne. 
2. Messrs. Barr. 
No third. 


Class 34.—Six varieties, not in commerce. One stem of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1 ; Second, Silver Flora Medal and . 
15s.; Third, Silver Banksian Medal and tos. 


1. Capt. H. G. Hawker, Higher Barracks, Exeter. 
PCV. fu: faco. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 35.—Three varieties, not in commerce. One stem of each. 


First Prize, Silver Flora Medal and 1os.; Second, Silver Banksian Medal and 
Se Ot. 5.3 atta, 75.2 Od. 


mC. Bourne, Esq: 
2. C. Lemesle Adams, Esq., Pendeford Hall, Wolverhampton. 
3. Rev. T. Buncombe. 


XXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 36.—Three varieties, not in commerce. Nine blooms of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and {1 ; Second, Silver Flora Medal and 
15s.; Third, Silver Banksian Medal and Ios. 

2. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 
No other awards. 


Class 36A4.—One variety, not in commerce. Nine blooms. 


First Prize, Silver Flora Medal and 7s. 6d.; Second, Silver Banksian Medal and 
5s.; Third, Bronze Flora Medal and 2s. 6d. 


1. Capt. H. G. Hawker. 
No other awards. 


Class 37.—-Nine varieties of Triandrus Hybrids, not in commerce. 
One stem of each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Flora Medal and £1 ; Second, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal 
and 15s.; Third, Silver Flora Medal and ros. 


1. Messrs. Barr. 
2. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
3. Messrs. Chapman. 


Class 38.—Twelve varieties, raised by the exhibitor. One stem 
of each. 
First Prize, Silver-gilt Cup; Second, Standard Cup; Third, Silver-gilt Flora 


Medal. 
1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
2. Messrs. Barr. 
No third. 


Class 39.—Six varieties, raised by the exhibitor. One stem of 
each. 


First Prize, Standard Cup; Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal; Third, Silver-gilt 
Banksian Medal. 


1. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 
2. Rev. J. Jacob: 
3. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 


Class 40.—Three varieties, raised by the exhibitor. One stem of 
each. 


First Prize, Silver-gilt Flora Medal ; Second, Silver Flora Medal; Third, Silver 
Banksian Medal. 


1. GC. Lemesle Adams, Esq. 
2. Rev. T. Buncombe. 
3. Geo. Stocks, Esq. 


Class 40A.—Three varieties, not in commerce. Three stems of 
each. Torepresent any of the Divisions I., II., III., IV., or 1X. None 
of the flowers must exceed three inches in diameter. 


First Prize, Silver Flora Medal and t1os.; Second, Silver Banksian Medal and 
75..0d. 5 Thad, 75.602 


1. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. IT. Batson, Esq., Beaworthy, S. Devon. 
3. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 


DAFFODIL SHOW. 


SECTION V. 
Single Blooms—-Open Classes. 


Class 41.—One bloom. (Division Ia.) 


SpebbESt “Prize, 7S.-0G.s second, 5S. > Limitd, 25. 6d. 


1. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
3. Capt. H. G. Hawker. 
Class 42..-One bloom. (Division Id.) 
First; Prize, 7s.6d..> Second; 5s.;, Phird, 2s: 6d. 
1. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
2. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
3. C. Bourne, Esq. 


Class 43.—One bloom. (Division Ic.) 


Hirst: Prize, 7s: 6d. ; Second, 5s.; Lhird, 2s. ' 6d. 


1. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. C. Lemesle Adams, Esq. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 44.—One bloom. (Division IIa.) 


First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 


I. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
3. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 


Class 45.—One bloom. (Division II0.) 


First Prize, 7s. 6d. ; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d: 


I. P. D. Willams, Esq. 

2. Mrs. Gage Hodge, Huxham Rectory, Exeter. 
g C. Lemesle Adams, Esq. 

3: 3 W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 


Class 46.—One bloom. (Division IIIa.) 


First Prize, 7s: 6d. ; Second, 5s. ; Third, 2s: 6d. 


I. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. A. M. Wilson, ‘Esq. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 47.—One bloom. (Division III0.) 


First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second; 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 


1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
2. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 48.—One bloom. (Division 1Va.) 


First Prize, 7s. 6d, ; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 


1. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. Rev. J. Jacob. 
3. C. Bourne, Esq. 


XXXVI1 


XXXVill PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Class 48A.—One bloom. (Division IVb.) 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
I. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. Capt. H. G. Hawker. 
3. C. Bourne, Esq. 


Class 49.—One stem. (Division V.) Trumpet-shaped. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
I. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. T. Batson, Esq. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 50.—-One stem. (Division V.) Cup-shaped. 
First Prize, 7s. 6d. ; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
1, W. B, Cranfield, Esq. 
2. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
3. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 


Class 51.—One stem. (Division VII.) 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
1. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
2. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
3. T. Batson, Esq. 


Class 52.—One stem. (Division VIII.) 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
I. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
3. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
Class 53.—One bloom. (Division IX.) 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
I. Messrs. F. H. Chapman. 
2. P. D. Williams, Esq. 
3. Capt. H. G. Hawker. 


Class 54.—One bloom. (Division X.) 
First Prize, 7s. 6d.; Second, 5s.; Third, 2s. 6d. 
1. W. F. M. Copeland, Esq. 
2. A. M. Wilson, Esq. 
3. Capt. H. G. Hawker. 


SECTION VI. 
Open to all Amateurs. 


Class 55.—A Collection of thirty-six varieties, three stems of each, 
fairly representing Divisions I.,.II., III., 1V., V., [X.,and X. Divisions 
VI. and VII. optional, Divisions VIII. and XI. excluded. 


The Council have accepted the prizes offered in this class by Messrs. Barr 
and Sons, for award at the Daffodil Show. 


First Prize, the Barr Silver Daffodil Vase ; Second, £3; Third, £2. 
I. W. B. Cranfield, Esq. 
2. Mrs. Ridley. 
3. W. Poupart, Esq., Marsh Farm, Twickenham. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. XXX1X 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. 
JANUARY II, Igr6. 


Mr. E. A. BowtEs, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and nine members 
| present. 


Hybrid Mint.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a specimen of a 
Mint which he had collected near Aberdeen, and which he regarded 
as a possible hybrid between Mentha aquatica and M. piperita. It 
was the only specimen growing in a quantity of the latter plant, 
and had much of the habit of that species, but was very hairy. He 
thought it had probably inherited its hairiness from M. aquatica. 
It was different from M. pubescens (M. nepetiordes, as it is called on 
the Continent). 

Brodiaea Sellowiana.—Mr. A. Worsley showed a flower of this 
pretty little species of Brodiaea which he had had growing in a house 
for many years, but which died out of doors. It does not appear to 
_ be hardy. 

Massoma pustulata.—Mr. Bowles showed a specimen of this inter- 
esting plant from Mr. Elwes. A Botanical Certificate was awarded to 
it when last shown in 1906. He also showed a remarkable flower of 
Galanthus cilicicus, much larger and finer than usual, from the same 
source. It had appeared among imported bulbs. 

‘* Sporting” of Bouvardia.—Mr. W. Bateson, F.R.S., showed a 
sport from the pale pinkish form of Bouvardia, known as ‘ Brides- 
maid,’ like ‘ Hogarth’ in every way, t.e. of a red colour. It had 
occurred among plants raised from cuttings of the former. He 
suggested that the probable explanation of the sporting was that 
* Bridesmaid ’ was a chimeera, and that, as the buds on the root-cuttings 
were produced from the central tissues of the root only, the outer 
covering present in ‘ Bridesmaid ’ was lacking in the plants propagated 
from it. Such sporting in root-cuttings has been recorded several 
times, especially some years ago, and the Committee would be glad 
to learn of other similar cases. 

Fasciated Daphne Laureola.—Mr. C. H. Curtis sent very remark- 
able shoots of Daphne Laureola which had occurred in the garden at 
Scratby Hall, Yarmouth. The stem was flattened and spread out in 
a fan-like manner, so that many hundreds of small shoots were 
produced in a cockscomb-like termination to the branches. 

Fasciated Primula malacoides.—Mr. Curtis also sent from his own 
garden an inflorescence of Primula malacoides with very numerous 
flowers in the whorls, from the first of which several branches bearing 
many-flowered whorls had arisen. 


xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Gall on Salix babylonica.—Mr. W. B. Gingell sent a gall similar 
to those which occurred on Willows in Essex in 1906, and then 
shown before the Scientific Committee, cut from Salix babylonica 
in Dulwich Park. The gall consists of innumerable short shoots 
arising close together so as to form a dense mass of thin growths, 
which in winter look almost like derelict birds’-nests hanging in the 
trees. It is probably caused by a mite, and has spread rapidly all 
over the London district. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, JANUARY 25, IQI6. 


Mr. E. A. Bow tes, M.A., F.LS., F.E.S., in the” Cham aan 
eleven members present. 


Apple Fruit Spot.——Dr. Horne showed cultures on Apple agar 
of various fungi, which he had isolated from minute brown spots 
on Apple fruits. One of them had fruited, proving to be a species 
of Stemphylium, producing conidia, sclerotia, and pycnidia similar 
to those found on the Apple. The fungi associated with the spot 
appeared to vary from year to year. 

Gall on Rhododendron.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a further 
specimen of the fungus gall on the Indian Azalea, which has been 
before the Committee on several occasions, due to the fungus Exo0- 
basidium gaponicum, and which has appeared with increasing frequency 
since its introduction about 1906. Picking off the galls and burning 
them is sufficient to keep it in check. 

Germination of Vallota purpurea.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., drew 
attention to the curious germination of the seeds of Vallota purpurea. 
The seeds, which were sown on the surface and fully exposed to the 
light, sent out the usual germination process, from the apex of which 
roots were developed. All the reserve food passed from the seed to 
the apex of the process, which became green and swelled before any 
leaves were developed (fig. 31). In all probability food was made 
during this stage of germination. In several cases in allied plants 
the formation of chlorophyll is normal in seeds. 

Osage Orange Fruiting.—Mr. C. H. Curtis showed a fruit of the 
Osage Orange, which had ripened in a Suffolk garden. Maclura 
aurantiaca rarely fruits in this country, although the plant is hardy. 
The present fruit was rather small, and not quite yellow. In the 
United States Maclura aurantiaca is an excellent hedge plant, and 
the large, yellow fruits, inedible but conspicuous, are freely produced. 

Fasciated Rose.—Mr. Allgrove, of Langley, Slough, sent a re- 
markable fasciated shoot of Rose ‘Coronation’ with a flattened stem 
several inches broad. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. xli 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 8, IgI6. 


Mr. E. A. Bow .es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, with fourteen 
members present, and Rev. J. Jacob and Mr. W. Barr (visitors). 

Death of Canon Ellacombe.—Mr. Bowles referred in sympathetic 
terms to the death of the oldest member of the Scientific Committee, 
Rev. Canon Ellacombe, of Bitton. The Committee unanimously desired 
that a message of sympathy should be sent to his family. 

Yellow-flowered Poinctana.—Mr. W. Fawcett, F.L.S., showed a 
specimen of a yellow-flowered form of Poinciana regia from near Bull 
Bay, Jamaica. As members of the Committee remarked, some forms 
are also more orange than others. 

Forms of Galanthus and Helleborus.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., 
exhibited several forms of Galanthus from his garden and elsewhere, 
remarking that, in his opinion, too many species of these plants had 
been made by botanists. The speties of Galanthus are particularly 
variable, and Mr. Bowles undertook to examine and report upon those 
brought by Mr. Elwes. 

His report is as follows, grouping the forms under the species to 
which they belong :— 


I.—G. nivalis. Melvillec—a major form of mivalis (Gard. Chron. 
£879) "1. 237): 

Imperatt represents the South European form. It seems the 
form Backhouse sent out, not that of Atkins, by the mis- 
shapen segments. 

Imperati var. Boydit. A seedling ( ? normally two-flowered). 
(See Burbidge, R.H.S. Journal, 1891, p. 200.) 

cilicicus is an early-flowering Eastern form, with very 
narrow glaucous leaves. (See Baker, Gard. Chron. 
FOOT, PD 2EA.) 

caucasicus is a late-flowering Eastern form, which, when 
robust, produces two flowers from each pair of leaves. 
(See Baker, Gard. Chron. 1887, i. 313.) 

The Straffan Snowdrop is a fine form of caucasicus. (See 
caucasicus grandis, Burbidge, R.H.S. Journal, 1801, 
pi203%) 

Nivalis hybrids :— 

‘William Thompson’ is nivalis x plicatus. (Gard. Chron. 
janroi, fig. 20.) - 

maximus, Baker = grandiflorus, Baker. (See Gard. Chron. 
1893, Xlil. p. 656.) 

“Neil Fraser,’ probably nivalis < caucasicus. 

‘II.—G. latifolius, true. Leaves light green, with bright gloss, 
small flowers. 

G. latifolius var. Allenit. Leaves duller, darker green. 

(See Gard. Chron. 1891, ix. p. 298, and Garden, March 
1g02, p. 157.) 


xlii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


G. latifolius var. Ikariae. Leaves revolute, deep green, 
with large green spots on inner segments, late flowering. 
(See Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii. p. 506.) 


IIlIl.—G. plicatus Bieb. 
‘Dragoon.’ A seedling of Allen’s. 
chapelensis. A major form. (See Allen, R.H.S. Journal, 
1891, p. 175.) 
byzantinus Baker? A hybrid plicatus x Elwesit, but breeds 
true. Leaves of plicatus, flowers .of Elwesit. (See 
Gard. Chron. 18093, Xili. p. 226.) 


IV.—G. Elwesi. 


Var. Cassaba has inner segments, almost entirely green. 
(See Gard. Chron. 1899, p. 165.) There is a robust form, 
called by S. Arnott Elwesit Cassaba Boydw. 

Var. vobustus = Elwes. (See Gard. Chron. 1893, ii, 
p.226.) 


Elwesit hybrids :— 
Colesborne var. (? Elwesit X caucasicus.) 


Similar, but with wider leaves and more green in inner 
segments. 


V.—G. Fostert Baker. 


(?) A hybrid between Elwesit and latifolius, but more pro- 
bably a true species. (See Gard. Chron. 1889, v. p. 458.) 


Plantago Roots.—Dr. J. A. Voelcker drew attention to the change 
in colour of roots of Plantago, which become quite red on exposure to 
the air owing to the production of anthocyanin. 3 

Double Primula sinensis.—Mr. E. J. Allard showed the result 
of crossing a double form of P. sinensis with a single. Two double 
forms are known, one in which several petals are produced within 
one another, the other in which two rows occur, the inner being 
reversed in colouring. Mr. Allard had searched over a number of 
plants of P. sinensis alba plena, in which the flowers are of the former 
type, shown by Messrs. Veitch, and had found one flower with a 
normal stigma, none with pollen. He pollinated this flower with 
pollen from a single magenta-flowered plant, and obtained three 
seeds, which gave two plants bearing normal single flowers tinged 
white. These were self-pollinated, and gave seventy-four plants, 
seventy-two of which were single, two double, both white, and with 
the older form of doubling similar to the double parent of F,. 

Origin of Peloria &c.—Colonel H. E. Rawson showed a number of 
dried specimens to illustrate the various correlations which accompany 
the growth of supernumerary spurs in Tvopaeolum. Although a 
flower with three spurs and no other variation was the first to appear, 
and out of the first ten flowers only two varied in the number and 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. xiii 


shape of the petals, as well as having two-spur peloria, there seems 
to be a series of changes which follow. They are :— 


1. A change in the distribution of the vascular bundles, which 
affects the form and size of one of the anterior petals. 

2. This change in the anterior petal takes place in other flowers 
than those with extra spurs, and is passed on by the seed sown in an 
open garden. 

3. The subtending leaf of the peloric flowers is suppressed 
altogether, or is pushed a few millimetres up the pedicel and dwarfed, 
perhaps go per cent. 

4. The suppression in (3) is accompanied by a shortening of the 
internodes, and as many as seven flowers will arise from less than 
I inch of a lateral branch, and of these perhaps four will show two-spur 
peloria and the rest will be normal. Subtending leaves may, or may 
not, be suppressed or dwarfed. 

5. Each additional spur is accompanied by the change of at least 
one anterior petal into one with the sessile character and obovate 
shape of the posterior petals. A three-spur flower will sometimes 
have all five petals sessile, with the vascular bundles coloured and 
well defined in each. 

6. The normal spur is no longer connected with a posterior sepal, 
_ but is in line with and directly extends a posterior petal. 

All these modifications, with the exception of the last, which 
appeared only last summer, have been transmitted by the seed in 
the open garden. The formation of a spurred petal appears to be 
the first occurrence of the kind in Tvofaeolum on record. 

Geaster sp.—Mr. Clarence Elliott sent one of the curious fungi, 
called earth-stars, belonging to the genus Geaster, in which the outer 
part of the fruit splits in a stellate fashion, turns back, and carries 
the inner spore-bearing portion above the surrounding ground. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 22, I9Q16. 


Mr. E. A. Bow .es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and thirteen 
members present. 


Cardamine amara form.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a specimen 
from Weybridge of the form of C. amara called lilacina or erubescens. 
In the type only the stamens are coloured ; in the variety the petals 
also are tipped with reddish colour. | 

Plants from Gallipol1.—Mr. E, M. Holmes, F.L.S., showed a number 
of dried plants, including species of Mentha, Thymus, Marrubium, 
&c., which Lieut. G. M. Owen had sent to Mr. Chittenden from Gallipoli. 
One thistle was a particularly handsome plant. 

Effect of Screening on Plants.—Col. H. E. Rawson showed a further 
series of examples of Tropaeolums showing deviations from the normal, 
such as suppression of bracts, congestion of flowers, hairiness and the 


xliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


like, which he attributed to the effect of screening. Members remarked 
that similar occurrences were to be seen in Tropaeolums grown in 
pots when kept on the dry side, and the general criticism of the results 
obtained was that while these aberrations may be the direct result 
of the treatment the plants had been subjected to, the possibility of 
an inclination to vary in these directions, irrespective of external 
conditions such as lighting, being innate in the strain experimented 
with, had not been excluded. 

Kitchingia unifloraa—Mr. W. E. Ledger Ten a well-flowered 
plant of this rare Crassulaceous species from (in all probability) Mada- 
gascar. It differed in appearance in several minute characters from 
the figure in the Bot. Mag. (t. 8286), which had been drawn from the 
Kew plant, of which the present was a piece, owing, probably, to 
flowering at a different season, to differences in temperature and light, 
&c. It has roundish, fleshy leaves about + inch in diameter, and 
urceolate pink flowers, $-? inch long, borne on slender pedicels. A 
Botanical Certificate was unanimously recommended to this plant. 

Rhododendron trrorvatum.—A Botanical Certificate was also recom- 
mended to Rhododendron irroratum, a new Chinese species with white 
flowers, freely spotted inside the corolla with purplish-pink spots, 
sent by Mr. E. J. P. Magor, of Lamellan, St. Tudy, Cornwall. 

Jasminum primulinum.—Mr. W. B. Fletcher sent specimens of 
single and double flowers of this species, with the following history :— 
Jasminum primulinum rarely fruits; indeed, Wilson, who collected 
it in China for Messrs. Veitch, searched in vain for seeds, and was 
obliged to send plants over to England in order to introduce it. The 
form introduced had hose-in-hose flowers, and Mr. Fletcher had 
pollinated the flowers with pollen from J. nudiflorum and its own pollen, 
with the result that a few seeds were secured, and these gave one 
single-flowered plant, one of the original form, two double-flowered 
(triplex) forms, and one with such poor flowers that it was promptly 
destroyed. Mr. Fletcher also crossed J. nudiflorum 9? with J. primu- 
linum @ and secured one plant, which, after flowering once or 
twice, died. He drew attention to the fact that in seedlings of J. 
primulinum the first leaves formed above the cotyledons are trifoliate, 
while in J. nudiflorum they are simple. The hybrid, with nudiflorum 
as its seed-parent, had its first leaves trifoliate. 

Hyacinth many-spiked.—Examples of Hyacinth bulbs throwing 
several instead of one spike of flowers are frequently before the Com- 
mittee, fourteen spikes being the most observed so far. They are 
derived from the same stock as the single-spiked bulbs, and are picked 
out at the time the bulbs are lifted by the growers, and sold as miniature 
Hyacinths. They represent a stage at which the bulb is Mega 
to produce a number of small ones. . 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, xlv 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, MARCH 7, IQ16. 


Mr. E. A. Bowes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and ten members 
present. 


Fasciation &c. reproduced by seed.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed 
some fasciated stems of Cineraria to illustrate the condition of about 
50 per cent. of a batch of seedlings of the stellata type of Cineraria, 
He also remarked upon a number of Violas with from two to five 
spurs having occurred in a batch of seedlings. 

Fasciated Plants.—Fasciated specimens of Polemonium caeruleumt 
Euonymus japonicus, Cotoneaster microphylla, Prunus Mahaleb, and 
Spiraea Douglasit were shown from various sources. The latter, 
which came from Camberwell Park, was one of a number of specimens 
which had occurred there. 

A Paint-destroying Fungus.—Mr. J. Ramsbottom, F.L.S., exhibited 
some pieces of wood which had been painted white and placed in a 
greenhouse at the Chelsea Physic Garden, on which a pink fungus, 
Phoma pigmentifera, had appeared in full fructification within five 
weeks. The fungus has been recently described by Mr. Massee. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, MARCH 28, I9g16. 


Mr. E. A. Bowres, M.A., F.LS., F.E.S., in the Chair, with thirteen 
members present, and Rev. J. Jacob, visitor. 


Curious Larve.—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, F.L.S., showed preserved 
larve of a species of Aspidomorpha from the shores of Delagoa Bay. 
The larvee, which feed on Ipomoea, cover themselves with excreta as 
do the larve of Cassidas in Britain. 

Meconopsis x decova.—Mr. T. Hay, of Greenwich Park, sent a 
plant of Meconopsis x decora with white flowers. Several plants 
had been raised, some having white, some blue flowers, and after 
being cut back they freely produced flowers again. No seed was 
produced. The plants were raised from seeds obtained from India 
and from the Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, under the name of M. 
Wallichi1, but those raised proved to be something different. Sir D. 
Prain named it M. decora (see Kew Bull. No. 4, 1915), but subsequently 
came to the conclusion that it was a hybrid. It has appeared in several 
gardens, but whether the seed in these cases came from India or from 
Edinburgh cannot be stated. 

Narcissus cyclamineus 9 xX N. Tazetta ‘ Soleil d’Or.’—A plant 
raised by Baron de Soutellinho, of Oporto, of this interesting cross 
was exhibited. The hybrid had a deep orange cup and a clear yellow 
spreading perianth. ‘Soleil d’Or’ apparently rarely proves a good 
pollen parent. A Botanical Certificate was unanimously recommended 
for this plant. 


xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Narcissus triandrus albus.—Mr. H. Clinton Baker, of Hertingford- 
bury, sent some plants of a Narcissus which he had collected in Spain. 
The flowers showed a certain amount of variation in size, but did not 
agree with the figure (Bot. Mag., 6473) and description of the plant 
under whose name they were exhibited, N. pallidulus, the original 
description of which states it to be “ pallidi sulphureus.” They were 
apparently good forms of N. triandrus. 

Freesias breaking.—Rev. J. Jacob said that in his experience 
Freesias (except the yellow forms) were apt to “ break” in the same 
way as Tulips, the colour becoming patchy. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, APRIL II, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bow es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and ten members 
present. ; 


Seeds of Pyracantha Lelandii germinating in fruit.—Mr. J. Fraser, 
F.L.S., showed fruits of Pyracantha Lelandw containing germinating 
seeds. The fruit had but recently been picked. 

Partial virescence in Chrysanthemum Parthemum.—Mr. A. Worsley 
brought capitula of Chrysanthemum Parthenium in which the bracts 
had become foliose. In many cases the pale flowers were to be seen 
among the bracts. | 

Narcissus canariensis.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., said that in his 
garden this form of Narcissus usually flowered in autumn, but some 
had been lifted, and flowered early in the spring after drying off, 
while Miss Willmott found it to flower normally in spring at Warley 
(whether after lifting or not was not stated). 

A Light Wood.—Dr. J. A. Voelcker showed a specimen of wood 
under the name of Balsa wood, from Brazil. It is exceedingly light, 
a cubic foot weighing only about 7 lb., whilst a cubic foot of cork 
weighs 13 lb. Mr. Elwes suggested that as it was so soft it might be 
useful for making setting boards and so on for insects, and even for 
making pith helmets. Sir Everard im Thurn stated that in British 
Guiana it was used to float the heavy logs of greenheart from the 
forest down the river. 

Action of Caustic Soda on Soil &c.—Dr. Voelcker also reported that 
he had examined a vine sent him recently which had been killed by 
caustic soda being poured upon its roots. The action upon the soil 
was very peculiar, the general effect being to produce a sticky mass. 

Narcissus with divided corona.—Messrs. Carter Page & Co. sent 
a Narcissus which for the second time was producing flowers with 
the corona deeply divided into six segments almost equal in size to 
the perianth segments, opposite to them, and lying upon them. 

Heredity in Campanula.—Mr. T. B. Grove, Wyndley Nurseries, 
Sutton Coldfield, sent an account of his observations upon the 
characters of a hybrid Campanula. The F, generation was raised by 
crossing C. carpatica ‘ White Star’ ? with C. Tommassimiana 6. The 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. xl vii 


seed of a selfed hybrid was sown in September 1914, and fifty-nine 
seedlings were raised. They showed segregation along the following 
lines (where the total does not correspond with 59 the discrepancy is 
due to two plants having failed so far to flower) :—Plants tall like ?, 29 
(Io in.-20 in.), dwarf like $, 30 (4 in.-9 in.) ; white (¢), 39, blue 
18 (3) ; flower large (1} in. upwards), 30, small (4 in.-in.), 27 ; flower 
broad or flat (?), 44, narrow or tubular (approaching ¢), 13; foliage 
broadly ovate (?), 49, inclined to lanceolate (approaching ¢), Io; 
inflorescence much branched, 32, little branched, 25 (a point difficult 
to distinguish) ; with few long branches, 21, with many short ones, 
36; free-flowering, 43, not free-flowering, 14. The numbers in the 
last two pairs of characters are subject to revision. The figures seem 
to indicate that the pairs of characters are in many cases not simple 
ones, but probably combinations of more than one. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, APRIL 18, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bow es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and four 
members present. 


Daffodil with double spathe.—Mr. Bowles showed a Daffodil with 
a stalk about 6 inches in length bearing a node from which sprang a 
linear brown spathe about 4 inches long. In the axil of this was the 
ordinary scape, about io inches in length, bearing the usual spathe and 
flower. 

Varieties of Anemone nemorosa.—Mr. E. A. Bowles showed a series 
of wild forms of Anemone nemorosa illustrating the wide variation 
this species exhibits. The series included the form known as Robin- 
soniana, which was probably introduced from Norway; a beautiful 
blue form with prettier buds than has Robinsoniana, called purpurea, 
found at Pau by Grant Allen ; a bluish early form, earlier than Allenit, 
and a form from the Lismore woods collected by Miss Currey ; Lady 
Doneraile’s form, which appears to be common in Ireland, with pinkish 
flowers of large size and good substance ; a pink form from the Cots- 
wolds with pink buds; a fine white form with pink back and: purplish 
leaves ; an early pink form and a late one, and a pure white form with 
round flowers. He also showed A. ranunculoides, and a pale form of 
it called pallida. 

Fritillarias. —Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed a series of Fritillarias, 
including a fine form of F. impertalis with very large orange flowers 
called grandiflora (or maxima), but distinct from the maxima of many 
nurseries, and of slow increase; the inodorous form, and several fine 
variegated varieties. fF. latifolia was represented by a long series 
of colour forms and, unlike F. Meleagris, apparently always one- 
flowered. The latter often, under cultivation in good soil, bears 
several flowers. Lritillaria obliqua, with very dark purple flowers, 
was also exhibited. It is remarkable among flowers of its colour for 
its sweet scent. 


xlvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. 
JANUARY II, Igr6. 
Mr. J. Cueat, V.M.H., in the Chair, and sixteen members present. 


No awards were recommended on this occasion. 


Exhibits. 

Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H., Elstree: Apple ‘ Gascoyne’s Scarlet ’ 
and Grape ‘ Cooper’s Black.’ 

Mr. F. Bowler, Chorley Wood: Apples. 

Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Pear ‘ Santa Claus.’ 

Mr. W. Camm, Taplow: Tomato ‘ Winter Coral.’- 

Messrs. Cheal, Crawley: Pear “ Beurré de Naghan.’ 

Mr. G. E. Dyke, Milborne Port: seedling Apple. 

Mr. C. Howlett, Reading: seedling Pear. 

Rev. J. Jacob, Whitchurch: Cydonia Jelly. 

Colonel Lockwood, M.P., Romford: Apples. 

Mrs. Miller, Marlow: ‘ Moyleen ’ Confections. 

Mr. P. Sale, Wokingham: Apple ‘ Wheeler’s Russet.’ 

Messrs. R. Veitch, Exeter: Apples. 

Messrs. Westmacott, London: South African preserves. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JANUARY 25, IQ16. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and fourteen members present. 
Awards Recommended :— | 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. J. A. Baker, Harlesden, for Canadian Apples. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Sir Albert Rollit, LL.D., Chertsey, for West Indian Grape 
Fruits. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. Allgrove, Slough: Pear ‘ Mrs. Seden.’ 
Marchioness of Breadalbane, Aberfeldy : Potatos. 
Mr. R. Doe, Henley-on-Thames: seedling Apple. 
Mrs. Miller, Marlow: confections. 
Messrs. Westmacott, London: South African preserves. 


The Grape Fruits (Citrus decumana var. ‘ Triumph’), exhibited by 
Sir Albert Rollit were produced in his conservatory at Chertsey. The 
trees were obtained from the island of Dominica. This, which is the 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. xlix 


best variety of Grape Fruit, is specially grown for the United States 
market and fetches very good prices. It is a most refreshing and healthy 
fruit, highly recommended by the medical faculty, and is always on 
the breakfast table of the leading people in New York, Boston, and 
Washington. It possesses valuable tonic properties, but seems to 
be very little known in this country. The fruit originated in the West 
Indies, and the name ‘Grape Fruit’ is given to it because it grows 
in clusters of four, six, or eight in a bunch like grapes. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 8, IQI6. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven members present. 
Award Recommended :— 
Bronze Knightian Medal. 


To The Marquis of Ripon (gr. Mr. Smith), Kingston Hill, for 
Apples. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. J. A. Baker, Harlesden: Canadian Apples, of which the 
Committee considered an unnamed Russet and ‘ Northern Spy’ to 
be the best, being full of juice and of excellent flavour. 


Mr. G. H. Quint, Princes Risboro’: seedling Apple. 
Messrs. Sutton, Reading: Broccoli. 
Mr. W. Wallace, Dunstable: Apple ‘ Pitstone Pearmain.’ 


The letter given below was received from Mr. Trier, and the reply 
which follows it was sent at the direction of the Committee :— 


‘* UPLANDS, CHAMPION HILL, S.E. 
Jan. 25, 1916. 

“ DEAR Mr. WriGHT,—Referring to our chat to-night re prices of 
Canadian apples shown at the R.H.S. Hall to-day, and the prices for 
apples superior in flavour and of at least equal appearance which my son 
is able to obtain at Covent Garden, I should be very glad if you would 
bring up the matter at one of your meetings. I was told that a case 
of the apples shown fetched r4s., 2.e. for 40 lb. They are no doubt 
well packed and sorted, but for carefully sorted apples packed in 
layers, in wood wool, a method of packing amply sufficient for the 
apples to remain perfectly good after the short journey from Roberts- 
bridge, it is considered favourable to receive 6s. 6d. or 7s. for 40 lb. 

“Tf, as you suggested, it is the guarantee of the Canadian 
Government as to the character of the fruit exported which is 
responsible for the enormous difference in price as compared with 
English fruit, then surely it is high time that English growers should 
be able to obtain some official recognition or mark which should 
stamp their wares according to their merits. A grower who should 


fail to pack in accordance with a certain definite standard, entitling 
VOL, XLII, a 


] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


him to the use of an official mark, should forfeit his right to the use 
of such mark. I do not think the control would be at all difficult. 
‘Believe me, yours faithfully, 
‘“‘ FRANK TRIER.” 


REPLY. 
‘« Feb. 9, 1916; 


‘“ DEAR MR. TRIER,—I laid your letter before the Fruit and Vegetable 
Committee yesterday, and they considered the higher price obtained 
for apples from Canada was due to the careful grading and packing 
of the same, and also to the possibility of obtaining continuous supplies 
of the same variety. They suggest that British growers should make 
their own brand, exercise the same care in grading and packing, and 
send continuous supplies of the same variety for as long a period as 


possible. 
“Yours faithfully, 
“S. T. WriGut, Secretary to the Committee.” 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 22, I916. 
Mr. A. H. PEARSON, J.P., V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven members 
present. 
Award Recommended :— 
Silver Knightian Medal. 
To Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford, for Apples. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. E. Beckett, Elstree: Onion ‘ Autumn Triumph’ and Apple 


‘Scarlet Nonpareil.’ 
Messrs. Brown, Stamford: Apple ‘ Oakham Seedling.’ 
Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Apple ‘ Lodgemore Nonpareil.’ 
Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech: Rhubarb ‘ The Sutton.’ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, MARCH 7, 1916. 
Mr. OwEN THOMAS in the Chair, and six members present. 
No awards were recommended on this occasion. 


Exhibit. 
Mr. B. Shadwell, Wallingford : Apples. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, MARCH 14, IQ16. 


The Committee did not meet on this occasion. 
The following award was made by the Council :— 


Silver Knightian Medal. 
To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for vegetables and salads. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. li 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. W. G. Miller, Wisbech : Rhubarb. 
Messrs. Westmacott, London: Cape fruits. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, MARCH 28, rg16. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and ten members present. 
No awards were recommended on this occasion. 


Exhibits. 

Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H., sent three varieties of cabbage all sown 
on the same date in August 1915. The exhibit was of special interest, 
showing the great improvement in earliness’of ‘ Harbinger’ and 
‘ April’ as compared with the well-known variety ‘ Ellam’s Early 
Dwarf.’ ‘ Harbinger’ was quite ready for use, and as it is a small 
compact-growing one, it can be planted a foot apart each way. ‘ April’ 
was almost ready, only wanting a few more days to make it quite 
ready for use, while ‘ Ellam’s Early Dwarf’ would not be fit for use 
for another month or six weeks. 


Mr. W. H. Bey, Seend: seedling Apple. 

Messrs. Cheal, Crawley : Apples. 

Messrs. Merryweather, Southwell: Apple ‘ George Ruffles.’ 
Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech: Rhubarb ‘ The Sutton.’ 

Mr. G. Taylor, Ferry Bridge: Onion ‘ The Urn.’ 


On January 11, 1916, Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H., Aldenham House 
Gardens, Elstree, exhibited Grape ‘Cooper’s Black’ in splendid 
condition, and considerable discussion arose as to its distinctness from 
one or two other varieties, and also as to its origin. Mr. Owen 
Thomas brought the following letter before the Committee on 
March 28 :— 

‘*Boconnoc Gardens, Lostwithiel, Cornwall: 

‘DEAR S1R,—In 1888 I went to Hillsborough Gardens as foreman 
under Mr. Bradshaw and there had the original vine of Cooper’s Late 
Black Grape under my care for some time. At that time a very keen 
interest was aroused among the old garden men on the subject 
of seedling Grapes. As there was at that time so much criticism 
among a certain set of exhibitors in Ireland about ‘ Cooper’s Black 
Grape,’ I made all the inquiries I could on the spot from the men who 
had assisted in the vineries under Mr. Cooper. Undoubtedly it was 
a seedling of Mr. Cooper’s and fruited about 1866, but I could not 
ascertain the seed parent. In the autumn of 1867 Lord Downshire 
erected a large vinery from plans drawn by Mr. Cooper, and the work 
was done by the estate carpenters. In the spring of 1868 the vines 
were planted, nearly all being late varieties, and ‘Cooper’s Black ’ 
was given a place in the house. Lord Downshire died shortly after- 
wards: to be exact, in August 1868, The fifth Marquis died in 1874, 

é d 2 


lii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


and about that time Mr. Cooper left and started as a market grower 
in Scotland. A Mr. Lee succeeded Cooper, and he also exhibited the 
Grape at the local shows, but owing to so much adverse criticism the 
Grape has to be shown in the ‘any other black grape’ class. The 
worst thing that I have heard said of it was that it too closely resembled 
“Gros Maroc.’ | 
“On taking charge of Seaford Gardens, co. Down, in 1897, I found 
several rods of ‘ Cooper’s Black Grape’ in one of the late vineries. 
The vine always carried a heavy crop and did better than ‘ Gros 
Maroc.’ I was able to keep them in perfect condition for December 
use. My employer, Colonel Forde, complimented me on keeping them 
so late, several seasons. I may say there are several gardeners who 
served their apprenticeship in the Downshire Gardens who also know 
most of the facts meritioned in my letter. 
“Yours sincerely, 
¢ J) LEICESTER: 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, APRIL II, 1916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and ten members present. 


Award Recommended :— 


Cultural Commendation. 
To Mrs. Farnham, Witley, for Loquats. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Apple ‘ Ontario. 
Mr. Peters, Leatherhead: Apple ‘ Harry Pring.’ 
Messrs. Westmacott, London: South African fruit. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, APRIL 18, I9gE6. 
Mr. P. C. M. Verrcu, J.P., in the Chair, and two members present. 


Award Recommended :— 
Silver Knightian Medal. 
To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for vegetables. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. lili 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. 
JANUARY II, IgI6. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and thirty members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Cyclamen. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns and flowering plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Mr. J. J. Kettle, Corfe Mullen, for Violets. 

To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for shrubs. 

To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Chrysanthemums. 


Bronze Flora Medal. . 
To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Barr, Taplow, for flowering shrubs. 
To Messrs. Cheal,.Crawley, for shrubs. 


First-class Certificate. 


To Abtes bracteata (votes, unanimous), from Lieut.-Colonel Barclay 
(gr. Mr. W. Graysmark), Bury Hill, Dorking. A beautifully coned 
branch of Adzes bracteata was exhibited from a fine tree growing at 
Bury Hill, Dorking, which has attained the height of 60 feet 8 inches 
and has a spread of branches measuring 35 feet 6 inches. The cones 
are the remarkable feature of this species. They have leaf-like bracts 
about 2 inches long, which, together with the scales, are covered with 
globules of thin transparent resin. The foliage is deep green. The 
tree 1s a native of California, where Douglas discovered it in 1832, and 
whence it was introduced into England in 1853. 


Award of Merit. 

To Begonia ‘Norbury White’ (votes, 6 for), from Mr. G. Kent, 
Dorking. A useful winter-flowering Begonia of exceptionally free- 
flowering habit. The flowers are white, very faintly tinged with 
pink, and are of the ‘ Lorraine’ type. 


liv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL “SOCIETY. 


To Cotoneaster horizontalis perpusilla (votes, 15 for, 4 against), 
from Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree. A 
deciduous shrub of low, compact habit, bearing numerous bright red 
globose berries. It is a native of China, and was introduced by 
Mr. E. H. Wilson, V.M.H. 


Other Exhibits. 
Miss C. Batten, Taunton: Christmas Roses. 
Messrs. Chapman, Rye: early bulbs in flower. 
Mr. A. Edmonds, Stroud: Chrysanthemum ‘ Nancy Heston.’ 
Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage: alpines. 
Messrs. Fletcher, Ottershaw : Aucubas. 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton : hardy plants. 
Messrs. Jefferies, Cirencester: double form of Primula malacoides, 
Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston: hardy plants. 
Messrs. Whitelege & Page, Chislehurst : alpines. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JANUARY 25, IgI6. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-five members present. 


Awards Recommended : — 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns and flowering plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations and hardy phate: 
To Mr. J. J. Kettle, Corfe Mullen, for Violets. 

To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations and Cyclamen. 
To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for shrubs. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for shrubs. 

To Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage, for alpines. 

To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for alpines. 


Award of Merit. : 

To Columnea gloriosa discolor (votes, 17 for), from Elizabeth, 
Lady Lawrence (gr. Mr. Bain), Burford, Dorking. A very handsome 
stove plant, suitable for growing in baskets. The flowers are large, 
tubular, and of a fiery-red colour, with some yellow in the interior. 
The growths are pendulous and fleshy, while the neat ovate leaves 
are pubescent. 

To Eucharis x Lawrenceae (votes, unanimous), from Elizabeth, Lady 
Lawrence, Burford, Dorking. A very beautiful hybrid raised by 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. Iv 


crossing E. Richardiana and E. burfordiensis. The flowers are pure 
white and are borne with great freedom on stout scapes. The perianth 
segments are longer and narrower and more reflexed than those of 
the well-known E. amazonica, while the large Funkia-like foliage is 
very distinct. 

To Iris ‘Little Bride’ (votes, 20 for), from Messrs. Chapman, 
Rye. A striking seedling of unrecorded parentage, raised from a 
batch of mixed seeds from I. reticulata, I. Krelaget, I. Danfordiae, and 
other allied Irises. The flowers are of-the reticulata type, with whitish 
falls streaked with orange and very pale bluish standards. (Fig. 32.) 


Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park: Primulas. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech: hardy plants. 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston: hardy plants. 

C. C. Rogers, Esq., Stanage Park, Herefordshire: an unnamed 
variety of Thuya orientalis and an apparently new Cupressus with 
glaucous foliage, unidentifiable until it cones. 

Mr. H. Rogers, Woodbridge: Violets. 

Messrs. Wells, Merstham: Carnations and Chrysanthemums. 

Messrs. Whitelege & Page, Chislehurst : hardy plants. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 8, I9gI6. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and thirty-one members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Gold Medal. : 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for forced shrubs. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for forced shrubs, hardy plants, 
and Carnations. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Mr. J. J. Kettle, Corfe Mullen, for Violets. 

To Mr. A. Perry, Enfield, for hardy ferns. 

To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for Azaleas. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, London, for hardy plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for alpines, bulbous plants, and 
Japanese trees. 

To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Begonias and 
Cyclamen. © 

To Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park, for Primulas. 

To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations and Cyclamen. 


lvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


To Mr. Malby, Woodford, for photographs. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for flowering plants. 

To R. L. Mond, Esq., Sevenoaks, for Freesias. 

To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for alpines. 

To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 

To the Marquis of Ripon (gr. Mr. Smith), Kingston Hill, for spring 
flowers. } 

To Messrs. Ware, Feltham, for alpines. 

To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Carnations. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Mr. J. Box, Haywards Heath, for Primula malacotdes robusta. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for shrubs and alpines. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for alpines. 


Award of Merit. 


To Berberis Bealer (votes, 14 for, 7 against), from Elizabeth, Lady 
Lawrence (gr. Mr. Bain), Burford, Dorking. This most useful early- 
flowering Berberis was introduced by Fortune from China in 1845. 
Its lemon-yellow, delightfully fragrant flowers are borne in terminal 
clusters of numerous erect racemes. The fragrance of the flowers 
resembles that of the Lily of the Valley. The handsome leaves 
are composed of four or five pairs of large, stiff, dark green, sparsely 
spined leaflets, the bases of each pair often overlapping, and a very 
large terminal leaflet often measuring as much as 6 inches long. 

To Berberis japonica hyemalts (votes, 18 for), from Mr. G. Reuthe, 
Keston. This very old garden plant is a fine early-flowering form of 
Berberis japonica, and has generally been accepted as B. Bealet. It is 
quite distinct from the latter in its leaves, which have from eleven to 
seventeen leaflets, the lowest pair of which are close to the base of 
the leaf-stalk. The leaflets are not so large and broad as those of 
B. Bealet, neither do the bases overlap. The flowers are yellow, very 
sweetly scented, and are borne in numerous racemes about 8 inches 
long. The flowering season extends from October to early spring. 

To Lachenalia ‘ Rosemary’ (votes, 18 for), from Rev. J. Jacob, 
Whitchurch. The flowers of this beautiful variety have yellow calyces 
heavily tinged with red, while the petals are greenish, bordered with 
claret purple. The red colouring of the calyx is very pronounced in 
the bud state, and gives all along a bright appearance to the flowers. 
The stout scape is spotted and about g inches high, while the handsome 
leaves measure about 14 inch across. 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Bath, Wisbech: Daffodils and Tulips. 
Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford: Pelargoniums. 
Messrs. Chapman, Rye: bulbous plants. 
Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage: alpines. 


Fic. 31.—GERMINATING SEEDS OF VALLOTA PURPUREA. 


(See p. xl.) 
[To face p. lvi. 


Fic. 32.—Ir1s ‘LITTLE BRIDE.’ (Gard. Mag.) 
(p. lv.) 


(xq “d) 
(‘wold ‘p4vH) “IINNVWYAGNAS X VOVYAIXVS—EE “OIY 


NOuHIGWS 


.) 


. Chron 


(Gard 


‘ZULEIKA DOBSON.’ 


Fic. 34.—PRIMULA X 


[To face p. lii. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. lvii 


Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Mr. A. Osborne, Guildford: Violet ‘Osborne’s alba.’ 
Messrs. Sutton, Reading: Cyclamen. 

Messrs. Tucker, Oxford: alpines. 

Mr. G. West, Datchet: Carnation “Nora West.’ 
Mr. W. West, Alton: Mimosa. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 22, IQI16. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-eight members 
| present. 


Awards Recommended : — 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Tulips and forced shrubs. 
To Lady Tate (gr. Mr. Howe), Streatham Common, for forced 
bulbs. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Bath, Wisbech, for Daffodils and Tulips. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations and forced shrubs. 

To Messrs. Felton, London, for collection of Eucalyptus and 
spring flowers. 

To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Primulas. 


Silver Banksitan Medal. 

To Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for hardy plants and forced 
Daffodils. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Conifers. 

To Messrs. Gill, Falmouth, for Rhododendrons. 

To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for greenhouse plants. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns. 

To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for rock plants. 

To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Carnations. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park, for Primulas. 

To Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for rock plants. 

To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for Azaleas. 

To Messrs. Tucker, Oxford, for alpines. 

To Messrs. Ware, Feltham, for alpines. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for hardy plants. 


lviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Award of Merit. : 

To Cineraria ‘Matador’ (votes, 19 for, 3 against), from Messrs. 
R. Veitch, Exeter. The plants of this variety of greenhouse Cineraria 
are of compact habit and bear good trusses of large chestnut-red 
flowers, the colour of which very nearly approaches that of shade 4 
of Ox-blood red (‘‘ Répertoire de Couleurs ’’). 

To Crocus aerius (votes, unanimous), from Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston. 
A pretty species from Greece. The flowers are dark blue in colour 
and globose in shape. 

To Kennedya rosea (votes, 14 for), from the Countess of Cranbrook, 
Saxmundham. A _ greenhouse climbing plant bearing numerous 
axillary racemes of small, rosy-lilac, pea-shaped flowers. The leaves 
are ovate-lanceolate and about 3 inches long. 

To Primula malacoides ‘ King Albert’ (votes, unanimous), from 
Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park. A very deep rose-pink variety of P. 
malacoides. It is of robust habit, and its large flowers are borne in 
dense trusses in great profusion. 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford : Cinerarias. 
F. W. Harding, Esq., Exeter: Carnation ‘ Mrs. Frank Harding.’ 
Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford: Roses. 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 
E.°J. P. Magor, Esq., St. Tudy : Rhododendron trroratum. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, MARCH 7, I9g16. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and seventeen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park, for Cyclamen. 
To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations, forced shrubs, and 
hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Felton, Hanover Square, for Eucalyptus, Cytisus, and 
Hydrangeas. 
To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 
To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 
To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Twyford, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. — 
To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations, Acacias, &c. 
To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for shrubs and hardy plants. 
To Miss Dixon, Edenbridge, for Polyanthus and Auriculas. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. lix 


To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for alpines. 
Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Bees, Liverpool: Isopyrum grandiflorum. 

Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford : Cinerarias. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton : hardy plants. 

Messrs. Piper, Bayswater : alpines. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, MARCH 14, 1916. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and seventeen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Hyacinths. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park, for a spring garden. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for rock plants. 
To Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Crocuses. 

To Messrs. Gleeson, Watford, for Cyclamen. 

To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for Chinese plants. 
To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 


Silver Bankstan Medal. 
To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for forced shrubs and hardy plants. 
To Mr. E. H. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for flowering plants. 
To Mr. A. Perry, Enfield, for Shortias. 
To Messrs. Ware, Feltham, for hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Baker, Wolverhampton, for hardy plants. 

To Miss C. M. Dixon, Edenbridge, for Polyanthus and Auriculas. 
To Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage, for alpines. 

To Messrs. Felton, London, for miscellaneous plants. 

To Mr. W. G. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Clark, Dover: hardy plants. 
Miss Keates: Pelargonium seedling. 
Messrs. Low, Enfield : Carnations. P 
Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst : hardy plants. 


Ix PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, MARCH 28, 1916. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-seven members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Hyacinths. 


Silver Flova Medal. 
To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations and forced shrubs. 

To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations and other greenhouse 
plants. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for Clematis. 

To Misses Price & Fyfe, East Grinstead, for Carnations. 

To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for Azaleas &c. 

To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Lachenalias. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering shrubs. 
To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 
To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Polyanthuses. 

To Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford, for Cinerarias and Pelargoniums. 
To Miss C. M. Dixon, Edenbridge, for Polyanthuses and Auriculas. 
To Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for hardy plants. 


Award of Merit. 

To Carnation ‘ Grisel’ (votes, 18 for, 4 against) from Misses Price 
& Fyfe, East Grinstead. A perpetual-flowering variety having well- 
formed, sweetly-scented flowers of a striking reddish-violet colour. 

To Primula Juliae, Wargrave var. (votes, 10 for) from Messrs. 
Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot. A seedling of P. Juliae. The plant 
is very: dwarf, the flowers having stalks about 14 inch long. The 
leaves differ in shape and are not so smooth as those of the seed 
parent, but resemble those of the Common Primrose. The flowers are 
large and of a rosy-purple colour, with a well-defined yellow eye. 

To Saxifraga x Sundermanniit (votes, Ir for, 2 against) from 
Miss E. Willmott, V.M.H. An early-flowering hybrid Saxifrage 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. x1 


originating from a cross between S. marginata and S. Burseriana. 
The foliage is in dense cushions, is intermediate between that of the 
parents, and has a glaucous hue. The flowers are white and about 
I inch across. They are borne very freely in twos and threes, and the 
Stems supporting them are tinged with red. The inflorescence is 
about 2 inches high. (Fig. 33.) 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Baker, Codsall: hardy plants. 
Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden: bulbous and rock plants. 
Messrs. Bath, Wisbech: Carnation ‘ Pink Beauty.’ 
Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage: alpines. 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 
Mr. AY Perry, Enfield : Shortias. 
Messrs. Tucker, Oxford : Sempervivums. 
Messrs. Ware, Feltham: hardy plants. 
Mr. J. Webber, Minehead: Violet ‘ Queen Mary.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, APRIL II, Ig16. 


Mr. 41.5. Wee V M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-seven members 
present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering shrubs. 


Stlver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Felton, London, for Roses and Orchids. 
To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Cinerarias. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations and hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnation and Acacias. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for miscellaneous plants. 

To Messrs. Piper, Langley, for shrubs and alpines. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham, for Auriculas. 

To Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
- To Messrs. Baker, Codsall, for hardy sine 


lxii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Award of Ment. 

To Primula ‘ Zuleika Dobson’ (votes, unanimous), from Mr. C, 
Elliott. A hybrid between Primula viscosa and P. Auricula. The 
flowers are about 2 inches across and are deep violet purple in colour, 
with a white eye. The plant shown had a truss of eight flowers. 
(Fig. 34.) 

Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Barr, Taplow: bulbous plants. 

Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford: Pelargoniums. 

R. Farrer, Esq., Clapham: Primula stenocalyx. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

C. J. Lucas, Esq., Horsham: Bignonia sp. 

Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech: hardy plants. 

Messrs. Carter Page, London: Violas. 

Mr. A. Perry, Enfield: hardy plants. 

Mr. Shoday, Bristol: Amaryllis ‘ Bristol’s Own.’ 

Messrs. Tucker, Oxford: alpines. 

Mr. H. Walter, Dorking: Carnation ‘ Miss E. M. Vickery.’ 

Messrs. Ware, Feltham: alpines. 

Wisley Gardens: choice alpines. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, APRIL 18, 1916. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-one members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 
Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering shrubs. 
To Messrs. Piper, Langley, for alpines. 
Silver Banksitan Medal. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for miscellaneous plants. 
To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 
To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for alpines. 
Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. : 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Polyanthuses. 

To Messrs. Gill, Falmouth, for Rhododendrons. 

To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

Award of Merit. 

To Androsace Laggert, Warley variety (votes, unanimous), from 
Miss Willmott, V.M.H., Great Warley. A very beautiful deep rose- 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. lxiii 


pink form of Androsace Laggert. It is very free-flowering and slightly 
dwarfer than the type. 

To Armeria caespitosa (votes, 16 for), from Miss E. Willmott, 
V.M.H., Great Warley. A charming alpine plant bearing numerous 
small heads of pale lilac-pink flowers, slightly raised above the dense 
tufts of very short, rigid, and narrow linear leaves. 

To Primula nutans (votes, unanimous), from Messrs. Wallace, 
Colchester. A new species collected by Mr. G. Forrest in the shady 
woodlands of Western China. It belongs to the Soldanelloid section 
of Primulas, and bears a head of drooping bell-ferm flowers of 
a beautiful pale violet-lilac colour, shaded with white meal inside and 
out. One of the most pleasing features of this Primula is the very 
pronounced seent of the flowers, which somewhat resembles that of 
Philadelphus. The plant exhibited was about g inches high, and 
carried nine fully opened flowers on a mealy stem. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Clark, Dover: hardy plants. 

W. B. Cranfield, Esq., Enfield Chase: Primula ‘ The Admiral.’ 

Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh: Primroses. 

H. J. Elwes, Esq., Cheltenham: Fvitillaria imperialis gigantea. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: rock garden. 

Misses Price & Fyfe, East Grinstead : Carnations. 

Messrs. Veitch, Exeter: Myosotis ‘Blue Eyes’ and Viburnum 
Carlesu rosea. 


lxiy PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ORCHID. COMMITTEE. 
JANUARY II, Ig16. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and twenty-one members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Gold Medal. 


To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for a magnificent 
group of winter-flowering Orchids. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To J. Gurney Fowler, Esq., Brackenhurst, Pembury, for new and 
rare hybrids. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for hybrids and rare species. 
To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Cymbidiums &c. 
To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for Laeliocattleyas, Vanda 
coerulea, &c. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. Harry Dixon, Wandsworth Common, for a group. 
Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Mr. C. F. Waters, Deanlands Nursery, Balcombe, for good 
forms of Odontoglossum crispum &c. 


First-class Certificate. 


To Laeliocattleya x ‘ Antinous’ (L.-c. x ‘Myra’ x C. x ‘ Enid’) 
(votes, unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Sepals and petals 
bright yellow, lip claret-purple. The colour is dominated by Laelia 
flava, a parent of L.-c. x ‘ Myra,’ and the form by the Cattleya. 


Award of Ment. 


To Laelia x ‘Flaviona’ (flava x ‘Iona’) (votes, unanimous), 
from E. Mocatta, Esq., Woburn Place, Addlestone (gr. Mr. Steven- 
son). A very distinct hybrid bearing an erect spike of fine flowers 
each 4 inches across. Ground colour yellowish, the sepals lightly 
and the petals more heavily tinged and veined with claret colour. 
Lip dark claret colour. 

To Odontioda x ‘Irene’ var. ‘ Glorita’ (votes, 15 for, 3 against), 
from Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough. Inflorescence erect. Flowers 
2 inches across. Segments chocolate red with rose labellum. 

To Cattleya chocoensis alba, McBean’s variety (votes, unanimous), 
from Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge. A pure white form with very 
broad petals and light yellow disc to the lip. 

To Cattleya Percivaliana grandiflora (votes, unanimous), from 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. Ixv 


Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook. Flowers large, rosy-mauve, with 
maroon front to the lip. 


Preliminary Commendation. 
To Odontoglossum x exultans, Orchidhurst variety (excellens x 
crisbum variety), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. Ground colour 
pale yellow, heavily blotched with chestnut-red. 


Other Exhibits. 
R. G. Thwaites, Esq. : hybrids. 
H. J. Elwes, Esq. : Coelogyne (Pleione) humilis varieties. 
G. Hamilton-Smith, Esq. : Cymbidiums. 
Messrs. Flory & Black: hybrids. 
Messrs. Hassall : Cypripediums. 
Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: Odontoglossums. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, JANUARY 25, 1916. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and twenty-two members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. | ° 

To Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton Park (gr. Mr. Collier), 
for hybrid Cymbidiums. 

To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for new hybrid 
Odontoglossums. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for a group. 

To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for a group including rare species. 

To Messrs. J. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums and Calanthes. 

To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Cymbidiums and Laelia 
anceps. 

To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for a group. 


Award of Merit. 

To Cattleya Trianae, Roebling’s variety (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Charlesworth. The best of the C. Trianae Backhouseana 
section. Flowers large, white tinged with rose, the lip ruby-purple 
in front and with a yellow disc, petals having a median purple band. 


Preluminary Commendation. 

To Odontoglossum x ‘Anzac’ (eximium x ‘ Colossus’), from Messrs. 
Armstrong & Brown. The seedling bore one large flower of fine shape, 
white tinged with purple from the colour of the reverse side, and 
heavily blotched with reddish claret colour. 


Other Exhibits. 
Miss E. Willmott : Oncidium Cebolleta. 
Mr. C. F. Waters: Odontoglossums and Lycastes. 
Mr. G. W. Miller: Cypripedium hybrid. 
Messrs. Flory & Black: hybrid Orchids. 


VOL, XLII, ss é 


Ixvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


' ORCHID COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 8, IQI6. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and twenty-two members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for fine specimens. 
To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for hybrid 
Cattleyas, Odontoglossums, &c. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for a group. 
To Messrs.Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums, Dendrobiums, &c. 
To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Cymbidiums and Odonto- 
glossums. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for a group. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for hybrids. 

To Mr. Harry Dixon, Wandsworth, for a group. 


Award of Merit. 

To Laeliocattleya x ‘Buenos Aires’ (L.-c. x bletchleyensis x C. 
x ‘Enid’), (votes unanimous), from Dr. Miguel Lacroze, Bryndir, 
Roehampton Lane (gr. Mr. Cresswell). Flower resembling L.-c. x 
‘St. Gothard’ and of fine form. Sepals and petals light rose, lip 
purple in front with light margin, the tube coloured like the petals 
and veined with purple. 

To Cymbidium x Alexandert aureum (insigne x eburneo-Lowianum) 
(votes unanimous), from Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge. Flowers pale 
yellow with faint purple lines, and bright red blotches on the lip. 

To Odontoglossum x amabile, McBean’s variety (crisbum white 
variety X crispo-Harryanum) (votes, unanimous), from Messrs. 
McBean. A large primrose-yellow flower with red-brown blotches. 


Cultural Commendation. 


To Mr. Farnes, Orchid grower to Pantia Ralli, Esq., Ashtead Park, 
for Lycaste Balliae with twenty-six flowers and buds. 


Other Exhibits. 

Elizabeth, Lady Lawrence, Burford (Orchid grower, Mr. Swinden) : 
a fine inflorescence of Eulophella Peetersiana with twelve rosy-mauve 
flowers and many buds. 

Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe: good Odontoglossum crisbum and 
Lycastes. 

Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough: various hybrid Orchids. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, Ixvil 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, FEBRUARY 22, I9gI6. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and twenty-five members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. | 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Odonto- 
glossums and Odontiodas. 
To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for a group. 
To Messrs. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums and Dendro- 
biums. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for hybrids. 
To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for a group. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Cymbidiums &c. 


Award of Merit. 

Laeliocattleya x ‘ Erzerum’ (L.-c. x ‘ Mrs. Temple’ x C. Trianae) 
(votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. In form 
resembling a large C. Trianae, but with broader, rounded lip. Sepals 
and petals light rose; lip reddish-purple with yellow disc. 

To Odontioda x ‘Dora’ (Odm. ‘ Jasper’ x Oda. Vuylstekeae) 
(votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Flower of perfect 
form, claret-red with a gold shade. ~Lip lilac in front, claret in the 
centre, crest yellow. 


Other Exhibits. 

Baron Bruno Schréder (gr. Mr. J. E. Shill): Cymbidium x 
Pauwels, The Dell variety. 

sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt. (gr. Mr. Collier): rare species. 

F. Menteith Ogilvie, Esq. (gr. Mr. Balmforth) : white Lycaste 
Skinnert magnifica. 

W. Waters Butler, Esq. (gr. Mr. R. H. Jones): Odontoglossum 
crispum ‘* Anzac.’ 

Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough: hybrids. 

Messrs. Hassall, Southgate: Cattleyas. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, MARCH 7, 1916. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and thirteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Odonto- 
glossums. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for species and hybrids. 


Ixvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Silver Bankstan Medal. 
To Messrs. Cypher, Cheltenham,for Dendrobiums, Cypripediums, &c. 


To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for hybrid Cymbidiums and 
other Orchids. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Odontoglossum x ‘The Czar’ (parentage unrecorded) (votes 
unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. One of the largest and 
most remarkable of the dark-coloured section. Flowers deep mulberry- 
red, with very narrow white margins to the sepals and petals, and a 
broader white margin to the lip. 


Award of Ment. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Joan,’ Fowler’s variety (Oda. x Charlesworthu 
x Odm. X ardentissimum) (votes unanimous), from J. Gurney 
Fowler, Esq., Brackenhurst, Pembury. Ground colour cowslip- 
yellow blotched with chestnut-red. The original form was entirely 
red in colour. 

To Cymbidium x Alexanderi ‘Excelsior’  (insigne x eburneo- 
Lowianum) (votes, 9 for, 2 against), from Messrs. McBean, Cooks- 
bridge. Flowers pale rose lined with a darker tint, the lip having a 
spotted band of ruby-red in front. 


Other Exhibits. 


Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton Park (gr. Mr. Collier) : 
interesting rare species and good hybrid Dendrobiums. 

J. Gurney Fowler, Esq.: Cattleya Trianae Amesiana. 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: hybrids. 

Messrs. Flory & Black: Brassocattleyas &c. 

Mr. Harry Dixon: a group. 

Messrs. Stuart Low: Laeliocattleya x labtosa. 

Messrs. Hassall: hybrids. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, MARCH 28, I9Q16. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and eighteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for a fine group, 
principally Odontiodas, of which there were sixty specimens. 
Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Cymbidiums &c. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for rare species. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for a group. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. lxix 


First-class Certificate. 

To Sophrocattleya x Rex, Orchidhurst variety (S.-c. x ‘ Doris’ 
x C. x ‘Empress Frederick’) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells. <A beautiful flower, 5 inches 
across and of fine shape. Sepals and petals old-gold colour with a 
salmon-rose surface. Lip carmine crimson, with gold veining from 
the base. 

To Odontioda x ‘Gladys’ (Odm. Pescatoret x Oda. Bradshawiae) 
(votes unanimous), from G. W. Bird, Esq., Manor House, West 
Wickham (gr. Mr. Redden). Equal in size to Odontoglossum crispum. 
Segments white with broad rose margin and red-brown markings on 
the inner halves. The plant bore a spike of nineteen flowers and 
buds. 


Award of Merit. 

To Lycaste Skinnert ‘ Mrs. G. Hamilton-Smith ’ (votes unanimous), 
from Cyril Mann, Esq., Bexley, Kent. A very large form, the flowers 
being 8 inches across and the sepals 24 inches wide. Flowers white 
tinged with rosy-lilac and with ruby-red blotches on the lip. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Alcantara’ (Oda. x Cooksomiae x Odm. x 
extmium) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Colour 
purplish rose with dark claret markings. Crest of the lip yellow. 

To Laeliocattleya x ‘Verdun’ (L.-c. x ‘C. G. Roebling’ var. 
‘Violetta’ x C. Schroderae) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Flory & 
Black, Slough. A finely formed flower with broad labellum. Sepals 
and petals white, tinged with rose ; lip purplish-rose, disc yellow. 


Preliminary Commendation. 
Odontioda x Cereus (Oda. Charlesworthit x Odm. excellens), 
Flowers bright mahogany-red. 
Odontoglossum crispum ‘ Perfection,’ large and finely blotched. 
Odontoglossum x promerens, Orchidhurst variety (blotched 
crispum X eximuum). 
The above three from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. 
Cultural Commendation. 
To Cyril Mann, Esq., for Lycaste Skinner ‘ Mrs. G. Hamilton- 
Smith,’ with eight flowers. 


To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, for Odontioda x ‘ The Czar,’ 
with seventy-five flowers. 


Other Exhibits. 

' J. Gurney Fowler, Esq.: forms of Brassocatileya x Clifton. 
Dr. Miguel Lacroze: two hybrids. 
E. R. Ashton, Esq.: Laeltocattleya x luminosa aurea. 
H. F. Goodson, Esq. : Odontoglossum crispum ‘ Lucilla.’ 
Messrs. Flory & Black: hybrids. 
Messrs. Stuart Low: a group. 


Ixx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, APRIL II, I9QI6. 
Mr. J. GURNEY FOWLER in the Chair, and twenty members present. 
Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for Odontoglossums 
and other hybrids. 

To Messrs. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cymbidiums, Masdevallias, &c. 

To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Cymbidiums and Odonto- 
glossums. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for hybrids and rare species. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for Cattleya Schroederae and hybrids. 


First-class Certificate. 


To Laeliocattleya x ‘ Britannia,’ Blenheim variety (L.-c. x Canham- 
tana Xx C. Warscewiczu ‘ Fr. M. Beyrodt’) (votes unanimous), from 
His Grace the Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim Palace, Woodstock 
(Orchid grower Mr. Smith). Flowers nearly 8 inches across. Sepals 
and petals pure white ; lip mauve-purple with a white margin. 


Award of Ment. 


To Odontoglossum x wlustrissimum, Shrubbery variety (Lambeau- 
tanum xX ardentissimum) (votes unanimous), from F. Menteith 
Ogilvie, Esq., The Shrubbery, Oxford (gr. Mr. Balmforth). Flowers 
rich bronzy claret, with white tips to the segments. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Joan,’ Bryndir variety (Oda. x Charlesworthii 
x Odm. x ardentissimum) (votes 13 for, 4 against), from Dr. Miguel 
Lacroze, Bryndir, Roehampton Lane (gr. Mr. Cresswell). Sepals 
and petals bright magenta rose colour, with a scarlet shade, the crest 
of the lip being yellow. 

To Cypripedium x ‘ William Lloyd’ var. ‘Negro’ (bellatulum x 
Swanianum) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, 
Tunbridge Wells. One of the darkest-coloured Cypripediums, the 
flowers being blackish maroon with a freckling of rose on the upper 
part of the dorsal sepal. 

To Odontioda x ‘Prince Albert’ (Oda. x ‘ Zephyr’ x Odm. x 
percultum) (votes 15 for, I against), from Messrs. Flory & Black, 
Slough. Flowers of fine shape, deep rosy-red, the lip whitish, mottled 
with rose colour. 


Preliminary Commendation. 


To Odontoglossum crispum ‘ General Pétain,’ from Messrs. Arm- 
strong & Brown. The small seedling bore one large white flower 
heavily blotched with reddish purple. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, lxxi 


Other Exhibits. 

J. Gurney Fowler, Esq.: Cymbidium x ‘ Niobe’ (eburneo-Lowt- 
anum xX tigrinum) and Odontoglossum x ‘ Cloth of Gold’ (amabile 
x Wilckeanum). 

Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt.: rare species. 

F. M. Ogilvie, Esq.: Odontoglossum Pescatoret ‘Duchess of 
Westminster.’ 

Dr. Miguel Lacroze : Odontiodas. 

R. G. Thwaites, Esq. : Odontoglossums. 

C. Ingram, Esq.: hybrids. 

Messrs. Flory & Black: Odontoglossums. 

Mr. Harry Dixon: Dendrobiums &c. 

Messrs. Stuart Low: a group. 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: seedling Odontoglossums. 

Mr. C. F. Waters: Odontoglossum crispum. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, APRIL 18, IQI6. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and five members present. 


Award Recommended :— 

Preliminary Commendation. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Brackenhurst’ (Oda. x Charlesworthi x Odm. 
x eximium), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells. 
Flowers rosy-red. First shown by J. Gurney Fowler, Esq., in 1914. 


Other Exhibits. 

H. J. Elwes, Esq.: Phatocymbidium x chardwarense (P. grandt- 
folius x C. giganteum). 

E. Mocatta, Esq.: Laelia x ‘ Flaviona’ (flava x ‘ Iona’). 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: seedling Odontiodas and Odonto- 
glossums, and Dendrobium fusiforme with ten spikes. 


Ixxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ESTABLISHED INCORPORATED 
1804. 1809. 
TELEGRAMS : TELEPHONE: 
HORTENSIA VICTORIA 5363. 


SOWEST LONDON.” 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


VINCENT SQUARE, WESTMINSTER, S.W. 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. 


1. Journals Wanted. 13. Inspection of Fellows’ Gardens. 
2. Subscriptions. 14. Affiliation of Local Societies. « 
3. Form of Bequest. 15. Rules for Judging—1914 Code. 
4. New Fellows. 16. Rules for Judging Cottage and 
5. An Appeal. Allotment Gardens. 

6. R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary. 17. R.H.S. Daffodil Year Book. 

7. The Society’s Gardens at Wisley. 18. R.H.S. Pamphlets. 

8. Rock Garden at Wisley. 19. Tulip Report. 

g. Students at Wisley. 20. Douglas Journal. 
to. Distribution of Surplus Plants. 21. R.H.S. Publications. 
11. National Diploma in Horticulture. 22. Advertisements. 
12. Information. 


1. JOURNALS WANTED. 


The Secretary would be greatly obliged by the return to the Society 
of ANY NUMBERS of the JoURNAL which may be of no further use 
to Fellows. Complete sets are occasionally applied for, but, at the 
present moment, the stock of the following is exhausted :— 


Vols. I. to VI. Vol. XIII. Part 1. 
Vol. X. Vol. XIV. 


These are, therefore, particularly asked for, 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. Ixxill 


2. SUBSCRIPTIONS. 


All annual subscriptions are payable in advance on the rst day of 
January in each year. A Fellow, if elected before the 1st of July, 
pays the annual subscription for the current year ; if elected after the 
st of July and before the 1st of October, he pays half a year’s subscrip- 
tion ; if elected after the 1st of October and before the 1st of January, 
he pays one full year’s subscription, and no further subscription until 
the following January twelvemonth. To avoid the inconvenience of 
remembering their subscriptions Fellows may compound by the pay- 
ment of one lump sum in lieu of all further annual payments; or they 
can, by applying to the Society, obtain a form of instruction to their 
bankers to pay for them every January 1. It may be a week or more 
before the Tickets reach the Fellows, owing to the very large number 
(over 20,000) to be despatched every January. Fellows who have 
not already given an order on their bankers for the payment of their 
subscriptions are requested to do so, as this method of payment 
saves the Fellows considerable trouble. Fellows whose subscriptions 
remain unpaid are debarred from all the privileges of the Society ; 
but their subscriptions are nevertheless recoverable at law, the Society 
being incorporated by Royal Charter. 

In paying their subscriptions, Fellows often make the mistake of 
drawing their cheques for Pounds instead of for Guineas. Kindly 
note that in all cases it is Guineas, and not Pounds. Cheques and 
Postal Orders should be made payable to “‘ The Royal Horticultural 
Society,” and crossed “‘ London County and Westminster Bank, 
Victoria Branch, S.W.” 


3. FORM OF BEQUEST. 


I give and bequeath to the Treasurer for the time being of the Royal 
Horticultural Society, London, the sum of £.......... , to be paid out 
of such part of my personal estate as I can lawfully charge with the 
payment of such legacy, and to be paid free of legacy duty, within six 
months of my decease; the receipt of such Treasurer to be a sufficient 
discharge for the same. And I declare that the said legacy shall be 
applied towards [the general purposes of the Society].* 


4. NEW FELLOWS. 


The increasing number of Fellows shows plainly the useful work 
the Society is doing, and its value to all lovers of the Garden. The 
President and Council hope that existing Fellows will enlist the 
sympathy of all their friends, as it is now more important than ever 
to fill the places of those who are taken from us. 

* Any special directions or conditions which the testator may wish to be 


attached to the bequest may be substituted for the words in brackets. 
See also Footnote, page Ixxiv. 


Ixxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


So. AN APPEAL. 


What has been accomplished for the Society since 1887 is largely 
due to the unwearied assistance afforded by the Fellows themselves 
and as all belong to the same Society, so it behoves each one to 
do what he or she can to further its interests, especially by :— 


1. Increasing the Number of Fellows. 

2. Providing Lectures with Lantern Slides. 

3. Presenting Books for the Library at Vincent Square and at 
Wisley. 

4. Sending new or rare Plants and Seeds for the Garden and 
surplus Roots for distribution to the Fellows.* 


6. R.H.S. GARDENERS’ DIARY. 


Please note:—The Show and Meeting entered in the tI1g16 
Diary for December 19 has been withdrawn. | 

The R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary for 1917 will be the best Diary 
the Society has yet published. It is compiled more especially for 
the single-handed gardener, and contains, among other items of 
useful information, calendars for fruit and vegetable growing. 
Fellows may obtain it post free, Is. 2}d., from the R.H.S. Office, 
Vincent Square, London, S.W.; or 2s. 24d. if leather-bound. Ready 
in November. 


7. THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS AT WISLEY. 


Fellows who are not aware of the wonderful beauty of the Gardens, 
particularly at certain times of the year, may find the following 
calendar useful. Differences of season make it impossible to give 
more precise indications, but any Fellow who wishes to see any of the 
undermentioned plants at their best should send an enquiry to the 
Director accompanied by a stamped and addressed envelope. 


January.—Early Narcissus, Galanthus, Leucojums, Crocus, Ericas, 
Hamamelis, Forsythias, Orchids, &c. 


February.—Early Narcissus, Crocus, Ericas, Early Saxifrages, 
Daphnes, Helleborus, Orchids, &c. 


March.—Early Narcissus, Crocus, Ericas, Early Rhododendrons, 
Alpines outside and under glass, Orchids. 


April.—Primulas inside and outside, Narcissus, flowering trees 
and shrubs, Alpines outside and under glass, Orchids. 


* The attention of Fellows is specially called to the Wisley Gardens Endow- 
ment Trust Fund, the object of which is to make the Gardens self-supporting 
for ever, so that the important work to which they are devoted may go on uninter- 
rupted by any fluctuation in the Society’s finances. To do this £100,000 is 
required. In 1914 the Council voted {25,000 towards it as a nucleus. Will not 
Fellows help to make up this sum ? 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. Ixxv 


May.—Primula japonica, Tulips, Azaleas, Rhododendrons, Trees 
and shrubs, Alpines, Narcissus. 


June.—Roses, Iris, Azaleas, Rhododendrons, trees and shrubs, 
Alpines and Pzonies, Nymphaeas. 


July.—Roses, Iris Kaempferi, Phlox, Lilium giganteum, Kalmias, 
Delphiniums, &c. 


August and September.—Roses, Phlox, rock plants, Herbaceous 
plants, Gentiana Asclepiadea, &c. 


October, November, and December.—Autumn foliage, Michaelmas 
Daisies, Colchicums, &c. 


The Gardens are open daily to Fellows and others showing 
Fellows’ Transferable Tickets, from 9 A.M. till sunset, except on 
Sundays, Good Friday, Christmas Day, and Exhibition Days. Each 
Fellow’s Ticket admits three to the Gardens. The Public are not 
admitted at any time. 

The Gardens are about 34 miles from Byfleet, 34 miles from 
Horsley, and 54 miles from Weybridge, all on the South-Western 
Railway. Carriages to convey four persons can be obtained by writing 
to Mr. D. White, fly proprietor, Ripley, Surrey ; the charge being, 
to and from Weybridge, waiting two hours at the Gardens, 8s.; or 
waiting three hours, ros.; or to and from Horsley or Byfleet, 7s. 
Motor cars will be found at Byfleet Station. Accommodation and 
refreshments can be had at the Hut Hotel, close to the Gardens, and 
also at the Hautboy, Ockham. 


8. ROCK GARDEN AT WISLEY. 


In response to the interest taken in what are popularly called 
“‘ Alpines,”’ or “ Rock Plants,’”’ the Council have constructed a Rock 
Garden at Wisley on asomewhat extensive scale. The idea is to obtain 
the best possible positions and soils for the different plants to grow in, 
the growth and well-being of the plants being considered to be 
of greater importance than the artistic effect of the rockwork. 
In a Horticultural Society’s Garden every single detail should 
teach something, so that Fellows visiting it may be able to take 
away an idea of how best to do this or that, or where best to plant 
this or that. 


9. STUDENTS AT WISLEY. 


The Society admits young men, between the ages of sixteen and 
twenty-two years, to study Gardening at Wisley. The curriculum 
includes not only practical garden work in all the main branches of 
Gardening, but also Lectures, Demonstrations, and Horticultural 
Science in the Laboratory, whereby a practical knowledge of Garden 
Chemistry, Biology, &c., may be obtained. 


Ixxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


10. DISTRIBUTION OF SURPLUS PLANTS. 


A few years ago the Council drew attention to the way in which 
the annual distribution of surplus plants has arisen. In a large garden 
there must always be a great deal of surplus stock, which must either 
be given away or go to the waste-heap. A few Fellows, noticing this, 
asked for plants which would otherwise be discarded ; and they valued 
what was so obtained. Others hearing of it asked for a share, until the 
Council felt they must either systematize this haphazard distribution 
or else put a stop to it altogether. To take the latter step seemed 
undesirable. Why should not such Fellows have them as cared to 
receive such surplus plants? It was, therefore, decided to keep all 
plants till the early spring, and then give all Fellows alike the option of 
claiming a share of them by Ballot. 

Fellows are, therefore, particularly requested to notice that only 
waste and surplus plants raised from seeds or cuttings are available for 
distribution. Many of them may be of very little intrinsic value, and it 
is only to avoid their being absolutely wasted that the distribution is 
permitted. The great majority also are, of necessity, very small, and 
may require careful treatment for a time. 

Fellows are particularly requested to note that a Form of Applica- . 
tion and list to choose from of the plants available for distribution is 
sent in January every year to every Fellow, enclosed in the “‘ Report of 
the Council.” To avoid all possibility of favour, all application lists are 
kept until the last day of February, when they are all thrown into a 
Ballot ; and as the lists are drawn out, so is the order of their execution, 
the plants being despatched as quickly as possible after March 1. 

Of some of the varieties enumerated the stock is small, perhaps not 
more than twenty-five or fifty plants being available. It is, therefore, 
obvious that when the Ballot is kind to any Fellow he will receive the 
majority of the plants he has selected, but when the Ballot has given 
him an unfavourable place he may find the stock of almost all the plants 
he has chosen exhausted. A little consideration would show that all 
Fellows cannot be first, and some must be last, in the Ballot. Applica- 
tion forms received after March 1 and before April 30 are kept till all 
those previously received have been dealt with, and are then balloted in 
asimilar way. Fellows having omitted to fill up their application form 
before April 30 must be content to wait till the next year’s distribution. 
The work of the Garden cannot be disorganized by the sending out 
of plants at any later time in the year. All Fellows can participate in 
the annual distribution following their election. 

The Society does not pay the cost of packing and carriage. 

Fellows residing beyond a radius of thirty-five miles from London 
are permitted to choose double the number of plants to which they are 
otherwise entitled. 

Plants cannot be sent to Fellows residing outside the United 
Kingdom. ; 

No plants will be sent to Fellows whose subscriptions are in arrear, 
or who do not fill up their forms properly. 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. Ixxvil 


11. A NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HORTI- 
CULTURE. 


Most gardeners have welcomed the initiation by the Society of a 
scheme whereby a National Diploma in Horticulture may be gained 
by those who pass the Preliminary and Final Examinations. The 
Diploma is thoroughly “ National,’ for, by the consent of H.M. 
Government, the Department of Agriculture consented to co- 
operate with the Society if the Society would undertake the work 
of organizing the Examinations, and authorized the Diploma bearing 
the following words: ‘‘ Awarded by the Royal Horticultural Society 
under a scheme approved by the Board of Agriculture.” 

The Examinations, which are held in June, are practical, viva 
voce, and written ; the practical part being held in a suitable garden. 

Information may be obtained by sending a directed envelope, 
stamped, to the Secretary, Royal Horticultural Society, Vincent 
Square, S.W. 


12. INFORMATION.* 


Fellows may obtain information and advice from the Society as to 
the names of flowers and fruits, on points of practice, insect and fungus 
attacks, and other questions, by applying to the Secretary, R.H.S., 
Vincent Square, Westminster, S.W. Where at all practicable it is 
particularly requested that letters and specimens may be timed to reach 
Vincent Square by the first post on the mornings of the fortnightly 
Meetings, so as to be laid before the Scientific or other Committees at 
once. 


18. INSPECTION OF FELLOWS’ GARDENS, 


The Inspection of Gardens belonging to Fellows is conducted by a 
thoroughly competent Inspector from the Society, who reports and 
advises at the following cost—viz. a fee of £3 3s. for one day (or £5 5s. 
for two consecutive days), together with all out-of-pocket expenses. No 
inspection may occupy more than two days, save by special arrange- 
ment. Fellows wishing for the services of an Inspector are requested 
to give at least a week’s notice and choice of two or three days, and to 
indicate the most convenient railway station and its distance from 
their gardens. Gardens can only be inspected at the written request 
of the owner. 


14. AFFILIATION OF LOCAL SOCIETIES. 


One of the most successful of the many branches of the 
Society’s work is the affiliation of local Horticultural Societies to the 
R.H.S.; no fewer than 300 Societies having joined our ranks. 


* See R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary, 1916, page 60. ‘‘ How to send Specimens 
for Identification.” 


4 


Ixxvill PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Secretaries can obtain a specimen Card for the use of Affiliated 
Societies for Certificates, Commendations, &c. Price, including 
postage, 4s. for 10 copies, 6s. for 20, 12s. 6d. for 50, 21s. for too. At 
the request of several of the Societies, the Council have had the 
Card coloured. The coloured Card is sold at Is. a single copy, or 
10 for 6s., post free. 

The Council have also struck a special Medal for the use of Affiliated 
Societies. It is issued at cost price in Bronze, Silver, and Silver-gilt— 
viz. Bronze, 5s. 94., with case complete ; Silver, 12s. 9d., with case 
complete ; Silver-gilt, 16s. 9d., with case complete. Award Cards 
having the Medal embossed in relief can be sent with the Medal if 
ordered, price od. each. 


15. RULES FOR JUDGING—1914 CODE. 


The ‘‘ Rules for Judging, with Suggestions to Schedule Makers 
and Exhibitors,” have been revised. The Secretaries of Local 
Societies are advised to obtain a copy. It will be sent post free 
on receipt of a postal order for Is. 9d., addressed to the Secretary, 
Royal, Horticultural Society, Vincent Square, Westminster, S.W. 


16. RULES FOR JUDGING COTTAGE AND 
ALLOTMENT GARDENS. | 


To assist Allotment Holders and Cottage Gardeners in their com- 
petitions, a set of Rules, with hints to both Exhibitors and Judges, 
has been drawn up. These Rules may be had at threepence a copy, 
or fifty for 8s. 

A companion Judges’ Sheet in a very convenient book-like form 
can also be had for 2s. 6d. a dozen. This Judges’ Sheet has, in 
tabulated form, a list of the subjects usually grown in allotment 
gardens, flower gardens, and for window and wall decoration. The 
allotments or gardens to be judged are all numbered, and columns 
are provided in the judging sheet for the points given. 


17. R.H.S. DAFFODIL YEAR BOOK. 


The Daffodil Year Books of the Society are amongst the most 
interesting works on gardening. The first issue (1913) was sold out 
within a month of publication. Double the quantity of the 1914 
Year Book was printed, but of this only a few copies remain unsold. 
The 1915 Year Book has 144 pages (with 33 illustrations) of clear, 
reliable information, and it makes pleasant reading. These Year 
Books can be obtained from Messrs. Wesley, 28 Essex Street, 
Strand, London, W.C., price 3s. post free. 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. lxxix 


18. R.H.S. POPULAR PRACTICAL PAMPHLETS. 


The following pamphlets can be ordered from the Royal Horti- 
cultural Society, Vincent Square, London, S.W. They have been 
prepared with a view of meeting the needs of the present urgent 
times and will be found eminently practical and useful. During the 
last twelve months over 72,000 copies have been sold. The prices 
of each are as follows :— 

Single Copy, 3d.; 25, 5s. 6d.; 50, 8s. 6d.; 100, 15s. :— 

(x) A selected List of Hardy Fruits, with Notes on Cultivation, 
etc., 1916 edition. 

(2) The Training of Fruit Trees. 

(3) The Pruning of Fruit Trees. 

(4) Keeping Fruit Trees clean. 

(5) Vegetables and How to Grow Them. 

(6) Autumn Vegetables from seed sown in July. 

(7) The Herbaceous Garden. 

(8) The Rose Garden. 

(9) Flowers for Small Gardens, Window Boxes, etc. 
(10) Hardy and Half-Hardy Annuals in the Open Air. 
(rr) Fruit Bottling. 

(12) Vegetable Bottling, Storing, and Salting. 
(13) Vegetable Cookery. 

(14) Salads and Salad Making. 

(15) War-time Economy in Gardening. 

(x6) Medicinal Plants and their Cultivation. 


19. TULIP REPORT. 


The results of the exhaustive Trial of Tulips at Wisley will be 
issued shortly as a separate publication, at a charge of 2s. 6d. (3s. 
"post free). This illustrated Report will constitute the standard 
authority on Tulips for many years to come, and will contain lists 
of varieties useful for various purposes and arranged according to 
colours. Descriptions will be given of all the Tulips which were 
grown in the Trials at Wisley, illustrations of the various types of 
forms and colouring, lists of synonyms, references to the principal 
literature of the Tulip, &c. To be obtained from the Society’s 
Publishers, Messrs. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand. 


20. DOUGLAS JOURNAL. 


At the request of the U.S.A. Department of Agriculture the Society 
has quite recently published the Diary, kept by David Douglas nearly 
I00 years ago, of his exploration of the wildest parts of North and 


Ixxx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


North-Western America, whither the Society had sent him chiefly 
with a view to the introduction of new plants. It will be found to be 
vastly interesting, not only on account of the extraordinary number 
of the plants he discovered, but also on account of the topographical 
notes it contains and the evidence it affords of the condition of the 
country and of the Indians 100 years ago. It is published by Messrs. 
Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London. Price ff Is. 


21. R.H.S. PUBLICATIONS. 


In future, only Fellows can obtain the Society’s publications 
from the R.H.S. Office, Vincent Square, S.W. Non-Fellows should 
order direct from Messrs. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, 
W.C., who have been appointed Agents for the Society. 


22. ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Fellows are reminded that the more they can place their orders with 
those who advertise in the Society’s Publications the more likely others 
are to advertise also, and in this way the Society may be indirectly 
benefited. 


EXTRACTS FROM THE PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
May 2, 1916. 
Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (27).—Mrs. J. H. Bainbridge, Mrs. E. Bellville, 
A. E. Billinghurst, Mrs. R. Gilman Brown, G. S. Crisford, Miss Garnett, 
Mrs. Arnold Gyde, Miss C. Hall, Mrs. B. Hall, Miss Humby, Mrs. 
-F. J. Huxtable, Mrs. Johnstone, Mrs. H. Graham King, Mrs. E. 
McLure, Miss M. Messel, Mrs. Cunningham Moncrieff, Geo. J. Morgan, 
Mrs. E. A. Neatby, Mrs. E. Nelson, S. Salisbury, Chas. Shaw, A. K. 
Stothert, Geo. N. Tebbutt, Edwin E. Turner, General Sir Charles 
Warren, G.C.M.G., E. H. Wilding, Miss Woolls. 

Fellow resident in Australia (1).—W. D. Searl. 

A lecture on “Some Aspects of Spraying against Pests’”’ was given 
by Mr. A. H. Lees, M.A. (See p. 213.) | 


GENERAL MEETING. 
_ May 16, 1916. 
W. B. CRANFIELD, Esq., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (56).—George P. Allen, Miss O. B..Amos, Miss J. 
M. Anderson, Mrs. Baring, L. Bayer, A. Bazett, Mrs. Beadel, E. H. 
Bernhard, W. C. Bishop, Mrs. J. Carter, Mrs. W. H. Cobb, Mrs. H. A. 
Coddington, O. Craven, E. Cunard, A. d’Ambrumenil, Mrs. Dunbar, 
Mrs. Ianto Evans, Mrs. J. J. Foster, Miss Franklin, Mrs. G. Rae 
Fraser, Mrs. M. Mewburn-Garnett, Robt. Gemmell, E. G. Grimsdale, 
Mrs. G. Hannaford, Mrs. Harris, G. Hocking, W. F. S. Hodgson, 
G. J. Holloway, Miss E. B. Hulme, Mrs. Hyslop, W. E. James, Thos. 
Johnson, Mrs. Joshua, Mrs. Kershaw, T. S. C. Lee, John Lewis, W. W. 
Loch, C. F. Martin, Mrs. Middleton, Capt. Chas. Mitchell, F. Craven 
Moore, Miss Mountford, Dr. Neatby, Chas. Oldham, Mrs. Henry Platt, 
Miss Powell, J. C. R. Rahder, Mrs. P. W. Robertson, J. Q. Rowett, 
Mrs. W. E. F. Smyth, Col. B. Strange, Lady Verney, Mrs. Vitali, Mrs. 
Chas. Wilson, Mrs. Woolls, J. Young. 


VOL, XLII. yh 


Ixxxll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Fellows resident abroad ( 


f. Aldridge (Auckland, N.Z.), B. 


Barreto (Argentina), Mrs. G. Chirnside (Victoria, Australia). 
A lecture on “ Daffodil Developments’’ was given by the Rev. 


J. Jacob... (See:p229,) 


CHELSEA SHOW. 


MAY 23, 24, 25, 1916; 


LIST OF [UDCES 


ORCHIDS. 
Amateurs’ Exhibits. 


Bolton, W. 
Cypher, J., V.M.H. 
Charlesworth, J. 


sander, F., V.M.E. 


Nurserymen’s Exhibits. 


Colman, Sir Jeremiah, Bart. 


Hanbury, F. J. 
Ralli, Pantia. 
Sint a). aE. 


ROSES. 
Page Roberts, Rev. F. 
Jennings, John. 
Orpen, 0. 7G. 


CARNATIONS. 
Turner, Arthur 
Barnes, N. F. 
Page, W. H. 


TULIPS. 
Hall, A. Ds MeAs Eekes: 
Jacob, Rev. J. 
Ware, W. T. 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 
On Tables. 

Weitch,*P: C;. My J. 
[Nott Ri G; 

Knowles, P. O. 

Hudson, J., V.M.H. 
Pa G., V.M.H. 

Hales, W. 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 
Groups. 
Morter, W. 
Dixon, GC. 
Howe, W. 
Crump, W., V.M.H. 


FOLIAGE PLANTS. 
Coomber, T., V.M.H. 
Baker, W. G. 

Tivey,.G, 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLES. 
Challis 13, Vo Misiae 
Poupart, W. 
Rollit, Sir Albert, LL.D. 
Reynolds, G. 


BEGONIAS. 


MacLeod, J. F. 
Chapman, A. 
Heal, ‘J., V.M-G: 


SWEET PEAS. 
Stevenson, Thos. 
Jones; ay a: 

Watkins, Alfred 


HARDY HERBACEOUS PLANTS. 
Groups. 
Lynch,-R. Irwin, V.M-H. 
Cuthbertson, W., V.M.H. 
Fielder “C. Ry, V Mabe 


Exhibits on Tables. 


Pearson, A. H., V.M.H. 
Turner, IT. W. 
Crisp, Bernard 


CHELSEA SHOW |xXxXxili 


FLOWERING TREES AND SHRUBS. ‘“ DAILY GRAPHIC ’’ CUP. 
Cheal, Joseph, V.M.H. Bowles, E. A., M.A. 
Beckett, E., V.M.H. Thomas, Carmichael. 
Harrow, George Parsons, Alfred, R.A. 


GROUPS IN THE OPEN AIR. 


Bowles, E. A., M.A. 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES. 
Bilmey, W. A., J.P. 


Clutton Brock, A. Hooper, H. 

Grandfield, Il. Chittenden, F. i ies E-E.S. 
RocK AND FORMAL GARDENS. 

Bowles, E. A., M.A. PICTURES AND STATUARY, 
ieiney,: W. A., J.P. Bowles, E. A., M.A. 

Clatton Brock; A. Parsons, Alfred, R.A. 

Morris, Sidney Wilks, Rev. W., M.A., V.M.H. 


Grandfield, J. White, Edward 


AWARDS GIVEN BY THE COUNCIL AFTER CONSULTATICN 
WITH THE JUDGES. 


[The order in which the names are entered under the several medals 
and cups has no reference whatever to merit, but is purely accidental. 

The awards given on the recommendation of the Fruit, Floral, 
and Orchid Committees will be found under their respective reports. ] 


ORCHIDS. 
Gold Medal. 
Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., V.M.H., Gatton Park, Reigate (gr. J. 
Collier). 


Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells. 


Williams Orchid Medal. 


Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath. 
Messrs. J. & A. McBean, Cooksbridge. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 


Messrs. Stuart Low, Bush Hill Park, Enfield. 
Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, Herts. 


Stlver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
Messrs. J. Cypher, Cheltenham. 
Messrs. Mansell & Hatcher, Rawdon, Leeds. 
Silver Flora Medal. 
Mr. H. Dixon, Spencer Park Nursery, Wandsworth. 
Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe, Sussex. 


Ixxxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Davidson Cup. 
Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge. 


EXHIBITS IN THE OPEN AIR. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, N., for clipped trees. 


Stlver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
Messrs. Fromow, Chiswick, W., for Japanese maples. 


Silver Flora Medal. 


Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, W., for topiary work and Japanese 
trees and shrubs. 


Silver Banksian Medal. | 
Mr. E. Dixon, Putney, S.W., for formal garden. 
Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, S.W., for shrubs. 


GROUPS ON THE GROUND. 
Gold Medal. 
Messrs. Carter, Raynes Park, S.W., for flowering plants. 
Messrs. W. Paul, Waltham Cross, for Roses. 
Messrs. Suttons, Reading, for flowering plants. 
Messrs. Waterer & Crisp, Bagshot, for Rhododendrons. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for herbaceous and alpines. 
Messrs. Bees, Liverpool, for rare alpines, Primulas, and Chinese 
plants. 

Messrs. G. Bunyard, Maidstone, for herbaceous. 

Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Azaleas. 

Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Roses. 

Messrs. Hobbies, Dereham, for Roses. 

Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. John Peed, West Norwood, for Caladiums. 

Mr. Amos Perry, Enfield, for Paonies and herbaceous plants. 
Mr. Chas. Turner, Slough, for Roses. 

Messrs. R. Wallace, Colchester, for flowering plants. 

Messrs. T. S. Ware, Feltham, for Begonias. 

Messrs. E. Webb, Stourbridge, for flowering plants. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

R. L. Mond, Esq,. Sevenoaks, for Amaryllis. 

Rk. L. Mond, Esq., Sevenoaks, for Azaleas and Rhododendrons. 
Messrs. W. Artindale, Sheffield, for herbaceous and alpine plants. 
Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for Tulips. 

Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Begonias and Delphiniums, 
Messrs. J. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering trees and shrubs. 
Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for Clematis. 

Messrs. Stuart Low, Enfield, for Carnations, 


CHELSEA SHOW. Ixxxv 


Messrs. H. B. May, Upper Edmonton, for Ferns. 

Mr. R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge, for Lilacs. 

Mr. R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge, for flowering shrubs. 

Messrs. Paul & Son, Cheshunt, for Roses. 

Mr. Amos Perry, Enfield, for ferns. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for flowering trees and shrubs. 
Messrs. T. Rochford, Broxbourne, for Rambler Roses. 

Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Tulips. 

Messrs. T. S. Ware, Feltham, for herbaceous and alpine plants. 
Messrs. Waterer & Crisp, Bagshot, for herbaceous plants. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

Messrs. R. H. Bath, Wisbech, for Tulips. 

Messrs. W. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for Roses. 

Mr. George Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for perennials and rare shrubs. 
Messrs. T. Rochford, Broxbourne, for Spirzeas. 

Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for ornamental trees. 
Messrs. R. Wallace, Colchester, for Tulips. 

Messrs. Waterer & Crisp, Bagshot, for Tulips. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for pygmy trees. 
Messrs. G. Bunyard, Maidstone, for Rhododendrons. 
Messrs. Carter Page, London Wall, for Dahlias. 
Messrs. Stuart Low, Enfield, for Australian plants. 

Mr. R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge, for flowering plants. 
Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for Azaleas. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for Clematis. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
Messrs. W. J. Brown, Stamford, for Lilacs, Roses, and flowering 
plants. 
Messrs. H. Cannell, Swanley, for Roses, Pelargoniums, Myosotis. 


EXHIBITS ON THE TABLES. 
Gold Medal. 
Hon. John Ward, C.V.O., Hungerford, for collection of fruit (gr. 
Mr. C. Beckett). 
Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Sweet Peas. 
Mr. A. F. Dutton, Iver, Bucks, for Carnations. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. . 

The Hon. Vicary Gibbs, Elstree (gr. Mr. Beckett), for Cape Pelar- 
goniums. 

Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Langley, Slough, for herbaceous and alpine 
plants. 

Messrs. Allwood Bros., Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

Messrs. G. and W. H. Burch, Peterborough, for Roses. 


ixxxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

Messrs. Frank Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

Messrs. A. Dickson, Newtownards, for Sweet Peas. 
Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Antirrhinums. 

Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham, for Border Carnations. 
Messrs. Hogg & Robertson, Belfast, for Tulips. 

Messrs. Ker, Liverpool, for Amaryllis. 

Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for herbaceous plants. 

Mr. J. Stevenson, Wimborne, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. G. G. Whitelegg, Chislehurst, for herbaceous plants. 


Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. 
Messrs. T. Rivers, Sawbridgeworth, for fruit trees in pots. 
Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for vegetables. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

Messrs. S. Bide, Farnham, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. A. P. Bruce, Manchester, for Sarracenias. 
Messrs. A. Dickson, Newtownards, for Tulips. 

Mr. Clarence Elliott, Stevenage, for alpine plants. 
Mr. Elisha J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 

Messrs. Waterer & Crisp for alpine plants. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for herbaceous plants. 
Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for herbaceous plants. 
Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Carnations. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

Mr. R. J. Barnes, Malvern, for Roses. 

Messrs. Clark, Dover, for herbaceous plants. 

Mr. Alfred Dawkins, Chelsea, for Schizanthus. 

Messrs. A. Dickson, Newtownards, for Roses. 

Messrs. J. Forbes, Hawick, for herbaceous plants and Violas. 
Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, Hants, for alpine plants 

Mr. R. Prichard, Wimborne, for alpine plants. 

Messrs. Pulham, Broxbourne, for alpine and herbaceous plants. 
Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for alpine plants. 

Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, S.W., for stove plans. 

Mr. G. G. Whitelegg, Chislehurst, for alpine plants. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 
Messrs. Laxton, Bedford, for Strawberries. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham, for Auriculas. 

Messrs. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Pelargoniums. 

Messrs. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Poppies and herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. Jarman, Chard, for Pelargoniums. 

Messrs. B. Ladhams, Southampton, for herbaceous plants and 
shrubs. 


CHELSEA SHOW. IXxxVil 


Mr. F.. Lilley, Guernsey, for Gladioli. 

Mr. J. MacDonald, Harpenden, for grasses. 

Messrs. J. Peed, W. Norwood, for Gloxinias and Streptocarpus. 

Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Havering-atte-Bower, for Roses. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, W., for alpine plants. 

Messrs. Reamsbottom & Co., Geashill, Ireland, for St. Brigid 
Anemones. 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. R. Sydenham, Birmingham, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. A. D. Thompson, 11 Adam Street, W.C., for hardy and alpine 
plants. 

Messrs. R. Tucker, Oxford, for alpine plants. 

Mr..C: Turner, Slough, for Lilacs. 

Yokohama Nursery Co., for Japanese trees and miniature gardens. 

Messrs. Bakers, Codsall, Staffs., for herbaceous plants, 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
Misses Price & Fyfe, East Grinstead, for Carnations. 


GARDEN STATUARY &C. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
Messrs. T. Crowther, 282 North End Road, Fulham, for garden 
ornaments, figures, and sundries. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mr. T. West Carnie, 59 Seymour Street, W., for flower glasses and 
_ garden ornaments. 
Messrs. Liberty, Regent Street, W., for Japanese trees and garden — 
ornaments. 


PLANS AND PICTURES. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
Mrs. E. M. Fraser, Onslow Hotel, Queen’s Gate, S.W., for water- 
colour drawings. 
Messrs. Milner, Son & White, 7 Victoria Street, S.W., for garden 
plans. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mr. Montagu Summers, F.Z.S., 52 New Broad Street, E.C., for 
patent butterfly mountings. 
Mrs. M. Townsend, 79 Yale Court, W. Hampstead, N.W., for water- 
colour drawings. 
Bronze Banksian Medal. 
Miss E. Lamont, 2 Carlisle Place, S.W., for paintings of garden 
flowers. 
Miss V. Lindsell, Dunchurch, nr. Rugby, for water-colour drawings. 
Mrs. J. McTurk, 116a King Henry’s Road, N.W., for water-colour. 
paintings and pictures.. 


]xxxvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES—OUTSIDE. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Castle’s Shipbreaking Co., Millbank, S.W., for teakwood and garden 
furniture. 
Dryad Cane and Metal Works, Leicester, for cane furniture. 
Four Oaks Spraying Machine Co., Sutton Coldfield, for spraying 
machines, pumps, &c. 
Messrs. A. W. Gamage, Holborn, for garden houses, furniture, &c. 
Holder Harriden, Ltd., Noble Street, E.C., for spraying machines. 
Messrs. Hughes, Bolckow & Co., 10 Dover Street, W., for teakwood 
garden furniture. 
Messrs. Maggs & Co., Bristol, for garden seats and tables. 
United Brassfounders and Engineers, Ltd., Birmingham, for 
spraying and lime-washing machines. : 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
Messrs. J. Christopher, 39 Clerkenwell Road, London, E.C., for 
trucks, ladders, lifts, and the gardener’s improved water-tap. 
Messrs. Drew, Clark, Leyton, for telescopic ladders. 
Messrs. Pearce; Holloway Road, for greenhouses and rustic summer- 
houses. 
Messrs. Peters, Derby, for carbolineum wood preservative. 
Messrs. H. C. Philcox, Brixton, S.W., for ladders, steps, and 
barrows. 
Mr. H.C. Slingsby, 142 Old Street, E.C., for patent ladders, barrows, 
Ge: 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES IN THE TENTS. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mrs. Miller, Marlow, for Moyleen confections. 
Miss Hilda G. Sewell, 67 Harcourt Terrace, S.W., for Elmhurst 
preserves. 
Messrs. J. Weeks, 72 Victoria Street, S.W., for greenhouse venti- 
lating gearing, &e. 
Messrs. Westmacott, 368 Strand, W.C., for South African confec- 
tions. 
Messrs. E. A. White, for syringes, &c. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

Messrs. Abbott Bros., Southall, for garden tables, fruit stand, &c. 

Mr. Percy F. Bunyard, Kidderminster Road, Croydon, for lamps, 
spraying apparatus, &c. 

Messrs. Fowler, Lee, Reading, for bottling appliances. 

Garden City Trug Co., Fleet, Hants, for garden trugs. 

Mr. J. Haws, Clapton, N.E., for water-cans. 

Messrs. H. Pattisson, Streatham, for garden appliances. 


GENERAL MEETING. lxxx1x 


GENERAL MEETING. 
JUNE 6, 1916. 
_V. H. BLACKMAN, Esq., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (52).—A. J. Ashmore, Mrs. H. G. Baldwin, Mrs. 
Barker-Hahlo, Philip Barnett, A. B. Booth, Major D. S. Browne, 
Mrs. Gordon Campbell, H. J. Chapman, J. M. Clement, Mrs. R. A. 
Currie, Mrs. Dawson, Miss Erskine, L. L. Faudel-Phillips, J. Gordon 
Gordon, W. R. Hammond, Mrs. H. Harris, Mrs. J. Holt, Mrs. Hood, 
L. Hulse, Mrs. G. D. Jebb, Mrs. Judkins, F. H. Kaye, Mrs. J. Kempson, 
Lady Laidlaw, Miss A. H. Little, W. T. Madden, J. E. Mills, G. Moore, 
E. A. H. Mosenthal, Mrs. E. A. H. Mosenthal, H. C. Mott, Arthur E. 
Nathan, J. Paine, Miss V. G. Parsons, Lt.-Col. D. C. Phillott, Thomas 
Powell, C. Rata, Mrs. C. Scott, C. T. Scott, E. H. Seakins, H. Stanley 
Sharp, Miss Dora Skipwith, Mrs. Harry Smith, Mrs. J. J. Smith, Mrs. 
Pie sunth, E. F. Taylor, Mrs. Walker, R. W. S. Weir, E. A. Wigan, 
W. L. Wilson, Lady Worsley, L. v. Zwanenberg. 

Associates (2).—Miss C. Cadbury, Miss J. Gregory. 

A lecture on “ Seed Germination ” was given by Mr. Kidd. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
JUNE 20, 1916. 
JosEPH CHEAL, Esq., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (29).—Miss Beynon, Mrs. Blandy, F. L. Bosqui, 
W. H. Bull, W. E. Chaplin, J. A. Cooper, Countess of Coventry, Miss 
L. Crabb, Percy Dudding, Miss Ericsson, C. N. French, Mrs. M. 
Haegger, Surg.-Genl. G. F. A. Harris, Miss Hastings, C. H. Hopwood, 
W. B. Jones, Mrs. W. B. Jones, Lt.-Col. C. G. W. Lowdell, Major R. 
Maclaren, Mrs. Percy Mann, Mrs. Mendl, Miss E. A. Parker, Arthur 
Pott, Mrs. Rawlinson, Mrs. Smith-Bingham, A. J. Cohen Stuart, 
Mrs. Wheatley, Mrs. A. J. Wilson, S. A. Wolton. 

A lecture on “ The Colour of Flowers, Wild and Cultivated,” was 
given by Prof. Percival. 


HOLLAND HOUSE SHOW. 
SUEY, 450550. TOLO, 
LEIS! OF JUDGES. 


ORCHIDS. 

Amateurs’ Exhibits. Nurserymen’s Exhibits, 
Bolton, W. Colman, Sir Jeremiah, Bt. 
Cypher, J., V.M.H. Hanbury, F. J.; F-LS. 
Charlesworth, J. Ralli, Pantia 


Shill, J. E. 


XC PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ROSES. 
Page Roberts, Rev. F. 
Piper, T. W. 
Orpen, O.7G. 


CARNATIONS. 
Turner, A. 
Jennings, J. 
Page, W. H. 


BEGONIAS. 
(Tuberous.) 
MacLeod, J. T. 


Chapman, A. 
Heal, J, V.MLH. 


SWEET PEAS. 
Curtis, C. H. 
Bates, W. 
Watkins, A. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLES. 
Rollit, Sir Albert Kaye 
Challis, Tf) V.M-H. 

Poupart, W. 
Reynolds, G. 
Harris, E. 


HERBACEOUS PLANTS. 
Blakey, W. J. 
aca, | A 
Paul, G., V.M.H. 
Notcutt, R. C. 
[Becket FV Va. 
Hales, W. 


ALPINES, ROCK AND WATER 
GARDENS. 

Bilney, W. A., J.P. 

Bowles, E.:A., M.A., #8; 

Bedford, A. 

Divers, W. H., V.M.H. 


FOLIAGE PLANTS. 
Hudson, Jas., V.M.H. 
Baker, W. G. 

Howe, W. 


FLOWERING PLANTS. 


Feal, J:, Vane 

Mort: W. iH. 
Divey; 4G: 
Coomber, T., V.M.H. 

Knowles, P. O. 
Turner, T. W. 


GROUPS IN OPEN AIR. 


Pearson, C. EE; 
Cheal, J., VR: 
Dixon; C. 


FLOWERING TREES AND SHRUBS, 


Gibbs, Hon. Vicary 
Thomas, Owen, V.M.H. 
Harrow, G. 

Balfour, F.R.S. 


SHERWOOD AND WIGAN CUPS. 


Wigan, A. L. 
Pearson, A. H., V.M.H. 
Green, >): 


AFFILIATED CUP AND 
GORDON LENNOX CUP. 


Noteuttk.G: | 
Crisp, Bernard 
Blakey, W. J. 


CLAY CUP. 


Jefferies, W. J. 
Orpen, OG, 
Maud, Miss 


SUNDRIES. 


Chittenden, F. J.,.F.E.S: 
Fielder, C., V.M.H. 


PICTURES AND STATUARY. 


Bowles, E. A., M.A., F.L-S. 
Wilks, Rev. W., M.A., V.M.HL. 


HOLLAND HOUSE SHOW. XCl 


AWARDS GIVEN BY THE COUNCIL AFTER CONSULTATION WITH 
THE JUDGES, 


[The order in which the names are entered under the several medals 
and cups has no reference whatever to merit, but is purely accidental. 
The awards given on the recommendation of the Fruit, Floral, and 
Orchid Committees will be found in their respective reports.] 
Coronation Cup. 
Mr. Amos Perry, Enfield, for herbaceous plants. 


Wigan Cup. 
Messrs. Wm. Paul, Waltham Cross, for Roses. 


Clay Cup not awarded. 


ORCHIDS. 
Gold Medal. 
Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton Park, Reigate, for Orchids. 
Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for Orchids. 


Williams Orchid Medal. 

Messrs. Mansell & Hatcher, Rawdon, for Orchids. 
Messrs. Stuart Low, Bush Hill Park, N., for Orchids. 
Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Orchids. 


Silver Lindley Medal for Cultivation. 
F. Menteith Ogilvie, Esq., Oxford, for a specimen Epidendrum. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Orchids. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
Mr. H. Dixon, Wandsworth, for Orchids. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe, for Orchids. 


EXHIBITS IN THE TENTS AND OPEN AIR. 
Gold Medal. 
Messrs. Alex. Dickson, Newtownards, for Roses. 
Mr. Elisha J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 
Mr. Amos Perry, Enfield, for Ferns. 
Mr. Amos Perry, Enfield, for herbaceous plants. 
Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for rock and water garden and 
Chinese trees. 
Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for shrubs, Lilies, herbaceous and rock 
plants. 
Messrs. Richmond, Feltham, for fruit trees in pots. 
Mr. C. Turner, Slough, for Roses. 
Messrs. R. Wallace, Colchester, for Irises, Water-lilies, and 
herbaceous bulbous plants. 


XCli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 

Messrs. Bakers, Codsall, for Delphiniums, herbaceous plants, and 
water garden. ; 

Messrs. S. Bide, Farnham, for Sweet Peas. 

Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Begonias. 

Messrs. W. & J. Brown, Stamford, for Roses. 

Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

Messrs. Frank Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

Messrs. Alex. Dickson, Newtownards, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. A. F. Dutton, Iver, for Carnations. 

Messrs. E. W. King, Coggeshall, for Sweet Peas. 

Messrs. Stuart Low, Bush Hill Park, for Roses. 

Messrs. H. B. May, Upper Edmonton, for Ferns. 

Messrs. Paul, Cheshunt, for Roses. 

Messrs. Wm. Paul, Waltham Cross, for Roses: 

Mr. G. Prince, Oxford, for Roses. 

Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for ornamental Ivies and shrubs. 

Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for stove plants. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Langley, Slough, for herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. G. Bunyard, Maidstone, for herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for trees and shrubs. 

Messrs. Wm. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations. 

Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for flowering plants. 

The Donard Nursery Co., Newcastle, Co. Down, for ornamental 
shrubs. 

Mr. James Douglas, Gt. Bookham, for Carnations. 

Mr. Clarence Elliott, Stevenage, for alpine plants. 

Messrs. Harkness, Bedale, Yorks, for herbaceous plants. 

Mary Countess of Ilchester, Holland House, W., for Sempervivums 
and Saxifrages. 

Messrs. Stuart Low, Bush Hill Park, for Begonias. 

Messrs. Stuart Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations. 

Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for herbaceous plants and Lilium 
giganteum. 

Messrs. J. Peed, West Norwood, S.E., for Streptocarpus. 

Messrs. J. Piper, Bayswater, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. C. Turner, Slough, for Carnations. 

Messrs. Waterer & Crisp, Bagshot, for Kalmias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Delphiniums. . 

Mr. J. Box, Lindfield, for herbaceous plants. 

Messrs. G. & W. Burch, Peterborough, for Roses. 

Messrs. John Forbes, Hawick, for Phloxes, Pentstemons, and 

Delphiniums. 
Messrs. G. Jackman, Woking, for Roses. 
Messrs. G. Jackman, Woking, for herbaceous plants. 


HOLLAND HOUSE SHOW. : XCili 


Messrs. B. Ladhams, Shirley, Hants, for hardy flowers. 
Mr. J. MacDonald, Harpenden, for grasses. 
Messrs. J. Peed, West Norwood, for Begonias. 
Messrs. J. Peed, West Norwood, for Caladiums. 
Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Havering-atte-Bower, for Roses. 
Messrs. J. Piper & Son, Bayswater, for Chinese trees. 
Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, Hants, for alpine plants. 
Messrs. Pulham, Broxbourne, for a formal garden. 
Messrs. T. S. Ware, Feltham, for Begonias. 

- Messrs. T. S. Ware, Feltham, for herbaceous plants. 
Messrs. Waterer & Crisp, Bagshot, for herbaceous plants. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 
Messrs. Laxton Bros., Bedford, for Strawberries. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, W.C., for hardy flowers. 

Mr. J. Box, Lindfield, for alpine plants. 

Messrs. -Wm. Cutbush, Highgate, N., for stove plants. 

Messrs. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Campanulas and Pelargoniums. 
Messrs. Jarman, Chard, for Roses. 

Messrs. H. J. Jones, Lewisham, for Phloxes. 

Mr. Jenner, Rayleigh, for Carnations. 

Messrs. Kelway, Langport, for Delphiniums and hardy plants. 
Mr. Frank Lilley, Guernsey, for Gladioli and Irises. 

Messrs. J. Piper & Son, Bayswater, W., for Cacti. 

Messrs. R. Sydenham, Birmingham, for Sweet Peas. 

Mr. A. D. Thompson, rr Adam Street, W.C., for hardy plants. 
Messrs. T. S. Ware, Feltham, for alpine plants. 

Messrs. Waterer, Sons & Crisp, Bagshot, for alpine plants. 
Mr. G. G. Whitelegg, Chislehurst, for alpine plants. 

The Yokohama Nursery Co., for Japanese and miniature gardens. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

Messrs. R. H. Bath, Wisbech, for herbaceous plants. 
Messrs. Rogers, Southampton, for Roses. 

Mr. G. Stark, Ryburgh, for herbaceous plants. 

Very Highly Commended. 


The Market Gardeners, Nurserymen, & Farmers’ Association for 
fruit and vegetables. 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES, 


Silver Flora Medal. 
Mr. Herbert Jones, Bath, for Old World stone garden ornaments. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Messrs. Abbott Bros., Southall, for table trays, &c. 
Mrs. Sophia Miller, Marlow, for confections. 
Messrs. E. Westmacott, Strand, W.C., for South African jams. 


XClv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Castle’s Shipbreaking Co., Millbank, for teakwood garden furniture. 

The Four Oaks Spraying Co., Sutton Coldfield, for spraying 
machines. 

Messrs. Hughes, Bolckow, ro Dover Street, W., for teakwood 
furniture. 

Messrs. Maggs, for garden seats and tables. 

Messrs. H. C. Philcox, Streatham, for ladders, steps, and barrows. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

Mr. Percy Bunyard, Croydon, for fumigating compounds. 

Mrs. Oliver, 39 Old Bond St., for garden ornaments. 

Messrs. H. Pattisson, Streatham, for horse boots and weeding 
tools. 

Mr. J. Singleton, Preston, Lancs., for Nuespray. 

The Garden City Trug Co., Fleet, for garden rugs. 


PICTURES, STATUARY, &C. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Miss E. Lamont, 2 Carlisle Place, 5.W., for paintings of flower 
gardens. 
Miss M. I. Shakerley, Congleton, for paintings of flower-gardens. 
Mr. Montagu Summers, F.Z.S., 52 New Broad Street, for butterfly 


' pictures. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

Miss C. M. Alston, Barnes, for paintings of flower-gardens. 

Miss B. E. Corry, Kilburn, for paintings of flower-gardens. 

Mrs. Edith Fisher, E. Molesey, for drawings of flower-gardens. 

Mrs. E. Heisch, Chelsea, for drawings of flower-gardens. 

Miss Linnell, Adelaide Road, N.W.., for paintings of flower-gardens. 

Miss Pilkington, Pembridge Gardens, W., for paintings of flower- 
gardens. : 

Miss F. Randolph, Putney, S.W., for paintings of flower-gardens. 

Miss Wilkinson, Barnes, 5.W., for paintings of flower-gardens. 


GARDEN ORNAMENTS. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
Messrs. T. Crowther, Fulham, for figures, sundials, seats, &c. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
JULY ‘23; 2O16. 
W. Hates, Esq., A.L.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (99),—Mrs. Atherley, Mrs. T. Beamish, P. E. 
Beard, E. E. Bernhard, Mrs. A. Beverley, Miss G. Blandy, Mrs. Booth, 
P. Botting, J. M. Branfoot, F. J. Brett, F. Brown, J. Brown, Mrs. S. C. 
Buckland, D. Bulmer, C. T. Burke, Mrs. Burton, Mrs. A. F. Buxton, 


GENERAL MEETING. XCV 


Mrs. I. Byng, Mrs. R. Cary, Miss E. A. Cates, Mrs. Chilton Thomas, 
H. Close, G. H. Cook, D. Cowan, Miss Denney, H. N. Devenish, Captain 
M. Drummond, Mrs. C. Drummond, F. Dunn, Mrs. A. Ellert, T. Fagg, 
Mrs. Fisher, R. J. Foot, Miss H. Fryer, Miss B. Gill, Mrs. Goord, 
Mrs. I. V. Gwynne, Miss Hale, C. Hall, J. B. Hawes, Lady Heath, Mrs 
P; Hennessy, E. Herbert, H.5. Herring, Lady Mary Hervey, T. J. 
Hicks, Mrs. J. M. Hogge, Mrs. Howard, H. Ide, Mrs. Keirle, Rev. J. 
Wallace Kidston, E. King, A. J. Kingham, Mrs. P. Lang, Mrs. S. O. 
Lazarus, W. Leonard, J. Lilley, The Earl of Lisburne, Miss C. M. P. 
Lyon, Mrs. P. Maclean, Miss M. McCraken, Mrs. J. M. Malcolm, 
R. V. Marriner, E. T. Marriott, M.A., Mrs. C. Muhlenkamp, Mrs. H. L. 
Napier, W. H. Noath, Miss E. Oswald, The Hon. E. G. Pakington, 
E>. Parker, Miss W. Peake, Mrs. F. L. Penno, Colonel H.C. Petre, 
Mrs. W. A. Pryor, G. Ramsden, Rev. R. Reade, W. Redding, H. D. 
Roberts, Baroness A. von Roeder, A. E. Sabine, C. D. Sawers, A. 
Saywell, Mrs. Scorer, Prof. C. G. Seligman, C. Shenton, Mrs. E. Smith, 
EV ioprot, ootevens, Mrs. H. F. Sturdy, Mrs. J. Suttil, G. H. T. 
Swinton, A. Tangye, H. 5. Tuke, R. M. Turnbull, H. E. A. Twyford, 
Miss C. Warner, T. M. Winch, L. Winterbotham, H. Wright. 

Fellows resident abroad (3).—G. Farmer (Mombasa), Rohani T. 
Raja (S. India), Mrs. H. H. Rousseau (Troy, U.S.). 

Associates (4).—Miss J. Hollway, Miss C. Hughes, Miss K. Long, 
Miss M. M. Ridley. 

A lecture on “‘ The Uses of Lime in Agriculture and Horticulture ”’ 
waeeiven by Mr. HI. E. P. Hodsoll, FS. (See p. 236.) 


GENERAL MEETING. 
AUGUST I, 1916. 
Sit ALBERT K.OROLLIT, CEL. in the Chair: 


Fellows elected (32)—Mrs. K. L. Ainger, W. E. Batchelor, J. 
Brophy, J. Cameron, Miss C. J. Carless, J. Clark, W. W. Cook, J. R. 
Crompton, Miss R. G. Devenish, Mrs. Earle, J. V. Eyre, M. A. Farrow, 
Mrs. Farside, E. O. Fordham, Mrs. Hargraves, Mrs. A. Kennard, Mrs, 
T. K. Laidlaw, Mrs. G. H. Langdon, Miss M. Little, Joe Lumb, Mrs. 
Hugo Muller, Mrs. A. C. Naumann, Mrs. F. W. Schofield, Dr. E. Stead, 
Mrs, W. re otretton, G. Taylor, E. J. Venner, Mrs. -L. €. Waldron, 
Sir P. H. Waterlow, Bt., H. Woollcombe, Miss A. Worland, Mrs. M. B. 
Wright. 

A Conference on Bulb-growing took place at the meeting. (See 


p. 296.) 


XCV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SHOW OF HARDY BRITISH-GROWN FLOWER BULBS. 
TUESDAY, AUGUST I. 


(See Report of Conference, p. 296.) 


N.B.—For the purposes of this exhibition Corms and Tubers, 
such as Crocuses and Anemones, may be considered as Bulbs. 


Class 3. Amateurs.—Collection of Dry Home-grown Hardy Flower 
Bulbs, in not more than 20 varieties, of which 7 at least must be 
Daffodils ; and not more than 15, nor less than 10, bulbs of any one 
variety. 

* First, Prize, {2 tos.; Second, {1 10s. ;) Taw es 

NotEe.—An exhibitor in Class 3 was not allowed to exhibit in Class 4. 


No entries. 


Class 4. Amateurs.—Collection of Dry Home-grown Hardy Flower 
Bulbs, in not more than 10 varieties, of which 5 at least must be 
Daffodils ; and not more than 15 nor less than 10, bulbs of any one 
variety. 

* First Prize, {2 1os::; ‘Second, £1 ros.) Tiida 

1. George Stocks, Esq., 44 Bentley Road, Doncaster. 

z. George Churcher, Esq., Woodcote, Alverstoke, Hants. 

No third. 7 


Class 5. Open.—Collection of Dry Home-grown Daffodil Bulbs, 
in not more than 20 varieties nor more than 20 bulbs of any one 
variety ; in a space Io ft. by 3 ft. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal.—Donard Nursery Co., Newcastle, 
Co. Down. 

Silver Flora Medal.—Messrs. J. R. Pearson, The Nurseries, 
Lowdham, Notts. 

Silver Banksian Medal.—Messrs. Barr, King Street, Covent 


Garden, W.C. 


Class 6. Opew.—Collection of Dry Home-grown Market Varieties 
of Daffodil Bulbs, in Io varieties, 20 bulbs of each, to include 
‘Emperor, ‘ Empress,’ ‘ Sir Watkin,’ ‘ Victoria,’ Barrit conspicuus, 
and Poeticus ornatus, in a space 7 ft. by 3 ft. 


Silver Flora Medal.—George Monro, Junr., Esq., The Malting, 
Spalding. 
Silver Banksian Medal.—Messrs. R. H. Bath, Ltd., Floral Farms, 


Wisbech. 
Bronze Flora Medal.—J. Mallender, Esq., Scrooby, Bawtry. 


* The money prizes in Classes 3 and 4 have been accepted from Mr. George 
Monro, Junr., who kindly presented them. Should there be very limited or 
inferior competition, any of them may be withheld from insufficient exhibits. 


SHOW OF HARDY BRITISH-GROWN FLOWER BULBS, XxCVii 


Class 7. Open.—Collection of Dry Home-grown Tulip Bulbs, in 
not more than 20 varieties, nor more than 20 bulbs of any one variety, 
in a space Io ft. by 3 ft. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal.—Geo. Monro, Junr., Esq. 
Silver Flora Medal.—Messrs. R. H. Bath. 

Silver Banksian Medal. —Messrs. J. R. Pearson. 
Silver Banksian Medal.—Messrs. Barr. 


Class 8. Open.—Collection of any Dry Home-grown Hardy Flower 
Bulbs other than Daffodils and Tulips, which are excluded. Not more 
than 30 varieties, nor more than 30 or less than 20 bulbs of any 
one variety. Diversity of Genera and Species will be favourably 
considered by the Judges; in a space 12 ft. by 3 ft, 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal.—Messrs. R. Wallace, Kilnfield Gardens, 
Colchester. 

Silver Flora Medal.—Messrs. Barr. 

Silver Banksian Medal.—Messrs. John Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, 
Twyford, Berks. 

Silver Banksian Medal.—Messrs. R. H. Bath. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
AUGUST I5, Ig16. 
Sir JEREMIAH CoLmAN, Bt., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (20).—Miss W. G. Beddington, F. R. Biggleston, 
G. H. Brooke, Miss Clay, W. R. Dodd, Miss Donkin, Mrs. Forrest, 
G. C. Johnson, Mrs. C. M. Lloyd, Mrs. F. McConnel, Mrs. Mantell, 
Rev. E. S. Marshall, A. Matthews, John Moodie, Mrs. Roscoe, A. G. 
Sandeman, Mrs. Bernard Shaw, Mrs. Walker, P. Worrall, W. Young. 

A lecture on “ Orchids” was given by Mr. Gurney Wilson, F.L.S. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
AUGUST 29, 1916. 
Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (7).—Miss Lilian Clark, Miss Muriel Gillett, Mrs. 
King-Farlow, Arthur E. Palmer, Mrs. Rothschild, Mrs. Sheriff, Mrs. 
Veatch. 

Fellow resident abroad (1).—R. C. Thomas (Melbourne, Aus.). 

A lecture on ‘ The Bamboo” was given by Mr. James Hudson, 
V.M.H. (See p. 245.) 


VOL. XLII. g 


XCV1ll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
SEPTEMBER 12, IgQ16. 
GURNEY WILSON, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair. 


The Minutes of August 29 were read and signed. 
A lecture on ‘‘ The History and Development of the Red Currant ”’ 
was given by Mr. Edward A. Bunyard, F.L.S. (See p. 260.) 


COMPETITION FOR THE CORY CUP FOR DAHLIAS. 


TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER I2. 


As this Cup was given solely with the object of encouraging raisers to produce 
Dahlias, of any class or section, that would be of Garden Decorative value, a 


Selection Committee has been formed by the R.H.S. and the National Dahlia 
Society. 


This Committee has carefully prepared a list of such Dahlias as they consider 
conform to the above requirement, and only such varieties as are contained in 
the list will be eligible for competition ; the staging of any other variety will 
disqualify the exhibitor. Every vase, or group of vases (should they contain 
the same variety), must be distinctly labelled, and no other words but the name 
of the variety may appear on the label. Copies of the list can be obtained on 
request from the Secretary of the R.H.S. and from the N.D.S. 

The Cup is offered for a group of Decorative Garden Dahlias. Twenty-five 
feet run of 3 feet tabling, not to be built up more than 8 feet in height from the 
ground level to the top of the flowers. Open. 

First Prize.-—Seventy-five Guinea Challenge Cup, presented to 


the R.H.S. by Reginald Cory, Esq. 


1. Cory Cup.—Messrs. Carter Page, 52 London Wall, London, E.C. 
2. Messrs. W. Treseder, Cardiff. 


3. Messrs. J. Cheal, Lowfield Nurseries, Crawley, Sussex. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
SEPTEMBER 26, Ig16. 


GuRNEY WILSON, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (35).—E. G. Brownhill, Mrs. J. D. Brunton, Miss 
R. Bryant, A. R. Collins, Miss Marie Corelli, J. P. Cree, Mrs. Darrell 
T. Cleaton Davies, Mrs. M. Dickinson, A. G. Donaldson, Mrs. E. C, 
Greenfield, Mrs. R. Harcourt, Miss E. S. Harrold, Miss Helena Haver- 
gal, John Hollams, J. W. Hussey, Mrs. C. King, Mrs. V. Lewis, Mrs. 
R. H. Lindam, Capt. H. G. F. Macdonald, Mrs. C. Magrath, M. Morgan, 
C. O’Kane, C. H. Oliverson, J. G. H. Pace, Mrs. K. E. Savile, Mrs. 
L. Smithers, Miss J. Sweeny, Mrs. L. Urquhart, Mrs. E. A. Wallace, 
W. H. Whipp, Col. A. L. Woodland, C.B. 

Fellows resident abroad (3).—Francis McLennan, K.C. (Canada), 
Surendra Naryan Sinha (India), G. G. Stuart, K.C. (Canada). 

Associate.—F. W. Miles. 

A lecture on “‘ The Cooking of Fruit ’’ was given by Mr. C. Herman 
Senn. (See p. 253.) 


VEGETABLE SHOW. XC1X 


VEGETABLE SHOW. 
SEPTEMBER 20. 


OPEN TO AMATEURS ONLY. 


Collections. 


N.B.—A competitor was allowed to enter in one only of the first three Classes. 
Arrangement was taken into consideration by the Judges. 

Class 1.—Twelve kinds distinct, to be selected from :—Beets, 
Brussels Sprouts, Cabbages, Broccoli or Cauliflower, Carrots, Celery, 
Cucumbers, Endive, Leeks, Lettuce, Mushrooms, Onions, Parsnips, 
Peas, Potatos, Tomatos, Turnips, Beans (Runner or French), Vegetable 
Marrows. 

First Prize, The Sutton Challenge Cup (value £21) and £10; Second, 
£5 % Third, £3; Fourth, £2. 

The winner holds the Cup for one year subject to a sufficient insurance against 
loss, and a guarantee of its return in good condition, or failing this to refund to 
the R.H.S. the sum of £25. An Exhibitor may win the Cup only once in 3 years, 
but the winner may compete the following year, and if adjudged first in these two 
successive years will receive a smaller commemorative cup. 

1. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P., Ford Manor, Lingfield (gr. D. 
Gibson). 

2. Duke of Portland, Welbeck Abbey, Worksop (gr. J. Gibson). 

3. E. Matthews, Esq., Strathfieldsaye, Mortimer. 

4. Sir D. Gooch, Bt., Hylands, Chelmsford (gr. Wm. Heath). 


Class 2.—Nine kinds distinct, to be selected from the list in Class 1. 
The object of this Class is to illustrate not only those vegetables which 
are in daily use, but especially the quality and size in which they are 
most acceptable and useful for table use, and possess the qualities most 
valued for table use by cooks. 

Hirst Prize, £5; Second, £3; Third, £2; Fourth, £1. 

N.B.—The Judges were authorized to disqualify any exhibit which they con- 
sidered not to contain the most suitable vegetables, or to contain specimens not 
in the most suitable condition in regard to size and quality for table use. 

1. W. H. Myers, Esq., Swanmore Park, Bishop’s Waltham (gr. 
G. Ellwood). 

2. Mrs. Jenner, Wen Voe Castle, nr. Cardiff (gr. H. Wheeler), 

3. E. E. Palmer, Esq., Drayton House, Sherfield-on-Loddon, 
Basingstoke (gr. H. E. Wallis). . 

4. Mrs. Knox, Holt Hatch, nr. Alton (gr. W. West). 


Class 3.—Six kinds distinct, to be selected from the list in Class 1. 

First Prize, £3; Second, £2 5s.; Third, {1 ros.; Fourth, 15s. 

1. Thomas Jones, Esq., Ruabon, N. Wales. 

2. Miss E. L. Bradshaw, The Grange, Steeple Aston (gr, R. 
Wadham). 

3. D. W. Bedford, Esq., The Braes, Berkhamsted. 

4. G. Thorn, Esq., Sprotlands, Willesborough, Kent (gr. M.'Hoad). 


Sd 


Cc PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 4.—Potatos, collection of twelve varieties distinct. 
First Prize, £35 "Second, {2 ; Third, 42: 
1. Rev. T. McMurdie, Woburn Park, Weybridge (gr. A. Basile). 
2. G. Thorn, Esq. 
3. A. Thomas, Esq., Willow Road, Kingsnorth, Ashford, Kent. 


Class 5.—Potatos, collection of six varieties distinct. 
First Prize, {x ros.; Second, {r; Third, ros. 
Competitors in Class 4 were not allowed to enter in 5. 
1. Mrs. Austen, Capel Manor, Horsmonden (gr. A. Woodgate). 
2. Thomas Jones, Esq. 
3. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


Class 6.—Onions, collection of six varieties distinct, as follows: 

2 dishes of the ‘ Ailsa Craig’ type, one oval and the other round, 
one each of Red Onions, Silverskins, James’ or other selection of 
long-keeping brown globe Onions, White Spanish or Nuneham Park 
type (flat, not globe). 


N.B.—More than 2 dishes of selections of Ailsa Craig type, or varieties 
indistinguishable from it, disqualified. 


First Prize, £2; Second {1 ; Third, ros. 


i. Mrs. Jenner. 
2. R. Staward, Esq., Panshanger Gardens, Hertford. 
3. D. W. Bedford, Esq. , 


Class 7.—Salads, collection of nine kinds distinct, each kind staged 
separately. 
First Prize, £3 10s.; Second, £2 1os.; Third, {1 5s. 
t. Duke of Portland. 
2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
No third. 


Class 8.—Salads, collection of six kinds distinct, each kind staged 
separately. 
First Prize, £2 5s.; Second, {1 1os.; Third, 15s. 
Competitors in Class 7 were not allowed to enter in Class 8. 


1. Miss Bradshaw. 
2 OW . TH. Myers, Asq. 
73. oir D: Gooch: 


Class 9.—Other Vegetables, six kinds distinct, to be selected from 
the following :—Cardoons, Capsicum or Chilli, Celeriac, Stachys 
tuberifera, Seakale, Ege Plant, Jerusalem Artichokes, Salsify, 
Scorzonera, Kohl Rabi, Couve Tronchuda. 

First Prize, £2 10s.; Second, {1 1os.; Third, 15s. 

t. Duke of Portland. 

No second. 

No third. 


VEGETABLE SHOW. ane oy 


Classes for Educational Gardening Establishments. 


2a to ga.—These classes are open to Educational Gardening 
Establishments, and followed verbally and identically Classes 2 to 9 
in all respects. 


No entries. 


Single Dish Classes for Amateurs. 


In Classes 10-40 the First Prize is in each case 10s.; the Second, 
7s. 6d. ; Third, 5s. The specimens shown in each Class were always to 
be of one and the same variety. 


Class 10.—Beans, Scarlet Runners. 

1. Miss Bradshaw. 

2. Mrs. Hunt, 83 Upper Thrift Street, Northampton. 
3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 11.—Beans, French Climbing. 
1. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. Mrs. Knox. 

3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 12.—Beans, French Dwarf. 
1. A. Thomas, Esq. 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 13.—Beet, Globe type. 
t. Mrs. Jenner. 

2. T. Jones, Esq. 

3. A. Thomas, Esq. 


Class 14.—Beet, long type. 

I. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. Miss Bradshaw. 


Class 15.—Brussels Sprouts, 50 buttons. 
r. T. Jones, Esq. 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


Class 16.—Brussels Sprouts, three plants. 
1. Miss Bradshaw. 

2. W. H. Myers, Esq. 

3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 17.—Cabbage. 

I. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. G. Thorn, Esq. 


cii PROGEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTIGULTURAL SOGIETY. 


Class 18.—Cabbage, Savoy. 

I. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. E. E. Palmer, Esq. 


Class 19.—Cauliflower or Broccoli 
1. Duke of Portland. 

2. T. Jones, Esq. 

3. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


Class 20.—Celeriac. 
i. Duke of Portland. 
No second. 

No third. 


Class 21.—Celery, White. 

1. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. E. Matthews, Esq. 


Class 22.—Celery, Red. 

I. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 

3. Sir M. C. Turner, Bedfords, Havering (gr. A. Barrett). 


Class 23.—Cucumbers. 
1. G. Thorn, Esq. 

2. W. H. Myers, Esq. 
3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 24.—Leeks. 

1. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. T. Jones, Esq. 


Class 25.—Marrows. 


rt. Duke of Portland. 
2. Mrs. Jenner. 
3. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 


Class 26.—Mushrooms. 
1. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


2. T. Jones, Esq. 
No third. 


Class 27.—Onions. 


1. Mrs. Jenner. 
2. E. Matthews, Esq. 
3. Duke of Portland. 


VEGETABLE SHOW. Clll 


Class 28.—Parsnips. 

I. Rev. W. H. P. Harvey, Chipping Sodbury Vicarage, Glos, 
(gr. E. J. Bazeley). 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. Duke of Portland. 


Class 29.—Carrots, Long. 
1. T. Jones, Esq. 

2. Duke of Portland. 

3. Miss Bradshaw. 


Class 30.—Carrots, stump-rooted or short. 
1. T. Jones, Esq. 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


Class 31.—Peas. 

I. Miss Bradshaw. 

2. T. Jones, Esq. 

3. H. L. Collins, Esq., The Fleece, Lindley, Huddersfield. 


Class 32.—Turnips, white skin and flesh. 
1. Duke of Portland. 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. G. Thorn, Esq. 


Class 33.—Turnips, purple-top, red-top, or green-top, flesh white. 
I. Duke of Portland. 

2. I. Jones, Esq. 

3. D. W. Bedford, Esq. 


Class 34.—Turnips, yellow flesh. 
1. Duke of Portland. 

2. Mrs. Jenner. 

3. R. Staward, Esq. 


Class 35.—Potatos, white. 
1. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. G. Thorn, Esq. 

3. D. W. Bedford, Esq. 


Class 36.—Potatos, coloured. 
t. Duke of Portland. 

2. G. Thorn, Esq. 

3. A. Thomas, Esq. 


Class 37.—Kale, curled. 

I. Duke of Portland. 

2. Capt. H. Spender Clay, M.P. 
3. R. Staward, Esq. 


Cly PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 38.—Tomatos, red. 
1. G. Thorn, Esq. 

2. Duke of Portland. 

3. T. Jones, Esq.- 


Class 39.—Tomatos, yellow. 
I. Duke of Portland. 

2. H. L. Collins, Esq. 

3. R. Staward, Esq. 


Class 40.—Any other Vegetable not named in the Schedule. 


I. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
2. R. Staward, Esq. 
3. W. H. Myers, Esq. 


CHAMPION CHALLENGE CUP. 


The Champion Cup will be held for one year (subject to a guarantee of its 
return in good condition) by the winner of the greatest number of First Prize 
points throughout the whole Exhibition, the winner in Class 1 being excluded. 
An Exhibitor may only win this Cup once in three years, but the winner may 
compete the following year, and if adjudged first in these two successive years 
will receive a smaller commemorative Cup. In calculating for this Champion 
Cup the number of points reckoned for each First Prize will be as follows :— 

Classes 2 and 2a ; . ° : - 9 points each. 
Classes 3, 4, 7, and 3a, 4a, "7a - : : i [Ores - 
Classes 5, 6, 8, 9, and 5a, 6a, 8a, 9a . 3 Page hic? is 
All other Classes s ‘ os: “fl 


In case of an equality (and alee in that ne Second Prizes will be counted 
in order to arrive at a decision, each Second Prize counting half the points allotted 
to the First Prize. 


The Duke of Portland. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, xoré, 
OCTOBER 3 AND 4, 
IN THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL HALL. 


DIVISION I. 
FRUITS GROWN UNDER GLASS OR OTHERWISE. 
OPEN TO GARDENERS AND AMATEURS ONLY. 
NotTe.—Exhibitors were allowed to compete in one Class only of Classes 1, 2, 
and of Classes 3, 4. 

Class 1.—Collection of nine dishes of ripe dessert fruit: 6 kinds 
at least ; only r Pine, r Melon, r Black and 1 White Grape allowed ; 
not more than two varieties of any other kind, and no two dishes 
of the same variety. 

First Prize, Small Silver Cup and £5 ; Second, £5; Third, £3. 

1. Lord Somers, Eastnor Castle, Ledbury (gr. G. Mullins). 

2. Duke of Newcastle, Clumber, Worksop (gr. S. Barker). 

3. C. A. Cain, Esq., J.P., The Node, Welwyn (gr. T. Pateman). 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1016. CV 


Class 2.—Collection of six dishes of ripe dessert fruit: 4 kinds at 
least ; only 1 Melon, x Black and 1 White Grape allowed ; not more 
than two varieties of any other kind, and no two dishes of the same 
variety. Pines excluded. 

First Prize, Small Silver Cup and £3 ; Second, £3; Third, £2. 

1. Lord Hillingdon, Wilderness Gardens, Sevenoaks (gr. J. Skelton). 

2. John Liddell, Esq., Sherfield Manor, Basingstoke (gr. R. Lear- 
month). 

3. F.R. Rodd, Esq., Trebartha Hall, Launceston (gr. F. A. Billings). 

Class 3.—Grapes, six distinct varieties (2 bunches of each), of which 
two at least must be White. 

First Prize, Small Silver Cup and £6; Second, £6; Third, £4. 

1. Duke of Newcastle (gr. S. Barker). 

2. G. Miller, Esq., Newberries, Radlett (gr. J. Kidd). 

3. E. Matthews, Esq., Strathfieldsaye, Mortimer. 

3 (extra). W. Mackay, Esq., Ascog, Bute (gr. D. Halliday). 

Class 4.—Grapes, four varieties (2 bunches of each), selected from 
the following: ‘Madresfield Court,’ ‘Prince of Wales,’ ‘ Muscat 
Hamburgh,’ ‘ Muscat of Alexandria’ or ‘Canon Hall’ (not both), 
‘Mrs. Pearson,’ and ‘ Dr. Hogg.’ 

First Prize, Small Silver Cup and £3 ; Second, £3; Third, £2. 

1. Lord Hillingdon. 

No other award. 

Class 5.—Grapes, ‘Black Hamburgh,’ 2 bunches. 

micst “Prize :/2>: Second, fr’ 10s. ; Third, £1. 

1. Lord Hillingdon. 

2. Lord Savile, K.C.V.O., Rufford Abbey, Ollerton, Notts (gr. 
J. Doe). 

3. Exors. late J. Brunton, Moor Hall, Stourport (gr. W. H. Wilson). 


Class 6.—Grapes, ‘Mrs. Pince,’ 2 bunches. 
First Prize, £2; Second, £1 Ios. 

1. Lord Hillingdon. 
2. W. Mackay, Esq. 
Class 7.—Grapes, ‘ Alicante,’ 2 bunches. 

First Prize, {2; Second, {1 1os.; Third, £1. 
1. Mrs. Raphael, Castle Hill, Englefield Green (gr. H. Brown). 
2. Exors. late J. Brunton. 
3. W. Mackay, Esq. 


Class 8.—Grapes, ‘ Madresfield Court,’ 2 bunches. 
First Prize, {2; Second, {1 ros.; Third, fr. 

1. Lord Hillingdon. 

2. Duke of Newcastle. 

3. Exors. late J. Brunton. 


CV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 9.—Grapes, ‘ Prince of Wales,’ 2 bunches. 

First Prize, £2; Second, {1 Ios. 
1. G. Mayer, Esq., Whistler’s Wood, Woldingham (gr. T. Newton). 
2. Lord Savile. 


Class 10.—Grapes, any other Black Grape, 2 bunches. (The 

name of the variety must be stated.) 
First Prize, (2: Second) (2 £0s. 

I. Duke of Newcastle. 

2. Lord Hillingdon. 

Class 11.—Grapes, ‘ Muscat of Alexandria,’ 2 bunches. 
First Prize, Silver Knightian Medal and £2 ; Second, £2 ; Third, {1 ros. 

I, Duke of Newcastle. 

2, Lord Somers. 

3. E. P. Emanuel, Esq., Oatlands Lodge, Weybridge (gr. J. Lock). 

Class 12.—Grapes, any other White’ Grape, 2 bunches. (The 
name of the variety must be stated.) 

First Prize, £2; Second, £1 Ios. 

I. Duke of Newcastle. 

2. W. Mackay, Esq. 

Class 13.—Collection of Hardy Fruits, in a space not exceeding 
12° 3. 

Thirty dishes distinct, grown entirely in the open ; not more than 
12 varieties of Apples or 8 of Pears. 

First Prize, The Cain Silver Cup ; Second, {2 ; Third, £1 Ios. 

1. Lord Somers. 

2. Major Powell-Cotton, Quex Park, Birchington. 


DIVISION II. 
FoR FRUIT GROWN ENTIRELY OUT OF DOORS. 
OPEN TO NURSERYMEN ONLY. 
An Exhibitor was allowed to compete in one only of these three classes. 
Medals awarded at the discretion of the Council. 


Class 14.—30 feet run of 6 feet tabling. 

Gold Medal.—Messrs. H. Cannell, Nurseries, Eynsford, Kent. 

Silver-gilt Knightian Medal.—Messrs. Seabrook, The Nunes 
Chelmsford. 


Class 15.—20 feet run of 6 feet tabling. 

Silver-gilt Hogg Medal.—Messrs. J. Cheal, Crawley, Sussex. 

Silver-gilt Knightian Medal.—Messrs. Laxton, Bedford. 

Silver Knightian Medal.—Messrs. S. Spooner, Nurseries, Hounslow. 

Silver Banksian Medal.—Mr. R. C. Notcutt, The Nursery, Wood- 
bridge. 


BRITISH PRUIT SHOW, 1916. cvii 


Class 16.—12 feet run of 6 feet tabling. 
Silver Knightian Medal.—Mr. E. J. Parsons, Worcester. 


For Orchard-house grown Fruit, and Trees in Pots. 


Class 17.—24 feet by 6 feet of stage. Grapes excluded. 
Medals awarded at the discretion of the Council. 
Silver-gilt Hogg Medal.—Messrs. Thos. Rivers, Sawbridgeworth. 


DIVISION III. 


OPEN TO MARKET GROWERS ONLY. 


An Exhibitor was allowed to compete in one only of the Classes 18 and 19. 


Class 18.—Apples, 20 baskets of (cooking and dessert, distinct). 


Fruit suitable for market purposes had more consideration than a large 
number of varieties. 


Silver Cup or Medals at the discretion of the Council. 
Gold Medal.—Messrs. Gaskain & Whiting, Dargate, Faversham, 
Kent. - 
Silver-gilt Hogg Medal.—Lieut.-Col. H. Lumley Webb, Ham 
Green Farm, Upchurch, Sittingbourne. 


Class 19.—Apples, 12 baskets of (6 cooking and 6 dessert, distinct). 


Silver-gilt Medal presented by the Fruiterers’ Company, and other 
Medals at the discretion of the Council. 


Horticultural College, Swanley, Miss G. J. Sanders. 
Silver Knightian Medal.—Lieut.-Col. H. Lumley Webb. 
Class 20.—Pears, 6 baskets of, distinct. 
Prizes given by the Council according to quality of exhibits. 


The size of the baskets limited to half-bushels if round, to grape (baby) 
baskets if rectangular. 


Silver Hogg Medal.—Lieut.-Col. H. Lumley Webb. 


DIVISION IV. 
FRUITS GROWN ENTIRELY IN THE OPEN AIR. 
OPEN TO GARDENERS AND AMATEURS ONLY. 


Nurserymen and Market Growers excluded. 


Exhibitors of Apples or Pears in Division IV. were excluded from 
Division VI. 


NoTEe.—Exhibitors were allowed to compete in one class only of the Classes 
222, 235 OF 26, 275.28, 


Class 21.—Apples, 24 dishes distinct, 16 cooking, 8 dessert. The 
latter to be placed in the front row. 


CVili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


First Prize, Silver Cup and £3 ; Second, £4; Third, £3. 
1. Lord Somers. | 
2. J. Liddell, Esq. 
3. C. A. Cain, Esq: 


Class 22.—Apples, 18 dishes distinct, 12 cooking, 6 dessert. The 
latter to be placed in the front row. 
First Prize, Silver Knightian Medal and £3; Second, £2; Third, £1. 

1. E. E. Pearson, Esq., Brickendonbury, Hertford (gr. W. 
Stephenson). 

2. Major Powell-Cotton. 

3. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq., Nutfield Court, Surrey (gr. T. W. 
Herbert). 


Class 23.—Apples, 12 dishes distinct, 8 cooking, 4 dessert. The © 
latter to be placed in the front row. 
First Prize, Fruiterers’ Company Silver Medal and £2; Second, £1 ; 
Third, 15s. 
1. G. Miller, Esq. 


Class 24.—Cooking Apples, 6 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, £1 ; Second, 15s. 


1. J. Liddell, Esq. 
2. E. E. Pearson, Esq. 


Class 25.—Dessert Apples, 6 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, £1 ; Second, 15s. 
1. Lord Somers. 
2. J. Liddell, Esq. 
Class 26.—Dessert Pears, 18 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, Silver Cup and £2; Second, £3; Third, £2. 
rz. C. A. Cain, Esq. 


2. J. Liddell, Esq. 
3. Dr. T. Jackson. . 


Class 27.—Dessert Pears, 12 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, Fruiterers’ Company Silver Medal and £2 ; Second, £1 Ios. ; 
Third, £1. 
I. Major Powell-Cotton. 
2. Lord Hillingdon. 
3. Lord Somers. 


Class 28.—Dessert Pears, 9 dishes distinct. 


First Prize, {1 1os.; Second, £1. 


1. E. E. Pearson, Esq. 
2. G. Miller, Esq. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1016. C1X 


Class 29.—Dessert Pears, 6 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, {x ; Second, 15s. 

uC. A. Cain,, Psa... 

2. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. 


Class 30.—Stewing Pears, 3 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, 15s.; Second, Ios. 


1. Major Powell-Cotton. 
2. C. A. Cain, Esq. 


Class 31.—Plums, 3 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, {1 ; Second, Ios. 


1. C. H. Berners, Esq., Wolverstone Park, Ipswich (gr. W. 
Messenger). 
Z. J. Liddell, Esq. 


Class 32.—-Damsons, or Bullaces, 3 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, 10s. ; Second, 7s. 6d. 


1. F. G. Gerrish, Esq., Pendley Manor Gardens, Tring. 
No second. 


Class 33a.—Morello Cherries, 50 fruits. 

First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s. 
1. F. G. Gerrish, Esq. 
2. F. R. Rodd, Esq. 


Class 33b.—Autumn Raspberries, 1 dish of 50 fruits. 
First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s. 

1. Lord Suffield, Gunton Park, nr. Norwich (gr. W. Allen). 

2. J. Liddell, Esq. 


Class 33c.—Alpine Strawberries, I dish of 1 Ib., with stalks attached. 
First Prize, 7s. ; Second 5s. 
No entries. 


DIVISION V. 


SPECIAL DISTRICT COUNTY PRIZES. 
OPEN TO GARDENERS AND AMATEURS ONLY. 


(In this Division all fruit must have been grown entirely in the open.) 
N.B.—Exhibitors in Division V. must not compete in Divisions II. or IIL, 
or in Classes I-4, 13, 21-28. : 
Class AA.—Apples, 6 dishes distinct, 4 cooking, 2 dessert. 
First Prize, £1 and 3rd class single fare from Exhibitor’s 
nearest railway station to London. 


Second Prize, 15s. and railway fare as above. 


Cx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class BB.—Dessert Pears, 6 dishes distinct. 
First Prize, {1 ros. and railway fare as above. 
second Prize, £1 and railway fare as above. 


The two above Classes Nos. AA and BB are repeated eleven times as follows, 
and Exhibitors must enter for them thus :—‘‘ Class AA 36 ”’ or “‘ BB 37,” and so 
on, to make it quite clear whether they mean Apples or Pears. 


Class 34.—Open only to growers in Kent. 


Johnson). 


I. Rev. J. R. Leigh, The Vicarage, Yalding, Kent (gr. G. 
AA. 
fi Rev. H. Bull, Wellington House, Westgate (gr. J. King). 


BB. 1. Rev. H. Bull. 


Class 35.—Open only to growers in Surrey, Sussex, Hants. 

1. Sir James Horlick, Bt., West Dean Park, Chichester (gr. 
aad W. H. Smith). 

2. C. H. Combe, Esq., Cobham Park, Surrey (gr. A. Tidy). 

1. Rev.T.McMurdie, Woburn Park, Weybridge (gr. A. Basile). 
BB. C. H. Combe, Esq. 


Class 36.—Open only to growers in Wilts, Dorset, Somerset, Devon, 
and Cornwall. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., Sherborne Castle, Dorset 
(gr. T. Turton). 


AA. 2. Lady Mary Morrison, Fonthill House, Tisbury, Wilts (gr. 
H. H. Mills). 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
BB.{? Lady Mary Morrison. 


Class 37.—Open only to growers in Gloucester, Oxford, Bucks, 
Berks, Beds, Herts, and Middlesex. 
1. C. Gurney, Esq., Henlow Grange, Biggleswade (gr. A. 
Carlisle). 
AA a J. B. Fortescue, Esq., Dropmore, Maidenhead (gr. Chas. 
Page). 
1. C. Gurney, Esq. 
2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 
Class 38. Open only to growers in Essex, Suffolk, Norfolk, Cam- 
bridge, Hunts, and Rutland. 
j Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther, Campsea Ashe, Wickham Market 
AA, 


BB.{ 


(gr. A. Andrews). 
2. Sir M. Turner, Bedfords, Havering, Romford (gr.A.Barrett). 
1. Lord Suffield. 
BB? C. H. Berners, Esq. 


Class 39.—Open only to growers in Lincoln, Northampton, War- 
wick, Leicester, Notts, Derby, Staffs., Shropshire, and Cheshire. 


AA. No entries. 
BB. 1. Dukeof Portland, Welbeck Abbey, Worksop (gr. J. Gibson). 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1916. CX1 


Class 40.—Open only to growers in Worcester, Hereford, Mon- 
mouth, and Wales. 


1. C. Crooks, Esq., Impney, Droitwich. 
AA. 2 Mrs. Smart, Coverpoint, Llansannan, Abergele (gr. R. 
Rogers). 
BB. 1. C. Crooks, Esq. 
Class 41.—Open only to growers in the six northern counties 
of England, and in the Isle of Man. 
No entries. 


Class 42.—Open only to growers in Scotland. 


1. Capt. Gordon, Threave House, Castle Dougla& (gr. James. 

AA 
Duff). 

BB. No entries. 

Class 43.—Open only to growers in Ireland. 


r 1. Earl of Bessborough, Pilltown, Co. Kilkenny (gr. T. E. 
A 4 Tomalin). 
BB. No entries. 


Class 44.—Open only to growers in the Channel Islands. 
No entries. 


DIVISION VI. 
SINGLE DISHES OF FRUIT GROWN ENTIRELY IN THE OPEN AIR. 
Six Fruits to a Dish. 
OPEN TO GARDENERS AND AMATEURS ONLY. 
Nurserymen and Market Growers excluded. 
All the Varieties named in Division VI. are excellent and worthy 
of general cultivation. 


Prizes in each Class, except 75, 76, 112, 148, and 149, as follows :— 
First Prize, 7s.; Second Prize, 5s.; but when the entries exceed 


six in any Class the Judges at their discretion recommend a Third 
Prize of 4s. 


Choice Dessert Apples. 


N.B.—The Judges were instructed to prefer quality, colour, and finish 
to mere size. 


Class 45.—Adams’ Pearmain. 

1. Rev. J. R. Leigh. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

3. Major St. Maur, Stover Park, Newton Abbot (gr. H. Richardson). 
Class 46.—Allington Pippin. 

I. Major St. Maur. 


2. H. S. Colt, Esq., Earlywood Corner, Ascot. 
3. Sir James Horlick, Bt. o 


CXll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 47.—American Mother. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. F. R. Rodd, Esq. 

3. Sir Jas. Horlick, Bt. 

Class 48.—Barnack Beauty. 

1. F. G. Marsh, Esq. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 49.—Belle de Boskoop. 
t. J. A. Stidston, isa: 

ZA J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 50.—Ben’s Red. 

1. C. H. Berners, Esq. 

2. J. A. Stidston, Esq. Z 
Class 51.—Blenheim Orange. 
1. -Sir Jas: Horlick, BL 

2. Rev. H. Bull. : 

3. Rev. J. R. Leigh. 

Class 52.—Charles Ross. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
3. J. A. Stidston, Esq. 

Class 53.—Christmas Pearmain. 
I. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Z2. J. A. stidston, Esq. 

Class 54.—Claygate Pearmain. 
1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

z. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 55.—Cockle’s Pippin. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Sir Jas. Horlick, Bt. 

Class 56.—Coronation. 

1. Sir Jas. Horlick, Bt. 

2. Lady Mary Morrison. 

Class 57.—Cox’s Orange. 
t.dvev.- J. R. Leigh: 

2. Lord Suffield. 

3. Major St. Maur. 

Class 58.—Duke of Devonshire. 
1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

2.,). Bb. Fortescue; tsa: 

Class 59.—Egremont Russel. 
1. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1016. CX 


Class 60.—Ellison’s Orange. 

1. Lady Mary Morrison. 

Class 61.—Houblon. 

1. Not awarded. 

2. Lady Mary Morrison. 

Class 62.—James Grieve. 

1. C. Gurney, Esq. 

2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 

3. Lady Mary Morrison. 

Class 63.—King of Tompkins County (small fruits). 
1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

z. Earl of Bessborough. 

Class 64.—Lord Hindlip. 

1. Major St. Maur. 

2. C. H. Berners, Esq. 

Class 65.—Mannington’s Pearmain. 
No award. 

Class 66.—Margil. 

I. J. A. Stidston, Esq. 

2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 

Class 67..—Reinette du Canada. 
1. Major St. Maur. 

Class 68.—Ribston Pippin. 

1. C. Gurney, Esq. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

3. Major St. Maur. 

Class 69.---Rival. | 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Major St. Maur. 

3. E.G.Mocatta,Esq., Woburn Place, Addlestone (gr. T.Stevenson). 
Class 70.—Scarlet Nonpareil. 
1. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 

2. Rev. J. R. Leigh. | 
Class 71.—St. Edmund’s Pippin. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Lord Suffield. 

Class 72.—St. Everard. 

1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

2. \. B. Fortescue, Esq. 

Class 73.—Wealthy. 

©. C..H. Berners, Esq. 

2. Lady Mary Morrison. 

3. C. Gurney, Esq. 


VOL. XLII. h 


CxXiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 74.—William Crump. 
No entries. 
Class 75.—Eight fruits of any early variety, not named above, 


fit for use. 
Hour “Prizes,"75;5 90S 55.3 34S. 


. C. Gurney, Esq. 

. ©. Crooks, Tsq. 

. G. F. Marsh, Esq. 

. Lady Mary Morrison. 

Class 76.—Eight fruits of any late variety, not named above. 
Four Prizés,°7S., (OS., 585 02s« 


Bw NH 


TE. G. Mocatta, Esq. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

3. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
4.°G. i. Marsh, Esq, 


Choice Cooking Apples. 


NotEe.—That many Cooking Apples, if kept long enough, make very fair 
Dessert fruits, as for example Blenheim, Gascoygne’s Scarlet, &c.; and also 
vice versa, many Dessert Apples make, early in the season, very fair cookers, 
Charles Ross for example. 

First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s.; but when the entries exceed six in 
any Class the Judges, at their discretion, recommend Third a Prize 
of 4s. ane 

N.B.—The Judges were instructed to prefer quality and size to mere colour; 


Class 77.—Alfriston. 


1. Major St. Maur. 
2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 


Class 78.—Annie Elizabeth. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Rev. H. Bull. 

Class 79.—Beauty of Kent. 

1. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 80.-—Bismarck. 

1. Earl of Bessborough. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

a oir M. Turner. 

Class 81.—Blenheim Orange (large fruits). 
1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 82.—Bramley’s Seedling. 


t. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


2. Major St. Maur. 
3. Henry Whiteley, Esq., Highfield, Lelant, Cornwall. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1916. 


Class 83.—Cellini. 
1. G. F. Marsh, Esq. 
2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 


Class 84.—Crimson Bramley. 
|. A. stidston, Esq. 


Class 85.—Dumelow’s Seedling. 
1. Earl of Bessborough. 

2. Major St. Maur. 

Class 86.—Ecklinville. 

rt. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

Class 87.—Edward VII. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 


2. I. Lewis, Esq., Bedgebury Park, Goudhurst. 


Class 88.—Emneth Early. 
me Lewis, sq: 


Class 89.—Emperor Alexander. 

a. ©. Gurney, Esq. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

Class 90.—Encore. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

24G. is Marsh, Wsq. 

Class 91.—Gascoygne’s Scarlet (large fruits). 
1. Major St. Maur. 

Zeixt) Hlony J.’ W. Lowther. 


Class 92.—Golden Noble. 

fe ©. Gurney, Esq. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 93.—Grenadier. 

1. Capt. Gordon. 

2. Earl of Bessborough. 


Class 94.—Hambling’s Seedling. 
1. Major St. Maur. 

2. Earl of Bessborough. 

Class 95.—Hector Macdonald. 
No entries. 

Class 96.—Hormead Pearmain. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Z J. BB. Fortescue, Esq. 


Class 97.—King of Tompkins County (large fruits). 


1. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 


_CXV 


CXVi1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 98.—Lane’s Prince Albert. 

1. Earl of Bessborough. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

3. Sir Jas. Horlick, Bt. 

Class 99.—Lord Derby. 

1. E. Matthews, Esq. 

2. Rev. J. R. Leigh. 

3. A. E. Cumberbatch, Esq., Ware Park, Ware, Herts (gr. F. W. 
Miles). 


Class 100.—Meére de Ménage. 
x. Major St. Maur. 
2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 


Class ror..—Newton Wonder. 
1. W. A. Voss, Esq., Fairlight Glen, Rayleigh, Essex. 
2. Major St. Maur. 
3. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
_ Class 102.—Norfolk Beauty. 


1. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
2. Lord Suffield. 


Class 103.—Peasgood’s Nonesuch. 


1. Rev. J. R. Leigh. 
2. Major St. Maur. 
3. Sir Jas. Horlick, Bt. 


Class 104.—Potts’ Seedling. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
3. Major St. Maur. 


Class 105.—Rev. W. Wilks. 
No entries. 


Class 106.—Roundway Magnum Bonum. 


1. J. A. Stidston, Esq. 
2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 


Class 107.—Royal Jubilee. 
1. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 


Class 108.—Scarlet Victoria. 
No entries. 


Class r09.—Stirling Castle. 
1. G. F. Marsh, Esq. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

3. Lady Mary Morrison. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 1916. CXVii 


Class 110.—The, Queen. 

1. Earl of Bessborough. 

2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
3. J. A. Stidston, Esq. 

Class 111.—Tower of Glamis. 
I. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 112.—Warner’s King. 

I. Major St. Maur. 


2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
3. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


Class 113.—Eight fruits of any variety not named above. 
Four Prizes, 75s., 6s., 5S., 45. 
1. E. Matthews, Esq. 
2. F. R. Rodd, Esq. 
3. Major St. Maur. 
4. Earl of Bessborough. 


Choice Dessert Pears. 


First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s.; but when the entries exceed six in 
any Class, the Judges may, at their discretion, recommend a Third 
Prize of 4s. 


Class 114.—Beurré Alexander Lucas. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

Class 115.—Beurré d’Amanlis. 

1. C..H. Berners, Esq. 

2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

Class 116.—Beurré d’Anjou. 

1. C. H. Fortescue, Esq. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

Class 117.—Beurré d’Avalon, syns. Porch’s Beurré and Glastonbury. 
No entries. 


Class.118.—Beurré Bosc. 
I. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


Class 119.—Beurré Dumont. 
I. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


Class 120.—Beurré Hardy. 

I. W. A. Voss, Esq. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
3. Rev. H. Bull. 


CXVill PROGEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 121.—Beurré Superfin. 

1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. C. H. Berners, Esq. 

Class 122.—Blickling. 

1. Lord Suffield. 


Class 123.—Charles Ernest. 
I. Duke of Portland. 
2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


_ Class 124.—Comte de Lamy. 
I. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 
z. C. Gurney, Esq. 
Class 125.—-Conference. 
1. H. Shipley, Esq., The Bungalow, Cobham, Surrey. 
2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
3. C. H. Berners, Esq. 


Class 126.—Directeur Hardy. 
No entries. 


Class 127.—Doyenné du Comice. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
z. E. Matthews, Esq. 

3. Rev. J. R. Leigh. 


Class 128.—Durondeau. 

I. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
3. Lord Suffield. 

Class 129.—Easter Beurré. 

1. J. F. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

Class 130.—Emile d’Heyst. 

1. C. H. Berners, Esq. 

2. Lord Suffield. 

3. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 131.—Fondante d’Automne. 


I. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
2. Lord Suffield. 


Class 132.—Fondante de Thirriot. 
I. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
2. C. H. Berners, Esq. 


Class 133.—Glou Morceau. 
1. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW, 10916. 


Class 134.—Gratioli of Jersey. 
No entries. 

Class 135.—Joséphine de Malines. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 

2. E. Matthews, Esq. 

Class 136.—Le Brun. 

1. F. R. Rodd, Esq. 

2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

Class 137.—Le Lectier. 

rt. C..H. Berners; Esq. 

2. Kev. T. McMurdie. 

Class 138.—Louise Bonne of Jersey. 


1. C. H. Berners, Esq. 
2: G, BF. Marsh, Esq. 


Class 139.—Marie Benoist. 
i tet. ton. J. W. Lowther. 
2. C. H. Berners, Esq. 


Class 140.—Marie Louise. 


1. F. R. Rodd, Esq. 
2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 
3. C. H. Berners, Esq. 


Class 141.—Nouvelle Fulvie. 

1. Lord Suffield. 

2 F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 142.—Olivier des Serres. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 143.—Pitmaston Duchess. 
1. C. H. Berners, Esq. 

2. Rt. Hon. J. W. Lowther. 
Class 144.—Santa Claus. 

1. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 


Class 145.—Souvenir du Congrés. 
rt. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 146.—Thompson. 

1. Duke of Newcastle. 

2. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
Class 147.—Triomphe de Vienne. 
1. Rev. T. McMurdie. 

2. Duke of Newcastle 


CX1X 


CxxX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Class 148.—Winter Nélis. 
1. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 
2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 


Class 149.—Eight fruits of any early variety not named above. 
Four Prizes, 7s., 6s., 5s., 4s. 

1. W. A. Voss, Esq. 

2. Rev. T. McMurdie. 


3 Sir M. Turner. 
4. F. J. Wingfield-Digby, Esq. 


Class 150.—Eight fruits of any late variety not named above. 
Four Prizes, 7s., 6s., 5S., 4S: 
z. 1. Lewis, Esq. 


2. C. H. Berners, Esq. 
3. Lord Suffield. 


GENERAL MEETING. 


OCTOBER IO, Ig16. 


E. A. Bow.es, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (22).—J. Ashton, Mrs. S. Boulnois, Miss E. Case, 
Mrs. T. S. Cuninghame, Miss D. F. Gaisford, Mrs. E. P. Godfrey, Miss 
E. R. Harrison, Miss Henderson, David Jones, N. Nightingale, 
Bradford Perin, E. C. Pinks, F. W. Pixley, H. Senior, Lady Seton, 
Miss E. M. Tice, G. K. Turner, E. T. Walker, Mrs. F. Wearne, W. I. 
Weldon, T. D. Wren, W. Wright. 

Fellow resident abroad.—P. N. Dakshini Dor (India). 

A lecture on “ A Sussex Rock Garden ’”’ was given by F. J. Han- 
bury, Esq., F.L.S. (see p. 271). 


GENERAL MEETING. 
OCTOBER 24, I9Q16. 
Sir Harry J. VetItcH, V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (10).—A. H. Barnard, Lady Every, E. Grimble, 
Lady Pearl Norcott Hanson, A. Kreglinger, A. S. Lamprey, Mrs. 
Gilmour McCorkell, J. R. Mann, W. T. Shackson, Mrs. R. Skipwith. 


GENERAL MEETING. CXX1 


GENERAL MEETING. 


NOVEMBER 7, Ig16. 
JosEPH CHEAL, Esq., V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (15).—W. J. Back, Mrs. R. B. Baker, G. Cave, 
Mrs. Close, Lieut. G. P. Davis, Miss Denniston, Sir Thomas Devitt, 


- Lady Juliet Duff, Mrs. C. E. Johnston, J. Lamont, Mrs. G. Lewis; 


A. Scarfe, Lieut.-Col. C. G. Vatcher, Mrs. J. B. Webster, T. J. Willetts. 
Fellow resident abroad.—E. Robson-Pereira (India). 
Associate.—Miss Blanche Romero. 7 } 

A lecture on “‘ Border Chrysanthemums ”’ was given by Mr. Thomas 

Stevenson (see p. 282). 


GENERAL MEETING. 
NOVEMBER 21, Igi6. 


Dr. F. KEEBLE, F.R.S., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (11).—Lady Egerton, L. Gibbs, W. S. Griffiths, 
Mrs. G. Guinness, Mrs. A. R. Jackson, Mrs. Jenkins, Mrs. H. G. Lyons, 
Mrs. E. M. Musgrave, D.Sc., Mrs. S. Newstead, S. Vernon Price, Mrs. 
H. H. S. Watson. 

Fellow resident abroad.—A. Krishnamoorthy Iyer (South India). 

Associate.—Miss Bertha Josephy. 

Affiliated Society (1).—School Nature Study Union (Essex). 

A lecture was given by A. G. Jackman, Esq., on ‘‘ Some Fallacies 
regarding the Clematis” (see p. 292). 


GENERAL MEETING. 
DECEMBER 5, I916. 


Sir Harry J. VeEItTcu, V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (26).—Mrs. M. A. Astley, Miss E. Bailey, Mrs. A. L. 
Barber, G. Beckwith, Miss A. J. Cohen, Mrs. A. F. Davenport, Mrs. 
G. M. Davey, Mrs. Forbes, A. E. Griffith, Miss E. N. H. Johnson, 
Miss L. F. Keates, R. J. Kinze, Miss F. Lewis, Miss K. M. I. Lillingston, 
Rev. A. G. Locke, Mrs. F. MacGibbon, Mrs. Melville, Lieut.-Col. A. 
Mitchell, W. H. Perkin, Wm. Power, Mrs. E. H. Riddoch, F. Robinson, 
Miss E. M. Smith, J. N. Steele, E. F. Wesley, Captain G. A. Keith 
Wisely. 

Resident Abroad (1).—Isdale Robertson (Andalusia) 

Associate (1).—Robert Tyler. 


CXXll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


GENERAL MEETING. 
DECEMBER IQ, IQ16. 
Sir HArryY J. VeEITcH, V.M.H., in the Chair. 


Fellows elected (17).—Miss M. A. Bagot, Mrs. J. Bell-Irving, A. R. D. 
Brown, Mrs. J. Gardner, A. Hodgkinson, H. Humphrey, J. Inglis, 
Mrs. S. Kent, Miss E. R. McHardy, Miss C. E. Madgwick, E. G. Oakley, 
J. S. Pearce, Mrs. E. Robson, H. Tulloch, B. A. Wagstaff, Mrs. B. A. 
Wennink, Mrs. Eaton White. 

Affiliated Societies (2).—Ferndale and Blaenllechan Horticultural 
Society ; Wath Brow and District Horticultural Society. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, CXXIli 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. 
May 2, 1916. 
Mr. H. J. ELWEs, F.R.S., in the Chair, and eleven members present. 


Narcissus with two spathes.—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, F.L.S., said that 
he had been particularly interested in the Narcissus shown at the last 
meeting by Mr. Bowles. It had two membranous spathes at levels 
separated by some inches from one another, a state probably arising 
from proliferation. 

Maize with twin seedlings.—Mr. Worsdell also showed a grain of 
Maize with twin seedlings—an uncommon state. 

Fungus attacking Myrius communis.—Mr. J. Ramsbottom, M.A., 
exhibited foliage of Myrtle with brown margins and tips due to the 
attacks of Phyllosticta nuptralis, the fruits of which were present on 
the dead areas. The specimens came from Torquay. 

Dividing leaves of Elm.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed shoots of 
Ulmus campestris viminalis with leaves divided at the tips, and said 
he had noticed the variety aurea behaving in the same way at Holland 
House. The more vigorous shoots were most affected, and, as members 
pointed out, there was a considerable amount of variation in the 
foliage (especially in the amount of variegation in variegated forms) 
from year to year. 

Moraea spathacea.—Mr. Elwes showed flowers and foliage of a 
plant which had proved perfectly hardy at Colesborne, and which may 
be a form of Movaea spathacea. It differs somewhat from the figure 
of that plant in the Botanical Magazine (sub nom. Dietes Hutionit) 
and has foliage about 6 feet long and about 3} inch wide, whereas the 
original form had leaves only 2 feet long and an inch wide, as Mr. 
Worsdell had seen it growing wild. The seed of Mr. Elwes’ plant 
came from Mr. Grove. 

Regelio-cyclus Ivises.—Mr. Elwes showed flowers of some Regelio- 
cyclus hybrids raised by Mr. van Tubergen. He had plants growing 
since their introduction, but found that some of the forms were far 
less vigorous and reliable than others. They do best in fairly stiff soil 
and need to be kept dry from June onwards. 

Epidendrum cortaceum.—Mr. Lane exhibited a well-grown specimen 
of this species, which Mr. Worsley said was very much like a form he had 
seen growing in Brazil, but which was there considerably taller than 
the present form. 

Fritillaria.—Mr. Elwes exhibited flowers of Pvitillaria acutiloba, 
F. Kochiana, F. gracilis, F. pomona, F. acmopetala, F. Elwesu, PF. 
pyrenaica, F. pontica, F. Sieheana, F. Whittalli, F. lutea, and a small 
torm with flowers of the same colour and scent as F. obliqua, but only 
half the size. 


CXxlvV PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Aberrations in Tropaeolum majus.—Colonel H. E. Rawson, C.B., 
showed a further series of aberrations in Tvopaecolum which he attri- 
buted to interference with the incidence of certain rays of light, 
brought about by shading in various ways. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, May 16, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bowtes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and twelve 
members present. 


Bryanthus taxifolius.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a specimen 
of the common British plant Bryanthus taxifolius collected in 1883 in 
the Sow of Atholl. He said it had recently been found again and its 
exact locality made known in a local paper, with the result that it 
had become almost if not quite extinct. 

Abnormal foliage of Haematoxylon.—Mr. W. Fawcett, F.L.S., 
showed a specimen of the foliage of Haematoxylon produced after the 
trees had been stripped by a hurricane. It was many times larger 
than the normal, which he also showed. The difference was similar 
to that which resulted from the complete cutting back of such plants 
as Ash and Euonymus europaeus, which immediately thereafter produce 
very much larger leaves than they normally bear. 

Tropaecolum malformed.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., showed a further 
series of specimens illustrating malformations in Tvopaeolum maqgus, 
In these the posterior petals had become stamens, and in one an 
anther had developed a small leaf-like appendage. In two instances 
axillary proliferation was also occurring in the flower. 

Double purple Anemone.—Mr. E. A. Bowles showed the flowers 
of the double Anemone nemorosa bracteata which develop a purplish 
colour as they become older and fade. He suggested that this was 
probably Clusius’ Anemone purpurea fi. pl. 

Various Plants.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed a number of 
uncommon and interesting plants from his garden at Colesborne, 
including Notholirion macrophyllum (= Lilium Thompsonianum). 
This plant rarely flowers in England, but is more to be relied upon, 
Mr. Elwes believes, if the bulbs are lifted every year and the small 
ones removed. A new Iris related to Iris japonica from Burma, 
called by Mr. Dykes I. Waitii. A beautiful white Peony for which 
the name Paeonia Willmotiiae had been proposed, and the rarely 
seen Alpinia nutans, of which Mr. Elwes said he had seen a form in 
Formosa with drooping racemes a foot in length. 

Dry-rot among Books.—Mr. W. G. Smith sent a painting to illustrate 
the following note :—‘‘ The drawing represents one book only from a 
collection of similar examples which were attacked by the fungus 
Merulius lachrymans in the library of F. J. Gurney, Esq., at Eggington, 
near Dunstable, in 1915. The growth of the fungus started from 
beneath the floor boards, whence it grew upwards and matured itself 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. | CXXV 


on both sides of an interior wall. Close to one of these walls were 
bookshelves and books. The fungus luxuriated among the books, some 
of which were placed one upon the other on the shelves ; it grew upon 
and in the bindings and amongst the leaves; it made the leaves 
stick together, and reduced them to soft pasty masses; it caused 
the paper to be broken and pieces to drop out. In favourable posi- 
tions the flesh of the fungus developed a thickness of from one to 
one and a half inches. On the surface a good typical hymenium was 
produced with abundant reddish-brown spores. As the books were 
removed, a colourless fluid dripped from them. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, JUNE 6, rg16. 


Mr. E. A. BOWLES, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., inthe Chair, with ten members 
present, and Mr. R. Farrer, visitor. 


Certificates of Appreciation Recommended.—A Certificate of Appre- 
ciation was recommended to Mr. H. J. Chapman for his work in raising 
Dutch Irises belonging to the Xiphium section, that flower about a 
fortnight earlier than the Spanish; and to Messrs. Charlesworth for 
work in raising the new intergeneric hybrid Orchid, Wilsonara x 
insignis (Oncidioda < Charlesworth x Odont. illustrissimum), com- 
_bining species of the genera Cochhoda, Oncidium, and Odontoglossum, 
exhibited by Mr. Gumey Wilson, F.L.S. 

Weldema candida.—A Botanical Certificate was recommended to 
this bog plant, with frogbit-like foliage, shown at the Chelsea meeting 
by Messrs. Bees, of Liverpool. 

Aberrations in Tropaeolum.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., who recently 
showed pressed specimens of Tvopaeolum majus in which multi- 
spurred peloria and proliferation had separately appeared on different 
plants, now exhibited specimens in which both were combined in the 
same flower as well as on the same plant. 

Allium narcissiflorum varying.—Mr. Bowles drew attention to a 
slender form of A. narcissiflorum which Mr. Reuthe exhibited in the 
Hall, collected from the Alpes Maritimes. It had smaller flowers, 
narrower foliage, and longer stems than the normal form, which was 
also exhibited. 

Hybrid Saxifrages and Viola.—Mr. Murray Hornibrook sent from 
his garden at Knapton, Abbeyleix, Queen’s Co., two apparently hybrid 
Saxifrages and a hybrid Viola, with the following notes: 

“ Saxtfraga Atrzo-retioides.—This was a small plant sent to me, 
growing among the rosettes of a collected plant of S. avetiotdes. Mr. 
Irving, of Kew, who saw it here last year, took it back for comparison, 
and thinks it a natural hybrid, and intermediate between its parents, 
It seems nearer to S. Azzoon, but note its Kalischia habit of growing 
from one tap-root ; in one of the plants sent (the flatter one) the 
rosettes lie so loosely on the surface that this characteristic is easily 


CXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


perceived. It is the same in the other, but its (again) Kalischia-like 
‘humped’ growth makes its tap-root not so easily perceived. The 
flowers are pale yellow. 

““S. Cotyledon seedling, picked out of a pan. Ido not know what 
it crossed itself with, but its flowers are most distinct, being not 
‘spotted’ but ‘blotched’ with vivid crimson-lake, so much so as 
sometimes practically to cover the whole petal; at other times the 
white margin is more or less in evidence. 

“Viola x knaptonensis is a hybrid between V. bosmiaca and V. 
tricolor, having the colour of the former (but richer) and the ‘ velvet ’ 
of the latter. Its flowers usually have lemon-yellow blotches on the 
lower petals, but sometimes, especially in full sun, the flowers are 
altogether crimson-rose.”’ 

Malformed Delbhinium.—Mr. H. S. L. Wilson, of Crofton Hall, 
Wakefield, sent some curious flowers of Delphinium from his garden, 
having large foliose sepals. The flower at the upper part of the stem 
was normal, and only one stem on the plant bore malformed flowers. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, JUNE 20, 1910. 


Mr. E. A. Bow tes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and fourteen 
members present. 


White-flowered Securidaca Lamarcki.—Mr. W. Fawcett, F.L.S., 
exhibited a specimen of a white-flowered form of the Polygonaceous 
_ Securidaca Lamarckit found growing in St. Vincent, W. Indies—the 
first recorded occurrence of the albino form of this species. 

Tulip with elongated axis.—Mr. R. Hooper Pearson showed a bulb 
of a garden Tulip from which a stem about 3 inches in length had 
developed bearing a bulb at its apex. 

Fusarium on Potaio.—Dr. A. S. Horne showed old Potato tubers 
which had been attacked by winter rot, now bearing deep red pustules 
similar to those attributed to Necivia Solant. No Nectria spores had, 
however, been produced. 

Various Planis.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed a series of plants 
from his garden, including Myosotis micrantha, a purplish-flowered 
species from New Zealand with a curious but not unpleasing scent ; 
Arisaema concinnum, from Sikkim, which has proved quite hardy at 
Colesborne when planted deep in shady places; A. utile from the 
upper valleys of Sikkim, where the tubers are eaten in times of famine— 
a plant with curious transparent stripes on the spathe; a variety 
of Paeonia officinalis from Asia Minor, single, flowering late, and 
received by Mr. Elwes from Messrs. Barr under the name ‘‘ Smyrna,” 
but for which he proposes the name Whittallii ; a form of Tropaeolum 
polyphyllum similar in habit to that known as T. Letchilini, raised 
from seed collected by him at an elevation of 9,000 feet near the 
mouth of the Transandean Tunnel at Puente del Inca; Iris Clarkez, 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. CXXV1l 


from the Tonglo swamp, Sikkim, at an elevation of 10,000 feet, bearing 
much finer flowers than those figured in Mr. Dykes’ monograph— 
it grows on the dry, hot rockery at Colesborne, but does not thrive 
in wet, peaty soil, like that of its native home; the Siberian form 
of Cypripedium macranthum ; Anigozanthus sp.; Bomarea sp. raised 
from seed collected at Rio Janeiro, Brazil, and grown planted out in 
a warm-house border; Urceocharis * Clibvani; Evemurus seedlings 
raised at Colesborne by crossing the broad-leaved early-flowering 
vobustus-himalaicus forms with the narrow-leaved Bungei-Olgae group 

and giving a race intermediate in flowering between the two. 

Castilleja sp.—Mr. Elwes also showed a shoot of a Castilleja from 
the rock garden at Colesborne, possibly the same species as that 
exhibited by Mrs. Longstaff last year (Journ. R.H.S. xli. p. cvii) and 
grown also by Mr. Beamish near Cork. This plant was one of several 
sent home by Mr. F. R. S. Balfour in August 1913. Mr. Balfour says 
concerning it: “‘ Others of the same lot and of the same species are in 
bloom at my place, Darysk, in Tweeddale. I am uncertain whether 
it is C. purpurascens Greenm. or C. miniata Dougl. I am inclined to 
think the latter, as it grows above timber line and is cardinal-scarlet, 
whereas the former is more usual at lower altitudes and of usually a 
purplish hue. The plants I sent home were lifted at about 8,000 feet 
near Lake Agnes in the Canadian Rockies, and formed sheets of scarlet 
near snow level in the mountain meadows, where it is at its best in 
late July and August. It is occasionally pinkish or rarely whitish in 
colour. There is, however, a white species, C. pallida, which occurs in 
similar situations with more hairy bracts. 

“On Mount Rainier (Washington) in September I saw Castilleja in 
masses above timber line mixed with Pulsatilla occidentalis and Aster 
pulchellus, Gentiana calycosa, Polygonum bistorta, Veratrum viride, 
Dodecatheon Jeffreyi—altitude about 9,000 feet—the flowers of a 
distinctly purplish-crimson, not at all the scarlet shade of what seemed 
otherwise the same species as I found in the Canadian Rockies. C. 
septentrionalis must, I think, be a synonym of C. purpurascens, though 
of this I am not sure. I notice Mrs. Henshaw says they are of every 
colour from coral-pink to cardinal and from canary-tint to tangerine. 

“ They are all, I think, undoubtedly parasitic to some extent, but 
not saprophytic. The genus is not represented in Europe. For mass 
of colour I never saw anything to equal them, except, perhaps, a 
British Poppy field.” 

New Notholirion.—Mr. J. C. Allgrove sent a plant collected by 
Purdom in China and evidently nearly related to Notholirion Hookers, 
differing, however, in being much more robust, reaching 2 feet 6 inches 
in height, in having much more curved stamens, and in having the 
spreading tips of the perianth green. It is an interesting plant, 
sharing with NV. rvoseum ( = macrophyllum) and N. Hookeri a position 
intermediate between Fritillaria and Lilium. N. roseum has been 
and often is still assigned to Lilium as L. Thompsonianum (see p. CXxiv). 

Purple-tubed Primula sikkimensis.—Mr. E. A. Bowles showed 


CXXVill PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


flowers of Primula stkkimensis with a purple tube to the corolla, another 
with very widely spreading petals, and another with very pale flowers, 
all from Mr. Farrer’s garden at Clapham, Yorks. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, JULY 18, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bowzes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and eight 
members present. 


Fasciation in Tropacolum majus.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., 
showed a fasciated specimen of Tvopaeolum majus which he had had 
growing for two years and ten months, and which had hitherto grown 
normally. When, however, it had been moved to a different aspect 
it had become fasciated. Col. Rawson attributed this to change in 
illumination. 

A curious Meconopsis:—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed a 
Meconopsts from the garden of Mr. Dimsdale of Ravenshill, Eastleach, 
Lechlade. It was thought to be a seedling which Mr. Elwes had given 
him from Meconopsis latifolia, but it bore curiously-shaped leaves. Sir 
David Prain, to whom it was referred, said it was a form which he had 
not seen before, but save for the absence of bracts on the pedicels it 
agrees in essentials with Mr. Hay’s M. decora, with blue flowers. It 
has the peculiar hairs of M. decora, which look simple at first sight, 
but which have very minute protuberances as seen under a low power. 
Sir David Prain considers it probable that M. decora is a hybrid 
between M. latifolia and M. Wallichit. Mr. Elwes wrote later that 
he had seen a specimen in Mr. Grove’s garden which had thrown 
out side shoots very like Mr. Dimsdale’s plant, and the pistil resembling 
- that of latifolia (see p. cxxix.) | 

Various Plants.—Mr. Elwes also raised the question as to which 
flower opened first in Lilium gigantewm, and said that at Wisley he 
had found that the bottom flower did not first open, as had been 
reported, nor did it in the specimen he showed. He also showed 
Crinum lineare, which he thought was probably a desert form of 
C. capense; Iris Tait, from the Tagus valley, a late-flowering 
form of the Xiphium group, with an exceedingly short tube; Cam- 
panula alliariaefolia, which, he said, makes a decorative plant when 
starved in a pot ; Burbank’s hybrid Lily (L. Parryi x L. pardalinum) ; 
Blandfordia princeps ; Arisaema curvatum, hardy at Colesborne ; and 
some hybrid Calceolarias raised in the John Innes Horticultural 
Institution at Merton. 

Hybrid Calceolarias—Mr. E. J. Allard said that the hybrid 
Calceolarias which Mr. Elwes showed had for one of their parents 
Calceolaria cana, a Chilian species, obtained from plants raised at 
Kew from Chilian seed. Crossed with C. angustifolia x C. herbacea, 
it gave pink spotted flowers, while the same hybrid crossed C. integri- 
folia x C. cana gave dwarfed forms. C. integrifolia x C. alba gave 
cream unspotted forms, since C. alba behaves as a dominant white. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. CXxix 


Fasciated Plants.—Mr. W. Hales, A.L.S., showed fasciated shoots 
of peloric Antirrhinums. The peloric form of Antirrhinum majus 
had been grown at Chelsea Physic Garden for many years, and had 
been propagated by cuttings. It had now for the first time produced 
fasciated plants. Mr. Allard referred to the fasciated Rose shoot 
which Dr. Bateson took last year, and which, on being mio paeatey 
from, had produced only normal shoots. 

Papaver nudicaule with Carpellody of Stamens.—Mr. E. M. Holmes, 
F.L.S., sent a flower of Papaver nudicaule in which many of the stamens 


had become carpels, in the same way as it is often seen in Papaver 
orientale. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, AUGUST I, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bowtes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, with twelve 
members present, and Mr. M. C. Allwood, visitor. 


Meconopsis.—With reference to the Meconopsis shown at the 
last meeting by Mr. Elwes, Mr. Bowles said he had a plant almost 
exactly like the one Mr. Elwes showed. Sir David Prain also wrote 
further that he had seen Mr. Grove’s plant to which reference had 
been made, and that had “‘upraised’”’ bracts on the pedicels, of 
which there is no trace on the piece of Mr. Dimsdale’s plant. 

Hybrid Carnations and Pinks.—Mr. M. C. Allwood showed a 
long series of hybrids between the perpetual-flowering Carnation 
and garden Pinks,« varying considerably in colour from white to 
purplish-pink. He said, also, that the habit varied very much from 
plants about 4 inches in height up to 2 feet 6 inches, while many 
were of the perpetual-flowering type. A question of nomenclature 
arose, but was deferred for further inquiries (p. cxxxii). A Certificate 
of Appreciation was unanimously recommended to Mr. Allwood for his 
work in connexion with the raising of these hybrids. 

Grasses, &c., on a London Green.—Mr. J. Fraser referred to a 
‘discussion which had taken place regarding the Grasses which occur 
on London greens, and said that he had recently examined Kew 
Green with the following result. Common: Poa annua, P. pratensis, 
Lolium perenne. Frequent: Dactylis glomerata, Cynosurus cristatus, 
Koeleria cristata. Less frequent: Poa trivialis, Agrostis stolonifera, 
Festuca rubra, F. elatior, Alopecurus pratensis, Hordeum murinum, 
Holcus lanatus. Casual: Poa compressa polynoda, Among other 
plants were Plantago major, P. lanceolata, Trifolium repens, T. 
dubtum, Achillea Millefolium, Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Taraxacum 
officinale, Spergularia rubra, and Silene latifolia. 

Colours of Flowers in Tropaeolum majus.—Colonel H. E. even, 
C.B., showed a further series of specimens illustrating the range of 
colour in this plant, which he attributed to alterations in the amount 
and kind of light falling upon it. Mr. Allard said that a similar series 


VOL. XLII. Z 


CXxxX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


of colours had occurred at the John Innes Institution due to the inter- 
crossing that had been done there during experimental investigations. 

Hollyhock Rust.—Mr. J. Ramsbottom, M.A., remarked upon the 
death of Hollyhocks through attacks of rust (Puccinia Malvacearum) 
commenting upon the supposed falling off of virulence in that fungus, 
or the gain of resistant power in Hollyhocks, which had evidently not 
occurred in all races. 

Fasciation.—Mr. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S., showed a fasciated piece 
of Verbascum virgatum in which the upper 2 feet of an 8-foot stem 
only showed the fasciation. Mr. A. Wilson, of Shovell, Bridgwater, 
sent a piece of fasciated Delphinium which had occurred on a plant 
in his garden, one side of which, year after year, showed this fasciated 
growth. 

Proliferation in Salsify.—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, F.L.S., showed a 
proliferated head of Salsify (ITvagopogon porrifolius) from Mr. Miller 
Christy’s garden at Chelmsford. Each floret, which was stalked, had 
produced a secondary capitulum. 

Stapelia Leendertziae, N. E. Brown.—Mr. W. E. Ledger exhibited 
Stapelia Leendertziae, and commented upon it as follows :— 

‘ The plant exhibited first flowered in England in August 1912 (the 
only other specimen flowering subsequently at Kew), and was figured 
at t. 8561 of the Botanical Magazine for June 1914. | 

‘It is remarkable for its large, purple-crimson campanulate 
flowers. Both in shape and colour it differs, I believe, from all other 
species of the genus, although S. nobilis, N. E. Br., figured on t. 7771 
of the Bot. Mag., is also campanulate, but the tube is considerably 
shorter. | 

‘The flowers of S. Leenderiziae are about 2} inches deep, 2 inches 
across the tube, and over 4 inches to the tips of the spreading lobes. 
The interior of the flower is beset with long, purp!e-crimson hairs, and 
the flowers emit the evil smell common to the genus. 

‘The stems are erect, decumbent at the base, 3 to 5 inches or 
more long, about } inch thick, velvety-puberulous, the sides rather 
hollowed, and the angles furnished with small, soft, erect teeth or 
leaflets. The follicles are large, 4 to over 5 inches in length. 

‘‘ The shape and colour of the flowers are so distinct that the species 
might well constitute a separate sub-genus or section. 

‘The plant was discovered in 1909 by Miss Leendertz, now Mrs. 
Pott, curator of the Transvaal Museum at Pretoria, growing among 
sunny rocks near Heidelberg in the Transvaal, and is said to flower 
freely and over a long period. 

“ T received the plant exhibited from Mr. G. Thorncroft, of Barber- 
ton, in August 1910, and so it was just two years in my collection 
before flowering. 

‘‘ The species was first described by Mr. N. E. Brown in The Annals 
of the Transvaal Museum, vol. ii. p. 168; the only other account of 
it is the one accompanying the figure of my plant in the Bot. Mag. for 


June 1914. 


on 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. CXXX1 


“Tn the Kew Bulletin for 1903, p. 17, is an interesting article on 
the ecology of the genus by Mrs. M. E. Barber, the well-known artist 
and African botanist. According to this lady, in spite of their extra- 
ordinary power to adapt themselves to the varying and uncertain 
climate, these plants appear to be rapidly disappearing from all parts 
of S. Africa. She says: ‘ Civilization and colonization are both dead 
against them. They are eaten up by ‘all kinds and conditions’ of 
cattle. For instance, if an ostrich finds a Stapelia plant he seldom 
leaves without taking nearly the whole of it with him. Cattle, sheep, 
and goats, in like manner, feed upon them greedily. The native tribes 
during years of severe drought and famine use these plants as food, 
and native children delight in their sweet, young, succulent branches. 
The florist and gardener go hand-in-hand with the rest in the work 
of destruction, for you will hear them exclaiming, ‘Oh! here is one of 
those curious Stapelias,’ and it will speedily be pulled up and planted 
in some flower-bed, where, for want of care, it will be overgrown by 
other plants and lost. 

‘* Nevertheless, though dependent on insect agency for fertilization, 
and, according to Mrs. Barber, they do not as a rule seed freely, the 
species before you, judging from follicles, sent to me by Mrs. Pott some 
time ago, is in no danger of extinction. Though the species is so rare 
in cultivation, the large follicles I received were abundantly packed 
with their beautiful winged seeds, so it may be hoped that this plant, 
at least, will not soon die out.”’ 

Sir Everard im Thurn said that in the case of some of the very 
evil-smelling Aroids the scent was evident in the tropics only during 
the day, and the plants could be brought into the house and used for 
room decoration after dark. Mr. Ledger subsequently wrote that he 
found at 8.30 P.M. the offensive smell of the flower had gone, and at 
10.15 it was still absent. The plant remained in the dining-room all 
night, and in the morning, at 9.30, it had not reappeared, the sun 
having not yet been upon it. 

Various Plants.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed Rodgersia with 
bronzy foliage, later flowering than other types and retaining the 
pink in its flowers for a long time. He had grown it for some time 
as R. pinnata, though the name was somewhat in doubt; Allium 


—macranthum from Sikkim, which had proved perfectly hardy at 


Colesborne, and which, like the other Himalayan Alliums, had a 
compressed and sharply-angled stem; a very dark-leaved Fennel, 
which originally came from Mr. Howard Baker’s garden, but which 
Mr. Bowles said, reverted in seedlings to the normal green of the 
common Fennel; Campanula Vidalit ; C. longistyla, with tall stems ; 
a Hemerocallis from Japan, collected there in 1904, but only now 


~ reaching its full flowering state; Allium pulchellum; A. sphaero- 


cephalum; Ceropegia Sandersoni ; and a beautiful white form of 
Campanula Hostit. 

Spiral Torsion in Mint.—Mr. C. H. Curtis sent a curious, very 
tightly twisted Mint from the garden of Mr. Malcolm, of Duns, 


CX XXli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Berwick. Spiral torsion does not seem uncommon in opposite-leaved 
plants. 

Humogen.—Mr. F. J. Chittenden, F.L.S., said that a further small 
test of humogen, obtained this time through Messrs. Sutton, from 
the Manchester Corporation, had been made at Wisley, with the 
result that previous findings had been confirmed, viz., that the mate- 
rial is not standardized (this like three other samples, but unlike the 
first received, gave no increase in yield), and that large doses are 
apt to have a bad effect upon germination (see p. 349). 

Ceropegia Sandersoni 2 X C. gemmifera g.—Flowering sprays 
of this hybrid were exhibited by Mr. Elwes. 

A note by Mr. H. F. Comber describing this plant appeared in 
the Gardeners’ Chronicle for December 4, 1915, where, however, the 
male parent was erroneously stated to be C. Montetroae. 

The cross occurred fortuitously in the gardens at Nymans, Hand- 
cross, but the plants were raised at Colesborne. 

Among the seedlings were found plants showing variations in 
shape and colour, and one plant produces flowers which are per- 
sistently deformed. The cross is fairly intermediate between the 
parents and somewhat resembles,C. x Rothit Giirke (C. Sandersoni 
x C. vadicans)—a hybrid exhibited before the Committee by Mr. 
Ledger on November 7, Irgrt. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, AUGUST 15, 1916. 


Mr. E. A. Bow Es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and ten members 
present. 


Dianthus plumarius x D. Caryophyllus.—A letter was read from 
Mr. F. N. Williams, F.L.S., saying that he was aware of no recorded 
name for the Carnation-Pink cross shown at the last meeting, although 
two species of the sections of the genus to which these plants belong, 
viz. D. attenuatus and D. monspessulanus, had been found to hybridize 
naturally in the Department of Pyrénées Orientales and had been 
named D. x Richtert. The Carnation-Pink cross has been made in 
gardens but apparently not named, and the Committee was of the 
opinion that the name D. x Allwoodi, proposed at the last meeting 
for this cross, would stand and be appropriate. 

Variation in Origanum vulgave.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., drew 
attention to specimens of wild marjoram which he showed, and com- 
mented upon variations which he had found among wild plants of this 
species. The variety megastachyum he had found on the Surrey- 
Downs in 1913, but cultivated in his garden it became much larger 
and very much greener. Var. album is fairly common, and he had 
found a form near var. vivide of ‘the Continental botanists, but with 
slightly tinted bracts, 


* 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, CXXXIll 


Variations in Tropaeolum.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., showed 
further specimens of Tropaeolum majus exhibiting suppression of 
parts, which he attributed to alterations in light during growth. 

Spiral torsion in Gentiana Pneumonanthe.—Mr. Bowles showed 
a spirally contorted specimen of Gentiana Pneumonanthe from a field 
near Myddelton House for comparison with the Mint shown at the 
last meeting. A specimen of Genitana Asclepiadea showing similar 
torsion had already been before the Committee. 

Variation in Carduus lanceolaius and C. palustris.—He also showed 
a white-flowered Spear Thistle in which the flowers were slightly tinged 
with pink, and purple, flesh-coloured, and white-flowered specimens 
of Carduus palustris, all from near his house. 

Hybrid Romneya Coultert and R. trichocalyx.—Mr. W. H. B. 
Fletcher, of Aldwick Manor, Bognor, sent specimens of R. Coultert, 
R. trichocalyx, and a hybrid he had raised between them, with the 
following note :—‘‘ It will be noticed that the buds of the hybrids are 
intermediate, having traces of the bristly hairs of R. tvichocalyx and 
the more egg-shaped form and especially the apiculate sepals of 
Coultert. When the plants are seen in a row, as at my brother’s vicarage 
garden near Chichester, the tint of the foliage of the cross-breds 
differs greatly from that of R. Coultert. 

“So far as my experience goes, the Romneyas do not set seed 
unless artificially cross-pollinated. I have grown R. Coultert for 
between twenty and thirty years, but never had any fruit set until in 
1913 I was able to use the pollen of R. tvichocalyx for the first time. 
The flowers which are cross-pollinated bear fruit with the utmost 
freedom. Though the two forms are with me planted in actual 
contact, neither insect nor wind has the slightest effect in crossing 
them. I find R. irichocalyx to produce pollen very freely, but R. 
Coulteyt much more sparingly.” 

Agapanthus crosses.—Mr. Fletcher also sent Agapanthus Mooreanus 
@ x A. umbellatus 3, and A. Mooreanus 2 x A. umbellatus (deciduous 
white form) ¢. Mr. Fletcher has also raised the reciprocal of the last. 
The hybrids seemed to be extremely floriferous and had good flowers, 
which varied considerably in colour (as do those of the form known as 
A. intermedius), some forms with golden anthers being particularly 
pretty. 

Foxglove with dialysis of corolla.—Mr. Whitton sent a specimen of 
Foxglove with the corolla deeply divided into four or five parts. This 
phenomenon is not very uncommon in plants with gamopetalous 
corollas, such as Campanulas and the like. 

B1-coloured Marrow.—Mr. H. L. Bassett, of Anerley, sent a vegetable 
marrow in which one half was yellow and the other green, the line of 
demarcation being verysharp. Mr. Bassett wrote that the seed parent 
was white, and thought it possible that it may have been crossed with 
a green marrow growing near in IgI5. 


CXXXiV PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, AUGUST 29, I916. 


Mr. E. A. Bow gs, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and eight 
: members present. 


Pelargonium Hybrid.—Mr. Fraser showed a dried specimen of 
Pelargonium semi-trilobum Raduliferinum > crisbum which he had 
received from Mr. Bennett-Poé, and which he found to be distinct from 
‘Lady Mary’ and from crispum. 

Tomato flesh discoloured.—Mr. Harold W. Smith sent some tomato 
fruits disfigured with yellow coloration which goes right into the 
fruit, asking for the cause, the remedy, and whether they are harmful 
to eat. The cause is probably insufficiency of potash in the soil, and 
while the yellowish part is hard it is not actually harmful. Some 
varieties are more liable to this uneven ripening than others. 

Peach Curl &c.—Messrs. G. & A. Clark sent some twigs of Peach 
trees afflicted with leaf-curl and die-back disease. Miss D. M. Cayley, 
of the Jokn Innes Institution, who examined them, wrote: ‘‘I have 
looked at the specimens of diseased Peach branches sent and make the 
following notes: One specimen has had a bad attack of Peach leaf- 
curl, Exoascus deformans. The only sign of Exoascus on the second 
specimen is the discoloration of the pith and wood at the base of the 
shoot. The third specimen has a decided attack of gumming and also 
die-back. The cause of gumming, as far as I know, has not yet been 
attributed to any specific organism. It certainly causes the twigs to 
die, if badly attacked, but I hold that gumming and die-back are not 
one and the same thing, although the cause of die-back in Peaches is 
not known, and no definite proof has been found that it is due to 
Botrytis, as in Apricots. 

“ Remedies for Peach Leaf-curl.—The mycelium of Peach leaf-cur] 
hibernates in the bark, pith, and medullary rays of the twigs, and on 
the bud-scales. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture in the early spring 
before the leaves unfold is to be recommended. All affected twigs 
should be cut away right down to healthy wood, and burnt. By 
healthy wood I mean that the surface of the cut should show no trace 
of discoloration in the internal tissues. Once a tree has become so 
badly infected (as I am led to believe by the condition of No. 1) there 
is very little chance of it ever recovering sufficiently to be of any 
market value, and it should be burnt. Almond trees are affected by 
the same organism, and all diseased Almond trees should be care- 
fully attended to, if anywhere in proximity to a Peach nursery. 
Nurserymen do not sufficiently realize the importance of keeping 
down leaf-curl. They think that, as the second leaves appear healthy 
and the shoots grow vigorously, the trees have recovered, but 
this is not the case, as, as before stated, the mycelium lives in the 
inner tissues of the stem and the disease is thus carried on from year 
to year. Should the disease appear on the leaves of young Peach trees, 
spraying from time to time in the spring with Bordeaux mixture 


‘ 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. CXXXV 


or liver of sulphur (potassium sulphide), one ounce to three gallons of 
water, or, if the weather is hot and sunny, one ounce to four gallons of 
water, would help to keep the disease under control. Neither of these 
sprays must be applied strong, as the result would be leaf-scorching. 
For gumming and die-back there is no known remedy. The only 
thing is to cut away badly gummed portions of the tree and cover the 
cut with some common knotting. Clean and healthy conditions, with 
well-drained soil, all help to keep the plants free of gumming.”’ 

Pear foliage diseased.—Mr. J. Knight, of Verwood, Dorset, sent 
some spotted leaves of Pears ‘ Chaumontel ’ and ‘ Doyenné de Comice, 
and of the Apples ‘ Red Victoria,’ ‘ Peasgood’s Nonsuch,’ and ‘ Gas- 
coygne’s Scarlet.’ Miss Cayley wrote: ‘‘ The leaves were rather too 
dry and disorganized to enable me to give a very satisfactory report, 
but to judge from general appearances and the presence of a consider- 
able amount of Fusicladium dendriticum (on the apple leaves) and 
Fusicladium pyrinum on the pear leaves and twigs, I should say that 
the principal cause of trouble is these fungi. There are some ex- 
crescences on the under-side of the pear leaves, probably due to the 
pear-mite, Eviophyes pyri, which has bored under the epidermis, but 
I think the general condition of the leaves is not due to this pest. 
Spraying with Bordeaux mixture before the blossoms open and twice 
after the blossom has set, at intervals of about fourteen to twenty-one 
days, is generally recommended. Keeping the stems and branches 
clean with winter washes is also advisable.”’ 

Cattleya guttata, albino form.—Mr. Gurney Wilson exhibited an 
albino form (the first ever obtained) of Cattleya guttata var. Sanderae:, 
exhibited by Messrs. Sander, St. Albans. The sepals and petals are 
greenish yellow and the labellum white. It was sent up from the 
Orchid Committee to have a Botanical Certificate confirmed. Mr. 
Gurney Wilson moved and Mr. W. C. Worsdell seconded that a 
Botanical Certificate be given ; this was carried by six to one. 

Various Plants.—Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited the following plants 
in flower, with the notes attached :—Hedychium elegans ellipticum 
and Rhyncanthus longiflorus, grown in greenhouse, but might be hardy 
in the south-west of England ; Dioscorea pulchella, a climbing yam 
from Sikkim with ornamental pendent racemes, which might be 
hardy in the south ; Hymenocallis guianensis, a tropical species, very 
dwarf and fragrant, with deciduous foliage quite distinct from the 
nearly hardy H. Harrisiana, which it resembles; Allium Wallichii 
var. from Tibet, much more robust and twice as tall, but of the 
same colour and habit as the Himalayan species introduced by Capt. 
Bailey ; Amphicome arguta, quite hardy at Colesborne, an ornamental 
procumbent plant which does not start growth till June; Phlomis 
sp. from Kashmir, 5 ft. high; Poterium hakusanense, from Japan, 
seems identical with P. obtusum ; Zephyranthes candida var. major, 
from Uruguay, much finer but more tender than the type; Lonicera 
species, or var. of common Honeysuckle, very late and distinct from 
any other I know, a hardy climber ; Astragalus stipulatus, from Sikkim, 


CXXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


a very robust and striking plant for its foliage, but the flowers are 
small, hardy; Vallota x Gastronema sanguinea—I have raised this 
plant from both parents and find them easier to grow than either 
and very showy; Alsiroemeria Hookeri, introduced by me from 
Chilian Andes at 9,000 feet, a very dwarf and pretty species ; Yucca 
vupicola, one of the tallest and hardiest of the genus. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 12, Ig16. 


Mr. H. J. ELwes, F_R.S., in the Chair, with eight members present 
and Mr. Hayes, visitor. 


Cyrtanthus epiphyticus, J. M. Wood, in Kew Bull. 1913, p. 182.— 
Mr. Ledger exhibited a flowering plant of this new species, remarkable 
for its robust growth, but more especially on account of its epiphytic 
habit. The flowers, of a bright orange-scarlet colour, are of the 
narrow-tubed funnel shape characteristic of the subgenus Monella. 

In sending the bulbs to Mr. Ledger in February 1913 Dr. Medley 
Wood wrote: “‘I am sending you . . . a new species of Cyrtanthus 
which was procured for me by my nephew, Mr. J. W. Haygarth. This 
plant is unique in the genus by the fact that it grows not on the ground, 
but in masses of moss on the trunks and branches of ‘ Yellow-wood ’ 
(Podocarpus) trees at 50 or 60 feet from the ground (in the forest of 
Ensikeni, Natal; at 1,200 m. alt.).... It will be a splendid plant 
for hanging baskets. I had at first intended a different specific name 
for it on account of its habit—the peduncles first bend downwards 
from the branch on which it grows, then upwards with a graceful 
curve, and then outwards to the umbel, almost exactly like the 
neck of aswan, but . . . I came to the conclusion that this was only 
caused by the position in which it found itself, so that in other 
circumstances it would grow like its fellows.” | 

Mr. Ledger exhibited these bulbs in a dry state before the Committee 
on March 4, 1913, under the name of C. dendrophilus—a MS. name 
given by Dr. J. Medley Wood, which he changed to C. epiphyticus 
before publication. 

Various Flowevs.—Mr. Elwes exhibited flowers of Incarvillea 
(Forrest, No. 12,000), Gloriosa Leopoldiu, Hymenocallis, Ismene Mac- 
lean, Kniphofia (seedlings from K. MacOwani1), Agapanthus, and 
Gladioli. 

Inflorescence of Rhododendron barbatum.—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, 
F.L.S., showed an inflorescence of Rhododendron barbatuwm received 
from Mr. E. A. Bowles at St. Keverne, Cornwall, in which the majority 
of the bracts had changed into foliage leaves, the venation of which 
was quite different from that of the ordinary foliage leaves, being more 
like that of the bracts and with the petals broader and flatter ; one of 
the prophylls of a flower had become changed into a foliage leaf. He 
also showed leaves of Lilac damaged and curled by grubs, probably 
those of a leaf-miner. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, CXXXVii 


Thorn Apples.—Miss E. A. Portal sent two Thorn Apples, 7.e., 
apples in which the petals and stamens appear to have been 
transformed into sepals with fleshy bases exactly like those which 
constitute the apple fruit below ; these bases are spirally arranged ; 
the whole fruit is roughly four-lobed and seedless. 

Plum-tree affected with Silver-leaf.—Mr. L. M. Cooper, of Goring-on- 
Thames, sent a portion of a plum-tree badly affected with silver-leaf 
disease and also having on the leaves a brown fungus. It was sug- 
gested that the plant had been starved, and that better feeding and 
some lime should be given the tree. 

Enations on leaves of Aristolochia Sipho.—Miss K. Ashley, of 
Crouch End, sent a leaf of Avistolochia Sipho bearing enations of various 
sizes on the lower surface ; these enations, unlike those observed on 
the leaves of most other plants, did not seem to be along the main veins 
but across the smaller vein branches. 

Walnut diseased.—From Petworth Park Gardens came twigs of a 
walnut with both fruit and foliage attacked by the fungus Marssonia 
Juglandis, which Klebahn has shown to be the conidial stage of Gno- 
monta leptostyla. It is rare for the fruit to be attacked. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 26, Ig16. 


Mr. E. A. Bow.eEs, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and six members 
present. 


Polyporus betulinus.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a large speci- 
men of Polyporus betulinus from a birch tree, measuring 82 in. in 
diameter. | : 

Lobed-leaved Pear.—He also showed three-lobed leaves of pear 
from a shoot springing from a cut-back branch, and a twin fruit of 
Victoria Plum with two separate stones. 

Proliferation in Dianthus barbatus.—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, F.L.S., 
showed a curious case of proliferation in the Sweet William from Mr. 
Miller Christy’s garden, in which, after flowering, shoots had developed 
from the bracts just below the flower. 

Carpellody of anthers in Papaver orientale-—Mr. E. A. Bowles 
showed an example of Papaver ortentale from Mr. Sidney Morris’s 
garden in which a very large number of the stamens had become 
transformed into carpels and were tightly packed around the ovary. 
He also showed, from the same garden, shoots of seedlings from Labur- 
num Vossit, in which the leaves had a remarkably curled appearance, 
due to the failure of the midrib to elongate normally, while the lamina 
had developed to the usual extent. 

Peronospora grisea on Veronica Hulkeana.—Mr. Bowles also showed, 
from the same source, shoots of Veronica Hulkeana attacked by Perono- 
spora grisea, a fungus common on wild Veronicas in this country. 
Spraying with Bordeaux mixture or Burgundy mixture would 


CXXXVili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


probably check the spread of this trouble, but affected parts in which 
the resting spores are produced should also be burned. 

Apple Sporting.—Mr. E. A. Bunyard, F.L.S., showed two forms of 
apple from a standard tree of ‘ Royal Jubilee,’ one normal, the other 
russeted and a little smaller. The leaves on the shoots bearing these 
forms respectively were similar to one another, and the flavour was 
approximately the same. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 10, 1916. 


Dr. A. B. RENDLE, M.A., F.R.S., in the Chair, and twelve members 
present. 


Fungus Gall on Alnus glutinosa.—The Rev. W. Wilks, V.M.H., 
sent a curious reddish gall on the “‘ cones’’ of Alnus glutinosa, which 
he had found in Scotland. The gall is produced by the growth of 
the fungus Ascomyces alnitorquum on some of the bracts, which become 
several times their normal size and project almost like leaves from the 
cones. 

Lychnis from China.—Mr. E. J. Allard showed a Lychnis with large 
flowers somewhat like those of L. Flos-cuculi, but with much longer 
sepals and considerably larger in all its parts, raised from seed sent 
home by Mr. R. Farrer from inland China. It has flowered at Wisley 
and in other gardens, but has not yet been named, and its perennial 
character remains to be proved. 

Variations in Tropaeolums.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., showed some 
specimens of T. tuberosum, which bore entire leaves on one part of 
their growth and more divided leaves in another. This he attributed, 
as with other variations in this and allied species, to differences in 
illumination. He also showed variations in T. majus towards the 
production of divided leaves. He had secured parallel variations in 
flowers and foliage in the two species. 

Crocus from Gunnersbury.—Mr. J. Hudson, V.M.H., showed some 
flowers of a Crocus which he had originally received from Mr. Smith, 
of Newry, as anew species. Mr. Bowles took them to examine further. 

Kmiphofia modesta, &c.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., showed a spike 
of this white-flowered plant, which is not quite hardy, and of an 
Aeschynanthus, with bright, scarlet flowers, which he had found at an 
elevation of 7,000 feet in Sikkim, growing as an epiphyte. It is appa- 
rently an undescribed species, and might prove hardy in Cornwall. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 24, IgQ16. 


Mr. E. A. Bow es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and eight 
members present. 


Sycamore leaf-spot.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed specimens of 
this common disease collected from Ockham Common, Surrey, and 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. | CXXX1X 


caused by the fungus Rhytisma acerinum, in which the leaves were 
almost entirely covered by the black spots which the fungus produces. 
The fungus hibernates on the dead leaves on the ground, and pro- 
duces ascospores there which re-infect the tree in the succeeding year. 

Vanegated Tropaeolums.—Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., remarked that 
he found the plants of variegated T. majus which he showed at the last 
meeting liable to be attacked by black aphides, which congregated 
only on certain parts which were exposed to particular rays of light. 

Massonia jasminiflora.—Mr. Bowles exhibited a plant of this 
interesting species which had been figured in the Bot. Mag. t. 7465, 
and which grows on the veldt at the Cape, whence the bulb from which 
this plant was derived came. The white flowers, which rise but little 
above the deep green foliage, are very sweetly scented. It had 
flowered in a garden at Waltham Cross. 

Plantago lanceolata.—Mr. Bowles also showed a scape of Plantago 
lanceolata measuring over a yard in length, which Mr. P. D. Williams 
had found on a very cold, wet clay near Lanarth, usually regarded as 
an infertile spot. 

Colour Standards.—A letter from Mrs. D. F. Kerr, of Kelowna, 
B.C., aroused a discussion concerning existing colour standards and 
the criticisms to which they were open. It was thought, however, 
that the time was inopportune for attempting the necessary revision 
at present, desirable as the revision is. 

Gall on Rose.—Mr. Cocks, of Winnipeg, Canada, sent a gall from a 
Rose measuring about 3 inches in diameter, which Dr. Rendle took for 
further examination. 

Preservation of Green Colour in dried Leaves.—Dr. A. B. Rendle, 
F.R.S., showed a series of Fern fronds, some of which had been dried 
and exposed to the light for three years, to illustrate the value of the 
copper acetate method of preserving the colour. He gave the follow- 
ing account of the method :—A stock solution is made by saturating 
commercial strong acetic acid with powdered copper acetate. For 
treatment, dilute the stock solution with water in the proportion of 
3 or 4 parts of water to one of stock solution. The solution is heated 
in a non-metallic vessel—a glass beaker being probably the most suit- 
able—to boiling-point ; the specimen is placed in the boiling solution, 
which is kept boiling, for a time varying from I minute to 40 minutes, 
according to the action of the copper salt upon the plant. If the 
action is proceeding satisfactorily, a period of I to 5 minutes should 
suffice ; the end of the operation is easily judged by the colour, or by 
treating two different specimens for different periods ; a specimen that 
by such comparison appears to require longer treatment can always be 
re-immersed to get the desired effect. Many plants, notably the leaves 
of evergreen shrubs, are more difficult and generally less satisfactory 
in the ultimate colour, probably owing to the presence of mucilaginous 
or decomposition products or tannins. These require long treatment, 
varying from twenty to forty minutes ; after the first immersion they 
turn yellowish, and then after action the yellow gradually gives place 


cxl PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


to green, generally olive green. Other plants, notably Aucuba, fail 
entirely as they pass from the yellow to a muddy brown or black 
colour. After treatment the plants should be washed (like photo- 
graphic prints) in running water for about two hours. They are then 
dried under as light pressure as is compatible with keeping the plants 
from twisting, or, after shaking off as much water as possible, may be 
dried in sand. 

In many cases the plants are rendered so flaccid by boiling that 
sand-drying is difficult or impossible. Plants that have required long 
boiling not infrequently revert to a bad colour when sand-dried. 
Young parts of plants green better than old; better results may be 
expected from “ spring ’’ leaves than from “‘ autumn ”’ leaves. Wooden 
(not metal) forceps should be used. An article on the subject by 
Professor Trail was published in the Kew Bulletin, p. 49, 1908. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 7, IgQI6. 


Mr. E. A. Bow tes, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and eleven 
members present. 


A curious Willow.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., showed a specimen of a 
large-leaved form of Salix repens which is called argentea, and used 
at times for producing weeping trees by grafting or budding on an 
upright-growing stock. It occurs wild in sea sands here and there 
on the coast. 

Cephalotus with partial Pitchers.—Mr. W. Hales, A.L.S., showed a 
well-grown specimen of Cephalotus with many well-developed pitchers 
and ordinary foliage leaves, and among the latter a leaf of structure 
intermediate between the pitcher and the foliage leaf. 

Colour Standards.—Mr. J. Ramsbottom, M.A., remarked that a 
committee of the British Association had been formed to consider the 
question of producing an efficient colour standard chart, as the result 
of a paper he read at the meeting in 1915. The committee was not, 
on account of the war, sitting at the present time, but its meetings 
would be resumed as soon as possible. 

Variegated Tropaeolum majus.—He also said that he had examined 
the foliage of the Tvopaeolum shown by Colonel Rawson at a recent 
meeting, and found the silver sheen upon it due to the separation of 
the epidermis from the subjacent tissue as in silver-leaf. A fungus 
was present, possibly a species of Fusarium, in some of the cells, but 
not in all, and he thought that it had followed, not caused, the dis- 
turbances in metabolism which had resulted in the variegation. 

Abnormal Colchicum autumnale.—Mr. E. A. Bowles exhibited an. 
abnormal Colchicum in which the floral segments were divided down 
to the base, very similar to the one figured in Sowerby’s British Botany, 
but now flowering in autumn. } 


x 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE. cxlt 


Rhodostachys andina.—Mr. Bowles also showed flowers of a Brome- 
liad raised from seed collected in Chile by Mr. Elwes, and probably 
Rhodostachys andina, figured in the Bot. Mag. t. 7148. 

Uncommon Fruits.—Fruits of a variety of Diospyros Kaki called 
‘Vashomarri’ and of Encephalartos caffey were shown from the Duke 
of Devonshire’s gardens at Chatsworth. 

Curious growth in Pear.—Mr. Sandeman, of Ware, sent a curious 
hard growth, consisting largely of sclerenchymatous cells, from the 
inside of a Pitmaston Duchess Pear. It seemed to be of gall nature, 
for on cutting it open two grubs of an unknown species were found 
feeding in it. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 21, I016. 


Mr. E. A. Bow-Es, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and six members 
present. 


Ptelea trifoliata—Mr. W. C. Worsdell, F.L.S., showed shoots of 
Ptelea trifoliata seedlings with five leaflets. The tree itself bears tri- 
foliate leaflets, but suckers at times have five leaflets, as in the case of 
the shoots shown, so that this character appears to be confined to the 
juvenile stage. No specimens in the Herbarium at Kew or the British 
Museum show five leaflets. 

Damage by Stoke-hole Fumes &c.—Dr. J. A. Voelcker drew attention 
to specimens he had received showing damage to various plants, par- 
ticularly in the occurrence of brown spots on the leaf-tissue by fumes 
from coke fires and ovens. 

Damage to Apple by Capsid Bugs.—Mr. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S., sent 
an apple from a Wisbech garden having warts, russeted on the outside, 
over its surface, each of them with a brown stain about the middle. 
These, which seem to have become increasingly prevalent during the 
past few years, are the result of attacks by Capsid bugs upon the 
growing fruits. | 

Passiflora Failing to Flower.—Shoots of a Passion Flower which 
failed to produce flowers were received from Ashford. Neither the 
parent plant nor offshoots from it planted in different spots had 
flowered, and inspection of the shoots showed that they bore the leaves 
characteristic of immature shoots, not those characteristic of flowering 
- shoots. It appears that the offshoots from Passifloras almost always 
take a considerable time to arrive at the flowering condition. 


SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE, DECEMBER 5, IgI6. 


Mr. E. A. Bowtes, M.A., F.L-S., F.E.S., in the Chair, and eight 
members present. 


Terrestrial Orchid from New Zealand.—Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., 
referred to a terrestrial Orchid from New Zealand, grown from tubers 


cxlii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY 


received from a correspondent in Shropshire, which he had exhibited 
on this occasion. He remarked upon its great likeness to an Arisaema, 
and thought it might possibly be Plerostylis reflexa. Sir Everard im 
Thurn said he had seen a very similar plant growing in considerable 
numbers in Australia. 

Crocus from Salonika.—Mr. Bowles showed corms of a Crocus which 
he took to be Crocus sativus var. Cartwrightianus, from Salonika, in 
which the tunic was extended for 2 inches or more above the corm, 
forming a sort of cap. He thought this might be the result of soil 
conditions. 

The Wild Morello Cherry.—Mr. J. Fraser, F.L.S., exhibited a fruit- 
ing specimen of Prunus Cerasus or Dwarf Cherry, from a Surrey wood, 
which he considered to be the origin of the cultivated Morello, because 
the wild and cultivated trees agree in their botanical characters. P. 
Cerasus may be recognized by its dwarf habit (3 to 8 feet) in the wild 
state, its small, leathery, glabrous leaves on a level with the branches 
(not drooping), and in being green at all stages of growth. The fruit 
is round, red, with a globular stone, and the acid juice does not stain. 
He also showed specimens of P. Aviwm for comparison. It makes a 
tree twenty to sixty feet high, with large, flaccid, drooping leaves, 
hairy on the veins beneath, and much tinted with red in their early 
stages. The fruit is heart-shaped, black or red, with a sweet or bitter 
(not acid) juice, that stains the hands. This he considered the origin 
of many of the sweet cherries of gardens. _ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. cx]ili 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. 
MAY 2, 1916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and fourteen members present. 


Award Recommended :— 


Bronze Knightian Medal. 
To Mr. P. Edlington, Whitchurch, for a collection of fruit. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. F. Davis, Pershore: Apple ‘ Pershore Pippin.’ 

Messrs. Foden, Hemel Hempstead: Apple ‘ Annie Elizabeth.’ 
Rev. C. R. Hardy, Canewdon: Apples. 

Mr. A. Parsons, Broadway: Apples. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, May 8, rg16. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and one member present. 


The Sub-Committee inspected the trial of Autumn-sown Cabbage, 
and made the following recommendations for awards :— 


First-class Certtficate. 
To Cabbage :—No. 85, ‘ Ellam’s Early’ (Barr). 


Award of Merit. 


To Cabbage :—Nos. 29, ‘Eclipse’ (Barr) ; 33, ‘ First and Best’ 
(Barr) ; 73, ‘ Harbinger’ (Sutton). 


Highly Commended. 


To Cabbage :—Nos. 22, ‘ Flower of Spring’ (R. Vetich) ; 71, ‘ April’ 
(Sutton) ; 102, ‘Spring Beauty (Bath). 


Commended. 


To Cabbage :—Nos. 30, ‘Early Favourite’ (Farr) ; 31, ‘Favourite’ 
(Sutton). 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JUNE 2, 1916. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and one member present. 


The Sub-Committee inspected the trial of Autumn-sown Cabbages, 
and made the following recommendations for awards :— 


cxliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Highly Commended. 


To Cabbage :—No. s24, ‘Flower of Spring’ (Suifon); and 34, 
‘First and Best’ (Barr). 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JUNE 6, 1916. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven members present. 


The awards recommended on May 8 and June 2 to Autumn- 
sown Cabbages at Wisley were confirmed. For descriptions see 
report of Spring Cabbages at Wisley, 1916. 


Exhibit. 

Messrs. Laxton, Bedford: Strawberries. 

The question of Peaches and Nectarines not fruiting this year, 
although they flowered profusely both inside and outside, was raised 


at the Committee. The general opinion was that it was caused by 
climatic conditions, and not by faulty cultivation. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JUNE 20, 1916. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven members present. 
No awards were recommended on this occasion. 
Exhibit. 


Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Cherries. 


The Committee expressed the great loss which they felt on the 
death of Mr. Wythes, who was for many years a member of this 
Committee. 3 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JULY 4, 1916. 
AT HOLLAND PARK. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and fifteen members present. 


[For Cups and Medals awarded by the Council after consultation 
with the Judges, see p. Ixxxix.] 


No awards were recommended on this occasion. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JULY 18, 1916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the ‘Chair, and thirteen members present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Gold Medal. 


To Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree, for 
vegetables. | 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, cxlv 


Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. 
To Major Astor, M.P. (gr. Mr. Camm), Taplow, for ‘ Black Hambro ’ 
Grapes and Strawberries. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Moritzson, Dunedin, New Zealand, for Apples. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 
To Messrs. Paul, Waltham Cross, for fruit trees in pots. 


Silver Lindley Medal. 
To Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H. (gr. to Hon. Vicary Gibbs), Elstree, for 
skill in cultivation of vegetables. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To the Church Army Gardens, London, for vegetables. 
To Mr. C. W. Muir, Penn, for Cherries. 
To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for educational exhibit of Peas. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. Bucknall, Orpington : Red Currants. 
Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Currants. 
Mr. H. Close, Orpington : Currants. 
Messrs. Hobbies, Dereham: Tomato ‘ The General.’ 
Mr. J. J. Kettle, Wimborne: Raspberries. 
Messrs. Laxton, Bedford: Raspberries. 
Mr. R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge: Potato ‘ Keen’s Seedling.’ 
Mr. C. E. Powell, Binfield: Raspberries. 
Messrs. Rivers, Sawbridgeworth: Cherries. 
Mr. C. Turner, Slough: Cherries. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, JULY 17, 1916. 


SuB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 


Mr. J: CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and two members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Mid-season Peas and 
made the following recommendations for awards :— 


Award of Merit. 

To Peas:—Nos. 116, ‘Clipper’ (Sydenham); 65, ‘ Improved 
Queen ’ (Carter) ; 51, ‘Jersey Hero’ (Nutting); 87, ‘Market Gar- 
dener + (Catter); 172. and) 113,‘ Quite .Content’.(Barr, Carter) 
(F.C.C. 1906) ; 47, ‘ Royal Salute’ (Dickson) ; 106, ‘ Market King’ 
(Carter) ; 9, ‘The Newby’ (Hurst). 


Highly Commended. 
Peas :—Nos. 35, ‘Best of All’ (Sydenham); 5, ‘ Buttercup’ 
(Carter); 2, ‘Daisy’ (Simpson); 42, ‘Gradus’ (Simpson) (F.C.C: 
k 


VOL. XLII. 


cxlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


1887) ; 94, ‘Model Telephone’ (Carter); 64, “Red Cross” (Simj; 
15, ‘Stratagem’ (Carter) (F.0.0. 1882) ; 110, ‘Centenary’ (Sutton) 
(A.M. 191); 11, ‘ Favourite’ (Sutton); 27, ° Peerless {oucram 
(F.0.C. 1903) ; 114, ‘ King George ’ (Webb) ; 88, ‘ Reliance Marrowfat ’ 
(Webb). 


* 


Previous Award Confirmed. 


Peas :—Nos. 17, ‘Danby Stratagem’ (Carter) (A.M. 1901) ; 
97, ‘Duke of Albany, Selected Stock’ (Sutton) (A.M. 1901) ; 
7, ‘Evergreen Delicatesse’ (Carter) (A.M. 1908) ; 86, “ Harvestman ’ 
(Carter) (A.M. 1908) ; 85, ‘International’ (Carter) (A.M. 1908) ; 54, 
“Magnum Bonum’ (Barr) (A.M. rg10); 109, “Prince of Peas’ 
(Sutton) (A.M. 1910) ; 98, “Duke of Albany, Reselected ’ (Carter) (A.M. 
Ig0I) ; 90, ‘Sharpe’s Standard’ (Barr) (A.M. 1900). 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, AUGUST I, IgI6. 


Mr. A. H. Pearson, J.P., V.M.H., in the Chair, and seven members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. 
To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for Gooseberries. 


Silver-gilt Bankstan Medal. 
To Mrs. Salamon (gr. Mr. Kent), Dorking, for Gooseberries. 


Award of Merit. 


To Plum ‘ Early Laxton’ (votes, six for), from Messrs. Laxton, 
Bedford. A very early variety, of medium size, round in shape, and 
bluish red in colour. It is the result of a cross between ‘ Rivers’ 
Early ’ and ‘ Early Yellow.’ 

To Red Currant ‘ Laxton’s Perfection’ (votes, unanimous), from 
Messrs. Laxton, Bedford. A very desirable variety, distinct in 
foliage and growth. It bears long racemes of fruit. 


Cultural Commendation. 


To Mr. T. Eames, Elstree, for dish of Pea “ Quite Content.’ 
To the R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley, for a collection of Peas. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. E. A. Bunyard, Maidstone: Currants. 
Hon. V. Gibbs, Elstree : Cherries. 
Mr. T. Hitch, Tarporley: Melon. 
Mr. F. W. Hunt, Northampton: Runner Beans. 
Major Joicey, Fairford: Melon ‘ Poulton Priory.’ 
Messrs. Spooner, Hounslow: Apples. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, cxlvil 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, AUGUST 8, IgI6. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and two members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Mid-season Peas and 
made the following recommendations for awards :— 


Awards Recommended :— 
Award of Merit. 
To Pea No. 52, ‘ Perpetual’ (Sutton). 


Highly Commended. 
Pea No. 18, ‘ The Victor’ (Johnson). 


Commended. 

Peas :—Nos. 96, ‘ Alderman ’ (Simpson) (F.C.C. 1900) ; 12, ‘ Com- 
monwealth’ (Carter) ; 40, ‘Magnificent’ (Barr) (F.C.C. 1884) ; 119, 
‘Ne Plus Ultra’ (Sydenham); 48, ‘Paragon’ (Dickson & Robinson) ; 
57, ‘Best of All’ (Sutton); 21, ‘Discovery’ (Sutton) ; 61, ‘ Incom- 
parable’ (Sutton) ; 20, ‘ Prize-winner’ (Sutton) (F.€.C. rgo1) ; 111, 
‘Up-to-Date’ (Sutton); 108, ‘The V.C.’ (Sutton); 83, ‘ William 
Richardson ’ (Nutting). | 


Previous Award Confirmed. 

Peas :—Nos. 66, ‘Glory of Devon’ (Barr) (A.M. 1899); 56, 
‘Continuity ’ (Sutton) (A.M. 1898) ; 55, ‘ Masterpiece’ (Sutton) (A.M. 
1913); 63, ‘Matchless’ (Sutton) (A.M. 1911); 41, ‘ Satisfaction ’ 
(Sutton) (A.M. IgIo). 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, AUGUST 15, IQI6. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and seven members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Award of Ment. 

To Raspberry “Laxton’s Bountiful’ (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Laxton, Bedford. A very strong-growing and prolific summer- 
fruiting variety, bearing very large deep-red fruits of good flavour. 

The recommendations for awards to Mid-season Peas made by 
the Sub-Committees at Wisley on July 17 and August 8 were con- 
firmed. For descriptions see Report of Mid-season Peas at Wisley, 
1916. 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Cheal, Crawley: Potatos. 
Dr. Durham, Hereford: Pea ‘ Little Breton.’ 


cxlviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, AUGUST-25, IQ16. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. J. CuHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and three members present. 
The following awards to Tomatos were recommended :— 


First-class Certificate. 


No. 109, ‘ Golden Sunrise’ (Carter). 


Award of Ment. 


Nos. 103, 104, ‘Golden Nugget ’ (Sutton, Barr) ; No. 26, ‘ Kondine 
Red’ (Cobley) ; No. 27, ‘ Kondine Red Selected’ (Laxton) ; No. 41, 
‘Merrivale’ (Cragg); No. 69, ‘Water Baby’ (Balch); No. 95, 
‘Winter Coral’ (Camm). 


Highly Commended. 


No 29, ‘ Aviator’ (Dickson & Robinson) ; No. 76, ‘ Best of All’ 
(Sutton) ; No. x, ‘Evesham Wonder’ (Harvey) ; No. 105, ‘ Golden 
Perfection’ (Sutton); No. 77, ‘Ham Green Favourite’ (Barr) 
(F.C.C. 1887); No. 13, ‘Muirtown Seedling’ (White), syn. 
‘Sunrise’; No. 79, ‘ Princess of Wales’ (Sutton) (A.M. 1905) ; No. 36, 
‘Sunrise’ ¢ x ‘ Merrivale’ g¢ (R.H.S. Wisley). 


Commended. 


No. 82, ‘ Ayrshire * (Balch) (A.M. 1900) ; No. 14, ‘ Beat All Selected ’ 
(Laxton) ; No. 31, ‘Moneymaker’ (Dickson & Robinson) ; No. 44, 
‘Model’ (Dobbie); No. 86, ‘Northern King’ (Barr); No: 81, 
‘Stockwood Seedling No. 1’ (Rodman). 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, AUGUST 29, I916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and nine members present. 
Awards Recommended : — 
Gold Medal. 


To C. A. Cain, Esq. (gr. Mr. T. Pateman), Welwyn, for a collection 
of fruit. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 


To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for a collection of fruit. 

The recommendations for awards to Tomatos made by the Sub- 
Committee at Wisley on August 25 were approved. For descriptions 
see Report on Tomatos under Glass at Wisley,:1916. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. cxlix 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. F. Attrill, Ventnor: Apples. 
Mr. T. Denny, Blandford: Runner Bean ‘ Perfection Longpod.’ 
Mr. S. F. Paris, Watford: seedling Apple. 
Mr. C. Turner, Slough: Apple ‘ Lady Sudeley.’ 
Mr. J. Whittaker, Barnoldswick: Celery ‘Craven Pink’ and 
“Craven White.’ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 5, IQI6. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. OWEN Tuomas, V.M.H., in the Chair, and four members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Late Potatos, and made 
recommendations for awards to be approved at the meeting of the 
full Committee. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 12, I916. 
Mr. J. CHeat, V.M.H., in the Chair, and thirteen members present. 


Awards Recommended : — 
Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. 


To C. G. A. Nix, Esq. (gr. Mr. E. Neal), Crawley, for collection of 
fruit. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 
To Messrs. Spooner, Hounslow, for Apples. 


Award of Merit. 

To Black Currant ‘ Daniels’ September Black’ (votes unanimous) 
from Messrs. Daniels, Norwich. A remarkably free-bearing variety, 
with large bunches of fine fruit, which are said to hang on the bushes 
till the end of September. The fruit and branches exhibited before 
the Committee had been picked from a large plantation in an open 
field. It should prove an acquisition by reason of its lateness. 

The awards recommended by the Sub-Committee at Wisley to 
Late Potatos on September 5 were confirmed as follow. For de- 
scriptions see Report on Maincrop Potatoes at Wisley, 1916. 


Highly Commended. 
No. 93, ‘Donside Defiance’ (Cook); No. 88, ‘King Edward’ 
(Dobbie) ; No. 76, ‘ Rob Roy’ (Veitch). 
Commended. 


No. 18, ‘ Arran Chief’ (Dobbie); No. 6, ‘Cropper’ (Anketell- 
Jones) ; No. 58, ‘Drumwhindle’ (Gavin) ; No. 89, ‘ Irish Chieftain 


cl PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


(Lissadell) ; No. 74, ‘Langworthy’ (Dobbie); No. 30, ‘ Prolific ’ 
(Dobbie) ; No. 42, ‘ Superlative’ (Sutton) ; No. ro, ‘ The Chapman ’ 
(Dobbie) ; No. 83, ‘ The Factor,’ F.€.€. 1905 (Dobbie) ; No. 8, ‘ The 
Provost,’ A.M. 1907 (Dobbie) ; No. 65, ‘ White City’ (Sutton). 
Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Strawberry ‘St. Fiacre.’ 

Mr. H. Close, Orpington: seedling Crab. 

Messrs. Laxton, Bedford: Apples. 

Miss Portal, Stockbridge: Apple. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 26, 1910. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and fourteen members present. 


Awards Recommended : — 
Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Webb, Stourbridge, for a collection of vegetables. 


Silver Knightian Medal. 

To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for Apple trees in pots. 
To Messrs. Dickson & Robinson, Manchester, for Onions. 
To Purfleet Council School, Essex, for fruit. 

To Messrs. Sutton, Reading, for Beans. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: seedling Apple. 

Mr. J. T. Cole, Maidstone: Apple ‘ Reliance.’ 

Mr. P. O. Lawrence, Wimbledon: Apples. 

Mr. Sanderson, Chislehurst : Perennial Kale. 

Mr. W. F. Ware, Fremington: Tomato ‘ Holmes’ Ideal.’ 
Mr. W. West, Alton: Grape ‘ Princess of Wales.’ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 3, I916. 


BRITISH FRUIT SHOW. 


Mr. A. H. Pearson, J.P., V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-eight 
members present. 
No awards were recommended on this occasion. 
Exhibits. 


Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H., Elstree: Cooper’s Black Grape. 
Rev. M. C. H. Bird, M.A., Stalham: Apples for naming. 
Mr. H. Close, Orpington: Apples and Gage ‘ Little Croft Gem.’ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. cli 


Mr. G. E. Dyke, Milborne Port: Apple ‘ Kingsbury Pippin.’ 

Messrs. Harrison, Leicester: Apple for naming and Marrow-stem 
Kale. 

Mr. A. Tidy, Cobham: A’pple ‘ Ottershaw Pippin.’ 

Mr. W. Wilmot, Langley Mill: Apple ‘Mrs. Wilmot’s Seedling.’ 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 10, 1916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and six members present. 
Awards Recommended : — 
Silver Hogg Medal. 
To C. A. Cain, Esq., J.P. (gr. Mr. T. Pateman), Welwyn, for a collec- 
tion of fruit. 
Silver Kmightian Medal. 


To The Barnham Nurseries, Barnham Junction, for Apples. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To J. Chivers, Esq., Cambridge, for a collection of fruit. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. C. Bradshaw, Hillsborough: Grape ‘ Cooper’s Black.’ 
C. A. Nix, Esq., Crawley : Cydonia japonica Wilsonae. — 
Mr. W. Roberts, Melamore : Grape ‘ Cooper’s Black.’ 
Sir Albert Rollit, LL.D., D.C.L., Chertsey : Musa Ensete in flower. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 24, I916. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven members present. 
Award Recommended : — 


Award of Merit. 

To Plum ‘Orpington Prolific’ (votes 8 for, 3 against), from 
Mr. H. Close, Orpington. A small oval Gage Plum of a greenish- 
yellow colour when ripe, sometimes covered with russet. It has 
a good Gage flavour, and is a very valuable variety on account of its 
lateness. It ripens from the end of October to early in November, 
and is a prolific bearer and a free grower. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Chapman, Rye: Capsicum ‘ Rotherside Mammoth.’ 
Hon. Vicary Gibbs, Elstree: collections of Black Grapes for 
comparison with ‘ Cooper’s Black’ Grape. 


clii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 7, Igr6. 


Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and thirteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Banksian Medal. 
To the Duke of Devonshire (gr. Mr. F. Sees Chatsworth, for — 
Diospyros Kaki ‘Vashomarri’ and Encephalartos caffer. 
To Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree, for 
Leeks and Celery. 


Other Exhibits. 
Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: seedling Apple. 
Messrs. Daniels, Norwich: seedling Apple. 
Mr. A. Edmonds, Stroud: seedling Apple. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER Q, I9Q16. 
SuB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and three members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the trial of Savoys and made recom- 
mendations for awards to be approved at the meeting of the full Com- 
mittee. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 21, I9g16. 
Mr. A. H. PEARSON, J.P., V.M.H., and eight members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Award of Merit. 
To Savoy ‘ Norwegian,’ from Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden. 
To Savoy ‘ Perfection,’ from Messrs. Sutton, Reading. 


Highly Commended. 
Savoy ‘ Sugarloaf,’ from Messrs. Sutton, Reading. 


Commended. 


Savoy “ Drumhead Covent Garden Late,’ from Messrs. Watkins & 
Simpson, London. 

Savoy ‘ Perfection,’ from Messrs. Hurst, London. 

Savoy ‘ Selected Drumhead ’ (as an early variety, good for market), 
from Messrs. Sutton, Reading. 

Savoy ‘Tom Thumb Re-selected,’ from Messrs. Carter, Raynes 
Park. 

For descriptions of the above see the report on Savoys tried at 
Wisley, 1916. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE. clili 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. W. Green, Horley: seedling Apple. 
Messrs. Seabrook, Chelmsford : Apples. 
Mrs. Walmsley, Stoke Poges: Apples. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, DECEMBER 5, IQI10. 
Mr. J. CHEAL, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eight members present. 


No awards were recommended on this occasion. 


Exhibits. 
J. T. Charlesworth, Esq., Nutfield: Apple ‘ Nutfield Beauty.’ 
W. North-Row, Esq., Tiverton: Quince and Apples for naming. 


FRUIT AND VEGETABLE COMMITTEE, DECEMBER 14, IQIO6. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. W. PoupartT in the Chair, and two members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the trials of Celery and Celeriac and 
made recommendations for awards to be approved at the meeting 
of the full Committee. 


cliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. 
MAN 21.1006, 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H.., in the Chair, and twenty-five members present, 


Awards Recommended : 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations, Roses, and shrubs. 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for miscellaneous flowering plants. 
To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations &c. 

To Messrs. Piper, Langley, for alpines, Clematis and clipped trees. 
To Messrs. Ware, Feltham, for hardy plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Baker, Wolverhampton, for alpines. 

To Messrs. Gill, Falmouth, for Rhododendrons. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for hardy ferns and flowering 
plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 


To Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham, for Auriculas. 

To Mr. E..J. Hicks, Twytford, for Roses: 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for flowering shrubs, alpines, &c. 
To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for flowering shrubs. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering shrubs and alpines. 
To Miss C. M. Dixon, Edenbridge, for Polyanthus. 

To Mr. G. Kerswill, Exeter, for Gentians. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Whitelegg and Page, Chislehurst, for hardy plants. 


Award of Merit. 


To Carnation ‘Lord Kitchener’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Wells, Merstham. This fine Carnation is a variety of the perpetual- 
flowering type. The bloom is large and full-petalled, the colour being 
bright pink with salmon sheen in the centre. The stems are unusually 
stiff and wiry. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clv 


To Dianthus microlepis rumelicus (votes 15 for, I against), from 
Messrs. Tucker, Oxford. This small, tufted Pink is a native of the 
mountains of Thrace and has numerous clear pink flowers. 

To Primula conica (votes 14 for), from Messrs. Wallace, Colchester. 
A species of the Muscarioides section. The inflorescence is a crowded 
spike of lavender-purple blooms, forming a dense head. The stalks 
are hairy and about gin. long. The blooms are about } in. across at 
the mouth and a paler colour in the interior. The leaves are spathu- 
late, about 6 in. long, with short silky hairs. (Fig. 108.) 

To Ribes cruentum (votes unanimous), from Mr. C. Elliott, Steven- 
age. An interesting species from North California forming a dwarf, 
diffusely branched shrub, spiny, and bearing three or five-lobed leaves 
a little smaller than those of the Gooseberry. The flowers are pendulous 
and about I in. long, the recurving outer petals being crimson maroon, 
the inner ones tubular and of shell-pink tint with white tips. The 
shoots are covered with long spines. (Fig. 109.) 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Barr, Taplow: Saxifrages. 

Messrs. Bath, Wisbech: Polyanthus. 

Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford: Pelargoniums. 

Mr. J. Crook, Camberley: Polyanthus. 
_ Messrs. Fletcher, Ottershaw: Deutzias. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Col. Mark Lockwood, M.P., Romford: Seedling Carnation. 
Messrs. Carter Page, London: Violas. 

Miss Willmott, V.M.H., Warley: alpines. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, May 16, 1916. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and nineteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. F. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 
Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Antirrhinums. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for miscellaneous plants. 
Silver Bankstan Medal. 


To Mr. J. Douglas, Gt. Bookham, for Auriculas. 

To Mrs. Lloyd Edwards, Llangollen, for Saxifrages. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Whitelegg & Page, Chislehurst, for Schizanthus. 


clvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 
Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Barr, Taplow, for Irises. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for alpines and shrubs. 

To Messrs. Gill, Falmouth, for Rhododendrons. 

To Mr. G. Kerswill, Exeter, for Gentians. 

To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Piper, Langley, for trees and hardy plants. 
To Messrs. Reamsbottom, Geashill, for Anemones. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy shrubs and alpines. 


Award of Merit. 


To Aurncula ‘ Edith’ (votes 12 for), from Mr. C. Turner, Slough. 
A distinct pale violet-lilac variety. The flowers are perfect in form, 
large, and have a well-defined pale sulphur-yellow paste. 

To Carnation ‘J. G. Fortescue’ (votes 17 for, I against), from 
J. B. Fortescue, Esq., Maidenhead. This is a Malmaison variety, 
which originated as a sport from ‘ Horace Hutchinson.’ The flowers 
are large, very full, and of good shape. The colour is white, streaked 
with red. One of the most pleasing features of this variety is its 
delicious scent. 

To Daphne Verlotit (votes 9 for), from Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & 
Crisp, Bagshot. An evergreen dwarf shrub bearing heads of rich 
rosy pink, fragrant flowers, less numerous and less densely packed 
than those of D. Cneorum. 

To Pyrus Malus aldenhamensis (votes 14 for), from Hon. Vicary 
Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree. This is a very striking 
dark reddish violet variety of Pyrus Malus, and is probably of garden 
origin. It is closely allied to P. Niedzwetzkyana, but is said to be 
superior to it in colour and in the lasting of the flowers. It also 
flowers later. The fruits much resemble those of Prunus Pissardit. 

To Rose ‘C. E. Shea’ (votes 13 for, 4 against), from Mr. E. J. 
Hicks, Twyford. A deep rosy pink Hybrid Tea variety of good form 
and size. 

To Saxtfraga ‘J. C. Lloyd Edwards’ (votes unanimous), from 
Mrs. Lloyd Edwards, Llangollen. A dwarf mossy variety with large 
bright rose flowers having a yellow eye. The flowers are borne about 
4 inches above the foliage. __ 

To Saxtfraga ‘ Mrs. R. T. Wickham ’ (votes 7 for, 3 against), from 
Mrs. Lloyd Edwards, Llangollen. A very free-flowering variety of 
the Mossy section, bearing on dark stems large rose-coloured flowers 
streaked with a deeper shade. The height of the plants is about 
8 inches. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Bees, Liverpool: Isopyrum grandtflorum. 
Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate: miscellaneous plants. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clvil 


Messrs. Grove, Sutton Coldfield: Geum ‘ Grove’s Glory.’ 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: rock garden. 

Mr. O’Fflahertie, Arreton: Phyllocactus ‘ Marjorie.’ 

Messrs. Wallace, Colchester : Primula membranifolia. 

Mr. W. West, Holt Hatch: Amaryllis ‘ Victory.’ 

Mr. H. Whitehead, Cheltenham: Lobelia ‘ Alice Whitehead.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, MAY 18, 1910. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and five members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Bearded Irises and made 
the following recommendations for awards, to be approved at the 
meeting of the full Committee. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Award of Ment. 

To Irises ‘Etta,’ ‘Dorothea,’ Frebert, ‘Ingeborg,’ ‘ Kharput,’ 

Kochi, ‘ Prince Victor,’ and ‘ Royal.’ 
Highly Commended. 

To Irises albicans, ‘Argus,’ ‘Charmante,’ ‘Delphine,’ florentina, 
germanica, Hookert, ‘ Horace,’ ‘ King Christian,’ lutescens aurea, mis- 
sourtensis, ‘Osiris,’ pallida fol. var., ‘Purple King,’ and ‘ Valhalla.’ 

Commended. 
To Irises ‘ Goldfinch’ and ‘Standard.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, MAY 23, IgQI6. 
AT CHELSEA. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H.., in the Chair, and twenty-four members present. 


[For Cups and Medals awarded by the Council after consultation 
with the Judges, see p. Ixxxii.} 


Awards Recommended :— 
Award of Merit. 

To Androsace coccinea (votes 12 for), from Messrs. Bees, Liverpool. 
A sun-loving species collected by Mr. G. Forrest in China during 
Ig11. The flowers are borne in a capitate umbel, and are carmine- 
red in colour. The foliage forms a small, close rosette, from which 
the inflorescence arises. 

To Carnation “Sweet Anne Page’ (votes ro for, 3 against), from 
Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham. A border variety of good size and 


clvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


substance. The ground colour is pale yellow, heavily streaked with 
lilac-mauve. 

To Clematis ‘Crimson King’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Jackman, Woking. A variety of the Jackmani type, bearing large 
rosy crimson flowers. - 

To Iris bracteata (votes 10 for), from Messrs. Wallace, Colchester. 
A fairly dwarf Californian species, having broad horizontal falls of a 
creamy yellow colour veined with purple. (Fig. rIo.) 

To Lilac ‘President Falliéres’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. 
R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge. A pale lilac-mauve double variety, 
bearing its flowers in a good and not overcrowded truss. 

To Lilac ‘ Réaumur ’ (votes 11 for, I against), from Mr. C. Turner, 
Slough. A very deep mauve variety, having large individual flowers 
borne in a big dense truss. 

To Peony ‘Ceres’ (votes 9 for, 1 against), from Messrs. Barr, 
Taplow. A bright cerise pink single variety, with a mass of golden 
anthers. The foliage is small and deeply lobed. 

To Papaver orientale ‘ King George’ (votes 10 for), from Mr. 
A. Perry, Enfield. The flowers of this variety are deeply fringed 
and are bright scarlet in eee with black blotches at the base of 
the petals. 

To Primula conspersa (votes 7 for, 3 against), from Messrs. Bees, 
Liverpool. A beautiful Primula of the farinosa section, collected by 
Mr. R. Farrer on the Tibetan Alps. The rose-pink flowers are 
borne in whorls, often having three tiers. The scapes are about a foot 
high, and, like the calyces, are farinose. The foliage is ovate-linear 
in shape, with notched margins. 

To Primula helodoxa (votes ro for), from Messrs. Wallace, 
Colchester. A new species introduced by Mr. G. Forrest from Western 
China. The flower spikes are about 24 feet high, and carry often 
as many as seven whorls of large deep yellow flowers. This plant 
has so far proved to be hardy in the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens. 

To Rhododendron ‘ Bagshot Ruby’ (votes 14 for), from Messrs. 
Waterer, Sons & Crisp, Bagshot. A very free-flowering variety, 
having bright red flowers borne in fine conical trusses. 

To Rose ‘ Molly Bligh’ (votes 14 for), from Messrs. A. Dickson, 
Newtownards. A Hybrid Tea variety of fine form and pases 
some fragrance. The colour is rosy pink. 

To Sedum humifusum (votes Io for, I against), from Mr. R. Prichard, 
West Moors. A small carpeting species with golden yellow flowers. 
Its hardiness remains to be proved. 

To Spiraea ‘ Princess Mary’ (votes Io for, 4 against), from Messrs. 
Rochford, Broxbourne. A very fine deep rose-pink variety. 

To Sweet Pea ‘Dora’ (votes 9g for), from Messrs. Dobbie, 
Edinburgh. The standards of this variety are salmon-pink 1 in colour, 
faintly suffused with rose, while the wings are of a very much paler 
shade. This is said to be an excellent variety for growing under 


glass. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clix 


Other Exhibits. | 

Mr. A. P. Bruce, Chorlton-cum-Hardy: Sarracenia Ashbridget, 
Dionaea muscipula erecta. 

Messrs. H. Chapman, Rye: Irises. 

Messrs. Clark, Dover: Calceolarta violacea rustica, Stock ‘F. D. 
Hopper ’ 

Hon. V. Gibbs, Elstree: new unnamed species of Gumnnera. 

Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park: Carnations and Gloxinias. 

Mr. R. Malby, Woodford: LEdraianthus serpylifolius ‘White 
Queen’ and E. serpyllifolius ‘ Amethyst.’ 

Miss Mangles, Seale: Rhododendron ‘ Tara.’ 

Mrs. Martineau, Twyford: strain of I7v1s sebirica. 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston: Azalea Maxwell, Rhododendron Royles 
magnificum. 

Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond: Solanum jasminoides variegata. 

Messrs. Ware, Feltham: Begonia ‘Ethel Deane.’ 

Miss E. Willmott, Warley: Tvrttonia ‘ Prince of Orange.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JUNE 2, 1916. 


SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 


Mr... Ho B. May, V.M-H., in the Chair, and five members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Bearded Irises and made 
the following recommendations for awards :— 


Awards Recommended :— 
First-class Certificate. 
To ‘ Alcazar.’ 


Award of Merit. 

To ‘Benbow,’ ‘Diane,’ ‘Eldorado,’ ‘ Gagus,’ ‘ Iris King,’ ‘ Isoline,’ 
‘Jeanne d’Arc,’ ‘ Katerina,’ ‘Lady Foster,’ ‘Lohengrin,’ ‘ Morwell,’ 
‘Nibelungen,’ ‘ Oriflamme,’ pallida dalmatica, ‘ Prosper Laugier,’ and 
‘Rhein Nixe.’ 


Highly Commended. 

To ‘ Albert Victor,’ ‘ Amas,’ ‘ Arnols,’ ‘ Assyrie,’ ‘ Aurea,’ ‘ Caprice,’ 
‘Céleste,’ ‘Crusader,’ ‘ Dalmarius,’ ‘ Delicata,’ flavescens, ‘ Gracchus,’ 
‘Isola,’ ‘ Loreley,’ ‘ Madame Chereau,’ ‘ Miss Eardley,’ ‘Mme. Blanche 
Pion, * Mrs. Allan Gray,” “Mrs. H. Darwin,’ ‘Mrs. Neubronner,’ 
‘Parisiana,’ ‘ Perfection,’ ‘Porsenna,’ ‘Princess Victoria Louise,’ 
‘Queen Mary,’ ‘Queen of May,’ ‘ Ring Dove,’ ‘Shelford Chieftain,’ 
‘Sincerity,’ ‘Stamboul,’ ‘Standard Bearer,’ ‘Tamerlaine,’ ‘ Troyana 
(Guildford),’ and ‘ Zephyr.’ 


Commended. 
‘A Loute,’ ‘ Archevéque,’ ‘ Beauty,’ ‘ Comtesse de Courcy,’ ‘ Con- 


clx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


fucius,’ ‘Cordelia,’ ‘Dr. Bernice,’ ‘ Elizabeth,’ ‘ Fro,’ germanica alba, 
‘Grand Bouquet,’ ‘ Hilda,’ ‘ Kathleen,’ ‘ Kitty Reuthe,’ ‘ L’Honorable,’ 
‘Meimung,’ ‘Miss Maggie,’ ‘ Mithras,’ ‘ Monsignor,’ ‘ Mrs. Leonard 
Loat,’ ‘Oporto,’ ‘ Petit Vitry,’ ‘ Porcelain,’ ‘ Prince of Orange,’ ‘ Pro- 
pendens,’ ‘ Reggie,’ ‘ Sibyl,’ ‘ Syphax,’ ‘ Vésuve,’ ‘ Viola,’ and ‘Virginie.’ 


st——— 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JUNE 6, 1916. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-seven members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Sweet Peas and Antirrhinums. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Kelway, Langport, for Paeonies and Delphiniums. 
To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for Rhododendrons 


and hardy plants. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Bide, Farnham, for Sweet Beas 
To Messrs. Peed, Norwood, for Gloxinias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Clarkias and Antirrhinums. 
To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for miscellaneous plants. 
To Mr. C. Turner, Slough, for Philadelphus and Deutzias. 

To Messrs. Wallace, Colchester, i Irises. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for hardy plants. 

To Mrs. Burns, Hatfield, for White Amaryllis. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for hardy shrubs and flowers. 
To Messrs. Low, Enfield, for Carnations. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. A. Perry, Enfield, for hardy plants. 

To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Baker, Codsall, for hardy plants. 


First-class Certificate. 
To Meconopsis simplicifolia, Bailey’s variety (votes 20 for), from 
Edinburgh Botanic Garden. This very handsome variety was found 
by Captain Bailey in Eastern Tibet in the region of the Sanpo River, 


Fic. 108.—PRIMULA CONICA (Garden). 
(p. clv.) 


[To face p. clx. 


Fic. 109.—RIBES CRUENTUM (Gard. Chron.). 
(p. clv.) 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. 7 clxi 


where rain is very abundant. The plant exhibited carried one fine 
flower measuring about 3 inches across. It was borne on a stem 
nearly 2 feet high, and was of a beautiful Antwerp-blue colour (‘ Réper- 
toire de Couleurs’). The mass of golden stamens added greatly to the 
charm of the flower. 

To Nomocharis pardanthina (votes 15 for), from Edinburgh 
Botanic Garden. This lovely plant, the sole representative of its 
genus, was found by Forrest in Yunnan. It is very nearly related 
to Lilium and Fritillaria. The flowers are drooping and about 2 inches 
across. They are of a reddish-rose colour, and have three inner 
broad ovate segments with serrated edges, and three outer narrower 
lanceolate segments with entire edges and spotted at the base with 
crimson. There are six large, prominent golden anthers. The lily- 
like foliage is borne in whorls on the flower stem. The individual 
leaves are about 1 inch long and lanceolate in shape. (Fig. 111.) 


Award of Ment. 


To Ins laevigata (votes 17 for), from Mr. C. W. Christie-Miller, 
Sonning. A beautiful species of water-side Iris growing from 18 to 
30 inches high and bearing deep violet-blue flowers having a streak of 
white on the falls. 

- To Iris ‘Rembrandt’ (votes 20 for, I against), from Messrs. Dobbie, 
Edinburgh. A Dutch Iris with broad falls of light Cambridge blue, 
having a large deep golden yellow blotch and standards of deep blue. 

To Rhododendron ‘Diphole Pink’ (votes 7 for), from Messrs. 
Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot. A bright cerise-pink variety, faintly 
dotted with light brown. The trusses are large and spreading. 

To Rhododendron ‘Donald Waterer’ (votes 12 for), from Messrs. 
Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot. The flowers of this variety are deep 
rose pink in colour, fading to a paler shade towards the centre. The 
trusses are good, and the individual flowers are of large size. 

To Rhododendron ‘Duchess of Teck’ (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs, Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot. This variety produces 
nice trusses of white flowers deeply edged with rosy mauve. 

The Committee confirmed the awards recommended to Bearded 
Irises by the Sub-Committees on May 18 and June 2. For descrip- 
tions see Report on Bearded Irises at Wisley, 1915-16. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Bees, Liverpool: Primulas and Roscoea Humeana. 

Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford: greenhouse plants. 

Messrs. Chaplin, Waltham Cross: Rose ‘ Lady Gwendoline Calvin.’ 

Mr. F. Gifford, Hornchurch: Pezonies. 

M. Hornibrook, Esq., Abbeyleix: Saxtfraga x Aitzo-retioides, 
Sax. X ‘Diana,’ Viola x knaptonensis. 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston: hardy plants. 

Miss Willmott, Warley: Verbascum ‘Warley Pearl,’ Silene 
alpesins fl. pl. 


VOL. XLII. Z 


clxii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JUNE 14, I916. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and four members present. 


A Sub-Committee inspected the Trial of Bearded Irises and made 
the following recommendations for awards. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Highly Commended. 
To Irises ‘ Beauty,’ ‘ Darius,’ ‘ Florence W ells,’ “na: Jacquiniana,’ 
‘Maori King,’ ‘ Mithras,’ and ‘Queen Alexandra.’ 


Commended. 

To Irises ‘ Arlequin,’ ‘Cengialti Loppio,’ ‘Cherubim,’ ‘ Crépuscule,’ 
‘Demi Deuil,’ ‘Faust,’ ‘Gules,’ ‘Her Majesty,’ ‘ Knysna,’ ‘Marie 
Corelli, ‘Modeste Guérin, ‘Mme. Boulet, ‘Mme. Denis,’ 
‘Pfauenauge, ‘Rhoda,’ - ‘Saracen, ‘Thora,’ -‘Thorbecke,”” “and 


‘Unique.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, J UNE 20, Ig16. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-six members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Kelway, Langport, for Delphiniums and Peonies. 


Silver-gilt Bankstan Medal. 
To Messrs. Peed, Norwood, for Gloxinias and Streptocarpus. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Bath, Wisbech, for Pzeonies. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Campanulas. 

To Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree, 

for Streptocarpus. 
To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for Delphiniums. 
To Mr. A. Perry, Enfield, for hardy plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Bees, Liverpool, for Primulas. 

To Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Mr. J. C. Jenner, Rayleigh, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Ladhams, Southampton, for border Pinks. 

To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for miscellaneous plants. 
To Messrs. W. Paul, Waltham Cross, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Ware, Feltham, for hardy plants. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxili 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for Rosa Moyesit. 

To Messrs. Chaplin, Waltham Cross, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Carter Page, London, for Dahlias and Violas. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Pelargoniums. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Rosa Moyesui (votes 15 for), from Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough. 
This very distinct Chinese species received an Award of Merit in 1908. 
The flowers are about 24 inches across and of a rich deep-red colour. 
The stems are densely armed with thorns, and the leaves are composed 
of from nine to thirteen oval, slightly glaucous leaflets. 

To Tricuspidaria lanceolata (votes 17 for, 3 against), from the 
Donard Nursery, Newcastle, Co. Down. An evergreen shrub or small 
tree of stiff, bushy habit, growing from ro to 15 feet high. It is a 
native of Chile and is hardy in the British Isles only in favoured spots. 
The leaves are oblong lanceolate, pointed, 14-5 inches long and 4-1} 
inch wide, coarsely toothed, dark green above, paler beneath and 
downy on the midrib. The flowers are produced singly from the 
_ terminal leaf axils and are urn-shaped, about 1 inch long, fleshy, rich 
- crimson in colour, and pendulous. 


Award of Merit. 

To Delphinium tanguticum (votes 19 for, I against), from Messrs. 
Bees, Liverpool. A dwarf species collected in China by Mr. R. Farrer. 
It is about 7-8 inches high, and bears deep violet-blue flowers with a 
white eye. 

To Deutzia crenata magnifica (votes 17 for), from Messrs. G. Paul, 
Cheshunt. A very fine double white form of this useful hardy shrub. 

To Imis ‘ Asia’ (votes 19), from Mr. G. Yeld, York. A very fine, 
tall-growing bearded Iris. Spathe valves one-flowered, green, slightly 
flushed purple, partly scarious, keeled; pedicels # inch; flowers 6 
inches deep, substance good, odour fragrant, falls wide spathulate, 
colour dull red-purple, veined darker, margins lighter, slightly smoky, 
drooping ; veins bluish purple, distinct ; haft yellow and white, veins 
dull purple-brown ; beard white, yellow tipped ; standard light red- 
purple, veined darker, slightly smoky towards haft, erect; haft 
yellow, veined purple-brown ; styles purplish, margins yellow, dentate ; 
crest large, acuminate, much dentate ; ovary ? inch; tube ? inch. 

To Iris germanica ‘ Richard II.’ (votes 18 for, r against), from 

“Mr. A. Perry, Enfield. A seedling from ‘ Black Prince’ having deep 
violet purple falls and white standards. 

To Olearia semidentata (votes unanimous), from the Donard 
Nursery, Newcastle,Co. Down. A beautiful species from New Zealand, 
having flowers about 2 inches across. The ray florets are pale lilac 
in colour and are borne in a double row. The disc is deep violet- 


clxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


purple. The foliage is lanceolate, serrated, and covered with a thick 
white tomentum on the underside. 

To strain of Hybrid Primulas (votes 11. for), from Messrs. Bees, 
Liverpool. This beautiful strain has been raised by crossing Primula 
Beesiana 9 and P. Bulleyana g. The plants are all of medium stature, 
and the colours of the flowers cover a wide range, including salmon, 
orange, rose, magenta, orange-red, fiery orange, and lilac. 

To Rose ‘ Lucy Williams’ (votes rg for), from Dr. A. H. Williams, 
Harrow-on-the-Hill. A strong, vigorous climber of the Wichuraiana 
type, raised by crossing ‘ Jersey Beauty’ ° and ‘Edward Mawley’ ¢. 
The flowers are large, very deep rose-pink in colour, and delicately 
perfumed. The foliage is vigorous, and the plant is said to remain in 
bloom for about two months, commencing at the beginning of June. 

To Rose ‘ Mrs. A. W. Atkinson’ (votes 13 for, I against), from 
Messrs. Chaplin, Waltham Cross. A Hybrid Tea variety suitable for 
exhibition. The flowers are large, scented, of good form with high 
pointed centre, and ivory-white in colour. 

To Sphaeralcea canescens (votes unanimous), from S. Morris, Esq., 
Norwich. A beautiful dwarf shrubby plant belonging to the Mal- 
vaceae. It is a native of Arizona and has proved perfectly hardy 
at Norwich, where it grows in a hot dry place, and freely sows itself. 
The flowers are reddish orange in colour, and are borne in great abun- 
dance. The plant grows about 3 feet high. 

The Committee confirmed the awards to Bearded Irises recom- 
mended by the Sub-Committee on June 14. For descriptions see 
Report on Bearded Irises at Wisley, 1915-16. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Barr, Taplow: hardy plants. 

Miss Bayne, Edinburgh: double Clematis. 

W. R. Dykes, Esq., Godalming: Jrzs ‘Belle Alliance.’ 

Mrs. Hirsch, London: Hzbiscus ‘ Peach Blow.’ 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Mary, Countess of Ilchester, London: Meconopsis rudis. 

Mr. J. S. Kelly, Esher: Eptlobium macropus. 

Sir G. Meyrick, Christchurch: Carnation ‘ Lady, Meyrick.’ 

Miss E. Willmott, V.M.H., Great Warley: Acantholimon andro- 
saceum. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JULY 4, I916. 
AT HOLLAND PARK. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and fifteen members present. 


[For Cups and Medals awarded by the Council after consultation 
with the Judges, see p. lxxxix.] 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxv 
Awards Recommended :— 


Award of Merit. 


To Begonia ‘ Mrs. C. F. Langdon’ (votes 6 for, 3 against), from 
Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath. A very fine variety bearing 
beautiful double flowers measuring 6-7 inches across and of a bright 
flery orange colour. (Fig. 112.) 

To Campanula persicifolia ‘Telham Beauty’ (votes unanimous), 
from Messrs. Barr, Taplow. A beautiful border Campanula said to be 
the result of a cross between C. persicifolia and C. turbinata. The large, 
open, shallow cup-shaped flowers are about 24 inches across, and are 
pale lilac-mauve in colour. They are borne in spikes often. (Fig. 113.) 

To Cyananthus incanus letocalyx (votes unanimous), from Mr. 
R. Prichard, West Moors. A beautiful dwarf hardy alpine plant of 
spreading habit, bearing pale blue Gentian-like flowers which have a 
mass of dark blue hairs at the throat. The flowers are about 14 inch 
long, and ? inch broad at the corolla. The foliage is small, spathulate, 
and hairy on the underside. The plant has been growing outside 
for four years in Dorset, and is said to be splendid for the moraine. 

— To Delphinium ‘Mrs. A. J. Watson’ (votes 6 for, I against), from 
Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath. This variety has very large 
semi-double flowers, of which the outer petals are cornflower-blue and 
the inner deep lilac-mauve. The centre of the flower is occupied by 
a small dark eye. The spike is about 2-24 feet long. (Fig. 114.) 

To Delbhimium ‘Mrs. Colin McIver’ (votes 9g for,. I against), 
from Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath. A violet-mauve variety 
having double flowers with a white eye. The spike measures about 
18 inches long. (Fig. 114.) 

To Delphinium ‘ Mrs. Shirley’ (votes 9 for, 1 against), from Messrs. 
Blackmore & Langdon, Bath. The fine spikes of this variety are 
about 2 feet long, and carry semi-double lilac-mauve flowers lightly 
arranged. (Fig. 114.) 

To Dianthus “ Miss Gladys Cranfield’ (votes 9 for), from Mr. A. 
Perry, Enfield. A very useful, free-flowering, single garden Pink. 
The flowers measure 2 inches across, and are of a pale pink colour 
with dark crimson eye. 

To Escallonia ‘Donard Seedling’ (votes unanimous), from the 
Donard Nursery Co., Newcastle, Co. Down. This beautiful shrub is 
the result ‘of a cross between E. langleyensis 3 xX E. Philippiana @. 
The flowers are larger than either of the parents, and are white tinged 
with rose. The leaves are ovate in shape. 

To Gentiana Przewalskit (votes ro for), from Messrs. Piper, Bays- 
water. A very free-flowering species from China, bearing prostrate 
sprays of deep-blue flowers, white at the base of the tube. The flowers | 
are about 13 inch long and 1 inch wide at the corolla. The leaves 
are lanceolate in shape and about 6 inches long. 

To Leptospermum “ Donard Beauty’ (votes, 6 for, 3 against), from 
the Donard Nursery Co., Newcastle, Co. Down. This variety is the 


o 


clxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


result of a cross between L. Boscawenw and L. Nicholl. The flowers 
are of large size and are cerise-pink in colour. 

To Polystichum angulare divisilobum plumosum, Perry’s No. 1 
(votes 5 for), from Mr. A. Perry, Enfield. A very fine pale green form 
of this useful hardy fern, with finely divided plumose fronds. — 

To Rose ‘Blush Queen’ (votes 10 for, 2 against), from Messrs. 
F. Cant, Colchester. A very pale pink Hybrid Tea variety, becoming 
white with age. The blooms are of good form and size. 

To Rose ‘C. V. Haworth’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. A. 
Dickson, Newtownards. A large crimson H.T. of good form and 
sweetly scented. The petals are tinged with a darker shade near the 
tips. : 
To Salvia warleyensis (votes 6 for, 3 against), from Miss E. Will- 
mott, V.M.H., Great Warley. The flowers of this species are violet- 
purple with a white lip. They are about 1 inch long, and the hairy 
calyces are of a very dark purplish colour. The leaves are large and 
ovate in shape. 

To Siveptocarpus ‘ Rose Queen’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Cuthbert, Southgate. A very large-flowered variety. The colour 
is bright rose-pink, and white at the throat. 

To Streptocarpus ‘Southgate White’ (votes 10 for, 3 against), 
from Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate. The flowers of this variety are of 
large size and are white in colour, with a pale sulphur-yellow throat. 

To Sweet Pea ‘John Porter’ (votes 11 for), from Messrs. A. 
Dickson, Newtownards. A large-flowered variety having the standards 
salmon-orange and the wings rose. It is a very bright Sweet Pea, and 
its blooms are mostly borne in fours. 

To Tvolltus ‘ King Cup’ (votes, 7 for I against), from Messrs. 
Wallace, Colchester. A hybrid between 7. yunnanensis and T. 
chinensis. It is intermediate in character between its parents, and 
grows about 3 feet high, bearing an abundance of deep golden yellow 
green-tipped flowers measuring about 2 inches across. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough: hardy plants. 

Mrs. Berkeley, Spetchley: Lilium mirabile, Campanula 
‘ Spetchley Hybrid.’ 

Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: Delpbhinium ‘ Queen Mary.’ 

Messrs. Chaplin, Waltham Cross: Roses. 

Mr. J. Douglas, Bookham: Carnation ‘ Henry Brett.’ 

Mr. W. Easlea, Leigh-on-Sea: Roses. 

Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage: hardy plants. 

Messrs. E. W. King, Coggeshall: Sweet Peas. 

Mr. P. le Cornu, Jersey: Roses: 

Messrs. Rogers, Southampton: Rose ‘ Lady Swaythling.’ 

Messrs. Stark, Gt. Ryburgh: double Poppies. 

Mr. W. Wells, junr., Merstham: Delphiniums. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxvit 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, JULY 18, Ig16. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-five members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Jones, Lewisham, for Phloxes. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Delphiniums. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Chaplin, Waltham Cross, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Grove, Sutton Coldfield, for Campanulas. 
To Messrs. Jackman, Woking, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns &c. 

To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, for hardy plants. 
To Mr. J. Stevenson, Wimborne, for Sweet Peas. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for Roses. 

To Messrs. F. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for flowering shrubs and Dahlias. 

To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Gloxinias and Sétreptocarpus. 
To Mr. J. Douglas, Great Bookham, for border Carnations. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Burch, Peterborough, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Harkness, Hitchin, for Roses. 

To Rev. H. J. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 

Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for greenhouse plants. 

To Messrs, Forbes, Hawick, for Phloxes, Pentstemons, and 
Delphiniums. | | 

To Messrs. Hobbies, Dereham, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 

Award of Mert. 

To Acomtum Napellus album grandiflorum (votes 15 for), from 
Messrs. Barr, Taplow. A large-flowered variety of this handsome 
herbaceous plant. The flowers are creamy white in colour, and are 
borne in spikes measuring from 2% to 3 feet in length. 

To Campanula ‘ Chastity’ (votes 11 for, 2 against), from Messrs. 
Grove, Sutton Coldfield. This is a very free-flowering seedling from 
Campanula ‘ Norman Grove,’ bearing white bell-shaped flowers about 
I inch in diameter. The height of the plant is about g inches. 

To Campanula Waldsteiniana (votes 11 for), from Messrs. Grove, 
Sutton Coldfield. A charming dwarf species bearing small pale blue, 
star-shaped, flat flowers in great abundance. 


clxvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


To Lavender ‘ Barr’s Large-flowered Munstead Dwarf’ (votes 13 
for, 4 against), from Messrs. Barr, Taplow. A very free-flowering 
variety of dwarf bushy habit. The flowers are of large size, very 
sweetly scented; and are borne on stems about 8 inches long. 

To Nemesia ‘Orange Prince’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Dobbie, Edinburgh. A very striking variety, bearing large flowers 
of a deep orange colour. The height of the plants is about 9 inches, 
and they are very free-flowering in habit. 

To Sweet Pea ‘Anzac’ (votes 16 for), from Messrs. Dobbie, 
Edinburgh. A very large-flowered variety, having the wings lilac- 
mauve, and the standards are claret-maroon. The blooms are borne 
mostly in fours. 

To Sweet Pea ‘Crimson Queen’ (votes 14 for), from Messrs. 
Hobbies, Dereham. A good bright crimson variety, of large size. 
The blooms are borne mostly in fours. 

To Sweet Pea ‘ Faith’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. Stevenson, 
Wimborne. A very charming pale lavender variety, raised by the 
exhibitor. Practically all the sprays are four-flowered, and the 
individual blooms are of large size. 

To Sweet Pea ‘ Honour Bright’ (votes 15 for), from Mr. J. Steven- 
son, Wimborne. A very distinct and beautiful bright orange-cerise 
variety, of large size and perfect form. It was raised by the exhibitor. 


Other Exhibits. 

Mr. J. Box, Lindfield: Campanula lactiflora alba grandiflora. 

Dowager Countess of Bradford, Castle Bromwich : seedling Begonia. 

Mr. H. Close, Orpington: hardy plants. 

Mr. R. M. Fisher, London: Pelargoniums. 

Mr. J. A. Jarrett, Anerley: Dahlia ‘ Anerley Gem.’ 

Mr. H. Kempshall, Dorchester : Prostanthera lasianthos, Myoporum 
laetum. 

Mr. A. Perry, Enfield: hardy plants. 

Mr. N. Rushworth, Walton-on-Thames: Delphinium ‘ Dresden 
China.’ 

Mr. H. J. Talbot, Berkhampsted: Cyrtanthus Mackenit. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, AUGUST I, 1916. : 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-five members 
present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Jones, Lewisham, for Phloxes. 
To Messrs. Kelway, Langport, for Gladioli. 
To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for Sweet Peas. 
Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. R. Bolton, Carnforth, for Sweet Peas. 


Fig. 110.—IRIS BRACTEATA (Gard. Chron.), 


(p. clviii.) 


[To face p. clxviii, 


Fic. 111.—NOMOCHARIS PARDANTHINA (Garden). 
(p, elxi:) 


: Fic. 112.—BEGonliA ‘Mrs. C. F. LANGDON,’ 
(pe elxv.) 


Fic. 113,—CAMPANULA ‘TELHAM BEAUTY’ (Gard. Chron.). 
(p. clxv.) 


[To face p. clxix. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxi1x 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Mr. J. Box, Haywards Heath, for hardy plants. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for Scolopendriums. 
To Mr. A. Perry, Enfield, for hardy plants. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 

To Messrs. Peed, Norwood, for Begonias and Campanulas. 
To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for shrubs. 

To Messrs. Wallace, Colchester, for hardy plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Baker, Wolverhampton, for hardy plants. 

To the Donard Nursery ‘Co., Newcastle, co. Down, for Dieramas. 
To Messrs. Grove, Sutton Coldfield, for Campanulas. 

To Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 


Award of Merit. 


To Astilbe ‘ Gloria ’ (votes 11 for, 5 against), from Mr. G. W. Miller, 
Wisbech. A very free-flowering rose-pink variety of the Arendsii type, 
with stiff, bushy plumes. 

To Delphinium ‘Mrs. H. Kaye’ (votes 11 for, 3 yandinely from 
Mr. W. Wells, Junr., Merstham. A very fine deep violet-purple 
variety, with a dark eye. The flowers are semi-double, and are borne 
in spikes about 24 feet long. 

To Gladiolus ‘ Phyllis Kelway ‘ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Kelway, Langport. A deep-yellow primulinus hybrid, of very fine 
form. 

To Gladiolus ‘Wraith’ (votes 8 for, 2 against), from Messrs. 
Kelway, Langport. A large-flowered primulinus hybrid, having a 
ground colour of pale yellow, heavily suffused and streaked with reddish 
orange. 

To Lomatia pinnatifolia (votes 13 for), from the Donard Nursery 
Co., Newcastle, Co. Down. A handsome evergreen shrub for the 
milder parts of the British Isles. The leaves are much divided, like 
those of a Grevillea, and are very dark green above and paler below. 
The flowers are of a greenish yellow colour, heavily tinged with carmine 
pink inside. They are borne in short racemes. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. J.C. Allgrove, Slough : Gentiana quinquenervia. 
Messrs. Cheal, Crawley : hardy plants and Dahlias. 

Mr. G. F. Hallett, Carlisle : Carnations. 

Messrs. Hobbies, Dereham : Sweet Pea ‘ Liége.’ 

Messrs. E. W. King, Coggeshall : Sweet Pea ‘ Mavis.’ 

Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston : hardy plants. 

Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot : Daphne Verlotit. 
Mr. H. Weller, Ashtead: Roses. 


clxx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, AUGUST I5, IgI6. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. J. Box, Haywards Heath, for Phloxes &c. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree, for 
trained Chinese climbers. 
To Messrs. Kelway, Langport, for Gladioli. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants. 


Award of Ment. 


To Dahlia ‘ Bonfire’ (votes, unanimous), from Messrs. Dobbie, 
Edinburgh. An excellent Collerette variety ofa bright bronzy orange- 

scarlet colour. The flowers are of large size and are borne on stiff, 

erect stems. The smaller florets are flushed with yellow at the tips. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Baker, Wolverhampton : Gentiana septemfida var. Lagodeck- 
tana. 

Messrs. Barr, Taplow : Lavender ‘ Grapenhall.’ 

Messrs. Cheal, Crawley : Dahlias. 

Mr. H. Close, Orpington : hardy flowers. 

Mr. W. Wells, Junr., Merstham : Delphiniums. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, AUGUST 29, IQ16. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and nineteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Mr. J. Box, Haywards Heath, for hardy flowers. 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for Ferns. 
To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy flowers. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 

To Rev. H. J. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy flowers. 

To Mr. W. Wells, junr., Merstham, for hardy flowers. 
Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Dahlias. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. . clxx! 


Award of Merit. 

To Dahlia ‘ Alabaster’ (votes 7 for), from Messrs. Stredwick, St. 
Leonards-on-Sea. A very large white Cactus variety, of fine form, 
The colour at the base of the florets becomes greenish. 

To Dahlia ‘Amethyst’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stred- 
wick, St. Leonards-on-Sea. An excellent Pompon Cactus variety. The 
flowers are of a rosy-mauve colour and are borne on wiry stems. 

To Dahlia ‘ Bizarre’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stredwick, 
St. Leonards-on-Sea. A good Cactus variety, with curled and twisted 
florets. The colour in the centre of the flower is a shade of 
crimson-maroon, which becomes very much lighter in the outer rows 
of florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Mascot’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stredwick, 
St. Leonards-on-Sea. A large, deep Tyrian rose variety of the Coller- 
ette type with a white collar. 

To Dahlia ‘ Pte. Ed. Drury ’ (votes 5 for, 2 against), from Messrs. 
Stredwick, St. Leonards-on-Sea. A dull salmon-red Collerette variety 
with a yellow collar. 

To Dahlia ‘Saffron’ (votes 7 for), from Messrs. Stredwick, St. 
Leonards-on-Sea. A deep sulphur-yellow Cactus variety of nice form. 

To Montbretia “Queen of Spain’ (votes, 13 for), from S. Morris, 
Esq., Earlham Hall, Norwich. The flowers of this very fine variety 
measure 34 in. across, and the colour, which is somewhat deeper than 
that of ‘ Star of the East,’ is a shade of scarlet orange. 

Mo ixose “Callisto, (votes 11 for, 2 against), from’ Rev. J.. H. 
Pemberton, Romford. A new seedling perpetual Hybrid Tea Rose. 
The flowers are borne abundantly in bunches. The colour is a very 
pale shade of cadmium-yellow and the blooms are very fragrant. 
Flowering is said to continue over a long period. 

Note.—The above awards to Dahlias were recommended by a 
Joint Committee of the R.H.S. and the National Dahlia Society. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough : Thalictrum dipterocarpum. 

Messrs. Bunyard, Maidstone: hardy Fuchsias. 

Messrs. H. Chapman, Rye: Cyclamen. 

Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage: Veronica ‘ Redstart.’ 

Mr. J. A. Jarrett, Anerley: Dahlias. 

Messrs. S. Low, Enfield: Gloxinias. 

C. J. Lucas, Esq., Horsham: Jtea tlictfolia. 

H.C. Slingsby, Esq., Bush Hill Park: Pelargonium ‘H.C. Slingsby.’ 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER I, IQI6. 
SUB-COMMITTEE AT WISLEY. 


Mr. H.-B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and four members present. 
A Sub-Committee inspected the Trials of Annual Carnations and 
Indian Pinks, Clarkias, Delphiniums (Annual) and Larkspurs, Godetias, 


clxxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Annual Sunflowers, and Mignonettes, and made recommendations for 
awards to be approved at the meeting of the full Committee. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 12, I916. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-two members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Gold Medal. 
To R. Cory, Esq. (gr. Mr. A. J. Cobb), Duffryn, for a group of 
decorative garden Dahlias. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Treseder, Cardiff, for Dahlias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Dahlias. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for Ferns &c. 

To Mr. J. T. West, Brentwood, for Dahlias. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy flowers. 
To Mr. W. Wells, Jun., Merstham, for hardy flowers. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 
To Messrs. Carter Page, London, for Violas. 


Award of Merit. 

To Dahlia ‘ Admiral’ (votes 6 for, r against), from Messrs. Cheal, 
Crawley. An excellent Collerette variety, of large size. The colour 
is dark crimson and the collar is white. 

To Dahlia ‘ Bonfire’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Dobbie, 
Edinburgh. The award made to this variety on August 15 was con- 
firmed on this occasion in order that it might also receive the First- 
class Certificate of the National Dahlia Society. 

To Dahlia ‘ British Lion’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stred- 
wick, St. Leonards. A bronzy orange Cactus variety, with twisted 
and curled florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Challenger ’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stredwick, 
St. Leonards. A large Decorative wonty: Its colour is buff, suffused 
with shades of pink. 

To Dahlia ‘ Crimson Flag’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Cheal, 
Crawley. A deep crimson Decorative Dahlia, a nice shape and 
- medium size. 

To Dahlia ‘Dandy’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. <A very large deep crimson Peony-flowered ee with 
very broad florets and a golden centre. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxxill 


To Dahlia ‘ Eileen ’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Cheal, Crawley. 
_ A very pretty single variety, with broad ovate pink florets, tipped with 
white and yellow at the base. 

To Dahlia ‘ Elegance’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. Emberson, 
Walthamstow. A very decorative deep rose-pink Star Dahlia, having 
several rows of florets. 

To Dahlia ‘General Joffre’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. T. 
West, Brentwood. A deep crimson maroon Decorative variety, with 
broad twisted florets. 

To Dahlia ‘General Sir Douglas Haig’ (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Stredwick, St. Leonards. A very pale pink Cactus variety, 
having the florets yellow at the base. : 

To Dahlia ‘Lady Beatrice Stewart’ (votes unanimous), from 
R. Cory, Esq. (gr. Mr. Cobb), Duffryn. <A beautiful Peony-flowered 
variety. The flowers are large, and the colour is bright cerise-pink, 
flushed with orange. 

To Dahlia ‘ Lieut. W. L. Robinson, V.C.’ (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Stredwick, St. Leonards. A deep rose Cactus variety. The 
colour becomes lighter in the centre of the flower. 

To Dahlia ‘Margery Choune’ (votes 5 for, 2 against), from Mr. 
A. Brown, Leagrave. A neat single variety, of bright reddish-purple 
colour, with yellow at the base of the florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Miss Irwin ’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Treseder, 
Cardiff. A Decorative variety, medium in size, and of a purplish-rose 
colour. 

To Dahlia ‘Mrs. Margaret Stredwick’ (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Stredwick, St. Leonards. A pale rose-pink Cactus variety, 
with curled and twisted florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Speedwell ’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Stredwick, 
St. Leonards. A very nice white Pompon Cactus Dahlia, especially 
useful for cutting. 

To Dahlia ‘Wyvern’ (votes 8 for, 1 against), from Messrs. Stred- 
wick, St. Leonards. A large Decorative variety, of nice form. The 
colour is a very striking and unusual shade of lilac-mauve. 

To Dahlia ‘ Yellow Queen’ (votes unanimous), from. Messrs. 
Dobbie, Edinburgh. A good deep lemon-yellow Collerette variety. 

To Echinacea ‘ King of Echinaceas’ (votes 12 for, 3 against), from 
Mr. G. Downer, Chichester. This is a great improvement on already 
existing varieties. The flowers are about 44 ins. broad and have very 
broad ray florets, the colour of which is a shade of Solferino red (Rép. 
de Couleurs). (Fig. 115.) 

To Oxalis lobata (votes 14 for, 1 against), from Mr. C. Elliott, 
Stevenage. An excellent dwarf species, introduced from Chile in 
1823. The blossoms are about ? in. across, and are of a rich yellow 
colour. The foliage is deeply lobed and bright green. The plant is 
said to be generally hardy in the British Isles. (Fig. 116.) 

The awards recommended by the Sub-Committee at Wisley to 
various annuals under trial on September I were confirmed as follow : 


clxxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Annual Carnations and Indian Pinks. 
Highly Commended. : 

No. 7, Dianthus Heddewigii ‘Crimson Bell’ (Barr); No. 4 
Dianthus Heddewigii, New Deeply Fringed (Barr) ; No. 31, Dianthus 
Heddewigii ‘ Star of Devon’ strain (Veitch) ; No. 2, Dianthus Hedde- 
wigii superbissimus mixed (Sydenham). 

Commended. 

No. 18, Heddewigii ‘ Fireball’ (Watkins & Simpson, Dobbie) ; 
No. 8, Heddewigii laciniatus (Watkins & Simpson, Veitch) ; Nos. 9, ro, 
Heddewigii laciniatus ‘ Vesuvius’ (Barr, Watkins & Simpson) ; No. 26, 
Heddewigii ‘Salmon Queen’ (Barr) ; No. 3, Heddewigii single mixed 
(Sydenham); No. 36, Heddewigii superbissimus ‘Queen Alexandra’ 
(Watkins & Simpson, Veitch). 


Clarkias. 
Highly Commended. 
~ Nos. 13, 14, 17, elegans ‘ Brilliant’ (Sydenham, Watkins & Simp- 

son, Simpson) ; Nos. 27, 28, 29, elegans fl. pl. ‘Orange King’ (Watkins 
& Simpson, Veitch, Barr) ; No. 39, elegans ‘Rose Beauty’ (Barr) ; 
No. 21, elegans ‘Salmon Scarlet’ (Sutton) ; No. 23, elegans ‘ Scarlet 
Queen’ (Watkins & Simpson, Nutting); Nos. 18, 19, elegans fl. pl. 
‘Vesuvius’ (Watkins & Simpson, Dobbie). 

Commended. 

No. 12, elegans fl. pl. ‘Queen Mary’ (Watkins & Simpson) ; 
No. 3, elegans ‘ Purple Prince’ (Barr); No. 43, pulchella ‘ Double 
White ’ (Sydenham). 


Annual Delphiniums and Larkspurs. 


Award of Merit. 
No. 13, ‘ Blue Butterfly ’ (award confirmed, A.M. 1900) (Hurst). 


Highly Commended. 
No. 5, ‘ Azure Fairy’ (Dobbie) ; No. 7, ’ Azure Fairy ’’ (Watkins 
& Simpson); No. 4, ‘ Rosy Scarlet’ (Sydenham). 


Godetias. 
Award of Merit. 
No. 23, ‘Lavender’ (Carter) (A.M. 1915, confirmed). 


Highly Commended. 
No. 40, ‘ Duke of Fife’ (A.M. 1890) (Daniels) ; No. 30, Schaminii 
fl. pl. (A.M. 1905) (Watkins & Simpson) ; No. 16, Whitneyi ‘ Crimson 
Gem’ (Barr); No. 22, Whitneyi ‘ Marchioness of Salisbury’ (A.M. 
1895) (Barr). 

Commended. 

No. 10, compacta ‘Sunset’ (Sydenham); No. 34, Schaminii 

‘ Double Carmine ’ (Dickson) ; No. 3, ‘Tall Double Mauve ’ (Simpson) ; 
No. 2, Whitneyi ‘White Gem ’ (Barr). : 


ee ea 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxxv 
Mignonettes. 


Highly Commended. 3 
No. 32, ‘Giant’ (Dobbie) ; Nos. 36, 39, ‘ Golden Queen ’ (Sydenham, 
Barr) ; No. 27, ‘Machet’ (Veitch) ; No. 23, ‘Machet Giant Crimson ° 
(Watkins & Simpson); No. 18, ‘Machet Hercules’ (Barr) ; No. 7, 
‘Paris Market’ (Barr). 
Commended. 
No. 31, ‘ Gabriele’ (Hurst) ; No. 25, ‘Machet Improved’ (Barr). 
No awards were recommended for Annual Sunflowers. 
For descriptions see Reports on Trials at Wisley, 1916. 


Other Exhibits. 
Mr. H. Close, Orpington: Asters. 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 
Messrs. Lefever, Plaistow: Dahlia ‘ Majestic.’ 
Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond: Gloriosa aurea. 
Mr. C. Turner, Slough: Dahlias and Hibiscus. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 26, 1916. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-one members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Mr. J. Box, Lindfield, for hardy flowers. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. B. R. Cant, Colchester, for Roses. 

To Messrs. Jones, Lewisham, for Michaelmas Daisies. 
To Messrs. Carter Page, London, for Dahlias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for Ferns. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
Mr. J. C. Allgrove, Slough, for Roses and rose heps. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Dahlias and shrubs. 
To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for hardy flowers. 
To Messrs. G. Paul, Cheshunt, for flowering shrubs. 
To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 
To Mr. W. Wells, Jun., Merstham, for hardy flowers. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Felton, London, for Physalis Franchetit. 


To Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy flowers. 


clxxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Bron Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for shrubs and vines. 


Award of Merit. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘ Dick Barnes’ (votes 15 for), from Mr. A. W. 
Thorpe, Lichfield. A rich chestnut-red early-flowering variety, of 
perfect shape, with a buff reverse. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘ Harry Thorpe’ (votes 20 for), from Mr. A. W. 


Thorpe, Lichfield. A rich yellow early-flowering wigs with a 


shading of bronze in the centre. 

To Clematis ‘Campanile’ (votes 18 for), from Messrs. G. Paul, 
Cheshunt. A very free-flowering herbaceous variety, with bunches 
of pale violet-blue flowers having prominent white stamens. The 
foliage is pale green (Fig. 247.) 

To Dahlia ‘ Alex. Kennedy’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Stredwick, St. Leonards. A bright carmine-red Cactus variety, of 
good form. 

To Dahlia ‘Autumn Star’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Cheal, Crawley. A very bright Star variety. The ground colour 
is yellow, suffused with shades of cerise-pink. 

To Dahlia ‘Cupid’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. T. West, 
Brentwood. A Collerette variety having deep Tyrian rose florets 
edged with white. The collar is white. 

To Dahlia ‘Ermine’ (votes 5 for), from Messrs. Stredwick, St. 
Leonards. A creamy-white Collerette variety, with rounded outer 
florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Gipsy’ (votes 5 for, 2 against), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. A Collerette variety, with rounded florets. The colour 
of the larger florets is dark crimson, and that of the collar is white. 

To Dahlia ‘ Janus’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. A very neat crimson Pompon variety. 

To Dahlia ‘ Kangaroo’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. T. West, 
Brentwood. A fine Collerette variety, of a deep crimson colour. The 
collar is white, tinged with crimson. 

To Dahlia ‘Lemur’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. T. West, 
Brentwood. A very striking crimsen-scarlet Single variety. 

To Dahlia ‘ Marion’ (votes 4 for, 2 against), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. A very large orange-yellow Pzony-flowered variety, 
_ deeply suffused with rose. 

To Dahlia ‘ Mastiff’ (votes 4 for, 2 against), from Messrs. Stred- 
wick, St. Leonards. A very large, deep yellow Decorative variety, 
the older florets of which are shaded with buff. 

To Dahlia ‘ Moonstar’ (votes 6 for), from Mr. Jarrett, Anerley. 
A very nice white Cosmea-flowered variety, with narrow florets. 

To Dahlia ‘ Pastel’ (votes unanimous), from R. Cory, Esq. 
Duffryn. A very large Single variety. The colour is bright rose, 
shaded with buff, and at the base of the florets the colour is a deeper 
shade of rose. 


Fic. 114.—DELPHINIUMS ‘Mrs. CoLIN McIvER’ (on left) 
‘Mrs. A. J. WaTson’ and ‘Mrs. SHIRLEY,’ 
(p. clxv.) 


° 
y 


[To face p. clxxvie 


Fic. 115.—ECHINACEA ‘KING OF ECHINACEAS.’ 
(p. clxxiii.) 


‘IAXX|9 +d aav/ of] 


(‘tIxx[9 ‘d) 
‘(UapsADD) VLVAOT SITVXO—'OIT DIA 


Fig. 117.—CLEMATIS ‘CAMPANILE’ (Lemoine). 


(p. clxxvi.) 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. . clxxvii 


To Dahlia ‘ Profusion’ (votes 6 for, r against), from Mr. J. T. 
West, Brentwood. A deep rose Decorative variety, of medium size, 
flushed and tipped with golden yellow. 

To Dahlia ‘ Queenie’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. A very full Decorative variety, of a deep golden-yellow 
colour, flushed with bronzy red. 

To Dahlia ‘Rowena’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Burrell, 
Cambridge. -A very pretty Dahlia of the Decorative section. The 
colour is very pale lilac-mauve, heavily shaded with buff. 

To Dahlia ‘Yellow Prince’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Dobbie, Edinburgh. A clear lemon-yellow Collerette variety, with 
rounded florets. The collar is slightly paler in colour. 

To Euonymus latifolius (votes 13 for, 5 against) from Messrs. G. 
Paul, Cheshunt. A very ornamental deciduous shrub or small tree, 
bearing long-stalked pendulous fruits of a rosy-red colour, which, after 
bursting, effectively display the bright orange seeds within. The 
leaves are oval in shape and shining green in colour, and are larger 
than those of the common Spindle Tree, Euonymus europaeus. 

To Gentiana stno-ornata (votes 13 for), from Mr. C. Elliott, 
Stevenage. The flowers of this charming plant are clear pale blue in 
colour, and are about 2 inches long. They are very freely produced, 
and the plant makes numerous trailing stems. 

To Pyrus Vilmorint (votes 20 for), from Messrs. G. Paul, Cheshunt. 
An elegant, perfectly hardy shrub or small tree, of wide-spreading 
habit. The leaves are pinnate and from 3 to 5 inches long, and the 
leaflets are very narrow and about 4 inch long. The pale rosy-red 
globular fruits, about the size of a culinary pea, are borne in bunches, 
and form one of the most pleasing features of this shrub in the autumn. 
It is a native of Western China. 

NotTe.—The above awards to Dahlias were recommended by a 
Joint Committee of the R.H.S. and the National Dahlia Society. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. A. Bullock, Epping: Aster ‘ Mrs. Wythes.’ 

Mr. A. S. Dunton, Penn: Chrysanthemum ‘ Amber Queen.’ 
Commander Hodgkinson, R.N., Chislehurst : Dahlia ‘ Joan Tylor.’ 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Mr. F. Legge, Arunde!: fruiting spray of Tvachycarpus excelsus. 
Mr. J. MacDonald, Harpenden: Grasses. 

Messrs. Wells, Merstham: Chrysanthemums. 


The late Mr. E. Mawley, V.M.H.—The Chairman expressed the 
deep regret the Committee felt at the death of Mr. E. Mawley, V.M.H., 
who was for so long a member of the Floral Committee, and whose 
kindly courtesy and ready assistance had been of the utmost value. 
A vote of condolence with Mrs. Mawley in her bereavement was 
passed. 


VOL. XLII. m 


clxxvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, OCTOBER I0, 1916. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.H.M., in the Chair, and twenty-one members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Bankstan Medal. 
To Mr. J. B. Riding, Chingford, for Dahlias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Dahlias, clipped trees, and shrubs. 
To Mr. J. J. Kettle, Corfe Mullen, for Violets. 
To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, for Chinese plants. 
To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for Ivies. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 

To Messrs. Baker, Wolverhampton, for hardy flowers. 

To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for hardy flowers. 

To Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford, for Roses. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns &c. 

To Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, for Roses. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy flowers. 

To Messrs. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for hardy flowers and 
shrubs. 

To Mr. W. Wells, Jun., Merstham, for hardy flowers. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
To Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 


Award of Merit. 

To Aster ‘ J.S. Baker’ (votes 18 for), from Messrs. Baker, Wolver- 
hampton. An excellent free-flowering double white variety of the 
Novi-Belgii section. It may well be described as a white ‘ Beauty 
of Colwall.’ 

To Aster ‘ King of the Belgians’ (votes 11 for, 2 against), from 
Hon. Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree. A free- 
flowering pale lilac-blue variety, of great beauty. The flowers have 
several rows of florets, and are 1# in. across. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘Lichfield Pink’ (votes 10 for, 2 against), 
from Mr. A. W. Thorpe, Lichfield. A very fine rose-pink early- 
flowering variety, of perfect form and good substance. 

To Colchicum illyricum superbum (votes 15 for), from Messrs. 
Barr, Taplow. A useful addition to this race of autumn-flowering 
plants. The flowers are, speaking generally, intermediate between 
those of C. speciosum and C. autumnale in height and size. They are 
of a pale purplish-lilac colour, and white at the base. 

To Dahlia ‘ Anerley Yellow’ (votes 5 for), from Mr. J. A. Jarrett, 
Anerley. A clear yellow Peony-flowered variety, of nice form and 
good size, with broad florets. 

To Dahlia ‘Autumn Tints’ (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxx1x 


Stredwick, St. Leonards. A reddish-orange Collerette variety with a 
yellow collar. 

To Dahlia ‘ Elaine’ (votes 4 for, 2 against), from Mr. J. T. West, 
Brentwood. A useful Collerette variety, borne on nice stiff stems. 
The florets are rich crimson in colour, with yellow at the tip and base. 
The collar is also yellow. 

To Dahlia ‘J. A. Jarrett’ (votes unanimous), from Mr. J. A. 
Jarrett, Anerley. A very attractive Pzony-flowered variety, with 
broad twisted florets. The colour is a shade of bright red, with yellow 
at the base. 

To Geum Borisit (votes 17 for), from Mr. C. Elliott, Stevenage. A 
very charming hardy plant of dwarfer habit than G. Heldreichiu 
and with larger flowers. The colour of the flowers is a very striking 
shade of fiery red or russet-orange. 

To Nerine ‘ Rotherside ’ (votes 15 for), from Messrs. H. Chapman, 
Rye. A seedling resulting from N. corusca, believed to have been 
crossed with pollen of N. Fothergill1. The flowers are borne in good 
umbels, and are of a pale rosy-orange colour, paler than that of N. 
Fothergilli major, with a golden lustre which is said to show to great 
effect under artificial light. 

To Pelargonium ‘General Joffre’ (votes 10 for, 4 against), from 
Mr. W. H. Robbins, Lewes. A very striking sport from ‘ King of 
Denmark.’ The flowers are semi-double and are borne in good trusses. 
The colour is rose-pink, suffused with orange. 

To Viburnum dasyanthum (votes 7 for, 3 against), from Hon. 
Vicary Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree. A beautiful 
berried shrub, native of Szechwan, China, and introduced by Mr. E. H. 
Wilson, V.M.H., in 1907. The leaves are dark green, ovate, smooth, 
and sparingly toothed. The flowers open in early July, and are 
succeeded in autumn by large corymbs of very ornamental red berries. 
Even when the leaves have fallen, the dark, smooth, purplish-brown 
branches are quite effective for some time. This is the best and 
most effective of a series of Chinese Viburnums which include V. 
hupehense, V. lobophyllum, and V. betulifolium, all very closely allied. 


Other Exhibits. 


Messrs. Clark, Dover: hardy flowers. 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy flowers. 
Mr. G. Kerswill, Exeter: Gentians. 

Messrs. G. Paul, Cheshunt: shrubs. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 24, IQI6. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-five members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. | 
To Mr. J. J. Kettle, Corfe Mullen, for Violets. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton,’ for, ferns &c. 


clxxx PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Silver Bankstan Medal. 
To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Mr. F. Lilley, Guernsey, for Nerines. 
To Rev. J. H. Pemberton, Romford, for Roses. 
To Messrs. Wallace, Colchester, for Berberises and other berried 
shrubs. : 
To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Chrysanthemums. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy flowers and Nerines. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for autumn foliage. 

To Messrs. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Chrysanthemums. 
To Mr. L. R. Russell, Richmond, for Conifers. 


Award of Merit. 
To Chrysanthemum ‘ Dawn of Day ’ (votes 13 for, r against), from 
Mr. Norman Davis, Framfield. A very fine large Japanese variety, 


with broad twisted florets of a deep golden colour, tinged with reddish 
bronze. 


To Chrysanthemum ‘ Mrs. Algernon Davis ’ (votes 11 for, 2 against), 
from Mr. Norman Davis, Framfield. A very beautiful rose-pink 
Japanese variety of large size, with broad, long, hanging florets. The 
colour is lighter in the centre. 

Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Barr, Taplow: Nerines. 

Messrs. Chapman, Rye: Solanums. 

Mr. G. R. Downer, Chichester: Gaillardia ‘ Downer’s Double.’ 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy flowers. 

Mr. G. Kerswill, Exeter: Gentians. 

Mr. G. H. H. Wassell, Basingstoke: Chrysanthemums. 

Mr. W. Wells, Jun., Merstham: hardy flowers. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 7, Ig16. 
Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Jones, Lewisham, for Chrysanthemums. 

To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Chrysanthemums. 

Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Barr, Taplow, for Nerines. 

To Messrs. S. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Begonias and Carnations. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxxx1 


To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for autumn foliage. 

To Messrs. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Chrysanthemums. 

To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns &c. 

To Messrs. Piper, Bayswater, Chinese Berberis &c. 

To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for Nerines and hardy plants. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Bath, for Violets. 
To Messrs, Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, Bagshot, for shrubs. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Mr. C. Boatwright, Herne Hill, for foliage plants. 
To Mr. G. W. Miller, Wisbech, for hardy plants. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Berberis rubrostilla (votes unanimous), from the Gardens of 
the Royal Horticultural Society, Wisley. A deciduous shrub, about 
3-4 ft. high, young branches reddish brown, the older ones grey, spines 
trifid, slender and rigid, yellowish brown, grooved beneath. Leaves 
oblanceolate or narrowly ovate, generally mucronate and often 
narrowed into a short petiole, entire or spinose near the top, glaucous 
beneath. Fruits in racemes of from one to four, ripe in November, 
large, scarlet, ovate, over 4 in. long. 

To Berberis Sargentiana (votes unanimous), from Hon. Vicary 
Gibbs (gr. Mr. E. Beckett, V.M.H.), Elstree. This hardy evergreen 
species received an Award of Merit on August 31,1915. Itsstemsare 
reddish and its large lanceolate leaves are serrated, and many of them 
assume in the autumn a beautiful dull-red tint. One of the features 
of this species is the long white spines, often over an inch in length, 
which subtend the foliage shoots. The berries are said to be dull 
purple when ripe. | 


Other Exhibits. 

Mr. G. R. Downer, Chichester ; Gaillardia ‘ Downer’s Double.’ 
_ Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Mr. G. Kerswill, Exeter: Gentians. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 21, Ig1r6. 


Mr. H. B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-three members 
present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Jones, Lewisham, for Chrysanthemums. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Chrysanthemums. 


clxxxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Cheal, Crawley, for Conifers. 


To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for hardy and greenhouse 
ferns. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 
To Mr. D. Robertson, Berkhamsted, for Begonias. 


Bronze Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Barr, Taplow, for Nerines. 

To Messrs. Felton, London, for Eucalyptus and Hakea. 

To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Begonias and Carnations. 
To Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston, for hardy plants and Nerines. 


Award of Merit. 


To Carnation ‘ Rose Sensation’ (votes 12 for, 1 against), from 
Messrs. Wells, Merstham. The flowers of this variety, which is a sport 
from ‘ Pink Sensation,’ are of a very deep and pleasing rose colour, 
and are of large size with crinkled petals. The flower stems are stiff 
and wiry, and the calyces are non-bursting. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘J. Bryant’ (votes 15 for), from Messrs. 
Wells, Merstham. A very large white Japanese variety, with a tinge 
of green in the centre of the blooms. The florets are long and curled. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘Lady Stanley’ (votes 11 for, 4 against), 
from Messrs. Wells, Merstham. A very useful Decorative Japanese 
variety, with large flowers of a pleasing shade of pale rose-pink. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘ Mrs. Moss’ (votes 13 for, r against), from 
Mr. P. Ladds, Swanley. A good deep yellow Single variety. The 
individual blooms measure nearly 5 in. across. 


Other Exhibits. 


Mr. C. Adlam, Bathwick: Chrysanthemum ‘ Grace Adlam.’ 
Mr. H. Bishop, Bolton: Chrysanthemums. 

Messrs. Cannell, Eynsford: Chrysanthemums. 

F. H. Chapman, Esq., Rye: Nerines. 

Mr. B. Gaiger, Shipton: Carnation. 

Mr. C. Garland, Rayleigh: seedling Carnation. 

Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 

Messrs. Smith, Guernsey: Berberis Smithiana. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE, DECEMBER 5, Ig10. 
Mr. H.B. May, V.M.H., in the Chair, and twenty-four members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Gold Medal. 


To Messrs. Allwood, Haywards Heath, for Carnations. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Wells, Merstham, for Chrysanthemums. 


FLORAL COMMITTEE. clxxxill 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Mr. J. C. Jenner, Rayleigh, for Carnations. 
To Messrs. Low, Bush Hill Park, for Carnations and Begonias. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Cutbush, Highgate, for Carnations. 
To Messrs. May, Upper Edmonton, for ferns and flowering plants: 


Award of Merit. 

To Chrysanthemum ‘ Joan Maitland’ (votes unanimous), from 
Mr. G. Carpenter, West Hall Gardens, Byfleet. An excellent | 
Decorative Japanese variety, of good form and size. The colour is 
very striking, and may be described as chestnut-bronze with a buff 
reverse. The variety is said to be the result of cross between ‘ His 
Majesty’ and ‘ Mrs. R. Luxford.’ 

To Cupressus Lawsoniana Pottenst (votes unanimous), from Messrs. 
Fletcher, Chertsey. A very graceful form of this useful conifer, with 
pale green, slightly drooping, growths which are glaucous beneath. 
The tree is said to keep its beautiful conical shape and to make only 
the main leader. The specimen exhibited was about 8 feet high. 


Other Exhibits. 
J. de Pass, Esq., King’s Lynn: Chrysanthemum ‘Mrs. J. de Pass. 
Messrs. Felton, London: foliage shrubs. 
Mr. Godber, Willington: Chrysanthemums. 
Mr. E. J. Hicks, Twyford: Rose ‘C. E. Shea.’ 
Misses Hopkins, Shepperton: hardy plants. 
Mr. G. Reuthe, Keston: hardy plants. 
A. Wright, Esq., Skegness: Hippophae rhamnoides. 


d 


clxxxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. 
MAY 2, 1916. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and twenty-three members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for Odontoglossums. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for a group with many rare species. 
To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for Dendrobiums and hybrids. 


Award of Ment. 


To Miltoma vexillaria ‘ Lyoth,’ Shrubbery variety (chelstensis x 
‘Memoria G. D. Owen’) (votes 14 for, r against), from F. M. Ogilvie, 
Esq., The Shrubbery, Oxford (gr. Mr. Balmforth). A large form of 
true M. vexillaria, with rose-pink flowers having a dark mask at the 
base of the lip as in M. vexillaria ‘ Memoria G. D. Owen.’ 

To Brassolaeliocatileya x ‘ Queen of the Belgians,’ Bryndir variety 
(B.-l. x Dighyano-purpurata x C. Mendelit ‘ Princess of Wales’) 
(votes unanimous), from Dr. Miguel Lacroze, Roehampton (gr. 
Mr. Cresswell). Flowers large, pure white except the front half of 
the labellum, which is rosy-lilac. 

To Odontioda x Gratrixiae, Bryndir variety (Oda. x Charles- 
worthi x Odm. x amabile) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Flory 
& Black, Slough. In colour resembling Oda. x Charlesworth, very 
dark red, the lip having a yellow crest, and rose-tinted band at the 
margin. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Aurora’ (parentage unrecorded) (votes unani- 
mous), from G. W. Bird, Esq., the Manor House, West Wickham 
(gr. Mr. Redden). Flowers of large size and good shape, the inner 
parts of the segments blotched with red-brown, the margins tinged 
lilac. 


Preliminary Commendation. 

To Odontoglossum x ‘ General Townshend’ (‘ King Emperor’ x 
Wilchkeanum), deep bronzy-red, with narrow white margin. 

To Odontoglossum x ‘ Erzerum’ (Fascinaior x crispum), heavily 
blotched with claret-purple on white ground. Both from Messrs. 
Armstrong & Brown. 


Other Exhibits. 
F. M. Ogilvie, Esq.: Miltonia x ‘ Violetta’ (parentage unrecorded). 
C. J. Lucas, Esq.: Laehocatileya x “ Geo, Branch "(G/35. Bal xX 
bletchleyensis). 


> 
waa 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. clxxxv 


G. W. Bird, Esq.: Odontioda x ‘Trebizond’ (Odm. x Fascinator x 
Oda. x Charlesworthit). 

S. H. Lane, Esq. : Epidendrum variegatum coriaceum. 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: hybrid Odontoglossums. 

Messrs. Flory & Black: Sophrolaeliocatileya x xanthina (S.-l. x 
Psyche” < L.-c. x ‘ Ophir’). 

Mr. C. F. Waters: a group of Odontoglossums &c. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, May 16, rg16. 


’ Sir JEREMIAH COLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and thirteen members 
present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 

To F. Menteith Ogilvie, Esq., The Shrubbery, Oxford (gr. Mr. 

Balmforth), for fine specimens of rare Odontiodas, Odontoglossums, &c. 
Award of Merit. 

To Miltoma <x Hyeana‘ F. M. Ogilvie,’ Shrubbery variety (Bleuana 
Stevensi X vexillaria “ Memoria G. D. Owen’) (votes 7 for, 0 against), 
from F. M. Ogilvie, Esq. Flower of fine shape, pure white, with rose 
flush at the bases of the petals and ruby crimson mask on the lip. 

Preliminary Commendation. 

To Odontoglossum x Farmert (‘King Emperor’ x amabile), from 
Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells. Flowers orange-red 
with a white margin to the segments a quarter of an inch wide. 


Other Exhibits. 

C. J. Lucas, Esq. (gr. Mr. Duncan): Odontoglossum x ardentisper 
(ardentissimum x ‘ Jasper’). 

Dr. Miguel Lacroze (gr. Mr. Cresswell) : Odontoglossum x ‘ Dora,’ 
Bryndir variety. 

H. T. Pitt, Esq. (gr. Mr. Thurgood): Cymbidium x Lowgrinum 
(Lowianum x tigrinum). 

R. G. Thwaites, Esq. (gr. Mr. Hannington): Odontoglossum 
Pescatoret ‘ Grand Duchess.’ | 

T. J. Finnie, Esq. (gr. Mr. Frogley) : Catasetum Rodigasianum. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, MAY 23, 24, 25. 
CHELSEA SHOW. 


Sir HARRY J. VEITCH in the Chair, and twenty-six members present. 


{For Cups and Medals awarded by the Council after consultation 
with the Judges, see p. Ixxxiii.] 


Awards Recommended :— 
Furst-class Certificate. 
To Odontoglossum x ardentissimum ‘Memoria J. Gurney Fowler ’ 


clxxxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


(crisbum ‘Solum’ x Pescatoret) (votes unanimous), from Miss Louisa 
Fowler, Brackenhurst, Pembury, Tunbridge Wells. A very remarkable 
and interesting hybrid showing that irregular characters in a parent 
are perpetuated in the hybrid. The flowers are large, white, with 
a rose flush on the sepals and with one large maroon blotch on some 
of the sepals and petals, the others being plain, and no order followed 
in the distribution of the coloured blotches as in O. cvisbum ‘ Solum.’ 
Lip dark ruby-red with white apiculate front. 


Award of Merit. 

To Odontioda x Brewit var. cuprea (Oda. x Charlesworthii x 
Odm. x Harvryanum) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. 
The original form was dark mahogany-red, the present variety is of a 
light orange-copper tint, a new colour in Odontiodas. 

To Odontioda x ‘ Florence’ (Oda. x Cooksoniae x Odm. x ‘ Dora’) 
(votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Flowers white, with rose 
margin and red-purple markings. The spike bore thirty-four flowers. 

Miultoma x ‘ Frank Reader’ (M. vexillar1a ‘ Memoria G. D. Owen’ 
x ?) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge 
Wells. The largest and best of the rose-coloured hybrid Miltonias. 
Flowers of perfect shape, bright rose-pink, with darker veining and a 
large ruby-red mask at the base of the lip. 

To Laeliocattleya x ‘Sir Mervyn Buller’ (L.-c. x ‘Mrs. Temple’ 
* C. Mossiae) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. 
Flowers deep rose colour, with a broad dark crimson lip having gold 
lines from the base. 

To Cattleya x ‘Naidia’ var. luminosa (iridescens x Hardyana) 
(votes unanimous), from Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough. Sepals 
and petals bronzy-orange, with a slight rose shade. Lip violet- 
crimson, with large orange disc. 


Other Exhibits. 

Mrs. Norman C. Cookson: Odontoglossum crispbum “ Millicent,’ 
large and handsomely blotched. 

From the collection of the late J. Gurney Fowler, Esq.: rare 
Orchids. 

W. P. Burkinshaw, Esq.: Cattleya Mendelit ‘ White Queen.’ 

C. Webb, Esq.: Bifrenaria Harrisoniae. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, JUNE 6, Ig16. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and fourteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver Flora Medal. 

To Dr. Miguel Lacroze, Roehampton (gr. Mr. Cresswell), for 
Laeliocattleyas, Odontoglossums, &c. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrids including 
forms of Miltonia x Charlesworth. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. clxxxvli 


a 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Cattleya Mossiae and Laelio- 
cattleyas. 

To Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough, for varieties of Laeliocattleya 
xX Canhamiana and L.-c. x ‘ Aphrodite.’ 

To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for a group. 


Bronze Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for hybrids, 


Award of Ment. 

To Wilsonara < insignis (Oncidioda * Charlesworth x Odonto- 
glossum X tllustvissimum) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charles- 
worth, Haywards Heath. A combination of Cochlioda, Oncidium, and 
Odontoglossum, and approaching nearest to Oncidioda x Charlesworth 
(Oncidium incurvum xX Cochlioda Noezliana). The character of the 
growth and the erect inflorescence indicate the Oncidium parent, 
the Odontoglossum features being obscured. The flowers, which are 
nearly two inches across, have the sepals and petals purplish claret- 
red, the three-lobed lip being whitish lilac, with an elongated blotch of 
claret-red in front of the crest. 

To Odonioglossum x Lambardeanum var. ‘Gatton Prince’ (Vuyl- 
stekeae X coeruleum) (votes unanimous), from Sir Jeremiah Colman, 
Bt., Gatton Park (gr. Mr. Collier), Flowers large and with broad 
segments. Ground colour white, the greater part of the surface 
bearing large claret-purple blotches, a few transverse white lines 
appearing between them. Lip white, with one large and some smaller 
purple blotches. 


Other Exhibits. 


F. Menteith Ogilvie, Esq.: six specimens of his large form of 
Cypripedium Lawrenceanum Hyeanum, one of them with six flowers. 

Col. Stephenson R. Clarke, C.B.: Laeliocattleya < Fascinator ‘ The 
Bride,’ a white form with a slight blush tint. 

R. G. Thwaites, Esq.: forms of Laeliocatileya x Cowanii (C. 
Mossiae < L. x cinnabrosa). 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, JUNE 20, Ig16. 


Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and sixteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver-gilt. Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Odonto- 
glossums, Odontiodas, and Miltonias. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Cattleyas, Laeliocattleyas, &c. 


clxxxviili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough, for Disa x Luna and D. X 
Blacki. 


Cultural Commendation. 


To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Laeliocattleya x Gottotana 
Imperator with a spike of five flowers. 


Other Exhibits. 

Dr. Miguel Lacroze: Cattleya x ‘ Teucra.’ 

Ernest Mocatta, Esq.: Laeliocatileya x ‘ Aphrodite.’ 

Messrs. Hassall: Laeliocattleyas. 

Messrs. McBean: Cattleya x ‘ Mabel’ (‘Mrs. Myra Peeters’ x 
Warnert alba). 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, HOLLAND HovusE, JULY 4, 5, 6. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and twenty-three members present. 


[For Cups and Medals awarded by the Council after consultation 
with the Judges, see p. xci.] 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Lindley Medal. 
To F, Menteith Ogilvie, Esq., Oxford (gr. Mr. Balmforth), for an 
immense plant of Epidendrum prismatocarpum with thirty-eight spikes. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Laeliocattleya x ‘ Isabel Sander,’ Blenheim variety (C. Mossiae 
Wagenert X L.-c. X Canhamiana) (votes unanimous), from His Grace 
the Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim Palace (orchid-grower Mr. Smith). 
A very beautiful hybrid with large silver-white flowers tinged with 
rose, the front of the lip being claret-crimson. 


Award of Merit. 


To Laeliocatileya x ‘Isabel Sander’ var. ‘Gatton Queen’ (C. 
Mossiae Wagenert x L.-c. X Canhamiana) (votes 12 for, 6 against), 
from Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton. Park (gr. Mr. Collier). 
Sepals and petals pure white, the broad labellum being reddish violet. 

To Miltonia x ‘ Isabel Sander,’ Charlesworth’s variety (Hyeana x 
Roezli) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards 
Heath. Equal in size to the best form of M. vexillaria, clear white, 
with light violet bases to the petals and a rayed purple mask at the 
base of the lip. 

Miltonia x ‘ John Barker’ (parentage unrecorded) (votes 11 for, 
2 against), from Messrs. Sander, St. Albans. Flowers of medium size, 
white, tinged and flaked with rose, the lip having a ruby-red base. 

To Brassocatileya x ‘Ilene,’ Low’s variety (B.-c. x ‘Madame 
Chas. Maron’ x C. Dowiana) (votes ro for, 3 against). Flowers large 
and well displayed, primrose-yellow flaked with lilac, the fringed lip 
having a yellow disc. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, clxxxix 


Cultural Commendation. 

To Mr. Thurgood, gr. to H. T. Pitt, Esq., Stamford Hill, for two 
fine specimens of Platyclinis filuformis. 

To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Cirrhopetalum robustum with 
twelve spikes. 


Other Exhibits. 

Sir Mervyn Buller, Bt., Broomhill, Spratton, Northants (gr. Mr. 
Kench) : Vanda coerulea ‘ Killarney.’ 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells: hybrid Odonto- 
glossums, Odontiodas, and Miltonias, among the last being the hand- 
some M.xX ‘ J. Gurney Fowler.’ 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, JULY 18, 1916. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and twelve members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Miltonias, 
Odontoglossums, and Odontiodas. 

To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for varieties of Cattleya 
Warscewiczi1. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for new hybrids. 


First-class Ceritficate. 
To Laeliocatileya x ‘Momus’ (L.-c. x ‘ Rubens’ Lambeautana x 
C. x ‘Octave Doin’) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. 
A large flower of perfect shape and fine substance, bright rose colour, 
with ruby-crimson front to the lip. 


Award of Merit. 


To Cattleya x ‘Saturn,’ Orchidhurst variety (O’Brieniana alba x 
Gaskelliana alba) (votes 9 for, 4 against), from Messrs. Armstrong & 
Brown. Flower pure white, with a pale yellow disc to the labellum. 

To Miltonia vexillaria ‘Dreadnought’ (votes 6 for, 3 against), 
from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. A seedling form with rose-pink 
flowers having a white base to the labellum, the disc being yellow, 
with three red lines in front. Labellum four inches across. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Hesta’ (‘Suzanne Hye de Crom’ x Warscewiczt1 
‘Fr. M. Beyrodt’) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth. 
Sepals and petals pure white, the front of the lip veined with purple. 
Other Exhibits. ' 

Ernest Mocatta, Esq.: Laeliocattleya x ‘ Carmencita.’ 

G. W. Bird, Esq.: Odontioda x ‘ Vesper.’ 

Messrs. Flory & Black: hybrid Disas &c. 

Messrs. Hassall: forms of Cattleya x ‘ Sybil.’ 


cxc PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, AUGUST I, 1916. 


Sir JEREMIAH COLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and fifteen members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrids. 


Award of Ment. 

To Laeliocatileya x ‘General Letchitsky’ (callistoglossa x bletch- 
leyensts) (votes g for, I against), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Sepals 
and petals bright rose colour, and the lip deep purple, with a narrow 
lilac margin. 

To Laeliocatileya x “Maqueda’ (L.-c. x ‘Geo. Woodhams’ x C. x 
“Lord Rothschild ’) (votes ro for, 0 against), from Messrs. Armstrong 
& Brown, Tunbridge Wells. In this, as in some other Laeliocattleyas 
recently shown, progressive crossing has almost entirely eliminated 
the yellow disc of the:lip, which is a prominent feature in Cattleya 
Dowiana, which twice enters into its composition, C. Gaskelliana, C. 
Warscewiczit, and Laelia purpurata, which also took part in the produc- 
tion. Flowers large and of good shape, bright purplish rose, with ruby- 
crimson lip. | 


Other Exhibits. 


Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton Park (gr. Mr. Collier) : Laelia x 
eximia, Gatton Park variety. 

Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough: Cattleya x ‘Nena’ (‘ Adula’ x 
Dietrichiana). 

Messrs. Mansell & Hatcher, Rawdon, Yorks: Cattleya x ‘ Helen 
Langley ’ (‘Mrs. Myra Peeters’ x Dusseldorfe: ‘ Undine ’). 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells: new hybrids. 

Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath: Laeliocatileya x ‘ General 
Sakharoff’ (L.-c. x callistoglossa < C. Gaskelliana) and L.-c. x ‘Appam ’ 
(L.-c. X ‘Scylla’ x C. Dowitana aurea). 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, AUGUST 15, IgI6. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and fifteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Cattleyas and 
Laeliocattleyas. 
Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook, for showy species and hybrids. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for Cattleya x ‘Sybil’ and C. x 
‘ Adula.’ 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. CxCl 


Award of Ment. 

To Cattleya < weedonaurea (weedomensis <x Dowiana aurea) (votes 
unanimous), from His Grace the Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim, 
Woodstock. Ingeneral characters resembling C. x Hardyana. Sepals 
and petals pale rose colour, with darker veining. Lip ruby-crimson, 
with yellow lines at the base. 

We Lacliocaitleya < ‘Serbia’ (L.-c. x “St. Gothard’ x C. x“ Enid’) 
(votes g for, 3 against), from Messrs. Charlesworth. Cattleya predomi- 
nating in the ancestry of this hybrid, C. Warneri, obtained through 
L.-c. X Gottoiana, one of the parents of L.-c. x ‘St. Gothard,’ gives 
the fine form and large size to this hybrid. Flowers bright rose 
colour, with deep claret lip having yellow lines running into the centre. 

Cultural Commendation. 

To Mr. Thurgood, gr. to H. T. Pitt, Esq., for a fine specimen of 
Odontoglossum aspidorlinum with many spikes, partly produced from 
old pseudo-bulbs. 

Other Exhibits. 

Frederick J. Hanbury, Esq.: Cypripedium x ‘ Miss Faith Han- 
bury’ (miveum x glaucophyllum). 

Dr. Miguel Lacroze: Laeliocattleya x Colmaniana, Bryndir variety 
(L.-c. X callistoglossa x C. Dowiana aurea). 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: Odontioda x Cooksoniae. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, AUGUST 29, IQI6. 
Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and thirteen members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for hybrids. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrids and rare 
species. 


Silver Banksitan Medal. 

To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for Catileya x ‘ Sybil’ varieties 
and other Cattleyas. 

To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for a group. 

Award of Ment. 

To Laehocattleya x ‘Thyone,’ Bryndir variety (L.-c. x ‘Ophir’ x 
C. Dowiana aurea) (votes unanimous), from Dr. Miguel Lacroze, 
Bryndir, Roehampton Lane (Orchid-grower Mr. Taylor). Sepals and 
petals bright chrome-yellow ; lip orange colour, with broad ruby-claret 
margin. 

To Laelocatileya x ‘Golden Wren’ (L.-c. x ‘Thyone’ x C. x 
twidescens) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, 
Tunbridge Wells. A rich yellow flower of fine substance, with ruby- 
purple front to the lip. 


CXCll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Other Exhibits. 

Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough: Sophrocattleyas and Laelio- 
cattleyas. 

Messrs. Stuart Low, Jarvisbrook: Cattleyas &c. 

Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe: hybrids flowering for the first time. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 12, I916. 


Sir JEREMIAH CoLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and nineteen members 
present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Cattleyas &c. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To His Grace the Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim, Woodstock 
(gr. Mr. J. Smith), for hybrid Orchids. 


To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for hybrids and 
white Cattleyas. 


To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for a group. 


Award of Ment. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Venus’ var. ‘ Victrix’ (I7is x Dowiana aurea) 
(votes unanimous), from Pantia Ralli, Esq., Ashtead Park, Surrey 
(Orchid grower, Mr. W. H. White). Sepals and petals broad, greenish- 
gold colour with a bronze shade. Lip ruby-red in front, and the base 
yellow. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Venus’ var. ‘ Golden Queen’ (votes unanimous), 
from Messrs. Charlesworth. Flowers bright cowslip-yellow. Lip 
violet colour with red base. 


Cultural Commendation. 

To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for Dendrobium Sanderae, each 
with fifty to sixty large white flowers with purple lines on the lip. 
Other Exhibits. 

Pantia Ralli, Esq. : Cattleya x ‘ Adula’ excelsa. 

Messrs. Sander, St. Albans: a group. 

Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe: Laeliocattleya x ‘ Fleury’ (L.-c. X 
‘“Issy’ x C. Dowiana aurea). 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, SEPTEMBER 26, 1916. 


Sir Harry J. VEITCH, in the Chair, and sixteen members present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrids including 
forms of Odontoglossum eximium xanthotes and allied varieties. 


Fic. 118.—NARCISSUS ‘CENTURION’ (Bati). 
(paice:) [To face p. cxcii. 


Fic. 119.—Narcissus ‘WHITE KNIGHT’ (Bath). 
(p. ccii.) 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. CXCili 


First-class Certificate. 


To Sophrocaitleya x ‘Sir Mervyn Buller’ (S.-c. x Wellesleyae x 
C. x ‘Empress Frederick ’) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong 
& Brown, Orchidhurst, Tunbridge Wells. A remarkable novelty 
formed like Catileya Mossiae. Sepals and petals apricot-yellow, 
minutely dotted and veined with reddish rose. Lip copper-red with 
darker freckling, yellow base, and radiating lines. 


Award of Merit. 


To Laeliocatileya x ‘ Lady Manningham Buller ’ (‘ Thyone,’ Orchid- 
hurst variety x /wminosa) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong 
& Brown. Sepals and petals pale canary-yellow. Lip dark maroon- 
purple, with yellow lines from base to centre. 

To Brassocattleya x ‘ Oberon’ var. “ Majestic’ (B.-c. x Digbyano- 
Mosstae x C. Schroederae) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Sander, 


St. Albans. A very large white flower with a pink shade. Lip fringed ; 
disc yellow. 


To Catileya x ‘ Rhoda,’ Langley variety (Iris x Hardyana) (votes 
unanimous), from Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough. Flowers yellow, 
heavily flaked with mulberry-red. Lip ruby-red, with yellow lines. 
Other Exhibits. 

R. G. Thwaites, Esq.: varieties of Catileya x ‘ Venus.’ 

C. A. Harrison, Esq.: two hybrids. 

Messrs. Armstrong & Brown: hybrids. 

Messrs. Sander: a group. 

Mr. E. V. Low: Cattleyas and Laeliocattleyas. 

Mr. H. Dixon,: Sophrolaehocatileya x ‘ Pandora.’ 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, OCTOBER I0, 1916. 


Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and nineteen members present. 
Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Banksian Medal. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth for Cattleyas, Laeliocattleyas, and Odonto- 
glossums. 

To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown for hybrids. 

To Messrs. Sander for interesting species and hybrids. 

To Messrs. Hassall for hybrid Cattleyas. 

To Messrs. Stuart Low for a group. 

To Messrs. McBean for home-raised Cattleya x Hardyana. 


Award of Merit. 


To Odontoglossum x percultwm var. ‘ Nicator’ (ardentissimum x 
Rolfeae) (votes unanimous), from Ernest G. Mocatta, Esq., Woburn 
Place, Addlestone (gr. Mr. Stevenson). Sepals and petals broad and 
fringed, reddish claret, with white margins and tips to all the seg- 


ments. The plant bore two spikes, each with eleven flowers. 


VOL, XLII. n 


CxXCIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


To Cattleya x ‘ Venus,’ Orchidhurst variety (Ivis x Dowiana 
aurea) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Orchid- 
hurst, Tunbridge Wells. Flowers of good shape, bronzy-yellow, with 
ruby-crimson lip, having orange markings on the base and isthmus 
between the short side lobes and expanded front. 

To Sophrolaeliocatileya x ‘Lutetia’ (S.-l.-c. x ‘Sandhage’ x C. x 
‘Fabia’) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards 
Heath. Sepals gold-bronze colour with a violet shade, petals rose- 
purple with reddish tips. Lip dark claret, with orange centre and 


yellow lines at the base. 


Other Exhibits. 

R. Windsor Rickards, Esq., Usk Priory, Monmouthshire: rare 
Cypripediums and Odontoglossum x ‘ Albion’ rubescens. 

R. G. Thwaites, Esq., Streatham: varieties of Laeliocatileya x 
luminosa. 

Mr. C. F. Waters, Balcombe : Vanda coerulea. 

Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough: Cirrhopetalum Rothschildianum. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, OCTOBER 24, IQI16. 


Sir Harry J. VEITCH in the Chair, and eighteen members present. 


Awards Recommended : 
Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for a fine group of 
hybrids, including over 100 specimens of the orange-scarlet Epidendrum 


vitellinum autumnale. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for hybrids and rare species. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for hybrid Cattleyas. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for new hybrids. 
To Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough, for Cattleyas and Laeliocattleyas. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Odontoglossum x ‘ Menier’ (gandavense x amabile) (votes unani- 
mous), from Ernest G. Mocatta, Esq., Woburn Place, Addlestone 
(gr. Mr. Stevenson). The original form, shown previously in its early 
stage by Mr. Mocatta. A very fine Odontoglossum. The stout spike 
bore thirteen large chocolate-claret flowers, with white tips to the 
segments. 

To Cattleya x ‘Thebes’ var. ‘ Britannia’ (‘Adula’ x Dowiana 
aurea) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Sander, St. Albans. One of 
the best yellow-petalled Cattleyas. Flowers large and of good sub- 
stance, cowslip-yellow, with ruby-red lip tinged with purple in front. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. cxcv 


Award of Merit. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Fabia,’ ‘ Memoria Lord Roberts’ (labiata x Dowiana 
aurea) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Sander. A large, intensely 
dark form, with purplish-rose sepals and petals and claret-red lip, 
having orange lines from the base to the centre. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Prince John,’ Orchidhurst variety (Hardyana alba 
<x Dowiana aurea) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & 
Brown. Resembling a large form of C. Hardyana alba, pure white 
with purplish-crimson lip, which has a yellow disc in the centre. 

To Cattleya x ‘ Alexandra’ (‘Carmen’ x Hardyana) (votes unani- 
mous), from Messrs. Flory & Black. Sepals and petals bright rosy- 
mauve. Lip ruby-red, with a yellow blotch on each side. 

To Brassocattleya x ‘Mars’ var. xantholeuca (B.-c. x ‘Mrs. J. 
Leemann’ x C. x ‘ Maggie Raphael’ alba) (votes unanimous), from 
Messrs. Flory & Black. Flowers eight inches across, white, with 
orange-coloured disc to the fringed lip. 


Other Exhibits. 

Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt., Gatton Park (gr. Mr. Collier): blue- 
tinted Cattleyas raised at Gatton, and varieties of Cattleya Bow- 
ringiana. 

Col. Stephenson Clarke, Cuckfield (gr. Mr. Gillett) : Cattleya Bow- 
ringiana lilacina. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 7, IQI16. 


Sir JEREMIAH COLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and seventeen members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver Flora Medal. 

To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for Cattleya Fabia, of which seventy. 
five plants were white-petalled varieties. 

To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for new hybrid 
Odontoglossums. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for Cattleyas and 
Laeliocattleyas. 


To Messrs. J. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums, Dendrobium 
Phalaenopsis, &c. 


First-class Certificate. 


To Cypripedium x ‘Mrs. Hilary Jenkinson’ (parentage unre- 
corded) (votes 10 for, 1 against), from R. Windsor Rickards, Esq., 
Usk Priory, Monmouthshire. A fine flower of C. x ‘ Dreadnought ’ 
class. Dorsal sepal three and a half inches across, white, with a 
yellowish base and purple spotting. Lip and petals yellow, tinged 
with chestnut-red. 


~ 


CXCV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 
Award of Merit. 
To Cypripedium x ‘ A. J. H. Smith’ (niveum x ‘ Hera Euryades ’) 
(votes unanimous), from Mrs. N. C. Cookson, Wylam (gr. Mr. H. J. 
Chapman). Flower white, with purple dotted lines up the middle of 


the dorsal sepal and petals. 


Preliminary Commendation. 
To Odontoglossum x ‘General Cadorna’ (Ossuistonit x ‘ King 
Emperor ’), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. Flower large, primrose - 


yellow, heavily blotched with claret. 


Cultural Commendation. 
To Mr. Redden (gr. to G. W. Bird, Esq., West Wickham), for 


Odontoglossum x percultum with eighty-four flowers. 


Other Exhibits. 
Sir Jeremiah Colman, Bt.: Laeliocattleyas raised at Gatton 


Park. 
R. G. Thwaites, Esq.: hybrid Cattleyas. 
H. F. Goodson, Esq.: Sophrocattleya x ‘ Annette.’ 
Messrs. Stuart Low: Cattleya x ‘ Prince John,’ Low’s variety. 
Messrs. Flory & Black: Brassocattleya x ‘ Merlin.’ 
Mr. C. F. Waters: Cypripedium x seedlings. 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, NOVEMBER 21, IgQI6. 


Sir JEREMIAH COLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and eighteen members 
present. : 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for white hybrid 


Cattleyas, new Odontoglossums, &c. 
To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Cattleyas, 


Laeliocattleyas, &c. 
To Messrs. McBean, Cooksbridge, for hybrids. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Sander, St. Albans, for hybrids and rare species. 
To Messrs. J. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums. 


Award of Merit. 
To Cypripedium x ‘Madame Albert Fevrier,’ Chardwar variety 


(‘Germaine Opoix’ x tmsigne ‘Harefield Hall’) (votes 15 for, o 
against) from G. F. Moore, Esq., Chardwar, Bourton-on-the-Water 
(gr. Mr. Page). Resembling the best form of C. x ‘ Germaine Opoix,’ 
butlargerin size. Dorsal sepal circular, white, with yellowish base and 

numerous dotted lines of claret-red. Lip and petals tinged mahogany- — 


red, with some dark spotting on the petals. 
To Cattleya x ‘Monastir’ (‘ Freya’ var. ‘ Mrs. Fred. Sassoon’ x 


ORCHID COMMITTEE. CXCVIi 


Dowiana aurea) (votes unanimous), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, 
Tunbridge Wells. Sepals and petals rose-purple, shaded with pink. 
Lip ruby-red, with gold lines in the centre. 

To Cattleya x Claesiana alba (Loddigestit alba x intermedia alba) 
(votes 14 for, o against). Flowers pure white, with pale yellow disc 
to thelip. The coloured type was imported as a natural hybrid. 

To Laeliocatileya x ‘ Soulange,’ Bryndir variety (L.-c. x ‘ Lustre’ 
x C. Dowiana aurea) (votes 15 for, o against), from Messrs. Flory & 
Black, Slough. A large rose-coloured flower, with purplish-crimson 
lip having gold lines from the base as in C. Dowiana aurea. 


Other Exhibits. | 

Messrs. Flory & Black: Laeliocattleya x ‘Monastir’ (L.-c. xX 
callistoglossa X C. x Putiana). 

G. Hamilton Smith, Esq.: Cymbidium x ‘Castor’ var. aureum 
(insigne x Woodhamsianum). 

Mr. C. F. Waters: Laeliocatileya x ‘ Harclon’ (C. Harrtsoniana X 
ie. 3) Clomid,’ ). 


ORCHID COMMITTEE, DECEMBER 5, IgI6. 


Sir JEREMIAH CoLMAN, Bt., in the Chair, and seventeen members 
present. 


Awards Recommended :— 

Gold Medal. 

To Messrs. Armstrong & Brown, Tunbridge Wells, for winter- 
flowering Cattleyas. 

Silver Flora Medal. 

To R. Windsor Rickards, Esq., Usk Priory, Monmouth, for Cypri- 
pediums. 

To Messrs. Charlesworth, Haywards Heath, for hybrid Orchids. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Cypher, Cheltenham, for Cypripediums. 
To Messrs. Hassall, Southgate, for Cattleyas and Cymbidiums. 


First-class Certificate. 

To Brassolaeliocatileya x ‘The Baroness,’ Orchidhurst variety 
(B.-c. X ‘Mrs. J. Leemann’ x L.-c. x ‘ Ophir’) (votes 11 for, I against), 
from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. A finer variety of the original 
which received F.C.C. Aug. 26,1913. Flowers clear citron-yellow, with 
light purple markings at the base of the broad-fringed labellum. 

Award of Merit. 

To Cypripedium x ‘ John Cypher’ (Fatrrieanum x aureum ‘ Sur- 

prise’) (votes 12 for, o against), from R. Windsor Rickards, Esq., 


Usk Priory. Flowers pale yellow, with faint green lines on the dorsal 
sepal, which is white on the upper half. 


CXCVili PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


To Cypripedium x ‘Chardwar’ (‘ Hera Euryades’ x unknown) 
(votes 10 for, 4 against), from R. Windsor Rickards, Esq. An im- 
proved form of C. x ‘Hera Euryades.’ Dorsal sepal white, with green 
base and heavy chocolate-purple spotting. Lip and petals purplish- 
brown on yellow ground colour. 

To Laeltocatileya x ‘Lorna’ (L.-c. x Wrigleyt x C. labiata) 
(votes 11 for, 0 against), from Messrs. Flory & Black, Slough. In 
appearance and colour resembling L.-c. x Wrigleyt (L. anceps x C. 
Bowringiana), but of dwarfer habit, and flowers nearly as large as 
C. labiata. Flowers rosy-lilac, with purple lines at the base of the 
lip, which has a broad purple band in front. 


Preliminary Commendation. 
To Odontoglossum x ‘ Doris,’ Orchidhurst variety (Ossulstoni x 
crisbum), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. 
To Odontioda x ‘ Madeline’ var. ‘ Black Prince’ (Oda. x Charles- 
worthit x Odm. crispum), from Messrs. Armstrong & Brown. 


Other Exhibits. 
Baron Bruno Schrodder: flowers of hybrid Orchids. 
Dr. Miguel Lacroze: Laeliocattleya x ‘ Serbia,’ Bryndir variety. 
Ernest G. Mocatta, Esq. : Laeliocatileya x ‘Thyone’ var.‘Goldone.’ 
Messrs. Flory & Black: hybrid Orchids. 
Messrs. Sander: a group of hybrids and interesting species. 
Messrs. Stuart Low: Cattleya maxima alba. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE. CXC1X 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE. 
MARCH 7, Ig16. 
Mr. E. A. Bowles in the Chair, and six members present. 


It was moved by Mr. Chas. H. Curtis (Hon. Sec.), seconded by 
Mr. G. W. Leak, and agreed, that a recommendation be sent to the 
Council :—‘‘ That, in future, meetings of the Narcissus Committee 
be held on the occasion of the two R.H.S. meetings in February.”’ 


Awards Recommended :— 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal, 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, Southgate, for Tulips in pots. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Bath, Wisbech, for Daffodils and Tulips grown in fibre. 
To Messrs. Barr, Covent Garden, for Daffodils gathered out of 
doors in Cornwall. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, MARCH 14, IgI10. 
Mr. E. A. Bow Les in the Chair, and ten members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Bankstan Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, for Daffodils cut in the open in Cornwall. 
To Messrs. J. R. Pearson, Lowdham, for Daffodils. 
To Messrs. Bath, for Daffodils and Tulips grown in fibre. 
Bronze Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Robert Sydenham, Birmingham, for Daffodils. 


Award of Ment. 

To Narcissus ‘ Pippin’ for pots (votes 9 for, o against), an early 
Barrw form (‘ Princess Mary’ x ‘ Chaucer’), with cream-coloured 
perianth and a very wide orange crown, from Messrs. F. H. Chapman, 
Rye. 

To Narcissus ‘Sparkler’ for cutting and market (votes g for, 
0 against), a robust Incomparabilis variety, with deep yellow perianth 
and orange-scarlet cup, from Messrs. Barr. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, MARCH 28, 1916. 
Mr. E. A. BOWLEs in the Chair, and twelve members present. 


The Rev. J. Jacob proposed and the Hon. Sec. seconded, and it 


cc PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


was carried unanimously, that the following recommendation be 
sent to the Council :—‘‘ The Narcissus and Tulip Committee of the 
Royal Horticultural Society, realizing that Fusarium is steadily in- 
creasing among Daffodil bulbs in private and trade gardens, requests 
the Council to cause investigations to be made at Wisley with a view 
to the publication of a report dealing with the nature of the fungus 
and its attack, and, if possible, suggesting methods of combating its 
ravages.” 

A charming little Daffodil raised at Oporto by Baron Soutellinho 
was exhibited. It was the result of crossing Narcissus cyclamineus 
with N. Tazetia ‘Soleil d’O;,’ the latter of which is rarely sufficiently 
fertile to be a parent. The flower was sent up to the Scientific 
Committee and recommended for a Botanical Certificate, which was 
subsequently granted. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, for Daffodils. 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Bath, for Daffodils and Tulips grown in fibre. 


Award of Ment. 

To Narcissus ‘Centurion ’—for pots (votes 6 for, I against) ; 
a large Incomparabilis variety with ivory-white perianth and pale 
yellow cup, from Messrs. Bath. (Fig. 118.) 

To Narcissus ‘Cymry ’—for garden decoration (votes 11 for, 
© against); a golden yellow variety, with flowers carried on stout 
stems, from Mr. Batson, Beaworthy. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, APRIL II, Ig16. 
Mr. E. A. BowLEs in the Chair, and twelve members present. 


A favourable reply from the Council, respecting the resolution 
concerning Fusarium disease, was read, and the Chairman was 
requested to convey the thanks of the Committee to the Council for 
the promised investigation. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Barr, for Tulips. 
To Messrs. Bath, for Tulips. 
To Mr. Alex. Wilson, Shovel, for new Daffodils. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Sutton, for Tulips. 
To Messrs. Cuthbert, for Tulips. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE. CCl 


Silver Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. F. H. Chapman, Rye, for Daffodils. 
To Messrs. Bath, for Daffodils. 


- Award of Merit. 

To Narcissus ‘Ozan ’—for show purposes (votes ro for, 0 against) , 
a milk-white Incomparabilis variety, with crinkled pale yellow cup, 
from Mr. Alex. Wilson. 

To Narcissus ‘Double Sir Watkin ’—for show purposes (votes 
8 for, o against) ; a double sport from a popular variety ; it has both 
primrose-yellow and orange segments ; from Messrs. Bath. 

To Narcissus ‘ Palermo’—for show purposes (votes 7 for, 0 
against), a robust Barri form, yellow, with orange-red cup, from 
Mr. Alex. Wilson. 

To Narcissus ‘ Poetry ’—for the rock garden (votes 8 for, o 
against), a tviandrus hybrid, with drooping flowers ; creamy-white, 
with primrose cup; from Mr. F. Barchard, Uckfield. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, APRIL 18, Ig16. 
Mr. E. A. Bowzes in the Chair, and eighteen members present. 


Nominations for the award of the Peter Barr Memorial Cup for 
good work in connexion with Daffodils were invited by the Chairman. 
It was suggested that in future the Hon. Secretary notify members of 
the date of election and invite nominations. The voting was by ballot 
and resulted in the award of the cup to Mrs. R. O. Backhouse. 


Awards Recommended :— 


Gold Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, for Daffodils. 


Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 


To Messrs. Bath, for Daffodils and Tulips. 
To Messrs. James Carter, Raynes Park, for Daffodils. 


Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. J. R. Pearson, Lowdham, for Daffodils. 
To Mr. Christopher Bourne, Bletchley, for Daffodils. 


Silver Flova Medal. 
To Messrs. Dobbie, Edinburgh, for Daffodils. 


Silver Banksian Medal. 
To Messrs. Robert Sydenham, Birmingham, for Daffodils. 
To Mr. C. A. Jardine, Balham, for Daffodils and Daffodil seedlings 
in various stages of development. 


Ccii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Award of Merit. 

To Narcissus ‘White Pennant ’—for show purposes (votes 11 for, 
O against) ; a giant Leedst form, with uniformly white flowers, from 
Messrs. Bath. : 

To Narcissus ‘ Phyllida’—for show purposes (votes 14 for, 0 
against), a large Incomparabilis variety with cream-coloured perianth 
and canary -yellow cup, from Mr. W. F. M. Copeland, Southampton. 

To Narcissus ‘ White Pearl’ (votes ro for, 0 against), a dainty 
Daffodil with milk-white perianth and creamy-white cup, from Mr. 
Wis OVE. Copeland. 

To Narcissus ‘ Coral’—for show purposes (votes 12 for, 2 against), 
a substantial Leedsit variety, with white perianth and crinkled 


creamy-white cup, from Mr. W. F. M. Copeland. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, May 2, 1916. 


Rev. G. H. ENGLEHEART, V.M.H., in the Chair, and eleven 
members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. Bath, for Daffodils. 
To Messrs. Barr, for Daffodils and Tulips. 


Award of Ment. 

To Narcissus ‘ St. Ilario’—for show purposes (votes 8 for, o 
against), a graceful Leedsw variety with white perianth, and white 
yellow-edged cup, from Messrs. J. R. Pearson. 

To Narcissus ‘ White Knight ’—for show purposes (votes g for, o 
against), a fine white trumpet variety, of beautiful form and texture, 
from Messrs. Bath. (Fig.trr19.) 

To Tulip ‘ Samson ’ (votes 9 for, 0 against), an early single variety, 
orange-red, lilac flushed on outer surface, and with yellow base, from 
- Messrs. James Carter. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE, May 16, 1916. 
Mr. E. A. Bowles in the Chair, and eleven members present. 


Awards Recommended :— 
Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Barr, for Tulips. 
To Messrs. Dobbie, for Tulips. 
Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 


To Messrs. R. Wallace, Colchester, for Tulips. 
To Messrs. J. Waterer, Sons, & Crisp, for Tulips. 


NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE. cclli 


Silver Flora Medal. 
To Messrs. Bath, for Tulips. 


Award of Merit. 

To Tulip ‘ Lady Love’ (votes 9 for, 1 against), flowers large and 
long, and of a delicate yellow colour, from Messrs. Walter T. Ware, 
Inglescombe, Bath. 

To Tulip ‘Inglescombe Mauve’ (votes g for, o against), clear 
mauve, with lavender-blue base, from Messrs. Walter T. Ware. 

To Tulip ‘ Zorilla’ (votes 10 for, o against), orange-red, with dark 
yellow base, fine in size and form, from Messrs. Walter T. Ware. 

To Tulip ‘ Asturias’ (votes g for, I against), a mauve-coloured 
variety, with white base and elongated form, from Messrs. Walter T. 
Ware. 


ccly PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


CERTIFICATES FOR DILIGENT INTEREST IN PLANTS, 


IQ16. 


CERTIFICATES for Diligent Interest in Plants have been awarded to 
the following during 1916 :— 


Lieba Smollan, Ist in the Waterloo Wesleyan Girls’ School Com- 
petition for the best collection of wild flowers. 
Evelyn Bunting, rst in the Waterloo Wesleyan Girls’ School 


Competition for the best kept garden plot. 


Sydney Vaus, 1st in the Westerham Boys’ C.E. School Compe- 
tition for the best work on the school gardens. 

And to the following members of the St. Mark’s, Birmingham, 
Amateur Gardening Society :— 


For Window-Box Gardening, and the good Upkeep of Back and 


Mr. Davies. 
Mrs. Barber. 
Mr. Saunders. 
Miss Lunn. 
Mrs. Bowen. 
Mr. Johnson. 
Mr. Boswell. 
Mrs. Jones. 
Mr. Bowden. 
Mrs. Mason. 
Mrs. Summers. 
Mrs. Sands. 
Mr. Jenkins. 
Mr. Furness. 
Mr. Strawford. 
Mr. Frampton. 
Mr. Ridgway. 
Mr. A. Botting. 


Front Gardens. 


Mr. H. Wright. 
Mr. J. Day. 
Mr. Palfreyman. 
Mr. S. Warren. 
Mr. S. Harper. 
Mrs. Banks. 

Mr. F. Webb. 
Mrs. Addiscott. 
Mr. Frost. 

Mr. Moorehouse. 
Mr. Blewitt. 
Mrs. Oldham. 
Mrs. Chapman. 
Mrs. Duckett. 
Mr. J. Wardell. 
Mr. W. Dowler. 
Mrs. S. Warren. 
Mr. Addiscott. 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES, CCV 


HORTICULTURAL SUNDRIES. 


AWARDS MADE IN IgQI16.* 


spraying Machines. 
Award of Ment. 

I. ‘Southern Cross ’’ Spraying Pump, sent by Messrs. The Four 
Oaks Co., Sutton Coldfield. A powerful pump for attaching to a tub 
or water barrow, easy to work, constructed of brass with brass ball 
valves, and suitable for spraying plants and for lime-washing. 

2. ‘ Little Wonder ”’ Dry Powder Sprayer for distributing powdered 
sulphur and other powders, sent by Messrs. The Four Oaks Co., 
Sutton Coldfield. Gives a very even distribution of powder, capable 
of graduation, easily cleansed, and carrying to full capacity of 
container. 


Highly Commended. 

a. “Streatley ’ Hand: Pneumatic Sprayer, pattern de luxe. Sent 
by Messrs. The Four Oaks Co., Sutton Coldfield. A pneumatic hand 
sprayer, holding 3 pints of spray-fluid, and containing a brass alloy 
pump with thumb lever tap. Strongly made and suitable for spraying 
small areas both indoors and out. 


Miscellaneous : 
Award of Ment. 

4. Adjustable Sand Distributor (patent), sent by Messrs. H. Patti- 
son Ltd., Greyhound Lane, Streatham, $.W. A machine for evenly 
distributing sand, dry chemical manures, worm-killers, &c., on lawns, 
paths, &c., capable of graduation according to the ‘‘grain”’ and 
quantity of material to be distributed. 


Commended. 

5. Turf Renovator, sent by Messrs. H. Pattison, Ltd., Greyhound 
Lane, Streatham, S.W. An iron instrument for cutting out small 
circular patches of turf and replacing pieces of good turf of the exact 
size. 


* These awards stand for ten years only, and lapse in 1926. 


Ccvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


ESTABLISHED 


INCORPORATED 
1804. 1809, 
TELEGRAMS: TELEPHONE: 
““HORTENSIA VICTORIA 5363. 


SOWEST LONDON,” 


ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, 


VINCENT SQUARE, WESTMINSTER, S.W. 1- 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. 


1. R.H.S. Panel of Garden Experts’ 15. Affiliation of Local Societies. 


for War Needs. 16. R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary. 

2. Important Notices. 17. Rules for Judging—1914 Code. 

3. Subscriptions. 18. Rules for Judging Cottage and 

4. Form of Bequest. Allotment Gardens. 

5. New Fellows. 19. R.H.S. Popular Practical Pam- 

6. An Appeal. phlets. 

7. The Society’s Gardens at Wisley. 20. Tulip Report. 

8. Rock Garden at Wisley. 21. List of the Most Desirable Varieties 

9. Students at Wisley. of Fruit. 

10. Distribution of Surplus Plants. 22. Fruit Bottling for Cottagers. 

11. National Diploma in Horticul- 23. Book on Fruit and Vegetable 
ture. - Bottling. 

12. Examinations. 24. R.H.S. Publications. 

13. Information. 25. Advertisements. 

14. Inspection of Fellows’ Gardens. 26. R.H.S. War Relief Fund. 


1. R.H.S. PANEL OF GARDEN EXPERTS 
FOR WAR NEEDS. 


LECTURES ON FRUIT BOTTLING. 


In connexion with the Government’s scheme for increasing the 
quantity of home-grown vegetable food, and the powers now vested 
in local Authorities for the further cultivation of vacant land, the 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. ccvll 


President and Council of the Royal Horticultural Society have pre- 
pared a list of those who are willing to serve on local Food Production 
Committees, and to give advice, or lectures, or demonstrations, in 
their own neighbourhoods to Societies of Allotment holders, or to 
classes of school children having gardens. The Panel now contains 
upwards of I,000 names, and numberless requests for their help are 
being received. All unavoidable expense will be defrayed by the 
Society, Committee, or Association making request for such help. 

All who are able, willing, and competent to give such help are 
requested to communicate with the Secretary, R.H.S., Vincent 
Square, S.W. 1. 

A circulating lecture on the Preparation of the Soil and the Cultiva- 
tion of Vegetable Crops, illustrated by lantern slides, has been prepared 
by the Society, and can be hired for 5s., the Society paying carriage 
one way. 

Attached to this Panel are also a number of itinerant Advisers, 
Lecturers, and Demonstrators who will be sent to neighbourhoods 
and districts where there is no one acting voluntarily. 

Arrangements have now been made for Lectures and Demonstra- 
tions on Fruit and Vegetable Bottling and Preserving to be given 
all over the country this season. Anyone who may be prepared 
to organize and be responsible for the holding of a Meeting for 
such a purpose should communicate at once with the Secretary, 
R.H.S., Vincent Square, S.W. 1, giving full particulars, such as 
(1) where the Meeting will be held, (2) the date suggested, (3) the 
number expected to be present, (4) what bottles and apparatus can 
you supply. As long a notice as is anyway possible must be given, 
as applications will be numerous. 


2. IMPORTANT NOTICES. 


1. Since the Gardeners’ Diary was printed the Society’s Hall in 
Vincent Square has been occupied by the Australian Imperial Force. 
As a consequence, the Fortnightly Meetings will be held in the London 
Scottish Drill Hall, Buckingham Gate, Victoria Street. It is hoped 
that Fellows will do their utmost to support the Fortnightly Meetings 
during their temporary transference to the Drill Hall. 

2. The Lectures will be given at the Drill Hall. 

3. The Society’s Offices and Library will continue in Vincent 
Square as heretofore. The Scientific Committee will also meet at 
Vincent Square. 

4. Fellows are requested to strike out the following Meetings 
printed in the Gardener’s Diary :— 


Strike out— 
October Io. December 18. 


CCVilli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


3, SUBSCRIPTIONS. 


All annual subscriptions are payable in advance on the Ist day of 
January in each year. A Fellow, if elected before the ist of July, 
pays the annual subscription for the current year ; if elected after the 
ist of July and before the 1st of October, he pays half a year’s subscrip- 
tion ; if elected after the rst of October and before the 1st of January, 
he pays one full year’s subscription, and no further subscription until 
the following January twelvemonth. To avoid the inconvenience of 
remembering their subscriptions Fellows can compound by the pay- 
ment of one lump sum in lieu of all further annual payments; or they 
can, by applying to the Society, obtain a form of instruction to their 
bankers to pay for them every January 1. It may be a week or more 
before the Tickets reach the Fellows, owing to the very large number 
(over 20,000) to be despatched every January. Fellows who have 
not already given an order on their bankers for the payment of their 
subscriptions are requested to do so, as this method of payment 
saves the Fellows considerable trouble. Fellows whose subscriptions 
remain unpaid are debarred from all the privileges of the Society ; 
but their subscriptions are nevertheless recoverable at law, the Society 
being incorporated by Royal Charter. 

In paying their subscriptions, Fellows often make the mistake of 
drawing their cheques for Pounds instead of for Guineas. Kindly 
note that in all cases it is Guineas, and not Pounds. Cheques and 
Postal Orders should be made payable to “‘ The Royal Horticultural 
Society,” and crossed ‘‘ London County and Westminster Bank, 
Victoria Branch, S.W.”’ 


4. FORM OF BEQUEST. 


I give and bequeath to the Treasurer for the time being of the Royal 
Horticultural Society, London, the sum of f.......... , to be paid out 
of such part of my personal estate as I can lawfully charge with the 
payment of such legacy, and to be paid free of legacy duty, within six 
months of my decease ; the receipt of such Treasurer to be a sufficient 
discharge for the same. And I declare that the said legacy shall be 
applied towards [the general purposes of the Society].* 


oO. NEW FELLOWS. 


The President and Council hope that existing Fellows will enlist 
the sympathy of all their friends, as owing to the great increase in 
work which has fallen upon or been voluntarily undertaken by the 
Society, it is now more important than ever to fill the places of those 
who are taken from us. 


* Any special directions or conditions which the testator may wish to be 
attached to the bequest may be substituted for the words in brackets. 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. ccix 


6. AN APPEAL. 


What has been accomplished for the Society is largely due 
to the unwearied assistance afforded by the Fellows themselves, 
and as all belong to the same Society, so it behoves each one to 
do what he or she can to further its interests, especially by :— 

1. Increasing the Number of Fellows. 

2. Presenting Books for the Library at Vincent Square and at 
Wisley. | 

3. Sending new or rare Plants, Seeds, and Roots for the Garden 
and for distribution to Fellows, and for helping to keep the Hospital 
Camps in France and Flanders, &c., furnished.* 


7. THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS AT WISLEY. 


In connexion with the scheme approved at the 1914 Annual 
Meeting for the further development of the practical and scientific 
work at Wisley, the Council were fortunate in securing the services 
of Dr. Keeble, F.R.S., as Director. By friendly arrangement between 
the Society and the Imperial College of Science, the Wisley Gardens 
are now the joint Experimental Entomological Station of the Society 
and the Imperial College. All communications to the Gardens should 
in future be addressed to “‘ The Director,” R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley, 
Ripley, Surrey. 

The Gardens are open daily to Fellows and others showing 
Fellows’ Transferable Tickets, from 9 A.M. till sunset, except on 
Sundays, Good Friday, Christmas Day, and Exhibition Days. Each 
Fellow’s Ticket admits three to the Gardens. The Public are not 
admitted at any time. 

The Gardens are about 34 miles from Byfleet, 34 miles from 
Horsley, and 54 miles from Weybridge, all on the South-Western 
Railway. Carriages to convey four persons can be obtained by writing 
to Mr. D. White, fly proprietor, Ripley, Surrey ; the charge being, 
to and from Weybridge, waiting two hours at the Gardens, 8s.; or 
waiting three hours, Ios.; or to and from Horsley or Byfleet, 7s. 
Motor cars will be found at Byfleet Station. Accommodation and 
refreshments can be had at the Hut Hotel, close to the Gardens, and 
also at the Hautboy, Ockham. 


8. ROCK GARDEN AT WISLEY. 


In response to the interest taken in what are popularly called 
“ Alpines,” or “ Rock Plants,” the Council in 1911 constructed a Rock 


* The attention of Fellows is specially called to the Wisley Gardens Endow- 
ment Trust Fund, the object of which is to make the Gardens self-supporting 
for ever, so that the important work to which they are devoted may go on uninter- 
rupted by any fluctuation in the Society’s finances. To do this £100,000 is 
required. In 1914 the Council voted £25,co00 towards it as a nucleus. Will not 
Fellows help to make up this sum ? 


VOL. XLII. 9 


ccx PROCEEDINGS._OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOGIBTY. 


Garden at Wisley on a somewhat extensive scale. The idea is to obtain 
the best possible positions and soils for the different plants to grow in, 
the growth and well-being of the plants being considered to be 
of greater importance than the artistic effect of the rockwork. 
In a Horticultural Society’s Garden every single detail should 
teach something, so that Fellows visiting it may be able to take 
away an idea of how best to do this or that, or where best to plant 
this or that. 


9. STUDENTS AT WISLEY. 


The Society admits young men, between the ages of sixteen and 
twenty-two years, to study Gardening at Wisley. The curriculum 
includes not only practical garden work in all the main branches of 


Gardening, but also Lectures, Demonstrations, and Horticultural 


Science in the Laboratory, whereby a practical knowledge of Garden 
Chemistry, Biology, &c., may be obtained. 


10. DISTRIBUTION OF SURPLUS PLANTS. 


A few years ago the Council drew attention to the way in which 


the annual distribution of surplus plants has arisen. Ina large garden - 


there must always be a great deal of surplus stock, which must either 
be given away or go to the waste-heap. A few Fellows, noticing this, 
asked for plants which would otherwise be discarded ; and they valued 
what was so obtained. Others hearing of it asked for a share, until the 
Council felt they must either systematize this haphazard distribution 
or.else put a stop to it altogether. To take the latter step seemed 
undesirable. Why should not such Fellows have them as cared to 
receive such surplus plants? It was, therefore, decided to keep all 
plants till the early spring, and then give all Fellows alike the option of 
claiming a share of them by Ballot. 

Fellows are, therefore, particularly requested to notice that only 
waste and surplus plants raised from seeds or cuttings are available for 
distribution. Many of them may be of very little intrinsic value, and it 
is only to avoid their being absolutely wasted that the distribution is 
permitted. The great majority also are, of necessity, very small, and 
may require careful treatment for a time. 

Fellows are particularly requested to note that a Form of Applica- 
tion and list to choose from of the plants available for distribution is 
sent in January every year to every Fellow, enclosed in the “ Report of 
the Council.” To avoid all possibility of favour, all application lists are 
kept until the last day of February, when they are all thrown into a 
Ballot ; and as the lists are drawn out, so is the order of their execution, 
the plants being despatched as quickly as possible after March 1. 

Of some of the varieties enumerated the stock is small, perhaps not 
more than twenty-five or fifty plants being available. It is, therefore, 
obvious that when the Ballot is kind to any Fellow he will receive the 
majority of the plants he has selected, but when the Ballot has given 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. CCX1 


him an unfavourable place he may find the stock of almost all the plants 
he has chosen exhausted. A little consideration would show that all 
Fellows cannot be first, and some must be last, in the Ballot. Applica- 
tion forms received after March 1 and before April 30 are kept till all 
those previously received have been dealt with, and are then balloted in 
asimilar way. Fellows having omitted to fill up their application form 
before April 30 must be content to wait till the next year’s distribution. 
The work of the Garden cannot be disorganized by the sending out 
of plants at any later time in the year. All Fellows can participate in 
the annual distribution following their election. 

The Society does not pay the cost of packing and carriage. Owing 
to the Railways declining to deliver these parcels any longer they must 
now be sent by post, the postage being prepaid by Fellows. Directions 
as to the amount of the remittance to be sent will be found on the 
application form for plants, which kindly consult. 

Parcels will be addressed exactly as given by each Fellow on the 
address label accompanying his application form. 

Fellows residing beyond a radius of thirty-five miles from London 
are permitted to choose double the number of plants to which they are 
otherwise entitled. 

Plants cannot be sent to Fellows residing outside the United 
Kingdom. 

No plants will be sent to Fellows whose subscriptions are in arrear, 
or who do not fill up their forms properly. 


11. A NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN HORTI- 
CULTURE. 


Most gardeners have welcomed the initiation by the Society ofa 
scheme whereby a National Diploma in Horticulture may be gained 
by those who pass the Preliminary and Final Examinations. The 
Diploma is thoroughly “‘ National,” for, by the consent of H.M. 
Government, the Department of Agriculture consented to co- 
operate with the Society if the Society would undertake the work 
of organizing the Examinations, and authorized the Diploma bearing 
the following words: ‘“‘ Awarded by the Royal Horticultural Society 
under a scheme approved by the Board of Agriculture.”’ 

The Examinations, which are held in June, are practical, viva 
voce, and written ; the practical part being held in a suitable garden. 

Information may be obtained by sending a directed envelope, 
stamped, to the Secretary, Royal Horticultural Society, Vincent 
Square, S.W. I. 


12. EXAMINATIONS. 


N.B.—A Syllabus of the different examinations can be obtained 
from the Society’s Office, Vincent Square, S.W. 1, post free for 24d. 
(See also pages gt to 94, Bock of Arrangements.) 


CCXll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


~ 


18. INFORMATION.* 


Fellows may obtain information and advice from the Society as to 
the names of flowers and fruits, on points of practice, insect and fungoid 
attacks, and other questions, by applying to the Secretary, R.H.S., 
Vincent Square, Westminster, S.W.1. Where at all practicable it is 
particularly requested that letters and specimens may be timed to reach 
Vincent Square by the first post on the mornings of the fortnightly 
Meetings, so as to be laid before the Scientific or other Committees at 
once. 


14. INSPECTION OF FELLOWS’ GARDENS. 


The Inspection of Gardens belonging to Fellows is conducted by a 
thoroughly competent Inspector from the Society, who reports and 
advises at the following cost—viz. a fee of £3 3s. for one day (or £5 5s. 
for two consecutive days), together with all out-of-pocket expenses. No 
inspection may occupy more than two days, save by special arrange- 
ment. Fellows wishing for the services of an Inspector are requested 
to give at least a week’s notice and choice of two or three days, and to 
indicate the most convenient railway station and its distance from 
their gardens. Gardens can only be inspected at the written request 
of the owner. | 


15. AFFILIATION OF LOCAL SOCIETIES. 


One of the most successful of the many branches of the 
Society's work is the affiliation of local Horticultural Societies to the 
R.H.S.: no fewer than 300 Societies having joined our ranks. 

Secretaries can obtain a specimen Card for the use of Affiliated 
Societies for Certificates, Commendations, &c. Price, including 
postage, 4s. for 10 copies, 6s. for 20, 12s. 6d. for 50, 21s. for 100. At 
the request of several of the Societies, the Council have had the 
Card coloured. The coloured Card is sold at Is. a single copy, or 
10 for 6s., post free. 

The Council have also struck a special Medal for the use of Affiliated 
Societies. It is issued at cost price in Bronze, Silver, and Silver-gilt— 
viz. Bronze, 5s. 9d., with case complete; Silver, 12s. od., with case 
complete ; Silver-gilt, 16s. 9d., with case complete. Award Cards 
having the Medal embossed in relief can be sent with the Medal if 
ordered, price od. each. 


16. R.A.S. GARDENERS’ DIARY. 


The R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary for 1918 will contain a consider- 
able quantity of new information. The enormous sale of this Diary 


* See R.H.S. Gardeners’ Diary, 1917, page 68. ‘‘ How to send Specimens 
for Identification.” 


1 
| 
; 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS. cCxili 


is sufficient testimony as to its practical utility. Fellows may 
obtain it post free 1s. 3d., from the R.H.S. Office, Vincent Square, 
London, S.W. 1; or 2s. 3d. if leather bound. 


17. RULES FOR JUDGING—1914 CODE. 


The “‘ Rules for Judging, with Suggestions to Schedule Makers 
and Exhibitors,’ have been revised. The Secretaries of Local 
Societies are advised to obtain a fresh copy. It will be sent post free 
on receipt of a postal order for 1s. 9d., addressed to the Secretary, 
Royal Horticultural Society, Vincent Square, Westminster, 5.W. I. 


18. RULES FOR JUDGING COTTAGE AND 
ALLOTMENT GARDENS. 


To assist Allotment Holders and Cottage Gardeners in their com- 
petitions, a set of Rules, with hints to both Exhibitors and Judges, 
has been drawn up. These Rules may be had at twopence a copy, 
or fifty for 7s. (War Time Issue). 

A companion Judges’ Sheet in a very convenient book-like form 
can also be had for 2s. 6d. a dozen. This Judges’ Sheet has, in 
tabulated form, a list of the subjects usually grown in allotment 
- gardens, flower gardens, and for window and wall decoration. The 
allotments or gardens to be judged are all numbered, and columns 
are provided in the judging sheet for the points given (War issue). 


19. R.H.S. POPULAR PRACTICAL PAMPHLETS. 


The following pamphlets can be ordered from the Royal Horti- 
cultural Society, Vincent Square, London, S.W.1. They have been 
prepared with a view of meeting the needs of the present urgent 
times and will be found eminently practical and useful. Circulation 
Over 200,000. The prices of each are as follows :— 


All except k.—Single Copy, 3d.; 25, 5s. 6d. ; 50, 8s. 6d. ; 100, 15S. 
k, xe ore Ode 25, 1LS.3 50, 17S: 5 TOO, 30S; 


(k) Fruit Bottling and Storing, and Vegetable Bottling and Storing (price 6d.). 

(a) A selected list of Hardy Fruits, with Notes on Cultivation, &c., 1916 
Edition. 

(b) The Training of;Fruit Trees. 

(c) The Pruning of Fruit Trees. 

(d) Keeping Fruit Trees Clean. 

(e) Vegetables and How to Grow them. 

(f) Autumn Vegetables from Seed sown in July. 

(g) The Herbaceous Garden. 

(4) The Rose Garden. 

(2) Flowers for Small Gardens, Window Boxes, &c. 

(7) Hardy and Half-Hardy Annuals in the Open Air. 

(m) Vegetable Cookery. 

(x) Salads and Salad Making. 

(0) Economy in the Garden. 

(p) Medicinal Plants and their Cultivation. 


cCxXiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


(q) The Cultivation and Manuring of the Kitchen Garden. 
(vy) The Potato as a Garden Crop. 

(s) Fruits under Glass in War Time, 

(¢) The Pruning of Hardy Shrubs, 

(uw) The Children’s Garden. 

(v) The Cropping of the Allotment and Small Garden. 


200,000 of these Pamphlets have been issued. 


20. TULIP REPORT. 


The results of the exhaustive Trial of Tulips at Wisley are 
now issued as a separate publication, at a charge of 2s. 6d. (3s. 
post free). This illustrated Report will constitute the standard 
authority on Tulips for many years to come, and will contain lists 
of varieties most recommended for various purposes and arranged 
according to colours. Descriptions will be given of all the Tulips 
which were grown in the Trials at Wisley, illustrations of the various 
types of forms and colouring, lists of synonyms, references to the 
principal literature of the Tulip, &c. To be obtained from the 
Society’s Publishers, Messrs. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, 
WW C22. . 


21. LIST OF THE MOST DESIRABLE 
VARIETIES OF FRUIT. 


DRAWN UP BY THE FRUIT COMMITTEE. 


Orders for this list may now be given. Its price is 2s. post free. 
It contains nearly 200 pages, and besides the original list drawn up 
by the Committee, it gives lists of varieties recommended by nearly 
Ioo expert growers and gardeners all over the country for their 
respective geographical divisions of Great Britain. The list shows 
the result of a ballot as to which varieties are to be preferred from such 
points of view as vigour of constitution, and for various types of 
growth and cultivation, as, ¢.g., in the case of Apples—Bush, Standard, 
Espalier ; Pears—Bush, Standard, Espalier, Wall. It also shows 
the best varieties for cooking as distinct from dessert, the best for 
markets, and much similar detailed information which must prove of 
great help in these days when the planting of more fruits as well as of 
more vegetables is so widely recognized as being of urgent necessity. 


22. FRUIT BOTTLING FOR COTTAGERS. 


A leaflet for the use of cottagers and small householders, on Fruit 
Bottling, has been prepared by the Secretary for free circulation. 
It can be had on application to the R.H.S. Office, Vincent Square, 
Westminster, S.W. 1, accompanied by a halfpenny stamped and 
addressed envelope. Owing to shortness of staff, any application 
not thus made cannot receive attention. 


NOTICES TO FELLOWS, CCXV 


23. BOOK ON FRUIT AND VEGETABLE 
BOTTLING. 


Fellows of the Society have shown exceptional interest in the 
long series of lectures given during this year at the Society’s Fort- 
nightly Meetings by Mr. and Mrs. Vincent Banks on Fruit and 
Vegetable Bottling. They have now, in response to many requests, 
prepared a book on the subject. The Council, recognizing the value 
of the information it contains, and the demand for instruction of this 
kind, have consented to publish it, and it is now ready. It will be 
found to contain the most up-to-date information on the subject 
and is most practical. It deals not only with the Bottling of both 
Fruits and Vegetables, but also with the making of Jam, and the 
pulping of fruit to be made into jam later on, when sugar supplies 
are more abundant than they are just now. There are also many 
useful household recipes, and all the information given is the result 
of the actual experience of the authors extending over a long number 
of years. Mr. and Mrs. Banks’ exhibits of Bottled Fruits at the 
Society’s Meetings are well known to the Fellows for their excellence. 
The price of the book which may be obtained from the R.H.S., Vincent 
Square, London, S.W. I, is Is., post paid 1s. 2d. ; bound in stiff paper 
covers. 


24. R.H.S. PUBLICATIONS. 


In future, Fellows only can obtain the Society’s publications 
from the R.H.S. Office, Vincent Square, S.W.1. Non-Fellows should 
order direct from Messrs. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, 
W.C. 2, who have been appointed Agents for the Society. (See list, 
pp. 120-122, Book of Arrangements.) 


25. ADVERTISEMENTS. 


Fellows are reminded that the more they can place their orders with 
those who advertise in the Society’s Publications the more likely others 
are to advertise also, and in this way the Society may be indirectly 
benefited. 


26. R.H.S. WAR RELIEF FUND. 


On May 1, the total amount received and promised for our 
War Relief Fund amounted to over £15,500. 

The Daily Telegraph’s Special Correspondent said on March 22, 
IQI7 :— 

“At each step the troops advancing in French territory yielded 
by the Germans find fresh evidence of the enemy’s systematic devasta- 
tion. . . . The Germans have methodically ruined the entire country, 

. . Fruit trees and bushes especially have been deliberately sawn 


CCXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


off or ringed of their bark, which must kill them, and all the vines, 
apricots, and plums on the walls have been torn down and destroyed.” 

Such recent evidence of the need of our Fund for helping to recon- 
struct these destroyed gardens is surely a sufficient appeal for universal 
support of our Concert and of our Fund also. 

A most generous friend of our Fund, writing under date October 21, 
Ig16, says :— 

“Tam willing to give £1,000 if you can get a further £9,000 sub- 
scribed after October 1, 1916.” 

Will you not help us to obtain this £1,000 by sending a donation ¢ 


Fae: 


“ SiR Laced 


CCXViil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


INDEX. 


The references in stalics ave to figures and illustrations, those in thick type to 
plants here described for the first time, 


ee we ed 


Abelia biflora, 53 
Abies bracteata, F.C.C., liii 
Delavayi, 42 
Acacallis cyanea, 475 
Acantholimon androsaceum, clxiv 
Acanthopanax quinquefolia, 53 
trifolia, 53 
Acclimatization by grafting, 475 
Acer Opalus, 187 
Pseudoplatanus 
CXXX1X 
rubrum, host of Comandra, 487 
sp. in Tibet, 53 
Yunnan, 42 
spicatum, 490 
Achillea Millefolium, cxxix 
Acocoth, see Dahlia 
Aconitum Napellus, 134, 137, I91, 490 
album _~ grandiflorum, 
A.M., clxvii 
sp. in Kansu, 328 
Wilsonii, 35 
Acrostalagmus sp. on Panax, 493 
Actinidia chinensis, 35 
sp. in Tibet, 53 
Actinomyces chromogenus, 202, 481, 
492 
its function in soil, 513 
Adelencyrtus odonaspidis, 188 
Adenophora Potaninii, 53 
sp. in Kansu, 328 
Adonis coerulea, 329 
sp. in Kansu, 324 
Aeschynanthus sp., Cxxxvili 
Aesculus glabra, 495 
Hippocastanum, 495 
Aethionema iberideum, 277 
Agapanthus crosses, Cxxxiil 
intermedius, cxxxili 
Mooreanus, Cxxxiil 
umbellatus, cxxxili 
Agaricus melleus, 318 
Agave Hanburyana, 276 
“ Agricultural Geology,” by R, H. 
Rastall, reviewed, 466 
Agrimonia, 136 
Agromyza sp. attacking Lantana seed, 
188 
Agrostemma Githago, 523 
Agrostis stolonifera on London Green, 
CXx1x 
Aletris, 191 
farinae, 490 
Aleurothrixus howardi, 207 


leaf - spot, 


“‘ Algae,” by G.S. West, reviewed, 464 
Alkaloids, 475 
Alkanet, 490 
Allium cyaneum, 54 
macrostemon, 54 
macranthum, cxxxi 
narcissiflorum, cxxv 
pulchellum, cxxxi 
Purdomii, 55 
sphaerocephalum, cxxxi 
Wallichii var., cxxxv 
Almond leaf-curl, cxxxiv 
Alnus cordata, 475 
glutinosa, fungus gall, cxxxvili 
Aloe arborescens natalensis, 475 
Alopecurus pratensis, cxxix 
Alpinia Elwesii, 475 
nutans, Cxxlv 


~Alstroemeria Hookeri, cxxxvi 


Alstroemerias, 475 
Alternaria Panax, 493 
Solani, 492 
sp. on apple, 16, 17 
Althaea, 191 
Alyssum maritimum lilacinum, 500 
American forest trees in Britain, 199 
Ammonium sulphide as fungicide, 194 
Ampelopsis megalophylla, 37 
Watsoniana, 37 
Amphicome arguta, cxxxv 
Amphiraphis albescens, 55 
Anagrus frequens, 189 
Anchusa myosotidiflora, 277 
Androsace alchemilloides, 43 
alpina, 55 
Chamaejasme, 43, 56 
coccinea, A.M., 476, clvii 
Delavayi, 43 
helvetica, 57 
hirtella, 57 
Laggeri, Warley var., A.M., 
xii 
lanuginosa, 281 
longifolia, 55, 329 
mucronifolia, 43, 55, 329 
sempervivoides, 56 
sp., 56, 57 
Tapete, 57 
tibetica, 56, 329 
Mariae, 329 
Anemone coronaria ‘St. Brigid,’ 301 
fulgens, 301 
glaucifolia, 44 
Hepatica, 142. 


INDEX, 


Anemone hupehensis, 57 
japonica, 57 
moupinensis, 57 
narcissiflora, 57 
nemorosa, 91 
Allenii, xlvii 
bracteata, Cxxiv 
purpurea, xlvii 
Robinsoniana, xlvii 
varieties, xlvii 
obtusiloba f. patula, 476 
purpurea fl. pl., cxxiv 
ranunculoides, xlvii 
pallida, xlvii 
sp., 58 
sp. in Kansu, 330 
Yunnan, 44 
sylvestris, 57 
Aneristus ceroplastae, 188 
Angelica, 191, 490 
Anigozanthus sp. exhibited, cxxvii 
Anise, I9I, 490 
Annual meeting, li 
‘¢ Annuals and Biennials,” by G. Jekyll 
and E. H. Jenkins, reviewed, 462 
Antennaria margaritacea, 330 
SP., 55, 336 
Anthemis nobilis, 490 
Antirrhinum majus, peloric, fasciated, 
cCxxi1x 
Ants and aphides, 208 
Apentelicus kotinskyi, 188 
Aphelinus diaspidis, 188 
Aphides, spraying against attacks, 187 
with alternate hosts, 187 
Aphis avenae, 187 
fitchii, 224 
gossypii, 198 
pomi, 187, 476, 477 
sorbi, 187, 215, 224 
woolly, 208, 320, 476, 524, 525 
Apocynum cannabinum, 490 
Apple aphis, 476 
bitter-rot, 187 
bitter-pit, 481 
black-rot, 478, 503 
bud formation, 503 
bud moth, 189 
canker, 14, 187, 476, 503 
capsid bug attack upon, cxli 
drying, 477 
dust spraying, 477, 478, 500 
fruit-spot, 76, x 
“ Gascoyne’s Scarlet,’ 478, ckKxxv 
jelly, 502 
manure for, 477 
mildew, 500 
* Peasgood’s Nonsuch,’ cxxxv 
‘Pershore Pippin,’ cxlili 
‘Red Victoria,’ cxxxv 
‘ Ribston Pippin,’ 431 
ripening, 479 
root-rot, 477, 478 
FOt,.143: 475 
‘Royal Jubilee,’ 
CXXXVIIl 
rust, 478 
scab, 500, CKXXV 
soils, 516 


sporting, 


CCX1x 


Apple sporting, cxxxviii 
stocks, Paradise, descriptions of, 
361 
sucker, 478 
summer pruning, 479 
syrup, 478 
thom, cxxxvii 
tillage v. grass, 187 
tree-rot, 477 
‘‘Apple, The,’’ by A. E. Wilkinson, 
reviewed, 175 
Apples,Canadian and British compared, 
xlix 
cost of producing, 188, 477 
identification, 479 
proliferous, cxxxvil 
varieties of, in Ohio, 479 
Aquatic Compositae, 188 
Aquilegia ecalcarata, 58, 330 
leaf-miner, 479 
Sp-,; 53 
viridiflora, 330 
Arenaria balearica, 276 
norvegica, 278 
Armillaria mellea, 498, 511 
Arisaema concinnum, cxxvi 
curvatum, Cxxviil 
sp. in Tibet, 58 
utile, cxxvi 
Aristolochia Lawrenceae, 479 
Sipho, enations on leaf, cxxxvili 
Serpentaria, 490 
Aristotelia Macqui, 134 
Armeria caespitosa, A.M., xiii 
Arnica, 191, 490 
Arsenic as weed-killer, 479 
effect on nitrification, 499 
Artemisia pauciflora, 490 
Aruncus sp. in Tibet, 58 
Arundinaria anceps, 247, 248 
auricoma, 249 
cultivation, 246 
fastuosa, 247, 248 
Fortunei, 249 
graminea, 249 
Hindsii, 249 
nitida, 246 
Michauxil, 249 
rubicunda, 249 
Simoni, 246, 248, 250 
Veitchii, 250 
Ascochyta Clematidina, 295 
colorata, 492 
Pisi, 496 
Ascomyces alnitorquum, Cxxxvili 
Asparagus beetle, 480 
ornamental, 480 
sp. in Tibet, 58 
Aspidiophagus citrinus, 188 
Aspidomorpha at Delagoa Bay, xlv 
Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum, 279 
Ruta-muraria, 74 
Trichomanes, 279 
viride, 279, 280 
Aster alpinus, 59, 330 
andinus, 330 
diplostephioides, 59 
Falconeri, 59 
Farreri, 59, 330 


CCxXxX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Aster hispidus, 60 
host of Comandra, 489 
‘J. S. Baker,’ A.M., clxxviii 
kansuensis, 58 
‘King of the Belgians,’ A.M., 
’ elxxviii 
limitaneus, 59, 330 
mildew, 22 
oreophilus, 58 
pulchellus, cxxvii 
sikuensis, 60 
sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Thomsoni, 61 
Thunbergi, 60 
turbinellus, 60 

Astilbe chinensis var. Davidii, 35 
Davidii, 35, 61 
‘Gloria,’ A.M., clxix 
grandis, 35 

Astragalus monspessulanus, 276 
stipulatus, cxxxv 

Atragene sp., 61 

Atropa Belladonna, 134-8, I91, 475, 

490 

Aubergine, its cooking, 254, 258 
lace-bug, I9I 

Aucuba japonica, 189 

Auricula ‘ Edith,’ A.M., clvi 


Bacillus amylovorus, 476, 479, 491 
azobacter, 481 
bulgaricum, 481 
cereus, 515 
Cypripedii, 17 
Dianthi, 481 
Farnetianus, 17 
fluorescens, 481, 498 
megatherium, 515 
melonis, 492 
mycoides, 515 
Polacii, 17 
radicicola, 480 
subtilis, 481 
tracheiphilus, 489 
Bacteria attacking turnips, 318 
life cycles, 480 
Bacterium Cattleyae, 17 
Krameriani, 17 
lachrymans, 488 
Pruni, 517 
tumefaciens, 487 
Bacterized peat experiments, 349 
Bags, protection against mice, 188 
Bailey, L. H., ‘‘ Standard Cyclopedia 
of Horticulture,” 174, 467 
Balance Sheet, 1915, xiv 
Balsa wood, xlvi 
Bamboos, 245 
Bambusa auricoma, 246, 247, 249 
cultivation, 246 
disticha, 246 
Fortunei, 246, 247, 249 
aurea, 249 
variegata, 249 
viridis, 250 
humilis, 250 
japonica, 246, 250 
Metake, 246, 250 
palmata, 246, 248-50 


Bambusa Ragamowski, 246, 250 
tessellata, 246, 250 
Veitchii, 246, 250 
Banana cultivation, 481 
Bauhinia Faberi, 61 
Bean disease, 14, 481 
Tepary, see Phaseolus acuti- 
folius 
Beans, Dutch brown, 433 
their cooking, 254 
Beet, curly top, 481 
disease, 484 
mildew, 200 
scab, 481 
Begonia ‘ Mrs. C. F. Langdon,’ A.M., 
clxv, clxix 
‘Norbury White,’ A.M., liii 
pollinated by thrips, 207 
Belladonna, see Atropa Belladonna 
Berberis aggregata, 35, 189 
angulosa, 353 
Bealei, A.M., lvi 
brevipaniculata, 189 
centifolia, 40 
concinna, 189, 353 
Coryi, 189 
diaphana, 353 
dictyophylla, 353 
Jamesiana, 45 
japonica hyemalis, A.M., lv 
kumaonensis, 353 
leptoclada, 45 
leucocarpa, 45 
macrosepala, 353 
minutiflora, 353 
Potaninii, 61 
Prattii, 189 
rubrostilla, 
Sargentiana, 
- CLXxXx1 
sibirica, 353 
sp. in China, 42, 61, 62 
Stapfiana, 35, 189 
verruculosa, 35, 189 
vulgaris, 189 
- Wilsonae, 35, 189 
yunnanensis, 353 
Berries, trees and shrubs useful for, 189 
Betula Bhojpattra, 62, 107 
nigra, host of Comandra, 487 
sp. in China, 45, 62 
Bidens Beckii, 188 
Bifrenaria Harrisoniae, clxxxvi 
Birds, the economic status of wild, I, 
496 
Blandfordia princeps, Cxxviii 
Blepyrus marsdeni, 188 
Blue flag, cultivation, 191 
Boea hygrometrica, 62 
Bomarea sp. exhibited, cxxvii 
Boneset, see Eupatorium perfoliatum 
‘Book of Garden Plans,’ by S., J. 
Hamblin, reviewed, 468 4 
“Book of Old Sundials and their 
Mottoes,” by W. Hogg, reviewed, 167 
Book Reviews, 167, 450: 
Books added to Library, 443 


F.C.C., 353, clxxxi 
F.C.C., 35, 189, 


-Boots, to preserve soles, 482 


Botanic beer, 135 


: INDEX. 


Botrytis attacking turnips, 318 
strawberry disease, 518 
Bouvardia sporting from root cuttings, 
XXxix ; 
‘ Bridesmaid,’ xxxix 
‘ Hogarth,’ xxxix 
Box-leaf miner, see Monarthropalpus 
buxi 
Brachystelma dianthum, 482 
Brassocattleya x Cliftoni, lxix 
x Digbyano-Mossiae, cxciil 


x “Tlene,’ Low’s var., A.M., 
clxxxvili 

x ‘Madame Chas. Maron,’ 
clxxxvlii 

x ‘Mars’ xantholeuca, A.M., 
CXCV 

s) Dits,. J.: eeemann,’ cxcv, 
cxcvli 

x ‘Oberon’ ‘ Majestic,’. A.M., 
cxCili 


Brassolaelia x Digbyano purpurata, 
clxxxiv 
Brassolaeliocattleya x ‘Queen of the 
Belgians,’ Bryndir var., A.M., 
clxxxiv 
x ‘The Baroness,’ Orchid- 
hurst var., F.C.C., cxcvii 
Brauneria pallida, 490 
British Columbia flora, 492 
“ British Fern Gazette,’’ 450 
“* British Forestry,’ by E. P. Stebbing, 
reviewed, 182 
“‘ British-grown Timber and Timber 
Trees,” by A. D. Webster, reviewed, 
466 
Brodiaea Sellowiana, xxxix 
Brown-rot, 482 
Bryanthus _ taxifolius 
plant, cxxiv 
Bud moth, see Recurvaria nanella 
Buddleia alternifolia, 63 
asiatica, 35 
caryopteridifolia, 45 
Davidii var. magnifica, 35 
var. Veitchiana, 35 
Farreri, 63 
Forrestii, 33 
myriantha, 40 
officinalis, 35 
Purdomii, 63 
variabilis, 40, 64 
magnifica, 35 
Veitchiana, 35 
Bulb-growing, Conference on, 296 
Bulb mite, 190 
Bulbs, British-grown, xcvi 
spring show of, xxvili 
Bulleyia yunnanensis, 40 
Bunyard, E. A., on the history of the 
red currant, 260 
G,, in praise of single roses, 145 
Burdock, 191, 490 
Burgundy mixture, 24 


as: a Breish 


Cabbage, Chinese ‘ Pak-choi,’ 190 
Pe-tsai, 190 
‘Ellam’s Early ’ Dwarf, li, cxlili 


CCXX1 


Cabbage ‘ Harbinger,’ li, cxliii 
yellows, 482 
Cabbages, autumn-sown, tried at 
Wisley, 1915-1916, 400, cxliii, 
cxliv 
Savoy, tried at Wisley, 1916, 
497 
Calamus, I9I, 490 
Calceolaria alba, cxxviii 
angustifolia, cxxviii 
cana hybrids, cxxviii 
herbacea, cxxvili 
integrifolia, cxxviii 
Calcium sulphate, its effect on plants, 
519 
Calendula, 191 
Callianthemum Farreri, 64 
Calluna mycorhiza, 498 
Camellia cuspidata, 35 
Campanula alliariaefolia, cxxviii 
carpatica ‘ White Star,’ xlvi 
‘ Chastity,’ A.M., clxvii 
Delavayi, 43 
heredity in, xlvi 
Hostii, white, cxxxi 
longistyla, Cxxxi 
‘Norman Grove,’ clxvli 
patula, 277 
persicifolia ‘ Telham 
A.M., clxv, clxix 
Tommassiniana, xlvi 
Vidallii, cxxxi 
Waldsteiniana, A.M., clxvii 
Zoysii, 482 
Camphor, 1g! 
Canadian hemp, see Apocynum can- 
nabinum 
Candytuft ‘ Snowflake,’ 276 
Cannabis, I91 
indica, 490 
Capsella, 200 
Bursa-pastoris on a London 
green, Cxxix 
Capsicum fastigiatum, 490 
Capsid bug attack on apples, cxli 
Caragana Franchetiana, 43 
sp. in Kansu, 330, 331 
tibetica, 43 
Caraway, I9I, 490 
Carbohydrates in plants, 482, 483 
Carbon bisulphide, effect on plant 
growth, 484 
Cardamine amara_ erubescens, 
lilacina, xliii 
Carduus heterophyllus, 277, 280 


Beauty,’ 


xlii 


lanceolatus, colour variation, 
CXXxXili 
palustris, colour variations, 
CXxXxXiil 


Carex aquatilis, 277 
Buxbaumil, 277 
host of Comandra, 487 
sp. in Kansu, 331 
Carices in the rock garden, 274 
“Carnation Book, The,’ by H. H. 
Thomas, reviewed, 179 
‘Grisel,’ A.M., Ix 
‘ J. G. Fortescue,’ A.M., clvi 
‘Lord Kitchener,’ A.M., cliv 


CCXXil PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTU RAL SOCIETY. » 


Carnation x pink, cxxix, cxxxii 
“ Rose Sensation,’ A.M., clxxxii 
rot, 484 
“rust, 24 
‘Sweet Anne Page,’ A.M., clvii 
wilt, 484 
Carpenteria, 276 
Carya laciniosa, 494 
Caryopteris Mastacanthus, 64 
sp., 64 
Cascara Sagrada, see Rhamnus Pur- 
shiana 
Castanea, host of Comandra, 487 
Castilleja miniata, cxxvii 
pallida, cxxvii 
purpurascens, cxxvii 
septentrionalis, cxxvii 
Castor oil disease, 15 
Catasetum Rodigasianum, clxxxv 
Catnip, 191, 490 
Cattleya x * Adula,’ cxc, cxciv 
x ‘ Alexandra,’ A.M., cxcv 
Bowringiana, cxcvlii 
x ‘ Carmen,’ cxcv 
chocoensis alba, McBean’s var., 
A.M., lxiv 
x Claesiana alba, A.M., cxcvii 
Dietrichiana, cxc 
x ‘ Empress Frederick,’ Ixix 
Dowiana, clxxxvili, cxc 
aurea, CXC-CXCll, CXCiV, 
CXCV, CXCVli 
Dusseldorfei ‘ Undine,’ cxc 
x Empress Frederick, cxcnt 
x Enid,’, ixiv,. ixwi, icxci 
x ‘ Fabia,’ cxciv 
‘Memoria Lord Roberts,’ 
A.M., cxcv 
x ‘Freya’ var. ‘ Mrs. Fred. Sas- 
soon,’ Cxcvi 
Gaskelliana, cxc 
alba, clxxxix 
euttata Sanderae, B.C., cxxxv 
Hardyana, clxxxiv, CxCi, CxCiil, 
CXCV 
alba, cxcv 
Harrisoniae, leaf-spot, 17 
Harrisoniana, CxCvil 
x Helen angley.” exc 
‘Hesta,’ A.M., clxxxix 
intermedia alba, cxcvii 
iridescens, c])xxxvi, cxci 
x * Tinis,* -€xXen, ‘CXCill; CxcIv 
labiata, cxcv, CxCviii 
leaf-spot, 17, 18 
Loddigesii alba, cxcvii 
x ‘Lord Rothschild,’ cxe 
x ‘ Mabel,’ clxxxviii 
x ‘ Maggie Raphael’ alba, cxcv 
Mendelii ‘ Princess of Wales,’ 
clxxxiv 
‘ White Queen,’ clxxxvi 
x * Monastir,’ A.M., cxcvi 
Mossiae, clxxxvi, clxxxvii, cxciii 
Wageneri, clxxxvili 
x ‘Naidia’ var.  Iluminosa, 
A.M., clxxxvi 
x ‘ Nena,’ cxc 
O’Brieniana alba, clxxxix 


Cattleya ‘ Octave Doin,’ clxxxix 

x ‘ Mrs. Myra Peeters,’ 
clxxxviii, cxc 

Percivaliana grandiflora, A.M. 
lxiv 

Pittiana, cxcvil 

‘ Prince John,’ Orchidhurst var., 
A.M., cxcv 

x ‘ Rhoda,’ Langley var., cxciii 

x ‘Saturn,’ Orchidhurst var., 
A.M., clxxxix 

Schroederae, 1lxix, cxcili 

Skinneri alba, 352, 433 


x ‘Suzanne Hye de Crom,’ 
clxxxix 

x ‘ Thebes’ ‘ Britannia,’ F.C.C., 
CXClV 


Trianae, I xvii 
Amesiana, I xviii 
Backhouseana, Ilxv 
Roebling’s var., A.M., lxv 
x ‘Venus’ ‘Golden Queen,’ 
A.M., cxcii 
Orchidhurst var., A.M., 
CXClV 
‘ Victrix,’ A.M., cxcii 
Warnerl, cxci 
alba, clxxxvili 
Warscewiczli, cxc 
‘Fr. M. Beyrodt,’ Ixx, 
clack) 
x weedonaurea, A.M., cxci 
x weedonensis, Cxci 
Caulophyllum thalictroides, 490 
Caustic soda, its action on soil, xlvi 
Cedar apple, see Gymnosporangium 
Celastrus articulatus, 53 
Celery leaf-spot, 24 
Celmisia Munroi, 280 
Celtis sp. in China, 64, 65 
Cephalothecium roseum, 492, 518 
Cephalotus with partial pitchers, cxl 
Ceramasia sphenophori, 189 
Cerastium Edmondstonii, 278 
sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Cerasus sp. in Kansu, 331 
Ceratitis capitata, 492 
Cercospora Beticola, 484 
Cereus fruits edible, 190 
Queretarensis, 190 
tricostatus, 190 
Ceropegia gemmifera, cxxxii 
hybrids, cxxxii 
Monteiroae, cxxxii 
radicans, Cxxxii 
Rothii, cxxxil 
Sandersonii, cxxxi, CXxxii 
Certificates of Appreciation, 
CxXx1x 
of diligent interest in plants, cciv 
Chaenomeles lagenaria var. Wilsonii, 36 
Chalcis obscurata, 188 
Chamaedorea nana, 484 
Chamomile, 138, 191, 490 
Change of sex in papaw, 484 
Cheimatobia brumata, 213 
Cheiranthus Cheirii, 27 
Chelsea Show Report, 1xxxii 
Chemist, report of consulting, 358 


CXXV, 


INDEX. 


‘Chemistry of the Garden,’ by H. H. 
Cousins, reviewed, 450 
Chenopodium ambrosioides, 490 
anthelminticum, 490 
Cherry ‘ Bigarreau Napoleon,’ 190 
‘ Black Heart,’ I90 
brown-rot, 510 
bud moth, 189 
fruit-rot, 13 
‘Lambert,’ 190 
leaf-spot, 500 
manure, 485 
mildew, 500 
Morello, its origin, cxli 
preservation, 484 
Chestnut blight, 485 
Chickweed mildew, 200 
Children’s gardens, London, 435 
Chilocorus circumdatus, 188 
China, its flora, 35, 39, 47, 324 
plants introduced by E. H. 
Wilson, certificated, 35 
suspension bridge in, 49 
Chittenden, F. J., on experiments 
with bacterized peat, 349 
new or noteworthy plants at 
Wisley, 353 
Chrysanthemum ‘ Dawn of 
A.M., clxxx 
‘ Delight,’ 288 
‘Dick Barnes,’ A.M., clxxvi 
forniculatum, 485 
‘Framfield Early White,’ 288 
‘Harry Thorpe,’ A.M., clxxvi 
‘Jj. Bryant,’ A.M., clxxxii 
‘ Joan Maitland,’ A.M., clxxxili 
“Lady Stanley,’ A.M., clxxxil 
‘Lichfield Pink,’ A.M., clxxvili 
‘Madame Castix Desgranges,’ 
284 
‘Madame Marie Massé,’ 284 
‘Mercedes,’ 288 
‘Mrs. Algernon Davis,’ A.M., 
clxxx 
‘Mrs. Moss,’ A.M., clxxxii 
Parthenium, virescent, xlvi 
“Roi des Blancs,’ 284 
‘Soeur Melaine,’ 284 
suitable for border cultivation, 
290, 291 
‘Victoire de la Marne,’ 500 
Chrysanthemums, Border, 282 
new, 485 
Pompon, 288 
Chrysophlyctis endobiotica, 18 
Cimicifuga, 490 
racemosa, 65 
sp., 65 
Cineraria fasciated, xlv 
‘Matador,’ A.M., lvili 
Cirrhopetalum concinnum purpureum, 


Day: 


robustum, clxxxix 
Cistus, 276 
purpureus, 273 
Citrus canker, 190, 485 
decumana var. ‘ Triumph,’ xl viii 
diseases, 486 
fruit-fly, 190 


CCXXill 


Citrus marketing, 486 
mottle-leaf, 486 
Cladophora flavescens, 491 
Cladosporium carpophilum, 517 
Clarkias tried at Wisley, 1916, 412, 
clxxiv 
Clematis aethusifolia, 65 
Armandi, 35 
bicolor, 486 
‘Campanile,’ A.M., 486, clxxvi, 
claxvit 
‘Céte d’Azur,’ 486 
‘Crimson King,’ A.M., clviii 
Davidiana, 486 
florida, 295 
bicolor, 486 
grata hybrids, 486 
hakonensis, 295 
Hendersoni, 295 
Jackmanni, its origin, 295 
superba, 293 
‘Lady Betty Balfour,’ 293 
‘Lady Londesborough,’ 293 
lanuginosa, 295 
montana var. rubens, 35 
nannophylla, 65 
‘Oiseau Bleu,’ 486 
patens, 293 
Pavoliniana, 486 
rubro-violacea, 295 
Sieboldii, 486 
some fallacies regarding it, 292 
sp. from China, 65, 66, 331 
tangutica obtusiuscula, 65 
tubulosa, 486 
Vitalba, as stock, 293 
Vitacella, as stock, 293 
atrorubens, 295 
wilt, 18, 292 
Clements, H., ‘‘ Garden Pests,’’ 174 
Clerodendron Fargesii, 35 
trichotomum var. Fargesii, 35 
Coccophagus lecanii, 188 
orientalis, 188 
Cochlioda Noezliana, 18, clxxxvii 
Coconut palm leaf-roller, killed by 
parasites, 188 
Codonopsis Bulleyana, 43 
Meleagris, 43 
Coelogyne humilis vars., xv 
Coelophora inequalis, 188 
Coffee rust, 318 
Colchicum, 490 
autumnale, abnormal, cxl 
illyricum superbum, 
clxxvili 
Colletia armata, 486 
assimilis, 486 
cruciata, 486 
infausta, 486 
spinosa, 486 
trifurcata, 486 
Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum, 14, 
481 
Collinge, W. C., on the economic 
status of wild birds, 1 
Colorado beetle, 486 
Colour, green, its preservation in 
dried plants, cxxxix 


A.M., 


ccxxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Colour standards, cxxxix, cxl 
Columnea gloriosa, 487 
discolor, A.M., liv 
Colutea sp. in Kansu, 331 
Comandra pallida, 487 
umbellata, 487 
Comfrey, 490 
Commelina sp., 278 
Committee, Floral, liii, cliv 
Fruit and Vegetable, xlviii, cxlii 
Narcissus and Tulip, cxcix 
Orchid, lxiv, clxxxiv 
Scientific, xxx1x, Cxxiii 
Commonplace Notes, 430 
Compositae, aquatic, 188 
Cone flower, see Brauneria pallida 
Conference on bulb-growing, 296 
Coniophora cerebella, 490 
Coniothyrium Fuckelii, 17 
Conium, I9I, 490, 523 
Convolvulus tragacanthoides, 66 
Cooking of vegetables, 253 
Copper sulphate, 23 
Corbett, L. C., “ Garden Farming,’ 173 
Coriander, I9I, 490 
“Corners of Grey Old Gardens”’ re- 
viewed, 180 
Cornus paucinervis, 35 
Coronilla cappadocica, 276 
Corydalis curviflora, 66, 331 
dasyptera, 333 
melanochlora, 66, 331 
Purdomii, 66 
rosea, 331 
scaberula, 332 
sp. in Tibet, 66, 67 
Yunnan, 44 
thalictrifolia, 35 
Wilsonii, 35 
Corylopsis Veitchiana, 35 
warleyensis, 35 
Willmottiae, 35 
Cotoneaster adpressa, 276 
applanata, 35, 67, 189 
bacillaris, 67 
bullata var. macrophylla, 35 
congesta, 68 
Dammeri, 189 
radicans, 67 
Dielsiana, 35, 67 
divaricata, 36 
frigida, 189 
Harroviana, 36 
horizontalis, 487 
perpusilla, A.M., 36, liv 
microphylla fasciated, xlv 
multiflora, 67 
pannosa, 35 
perpusilla, 68 
salicifolia var, rugosa, 35 
Simmonsii, 189 
Sp: an Pibet, 67 
Yunnan, 42 
Zabelii, 35 
Cotton-grass in rock garden, 274 
Cotula myriophylloides, 188 
Cousins, H. H., ‘‘ Chemistry of the 
Garden,’’ 450 
Cramp bark, see Viburnum Opulus 


Cranberry cultivation, 190, 487 
rot, I 
Crataegus angustifolia, 68 
pyracantha, 189 
sp. in Tibet, 68 
Cremanthodium sp. in Tibet, 68, 69, 
TLO, 332 
sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Crinum capense, Cxxvili 
deflexum, 487 
lineare, Cxxvlil 
Crocidosema lantana, 188 
Crocus aerius, A.M., lviii 
from Salonika, cxlii 
-growing in Britain, 300, 301 
sativus Cartwrightianus, cxlii 
Cronartium ribicola, 523 
Crotalaria sp., 523 
Crown-gall, 487 
Cryptolaemus montrouzieri, 188 
Cryptorhynchus lapathi, 201 
Cucumber, its cooking, 256 
leaf-spot, 488 
mosaic disease, 488 
wilt, 489 
Cupressus Lawsoniana Pottensii, A.M., 
clxxxlii 
obtusa, 190 
filicoides, 190 
lycopodioides, 190 
tetragona aurea, 190 
thyoides, 489 
leptoclada, 489 
Currant, black, ‘ Daniels’ September 
Black,’ A.M., cxlix 
ted, “Cherry, 206° 
diseases, 500 
‘Erstling aus 
den, 203 
‘Fay’s Prolific,’ 268 
‘Fowler’s Long Bunch,’ 
263 
‘Gloire de Sablons,’ 263 
‘Gondouin,’ 269 
its history, 260 
‘La Constante,’ 263 
‘Langtraube,’ 263 
‘Laxton’s Perfection,’ 
A.M., cxlvi 
‘Millearn Red,’ 263 
‘Prince Albert,’ 267 
‘Raby Castle,’ 263, 268 
“Red Champagne,’ 263 
‘Red Scotch,’ 263 
‘Rivers’ Late Red,’ 267 
‘Rote Kernlos,’ 263 
“St. Madoe’s,’ 263 
‘ Versaillaise,’ 268 
white, 261, 268 
Curtis, R. H., meteorological observa- 
tions at Wisley, I915, 122 
Cyananthus incanus leiocalyx, A.M., 
clxv 
sp, in Yunnan, 44 
Cydonia Mallardii, 36 
Cylindrosporium Padi, 500, 517 
Pomi, 16, 492 
Cyllene pictus in wood, 208 . 
Cyllin as a spray, 25 


Vierlan- 


INDEX. CCXXV 
Cymbidium x Alexanderi aureum, | Daffodil, terms used in describing, 190 
A.M., Ixvi Dahlia ‘ Admiral,’ A.M., clxxii 


x ‘Castor’ aureum, cxcvii 
‘Excelsior,’ A.M., |xviii 
x eburneo-Lowianum,!xvi,| xviii 
giganteum, Ixxi 
insigne, Ixvi, Ixviil, cxcvii 
x Lowgrinum, clxxxv 
Lowianum, clxxxv 
x ‘ Niobe,’ Ixxi 
Pauwelsii, The Dell var., lxvii 
tigrinum, Ixxi, clxxxv 
Woodhamsianum, cxcvii 
Cynodon incompletus, 523 
Cynosurus cristatus on London green, 
cxxix 
Cypripedium <x‘ A. .-J.. H.. Smith,’ 
A.M, cxcvi 
aureum ‘ Surprise,’ cxcvii 
Bardolphianum, 70 
bellatulum, Ixx 
Calceolus, 70 
californicum, 70 
x ‘ Chardwar,’ A.M., cxcviii 
x ‘ Dreadnought,’ cxcv 
Fairrieanum, cxcvii 
Farreri, 70 
fasciolatum, 69 
Francheti, 69 
x ‘Germaine Opoix,’ cxcvi 
glaucophyllum, cxci 
“* Hera Euryades,’ cxcvi, 
Cxcvlli 
hirsutum, 69 
insigne ‘ Harefield Hall,’ cxcvi 
x ‘ John Cypher,’ A.M., cxcvii 
Lawrenceanum Hyeanum, 
clxxxvil 
luteum, 69 
macranthum, cxxvii 
x ‘Madame Albert  Fevrier,’ 
Chardwar var., A.M., cxcvi 
x ‘Miss Faith Hanbury,’ cxci 
x ‘Mrs. Hilary Jenkinson,’ 
F.C.C., cxcv 
niveum, cCxci, Cxcvi 
spectabile, 69 
x Swanianum, Ixx 
tibeticum, 36, 39 
x § William Lloyd’ var. 
‘Negro,’ A.M., Ixx 
Cyrtanthus dendrophilus, cxxxvi 


‘ Alabaster,’ A.M., clxxi 

‘ Alex. Kennedy,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Amethyst,’ A.M., clxxi 

‘ Anerley Yellow,’ A.M., clxxviii 

‘ Autumn Star,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Autumn Tints,’ A.M., clxxviii 

‘ Bizarre,’ A.M., clxxi 

‘ Bonfire,’ A.M., clxx, clxxii 

‘British Lion,’ A.M., clxxii 

‘Challenger,’ A.M., clxxii 

classification, 489 

‘Crimson Flag,’ A.M., clxxii 

‘Cupid,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Dandy,’ A.M,, clxxii 

‘Eileen,’ A.M., clxxiii 

‘Elaine,’ A.M., clxxix 

‘Elegance,’ A.M., clxxiii 

‘Ermine,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘General Joffre,’ A.M., clxxiii 

‘General Sir Douglas Haig,’ 
A.M., clxxiii 

‘Gipsy,’ A.M., clxxvi 

its introduction, 305, 489 

oy. AL Jarsett, “AsM., clxxix 

‘ Janus,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘ Kangaroo,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Lady Beatrice Stewart,’ A.M., 
clxxiii 

‘Lemur,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Lieut. W. L. Robinson, V.C.,’ 
A.M., clxxili 

‘Margery Choune,’ A.M., clxxiii 

‘Marion,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Mascot,’ A.M., clxxi 

‘ Mastiff,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Miss Irwin,’ A.M., cl xxiii 

“Mrs. Margaret Stredwick,’ 
A.M., clxxiii 

‘Moonstar,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘ Pastel,’ A.M., clxxvi 

‘Pte. Ed. Drury,’ A.M., clxxi 

‘ Profusion,’ A.M., clxxvii 

‘Queenie,’ A.M., clxxvii 

‘Rowena,’ A.M., clxxw 

‘ Saffron,’ A.M., clxxi 

Show Report, xcviii 

‘ Speedwell,’ A.M., clxxiii 

‘Wyvern,’ A.M., clxxili 

“Yellow Prince,’ A.M., clxxvii 

‘Yellow Queen,’ A.M., clxxili 


epiphyticus, cxxxvi | Daisies, double, 276 
Mackenii, clxviii Dandelion, 142, 191, 490 
rupicola, cxxxvi Daphne alpina, 71 
Cystopteris fragilis, 280 aurantiaca, 44 
montana, 280 indica, 71 
Cystopus candidus, 200 Laureola fasciated, xxxix 
Cytisus maderensis, 489 Sp: in peter 71, 332 
pallidus, 489 tangutica, 70 
proliferus palmensis, 489, 520 Verlotii, A.M., clvi 
ratisbonensis, 489 Dasyscypha Wilkommii, 200 


Datura Stramonium, 523 
Davidia involucrata, 36 


Dactylis glomerata, cxxix Vilmoriniana, 36 
Daffodil developments, 229 Delphinium Beesianum, 43 
pests, 190 calcicolum, 43 
see Narcissus caucasicum, 71 
show report, xxx ceratophorum, 43 


VOL. XLII. pb 


CCXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Delphinium fasciated, cxxx 
grandiflorum, 332 
likiangense, 43 
mildew, 19, 2 
‘Mrs. A. J. Watson,’ A.M., 
clxv, clxvt 
Mrs. Colin Mciver,” ~ A.M, 
clxv, clxut 
‘Mrs. H. Kaye,’ A.M., clxix 
‘Mrs. Shirley,’ A.M., clxv, clxvi 
mosoynense, 43 
petals foliose, cxxvi 
Pylzowi, 332 
sp. in Kansu, 332 
Yunnan, 44 
tanguticum, A.M., 50, 67, 71, 
332, clxili 
yunnanense, 43 
Delphiniums, annual, tried at Wisley, 
1916, 420, clxxiv 
Dendrobium fusiforme, |xxi 
Sanderae, cxcii 
Dent, RR. K.; “Public Parks’ and 
Gardens of Birmingham,” 177 
Desiantha nociva, 521 
Deutzia crenata magnifica, A.M., clxiil 
longifolia, 36 
Veitchii, 36 
sp. in Tibet, 72 
Yunnan, 42 
Veitchii, 36 
Wilsonii, 36 
Diabrotica duodecimpunctata, 489 
vittata, 489 
Dianthus x Allwoodii, cxxix, cxxxli 
alpinus, 281 
attenuatus, CxXxxli 
barbatus, proliferous, cxxxvli 
caesius, 281 
Caryophyllus x 
CXXI1X, CXXXil 
hybrids, 354, CXxix, CXxXxli 
Lindsayi, 354 
microlepis rumelicus, A.M., clv 
‘Miss Gladys Cranfield,’ A.M., 
clxv 
monspessulanus, Cxxxii 
neglectus x plumarius, 354 
x Richteri, cxxxii 
squarrosus, 72 
tried at Wisley, 418, cxxiv 
Diapensia Bulleyana, 40 
Diascia Barbarae, 280 
Dick, “H. “., -Gardeners .Annual: 
450 
Dicranostigma Franchetianum, 72 
Dietes Huttonii, see Moraea spathacea 
Digitalis purpurea, 136, 191, 490 
showing dialysis of 
corolla, Cxxxiil 
Dill, 191, 490 
Dionaea muscipula erecta, clix 
Dioscorea pulchella, cxxxv 
Diospyros Kaki ‘ Vashomarri,’ fruit, 
cxli 
sp. in Tibet, 72 
Dipelta elegans, 72 
floribunda, 72 
Diphyleia Grayi, 73 


plumarius, 


Diphylleia sp, in Tibet, 73 
Diplodia sp. attacking water-melon, 
523 
Dipoma iberideum, 43 
Dipsacus Fullonum mildew, 200 
Disease terminology, 489 
Disporum pullum, 73 
Dodecatheon Jeffreyi, cxxvii 
Doncaster, L., see Lock, R. H. 
Donors of plants, &c., 438 
Draba imbricata, 278 
Dracocephalum bullatum, 43 
Isabellae, 44 
Purdomii, 333 
Sp. in Tibet.ta, 
tanguticum, 44 
Dried-fruit insects, 190 
Drosera, 523 
Drought damage to crops, 518 
Drug plants, cultivation, 133, 191, 489 
Dry-rot, 490 
among books, cxxiv 
““Dry-Wall Gardens,’ by Thomas 
Smith, reviewed, 179 
Dye plants, cultivation, 489 
Dynamiting soil, 199 


Ealand, C. A., “‘ Insect Enemies,” 453 
Echeverias in the rock garden, 281 
Echinacea, 191 
‘King of Echinaceas,’ A.M., 
clxxili, clyxut 
Echinocystis lobata, 488 
Echium plantagineum, 280 
vulgare, 280, 523 
Edraianthus serpyllifolius vars., clix 
Educational courses, 490 
Eelworm, root, see Heterodera 
Egg-plant, see Aubergine 
Elecampane, I91, 490 
Ellacombe, Rev. Canon, the late, xli 
Encephalartos caffer, cxli 
Encyrtus fuscus, 188 
Endothia parasitica, 485 
Ephedra sp. in Kansu, 333 
Epidendrum coriaceum, cxxiii 
prismatocarpum, clxxxviii 
variegatum coriaceum, clxxxv 
Epilobium macropus, cxliv 
Eremurus chinensis, 40 
robustus-himalaicus, cxxvli 
Ergot, 490 
Eria ornata, 490 
tomentosa, 490 
Erica ciliaris alba, 277 
lusitanica, 276 
vagans, 274 
Erigeron heteromorphus, 188 
Erinus alpinus, 274 
Eriophyes lanigera, 525 
Pytl, 525, CXXXV 
Errata, 526 
Erysimum sp. in Kansu, 333 
Erysiphe Polygoni, 24 
Escallonia ‘ Donard Seedling,’ A.M., 
clxv 
langleyensis, clxv 
Phillipiana, clxv 


ee 


INDEX. 


Eucalyptus Beauchampiana, 192 
coccifera, 192 
cordata, 192 
coriacea, 192 
ficifolia, 192 
for English gardens, 192 
Globulus, 192 
Gunnii, 192 
obliqua, 192 
pulverulenta, 192 
resinifera, 192 
robusta, 192 
Stuartiana, 192 
urnigera, 192 
viminalis, 192 
Eucharis amazonica, lv 
burfordiensis, lv 
x Lawrenceae, A.M., liv 
Lowii, 490 
Richardiana, lv 
Eulecanium nigrofasciatum, 520 
Eulophiella Petersiana, lxvi 
Eumerus strigatus, 190 
Euonymus Bungeanus, 491 
europaeus, clxxvii 
ilicifolius, 45 
japonicus, xlv 
latifolius, A.M., clxxvii 
oxyphyllus, 491 
porphyrea, 43 
spn ta Tibet,'73; 74 
Eupatorium perfoliatum, 191, 490 
Euphorbia Caput-Medusae, 491 
Drummondil, 523 
myrsinites, 278 
Eupithecia pulchellata, 136 
Eutettix tenella, 481 
““Everybody’s Flower Garden,” by 
H. H. Thomas, 464 
Evetria buoliana, 200 
Evolution of species, 491 
Examinations in horticulture, general, 
163 
National Diploma, 155 
teachers, 157 
Exoascus deformans, 21, 500, 502, 
CXXXiV 
Exobasidium japonicum, xl 
Exochorda racemosa Wilsonii, 74 


Fabraea maculata, 500 
Farrer, R., on his travels in Kansu 
and Tibet, 47, 324 
Farreria pretiosa, 47, 49, 74 
Fasciation, cxxix, Cxxx 
reproduced by seed, xlv 
Fatsia japonica, 491 
Fen, its vegetation, 491 
Fennel, 191, 490 
dark-leaved, cxxxi 
““Ferns of South Africa,’’ 
Sim, reviewed, 172 
Festuca elatior in London, cxxix 
rubra in London, cxxix 
Fig canker, 491 
Fire-blight, see Bacillus amylovorus 
Fitch, W. H., ‘Illustrations of the 
British Flora,’’ 468 


by. Weck 


CCXXVI1 


“Flower Culture Month by Month,’ 
by M. Hampden, reviewed, 179 

Flowers, foetid, scentless after dusk, 
CxXxXxi 

Fly larve in manure, 192 


(yj Bood) Gardens wehe. bye. VW. EB: 
Rowles, reviewed, 462 
Formaldehyde, its injurious effect 


upon potatos, 193 
Formalin, 24 
Forrest, G., on flora of N.-W. Yunnan, 
39 
Forsythia sp. in Tibet, 75 
Foxglove, see Digitalis purpurea 
Fowler, Joseph Gurney, 209 
Fraser, J., and Hemsley, A., ‘“‘ John- 
son’s Gardeners’ Dictionary,’’ 469 
Fraxinus Ornus, 187 
sp. in Tibet, 75 
Freesias, breaking, xlvi 
Fritillaria acmopetala, cxxiii 
acutiloba, Cxxlii 
Elwesii, cxxiii 
gracilis, Cxxlil 
imperialis, xlvii 
gigantea, lxiii 
grandiflora, xlvii 
maxima, xlvii 
Kochiana 
latifolia, xlvii 
lutea, cxxill 
Meleagris, xlvil 
obliqua, xlvii, cxxiii 
pomona, Cxxili 
pontica, CxxXiili 
pyrenaica, Cxxili 
Siehana, cxxili 
Whittallii, cxxiii 
Frost damage to apples, 476 
Fruit, dried, insect attacks upon, 190 
fly, Mediterranean, 198 
effect of low tempera- 
tures on, 492 
parasites, 189 
Fruit-bottling, lectures on, ccvii, ccxv 
“ Fruit-growing for Amateurs,” by 
H. H. Thomas, reviewed, 463 
Fruit-growing, temperature relations, 
492 
Fruit-juices, 192 
pests, 502 
rot, 13 
season, 492 
Show Report, civ 
thinning, 492 
tree leaf-roller, 193 
planting, 201 
pruning, 203 
trees bearing in alternate years, 
193 
flowering season of, 492 
Fumes damaging vegetation, cxli 
Fumigation of plants, 193, 194 


MK eeonet, effect of low temperatures, 492 


timber-destroying, 492 
Fungicides, 516 
““Fungoid and Insect Pests of the 
Farm,” by F. R, Petherbridge, 
reviewed, 450 


CCXXV1ll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Funkia lancifolia tardiflora, 493 
Fusarium attacking carnations, 484 
citrus, 485 
turnips, 318 
caeruleum, 507 
conglutinans, 482 
discolor sulphureum, 507 
disease of narcissi, cc 
Eumartii, 507 
hyperoxysporum, 507 
in Tropaeolum leaves, cxl 
lateritium, 497 
oxysporum, 507, 508 
radicicola, 504, 507, 508 
Solani, 507 
sp. on conifers, 492 
on potatos, 504 
trichothecioides, 504, 507, 508 
Fusicladium dendriticum, cxxxv 
pirinum, cxxxv 


Gacia, see Cytisus maderensis 
blanca, see Cytisus pallidus 
Galanthus caucasicus, xli 
grandis, xli 
cilicicus, xli 
Colesborne var., xlii 
robustus, xlii 
Elwesii, xlii 
Cassaba, xlii 
Boydii, xhi 
Fosteri, xlii 
Imperati, xli 
Boydii, xli 
latifolius, xli 
Allenii, xli 
Ikariae, xlii 
Melvillei, xli 
nivalis, xli 
maximus, xli 
‘ Neil Fraser,’ xli 
‘ William Thompson,’ xli 
plicatus, xxxix, xli, xlii 
byzantinus, xlii 
chapelensis, xlii 
‘ Dragoon,’ xli 
Gallipoli, plants from, xliii 
Galls, fungus, 493 
Ganong, W. F., ‘A Text-book of 
Botany for Colleges,’’ 462 
‘‘Garden Blue Book, The,” by L. B. 
Holland, reviewed, 181 
‘‘ Garden Farming,’’ by L. C. Corbett, 
reviewed, 173 
““Garden Pests,”’ 
reviewed, 174 
‘Gardeners’ and Florists’ Annual,” 
by H, H. Dick, reviewed, 450 
Garlic, extermination of, 194 
Gastrodia elata, 498 
Gastronema sanguinea, Cxxxvl 
Gaultheria sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Veitchiana, 195 
General Meetings, i, lxxxi 
Genista hispanica, 276 
splendens, 489 
Gentian, IQI 
Gentiana acaulis, 278 


by H. Clements, 


Gentiana calycosa, cxxvii 
cruciata, 334 
frigida, 75 
heptaphylla, 46 
hexaphylla, 75, 108 
Kurroo, 75 
ornata, 36 
Pneumonanthe, 334 
spiral torsion in, cxxxili 
Przewalskyi, A.M., 333, clxv 
quinquenervia, clxix 
sino-ornata, A.M., 334, clxxvli 
sp. in Tibet, 75, 76, 333, 334 
Yunnan, 44 
triflora, 334 
Veitchiorum, 36 
verna, 75, 278 
Geranium Pylzowianum, 76 
sylvaticum, 76 
Geum Borisii, A.M., clxxix 
Gibberella moricola, 498 
Ginkgo disease, 14 
Ginseng, see Panax quinquefolium 
Gladiolus growing in Britain, 301 
‘Phyllis Kelway,’ A.M., clxix 
‘Wraith,’ A.M., clxix 
Glandina guttata, 195 
Glasnevin, plants at, 195, 
Gleditschia disease, 14 
Gloeosporium attacking Citrus, 485 
Bidgoodii, 17 
cinctum, 17 
elasticae, 14 
fructigenum, 14 
Oncidii, 17 
orchidearum, 17 
pallidum, 17 
rufomaculans, 14 
Glomerella cingulata, 187, 476 
rufomaculans, 492, 518 
Spy 14. 
Gloriosa Leopoldii, cxxxvi 
‘“‘ Glossary of Botanic Terms,” by B.D. 
Jackson, reviewed, 456 
Gnomonia leptostyla, cxxxvii 
Godetias tried at Wisley, 1916, 414, 
clxxiv 
Goes, treatment for, 208 
Goff, E. S., ‘‘ The Principles of Plant 
Culture,” 451 
Goldenseal, 191 
Gooseberry diseases, 500 
hybrid, 511 
mildew, American, 17, 19, 24, 
187, 194, 500 
more prevalent in heavily 
manured soils, 320 
‘Red Jacket,’ 511 
Graft hybrids, 495 


Grafting, a means of acclimatizing, 
475 Mae 
Graham,.F, A., ‘‘ Reclaiming the 


Waste,’’ 459 
Grape anthracnose, 14 
changes during ripening, 519 
‘* Cooper’s Black,” li 
cultivation, 195 
‘Muscat Hamburgh,’’ 195 
fruit, xlvili 


INDEX. 


Grape manure, 494 
mildew, 494 
variety test, 494 
Green hellebore, see Veratrum viride 
manures injuring seedlings, 494 
Guignardia Aesculi, 495 
Gymnosporangium confusum, 17, 20 
globosum, 493 
Juniperi virginianae, 478, 493 
Sabinae, 17, 20 
Gypsophila repens rosea, 279 


Haematoxylon 
CXXiV 
Hamamelis, Physalospora on, 14 
Hamblin, S. J., ‘“‘Book of Garden 
Plans,’’ 468 
Hampden, Mary, “ Flower Culture 
Month by Month,” 179 
Hanbury, F. J., on a Sussex rock- 
garden, 271 
Haricot beans, 433 
Harms! oS; and: Stewart, G., 
“Principles of Agronomy;”’ 455 
Hatton, R. G., on Paradise apple 
stocks, 361 
Hawthorn bud moth, 189 
Heaths, hardy, 495 
Hedeoma pulegioides, 490 
Hedychium elegans ellipticum, cxxxv 
Hedysarum multijugum, 76 
Helianthemum, 276 
Helianthus diversicatus, 200 
vars. at Wisley, 1916, 424 
Helichrysum angustifolium, 275 
bellidioides, 277 
Helleborus corsicus, 277 
Helwingia sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Hemerocallis nana, 4r 
sp. from Japan, cxxxi 
Hemileia vastatrix, 318 
Hemlock, 490 
Hemsley, A., see Fraser, J. 
Henbane, 138, I9I, 490 
Henshaw, J. W., ‘ Wild Flowers of 
the North American Mountains,”’ 
180 ..< 
Hepatica acutiloba, mildew, 200 
Hepialus rigidus, 190 
Herb-beer, 136 
Heterodera radicicola, 494, 498 
Hieracium villosum, 275 
Hodsoll, H. E. P., on the uses of lime 
in agriculture and _ horticulture, 
236 
Hogg, W., ‘“‘ The Book of Old Sun- 
dials and their Mottoes,”’ 167 
Holcus lanatus, cxxix 
Holland House Show Report, Ixxxix 
Holland, L. B., ‘‘ The Garden Blue 
Book,” 181 
Holly, 189, 195 
Hollyhock rust, cxxx 
Holmes, E. M., see Wren, R. C. 
on cultivation and pre- 
paration of medicinal 
plants, 133 
Hop aphis, 196 


with large foliage, 


CCXX1X 


Hordeum murinum, cxxix 
Horehound, 191, 490 
Horne, A. S., on the control of plant 
diseases due to fungi, 13 
Horse-chestnut leaf-blotch, 495, 500 
House-fly control, 495 
“How to lay out Suburban Home 
Grounds,” by H. J. Kellaway, 
reviewed, 168 
Hudson, J., on the Bamboo, 245 
Humogen, experiments with, 349, 495, 
CXXXil 
Hutchinsia alpina, 278 
petraea, 278 
Hyacinth-growing in Britain, 300 
many-spiked, xliv 
Hyalopterus pruni, 196 
Hybrids, 475, 496 
Hycol as a spray, 25 


Hyde, L. B., ‘“‘Simple Gardening,” 
464 
Hydrangea hortensis ‘ Etincelant,’ 


500 
‘ Satinette,’ 500 
‘ Trophée,’ 500 
Sargentiana, 36 
Sargentii, 36 
sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Hydrastis canadensis, 142, 490 
Hymenocallis guianensis, cxxxv 
Harrisiana, cxxxkv 
Hyoscyamus, 138, 191, 502 
Hypericum elodes, 277 
patulum Henryi, 334 
Hypochnus Solani, 24 
Hypoderma deformans, 525 


Iberis gibraltarica, 276 
Tex altaclarensis, 195 
Aquifolium camelliaefolia, 195 
ciliata major, 195 
donningtonensis, 195 
integrifolia, 195 
laurifolia, 195 
lutea, 195 
Marmockii, 195 
ovata, 195 
pendula, 195 
Silver Queen, 195 
nigricans, 195 
Pernyi, 36, 40, 77 
platyphylla, 195 
Shepherdii, 195 
“‘ Illustrated Garden Guide,” by W. P. 
Wright, reviewed, 179 
“ Jllustrations of British Flora,’ by 
W. Hi. Fitch and W. G. Smith, 
reviewed, 468 
Imms, A. D., see Weiss, F. E. 
“In a College Garden,’’ by Viscountess 
Wolseley, reviewed, 177 
Incarvillea grandiflora, 77, 336 
sp. in Tibet, 77, 336 
Yunnan, 44, CXxxvi 
variabilis fumariaefolia, 77 
Indian Pinks at Wisley, 418 
Indigofera sp. in Tibet, 77 


; Inheritance of pod length, 496 


CCXXX PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


‘“Insect Pests of Farm, Garden, and 
Orchard,’ by .E: D. Sanderson; 


reviewed, 452 


“Insect Enemies,” by C. A. Ealand, 


reviewed, 453 
Insecticide, quassiin as, 196 
Insects, beneficial, value of 
duction, 188 

Iris ‘ A Loute,’ clix 
‘ Albert Victor,’ iclex 
albicans, clvii 
‘ Alcazar,’ F.C.C., clix 
‘ Amas,’ clix 
‘ Archevéque,’ clix 
‘ Argus,’ clvii 
‘ Arlequin,’ clxii 
‘ Arnols,’ clix 
‘ Asia,’ clxii 
* Assyrie,’ clix 
‘ Aurea,’ clix 
Bakeriana, 196 

melaina, 196 
‘ Beauty,’ clix, clxii 
‘Benbow,’ A.M., clix 
bracteata, A.M., 496, 
clxiv 

Burgei, 196, 334 
“ Caprice,’ clix 
‘ Céleste,’ clix 
‘Cengialti Loppio,’ clxii 
‘Charmante,’ clvii 
‘Cherubim,’ clxii 
chrysographes, 36 
Clarkei, cxxvi 


“Comtesse de Courcy,’ clix 


‘Confucius,’ clix 
‘ Cordelia,’ clx 
‘Crépuscule,’ clxii 
* Crusader,’ clix 
‘ Dalmarius,’ clix 
Danfordiae, lv 
‘ Darius,’ clxii 
‘ Delicata,’ clix 
‘ Delphine,’ clvii 
“Demi Deuil,’ clxii 
‘Diane,’ A.M., clix 
‘ Dorothea,’ A.M., clvii 
‘Dr. Bernice,’ clx 
‘Eldorado,’ A.M., clix 
* Elizabeth,’ clx 
ensata, 78, 196, 324, 335 
tibetica, 196 
‘Etta,’ A.M., clvii 
‘Faust,’ clxii 
‘ Fieberi,’ A.M., clvii 
flavescens, clix 
‘Florence Wells,’ clxii 
florentina, clvii 
* Fro,) .elx, ‘clxii 
‘“Gagus,’ A.M., clx 
germanica, clvii 
alba, clx 


‘ Richard II.,’ A.M., clxiii 


‘Goldfinch,’ clvii 
goniocarpa, 196 
alpina, 78 
pratensis, 79 
‘Gracchus,’ clix 
graminea, 334 


Iris ‘Grand Bouquet,’ clx 


‘Gules,’ clxii 

Henryi, 47, 49, 78 

“Her Majesty,’ clxii 

Hoogiana, 496 

Hookeri, clvii 

‘ Horace,’ clvii 

‘Ingeborg,’ A.M., clvii 

‘Tris King,’ A.M., clix 

‘Isola,’ clix 

‘Tsolene,’ A.M., clix 

Jacquiniana, clxii 

‘Jeanne d’Arc,’ A.M., clix 

‘ Katerina,’ A.M., clix 

‘ Kathleen,’ clx 

‘ Kharput,’ A.Mb, clvii 

‘ King Christian,’ clvii 

" Kitty Reuthey elm 

‘ Knysna,’ clxii 

Kochii, A.M., clvii 

Krelagei, lv 

‘Lady Foster,’ A.M., clix 

laevigata, A.M., clxi 

‘L’ Honorable,’ clx 

‘ Little Bride,’ A.M., lv, lvi 

‘Lohengrin,’ A.M., clix 

* Loreley,’ chix 

lutescens aurea, clvii 

‘Mme. Blanche Pion,’ clix 

‘Madame Boulet,’ clxii 

‘Madame Chereau,’ clix 

‘Mme. Denis,’ clxii 

‘Maori King,’ clxii 

‘Marie Corelli,’ clxii 

‘“Meimung,’ clx 

‘Mimi,’ clx 

‘Miss Eardley,’ clix 

‘Miss Maggie,’ clx 

missouriensis, clvii 

‘Mrs. Allan Gray,’ clix 

‘Mrs. H. Darwin,’ clix 

‘Mrs. Neubronner,’ clix 

“ Mithras,’ clx, clxii 

‘Modeste Guérin,’ clxii 

‘Monsignor,’ clx 

‘Morwell,’ A.M., clix 

‘ Nibelungen,’ A.M., chix 

‘ Oporto,’ clx 

‘ Oriflamme,’ A.M., clix 

‘ Osiris,’ clvii 

pallida, fol. var., clvii 
dalmatica, A.M., clix 

‘ Parisiana,’ clix 

‘ Perfection,’ clix 

Mbetut Vitrys cls 

‘ Pfauenauge,’ clxii 

‘ Porcelain,’ clx 

‘Porsenna,’ clix 

Potanini, 196, 335 

‘Prince of Orange,’ clx 

‘Prince Victor,’ A.M., clvii 

‘Princess Victoria Louise,’ clix 

prismatica, 79, 334 

‘ Propendens,’ clx 

‘Prosper Laugier,’ A.M., clix 

‘Purple King,’ clvii 

‘Queen Alexandra,’ clxii 

‘Queen Mary,’ clix 

‘Queen of May,’ clix 


INDEX. 


Iris Regelio-cyclus, cxxiii 
“ Reggie,’ clx 
‘Rembrandt,’ A.M., clxi 
reticulata, 196, 334, lv 
‘Rhein Nixe,’ A.M., clix 
‘ Rhoda,’ clxii 
‘Ring Dove,’ clix 
‘Royal,’ A.M., clvii 
‘Saracen,’ clxii 
‘ Shelford Chieftain,’ clix 
‘ Sibyl,’ clx 
‘Sincerity,’ clix 
sp. in Tibet, 79 
Stamboul;’  clix 
‘Standard,’ clvii 
‘Standard Bearer,’ clix 
‘ Syphax,’ clx 
Taitii, cxxvill 
‘Tamerlaine,’ clix 
tenuifolia, 196, 335 
‘Thora,’ clxii 
‘ Thorbecke,’ clxii 
Tigridia, 196, 324, 335 
‘Troyana Guildford,’ clix 
‘Unique,’ clxii 
‘Valhalla,’ clvii 
versicolor, 490 
‘ Vésuve,’ clx 
‘ Viola,’ clx 
‘ Virginie,’ clx 
Wattiil, cxxiv 
7 Zephyr,’ clix 

Irises, Dutch, cxxv 

Irrigation, 195 

Ismene Macleanii, cxxxvi 

Isopyrum grandiflorum, 43, 48, lix 
sp. in Tibet, 79 

Itea ilicifolia, 36, clxxi 


Jackman, A. G., on some fallacies re- 
garding the clematis, 292 

Jackson, B. D., ‘A Glossary of 
Botanic Terms,’ 456 

Jacob, Rev. J., on daffodil develop- 
ments, 229 

Jankaea Heldreichii, 62 

Jasminum floridum, 80 

nudiflorum hybrids, xliv 
primulinum, 36 
hybrids, xliv 

Jekyll, G., and Jenkins, E. H., 
“Annuals and Biennials,’’ 462 

Jenkins, E. H., see Jekyll, G. 

*“* Johnson’s Gardeners’ Dictionary and 
Cultural Instructor,” by J. Fraser 
and A. Hemsley, reviewed, 469 

Juniperus virginiana, 478, 493 


Kansu, flora, 47, 324 

Kellaway, H.. j.;°" How .to' Lay out 
Suburban Home Grounds,” 168 

Kelps, economic value, 196 

Kennedya rosea, A.M., lviil 

Kitchingia uniflora, xliv 

Kniphofia modesta, cxxxvill 

Koeleria cristata on a London green, 
CXX1X 


CCXXX1 


La Herdanera, see Cytisus pallidus 
Laboratory, the new, at Wisley, rz2, 
TEP TIS, F2O0T2E 
Laburnum Vossii with curled leaves, 
CXXXVI1 
Lachenalia ‘ Rosemary,’ A.M., lvi 
Lachnosterna larve as food, 496 
Ladybirds, their value, 188 
Laelia anceps, cxcvili 
x cinnabrosa, clxxxvii 
flava, lxiv, 1xxi 
x ‘ Flaviona,’ A.M., lxiv, Ixxi 
x Lona: dy, Ison 
purpurata, cxc 
Laeliocattleya x ‘ Antinous,’ F.C.C., 
lxiv 
x ‘ Appam,’ cxc 
x bletchleyensis, Ixvi, clxxxiv, 
cxc 
x ‘ Britannia,’ Blenheim var., 
F.C.C., lxx 
x ‘ Buenos Aires,’ A.M., Ixvi 
x C...* Gs 4 Roebling." “var. 
‘ Violetta,’ lxix 
x callistoglossa, cxc, cxci, Cxcvii 
x Canhamiana, lxx, clxxxiii 
x ‘ Clonia,’ cxcvii 
x Colmaniana, MBryndir var., 
CXci 
x Cowanii, clxxxvii 
x ‘ Erzerum,’ A.M., Ixvii 
x ‘Fascinator’ ‘The Bride,’ 
clxxxvii 
x ‘ Fleury,’ cxcii 
x ‘General Letchitsky,’ A.M., 
cxc 
x ‘ General Sakharoff,’ cxc 
x ‘ Geo. Branch,’ clxxxiv 
x ‘Geo. Woodhams,’ cxc 
x ‘Golden Wren,’ A.M., cxci 
x Gottoiana, cxci 
Imperator, clxxxviil 
Gz 5. -Balliclsxocxvy, 
‘ Harclon,’ cxcvii 
‘Isabel Sander,’ Blenheim 
var., F.C.C., clxxxvili 
“Gatton Queen,’ A.M., 
clxxxvlii 
‘Issy,’ cxcii 
labiosa, Ixvili 
‘Lady Manningham Buller,’ 
A.M., cxciii 
‘Lorna,’ A.M., cxcviii 
luminosa, CxCiii 
aurea, lxix 
‘ Lustre,’ cxcvii 
‘Maqueda,’ A.M., cxc 
‘Mrs. Temple,’ lxvii, clxxxvi 
‘Momus,’ F.C.C., clxxxix 
‘Monastir,’ cxcvii 
‘ Myra,’ lxiv 
‘Ophinn cixxxv, GXCl, CXCVII 
‘Rubens’ Lambeauiana, 
clxxxix 
' St. Gothard,’ exci 
“ Scylla,)exe 
‘Serbia,’ A.M., cxci 
‘Sir Mervyn Buller,’ A.M., 
clxxxvi 


xx x 


x x X 


REE KEKE SCE OK 


x XX X 


€CXXXli PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Laeliocattleya x ‘Soulange,’ Bryndir 
var., A.M., cxcvul 
x ‘ Thyone,’ cxci 
Bryndir var., A.M., cxci 
Orchidhurst var., CxCill 
x ‘ Verdun,’ A.M., lxix 
x Wrigleyi, cxcviii 
Laestadia Aesculi, 500 
Lagotis ramalana, 80 
Lancea tibetica, 336 
“‘ Landscape Gardening as applied to 
Home Decoration,’ by S. T. May- 
nard, reviewed, 170 
Lantana controlled by insects, 188 
Larch canker, 198 
Larkspur, 191, 490 
Larkspurs tried at Wisley 1916, clxxiv 
Larve as food, 496 
Lasius interjectus, 208 
Latex in Papaver, 475 
Lathyrus sativus, 496 
Lavandula angustifolia, 490 
Lavatera olbia, 277 
Lavender, 191, 490 
‘Barr’s Large-flowered Mun- 
stead Dwarf,’ A.M., clxviii 
Lawn manure, 496 
Lead arsenate, 197 
its toxic value, 188 
Leaves, change with age, 513, 522 
movements of, 525 
Lees, A. H., on some aspects of 
spraying against pests, 213 
Lentils, their cooking, 254 
Leontopodium alpinum, 80 
himalayanum, 80 
- lemon-scented, 337 
sp. in Kansu, 336, 337 
Lepidium, 200 
Leptodermis Forrestii, 42 
glauca, 40 
oblonga var., 80 
virgata, 80 
Leptospermum Boscawenii, clxvi 
‘Donard Beauty,’ A.M., clxv 
Nichollii, clxvi 
Lespedeza sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Levison, J]. J:,. iccotudites.of Drees,” 
167 
Lewisia rediviva, 492 
Libertella ulcerata, 491 
Libocedrus macrolepis, 36 
Library, books added, 1916, 443 
Licorice, 191 
Light, its effect upon plants, xli, 
xlili, CKXIV, CXXV, CXXVili 
Ligustrina amurensis, 337 
Ligustrum Henryi, 36 
ionandrum, 42 
sp. in “abet, 81 
Lilac ‘ President Falliéres,’ A.M., clviii 
‘Réaumur,’ A.M., clviii 
Lilies, hardy, 197 
Lilium apertum var. tibetica, 45 
auratum, 197 
rownll, 40, 197 
chloraster, 36 
colchesterense, 197 
kansuense, 81 


Lilium bulbiferum, 197 
Burbank’s hybrid, cxxviii- 
canadense, 197 © 
candidum, 197 
chloraster, 197 
Colchicum, 197 
croceum, 321, 369 
divaricatum, 197 
elegans, 197 
excelsum, 197 
giganteum, 197 
Henryl, 197 
Humbolti, 197 
isabellinum, 197 
japonicum, 197 
Kelloggi, 197 
Krameri, 197 
leucanthum, 36 
longiflorum, 197 
x Marhan, 197 
Martagon, 197 
mirabile, clxvi 
myriophyllum, 197 
pardalinum, 197, Cxxviil 
Parryi, 197, CxXxXvili 
philadelphicum, 197 
pomponium, 197 
pyrenaicum, 197 
regale, 36, 197 
rubellum, 197 
Sargentiae, 36, 197 
sp. in Tibet, 81 
speciosum, 197 
superbum, 197 
sutchuenense, 36 
tenuifolium, 197 
testaceum, 197 
Thayerae, 36 
Thompsonianum, cxxiv 
tigrinum, 83, 197 
warleyense, 36 

Lily of the Valley, 490 

Lime, its uses in agriculture and 

horticulture, 236, 321 
sulphur spray, composition, 197 
washes, 197, 213 
Lithospermum prostratum, 195, 276 
Liver of sulphur, 23, 24 
Lloydia alpina, 81 
serotina, 81 
sp. in Tibet, 81 
tibetica, 337 
Lobelia, 40, 191 
Holstii, 496 
inflata, 490 
Lock, R. H., and Doncaster, L., 
“Recent Progress in the Study of 
Variation,” &c., 461 

Lolium perenne on a London green, 
CXxXixX 

Lomatia pinnatifolia, A.M., clxix 

London grasses, ccxxix 

Lonicera etrusca, 496 
Farreri, 81 
Henryi, 42 
late-flowering, CxXxxkv 
ligustrina yunnanensis, 42 
Maackii podocarpa, 36, 42 
nitida, 36 


a eee 


INDEX. 


Lonicera pileata, 36 
sp. in Tibet, 81-83, 337-38 
syringantha, 82 
tatarica, 496 
tragophylla, 36 
xerocalyx, 42 
Lovage, I9I, 490 
Lupinus albus root, 512 
Chamissonis, 496 
Lycaste Balliae, Ixvi 
Skinneri magnifica, lxvii 
‘Mrs. G. Hamilton- 
Smith,’ A.M., lxix 
Lychnis sp. in Tibet, 83 
ep: irom: China, 
CXXXVIli 
Lycoperdon cancellatum, 20 
Lyle, W. T., ‘‘ Parks and Park Engi- 
neering,’ 461 
Lysimachia Henryi, 36 
Lysionotus pauciflorus, 36 
warleyensis, 36 


flowering, 


McCall, A. G., ‘‘ Studies of Soils,”’ 
176 
McFarland, J. H., 
Garden,’ 172 
Maclura aurantiaca fruiting, xl 
Macqui, see Aristotelia Macqui 
Macrocystis pyrifera, 196 
Macrodyctium omiodivorum, 188 
Macrosiphum pisi, 199 
Magnolia Delavayi, 36 
Magydaris tomentosa, 279 
Maize with twin seedlings, cxxili 
Male fern, 490 
Malus yunnanensis, 37 
Malva moschata alba, 276 
Manganese, its action in soil, 198 
Mango disease, 25 
““Manual of Manures, The,’ by H. 
Vendelmans, reviewed, 452 
Manure, fly larve in, 192 
““Manuring for Higher Crop Produc- 
tion,’”’ by E. J: Russell, reviewed, 
181 
Marguerite fly, 198 
Marigold, 490 
Market-garden soils, 406 
“Market Gardening,” by F. L. Yeard, 
reviewed, 171 
Marrow, its cooking, 253, 255 
two-coloured, cxxxlii 
Marsh Mallow, 490 
Marssonia Juglandis, cxxxvii 
Massonia jasminiflora, cxxxix 
pustulata, xxxix 
Matricaria Chamomilla, 490 
Matthiola incana, 33 
rupestris, 279 
Maynard, S. T., “‘ Landscape Garden- 
ing,” 170 
Mazus sp. in Kansu, 336 
Meconopsis cambrica, 86 
concinna, 45 
curious form, cxxvliil 
x decora, xlv, cxxviil 
Delavayi, 43 


“My Growing 


CCXXXIili 


Meconopsis eximia, 45 
Forrestii, 43 
grandis, 84 
impedita, 45 
integrifolia, 36, 84, 338 
latifolia, cxxvili 
lepida, 83, 339 
Prattii, 85, 338-39 
Psilonomma, 84 
punicea, 36, 59, 84, 86 
quintuplinervia, 84, 339 
racemosa, 85, 338-89 
rudis, 43, 48, 85 
simplicifolia, Bailey’s 
F.C.C., clx 
sp. in Tibet, 83-86 
Yunnan, 44 
speciosa, 45, 46 
venusta, 45 
Wallichil, xlv, cxxvili 
Medicinal plant cultivation and pre- 
paration, 133 
Melica nutans, 280 
Melilot, 136 
Meliosma cuneifolia, 43 
Melissa, 191 
Melon aphis, 198 
mosaic disease, 488 
Mentha aquatica, xxxix 
nepetioides, xxx1x 
piperita, xxxix 
pubescens, xxx1x 
Merodon equestris, 190 
Merulius lachrymans, 318, 490 
attacking books, cxxiv 
Mesembryanthemum edule, 278 
transpadense, 497 
tuberculosum, 497 
Meteorological observations at Wisley 
1915, 122 
Micromeles Folgneri, 36 
Microterys flavus, 188 


val., 


Mignonette tried at Wisley 1916, 
421, clxxv 
Miltonia Bieuana Stevensii, clxxxv 


chelsiensis, clxxxiv 
x ‘ Frank Reader,’ A.M., clxxxvi 
x Hyeana, clxxxvili 
‘“F, M. Ogilvie,’ Shrub- 
bery var.,A.M.,clxxxvi 
x ‘Isabel Sander,’ Charles- 
worth’s var., A.M., clxxxviii 
x ‘ John Barker,’ clxxxvili 
x Roezhi, clxxxvili 
vexillaria ‘ Dreadnought,’ A.M., 
clxx xix 
‘ Lyoth,’ Shrubbery var., 
A.M., clxxxiv 
‘Memoria G. D. Owen,’ 
clxxxiv, clxxxvi 
‘ Violetta,’ clxxxiv 
Mint hybrid, xxxix 
spiral torsion in, Cxxxi 
Monarda punctata, 520 
Monarthropalpus buxi, 189 
Monilia fructigena, 13, 478 © 
Montbretia * Queen of Spain,’ A.M., 
clxx1 
Moraea spathacea, cxxili 


CCXXXl1V PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Moraine garden, 278, 281 
Morina sp. in Tibet, 86 
Yunnan, 44 
Mosaic disease, 488, 497, 521 
Muscari ‘ Heavenly Blue,’ 301 
Mushroom, its cooking, 254 
spot disease, 498 
Mussel scale, 498 
Mustard, 490 
Mutation, 497 
““My Growing Garden,’ by J. H. 
McFarland, reviewed, 172 
Mycology, economic, 13, 317 
Mycorhiza, 498 
Mycosphaerella ontarioensis, 496 
sentina, 500 
Myoporum laetum, clxvili 
Myosotis alpestris, 279 
‘Blue Eyes,’ |xiii 
micrantha, cxxvi 
sp. in Tibet, 86 
sylvatica, 275 
Myrtus communis, leaf scorch, cxxili 
Myxosporium corticolum, 476 


Narcissus ‘ Albatross,’ 232 

‘ Alpha,’ 235 
‘ Argent,’ 235 
aureo-tinctus, 232 
Barrii, 231, 233 

conspicuus, 231, 233, 300 
‘Bernardino,’ 233 
‘ Bazelman major,’ 230 
‘ Bazelman minor,’ 230 
bicolor maximus, 232 
‘ Blackwell,’ 233 
‘ Bridget,’ 235 
Burbidgei ‘Little Dick,’ 231 
‘Buttercup,’ 234 
canariensis, xlvi 
‘Captain Nelson,’ 232 
‘Centurion,’ A.M., cxcii, cc 
‘ Chaucer,’ cxcix 
‘Cicely,’ 234 
‘Coral,’ A.M., ccii 
‘ Cornelia,’ 233 
corona divided, xlvi 
‘ Creusa,’ 233 
cyclamineus, 230, 234 

x ‘Soleil d’Or,’ B.C., xlv, 

cc 

‘Cymry,’ A.M., ec 
‘ Diomedes’ var. Crichtoni, 231 
‘Emperor,’ 231, 233, 300 
‘Empress,’ 231, 300, 302 
‘Etoile d’Or,’ 230 
‘ Firebrand,’ 234 
‘ Flattery,’ 234 
‘ Fleetwing,’ 234 
‘Fortune,’ 233 
‘Frank Miles,’ 232 
Fusarium disease, cc 
‘Gloria Mundi,’ 231 
“Golden Arrow,’ 234 
“Golden Spur,’ 302 
‘Grand Soleil d’Or,’ 230 
‘ Grandee,’ 232 
growing in Britain, 300, 302 


Narcissus ‘ Helios,’ 233 


‘Henri Vilmorin,’ 233 

' Elomer,’ 234 

Horsfieldii, 300 

‘ Incognita,’ 234 

incomparabilis, 231 
aurantius, 231 
expansus, 232 
‘ Figaro,’ 232 

\ Isis,’ 234 

Ixion, 233 

‘ Jaspar,’ 234 

Jonquilla simplex, 234 

‘ Katherine Spurrell,’ 232 

Leedsii, 232, 234 
elegans, 232 

‘ Lucifer,’ 233 

major superbus, 232 

‘Madame de Graaf,’ 233 

‘Marshlight,’ 233 

‘ Martial,’ 235 

‘Matthew Arnold,’ 233 

maximus, 233 

minimus, 231 

‘Minnie Hume,’ 234 

minor, 231 

‘Mrs. Langtry,’ 231, 234 

moschatus, 231 

‘Mozart,’ 233 

‘Nelsoni major, 232 

obvallaris, 302 

‘Olympia,’ 233 

‘Ozan,’ A.M., cci 

‘Palermo,’ A.M., cci 

pallidulus, xlvi 

pallidus, 231 

‘Paper White,’ 230 

‘ Phyllida,’ A.M., cci 

‘ Pinkie,’ 235 

‘Pippin,’ A.M., cxcix 

poculiformis elegans, 232 

poeticus stellaris, 231 

‘Poetry,’ A.M., cci 

‘ Princess Mary,’ 232, cxcix 

pseudo-Narcissus, 231 

‘Queen of Spain,’ 234 

‘Rochester Quinton,’ 234 

‘St. Ilario,’ A.M., cci 

‘Salmonetta,’ 234 

‘ Seagull,’ 232 

‘ Sealing-wax,’ 234 

‘Sir Watkin,’ 302 
double, A.M., cci 

Soleil d’Or, 230, xlv, cc 

‘Sparkler,’ A.M., cxcix 

spathe double, xlvii 

Spofforthiae, 231 
spurius, 231 

subconcolor, 231 

‘Sunrise,’ 234 

Tazetta, 229 

‘The Hon. Mrs. Francklin,’ 234 

‘Thora,’ 234 

triandrus, 234, xlvi 
calathinus, 234 

tridymus, 231 

‘ Vestal Virgin,’ 233 

i Victoria, 233 

‘ Weardaie Perfection,’ 231 


INDEX. 


Narcissus ‘ White Emperor,’ 233 
‘White King,’ 234 
“White Knight,’ 233, cx#c112,.ccl 
‘White Pearl,’ A.M., cci 
‘White Pennant,’ A.M., cci 
‘White Mere,’ 234 
‘William Goldring,’ 232 
with two spathes, cxxiii 
National Diploma in Horticulture, 155 
Nectria ditissima, 476 
Solani, cxxvi 
Nemesia ‘ Orange Prince,’ A.M., clxvili 
Nereocystis Luetkeana, 196 
Nerine ‘ Rotherside,’ A.M., clxxix 
Nicandra physaloides, 523 
Nicotiana crown-gall, 488 
suaveolens, 523 
Nicotine for Horticultural purposes, 
430 
Nierembergia frutescens, 275 | 
Nitraria Schoberi, 86 
Nitrates in soils, 199, 572 
Nitrification in soils, 199 
effect of arsenic on, 499 
Nitrogen, bad effect of excess in 
manures, 320 
in legumes, 499 
Nomocharis pardanthina, F.C.C., 45, 
clxi, clxiv 
Notes and Abstracts, 183, 471 
Notholirion Hookeri, cxxvii 
macrophyllum, cxxiv, Cxxvii 
roseum, Cxxvii 
Sp. NOV., CXXvii 
Notices to Fellows, Ixxii, ccvi 
Novius cardinales, 188 
Nummularia discreta, 187, 476, 477 


Odontioda x ‘ Alcantara,’ A.M., lxix 
x ‘ Aurora,’ A.M., clxxxiv 
x ‘ Brackenhurst,’ P.C., lxxi 
x Bradshawiae, |xix 
x Brewii var. cuprea, A.M., 
clxxxvi 
x‘ Cereus,’ P.C., lxix 
x Charlesworthii, Ixviti-lxxi, 
clxxxiv—clxxxvi, CXCvlii 
x Cooksoniae, lxix, clxxxvi 
x ‘ Dora,’ A.M., Ixvii 
x ‘Euterpe,’ leaf-spot, 26, 18 
x ‘Florence,’ A.M., clxxxvi 
x ‘Gladys,’ F.C.C., 1xix 
x Gratrixiae, Bryndirvar., A.M., 
clxxxiv 
x ‘Irene’ var. ‘ Glorita,’ A.M., 
lxiv 
x ‘Joan,’ Bryndir var., A.M., xx 
Fowler’s var., A.M., lxviii 


‘Madeline’ ‘Black Prince,’ 
P.C., cxcvili 
x ‘Prince Albert,’ A.M., Ixx 


x.) DheGzar/ sax 
x ‘ Trebizond,’ clxxxv 
x Vuylstekeae, xvii 
x ‘Zephyr,’ Ixx 
Odontoglossum x ‘ Anzac,’ P.C., Ixv 
x amabile, lxx1, clxxxiv, 
clxxxv, CXCiV 


CCXXXV 


Odontoglossum x amabile, McBean’s 
var., A.M., lxvi 
x ardentisper, clxxxv 


x ardentissimum, Ixvii, Ixx, 
GlIxXxxv 
‘Memoria J. Gurney 


Fowler,’ F.C.C., clxxxv 
aspidorhinum, cxci 
citrosum, leaf-spot,; 17 
crispum, 18 
x “Cloth of Gold,” 1xxi 
coeruleum, clxxxvii 
x ‘Colossus,’ xv 
x crispo-Harryanum, lxvi 
crispuma;) Isevi,) | lxixi \clxxxiv, 
cCxCvili 
‘General Pétain,’ Ixx 
Slucillay > xix 
‘ Millicent,’ clxxxvi 
‘ Perfection,’ P.C., lxix 
‘Solum,’ clxxxvi 
x) Dona,’ clxxxvi 
Bryndir var., clxxxv 
‘Doris,’ Orchidhurst Vava 
P.C., cxcvlii 
x ‘Erzerum,’ -P.C., clxxxiv 
excellens, lxix 
eximium, 18, lxv, lxix, Ixxi 
x exultans, Orchidhurst var., 
P.C., Ixv 
x Farmeri, A.M., clxxxv 


“Fascinator,’ ) clxxxiv,) .c]xxxv 

gandavense, CXCiv 

x * General Cadornas’. -P:C:; 
CXCVi 

x ‘General Townshend,’ P.C., 
clxxxiv 


x Harryanum, clxxxvi 
illustrissimum, cxxv, clxxxvil 

Shrubbery var., A.M., lxx 
x ‘ Jasper,’ xvii, clxxxv 


x Kang. mperor,,, clxxxiv, 
CIXXXV; CXCVI 
x Lambardianum ‘ Gatton 


Prince,’ A.M., clxxxvii 
x Lambeauianum, lxx 
x Loochristiense, 18 
x ‘ Menier,’ F.C.C., cxciv 
Ossulstonii, cxcvi, CXCvili 
x percultum, Ixx, cxcvi 
‘Nicator,’ A.M., cxciii 
Pescatorei, lxix 
‘ Duchess of 
minster,’ 1xxi 
‘Grand Duchess,’ clxxxv 
promerens, Orchidhurst var., 
P.C., lxix 
Rolfeae, cxciii 
spot, 16 
x ‘The Czar,’ ¥F.C.C., lxviii 
x Thwaitesii, 18 
Uro-Skinneri, 18 
Vuylstekeae, clxxxvii 
Wilckeanum, Ixxi, clxxxiv 
Oenothera hybrids, 475, 497 
gigas, 500 
nanella, 500 
pratincola, 497 
Okra, its cooking, 254 


West- 


CCXXXV1 PROSEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Oleander, 523 
Olearia semidentata, A.M., clxiii 
Oncidioda x Charlesworthii, CXXV, 
clxxxvli 
x Cooksoniae, leaf-spot, 26, 
Oncidium Cebolleta, Ixv 
incurvum, clxxxvii 
Kramerianum, leaf-spot, 17 
ornithorhynchum, leaf-spot, 17 
spot, 17, 18 
Onosma sp. in Tibet, 86 
Oospora scabies, 202 
Ootetrastichus beatus, 189 
Ophiopogon kansuensis, 87 
sp. in Kansu, 87 
Orach mildew, 200 
Orchard cultivation, 199 
spraying, 500 
Orchid cultivation, 7 
mycorhiza, 498 
Orchis sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Orcus chalybaeus, 188 
Oreocharis Henryana, 87 
Origanum hirtum, 490 
Onites, 490 
vulgare album, cxxxii 
megastachyum, Cxxxli 
viride, cxxxii 
Orris, I9I, 490 
Osage orange, see Maclura aurantiaca 
Osteomeles anthyllidifolia, 87 
sp. in Kansu, 87 
Ostryopsis nobilis, 45 
Othonnopsis cheirifolia, 277 
“Our Food Supply, Peril and 
Remedies,’ by C. Turnor, reviewed, 


458 i 
Oxalis lobata, A.M., clxxiii 
Oxygraphis sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Oxytropis pyrenaica, 340 

sp. in Kansu, 339 
Oyster-shell scale, 190 


Pachysandra procumbens, 88 
sp. in Tibet, 88 
Paeonia Beresowskyi, 88 
Moutan, 88 
officinalis ‘Smyrna,’ cxxvi 
Veitchii, 73 
Whittallii, cxxvii 
Willmottiae, 501, cxxilv 
Peony ‘Ceres,’ A.M., clviii 
Paint-destroying fungus, xlv 
Palm, bud-rot, 13 
Panax quinquefolium, 142, 
490, 512 


I9I, 200, 


diseases, 493 
Pandanus furcatus, 501 
Papaver nudicaule, 340 
carpellody in, cxxix 
orientale, carpellody in, cxxxvii 
‘King George,’ A.M., 
_¢elviii 
somniferum alkaloids, 475 
Papaw, changing sex, 484 
Para-dichlorobenzene as a fumigant, 194 
Paranagrus optabilis, 189 
perforator, 189 


“Parks and Park Engineering,’’ by 
W. T. Lyle, reviewed, 461 
Parnassia palustris, 277 
sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Paris quadrifolia, 88 
sp. in Tibet, 88 
Parrya Forrestii, 44 
Parsley, I91 
disease, 501 
Parthenocissus Henryana, 37 
Thomsonil, 37 
Passiflora failing to flower, cxli 
Path-planting, 272 
Paulownia tomentosa lanata, 36 
Payne, C. H., on the introduction 
of the Dahlia, 305 
Pea ‘ Alderman,’ cxlvii 
aphis, 199 
‘ Best of All,’ cxlv, cxlvii 
‘ Buttercup,’ cxlv 
‘Centenary,’ cxlvi 
‘Clipper,’ A.M., cxlv 
‘Commonwealth,’ cxlvii 
‘Continuity,’ cxlvii 
‘ Daisy,’ cxlv 
‘Danby Stratagem,’ cxlvi 
‘ Discovery,’ cxlvii 
“Duke of Albany, Reselected,’ 
cxlvi 
‘Duke of .Albany, Selected,’ 
cxlvi 
“Evergreen Delicatesse,’ cxlvi 
‘Favourite,’ cxlvi 
“Glory of Devon,’ cxlvii 
‘ Gradus,’ cxlv 
‘ Harvestman,’ cxlvi 
‘ Improved Queen,’ A.M., cxlv 
' Incomparable,’ cxlvii 
‘ International,’ cxlvi 
‘ Jersey Hero,’ A.M., cxlv 
‘ King George,’ cxlvi 
‘Magnificent,’ cxlvii 
‘Magnum Bonum,’ cxlvi 
‘Market Gardener,’ A.M., 
“Market King,’ A.M., cxlv 
‘ Masterpiece,’ cxlvii 
‘ Matchless,’ cxlvii 
“Model Telephone,’ cxlvi 
‘Ne Plus Ultra,’ cxlvii 
‘Paragon,’ cxlvi 
‘ Peerless,’ cxlvi 
‘ Perpetual,’ A.M., cxlvii 
‘ Prince of Peas,’ cxlvi 
‘ Prize-Winner,’ cxlvii 
‘Quite Content,’ A.M., cxlv 
‘ Red Cross,’ cxlvi 
‘Reliance Marrowfat,’ cxlvi 
roots, 512 
‘Royal Salute,’ A.M., 
‘ Satisfaction,’ cx!vii 
‘Sharpe’s Standard,’ cxlvi 
‘Stratagem,’ cxlvi 
‘The Newby,’ A.M., cxlv 
* The ¥..C., cxivai 
‘The Victor,’ cxlvii 
‘Up to Date,’ cxlvii 
‘William Richardson,’ cxlvii 
Peach ‘ Amsden,’ 21 
blight, 187 


cxlv 


cxlv 


INDEX. 


Peach ‘ Briggs’ Red May,’ 21 
canker, 501 
‘Crawford,’ 200 : - 
‘ Daghestan,’ 21 
die-back, cxxxiv 
‘Early Alexander,’ 21 
‘ Elberta,’ 21 
‘ Franco-espagnole,’ 500 
fruit-rot, 13 
‘ Kia-Ora,’ 21 
leaf-curl, 21, 24, 500, 502, CXXXiV 
leaf glands, 502 
mildew, 500 
Niagara, 200 
“Queen of the Gardens,’ 21 
scale, 520 
Peaches failing to fruit, cxliv 
Pear, “‘ Beurré d’Avril,’ 500 
blight, 479 
bud moth, 189 
‘Chaumontel,’ cxxxv 
‘Doyenné de Comice,’ cxxxv 
gall in fruit, cxli 
leaf-blotch, 500 
leaves lobed, cxxxvii 
manure, 477 
Psylla, 200 
Quince hybrid, 203 
rust, 27, 20 
scab, 22, 500, CKxxv 
' stock, 200 
woolly aphis, 476 
Peas, sweet, winter, 500 
their cooking, 254 
Pectins in apples, 502 
Pectis aquatica, 188 
Pedicularis sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Pegomyia hyoscyami, 139, 502 
Pelargonium crispum, cxxxiv 
crown-gall, 488 
“General Joffre,’ A.M., clxxix 
‘King of Denmark,’ clxxix 
‘Lady Mary,’ cxxxiv 
semi-trilobum  JRaduliferinum 
x crispum, Cxxxiv 
Pellett; F.. C., “Productive Bee- 
keeping,” 457 
Peloria, suggestions as to its origin, 
xlii 
Penicillium glaucum, 518 
Pennyroyal, 191 
American, see Hedeoma pule- 
gioides 
Pentstemon hybrid, 502 
rupicola, 502 
Peppermint, 191, 490 
Peridermium pyriforme,. 487 
Strobi, 523 
Perkinsiella saccharicida, 189 
Peronospora alsinearum, 200 
Dipsaci, 200 
effusa, 200 
Ficariae, 200 
grisea, 200, CXxXxvVil 
parasitica, 200 
rumicis, 200 
Viciae, 200 
Pertia sp. in Tibet, 88 
Pests of fruit, 502 


CCXXXVI1 


Petherbridge, F. R., “‘ Fungoid and 
Insect Pests of the Farm,” 450 
Peziza Wilkommii, 318 
Phaca astragalina, 340 
sp. in Kansu, 340 
Phaiocymbidium x chardwarense, |xxi 
Phaius grandiflorus, 1xxi 
sp. in Tibet, 89 
Phaseolus acutifolius, 520 
vulgaris, heredity in, 502 
Phegopteris polypodioides, 280 
Philadelphus ‘Coupe d’Argent,’ 500 
‘Fleur de Neige,’ 500 
‘ Girandole,’ 500 
grandiflorus, 500 
sp. in Tibet, 89 
‘ Virginal,’ 500 
sp.in Yunnan, 42 
Phlomis sp. from Kashmir, cxxxv 
in Yunnan, 44 
Phlox Drummondii, colour varieties, 
502 
flower colour inheritance, 200 
Pholiota adiposa, 493 
Phoma attacking turnips, 318 
cinerascens, 491 
Mali, 17 
Phorodon humuli, 196 
pigmentifera, xlv 
Pomi, 16 
socia, 485 
Phosphorus in plants, 502 
Phyllostachys, 247 
aurea, 247, 248, 250, 251 
Boryana, 246, 247, 251 
Castillonis, 251 
flexuosa, 247, 251 
Henonis, 246, 247, 251 
Mazeli, 252 
mitis, 251, 252 
nigra, 246, 251 
Quilioi, 251 
treatment, 246 
viridi-glaucescens, 251, 252 
Phyllosticta nuptialis, cxxiii 
solitaria, 187 
Physalis Alkekengi, 89 
Francheti, 89 
Physalospora Cydoniae, 14, 476, 503 
Phytolacca decandra, 134, 191, 490 
Phytomyza chrysanthemi, 198 
hyoscyami, 198 
Phytophthora Cactorum, 200, 493 
infestans, I4-16, 22, 200, 202, 
317, 319, 502, 504 
omnivora, 492 
parasitica, 14 
Picea yunnanensis, 42 
Pieris Forrestii, 40 
Pileostegia viburnoides, 36 
Pine rust, 487, 523 
-shoot moth, 200 
Pinkroot, see Spigelia marilandica 
Pinus Armandi, 89 
austriaca, canker, 200 
excelsa rust, 523 
Lambertiana, 523 
Laricio, 200 
monticola, 523 


CCXXXV1ll PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Pinus ponderosa, 524 
Strobus rust, 523 
sylvestris, 199 
canker, 200 
Pittosporum Colensoi, 202 
Plagiospermum sinense, 103 
Plant diseases due to fungi, the control 
of, 13, 317, 489, 501 
transportation, 522 
Plantago, coloration of roots, xlii 
lanceolata in London, cxxix 
tall form, cxxxix 
major in London, cxxix 
Planting fruit-trees, 200 
pot-bound trees, 201 
“Plants in Health and Disease,’ by 
FE, E. Weiss, A. D. Imms, and W. 
Robinson, reviewed, 450 
Plasmodiophora Brassicae, 16, 18, 317, 
321 
Plasmopara Halstedii, 200 
pygmaea, 200 
viticola, 200, 503 
Platyclinis filiformis, clxxxix 
Platyornus lividigaster, 188 
Platyptilia pusillidactyla, 188 
Plectranthus sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Pleione Delavayi, 32, 40 
Forrestii, 40 
grandiflora, 40 
humilis vars., lxv 
Roylei, 89 
sp., 47, 89 
Pleospora sp. on apple, 17 
Pleurogyne carinthiaca, 112 
Pleurotus nidiformis, 493 
Plowrightia morbosa, 492 
Plum bud moth, 189 
brown rot, varietal resistance, 
201 
diseases, 500 
‘Early Laxton,’ A.M., cxlvi 
‘ Late Muscatelle,’ 201 
‘Orpington Prolific,’ cli 
silver-leaf disease, cxxxvii 
Plums derived from American species, 
201 
Poa alpina, 280 
annua, CXxix 
compressa polynoda, cxxix 
pratensis, 487, Cxxix 
trivialis, cxxix 
Podocarpus, Cxxxvi 
Podosphaera leutotricha, 500 
Oxyacanthae, 500 
Poinciana regia, yellow-flowered, xli 
Poisoning trees, 201 
Poke-root, see Phytolacca decandra 
Pokeweed, see Phytolacca decandra 
Polemonium coeruleum fasciated, xlv 
tanguticum, 90 
sp. in Kansu, 90 
Pollen-grain germination, 503 
Pollination, 503 
of pomaceous fruits, 503 
Polygala Senega, 490 
Polygonatum roseum, 90 
. sp. in Kansu, 90 
Polygonum amphibium, 491 


Polygonum bistorta, cxxvii 
vaccinifolium, 277 
Polyporus admirabilis, 477 
betuliinus—a _ large 
CXXXVil 
sp. attacking timber, 318 
vaporarius, 490 


specimen, 


Polystichum angulare_ divisilobum 
plumosum, Perry’s No. 1, A.M., 
clxvi 


Lonchitis, 280 
Poplar borer, 201 
Poplars, new, 202 
Populus Baileyana, 202 
balsamifera, 202 
Michauxii, 202 . 
deltoidea monilifera, 202 
Jackii, 202 
lasiocarpa, 36 
tremuloides, 487 
Potato ‘ Arran Chief,’ cxlix 
black-rot, 504, 508 
canker, 18, 202 
collar-rot, 24 
composition of diseased, 507 
‘Cropper,’ cxlix 
disease, 14—-16,522, 202, 317, 
502, 504 
‘Donside Defiance,’ cxlix 
‘ Drumwhindle,’ cxlix 
dry-rot, 504, 508 
Fusarium attack on, 504, 508, 
cxxXvi 
‘Idaho Rural,’ 504 
“Trish Chieftain,’ cxlix 
‘King Edward,’ cxlix 
‘Langworthy,’ cl 
leaf-roll, 505 
leak disease, 506 
Pearl,’ Fo" 
* Prolific 70k 
rest period, 507 
Rhizoctonia disease, 192, 507 
‘Rob Roy,’ cxlix 
scab, 202, 481, 508 
silver scurf, 506 
spraying, 202, 507 
‘Superlative,’ cl 
‘The Chapman,’ cl 
‘The Factor,’ cl 
‘The Provost,’ cl 
tumour, 18 
value of immature, as seed, 508 
Verticillium disease, 507 
‘White City,’ cl 
wilt, 508 
Potatos, use of clean seed, 508 
Pot-bound plants, planting, 202 
Potentilla biflora, 91 
Clusiana, 9I 
davurica, 90 
Veitchi, 509 
fruticosa, 90, 330 
nitida, 91 
Purdomii, 340 
Veitchii, 90 
verna, 9I 
Poterium hakusanense, cxxxv 
obtusum, CXxxv 


INDEX, 


Potter, M. C., on economic mycology, 
317 
“Potter's Cyclopedia of Botanical 
Drugs and Preparations,’ by R.C. 
Wren and E. M. Holmes, reviewed, 
47° 
Primula acclamata, 341 
aemula, 45 
aerinantha, IOI, 103 
Allionii, 342 
alsophila, 98, 102, 103 
‘ Asthore,’ 509 
Auricula, lxii 
Beesiana x Bulleyana, 
clxiv 
Biondiana, 343 
blattea, 344 
Blinii, 203 
Bulleyana, 280 
chionantha, 45 
citrina, 97, 103 
Cockburniana, 36 
cognata, 100, 103, 342, 343 
conica, A.M., clv, clx 
conspersa, 97, 103, Clviii 
Delavayi, 94 
diantha, 92, 341 
‘Edina,’ 509 
elatior, 275 
Engleri, 94 
farinosa, 341 
Farreri, 340, 342, 345 
flava, 97 
floribunda, 509 
Isabellina, 509 
florida, 45 
Forrestii, 195, 279 
Franchetiana, 45 
gemmifera, 96, 98, 99, 103, 341, 
342, 345 
helodoxa, A.M., clviii 
hylophila, 91 
japonica, 275 
pulverulenta, 36 
jesonana, 199 
‘J. H. Wilson,’ 279 
Juliae, 278 
Wargrave variety, A.M., 
Ix 
x kewensis, 509 
leptopoda, 343 
lichiangensis, 93, 95, IOI, 103 
Loczii, 92, 103 
Mairei, 202 
malacoides, 40 
double, liv 
wong Albert,’ 
vail 
fasciated, xxxix 
Maximowiczii, 96, 98, 99, 102, 


A.M., 


A.M., 


343 
membranifolia, 92 
“Mountain Ruby,’ 277 
nutans, A.M., Ilxiii 
obconica, 195, 509 
optata, 96, IOI, 102 
pirolaefolia, 202 
Poissonii, 45 
pulverulenta, 36 


CCXXX1X 


Primula Pumilio, 341 
Purdomii, 98, 99, 102 
purpurea, 95 
racemosa, 203 
Ragotiana, 203 
Reginella, 341 
riparia, 92, 103 
rosea, 342 
rufa, 195 
scopulorum, 92, 100, 103 
secundiflora, 49 
septemloba, 93, 102, 103 
sertulum, 102 
sibirica, 98, 341, 342, 345 
sikkimensis with purple tube, 
CXXvli 
silvicola, 195 
sinensis, 326, 342, 345 
doubling, xlii 
albaplena, xlii 
sinolisteri, 509 
sp.in Kansu, Tibet, 47, 91-103, 
349-45 
Yunnan, 44, 46 
sphaerocephala, 45 
stenocalyx genuina, I00, 103, 
341-43, 345, lx 
dealbata, 100, 343 
szechuanica, 45 
tangutica, 98, 99, 102, 343-45 
tibetica, 341, 342 
urticifolia, 344, 345 
Veitchii, 36, 93, IOI, 509 
verticillata, 509 
Viola-grandis, 93, 102 
virginis, 202 
viscosa, Ixii 
vittata, 36 
Wardii, 45, 98 
warleyensis, 37 
wetringtonensis, 195 
Winteri, 280 
Woodwardii, 95, 99, 102, 344 
‘Zuleika Dobson,’ A.M., /v7, Ixii 
Primulas, Chinese, 44, 46, 47, 9I-103, 
202 
“Principles of Agronomy,” by F. S. 
Harris and G, Stewart, reviewed, 455 
“Principles of Plant Culture, The,”’’ 
by E. S. Goff, reviewed, 451 
Prinoxystus in wood, 208 
Prinsepia uniflora, 103 
“Productive Bee-keeping,’ by F. C. 
Pellett, reviewed, 457 
“Profitable Herb-growing and Col- 
lecting,”’ by A. B. Teetgen, reviewed, 
457 
Prociphilus, 523 
Prostanthera lasianthos, clxviii 
Prunes, brown rot, 509 
Pruning fruit-trees, 203, 509 
Prunus americana, 202, 517 
armeniaca, 517 
Avium, cxhi 
Besseyi, 487 
cerasifera, 487 
Cerasus, cxlii 
domestica, 487, 517 
Mahaleb, fasciated, xlv 


ccx] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Prunus Maximowiczii, 510 
monticola, 487 
persica, 517 
Planteriensis, 487 
pumila, 487 
Simonii, 487 
sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Pseudomonas Citri, 190, 485 
Psylla mali, 478 
radicicola, 515 
Pseudopeziza Ribis, 500 
Ptelea trifoliata, juvenile foliage, cxli 
Pterostylis reflexa, cxlii 
‘* Public Parks and Gardens of Bir- 
mingham,”’ by R. K. Dent, reviewed, 
177 
Puccinia Malvacearum, cxxx 
Pruni-spinosae, 517 
Pulsatilla occidentalis, cxxvii 
Pumpkin, its cooking, 253, 256 
mosaic disease, 488 
seed, 510 
Pyracantha crenulata, 37 
Rogersiana, 510 
Gibbsii, 510 
Lelandii, xlvi 
Pyrethrum, 191, 490 
Pyronia x Veitchii, 203 
Pyrus Aucuparia, 104 
Malus aldenhamensis, A.M., clvi 
sp. in Tibet, 103-4 
Yunnan, 42 
spectabilis, 103 
Veitchiana, 37 
Vilmorinii, A.M., clxxvii 
yunnanensis, 42 
Pythium Debaryanum, 203, 493, 505 
palmivorum, 13 


Quassiin as an insecticide, 196 
Quercus alba, 494 
Tlex, 187 
sp., host of Comandra, 487 
sp. in Tibet, 104 
Quince blight, 479 
disease, 14 
leaf-blotch, -500 
LUSE, (77, 20 


Radio-active ores, their effects on 
plants, 203, 510 
Radishes, damping off of, 203, 519 
Railway rates on timber, 203 
Ranunculus fascicularis, mildew, 200 
Ficaria, mildew, 200 
montanus, 277 
Raspberry ‘ Black Pearl,’ 203 
breeding, 510 
‘ Laxton’s Bountiful,’ A.M., cxlvii 
marketing, 510 
‘Marldon,’ 203 
Rastall, R. H., “‘ Agricultural Geology,” 
466 
“Recent Progress in Study of Varia- 
tion, Heredity, and Evolution,’’ by 
R. H. Lock and L. Doncaster, re- 
viewed, 461 


“Reclaiming the Waste: Britain’s 
most urgent Problem,’ by F. A. 
Graham, reviewed, 459 

Recurvaria nanella, 189 

Rehmannia angulata, 37 

Report of Council, 1915, v 

Resin spray for vegetables, 204 

Rhabdocnemis obscura, 189 

Rhamnus Frangula, 490 

Purshiana, I9I, 490 

Rheosporangium Alphanidermatus, 
203, 519 

Rhizobius toowoombae, 188 

ventralis, 188 . 

Rhizoctonia on potatos, 508 

Rhizopus nigricans, 505, 518 

Rhododendron ‘ Alice,’ 204 

anthopogon, 104 

anthosphaerum, 41 

Aucklandii, 104 

‘Bagshot Ruby,’ A.M.,, clviii 

barbatum with foliose bracts, 
CXXXVI1 

Beesianum, 41 

brachycarpum, 104 

Bureavii, 41 

campylocarpum, 204 

carneum, 510 

caucasicum, 204 

Charianthum, 511 

chartophyllum, 41 

chasmanthum, 46 

ciliatum, 104 

cinnabarinum, 204 

Clementinae, 44 

compactum multiflorum, 204 

‘Cornubia,’ 204 

‘Countess of Clancarty,’ 204 

crassum, 40 

decorum, 511 

‘Diphole Pink,’ A.M., clxi 

‘Donald Waterer,’ A.M., clxi 

‘ Doncaster,’ 204 

‘Duchess of Teck,’ A.M., clxi 

erubescens, 511 

ficto-lacteum, 40, 41 

flavidum, 37 

fulgens, 104 

Forrestii, 46 

Fortunei, 42, 43, 204 

‘Gomer Waterer,’ 204 

gymnanthum, 46 

Hanceanum, 511 

hypoglaucum, 511 

indicum, gall on, xl 

intricatum, 37, 41, 43 

irroratum, 41, xliv, lvili 

‘ John Waterer,’ 204 

lacteum, 41, 204 

‘Lady Clementina Mitford,’ 
204 

monosematum, 511 

moupinense, 37 

‘Mrs, E. C. Stirling,’ 204 

Nobleanum, 204 

oreotrephes, 33 

‘Pink Pearl,’ 204 

primulinum, 36 

racemosum, 204 


INDEX. 


Rhododendron Roxieana, 44 
rubiginosum, 41 
Souliei, 37 
sp. in China and Tibet, 41, 104 
Stewartianum, 46 
taliense, 40, 41 
uvarifolium, 44 
vernicosum, 41, 43 
Wardil, 44 
Rhodostachys andina, cxli 
Rhyncanthus longiflorus, cxxxv 
Rhytisma acerinum, cxxxix 
Ribes acerifolium, 268 
cruentum, A.M., clv, clxz 
divaricatum x gooseberry, 511 
x futurum, 269 
Grossularia, 265 
x Koehnianum, 269 
laurifolium, 37 
multiflorum, 269 
petraeum, 260, 261, 262, 263, 
265, 266, 267, 259 
altissimum, 261 
atropurpureum, 261 
bullatum, 261, 262 
carpathicum, 261 
caucasicum, 261 
Litwinovii, 261 
rubrum, 260, 261, 262, 263, 265, 
268 
glabellum, 361 
hispidulum, 261 
Palczeskii, 261 
pubescens, 261, 262, 268 
scandicum, 261, 262 
Smithianum, 261 
sp. in Kansu, 338 
vulgare, 260, "261, 262, 263, 
265, 266, 267, 269 
hortense, 261, 262 
macrocarpum, 261, 268 
sylvestre, 261, 262 
Ricinus communis crown-gall, 488 
Robinson, W., see Weiss, F. E. 
Rock-garden in Sussex, 271 
Rodgersia aesculifolia, 105 
pinnata, cxxxi 
alba, 37 
Rolfs, P. H., ‘‘ Sub-tropical Vegetable 
Gardening,” 455 
Romneya Coulteri, cxxxiii 
hybrids, cxxxiii 
trichocalyx, cxxxiii 
Root-rot of tobacco, 511 
walnut, 511 
Roots, tree, their growth, 494, 511, 512 
Root-tubercles, 512 
Rosa altaica, 146 
Banksiae, 107 
berberidifolia Hardii, 147 
canina, host of Comandra, 487 
corymbulosa, 512 
Davidii, 512 
elegantula, 512 
gallica, 21 
Hugonis, 345 
macrantha, 146 
“Molly Bligh,’ A.M., clvili 
moschata nivea, 146 
VOL, XLIf. 


ccxli 


Rosa Moyesii, F.C.C., 37, 147, 512, 
clxili 
multiflora, 21, 106 
muscosa japonica, 500 
pomifera, 147 
rugosa, 147 
sericea pteracantha, 42, 106 
settata, 512 
setipoda, 512 
Sweginzowli, 512 
sp. in Tibet, 105, 345 
villosa, 106 
Webbiana, 345 
Wichuraiana, 21 
alba, 147 
Mossu, 500 
Willmottiae, 345 
xanthina, 106, 345 
Roscoea Humeana, clxi 
sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Rose, ‘ Admiral Ward,’ 512 
‘American Pillar,’ 147 
‘Amy Robsart,’ 146 
* Anne of Geierstein,’ 146 
Austrian copper, 146 
yellow, 147 
‘ Beauté Inconstante,’ 21 
black spot, 19 
‘Blush Queen,’ A.M., clxvi 
‘ Brenda,’ 145 
‘Callisto,’ A.M., clxxi 
“C. E. Shea,’ A.M.,-clvi 
chafer, poisonous to chickens, 
204 
‘Clytemnestra,’ 146 
‘Comtesse de Cayla,’ 504 
‘Constance,’ 512 
‘ Coquina,’ 147 
‘Coronation,’ 147, xl 
‘Crimson Rambler,’ 21 
‘C. V. Haworth,’ A.M., clxvi 
Damask, 21 
* Dawn,’ 146, 147 
' Delight,’ 147 
“ Ethel,’ 147 
‘ Fairy,’ 147 
fasciated, xl, cxxix 
“blame 147 
‘Flora McIvor,’ 146 
Flower of Fairfield,’ 21 
SH Taneis,” 147 
gall, large, from Canada, cxxxix 
“Gloire des Belges,’ 512 
‘ Hiawatha,’ 147 
‘Irish Elegance,’ 146 
‘Trish Fireflame,’ 146 
‘Irish Glory,’ 147 
Jersey, Beauty,’ 147 
‘ Killarney,’ 25 
‘La Marne,’ 500 
‘Lady Hillingdon,’ 145 
“Lady Penzance,’ 145 
“Laurette Messimy,’ 145 
“Le Poilu,’ 500 
* Leuchtstern,’ 21, 147 
‘Lord Penzance,’ 146 
“Lucy Ashton,’ 147 
‘Lucy Bertram,’ 146 
‘Lucy Williams,’ A.M., clxiv 


q 


ccxlii PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Rose, ‘ Lyon,’ 19 
‘Mme. Abel Chatenay,’ 512 
“Mme. Eugene Resal,’ 145 
‘Mme. Norbert Lavasseur,’ 
‘May Queen,’ 147 
mildew, 20, 24, 500, 509 
‘Moonlight,’ 147 
‘Morgenroth,’ 147 
‘Mis. A. W. Atkinson,’ 

clxiv 
‘Mrs. Rosalie Wrench,’ 146 
Mrs, W a. Massey: 146 
‘ Paradise,’ 147 

‘Paul’s Carmine Pillar,’ /147 
"Pink Peark,’ 147 
Purple Bast,.2t 
“Queen Mary,’ 146 

‘Rayon d’Or,’ 512 
‘ Rose Bradwardine,’ 146 
‘Sheila Wilson,’ 147 
‘Silver Moon,’ 147 
‘Simplicity,’ 146 
spraying, 23 


500 


A.M., 


‘Starlight,’ 147 
‘ The Lion,’ 21 
‘Una,’ 147 


““Rose-growing for Amateurs,’ by 
H. H. Thomas, reviewed, 169 
Roses, single, 145 
“Round the Year in the Garden,’’ by 
H. H. Thomas, 172 
Rowles, W. F., ‘‘ The Food Garden,”’ 
462 
Rubus arcticus, 277 
host of Comandra, 487 
neglectus, 510 
odoratus, 510 
sp. in Tibet, ro7z 
thibetanus, 37 
Veitchii, 37 
xanthocarpus, 107 
Russell, E. J., ‘‘ Manuring for Higher 
Crop Production,” 181 
“Soils and Manures,” 452 


Safflower, 191 
Saffron, I91 
Sage, I9I, 490 
Salix babylonica, galls on, xl 
‘magnifica, 37 
repens argentea, cxl 
reticulata, 276 
sp. in Tibet, 107, 346 
Salpiglossis, gloxinia-flowered, 512 
Salvia argentea, 276 
sp. in Tibet, 107 
Yunnan, 44 
warleyensis, A.M., clxvi 
Sambucus sp. in Tibet, 107 
San José scale, 190 
Sanderson, E..D., “InsectPests of 
Faim, Garden, and O1chard,” 452 
Santonica, 490 
Sarcina fulva, 481 
Sarracenia Ashbridgei, clix 
Saunders, E. R., on an early mention 
of the double wallflower, 27 
Saussurea sp. in Tibet, 108, 346 


Saussurea sp. in Yunnan, 44 
Savoy ‘ Drumhead Covent Garden 
Late,’ clii 
‘ Norwegian,’ A.M., clii 

‘ Perfection,’ A.M., clii 

‘Selected Drumhead,’ clii 

‘ Sugarloaf,’ clii 

‘Tom Thumb Re- selected,’ chii 
Savoys tried at Wisley, 1916, 407 
Saxegothaea conspicua, 512 


_ Saxifraga x Aizoon, cxxv 


x Aizo-retioides, cxxv. 
aretioides, cxxv 
atrata, 346 
Burseriana gloria, 279 
cernua, 195 
Cotyledon, 279, 28I, cxxvi 
decipiens, 278 
diapensioides, 195 
egregia, 346 
Fortunei, 281 
‘J. C. Lloyd Edwards,’ 
clvi 
Kolenatiana, 280 
lingulata superba, 277, 279, 28r 
longifolia, 280 
‘Mrs. R., T.. Wickham, A.M., 
clvi 

nepalensis, 279 
oppositifolia, 280 

splendens, 280 
pulchra, 43 
sp. in Tibet, 108, 346 

Yunnan, 46 
Stellaris, 346 


A.M., 


x Sundermannii, A.M., Juz, 
lx 
Scale insects devoured by ladybirds, 
188 


oyster-shell, 190 
San José, 190 
scurfy, 190 
Schizandra sp. in Tibet, Io9 
Scilla nutans growing 301 
sibirica growing in Britain, 300, 
301 
Sclerotinia cinerea, 201, 481, 492, 510 
fructigena, 13 
Libertiana, 493, 513 
Panacis, 513 
Smilacina, 493, 513 
Scutelliota cyanea, 158 
Scymnus loewii, 188 
notescens, 188 


Sea Buckthorn, 189 


Securidaca Lamarckii, cxxvi 
Sedum Farreri, 109 
humifusum, clvili 
rhodanthum, 109 
sp. in Tibet, 109 
Seed fumigation, 194 
mechanics of dormancy in, 513 
sterilization, 513 
Seiaginella sp. in Tibet, 90 
Sempervivum arachnoideum, 277 
Seneca snakeroot, 191 
Senecillis carpatica, 347 
Senecio clivorum, 37, 109 
Ligularia speciosa, 37 


INDEX. 


Senecio Przewalskyi, 110 
Purdomii, 110 
sagitta, 347 
sp. in Tibet, 109, 110, 346 
tanguticus, 37, 109 
Veitchianus, 37 
Senega, see Polygala Senega 
Senn, C. H., on the cooking of vege- 
tables, 253 
Septoria Lycopersici, 521 
Petroselini var. Apii, 24 
Ribis, 500 
Serpentaria, 191 
Serratula sp. in Tibet, 111, 347 
Sievekingia Shepheardii, 514 
Silene alpestris fl. pl., clxi 
latifolia on London green, cxxix 
Silver-leaf in plum, cxxxvi 
sim, T. R., “* Ferns.of South Africa,”’ 


172 
“Simple Gardening,” by L. B. Hyde, 
reviewed, 464 
Skimmia, 189 
Smilacina racemosa, 573 
Smith, T., ‘ Dry-Wall Gardens,” 179 
W. G., see Fitch, W. H. 
Sodium, arsenite for tree-killing, 520, 
522 
salts, effect on plants, 513 


Soil, action of caustic soda upon, 
xlvi 
bacteria, 514, 515 
causes of productiveness, 509 
drifts, 515 
evaporation of water from, 192 
fumigation, 514 
function of Actinomyces in, 513 
nitrogen, its effect on fertility, 
204 
their separation, 515 
protozoa, 205,514 ° 
sterilization by antiseptics, 205, 
514 
heat, 205 
temperature, influence of culti- 
vation upon, 516 
water, 207 
“Sons and Manures,’”’ by E. J. 


Russell, reviewed, 452 
Soils for orchards, 516 
Solanum grandiflorum, 516 
Soldanella, 277 
Solidago, host of Comandra, 487 
Sophora macrocarpa, 516 
viciifolia, 111 
Sophrocattleya x ‘ Doris,’ Ixix 
x ‘Rex,’ Orchidhurst var., 
F.C.C., lxix 
*: Sir Mervyn Buller,’ 
F.C.C., cxciii 
x Wellesleyae, cxcili 
Sophrolaelia x ‘ Psyche,’ 516, clxxxv 
Sophrolaeliocattleya x Lutetia, A.M., 
CXClV 
x ‘ Sandhage,’ cxciv 
x xanthina, clxxxv 
Sorbaria arborea grandis, 37 
subtomentosa, 37 
Sorbus Folgneri, 36 


ccxlili 


Sorbus Vilmorinii, 42 
Wilsoniana, 42 
Sorrel mildew, 200 
“South African Botany,” by F. W. 
Storey and K, M. Wright, reviewed, 
460 
Sparaxis in rock-garden, 275 
Spearmint, 191, 490 
Spergularia rubra on a London green, 
Cxxis 
Sphaeralcea canescens, A.M., cxliv 
Sphaeropsis Malorum, 13, 16 
Sphaerotheca mors-uvae, 500 
pannosa, 500 


| Spigelia marilandica, 191, 490 


Spinach mildew, 200 
Spiraea arguta, III 
Aruncus, 58 
Douglasii, xlv 
‘Princess Mary,’ A.M., clviii 
salicifolia, host of Comandra, 
487 © 
Sargentiana, 37 
sp: an) Tibet) 1rx 
Veitchii, 37 
Spondylocladium atrovirens, 506 
Spongipellis fissilis, 477 
galactinus, 477 
Spongospora Solani, 18 
Spray fluids, 213, 516, 517 
Spraying, some aspects of, 213 
Stachys arvensis, 523 
“Standard Cyclopedia of Horti- 
culture,” by L. H. Bailey, reviewed, 
174, 467 
Stapelia Leendertziae, cxxx 
nobilis, cxxx 
Statice bellidiflora, 518 
binervosa, 518 
Dodartii, 518 
reticulata, 518 
Stebbing, E. P., “‘ British Forestry,”’ 
182 
Stellera sp. in Tibet, 111-12, 347 
Stemphylium sp. on apple, 17, xl 
Stephanandra sp. in Tibet, 112 
Stereum hirsutum, 318 
Stevenson, T., on border chrysanthe- 
mums, 282 
Stewart, G., see Harris, F. S. 
Stipa robusta, 523 
Stoker, F., on the economic value 
of vegetables, 355 
Stone-fruit diseases, 517 
Storage rots, 518 
Storey, F. W., and Wright, K. M., 
‘South African Botany,’’ 460 
Storm damage to trees, 518 
Stramonium, I9I, 490 
Stranvesia undulata, 189 
Strawberry ‘ Amanda,’ 205 
diseases, 518 - 
‘ Erigé de Poitou,’ 500 
growing, 205 
‘Madame Moutot,’ 518 
varieties, tests, 205, 518 
Streptocarpus ‘ Rose Queen,’ 
clxvi 


‘Southgate White,’ A.M., clxvi 


A.M., 


ccxliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


Streptococcus lactis, 481 
‘“‘ Studies of Soils,’”’ by A. G. McCall, 
reviewed, 176 
‘“‘ Studies of Trees,’’ by J. J. Levison, 
reviewed, 167 
Styrax Wilsonii, 37 
“‘ Sub-Tropical Vegetable Gardening,” 
by P. H. Rolfs, reviewed, 455 
“ Suburban Gardening,” by HM; 
Wells, reviewed, 464 
Sugar beet, 203 
disease, 519 
cane leaf-hopper, 189 
in grapes, 519 
leat-roller, killed by parasites, 
188 
red -rotsons 
weevil, 189 
Sulphur dioxide, damage tc plants, 


194 

its effect on plants, 519 
Sundries, awards in 1916, ccv 
Sunflower-growing for seed, 205 

new, 519 
Sunflowers tried at Wisley 1916, 429 
Swede club-root &c., 317, 318 
Sweet Pea ‘Crimson Queen,’ A.M., 

clxvili 

‘Dora,’ A.M., clviii 

‘Faith,’ A.M., clxviii 

Gloeosporium on, 14 

‘Honour Bright,’ A.M., clxviii 

‘John Porter,’ A.M., clxvi 
Swertia sp. in Tibet, 112 
Sycamore, price of timber, 187 
Symphoricarpos occidentalis, 189 

racemosus, 189 
Symphytum, 490 
Syringa reflexa, 37 

sp. in Kansu and Tibet, 112 

Sweginzowl, 500, 520 

velutina, II2 


Tagasete, see Cytisus palmensis 
Tali Range, a gorge in, 32 
Tansy, 191, 490 
Taraxacum officinale on London green, 
Cxxdx 
Teetgen, A. B., ‘“ Profitable Herb- 
growing and Collecting,” 457 
Temperature, effect on fungi, 518 
Tepary bean, see Phaseolus acutifolius 
Terrace garden, 292 
Tetrachlorethylene, 25 
“Text-book of Botany for Colleges,” 
by W. F. Ganong, reviewed, 462 
Thalictrum, 520 
dipterocarpum, 37 
Thamnocalamus Falconeri, 250, 251 
Thea cuspidata, 35 
Thielavia basicola, 493, 511, 520 
Thielaviopsis etheceticus, 518 
Thomas, H. H., “ Everybody’s s Flower 
Garden,” 464 
“‘ Fruit-growing for Amateurs,”’ 
463 
“« Rose-growing for Amateurs,’’ 
169 


Thomas, H. H., ‘‘ Round the Year in 
the Garden,’’ 172 
‘The Carnation Book,” 179 
** Vegetable-Growing for Ama- 
teurs,: 572 
Thrips, 520 
pollinating beet flowers, 206 
Thyme, 191, 490 
Thymol production, 520 
Thymus Serpyllum splendens, 275 
Tibet, its flora, 47, 324 
Tilia americana, 494 
mongolica, 113 
sp. in Tibet, 113 
Yunnan, 42 
Timber-growing for profit, 207 
Tobacco mosaic disease, 497 
root-rot, 511, 520 
Tomato ‘ Aviator,’ cxlviii 
‘ Ayrshire,’ cxlviii 
‘Beat All Selected,’ cxlvii 
‘ Best of All,’ cxlviii 
disease, 521 
‘Evesham Wonder,’ exlviii 
“Golden Nugget,’ A.M., cxlviil 
“Golden Perfection,’ cxlviii 
‘Golden Sunrise,’ F.C.C., cxlviii 
“Ham Green Favourite,’ cxlvili 
‘yJ offre,’ {525 
* Kondine Red,’ A.M., cxlviii 
* Kondine Red Selected,’ A.M., 
cxlvill 
its cooking, 253, 257 
leaf-blight, 503 
-spot, 521 
Jumps in flesh, cxxxiv 
manure, 521 
‘ Merrivale,’ A.M., cxlviii 
© Model,’ cxlvili 
‘Moneymaker,’ cxlviii 
mosaic disease, 521 


‘Muirtown’ Seedling, A.M., 
exlvili - 
‘Northern King,’ cxlviii 

Phylloxera, 522 
‘Princess of Wales,’ A.M., 
exlvili 
‘“Stockwood Seedling No. 1,’ 
cxlvill 
‘ Sunrise,’ cxlviii 
‘Sunrise’ x § Merrivale,’ cxlviii 
‘Tomate des Alliés,’ 521 
weevil, 521 
Tomocera californica, 188 
ceroplastis, 188 
Tragopogon porrifolius proliferated, 


CX 
Trametes radiciperda, 318 
Transpiration, 526 
“Tree Wounds and Diseases,’ by 
A. D. Webster, reviewed, 460 
Trees, effect of storm and drought, 518 
killing of, 520, 522 
Trichoderma Koeningi, 478 
Trichomanes radicans, 74 
Tricuspidaria lanceolata, F.C.C., clxili 
Trifolium dubiam in London, CXxXix 
repens in London, cxxix 
Trollius chinensis, clxvi 


INDEX. 


Trollius ‘ King Cup,’ A.M., clxvi 
punulus, 347 
sp. in Tibet, 347 
Yunnan, 44 
yunnanensis, clxvi 
Tropaeolum, aberrations in, xlii, cxxiv, 
CXXV, CXXVIlil, CXXXiii, CXXXVili, 
Cexxix 
colours of flowers, cxxix 
Leichtlinii, cxxvi 
polyphyllum form, cxxvi 
silver-leaf in, cxl 
Truffle, its cooking, 254 
Tsuga yunnanensis, 42 
Tulip ‘ Asturias,’ A.M., ccii 
bulb with elongated axis, cxxvi 
growing in Britain, 299, 300 
‘Inglescombe Mauve,’ A.M., ccii 
‘Lady Love,’ A.M., ccii 
‘Samson,’ A.M., cci 
‘ Zorilla,’ A.M., ccii 
Turnip club-root &c., 317, 318 
Turnor, C., ‘‘ Our Food Supply,” 458 
Tylenchus devastatrix, 190 


Ulex nanus, 331 

' Ulmus campestris aurea, with divided 
leaves, CXXlil 

viminalis; with divided 

leaves, Cxxiil 

Unicorn root, see Aletris farinae 

University Degrees in Horticulture, 

148 

Urceocharis x Clibrani, cxxvli 

Uromyces Caryophyllinus, 24 

Ursinea cakilefolia, 522 


Vaccinium fragile, 42 
host of Comandra, 487 
modestum, 45 
see Cranberry 
sp. in Yunnan, 42 
Valerian, 191, 490 


Vallota x Gastronema_ sanguinea, 
CXXXV1 
purpurea, its germination, xl, 
lut 


““ Vegetable-growing for Amateurs,” 
by H. H. Thomas, reviewed, 
‘72 
Show Report, xciv 
Vegetables, the cooking of, 253 
the economic value of certain, 
355 
resin ei for, 204 
Vendelmans, a: The’ Manual of 
Manures,”’ 452 
Venturia inaequalis, 492, 500 
pirina, 22, 500 
Veratrum viride, 490, cxxvii 
Verbascum virgatum fasciated, cxxx 
Veronica hederaefolia, mildew, 200 
Hulkeana, rot-mould, cxxxvii 
Verticillium atro-album, 507 
Vetiver, I9I 
Viburnum betulifolium, A.M., 522, 
clxxix 


404 
PaNVest,, Guo 


ccxlv 


Viburnum Carlesii rosea," 1xiii 
dasyanthum, A.M., clxxix 
Davidii, 37 
fragrans, ATi. Wisp Ge 
Henryl, 37 
hupehense, clxxix 
lobophyllum, clxxix 
Opulus, 114, 490 
plicatum tomentosum, 433 
rhytidophyllum, 37 
sp. in Tibet, 113-14 

Vicia sepium, mildew, 200 
sylvatica, 279 
unijuga, I14 
vulgaris roots, 512 

Vine mildew, 200, 503 
Phylloxera, 522 
see also Grape 

Viola arenaria, 278 
bifora, 348 
bosniaca, CXxXvi 
chebsonensis, 348 
Curtisii, 281 
knaptonensis, cxxvi 
rove beetle, 522 
sp. in Tibet, 348 
tricolor, 348, Cxxvi 

Virginian snakeroot, see Aristolochia 

Serpentaria 
Vitis armata, 37 
Veitchii, 37 
Davidii, 37 
cyanocarpa, 37 
flexuosa parvifolia, 37 
Wiisonii, 37 
Henryana, 37 
lecoides, 37 
megalophylla, 37 
Piasezku, 37 
reticulata, 37 
sinensis, 37 
Thomsonii, 37 
vulpina, 513, 522 
Wilsonae, 37 
Voelcker, J. he report of Consulting 
Chemist, 1916, 358 


Waldsteinia geoides, 275 
Wallfiower, the double, on an early 
mention of, 27 
Walnut diseased, cxxxvli 
hybrids, 523 
root-rot, 511 
Water-melon stem-end rot, 523 
Webster, A. OD., “ British-grown 
Timber and Timber Trees,’’ 


466 
“Tree Wounds and Diseases,”’ 
460 
Weed-killer, arsenic, 479 
Weeds, 523 
Weiss, E..-E) mms, Ae D., and 


Robinson, W., ‘‘ Plants in Health 
and Disease,’’ 450 
Weidenia candida, B.C., cxxv 
Wells, F, M., ‘‘ Suburban Gardening,’’ 
6 
“* Algae,’’ 464 


ccxlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 


White-fly, woolly, 207 
‘* Wild Flowers of the North American 
Mountains,” by J. W. Henshaw, 
180 
Wilkinson, A. E., 
Willow borer, 201 
gall, xl 
price of timber, 187 
Wilson, E. H., plants introduced by 
him, 35 
G., on essential points of 
orchid cultivation, 7 
Wilsonara x insignis, A.M., 
clxxxvli 
Wind-breaks, 207 
Wintergreen, 191, 490 
Wisley Laboratory, contributions from, 


349 
new or noteworthy plants at, 


“The Apple,’’ 175 


CXXV, 


353 
the new laboratories at, 115 
weather in 1915, 122 
Wistaria brachybotrys, 523 
floribunda, 523 
japonica, 523 
multijuga, 523 
sinensis, 523 
venusta, 523 
Wolseley, Viscountess, ‘‘ In a College 
Garden,” 177 
“Women and the Land,” 177 


“Women and the Land,” by Vis- 
countess Wolseley, reviewed, 177 
Women, employment in forestry, Ix 

horticulture, 195 

Wood-boring insects, mode of treat- 
ment for, “208 

Wood-using industries, 523 

Woodruff, 136 

Worm, white, 525 

Wormseed, see Chenopodium ambro- 
sioides and C. anthelminticum 

Wormwood, 191 

Wren, R. C., and Holmes, E. M., 
““ Potter’s Cyclopedia of Botanical 
Drugs and Preparations,”’ 470 

Wright, K. M., see Storey, F. W. 


W. P., ‘Illustrated Garden 
Guide,’”’ 179 
Yeard, F. L., ‘‘ Market Gardening,’” 


171 
Yellow pine, see Pinus ponderosa 
Yellow wood, see Podocarpus 
Yucca rupicola, cxxxvi 
Yunnan, flora, 39 


Zephyranthes candida major, cxxxv 
Zinnia elegans, 348 
Zygopetalum Prainianum, 525 


AT THE BALLANTYNE PRESS 
PRINTED BY SPOTTISWOODE, BALLANTYNE AND CO. LTD. 
COLCHESTER, LONDON AND ETON 


i eI 


___Price (to Non-Fellows) 5s OCTOBER, 1916 


4 ee 


- Vol. XLIL. Part lL. 


JOURNAL 


OF THE 


’ i Hotcuttural sc | 


EDITED BY oe 


F. J. CHITTENDEN, ELS. 


The whole of ‘the contents of - this volume are copyright. For permission to 
| enemies any af 4 the articles aabcaion should be: made to the Counett. 


The Siononie€ Status of Wild Birds. By W.E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S. 1 
-Some Essential Points of Orchid Cultivation. By G, Wilson, F.L.S.... 7 


_ Control of Plant Diseases due to Fungi. By A. S. Horne, D. c., F.L.S. 13 
-On an Early Mention of the Double Wallflower. By E. Saunders, F.L.S. 27 


“Century of. Certificated Plants introduced by E. H. Wilson, V.M.H. 35 
“Flora of North -West Yunnan. ‘By G. Forrest - is Pee eS ya Oo 
_ Report of Work in-1914 in Kansu and Tibet. By R. Farrer... van, AT 
~~ New.. Laboratories at Wisley ee ee wfaee Sas = ce = 115 
_ Meteorological Observations at Wey 1915. By R. H. Curtis, F.R.H. S 122 
~ Medicinal. Plants. ‘By E. M: Holmes, F.L.S.— ... aa acs “3 we S33 
Single Roses. By G. Bunyard, V.M.H. ... —... et 2445 
University Degrees in Horticulture Gae ee ee Oe AB 
Examinations in Horticulture, L916 SS: ao ae eS 155 
: ~ Book ‘Reviews. ack Shi et ee ee eo Baer 3 Ses 167 
= Notes and Abstracts wi. a a e188 
Extracts from Proceedings : General Meetings, p. i; Scientific 7 


- Committee, p. xxxix; ‘Fruit - and Vegetable Committee, p. xiviii; 
Floral. Committee, p. litt; Orchid Committee, p. Ixiv. 


‘Notices to Fellows rs ee oe ee 
Advertisements. Index fag Advertisements a os ... Advt. page 30 


"Entered i at Stationers Halt), 


_ SPOTTISWOODE, BALLANTYNE a 00. LTD,, NEW- V-STREBL BQ, LONDON. 
Sold ‘by W. WESLEY & SON, 28 Essex Street, Strand, “London, | WE! 


4 ll rights pacers. : 


AUTUMN FLOWERING. = 


CARTERS IMPROVED 
BUTTERFLY 
GLADIOLUS 


By careful hybridization 
and selection we have suc- 
ceeded in producing a most 
unique < strain. of — hybrid: 
Gladioli. containing an 
almost endless variety of 
colours. The new blue - 
shades are in pleasing pro-" 
portion, as‘ are the more 
delicate. cream /and rose- 
ground varieties.. os 

Carters Butterfly Strain, 
although large. flowered, is 
quite free from any sugges- 
tion of coarseness. 


Strong Flowering Bulbs. 
Per doz., 3/6; per 100, 25/— 


SCARLET Moonee wile ¥ 
BRENCHLEYENSIS. 
Large handsome spikes _ 

of brilliant scarlet. This — 
popular variety still holds 

its own on account of its’ 
vivid colouring and “fine 
spike, the flowers opening 
uniform and giving superb 
effect in borders. We offer 
some poe, a fine 
bulbs, eee tee vie 
“Monster Bulbs. 24 

Per doz.,-3/6; per 100, 25/- : 
Extra Large Bulbs. r 
Per doz., 2/6; per 100, 17/6. 
Good Flowering Bulbs. — 
Per doz., 1/9; per 100, 12/6, 


Carters Improved Butterfly Gladiolus. 


lee .: _ GLADIOLUS LIST POST FREE. OTR ee 

| , Seedsmen to H.M. The 2 King. a A 
RAYNESPARK, = |. 
LONDON, S.W. | 


237 & 238 HIGH ‘HOLBORN, w.c. So ee 2b 
53a QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E.C.- 


re en 


Branches _ | : 


& 
ya 


Price to Non-Fellows) 10s, 


fc “Vol. XLII. Parts 2 and 3. 


OF. THE 


EDITED BY 


. Soaepir Gurney Fowler 
F.C.S., M.S.E.A.C. 


| A Sussex Rock-Garden. — By F. J. Hanbury, F. 


F.R.H.S.. 


Report of Work in 1915 in Kansu and Tibet. 


| New or Noteworthy Plants at Wisley Be as .. 3853 
- Economic Value of Vegetables. By F. Stoker, M. B.. <P. R. C. Se Je ee OO 
- Report of Chemist... By Dr. J..A. Voelcker, M-A., F. L C. Eee Weer tenis hen) 
-. Paradise Apple Stocks. By R. G. Hatton, M.A. _ ... .. 361 
il} Trials at Wisley, 1916.. we ig ene ... £00 
’- Commonplace .Notes os re Nie ... 480 
| London Children’s Gardens... 5 ... 435 
-Donors. of Plants to Wis ey. 1916.. .. 488 
Additions to gu Sieke 1916 . s ... 443 
~ Book Reviews ; is . 450 
- Notes. and Abstracts | ; hs aS ia ae AS ie .. 470 ~ 
“Extracts from Proceedings : ‘General Meetings, p. Ixxxi; Scientific 
- Committee, p. cxxiii; Fruit and Vegetable. Committee, p. cxlii; 
Floral Committee, p. cliv ; Orchid Committee, p. olxxxiv ; Narcissus 
and Tulip Committee, p. cxcix. 
-Awards to Sundries, 1916, &c. . CCV. 
-~ Notices to Fellows : , CCVI. 
General Index “eexvii. 


Advertisements. Index to Aivertstinante 


R.H, Ss. Office for Advertisements : 
VINCENT SQUAR 


‘Printed for the Sil Horticult 


SEPTEMBER, 1917. 


‘The whole of the contents of this volume are copyright. 
_ reproduce any of the articles application should be made to the Cowncil. 


-CONTENTS. 


“Some Aspects of Spraying against Pests. By. A. H. Lees, M.A. A 213 
— Daffodil Development. By Rev. Joseph Jacob 
. Uses. of Lime in Agriculture and Horticulture. 


L.S. 


JOURNAL 


‘Roel Horcuual sui 


FE. a (CHITTENDEN, ELS 


By H. E. P. Hodsoll, 


ss oe of Vegetables, Petits: “&e. By C. “Herman Senn, “C.GLA, 
H:S. 


~ Border Chrysanthemums. © By Thos. Stevenson, F. R.H. Si 
~ Some Fallacies with Regard to the Clematis. By A. G. Jackman, 
Conference on Bulb Growing in the British Isles... 
_ Dahlia: its Reputed Introduction in 1789. By C. H. Payne F. R H. S. 305. 
Economic Mycology. By Prof. M:.C. Potter, Sc D. 


* 


* 


For. pernussion to 


PAGE 


, 209 
229 

. 236 
253 | 


ekeey and Development of the Red Currant. “By E. A. Bunyard, F.L.S. 260- 


271 
282 


292 
296 


817 


By 'R. Farrer, F.R.H.S. 324 


. 
ee 


ied L OF 7 aa 


é wd ail see eO IN, 


9 S.Wé AY 


vl e 


oe 


ayy F} 


Experiments with Bacterized Peat. By F. J..Chittenden, F.L.S. 349 


< fan. page 33. 


- ‘SPOTTISWOODE, BALLANTYNE: & oc “ETD: NEW. V-SERELT s@iALonson. 
_ Sold by: W. WESLEY & SON, 28 Sse Street, Strand, London, W.C. 


"Entered at Stationers’ Hail.) 


[All rights reserved. 


wee 


Carters Picked 


LILIUM CANDIDUM. 


Lilium Candidum: 


Enormous Bulbs Each, 
Barge Bulbs .27 Each 


CARTERS NARCISSUS. - 


-/7; per doz., 6/-; 


SIR WATKIN. The 
Giant Welsh Daffodil. 
Mammoth Bulbs, per 
doz., 1/9; per 100, 12/6. 
Strong Flowering 
Bu'bs, per doz., 1/6; 
per 100, 10/6. 


EMPEROR. -Splendid 
for Beds, Pots, or Bowl 
Culture. - Mammoth 
Bulbs, p2r-doz., 1/6; 
per 100, 10/6: Strong - 
Flowering Bulbs, per 
doz., ties per 100; 8/6, 


Sir Watkin. 


Breas: 53a QUEEN VICTORIA. 


S 


Bulb 


The ‘ite Lily of English gardens, also known as the Madonna Lily, the Boirbon 
Ade St. - Josebi s Lily, and many other. local names. 


No “other - flower pos- . 
sesses such a record of ~ 
historical associations — 
as. this’ White ~ Lily, 
which in -all ages has- 
been. deemed the .em-~ 


‘blem « of - purity and = 
~ehastity. It is perfectly= 


hardy, and thrives in~ 
almost any.soil, prefer- — 
ably in beds and bor--- 
ders, where the bulb is 
not likely tobedisturbed 
too. often. Pianted | 


‘singly-or in ‘clumps in~ 


the autumn, from 4 to 
6.in, deep, it:will _com- 
mence to grow almost 
at- once, and throw up 
in the spring a strong 


stem clothed with leaves §- 


and headed in- summer 
with a Cluster of beau- 
tiful ‘white blossoms as 
shown. Ht: 4 to 5 ft. 


per 100, 45/— 
—/6;. per doz., E/-: per 100, 35/- 


Emper Or: 


A Picxih lige list of Narcissus, Daffodils, Darwin Tulips, May-Flowering = 
Tulips, ane other: British- eran Bulbs will be sent post free on: application. eee 


- Seedsmen to H.M. The King. 


RAYNESPARK, | 
_ LONDON, $.W. 


237 & 238 HIGH HOLBORN, W.C. 
STREET, E.C. __ 


“” 


celerqheanerusptanant SSNS 


Te elena 


eft \ at ete : 
r » eoere! a -. 
: pape tiyie OTS oa spree “ ne nana alga nah -K 29 
Sasi ' Lah wipes ahs . > ha ths a ses NOMAD . pe pees wes : Somtiatat 
acetal xp 


= * ore > ; sett 
PEN leer ele eLT IE A eee ye uk Aa